IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


1.1 


11.25 


1^^12.8     12.5 
lu  122   12.2 

^   tiS, 

IS 


I 


2.0 


WMt* 

U    IIIIII.6 


V 


y. 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  MSSO 

(716)  872-4503 


i 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHIVJ/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notet  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The 
to  til 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibllographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checlced  below. 


D 


D 


D 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 


I      j    Covers  damaged/ 


Couverture  endommagAe 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurAe  et/ou  peiiiculAe 

Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 

Coloured  maps/ 

Cartes  gAographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.0.  autre  que  bieue  ou  noire) 


r~~1   Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 


Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
ReliA  avec  d'autres  documents 


/  I    Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
^  '    along  interior  margin/ 

La  reliure  serrAe  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  le  long  de  la  marge  intirieure 


D 


Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouttes 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais.  lorsque  cela  Atait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  At*  filmies. 

Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  supplAmentaires; 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exempiaire 
qu'il  lul  a  AtA  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exempiaire  qui  sont  peut-Atre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibllographlque,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reprodulte,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  Ja  mtthode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiqjAs  ci-dessous. 


r~~|   Coloured  pages/ 


n 


Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagAes 

Pages  restored  and/01 

Pages  restaurtes  et/ou  pelliculAes 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxei 
Pages  dAcoiorAes,  tacheties  ou  piquAes 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  d^tachtes 

Showthroughy 
Transparence 

Quality  of  prir 

Qualit^  inAgale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  materii 
Comprend  du  materiel  supplAmentaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seuie  Edition  disponible 


r—\  Pages  damaged/ 

I — I  Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 

ry\  Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 

I     I  Pages  detached/ 

I      I  Showthrough/ 

r~~]  Quality  of  print  varies/ 

I      I  Includes  supplementary  material/ 

I — I  Only  edition  available/ 


The 
posi 
ofti 
film! 


Orig 
begl 
the  I 
sion 
oth« 
first 
sion 
or  ill 


The 
shal 
TINI 
whk 

Man 

diff4 
entii 
begi 
righ< 
requ 
metl 


Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totilement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuiliet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc..  ont  At*  filmtes  A  nouveau  de  fagon  A 
obtanir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  film*  au  taux  de  reduction  indiquA  ci-dessous. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


26X 


30X 


y 


12X 


16X 


20X 


24X 


28h 


32X 


Th«  copy  filmad  hor*  hM  b—n  raproducad  thanks 
to  tha  ganarosity  of: 

Uni varsity  of  British  Columbia  Library 


L'axamplaira  fiimA  fut  raproduit  grica  A  la 
ginAroait*  da: 

Univartity  of  British  Columbia  Library 


Tha  imagas  apir^aring  hara  ara  tha  bast  quality 
poaaibia  conaidaring  tha  corditlon  and  lagibllity 
of  tha  original  copy  and  in  kaapfig  with  tha 
filming  contract  spacif icationa. 


Las  imagas  suivantas  ont  At*  raproduitas  avac  la 
plus  grand  soin.  compta  tanu  da  la  condition  at 
da  la  nattati  da  Taxampiaira  fiimA,  at  9n 
conformity  avac  Sos  conditions  du  contrat  c^a 
filmaga. 


Original  copiaa  in  printad  papar  covars  ara  filmad 
baginning  with  tha  front  covar  and  anding  on 
tha  laat  paga  with  a  printad  or  illustratad  impras- 
sion.  or  tha  back  covar  whan  appropriata.  All 
othar  original  copiaa  ara  filmad  baginning  on  tha 
first  paga  wKh  a  printad  or  illustratad  impras- 
sion.  and  anding  on  tha  last  paga  with  a  printad 
or  iiluatratad  imprassion. 


Las  axamplairas  originaux  dont  la  couvartura  an 
papiar  ast  imprimis  sont  filmte  an  comman9ant 
par  la  pramiar  plat  at  an  tarminant  soit  par  la 
darniira  paga  qui  comporta  una  amprainta 
d'imprassion  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  la  sacond 
plat,  salon  la  cas.  Tous  las  autras  axamplairas 
originaux  sont  fiimis  an  commandant  par  la 
pramiAra  paga  qui  comporta  una  amprainta 
d'imprassion  ou  d'iliustration  at  an  tarminant  par 
la  darnidra  paga  qui  comporta  una  talis 
amprainta. 


Tha  laat  racordad  frama  on  aach  microficha 
shall  contain  tha  symbol  — ^>  (moaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  tha  symbol  Y  (moaning  "END"), 
whichavar  applias. 


Un  das  symboias  suivants  apparattra  sur  )a 
darnlAra  imaga  da  chaqua  microficha,  salon  la 
cas:  la  symbols  ^^  signifia  "A  SUIVRE".  la 
symbols  y  signifia  "FIN". 


Maps,  platas.  charts,  ate.  may  ba  filmad  at 
diffarant  raduction  ratios.  Thosa  too  larga  to  ba 
antiraly  includad  in  ona  axposura  ara  filmad 
baginning  in  tha  uppar  laft  hand  cornar.  iaft  to 
right  and  top  to  kottom.  as  many  framas  as 
raquirad.  Tha  following  diagrams  iilustrata  tha 
mathod: 


Las  cartas,  planchas.  tablaaux,  ate.  pauvant  Atra 
fiimAs  A  das  taux  da  rMuction  diffArants. 
Lorsqua  la  documant  ast  trop  grand  pour  Atra 
raproduit  an  un  saul  ciichA.  il  sst  film*  A  partir 
da  I'angia  supAriaur  gaucha.  da  gaucha  A  droita. 
at  da  haut  an  bas.  an  pranant  la  nombra 
d'imagas  nAcsssaira.  lias  diagrammas  suivants 
iilustrant  la  mAthoda. 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

^nannp 


■■i 


UNITED  STATES 

COAST  AND  GEODETIC  SURVEY 

J.  E.  niLGARD 

BDPBRINnNOBMT 


/  -Awm       g*„ 


#«<J   ft^. 


PACIFIC   COAST   PILOT 


>m- 


ALASKA 


PART,  I 


PRICE  $2.00 


WASHINGTON 

aoVBRNMSNT    PBIHTINO    OFFICS 

1883 


MR. 


*%■. 


I 


ALASKA  COAST  PILOT. 


PART  I. 


COAST   FROM   DIXON   ENTRANCE  TO  YAKUTAT  BAY 
WITH  THE  INLAND  PAiSSAGE. 


t 

t 

i 


^% 


INTRODUCTORY. 


TmMnry  D«>iMiiinont, 

Document  No.  449 

Coulftnd  Owdello  Surrey. 


U.  8.  COAST  AND  GEODETIC  SURVEY  OFFFCE, 

\Va81iinot()N,  D.  C,  July  ,?^,  lStl3. 


This  volume  of  the  Pacific  Coast  Pilot  embraces  the  (-oast  and  islands  from  J)ixon  Entranoe  to 
Yakutat  Bay,  together  with  The  Inland  Passage  by  which  the  mail  steamers  of  the  United  States  and 
other  Bteain-veasels  are  accustomed  to  reacii  the  waters  of  southeastern  Alaska. 

The  plan  adopted  in  this  work  inrludcfl — 

I.  A  general  description  of  the  coast  line  and  of  the  shores  of  the  several  harbors  and  thorough- 
fares in  geographical  sequence  from  South  to  North. 

II.  A  description  of  those  dangers  and  obstructions  to  navigation  known  to  exist  on  the  <-oast  and 
'n  the  harbors,  with  directions  for  avoiding  them. 

III.  Sailing  directions  for  approaching  and  entering  the  harbors. 

IV.  Latitudes  and  Longitudes  of  important  landmarks,  headlands  and  s|K!cial  localities. 

V.  Practical  information  in  regard  to  tides,  tidal  currents,  ice,  variation  of  the  comimss,  and  other 
matters  of  use  to  navigators  on  an  unfamiliar  coast. 

VI.  Views  of  the  coast  and  of  the  entrances  to  the  more  important  harbors. 

VII.  Charts  of  the  coast  on  a  uniform  scale. 

VIII.  Useful  information,  including  a  catalogue  of  the  charts  useful  in  navigating  Alaskan 
waters;  astronomically  determined  positions  of  Alaskan  (lorts,  prominent  headlands,  etc.,  with  the 
compass  variations  observed  at  these  localities ;  a  table  of  distances  between  points  in  Alaska  and  the 
adjacent  region  by  the  usual  routes;  a  list  of  the  steamer  routes  in  Abffkan  waters  with  references  to 
the  pages  of  the  text  where  their  different  portions  are  described,  in  crdei  to  save  frequent  reference  to 
the  index;  and,  finally,  tables  showing  the  average  temperature,  wind,  itmospheric  pressure,  etc.,  at 
various  Alaskan  stations,  for  each  month  and  for  the  year. 

A  chart  reduced  to  the  epoch  of  1885,  showing  the  lines  of  equal  variation  of  the  tompass  over 
the  territory,  is  included. 

litis  was  prepared  by  Assistant  C.  A.  Schott  and  first  appeared,  with  a  discussion  of  the  data,  in 
Appendix  No.  13  to  the  Report  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  for 
the  year  1882. 

'Soon  after  the  acquisition  of  Alaska,  in  response  to  the  demand  for  some  guide  to  the  navigation 
of  its  waters,  a  comprehensive  report  upon  the  coast  features  and  resources  of  that  territory  was  mode 
by  Assistant  George  Davidson. 

This  report,  which  embodied  the  most  trustworthy  information  on  the  subject,  was  publbhed  as 
Appendix  Nc.  18  to  the  Coast  Survey  Report  for  18S7. 

The  same  officer  had  previously  prepared  the  Coast  Pilot  of  California,  On^n  and  Washington 
Territory,  two  editions  of  which  were  published  by  the  Coast  Survey. 

The  materials  for  Assistant  Davidson's  report  on  Alaska  were  largely  derived  from  a  geographical 
reconnaissance  conducted  under  his  direction  during  the  summer  and  autumn  of  1 867,  and  from  the 
work  of  previous  explorers,  such  as  Vancouver  and  others.  Subx-queutly,  in  1869,  when  ordered  to 
Alaska  to  observe  the  solar  eclipse  of  that  year,  Mr.  Davidson  availed  himself  of  the  opportunity  to 
verify  and  extend  his  former  examinations.  This  work  led  to  the  publication  in  1869  of  a  revised  and 
much  enlarged  edition  of  his  first  report,  in  the  form  of  an  octavo  volume  of  two  hundred  and  fifty 
pages,  under  the  title  "Coast  Pilot  of  Alaska,  First  Part,  from  southern  boundary  ^o  Cook's  Inlet." 


IV 


INTBODUCTOBY. 


AwiHtani  Dnvitkin  Imving  iK-eii  cliargwl  with  other  imi)ortant  diitiw,  incliKlinR  the  direction  of  a 
jwrty  to  (.liwTve  in  .lajwii  tiio  tninsit  of  Venus,  the  coiiipilufion  of  a  new  worl<,  exhaustive  of  all 
known  wounw  of  infoinmtion,  wiw  \Awvi\  hy  Sii|)crint«in(lcnt  PattcrHon  in  the  liandH  of  William 
Haiiey  Dall,  AK-^JHlant  Coant  and  Gco<h'tic  Survey,  hy  wlmm  the  [trestjnt  vohime,  tm  well  as  Appendix 
No.  1  on  the  Met^-orolofjy  and  HiblioKraphy  of  Ahv^ka,  wpamU^ly  |)id»li8lie<l,  has  been  compiled. 

ThJM  volume  inehuhf  the  ref<ult.«  of  a  eoi^rtli nation  and  digestion  of  tlie  following  mattirial: 

I.  The  eharts  and  puhlications  relating  to  Alaska,  critnlogued  in  Appendix  No.  1,b«  for  aw  tliey 
wore  iteeessihle. 

II.  Mr.  DallV  own  olieervations  and  notes  collected  by  him  during  the  explorations  of  the 
Seientific  Cor|iH  of  the  Wentcrn  Union  Telegraphic  Kx|»e<lition  in  1865, 1866,  1867  and  1868. 

III.  The  reconls  of  the  U.  .S.  foaKt  and  fie<Kletie  Survey  Office,  including  the  results  of  rooon- 
naisHiuicc  survey*-  hy  ^Vmistant  W.  II.  Dall  and  party  during  the  w^asons  of  1871,  1872,  1873,  1874 
an<l  1880;  those  of  Lieut,  ("om.  H.  E.  Nichols,  II.  S.  N.,  Assistant  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  in 
Alaskan  waters  during  the  seasons  of  1881  and  18S2,  as  well  as  those  of  Assistant  Davidson  in  1867 
and  1K69,  Ix-fore  mentioned. 

IV.  Various  notes,  sketches  and  oliservations  conmiunicatcd  hy  navigators  and  otlicre  familiar 
with  the  coast,  for  whose  assistance  foot-notes  throughout  this  volume  contain  the  acknowledgments. 

The  views  of  the  coast  and  approaches  t4*  the  harbors  were  drawn  by  the  officers  of  the  Survey 
or  extracted  from  the  works  of  previous  navigators. 

The  compiler,  who  has  U-en  ably  assistcti  by  Mr.  Marcus  llaker,  has  exercised  his  l)e8t  van  to 
avoid  errors.  Absolute  accuracy  in  a  work  of  this  kind  even  when  leased  u|h)ii  ac«'uratc  charts  and 
rattdcrn  surveys  being  generally  admitte<l  to  Ik!  unattainable,  the  compiler  desires  to  have  attention 
directcil,  first,  to  the  fact  that  the  compilation,  while  repres(;nting  as  nearly  as  pi-acticablc  the  present 
knowledge  of  the  subjett,  is  in  a  large  part  necessarily  Imsed  upon  ancient  and  often  conHictiug  records 
of  navigators  not  8i>ecially  eiludited  for  hydrographic  surveys  and  must  be  more  or  less  im]ierfectt  in 
details;  and,  sec«)nd,  to  the  «lesind)ility  of  improving  our  inii^rfiHt  knowledge,  as  here  presented,  by 
such  corrections,  additions  and  new  information  as  almost  every  navigator  in  tho  Alaskan  region  will 
find  it  in  his  |M>wer  to  su|>ply. 

Such  information  should  1*  luldrcssetl  to  the  Su|)erintendent  of  the  Coast  and  Gi-oiletic  Survey, 
Washington,  D.  ('.,  and  will  in  future  publications  l)C  creilited  to  the  jHirsons  furnishing  it. 

J.  E.  HILCrARD, 

SHpertnUndmt. 


of  a 
>f  all 
lliam 
mhI>x 


tlioy 
the 

XXMl- 

1874 
ill 

IN67 

iliar 

a. 

rvey 

«  to 

uiid 

tion 

scut 

hxIh 

t  in 

,by 

will 

rey, 


TABLE  OP  CONTENTS. 


•.  Pa«u 

Introductory » iil-iv 

Tahi.eok  (-'ontenth v-viii 

Note... ix 

Inland  waters  of  the  Columbian  Arcliipcliigo 1 

Gulf  of  Georgia  to  Dixon  Entrance 1-47 

Discovery  Passage . «■ . _* 1-8 

Seymour  Narrows . 4 

Johnston  Strait _«..,— 6-9 

Broughton  Strait _ 9-11 

Queen  Charlotte  Sound _ _ 11-13 

Goletas  Channel _ _ i;i-17 

Hecate  Strait _ 18 

Dangers  in  Queen  Charlotte  Sound . 19 

Sibling  Directions « 20 

Fitzhugh  Sound __ _ 21-24 

Lama  Passage -. 24-2« 

Seaforth  Channel  and  Milbank'Sound _ 26-29 

Finlayson  Channel _ 29-33 

Tolmie  Channel 31 

Graham  Reach 32 

Fraserand  McKay  Reach 33 

Wright  Sound _ __ _ 33-34 

Grenville  Channel- _ _ 34-37 

Chatham  Sound— -— __  4()-45 

Port  Simpson 45-47 

Coast  of  Alaska;  Alexander  Archipelago 49 

Dixon  £ntrant«  to  Cross  Sound 49-200 

Dixon  Entrance 51 

South  shore,  Cape  Knox  to  Rose  Spit 51-56 

Dundas  Islands 56-67 

Portland  Canal 57-61 

Dixon  Entrance: 

Easteni  shores 61-64 

Northern  shores 64-66 

Kaigahnee  Strait _.  _ _ 66-70 

Revillag^gedo  and  associated  islands 70-82 

Behm  Canal— _. 72-75 

Revillagigedo  Channel  _. ...  75-82 

Etolin,  Zaremoo,  and  associated  islands 82-84 

Clarence  Strait,  eastern  shore,  Dixon  Entrance  to  Point  Vallenar 83-84 

Prince  of  Wales  and  associated  islands 84-90 

Clarence  Strait,  arestem  shore,  Dixon  Entrance  to  Sumner  Strait,  and  eastern  shore 

from  Point  Vallenar  to  Sumner  Strait 84-90 

Passages  among  the  York  Islands 90-94 

Ernest  Sound _._  90-91 

Zimovia  and  Stikine  Straits , <)l-94 

Prince  of  Wales  and  associated  islands 94-109 

Ocean  coast.  Cape  Muzon  to  Sumner  Strait 94-99 

Sumner  Strait  from  Cape  Decision  to  Stikine  flats 100-109 

Stikine  River .109-112 

Mitkoff  and  associated  islands 112-117 

Dry  Strait , _  112 

Wraugell  Strait _._112-117 

(V) 


VI 


TAIII.K  <»F   fONTKNTH. 


I 


KunnniKilV  ami  iiHcociatiil  ii«li»ndii -— — — I!Z~!!o 

Kckii  Himil .-.. - - JII "lis 

(imllmin  Simit IIqioo 

("liiitliiiiii  Stniit,  Iroin  ('ii|k'  Dccwiini  to  l'<»int  Kingsinill.— 119-122 

Kii|iniiMiill'  uikI  .iNHiM'iiilcd  iHlamlH 122-128 

^^(•(icrirk  l-^oiiml,  soiitlicni  iiml  ciwtcm  Hhoit*! 122-128 

Ailminiltv  •iml  iii^K-iutv-d  iMlaiids 128-131 

KiH'ilciick  SiiuikI,  nortlu'rii  and  wcdttrii  HlionM 128-131 

naraiiiilV  ami  iiA'*iK!iat<'4  inlands -— 132-167 

<)c<an  cunst,  ('i\\)o  Oninianov  to  IV-ril  Strait** . — 132-160 

Sitka  Sonml 1- 137-152 

I'lwsancM  l)t>t\v««'h  Sitka  and  Salislniiy  Sounds 162-157 

OiitirnMLMt  --.. -' - 157-168 

Sid i.-biiiy  Sound 169-160 

Peril  SiniitM - --- ..  — 160-167 

Adniirallv  and  (iKM(Hiat<Hl  islaudu 167-174 

Stt'plionM  I'aHsiijrc 167-174 

Clialhani  Stwit  from  Point  (ta  ;ln«T  to  Point  Mursdcn 174-182 

Ciiicliai^oir  and  awwK'jat'  d  iniandH 182-193 

(Vriui  ('oa.«;  from  ^idinbiiry  to  Cross  Sound ^ 182-]'''^ 

Cross  Sound  and  hy  Strait 186-ltta 

liynn  Canal  and  triliutarii's 193-200 

Const  of  Alaska     The  mainland  nortiiwanl  from  the  AlfxandiT  Arcliiimlago 201 

Ca|K!  SiKmrr  to  Yakutat  Hay :__201-212 

Pamplona  Hank _ 212-214 

IJst  of  cliarls  usi'fui  for  navipuion  in  the  n'^ion  covered  hy  Part  I  of  the  Alaska  C<MWt  Pilot..  216 

1.  List  of  usL'ful  cliarts  arranjrcd  in  tlic  alplialK'tical  onlcr  lA'  the  l(X"alities 217 

2.  Charts  issuwl  hy  the  U.  S.  Cosist  and  (ieodetic  Survey  in  the  ortler  of  their  nunilwni.  236 

3.  List  of  charts  issuiil  hy  the  Hydroj^raphie  Ollict;  of  the  U.  8.  Navy  De|>artment 242 

4.  List  of  cliarts  is,sue<l  hy  the  Hritish  Admiralty  Oftiw 242 

5.  List  of  charts  issuetl  hy  the  Russian  Hydro^raphic  Dcimrtracnt 246 

6.  List  of  charts  issued  hy  Tehienkotl" 246 

7.  List  of  charts  issued  l>y  other  authorities 246 


liist  of  astronomi««l  ]M>sitions,  and  variations  of  the  comiMi&s  for  Alaskan  stations,  arranged 
alphalj«!ticaliy  by  localities 

Table  of  approximate  sailing  distances  for  the  Alaskan  region 

Kcference  tabic  for  taking  steamer  routes  exj)editiously  from  the  text 

Note  on  pronunciation  of  names 

Meleorologiciil  tables  tor  stations  in  the  Alaskan  region 

A.  Atmospheric  pressure 

B.  'rcmiKjmture  of  tlu'  air 

C.  Tem|)craturc  of  the  sefi  water 

1).  Precipitatiim 1 

K.  Dir<«tion  of  winds 

Notes  on  the  tai)les 

Addenda  and  errata 

Index  to  names  used  in  the  text,  Sailing  Directions,  Dangers,  etc 279 

Index  to  authorities  cited : 

IJeeehey .._. gu 

J  '"""gs 312 

Cook __ 


247 
262 
263 
266 

267 
268 
269 
270 
271 
272 
273 
277 


Dixon. 


313 
316 


limigsdorrt" ^ __  gjg 

J-a  Perousc _  017 


Lisiaimki 
LiUkC>.__ 


317 
319 
320 


Meaivs  and  DougliLs ^ ~_  304 

Portlm^k -------"--'"II11I1I1"I""""II1IIII  326 

Van«)uvcr _  oan 

Voyage  of  the  Sutil  and  Mcxi(ana IIIIIIIIIII       I  33I 


* 


LIST  OF   ILLUSTKATIONS. 


CUAUTM. 


A.— THE  INLAND  I'ASHAGE. 

C'Imrt  1,  (I5<J5.)  Cu|k)  MikI^^u  to  LV'H!  ComiiK-rell;  opixwitc  p.  ? 

Chart  2,  {Uibl.)  Seyimmr  Nji' •  >••«  and  vicinity;  p.  -1. 

Chart  3,  (156(5.)  Caito  ComnifrLi        IVmt  \Vull<or;  \k  IS. 

Chart 4,  (15ti7.)  Point  Wnikci  U.  S   .iiimoii  liny;  p.  21. 

Chart  6,  (1568.)  SwatiHon  Iky  I  >  t'lmtiiani  tjoiind;  p.  32, 

B.— ALASKAN  WATERS. 

Chart  6,  (15«».)  Dixon  Knirunut!;  •).  48. 

Cimrt  7,  (1570.)  Portland  Caiml  nivl  tjlwermtory  Inlut;  p.  56. 

Chart  8,  J 571.)  Behm  Cumil  ■  id  '  iiuen-e  Strait;  p.  72. 

Chart  9,  (1672.)  Coast  Irom  VVoU' U(H-k  to  Crt|)o  Dtrimon;  p.  'J4. 

Chart  10,  (157.'J.)  Sumner  Stniitj  p.  UK). 

Chart  11,  (1574.)  Frt-dericU  Sountl  ui.d  StephiMm  Piwuajfe;  p.  122. 

Chart  12,  (1575.)  (.'oitst  tVoiu  Sjuuly  Hay  to  Ca));-  Edward,  with  Peril  Strait.s;  p.  1.12. 

Chart  l;J,  (1576.)  Coast  fniin  Ca|M3  Edwanl  to  Litnya  I!,iy,  with  CrosH  Sound  and  ley  Strait; 

p.  1«2. 
Chart  14,  (1819.)  Lynn  Canal;  p.  194. 

Chart  15,  (1578.)  Coast  from  Litnya  Buy  to  YakuUit  Bay;  p.  204. 
Chart  16.  Isogonio  lines  of  Alaska  lor  the  eixxili  1885;  p.  240. 


VIEWS. 

Sheet  I.     Op|MiHitc  i>age  16. 

View  1.  Leading  marks  over  Nahwitti  Bar,  (text,  p.  17.) 
View  2.  Western  entrance  to  Goletas  Cluinuel,  (text,  p.  1 7.) 

Siieot  2.     Opjiosite  page  20. 

View  1,  False  Egg  Island,  (text,  p.  19.) 

View  2.  Soutlj  end  Table  Island,  (text,  p.  20.) 

\Mew  3.  Cape  Calvert,  B.  C,  (text,  p.  20.) 

View  :.  Entrance  to  Welcome  Harbor,  Fitzluigh  Sound,  B.  C,  (text,  p.  23.) 

Sheet  3,     Opposite  page  28. 

Vic.v  1.  Entrance  to  Coghlan  Anchorage,  (text,  p.  34.) 

View  2.  Finlaysou  Channel,  B.  C,  looking  south  from  Carter  Iky,  (text,  p.  28.) 

View  3.  Entrance  to  Metlakatia  Bay,  (text, -p.  40.) 

Sheet  4.     Opposite  page  50. 

View  1.  New  Eddystone  R  'k,  Behm  Canal,  (text,  p.  72.) 
View  2.  Entrance  to  Cloak  Bay,  (text,  p.  52.) 
View  3.  Entrance  to  Cox  Strait,  (text,  p.  53.) 

Sheet  5,     Opposite  jjage  58. 

View  1.  Anchorage  Naas  Bay,  (text,  p.  59.) 

View  2.  Salmon  Cove,  Observatory  Inlet,  B.  C,  (text,  i>.  59.) 

Sheet  6.     Opposite  page  64. 

View  1.  Invisible  Point,  (text,  p.  55.) 

View  2.  North  Island,  Dixon  Entrance,  (text,  p.  52.) 

View  3.  Cape  Mnzon,  Alaska,  (text,  p.65.) 

View  4.  Forrester  Islaud,  (text,  p.  95.) 


(Vll) 


VIII 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Sheet  i,    OpjKwite  page  136. 

View  i.  Sitka  or  Norfolk  Sound,  (toxt.  p.  136.) 

View  2.  Sitka  from  the  western  anchorage,  1867,  (text,  p.  150.) 

View  3.  Sitka  from  the  eastward,  1880,  (te.\t,p.  150.) 

Sheet  8.    Opposite  page  l'i6. 

View  1.  Kasa-an  Bay,  (text,  p.  85.)  ■'.    -  .  ^ 

View  2.  Kootznahoo  Inlet,  (text,  p.  177.)  • 

View  3.  Point  Craven,  Peril  Strait,  (text,  j).  166.) 

Sluiet  9.    Op|)oaitc  page  168.  .: 

View  1.  Point  Windham,  (text,  p.  129.) 

^'^iew  2.  Taku  Mountain  an<l  vicinity,  (text,  p.  169.)  / 

View  3.  Point  Augusta,  Chatham  Strait,  (text,  p.  181.) 

View  4.  Midway  Islaiuls,  Stephens  I^assage,  (text,  p.  168.) 

Sheet  10.    OpjKwite  page  184. 

View  1.  Cape  Fairweather  from  oft"  Lituya  Head.x  ;  (text,  p.  204.) 
View  2.  Cajic  Cross  IlcM-ks  from  southward;  (text,  p.  185.) 
View  3.  Cape  Cross  R(K'ks  from  northward;  (text,  p.  185.) 
View  4.  Southwest  entrance  Lisianski  Strait;  (text,  p.  184.) 

Sheet  II.    Opimsite  page  186. 

View  1.  North  entrance  Lisianski  Strait  from  Cross  Sound;  (text,  j).  187.) 
View  2.  Entrance  to  Port  Althorp  from  Cross  Sound;  (text,  p.  187.) 

Sheet  12.     Oppo,Hite  page  202.  !     >  :.  ' 

View  1.  Entrance  to  Lituya  Bay;  (text,  p.  203.)     '     :  .'  '        '  .     ' 

View  2.  Mount  Fairweather;  (text,  p.  205).         ,  s  " 

Sheet  13.  Opposite  page  212. 

View  of  Mount  St.  Elias  as  seen  through  a  fiehl-glass  at  a  distance  of  forty-three  miles ;  (text.  n. 
212.)  '  V       ,1 


w 


mOTE. 

All  bearings  and  courses  nrc  magnetic. 
All  distances  are  in  nautical  miles. 

All  depths  are  at,  mean  low  water,  wlieu  known,  unless  otherwise  8tate<l. 
A  cable  length  is  one-tenVt,  of  a  nautical  mile. 
All  longitudes  are  went  from  Gi-eenwich. 

Bussian  fathoms  Wing  seven  feet  long,  are  here  reduced  to  six-foot  futhoius. 
The  spelling  of  Rui^sian  and  native  names  is  as  nearly  phonetic  as  jKesible,  consistent  with  mm- 
plie'dy.    See  page  266. 


AOKNCieS  ON   THE  PACIFIC  COAST   FOB  THE  8AI.E  OF  THE  CHARTS,  COAST  P11.0TS,  AND  TIDE  TABLES 
OF  THE  VNITKO  STATES  COAST  AND  GEODETIC  SURVEY. 


Los  A.NOK1.K8,   CaMKOKKSA. 

9•rO^A,  &  TllAYKR,  3  South  Spring  elrfet. 

Santa  Bakkaka,  Cai.ikohnja. 
H.  A.  C.  McPHAIL,. 

San  FRANrisco,  Califohnia. 
biLMNGS,  IIAKBOirKNK  &  CO.,  No.  3  Monlgoinery  rt. 

S.  S.  ARNHEIM,  No.  4  Stuart  strwit. 


POKTI.A.ND,  ORKOON. 

J.  K.  (JILL  &  CO.,  KoB.  88  and  30  First  etreet. 

PoiiT  ToWNSitNu,  Wasiiinotox  Tkukitouv, 
D.  C.  H.  KOTHt;CHILD. 

Skattlk,  Wa»iiin<it«>n  TKHHnX»«Y. 
W.  U.  rUMPHKKY,  Mill  street. 

Sitka,  Alaska. 

(IX) 


it 


PACIFIC  COAST  PILOT. 


THE  INLxVND  WATERS  OF  THE  COLUMBIAN  ARCHIPELAGO. 


THE  GULF  OF  GEORGIA  TO  DIXON  ENTRANCE. 


In  making  the  passage  from  tlie  entrance  of  the  Strait  of  Fuca  to  the  waters  of  Alaska  or  to 
Sitka  Harbor,  it  will  for  most  purposes  Ix;  sufficient  to  refer  to  otiier  guides  for  the  navigation  of  the 
intricate  channels  of  the  Strait,  and  of  the  Gulf  of  Greorgia.*  From  tlie  head  of  that  gulf  a  brief 
description  of  the  usual  route,  is  here  presentwl.  This  description  comprises  nearly  all  that  is  definitely 
neede<l  by  navigators  bound  northward. 

From  a  jwint  in  mid-channel  between  tlie  northwestcrnmost  territory  of  the  United  States  at 
Roberts  Point  and  Saturna  Island  with  Boundary  Bluff,  180  feet  high,  bearing  north  five  and  one 
half  miles,  a  course  WNW.  twenty-five  miles  may  be  laicl  to  pass  Oabriola  lieefo  licaring  SSW.,  at  a 
distance  of  three  and  two-thirds  miles.  Thenc«  W.  I  N.  fcrty  miles  carries  to  a  p<iint  from  which 
TIw  Sisters  rocks,  ten  feet  high,  bear  NB.  by  E.  one  and  three-quarter  miles.  Tl>i8  is  well  toward 
mid-channel,  between  Lasqueti  and  Hornby  islands.  Thence  a  course  NW.  by  W.  J  W.  forty  miles, 
will  bring  the  navigator  to  the  entrance  of  Discovery  Passage,  and  passtis  not  nearer  than  one  mile  to 
any  serious  dangers. 

It  is  hardly  net«ssary  to  jmint  out  that  the  strong  tides  and  eddies  (characteristic  of  this  region 
render  sailing  direiitions  based  on  long-distance  courses  of  little  value  here,  since  the  same  cannot  in 
many  cases  be  made  good  ex(«pt  in  fair  weather  and  by  a  steam-vessel.  But  in  practice  only  steam 
navigation  is  employed  in  tliese  passages,  and  in  nuxst  cas*s,  by  their  pilots,  courses  and  distances  are 
alone  made  use  of. 

l>ISC;OVEKY   FASSAOK 

is  the  only  known  navigiible  outlet  from  the  northwestern  part  of  the  (Julf  of  Georgia  to  the  NW., 
and  lies  between  the  western  side  of  Valdesf  Island  and  the  northeastern  shore  of  V^ancouver  Island. 
This  passage  averages  a  little  more  than  a  mile  in  breadth,  contracting  at  Seymour  Narrows  to  less  than 
half  a  mile.  Its  shores  south  wartl  from  these  narrows  are  nuMlerately  high  and  apparently  fertile,  but 
northward  from  tliem  steep,  rugged  and  mountainous.  This  j)assiige  was  first  entered  by  the  United 
States  sloop  Washington,  of  Boston,  C'aptain  John  Kendiic^k,  in  I7k9.  Its  lenj  !i  in  a  NW.  and  BE. 
direction  from  Cape  Mudge  to  Chatham  Point  is  twenty-three  and  a  half  miles.  The  southern 
entrance  to  this  passage  is  formed  by  Willow  Point,  a  small  Uiul  insignificant  low  rm'ky  |)oint  covere<l 
with  willows,  with  a  ledge  extending  NE.  from  it  three  cables,  wiiich  renders  it  inad- 
visable to  apjtroach  the  [Kiint  within  half  a  mile,  and  by  Cane  Mudge,  which  is  the  Cape  Mudge. 
landmark  for  the  entrance  of  the  passage.  Tiiis  cape  is  a  peculiar  headland  about  two 
hundred  and  fifty  feet  high.  Hat  and  wootled  on  its  summit,  forming  a  rather  abrupt  yellow  clay  cliff, 

'(iDiisult  VanoouT0T  Island  Pilot,  itwiiuil  by  the  Hyilniiiruiiliic  OHici'.  Ailiiiinilt.v,  Lcmilon;  iiiiil  Paclflo  Oout  Pilot;  Oncon 
(iiiil  Waahlngton  Territory,  l>y  tlif  l^  S.  C'ciimt.  mid  Ocmli'tii:  Siirvoy. 

tNuiniKl  fur  Don  CayBTANO  Va.'.i>£s,  wIki  viiiitiil  thrac  wiitiTx  in  IT*.l*i,  in  llii'  S|iiiniHli  gitliul  Afexiramt.  lOrriiiiRoiialy 
■pelled  yaldet  on  DritiHli  Adniirnlty  Clinri  No.  538. 


2  KWATHIASKI  COVB. 

more  or  less  coveml  witli  vegetation.  It  falls  to  liic  westward  to^^l.r(^  Discovenr  Passage,  forming 
a  low  boulder  ,K)iiit;  frcin  the  SB.  the  high  lan.j  of  Vi.ldes  island  apix-'ars  l)chind  it.  It  is  situated 
(according  to  British  Admiralty  Ciiart  No.  680)  in 

Latitude »0°«>;      »• 

Longitude-. 125    12  .6  W. 

DANCERS. 

From  the  low  i)oint  'referral  to,  a  boulder  ln'acli  ixtends  to  the  eastward,  following  the  general 
dire<!tion  of  the  shore,  and  ofl"  this  shore  eastward  from  tli.;  low  point,  for  two  miles,  the  depth  is  not 
over  five  fathoms.  This  shoal  is  markc<l  by  kcip  dnriiif;  the  summer  and  (generally  by  a  tidal  line  or 
heavy  ripplings,  which  shoulil  \>c  avoided. 

From  CajMj  Mudge  Willow  Point  liears  8.,  a  mile  and  two-thirds. 

TIIII'X. 

At  the  entrance,  according  to  Uritisli  authorities.  '\  is  H.  W.  P.  and  C.  at  6*  30",  with  a  range  of 
eleven  feet.  The  current  runs  from  four  »o  >■•:••  knots,  turnimr  at  high  and  low  water.  In  heavy 
weather  the  tide-rii)s  at  AwkI  in  the  entrance  are  sufficiently  heavy  to  l)e  dangerous  to  small  craft.  The 
flood  tide  proceeds  from  the  northwestward. 

SAILING   1)1  RIX'T  IONS 

FOU   E.NTERIXO   DtSt'OVEUY   PASSAGE. 

The  western  low  part  of  Cape  Mudge  should  not  be  brought  to  In-Jir  to  the  westward  of  W  HW 
in  entering  or  leaving  this  passage.  The  chamiel  is  free  from  dangers  and  jiresents  no  difficulties  for 
steamers.  Sailing  vessels  are  recommended  to  enter  it  only  in  dear  weather  with  a  fair  wind,  and  athet 
the  first  rush  of  the  flood  is  over.  The  course  is  NW.  from  a  point  in  mid-channel  8  SB.  from  Cape 
Mudge  about  one  mile.    The  soundings  in  the  vicinity  vary  from  twenty  to  forty  fathoms,  rocky  bottom. 

NW.  by  W.  from  Cape  Mudge  one  mile  is  a  shwil  jitttch  on  which  eight  fathoms  may  be  had, 
and  over  which  the  current  forms  stroi  tide-rips.  N  NW.  from  Caiw  Mudge  less  than  two  miles  is 
a  level  piece  of  shore  between  the  hills  and  the  sea,  where  an  Indian  village  is' situated,  oiT  which  fifteen 
fathoms  may  be  had  close  in-shore,  an<l  immeiliately  northward  of  this  is  a  patch  extending  from  the 
shore  and  carrying  nine  fathoms.  The  western  shore  of  the  passage  is  here  mcxlerately  low.  From 
the  Yakulta  village  *  westerly  the  shore  of  Valdee  Isliuid  is  about  one  hundred  feet  high,  extending  ia 
a  WNW.  direction  one  mile  to  n  rounded  i)luff'|)oii)t  willi  a  small  rock  close  to  it. 

Directly  behind  this  point  to  the  northward  is  KwatliiasId  Cove,t  a  small  indentation  bordei«d 

by  a  sandy  beach.    This  cove  is  only  tit  for  steamers  or  small  craft,  affording  room 

KwathlaskI  Cove,  for  one  vessel  to  moor  in  its  northern  ])art  and  for  another  in  the  southeai '        part. 

The  extreme  ]•  igth  of  the  cove  is  two-thirds  of  a  mile  in  a  NW.  and  BE.  diiy.otioa,nnd 

its  greatest  width  less  than  half  a  mile. 

In  the  center  of  the  cove  is  Grouse  Island,  small  and  moderately  high  with  o  ghoal  extending 
four  hundred  feet  SB',  from  its  SB.  jwint,  which  should  be  guardwl  against  in  entering.  *  The  tide  in 
the  cove  is  slight  but  the  stream  runs  strongly  past  the  entrance,  necessitating  care  iti  entering. 


1 


riRECTIONS   FOR  THE  USE  OK    KWATHIASKI   a)VE. 

If  intending  to  anchor  in  the  cove  it  should  be  ciitcred  to  the  southward  of  Grom^  Island,  keeping 
an  eye  upon  the  tide,  and  the  navigator  should  keep  well  over  to  the  southern  shore  until  inside,  where 
the  souUitMstern  mooring  ground  is  recommended,  one  or  two  cables  SB.  from  Grouse  Island,  in  ten 
fathoms,  well  sheltered  from  all  winds,  about  midway  betw»«n  tl'f!  SB.  point  of  the  island  and  ^e 
opposite  shore.  If  necessary,  a  vessel  may  prixrid  to  the  iiortKeru  jiart  of  the  cove  inside  Grouse 
Island  and  anchor  in  seven  to  nine  fathoins,  but  the  southeastern  mooring  ground  is  recommended. 
A  8hoal  patch  exists  in  the  middle  of  the  northern  entiiuice  with  three.feet  upon  it.  , 

A  plan  of  this  cove  has  l)een  published  by  the  British  Admiralty  Office  in  connection  with  that 
of  Gowfland  Harbor,  No.  2067. 

From  Willow  Point  the  Vancouver  shore  is  low  and  Ixudered  by  a  sandv  beach.  Five  and  a 
half  miles  NW.  from  Willow  Point  is  the  entranc-e  of  Campbell  River,  a  largt'stream,  navigable  for 
some  distance  by  boats  or  canoes.     In  this  part  of  Discovery  Passagyhe  current  turns  near  ttie  shore 

•Hppll.Ml  Tacult*  liv  Hritit.|i  nuthoiilii*. 

tTliv  name  it  hihJUmI  QtikVuMM  nnd  Quathlaiky  by  UritUh  authorities. 


,,./ 


»* 


■   ■ "  """■^wi'^iipppppi 


w 


mmm 


.  _a.Alt  !Isi5»4_  _ 


Lghtfn 


\. 


-'ft^mifiiftPMWiayi I,. J  L-Mmm 


9   I 


GOWLLAXD  HARBOR.  3 

with  the  tides,  running  from  the  northwestward  with  tlie  flood.     One  and  a  half  mik's  KW.  from  this 

river  is  Orange  Point,  bare  and  round,  of  a  reddish  color,  fornung  the  eiwtern  extreme  of  Duncan  Bay, 

an  in<leututioti  in  the  uhore  alnrnt  two  cables  in  extent  N  NW.  and  S  SE.  and  five  or 

six  cables  W  SW.  and  E  NE.;  easy  of  nccesn,  well  out  of  the  tide,  sheltereil  from  all  Dunou  Bay. 

wind.s  exc«pt  those  from  W  NW.  round  by  N.  to  E  SE.  and  atlbrding  gotnl  anchorage 

in  seven  to  fourteen  fathoms,  sand,  al)out  five  cables  W.  J  S.  from  Orange  Point.    This  is  the  best 

anchorage  l)etween  8eymour  Narrows  and  Cape  Mudge.     A  stream  of  water  enters  at  its  head,  where 

(here  is  a  broad  sandy  l)cach.     A  bouhlei  spit  of  triangular  siia]K>  extends  a  cable  and  a  half  NW.  by 

N.  from  Orange  Point,  its  onier  limits  marked  by  kelp  in  four  fathoms.     This  bay  is  shown  on  the 

British  Admiralty  Charts  538  and  2067,  in  connection  resiMSctively  with  Seymour  Narrows  and  Gowl- 

land  Harbor. 

Gqwlland  Harbor  is  the  next  shelter  on  the  soutiiwestern  shore  of  Valdes  Island,  NW.  from 
Kwathiaski  Cove.  From  the  northern  entrance  of  the  latter  the  shore  is  bold-to  and  very  irregular, 
extending  in  a  general  NW.  direction  two  miles  to  the  northern  end  of  Steep  Island,  which  forms  tlie 
southern  head  of  the  entrance  to  Gowlland  Harbor.  This  island  is  less  than  half  a 
mile  long,  very  narrow,  with  a  blutf  slion;  on  the  western  side,  and  al>ont  one  hundred  flowlluiil  Harbor. 
i'eet  high.  Its  northwestern  end  is  directly  abre^ist  of  Orange  Point  and  bears  from 
it  NE.  J  N.,  distant  one  mile.  Bctwwn  it  and  Gowlland  Island,  forming  the.  southern  protection  of 
the  liarbor,  is  a  narrow  rocky  channel.  The  last-named  island  is  alwut  a  mile  long  and  a  third  of  a 
two  summits,  of  which  the  southeastern  one  is  about  four  hundred  feet  high.  A  rock  connected  by  a 
mile  wide,  with  rocky  tongue  with  the  northwestern  end  of  Gowlland  Island  is  known  as  Vigilant 
Point,  and  is  stated  to  be  in 

Latitude- "_ 80°  8'  02"  N. 

Longitude _ 128°  16'  06"  W.* 


The  variation  of  the  compass  in  this  vicinity  was  23° 
increase  of  2'. 


as'  E.  in  1866,  with  a  presumed  annual 


The  harbor  Iving  within  this  point  is  two  and  a  half  miles  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  direction,  and  from 
a  quarter  to  two-thirds  of  u  mile  in  width.  There  are  several  rocks  and  islets  within  u,  and  the  shores 
are  mostly  woodetl,  rugge<l  and  irregular.  From  Vigilant  Point  to  some  islets  near  shore,  forming  the 
northwestern  head  of  the  entrance,  is  a  little  k>ss  than  half  a  mile  W  NW.  Across  the  inner  portion 
of  the  entrance,  extending  to  within  a  tMible's  length  of  the  islets  Ijeforc  mentioned  and 
of  Vigilant  Point,  lies  the  Enfraiwe  Bank,  composed  of  sand,  partly  dry  at  low  water,  Enfranea  Bank. 
and  being  at)out  four  cables  long  in  a  W  NW.  and  E  SE.  direction,  and  one  and  a  half 
cables  wide.  There  is  a  clear  passage  on  each  side  of  it  with  not  less  than  four  fathoms;  its  southern 
end,  with  three  fathoms  on  it,  lies  a  cable  N.  by  W.  from  Vigilant  Point. 

SAILING   DIRECTIONS 

FOR   ENTERING    GOWLLAND   HARBOR. 

I.  J!Vom  the  SoHf Airorif. — Steep  Island  should  be  rounded  at  about  a  cable's  distance,  when  the 
course  is  NE.  by  E.  for  the  piissige  north  of  Vigilant  Point,  which  is  nearly  steep-to  and  should  be 
rounded  at  half  a  cable's  length,  or  less,  to  avoid  Entrance  Bank.  When  Vigilant  Point  bears  W. 
by  S.  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  anchorage  may  l)c  had  in  seven  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.  More  extended 
anchorage  may  be  found  with  deeper  water  at  the  southeastern  head  of  the  harbor,  but  the  passage 
between  the  southeastern  end  of  Gowlland  Island  and  Valdes  Island  is  obstructed  by  rocks  and  shoals. 
A  contracted  anchorage  is  also  at  the  northwestern  end  of  the  harbor,  N  NW.  of  the  Entrance  Bank, 
in  four  fathoms.  The  first-mentioned  anchorage  is  recommended  for  navigators  intending  only  a 
short  stay. 

II.  Fram  the  Xorthicard. — If  coming  from  the  northward,  the  course  is  E.  for  Vigilant  Point, 
passing  as  before  dirccteil. 

A  plan  of  this  hai-bor  is. issued  by  the  British  Admiralty  OfliTe,  No.  2067. 

TIDES. 

It  is  H.  W.  F.  and  C.  at  S""  30"°  p.  m.    Spring  tides  rise  elc-en  feet. 

The  coast  from  Gowlland  Harbor,  in  a  W  NW.  dircctioij,  is  bold-to,  high  and  ruggetl  for  four 
miles.  On  the  Vancouver  side,  from  Duncan  Bay,  the  bluffs  are  lower,  and  the  shore  trends  about 
NW.  for  nearly  three  miles,  with  a  narrow  beach  to  Eace  Point,  a  high  bluff  promontory,  bold-to ; 
past  which  the  tide  runs  with  a  four  to  six-knot  current,  the  Hood  forming  rips  very  dangerous  for 
boats. 

*AU  longitudei  given  in  this  work  are  Witt  from  Qreenwieh, 


^' 


^'' 


4  MENZirai  BAT. 

From  ihiH  point  tlio  land  trendt)  W  8W.  two  miles  to  the  mouth  of  McnrJoH  Bay,  an  in<lcntation 
in  the  Vanenuvcr  nliorc  of  conHlderable  oxt4>nt,  U'ing  a  inilo  and  n  liajf  loii)r  in  a  ICW.  and  8X. 

<lircction,  and  three-«|iiartorH  of  a  mile  wide.  The  head  of  the  Imy  iH  ftomcwhat  shoul, 
Maiiln  Bay.         with  u  hroiul  Imnk  at  low  watiT,  and  the  middle  of  the  bav  jiut  within  the  entrance 

iH  obstructed  by  a  lur)^  triangular  Hand  bunk,  [tartly  dry  i  low  water,  with  a  elear 
passage  on  eocrh  aide  of  it  about  a  cable  and  a  half  in  width. 


SAILING   DIRECTIONS 


FOR   KNTERINU    MENZIE8   BAY. 


To  reach  the  anchorage  the  navigator  Hhould  keep  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  eastern  Hhore  for 
half  a  mile,  when  the  vessel  may  be  kept  off  for  the  center  of  the  bay,  where  anchorage  may  be  had 
in  six  fatlumiH,  muddy  l)ottom,  half  a  mile  from  the  head  of  the  bay,  and  two  cables  S  SW.  from  the 
eastern  shore.  The  latter  is  high  and  rugged,  the  western  shore  low;  both  are  steep,  and  an  extensive 
valley  runs  nortlnvcHtwanl  from  the  head  of  the  bay.  A  less  direct  and  narrower  passage  exists  along 
the  southwestern  shore  which  may  also  be  used,  as  above,  and  is  by  some  preferred  on  account  of  strong 
eddies  whicli  exist  oiV  the  eastern  headland  of  the  bay  and  especially  if  coming  from  southward. 

With  ii  southward  running  tide  a  strong  eddy  sweeps  into  Menzies  Bay  north  from  Race  Point,* 
but  the  head  of  the  bay  is  still.  At  the  anchorage,  Wilfred  Point  f  bearing  B.  by  S.  }  S.,  the  north  end 
of  the  lieach  l)ears  NW.  J  W.  and  the  south  end  W.  by  8.  j  S. 

Wilfred  Point,  the  etiftern  headland  of  Menzies  Lay,  is  over  three  hundred  feet  high,  bluff  and 
rocky.  E  NE.  from  it  half  a  mile  is  Maud  Island.l  three  hundre«l  feet  high,  less  than  half  a  mile  in 
diameter,  rounded,  with  a  Ixmt  |>assuge  between  it  and  Valdcs  Island  to  the  northwani.  A  small  islet 
called  Yellow  Islet  lies  three  cables  E  NB.  from  ^^"ud  Island.  Between  the  latter  and  Wilfred  Point 
is  v.ie  southern  entrance  to 


SEYMOUR    NARROWS, 

which  extend  N  NW.  from  the  entrance  two  miles,  being  less  than  four  cables  in  width  at  their  nar- 
rowest jtart.  The  shores  on  both  sides  are  rugged,  high  and  Iwld-to.  The  summits  on  the  Yaldes 
shore  rise  to  the  height  of  seven  hundred  feet  and  those  on  the  Vancouver  side  have  the  aj>pearance  of 
being  decidedly  higher.     The  depth  of  water  in  some  parts  of  the  Narrows  exceeds  sixty-five  fathoms. 

TIDES. 

Owing  to  the  narrowness  of  this  gorge  the  tides  rush  through  with  great  velocity,  attaining  fully 
nine  knots  at  sprinp  tides.     It  is  stated  tiiat  the  flood  and  ebb  streams  run  for  nearly  equal  inlervals  of 

six  iiours, — ii  veiy  short  period  of  slack  witer  intervening  between  them.  It  should 
D»e%ptin  be  note<l  that  the  flood  stream  runs  in  on  the  surface  some  time  liefore  the  water  com- 

Hood-fida.  mences  to  rise,  so  that  with  an  hour's  apparent  flootl  the  depth  of  water  in  the  passage 

may  not  l)e  appreciably  greater  than  at  low  water.  According  to  English  authorities 
it  is  H.  W.  F.  and  C.  at  l*"  0°",  the  stream  running  one  and  a  half  hours  after  high  and  low  water,  with 
ft  spring  rise  of  thirteen  feet. 

i 
DANOEB8.  ; 

According  to  the  British  Admiralty  Charts,  on  a  line  connecting  the  summits  of  Maud  Island  and 
Wilfred  Point  lies  Hippie  Hock,  a  submerged  channel  rock  having  three  fathoms  on  it  :;t  lowest  water. 
■ '''  This  rock  is  situated  rather  less  than  two  cables  from  the  Vancouver  shorti^'and  nearly 

Ripple  Rock,  tliree  t-aliles  from  the  western  shore  of  Maud  Island.  It  is  in  one  with  the  outer  edge 
of  Race  Point  bearing  E.  by  8.  J  8.;  with  the  southern  edge  of  Maud  Island- bearing 
■.;  with  the  southeast  edge  of  Wilfi-ed  Point  bearing  8W.  by  8.  i  8.;  and  with  the  western  end  pf 
Separation  Head  bearing  N  NW.  The  U.  S.  S.  Saranao  was  lost  on  this  rock  in  June,  1875.  W.  one 
cable  from  this  rock  is  another  smaU  patch  with  four  fathoms  on  it.  Around  these  rocks  the  crater 
varies  from  twelve  to  forty  fathoms  in  depth. 

When  the  tide  is  running  strong  Ripple  Rock  is  plainly  marked  by  the  wh'rl  of  water  wme  it. 
Between  the  eastern  end  of  Maud  Island  and  the  adjacent  shore  is  an  appearance  of  ft  passage  titdugh 
none  exists;  the  place  is  oftei>  called  False  Passage.     Race  Point  is  rooky,  flattish  and  bare  of  trees; 

!£"I^  ^'^*  "^  '^™'''''  ^-  ^-  "yJf'g^pl'ic  Office  Hydrographio  NoUoe  No.  13,  1860. 
f  Wilford  Point  of  Moade. 

t  Erroneoiiriy  spelled  Maude  on  Britiah  Admiralty  Chart  No.  580.    Kande  UUnd  i»  near  NanooM  Hwbor. 


Lnd  and 
water, 
nearly 
eredge 
mug 
end  of 
H.  one 
^ater 

lovor  it. 

Uiougb 
tf  ti«eB; 


./fi^iSLi 


'jsatau^dmA 


<il 


I>LATN>Jq  Ikt" 


x 


Ail 


IP 


:io 


Sejiaratioii  11'.' 


SB 

> 

•"      :.8 

ai         IB 

(& 

^. 

.%. 

X 

£& 

PLUMI'KH 

-ift 

.— 

,il'-^'' 


& 


.* 


iSK 


^ 

1. 

\ 

r,     ^ 

0 

5 

\ 

0 

* 

1 

^ 

^ 

7 

1'. 

6 

H 

6 

p. 

>A 

u 

•1 

^ 

mmmmm 


TT 


pi.ATm4«i»«f 


SKYMOliU    NAliUOWS 

AND  VICINITY 


Vi'tmi  tiw  I'I-WihIi  AduiirnlU"  rlim-l 


\ 


HR  ^ 


lH(i7 


lOUNOINOt     IN     FATHOM* 


WOTK 

/.iitiUttlf  of  S./Hiitition   //fiiif  Tit)*    11     't". 

I,4in;jinit1f  iif  ilo  H'r.if  fifini    fiiivnwirh  in  nif  l'jr>    J'J   7*) 


/,iinifitti€ff  iif  titi  i/o. 

Viiriiitittii   III' t/ir  .Vofinctif  XrrtUe   in   IfiHti 


in  tinir     H''    •JI"':U'!  .\ 

•.>:<■  ;tr.',  K . 


V    A     L     D     E      S 


^^Tirr'^-"-^ 


7^ 


f+y 


V     A    ISI     C     ()     U    Y     E     R 


TIPKS 
Time  of  Hi;[Sli  Wutm-  iit   Full  iind  Chnnjjp      3^  ll'" 
Mpiin  Itisi!  inirl  KtiU  of  Sju-iuji  Ttibja  l.'MI  .0 

SIhi'Ii  vriiiei' LfiHl*  al>aiit  10  luuiuteti.  The  flooil  oitm,- 
ln.enct?n  iiiifuit  10*' A.M. 

CIJUHKNTI, 

'/7//'     ■:<i.  'iif-r  riiiivn/  /iti.s  /«wt  fhiimj  to  run  /!'3U"' 
lUh'r  trill-    ,..'   s/,/,X-  »,t/r/in  .v/«»/y  .  't'hr  I'loiul  prorccilji 
liiifn  t/i<-  \r-t/tWiirii  iirnt  mn.i  nine  ktwLs  at.  S/iruiys 

AIIIMIF.VIATKINS 
■    f        M  for  Mini   j  .\h.Htr  .S/i,-IU 
•V     .     .V/wi//   I  i-ky.  ..    iiirhy 
<!.  .    (J/viiW    /•     .    /;•/./,/,..■< 


V        f'\  tirttvy  tujtt  n/i  h 
^^'     ^s^-ve.   ■^uinf/'ruiif /it 


»..-.j#/        .,    ,„ 


t 


ir. 


7    r< 


in 


■''oom.l.^M)  fr' 


f;.. 


«& 


c. 


:<! 


^♦•.* 


In  J** 

vcKsel  lias 
passing  Ca 
bol<l-to  an 
attempt  to 

In  iiti 
favorable 
clear  acres- 
the  nMBt  fa 
a  cable  to 
tlian  thirtet 

To  the- 
in  mi(l-cha 

At  th 
immediate! 
rianily  Ixac 
Plumpei;  1( 
wide  and  ) 
tlie  NW.  1) 
access,  and 
within  tw(! 
and  cause  i 
ashorttimt 
Separf 
ipilc  long  u 
Discovery 
At  this  poi 
eastern  sho 
Tiiese  bays 
Betwet^n  th 
toward  the 
having  on! 
nearly  stnii 
i  -t  Otter  P< 
the  sliorc  fi 
anchorage, 
Three-(ju<^. 
shore  '.tea 
fr-  .1  this  ' 
mountains 
WW., 
western  sit 
anchorage, 
hundre<r  ft 
this  islet  11 


t 


Inten 
stoi.e  Islai 
lK»ttom  is 
is  a  narro 
must  moo 

Apli 

Dir« 
forming  t 
fringc<l  w 


■^i 


""— — -aimiii 


SEYMOUR  NABROWS. 


CENKRAL  DIKECTIONS 

FOR    lUSCOVERY    I'ASSACiE    AND   HEYMOUU   NAUUOWS, 
in  pro€.-^eahtu  throuuh   Ulneorfrv    faHntiaf  from   the   Soiitliiraril,   if  tlie   tide   be   favoiuhle,  a 

vefjsel  lias  on.  ^  to  keep  in  mid-cliannel  until  up  with  tlie  Narrown.  If  the  tide  Ik;  unfavorable,  after 
paesing  Ca|)e  -rludge  it  is  desirable  to  ietj)  two  or  three  cables  oft'  the  Yalth'.s  Island  shore,  wlii<'h  is 
bohl-to  and  where  the  tide  does  not  run  so  stroi  /ly.  Sailing  vessels,  ex<-epx  small  eraft,  bhould  not 
attempt  to  heat  through  southward  of  the  Narrows. 

Mn  attetnpttug  to  pa»n  the.  XayrowH  '<t  it-:  i('couiniende<l  to  ehoose  the  earlier  or  hitter  part,  if  a 
favorable  tide,  as  during  the  time  of  greatest  strengi);  a  iioiling  race,  with  whirls  and  overfalls,  extends 
clear  across,  rendering  steerage-way  very  difficult  fa)  oMiain.  The  latter  part  of  a  head  tide  is  ])erliaps 
the  most  favorable  time.  In  passing  through  when  abreast  of  Maud  Island  the  navigiitor  should  keep 
a  cable  to  the  eastward  of  mid-channel  to  avoid  the  rocks;  over  which,  however,  vessels  drawing  less 
than  thirteen  feet  may  pass  freely. 

To  the  i.orthward  of  the  Narrows,  the  tides  being  ciomparatively  weak,  a  ve.ssel  may  proceetl  either 
in  mid-chanp"!  or  close  inshore  (except  oft"  Chatham  Point)  iu  siifety. 

At  the  northern  enti-.mce  of  the  Narrows  the  passage  is  three  i|uarters  of  a  mile  i)ioad,  i>ut 
immediately  expands^  nearly  twice  that  width,  forming  on  the  Vancouver  side  a  small  bight  with  a 
sandy  beach,  and  on  the  opposite  shore  Fiumper  Biy,  named  after  H.  B.  M  steamer 
Plumpei',  long  engaged  in  surveying  in  this  region.  This  bay  is  about  half  a  mile  Plumper  Bay. 
wide  and  less  than  a  mile  long  iu  a  N  NW.  and  S  SE.  direction,  and  is  sheltered  to 
the  NW.  by  Separation  Head,  an  ova'.  Iiigh  pci:'"«ula  putting  out  from  N'aldes  i.dand.  Ft  is  easy  of 
access,  and  well  sheltered.  In  its  so'itlieastern  ])art  anchorage  Uiay  be  had  in  seven  N)  twelve  fathoms 
within  two  odbl''.-5'  length  of  the  shoi-e.  The  eddies  and  tides  in  this  bay  ai'c  said  to  be  very  strong 
and  cause  a  vessel  to  surge  heavily  on  her  chains.  For  this  .  uson  i'  is  chiefly  useful  to  renuiin  in  for 
a  short  time  while  awaiting  a  favoiabU  tide  at  the  Narrows.    Nu  directtions  are  necft^sary  for  "nteririg  it. 

Se|)arated  from  Plumper  Bay  by  the  peninsula  of  *''!>?.ration  Head  is  Deep  Water  Bay ,  about  a 
ipile  long  anil  over  half  a  mile  wide,  but  too  deep  for  c.nivtnient  anchoragi!.  From  Separatioi.  Head 
Discovery  Pa.ssage  trends  NW.  for  five  miles,  the  shores  bec(  niing  more  high  and  rugged  than  before. 
At  this  point  a  dee|)  bay,  with  a  number  of  islets  i:-:  it  but  no  anchorage,  is  reported,  indenting  il<e 
eastern  shore,  and  a  mile  to  liie  northward  is  another  smalle/  and  narrower,  not  yet  fully  exj)lored. 
These  bays  .-re  reported  to  exten<l  much  farther  than  the  most  recent  charts  indicate. 
Between  these  is  Granite  Point,  nither  low,  wo<Kled  on  top,  i)are  at  the  end,  highest  Submerged 

iowanJ  the  northern  inlet,  from  which  NW.  at  two  (sables  dis^ince  is  a  mbmcr(/ed  rook  Hack. 

having  only  nine  feet  of  water  on  it.  The  western  shore  NW.  from  the  Narrows  is 
nearly  stniight,  and  at  six  miles  NW.  from  Separation  Head  forms  a  rather  low  sloping  point,  known 
i.-f  Otter  Point,  having  a  gravel  beach  off  it  with  a  fringe  of  kolp  about  it.  Westward  from  this  point 
the  shore  forms  a  slight  indentation  three-quartersof  a  mile  deep,  called  Elk  Bay,  attend ing  indill'erent 
anchorage,  ex'-,.-.ed  to  northerly  winds,  iu  fourteen  fathoms  about  a  third  of  a  mile  from  its  head. 
Three-qu'-.ters  of  a  mile  NW.  of  the  northern  headland  of  th's  bay,  in  a  slight  indcntaticm  of  the 
shore  lies  «  rock,  covered  at  half-tide,  at  a  distiuic*  of  a  cable  and  a  half  from  the  beach  Northward 
fr  ,ii  this  Imv  the  shores  are  high  and  nigged,  with  numerous  inshore  rocks  marked  hy  kelp.  The 
mountains  on  the  VaKies  Island  side  rise  to  the  height  of  2,200  feet. 

NW.,  tlirw  aii<l  a  half  miles  from  Ott:'r  Point,  lies  Otter  Cove,  about  four  ci'Sles  in  extent,  on  the 
western  side  of  the  passage  and  Just  south  of  Chatham  Point.     It  is  a  small  l-iit  snug 
anchorage,  sheltered  from  most  wiu  Is  by  liif  ,j,  tone  or  Lewis  Island,  a  small  islet  oiu'  Otter  Cove. 

hundre<r  ft-et  high,  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  eiitraiicf.'.     Abodt  a  cable  ij  NE.  I'rom 
this  islet  lies  Snmj  Rock,  with  two  feet  of  water  upon  it.  *** 


if 


« 


DIHECTIDNS   FOR  THE    liSE  OF  OTTER  COVE. 

Intending  to  anchor  in  this  a)ve,  a  vessel  should  pa.ss  in  mid-i^hannel  on  the  northern  side  of  Fiime- 
stoi.e  Island  and  anchor  midway  l)etween  it  and  the  head  of  the  cove  in  six  to  ten  fathoms,  sanil.  The 
bottom  is  chiefly  rocky  in  the  entrance,  but  with  not  less  than  sixtt^n  fathoms  in  the  channel.  There 
is  a  narrow  four-f 'thorn  passage  Iwrdered  by  8ii<)al8  on  thcsout.iern  tilde  of  the  islet.  Large  vessels 
mnst  moor.  0 

A  pk"  of  Otter  Cove  is  added  to  the  last  edition  of  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  580. 

Directly  north  of  this  cove  is  Chatham  Point,  nearly  twenty-four  miles  from  Cape  Mudge,  and 
forming  the  northwestern  headland  of  Di.scovery  Passage.     It  is  a  low  nnky  |K)int, 
fringe<l  with  rot^ks  which  extend  to  tlie  eastward  and  northward  a  quarter  of  a  mile.      Chath«iii  Point. 


i 


Q  KNOX  BAY. 

Two  (-ablos  NE.  from  its  northern  extreme  is  Heaver  Rock,  awash  at  low  water,  from  which  rocks 
extend  in  a  scattf  red  wav  three  caliles  farther  NE.  In  rounding  (Jhatiiam  Point  it  should  not  be 
approached  witiiin  tlireo-qiiarters  of  a  mile.  Tiie  entrance  to  Discovery  Passage  is  here  a  mile  and  a 
quarter  wide.     An  islet  lies  west  of  and  <'lo.se  to  its  eastern  headland. 

The  point  on  Valdes  Island  ojjposite  Chatham  Point  lia-  a  nearly  bare  steep  rocky  face  not  much 
higher  than  Chatham  Point.  The  north  shore  here  is  more  or  less  r(x;ky  for  some  distiince  inland  from 
the  beach. 

TinKS. 

The  tides  in  this  vicinitv  run  from  two  to  live  knots,  and  ojjjwsite  Chatham  Point,  between  it  -.nd 
the  entrance  to  Noda'..'^  Channel,  are  several  strong  tide-rips. 

Pilol  all  iiineur  that  the  tides  here  are  very  irregular,  and  that  the  data  on  the  A.dmira!ty  Charts 
arc  insufHeient  to  compute  the  time  or  intervals  of  high  water. 

NODALES    CHANNEL 
and  Johnstone  Strait  intersect  Disrovery  Passage  at  right  angles.     Four  mile-  to  the  eastward,  in  the 
channel,  is  an  indentiitior.  of  the  Valdes  Island  shore,  forming  aa  auehorag ;  !  b;rwn  ivs  Camel'^on 

Harbor. 

JOHNSTCNE    STKAIT, 

which  sejiarates  the  northern  side  of  Vancouver  Island  from  the  Thurlow  and  ■  iher  islands  and  the 
mainland,  is  comprised  l»tween  Chatham  Point  and  Ella  Point,  Vancouver  Island, — being  about  fifty- 
five  miles  in  length  in  a  W.  by  S.  and  E.  by  N.  directiiii,  ;r>d  having  a  width  of  from  one  to  two 
miles.  The  shore  on  both  sides  is  high  and  rugged,  especially  to  the  southward,  where  an  almost  con- 
tinuous range  of  mountains  rises  abruptly  from  the  sea  witli  summits  2,000  to  5,000  feet  in  height, 
some  of  V '  ear  sn(iw  throughout  the  year.     The  shores  of  the  strait,  except  in  a  few  places  to  be 

hereafter  ret.....^..  to,  are  bold-to,  and  there  are  no  anchorages  whatever  along  the  southern  shore. 

This  strait  is  rei)r(!sented  on  British  Admiralty  Charts  Nas.  680,  corrected  to  September,  1880, 
and  581,  corrected  to  August,  1872. 

TIDES. 

The  tides  attain  a  strength  of  six  knots  in  a  few  places,  but  on  an  average  do  not  exceed  three 
knots.  It  is  stated  by  English  authorities  that  everywhere  in  Johnstone  Strait  it  is  H.  W.  F.  and  C. 
at  O""  as™,  and  the  rise  and  fall  of  tide  is  about  sixteen  feet.  The  streams  run  by  the  shore  from  two 
to  two  and  a  half  hours  after  higli  and  low  water,  and,  except  near  Helracken  Island  and  to  th?  east- 
ward of  Knox  Pay,  they  seldom  exceed  one  to  three  knots  per  hour.    > 

The  magnetic  variation  in  1862  was  23°  40'  E.,  with  a  presumed  annual  inerea.se'of  3'. 

From  Chatham  Point  to  tlie  west  end  of  Tliurlow  Islands  the  soinidings  in  mid-channe'  .»i  ;  •■'  >■•.' 
deep, — in  several  places  no  bottom  being  found  with  150  fathoms  of  line.  Hence  to  Hard"' ii.  «  Vv.i'^ 
the  Imttom  is  irregular,  and  beyond  it  again  (Wpens.  There  UTehcavi/  tide-rips  near  He!i'.-  'tti:  fl^i''■'■iiJ 
and  just  west  of  tJliathani  Point  is  an  ocer/Vi// wdiicli  at  times  protiuc?':  a  '.  -<?■  .ttXie 
Thurlow  Islands,  swell.  Xorth  from  Chatham  Point  the  northern  shore  of  the  strait  is  formed  i^;  'ha 
Tliurlow  Islands,  extending  westward  from  Xmlales  Channel,  and  formerlv  supp-  <». 
to  consist  of  hut  one  islaiiil.  Though  still  not  entirely  surveyed,  there  are  rea.sons  for  b(  vinj,  t  ,t 
the  land  is  divided  into  at  least  two  islands  by  narrow  passages  yet  unexplored.  'Ihe  Vancouver  si^  ..'e 
bordering  on  .lohnstoiie  Strait  is  rocky  an'l  irregular,  and  extends  some  fourteen  miles  in  a  westerly 
direction  from  the  entrance  of  the  strait. 

W.  by  N.  three  ami  a  lialf  mii(s  from  Chatham  Point  lie  the  Fender  Islands,  ruggetl  and  Im-- 
ren,  one  hundred  and  lilty  feet  in  height,  through  the  passages  between  wiiicli  the  tide  sets  stmr  "  j. 
Foul  f/roiuKl  exists  to  the  east  and  west  ofthcni  for  nearly  half  a  mile,  and  their  .south  side  should  «■  *■ 
be  approached  within  two  cables  length. 

AloiMit  Eidon.  N  NE.  from  the  Pender  Islands,  is  a  ptruliar  wotKled,  square-top{)o»?  ,  H,  .abrupt 
to  the  NW.  and  (piite  isolated.  On  this  part  of  .lohnstone  Strait  the  Vanrauver  shore  .  ;;  e  steeper, 
'\   her,  and  more  densely  wooded  of  the  two.     Six  miles  to  the  westward  from  Chatham  t^..;:'     ,   .  fh-^ 


) 


It 


,ld-to, 


lumuver  shore,  is  Ripple  Point,  oil' which  -.uv  heart/ tide-rips  in  blowing  weatliei". 
and  dire<'tly  abreast  of  it  is  an  unexplored  opening  in  the  Thurlow  shi  re. 

On  the  northern  shore  of  the  strait,  seven  miles  W.  ]  N.  from  Chatham  Point,  is  Knox  Bay,  two- 
thirds  of  a  mile  deep  in  a  northwesterly  dirccM /,.'  •"  d  having  about  tlie  same  width. 
Knox  Bay.  It  affords  unclw  nige  in  fifteen  to  ,s(    -ntc*'!  iithoma  i.yo  cables  from  its  head,  on  the 

edge  of  a  baidi  which  is  steep-to.     This  mchoragc  j.  i  ,    :i  to  southerly  though  pro- 
tected from  other  winds.     The  blullE  NE.  from  it  is  ne.-  .ly  bald  on  iid  SE.  .slopi. 

■  DIHKrriONS   FOU  U8INO   KNOX    HAY. 

If  intending  to  anchor  in  the  bay  the  hea<l  of  the  bay  'iliould  be  steered  for  and  the  lead  kept 
going;  directly  sixteen  fathoms  arc  had  the  anchor  slioidd  be  let  go.  It  is  recommended  that  this  bay 
l)e  us(>d  ordy  as  a  temporary  imehorage,  as  .should  a  southerly  wind  spring  up  the  vessel  would  ground 
from  the  .steepness  of  the  bank. 


Off 
the  course! 
extending! 
bay  exists! 
To  til 
ing  the  soj 
On  tl 
lies  a  rock 
tain  Ctard 
Westl 
obstructedl 
and  three-l 
with  a  rocl 
length  fro[ 
around  thJ 
The  I 
Thurlows  r 
from  Earll 
lies  Helmf 
and  W.  dil 
it  rises  to 
shore.    O 
of  vessels 
tide,  Mid 

Thei 
BaoePasi 
it. 


^...wi»icii^M'.> 


PORT  NEVrLLB. 


Off  the  SW.  point  of  the  hay  foul  (/round  extends  for  a  cable  length  from  the  shore  and  follows 
the  course  of  the  point  for  half  a  mile!  Beyond  Knox  Bay  the  Thurlow  shore  is  almost  straigiit, 
extending  in  a  WSW.  direction  for  nearly  six  miles,  when  it  tnrns  to  the  northwest,  where  a  small 
bay  exists  too  deep  to  afford  anchorage  ex(«pt  for  small  craft  at  its  head,  and  open  to  the  westward. 

To  the  north  from  it  is  Eden  Point,  the  northwestern  extreme  of  U'hurlow,  bold  and  cliffv,  form- 
ing the  southern  headland  of  the  entrance  to  Chancellor  Channel. 

On  the  line  from  Eden  Point,  Thurlow  Island,  to  Camp  Po'iit  peak,  close  to  the  Vancouver  shore, 
lies  a  rock  covered  at  high  water,  (not  on  the  Britisli  Admiralty  charts,)  which  was  iliscovered  by  Cap- 
tain Carroll  of  the  steamer  California  in  May,  1880. 

Westward  from  Eden  Point  Johnstone  Strait  becomes  wider,  and  so  coiitinues  except  where 
obstructed  by  islands.  Its  width  at  this  point  is  nearly  two  miles.  On  the  \'ancouver  shore,  nine 
and  three-quarter  miles  W.  by  8.  \  8.  from  Ripple  Point,  is  Camp  Point,  sloping  gradually  to  the  sea, 
with  a  rocky  l)each  off  it;  f'.iv}.  ^'-^"^  *^he  point  NE.  half  a  mile  lies  Ripple  8!toa(,  about  half  a  mile  in 
length  from  E.  to  W.,  marked  by  kelp  and  having  six  to  nine  fathonts  upon  it,  with  deep  water  all 
around  the  shoal. 

The  north  side  of  the  strait  in  this  vicinity  is  formed  by  Hardwicke  Island,  separated  from  the 
Thurlows  by  Chancellor  Channel,  and  having  its  southern  shore  nearly  straight  for  seven  miles.     East 
from  Earl  Ledge  the  shore  is  steep-to.     W  SW.  from  Eden  Point  two  and  a  half  miles 
lies  Helracken  Island,  in  the  middle  of  the  strait,  a  mile  and  a  half  long  in  an  E.    Helmcken  Island, 
and  "TT.  direction,  and  about  half  a  mile  wide,  with  a  rugged  and  irregular  (joast  line. 
it  rises  to  the  height  of  nearly  two  hundred  feet,  and  has  sevei-al  small  islets  clo-    to  on  its  northciist 
shore.     On  each  side  of  the  island  is  a  dear  passage  half  a  mile  wide.     In  the  track 
of  vessels  using  the  northern  passage  lies  Speaker  Rock,  which  covers  at  less  than  half    Speaker  Rock. 
tide,  and  is  situated  two  and  a  half  cables  NE.  from  the  eastern  point  of  the  island.  > . 

The  northern  channel  is  kuown  as  Current  Passage,  and  has  deep  water  with  about  ...^  .^ime  tide  as 
Race  Passage,  wliicli  is  more  generally  usetl,  deep  and  tear  of  danger.  The  tide  runs  strongly  through 
it,  as  much  as  seven  knots  at  spring  tides,  and  there  ..re  some  hcat-y  tide-ripH  in  the  eastern  })art. 

Westward  from  Camp  Point  the  Vancouver  shore  is  almost  straight  for  nearly  four  and  a  half  miles. 
It  then  forms  a  slight  indentition  known  as  Salmon  Bay,  with  extensive  flats  at  its  head,  giving  it 
an  appearance  of  considerable  extent  at  high  watc^r;  but  there  is  no  aiichmuje, — the  bank  at  its  head 
being  bold-to.  A  large  river,  said  ttr  be  navigable  for  several  miles  by  canoes,  empties  into  the  bay 
from  an  extensive  valley  which  stretches  away  to  the  southeast,  in  the  centre  of  which  appears  Valley 
Cone,  a  remarkable  bare  peak  about  eight  hundred  feet  high.  This  valley  forms  the  only  break  in  the 
I'lountain  range  of  the  Vancouvei  shore. 

On   tl'o  shoi-e  of    Hardwicke  Island,  one   mile  west  of  the    western    point  of        Earl  Ledge. 
Helmckei'.  Island,  is  a  small  rocky  point,  directly  to  the  eastward  of  which  the  Earl 
Led'je  extends  at  right  angles  to  the  shore  for  about  three  cables,  only  uncovering  at  low  water. 

Hence  to  the  western  end  of  Hurflwicke  Island  both  shores  of  the  strait  are  rugged,  broken  and 
nearly  straight,  and  its  width  is  slightly  contracted.  Off  the  western  end  of  Hardwicke  ai'c  York 
Island,  high,  round,  and  half  a  mil^n  diameter,  and  another  low  islet  half  a  mile  farther  west. 
Off  these,  W  NW.  from  the  outer  islet  a  <  uarter  of  a  mile,  lies  the  Fainiy  Re(f,  awash  at  high  water. 

The  entrant*  of  Sunderland  Channel  between  the  reef  and  the  north  shore  of  the  strait  is  subject 
to  heavy  tide-rips.  The  north  shore  is  no^f  constituted  by  the  mainland  of  British  Columbia  and  m\w\\ 
indented  by  bays  and  iidrlc  Somewhat  less  than  two  niihs  NW.  from  York  Island  is  Tuna  Point, 
the  southeast  headland  of  BlinL-msop  Bey,  over  a  mile  deep  and  half  a  mile  wide,  with  ext<-'nsive  tidal 
flats  at  its  head.  The  shores  are  ingh  and  the  bay  affords  good  anchorage,  well  sheltered  and  ea.sy 
of  access,  in  ten  to  twelve  fathoms  about  one-third  of  a  mile  NE.  from  its  southv,  \st  point.  The  bank 
on  which  anchorage  may  be  had  is  rather  steep,  and  the  only  direction  ncces.siiry  is  to  anchor  in  mid- 
chumel  as  soon  as  twelve  fathoms  are  obtained.  Haifa  mile  SW.  from  the  bay  is  Jesse  Island,  lying 
about  two  cables  offshore,  small  and  steep-to. 

About  two  miles  W.  of  this  island  is  the  entrana;  to  Port  Neville,*  an  iidel  scmie  Port  Neville, 

seven  miles  in  length,  Iiaving  a  generally  NE.  direction,  and  being  from  a  mile  to  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  in  width.     Its  shores  are  high  except  near  the  eastern  part  of  the  entrance  and  at  its 
head.     It  affords  spacious  and  secure  anchorage  when  once  inside;  but  the  entrance, 
whei'e  less  than  four  cables  wide,  is  obstructed  by  VhanucI  Rofk,  a  little  over  a  mile     Channel  Rock. 
from  the  entrant*,  of  small  extent  and  very  dangerous,  having  only  four  feet  of  water 
over  it,  with  twelve  feet  in  the  channel  to  the  eastward  of  it  and  seventeen  feet  to  the  w<'stward. 

A  detailed  description  of  this  port  is  unnecessary.  Port  Harvey  and  Blinkinsop  Bay,  both  secure 
and  easy  of  access,  are  adjacent  *j  it,  ?'hI  the  danger  in  entering  Port  Neville  is  so  great  that  it  renders 
it  ina<lvi8able  to  seek  shelter  tiiere  in  preference.  If  necessary,  a  vessel  may  anciior  in  the  entrance 
half  a  mile  north  of  MiUy  Island,  in  four  cr  five  fathoms.  This  island  is  (|uite  small  and  se[)arated 
by  a  very  narrow  channel  from  the  western  l  eadhuul  of  Port  Neville  entrance.  A  plan  of  this  port 
apjiears  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  (530. 

•Named  by  VaLTOUTer  iu  July,  1798. 


8 


POUT   HAllVEY. 


The  (roast  of  the.  niaiiiliiiul  hence  W.  by  S.  is  irregularly  formed  with  small  indentations  to  the 
Broken  Islands.  W.  hy  S.  |  S.  four  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Port  Neville  is  the  Slimpson  Beef, 
a  ledge  of  rocks  a  tpiarter  of  a  mile  off  shore,  (.'overing  at  hall-tide  and  marke<l  by 
Slimpson  Reef,  kcl])  in  sniiiiner.  SW.  by  S.  three  nn'les  from  this  reef  is  Adams  lliver,  on  the  Van- 
couver shore,  a  sumll  stream  with  extensive^  flats  fdling  a  small  indentation  in  the  coast, 
behind  which  rise  high  mountains,  one  jjcak  attaiiiMig  the  height  of  five  thons.,-'d  feet.  Nearly  abreast 
of  this  indentation,  on  the  northern  shore,  are  the  Broken  Islands,  lying  off  a  point  of  the  mainland, 
with  a  boat  |>assage  between  tluim  and  the  shore,  at  the  entrance  to  Port  llarv  y  and  Havannah 
Channel.  They  are  small,  rugged  and  low,  and  may  be  approached  within  a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the 
south  and  southwest,  but  to  the  northward  rocks,  ledges  and  kelp,  indicating  shoals,  extend  three- 
quarters  of  :\  mile. 

One  and  a  third  miles  to  the  northward  of  these  islands  is  the  entrance  to  Havannah  Channol^ 
which  runs  in  a  northeasterly  direction  for  four  miles,  connecting  the  eastern  part  of 
Havannah  ''"  en^ranee  to  Port  Harvey  with  Call  Creek  Inlet,    y^dm  Domville  Point,  the  south 

Channel.  d  of  the  channel,  N  NW.  about  one  mile,  lies  tin-  inner  entrance  to  Port 

,  which  is  here  about  half  a  mile  wide  and  extends  for  two  miles  to  the  north- 
ward. 'I'here  ares,  al  islets  within  it ;  the  shores  are  rugged ;  from  its  head  swampy  ground  extends 
northeastward,  and  a  narrow  gorge  to  the  northwest  |)artly  (ills  at  iiigh  water  and  joins  Knight  Inlet 
The  soundings  at  the  entrance  vary  from  sixty  to  eighty  fathoms,  sliouling  rapidly  toward  the  head. 
Taking  in  the  outer  entrance  the  port  Ls  about  four  miles  long,  varying  from  a  quarter  to  three- 
quarters  of  a  mile  in  width,  and  affords  good  and  well-shclteretl  anchorage  half  a  mile  from  its  head 
in  seven  to  nine  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 

It  is  H.  W.  P.  and  C.  at  Port  Harvey  at  O''  30"",  and  the  tide  ranges  about  ten  feet. 

The  small  islets  in  Port  Harvey  are  known  as  the  Mist  Islands. 

SAILING   niRECTIONS 

FOR   ENTElUNfJ   PORT   UAUVKV. 

If  intending  to  anchor  in  Port  Harvey,  the  navigator  should  keep  in  mid-ehannel  till  within  the 
Mist  Islands,  when  the  anchorage  opens  out,  and  a  berth  may  be  had  in  .seven  fathoms  about  half  a 
mile  from  the  head  of  the  port. 

Sailing  vessels  of  considerable  size  may  beat  in  as  far  as  the  ^li.st  Islands,  standing  in  tc  a  aible 
length  from  the  western  sho  ,  but  on  the  other  tack  should  avoid  standing  to  the  eastward  of  the  line 
of  the  Hroken  Islands  or  into  the  bight  between  the  inner  eastern  headland  (Transit  Point)  and  the 
Mist  Islands. 

A  plan  of  this  port  appears  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  634. 


DANliEKH. 


Two  miles  W  SW.  from  the  Broken  Islands  lies  the  Emipe  Reef,  half  a  mile  off  the  north  coast 
of  .Johnstone  Strait,  with  deep  water  between  it  an.l  the  shore.  It  is  about  a  cable  in  extent,  with 
least  water  four  feet,  and  in  sunnner  is  marked  by  kelp.  It  has  <leep  water  about  it,  and  is  a  danger 
in  the  track  of  vessels  bound  into  Port  Harvey  from  the  westward  and  into  Forward  Bay  from  the 
eastward.  To  avoid  it  in  the  fii-st  ease  the  navigator  sliould  keep  a  mile  off  shore  until  the  entrance  of 
Port  Harvey  beai-s  N.  by  E.,  when  that  course  carries  clear  of  all  dangei-s. 

"'^)ur  miles  W  SW.  of  tlie  Hroken  Islands  lies  Forward  Hav,  a  mile  and  a  quarter  broad  and 
three  ,uarters  of  a  nnle  deep,  with  Bush  Islet,  a  sn)all  islet  thirty  feet  high,  off  its  southwestern  point, 
winch  IS  surrounded  by  a  bank,  and  at  its  bend  are  flats  nearly  three  cal)les  wide.  This  bay  affonls 
good  anchorage,  well  sheltered  from  all  winds  except  southcastei^,  and  even  these  are  said  to  send  in  no 
swell;  It  IS  easy  of  access  for  vessels,  of  any  da.ss,  and  may  be  rcconnnende<l  as  a  good  stopping  pla»-. 

SAILING   DIRECTIONS 

I'OR    ENTERlN(i    I'ORWARI)    BAY. 

I.  »v»i.i  ti,r  K„Mt,,»,-,i.—\eisseh  should  k((p  in  mid-channel  to  avoiil  the  Eseape  Reej  until 
Gieen  Islet,  on  the  easfrn  side  of  the  bay,  Ix'ais  NW.,  when  the  course  is  W  Nw!  for  the  middle  of  the 
bay,  anchoring  oil' the  bank  at  its  head  in  t(!n  to  fourteen  fiithoms,  two-thirds  of  a  mile  NE.  from  the 
SW.  point  of  the  bay. 

II.  tvom  the  iivMf „.„,.„._ Wsels  shotdd  not  approach  the  northern  shore  within  half  a  mile 
until  the  head  of  the  bay  opens  out  past  Bush  Islet,  off  the  southwestern  headland;  when  a  course  may 
Ik!  laid  for  the  anchorage. 


JOHNSTONE   STRAIT. 


9 


From  this  bay  westward  tlio  northern  shore  of  tlie  stiiiit — liere  formed  by  the  southern  shore 
of  Cracroft  Island,  according  to  the  hiter  charts — Iteconies  comparatively  low,  trending  W.  by  S.  for 
fifteen  miles  to  the  termination  of  the  strait. 

Boat  Harbor,  a  small  cove,  affording  shelter  for  boats,  is  six  miles  W  SW.  fmm  Forward  Bay, — 
tlic  shore  between  them  being  bold-to  for  the  most  part,  and  may  be  approached  to  a  quarter  of  a  mile. 
Two  and  a  half  miles  8.  from  Boat  Harbor  is  an  indentation  of  the  Vancouver  shore  called  Rolwoii 
Bight,  lieyond  Boat  Harbor,  about  three  miles  to  the  westwani,  are  the  Sophia  Islands,  of  small 
extent,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore. 

C'racroft  Island  extends  f  •  -m  Chatham  Channel,  east  .of  Port  Harvey,  westward  to  Blackney 
Passage,  some  nineteen  miles  in  a  NE.  by  E.  I  E.  and  SW.  by  W.  J  W.  direction; 
though  previously  the  name  was  applietl  to  a  much  more  contracted  portion  of  this  land.  Cracroft  Island. 
It  is  sc" '  lued  by  Blackney  Passage,  a  strait  a  mile  wide,  from  Hanson  Island,  about 
one  hundred  feet  high,  with  rijcky  shores,  extending  hence  to  the  westward  three  miles.  Off  the  west- 
ern end  of  Hanson  Island  are  a  large  number  of  islets  and  rocks  extending  off  its  southwestern  point 
nearly  half  a  mile.  Abreast  of  this  point  are  .some  tide-ri/iit,  and  on  the  A'ancouver  shore  is  a  small 
low  islet  called  Bliidvhorn  Island,  on  which  the  timber  has  i)een  prostiatwl  by  a  violent  wind  squall. 

A  mile  and  a  quarrer  west  from  this  is  Ella  Point,  the  southwestern  hea<l)and  of  Johnstone  Strait, 
with  some  rocks  extending  a  quarter  of  a  mile  northward  fpirn  it.  There  is  a  slight  indentation, 
known  as  Bauza  Cove,  to  the  eastward  of  the  point,  with  water  too  deep  to  afford  anchorage. 

At  its  western  termination  Johnstone  Strait  is  a  mile  and  a  half  wide,  clear  of  obstractious,  and 
hereabouts  the  tide  runs  from  three  to  tive  knots. 


.lOUHNAl-   DIRECTIONS   FOR  THE   NAVIflATION   OV  JOHNSTONE    STRAIT. 

For  a  steamer,  or  a  sailing  vessel  with  a  fair  wiiul,  the  navigatiim  of  the  strait  presents  few  dilB- 
culties.  It  is  only  requisite  to  keep  in  mid-channel  with  the  following  cxwptions:  When  past  Thar, 
low  Islands,  going  to  the  westward,  vessels  nearing  Helmcken  Island  should  keep  within  three  cables' 
length  >f  the  southern  shore  until  past  the  Ripple  Shoal.  The  tides  arc  strong  umr  Helmcken  Island, 
but  not  so  much  so  as  to  interfere  with  the  progress  of  a  steam- vessel  of  moderate  power;  to  the  westward 
they  have  no  great  strength.  In  beating  through  the  strait  from  the  eastward  the  shores  to  the  east- 
wiml  of  Helmcken  Island  may  l>e  !■  'proached  to  one  cabU-  length,  except  for  half  a  mile  on  either  side 
of  the  Pender  Islands,  the  southerr.  shore  of  which  slioidd  not  be  approached  within  two  cables,  as  tne 
tide  runs  strong  in  their  vicinitj .  Betweer  Thurlow  Islands  and  the  western  end  of  Hardwicke  Island 
it  is  not  advisable  to  beat,  as  there  are  several  dangers,  previously  s[)cci'''Hl,  and  the  tide  runs  strongly 
and  irregularly.  From  Hardwicke  Island  to  the  western  en<l  of  the  strait  the  southern  shore  may 
be  approached  to  one  aible,  and  the  northern,  except  near  the  Slimpson  and  Esoa|)e  Reefs,  to  two  or 
three  cables. 

BKOUGHTON   STHAIT, 

mnnecting  Johnstone  Strait  and  (|ueen  Charlotte  Sound,  is  about  fifteen  miles  in  length  east  and  west, 
the  breadth  varying  from  four  miles  near  the  eastern  entrance  to  one  mile  near  the  western  entrance. 
Its  southern  shore  is  formetl  by  Vancouver  Island  and  its  northern  shore  by  Malcolm  Island — both, 
except  near  Beaver  Cove,  being  moderately  low.  The  eastern  part  is  somewhat  olistructed  by  islands, 
rocks  and  shoals,  but  a  clear  navigable  channel  exists,  half  a  mile  wide  at  its  narrowest  part,  along  the 
southern  shore.  At  the  esistern  entrance  of  the  strait  the  depths  vary  from  sixty  to  one  hundred  fathonis, 
decreasing  rapidly  to  the  westward ;  abreast  the  Nimpkisli  River  nineteen  to  twenty  fathoms  may  be  had ; 
but  the  l)ottom  westward  fr(mi  this  becomes  irregular  with  soundings  in  from  fifteen  to  forty  fathoms. 

TII>KS. 

In  Bronghton  Strait  it  is  H.  W.  P.  and  C.  at  O''  30"', — the  tide  nuiging  fourtticn  to  fifteen  feet. 
In  the  navigable  channel  the  streams  run  from  one  to  four  knots,  in  the  Race  and  Weynton  passages 
from  three  to  six  knots,  turning  everywhere  about  two  hours  after  high  and  low  water  by  the  shore. 

Beaver  Cove,  at  the  entrance  of  Bronghton  Strait,  on  the  N'aneouver  shore,  is  a  two-headed 
indentation  of  the  coast,  extending  inland  southward  and  westwar<l  over  a  mile,  and  half  a  mile  in  width. 
Its  shores  are  high  and  l)old-to  except  near  the  southern  ami  western  (extremes.  The  water  is  too  deep 
for  convenient  anchorage  except  withiu  two  cables  length  of  the  western  head,  where  anchorage  may 
l)e  had  in  from  ten  to  fifteen  fathoms,  well  sheltered  from  all  winds,  unless  it  be  squalls  from  the  high 
land.  Spring  tides  here  rise  fifteen  fett.  The  northwestern  lu^dlai''  of  the  («ve  W  high  and  bold-to. 
It  is  known  as  Lewis  Point,  and  is  statetl  to  b(\  in 

Latitude 50'  .32' 47"  N. 

Longiturte 126°  52'  12"  W. 

A  plan  of  this  cove  b  to  be  found  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2067. 

P.  c.  p.— 2 


10 


BROUGHTON   STRAIT. 


Three  miles  to  the  Houthwust  froiu  tlie  eove,  Mount  Holdsworth,  a  remarkable  conical  peak,  rises 
to  the  height  of  tlirce  thousand  feet.  For  nearly  seven  miles  to  westward  from  the  western  po.nt  of 
Hanson  Island  tlic  navi-ahle  part  of  the  strait  is  sheiter«l  to  the  north  war.  l.y  the  Pearse  IslandB  by 
other  islets,  and  i)y  Cormorant  Island.  The  latter  rises  to  the  hei^rht  of  three  hm.<lre(l  and  fifty  feet, 
IB  two  and  a  half  miles  lonj;  east  an.l  west,  tliree-quarters  of  a  mile  wide,  and  borclered  by  a  sandy 
beach.  Two  and  a  half  miles  W.  by  N.  from  Beiivcr  ( 'ove  is  its  eastern  extreme,  known  as  Cordon 
Point.  '  ,  , 

Betw<«n  Hanson,  Pearse  and  Cormorant  islands  lie  the  narrow  and  danj^erous  Weynton  and 
Baoe  imsages,  tliroiifrh  which  the  tides  rush  with  jrreat  velocity.  Abreast  of  Heaver  Cove  are  some 
tidc-nps  in  the  middle  of  the  pa.ssiip;e.  Alnmst  Cormonmt  Island  and  hve  mdes  W. 
NIfflpklsh  River,  by  S.  of  Lewis  Point,  on  the  Vancouver  shore,  is  tlu^  month  of  the  Xlinpkish  River, 
which  flows  into  a  shallow  bav  off  whicii  are  tidal  flats  extending  nearly  a  mile.  A 
narrow  winding  ehiiniiel,  ctirrying  about  five  feet  of  water,  extends  into  the  river,  which  Is  only 
navigable  for  anv  distjincc  by  canoes.  i 

At  the  month  it  is  H.  W.  P.  and  C.  at  O''  30™,  with  a  spring  rise  of  fourteen  feet. 

Some  six  miles  up  the  river,  which  pa.sscs  throngh  a  i>road  valley  iM)undtHl  by  mountains  fifteen 
hundred  to  three  thousiuid  feet  in  height,  is  Lake  Karmutsen,  a  large  sheet  of  water,  into  whitih  .several 
large  streams  fall,  and  to  the  south  of  which  the  moinitaiiis  ri.se  over  five  thousand  feet.  On  the 
northern  bank  of  the  river,  at  its  entrance,  is  the  niincil  native  village  of  Clicslakee.* 

About  a  mile  NE.  J  N.  from  the  entranct?  of  the  river  is  Oreen  Islet,  stated  to  bo  four  feet  above 
high  water,  small  and  bare,  and  situated  in 

Latitude 60°  34' 12"  N. 

I  Longitude 126°  58' 37"  W. 

In  navigating  the  strait  Green  Islet  should  not  be  approached  wi'Jiin  three  .able.s.  Haifa  mile 
west  of  it,  on  the  bank,  is  a  rock  which  uncovers  at  low  water.  Tliis  rock  is  not  shown  on  the  plan 
of  Nimpkish  River  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2067. 

The  magnetic  variation  in  this  vicinity  was  23°  55'  E.  in  1862. 

In  this  part  of  Broughton  Strait  a  current  of  one  to  three  knots  is  reported  running  for  two  hours 
after  high  and  low  .,ater  by  the  shore,  flnnding  to  the  eastward. 
^.    Directly  abreast  of  Green  Islet  is  Alert  Bay,  on  the  southern  shore  of  Cormorant  Island.     Yel- 
low Bluff,  forming  the  southwestern  headland  of  the  buy,  is  recognized  by  a  noticeable 
Alert  Bay.  yellow  diif  at  the  extreme  of  the  point.     The  bay  is  half  a  mile  deep  N.  and  S.  and 

nearly  a  mile  wide,  easy  of  access,  and  attording  goinl  and  well-sheltered  anchorage  in 
five  to  nine  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  the  shores  Iwing  everywhere  free  of  dangers.  No  directions  are 
necessary  for  entering  it.  A  plan  of  this  bay  may  Ik-  found  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2067. 
Wood  and  water  are  abundant  here.  There  is  a  larg(!  salmon  cannery,  and  a  wharf  at  which  vessels 
can  lay  at  any  time  of  tide.  There  is  a  mission  establishiMl  here,  and  quite  a  large  Indian  village,  com- 
prising most  of  the  former  inhabitants  of  Cheslakee.  The  house  marked  on  British  Admiralty  Chart 
No.  2067  is  a  small  one-story  house  with  three  windows  towanl  the  water.  Near  it  is  a  very  small 
chapel. 

The  northwestern  angle  of  Cormorant  Island  is  known  as  Leonard  Point,  from  which  W.  by  S.  a 
mile  and  a  quarter  is  a  kelp  patch  in  four  fatiioms.  Two  and  a  half  miles  nearly  W  SW.  is  Hadding- 
ton Island,  small  and  steep-to,  except  on  its  northern  side,  where  a  bar  extends  toward  Malcolm  Island 
across  the  strait  with  as  little  as  six  feet  on  it  in  some  places.  Between  this  island  and  the  ledge  run- 
ning eastward  from  the  lun-thern  headland  of  Port  McNeill  is  a  clear  passage,  three-quarters  of  a  mile 
wide,  carrying  seven  fathoms  in  inid-<'haimel.  W  SW.,  two  miles  from  the  western 
]H)int  of  this  island,  lies  Ledge  Point,  from  which  a  narrow  M<je,  covered  by  three  to 
five  fathoms  water  and  marketl  by  kelp  in  summer,  extends  to  the  E  NB.  for  a  mile 
The  point  is  moderately  high  and  sloj)es  gently  toward  the  water.  This  point  is  the 
northern  headland  of  Port  McNeill,  which  enters  the  Vancouver  shore  in  a  W  SW. 
direction  for  two  miles — lieing  about  three-quartei-s  of  a  mile  wide.  It  is  bordered  by 
a  sandy  beach,  wliich  forms  a  tidal  flat  three-tpiartei-s  of  a  mile  wide  at  the  head  of  the 
port.  Nearly  a  mile  S  SW.  from  I^edge  Point,  and  alMiut  two  «ibles  off  the  southern  shore,  lies  the 
Ikl  Reef,  whicli  covers  at  three-quarters  flood. 


Sunken  Ledge. 
and  a  quarter 
Port  McNeill. 


SAILING   DIRECTIONS 

FOR   ENTERINO    I'ORT   MiNEII,!,. 

If  inteiidiiig  to  enter  Port  McNeill,  vessels  .should  not  approach  the  southern  shore  within  half  a 
mile  until  Letlgo  Point  bears  NE.  half  a  mile,  when  good  and  well-sheltei-ed  anchorage  may  be  had 

"I'rintod  Obeslakee  in  tlio  Vancouver  Wiinil  Pilot  unci  on  llrllish  Adniiriilty  Cl)art  Ni).  Wl. 


QUEEN  CHARLOTTE  SOUND. 


11 


ill  five  or  six  fathotrw,  sanilv  iKittom.  In  le^iviiig  tlu;  port  hound  to  the  westward,  vessels  sbould 
stand  to  the  eawtwaitl  untii  witliiii  iialf  a  mil(!  of  Haddington  FslaiKl  In-fore  attempting  to  rer.ch  to 
the  nortliward  of  Ije<lge  Point. 

Tlie  northern  shore  of  liroughton  Strait  to  the  nortliward  of  Lodge  Point  and  Cormorant  Island 
is  formed  by  the  southern  shore  of  Maleolm  Island^  This  island  extends  E  NE.  and 
W  SW.  for  thirteen  and  a  half  miles,  with  an  avenige  breadth  of  over  two  miles.  The  Malcolm  Island. 
shores  are  mostly  low,  with  a  saii.'"  beach  which  ext<'n(ls  off  a  short  distjiiice.  The 
eastern  extremity  of  the  island  is  Donegal  Head,  high,  ciitty,  and  bordered  by  a  beach  with  strong 
tides  in  its  vieinity.  S«'ven  miles  westward  from  Donegjil  Head  is  Dickenson  Point,  conneeted  by  a 
bar  with  Haddington  Island.  On  some  parts  of  this  bar  only  six  feet  are  rejwrted.  Immediately 
to  the  westward  of  Dickenson  Point  is  Rough  Ray,  a  small  indentation  in  which  vessels  may  anchor 
in  eight  fathoms. 

Five  miles  W  SW.  of  this  bay  is  Pulteney  Point,  the  simthwestern  extreme  of  the  island. 
From  this  point  t<)  the  northward  J'onI  r/rounti,  marked  by  kelp,  extends  a  quarter  of  a  mile  off  the 
western  shore  of  Malcolm  Island,  and  W.,  alx)ut  one  mile  from  the  \x>'u\t,  is  n  shonl  patch  of  four  and 
a  half  fathoms,  extending  theiMH!  half  a  mile  in  a  westerly  direction,  and  also  marked  by  kelp. 
Abreast  of  the  p<iint,  on  the  Vancouver  shore,  are  several  peaks  exweding  a  thousand  feet  in  height. 

GENERAL  DIRECTIONS 


FOR  THE   NA.VIOATION   OP   UROUGHTON  STRAIT. 

In  navigating  the  strait  from  the  eastward,  when  abreast  Beaver  Cove,  in  mid-ehaunel,  a  W  J  S. 
course,  passing  not  more  than  two  cables  south  of  Cormorant  Island,  until  the  western  point  of  the 
latter  bears  N.  by  E.,  clears  the  Nimpkish  bank;  the  southwestern  shore  of  Haddington  Island  should 
be  rounded  within  half  a  ;iile  to  avoid  the  reef  off'  I^edge  Point. 

When  the  northern  shore  of  Haddington  is  in  one  with  Yellow  Blu.f  of  Cormorant  Island,  bear- 
ing E.,  a  vessel  may  stand  out  of  the  strait  by  mid-tihannel,  clejir  of  all  obstructions.  Only  small 
craft  should  go  to  the  northward  of  Haddington  Island,  and  vessels  of  large  size  are  recommended  not 
to  attempt  to  Ijeat  through  Broughton  Strait. 

QUEEN  CHARLOTTE  SOUND. 

This  extensive  arm  of  the  sea  named  by  Wedgborough  in  August,  1786,  connects  the  inner  chan- 
nels north  of  Vancouver  Island  with  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Under  this  name  are  generally  included  the 
waters  between  Vancouver  island  on  the  south,  Malcolm  and  Numas  islands  on  the  east,  the  mainland 
to  Cape  Caution  on  the  northeast  and  north,  and  westward  l)etween  Vancouver  Island  and  the  parallel 
of  C&fe  Caution  to  the  meridian  of  128°  30'  W.  These  boundaries  would  give  the  sound  a  maximum 
length  east  and  west  of  over  fifty  miles,  antl  a  width  varying  from  ten  to  twenty-five  miles.  The 
northern  and  northeastern  shores  are  little  known,  and  are  bordered  by  innumernble  rocks  and 
islands;  but  along  the  southern  shore  are  two  broad  and  navigable  channels  to  the  Pacific. 

This  sound  and  its  approaches  are  delineate<l  on  British  Admiralty  Charts  Nos.  565,  581,  582, 
1917  and  2448.  It  was  named  Pintard's  Sound  by  (jray  in  1789,  after  J.  M.  Pintard  of  Boston,  one 
of  his  ownere.  The  western  part  iK'twcen  Vancouver  and  Queen  C'harlotte  islands  woo  called  Lane's 
Bay  by  Hanna  in  1 786. 

Broughton  Strait  enters  the  sound  at  its  southeastern  part.  Hence  to  Thomas  Point  the  Van- 
couver shore  extends  nine  miles  in  a  W.  by  N.  direction;  it  is  \^  r,  without  notable  indentations,  with 
a  continuous  sand  or  shingle  beach,  and  with  foul  ground  extending  off"  shore  for  nearly  a  mile  in 
some  places,  and  markiul  by  kelp. 

W  SW.  three  miles  from   I^ultency  Point  lies  Su-quash  Anchorage,  on  the  bank  which  here 
fringes  the  Vancouver  shore.     This  anchorage  is  somewhat  protected  from  westerly* 
winds  by  Single  Tree  Point,  a' small  projection  of  the  shore,  and  derives  its  only  Su-quaih 

importance  from  the  fact  ihat  a  coal  mine  wiis  worked  in  the  immediate  vicinity.     The  Anchorage. 

anchorag«  is  within  the  three-fathom  line  with  the  oi.ter  edge  of  Single  Tree  Point, 
bearing  W.  J  S.,  alx)ut  four  cables  distant.     Details  in  regard   to  this  unimimrtant  locality  can  be 
obtained  from  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  581,  (corrected  to  August,  1872,)  on  which  a  plan  of  it  is 
given;  from  which  it  api)ears  that  the  a|)proximate  position  of  the  anchorage  is 

Latitude 60"  38'.6  N. 

Longitude 127°  14'.7  W. 


It  is  U.  W.  P.  and  C.  at  O""  30°",  with  a  spring  rise  of  sixteen  feet. 


12 


BKAVEB  HAllHOB. 


Nine  miles  W.  by  N.  from  tlie  western  tenniniitioii  of  llroiigiiton  Strait  is  situated  Beaver  Harbor, 
on  the  Vancouver  shore,  with  an  entraiur  tliree  niih^s  a.ross,  in.luding  tlie  islands,  and  rcaehiuK  a  depth 
(if  two  miles  The  harbor  is  formed  bv  a  group  ot  four  or  hve  islets  and  nuinei-ous 
B«av.r  Harbor  ro<-ks  exti'iiding  aeiws  and  within  the  eiitrance,  wiiieh  lies  betwwn  Thomas  I'oint  on 
■  tiie  southeast  aial  Dillon  I'oint  to  the  n-rlliwest.  The  shores  of  the  harbor  are  low, 
witli  a  Kcntly  shelviiiL'  tidal  flat  extending  nearly  half  a  mile  out  from  the  l)eaeh  of  the  southern  bight 
of  the  harlmr.  The  southw<'stern  shore  is  Hanked  by  a  range  of  seven  lulls  rising  fnmi  lour  to  six 
hundrcti  feet  above  the  sea.  There  is  giMwl  anchorage  in  the  southwestern  part  ot  the  harlwr,  but 
northeasterly  winds  semi  in  a  heavy  sea,  preventing  a  landing  on  the  southern  shore  for  days  together. 
On  the  southern  shore  is  a  large  Indian  village  ami  Fort  Rupert,  a  post  established  by  the  Hudson 
Bay  Company.  Near  the  post  a  jiortion  of  land  has  been  cleared  and  a  garden  established,  where  it 
is  stated  that  the  fruit  and  vegetables  suited  to  the  climate  are  priKlneed  in  great  abundance. 

The  astronomical  station  on  Shell  Islet  is  stated  to  lie  in 

Latitude , 80°  42'  36"  N. 

Longitude 127°  25' 07"  W., 


by  the  more  recent  authorities. 


TU>KS. 


It  is  H.  W.  P.  and  C.  at  O''  30'"  a.  m.,  aeeording  to  observations  made  in  May  1860,  and  the  rise 
about  sixteen  feet. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  in  18(>2  was  24°  10'  E. 

Thomas  Point,  the  southeastern  headland  of  the  harbor,  is  low  and  rocky,  with  some  rocks  lying 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  westward  from  it.  Three-fifths  of  a  mile  NNW.  from  the  point  is  Deer 
Island,  two  hundred  and  forty  feet  high,  wooded,  half  a  mile  in  diameter,  and  of  a  rounded  shape. 
SE.  from  it  lie  some  islets,  bold-to.  The  channel  lietwi-en  this  island  and  Thomas 
Foul  ground.  Point  is  elejir  of  dangein  and  somewhat  less  than  half  a  mile  wide.  From  the  north- 
western shore  of  the  island  a  broad  reei'  t-Atends  to  the  NW.,  having  from  one  to  ten 
feet  on  it,  and  marked  by  kelp.  To  the  northward  of  this  reef,  and  separated  from  it  by  a  boat 
passage,  an;  some  is'ets  surrounded  with /ok/ (/coKTif ^,  except  on  their  northwestern  side. 

Four  cjibles  N.  by  E.  from  Deer  Island  is  Round  Island,  small,  nearly  bare  of  trees,  but  high,  con- 
spicuous from  the  eastwani,  and  bo!d-to  except  for  a  short  distance  on  its  S  SW.  extreme.  W  SW. 
half  a  mile  from  the  western  edge  oi'  Deer  Island  are  the  Cattle  Islands,  one  hundred  and  eighty  feet 
high,  small  and  wootkd,  eoimected  at  low  wati'r  by  bars  and  foul  ground;  the  southernmost,  known  as 
Shell  Islet,  is  the  astronomical  station,  from  whicli  a  reef  extends  southward  a  cable  and  a  half,  awash 
at  high  water.  Westward  from  the  entire  group  a  bank  with  less  than  three  fathoms  on  it  extends 
nearly  a  cable.  A  quarter  of  a  mile  westward  i'roiu  Shell  Islet  is  a  shoal  patch  with  three  and  a 
quarter  fathoms,  and  WSW.  about  two.  cables  from  the  patch  is  Cormorant  Hock,  covered  at  high 
water,  with  a  small  shoal  about  it.  The  passages  between  thest^  shoals,  the  Cattle  Islands  and  the  shore 
are  clear  and  carry  about  six  fathoms. 

Peel  Island,  in  the  northern  part  of  the  harbor,  is  three-quartere  of  a  mile  long  NE.  and  SW., 

and  a  third  of  a  mile  wide.     It  is  about  two  hundred  feet  high  and  wooded;  two  cables  northwartl 

from  it  lie  the  two  small  bare  rocks  called  the  Charlie  Islets.     The  passage  to  the 

Dadalus  Passage,  westward  of  Peel  Island  is  known  as  the  Diwlalus  Passage,  is  two  cables  wide  in  its 

narrowest  part,  and  carries  seventeen  fathoms.     There  are  several  shoaler  patches  in  it, 

but  none  with  less  than  four  fathoms.     The  southeastern  shore  of  Peel  Island  is  steep-to,  and  there  is 

a  good  passage  two  (flblcs  wide  lietwcen  it  and  the  reefs  and  rocks  north westwaixJ  from  Deer  Island. 

Dillon  Point,  the  northwestern  headland  of  the  harbor,  is  much  broken,  wooded  and  rocky,  with 

rocky  shores  and  some  small  islets  lying  close  inshore. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

•  FOR   APPUOACIIING   BEAVER  HARHOR. 

Navigators  intending  to  enter  Beaver  Harbor  from  the  eastward  should  not  ajiproach  the  Van- 
couver shore  within  a  mile  until  up  with  Thomas  Point  bearing  nothing  to  the  northward  of  W.  by  S., 
and,  if  l>eating  to  windwar',  great  (aution  should  be  observed  in  standing  t<i  the  northward, — the  depth 
of  water  and  existing  dangers  in  this  j)art  of  the  sound  lieing  but  little  known. 


FOR  ENTERING  THE   HARHOR. 

The  harbor  is  easy  of  access  for  sailing  vessels  or  steamers,  i'lere  are  throe  passages  into  it,  but 
the  southeastern  one  is  generally  used,  is  wide  enough  for  a  vessel  to  l)eat  through,  and  the  only  direc- 
tion needed  in  entering  it  is  that  Thomas  Point  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  two  cables. 


OOLETAS   CHANNEL. 


13 


When  the  point  bears  SK.  Iialf  a  mile,  the  courao  i.s  SW.  h  W.  until  Shell  Wet  Imuii-h  NW.  J  W.  iinti 
Thomas  Point  E.  or  E.  by  N.,  when  anclioragn  may  lie  had  in  ten  or  twelve  fathoms.  (roo<l  ancimr- 
age,  better  sheltered  from  northwesterly  winds,  may  be  had  in  six  to  nine  fathoms  westward  of  the 
Cattle  Islands,  but  in  rounding  Shell  Islet  it  should  not  In>  approached  from  the  southward  nearer  than 
two  cables  to  avoid  the  reef  before  mentioned.  Sailing  vessels  cannot  easily  work  through  this  passagi-, 
but  with  a  fair  wind  or  for  a  steamer  the  only  din«tion  required  is  to  keep  in  mid-channel. 

A  plan  of  this  harl)or  is  given  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2067,  correete<l  to  1867,  from 
which  minor  details  may  be  had. 

North  west  wani  from  Dillon  Point  three-(|uarter8  of  a  mile  lie  the  Masterman  Islands,  a  group 
of  several  moderately  high  wcnxled  islets  and  rocks,  small  and  with  foul  ground  l)etween  them  and  the 
shore.  Immediately  to  the  southward  of  these  islands  lies  Hardy  Bay,  separated  by  Dillon  Point 
from  Beaver  Harlwr.  From  Dillon  Point  westward  to  Duval  Point  the  width  of  the  entnuKie  is 
tliree  miles, — the  bay  having  about  the  same  length  in  a  N.  by  W.  and  S.  by  E.  direction.  It  narrows 
toward  the  head,  where,  for  a  mile  or  more,  it  IxKiomes  exceedingly  contracted,  and  in  this  jwrtion  arc 
some  outlying  rocks.  A  wide  sand-flat  abuts  on  ijjfe  termination  of  the  bay.  The  shores  are  rugged 
and  the  depth  of  water  too  great  for  anchorage,  exesept  in  the  contracted  imrtion,  which  should  not  Iw 
entered  without  liood  local  knowledge.  Duval  Point,  the  western  headland  of  the  bay,  is  on  an  islanti 
separated  from  the  Vancouver  shore  by  a  narrow  passage.  This  island  forms  the  southern  headland 
of  the  eastern  entrance  to  the  southern  or  Goletas  Channel  between  the  inner  and  the  outer  iKtrtions 
of  Queen  Charlotte  Sound. 

For  vessels  not  desiring  to  enter  Beaver  Harbor,  the  coui'se  from  the  western  entrance  of  Brough- 
ton  Strait  to  the  eastern  entrance  of  (loletas  Channel  is  W.  by  N.  f  N.,  twelve  and  a  half  miles;  and 
to  the  entrance  of  New  Channel,  NW.  by  W.  j  W.,  fourtwn  miles. 


GOLETAM  CHANNEL 

extends  from  Duval  Point  to  Ca})e  Commerell,  along  the  northern  shore  of  Vancouver  Island,  in  the 
direction  of  W.  J  S.  and  E.  ^  N.  for  twenty-two  miles,  with  a  variable  breadth  of  one  to  two  and  a 
half  miles.  The  nitrlheru  shores  are  formed  by  a  group  of  islands  through  which  there  are  several 
navigable  passages.  The  shores  are  high,  rugged  a  id  mostly  steep-to  except  in  the  western  part,  and 
may  generally  be  approached  to  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  The  soundings  throughout  the  passage  to  its 
western  entrance  are  very  deep,  varying  from  eighty  to  one  hundred  and  ninety  fathoms;  but  at  the 
western  extremity  the  Irottom  suddenly  rises  from  forty  to  seven,  and  in  one  place  to  l(»s  than  three 
fathoms,  forming  a  bar  which  stretches  completely  across  the  channel  and  prevents,  in  a  great  meiusure, 
the  rising  of  any  heavy  sea  inside  the  channel  during  westerly  gales. 

TIDKS. 

It  is  H.  W.  P.  and  C.  at  O''  30'"  throughout  Golcias  Channel,  and  the  range  of  the  tide  averages 
thirteen  feet.  The  currents  in  the  eastern  jwrt  of  the  channel  run  from  one  to  three  knots,  but  near 
the  western  entrance,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  bar,  they  are  much  stronger,  reaching  two  to  five  knots, 
and  turning  by  the  sliore  shortly  after  high  and  low  water. 

The  variation  of  the  conqmss  in.  this  vicinity  in  1862  was  24°  IS'  E. 

This  channel,  with  New  Channel  and  Shadwell  Passage,  is  delineated  on  British  Admiralty  Charts 
Nos.  656  and  582.     Bull  Harbor  and  Shushartie  Bay  are  given  in  larger  proportions  on  No.  2067. 

At  the  eastern  entrance  Goletas  Channel  is  separated  from  New  Channel  to  the  northward  by  the 
Gordon  Group  of  numerous  small  islands  running  in  an  easterly  and  westerly  direction 
for  five  miles.  They  are  high,  rugged  and  steep-to.  A  remarkable  peak,  called  Miles  The  Gordons. 
Cone,  three  hundred  and  eighty  feet  high,  appears  on  the  eastern  or  Doyle  Island, 
which  is  slightly  more  than  two  miles  northward  from  Duval  Point.  About  one  mile  south  from  the 
Gordons,  and  three  miles  NW.  by  W.  |  W.  from  Duval  Point,  is  Duncan  Island,  half  a  mile  in 
diameter  and  three  hundred  feet  high. 

A  little  over  a  mile  to  the  westward  from  Duncan  Island  are  the  Noble  Islets,  Dangars. 

thirty  feet  high,  between  which  and  the  Gordons  some  dangers  are  supposed  to  exist. 
NW.  about  a  nule  from  the  islets,  between  Hurst  Island  of  the  Gordon  group  and  Balaklava  Island, 
is  the  Christie  Passage,  half  a  mile  wide,  running  in  a  N  NW.  direction,  and  connect- 
ing Goletas  and  New  channels.    The  shores  arc  free  from  dangers,  except  two  shoals       Shoals  in 
extending  about  two  cables  eastward  from  George  Islet,  of  small  extent,  on  the  Balak-  ChrisiiePasange. 
lava  shore ;  which  shoals  are  marked  by  kelp,  with  nine  fathoms  close  to  them ;  and 
have  upoti  them  one  and  three  fathoms  water  respectively.    The  depth  in  mid-channel  varies  from 
thirty-five  to  forty-five  fathoms.     The  tides  run  through  it  with  a  strength  of  one  to  three  knots, 
flooding  to  ihe  southward.     Vessels  intending  to  go  through  the  channel  may  pass  on  either  side  of 
the  Noble  Idlets,  though  the  best  passage  is  westwanl  from  them. 


14 


SHUSIfAKTIK    nAY. 


To  tlie  wi'stwunl  of  tlic^  |tii.ssii;,'o  lien  Balaklavo  Ifiland.  Tliis  i.sliiiid  is  two  miles  and  a  half  long 
in  a  NW.  In-  N.  and  SB.  liy  S.  dinrtion,  and  avcnifrcH  llir(!c-(|iiarti'rs  of  a  niilr  in  width.     It  is 

nin);wland  iricgiilar,  with  thrt-c  peaks,  and  Cornis  the  nortlii-astt-rn  shore  of  Browning 
Browning Pasiage.  J'a^isajic,  which  .separates  it  from  (iaiiano  Island  and  coMnccts  N(!W  and  Colctos  dian- 

nt'ls.  Tiiis  passa^'c  is  ahout  three'  miles  lonj;,  trendinjt  NW.  and  SB.,  and  is  two 
<!al)lfs  wide  in  the  narrowi'st  part.  Tliere  are  some  small  rocks  ind  islets  alonj;  its  shore«  and  oti'  its  NB. 
and  SB.  headlands,  hnl  it  is  deep,  and  a  mid-channel  course  Uirou{,di  it  Cree  from  danger.  The  tide  in 
this  p»Hsaj;(!  is  very  wi'ak. 

At  the  southern  entraiK^e  Boxer  Point,  the  southwestern  headland  of  the  pa-ssage,  is  also  the 

southern  <'.\treme  of  I'ort  Alexander,  a  lonj;  and  narrow  indentation  of  Galiano  Island. 
Port  Alexander.     'J'his  port  is  a  mile  and  two-thirds  in  length  in  a  NW.  and  SB.  direction,  and  less  than 

half  a  mile  wide.  There  is  a  small  islet  in  the  mi(hlle  of  it  NW.  }  N.  nearly  a  mile 
from  Boxer  I'oint,  and  another  close  to  the  [xiint. 

This  port  is  easy  of  acc(«s  to  steamers  and  sailing  %'essels  with  a  fair  wind,  reijuiring  no  directions 

for  entering,  and  atlording  good  anchorage  in  twelve  to  thirteen  fathoms  half  u  mile 
fialiano  Inland.      SB.  from  its  head,  well  sheltered  from  all  hut  southeii.st<'rly  winds.     The  shores  are 

hold  and  r<H'ky,  and  it  is  proteeteil  to  the  northeastward  hy  a  high  and  narrow  penin- 
sula of  Galiano  island. 

This,  the  largest  of  the  islands  which  contrihute  to  form  the  northern  shore  of  Goletaa  Channel,  is 
of  snh-triangular  shape,  ahout  eight  miles  long  in  an  E.  and  W.  direction  and  over  three  miles  broad, — 
its  longest  side  fronting  to  the  southward.  Its  northern  and  eastern  shores  are  very  muoh  broken,  the 
southern  and  northwestern  shores  nearly  straight  and  w'ith  few  indentations. 

Alnrnt  four  miles  westward  from  Boxer  Point  is  a  small  eoyc,  where  shelter  might  be  found  by 
small  craft  in  westerlv  \\inds.  A  mile  and  a  third  to  the  westward  from  the  head  of  the  cove,  and 
somewhat  more  than  half  a  mile  inland  from  the  southern  shore  of  the  island,  lies  Mount  Lemon,  a 
remarkahlc  conicid  peak  twelve  hundi-ed  feet  high.  Within  a  mile  of  the  western  extreme  of  tlie 
island  are  two  peaks  between  seven  and  eight  hundred  feet  high,  a  third  of  a  mile  apart  N.  an<l  S., 
the  southern  peak  close  to  the  shore  of  the  channel.  These  form  the  so-called  Maginn  Saddle,  used 
as  a  landmark  in  the  navigation  of  Shad  well  Passage. 

The  southern  shore  of  Goleias  Channel,  high,  very  rugge<l,  rocky,  steep-to  and  without  important 
indentations,  exteials  in  a  westerly  direction  from  Duval  Point  fourteen  and  a  half  miles  to  Shushartie 

Bay,  a  small  indentation  of  the  Vancouver  shore,  ahout  half  a  mile  in  extent  either 
Shushartle  Bay.     w«y  "nd  open  to  the  north wa-d.     Jts  shores  are  high  except  at  its  southern  extremity, 

where  there  is  a  tidal  flat  a  fifth  of  a  mile  in  width,  behind  which  is  a  little  low  land. 
Close  to  its  eastern  headland  is  a  small  rocky  islet  which  is  stated  to  be  in 

Latitude 60°  51'  22"  N. 

Longitude 127°  51'  20"  W. 

This  islet  is  known  as  ITalstead  Tslet  and  the  point  behind  it  is  referred  to  as  Halstead  Point,  but  is 
not  named  on  the  charts,  which  also  ditl'er  in  the  spelling  of  the  name  of  the  bay,  which  is  in  some 
cases  denominated  Shucartie  in.stead  of  Shushartie.* 


TIDKS. 


The  rise  and  fall  of  tides  in  this  bay  is  stated  to  be  twelve  feet. 

There  is  a  limited  but  tolerable  anchorage  just  inside  Halstead  Point  in  about  thirteen  fathoms,  a 
cable  W.  from  t!«e  eastern  shore;  however,  on  acTOunt  of  the  steepness  of  the  bank  it  cannot  be  highly 
commended. 

A  («ble  and  a  half  W.  from  the  northern  edge  of  Halstead  Islet  lies  Dillon  Rock,  covered  at  one- 
quarter  tlotnl  and  having  about  nine  feet  over  it  at  high  water.  This  constitutes  a  danger  for  vessels 
entering  the  bay  from  the  eastward.  It  appeai-s  on  Hauna's  chart  of  1788,  but  was  subsetjuently  lost 
sight  of. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOU    ENTEIIING   8HCSHARTIE   BAY. 

I.  From  the  Eautirai'it. — If  Dillon  Rock  be  covered,  an  attempt  to  enter  should  not  be  made 
until  the  eastern  peak  of  Shushartie  Saddle  (a  remarkable  double-topj)wl  mountain  1900  feet  high, 
Bitua'.«i  southward  from  the  bay)  bears  S.  J  E.  in  one  with  an  Indian  village  at  the  head  of  the  bay, 

•Cnlled  Bhncartle  Bay  on  the  original  edition  of  the  present  form  of  Britieli  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2067.  It  was  surreTad 
by  Mr.  W.  W.  Dn.LON,  Master  H.  M.  S,  n,rdah,B.  IS.'JO,  and  calleci  by  him  Port  BhuoartU.  The  later  oharU  all  adupt  the 
•pelllng  Shushartie.  It  was  dimoverod  by  Captain  Robert  Fiinter  in  1788  and  named  Raft  OoTe  l>y  him.  He  prepared  a  ohart 
of  it  which  was  published  in  Jteares'  voyage,  and,  9ei>arately,  by  A.  Dalrymple  in  1791. 


8HAI>WKIili  l>A8NAOR. 


IB 


when  the  course  in  lies  on  that  hnirin^  until  Halrttoad  Point  lM>ar8  E.  I)y  N.,  when  tlie  vt'sxcl  may  Ix* 
headed  for  the  eastern  wliore,  anchoring  direetiy  fourteen  fathoms  arc  ohtaiiifd,  ai)()iit  (Hic  iMv  diHttiiit 
from  the  banlc,  with  the  lieadlanda  of  tlie  bay  liearing  rcHiKMlivciy  NB.  and  NW.  i)y  W, 

II.  J<v«»»  the  Wmttrnrd. — In  entering  from  tlie  westward  the  western  hIuuc  HJiould  he  itopt 
aboard  until  Halstead  Point  I>ear8  E.  i>y  N.,  when  tiu>  course  will  Ih>  iim  above  HtatiKl. 

A  plan  of  this  bay  is  to  l)e  found  on  Britinli  Admiralty  Chart  No.  20G7,  with  corretJtions  to 
September,  1867. 

Ikyond  Shushartie  Bay  tlie  (»a><t  rounds  out  to  the  northward  without  indentations.  Two  miles 
to  the  westward  from  Dillon  Rock  lies  Shinglo  Point,  low  and  with  a  beach  running  off"  a  hliort  dis- 
tance. This  jwint  is  one  of  the  landmarks  for  crossing  the  bar  at  the  western  entrance  of  Goletos 
Channel,  and  to  the  westward  of  it  a  landing  on  the  Vancouver  shore  is  difficult  to  make  except  in 
fair  weather. 

W  SW.  from  this  point  five  and  a  half  miles  is  Cape  Commcreil,  the  northernmost  (true)  part  of 
Vancouver  Island  and  the  southern  extreme  of  the  western  entrance  of  Goletas  Chnnnel.  The  cape 
is  low  and  fringe<l  about  with  rocks  which  extend,  in  some  places,  two  <!ubles  off  sliore. 
There  is  an  Indian  village  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  catH*.  To  the  eastward  from  Capo  Commertll. 
Cai)e  C'ommerell  the  Vancouver  shore  forms  a  large  bay  thr«>  miles  wide  in  a  W  SW. 
and  ENE.  dirwtion  and  penetrating  the  shore  about  one  mile,  with  two  ami  n  half  to  six  fathoms 
water  over  a  rocky  bott<mi,  unsuitable  for  anchorage.  The  shoaler  jKitcOies  in  this  bay  are  marked  by 
kelp  and  extend  to  the  southeastward  from  a  point  N£.  by  E.,  two  miles  from  Cape  ('ommerell. 
They  are  known  as  J'ntnall  Reefs.  In  the  western  thinl  of  the  bay  there  is  also  a  small  islet  called 
Weser  Islet,  eight  feet  high  and  a  quarter  of  a  mile  off  shore. 

Inmiediately  abreast  of  Shushartie  Bay,  and  one  and  three-quarter  miles  N  NW.  from  Halstead 
Point,  is  the  entrance  to  Shad  well  Passage,  which  separates  Galiano  Island  from  Hope  Island,  connect- 
ing Goletffls  Channel  with  the  open  waters  of  Queen  Charlotte  Sound.  The  northern 
portion  of  Shad  well  Passage  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  Vansittart  Island,  and  the  Stiadwell  Passage. 
NE.  iwrtion  is  known  as  Bate  Passage.  The  main  passage  is  three  and  a  half  miles 
long  in  a  north  and  south  direction,  and  varies  in  breadth  from  half  a  mile  to  a  mik;  and  a  half.  The 
eastern  shore,  formed  by  Galiano  Island,  is  nearly  straight,  but  the  western  is  irregular  and  broken, 
with  some  rocks  and  islets  off  the  indentations  of  the  southwestern  part,  and  foul  groimd  extending 
nearly  half  a  mile  from  shore  Iwtween  Turn  Point  and  Cajie  James. 

At  the  southern  entrance  is  Willes  Island,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  diamt'ter,  two  :  wl  feet  high, 
steep-to,  and  close  to  the  western  extreme  of  Galiano  Island.     SE.  by  S.  from  it,  alw  (luarter  of  a 

mile,  is  Slave  Islet,  low  and  of  small  extent.  The  western  headland,  bold,  two  hi.idrett  fi-et  high, 
rocky,  fringed  with  kelp  and  presenting  a  clifi'y  appearance,  is  known  as  Heath  Point.  Two  miles 
northeastwanl  is  Turn  Point,  aboc*  midway  through  the  pa.ssai»c,  backed  by  u  summit  tiiree  hundred 
fe;!t  high  and  of  a  similar  ciharacter.  Between  these  are  irregular  indentations  with  some  ro<'ks  and 
islets.  From  Turn  Point,  NW.  by  N.  J  N.  about  two  miles,  is  Cape  James,  a  rocky  bluff  ninety  feet 
in  height,  the  northwestern  headland  of  the  passage,  with  foul  ground  uecupying  the  bight  l)etwecn  it 
and  Turn  Point. 

Center  Island,  a  third  of  a  mile  N.  by  E.  ^-  E.  fr  -:"  Turn  Point,  is  small,  with  a  rm'k  immedi- 
ately to  the  southward  of  it,  and  another,  Snwanee  /■  •  ' ,  four  feet  above  low  water,  in  mid-chunnel, 
W.  by  S.  J  S.,  a  cable  distant.  About  these  and  the  ..iijals  on  the  Hope  Island  shore  kelp  extends 
some  distance.  There  is  a  clear  passage  only  on  the  side  eastward  from  Center  Island,  and  this  is  not 
recommended. 

Vansittart  Island,  in  the  middle  of  the  northern  part  of  the  passage,  is  nearly  a  mile  long,  two 
hundred  and  sixty  feet  high,  and  three-quarters  of  a  mile  wifle.  To  the  westward  from  it  rocks,  islets 
and  foul  ground  extend  for  more  than  half  a  mile  north  of  One-Tree  Islet,  and  from  the  northern 
jwint  of  vansittart  the  Nicolas  Islands,  two  woode<l  islets  seventy  feet  high,  stand  off  to  about  one- 
third  of  a  mile.  ^ 

One-Tree  Islet,  somewhat  more  than  half  u  mile  N.  from  Center  Island,  is  very  small,  al)out 
forty  feet  high,  bearing  one  tree  on  its  summit,  wliidi  is  very  conspicuous  when  se«'n  from  the  north- 
ward and  affords  a  good  mark  to  identify  the  passiige.  The  islet,  except  for  an  adjacent  small  dry 
rock,  is  8te<>p-to  on  its  western  side,  but  between  it  and  V'aii.?!ttart  is  foul  ground,  'the  soundings  in 
the  southwestern  part  of  the  passage  are  from  forty  t(j  a  hundred  fathoms,  decreasing  ra])idly  to  the 
northward,  reaching  as  little  as  seven  fathoms  near  One-Tree  Islet, 

TIDES. 

The  flood  tide  runs  southward  through  the  pjissage  with  a  strength  of  about  four  and  a  half 
knots;  while  the  ebb  reaches  about  two  knots  in  a  contr.iry  direction ;  or,  SE.  from  Center  Island, 
runs  as  strong  as  the  flood.  Between  Vansittart  and  Center  Islands  are  sundry  tide  whirls  or  ripples 
whi!"  tlie  tide  is  running. 

*  U.  B.  S.  Suwanee  was  lost  on  this  rock  in  July,  18C!). 


16 


BUIiL   HARBOK. 


I    t 


This  piiHHiiL'o  n.Mv  l.c  us.mI  by  st.am.T8  or  willing  v.*h.'1s  with  a  fair  witi.l.  It  w.)ul.l  W  inadviBahlc 
to  nttfiupt  to  Ix'ut  thV.,.i^'l>  it,  a;  tli.iv  is  n.-iifrally  a  strong  ti.lo  an.l  h.^avy  »aw.-II  in  its  northnxn  part. 
It  is  th.'  paKsa.r,.  tr..M..nillv  tak.Mi  i.v  lli.'  Mii.ison  M:.v  Cmnpany's  v.ss.'ls  wlu-  1h)UiuI  north  from  the 
inner  wat.i-s  north  ..f  Viim.mv.T  fsian.l.  vet  it  is  not  nM-onim-nd.'.!  hy  th.'  Admiralty  survcyorB. 

To  the  fastwanl  of  Vaiisitiart,  Hate'  l'a<satr.>  is  .hrpcr  and  nearly  strai<:ht.  It  appears  enmer  to 
navlL'ute,  arxl  is  in  nunt  irspivts  prcCcrahh'  to  th.>  wrMt-ru  passai;.',  and  the  tid.'s  form  no  strong  ripples. 

Th.-  Shadwrll  and  IJatf  passages  ar.'  .I.'liiieatcd  mi  Ih-itish  Admiralty  Chart  N.).  f)S2,  and  on  mi 

enlargp.1  seal No.  .^f).-),  (corrected  to  Novemli.'r,  1S81.)     The  latt.T  .■.iitioii  dillers  quite  matenully 

from  the  .)riginal  edition  of  .'>.')."),  issued  in  Xovemlier,  IMtiit. 

HA  1  KING   1)1  RKCT  IONS 

I'-OI!   Tlin    rsK  OK   SIIADWKl.l.    I'AHSAOE. 

r.  fVoii.  tiif  s»uthuHr,i.—h\  rounding  the  sdiitlieiistern  point  Willes  Island  shoul.l  l)e  kept 
alM)aril.  In  passing  .'Mstward  of  Center  Island  it  may  he  approached  to  aliont  a  cahl.!  length,  and  the 
western  edge  of  On.'-Trce  Islet  to  ahoni  two  cahles,  after  which  the  .■otirse  is  N  NW.,  leading  out  clear 
of  all  dangers. 

If  the  eastern  or  Hate  I'assage  is  preferred,  the  navigator  has  merely  to  keep  in  niid-ehann.^l. 

The  l)C8t  anchorage  in  Shadwell  I'assage,  ae.;ording  to  the  Vanc.aiver  Island  Pilot,  is  near  the 
middle  of  the  passage,  in  nine  fathoms,  with  One-Tree  Islet  hearing  hy  N.,  Center  IslamI  SB., 

an.i  Turn  Point  S.;  hut  tlii»'  hvurimiH  do  not  plot  in  a  Halkfuvlorij  vul  any  chart. 

II.  j^-»iii  tin-  \orthtrnrii. — In  entering  the  passage  the  course  m  -aE.  for  the  eastern  edge  of 
Center  Island  in  one  with  the  southern  pesik  of  Maginn  Sa.Idle,  parsing  it  and  the  other  islands  as 
hefore  mentioned  in  nine  to  seventeen  fathoms  water. 

The  western  shore  of  Shadwell  Passage  is  formed  hy  Mope  Island,  the  westernmost  of  the  group 
which  forms  the  northern  shores  of  (iolctas  ( 'liannel.  It  is  moderately  high,  with  very  irregular  shores, 
six  miles  in  greatest  Jength  and  three  and  three-fonith  inil.'s  in  greatest  breadth,  with  a 
Hope  Island.  general  trend  of  uW.  hy  W.  and  NE.  hy  E.  The  sonlhern  shore  is  steep  and  may 
he  ap[)roached  to  within  a  (|uartcr  of  a  mile;  hut  near  its  western  extremity  ./'ou/flrrounfi 
runs  off  thr.M!  cahles.  The  sea  hreaks  heavily  along  its  northern  and  western  shores,  off  whii'h  are 
H«!veral  inlets  and  rocks, — the  ten-fathom  curve  reaching  two  miles  from  tlii;  shore  in  some  plnotis. 

Two  miles  to  the  westwav.1  from  Heath  Point  is  Gallows  Point,  the  sontheasti-rn  headland  of  Bull 
llarl'or,  on  the  .southern  sid.'  of  Mope  Island,  a  eoutracted  hut  perfectly  land-locked  anchorage.     It 
runs  in  a  northerly  direction  for  a  mile  and  a  half  acro.ss  Hope  Island,  its  head  being 
Bull  Harbor.  only  .separated  from  the  northern  shore  of  Hope  l.sland  hy  a  strip  of  lowland  four 

hundred  feet  wide.  The  hreadth  of  the  eutranci;  is  half  a  mile,  hut  at  half  the  distance 
to  the  head  it  contracts  to  a  cable,  after  which  it  again  increases  in  width  to  two  cables.  A  cable  bul 
a  half  to  the  northward  of  the  narrowest  ])ortioii  lies  Indian  Island,  which,  though  small,  completely 
shuts  in  the  anchorage  on  the  southward,  leaving  a  passage  to  it  on  the  ..'astern  side  a  cable  in  width. 
Between  the  isli-;id  anil  the  western  shore  are  only  eleven  feet  oi'  water.  The  anchorage  is  to  the 
northward  of  the  island,  in  I'our  or  five  fathoms,  muddy  liottom,hut  then-  is  room  only  for  one  or  two 
vessels  of  mcnlerat.'  si/e  to  lie  moored.  <  )nly  small  sailing  vessels  or  steamers  should  use  this  anchorage, 
as  it  is  difficult  of  access  to  long  vessels  from  the  narrow  and  tortuous  entrance. 


'    ! 


DIKKlTIONS    FOR    ICNTEKIN.i    lil'I.I,    HAItnOR. 

The  only  directions  neccssiuy  for  entering  are  to  pass  to  the  ettstward  of  Indian  Island  and  moor 
as  soon  as  the  vcKsel  is  north  .)f'  it,  anchors  north  and  south. 
The  NW.  point  of  Indian  Island  is  stated  to  be  in 

Latitude 50°  54' 47"  N. 

Longitude 127°  56'  03"  W. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  in  1862  Wiis  24°  20'  E.;  H.  W.  F.  and  C.  at  O''  30"'  A.  M., — the 
spring  titles  rising  iv.'elve  and  a  half  feet.     W.mkI  and  fresh  water  can  be  <.btained  here  with  case. 

The  harbor  is  .shown  on  a  large  scale  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2067,  corrected  to  Sep- 
tember, 1867. 

T.itlie  westward  from  this  harbor  the  shore  of  Hope  Island  is  r.)cky  anil  fringed  witli  kelp. 

Two  and  two-third  miles  to  the  westward  of  Gallows  Point  the  western  extreme  .)f  Hope  Island 
is  formed  by  Mexicana  Point,  oft'  which  a  reef  exten.ls  to  the  southwest  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  To  the 
southward,  across  tlie  western  entrance  to  Goletas  Channel,  between  this  point  and  Cape  Commerell, 


r 


m 


^.'.  -., 


$m" 


Iji*»iEuif^  Mnrlai  irvi'i-  N  iliwitu  Mnv. 


^z^" 


f   ''■■■. 


Hopel 


HV»ttT^  KnlrtiQi**'  tnlrtiletnn  Cfainnnel 


Tnpu  rcwiiiin-oU 


16 

Thif 
to  atlem] 
It  is  the 
innor  wai 

To  I 
navigate, 

The 
enl.irgi^d 
from  the 


•( 


r.  J 

abojinl. 
western  « 
of  all  da 
If  t 
Tlie 
middle  o 
and  Tun 

IX. 

Center  I 
before  m 

The 

which  fo! 

Hope  Islai 

runs  iiif' 
several  ii 
Twi 
Harbor, 

Bull  Harbi 


•:^ 


■  l-tv.tiU 


v.  v.'iS".  -i 


to  the  he 
a  half  to 
shuts  iu 
Between 
northwai 
vessels  o; 
as  it  it;  d 


\ 


The 

as  Hoon  a 

Th€ 


Thi 

spring  ti 
TIk 
tember, 


o. 


Tw. 

is  fonncf 
southwai 


NEW   CHANNEL. 


17 


extends  the  Nahwitti  Bar,*  or  ledge,  narrowest  somewhat  to  the  northward  of  mid-ohnnnel  and 

expanding  toward  either  shore,  especially  to  the  southward,  where  it  includes  the 

Tatnall  Reefs.     This  bar  is  of  sandstone  formation,  rising  suddenly  from  forty  to  nine        Nahwitti  Bar. 

fathoms  on  the  eastward,  but  diminishing  very  gradually  in  depth  from  the  westward. 

The  narrowest  portion  of  this  bar  between  the  ten-fathom  curves  is  about  a  mile  in  width.     Northward 

of  the  Tatnall  Reefs  the  depth  varies  from  six  to  nino  fathoms. 

In  heavy  westerly  gales  the  sea  br(s»l<s  «.n  this  bar  from  shore  to  shore.  On  the  western  edge  of 
the  bar  the  tides  run  from  two  to  five  knots.     This  pa.ssage  is  at  present  but  seldom  used. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOR   PARSING   THE   NAHWITTI    BAR. 

I.  v^oin  the  sktattvara, — Vease's  bound  to  the  westward,  after  passing  Bull  Ilariior,  should  keep 
Boxer  Point,  Galiano  Island,  open  to  the  northward  of  Shingle  Point  until  Mexioana  Point  bears 
NNE.,  when  the  vessel  will  be  to  the  westward  of  the  bar.  In  beating  out  of  Goletas  Channel  the 
shores  of  Hoi)e  Island  may  be  approached  to  within  a  quarter  of  a  mile  until  nearing  Mexicana  Point, 
which  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  half  a  mile  to  avoid  the  heavy  swell  a  d  uneven  ground. 
In  standing  to  the  southward  the  vessel  should  tack  when  Shingle  and  Lemon  points  are  in  one,  about 
E.  by  N.,  to  avoid  the  Tatnall  Reefs. 

II.  From  the  weatwartt. — For  vessels  bound  to  the  eastward,  a  course  E.  by  N.,  with  Lemon 
Point  oj)en  to  the  northward  t)f  Shingle  Point,  Vancouver  Island,  leads  over  the  bar  in  the  deepest 
water,  seven  to  nino  fathoms,  well  to  the  northward  of  the  Tatnall  Reefs.  Another  course  is  to  keep 
Boxer  Point,  Galiano  Island,  o[)en,  with  Shingle  Point  E.  J  N.,  which  leads  in  on  nearly  the  same 
line.  In  making  for  the  entrance  the  Van  nuver  shore  should  not  be  approached  within  the  ten- 
fathom  curve  until  Caj)e  Commerell  boars  SE.  liy  E.  or  to  the  southward  of  that  liearing. 

If  the  weather  be  ch'ar,  in  crf>ssing  the  bar  in  the  deepest  water,  Mount  Ijcmon,  a  high  conical 
peak-,  should  iippear  nearly  midwn  ""■"  Shingle  Point  and  Heath  Point  on  the  opposite  shore,  or 

nothing  to  the  southward  of  iuid\>a\  them. 

NEW  r»    VNNEIi. 

To  tlie  northward  of  the  Goletas  Channel,  and  >•  panited  from  t  b^  the  islands  which  form  the 
northern  shore  of  that  passage,  New  Channel,  about  iwchr  and  a  li  ilf  miles  long  and  varying  from 
one  and  a  half  to  four  miles  in  breadth,  is  an  extensive  clear  ])asKi}.'i'  to  fhe  open  waters  of  'iiicen 
Ciiarlotte  Sound.  Its  northern  limit  is  formed  by  the  Walkrr  <irou|i  t'  lie  eastward  and  by  ;i  low 
low  rocks  and  islets  to  the  northwestward.  Its  leust  depth  in  Oie  .shoaloM  pait  is  foiiy-fivc  fathoms 
near  the  eastern  end,  and  its  shores,  except  in  the  vicinity  of  th'  •  mrdons,  may  be  approached  to  nearly 
half  a  mile.  Genenilly  a  heavy  swell  sets  through  New  Ch  nol  from  the  westward,  and,  with  the 
exception  that  there  is  more  room  for  a  large  vessel  to  work  in  tu-  out  than  in  Goletas  Channel,  there 
is  no  reason  for  using  it  in  preference  to  the  latter  unless,  when  running  in  before  a  heavy  westerly 
gale,  the  sea  were  breaking  on  the  Nahwitti  Bar,  aera^s  the  western  '     '•■■uice  of  the  Goletas  Channel. 

This  being  the  case,  after  giving  general  directions  for  it  seems  uimetiessary  for  present 

purposes  to  ilescribe  the  rocks  and  islets  about  this  chaiuiel  in  u 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOR    irSINO    NEW    CHANNEL. 

I.  Ff-om  the  EaHtwara. — If  the  wind  be  fair,  a  mid-channel  course  about  W.  by  N.  will  carry  a 
vessel  clear.  If  working  through,  when  between  the  Walker  and  Ciordon  groups  the  navigator  should 
avoid  ap])roaching  the  southern  shores  of  the  former  within  half  a  mile,  and  should  keep  the  southern 
part  of  the  Crane  Islets  closed  on  the  Gordons  E.  by  S.  |  S.,  or  nothing  to  the  eastwanl  of  that  bearing, 
until  the  eastern  e<]ge  of  Redfern  Island  In-ai-s  NW.  by  N.  i  N.,  to  avoid  the  Qrcy  Hock,  which  covers 
at  a  quarter  flood. 

Id  the  vicinity  of  Galiano  and  Hope  islands  the  navigator  should  tack  when  alwuit  half  a  mile  off 
shore,  avoid  entering  Shav!-,»ell  Pa.s8age  and  Roller  Bay,  and,  until  two  miles  west  from  Pine  Island, 
should  not  bring  it  to  l)ear  to  the  eastward  of  E.  by  N. 

II.  J>vom  the  weHttvar*. — The  above  directions  also  apply.  When  Boyle  Islet  bears  S.,  the 
vessel  will  be  to  the  eastwai-d,  tilear  from  Grey  Rock. 


'  SoiuutimeB  written  NabwUttl. 


p.  c,  ?, — 3 


18 


QUEEN  CHARLOTTE  SOUND. 


I 


i 


ki 


V 


HECATE   STRAIT. 

From  the  western  entrances  of  Golelas  and  Now  channels  two  courses  are  o|)en  to  tlie  navigator 
bound  for  Dixon  P^ntrance  or  the  north.  One  of  tiiese,  Hecate  Strait,*  is  a  broad  sheet  of  water 
extendinf^  between  the  (^leen  Charlotte  Islands  <..i  tlie  west  and  tiie  insliore  portion  of  the  Columbian 
arcliii)eiiig()  on  the  east.  Its  length  from  tiie  Scott  Islands  to  its  northern  entrance  ablest  of  the  But- 
terwortli  K(Kks  is  about  two  hundreil  and  twenty  miles;  it  gradually  diminishes  in  width  from  ninety 
miles,  at  Cajx!  St.  James,  to  twenty  at  the  northern  entrance.  It  has  been  but  slightly  explored,  and  the 
few  soundings  which  are  on  record,  principally  from  II.  M.  S.  Hecate,  in  18fi'2,  show  that  the  bottom 
is  very  uneven,  and  lead  to  the  suspicion  that  thorough  investigation  might  reveal  serious  dangers. 

In  the  unpidilisluHl  chart  of  Iiigraham,  Master  of  the  b:  ig  Hope  in  1791-2,  a  large  number  of 
soundings  are  given,  showing  a  bunk  with  five  to  twenty  (iithoms  water  extending  from  the  north- 
ejistcrn  and  northern  shorts  of  (iueen  ( 'harlott  IsLnuls,  in  the  sjmie  general  trend  as  Invisible  Point, 
toward  Zayas  Island.  Tins  bank  extends  more  than  half  way  across  Ho^'st"  St'.i'i,  and  was  name<l 
Dof/fnh  Bank  by  Ingraham.  It  has  some  shoal  spot.s  cm  it,  among  others  one  in  . "  ~".t  latitude  63° 
60',  on  which  the  ship  Margaret,  Cajjt^iin  Magee,  struck  in  17!H^  drawing  thirteen  feet  of  water, 
This  was  («lled  Margaret  Rock  by  ingraham  and  docs  not  appear  on  nuKlern  chniia.  It  is  evident. 
therefore,  that  the  navigiition  oi  Hecate  Strait,  if  attempted  at  all,  should  involve  great  caution  until 
better  surveys  have  b(«n  made. 

Between  the  entrance  to  Skidegate  Inlet  of  the  Qu^en  Charlotte  Group  and  Bonilla  Island 
are  some  channel  rocks  who.se  position  appears  to  be  doiiotful.  Little  is  k^own  of  the  shore  of  the 
archi|)elago  fronting  the  strait  from  the  eastward,  but  several  harbors  and  channels  have  l»een  examined 
by  the  Royal  Navy  in  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.  Awording  to  Pilot  W.  K.  George  there  is  a  current 
in  Hecate  Strait  ruiming  one  or  two  knots  in  a  norlheasterly  diretition.  All  that  is  known  in  regard 
to  this  .strait  may  be  found  on  British  Admiralty  Charts  Nos.  l'J23  and  1923  A,  covering  ilie  region 
from  Cape  Caution  U)  Port  Simpson,  and  Dawson's  geologic;''  map  of  the  (iueen  Charlotte  Islands'. 
The  .southern  half  of  this  region  is  shown  on  1923  and  the  northern  on  1923  A.  It  does  not  seem 
necessary  to  enter  into  details  in  regard  to  a  passage  at  present  so  little  known  and  the  use  of  which 
presents  no  particular  advantages. 

The  other  course,  and  that  which  is  usually  adopted  by  steainci-s  and  others  desiring  to  make  the 
island  pa&sage  from  Queen  Charlotte  Sound  to  Dixon  I'^.ntrancc,  is  by  way  of  Fitzhugh  Sound,  Lama 
PaAsage,  Seaforth  Channel,  Milbank  Sound,  Finlaysoti  and  Grenville  channels,  and  Chatham  Sound 
to  Dixon  Entrance. 

The  Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  which  l)ound  Hecate  Strait  to  the  westward,  forir  an  archipelago, 

which  is  still  but  partially  explored.    Of  the  western  coast  of  these  islands  hardly  anything  is  known. 

They  were  named  in  August,  1787,  by  Dixon,  after  his  vessel. "  In  tlie  previous  year 

Queen  Charlotte    Captain  Lowrie,  of  the  British  Navy,  who  commaiidwl  the  snow  Captain  Cook,  of 

Islands.  Bombay,   named    them    Prince   Edward's   Islands.      James    Hanna,   commanding 

another  trading  m  s.scl  on  i  i.c  northwest  coii.st  in  1 78(5,  call(>d  them  Nova  Hibemia.   lu 

1789  Robert  Gray  nametl  them  the  Washington  Islands,  and  Mearcs,  in  igiioram-e  of  the  subdivision 

of  the  group  by  water,  calhil  it  the  Great  Island.     Perez,  in   1774,  placed  it  on  his  chart  as  Isla  ix, 

Florida  Blanca,  in  honor  of  the  then  viceroy  of  Mexico. 

The  group  is  about  two  and  a  quarter  degrees  of  latitude  in  extent,  NW.  and  SE.  It  is  of  triangular 
form  \Vith  the  apex  to  the  SE.,  and  extends  through  about  two  degrees  of  longitude.  The  northeastern 
part  is  level  and  attractive;  the  rest  more  or  less  broken  and  mountainous;  the  whole  is  densely  wooded. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOR  THE  NAVIGATION   OF   QUEEN   CHARLOTTE  SOUND. 

I.  From  the  southtravt.— After  clearing  the  Nahv  !i  Bar  at  the  entrsuce  of  Goletas  Channel, 
as  previously  directed,  when  N.from  CajjeCommerell  on.  and  a  half  miles,  the  "ourse  across  the  eastern 
part  of  Queen  Charlotte  Sound  for  Cape  Caution  is  N.  ,  E.,  eighteen  and  a  quarter  miles. 

From  a  position  at  the  northern  entrance  of  tin'  .Sliadwell  Pa.ssage,  E.  half  a  mile  from  Gifje 
James,  the  course  for  Cape  Caution  is  N.  by  W.  J  W  ,  thirtcMi  and  two-thirds  miles. 

From  a  position  near  the  entrance  of  New  Channel  j,n/i  Bate  Passage,  NW.  by  W.  from  Greeting 
Point  two  and  a  half  miles,  with  the  western  edge  of  Vansittart  Island  bearing's,  by  W.  J  W„  the 
course  for  Cape  Caution  is  NW.  by  N  .\  N.,  twelve  and  tw  ntliiiils  miles. 

From  a  position  half  a  mile  NNW.  from  the  eastern  h  'ad  of  the  north  entrance  of  Chrisde  Pas- 
sage to  the  above-mentionetl  jwint  of  departure  at  the  entrai.cc  of  New  Channel  the  course  is  W.  by 
W.  I  N.,  eight  and  one-third  miles.  Either  course  is  clear  of  n]  i  dangers.  In  a  heavy  southwest  gale 
the  transit  of  Queen  Charlotte  Sound  were  letter  not  attcmptwl. 


'  VanoouTMT  8tr»it  of  BeiglmuB  wid  other  Owman  gcogmplioni. 


"St— tj?fr • 


I 


HiMtt 


lii 


THE    fSLAND    PASSA(;E 
Capo  Cnmmerrll   to  Point    Walker 
(British    Authori*.,eil ) 
1B80       * 


tOUNOmatIN   rATHOHl 


>(ii«««Hfc' 


not: 


■# 


!        ! 


fVuW 


tiji 


:tm 


>  '1. 


t 


If 


■V^^-'y:<.'fr'U  '■'■.4  . 


i  ; 


vr 


SOUTH  PASSAGE. 


19 


Cupe  Caution,  tlie  most  westerly  projwiting  part  of  the  continent  in  liiis  neighborhood,  except 
Neck  Point,  terniiniites  in  nigged,  r(K;l<y,  low  hummocks.  The  to|)s  of  tlic  trees  arc 
about  two  hundred  feet  nltove  the  sea.  The  shore  is  of  a  white  gninito,  rising  grad-  Cape  CaHtion. 
ually  inland.  At  a  distance  of  a  niik!  SW.  from  tlie  cape,  tliore  is  sixteen  fathoms 
water.  The  sliorcs  of  the  mainland,  taking  a  northerly  and  oitsterly  direction,  make  it  a  conspicuous 
ciiiH!,  which  receivc<l  its  name  from  N'aiicouver  on  awount  of  the  dangerous  navigation  in  it«  vicinity. 
It  is  covered  with  dwarf-pine  and  otiier  small  trees.  It  is  phced  by  English  authorities  two  miles  and 
a  half  south  of  Vancouver's  position  for  it,  in 

Latitude 61°    9' 36"  N. 

Longitude 127°  48' 12"  W. 

From  Neck  Point,  which  is  situated  f.bout  two  and  a  half  miles  north  from  Cape  Caution,  hia 
bearings  for  the  outer  reefs  would  agree  wi'h  later  authorities,  which  they  do  not  do  if  plattetl  from 
Cape  Caution  of  the  chart.«.  It  is  probabie  that  some  cwnfusion  of  Vancouver's  real  fiosition  with 
another  of  the  numerous  points  in  this  neigh borhoml  led  to  the  erroneous  bearing,  if  the  English  charts 
are  accuinte  in  this  resjiect. 

This  vicinity  is  represented  on  a  large  scale  by  ilritish  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2418. 

Blunden  Bay,  the  o|x;ii  indentation  between  Cape  Caution  and  Neck  Point,  has  in  its  northern 
part  Indian  Cove,  where  the  Indians  rendezvous  on  their  canoe  journeys  between  (iueen  Charlotte  and 
Fitzhugh  sounds.     It  affords  good  shelter  fo/  boats,  and  is  probably  tlie  cove  mentioned  by  Vancouver. 

U-VNGERS 

BETWEEN   CAPE  CAUTION   AND  THE   ENTRANCE  TO   FITZIIUGH  SOUND. 

A  line  drawn  from  Cape  Caution  in  the  direction  of  NW.  |  W.  passes  outside  of  all  dangers  south 
of  Egg  Island. 

Egg  Island,  a  )>inall,  nx^ky,  round  island,  two  hundred  ind  eighty  feet  higli,  and  fie  chief  land- 
mark between  Goletas  Channe'  and  Fitzhugh  Sound,  lies  NW.  J  N.,  five  and  a  quarter 
miles  from  Cape  Caution.     On  the  same  lino  lie  the  Iron  i?ocA»,  about  four  miles  from         Iron  Rocks. 
the  cape.     The  South  Iron  is  marked  by  kelp  an<l  seidoin  breaks;  the  North  Iron  dries 
seven  feet  above  low  water.     Eastward  from  the  Soxdh  Iron,  nearly  a  mile,  is  a  roeki^  ^atch,  marked 
by  kelp  and  known  as  Hoop  Reef. 

8.  from  Egg  Island,  six  cables,  lies  a  sunken  rock,  known  as  the  Benny  Rock,  which  seldom 
breaks ;  and  to  the  NE.  from  it  and  S  SB.  from  Egg  Island  lie  three  islets,  thirty  feet 
high,  calle<l  Ee,g  Recks.     W.  \  N.,  eight  miles  from  Cape  Caution,  is  the  southern  Rocks  and 

edge  of  tlie  pateh  known  a^  the  Ilanna  Rocks.*     TIr.^c  rocks  are  awash  at  high  water  breakers. 

and  constitute  a  serious  danger,  but  are  usually  marked  by  breakers.     They  form  an 
oblong  pateh  about  half  a  mile  in  diameter  in  a  N.  and,  S.  direction. 

Two  miles  and  a  half  N.  from  this  patch  lies  the  C  viihp/  Reef,  of  similar  character,  except  that 
it  Ruely  breaks,  and  has  six  feet  upon  it  at  low  water. 

N  NE.  from  Egg  Island  about  a  mile  is  Table  Island,  about  one  huf^dr"''  feet  high,  with  foul 
ground  extending  from  it  half  a  mile  west,  and  numerous  rocks  and  islets  to  the  westwartl  and  north- 
ward of  its  western  shore,  prolonged  to  the  northward  acras.s  the  entrance  of  Smith 
Inlet  for  two  miles.  NW.  ?  N.  from  Table  Island  about  two  miles  are  the  White  James  Reef. 
Rocks,  two  islets  thirty-five  feet  high  aiul  close  together;  two-fifths  of  a  mile  NNW. 
from  the  southern  one  of  these  is  tlie  John  Ri'cf,  p  ro<'k  three  feet  out  at  low  water ;  and  al)out  7".  by  W. 
from  the  White  Rwks  a  mile  and  a  quarter  is  the  .lames  Reef,  a  sunken  rock  which  breaks  at  low 
water  and  of  which  the  position  is  a  littl';  iir.cortain. 

Five  and  a  quarter  miles  NW.  :J^  W.  from  Channel  Reef  lies  a  breaker.  From  this,  curving  to 
the  northward  and  wostwartl  for  neirly  two  milt',  lie  the  Pearl  Books,!  fifteen  feet  high.  Nearly  a 
mile  NNE.  from  these  and  S  SW  from  the  land  i»L  jiit  Cape  Calvert  lies  the  Devil  Rook,  on  which  the 
sea  seldom  breaks.     It  is  a  sun'.en  rock  forming  a  serious  danger. 

*  Named  for  Captain  James  Hmiim,  wlio  explure<l  mi  this  const  in  1786,  but  erroneously  caMed  the  Hannah  Bocka  on  th* 
charts.     On  British  Admiralty  Chnrt  No.  344!j  it  is  c.illed  Itnnnuli  Kock. 

t Named  and  dixcnren-d  liy  (.'nptain  .Taiiii's  Ihiiinn  in  17H<i.     Outnide  of  tlicsu  lie  tlif  Virtin  Rockl,  ulso  discovered  and 
named  by  Hani:-.. 


II 


90 


SOUTH  PASSAGK. 


i.. 


1 
'I 


Oif  Cranstown  Point,  the  southeastern  hciullan.l  of  Kit/.hiigh  Sound,  the  Canoe  Bocks,  in  part 
ak.ve  water,  extend  WSW.  a  mile  and  a  (luarter  from  tlie  point,  and  between  them 
Kockt  and  and  tiie  mainland  to  the  eastward  extends  rocky  and  foul  ground  for  a  mile  and  a 

breakert.  half,— the  rocks  mostly  vi.Hii)le.     Behind  Cranstown  Point  is  Open  Bay,  of  small 

extent  and  disturbed  by  the  oceanic  swell,  but  in  which  anchorage  may  l)e  had  in  seven 
to  twelve  fathoms.  There  are  also  a  few  rocks  close  in  under  Cape  Calvert,  the- southwestern  headland 
of  the  sound. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

PUOM   CAPE  CAITION  TO  FITZHl  OH   SOUND. 

Having  followed  the  previously  given  directions  for  a|)pr  <aching  CajKi  Caution  from  any  one  of 
tlie  points  of  exit  from  the  interior  channels  north  of  Vancouver  Island,  on  «!oming  up  with  the  t»pe 
the  navigator  should  avoid  approaching  it  within  half  a  mile.  Allowance  should  be  made  for  tidal 
currents,  whose  irregularity  necessitates  great  caution. 

From  a  position  three  miles  W  SW.  from  the  cai>e  a  direct  coui-se  may  be  laid  for  the  entrance  to 
Fitzhugh  Sound.  This  course  is  N.  by  W.  {  W.,  thirteen  and  three-quarters  miles,  when  the  Sorrow 
Islands  south  of  Cai)e  Calvert  will  benr  W.,  three  and  a  (juarter  miles,  and  the  vessel  will  be  somewhat 
to  the  eastward  of  mid-channel.     This  course  carries  clear  of  all  dangers. 

In  foggy  weather,  if  the  existence  of  current  Ix)  suspected,  after  making  Cape  Caution  a  course 
may  l)e  laid  to  [miss  about  a  mile  to  the  westward  of  Egg  Island,  which  from  its  height  is  readily 
recognized.  From  a  iwsition  one  mile  W  SW.  from  the  ca|)e  a  NW.  course  for  six  miles  carries  clear 
of  all  dangers,  jMSsing  at  nearest  about  a  mile  and  a  quarter  W.  J  S.  from  the  island  and  three-quarters 
of  a  mile  westward  from  the  reefs  to  the  southward  of  Egg  Island. 

When  Egg  Island  k^ai-s  E.  J  S.  from  ttie  vessel  a  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.  course  for  eight  and  three- 
quarter  miles  will  bring  the  navigator  up  with  the  Sorrow  Islands  oft"  Cape  Calvert, — these  bearing 
W.  one  mile.  This  course  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel.  In  beating  in  toward  Fitzhugh  Sound,  until 
within  four  miles  of  Egg  Island,  vessels  should  not  stand  to  the  westward  after  the  southern  edges  of 
Egg  and  Table  islands  are  in  one  bearing  NE.  J  N.,  (according  to  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2448,) 
to  avoid  the  dangerous  ground  to  the  westward.  When  Egg  Island  bears  NE.  |  N.  four  miles,  in 
tacking  to  the  westward  the  navigator  should  keep  witliin  three  and  a  half  miles  of  the  island  until  it 
bears  ESE.,  after  which  it  will  be  advisable  not  to  bring  it  to  bear  to  the  southward  of  SSB.  nor  to 
the  eastward  of  E  SE.  until  up  with  the  Sorrow  Islands  bearing  W.,  to  avoid  the  reefs  and  foul  ground 
on  either  hand.  The  flood  is  stated  to  set  to  the  eastward  with  a  rate  of  two  knots  in  Queen  Charlotte 
Sound. 

TIDES. 

There  are  no  accessible  data  as  to  the  currents  of  this  locality.  The  floofl  is  stated  to  set  to 
the  eastward  with  a  rate  of  two  knots  in  Queen  Charlotte  Sound.  The  soundings  vary  from  forty 
to  eighty  fathoms.  The  establishment  near  the  entrance  of  Smith  Inlet*  is  said  to  be  l""  O",  with  a  rise 
for  springs  of  fourteen  feet  and  for  neaps  of  eleven  feet.  The  locality  is  shown  on  Britis''  Admiralty 
Charts  Nos.  1917  and  1923  (editions  of  1879)  and  on  an  enlarged  scale  on  No.  2448,  April,  187». 

The  extreme  southwestern  headland  of  Fitzhugh  Sound  is  formed  by  Mosraan  Island,  the  south-  l 
nost  of  the  Sorrow  Islands,  a  small,  rather  low  islet,  two-thirds  of  a  mile  to  the  southward  of  the  f 
southern  point  of  Calvert  Island.     It  is  wood»d,  and  the  group  extending  between  it  ; 
and  Calvert  Island  comprises  numerous  rocks  and  islets,  one  being  of  considerable 
extent.     The  o|)ening  which  separates  them  from  Calvert  Island  bears  the  name  of 
Grief  Bay  (Telakwas)  on  the  English  charts. 

From  seaward  these  islands  are  hardly  to  be  distinguished  from  Calvert  Island.f  The  southern- 
most islet  is  situated,  according  to  English  authorities,  in 


em  most  i 


Sorrow  Islands. 


Latitude 51°  24' 

Longitude 127°  55' 


30"  N. 
58"  W. 


Two-thirds  of  a  mile  NNE.  from  it  is  Cape  Calvert  of  the  Admiralty  Charts  of  1867,^  being 
the  southern  extreme  of  Calvert  Island.    It  presents  a  broad  face  of  rocky  shore  line,  NE.  and  SW. 


"  Discovered  mid  iiiuned  by  Cujituin  .laiiiex  I  Inniia  in  1780. 
♦  Diwovered  tttid  iiiiined  l>y  Ciiptaiu  Cliurli's  Duncan  in  1787. 
t  Sulsequently  nuuie<l  Cape  Moiman  by  tlie  U.  S.  Couet  Survey. 


mmm 


r:M 


JUi 


ihrwibui"! 


i-n  iiesdiH' 


..sfjift'it'.  nimv- 


^^n^^. 


-'^M 


3si^'-^*»«fc>' 


||£<KflEKMllh«i. 


"fii4i- 


'.5(      -^'-i):^;  ■wt,-' 


.  t'H  "nuff 


.■*i, 


nugk'jiii  HI      tti  -,^M 


"me  T«wr  I 

il'rvm  »nll»h  Atlm.ltUMrt  yo.'JltUl,Vrt'4) 


South  .-n.l  T.ihi- Ii<l..i.,l  X  K  y.N. 

(J^vm  JtrUiiih  Atbn. Chart  So.  '2ft'ttk,WTSl 


Cap-  r.iJ\T?i-l  j3.r.,N  'tMUfsl 

(Ftvni  1/  Sheti^  hv   t!t\i.  Havitltun.AM.rijrt .f/.X.i^ 


■■^.-* 


t^ 


niiiiri'i  ■    sit(;nrifi^'inii 
BnU'aiioe  to  WeK'omi?  Hni-bor,  Fitgihu^h  SounH.LJ 

(nwn  llr-itish    AM/m  .  I  Vuirt  A'u.  lUfTM 


N 


Tnblf  I. 


S..uth  .ml  Table  ImIuii.I    X  K  -i  \. 


"\-. 


PltHllU^I  Sulllttl 


Cup  •   rtUveit  3.C„S  /*  Miles. 

SArf,*  fry  f!t-*t.  /tavitlrvn,AMHjre.ir.S.r..t  tf..v.7Sff7} 


l.eadiogl'k  LeailiiL)!  I.  Sim 

omi?  Hm'l>i»r,  FitKliu^h  Smind  ,Lt>culing  Wtovwr  ittufi'  It . 


ii 


\yM^, 


i^iMiliiMMMiiiii 


■iiia 


SBSMtOt^l^^t^^aSiii,^' 


■  Oil 

MVt\ 


1h! 


t^^^: 


%. 


43i?^'%e^-. 


^SSf'-l., 


!>^       .v.<  ■;.*»  rf,;' 


,i.'l   ....   -  1 


i',    .mi&rl 


L>/I'l  Suit.. 


j^,«Sf-HftW<Si**5^ 


PCHOONER  RKTKBAT  AND  FKIOATK  l»AY. 


91 


about  three  hundnMl  iuhI  fifty  f'lict  high,  cHVtTeil  witli  »  thick  irniwth  ofHpruct',  hoiiiliN'k  itiul  |iiiirtrc(>H, 
hut  l>a(!k«l  by  mountainN  from  two  U>  niurlv  three  tlioiLHiiiul  ftrl  hi>rl>  on  Calvert  Inhind.  A  view  ia 
given  of  thin  oa|)e  in  the  U.  8.  <'.  H.  Coant  I'iiot  of  Aliinkii,  I'iirt  I,  !8()i>. 

E.  I  8.  five  mihw  from  lli'  «U)e  lieH  Cranstown  Point,  a  nn-kv  peninsula  with  an  <)|Kfi  hay  to 
the  eaHtward  of  it,  and  guarded  to  tlic  8W.  by  nn-kH  and  foul  grouiul.  TliiH  jMiint  and  CajH'  Calvert 
form  the  southern  headlandH  of  Fit/.hugh  Sound. 


FITZHUOII   HOUND. 

This  pnE.'age,  named  by  Captain  James  llannain  178(i,  Ih  formed  by  Calvert  and  other  ielandfl  to 
the  westward  and  the  mainland  to  the  ojistwartl,  and  extends  in  a  MW.  by  N.  dirtrtion  for  about  forty 
miles,  with  an  average  width  of  more  than  three  miles.  The  soundings  iniliuite  very  ileep  water, 
apparently  inereasing  in  depth  toward  the  northern  {mrtion  of  the  soiuid.  The  shores  ap|M.'ur  in  genentl 
bold  and  rocky,  the  western  ones  free  from  outlying  roeks;  the  sloi)cs  are  wooded  and  steep,  and  the 
clevaticms  of  the  peaks  vary  from  one  thousand  to  thirty-tive  hundred  feet.  A  numl)er  of  passagfis, 
some  still  unexplored,  lead  to  the  eastward  an<l  westwani  from  the  sound.  The  tide  is  atuUn]  U)  Hood 
to  the  northward. 

About  NE.  i  N.  from  Mosman  IslamI,  seven  miles,  is  Karslake  Point,  situated  on  an  island  aiul 
forming  the  southern  headland  of  the  entrance  to  iSehooner  Retreat,  an  indentation  of 
Penrose   Island,  protected  to  the  westward  and  soiitliward   by  numerous  nniks  and  Schooner  Retreat, 
islands.     According  to  Staff  Commander  1).  Pender,  R.  N.,*  this  harl)or  oilers  a  secure 
resting  place,  and  with  care  may  Ik;  entere<l  safely  by  steam  vessels.     The  Indian  nanu?  of  it  is  Kanilish. 

The  entrance  to  the  anchorage  trends  in  a  N  NE.  diretition  from  the  vicinity  of  Karslake  I'oint, 
where  it  is  about  half  a  mile  wide,  diminishing  to  almut  two  hundred  yards  Ixttween  Sea  Bluff  and  the 
Orey  Islets,  six  and  a  half  (wbles  to  the  northeastward  from  Karslake  Point.  The  protection  of  the 
entrance  to  the  N  NW.  is  principally  formed  by  Ironside  Island.  The  latter  is  of  irregular  sha|)e 
and  rises  to  the  height  of  two  hundred  feet.  Inside  the  narrows  Frigate  Ray  expandn,  six  cables  long 
NE.  and  SW.  and  about  two  cables  wide,  with  soundings  in  from  five  to  twenty  fathoms.  N.  by  E. 
from  Karslake  Point,  a  mile  and  three-quarters,  Ciuoin  llill,  on  Penrose  Island,  rises  nearly  nine  hun- 
dred feet  alwve  the  sea. 

IK.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  Kai-slake  Point  alH>ut  one  mile,  in  Frigate  Bay,  is  an  islet  known  as  Center 
Islet,  of  small  extent,  and  having  a  shoal  with  two  fathoms  on  it  extending  from  its  eastern  end  over  a 
cable  NE.  by  N.  toward  the  shore  of  Penrose  Island.  There  are  several  islets  and  rocks  in  the  east -rn 
part  of  the  bay,  from  which  a  boat  passage  extends  to  the  SE.,  joining  the  entrance  of  llivcrs  Inlet. 

A  sketch  of  this  vicinity  is  given  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  1901,  corrected  to  ()ctol)er, 
1879,  by  which  it  appears  that  Center  Islet  is  situated  in 

Latitude 51°  28'  10"  N. 

Longitude 127"  44'  38"  W. 

It  is  H.  W.  F.  and  C.  at  O""  30"', — springs  rising  fourteen  and  neaps  eleven  feet. 
The  variation  of  the  compass  was  25°  E.  in  1808. 

To  the  northward  of  Ironside  Island  are  several  protectetl  sheets  of  water,  but  with  exceedingly 
narrow  and  difficult  entrances,  which  render  it  inadvisable  to  seek  shelter  in  them. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 


FOU   ENTEKING    FRIGATE   BAV. 

From  a  position  two  cables  NW.  from  Karslake  Point,  Quoin  Hill  bearing  N.  by  E.  J  E.,  the 
<  ourse  is  NE.  J  N.  for  the  narrows,  which  should  Ije  paascd  in  raid-chamiel — least  water  eight  fathoms 
— or,  keeping  the  eastern  shore,  which  is  bluff  and  bold-to,  well  aboard  until  the  blufls  are  passcil,  to 
avoid  the  foul  ground  on  the  western  shore.  A  course  N.  by  E.  J  E.,  Karslake  Point  in  mid-t-hannel 
line,  clears  all  dangers,  and  when  the  northern  edge  of  Ironside  Island  l)cars  W.  by  S.  J  S.  anchorage 
may  be  had  in  twelve  to  twenty  fathoms. 

According  to  Pender  the  best  anchorage  will  be  found  just  within  Safe  Entrance  off  a  clean  sandy 
beach  in  thirteen  fathoms,  with  the  northeast  extreme  of  Ironside  Island  l)earing  W.  i  8.  and  the  north- 
west extreme  of  Sea  Bluff  8.  J  W.  It  is  necessary  to  moor  in  tliis  bay.  During  SE.  and  SW.  gales 
the  gusts  are  furious.  With  Safety  Cove  so  nesir  at  hanil  it  does  not  seem  that  it  is  necessary  or 
desirable  to  use  the  contracted  and  difficult  ramifications  of  Schooner  Retreat,  and  they  are  not  reeom- 
mende(^. 


•Sec  U.  S.  N.  llyilrograpliic  Notice  No.  Wi,  1877,  p.  10. 


22 


HAPKTY  COVK  AND  Gt>LDSTK»;AM  HARBOK. 


It' 


li: 


1  , 


Penrose  Island,  wliifh  loviiis  (lu;  northnrly  pri)te('ti..ii  ot'  Si-liooiier  Retreat,  lies  in  the  mouth  of 
Rlv«i-s  Ciiiial  or  Iiilet,  u  hraiich  of  tho  inlet  ]).u<8i!it;  on  citlier  side  of  ir.  i'oiiit  Addcnbnwk  *  forms 
the  soiitli'M'ii  extroine  of  the  kIiopc'  on  the  we-tern  side  of  the  iiortharn  cntniiiee  to  the  inlet.  From 
Kiir.slMke  I'oiiit  this  p  (inl  beirs  "51 W.,  distint  iiwirly  four  mihs.  NW.  }  N.  from  Point  Addenbrook, 
four  n/ile-!,  i.s  Point  Hanbury,  on  lUc  .so',;tliuriim!)st  of  a  j;rou[)  of  s.!venl  islands,  the  eastern  part  of 
which,  wiili  nil  oi);:!iiiig  hohiiid  th(^m,  is  unexplored.  One  of  t'.^,  islands  is  known  as  Addenbrook 
Island  and  ( xt"iids  to  tln'  westward  into  the  sound,  niirrownig  the  pau.si'ge  between  it  and  Calvert 
Island  to  less  than  two  miles. 

W.  by  S.  I  S.  iVoni  Point  Addenbrook,  four  and  a  half  miles,  is  th'j  entrance  to  Safety  Cove, 
(Indian  name  (iht-so-al's )  named  iiy  Dunean,  in  1788,  Port  Safety;  and  consistinjj  of  an  indentation 
of  the  shore  of  Calvert  Islajiil  ainmt  a  mile  lon^r  W  SW,  and  E  NE.,  and  three  or  four 
Safety  Cove.  >i,.)les  in  width.  At  its  lieaii  is  a  muddy  tiilal  flat,  over  which  a  stream,  affording 
salmon  in  the  steason,  empties  into  the  cove,  fhe  shores  are  hitrli,  rising  nearly  a 
thoii  land  feet,  wooded,  rooky  and  stee])-to,  extept  at  the  head.  It  is  open  to  the  E  NE.,  but  aifbnls 
good  lioldioir-irround  in  lit'teeii  to  twenty-five  iiitlioms,  sof't  mu<l  At  the  anehorage,  in  sixteen  fath- 
oms, the  nortli  point  of  entrance  bears  NE.  j;  E.  and  the  south  poin'^  E.  |  S-  A  conicml  peak  at  the 
head  of  tlu;  cove  bears  I'rom  the  middle  of  the  enlranci'  W.  .\  S. 

There  are  outside,  close  inshore,  near  the  northern  headland,  two  small  islets,  which  are  useful  in 
idcntifyinij  the  entrance,  <>spe(!ially  when  coming  from  the  northward  in  thi<;k  weather.  In  southerly 
gales  it  woollies  severely  tVoni  the  valley  at  the  licad  of  the  cove,  but  it  is  a  perfe<!t!y  safe  anchorage. 
It  alfords  a  conveniiMit  refuge  for  ves,sels  waiting  foi'  good  weati.er  to  cross  Queen  Charlotte  Sound, 
and  recjnires  no  directions  for  ( iilering. 

A  sketch  of  this  com/  apj)cars  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  1901,  corrected  to  Oetoljer,  1879, 
on  which  it  is  stated  tiiat  the  astronomicial  station  at  the  NV, .  imgle  of  the  cove  is  in 

r  Latitude 61"  31' 49"   N. 

|,  Longitude 127"  56'  23"  W.f 

^'-  It  is  H.  W.  F.  \uv    0.  at  l''  0'", — springs  rising  fourteen  and  neaps  eleven  feet. 

Kwakshua  NW.  1  N.  from  the  entrance  to  Safety  Cove,  alxait  seven  and  a  half  miles,  i.s  another 

Opening.  indciitation  of  the  shore,  known  by  the  native  name  of  Kwakshua,];  Avhich  at^ording 

to  the  latest  autiiorities  is  prolonged  to  Hecate  Strait. 
Vaneouver  -tales  tiial  the  openiuj;'  presented  the  appearance  of  a  very  tine  harbor,  and  in  liis  chart 
it  is  indicated  as  divided  into  two  arms.     A  small  islet  or  mck  exists  off  the  northern  headland,  and 
on<'  Imndred  and  eighty -three  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  are  i      Tted  off  the  entrance,  whi(!h  is  indicattd 
to  W\  threi -ijuarters  ot'  a  mile  wide.     The  interior  of  tiiis  opening  has  not  been  explored. 

The  mass  of  land  >eparated  fn-in  Calvert  island  by  this  passage  li.ts  been  named  Hecate  Is!and.j| 
About  NW.  .',  N.,  five  miles  from  Kwakshua  cMitrance,  lies  the  entrance  to  Goldstream  Harbor, 


Gotdstream 
Harbor. 


at  the  northern  extremity  of  Hecate  Island,  and  protected  by  an  island  less  than  half 
a  mile  in  extent,  which  lies  off  it  to  the  N  NW.  This  harbor  is  of  verv  small  extent 
and  is  entered  by  a  very  narrow  .uui  sommvhat  wiii'ling  cliannel.  The  shores  are  roeky 
and  frinp'd  with  keip;  the  entrance  is  init'sted  with  roeks  and  islst.s,  most  of  which, 
however,  are  vi-iil)le.  The  total  length  of  the  harbor  and  entrance  is  al)out  ludf  a  mile.  The  entrauce 
to  this  harbor  (Voia  l''it/.liu<j;h  Sound  i^  by  an  intriiMte  parage  little  more  than  lift?  yards  wide. 

Kvenhuj  Rod-,  wliicli  dries  three  b'et  at  losv-water  spri:igs,  lies  iieai'  the  middle  of  the  pa'-sage, 
about  two  cables  within  the  entrance.  In  the  ch^mnel  tlv-re  is  a  generid  depth  of  about  six  fathomt. 
The  harbor  is  about  tW(»  edibles  in  extent  am!  ali'ords  room  for  but  onevesscd  in  seven  to  fifteen  fathoms, 
mud  and  sand.  This  i)lace  is  roconmiended  for  small  ves.sels  liy  some  authorities,  but  others  do  not 
speak  highly  of  it.  Tiie  navigator  may  draw  his  own  e()nclusi(ms  from  this  de.scrii)tion  and  the  chart. 
Tlie  least  water  in  the  pa-->(''e  appears  to  !»e  about  live  fathoms.  At  the  NW.  corner  of  the 
ancliorauc  there  open-  to  1  lakai  .''Mrait  a  passage  whieh  appear.-,  not  to  be  navi^^abl".  From  Kelp  Point, 
the  UiM-thwestern  heaciland  of  the  eiiira.i.  e,  foul  _round,  covered  with  kelp  in  two  and  a  half  fathoms, 
extends  a  cable  to  the  northward      'i"he  geographical  position  of  Hawaor  Point  is  reported  to  be 


I' 


Latitude  St°  43'  la"  jj. 

Longitude ■ 128"  00' 34"  W. 

H.  W.  F.  and  C.  .hcurs  at  l'  0'",— springs  rising  fifteen  feet  and  I'.caps  twelve  feet. 
The  variation  of  ihe  compass  in  IStiS  was  25°  16'  E. 


■  hi^  Vi. 


Ml      I.|.. 


n-^.    1 


lii."  iiiiuK  ii  ii<  xpfllwl  Addenbrooke,  n  iipelliiig  fol- 


'Nmnc'l  l.v  Villi-., iiVKi-  ill   ViiH.     Si> 
lowed  (111  iliu  lilili^ll  Viliiiiriiltv  I'liiti'ti^. 

Il)c|iiii(liii(jr  ii|iiiii  Shcli  li'Iiiml.  licnviT  lliirlMir,  \n-'mit  in  Liiiifjiliulv  W7<-'  2ri'  07''  W.     IViidiT.  I.e. 

tfailiiii.'  V|.s,.,■l^  hiivr  ii;iT....I  ilii-mi^'li  Iht,..     'I'liis  was  «iip|Kiwa  l,v  Viin„,u tr  ,<,  hv  t,i,.  ?ort  3afety  of  Dinican  in  i: 
but  (itlu'in  imiri'  cnirii-llv  iili'niilicil  \iuuiinvi'r'«  Safety  Cove  with  Duncan'a  I'mt 

II  By  IVndtT,  I.  c,  !>.  12,  lb76. 


*^""^"^^"^^' 


NAMU  HAKBOIt. 


23 


From  the  existing  dangers  it  ciinnot  l>e  rct«minoiMlc(l  that  vcssol,«  should  enter  tliis  hnrhor  px(v]it 
in  charge  of  a  j)iiot  or  with  good  local  knowledge.  Tt  is  reprcsentetl  on  IJritisli  Admiralty  C'lart  Nn. 
1901.  corrwtwi  t-)  October,  1879. 

Inime<liatoly  to  the  northward  of  the  small  island  north  of  Gol(istrean\  Harbor,  a  strait,  over  a 
mile  wide  at  its  NE.  termination,  trending  thence  SW.  by  S.  about  seven  miles,  wi<leii- 
ing  to  near'y  four  miles  at  its  SW.  end,  and  called  by  the  natives  llakai,  extends  from  Hakai  Strait. 
T^'itzlnifli  Sound  to  Hecate  Strait.  It  is  obstructed  by  numerous  rocks  and  islets, 
a<f<)r(iing  to  British  AdmiraUv  (Jhart  No.  ]!)'^3,  (corrected  to  December,  IS?}),)  but  a  clear  passage  exists 
a  little  SE.  from  niid-channel,  nearly  a  mile  wide,  and  with  over  forty  lii'homs  water,  through  which 
Vancouver  reached  the  sea  in  1 792. 

The  ol)stru(!tions  on  the  SE.  shore  of  this  strait  are  called  the  Starfish  Islets,  and  among  them  is 
situated  Welcome  Harbor,  of  small  extent,  shown  by  a  plan  on  Hritisli  Admiralty  Chart  No.  14'i'2. 
In  its  vicinity  are  numerous  dangers. 

F.  W.  P.  and  C.  at  O''  0'";  springs  rise  fifteen  or  sixteen  leet  and  neap  tides  twelve  or  thirteen  feet. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  here  wa.s  24°  45'  E.  in  1872. 

The  northern  shore  of  this  strait  Ia  chiefiy  formed  by  D'Agelet  Island,*  about  four  and  a  half 
jniies-  long  N.  by  E.  i  E.  and  S.  '■"  W   l  W.,  three  miles  wide  and  six  huixired  ami  titty  feet  high. 
It  is  separated  from  Hunter  Island,  of  the  Calvert  group,  by  another  strait  called  \alau,  which  appear 
to  !)e  ehoke<l  up  with  rocks  and  islets,  but  has  not  been  completely  surveyed. 

The  eastern  shore  of  Fitzhugh  Sound,  from  Addenlirook  Island,  tifteen  and  a  half  miles  NW. 
by  N.  i  N.,  U>  Kiwash  Island,  is  abrupt,  bohl-to,  and  with  but  few  and  inconsiderable  indentations, 
none  of  which  apjiwir  to  afford  anchorage. 

Kiwash  Island,  of  smaP  'jxtent,  two  hundred  feet  high  and  wotnled,  lies  inime<]iately  abreast  of 
Xainn  Harbor.  This  harbo?-  or  anchorage  is  included  between  Clitf  and  Kiwa.-ih  islands 
to  the  westward.  Plover  Island,  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  high,  and  the  mainland  to  Namu  Harbor, 
the  south,  eixst  and  north.  From  the  centra!  portion  of  this  sln^et  of  water  there  is  an 
extent  of  three  and  a  (|uarter  (ables  in  every  direction,  free  of  (!a)i;iers,  and  averaging  twenty-two 
fathoms  in  depth.  To  the  northward  two  contracted  inhts  extend  a  mile  into  the  mainland.  Harlequin 
Basiu  is  the  terminal  expansion  of  the  more  northern  iidei ;  the  other,  iidi'sted  vtitli  rocks  and  extremely 
narrow,  is  called  Kock  Creek.  The  entranc(;  to  the  latter,  whlcii  i.s  somewhat  cxj)anded,  is  marked  by 
wo  islet.s — Sunday  Islet  to  the  northward  and  Clam  Islet  to  the  southward,  N.  J  W.  and  S.  j  E.,  at 
<iuarter  of  a  mile  from  one  another. 

The  eiitranet;  between  them  is  known  as  Whirlwind  Bay,  and  hen;  more  protected,  but  very 
<^)ntraeted,  anchorage  may  be  had  in  nine  to  fourteen  fathoms.     I'^ast  of  the  opening 
itetween  Sunday  Islet  and  Ol nervation  Point, and  SE.  by  S.  \  S.  one  cable  from  (ircen  Loo  Hock. 

Islet,  in  the  mouth  of  Rock  Creek,  is  n  sunkr,  rock  with  three  feet  of  water  on  it  and 
dwp  water  all  around  it,  known  as  Loo  Rock. 

This  vicinity  is  reprcsent-d  on  British  Adnuralty  Chart  No.  1901,  which  gives  as  the  position  of 
tlie  astronomical  station,  Observation  Point, 

Latitude 51^  51'  44"  N. 

Longitude 127°  52'  23"  W. 

It  is  H.  W.  P.  anc   C.  at  l''  0"', — springs  rising  fifteen  and  neaps  twelve  and  a  half  fei't. 

Two  or  three  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  harbor  a  chain  of  mountains,  varying  from  twenty-six 
hundn-d  to  thirty-three  hundred  and  eighty  feet  in  height,  stretches  in  a  N  NE.  and  S  SW.  dinn'tion 
for  six  or  seven  miles. 

SATT.INft   DI  RECTI ONS 

FOlf    TIIK    USE   or    NAMr    HAKliOK    AM>    VICl.MTY. 

There  is  a  clear  ])assiige  either  side  of  Kiwash  Island  three  or  foin'  cables  wide.  No  directions 
are  necessary  for  entering.  Anchorage  may  be  had  in  twenty-one  t'atlioms  half  a  mile  E  NE.  of 
Kiwa.sh  Island.  \  ipiarter  of  a  mile  farther,  in  the  same  direction,  a  more  protected  |)osition  n  ly  Iw. 
taken  up,  in  teri  or  twelve  fathoms,  midway  between  Sunday  Islet,  bearitig  NW.,  and  the  point  i  ppo- 
.site  in  Whirlwind  Bay.  S(pialls  from  the  higii  land  and  the  vicinity  of  the  Aoo  li'ork,  in  addi'iou  to 
the  .still  more  contraeteil  space,  render  it  inadvisable  to  bring  Siuiday  Islet  to  bear  to  the  westward  of 
W  NW.  in  entering  this  hny. 

About  two  miles  N.  by  W.  from  Kiwash  Island  lies  (with  siimc  islets  near  ii)  Point  Edmund  of 
the  Admiralty  charts,  the  .Hxilliern  headland  of  Ihn-kc  Canal,  which  extends  hence  to  the  north  ward. + 

*  II  ■«(  iiBiiitHi  tVo-  l,i'|i:iiiti'  D'Ajri'lct,  tlif  asfriimiri    ■  ••  Im  iiiciiiii|iiiriii'il  i  ;i  I'lTniiw  in  lii»  cxiilipiiiliiins  "i\  lliis  imiiihI  In  I7S4). 
f  Tli'iK  i,"  iii'l  llic  Point  Edmund  nl'  VimcdiiviT.  wliirli.  iic  iliMihUiHlriili'il  \iy  his  lii'iiiiii!.'».  whk  fiit-llici'  In  llii'  inirlli  und  mut  in 
ttie  canal. 


:V«a; 


21 


LAMA  PASSAGE. 


I 


;S 


f  i 


1 


A.Tdss  tlie  entrunc*!,  two  milcH  NW.  by  W.,  lies  Point  Walker,  llic  lu.rtlioin  headland,  Hituated  on 
a  small  island.  This  island  is  sfwp-to,  bat  at  a  distanc*  of  two  cal)le«  there  is  only  twenty-Hix  fathoms, 
muddy  bottom,  dw^pcning  qiiickly  a  short  distance  farther  out.  This  [wsiticn  might  Iw  us«l  as  a  tcnipo- 
rarv  anchoratrc  in  a  foj;.  Then.?  are  rmmcrom  rerfH  north  of  tiie  island.  From  Point  Walker  NW.  \ 
N  'thiee  niilcH  are  the  Fog  Rwks,  apiK-ariug  from  the  south  to  be  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  sound, 
and  indiaited  as  visible  at  all  times.  They  appear  to  be  three  in  number,  (Pender  notes  six  above 
water.)  rising  alwut  ten  feet  above  high-water  mark,  flat  and  of  a  whitish  color.  The 
Fog  Rocks.  westernmost  appears  to  be  the  largest,  is  twenty-five  feet  high,  and  has  a  clump  of  small 

trees  on  iti*  northern  end.  Close  to  the  southernmost  Fog  Rock  several  small  black 
rocks  luiepver  at  low  water.  There  is  probably  foul  ground  all  around  them.  A  passage  Ixjtwecn 
them  and  the  eastern  shore  has  i)ne  hundnxi  and  three  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  but  the  best  and  usual 
pa'»aj|e  lies  westward  from  the  rocks,  which  should  not  be  closely  approached.  The  passage  Iretween 
them 'and  the  shore  of  Hunter  Island  is  about  a  mile  wide.  To  the  eastward  of  these  rocks,  and 
stret<^hing  along  the  shore  of  King  Island  as  far  as  i'oinl  Walker,  are  a  number  of  rocks  and  islets, 
behind  which  is  an  indent<ition  in  the  shore-line  looking  as  if  it  might  aftbrd  anchorage,  but  of  wliich 
no  information  is  on  record.  From  the  Fog  Rcx-ks  to  the  northern  termination  of  Fitsjhugh  Sound  as 
here  understowl,  tlie  general  direction  of  the  eastern  shore  is  N  NW.  and  the  distance  alxmt  six  miles. 
The  shore  of  Hunter  Island  from  the  siniii  (called  by  the  natives  Nalau)  whi<-h  separates  it  from 
D'Agelet  Island  extends  in  a  general  direction  of  N.  by  W.  J  W.  for  twelve  miles,  with  only  two 
small  openings,  neither  of  which  appear  to  have  been  surveyed. 

The  northern  one  of  those,  callwl  Kiltik  Creek,  is  less  than  two  cables  wide,  and  eiftends  nearly  a 
mile  in  a  westerly  direction.  It  is  shoal  for  one-third  of  a  mile  from  its  head,  but  the  remainder  has 
an  avei-age  depth  of  twenty  fathoms  in  die  centre.  It  is  sujuwsed  to  he  available  for  small  vessels,  but 
has  not  been  examined  in  detail. 

The  shore  of  Hunter  Island  hereabouts  is  backed  by  mountains  which  at  one  point  attain  a  height 
of  nearly  three  thou.sand  feet. 

About  midway  between  Fog  Rocks  and  the  entrance  to  Lama  Passage  the  flood  tides  from  the 
northward  and  southward  meet,  according  to  Pilot  W.  E.  George. 

Thirteen  miles  from  the  southea.stern  point  of  the  island  a  small  islet  lies  oft' an  indentation  of  the 
shore,  forming  what  has  been  termed  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  iSurvey  The  Trap.     On  the  British  Admi- 
ralty Clinrt  No.  2430,  of  1856,  with  corrections  to  ISO'",  an  opening  is  indicated  iu 
The  Trap.  this  vicinity,  and  navigators  not  {wsse-ssing  the  later  j"  .  much  improved  charts  (cor- 

rections to'  1881)  miglit  l)e  tempted  by  the  appearance  of  an  opening,  especially  at 
night,  to  enter  this  cove.  It  is,  however,  extremely  contractetl,  not  affording  room  for  a  steamer  to 
turn,  and  dargers  are  supposed  to  exist  in  the  passage  around  the  islet,  for  which  reasons  it  should  be 
avoided, 

A  mile  and  three-ipmrtei's  fiirther  to  the  northward  is  a  very  small  islet,  one  hundred  and  thirty 
feet  high  to  the  top  of  the  trees,  known  as  Pointer  Islet,  forming  a  landmark  for  the  entrance  of  the 
I^rfima  Passage  and  the  northwestern  headland  of  Fit/hugh  So\iiid.  The  sound  really  is  cwitimious 
for  eight  miles  farther  to  the  northward,  but  to  this  part  of  it  is  applied  the  name  of  Fisher  Channel,* 
whicii  afterward  divides  into  two  or  more  arms. 

In  latitude  52°  04'  N.,  between  Hunter  Island  on  the  south  and  Deimy  Island  on  the  north, 
marked  by  a  conical  mountain  one  thousand  feet  high,  on  the  northeastern  part  of  Hunter  Island, 
aiid  at  its  south  point  of  entrance  by  Pointer  Island,  Lama  Passage  oijens  from  Fitz- 
Lama  Passage.       hugh  Sound   to  the  westward,  extending  to  the  Heafofth  Channel  and  describing 
'  nearly  a  right  angle  in  its  course.     From  the  entrance  at  the  sound  it  takes  a  generally 

W  SW.  direction  for  seven  miles,  then,  betwi^n  Campbell  Island  on  the  west  and  Denny  Island  on 
the  east,  NW.  by  N.  1  N.  for  five  miles,  when  it  again  turns  to  the  N.  by  E.  j^  E.  for  two  miles  and 
enters  S<'aforlh  Channel.  At  the  first  angle  Plumper  Channel,  a  much  obstructed  passage,  extends 
toward  He<site  Strait,  l)etween  Hunter  and  Camplwll  islands. 

The  Lama  Passage  is  rather  narrow  near  its  eastern  entrance,  l)eing  only  half  a  mile  wide,  but 
increjises  in  width  to  the  westward  to  over  a  mile.  The  northern  shore  api)ears  to  be  bold-to  and  but 
slightly  indented ;  the  southern,  on  the  contrary,  after  the  first  three  miles  is  {lenetratcd  by  a  large 
number  of  narrow  indentations,  some  of  which  afford  shelter.  HerealKiuts  are  numerous  rocks  and 
islets,  though  no  concealed  dangera  are  indicatwl. 

Cooper  Inlet,  a  name  which  is  tixkon  to  cover  most  of  these  indentations  l)etween  Harbormaster 

Point  and  Westminster  Point  as  its  eastern  and  western  extremes  respectively,  about  five  miles  Vest- 

ivard  from  the  entrance  to  Lama  Passage,  is  deep  and  cx)ntains  several  cioves  and  'ocka. 

Cooper  Inlet.  In  fine  weather  anchor.igc  may  Iks  obtainwl  in  fourteen  fathoms  under  Westn  inster 

Pf»int  bearing  WNW.,  with  Harlxirmaster-  Point  just  ojwn  of  the  rceft  off  (  harles 

Point  NE.  by  E.  J  E. 

•U  tqtiy  Im  (ilwervpil  that  llit  name  of  ¥\»Uvr  Clmnne)  uii  iliH'Bmit  eharla  ib  vmy  diflVrently  uxtciidMl,  and  mlg!    prsfltnbly 
lie  nwlrlptPil  Bolcly  to  Ilic  norlliwi Ht<<rn  aviii,  tli.'  iimilioantern  Imving  bwii  naniud  Dsan  Canal  by  Vaiicoiirer  and  the  remainder 
.     lieing  praetipaUy  idvutical  with  Kitzhngh  ^4ullud. 


ted  on 

thoiitt), 

cniiH)- 

srw.  J 

sound, 

above 

The 

small 

black 

etwecn 

usual 

etween 

s,  and 

isletfl, 

which 

und  OS 

railes. 

;  from 

y  two 


Vi 


itz- 


>p^  .,  • 


iiATay«.m>' 


,,;'      S.WutrlitT 

jio'  uion. 


aiflpL 


TIIK    INLAND    PASSAG  K 
POINT    WALKER    TO    SWANSON    BAY 

(British  Autlioiilies ) 
1880 


a. 

XI 


SOUNDINGS    IN    rATHOMS 


(mMIS( 


_A,..„_ 


rji5ptf_ 


-■^Sr- 


iTautiuni  Miles 


ri.ATKiro.  1567 


<■       „ur^ Pr    -Jl.  '^'non  IVnlu  X/; 


^/^ 


am  IL 


K^      Af^J^Ki''^   !• 


*^'"''^  °.  * 


3a 


-^c.„ 


r  -^^  Iff*  i  f, 


VauUcal  Uila* 


1 


2^! 

a' 
in 
ro 
H 


w 
tJ 

J? 
tt 

St 

b 
h: 
t 

SI 

a 

ft) 
h 

0 

n 

si 


■I 
■  t 


I 

ti 

I 

I 

f. 


I       ^ 


f 

i 

i 

. 

i 

if 

». 
j 

i: 

1 

i 
1 
i 

1 


BET.LA  BELLA. 


26 


Jane  Creek,  in  the  enstern  curlier  of  Cooper  Inlet,  is  protected  to  the  northward  hy  Charles 
Point,  off  which,  in  n  wost-nortliwesterly  dirootinn  to  a  distunte  of  a  cable  and  a  half,  extend  two 
reefn,  the  outermost  of  which  dries  nine  feet.  From  Charles  Point,  George  Point,  the  opjwsite  head- 
land of  the  creek,  bears  south  three  cables.  Larjre  vessels  may  anchor  in  eighteen  fathoms  Iwtween 
the  two  points,  but  the  bottom  is  generally  nx-ky.  .Small  vessels  may  find  better  anchorage  in  nine 
fathoms,  with  Charles  Point  in  line  with  the  east  point  of  Canoe  Bight  on  the  op|K>sitc  side  of  the 
paa«age  bearing  WW.  \  W.,  and  George  Point  8W.  bv  W.  This  locality  is  represented  on  British 
Admiralty  Chart  No.  2449  (to  OetolnT,  1872.) 

The  shores  of  Camplx'U  and  Denny  islands,  bordering  on  the  northern  part  of  the  passage,  are 
irregular,  with  a  number  of  small  coves.  The  passage  contracts  off  the  western  extreme  of  Denny 
Island  to  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  but  widens  to  the  north  and  south. 

From  Start  Point,  at  the  eastern  entrance,  the  passage  is  (^lear,  with  very  deep  water,  shoaling  to 
twenty-five  fathoms.  About  two  miles  from  the  point,  cio?e  in  on  the  southern  shore,  are  some  rocks 
or  islets  above  water  with  shoali  in  front  of  them  extending  off  a  cal)le  length.  Hence  to  the  north- 
western extreme  of  FIunt}r  Island  a  clear  passage  along  the  northern  shore  exists  from  half  a  mile  to 
a  mile  wide.  Ship  Point,  the  southeastern  extreme  of  Campbell  Island,  is  backed  by  a  hill  three  hun- 
dred and  eighty  feet  higli,  abreast  of  which,  extending  from  Cump  Island,*  on  the  Dctmy  shore,  are 
same  rocks  above  water,  and  one  only  two  feet  above  low  water  of  spring  tides.  This  part  of  Denny 
Island  should  not  be  approached  to  nearer  than  half  a  mile. 

Hence  the  clear  channel  hugs  the  Campbell  Island  shore  N  NW.  about  three  miles  to  McLaughlin 
Bay,  a  small  cove  indenting  Campbell  Island  a  couple  of  cables,  and  throe  and  a  half  cables  in  extent 
N  NW.  and  S  SB.  The  shores  are  rocky  except  at  the  southwestern  corner  of  the 
bay,  where  a  small  stream  comes  in.  TliHre  is  a  hire  hill  two  hundrcil  feet  high  to  MoLauijhIiii  Bay. 
the  westward  of  the  anchorage.  The  soundings  in  the  pas-sage  off  the  bar  vary  from 
twenty  to  thirty  fathoms.  Within  the  bay  they  are  sonnwhat  irregular,  varying  fr)ra  seven  to  sixteen 
fathoms.  A  email  rocky  platform  in  the  northern  p')rtion  of  the  bay,  separated  fro;n  the  shore  at 
high  water,  was  the  British  astronomical  station,  and  is  stated  to  be  in 

Latitude . 52°  08'  37"  N. 

Longitude 128°  10' 18"  W. 

It  is  H.  W.  P.  and  C.  at  l""  0'";  springs  rise  fourteen  and  neaps  ten  feet. 

The  best  place  for  anchoring  appears  to  l)e  SE.  two  cables  from  the  Observation  rock,  in  ten  or 
twelve  fathoms,  sandy  mud.  British  authorities  recommend  a  spot  off  the  middle  of  the  l)ea(!h  about 
a  cable  from  the  shore,  with  Grave  Point  oyten  east  of  the  southwest  point  of  Narrows  Island  bearing 
N.  \  W.,  and  Archibald  Point  open  east  of  Napier  Point  SE.  by  E. 

This  bay  in  former  times  was  the  site  of  a  Hudson  Bay  Company's  post,  which  was  re-establislied 
here  in  1868,  when  the  Bella  Bella  Indians  migrated  from  the  Bella  Bella  Islands  to  this  locality,  which 
is  now  the  only  winter  residence  of  Indians  within  a  coiisidcRdde  area  adjacent. 

This  once  formidable  tribe  now  numbers  scarcely  fifty  individuals.  From  their  residence  here 
the  place  is  generally  known  to  traders  and  coastei-s  as  J^ella  Bella.  The  village  contains  about  twenty 
Indian  houses,  a  mission  residence  and  church.  The  hills  around  tiie  bay  have  l)een  partially  cleared 
and  are  now  pasture  for  tattle.     The  Indian  name  of  the  |)lace  is  Wau-ko-has. 

W  NW.  from  McLaughlin  Bay  are  several  peaks  over  a  thousand  feet  in  height,  one  of  them,  Mt. 
Hand,  according  to  British  authoriti(s,  benig  four  thousand  one  hundred  and  sixty-four  feet  high. 
The  bay  is  represented  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  li)()l. 

A  rock  has  l)een  reported  on  Indian  authority  to  exist  in  Ijiinia   Passage  opposite  McLaughlin 
Bay,  and  about  half  a  cable  from  the  eastern  shore,  with  !^apier   Point  iKaring  SSE. 
six  cables  distant.     This,  if  corra-tly  locatetl,  could  be  avoide<l  by  keeping  in  mid-  Rock. 

channel  or  a  little  to  westward  of  mid-channel.     Tiater  reports  indicate  that  its  location 
here  is  due  to  a  misunderstanding,  the  Indians  now  saying  that  no  rock  exists  there,  i)Ut  that  the  one 
intended  is  four  miles  farther  north.     It  has  been  searched  for  by  H.  M.  S.  liockcl,  the  U.  S.  C.  S.  S, 
Hasdn;  and  the  Hudson  Bay  Company's  agent  and  only  deep  water  found  in  its  sup]»oseil  Im-ation. 

Six  cables  north  of  the  anchorage  at  McLaughlin  Bay  lies  Gnixe  Point  on  Denny  Island,  marked 
by  some  old  Indian  graves.  Here  Lama  Passage  is  only  two  cables  wide  but  fi-ee  of  dangers.  A  mile 
northward  from  Grave  Point,  near  tiie  northwest  extreme  of  Denny  Island  and  on  the  east  side  of  the 
passage,  are  the  Bella  Bella  Islands,  bare  and  about  fifteen  I'eet  high,  formerly  inhabited  in  summer 
by  the  Indians  of  that  name,  who  also  had  a  winter  residence  on  a  green  bushy  fiat  on  the  Denny  Island 
shore,  east  from  Bella  Bella  Island,  off  which  tenijiorary  anchorage  may  be  had. 

Klik-tso-at-li  HarlK)r,a  mile  and  a  half  to  the  ea.stward  of  Bella  Bella  Islands,  on  the  north  side  of 
Den!iy  Island,  is  about  half  a  mile  in  extent  with  depth  of  from  nine  to  thirteen  fathoms,  and  affords 
excellent  shelter  for  vessels  of  any  size.  Harbor  Island,  off  its  northwest  headland,  has  n  reef  extend- 
ing a  cable  from  its  eastern  end.'  The  passage  southwest  from  Harbor  Island  has  a  width  of  a  cable 


'  Called  Camp  Point  hy  Pender,  /.  c,  p.  14. 


P.  c,  P. — 4 


26 


SEA  FORTH  CHANNEL. 


I 


f! 

lil 


i, 


\i 


\     ' 


.( 


and  a  ilcptli  of  seven  fathoms.  The  west  extreme  of  fVprc-is  Island  in  line  with  the  east  extreme  of 
Meadow  Islimd  heiirinjj  NW.  by  N.  \  N.  leads  through  Wlieclm^k  Pass  (.ast  from  Harbor  Island,  which 
is  recom mended  fo;'  large  vessels,  which  niav  anchor  in  twelve  fathoms  when  Harbor  Island  bears  west. 

Large  vessels  not  wishing  lo  enter  may  anchor  safely  in  fifteen  fathoms,  with  Harbor  Island  bear- 
ing SE.  by  S.  j  S.  three  cables  distant.    This  bay  is  reprcsent(Hl  on  JJritish  Admiralty  Chart  No.  1901. 

At  the  northern  termination  of  Lama  P.^«snge,  where  it  meets  S<af()rth  Channel,  it  l)ecomes  con- 
siderably widene<l  and  obstructwl  by  islands  and  rocks.  The  main  pasi-agc  for  vessels  passes  to  the 
westward  of  all  these.  The  northern  shore  of  Denny  Island  is  penetrated  by  several  indentations, 
some  of  which  afford  shelter.  To  the  eastward  Qunboat  Passage,  a  narrow,  crooked  and  obstructed 
channel,  about  seven  miles  long,  connects  the  head  of  Seaforth  Channel  with  Fisher  Channel.  It  should 
not  be  attempted  unless  in  small  handy  steam  coasting  vessels  with  good  local  knowledge. 

8EAFOIITH   CHANNEL. 

Seaforth  Channel  extends  in  a  westerly  direction  from  Denny  Island  to  Milbank  Sound,  between 
Denny,  Cam|)l)cll  and  the  Wright  group  of  islands  on  the  south,  and  on  the  north  Hearea,*  Sunday 
and  Salmon  islands,  and  a  prolongation  of  the  mainland  on  the  Admiralty  charts  callo<l  Don  Island, 

though  not  insulatetl.  The  channel  has  an  average  width  of  somew'.ut  over  a  mile, 
Caution.  and  is  a  mile  in  width  at  its  narrowest  j)art.     Its  shores  are  very  irregular.    Deer 

Pas-sage,  Return  and  Spiller  channels  extend  from  it  toward  the  north,  and  Hecate 
Channel,  between  Campbell  Island  and  Hergest  Island,  of  the  Wright  group,  to  the  south,  of  which 
channels  only  the  last  has  been  fully  cxploral.  The  depth  of  water  in  Seaforth  Channel  in  general 
exceeds  thirty-nine  fathoms,  but  the  shores  appear  to  bri.stle  with  rocks  and  islets  and  should  not  be 
closely  approached  without  great  caution.  In  latitude  82°  12',  on  the  northern  end  of  Campbell 
Island  among  numerous  indentations  two  are  indiciited  as  harbors. 

Ormidale  Harbor  is  triangular  in  shape,  widest  at  the  mouth,  which  is  sheltered  by  Nevay  and 
Thorburne  islands,  westward  from  the  firet  of  which  is  a  narrow  but  navigable  channel.     Thorburne 

Island,  the  easternmost  of  the  two,  is  separated  from  Campliell  and  Nevay  islands  by 
Ormidale  Harbor,   narrow  and  shoal  passages.     The  imvigable  entrance  lies  SW.  J  S.  nearly  a  mile  from 

Grassy  Island,  twenty  feet  high,  1"  'ng  in  the  middle  of  SeafortJi  Channel  and  forming 
a  fair  landmark.  The  entrance  is  a  cable  and  a  '  ..f  in  width,  with  not  less  than  thirteen  fathoms;  a 
strictly  mid-channel  course  in  appears  free  from  dangers.  Once  within,  anchorage  may  lie  had  two 
cables  S  SE.  from  N'evay  Island  in  about  seventeen  fathoms,  .sandy  nnid.  The  ])assage  in  is  longer, 
but  the  berth  more  commo<lious  than  in  Kynunipt  Harbor,  directly  '"•&«!  of  this  one. 

? 
SAILING    DIRECTIONS 

Foa    AVOIDINO   PALL   PATCH   SHOAL. 

In  leaving  Ormidale  Harbor,  bound  north,  the  navigator  .should  keep  within  twocables  of  Defeat 
Point  until  Angle  Point,  on  the  northern  shore  of  Seaforth  Channel,  bears  nothing  to  the  westward  of 
NW.  I  W.  to  clear  the  Dull  Patch  Shoal,  or  a  NW.  by  N.  J  N.  course  may  be  kept  until  Grassy 
Island  bears  E.  when  a  W.  course  clears  all  dangers. 

To  pass  to  northward  of  the  patch  Grassy  Islet  in  line  with  .south  extreme  of  Handyside  Island 
bearing  E.  I  N.  lends  nearly  midway  Iwtween  Dull  Patch  and  Regatta  Rocks. 

This  vicinity  is  well  shown  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2449,t  dated  Oetolwr,  1872. 
Immediately  to  t'le  westward  of  this  harbor  lies  Kynnm|)t  Harbor.     This  harbor   penetrates 
Cami)bell  Island  to  the  extent  of  half  a  mile  in  a  S  SB.  direction  from  the  entrance, 
Kynumpt  Harbor,   which  is  a  quarter  of  a  mile  wide,  but  the  harbor  narrows  to  a  cable  length  at  its  head. 
The  western  headland  is  marked  by  White-^tone  Rock,  a  conspicuous  bare  rock  two 
cables  off  and  twelve  feet  above  high  water,  and  is  called  Shelf  Point,  from  which  the  land  rises  to  two 
hundred  feet.     The  opposite  headland,  two  hundred  feet  high,  is  known  as  Defeat 
Da//  Patc/i.  Point.     A  quarter  of  a  mile  N.  J  E.  from  Defeat  Point  and  NE.  by  B.  from  White- 

stone,  nearly  in  mid-channel,  lies  the  centre  of  Lall  Patch,  a  nix  foot  shoal  with  o 
mnken  rock  at  either  end,  with  a  three  fathom  shoal  extending  a  cable  and  a  quarter  westward  from 
it,  and  in  all  about  a  ciible  and  a  half  in  length  in  an  E.  and  W.  direction. 

At  the  southern  angle  of  Defeat  Point,  Low  Island,  a  rocky  islet,  is  connected  by  a  reef  with  the 
shore,  and  S.,  about  a  cable  from  it,  is  Berry  Point,  two  hundred  feet  high, — the  astronomical  station 
being  at  its  SW.  angle.  The  f:ove  l)etween  them  has  shoal  water  on  its  southern  shore,— a  three  fathom 
bank  extending  about  eighty  yards  N.  l)y  W.  from  Berrv  Point.  There  are  shoals  near  the  head  of 
the  harbor,  and  the  five  fathom  line  from  the  western  shore  extends  nearly  half-way  towaid  Berry 

•  Her*  riuiiieil  die  .liiliu  Mtares,  wlio  vUitwl  tliin  mml  (iii  A  tru(tiii(i  viiviige  in  17HH.  iiiid  piililisliwl  m»|>8  and  an  account  of 
the  rorago. 

t  Kor  tides  hereubuiitB  see  Kynumpt  Hiirlior, 


i4KAFORTH   CHANNEL. 


27 


Point.  Gootl  amthorage  may  l)e  ubtniiieil  here  in  niitl-ehiinnel,  Berry  Point  lK<arinif  B.,  in  a  mutldy 
bottom  and  eight  fathoms  water,  hut  with  only  two  hundred  yards  l)etwecD  tlie  vessel  and  the  shore  on 
either  hand. 

Thi  harbor  is  representwl  on  British  Admiralty  Charts  Nos.  2449  and  1901.  On  the  latter 
Berry  Point  is  stated  to  be  in 

Latitude ,  b2°  12'  20"  N. 

Longitude 128°  11'  37"  W.* 

It  is  H.  W.  P.  aud  C.  at  O""  30°", — springs  rising  fourteen  and  neaps  eleven  feet. 

No  directions  are  necossary  for  entering  it  except  to  avoid  Ball  Patch  Shoal,  which  is  marked  by 
kelp  and  lies  four  cables  NIj.  by  N.  from  the  niiddlc  cf  the  entrance. 

I7E.  I  N.  about  a  mile  from  the  entraiuse  lie  liegnita  Hooka,  awash  at  high  water.  Oraasy 
Island,  twenty  feet  high,  with  two  fir  trees  oji  its  westt;rn  en<l,  holds  a  similar  relation  to  the  entrance  of 
Ormidale  Harbor.  This  islet  may  serve  as  a  guide  to  the  entrances  of  these  harbors.  It  bears  NE. 
by  E.  \  E.  from  the  midtilc  of  Kynnmpt  entrance. 

Kynumpt  Harlwr  is  separated  from  VV(kx1  Bay  to  the  southwest  of  it  by  a  |>eninsulu  with  a  nar- 
row neck  less  than  a  cable  wide.     The  Imy  has  from  twenly-five  to  fifty  fathoms  in  it. 

Immetliately  to  the  westward  of  CamplHill  Island,  and  separating  it  from  Hergcstt  Island  of  the 
Wright  group,  which  is  uuexplore<l  to  the  south  and  west,  is  Heoate  Channel,  a  pasMge  about  a  mile 
wide  and  eleven  miles  long  N.  and  S.,  leading  toward  Queen  Sound,  and  consitlenibly  obstructed  at 
the  southern  end  by  islets  and  ro<;k8.  The  NE.  point  of  Hergest  Island  is  known  as  Point  Oeorge, 
l)old-to,  with  land  behind  it  rising  a  thousand  feet.  W.  }  S.  from  Point  George,  two  miles,  is  the 
entrance  to  Dundivan  Inlet,  an  irregularly-shaped  bay  with  a  number  of  arms,  affording  anchorage. 
The  inlet  (X)ntuins  a  number  of  islet/>,  and  has  over  thirty-eight  fathoms  in  the  entrants  and  twelve  to 
thirty  inside.  Beyond  this  inlet,  and  three  miles  to  the  westward  of  Point  George,  is  Idol  Point, 
bold-to,  with  high  land  behind  it.  8W.  by  W.  j  W.  from  this  point  the  shore  of  Hergest  Island 
extends  about  three  miles  and  a  half  to  the  obstructed  entrance  of  Gale  Creek,  which  is  supposed  to 
extend  in  a  southerly  direction,  meeting  Boddy  Creek  from  the  SE.,  and  thus  to  separate  Hergest 
'Island  from  the  rest  of  the  Wright  group.  The  shore  extends  in  the  same  direction  from  the  entrance 
of  Gale  Creek,  SW.  by  W.  J  W.,  two  and  a  half  miles,  to  Sound  Point,  Milbank  Sound,  mostly  compact 
and  fringed  with  rwks,  and  should  it  be  approached  within  half  a  mile  anywhere  westward  from 
Idol  Point. 

According  to  Pender,  from  Gale  Creek  west  for  a  mile  and  a  half  reefo  with  nine  fathoms  close- 
to  extend  about  three  cables  from  the  shore,  and  with  careful  use  of  the  lead  temporary  anchorage  may 
be  obttiined  on  this  bank  in  foggy  weather.  It  is  obvious,  however,  that  such  proceedings  cannoi  he 
recommended  except  in  an  unusual  emergency.  Gale  Creek,  which  is  an  unnavigable,  inconsiderable 
inlet,  is  the  only  marked  indentation  of  tliis  strip  of  shore  line. 

The  northern  shores  of  SeaCorth  Channel  are  much  more  irregular  in  outline.  Seijarating  Sunday 
an<l  Meares  islands,  directly  NW.  from  Point  DumnSjis  the  entrance  of  Deer  Passage,  a  mrge  and 
unexplored  opening  with  several  islands  in  it ;  and  to  the  westward  there  are  several  islets  along  the 
shores.  The  western  extreme  of  Sunday  Island  is  Angle  Point,  a  narrow,  high  promontory,  nearly 
four  miles  W.  J  N.  from  Point  Dumai.  Three-quarters  of  a  mile  west  of  this  promontory  are  the 
Jumble  and  Dearth  islands,  sc))anited  from  Salmon  Island  north  of  them  by  a  strait  about  a  mile 
wide.  From  this  expansion  of  Seaforth  Channel,  Beturn  and  Spiller  channels,  two  large  arms,  extend 
to  the  nortluvard,  encircling  Salmon  Island  on  the  ea.st  and  west  rcspec-tively,  and 
connected  with  a  multitufle  of  unexplored  channel.-*.  North  from  Idol  Point  nearly  Sunken  Rooki. 
two  miles,  between  the  western  point  of  Dearth  Island  and  the  southern  angle  of  the 
mainland  to  the  westward  of  it,  are  numerous  sunken  rocks  known  as  the  Hyndnutn  Reefs,  The 
mainland,  (under  the  name  of  Don  Island,)  forming  the  northern  shore  of  Seaforth  Chaimel,  from  this 
vicinity  to  Milbank  Sound  is  surprisingly  irregular,  fringed  with  islets  and  rocks,  most  of  which  are 
visible,  and  should  not  be  approached  within  half  a  mile. 

The  waters  of  the  channel  offer  no  unseen  ol)stacles  to  navigation  except  Doll  Patch,  Regatta 
Rocks,  and  those  in  the  vicinity  of  the  shores.  There  is  a  clear  j)assage  on  either  side  of  the  mid- 
channel  islets  in  the  eastern  part.  The  shores  arc  wooded  and  mostly  low,  and  the  high  land  does  not 
attain  such  an  altitude  as  near  the  mo.-e  interior  passages.  There  arc  numerous  Indians  resident  in 
this  vicinity. 

Sound  Point,  the  northwestern  extreme  of  the  Wright  group,  is  indicated  as  in 

Latitude 62°  14'  20"  N. 

Longitude 128°  27'  48"  W. 


•Taking  Shell  Islund,  Beaver  Harbor,  Ki  lie  in  longitude  127"  '25'  07"  W. 

tHere  named  fur  Lieutenant  Hergeet,  coniniander  of  Vancouver's  supply  ship  Dadalui,  who  was  murdere<i  in  the  Sandwich 
iHlandn  in  1792. 


MPn 


i    ! 


t 


!  i,     I 

i  I 

t  !i 


28 


MATHIEHOX   CHANNEL   AND   MILBANK   SOUND. 


It  iH  low  mill  iimikwi  by  an  ialrt.  Three  mid  Iwo-fifths  miles  N.  8  W.  from  this  point  lies  Point 
Rankin,  the  iKirtliwcisterii  extreme  of  Scafortli  Chunnel,  separating  the  latter  from  the  entrance  to 

Matliiesoii  Clituiiu'l. 

MATHIKSON    CHANNEL 

senarntcH  Lady  and  Dowajjer  iHlaiids  from  the  niaiiiland,  (Don  Island.)  The  channel  is  some  thirteen 
mdes  long  in' a  northerly  and  southerly  direction  anil  averages  over  a  mile  in  width.     About  three 

miles  northward  and  ea-xtward  from  Point  llankin  is  the  entraiK*  to  Port  Blakeney,  a 
Port  Blak»n«y.      riitlu;r  <i)iitrai't<il  anchorage  between  Mary  Island,  on  which  Point  Rankin  is  situated, 

and  tiiiit  part  of  the  miiiiiland  <!idle<l  Dun  "  Island."  This  and  its  approaches  is  exhib- 
ited In-  a  plan  on  Briti'li  Adniiialty  Chart  No.  14«2,  of  Decemter,  1H72,  on  whicli  it  is  stated  that 
the  observation  spot,  Port  Blakeney,  is  in 

Latitude  __- 52°  18' 47"  N. 

LonKltude 128°  22' 43"  W. 

H.  W.  F.  and  C.  is  reported  at  O''  O",  with  a  spring  rise  of  thirteen  and  a  neap  rise  of  eight  feet. 
The  range  of  the  iicajts  is  from  two  to  four  Ccet. 

Abiiut  four  miles  northward  from  I  t  Rankin  and  westward  from  Lake  Island,  in  Mathieson 
Channel,  is  the  entrance  of  Moss  Passage,  extending  thence  in  a  west-southwesterly  direction  about 
four  miles,  to  Milbank  Sound.  The  eiustern  jiart  of  this  passage  is  very  contracted  and  cannot  be 
ncoiiimended.  The  western  part  will  average  half  a  mile  in  width,  and  contains,  on 
Morris  Bay.  its  SE.  shore,  Morris  Bay,  a  small  indentation  of  Lady  Island,  affording  anchorage 

except  ill  westerly  winds.  It  is  of  small  extent,  with  stony  Iwttom  and  ♦en  to  sixteen 
fathoms.  It  is  represeiitetl  on  the  same  plan  with  Port  Blakeney,  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  1462, 
and  the  tidal  memonmda  are  the  same. 

The  variiitioii  of  the  compass  was  26°  20'  E.  in  1872,  and  the  position  of  the  anchorage  is  given  as 

Latitude 62°  21' 00"  V. 

Longitude 128°  28'  30"  W. 

DANGER. 

S.  J  E.  from  Point  Rankin  nearly  one  mile,  and  W.  by  S.  J  S.  from  Ivory  Island,  a  quarter  of  a 
mile  off  Hat  Rink,  lies  Moime  Rock;  showing  a  breaker,  which  should  be  avoided  in  entering  the  Sea- 
forth  Channel  from  the  northwest.  On  this  aixwunt  vessels  wishing  to  enter  the  channel  should  not 
approach  Ivory  Island  within  one  mile  until  its  southern  edge  bears  to  the  northwerd  of  E  NE. 

The  western  entrance  of  Seaforth  Channel  opens  on 

MILBANK   SOUND,  ■ 

(named  by  Duncan  in  1 788,)  a  sheet  of  water  comprehended  l)etween  the  Wright  group  and  the  main 

land  to  tli(^  ejLslward,  Lady  and  Dowager  islands  to  the  northward,  and  Price  and  Swindle  islands  to 
the  northwest  and  west.    It  is  over  eight  miles  wide  E.  and  W.,  opening  into  Seaforth, 

Cape  Swaine.        Mathieson  and  Finlaysou  channels  to  the  eastward  and  northwartl,  and  fronting  on 
Ilecjite  Strait  to  the  south  by  an  opening  nearly  eight  miles  wide.     The  southeastern 

headland,  forme<l  by  islets  on  the  extreme  of  the  Wright  group,  is  Cape  Swaine,  of  Vancouver,*  from 

which  Point  Day,  the  northweistern  headland,  bears  NW.  by  W.  J  W.  about  nine  miles.    SSW.  from 
Point  Day  rocks  and  islets  extend  for  two  miles.    SW.  by  W.  ^  W.,a  little  over  three 

White  Rooks.         miles  from  Point  Rankin,  is  a  mnken  rook,  which  breaks  in  bad  weather,  and  immedi- 
ately westward  from  it  are  the  White  Rocks,  two  islets,  of  which  the  northern  one  is 

six  feet  high  and  cailed  Bare  Roek,  while  S.  by  W.,  about  half  a  mile  from  it,  is  the  larger  White  Rock, 

some  fifty  feet  in  height. 

NW.  by  W.  \  W.  from  Point  Rankin  about  two  miles  is  Point  Cross,  on  Lady  Island,  the 

western  headland  of  the  entrance  to  Mathieson  Channel,  off  which  rocks  extend  SSW.  about  a  mile. 

Three  miles  from  Point  Cross,  and  about  NNW.  four  miles  from  the  dry  White  Rock,  lies  Vancouver 

Rock,  awash. 

5  UANOEBS. 

Eastward  from  this  line  the  SW.  shores  of  Lady  and  Dowager  islands  are  infested  by  a  multitude 
of  rocks  and  islets.    These  shores  should  not  be  approached  within  a  mile  and  a  half  in  foggy  weather. 

*  Incorrectly  spelled  Swain  on  the  Admiralty  chartH. 


I     I 


ri 


H'* 
H 


:!t^g«iiiiiii^««;^'^******"'^- 


^  lUgMlll 


■i 


wmmmmm 


:f^*'^^:»^jm>^^^'': 


Knitiuii'f  ♦»!  4'o|4hlim  Aiiilu.iiikj.',  Thuin  I't .  S  K '1  K, 

(f-iyttft   Hriti^ih    .X./m.tVfirt  .y„.  ^/Vt) 


lu^ni. 


Ut.tfo.NeiU 


Dcvustntioiil. 


Shrubl.  IHknl. 


V<Uvt«r*r>MaUn^  Hii  ■ 


i^rid^.1. 


Knli-fui.-o  t.>  Metlaktala nay,  Kfri^t  I.N.N.E.iK. 


m  •"viv.^mvf.iufwmmmmmmvm 


ipa 


1  ,-yt. 


■'    '  r 


■^■Jfpr^■V•»•■^      it-nK.i~ 


l.l-jl-   t    iK-.Ur.^ 


■v.t.    Vj.jrtr.f'a 


«^r    "t 


H 

>'tt  .  i«M> 

ii'i-»u; 

- 

>..t  ih^ 

f 

(l:^^  Oil 

,-. 

■    rTii^f 

.■.li-tT 

»i  i 


% 


K*^* 


.ivV 


'   '  'J  « 


«-i*:«!. 


ill 


\ 


^(^li^ 


-'*c'- 


n^mtH 


in  . 


.«;fcir 


',»  am  ilt 

-    OB 

•rn 

'■«>«}, 

'htm 


:  sm^mirif*. 


PINLAYSON   CHAWKL. 


2!) 


In  clear  weather  local  pilots  use  tiic  Alexandra  Passa-io  luitween  the  "titer  rocks  and  the  shore 
east  from  them.  It  is  stated  that  there  is  a  j';().k1  clear  passnjie  and  no  kno  vn  dangers  not  shown  on 
the  latest  charts.     It  shouUl  not  be  attempted  without  local  knowledije  or  a  ,)ilot. 

SA I  LI  N(;  DIRECTIONS 

KOI!    Mil, HANK    H{)nNn. 

I.  I'VoiH  the  r.  tiraiti. — On  leaving  Seat'orth  Channel  the  navigator  should  keep  in  inid-ehannci 
f.ntil  Sonnd  Point  >.•  urs  SE.  by  S.  I  S.,  to  avoid  the  rocks  near  Ivory  Island.  A  elcin-  p;is.s;ige  exists 
.,n  (itiu"  sideof  the  White  Rocks,  hnt  the  one  nsnally  taken  is  that  to  the  northward, — wA  api)roaching 
them  within  a  mile.  From  a  po.sition  in  mid-channel,  between  Iviny  Island  and  Sound  Point,  the 
course  i.^  WWW.  seven  miles,  when  a  due  north  com-se  will  carry  clear  of  all  dangers  into  Finlayson 
Channel,  in  mid-channel.  This  course  leads  about  a  niilc!  to  the  northward  and  eastward  of  the  White 
Rocks.  The  southwestern  shores  of  the  Wright  grou|)are  almost  unknown  and  should  not  be  approached 
within  a  mile.  No  information  is  at  hand  in  regard  to  the  currents  of  this  vicinity,  against  the  etltrt 
of  which  the  navigator  .should  be  on  his  guard,  especially  in  foggy  weather. 

The  v;'.riation  of  the  conipass  is  stated  to  have  been  26°  10'  E.  in  IHtiS. 

II.  Front  the.  Xofthteard. — From  a  position  in  mid-channel,  with  North  Islet  bearing  E  NE.  two 
and  a  quarter  miles,  the  course  is  SE.  by  E.  \  E.,  eight  miles,  for  the  entrance  of  St>aforth  Channel, 
passing  a  mile  t«  the  northward  of  tin.'  reef  near  the  'A'hite  Rocks. 

An  obstructed  channel,  called  Schooner  Fassat^j,  leads  to  the  WNW.  from  the  northern  part  of 
Milbank  Sound,  cutting  oft"  Price  from  Swindle  Island, and  directly  to  the  eastward  from  this  entrance 
lies  Point  Jorkins,  the  northwestern  headland  f)f  the  entram     to  Finlay.son  CliMnnel. 

The  land  upon  which  Point  Jorkins  is  situated  is  known  as  Swindle  Island,  (though  several 
islands  may  be  included  in  it,)  and  forms  a  portion  of  the  western  shores  of  Finlayson  ( 'hannel. 

FINLAYSON    CHANNEL 

extends  between  Dowager  and  Rotlerick  islands  on  the  east  and  I'rince.ss  J'oyal  Islands  on  the  west, 
twenty-four  miles,  in  a  generally  NNW.  direction  from  its  entrance  to  Carter  Hay.  Tlu^  name  might, 
without  detriment,  be  held  to  cover  that  portion  of  the  same  chaimel  extending  from  the  vicinity  of 
Carter  Bay  to  Point  Kingconie,  a  distance  of  .some  thirty  miles  more,  after  which  it  takes  a  sharp  i)end 
to  the  W  SW. 

The  first  portion  of  the  channel  averages  two  miles  in  width,  with  more  than  one  hundred  fathoms 
of  water.  The  shores  are  hold-to,  clear  of  dangers,  and  only  in  two  localities  are  there  any  rocks  or 
islets  in  the  channel,  and  these  are  insignifiiant.  The  shores  are  densely  wooiletl,  tlu?  timber  cxleiiditig 
to  the  height  of  fifteen  hundred  feet  on  the  mountain  glides,  while  the  peaks,  chwcly  approaching  the 
shores  of  the  channel,  rise  in  a  precipitous  manner  to  the  height  of  nearly  three  thoii.sand  feet  on  cither 
hand,  with  higher  mountains  beyond  them. 

Pat<'hes  of  snow  in  the  ravines  are  reported  in  August,  and  probably  exist  throughout  the  ycir. 
From  these  and  from  various  lakes  at  a  high  altitude  ca.scades  of  remarkable  height  and  beauty  f'dl 
down  the  abrupt  mountain  Hanks,  and  in  some  (■ases  swarm  with  salmon  in  tlii;ir  sea.-on,  atliirding  a 
bountiful  supply  of  food  t<,  the  Indians  of  this  region.  Tiie  tides  in  this  part  of  the  chamutl  arc  little 
known,  but  the  flood  runs  to  the  north waid  with  a  force  at  times  of  several  knots.  The  lea.-;t  water 
reporte<l  in  this  part  of  the  channel  is  foity  latlionis,  rocky  bottom,  and  in  many  jjlaccs  the  depth  is 
over  a  hinidred  fiithoms. 

From  the  southern  entrance  of  the  channel  Stripe  Mountain  is  visible  on  the  north we.-teru  angle 
of  Dowager  Island — high,  pyr-.i-nidal,  and  marked  thiwii  its  soulherii  think  by  a  gnat  white  streak 
destitute  of  tind)er  and  soil.*     It  isotheVwi.se  wo<ide(l  to  the  summit,  and  this  streak   forms  a  very 

plateau,  probably  dm'  to  glacial 
forests  for  its  absenc^e  of  'imlH'i. 
higher  peaks  to  the  soinli ward. 


ii 


r 


prominent  and  distinctive  mark.  At  its  base  is  a  c  >m|)aratively  level 
action,  sparsely  covered  with  herbage,  an<l  remarkal)le  in  this  region  of 
The  mountain  is  about  two  thousand  and  twenty  !cet  high,  with  still 
Its  position,  a(vording  to  Knglish  amhoritics,  is 

Latitude 82°  26' 40"  N. 

Longitude 128'  26'  00"  W. 

Its  peak  is  less  than  a  mile  from  the  water,  and  northward  from  it  Oscar  Passofeo  leads  from 
Finlay.son  to  the  northern  entrance  of  Mathieson  Chamiel.  In  the  bight  called  Open  Bay,  between 
the  point  WSW.  from  the  {leak  of  this  mountain  and  Low  Point,  t'.e  eiistern  heailland  of  the  entrance 

*  It  wan  fiilli'il  Quartz  Mountain  li.v  iIjb  If.  8.  Count  Survey  in  Isli'.l. 


\ 


m&¥?^ 


so 


KI^EMTOO    PASKACiE. 


i   \ 


I 


'If     ^' 

I     i 

I ; 

■i!' 


i 


i! 


il 


to  Fiiilayson  Channel,  are  s'.iue  riKjks  and  islete  extending  two-thirds  of  a  mile  off  shore,  with  deep 

water  near  tlieni.  Oscar  Passage,  above  mentioned,  separates  Dowager  Island  from 
Roderick  Island.     lioderii-k  Island, — a  mass  of  land  which  may  prove  to  consist  of  several  islands,  srpa- 

rated  from  the  main  liy  I'orthM-k*  Channel.  Over  three  miles  NW.  |  N.  from  Purker 
Point,  the  southern  |»()int  of  Roderick  Island,  in  Fiulay.son  Channel,  are  two  islets  called  The  Sisters, 
ninety  feet  high,  cinMieeicd  hy  rooks. 

N'orth(!astwar(l  from  tiieai  al3"at  two  and  a  half  cabl&s  Is  Indian  Island,  of  irregular  form,  nearly 
a  mile  in  kiigtli  W  NW.  and  E  SE.,  and  sheltering  the  entrance  to  Nowish  Cove,  an  indentation  of 

Susan  Island  forming  part  of  the  Itotlerick  group.  Tliis  is  a  snug  but  contracted 
Nowish  Cove.         cove  about  a  cable  and  a  half  in  e.\tent,  with  anchorage  in  fourteen  fathoms.     It  is 

entered  by  a  piissagi'  Iwtween  Indian  and  Su.-san  islands,  about  four  I'ablcs  long  E.  by 
S.  },  S.  and  W.  by  N.  !.  N.,  diminishing  from  two  and  a  half  cables  at  its  mouth  to  less  than  one  cable 
just  before  reaching  Fell  Point,  the  west<;rn  point  of  entrance  of  the  cove.  The  depth  of  wat'T  in  the 
entrance  varies  from  tivc  to  forty  or  more  fathoms.  It  is  clear  of  obstructions.  Thert  are  no  con- 
cealed dangers,  and  no  directions  seem  neces.sary  for  entering  it.  Half  a  mile  northward  from  the 
cove  il  |)eiik  riste-i  to  about  fourteen  hundred  and  twenty-five  fi-et.  Fell  Point  is  .stated  to  he  ap]>rox!- 
mately  in 

Latitude 52°  31'  ?f"  N. 

Longitude__ 128°  27'  .6     W. 

It  is  H.  W.  F.  Mild  C.  at  O''  0'",  and  spring  tides  rise  twelve  feet. 

This  cove  is  ri'prescnted  by  a  plan  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  1-J6'2,  dated  to  December,  1S72. 

Hence  northward  the  shore  has  been  only  sufMirficially  examined  for  fifteen  miles,  and  in  this 

stretch  are  the  entrances  to  several  unexplored  bays,  inlets,  or  jjassages.     In  about 

Mary  Cove.  latitude  52°   37'  N.,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  channel,  is  th(!  entrance  to  Mary 

Cove,  of  small  extent,  with  nine  fathoms  water  and  good  protection  except  from  the 

.southward. 

The  western  shore  of  Finlayson  Channel  northward  from  Point  Jorkins  is  compact  and  bold-to, 
rising  to  nearly  two  tliou.sand  feet  within  a  short  distance  of  the  jjassage.     About  seven  miles  north- 
ward from  the  point  is  a  narrow  entrance  between  the  shore  of  Swindle  Island  and 
Cone  Island.  the  southern  termination  of  Cone  Island,  which  forms  a  narrow  conspicuous  promon- 

tory. The  island  derives  its  name  from  Bell  Peak,  a  peculiar  w  '"ill  mountain,  which 
is  situated  on  the  island  in  latitude  52°  34'  ^  N.,  alx)ut  a  mile  northward  from  the  point,  and  which 
attains  a  height  of  twelve  hundred  and  eighty  feet.f 

Cone  Island  extends  somewhat  more  than  three  and  a  half  miles  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  dirc-ction 
with  a  width  of  alM)ut  half  a  mile,  and  between  it  and  Swindle  Island  is  an  exceedingly  narrow*pa8.sage, 
having  eight  to  thirty  fathoms  water,  and  known  as  Klemtoo  Pa'^sage.  This  |)as.«age 
Klemtoo  Passage.  pos.ses,ses  the  advantage  of  affording  anchorage  almost  anywhere,  and  in  it  the  strength 
of  the  tide  does  not  appear  to  exceed  a  knot  an  hour  at  any  time.  KlemtcKj  Piissage 
extends  parallel  with  Cone  Island  for  three  and  a  half  miles  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  direction.  The  shores 
of  Coiie  Island  appear  bold-to.  Within  a  reasonable  distance  no  dangers  are  indicated.  Theopjwsite 
shores  of  Swindle  Island  are,  on  the  contrary,  considerably  indented  with  coves  oi"  small  extent  and 
i)ordcrcd  for  sonu!  disttnce  by  islets.  Navigators  will  do  well  to  keep  within  threc-(juarters  of  a  cable 
of  the  Cone  IshiP.^I  shore,  nidess  intending  to  anchor  on  the  western  side. 

The  clear  pa.«sagc  .scms  to  be  almost  exactly  one  cable  iti  least  widtli,  and  the  average  width  is 
about  a  cable  and  a  half.  The  soiitliern  points  of  entrance  to  rhe  pjissage  are  Bare  Point,  the  .south- 
ciistern  extreme  of  Cone  Island,  having  a  r(K-k  at  its  ba.'^c  and  n^pri'sented  a.«  bold-t".  and  Islet  Point, 
W.  by  S.  about  four  cables  from  the  former.  This  consi.sts  of  some  small  rocky  islets  connected  bv 
reel's  with  a  small  promontory,  high,  ])arallel  with  Swindle  Island,  with  which  it  is  connected  bv  low 
land,  and  having  a  cove  with  a  sandy  Ix-ach  SW.  from  its  northwestern  and  another  W.  from  its  south- 
eastern extreme. 

In  line  with  and  NW.  from  the  ridge  forming  this  promontory,  and  between  it  and  Base  Point, 
of  the  Swindle  Island  shore,  a  distance  of  a  mile,  is  a  line  (  f  idcln  <ind  reefs.     In  the  openings  tx'tween 
them  ari'  several  anchorages.     The  southernmost  islet  is  Pish  Island,  about  two  i«bles 
Fish  Island.  long  !■.  W.  and  SE.,  somewhat  over  half  a  cable  wide,  and  having  a  two  aiui  a  hdf 

fathom  shml  exten<liMg  nearly  half  a  ("able  NW.  from  it<  northwestern  extreme. 
WNW.  from  tlx  hitter,  just  outside  of  the  shoal,  boat  ancht;  age  p:ay  Ix-  had  in  .'(even  to  nine  fathoms, 
sand  and  shells.     The  jiiace  is,  however,  very  contraetwl,  with  hardly  room  to  swing. 

•  Herr  named  fi.i- 1  ;i|iluiii  Niiflmniel  Pmtliifk.  wIki  vimtfd  tliiB  c-oMit  on  a  trnilln);  voynge  in  I'HV  anil  pill)ti»liwt  iiiiipK  iiiid 
an  acotmnt  of  liin  vnyiii/**. 

t  It  icroneP"lntcf  tli«rariieiAdiniiiilty<'liiirti'.  and  prohnV.l.v  th<'  "Cocked  Hat"  of  llii'  V.  S.  Coiml  Siiivhv  paiiy  .4"  1867. 
Tlif  inliind  W  wiiii.liinf;' .  uIIimI  BsUcono  Island.  ( l/i  la'ct-  ■  ti.iru'  a  Con«  Moiintala  .ippcars  iv.wi  of  Tolirii-  CliamiHl.  wliii  h  in  i\ 
(ilir.'ivnt  peuk. 


',:^:. 


TOLMIK   OIIANNKL. 


.'U 


\  deep 
from 

Sf;pa- 

*urker 

i'sters, 

nearly 

iou  of 

ranted 

It  is 

E.  by 

cable 

ill  the 

con- 

Hn  the 

i)roxs- 


,  1872. 

in  this 
about 
Mary 

)ni  the 


A  cable  and  a  half  NW.  Inini  the  NW.  end  of  Fish  Island  is  Noedle  Rock,  k-vond  which  is 
Stockade  Islet,  with  other  islets  or  nwks  fori'  'nj;  a  chain  which  terminates  with  the  nortliwcstcrii  end 
of  Star  Island,  six  rabies  from  the  NW.  end  of  Fish  Island.  This  is  frinf;ed  for  half  a  cabh'  with 
kelp,  in  which  are  some  rucks. 

At  the  northern  extreme  of  Star  Island,  and  connected  by  rotiks  with  it  at  low  water,  i»  Observa- 
tion Islet,  an  insignifieuat  rtwk,  situatetl  in  ■ 

Latitude 52°  34'  22"  N. 

Loagitude 128°  32'  09"  W. 

TIDES. 

Here  it  is  H.  W.  P.  and  C.  at  O''  0"';  sprin^r  tides  rise  thirteen  and  neap  tides  eij,dit  feet,  lint  the 
ran<;e  of  neap  tides  is  stated  to  be  only  about  three  and  a  half  feet. 

NW.  from  this  islet  a  cable  and  a  half  is  Clothes  Bay,  a  cove  atliirdinj;;  boat  anchorajje  in  five 
fathoms.     In  the  channel  abreast  of  this  bay  ve.ssels  may  anchor  in  twelve  to  fifteen 
fathoms,  shelly  bottom.     A  run  of  fresh  water  is  found  on  the  Cone  Island  shore         Clothes  Bay. 
conveniently  near  this  anchorajie. 

A  mile  NW.  by  N.  from  l^a.',e  Point  is  Berry  Point,  the  rather  hiijili,  rocky,  soullicaslern  headland 
to  the  entrance  of  Trout  Bay,  a  cove  of  motlerate  extent,  sandy  or  muddv  shores,  and  affordinfj  six  to 
eleven  fathoms  near  the  entrance.    Two  streams  fall  into  this  cove.    Six  cables  N  NW. 
from  Berry  Point  lies  Legse  Point,  on  the  Cone  Island  side,  wIkmkt  to  Wedge  Poini,  Trout  Bay, 

the  northwestern  extreme  of  Cone  Island,  is  about  six  cables  in  a  NNW.  <lirection. 
On  the  northern  side  of  Wedge  Point,  close  in,  is  a  rocky  islet,  and  the  shore  about  the  point  i.s  frinj;e<l 
with  kelp,  extending  off  less  than  half  a  cable. 

The  northern  entrance  of  Klemtoo  Passage  at  this  point  is  about  two  cables  wide.  Half  a  mile 
NNW,  from  Wedge  Point  lies  Jane  Island,  a  nn'le  long  NW.  and  SE.  and  less  than  half  a  mile  wide. 
It  is  separated  from  C(>ne  Island  by  a  passage  having  eleven  to  forty  f  ithoms  water  and  half  a  mile 
wide  called  South  Passage.  Between  .lane  Island  and  the  lanil  westw^ard  from  it  the  furrow  of  Klem- 
too Passage  is  continuetl,  widened  to  a  third  of  a  mile  and  deepened  to  over  forty  fathoms. 

At  the  southern  extreme  of  the  island,  just  within  the  Soiitii  Passage,  is  n  kelp  patch,  extending 
a  cable  from  shore,  and  marking  a  xanken.  rock.  Berry  Poiui,  o|)en  from  Legge  Point,  and  l)earing 
SE.  by  S.  J  8.,  leads  clear  of  this  obstruction  if  South  Passage  be  entered  only  within 
three  and  a  half  ctddes  of  Wedge  Point.  In  North  Passage,  at  the  northern  end  of  Sunken  Hock. 
Jane  Island,  a  similar  danger  exists,  marked  by  kelj),  and  within  a  cable  and  a  half  of 
tl'.e  Jane  Island  shore.  This  passage  is  half  a  mile  wide,  with  deep  water,  in  which  whirls  are  some- 
times caused  by  the  tide.  It  is  boundal  on  the  north  by  the  southern  end  of  Saudi  Island,  which 
extends  some  fifteen  miles  to  the  N  NW.,  with  a  greatest  width  of  two  and  a  half  miles,  rising  in  peaks 
from  fifteen  hundred  to  two  thousand  feet  in  height. 


TOLMIE   CHANNEL. 

Between  Sarah  Island  and  the  shore  to  the  westward,  parallel  with  the  island,  is  the  comnuNlious 
tiiongh  narrow  Tol Ml ie  Channel,  which  reunites  with  tin;  northern  extension  of  Finlayson  Channel 
somewhat  inrire  than  a  mile  beyoi'd  the  point  where  the  latter  is  obstructed  by  the  dangerous  IfrwitI 
Rock.  Tolmie  Chaiinel  averages  about  a  mile  in  width,  with  very  deep  wa  r,  forming  a  virtual 
continuation  of  the  dtp/iession  kno„''i  as  Klemtoo  Passage,  without  serious  obstru  ■  ins, and  apparently 
preferable  for  navigation  to  the  northern  part  of  Finlayson  I'haiiiiel.  Three  (  ir  miles  northward 
from  its  south.cni  entrance  are  unsurveycd  o|)enings  on  its  western  side,  apparv,:  ly  leading  toward 
Laredo  Channel. 

TIDES. 

Hereabouts  the  establishment  isO''0°',  ti'e  flcwd  to  the  northward,  the  ebb  running  out  au  hour  and 
a  half  after  slack  wa*8r  in  Finlayson  Channel. 

Less  than  half  a  mile  southward  from  the  northern  extreme  of  Sarah  Island,  ch  se  in  under  the 
ea.stern  shore  in  Tolmie  Channel,  AHunkeii  rock  is  marked  on  Biitish  Admiralty  Chart  No.  192.'i,  which 
is  really  a  small  wooded  islet  standing  well  out  from  the  shore  and  no  sunken  rock  is  known  in  this 
passage. 

From  Mary  Cove  northward  for  twelve  miles  t'<  d"  entrance  of  the  narrow  part  of  Finl.iyson 
Channel,  the  eastern  shore  has  been  but  partly  e.v  iac".  There  is  one  large  opening,  |irovi,-ionally 
<aille<i  Watson  Bay, and  several  streams  fall  in  froi,.  i.,e  sides  of  the  mountains.  Al  the  iior(liNv.'.stern 
corner  of  Roderick  Island  are  a  couple  of  small  indentations.  The  soutliern  of  these  is  Goat  Cove,  a 
'piarter  of  a  .  .  •  in  extent,  with  twenty-three  falhomi;  water  and  a  lagoon  at  its  iieail;  high  land  north 
and  south  of  it.     Tiie  iiortliern  indentation  is  Kid  Bay,  three  cables  in  ixtent,  with  tweiity-tjirec  ui.d 


n2 


HKWITT   HOrK. 


i     ■    r,> 


I  1 


twenty-five  fathoms  water,  .Kurr(iiiii<lp(l  by  liigli  land,  witli  a  stream  falling  in  at  its  head.     Around 
Fawn   I'ldiit,  the  nortliorn  headland  of  tiiis  cove,  is  Sheep  Passage,  separating  Rod- 
Sheep  Passage,     crick  Ishind  from  the  mainland  and  joinin<;  I'ortlock  Channel  ut  the  entrance  of  Mussel 
Inlet,  eight  miles  to  the  northward. 
A  mile  from  Fawn  Point  NW.  is  situated  the  entrance  of  Carter  Bay,*  on  the  shore  of  the  main- 
land.    Tin's  hay  o])ens  to  the  southward  and  trends  in  a  general  N.  and  S.  direction 
Carter  Bay.  for  seven  cahies  with  an  average  width  of  three  and  a  half  ciihles.     The  shores  are 

l)old-to  and  free  from  dangers;  a  stream  flowing  l)y  a  ca.scade  from  a  lake  to  the 
northward  and  e^istward,  forms  a  small  l)ank  at  the  head  of  the  bay.     The  eastern  shore  is  straight, 
trending  N.  l)y  W.  J  W.,  and  conversely.     The  western  shore  is  ]e.ss  regular,  and  the 
Astronomical         astrot;<)mical  station  of  the  English  observers  w.s  situated  on  a  small  ])oint  near  the 
Station.  northwestern  angle  of  the  bay.     The  mount::'-, s  rise  I.)  more  than  two  thousand  feet 

on  either  hand.  The  soundings  otV  thec^nt-nnce  are  deep,  exceeding  thirty-eight  fath- 
oms; the  water  in  general  is  deeper  toward  the  western  shore.  About  four  cables  from  tlie  head  the 
Ixittoin  begins  ti  rise  with  some  rapidity  from  thirty  to  eighteen  and  then  to  thirteen  fathoms.  The 
best  anchorage  is  had  in  the  middle  of  the  bay,  about  two  cables  from  either  shore,  in  fifteen  fathoms, 
muddy  bottom.  The  edge  of  laud  to  wastwurd  will  then  bear  SW.  by  S.  )j  8.  and  to  eastward  SE. 
5  S.  Three  fatiioms  can  be  carried  to  tlie  edge  of  the  Hat,  and  ten  fathoms  close  to  the  shore  on  either 
hand.  There  are  no  dangers  of  any  kind;  no  dirwitions  are  necp.«sary  for  entering,  and  it  forms  one 
of  tne  most  convenient  anchoring  places  in  tlie  whole  Inland  Piussagc.  The  stream  abounds  with 
trout;  clams  are  found  on  the  flat  at  low  water;  wood  and  fresh  water  arc  easily  obtainetl. 

This  bay  is  represented  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  Xo.  1901,  from  which  it  appears  that  the 
astronomical  station  is  in 


Fr  i  i 


■'''■  n\ 


fK        l\i\ 


it? 


.1 


;?    U 


i  ':     I 


Latitude 52°  49'  41"  N. 

Longitude 128°  24'  34"  W. 

The  viiriatioM  of  ihe  compass  in  1868  was  26°  20'  E. 

The  pas,>iage  leading  to  the  northwest,  westward  from  Carter  Bay,  for  about  twenty  miles,  is  denom- 

inat(d  by  English  authorities  Graham  Reach  and  Hiehish  Narrows.t     The  width  here  diminishes  to 

less   than  a  mile,  with  very  precipitous   shores!     The   narrows   connect   Finlayson 

Channel  with  the  Reach,  and  are  about  five  and  a  half  miles  long  NW.  I>y  W.  and 

SE.  by  E.,  and  lialf  a  mile  wide.     Some  incongruities  appear  in  the  diiferent  accounts 

of  tiiis  passag(>,  as  will  be  seen. 

Vancouver  states  that  at  a  distance  of  four  miles  trom  the  entrance,  N.  55°  W.  (true),  the  channel 
having  narrowed  to  a  fourtli  of  a  mile,  the  Chatham  suddenly  found  only  six  fathoms 
wat;r  on  n  shoal  stretching  from  the  mtinentjd  ~;hore  into  mid-channel,  which  he 
pa-^iion  thewer*lern  side  in  eighteen  v,  i  twenty  fathoms  water.  This,  the  narrowest 
t>i)rt  of  thi'  chuiniel,  wiis  made  .so  li\  a  high,  round,  projecting  part  of  the  south- 
appearing  !'kc  an  island.  An  islaiu!  is  indi«»ted  at  this  p.)int  on  his  chart. 
By  British  .Vdmiralty  (^hart  No.  1923,  corr»rted  to  December,  1,S74,  it  appears  that  five  miles 
N.  61°  W.  I'roni  the  iiitfjuice,  a  slight  d'stsuHv  from  iiiid-channel,  toward  the  western  shore,  is  the 
Jhwiti  Korl;,  with  eight  feet  <««  )t  at  \i-%  water,  to  the  westward  of  which,  close  to  the 
shore  -r  Sarah  Island,  is  an  island.  'rv>  direction  given  by  the  chart  for  this  locality  is 
to  Irn  -he  norfkcrn  shore  'thoard.  A;  \h\<  point,  according  to  tlie  re[)ort  of  Assistant 
George  Davidson.  I  .  r.  Coast  Survey,  "tlie  pf,vv»»r»  i  ■  cntr.icted  and  the  depth  of  water  shoals  to  a 
few  liitlKinis."  The  A.amiralty  Charf ,  howev  -i .  -  v  ,-v  thirty-one  and  t-rty-five  fathoms  close  to  the 
ro<^k.  The  r.  S.  Coasi  Survey  Steamer  Hnmor,  m  1^  >i,  soundwi  in  t'  is  vicinity,  and  Lieut.  Com.  H.- 
E.  Nichols,  U.  S.  N.,  comnumding,  rep  >rss  thuv  w^cii  the  landslide  on  the  east  shore  was  abeam,  at 
high\vater  cC spring  tide,  (Aug.  ,1.  1  I.Sh  ■>  m.,,  eleven  aud  three-ipiarter  fathoms,  rocky  bottom,  was 
obtained,  (■( I ual  to  abou',  niue  iathon^  u  low  water.  No  bottom  :ti  fifteen  fathoms  was  obtained 
imine<liately  i>ef(m'  and  after  this  cbjU..  StpajT  tide-rips  and  eddies  were  obscrvwl  in  this  vicinity. 
Vancouver's  "nx-k"  was  prolubly  this  same  ridp'  of  which  Hen-ili  Ro-;!,-  is  the  highest  known  i>eak, 
and  lies  o:i  .i  line  joining  the  landslide  ami  the  southern  end  ol  the  small  isinin'. 

A  mill  W  NW.  from  Hewitt  lloi  K  is  th(  northern  eiitrnnceof  Tol-ti*-  (.''hannel. 
from  the  Tiorthern  point  of  Sarah  Island,  on  the  cniincntal  shore    ■-  ar  unsurvevcf 
inated  Gn-en  Inlet.     In  the  vicinity  of  latitude 5.S    N.  the  width  ol  ilie  jtttssiige  is  a  little  k*s  Than  two, 
fifths  'if  a  mile.     About  two  miles  to  the  s.>utliwar<'  of  Um^  entrainv  h)  Swanson  Bay  thirty-eight 
fathoms  are  reported,  .-.ix  and  a  half  miles  to  the  northward  tixmi  Howitt  Rock. 

A  mile  northward  from  thif.   clos«>  on  the  western  sk>.>',  is  Carpoll    l>Vt,  a  small   low  islet. not  on 
the  chart,  and  disi-overed  by  Captain  Carroll  of  the  ste«M^r  Chliinniia  in  Mav,  18W. 

•Nannid  by  Viiti.'ouver  f..r  .me  of  Urn  crev  ,  wV.o  dinl  «K>in  wttinK  i>...-«».i»f  iiiiiKecli.,  ami  -.vw  tHiricU  h»r»  JfjM  It.  MB 
tMiMprllwl  BlekUa  en  Untioli  Aduiimlt;,  i.htli  Sf.  ISW3,  '  ^f' 


Graham  Reach. 


/lock  reported 
by  Vancouver. 

western  .«ho.e, 


HemUt  Rock. 


NNW  two  miles 
oiwning  denora- 


;il 


I 


1*3, 


■*•»« 


IH      H.OVAL.     f|; 


.^ 


! 
I        t 

i        I:- 


i        i 


^-   0         }       f'hafh  ti  tti       K    Sft  ti  n  ft  iBE     .  .    ,        V,\    /''^  .j    « 


•  THE    INLANL 

SWANS  ON  BAY  TO    ( 

(British  /uit 


SOUNDINGS    IN 


p!.A'i';;iro.T^c:. 


k'i 


m 


f^i. 


IIOI.MKH    HAV. 


:I3 


On  (lie  citiitiiicntiil  aliort',  in  l:ititu<lc  53"  01'  N.,  is  sitiiiitcd  ;is  insi^riiillcant  cwv,  iinin<d  Swanaon 
Bay,  witii  forh-four  fiitlionis  in  the  entrance  and  anclidiauc  fn  the  iiortlitii,  eoruer  in  nineteen  fatli<iMis. 
HerenlMMit  the  pivs-xiifjc  is  walled  in  l)y  lofty  niounlaiiis  ranfjinj;  from  two  to  lonr  thonsand  feet  in 
height,  with  hold  rocky  shores,  and  carries,  in  most  cix-,  over  one  hundred  fathoms  of  water. 

Six  miles  NW.  from  Swanson  Hay  is  an  openini,',  called  South  iidel,  still  nnexplorcd,  on  the  <'on- 
iinental  shore,  and  separated  fiotii  another  to  the  northward,  called  North  Inlet,  liv  a 
peninsula  alKHit  two  miles  wide,  risiiifr  to  tiie  hci;r|,t  of  two  thonsand  feet,      lioth  these     North  and  South 
tire  supposed  to  atl'ord  anclioraii;e.*     Olf  the  second  opciiiiij;  sonndinj;s  in  one  hundred  Inlets, 

and  thirteen  fathoms,  ,«and  and  j^ravel,  are  reported,  and  a  note  on  llritish  Admiralty 
^  Chart  No.  192;5A,  corrected  to  Decemhcr,  187  J,  stales  that  here  tlie  "tiileM  med" — the  HimmI  from  the 
southward  meeting  that  from  the  reffion  of  Wright  Sound. 

Northward  ten  miles  from  Swanson  liay,  on  the  shore  of  l'rinc(>s,s  Royal  Island,  here  forming 
the  western  houndary  of  tlu^  passage,  is  Bed  ClitT  Point,  olf  which  the  soundings  shoal  to  forty-live 
fathoms,  siuid,  and  the  pas.sag(>,  three-tifths  of  a  mile  wide,  suddenly  expands  to  a  mile  atid  a  half,  with 
mountains  rising  three  thor  :ind  I'eet  on  either  hanil.  A  lake  sends  a  large  stream  into  the  southern 
hight  of  this  expansion,  whire  there  is  a  salmon  fishery  and  Indian  summer  village,  and  an  unexplore<l 
Imy  puts  in  on  the  northern  side,  apparently  of  eonsiderablo  extent.  It  is  reported  to  aHor<l  unciiorHgc 
and  to  have  the  native  name  of  Klekanc. 

In  the  middle  of  this  broad  part  of  the  pa.s.«age  lies  Warke  Island,  a  i;>ile  and  a  iialf  long  ciwt 
and  west,  very  narrow,  high,  and  with  deep  water  on  either  side.  About  W.  by  N.  J  N.  from  the 
western  end  of  Warke  Islan<l  the  passage,  under  the  name  of  Fraser  Reach,  extends  ten  miles,  with  a 
width  varying  from  half  a  mih;  to  more  than  one  mile,  and  with  very  even  shores, 
with  several  streams  fed  by  lakes  on  the  south  western  shore — one,  southeastward  from  Fraser  Reach 
Point  King<'ome,  not  indicated  on  the  charts.  At  Point  Kingcome  it  divides  and 
becomes  nuieh  wider.  One  arm,  under  the  name  of  Ursula  Channel,  stretches  sonu;  eight  miles  to  tlie 
northward,  when  it  divides  and  takes  an  irregular  course.  Three  miles  N  NW.  from  Point  Kiug- 
eome,  at  the  moutii  of  Fisherman  Cove  or  Ribaehi  Creek,  is  an  anchoiage  indicated  by  TelK-nkoff.  The 
noteh  is  deej)er  than  is  indicated  on  the  Admiralty  Chart,  and  the  .small  wiMxlcd  i.->let  is  connected  with 
the  mainsliorebyasand  beach.  There  is  imly  room  for  a  small  boat;  according  to  Pilot  W.  E.George, 
a  seventy-ton  seliooner  anchored  in  twenty  fathoms  tails  on  to  tlu^  beach.  There  is  a  deep  gorge  just 
north  of  the  cove. 

The  other  arm,  known  as  McKay  lieacli,  takes  a  generally  W  SW.  direction  seven  miles  to 
Wright  Sotind.     Tie  Reach  averages  a  mile  and  a  half  wide,  bold-to,  with  riK-ky  shores 
and  liigh  land  on  either  shore.     The  northwestern  extreme  of  Prina'.ss  Royal  Island,       McKay  Reach, 
seven  miles  SW    J  W.  from  Point  Kingcome,  is  («lled  Nelly  Point.     The  opp{)site 
headland,  the  southern  [)oint  of  (Jribbell  Island,  about  two  and  a  half  miles  distant  in  a  NW.  by  W. 
J  W.  direction,  beai-s  the  name  of  Point  Cumming. 

Directly  SE.  from  Nelly  Point  lies  Holmes  Bay.f  This  bay  or  (Mive  opens  to  the  we,st,  unJ 
indents  the  shore  of  Princess  Royal  Island  to  the  extent  of  half  a  mile  with  a  width  of  about  four 
cables.  The  shores  iire  bold  anil  tin;  water  deep,  except  at  tlu;  head  and  along  the  southern  shore,  where 
there  is  a  tidal  flat  formed  by  the  detritus  from  several  streams.  Anchorage  may  be  had  ort'this  Hut,  a 
distance  not  much  over  two  hundred  yanls,  in  fourteen  to  twenty  fathoms. 

On  a  small  rocky  point  on  the  southern  shore  is  the  Kuglish  astronomical  station,  which  is  .stated 
to  he  in 

Latitude 63°  16' 25"   N. 

Longitude 129°  05' 19"  W. 

It  is  H.  W.  F.  and  C.  at  l'  0", — springs  rising  thirteen  and  neaps  ten  feet. 

The  variation  of  the  compiuss  in  186.S  was  26"  40'  E. 

The  anchorage  is  represented  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  1901.  No  directions  are  necessary 
for  entering  it. 

The  irregular  sheet  of  water  whi"h  intervenes  between  McKay  Reach  and  the  entrance  to  Gren- 
ville  Channel  is  known  as  Wright  Sound,  from  which,  besides  the  foregoiiig,  Verney 
Passage  and  Douglas  Channel  extend  northward,  and  Whale  Chamiel,  Lewis  and  Wright  Sound. 
Cridge  jjassages  to  the  .southward.  Whale  and  Squally  channels,  with  Lewis  Passage 
and  Wright  Sound,  surround  Oil  Island,  nanu'd  by  Caamano  in  17!)2,  according  to  Vancouver.  It  is 
fifteen  miles  long  N  NW.  and  S  SB.,  nearly  six  miles  in  width,  and  rises  near  its  northern  end  in  a 
])eak,  cjdled  Mount  Gil,|  to  the  height  of  three  thousand  feet. 

*Kllutze  ami  Aaltanbasb  are  tlie  |ire»iiinc(l  Iiiiliiin  iiaineK  iit'tlu'sc  liilHtK,  wliicli  apiiiiii-  to  liu  fXleiiHivf. 
tTliin  is  the  naini'  wliich  aii|ii'ai's  iipmi  tin-  I'laii  "ii   liritisli  Adniiinliv  Cliail  tin.  I'.iOI.  Imlli  liie  nlil  ami  new  e<lillom<.     (»ii 
tliu  iild  eilition  (if  1>J23  it  i»  alwi  called  Holmes  Bay,  Iml  mi  the  latent  editiun  Homes  Bay,  imilialilv  li^-  accident.     <.>ii  llie  eery 
I  impeifect  nriliHli  Admiralty  Cliait  Xn.  'M'M>  it  in  called  Horne  Bay, 
',  The  name  in  usually  ininKp.?lled  OUl. 

P.  c.  P. — 5 


-n; 


84 


COCaiLAN   AN(  HORAtn:. 


r.i    » 

1  ■ 
m 


i  i 


1^ 


Tlio  Farrant  Islnnd  shores  of  Wright  Sound  niid  (irenville  Chaniiul  show,  for  tliis  region,  an 
uniiHiml  aniounl  of  low  and  h.'vcl  land, 

Tiu'  tides  hcrcalioiitH  are  stated  to  Jfooil  to  tlw  northmml,  and  the  depth  of  water  it*  very  great. 

Vancouver  found   anchorage  on   the  nortlieasfern   si(K'  of  (Jil   Ishind   two   nuhfi  from  its  northern 

extremity,  in  forty  fathoms,  stones,  shells  and  sand,  HlM>ut  a  enhle  from  the  sliore; 

ARohortoe,  fill       ""•!  "''*"'  '"  tliirty-three  and  forty-three  fathoms,  siind  and  mud,  soutliwesterly  from 

Itlind.  'J'lirtle  I'oint,  the  NW.  extreme  of  (eil  Island, — the  adjacent  shores  hearing  from  S.  hy 

E.  round   liy  E.  to  NE.  hy  E.,  the  opjiosite  sliore  ahout   half  a  league  distant.     The 

extremity  of  Turtle  Point  has  no  very  niarked  hill  on  it,  tiioiigh  something  of  the  kind  appears  on 

the  chart. 

Ahoiit  N.  ^  W.,  two  anil  a  (piartcr  mili's  from  Tnrtle  I'oint,  is  Cape  Farewell,  ratlicr  low,  densely 
wocided,  and  the  southern  extreme  of  Promiso  Island.     This  island  is  ahout  two  miles  long  N  NW. 
and  8  SE.  and  over  a  mile  wide,  (according  to  the  i>!an,)  rising  to  seventeen  hundnMl 
Rocks  off  Thorn  feet,  and  separated  from  the  mainland  at  the  SW.  extreme  of  i)()uglas  Channel  hy  a 
Point  narrow  passage  known  as  Coghlan  Anchorage.     'I  he  SW.  extreme  of  I'romi.se  Island, 

forming  the  eastern  headland  of  this  passage,  is  calle<l  Thorn  Point,  and  must  not  he 
too  closely  «pi)roached,  rocks  extending  ofi'  nearly  half  a  cjihle  S  SW.  from  it.  Hence  to  the  opposite 
headland,  Camjt  Point  of  British  Admiralty  Charts  (hut  not  to  he  confounded  with  Camp  Point  at 
Klewnuggit  Inlet),  SW.  hy  S.  one  and  ahalf  cahles,  the  water  is  dee[),  the  rocks  appearing  to  he  steep- 
to.  From  Thorn  Point  Observation  Point  lies  W  NW.  half  a  mile,  and  according  to  British  Admi- 
ralty Chart  No.  2189  (Decemher,  1881)  is  situated  in 

Latitude  _.- 83°  22' 44"  N. 

Longitude 129°  16' 15"  W. 

Thence  N  NW.  lies  Harbor  Hock,  directly  in  mid-channel,  drying  six  fet!t  at  low  water,  and 
having  twelve  feet  of  water  over  it  in  sjjrings  and  eight  feet  in  neap  tides  at  high 
Harbor  Rock.  water.  Then^  is  a  clear  passage  on  either  side  of  it  about  a  cable  in  width  with  eight 
to  seventeen  fathoms  water. 

From  Observation  Point  the  anchorage  bears  nearly  NW.  hy  N.  \  N.  six  cables.  The  lower  part 
of  the  passage  has  bold  shores,  ten  to  more  than  thirty  fathoms  water,  and  average.s  about  a  (juarter  of 
a  mile  in  width;  just  beyond  the  anchorage  it  makes  a  rather  short  turn  to  the  NE.  and  narrows  to 
less  than  a  cable  with  a  depth  of  nine  to  fifteen  fatlxmis.  In  this  narrow  part  the  tidv«  meet;  the  shores 
are  rocky  and  mostly  steep-to.     This  portion  is  termed  Stewart  Narrows. 

At  the  anchorage  the  shores  slope  a  little  more  gradually,  and  a  ve8.sel  will  have  a  swing  of  barely 
a  cabh  in  every  direction  while  anchored  in  seven  fathoms,  sand.  At  this  point  it  is  H.  W.  P.  and 
C.  at  O''  30'",  springs  rising  eighteen  and  neaps  fourteen  feet.  There  seem  to  be  no  concealed  dangers 
except  TIarhnr  Hock.  From  the  distance  betweoi  the  entrance  and  the  anchorage  this  is  not  a  very 
convenient  resort.  It  would  not  .seem  advisable  to  attempt  an  entrance  from  the  NE.  except  with 
a  steamer. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOn    ENTERINO    COGHLAN    ANCHOIIAGE    KKOM    THE   SOUTHEAST. 

After  paasing  Thorn  Point  in  mid-channel  keep  the  eastern  shore  aboard  until  Mount  Gil,  on 
Gil  Island,  is  in  one  with  Thorn  Point  astern,  bearing  SE.  \  E.  A  NW.  ^  W.  course  then  leads 
directly  to  the  anchorage  clear  of  all  dangers. 

In  ((uitting  the  anchorage,  Thorn  Point  under  the  peak  of  Mount  Gil  SE.  |  E.  until  Observation 
Point  bears  S.,  thence  in  mid-channel,  leads  out  clear  of  all  dangers. 

About  half  a  mile  westward  from  Camp  Point,  near  the  shore,  is  a  small  island,  westward  from 
which  is  a  cove  which  penetrates  farther  than  is  shown  by  the  Admiralty  charts,  and  appears  to  be  so 
continued,  parallel  with  the  shore,  as  to  cut  off  a  narrow  section  nearly  a  mile  in  length. 

About  seven  miles  W.  J  S.  from  Point  Cumming  is  Yolk  Point,  on  Farrant  Island,  low  and 
wooded,  forming  the  southern  headland  of 


GRENVILLE  CHANNEL, 

which  extends  W  NW.  foity-live  miles,  without  any  bend  or  curvature  of  importance.  Its  width 
varies  from  a  mile  and  two-thirds,  near  the  western  entrance,  to  a  quarter  of  a  uiile  in  about  latitude 
63°  31'  N.,  the  depth  of  water  varying  from  fifty  to  one  hundred  fathoms  or  mor.'  in  the  main  chan- 
nel. The  southern  shore  is  formcil  by  Pitt  Island  for  the  greater  portion  of  the  vay  and  presents  no 
conspicuous  indentations.  The  northern  or  continental  shore  is  penetrated  by  four  partly  unexplored 
inlets  at  nearly  regular  intervals  from  one  another. 


LOWi:    INLKT. 


:16 


Fiirrant  Island,  on  whicli  Yolk  Point  Ih  sitimted,  for  Homewliiit  ovor  four  mil**  is  unusually  low, 
forniH  the  southern  shore  of  tiir  elmnnr'I,  and  is  Hej).iiiil<'<l  from  I'itt  Island  hy  a  very  narrow  unex- 
plored gor^e  railed  Union  Paasago,  The  nupuntiiin.H  on  either  side  of  (Jrenville  Channel  rise  to  a 
heifrht  varying  from  Hff«"en  to  thirty-five  hundred  fW't,  and  their  proximity  to  the  shore  and  general 
ahruptness  give  an  apiwarance  to  the  (channel  of  heing  <!veii  narrower  than  it  really  is.  At  a  distanw 
viuving  with  ennditions  of  wind,  weHther  and  tide  of  from  ten  to  twenty-five  inilas  W  NW.  from 
Y.plk  Point  the  tides,  wiiieli  have  hitherto  fiorHlnd  to  the  north  and  west  and  ehhed  to  the  south  and 
east,  are  met  by  tides  flowing  in  an  opposite  dirixtion,  from  th  •  north  and  west.  The  shores  arc 
everywhere  wocMlcd,  the  mountjiin  aider  seamed  with  snow  jitid  huid-slides,  which  have  carried  away 
the  tiinlnir  in  their  paths.  NuuK^rous  uiscudes  and  streams  are  visible,  fed  liy  mountjiiu  lakes  or  the 
snow  in  the  higher  ravines,  which  is  not  entirely  melte<l  late  in  the  summer,  and  probably  exists 
throughout  the  year  in  greaU-r  or  less  ((uantity. 

About  fourteen  miles  from  Yolk  Point  is  the  entrance  to  Lowe  Inlet,  on  the  northern  shore ; 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  within  this  entrance  Imttom  is  found  in  twenty  fathoms,  where 
anchorage  may  U;  had.     The  n|)proach  to  this  inlet  from  the  eiustward  is  indicated  by  Lowe  Inlet. 

Bare  Hill,  four  hundred  feet  high,  (the  basid  spur  of  a  higher  wwkIwI  peak  W.  from 
it,)  on  the  southern  ijhore,  from  which  NW.  j  N.  two  miles  the  entrance  lies  fronting  to  the  8outh. 

The  entrance,  two  and  a  half  cables  wide  WNW.  and  E8E.,  lies  between  Hepburn  Point  on  the 
eiist  and  James  Point  on  the  west.  At  certain  stJiges  of  the  tide  whirls  are  forme<l  in  this  vicinity. 
On  the  Whitiny  Bank,  in  mid-channel,  two  cables  from  the  entrance,  anchorage  may  be  had  in  eight 
or  ten  fathoms,  sand  and  shells. 

The  inlet  extends  to  the  northward  ovor  a  mile  and  a  half,  widtjuing  to  four  cables,  and  afterward 
contracted  to  one  cable  by  David  Point,  beyond  whicli  it  forms  a  rounded  harbor,  callwl  Nettle  Basin, 
into  which  enters  a  waterfall  from  lakes  to  the  NE,     Anchorage  may  Ik'  had  in  the 
widest  ])art  of  the  lower  inlet  in  twenty  fathoms,  and  in  sixteen  fathoms  in  the  basin.      Rockt  awash. 
Four  cables  N  NW.  from  the  entranct!  and  a  cable  and  a  half  W.  from  Don  Point,  on 
the  eastern  sliore,  are  two  rockn  iiiraxh  at  high  water. 

This  harbor  is  represental  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2189,  (December,  1H81,)  from  whiuh 
it  is  found  that  James  i*oint  is  in  - 

Latitude 63°  32'  30"  N. 

Longitude 120°  35' 48"  W. 


It  is  H.  W.  F.  and  C.  in  Lowe  Inlet  at  O*"  30",  spring  tides  rising  seventeen  and  neaps  fifteen  feet, 
and  .'unning  one  to  four  knots. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  in  1872  was  26°  E.  The  land  on  either  side  of  the  inlet  rises  to 
two  thousand  feet,  mountainous  and  wooded.     No  directions  are  necessary  for  entering. 

About  sixteen  cables  from  Lowe  Inlet,  on  the  Pitt  Island  sliore  of  Grenville  Channel,  is  a  cove  or 
opening  which  has  not  been  examined  and  does  not  appear  on  the  Admiralty  Charts. 

Eight  miles  nearly  W  NW.  from  Tom  Islet  at  James  Point,  on  the  northern  shore,  is  Evening 
Point,  abreast  of  which  the  flood-tides  from  NW.  and  SE.  are  reportetl  to  meet,  and  from  whit^h  a 
'I'MnVrof  rocks  and  islets  extend  in  a  NW.  by  W.  direction.  Between  James  and  Evening  points 
111  diiti.  of  water  in  Grenville  Channel  averages  from  fifty  to  seventy  fathoms.  Behind  Evening 
Poiiii,  n  an  ENE.  direction,  the  land  rises  to  nearly  nine  hundred  feet.  This  point  forms  the  SE. 
C'xrn  .'!■  point  of  Nabannah  Bay,  about  three  cables  in  extent,  indented  at  right  angles  to  Grenville 
ri!;i;;ie  ■'  in  a  northeasterly  direction,  and  practidilly  closed  to  navigation  by  a  chain  of  L^let-i,  nxiks 
f',.i'  i\ui  ground,  which  extend  in  a  NW.  by  W.  direction  across  the  entrance,  forming  a  barrier,  l)ehind 
V'hieh  the  bay  affords  one  to  fourteen  fathoms  water  over  sandy  bottom.  South  from  Nabannah  Bay 
a  line  waterfall  is  conspiciions  on  the  Pitt  Island  shore. 

Nearly  half  a  mile  NW.  by  N.  from  Evening  Point  is  the  outer  extremity  of  Morning  Point, 
which  forms  the   northwestern   headland  of  the  bay,  and  consists  of  a  nuMlerately 
elevated,  rounded  promontory,  fronting  to  the  SW.,  and  before  which  extends  a  large     Large  area  of 
area  of  foul  ground,  marked  by  kelp  and  several  rocks,  <'onstituting  the  Mrrnhuj  lieifg.      Foul  Ground. 
the  SW.  limit  of  which  has  a  continuous  trend  with  the  northern  shore  of  the  chanuel 
NW.  by  W.  about  eight  cables  from  Evening  Point. 

In  this  vicinity  the  navigator  should  keep  the  west  shore  of  Grenville  Channel  well  aboard  until 
Leading  Island  opens  clear  of  Camp  Point,  to  avoid  the  reefs.  The  clear  passage  SW.  from  it  is  of 
the  same  width  iis  the  portion  of  (rrenville  Chai'i.ei  SW.  from  Evening  Point,  and  here  the  tides  run 
four  knots  at  springs. 

The  landmarks  for  passing  northward  (^lear  of  this  foul  ground  are  Bare  Islet  (in  Klewnuggit 
Inlet)  open  from  Camp  Point  NE.  J  E.,  actording  to  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2 1  Sit,  (Decemlier, 
1881,)  from  which  it  is  found  that  the  geographical  position  of  the  observation  spot  on  Morning  Keef, 
close  to  Morning  Point,  is 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


u&|28   mis 
itt  lii  |22 

IS   1^    |20 

•-      u 

mm 

U    III1IL6 


'/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STRUT 

WMSTM.N.Y.  145«0 

(716)  •72-4503 


< 


y 


! 


j,  I 

I   ! 


.. 


htl'AUT   ANC'UORAOK. 

Latitude *3| 

Longitude ^29 


30'  24"  N. 
44'  61"  W. 


The  ebl)  tides  ST.  and 


It  is  H.  W.  F.  and  C.  ut  0*  SO",  and  the  sprinjr  tidit*  rise  w'ventirn  fe«'t 
8.  Heparate  near  the  NW.  extreme  of  these  re<fk. 

The  variation  of  the  eonijuu*!*  lierealMHits  W  idMtiit  26"  E. 

Half  n  mile  V.  from  Morning  Point  is  Camp  Point,  a  small  lumpy  nn-k  eonneeted  by  a  beach 
with  the  mnin  shore,  and  forming  one  of  the  landmarks  (or  parsing  the  reefs.     WSW.  from  it  alwut 
fiftv  fathoms  is  a  small  nubmirged  roi-L     This  |M)int  I'orms  the  s,>uthern  headland  of 
Camp  Point.  Klewnuggit  Inlet,  an  irregular  indentation  of  the  main  .shore,  dividing  into  several 

arms,  .some  of  wliicii  have  not  yet  iieen  fully  e-xaniini-d.  The  prineijial  of  these  have 
a  generally  WW.  ami  SB.  direi-tion,  transverse  to  the  entranir-  and  parallel  with  Urenville  Channel.  In 
that  arm  whieh  extends  to  the  NW.  protected  anchonige  is  af!orde<l.  The  other,  extending  85.,  called 
Exposed  Arm,  is  ol>struete«l  by  nx-ks  and  islets. 

The  entrauce  to  Klewnuggit  Inht  is  al)out  six  ad)les  wide  N  NW.  and  S  SE.  The  .shore  op|H)site 
Camp  Point  rounds  gradually  to  the  <'a8twarfl  ami  westward  without  forming  aiiy  noteworthy  point  or 
angle,  and  rises  rapidly  to  the  height  of  more  ihan  twelve  hundred  feet.  » 

Six  cables  NB.  J  E.  from  Camjt  Point  lies  Bare  Islet,  of  small  extent,  counei't*-*!  with  tlie  shore 
by  a  rock  platform,  and  forming  one  of  the  landmarks  for  clearing  Morning  Reef.     It  is  ri?ally  a  |>art 
of  Leading  Island,  about  one  hundred  and  twenty  feet  high,  of  triangular  outline, 
Bar*  Ulet.  which  extends  from  liare  Islet  about  half  a  mile  in  a  NW.  by  N.  J  N.  direction  to 

its  northern  angle,  and  is  sepurate<l  by  a  narmw  and  (innavigable  passage  from  the 
mainland.  Behind  this  island  is  a  passage  two  and  a  half  cables  wide,  se|)aratiiig  it  from  the  main- 
land NE.  from  the  island.  This  passage  is  prolonged  to  the  NW.,  l)ecoming  somewhat  narrower,  and 
terminating  at  a  broa<l  Hdaljiat  over  which  stn-anis  flow  into  the  harbor. 

The  anchorage  is  in  nii(l-<'liannel  NE.  from  the  middle  of  l^wling  Island,  in  twenty  to  twenty-five 
fathoms,  muddy  liottom, — the  SE.  .short'  of  the  island  l)earing  S.^  E.     The  shores  are 
The  Anoh*r«ge.     everywhere  Inild-to.    There  appear  to  be  no  concetded  tiangers,  and  no  directions  seem 
necessary  for  entering. 

It  is  H.  W.  F.  and  C.  at  O''  30"",  and  spring  tides  rise  .seventeen  feet.  ' 

This  aiichornge  is  shown  by  a  plan  on  British  .Admiralty  (.'hart  No.  2189,  (Peceml)er,  1881.) 

From  the  vicinity  of  Camp  Point  to  the  vicinity  of  the  (iibsons  the  northern  shore  of  Grenville 
Channel  extends  alwut  twenty-one  miles  in  a  generally  W  NW.  direction,  and  appears  less  elevated 
than  it  does  to  the  southward.  It  it  mostly  («inpaet  and  steep-to,  with  thi'ee  unsurveye<l  openings  on 
the  eastern  shore  and  one  on  the  western  side. 

The  first  of  these*  is  known  to  the  pilots  as  East  Inlet,  and  looks  as  if  it  would  afford  anchorage. 
It  is  about  five  and  a  half  miles  W  NW.  from  Morning  Point,  and  has  a  small  islet  at  i^s  western 

Snint  of  entrance.  The  entrance  of  the  second.  Baker  Inlet,  is  alK)ut  six  miles  farther  in  the  same 
irection,  with  a  narrow  entrance  but  apparently  (piite  extensive  within  and  in  an  easterly  direction. 
There  is  also  here  a  small  islet  or  rock  in  the  entrant.  From  this  in  a  west  and  southwesterly 
direction  nearly  thre**  mik>s  is  a  narrow  but  deep  opening,  which  fnmi  Grenville  Channel  apfiears  to 
cut  Pitt  Island  in  two,  and  may  join  the  eastern  arm  of  Petn-I  ('lumnel.  NW.  by  N.  J  N.  across  the 
channel  from  this  entraiu*  is  Weat  Inlet  of  the  pilots.!  It  has  a  narrow  entrance,  just  within  which 
it  turns  sharply,  and  is  stattjd  to  affonl  gotnl  p.'otcction  and  anchoruge  for  small  craft.  It  has  not  been 
surveyed. 

In  this  portion  of  Grenville  Channel  the  tides  are  moderate,  averaging  a  knot  an  hour,  and  flood 

from  the  northwestx.ard. 

Staart  Anohera|«.  Twenty-six  miles  from  the  eniraiiee  of  Ix>we  Inlet,  on  the  Pitt  Island  shore,  lies 

Stuart  or  Stewart  Anchorage. 

Before  reaching  this  j)oint  two  small  indentation^  occur  which  might  l)e  mistaken  for  the  ancho.-- 

age,  which,  in  cjining  from  the  eastward,  may  lif>  known  by  being  situated  tv'o  and  a 

Mark*.  half  miles  to  the  \v(«t\vaid  from  the  entrance  of  West  Inlet  on  the  northern  shore, 

the  misleading  indentati(nis  being  one  on  either  side  of  a  point  imm.-Mliat«ly  abreast  of 
the  above-mentioned  entrance. 

The  anchorage  is  shelt«re<l  t4)  the  SB.  by  Bonwiok  Point,  nwky  and  of  small  extent,  with  an 

islet  near  it;  to  tlie  sonthwanl  by  Pitt  Island,  and  to  the  northward  by  a /our-/aMom  s/ioo/ putting 

off  from  SUitf  Rock  for  three  cables,  parallel  with  the  shore  and  market!  bv  kelp.     'This 

Hoekt  H.'4         rock  lies  four  and  a  quarter  cables  W  NW.  from  Bonwick  Point  and  af)out  the  same 

thoalt.  distance  N.  by  W.  \  W.  from  the  mouth  of  a  stream  on  the  Pitt  Island  shore.     The 

rock  dries  to  the  extent  of  thirtet!!)  feet,  imd  a  cable  south  of  it,  marke<l  by  kelp,  is 

anotiur  rod;  dry  at  low  water.    Stag  Rock  is  above  water  an  hour  nnd  a  half  after  high  water. 

•  It  ii  indic»tml  hv  th<<  iiaiiit  Kza-(tal  mi  Briliuli  Aamirftlly  Cliart  N.i.  lltiKt  A.  but  tliiH  l<M>kK  lik«  an  ernir  of  Miaravliiif 
t  Enm-M-lOB  of  Brit'iHli  Adinintlly  ClinH  No.  \Vt.\  A. 


-      ;| 


.  h 


\^ 


BMA 


OODEN  CHANNEL. 


87 


8W.  by  w.  i  W.  half  a  mile  from  Stag  Rock  a  the  English  astronomical  station,  Hituatcd 
according  to  British  Atimiralty  Chart  No.  1901,*  on  the  Pitt  Island 'shore,  in 

Latitude 63°  82' 06"  H. 

Longitude _ 180°  06'  U"  W. 

The  variation  of  tlie  cnmpass  was  37°  36'  E.  in  1868. 

In  this  vicinity  it  is  H.  W.  F.  and  O.  at  noon  to  l**  p.  m.,  springs  rising  twenty  feet. 

Between  the  rock  and  Bonwick  Point  there  is  fifteen  to  twenty-seven  fathoms,  iK'tween  it  and 
the  mouth  of  the  stream  before  mentioned  there  is  six  to  twelve  fathoms,  while  between  the  shoal  and 
the  Pitt  Island  shore  the  depth  varies  i'rom  seven  to  twenty-four  fathoms.     In  entering 
from  the  eastward  the  only  direction  necessary  is  to  keep  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile      Dinetioa  for 
from  Bonwick  Point  and  the  shore  south  of  the  anchorage  until  tlie  mouth  «.f  the         »ni»ring. 
stream  bears  SB.  half  a  mile,  when  anchorage  may  be  had  \n  from  ten  to  fifteen  fath- 
oms.    This  anchorage  is  delineated  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  1901,  (Octolwr,  1879.) 

Just  behind  the  peninsula  which  protects  the  anchorage  is  Shrimp  Cove,  said  to  have  six  or  seven 
fathoms  water  and  to  be  snug  for  small  coasters.     It  is  not  shown  on  the  charts. 

Five  miles  west  of  Htuart  Anchorage,  at  the  NW.  extreme  of  Pitt  Island,  is  Hill  Point,  a  some- 
what low,  symmetrical,  wou<.1ed  point,  seimrating  the  entrances  of  Grenville  and  Ogden  channels  and 
l»ickcd  by  slowly  rising  hills  to  the  soulhwarrl,  which  reach  nearly  twenty-eight  hundred  feet  in  height. 
Grenville  Channel  here  attains  a  width  uf  four  mile»,  with  a  group  '  comparatively  low  wooded 
islands  in  the  middle  of  the  passage,  called  the  Oiboon  lalanda. 

The  passage  northeast  from  Hic  Gibsons  has  not  more  than  six  fathoms  in  it,  and  is  infested  with 
geceral  ahoatti,  from  which  reasons  the  passage  to  the  soutli  of  the  Gibeons,  which  is  clearer,  with  plenty 
of  water,  has  come  to  be  generally  used.  Here  the  watAr  rapidly  deepens  from  forty  to  eighty  fathoms 
toward  the  westward.  In  going  through  at  night  keep  not  less  tlian  five  cables  8W.  from  tfie  Gibsons 
to  avoid  Watnon  Rook,  which  (K>ver8  two  or  three  feet  at  high-water  springs.  Thence  to  Arthur  pas- 
sage is  clear. 

From  the  sheet  of  water  at  the  termination  of  Grenville  Channel  three  other  passages  ojieu, — two 
to  the  north  and  west,  l)etween  Porcher  Island  on  the  SW.  and  the  mainland  on  the  NE.,  with  Ken- 
nedy Island  and  the  Gibsons  dividing  the  included  waters  into  two  possages;  the  third, 


OOJ>EN  CHANNEL, 

between  Porcher  and  Pitt  islands,  leads  to  the  Hecate  Strait  in  a  southerly  diret^tion.  The  o{)ening 
where  it  joins  the  strait,  now  known  as  Browning  Entrance,  was  called  Syax  Harbor  by  Ingraham 
in  1791.  It  varies  from  less  than  half  a  mile  to  more  than  two  miles  in  width,  and  is  about  fifteen 
miles  long.  Its  southerly  extreme  has  lately  received  separate  names.  A  passage  has  been  sounded 
through  it,  but  the  shores  are  yet  imperfectly  known,  and  there  arc  numerous  dangers  and  obdrutHiont, 
most  of  which,  however,  are  visible.f 

S.  by  "W.  J  W.  from  Hill  Point  four  and  a  half  miles  is  Alpha  Bay,  on  the  Alpha  Bay. 

eastern  shore  of  Ogden  Channel  and  on  the  Pitt  Island  shore.     It  !s  situated  at  the 
mouth  of  a  stream  proceeding  from  a  deep  valley,  and  the  anchorage  is  off  tlie  edge  of  a  bank  at  the 


*  F«hruM7,  1868,  but  uot  un  later  editiunt. 

("0((<lco  Channel  I  found  tu  he  good  and  with  very  liKle  current,  only  one  knot  per  hour,  a*  the  main  current  runi  thraugb 
Arthur  and  Malacca  paeaagra.  The  Houlheni  entrance  to  Ogden  Channel  ia  diTJded  into  two  ohannela  by  Spioer  laland,  which 
are  niJoed  reapectively  BMT*r  and  SeheoiiMr  paiuagee,  the  former  of  which  ia  the  beat.  It  ia  about  one  mile  wide  and  free  from 
rucka  and  ahoala.  With  a  light  on  White  Roeki  (northern  ^:An\.  uf  Banka  lalaud)  and  a  beacon  light  on  TrM  UUad,  ahipa 
could  enter  the  channel  in  all  weathers. 

"lehoOMr  PMtsct  ia  alao  very  good;  it  ia  narrow,  with  a  cluater  of  amall  ialande,  all  above  water,  at  ita  entrance.  I  con. 
aider  that  there  ia  not  a  belter  Iceality  for  ehliia  t<i  make  the  land  on  the  whole  coaat  than  here.  There  ia  a  amall  iaiand  named 
BOBlla,  which  ia  a  remarkably  cunapicuoua  objeut,  being  dome  peaked  and  unl!ke  any  other  on  ihia  coaat.  and  may  be  aeen  for 
twenty  or  thirty  mile*  at  aea. 

"  There  are  other  reaaona  for  recommending  ehip  maaters  coming  from  the  aouth  to  make  thin  point,  Tin :  there  being  no  inleta 
for  Hfty  milet.,  ilie  tide  aet*  regularly  along  the  coaat;  there  iideep  water  of  from  aizty  to  aerenty  fathoma,  and  aa  aoon  aa  ahreaat 
of  Bunila  laland  about  thirty-five  fathoma ;  off  Wliite  Rocka  aevenly  fkthonia,  and  a  few  niilea  farther  forty  fathoma.  Tliia  ia  named 
Browning  Kntrance  on  Pender'a  Chart. 

"Shipa  could  aail  in  or  out  of  Port  Flfming  with  a  good  commanding  lireeae,  die  dialance  being  only  eighteen  to  twenty 
milea.  The  temperature  of  the  climate  waa  found  to  be  very  even  during  a  Hiteen  daya  (latter  part  uf  July)  aojourn  in  tbia 
locality,  the  daily  meah  of  the  thei-mometer  from  54°  to  M"  F."  —Capt.  J.  C.  Rrundigt,  K.  Y.,  Report  to  the  Enginten  of  the 
Omadian  Paeife  Rmlway,  Ottawa  1880. 

[The  above  note  by  Capt.  Brundige  givee  a  much  more  favoralile  idea  of  the  navigability  of  theee  pnoaagi-a  than  would  lie 
gathered  by  •  navigator  ttom  an  examination  of  the  Admiralty  Chart  No.  19B3  A.]  . 


38 


PORT   ESSIKOTON. 


'  ■■    1%' 

ti 


mouth  of  the  stream,  in  ten  or  twelve  fathoms,  about  two  Imndred  yards  from  low-water  mark.  It 
preaente  no  advantages  as  an  anchorage,  and  better  ground  for  that  purpose  may  !«  had  within  a  few 
miles.     North  Point,  four  cables  N  NW.  Crom  the  anchoring  ground,  is  stated  to  be  in 

Latitude 63°  »a'  01"   N. 

Longitude 130°  17'  84"  W. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  was  27°  26'  B.  in  1868. 

It  is  H.  W.  T.  and  C.  between  12"  noon  and  l"  p.  m.,  springs  rising  twenty  feet. 

It «  representetl,  and  also  Ogden  Channel,  on  a  large  scale  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  1901, 
(October,  1879.) 

Two  and  a  half  miles  W  SW.  from  the  larger  Gibson  Island  is  Peninsula  Point,  a  small,  low, 

woodwl  point  making  out  half  a  mile,  with  deep  water  on  its  southern  side,  but  anchorage  in  eight  or 

ten  fathoms  near  the  mouth  of  tl;2  Oona  River  on  its  northern  side.     The  point  is 

Aiehorage  at        composed  of  raetamorphic  rocks,  sandstones  and  shales.     In  this  vicinity  the  surfaoe- 

Oona  River.         water  changes  to  a  dirty  white,  apparently  coming  from  the  river  Skecna  (on  old  maps 

,     called  river  Skip)  through  Port  Essingtou,  and  probably  derivefl  from  glaciers  at  its 

head  waters. 

Of  the  two  northern  passages  Telegraph  Passage  is^^continuous  with  the  shallow  itassage  NE. 
from  the  Gilnons,  and  has  been  but  partially  examined.  It  is  about  a  mile  and  a  half  wide,  and  joins 
at  its  northern  termination  the  entrance  to  Port  Essington.  It  is  sheltered  on  the  west  by  the  Gibson, 
Bedford,  Marrack  and  Kennedy  islands. 

The  southeastern  portion  of  the  passage  affords  anchorage  nearly  everywhere,  apparently  with 
good  protection,  and  has  l)een  named  Port  Fleming.* 

The  part  of  Telegraph  Passage  east  wan!  from  Kennedy  Island  does  not  seem  sufficiently  well  sur- 
veyed to  be  advisable  for  vcs»iclH  without  local  knowledge  or  a  pilot.  There  is  a  passage  with  two  and 
a  half  fathoms  least  water,  called  the  North  Skeena  Passage,  which  passes  northward  of  Smith  laland 
and  De  Horsey  Island,  by  which  it  would  seem  a  passage  might  Ix;  had  into  Skecna  Inlet  or  Biver.f 

*  "  Betwiwu  Kennedy  Inlatid  and  Orenville  Channel,  distance  liz  miles,  there  are  three  ialanda,  Marrack,  Bedford  and  Gibson, 
and  between  theae  ielnnde  and  Ibe  mainland  there  ie  a  good  harbor  of  even  aouudinge  from  three  to  aeven  fathoma,  with  muddy 
Imttoni  and  very  little  current,  at  the  tides  meet  hei'e  and  form  etill  water.  This  huaiu  I  have  named  Port  Flanilac.  It  ii  sheltered 
flrom  all  winda  except  the  north,  which  could  not  create  any  aea  owing  to  the  tide  setting  out  through  the  different  channels. 
Port  Fleming  would  accommodate  a  large  number  of  ships  in  safety,  and  there  would  be  no  diffioulty  in  building  wharves,  aa  the 
water  close  to  the  shore  is  from  three  to  four  fathoms  deep.  On  asking  masters  of  steamers  the  reason  they  did  not  anchor  in 
this  place,  their  reply  was  that  they  always  thought  the  water  shoal  and  that  it  was  out  of  the  track  for  resaels  bound  north,  aa 
they  came  through  Orenville  Channel  and  kept  Oibeon  Island  on  tiieir  starboard  hand. 

"  Captain  Madden,  an  old  trader  and  pilot,  stated  tiiat  be  had  always  found  this  harbor  good,  well  sheltered  from  winda  and 
free  from  currents  anil  sea,  and  considered  it  the  best  between  Port  Hinipson  and  Vancouver  Island  for  large  or  smitll  ships. 

"This  is  the  only  place  thai  I  could  recommend  for  a  terminus  of  the  Cauadian  PnciKc  Railway  nearer  the  mouth  of  the 
Skeena  River  than  Port  Simpson.  I  eouaider  there  wotild  be  nu  ilifliculty  in  bringing  the  railway  down  past  Essington.  'i'he 
land  presents  a  giiod  silo  fur  a  town  aa  it  rises  grndunlly  back  for  some  distance. 

"The  approach  to  Port  Kleiiin.g  from  the  north  is  by  Arthur  Passage,  which  opens  into  Chatham  Hound.  It  is  about  two 
miles  wide  with  a  cuiTent  of  two  kii'its  per  hour.  Oood  anchorage  was  found  on  west  side  of  Smith  Island,  opposite  Mount 
McQralh."— (Report  nfCapt.J.  ('.  Iir»ndige,  R.  X.,  1660, fo  Canadian  Pac\jic  Railway  Enyinttrt.) 

t  "The  entrance  In  the  Sk.'eua  River  is  divided  into  three  channels  by  Smith  and  Kennedy  islands.  They  are  designated 
MorVb,  Mlddl*  and  Talsfraph  channels  or  passages.  North  Ctaaimtl  is  suitable  <mlv  for  small  crafl.  It  is  about  three  cables  wide, 
with  several  sunken  riK-ks  and  only  two  and  a  half  fathoma  water.  The  current  is  very  swift.  Middle  OhMUIOl  is  obstructed  by 
shifting  sand  banks,  has  irregular  soundings  in  fi'nm  three  lo  eight  fathoms,  and  is  in  snnie  places  very  narrow.  Steamers  coming 
from  the  uoHli  often  lake  ibis  cliHiinel  in  order  to  touch  at  Port  Essington.  It  is  dangerous  for  sailing  vessels  or  without  apilot. 
TaUfrapb  Olisiiiiol  is  the  main  passage,  with  not  less  than  six  fathoms  water,  (in  the  channel,)  with  a  two  or  three  knot  cur- 
rent."— (Rrpyrtnf  Captain  Brundige.  R.  iV.) 

Port  Essington  lies  outs' le  of  the  limits  of  this  description  and  la  not  therefore  referred  to  in  the  text;  but  as  this  pilot 
may  be  uasd  by  navigators  w  ■<,  wish  to  visit  P<u-t  Esfiington,  the  remarks  of  Captain  Brundige  in  regard  to  it  are  here  reprinted. 
(See  also  Meleorulogy  in  Appendix).  "Port  Essington  is  situated  on  the  (inlet  Ibrming  the  embouchure  of  the)  river  Skeena  about 
eleven  miles  from  the  moiilh.  Here  Is  a  large  basin  about  four  miles  long  and  two  wide,  from  four  tr  seven  fathoms  water  with 
muddy  Imttoni.  The  ebb  tide  runs  out  fiijni  fonr  to  six  knots  per  hour  and  the  Hood  tide  runs  in  at  a  rate  of  ihreeor  four  knots. 
The  spring  tides  rise  and  fall  twenty  feet  and  Ihe  neap  tides  fifteen  feet.  A  heavy  cross  sea  is  caused  by  strong  winds  from  WW. 
to  n.,  and  vessels  riding  at  anchor  in  the  current  here  during  a  gale  of  wind  would  be  likely  lo  foul  and  trip  their  anchors.  It 
la  slated  that  in  Ihe  months  of  December,  January,  February  and  even  into  April,  heavy  maases  of  Ice  and  driftwood  drift  up  and 
down  with  the  tide,  forming  a  serious  dsiiger  to  vessels  or  wharves  in  winter.  Potatoes  grow  here  well,  but  the  soil  suitable  for 
oultivatiun  is  limited.  Good  timber  is  plentiful  and  of  large  size,  especially  spruce  and  yellow  Alaska  ..'edar."  The  geogrmhical 
posllion  of  Port  Essington,  according  to  the  map  of  British  Columbia  issued  by  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada,  18(11,  Ii 

I*ttt«d» M°M    H. 

Longltadt 1M°  y  W. 

The  village  of  Port  Essington  (or  Spttk-sOt  of  the  natives)  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  Skeena  Inlet,  on  the  wee-  side  of 
a  iMiint  fomiing  the  angle  Mween  Skeena  and  Ecstall  inleU.     Bosttl  Inlet  is  a  long  channel  extending  in  a  southeasterly  direo- 


CHALMEU8  ANCIIOUAOB. 


39 


There  is  quite  u  cnnsidcrablc  miDitig  camp  near  the  cntranra  of  the  North  Hkecna  PasHiigc  aille<l 
WiUacIagh.     There  is  an  iinexpionHl  pa'jsagc  leading  to  Venn  Creek,  Motla-katia  Bay. 

On  the  wehtern  side  of  K«nnu<ly  Island  is  the  Arthur  Foaaage,  clear  along  the  shore  of  Kennedy 
shore  of  Kennedy  Island,  but  otwtructe*!  on  the  wi«t  by  numerous  islands  parallel  witli  the  shore  of  Por- 
cher  Island,  between  which  and  them  is  the  narrow  and  contracted  Chismore  Passage. 
This  is  obstructed  hy  foul  (/round  at  the  southeastern  end,  is  less  than  half  a  mile  wide,  ChlsiaorePaMage. 
six  and  a  half  miles  long  NW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  and  affords  anchorage  in  five  to  twelve 
fathoms.  It  is  only  accessible  at  its  narrow  northwestern  entran'3e  and  by  the  short  and  narrow  Bloxam 
Passage  leading  into  it  from  Ar(hur  Passage. 

Arthur  Passage  is  about  five  miles  long,  with  a  clear  passage  in  deep  water  not  over  half  a  mile  wide 
along  the  shore  of  Kennedy  Island.  This  island  rises  to  the  height  of  nearly  three  tliousand  feet,  is 
of  oval  shape,  five  and  two-thirds  miles  long  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  direction,  ami  al>out  three  miU*  wide. 
At  its  southeastern  end,  miscalled  Cardena  Bay,  (for  there  is  no  bay,  but  a  mere  open  roadstead,)  go«Ml 
holding-ground  may  l)c  liad  in  four  to  nine  fathoms.*     There  was  at  one  time  a  cimnery  here. 

At  the  NW.  entrance  to  Arthur  Passage  White  Cliff  Island,  of  small  extent,  lies  in  the  middle 
of  the  passage,  Iwld-to  exce])t  at  its  rockv  8  BE.  end,  two  hundred  and  sixty  feet  high,  ond  with  a 
clear  channel  on  either  side.     Marble  has  been  quarried  here. 

SW.  by  8.  i  8.  ''rom  the  southern  {mrt  of  this  island  about  a  mile  lies  Chalmers  Anchorage  olf  a 
bight  at  the  NW.  end  of  Elliott  Island,  open  to  the  NW.,  with  anchorage  in  fourteen  fathoms.     NW.  j 
W.  from  the  anchorage  about  a  mile  and  a  half  is  the  northeastern  edge  of  tome  reefs 
which  lie  immediately  eastward  tliree  cables  from  Bamfleld  islets,  which  are  also  Chalissrt 

surrounded  by  rocky  shelving  shores.     The  islets  lie  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  Anohorags. 

northern  shore  of  Elizabeth  Island.     Deep  but  narrow  passages  exist  Ixitween  this,  the 
islets  and  the  reef.     From  tfic  reefs  to  OeoU  Patch  the  passage  is  six  rabies  wide  with  plenty  of  water. 

In  leaving  the  Arthur  Passaec  to  the  westward  of  White  Cliif  Island  for  Chatham  Sound  through 
Malacca  Passage,  the  middle  ))eaK  of  Wliite  Cliff  Island  should  be  brought  to  bear  E.  }  8.  and  kept 
so  until  the  northwestern  Lawyer  Islet  bears  NE.    This  carries  out  in  nnd-chaimel. 

Cecil  Patch,  markc^l  by  kelp  and  having  four  fathoms  on  it,  lies  one  mile  W.  by  8.  from  the 
main  peak  of  White  Cliff  Island.  It  is  in  one  with  the  eastern  edge  of  Elliott  Island  licaring  8E.  j^  E. 
There  is  deep  water  between  it  and  Elizabeth  Island. 


DIE'XTIONB   FOB  CLEARING  OANaERS. 

A  due  W.  course  from  the  northern  edge  of  White  Cliff  Island  five  miles  will  carry  clear  of  all 
dangers.  The  latter,  as  far  as  known,  are  mostly  visiblej  but  great  caution  should  l)e  observed, 
especially  in  foggy  weather. 

Malacca  Passage  liegins  at  White  Cliif  Island,  and  extends  west  for  about  six  milex  with  an  aver- 
age clear  width  of  a  mile  and  a  quarter.  Its  northern  limits  are  formed  hy  foul  r/round  stretching  to 
the  westward  for  more  than  two  miles  from  the  northwestern  end  of  Kennedy  Island,  and  the  Genu 

tlon  from  iti  Junclloii  witli  the  Skcena.  From  thii  channa!,  auoordtng  to  llr.  H.  J.  Ctmbtc,  come  th«  greuter  part  of  tlie  ice- 
flwa  wliiub  encumber  Skeeiia  Inlet  in  tlie  cold  eeaion.  Behind  the  flat  on  which  the  Tillage  ttanda  ia  a  ridge  which  riara  in  one 
place  to  a  rather  remarkable  conical  mount<tiu. 

Skaana  Inlat,  the  eatuary  of  the  Bkee'ia  Rirer,  waa  firat  explored  by  Vancouvar'a  boata  under  Whidbe.r  ip  Jul/,  1783.  The 
name  of  Port  Eaaington  waa  originallj  applied  bv  VaneouTer  to  the  whole  Htuary.  (Hup.  Geol.  Survey  Canada,  1879-80,  pp.  9  B- 
10  B.) 

Captain  Brunilige  aluo  aaya:  "I  riiited  thi  Skeana  again  in  the  latter  part  of  December  and  found  large  'iea  of  ice 

drifting  up  and  dnwn  the  river.    Ships  could  not  remain  at  Port  Usaingtou  during  the  montba  of  D<^<    ber,  J  nbruary 

and  Maroh,  and  well  into  April.    Tlie  north  channel  of  tha  Skeena  ia  blocked  full  of  ice  nearly  all  w;....r,  but  It  •  reachaa 

down  as  far  n»  Kennedy  leland.    Port  Fleming  ia  free  from  ice. 

"I  alao  viaited  Eaaington  during  the  month  of  February  and  found  iaige  <|uantitiea  of  ice  in  and  aroun(f  ..,  anow-fkll 

here  baa  been  about  eix  feet  on  the  level.  I  meaaured  the  anow  at  eeveral  placea  and  found  three  feet  at  Port  Fleming  and  one  and 
K  half  feet  at  Invenieea,  ( the  atatiim  at  Cardena  Bay.) 

"The  head  of  tide  water  in  Skeena  Inlet,  and  where  the  river  proper  appeara  to  commence  ia  about  eighteen  miles  above  Port 
Eeaington.  The  river  ia  navigable  with  difficulty  for  amall  stamwheelsra  about  thirty-eight  milaa  above  tide  water  to  XlUna- 
lallwn,  where  there  ia  a  trail  up  tha  valley  of  the  Iltatuilf  allnai  BlTtr.  to  the  headwaters  of  Naaa  Hiver. 

"  It  is  about  one  hundred  milea  from  tide  water,  with  a  rise  of  seven  hvmdred  and  twenty-flve  feet  to  Skeena  Forka  or  Haileton, 
a  eeitlement  not  fkr  from  the  abandoned  Fort  Stager,  erected  in  1866  by  the  Weatem  Union  Telegraph  Company'a  expedition 
near  Kispaloka  village." 

•  Thia  ancdorage  ia  recomniendeu  by  Pilot  W.  E.  George,  who  atatea  that  in  heavy  galea  the  wind  holds  a  veaael  broadaide  to 
the  current— the  only  objection  to  the  locality.  It  ia  also  recommended  by  Lieut.  Com.  H.  E.  Niohole,  II.  8.  N.,  as  a  Irmporary 
stopping  place,  and  l>y  Captain  Brundige  who  anys  it  ia  only  expoeed  to  S.  and  iW.  winda.  There  were  three  housea,  a  wharf 
iind  clearing,  Indian  ounimer  village,  and  wood  for  aale  to  eteamers,  in  May  1880,  at  tbia  pl.»ee,  which  ia  called  Inverness  or  Aber- 
deen fishery.  Chalnmra  Anchorage  ie  also  reported  to  lie  a  good  temporary  stopping  place  in  eaae  of  fog  or  darkneas  on  reaching 
Chatham  Sound. 


] 


^i  :r!i 
ii.li 


! 

'■! 

(■ 

1 

i 

m 

L 

40 


EI»YE   AND   BKOWN    PASHAtJUM. 


am 


1  Ixiwver  wlfte  fxton<linK  with  the  same  treDd  threi!  miles  and  a  half  farther.  The  southern  limit 
of  Malacm  Passajjc  is  formed  l>v  th«'  shore  of  Elizalwth  and  Porchcr  islands,  extending 
Malaeoa  PUMM.  »«  the  westward  nix  miles  from" the  entrumv  of  Arthur  Fa&<age  t<i  Point  Hunt,  (QuiU 
mass,)  whi«'h  has  m  islet  oft"  it  (•alle<l  Gm<f  Islet. 
There  is  an  abumlance  of  water  in  the  channel,  which  is  nowhere  shoaler  than  forty  fathoms;  the 
danRcrs  previously  enumeratc<l  are  near  the  «hoi-,«,  mostly  visihle  and  (sasily  avoided,  lo  the  north- 
ward of  the  Uwyers  the  watew  have  not  l)een  sounded  out.  The  shores  to  the  northward  are  those 
of  the  Chim-ay-an*  Peninsula,  bounde«l  to  the  eastwanl  prii. -iiMlly  by  Skcena  Inlet  and  Wark  (or 
Work)  Channel.  The  north  Skeena  pasnage  and  the  shorw  WW.  from  it  are  very  imperfectly  repre- 
sented on  the  latent  charts.  Some  corrections  are  indicated  very  roughly  on  Dawson  m  map  of  Nortli- 
ern  British  Columbia,  Western  Sheet,  issue*!  by  the  Dominion  Geologi.nl  Survey  in  IHSI.f 

Airconling  to  this  authority  a  narrow  passage  extends  from  near  Woodoook  Landing  (of  British 
Admiralty  Chart  1 923  A ,  1 88 1 )  to  the  westward  and  northward,  cutting  oft"  Tree  Point  from  the  main- 
land, sending  a  bran.ih  to  join  the  sea  near  Coast  Islet,— the  passage  itself  wntinuinij  northwisterly 
joins  the  large  iMisin  in  which  Oldfleld  Island  (containing  Mount  OldfieUI,  2,300  feet  high)  is  situated. 
This  basin  enters  Malawa  Passage  l)etwecn  Lima  Point  and  Coast  Islet  and  coimects  with  Metla-katla 
Bav  through  Venn  Creek  at  its  NW.  angle.  The  large  mass  of  land  west  of  Oldfleld  Basin,  E  SB. 
from  Metla-katla  Bay,  and  of  which  Lima  Point  appears  to  l)e  the  BE.  extreme,  has  been  named  on 
British  charts  Digby  Island. 

CHATHAM    SOUND. 

This  great  sheet  of  water  extends  in  a  WW.  by  N.  and  SE.  by  S.  direction  for  thirty-five  miles, 
with  an  average  width  of  seven  or  eight  miles.  To  the  eastward  the  Chim-sy-an  Peninsula;  to  ^'\e 
southward  Porcher  and  Stephens  islands;  to  the  westward  the  Dundas  Islands;  and  to  tV<^  northwan. 

the  mainland  and  adjacent  islets  and  islands  form  the  limits  of  the  sound.     The  prin- 
Edye  PMUft.      cipal  passages  extend  northward.    One  is  the  Edye  Passage,  with  numerous  islets  in  it, 

from  the  southern  extreme  of  the  sound  to  H(!cate  Strait,  l)etween   Porcher  and 
Stephens  islands.     Another  is  calletl  the  Brown  Passage,  eight  miles  wide  and  in  pjirt  clear,  between 

Stephens  Island  and  the  Dundas  group,  near  the  entrance  of  Hecate  Strait.J     Lastly 
Brows  Passaie.     may  l)e  mentioned  the  broad  opening  at  the  NW.  extreme  of  the  sound,  where  ite 

watara  meet  and  mingle  with  those  of  Dixon  Entrance.  In  the  southern  half  of  the 
Boiuid  are  a  numlwr  of  islets  and  islands,  the  princi|)al  of  which  are  the  Luoy,  Baohael  and  Kinnahan 
islands,  each  group  containing  several  islets,  which  are  high,  averaging  two  hundred  feet.  Only  a 
small  part  of  the  sound  has  l>een  examined,  and  there  the  depth  is  quite  irregular,  varying  from  eleven 
to  more  than  one  hundred  fathoms.  The  shores  of  the  sound  have  been  but  slightly  examined, 
espe<-ially  on  the  NE,,  between  the  Telegraph  Passage  and  Lima  Point,  and  all  statements  iu  regard  to 
its  navigation  are  necessarily  based  upon  scant  material,  which  will  doul>tlcss  in  the  future  require 
revision.  No  serious  (^mcealed  dangers  are  indicated  on  the  lastcst  charts  (1879)  in  the  northeastern 
*part  of  the  sound  between  the  Lawyer  and  the  Lucy  islands.  In  the  northern  ])iirt  of  the  sound 
several  sun^  rocks  are  iudicate<1,  but  of  which  the  positions  are  somewhat  doubtful. 

A  danger  has  recently  I>een  reported  in  Brown  Passage  which  is  not  on  some  n%ent  charts,  and 

therefore  v.'orthy  of  mention  here,  though  the  passage  itself  v'll  not  be  dcsiTibed.     This 

Stanhoute  is  Stenhoime  Shwil,  reported  by  Capt.  George  Brown,  U.  S.  N.,§  as  lieing  five  miles  west 

Shoal.  by  south  a  quarter  south  from  Hanmer  llocks  and  four  miles  southward  from  the 

western  Connel  Islet.     This  is  three-fourths  of  a  mile   N  NW.  fnmi   the  fioeition 

indicated  by  local  pilots,  but  neither  position  is  claimed  t.)  be  more  than  an  approximation.     Captain 

Brown  considered  tlie  shoal  to  he  two  or  three  cables  in  extent  and  to  have  about  eight  feet  of  water  on  it. 

Thirteen  and  a  quarter  miles  NW.  }  N.  from  the  western  extreme  of  Point  Hunt  is  the  sorthern 

point  of  Tugwel!  Island,  so-ciilled,  though  united  at  half-tide  by  a  mnd-bar,  a  mile 
Tb|w«II  Island,     and  a  quarter  long,  with  the  Chim-sy-an  Peninsula.    This  island  is  about  two  hundred 

feet  high,  wooded,  with  blnfi" shores  to.the  licach,  whence,  except  to  the  eastward, /ou/ 
ground,  sand-bars  and  kelp  extend  seaward  from  half  to  three-quarters  of  a  mile.     The  southern  end 

is  called  Point  Dawes,  and  the  northwestern  Point  Chopman.    The  island  is  about  a 
Sand-bar.  mile  and  a  quarter  long,  and  at  its  widest  |inrt  half  a  mile  broad.     From  the  northern 

shore  a  sand-bar,  covered  at  half-flood,  extends  NE.  by  E.  }  E.  a  mile  and  a  quarter 
to  the  mainland,  which  it  joins  at  Observation  Point. 


*  Varioaiijr  ipallad  Ohlm-Mta,  TilmpMUi,  fte.;  property  accMitad  on  the  lut  Ryllable, 

tin  eoniiTCtion  with  ihc  uinuKl  nport  of  th«  Survey  fur  187!>-'riU,  8to,  Montreal,  Dawaon  Bm«,  1881. 

tBotb  of  these  are  repreaented  in  detail  on  Brit!-h  Admiralty  Cliart  No.  84^3,  (October,  1W9,)  with  plana  of  anchoragea 
Id  them.  It  liea  outtide  the  aoopa  of  thlt  work  to  entei  Into  deacriplion  of  theie  paaiingea,  wl.iuh  for  the  Inland  Pamage  are  onlr 
of  lubordinate  importance.    Brown  Paaiagu  ie  the  Derby  Sound  of  InKraham  in  1791. 

$  U.  8.  Navy  Department,  Hydrographic  Office,  Hydrographic  Notice  No.  '■/},  1379. 


im^^H' 


MRTLA-KATI.A   BAT. 


41 


SW.,  about  four  miles  from  Point  DaweB,  is  the  Lucy  group  of  islets,  small,  bold-to,  and  two 
hundred  feet  high.     According  to  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  1923A,  (December,  1881,)  8.  by  B., 
somewhat  more  thaii  five  miles  from  Point  Dawes,  is  the  Alexandra  Patch,  a  mile  in 
extent,  with  eleven  to  seventeen  fathoms,  sand  and  mud,  surrounded  by  deep  water.  AltMandm 

To  the  eastward  from  Tugwcll  Island  and  the  bar  lies  Metla-katia  Bay,*  wlu^re  is  Paieh. 

situated  the  well-known  village  and  mission  of  Metla-katla.     The  liay  is  alnrnt  three 
miles  in  extent  N.  and  S.  and  a  mile  and  a  half  wide, — the  <-ontraote«l  upiier  |iortion  of  it  near  the 
mission  taking  the  name  of  Venn  Creek.     It  is  protected  by  the  mainland,  Tugwell 
Bar  and  Island  on  all  sides,  except  the  south.     In  the  inner  {wrt  of  the  bay  ci>mi>letely    Metla-katla  Bay. 
sheltered  anchorage  may  be  had  m  Venn  Creek,  requiring,  however,  good  local  knowf- 
(!dge  or  a  pilot  to  pass  safely  between  the  reefs,  rocks  and  islets  by  which  the  Imy  is  infested.    The 
shores  throughout  are  bordered  by  thoah  or  foul  ground.     At  the  eastern  part  of  the  entrance  lie  the 
three  Cridge  Islets,  of  small  extent,  ree|>ectively  two  feet,  one  hundred  and  one  hun'ired  and  fifty  feet 
high.     North vard  from  them  for  nearly  a  mile  to  Straith  Point  are  rocks,  reefs  an' 
foul  ground.     Nearly  midway  between  these  islets  and  the  kelp  ground  almiit  Point      MIfonI  Httft. 
Duwee  are  the  Al/ord  Keefo  in  the  middle  of  the  entran(«  with  dnnijerou^i  »unken 
rochi,  usually  marked  by  kelp,  with  a  small  dry  patch  at  lowest  water.     Inside  the  reef  is  a  dear 
ground  of  alxmt  a  mile  in  extent,  where  anchorage  may  be  hod  on  rather  uneven  bottom  in  seven  to 
twenty  fathoms.     To  the  northward  of  this  numerous  reefs  and  islets  occur.     The  more  important  of 
these  are  as  follows:  Devastation  Island,  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  high,  wooded  and  less  than  a 

Siuarter  of  a  mile  in  extent,  nearly  a  mile  VJt.  by  E.  from  Point  Dawes;  three-quarters  of  a  mile 
arther,  on  the  same  bearing,  lies  Pike  Island,  also  woode<l  and  one  hundred  feet  high,  against  the 
eastern  shore  of  the  bay,  with  Shrub  Islet,  a  small  wooded  islet,  HW.  a  cable  and  a  halt  from  it. 
Between  Pike  and  Devastation  islands,  about  midway,  and  a  little  to  the  8  8E.  of  a  line  joining  their 
extremities,  lies  Knight  Islet,  a  small  bare  rock,  bold-to  and  ten  feet  high.  Half  a  mile  north  of 
Devastation  Island  is  Carr  Islet,  sixty  feet  high,  wooded  and  of  very  small  extent.  The  buildings 
are  situated  on  Mission  Point,  three-quarters  of  s  mile  northward  from  Pike  Island.  All  the  adjacent 
land  is  wooded. 

This  bay,  with  Duncan  Bay,  is  represented  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  364, (with  very  important 
corrections  from  earlier  editions  to  April,  1872,)  from  which  it  is  learned  that  H.  W.  F.  and  C.  m-^urs  at 
noon, — spring  tides  rising  twenty-one  feet.     The  variation  of  the  compass  in  1866  was  27°  40'  E. 

Duntze  Head,  Esquimalt  Harbor,  being  taken  as  in  longitude  133°  26'  46"  W.,  the  position  of 
the  astronomical  station  on  Observation  Point  was  fixed  by  the  English  observers  in 

Latitude — - 64°  20'  10"  N. 

Longitude - 180°  27'  80"  W. 

According  to  Captain  Brundige,  Metla-katla  is  only  fit  for  small  vessels,  being  too  contracted 
inside.  He  states  that  steamers  of  any  sixe  are  obliged  to  remain  some  distance  outside.  Venn  Creek 
at  its  head  connects  with  the  unsurveyed  Old"  eld  Basin,  east  from  Digby  Island,  which  extends 
soutliward  and  eastward,  connecting  with  Malacca  and  North  Skeena  passages. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOB   ENTERING   METI.A-KATI>A   BAY. 

I.  ire«<«rar«  ft-tn  Atf*r*  BBtfm. — A  course  bringing  Knight  Island  midway  between  Shrub 
and  Pike  islands  NNE.  \  E.  leads  clear  of  the  reefs.  When  the  vessel  is  in  one  with  Dawes  Point 
bearing  W  NW.  and  the  largest  Cridge  Island  bearing  E  SE.,  a  W.  by  W.  course  about  one  mile  leads 
to  the  anchorage  in  ten  to  fifteen  fathoms,  mud,  NW.  from  Devastation  Inland. 

The  channel  to  the  inner  or  Venn  Creek  anchorage  is  buoyed,  but  should  not  be  attempted  with- 
out a  pilot.  Three  and  a  quarter  fathoms  can  be  carried  into  it  over  the  bar  at  low  water,  but  within 
the  bar  there  is  anchorage  in  ten  or  twelve  fathoms,  sand  and  shell,  with  a  swing  of  one  cable  in  every 
direction. 

II.  Bmmt^Kmr*  fr*m  AV*r*  lUmf*. — A  course  bringing  the  Mission  flag-staff  in  one  with  the  west 
point  of  Pike  Island  W.  by  E.  leads  clear  of  the  reefs.  When  within  the  line  joining  Dawes  Point 
and  the  larger  Cridge  Islet,  anchorage  may  be  had  in  seven  *o  twenty  fathoms  midway  between  Straith 

and  Dawes  points. 

Dunoan  Bay  lies  northward  from  Tugwell  Island  and  its  associated  shoals,  affording  a  much 
better  and  less  obstructed  anchorage  than  Metla-katla,  but  open  to  westerly  winds.  The  shores,  as  in 
Metla-katla  Bay,  are  everywhere  foul  or  bordered  by  shoal  water.  The/ou/flrownd  extends  off  the 
northern  shore  of  Tugwell  Island,  and  the  shore  of  the  mainland,  in  some  places,  over  six  cables  length. 


'Spelled  MUalt-asHall  on  Britkh  Admiimlty  Cbarta. 


P.  o.  P. — 6 


43 


DUNOAN   AND    BIO   DAYS. 


,f« 


The  i/orfoaon  Reeh,  a  Berios  of  dnngcrcufl  rock«  and  shoals,  are  HoparatecJ  from  the  shoals  of  the 

mainhind  by  a  narrow  and  inadvisable  passape.     'f  h«  southern  extreme  of  these  reefs 

Tht  is  situated  somewhat  over  a  mile  and  a  lialf  W.  by  8.  from  Point  Kyan,  whence  they 

Hodgion  Rteft.  ext«nd  in  a  N.  by  W.  direction  marly  two  milts  with  an  average  width  of  more  than 

half  a  mile.     A  large  iwitcli  in  the  southern  portion  is  unoovere*!  alter  halt-ebb.     Ihey 

do  not  seem  to  liave  lieen  very  thonmghly  examined.  ■        ^s 

The  entrance  to  Duncan  Bay,  however,  is  clear  and  free  from  dangers,  and  there  are  no  impeding 
islets  or  rocks  in  the  more  convenient  (K.rtion  of  the  anchorage.  This  bay  and  vicinity  are  represented 
with  Metla-katla  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  8«},  April,  1872,  with  jmiwrtant  correctiOEj  of  the 
older  editions. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOR  THE   USE  OF   DUNCAN   HAY. 

Fn)m  a  position  at  the  entrance.  Point  Chopman,  Tiigwell  Islaiwl,  liearing  SE.  nearly  a  mile,  and 
Point  Ryan  NB.  by  N.  a  little  more  than  a  mile,  the  course  is  E.  a  mile  and  a  half  to  the  anchorage. 
At  the  position  mentioned,  nearly  in  mid-channel,  the  entran<-e,  clear  of  foul  ground,  is  about  a  mile 
wide,  and  eight  fathoms  is  the  least  water  to  be  found  on  the  com-se  given.  At  the  anchorage  seven 
or  eight  fathoms,  sandy  and  muddy  bottom,  may  1x3  had— the  three-fathom  curve  over  a  cable  distant 
to  the  north  or  south.  About  two  cables  farther  in  on  the  same  course  lieu  Heoale  Rock,  in  ten  and  a 
half  feet,  with  Point  Chopman  bearing  SW.  by  W.  i  W.  and  Carr  Islet  8.  by  J3.  To  avoid  this  danger 
navigators  should  anchor  before  Point  Ryan  bears  to  the  westward  of  NW,  i  W.  In  leaving  the  bay, 
bound  to  the  northward,  the  course  from  the  anchorage  is  W.  until  Point  Ryan  bears  S  NH.,  or  nothing 
to  the  northward  of  W.  by  N.  until  two  and  a  quarter  miles  to  the  westward  from  Point  Ryan. 

From  Duncan  liay  northward  toward  the  eastern  part  of  Dixon  Entrance  Chatham  Sound  is 
protected  by  the  Duiidas  Islands,  and  at  its  northern  entrance  is  licset  with  numerous  little-known 
rocks,  reefs  and  islets. 

For  six  or  seven  miles  N  NW.  from  Tugwell  Island  the  shore  of  the  mainland  is  fringed  with 
foul  ground  and  should  not  be  approached  within  two  miles  without  extreme  caution.  In  the  vicinity 
of  Tree  Blu£f  these  westerly  extending  reefs  project  to  a  mile  and  a  half.  The  bluff  is  marked  by 
some  cultivated  ground  and  rises  inland  to  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet. 

Immediately  northeastward  from  the  bluff  the  shore  is  indented,  forming  Big  Bay,  about  two  and 
a  third  miles  wide  at  the  entrance,  N  NW.  and  8  SE.,  and  extending  some  three  miles  in  an  easterly 
direction.    Its  native  name  is  reported  to  be  Lak-hou.*     The  northern  headland  is 
Big  Bay.  formed  by  South  Island,  about  a  cable  and  a  half  in  extent,  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet 

high,  wooded  and  connected  with  the  mainland  by  a  nheet  of  foul  ground,  drj  at  low 
water  and  a  mile  in  width.  8.  bv  W.  from  this  island, /ou/  ground,  marked  by  kelp,  extends  three 
and  a  half  cables.  The  western  snores  are  also  foul  and  should  not  be  approached  within  two  cables. 
According  to  Brundige,  Big  Bay  has  good  anchorage  at  its  head,  in  four  to  ten  fathoms,  fairly  sheltered. 
The  entrance,  however,  is  diificult  and  shotild  not  be  atternpied  teithout  good  local  knowledge. 

The  southern  headland  of  Big  Bay  is  Point  Trenham,  the  northern  angle  of  Tree  Bluff  off 
which,  about  W.  by  N.  |  N.,  the  three-fathom  line  is  only  reached  at  the  distance  of  a  mile.  The 
shores  of  the  bay  are  all  foul,  and  in  its  entrance,  aboiit  mid-channel,  is  the  Hippie 
Re»fi  and  bankt.  Bank,  8.  by  W.  |  W.,  nearly  a  mile  from  South  Island,  including  a  patch  with  only 
two  fathoms  on  it ;  and  the  Egcape  Reejs,  two  patches,  marked  by  kelp,  about  two 
cables  each  in  extent,  and  somewhat  within  the  Ripple  Bank.  These  reefs  bear  from  South  Island 
respectively  8.  by  W.  and  8.  by  B.  about  a  mile,— bath  having  small  lumps  dry  at  low  water. 

Besides  tliese,  other  dangers  exist  within  the  bey,  which,  it  will  readily  he  seen,  is  not  to  be  recom- 
mended. In  its  eastern  portion,  near  the  northern  shore,  Swallow  Islet,  of  small  extent,  rounded  and 
rather  high,  is  used  as  a  landmark  in  entering  Big  Bay. 

About  two  and  a  half  cables  N.  from  the  northern  part  of  South  Island,  and  connected  with  it 
by  foul  ground  at  low  water,  is  Burnt-Cliff  Island,  half  a  mile  long  N  NW.  and  8  8B.,  averaging 
two  cables  wide,  and  rising,  at  its  northern  summit,  one  hundred  and  fifty  or  two  hundred  feet. 

Within  the  bay  't  is  H.  W.  F.  and  C.  at  l'  SO",  —springs  rising  seventeen  to  twentv-two  feet  and 
neap  tides  fourteen  to  seventeen  feet,  according  to  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2426,  (March,  1872,) 
upon  which  this  vicinity  is  delineated  in  detail. 

The  geographical  position  of  the  8.  end  of  South  Island  appears  to  be,  according  to  British 
authorities. 

Latitude 64°  29'.1  N. 

Longitude 180°  28'.4  W. 


*  On  BritUh  Admlnltjr  Chart  Mo.  3430  tbii  bay  is  called  Pnllty  Ovlf. 


PEARL  HARBOR.  48 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOR   EMTERINO    BIO   BAY. 

According  to  British  authority,  by  l<ccping  the  8.  edge  of  Swallow  Islet  in  one  with  a  sharp  peak 
which  may  bo  distinguished  inland  B.  by  N.,  the  navigator  may  enter  Dig  Bay  dear  of  all  dangers,  and 
witit  not  less  than  six  fathoms  water,  anchoring  in  eleven  or  twelve  fathoms,  mud,  when  South  IsUnd 
bears  W  NW.  and  the  outer  edge  of  Point  Trenhom  8.  by  W.  |  W. 

FOB  CLEARINO  THE  DANGERS  AT  THE  ENTRANCE  OF  BTO  BAY. 

Navigators  bound  N.  toward  Cunningham  Passage  Will  dear  Hippie  Bank  by  keeping  the  north- 
ern end  of  Bumt-CIifT  Island  in  one  with  Mount  Oriffln,  N.  by  E.  |  E.,  until  South  Island  bears 
NB.,  when  a  due  northerly  course  two  and  a  quarter  miles,  according  to  the  charts,  will  carry  in  clear 
of  all  dangers. 

From  Burnt-Cliff  Island,  NW.  nearly  four  cables,  lies  One-Tree  Island,  of  small  extent  and  a 
hundred  and  fifty  feet  high,  wi''.  rocks  extending  from  it  a  quarter  of  a  mile  JX.  by  W.  ^  W.,  and  only 
separated  on  its  southeastern  side  by  a  narrow  Ixuit-passage  from  the  foul  ground  northward  from 
Bumt-ClifT  Island. 

One-Tree  Island  forms  the  southern  point  of  entrance  to  Cunningham  Passage  and  the  western 
shelter  of  Pearl  Harbor,  which  opens  by  two  channels  toward  the  passage,  one  on  either  side  of  a 
patch  of  rooka  and  islets  known  as  the  Flat-Top  lalets,  tiiree  in  number,  of  very  small 
extent,  the  northeastcromoet  being  called  Green  Mound  Islet,  and  the  wliole  connected  Psarl  Harbor, 
into  one  mass  by  a  congeries  of  rooks  forming  a  Irank  four  cables  long  NE.  by  N.  ^ 
N.  and  BW.  by  S.  ^  8.  and  two  and  u  half  cables  wide.  S  SB.  from  these  islets  lies  the  harbor,  pro- 
<  2ted  to  the  southward  and  eostwanl  by  the  nicky  platforms  extending  from  the  main  shore  to  and 
around  Burnt-Cliff  Island.  The  shores  ore  everywhere  foul,  but  in  the  basin  thus  formed,  and  which 
has  an  extent  of  abi.ut  half  a  mile,  good  holding-ground  may  be  had  in  ten  fathoms.  Green  Mound 
Islet  bearing  V.  by  W.  ^  W.  and  One-Tree  Island  8W.  by  W.,  with  a  free  swing  of  about  two  cables 
in  any  direction. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOR   EMTERINO    PEARL   HARBOR. 

The  only  advisable  channel  is  that  between  One-Tree  Island  and  the  Flat-Tops.  Having  followed 
the  preceding  directions  for  clearing  Ripple  Bank  by  keeping  the  due  north  course  thenby  indicated 
until  the  western  Flat-Top  Islet  bears  E.  by  N.,  a  SB.  by  E.  course  will  carry  in  dear  of  all  dangers 
with  a  least  water  of  ten  fatlioms. 

At  the  northern  termination  of  the  passage  between  the  Flat-Tops  and  the  mainland  is  an  inden- 
tation of  the  main  shore,  known  as  Otter  Anchorage,  o^n  to  the  W.  and  N  NW.,  and  affording  a 
contracted  andiorage  near  a  beach  on  the  shore  of  the  mainland,  where  wood  is  cut  for  the  use  of  the 
steamers,  &c. 

Three  cables  NW.  }  N.  from  Green  Mound  Islet,  in  Cunningham  Passage,  anchorage  may  also 
be  had  In  twenty-five  fathoms,  hard  bottom.  From  One-Tree  Island  N.  by  W.  f  W.  nearly  a  mile  is 
Fortune  Point,  forming  the  northern  extreme  of  the  southern  entrance  of  Cunningham  Passage,  low 
and  wooded.  The  point  is  surrounded  by  rocky  ffround  extending  off  shore  and  drying  at  low  water 
from  one  to  more  than  two  cables  in  width.  Due  south  from  the  point  two  cables  is 
Dodd  Rock,  rarely  aiven-d  by  water,  and  which  forms  the  southern  buttress  of  the  OoM  Rook. 
rocks  about  Fortune  Point,  an  the  latter  extend  but  a  very  short  distance  l)eyond  it, 
when  they  drop  suddenlv  to  five  futlii  tns.  Between  this  and  the  northern  extreme  of  the  rocks  about 
One-Tree  Island  a  passage  exists  four  and  a  half  cables  wide  NW.  by  N.  \  N.  and  SB.  by  S.  \  8. 

Nearly  in-raid-chnnnel,  however,  somewhat  westward  from  a  line  joining  Dwid  Rock  and  One- 
Tree  Island,  liee  Spnrrowhawk  Rock*  a  serious  danger,  hold-to  and  surrounded  by 
kelp,  in  ten  and  twdve  fathoms.     It  lies  8W.  by  W.  j  W.  from  Green  Mound  Islet      Sparromkami 
and  NW.  f  W.  from  One-Tree  Island,  and  has  twelve  feet  of  water  over  it  at  low  /took. 

water  with  a  rise  and  fall  of  tide  amounting  to  twenty-two  feet. 

N  NB.  from  it  is  the  southern  entrance  of  Cunningham  Passage,  which  separates  Finlayson  Island 
from  the  mainland.  This  passi'ge  is  nearly  four  miles  long  in  a  generally  N  NW.  and  8  8E.  direction, 
two  and  a  half  cables  wide  in  the  clear  at  its  narrowest  part,  and  widens  toward  the  northern  entrance 

•  Named  from  •  Britiih  gunooat  which  struck  upon  it.      There  ie  no  etatemeiit  of  !u  depth  below  the  eurface  on  any 
chart  at  hand.    The  figure*  given  above  are  en  the  autliority  of  Pilot  W.  E.  George,  of  the  eteamer  Califonia  in  1B80. 


44 


CUNNINGHAM   PASSAGE. 


II 


IM 


m 


to  nearly  a  mile.    Tlie  depth  of  water  varies  i'n-.m  ten  {«  over  thirty  fatlionw,  averaging  over  twenty. 
The  shores  are  everywhere  foul  for  a  wliort  ilislnnce  off,  hut  ii  tnid-rhannel  eourse  through  the  pawam, 

except  for  the  Spnrrmehawk  Hock  at  thf  w)Utlierii  entrance,'  is  free  from  dangers.     The 

CuRRlnaham  iminediatc  whores  are  conipuct,  womh'd  and  l)Ut  iiiodenitcly  ck-vntcd,  hut  on  the  main- 

Pauaie.  laud,  toward  the  interior,  eiwtward,  the  Innd  Hmcs  into  higli  peaks,  among  which  is 

Mount  OrifBn,  a  mile  luid  three-quarters  NE.  \  E.  from  Fortune  Point  and  over 
fourteen  hundre<l  feet  high.  Leading  Peak  is  E.  }  N.  from  Fortune  Point  three  miles,  and  twenty- 
two  hundred  feet  high,  while  Basil  Lump  is  nearly  three  tliousimd  fw-t  high  and  a  mile  and  a  half 
B.  from  the  last. 

The  western  shore  of  the  passage  is  fornu-d  hy  Fiiilaywui  Island,  not  fully  surveyed,  but  of  ovate 

sha|)e,  al)out  three  miles  long  NW.  and  SE.  and  a  mile  wide.  It  rises  nimut  two 
Finlayion  Uland.    hinulred  feet  alMjve  the  sea,  densely  \V(«Kled  and  of  nither  even  contour,  with  rocky 

shores.     Its  nr)rtheaflteru  extr(!me  in  Sarah  Point,  a  mile  and  a  third  N.  by  W.  \  W. 
from  Fortune  Point,  low,  hluHy,  and  from  which  rm-lo  extend  about  a  cable  N  NE.  from  the  shore. 
The  northern  extreme  of  Fiidavson  Island  is  Point  Gordon,  in  about  latitude  64°  34',  oif  which 
rocks  and  reefn,  marked  by  kelp,  nuliate  to  a  distance  of  nearly  twci  cables, 

SAILING  DIRKCTIONS 

FOR   ENTEtllNO   OB   LEAVING  CUNNINOHAM   PASSAGE   AT   ITS  SOUTHERN   ENTRANCE. 

A  due  N.  or  8.  course  laid  to  carry  E.  from  the  Spnrrowhnv'k  Hock,  a  little  over  a  cable  distant, 
will  carry  in  or  out  clear  of  all  dangers.  In  entering  the  more  frequented  passage  northward  from 
the  Sparrowhawk,  when  Fortune  Point,  Finlayson  Island,  is  in  one  with  Red  Cliff  Point  on  the  main 
shore  l)earing  NE.,  this  ecurse  should  be  maintained  until  licading  Peak,  in  one  with  the  northern  side 
of  (ireen  Mound  Islet,  bears  E.  by  N.  J  N.,  which  course  carries  into  the  entrant  clear  of  dangers. 
This  may  \k  maintained  until  >Stu'ah  Point  just  comes  out  l)ehind  the  northeastern  angle  of  Fortune 
Point  N.  by  W.  J  W.,  when  a  northerly  mid-chaniiel  («ursc  may  be  safely  steered  through  Cunning- 
ham passage. 

In  leaving  the  passage  by  the  same  channel  a  mid-channel  course  between  the  Flat-Top  Islets 
and  Fortune  Point  may  be  safely  maintained  until  licading  Peak  is  in  one  with  the  northern  side  of 
Green  Mound  Islet,  astern,  when  a  W.  l>y  S.  J  S.  course  carries  out  all  clear. 

On  account  of  the  more  thorough  survey  which  has  been  made  of  Cunningham  Passage,  which 
is  represented  in  detail  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2426,  (March,  1872,)  most  navigators  adopt  it 
in  preference  to  passing  westward  from  Finlayson  Island. 

N.  J  W.  a  mile  and  a  half  from  Point  Gordon,  the  northern  end  of  Finlayson  island, 
BIrnie  Uland.  ig  the  southern  end  of  Birnie  Island,  seven  or  eight  cables  long  N.  and  S.,  nearly 
three  cables  wide,  and  rising  to  a  height  of  more  than  three  hundred  feet. 
A  mile  and  a  third  E.  by  N.  J  N.  from  Point  Gordon  lies  the  northeastern  extreme  of  Cunning- 
ham Passage,  known  as  Village  Island,  se|)arate(l  from  the  mainland  only  at  high  water,  which  covers 
a  low  rocky  isthmus  and  for  the  time  converts  the  (Hiint  into  an  island.  It  is  alwut  three  cables  long 
NW.  and  SE.  and  one  cable  wide,  rising  to  fifty  feet,  and  having  along  its  shores  numbers  of  Indian 
houses  of  the  T'linkit  pattern.  On  its  northern  point  is  the  observation  spot  fn)m  which  most  of  the 
positions  given  on  the  British  Admiralty  Chart«*  for  this  vicinity  are  computed,  and  which,  according 
to  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2426,  is  situated  in 

Latitude 64°  33' 61"  N. 

Longitude 130°  26'  3e"W. 

From  the  western  extreme  of  Village  Island,  SW.  J  W.  about  two  cables,  lie  the  Hankin  Reefs, 

marked  by  kelp,  and  of  which  the  westernmost  patch  has  five  fathoms  close  to  it  and 
Hankin  Heeft.     dries  six  feet  at  low  water.     These  reefs  are  about  two  cables  in  extent,  with  a  very 

narrow  six-fathom  passage  between  their  eastern  boundary  and  the  western  edge  of  tlie 
rocks  off  Village  Island.  Fortune  Point  shut  in  S.  by  E.  J  E.  by  the  eastern  edge  of  Sarah  Point 
leads  westward  of  Hankin  Reefs  in  passing  through  Dodd  Passage. 

Dodd  Passage,  between  Cunningham  Passage  and  Port  Simjwon,  is  bounded  by  Village  Island 

and  Hankin  Reefs  on  the  E.  and  SB.  and  Harbor  Reefs  on  the  NW.  and  W.  It  is 
Dodd  PMsage.      about  a  cable  and  a  half  in  width  and  half  a  mile  long  NE.  and  SW.,  carrying  six  or 

eight  fathoms,  and  is  used  by  the  Hudson  Bay  Company's  steamers.  The  western 
limits  of  Dodd  Passage  are  constituted  by  the  Harbor  Reefs,  an  extensive  patch  of  rocks  and  foul 
«  »  -  .,  ?T""/  "j't^^?,  ^y  i'fP' «nd  lying  «lraost  centrally  between  Gordon  Point,  Birnie 
Harbor  Rff:     Island,  and  Vdlage  Island,  but  somewhat  nearer  the  last  mentioned.     A  patch  of  rock 

just  W  NW.  from  Dodd  Passage  is  only  occasionally  covered ;  others  farther  westward 
are  dry  at  low  water.     SW.  from  these  reefs,  between  their  outer  limit  and  Point  Gordon   lies  the 


40  PORT  8IMP80V. 

From  Point  Gordon  three  miles  W  WW.  lie  Tht  Pointert*  three  rocka.  of  which  the  southwestern 

one  riBes  about  three  feet  above  high  woter  and  the  rest  iirc  marked  by  kelp  and  breakers     There  i« 

ten  or  twelve  fathoms  quite  close  to  the  kelp  over  a  rocky  bottom.     Theee  rocks 

Tht  PoinUn.      were  visited  by  iJrundige  in  1»7{>  with  a  small  Imat.     He  reitorts  them  thirty  feet  in 

height  (this,  if  at  low  wat/-i  of  Horinj,'  ti<l»,  would  make  them  eight  feet  out  at  high 

waler,)  with  no  foul  ^numd  and  sixty  fathoms  the  liiint  waU-r  around  them. 

Brundige  says  "Chatham  8oun<f  has  very  little  current  as  far  as  The  PointerH  t<j  the  north  of 
Port  Sim|)8on,  not  more  than  one  knot,  and  ships  will  not  require  towoge  to  Port  Simpson,  and  not 
even  a  pilot  if  they  have  a  goixl  chart. 

"A  strong  current  sets  out  of  Naas  and  Wark  Cliannels  in  Chatham  Sound  and  sweeps  past  The 
Pointers  and  then  flows  out  through  Dixon  Entrance  between  Dundas  Island  and  Alaska.  The  cur- 
rent is  aliout  two  and  a  half  knots  iwr  hour."  These  rocks  constitute  a  serious  danger,  but  when  reoog- 
nize<l  form  a  landmark  for  Port  Simiison— the  entrance  of  the  main  or  Inskip  Possjige  Ijcaring  from 
The  Pointers  B.  \  N.  three  miles. 

Five  miles  W  SW.  from  Point  Gordon  is  the  Oonnis  Book,  rising  fifteen  feet  above  high  water 
and  apparently  bold-t».  Between  this  and  The  Pointers  is  the  Main  Fassag'c'  fium  the  northwestward 
into  Chatham  Sound.     It  is  about  three  and  a  quarter  miles  in  width  and  i"  of  cunsi<lerable  depth,  no 

bottom  being  reported  'i  one  plat«  ai  one  hundretl  and  twenty-eij^ht  fathoms. 
OrHlanna  'J^'x-'  P-ssage  westward  from  Connis  Rock  is  known  as  the  Oriflamme  Passage,  and 

Pauige.  befvcen  the  r(x-k  and  certain  islets  eostwanl  from  Dundas  Island  has  n  width  of  about 

two  miles  and  a  considerable  depth  of  water. 

The  commodious  jtassHge  between  The  Pointers  ami  Parkin  and  Birnie  Islands,  though  u^...ly 
three  miles  wi-'.e  and  with  plenty  of  water,  has  received  no  s|)e(!ial  designation. 

Having  n-ferred  to  the  paifxages  of  appMach  and  entrance  to  Port  Simpson,  it  remains  to  describe 
more  particularly  the  anchorage  and  establishment  here  situated. 

The  settlement  is  situated  upon  Fort  Simpson  Cove,  a  small  indentation  within 
Fort  Simpson.  the  low,  snndy  and  rocky  Fort  Point.  It  consists  of  Fort  Simpson  itself,  and  of  about 
one  hundred  houHes  of  tlieChim-sy-an  Indians,  of  whom  almut  n  thousand  reside  hore. 
This  is  the  most  inqmrtant  trading  post  in  this  region.  It  consists  of  a  quadrangular  stiivkade  200  by 
]  60  feet,  with  bastions  at  its  soutlieast  and  northwest  angles,  within  which  arc  situated  the  dwellings, 
warehouses  and  |>ost  buildings;  and  a  large  garden,  fenced  in,  outside  of  the  stockade,  where  root  crops 
are  suocessfully  cultivated. 

The  land  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  fort  is  comparatively  low,  and  so  are  the  adjacent 
islands,  but  high  land  exists  to  the  northward.  The  rocks  are  regularly  stratified,  mica  schists  passing 
into  gneiss  and  granite,  containing  garnets,  pyrite  and  quartz  vems.  Gold  is  reported  to  exist  in  the 
vicinity,  but  the  statement  requires  confirmation.  Except  where  cleared,  the  land  is  covered  with  a 
deuFC  growth  of  timl)er  and  the  soil  is  mossy  and  wet. 

The  beach  to  the  eastward  of  the  jetty  affords,  in  consequence  of  the  great  range  of  the  tides, 
good  fa(^ilities  for  laying  large  vessels  out  for  purposes  of  cleaning  or  repairs. 

The  cove,  port  and  immediate  approaches  are  shown  on  British  Admirality  Chart  No.  2426,  (cor- 
rected to  March,  1872,)  from  earlier  editions  of  which  it  api)ear8  that  the  stockade  has  been  located  by 
English  obscrverat  in 

Latitude ,._  64°  33'  80"  N. 

Longitude 130°  26'  U"  W. 

According  to  British  authorities  it  is  H.  W,  F.  and  C.  at  l'"  30",  springs  rising  17  to  22  feet  and 
neaps  14  to  17  feet. 

The  magnetic  variation  was  reported  at  27°  60'  E.  in  1866,  in  the  edition  of  1872  it  is  indicated 
as  27°  10'  E.,  in  1881  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  found  it  to  be  27°  64.'l  j2. 

The  anchorage  is  situated  NW.  by  N.  \  N.  from  the  entrant*  of  the  stockade,  somewhat  over  a 
quarter  of  a  mile,  and  about  a  cable  length  from  the  three-fathom  curve  in  any  dilution. 

•Meade,  llydi ograplilc  Office,  II.  8.  N.,  Hjrdrograjihio  Notice  No.  i:»,  lb«9,  calls  them  PlTe  Flllfon. 

♦  Obaervatione  by  the  U  8.  Coart  Survey  in  1881.  with  a  latitude  of  84°  83'  28'  H.,  reaulted  in  placing  the  longitude  of  the 
••tronotnical  italion  at  180°  98'  10".6  W.  of  Greenwich.  The  slatiun  was  on  the  weat  aide  of  the  principal  gate  between  the 
outer  fence  and  the  atoolcade. 

Tlie  U.  8.  Coaat  Survey  magnetic  italion  of  1881,  occupie.1  by  Lieut.  Com.  H.  E.  Niehola,  II.  8.  N.,  wm  almoat  direotlj  in 
troni  of  and  about  two  hundred  feet  from  the  new  house  erected  for  tlie  bishop  of  the  diocese.     By  compass  the 

S.  esdof  Blmlclilandbora _  J(.  B0°  W. 

W.  and  of  PlnUyioii  Iil«nd  bora ."""./."  s!  7»o  w' 

Otmreli  aplre  bora. _" V.Ilimillll""  "b!  16°  w". 

The  sUtion  it  about  three  hnndiwl  yards  from  the  main  gate  ..f  the  stockade.  It  was  marked  by  a  10  X  10-inoh  stick  of  pine 
timber  painted  white  and  standing  about  three  feet  above  the  surfiice.  "Hie  lepeiid  "U.  8.  Coast  Survey,  1881,"  was  cut  on  iU 
•Mward  hoe. 


'^■^ 


PORT   HIMPMOM. 


47 


The  bottom  Li  undy  and  the  depth  eight  or  nine  fathomit.  The  situation  is  well  pn>(c«'t«4l  from 
moet  winda.  Thia  ii*  the  moat  northern  aeabnord  port  and  an<!horage  on  the  DritiMh  Oilunibian  cuoat 
and  the  aeat  of  oonaideroble  barter  and  trade. 

"Itembraoes  over  four  aquare  milee  of  water  from  four  to  twenty  fathoms  deep,  with  muddv  bot- 
tom, good  holding-ground  and  free  from  rocka  and  ahoala.  It  ia  easy  of  avoeiw  from  the  sea,  havmg  no 
strong  tidal  currenta,  and  well  nht-ltered  from  all  winds  ext^ept  the  west,  whi(;h  here  seldom  hU»ws.  The 
prevailing  winds  are  southwest  and  northwest,  from  which  the  harUir  is  ])crfe<-tly  protcc-ted.  During 
seven  months,  including  the  winter  of  1H70-HO,  the  highest  sea  in  the  harUir  was  nine  inches,  measured 
on  the  tide  staff  in  the  most  PX|>osed  part  of  the  harbor.  From  three  months  observations  the  rise  and 
fall  (>r  tide  waa  found  to  be  twenty-three  feet  at  springs  and  fifteen  to  sixteen  at  neaps,  scarcely 
influenced  by  winds."* 

.^  ■  — — — — — ^-^^— ^— ^^-^^— — — — ^_^^.^_™^^^^____««^^,^^_ 

*R«port  of  Csplsin  BrundlR*,  1880,  p.  IG&.  Po"  lOto  sppmidls  hwvwitk  fi>r  mttronAogf.  H*  tliHi  rtmarkc,  in  nganl  lo 
ih*  olliaatf ,  "  I  WM  ralikbly  informed  at  Port  BltnpMtn  i  th«  mnnllM  of  Junt,  Jul/  Mid  Augiwt  «r«  tli*  flnvtl ;  that  In  fl«pt«m- 
b«r,  Ootobar  and  MoTMFb«-r  thrr*  la  a  eunaidara'  U  an.  l  nf  rain,  eloudjr  wralhrr  and  atroiig  winda,  but  with  rar/  llltia  fng, 
•Imllar  to  Iha  northwaat  eoaat  of  Iraiand.  During  DaoaiilMir,  January  and  Fabruary  alrong  Ralw,  colli  and  fniat,  rain  and  anow, 
the  latter  falling  aumellmM  to  a  depth  of  two  feet,  bm  Joea  not  remain  lung  on  the  ground.  It  ia  unuanal  for  the  tliermometer  (o 
fall  below  aero.  March,  April  and  May  eomp  'i  the  prii  -'pai  rain.T  aeaoi  u  at  Piirt  SImpaon,  tut,  ainuiga  to  aajr,  tiie  slimata  of 
the  region  hereabouta  rariea  Terjr  much,  fur  i.     ..i  flfteen  milea  off  It  ia  quite  diflerent." 


NoTB.— On  aonie  recently  onrreoted  Engliah  Admiralty  charta  there  art  >  umti  arhilrary  chanKn  uf  name*  which  tiare  conin 
t<i  hand  too  late  to  be  incorporated  in  the  text.  They  will  b«  found  in  the  index.  Mu«t  of  them  are  uf  little  importance  and 
refer  to  iaianda  in  the  vicinity  of  tlie  Inland  I'aaaage  in  Britith  CoUmbian  watera.  8eu  aUo  Addenda,  at  end  uf  tuxt,  for 
material  received  during  the  printing  of  the  text. 


,.      /f 


mfimm 


"fFfiPlI 


li- 


f   k 


m 


-,# 


^r 


^IgW^gggglL^ 


iJ^^mmM^mitatmlti 


mtti^ 


II  rimiiiiirifM  i    ii'iiii 


wmmmmtm 


*«qiMlliiPiin«imni'< 


'!'"'.""'' ■^■•■■•■■l 


1  r 


C .  If orthnmljOTlBni! 


\a  JBrtUah  Cohunh 


Mc.CuUouffliHli 


'/. 


/ . 


\" 


^ 


>2^ 


c^c,;i_ 

IV.  "j.. 

Imnrli'il  IdB.    ,         IH'J  < 

whitnuu:.  , "t'  „,^ 

-'""'        ;      z'^- — ^.wiiiiivPi. 


,'  /  /7  \         •  I'-iriii'-ii' 

/       n,.^,*!s>_        T  I  ^"  '*  Omnmllli        '"•         ';'"    :, 

.     •        I  '*°°,.J'.  A  4      •:«  SpHijuwlrnvrh  Hk ,  ,  [ 

V   .-"■■ v.,  M Z I, ~t .^ li£L .  _    ■■ 


IV.io.'  Ml 


ci«,.Mj,.o; 


I li£L 

l^\'  '^  ta;    ^■" 


;  ^  i   MdfTut  Irtn .         V 

•*.!■„    22  ,w       >     ,1,    >•     r.c.        in » 


NuMlt-iiwltiiwU  Kit  .•   .  ^.  |.<" 

UL _  .Lmi-...  -waa.  ■ 

llunil  llifTlJJ-  1  l\ 

*,     '-     r\ffi!fJ>.        A. 
i:i  '  ^-j  ', 

^       «,.,».un'^,^.„ , 


(y-nmii^N 

-^^  .-.       ill 


«.      O 


\      *      "  '-'    ^^\  .•  ..jjllll  luiol 


,/  '' 


f^nltM... 


»» 


^-k 


^< 


1^1^ 


Bmmm 


■  u 


■ 


i 


THE  COAST  OF  ALASKA, 


THE  COAST  AND  INLAND  WATERS  OF  THE  ALEXANDER 

ARCHIPELAGO. 


I.  DIXON  ENTRANCE  TO  CROSS  SOUND. 

In  the  present  state  of  knowledge  it  is  impracticable  to  attempt  to  do  more  than  give  a  verj  brief 
outline  of  the  hydrographical  characteristics  of  that  congeries  of  straits,  inlets,  islands,  rocks  and  pas- 
sages composing  the 

ALEXAXDEB  ARCHIPELAGO, 

which  extends  northward  from  latitude  84°  30'  N.  through  nearly  five  degrees  of  latitude  and  seven  of 
longitude.  The  inforiaation  on  record  is,  in  nearly  all  cases,  of  the  most  general  character.  The 
incomparable  Vancouver  is  still  the  chief  and  most  trustworthy  authority,  and  for  the  rest  it  is  nec- 
essarv  to  glean  from  the  atlas  and  memoranda  of  TebieukoiT  and  a  great  number  of  scattered  authorities 
details  in  regard  to  special  localitirs ;  which  details — oAen  recorded  by  persons  not  specially  qualified 
for,  or  interested  in,  exploration,  except  so  far  as  it  related  to  their  own  commercial  enterprises — must 
usually  be  taken  as  approximations  only. 

Conflicting  statements,  confusion  of  name««,  discrepancies  between  charts  and  verbal  descriptions 
are  so  abundant  and  so  perplexing  as  tn  render  the  attempt  to  harmonize  tliem  both  difficult  and  unsat- 
isfying. Hence  it  is  premised  that,  in  all  cases  where  a  definite  authority  is  not  cited,  the  information 
here  given  is  the  resultant  of  an  examination  of  the  various  authorities  whose  names  will  be  found  in 
Appendix  1,  and  for  the  accuracy  of  which  it  is  impossible  to  vouch.  It  it  believed,  however,  that 
reference  has  been  made  to  almost  every  authority  on  the  subject  whose  observations  are  entitled  to 
consideration,  and  that,  however  imperfect  the  result  of  this  inquiry*  may  be,  it  nevertheless  represedts 
fairly  the  present  state  of  the  knowledge  of  this  region. 

Another  difficulty  has  arise  i  which  it  is  not  believed  could  find  a  solution  which  would  prove 
universally  acceptable.  The  irregularity  of  the  channels  passing  through  the  archipelago  is  such  as  to 
render  the  order  in  which  they  should  be  taken  iip  difficult  to  decide.  For  some  reasons  it  seemed 
advisable  to  follow  the  main  lines  of  commerce  from  I'ixon  Entrance  to  Sitka  and  Wrangell,  and  make 
the  rest  subsidiary,  at  the  cost  of  losing  all  geographical  continuity  in  the  description. 

It  has  been  decided,  however,  not  to  adopt  this  course,  but,  while  summarizing  the  commercial 
routes,  to  take  the  various  portions  of  the  archipehigo  in  geographic^'  sequence  from  the  south  north- 
ward, by  groups  naturally  distinguished  among  the  islands,  and  from  the  shore  of  the  mainland  seaward, 
or  from  the  east  to  the  west. 

The  archipelago,  as  a  whole,  extends  in  a  generally  ITW.  and  SE.  direction  more  than  two  hundred 
and  fiflty  miles ;  the  inland  waters  which  may  be  said  to  lielong  to  its  system  extend  at  least  a  hundred 
miles 'farther.  The  greatest  breadth  from  the  mainland  to  the  ocean,  SW.  and  NS.,  is  about  eighty 
miles.  The  number  of  islands  included  in  it  is  very  great ;  an  approximate  estimate  of  those  definitelr 
placed  on  the  charts  put&it  at  eleven  hundred,  which,  were  all  existing  rocks  and  Lalets  enumerated, 
voqld  doubtless  be  a  very  inadequate  estimate. 

P.O.  P.— 7  (49) 


.,'»*<! 


mm 


80 


ALEXANDER  ARCHIPELAGO. 


These  islandB  are  situaJfed  in  a  series  of  natural  groups  formed  by  tiie  intersecting  channels. 
Theee  groups  are  again  separated  into  two  great  groups  by  the  sheet  of  w  iter  extending  from  the 
Hasy  Ulands  to  the  mouth  of  the  Stikine  River,  a  strait  which  has  received  the  name  of  Sumner 
atrsit.'*  This  passage  having  but  one  im]M>rtaiit  curve  is  tlie  only  direct  northeasterly  channel  from 
tlie  Pacific  to  the  mafnland,  included  in  the  region  between  Cross  Sound  and  Dixon  Entrance.  This 
regfion  it  divides  into  su1>equal  portions.  _  .     ^ 

The  groups  of  islands  indudetl  in  the  southern  portion,  enumerated  iu  the  onler  in  which  they 
will  be  takea  up,  are  as  follows: 

Islands  at  the  eastern  end  of  Dixon  Entrance. 
BaTillagtgedo  and  associated  islands. 
Ktolin,  Zarembo  and  associated  islands. 
Prince  of  Wales  and  associated  inlands. 

Those  groups  to  the  northward  of  Sumner  Strait  are — 

Mitkoff  and  associated  islands. 
Kupresnoff  and  associated  islands. 
Zulu  and  associated  islands. 
Baranoff  and  associated  islands. 
Admiralty  and  associated  islands. 
Ohlcbagoff  and  associated  islands. 

The  islands  to  the  northward  of  Sumner  Strait  have  a  general  trend  of  NW.  and  8S.,  while 
those  to  the  southward  of  the  strait  trend  more  nearly  NW.  by  W.  and  BE.  by  E. 

The  topographical  features  of  the  archipelago  are  similar  to  those  oi  the  mainland  to  the  eastward, 
but  less  elevated;  and  its  hydrographic  characteristics  are  such  as  woulii  be  developed  by  a  submer- 
gence of  the  lateral  ridges  of  a  sharply  broken  and  much  elevated  system  of  coast  ranges,  such  as 
exists  from  Puget  Sound  to  the  Aliaska  Peninsula,  without  important  topographical  modificetions  of 
any  kind.  Most  of  the  islands  are  high,  the  peaks  and  ridges  showing  a  remarkable  uniformity  in 
general  altitude.  A  few  peaks  rise  conspicuously  above  the  rest,  but  these  are  mork^  exceptions. 
The  country  is  exceedingly  rough  and  broken, — the  sharper  inclinations,  on  the  whole,  facing  toward 
the  mainland.  The  higher  summits  are  sharp,  notched,  irregular,  and  showing  little  if  any  modi- 
fication by  erosion.  The  lower  summits  are  more  frequently  somewhat  rounded,  but,  together  with 
Uie  flanks  of  the  former,  are  so  masked  in  a  dense  growth  of  timber  as  to  conceal  most  of  their  charac- 
teristic features.  Deep  and  narrow  gorges;  precipitous  clifls;  steep  mountain  sides,  scored  by  ava- 
lanches and  land-slips;  small  level  plateaus  of  accumulated  washings  from  the  highlands;  occasional 
districts  of  moderately  low  but  rolling  country, — these  are  prominent  features  in  the  topography. 

The  snow-line  in  mid-summer  reaches  an  altitude  varying,  according  to  local  conditions,  from 
two  tliousand  to  five  thousand  feet.  Glaciers  are  formed  in  favorable  localities,  such  as  are  abundantly 
afforded  by  narrow  gorges  of  the  const  ranges  whose  walls  perennially  ward  oif  the  sun.  Toward  the 
northern  part  of  the  archipelago,  on  the  contint^ntal  shore,  where  lofty  ridges  above  the  snow-line 
supply  the  necessary  feeders,  these  ice  rivers  often  attain  great  size  and  even  reach  the  water  side.  In 
most  cases,  for  several  thousand  feet  of  elevation,  they  force  their  way  between  densely  wooded  hill- 
sides. Others  fail  at  a  considerable  altitude  and  manifest  themselves  in  glacial  torrents,  frequently 
forming  casciKles  of  great  beauty.  The  proximity  of  such  streams  is  invariably  indicated  by  die  milky 
stratum  which  covers  the  denser  sea-water,  sometimes  for  miles  from  the  embouchure.  This  condition 
of  a  stream  of  fresh  water  may  be  taken  as  unfailing  evidence  that  it  somewhere  receives  the  discbarge 
from  a  glacier. 

In  the  islands  of  the  archipelago,  however,  the  land  does  not  usually  reach  %  suflSoient  altitude  to 
retain  snow  throughout  the  year,  and,  except  on  the  higher  peaks,  the  entire  absence  of  snow  forms  a 
remarkable  feature  of  the  summer  landscape.  From  the  great  amount  of  rain-fall  at  certain  seasons  fresh 
water  is  readily  obtainable  in  nil  parts  of  the  archipelago,  and  nowhere  does  there  seem  to  be  any  diffi- 
culty  in  procuring  wood  for  fuel,  timl)er  suitable  for  spars  or  for  most  purposes  of  construction  or  repairs. 

The  hydrographical  characteristics  form  a  parallel  to  the  topographical  features  above  mentioned. 
The  continuation  of  the  steep  inclines  and  narrow  gorges  below  the  sea  level  has  resulted  in  that 
unrivaled  sjrstem  of  narrow  straits  with  deep  soundings  which  characterises  the  nordtwest  const  of 
America  from  Puget  Sound  to  Cape  Spencer.  To  n)any  of  these  contracted  passages  the  term  "conul," 
employed  by  Vancouver,  is  eminently  applicable.  Again,  the  rugged  nature  of  the  ridges  and  peaks, 
and  the  singular  absence  of  plains  or  extensive  plateaus,  is  paralleled  by  the  numerous  rocks  and 
reds  surrounded  by  deep  water,  and  the  general  absence  of  extensive  shoals  except  at  the  mouths  of 
streams  or  rivers  fed  by  glaciers. 


*  In  honor  of  t)if  lMn*.!t«d  ■tktMman,  to  whoM  endcaTon  !■  chiefly  due  (he  Mquiiition  of  (hit  Twritory  by  tho  United  StktM. 


gn^ 


^,-,-*Hfe/>-,..^ 


r^ 


,s/«-,    --■,.*Avi 


'I'i'-?-. 


I.i>?U. 


■»! 


Ni'w  KililyHtdiie  HiM'k.HifhiiiriimU. 


I.4UTM 


Nu«lhI(L  Tlinimli ''n|i 

KuU'OiUTf  tit  (loak  Hmv  rapi'  Kiinx  NK.IivK.iK 


\Mmy\A 


Entrunectn  Cox  SU'mt,Lui«;v-I.SK.byK.vK.4MUi*». 


n 


1 


(y*n 


••hil. 


I 


H  ^r. 


'-  V' 


i  lii 


!l 


! 


'■*C.'.i!»B<«BL.., 


iiuBpgiiiiipyili 


'•\   *-."j    )«M.A<'     .-.'t^    ..•. 


'^t^4if^' 


sH^PF^' 


^mm^^ 


h  as 

•I   !)( 

V  in 


.1- 
»»va- 

'(.«! 

•  Iv 

iiilf 
[n 

f.ili'- 


•    h 


.viU 


r 

■r 
in 

thiM 


«kil. 


.1 


•  V 

•If 

'  II 

'i- 
:y 

i.  V 

n 
io 


-i. 
...  ,  „f 


QVKEN   CHiUllXyrTK  ISLANDS. 
DIXON  ENT|{AN(?E. 


SI 


Tiw  Alexander  and  Columbian  archipeliKM  are  M-pttrntttd  from  each  other  by  the  broad  thaet 
of  water  known  m  Dixon  Kntraniv,  a  name  wlii<-h  hiM  now  obtaiiie<l  alm<k<t  niiiveraal  aoraptaooe. 
The  name  Dixon'i  Straits  waa  applied  t4i  Dixon  £ntrant«  and  Hecate  Btrait,  cillectively,  by  Dixon 
hinuelf  in  1787,  and  about  the  same  time,  to  the  iume  iMxIiea  of  water,  Mearea  ^ave  the  name  of 
Douglas  Entrance,  and  to  the  northeaMtern  |N)rtioii  the  title  of  Bii(«leuk!i  Sound.* 

Dixon  Entrance  lien  Iwtween  iutitiide  64*^  0'  and  64°  48'  N.  and  longitude  190°  SO'  and  1SS°  0' 
W.,— its  Iimil8  l>eing  on  the  one  hand  the  northern  terminations  of  Queen  Charlotte  laiands  and  the 
Dundas  Oroup,  and  (m  the  other  the  Houthern  exlr«-mitieH  and  Mhores  of  the  Alexander  Archipelago 
and  a  small  portion  of  the  mainland,     its  wetttern  extremcM  may  be  said  to  be  ( 'a|ie  Knox  on  the  soutn 
and,  on  the  north,  the  headland  projecting  HoutheoMtwanl  from  Port  Bazau. 

From  the  northern  part  of  the  entrance  lead  several  Imvs,  Htraits  and  Hounds,  while  from  the 
eastern  portion  extend  Hecate  Utrait,  ( 'hntham  Hound  and  the  Portland  Canal. 

The  waters  of  tiie  entrance  are  for  the  mont  part  clear  and  free  from  dangers,  but  some  rot'ks  of 
doubtful  position  have  been  rc|N)rte<i  in  its  i  orthern  part.  A  brief  detx-ription  of  the  southern  {mrtion 
is  in  plaoe  here. 

The  HW.  extreme  of  Graham  Island  of  the  C^ueen  Charlotte  gnmp  is  Ca|)e  Knox,t  which  on 
later  charts  is  represented  as  a  somewhat  prominent  cape  extending  to  the  westward  of  a  line  drawn 
from  Point  North  to  I'oint  Fr«leri"k,  (S.  14'  W.,  ac^-ording  to  V'ancjuver,)  but  accord- 
ing to  the  charts  of  Dixon,  Vanv  iver,  Marclmnd  and  Dawson,  the  extremity  of  the  Caps  Ksex. 
ca|>e  would  fall  within  this  line,  riu  cape  in  low,  with  a  \hM  ro<;ky  (>oast  and  a  small 
islet  or  dry  rock  W.  two  and  a  half  miles  from  it.  ik>tween  thin  rix'k  and  the  cape  a  eonlinuoiu  rttf 
or  bar.  of  foul  ground  is  indicated  by  English  authorities,  and  extends  in  the  same  direction  about  half 
a  mile  lieyond  the  islet.  On  British  Admindty  (,'hart  No.  21(18  a  sketch  of  the  adjacent  waters 
(under  the  name  of  Parry  Passage)  is  given,  on  which  the  geographical  |M)sition  of  Cape  Knox  ia 
stated  to  be 

Latitude..-^. 84°I6'  N. 

Loncitude 188°  03' W. 

Upon  advance  proof  sheets  of  Dr.  George  M.  Dawson's  new  chart  of  the  Queen  Charlotte  IsUnds, 
published  by  the  Geological  Survey  of  the  Dominionof  Canada  in  their  Report  of  Progress  tor  1878-79, 
a  different  representation  of  Cape  Knox  is  given,  though  upon  a  verv  small  scale.  It  is  there 
represented  as  a  bold,  somewhat  elevated,  narrow  and  sinuous  point  extending  about  a  mile  and  three- 
quarters  from  a  bit  of  low  ground  at  the  WW.  extreme  of  Graham  Island,  ana  in  a  nearly  8W.  by 
W.  I  W.  direction.  From  its  extremity  in  a  generally  8W.  direction  four  miles  extend  three  dry 
rooks  or  pillars.  No  shoal  is  represented  about  or  between  them,  and  they  are  indicated  about  a  mile 
and  a  third  fmm  each  other,  as  is  the  nearest  one  from  the  point  of  the  cape.  The  extremity  of  the 
cape  is  placeil  in  about 

Latitude 84°10'.8  H. 

Longitude 188°  58'.  0  W. 

The  cape,  from  the  topography  thus  indicated,  must  appear  from  some  points  of  view  like  an 
island.  The  l-ight  to  the  southwnnl  of  it  appears  to  have  rocky  shores,  and  has  been  named  on  Dr. 
Dawson's  map  Lepas  Bay. 

Beyond  the  bay  to  the  south  ond  west  is  Point  Frederick  of  Vancouver,  who  supposed  it  to  be 
Prederiok  Island  of  Ingraham.  It  is  also  called  by  the  latter  name  by  Dawson,  beinj  the  western 
extreme  of  an  island.  The  west  coast  of  Queen  Charlotte  Islandw  being  practically  unkjown  except  at 
the  westbrn  ends  of  Skid^te  and  Houston  Stewart  channels,  it  cannot  be  said  with  certainty  whether 
this  i  land  is  that  of  lugrahamor  not  until  its  jMisition  is  determined.  He  states,  however,  under  date 
oi"  Ju  9, 1791,  that,  being  in  latitude  63°  47'  N.,  the  extremes  of  the  land  bore  W., 
by  W  i  W.  and  8B.  by  E.,  respectively,  and  Frederick  Island  bore  E  SB.  five  leagues  P»rt  Isirakaa. 
distr  I,.  Behind  this  island,  named  for  his  son,  he  di8Cf)vere<l  a  fine  commodious  inlet, 
which  his  officers  named  Port  Ingrabam,  which  he  places  in  latitude  63°  47'  N.,  and  which  to  this  day 
is  not  indicated  on  any  published  chart.t 

*  Bpellad  Bneelnch  on  hia  obart*.  The  fumiRr  had,  however,  been  named  previoual;  br  Bodega,  nho,  in  1775,  called  it 
Parei  Inlat  after  Juan  Perez,  the  original  diacoverer.  It  liaa  aleo  been  termwl  Dixon  loiiad.  On  aoma  Kuaaian  obarta  It  baa 
raceived  the  name  of  OruUtia  (Boundary)  Strait,  and  it  ia  called  Ky-fab-nl  Strait  hy  Tebenkuff. 

t  Bops  Point  of  Ingraham  in  1791. 

tlngraham  givea  many  detaila  in  an  approximate  way  for  the  weat  coaat  nf  theae  iaiauda.  Hia  latitudea  in  general  ara  quit* 
accurate  where  we  have  the  meana  of  checking  them  by  other  aurveya,  and  may  be  auppoaed  to  be  ao  elaewhere,  aa  in  tbia  Iveallt/. 
The  following  namerliava  been  applied  by  him  to  geographical  fcatur^a  on  the  weateni  ahore  of  Queen  Charlotte  lalandc;  tbair 
latitadaa  tnm  hia  general  chart  of  1793  follow  the  identllicationa : 

Hops  Point,  (Cape  Knox) La«-  M"  U' ». 

Ounnoyah's  itrsit,  (Cox  Strait) "     »*    "    " 


52 


PORT   kNORAHAM. 


i'  »i''i 


li  i  r 


The  northern  entrance  of  Port  Ingraham  is  formed  by  two  high  bluff  points  with  some  small  islets 
between  them.  Ingraham  obtained  seventeen  fathoms  here.  Northwarf  from  the  entrance  on  the 
coast  is  a  large  reef  of  rocks,  and  westward  and  southward  from  the  southern  point  of  entrance  along 
the  shore  of  Frederick  Island  are  a  large  number  of  sunken  rocks.  The  port  extends  about  six  milep 
from  the  entrance  in  an  easterly  direction,  is  about  two  miles  wide,  with  four  small  islets  near  the  head. 
In  the  vicinity  of  the  islets  is  some  kelp.  At  the  head  is  a  beach  and  nine  or  ten  fathoms  water. 
Toward  the  head  the  port  cu  -ves  more  to  the  eastward.  Half-way  toward  the  head  Ingraham  got 
sixty-four  fathoms.  The  passage  eastward  of  Frederick  Island  has  several  islets  in  it  and  six  fathoms 
water.    Some  help  is  noted  in  the  channel.     Ingraham  placed  this  south  entrance  in  about  188°  05' 

W.  of  London. 
Polat  North.  Aoook  diner  to  Dawson's  sketch,  N.  by  W.  |  W.,  four  and  a  half  miles  from  Cape 

Knox,  lies  Point  North,  named  by  Vancouver,*  practically  the  southern  headland  of 
Dixon  Entrance.     Its  geographical  position  is 

Latitude —  64°  16',0  W. 

Longitude.... - l82°8e'.6W., 

according  to  Dawson,  while  Tebienkoff  places  it  12'  farther  to  the  westward.    There  are  some  rockB 

and  H  small  islet  close  to  it,  but  apparently  no  outlying  dangers.    It  is  moderately  low 

Ntrth  lilaml.         f^o^  forms  the  northwestern  extreme  of  North  Island,  namra  by  Dixon.f     It  is  about 

five  miles  long  W  NW.  and  E  SE.  and  nearly  two  and  a  half  miles  broad.     The  land 

is  moderately  low  and  covered  with  a  somewhat  scattering  growth  of  trees. 

A  small,  h.gh,  round  island  rather  close  to  North  Island,  I7E.  ^  N.  from  Cape  Knox,  a  prominent 
object  in  approaching,  was  named  Thrumb  Cap  by  Ingraham. 

About  half-way  between  Point  North  and  the  entrance  to  Virago  Sound,  on  a  line  conudoting  the 
two.  Captain  Brundige  obtained  soundings  in  sixty-fivt  fathoms  about  four  miles  from  shore  and  thirty 
fathoms  close  in  to  the  shore  at  Point  JNorth.     The  shores  of  the  island  are  bold  to. 

Between  the  southern  shore  of  this  island  and  the  northern  shore  of  Graham  Island  lie  Cloak 

Bay  and  Cox  Strait.:(     In  1791  this  was  entered  by  Marchand  in  the  Bolide,  and 

Cloak  Bay  and       Captain  Chanal  of  this  party  prepared  a  sketch  of  the  passage  which,  though  diflfering 

^    Cox  Strait.         in  many  details  from  Dawson  s  chart,  appears  to  have  better  claims  to  consideration 

than  the  plan  given  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2168,  under  the  name  of  Parry 

Passage,  which  is  evidently  a  mere  rough  sketch. 

Itland  not  naiDwl,^  Frederick  Point  of  Vancouver) Lat.  M°  00'  V. 

v',*  Frfd«Tlok  bland  at  entrance  of  Port  Ingraham "     ss    41    " 

';'■'.'  Port  Infrklutm,  (iolerior) "     s>    4T    " 

.'  Ulandnot  named,  (Hippa  Island,  of  Dawaont) "      SS    M    " 

RenneU  Sonnd,  (large  iaiaud  In  entrance) "      ss    |0    " 

Point  not  named,  (Point  Buck  of  Vancouver) "      08    10    " 

Oroat  Sound,  (weetenlntncei  of  Skidegate) "      g|    05    " 

Fort  Tork,  (Port  Kuper) "     51    bS    " 

Bntraneo  not  named,  (Tatoo  Harbort) "      SS    4S    " 

Port  MontcouMrr,  (unnamed  entrance  Vancouver) "     u    M    " 

Port  FerUni  at  entrance "      BS    SO    " 

Macoo  Sonnd  at  entrance "      n    %t    •• 

Kojrah'a  Strait,  (Houaton  Stewart  Channel) "      sf    Ot    " 

Oapo  St.  Jamoo "     tl    so    " 

It  ii  lo  oe  obaerved  that  the  figure*  and  sketches  given  in  lugraham's  Journal  of  1791  are  much  reformed,  09rre)l«d  and 

improved  in  his  general  chart  of  179S.   He  compared  notes  with  Vancouver,  whom  he  met  at  Friendlj  Cove,  Nootka  Soand, a 

Iket  which  explains  the  attempt  to  retain  his  unpublished  name  for  Point  Frederick.    On  the  easterr.  »u^. .  of  the  Quseo  Char- 
lotte Islands  the  following  name*  of  Ingraham  may  be  noted : 
Point  Rom  or  Sandf  Point. 
SkltUto,  (Skidegate  Inbt.) 
Onmmailiawaa'i  Harbor.  (Cumshewa  Inlet.) 

Oonunaihawaa'i  Bay,  (between  Point  Vertical  and  Atli  Island  of  Dawson. ) 
Klolw'i  Point,  (point  east  of  Atli  Inlet,  latitude  n°  44'.) 
Kaukttnl'a  Sound  orSmok*  B«,r,  (Juan  Peres  Inlet.) 
XantkMal'i  Point,  (Beudder  Point.) 
Port  Uoah,  (SkiDouttl*  Inlet) 
Port  Sturgla,  (Carpenter  Ba^.) 

*The  Brtakoro'  PoUit  of  La  I    rouas,  ak.d  Oabo  do  St.  Margarlt^uf  Perei  in  1774. 
t  Afterward,  bjr  Caamano  and  Vancouver,  called  Laacara  bland,  a  name  retained  on  many  charts. 

t  This  bay  waa  discovered  and  named  by  Dixon  in  1787,  and  the  passage  conneoliog  it  with  Diron  Entrance  to  the  eMtward 
was  discovsred  and  named  Ooz'i  Ohannol  by  Douglas  two  years  afterwards.  It  was  called  by  Ingraham  Ounnorab's  Strait,  for  an 
Indian  chief  with  whim  he  traded  in  1791,  and  who  lived  on  -.u*  south  shore.  If  any  yean  later  the  whole  waa  named  Pairr 
PassafO  by  some  English  navigator*. 


"^ 


CLOAK   BAY  AJJD   COX   STRAIT.  59 

Cloak  Bay  is  about  three  miles  long  B.  and  W.  and  two  and  a  half  miles  wide.  It  is  protected 
from  all  except  westerly  winds.  Cape  Knox  forms  the  soutiiern  hoadland  of  the  entrance,  from  which 
Laoy  Irtet,  the  northern  headland  according  to  Dawson,  Insars  iibout  NW.  by  N.  J  N.  three  milee. 
There  are  from  thirty  to  seventeen  fathoms  in  the  middle  of  the  bay  over  a  bottom  of  sand,  gravel  and 
shells.  In  the  NB.  angle  of  the  bay  is  a  small  island,  tehind  which  a  cove  with  a  gravel  beach  exists, 
convenient  for  a  boat  harbor.     Some  rocks  are  indicated  near  the  northern  shore  df  t';.e  bay. 

At  the  SB.  angle  is  the  entrance  to  Cox  Strait,*  three-quarters  of  a  mile  wide,  but  c()utractetl  to 
less  than  three  cables  by  a  reef  or  bank  which  makes  off'  to  the  NNW.  from  a  point  on  the  southern 
side  of  the  entrance.  In  the  narrowest  part,  however,  the  soundings  range  from  thirty-two  to  forty 
fathoms  over  a  bot.oni  of  hard  sand  and  shells.  The  northern  shore  of  the  passage  is  bold-to.  The 
strait  is  less  than  two  miles  in  length  B.  and  W.,  and  varies  from  one  mile  to  half  a  mile  in  breadth. 

It  is  separated  into  two  arms  by  Liioy  Island,  somewhat  less  than  two-thirds  of  a  mile  long  and 
one-third  of  a  mile  broad.  The  northern  arm  is  not  much  over  a  cjible  wide ;  the  southern  or  main 
channel  is  mort  than  half  a  mile  wide.  The  soundings  in  the  main  passage  arc  thirty  fathoms,  with  a 
rocky  bottom.  The  shores,  except  in  the  narrow  western  entmnce,  seem  to  be  clear  of  dangers.  The 
northern  arm,  while  extremely  narrow,  is  still  further  obstructed  hy  foul  ground  making  off  to  the  north- 
ward and  eastward  from  the  eastern  shore  of  Lucy  Island  less  than  half  a  mile,  and  a  similar  bank 
from  the  opposite  shore  of  North  Island.  There  is,  however,  a  narrow  channel,  having  four  to  six 
fathoms,  over  hard  bottom,  at  the  eastern  end,  and  this  increases  to  fifteen  fathoms  in  the  western  part 
of  the  arm. 

A  small  islet  lies  about  a  mile  to  the  eastward  from  the  eastern  entrance  of  this  arm,  and  a  rock 
awash  is  reported  NB.  two  miles  and  a  quarter  from  tiie  same  locality,  and  about  a  mile  and  a  quarter 
from  the  southern  shore  of  North  Islar.d. 

About  S  SB.  from  tli'  SB.  end  of  Lucy  Island  a  cove,  possibly  Puerto  Florida  Blanca  of  Spanish 
authorSjt  is  indicated  on  cue  Graham  Island  shore  under  tiie  name  of  Bruin  Bay,  with  anchorage  in 
ten  or  twelve  fathoms  a  third  of  a  mile  from  the  shore.  To  the  W.  and  W.  of  the  NW.  end  of  Lucy 
Island,  half  a  mile,  is  a  cove,  J  which  is  probably  the  Beal  Harbor  of  Douglas,  where  he  reports  having 
anchored  in  nineteen  fathoms  half  a  cable  from  the  shore,  and  completely  land-lm^kcd.  A  stream  falls 
into  this  cove. 

Douglas  found  no  bottom  with  eighty  fathoms,  of  line  in  mid-chanr.e!  at  the  eastern  entrance  of 
the  main  passage,  but  near  the  shore  of  Lucy  Island  he  found  twenty  and  thirty  fathoms. 

T101S8. 

The  tide  runs  very  strongly  through  the  strait. 

According  to  Douglas  and  Marchand  it  is  H.  W.  P.  and  C.  about  12'"  aO"  a.  m., — spring  tides 
rising  sixteen  feet,  neaps  ten  feet.  The  currents  follow  the  direction  of  the  shores, — the  flood  coming 
from  the  westward  and  the  streams  running  about  six  hours.  Douglas  reports  the  night  tides  as 
•ising  two  feet  higher  than  those  of  the  day.  *^ 

The  best  locality  for  anchoring  is  the  middle  of  Cloak  Bay,  in  seventeen  fathoms.  Should  a 
westerly  Kile  arise,  a  lee  may  be  found  in  Cox  Strait;  but  the  bay  is  fully  protcttol  from  all  other 
winds.  The  chief  objection  to  the  anchorage  seems  to  be  the  absence  of  any  very  good  holding-ground 
aud  the  excessive  depth  of  water. 

Tebienkoff  gives  the  longitude  of  the  entranw;  to  Cloak  Bay  as  133°  9'  W.  A  comparison  of 
other  authorities  would  place  the  entrance  in 

Latitude 64°  16'  N. 

Longitude -133°  02'  W. 

or,  according  to  Dawson,  in 

Latitude- 64°  12'   N. 

Longitude 132°  68'  W. 

There  is  considerable  population  in  this  vicinity,  and  several  authors  speak  of  remarkable  wooden 
carvings  of  great  size  on  the  North  Island  shore,  or  attached  to  the  winter  dwellings  of  the  natives. 
Birds,  whales,  salmon  and  other  fish  and  shell-fish  an.  reportc<l  as  very  abundant. 

•  Named  Ooz't  Ohaiut*!  by  Douglas  iii  1789,  and  Oftn»l  de  Florida  BUnca  hy  llie  SpaiiianlB  in  ITi'i. 

tThe  identlfloallon  of  namea  applied  by  the  Spaniprda  in  this  region  ia  very  difficult  since  the  niap»,  reaulting  from  the 
somewhat  detailed  surveys  of  Galiauo  and  Valdes  iu  17£1  and  1792,  were  never  publiahed.  Only  a  general  sketch  of  the  coast- 
line was  issued  b'  the  Bpacisb  Government. 

t  Douglas  Cove  of  Ingraham  in  1791,  and  called  HsMlunj  Core  by  Dawson.     It  \»  Hlated  to  be  a  good  anchorage  in  Imray's 

North  PaoiHo  Pilot,  Vol.  I,  Part  I,  p.  381. 


K^jMHaH 


^g^^^<i>si!m^^mmmmmm>.mmmmmm 


1 

iiii' 


i 

i: 

II 

m 

V 

■  i 

i 


i 


H' 


n 


54 


VIRAGO   SOUND. 


From  the  eastern  entrance  to  Cox  Strait  the  trend  of  the  shore  is  about  E.  two  miles  and  a  half 
to  a  small  point,  west  from  which  is  a  rocky  cohinui  ninety-five  feet  high,  callal  The  Pillar;  in  its 
vicinity  are  other  visible  nxiks  near  the  shore,  antl  the  space  between  the  visible  rocks  at  the  eastern 
extreme  of  Bruiu  Bay  and  The  Pillar  is  called  Pillar  Bay,  though  the  indentation  of  the  shore  is  slight. 
On  the  east  side  of  the  eastern  heailland  of  Pillar  Bay  is  a  good  boat  harbor. 

EJast  from  The  Pillar,  three  and  a  half  miles,  is  the  mouth  of  Jalun  Biver,  with  some  visible 
nxiks  close  to  the  shore  on  each  side  of  it.  Its  mouth  at  high  water  forms  an  excellent  boat  harbor. 
Thence  the  trend  is  alwnt  NB.  by  E.  five  and  a  half  miles  to  Klaskwun  Point,  which  is  backed  by  a 
rounded  hill  two  hundred  feet  high,  visible  for  a  long  distance,  and  off  which,  in  a  N  NE.  direction, 
Shag  Rook,  dry  and  elevated,  lies  at  a  distance  of  half  a  mile.  East  from  Klaskwun  Point  is  a  small 
bight  with  r(K!ks  near  its  shores.  On  this  is  situated  the  Yatsa  Indian  village.  A  small  stream  comes 
in  here. 

The  shore  hence  trends  nearly  due  E.,  and  is  fringed  with  rocks  close  in,  mostly  visible.     These 

are  particularly  nume'ous  and  large,  forming  islets  along  the  (!oast  at  a  distance  from 

Virago  Sound.       the  village  of  some  two  and  a  half  miles,  where  Point  Naden  is  formed  by  the  shore 

changing  its  trend  to  the  SE.     At  a  distance  (according  to  Dawson)  of  two  and  a 

half  miles  from  Point  Naden  is  Point  .lorey,  the  western  point  of  entrance  of  Virago  Sound. 

This  was  examined  by  Inskip  in  1853,  whose  sketch  is  given  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No. 
2168.*  The  general  direction  of  the  sound  is  nearly  N.  and  S.  The  outer  pnrtionf  is  about  three 
and  a  third  miles  long,  funnel-shaped,  with  its  greatest  width  at  the  entrance — about  three  miles.  The 
shores  are  low  and  densely  wooded. 

From  the  head  a  narrow  passage  leads  into  an  interior  basin  called  Trincomalee  Harbor ;+  which 

receives  several  streams  and  has  a  depth  of  ten  fathoms,  shoaling  to  sandy  shores.  "  The  soundings 

recorded  show  that  the  sound  shoals  from  ten  fathoms  at  the  entrance  to  three  or  four 

Trincomalee         fathoms  a  mile  northward  from  the  head.     The  eastern  headland  is  Cape  Edensaw, 

Harbor.  from  which,  according  to  Insl''*),  S.  by  W.  1  W.§  three  miles  is  a  shoal  patch  with 

two  and  a  half  fathoms  on  it    .id  eight  fathoms  immediately  NW.  from  it.     To  the 

southwanl  there  is  deeper  water,  and  the  passage  contracts  to  two-thirds  and  then  to  one-third  of  a 

mile,  the  western  half  of  which  is  occupied  hy  foul  ground.     At  the  most  contracted  part,  forme«l  by 

Point  Mary  on  the  west  and  Point  George  on  the  east,  are  two  Indian  villages.     It  should  be  entered 

with  great  caution,  as  the  charts  are  very  imperfect. 

The  shores  of  the  sound  are  bordered  by  shoulu  except  between  points  Inskip  and  George,  and  a 
channel  carrying  not  less  than  seven  fathoms  close  along  the  western  shore  leads  S.  by  E.  from  Point 
Mary.     It  is  stated  on  Inskip's  sketch  that  the  geographical  position  of  Cajw  Edensaw  is 

Latitude 54°  04' N. 

-        Longitude 132°  14' W., 

but  according  to  Dawson  it  is  - 

ijatitude 54°  04'.5  N. 

Longitude 132°23'.0W. 

The  anchorage  is  about  two  miles  in  :t  southwesterly  direction  from  Cape  Edensaw,  in  six  fathoms, 
oi^'  Point  Jorey,  which  beare  about  west  li  mile  from  the  anchorage,  with  several  islets  about  it. 

From  Cape  Edensaw  the  general  trend  of  the  land  is  NE.  by  E.  four  miles,  when  it  rounds  to 
the  eastward  and  southeastward,  everywhere  low,  nx^ky  or  covered  with  boulders,  and  without  sandy 
bays.  The  water  is  shoal  well  off-shore  an<l  shows  wide  fields  of  kelp.  The  trees  along  the  shore  are 
not  of  great  size  and  are  interspersed  with  occasional  grassy  spaces,     For  three  miles  farther  it  is 

Iwrdered  by  islets,  one  of  which  was  named  by  Dawson  Striae  Islet,  to  an  opening 
Masiet  Harbor,      known  as  Masset  Harbor,  or  Port  Estrada  of  early  Spanish  na\'igators,||  mapped  by 

Dawson   under   the  name  of  Masset  Sound,  where   anchorage   is  reported.     This 
entrance,!  even  more  than  the  last,  is  obstructed  by  bars  and  ahoah,  while  decjier  water  is  to  be  found 

*  It  \K  (lie  Port  Maurredo  (if  Spnni^li  imrigatora,  who,  !iuwuvvr,  did  nut  Hiirvry  it ;  the  Port  Orafti  of  Ingraliam,  and  probn- 
bly  M'Intlre'i  B»y  nf  Meares.  The  Spanisli  nam*-  is  aometiineii  spelled  Maiaiedo,  and  wan  given  in  honor  of  Don  Joseph  d* 
Mazarredo,  of  the  Spanish  Navy. 

tTo  an  indentation  on  the  western  shore  of  this  outer  part  of  the  sound  the  name  Hunan  Bay  has  heiii  applied.  It  appears 
to  be  full  of  rocks. 

t  Subseiiuently  named  Nadsn  Harbor  on  Dawson's  Chart.    On  some  charts  Naden  Point  of  Dawson  is  called  Oap«  Madou. 

i  BW.  1 1.  according  to  Dawson. 

II  Haneook  RItot  of  Crowell  and  Ingraham  in  1791, 

t "  Masset  is  a  bar-harbor  with  not  less  than  five  fathoms,  and  is  easy  to  approach ;  is  about  thirty  miles  -vest  of  Rose  Point  on 
the  north  of  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.  I  found  good  soundings  all  along  the  coast,  and  liaving  head  winds  sounded  off  and  on  ; 
had  thirty  fathoms  about  eight  miles  off-shore,  when  lead  dropped  into  dee'i  water.  This  whole  coast  Is  free  from  rooks,  with  a 
beautiful  sand  bsaoh,  and  the  current  is  not  more  than  one  and  a  ht.l(krji»."—(Keport  of  Captain  Brundtgi,  p.  166.) 


MA8SET  INLET. 


65 


within.  It  forms  a  lee  for  winds  from  SE.  round  by  8.  to  NW.,  and  has  tliree  to  six  fathoms  outside 
and  three  fathoms  on  the  bars,  while  just  within  the  bars  as  much  as  ten  fatlioms  is  reported  SW.  by 
S.  from  the  eastern  point  of  entrance,  ou  which  are  several  Indinn  villages.  No  use  (an  with  safety 
be  made  of  this  entrance  without  local  knowledge  or  a  pilot. 

The  strength  of  the  tide  renders  this  a  poor  stopping  place.  Owing  to  the  great  expansion  of  the 
iipi>er  part  of  Ma  set  Inlet  the  tide  continues  to  run  up  opjuisite  Masset  for  about  two  hours  and  a 
half  after  it  is  falling  by  the  shore,  while  the  ebb  runs  out  for  about  three  hours  after  the  tide  lias 
begun  to  rise  on  the  beach. 

The  chief  Indian  village  is  called  Ut-ti-was,  and  here  is  situated  a  Hudson  Bay  post  and  mission. 
The  rise  and  fall  of  tide  is  aboui  fourteen  feet. 

This  arm  presents  in  its  development,  as  indicated  by  Dawson,  one  of  the  most  extraordinary  of 
the  many  fiords  of  this  region.  From  the  entrance  a  channel,  known  as  Maaset  Inlet,  averaging  about 
a  mile  and  a  quarter  in  width  and  ten  or  twelve  fathoms  in  ucpth,  extends  to  the  southeastward  and 
southward  twenty  miles,  when  it  expands  into  a  broad  "htet  of  water  ab'  .islx  miles  NW.  and  SE.  by 
fourteen  miles  SW.  by  W.  and  NE,  by  E.,  with  numerous  arms  and  fed  by  numerous  streams,  several 
of  which  are  supposea  to  drain  large  lakes.  Hills  rising  m  fifteen  hundred  feet  are  found  southward 
from  the  basin,  wliile  eastward  from  the  inlet,  as  a  whole,  tiie  country  between  it  and  Hecate  Strait  is 
described  by  Dawson  as  low,  level  and  densely  wootled. 

A  very  crude  sketch  of  Maaset  Harbor  is  given  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No,  2168,  where  the 
shores  are  represented  as  low  and  thickly  wooded,  everywiiere  borderetl  by  shoals  extending  off  from 
a  mile  to  a  quarter  of  a  mile  on  the  west,  and  to  nearly  two  miles  northward  from  the  shore  eastward 
from  the  opening. 

The  whole  northern  coast  of  Graham  Island  is  very  slightly  known,  and  the  indications  of  the 
charts  must  be  taken  as  merely  approximate.  From  the  entrance  of  Masset  Inlet  the  coast  forms  a 
pretty  even  curve  (without  marked  indentations)  of  which  the  chord  trends  about  SW.  j  S.  and  NB. 
J  N.    The  shores  are  sandy  with  a  few  small  rocky  points. 

NE.f  BT.  about  twenty-two  miles  from  the  eastern  headland  of  Masset  Harlwr  lies  Invisible 
Point.* 

This  point  has  a  general  N.  by  W.  direction.  About  nine  miles  S.  by  W.  from  the  northern  end 
of  the  point  is  Nagdon  Hill,  a  small  bluff  elevation,  (the  Tow  Hill  of  Dawson,^  which  is  stated  to 
appear  from  a  distance  as  an  island,  the  land  connecting  it  to  the  southward  witn  Graham  Island  as 
well  as  the  northern  portion  of  the  point  being  more  low  and  wooded.  The  configuration  of  the  shores 
is  very  differently  represented  on  different  charts,  of  which  Dawson's  is  the  most  trustworthy.  Accord- 
ing to  Russian  and  English  authorities  there  would  appear  to  be  anchorage  to  the  southeast  o.'  the 
point,  with  off-shore  winds ;  but  Dawson's  chart  would  not  favor  this  view. 

The  latitude  of  the  end  of  the  point,  as  given  by  different  authorities,  varies  five  or  six  miles. 
According  to  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  1923  A  (corrected  to  December,  1874)  its  geographical 
position  is 

Latitude 84°  13'  N. 

Longitude 131°  36'  W.; 

but,  according  to  Dawson,  it  is 

Latitude 64°  10'.6  N. 

Longitude 131°  37'.6  W., 

and  it  should  bear,  in  the  latter  case,  B  NE.  forty-seven  and  a  half  miles  from  North  Point  of  North 

or  Langara  Island.  i     t    .      n         /. 

From  Invisible  Point,  aciording  to  the  last-mentioned  authority,  Rose  8pit  (the  Point  Rose  of 
Meares)  curves  in  a  generally  N.  by  E.  direction  nearly  two  niiies,  with  an  average  width  of  less  than 
a  mile;  but  older  charts  represent  it  as  trending  more  to  the  northward,  especially 
Tebenkoff,  according  to  whom  its  diret;tion  is  NW.  by  N.  J  N.     This  is,  however,  Hose  Spit. 

probably  wrong.     Douglas  states  that  when  in  the  vioinity  of  tlic  north  point  of  the 
peninsula  he  saw  a  "sandy  spit  level  with  the  wat«r  which  ran  to  the  northward  as  far  as  the  eye  could 
reach  from  the  masthead.''     It  would  appear  that  the  spit  is  a  low  simd-bar  without  vegetation,  and, 
in  its  doubtful  position,  constitutes  a  serious  dangor.f 

•  The  Pnuta  TmbUlM*  of  CaamHiio  and  Vancouver.  The  name  of  Point  Roie  wan  applied  by  M«ar«»  to  the  low  madj 
«pit  which  tnakei  off  from  tlie  point,  and  not  to  the  point  it.elf.  In  hie  Iranecript  »(  the  IpliiK«ni«'»  Ior  the  name  appeare  u 
Point  Roil.  It  haa  alio  been  called  Rom  Bplt  Point,  MU-Koon  (a  Haidah  wc.rd  niHaniiig  long  «...«,  apph«l  lo  the  poinl)  and 
Huaat  Bplt  by  Eiigllah  anlhoritiea,  and  Bandy  Point  by  Ingraham.  ,  .        ,  - 

t "  I  examined  Roae  Spit  and  found  a  itrong  current  »f  ^bout  two  knot..  Thi.  .pit  or  .andbank  extend,  o.it  about  four  or  Ave 
mile.,  with  boulder,  and  timber  or  large  tree,  buried  in  the  .and.  Sounding,  were  found  to  be  gradual  from  forty  fathom,  down 
to  five  fathom.  cloM  along  aide;  al.o  i50od  even  eounding.  all  the  way  to  Mawet  with  .andy  bottom.  Ship,  could  anchor  under 
Inviaible  Point  in  a  SB.  gale  in  five  lo  eight  Mhom»."~(,BepoH  of  Captain  Brtmdige,  p.  ir.6). 


M 


DUNDAS  ISLANDS. 


From  the  vicinity  of  Maaset  a  bank  of  sand  with  not  exceeding  twenty  fathoms  extends  to  the 
north  and  east,  trending  with  Rose  Spit,  and  on  tlie  east  side  of  the  island  extending  toward  Cumshews, 
its  eastern  margin  reaching  tlie  middle  part  of  Hecate  Strait,  1'he  aver&ge  depth  cf 
Margarot  Roek.  water  is  from  seven  to  ten  fathoms,  but  there  are  much  shoaler  spots.  This  bank  was 
named  Dogfish  Bank  l)y  Ingraliam  in  1791.  Near  its  eastern  edge  he  locates,  in  latitude 
63°  60'  and  about  thirty  miles  8E.  ^-ttefroin  Invisible  Point,  a  rock  or  shoal  on  which  the  ship  Mar- 
j/aret  struck  in  1792,  drawing  thirteen  feet.  Near  the  spot  he  notes  three  fathoms,  deepening  to  five, 
seven  and  twelve  eastward. 

In  regard  to  the  region  to  the  N  NE.  of  this  spit  irreconcilable  differences  appear  between  the 
charts  constructed  by  or  agreeing  with  those  of  Vancouver  and  the  later  charts  of  the  British  Admiralty. 
These  differences  relate  to  the  latitudes  of  those  points  of  land  bordering  on  that  arm  of  Dixon 
Entrance  which  stretches  toward  the  mouth  of  Portland  Canal.  The  discrepancy  is  especially  marked 
at  the  northern  e<]ge  of  the  Dundas  Islands,  Cape  Fox,  Point  Wales  and  vicinity ;  on  the  average  it 
amounts  to  about  five  miles  in  latitude.  In  this  and  other  cases  of  discrepancy,  when  no  definite 
authority  of  later  date  is  assigned  for  the  changes,  Vancouver's  bearings  and  latitudes  will  be  assumed 
as  the  least  imsatisfactory.  The  clianges  referred  to  are  introduced  on  the  earlier  editions  of  British 
Admiralty  Chart  No,  1923  A,*  and  were  adopted  on  Chart  No.  225,  U.  S,  Hydrographic  Office,  to 
which  subsequently  a  fly-leaf  with  other  changes  was  attached,  but  in  such  a  manner  and  on  so  small 
a  scale  as  to  serve  but  little  to  clear  up  the  discrepancies. 

According  to  Vancouver  the  northwestern  alge  of  the  Dundas  Islands  (of  which  the  smaller 

western  one  was  named  Isia  de  Zayas  by  Caamano)  bears  about  N.  (or  N.  by  E.  from 

Dundas  Islands.     Dawson's  position)  twenty-five  miles  from  Rose  Spit,     Very  little  is  known  of  their 

form  and  extent,  and  the  positions  assigned  to  them  are  extremely  discrepant  on 

different  charts. 

There  arc  tiirec  principal  bodies  of  land  or  islands,  called  respectively  North,  Middle  and  South 
Dundas  islands,  though  there  are  doubtless  a  large  number  of  islands  included  in  the  group,  but  cloee 
together  and  yet  unsurveyed,  besides  Zayas  Island. 

According  to  local  navigators  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  there  is  a  good  wide  channel  between 
North  and  Middle  Dundas,  with  twenty-five  fathoms  water  clear  through.  In  steaming  out  from  Port 
Simpson  this  paasago  is  well  open,  but  on  the  Admiralty  Charts  is  represented  as  choked  with  islets  and 
rocks.  They  also  report  anchorage  on  the  SW.  side  of  Zayas  Island.  Lieutenant  Commander  Nichols, 
U.  S.  N.,  when  commanding  the  V.  S.  Coast  Survey  steamer  Hassler  in  1881,  states :  "As  we  passed  Cape 
Fox,  Zayas  Island  appeared  flat  and  heavily  timbered  and  probably  three  or  four  miles  in  extent.  At 
ten  miles  distance  no  outlying  rocks  or  islands  could  be  seen  until  Zayas  Island  bore  about  8.,  when  a 
small  wooded  island  opened  out  on  the  western  side,  which,  lus  we  changed  its  bearing,  appeared  about 
a  mile  offshore." 

The  Russian  chart  (IX  Tebienkoff)  of  1849  represents  Zayas  Island  with  more  detail  than  any 
other,  even  much  later  charts.  According  to  this  it  is  sub-triangular  in  shape,  about  three  miles  wide 
on  its  northern  shore,  indented  on  its  western  side,  and  tapering  to  a  point  at  its  soutliern  end,  a  dis- 
tance of  about  four  miles  and  a  half.  A  dry  rock  is  represented  in  mid-channel  between  Zayas  and 
North  Dundas,  two  more  rather  close  in  on  the  north  shore  of  Zayas,  and  three  small  islets  less  than  a 
mile  fi'om  its  NW.  extreme.  Besides  these  a  small  islet  (surrounded  by  a  dotted  circle  and  presumably 
sunken)  is  place*!  by  Tebienkoff  about  three  miles  west  from  the  NW.  cape  of  North  Dunoas  and  two 
miles  N.  from  the  NW.  cape  of  Zayas,  which  may  be  the  same  as  a  "small  islet  about  three  miles  N. 
and  E.  from  Zayas,"  noted  by  Nicholp.  Brundige  (p.  155)  gives  the  following  notes  on  Dundas  and 
Zayas  Islands.  "I  put  into  a  small  harbor  at  the  nortli  end  of  North  Dundas  Island.  It  was  stated 
that  there  was  no  anchorage  here,  but  I  found  a  small  river  whi(rh  extended  into  the  island  five  miles 
or  more,  where  I  remained  all  night,  and  the  next  morning  put  to  sea.  At  the  north  end  of  Dundas 
Island  there  are  seven  small  islands  named  Onarled  Islands  and  reported  to  have  foul  ground  abont 
them;  but  this  was  found  incorrect,  as  soundin;;  showed  not  less  than  forty-five  fathoms  cloaetothem 
all  around.  To  the  west  of  North  Dundas  Island  is  a  small  one  named  Zjiyas,  about  three  and  a  half 
miles  long  and  two  miles  broad;  there  is  a  go(«l  channel  between  Dundas  and  this  island  which 
steamers  bound  to  Queen  Charlotte  Islantls  fre(iuently  take. 

"  I  found  a  sunken  roek  about  four  miles  northwesterly  of  Zayas  Island  having  only  six  feet  of 
water  over  it  at  low  water;  it  is  about  twenty  feet  across  and  appears  to  be  round;  got 
Dt¥il  Rook.  ten  fathoms  water  at  about  fifteen  fathoms  from  it  and  obtained  from  ten  to  seventeen 
fathoms,  and  then  dropped  into  deep  water  with  no  bottom  at  one  hundred  and  sixty 
fathoms.  As  near  as  I  can  judge  the  reef  is  not  more  than  one  acre.  The  soundings  were  obtained 
on  the  northwest  side,  but  on  the  northeast  side  I  ran  the  nose  of  the  canoe  close  to  the  breakers  and 
could  find  no  bottom  at  one  hundred  and  sixty  fathoms.  It  is  evidently  straight  up  and  down.  The 
tide  here  sets  southwest  and  northwest  not  more  than  one  knot  per  hour. 


•  The  edition  corrected  to  December,  1874,  egreei  more  ntvAj  with  Yanoonver. 


wm 


SWT" 


t '..A':;-: -No  tsvc 


txtenda  to  the 
rd  Cumshewa, 
ir&ge  depth  cf 
?hi8  bank  was 
(es,  in  latitude 
he  ship  Mar- 
«ning  to  five, 

r  between  the 
3h  Admiralty, 
rm  of  Dixon 
sially  marked 
the  average  it 
n  no  definite 
11  be  assumed 
ons  of  British 
>hic  Office,  to 
d  on  80  small 

I  the  smaller 
f.  by  S.  from 
lown  of  their 
liscrepant  on 

le  and  South 
mp,  but  close 

nnel  between 
ut  from  Port 
'ith  islets  and 
ider  Nichols, 
e  passed  Cape 
extent.  At 
it  S.,  when  a 
ipeared  about 

tail  than  any 
»  miles  wide 
•n  end,  a  dis- 
n  Zayas  and 
ts  less  than  a 
1  presumably 
laas  and  two 
iree  miles  N. 
Dundas  and 
[t  was  stated 
nd  five  miles 
d  of  Dundas 
;round  about 
^lofle  to  them 
9e  and  a  half 
sland  which 

J  six  feet  of 
3  round ;  got 
to  sevent^n 
ed  and  sixty 
ere  obtained 
breakers  and 
down.    The 


!■■ 


r.'  i^9**.-»--*---^WM*-^;- 


1" 


,>., 


w 

H 

1 

i^ 

PORTLAND  CANAL. 


67 


"With  a  good  bell-buoy  anchored  close  to  this  rock  ships  could  snil  in  safety.  I  obtained  several 
good  observations  and  found  it  to  be  in  latitude  64"  40'  46"  N.  and  longitude  181°  08'  16"  W.,  with 
the  following  bearings:  Cape  Chacon  bore  SW.  by  W.  J  W.;  Gnarled  Island  B.  by  N.  ^  V.]  Zayas 
Island  S  SE.  J  B.,all  magnetic.  I  have  no  doubt  of  this  being  the  Devil's  Ridge.  I  was  told  by 
several  Haida  chiefs,  who  had  been  crossing  here  all  their  lives  and  their  fathers  before  them,  that  there 
is  no  other  rock  or  reef  in  this  locality,  and  they  directed  me  to  go  where  I  found  the  above  rock." 

From  Zayas  Island  the  general  direction  is  about  NB.  by  E.  J  E.  twenty  miles  to  Point  Maske- 
lyne,  named  by  Vancouver  in  1793.     This  point  appears  to  be  but  moderately  high 
and  wooded,  and  is  formed  by  an  island  of  small  extent.     From  it  SW.  by  8.  f  S.  four   polnt  MukalvR*. 
miles  lie  the  Pointers,  and  SW.  by  S.  J  8.  seven  and  a  half  miles  lies  Cnnnis  Rock, 
in  Chatham  Sound.     Immediately  oft' the  point  "lie  two  rocky  islets,  and  to  the  south  of  it  a  small 
island  (probably  Parkin  Island)  close  to  the  shore."* 

The  geographical  position  of  the  point,  placed  by  Vancouver  in  latitude  64°  42J'  HT.,  is,  aooording 
to  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  1923  A, 

Latitude 64°  88'.7  N. 

Longitude 180°  27'    W. 

From  hence  Point  Wales,  named  by  Vancouver,  lies  W.  by  N.  f  N.  three  and  a-  half  miles. 
Westward  from  it,  less  than  a  mile,  lies  a  small  island.  The  name  is  differently  applied  on  different 
English  charts.  The  land  of  which  Point  Wales  forms  a  projection  is  also  an  island,  and  has  been 
termed  Wales  Island.  South  and  west  from  its  southern  shore,  in  which  is  an  indentation  which  looks 
as  if  it  might  afford  anchorage,  and  extending  a  couple  of  miles  off-shore,  are  a  number  of  small  islets 
called  by  Pender  in  1868  the  Boston  Islands.  SW.  }  S.  from  Point  Wales  ten  or  twelve  miles  lies 
Whitty  Point,  the  northeastern  extreme  of  North  Dundas  Island.  In  the  north  shore  westward  from 
Whitty  Point  is  an  unexplored  indentation,  said  to  afford  shelter  for  vessels,  off  which  lie  the  Qnarled 
Islands  elsewhere  mentioned.  Another  smaller  group,  westward  from  the  last,  near  the  northwest 
shore  of  North  Dundas  Island,  are  named  the  White  Islands  by  Pender  on  the  last  edition  of  British 
Admiralty  Chart  2431. 


PORTLAND  CANAL. 

Point  Wales  forms  the  western  headland  of  Portland  Canal  or  Channel,  whose  opposite  headhmd 
is  formed  by  Point  Maskelyne.  It  wai  named  by  Vancouver,  who  says:  "The  disi!  ice  from  its 
entrance  to  its  source  is  about  seventy  miles,  which,  in  honor  of  the  noble  family  of 
Bentinck,  I  named  Portland's  Canal."  The  entrance  of  this  extensive  inlet  is  not  Portlasd  laltt. 
more  than  two  and  a  half  miles  across,  (according  to  Pender  more  than  three,)  from 
whence  it  trends  N.  7°  E.  twenty  miles,  where  it  is  separated  by  Point  Bamsden  into  two  princinal 
branches, — that  to  the  eastward  having  been  named  by  Vancouver  Observatory  Inlet.  From  tnis 
point  the  canal  trends  N.  61°  W.  seven  miles,  then  N.  2°  E.  thirteen  miles,  W.  48°  W.  thirteen  miles, 
N.  36°  W,  ten  luiles,  and  finally  N.  1°  W.  nine  miles,  terminating,  according  to  Vancouver,t  in 


Latitude — 68°  46'  N. 

Longitude 129°  64' W. 


The  total  length  on  the  above  courses,  taken  from  the  chart  of  Vancouver,  aggregates  sevenij- 
two  miles.     Pender's  chart  would  extend  this  to  eighty-one  miles, — the  differences  all  northward  of 
Point  Ramsden.     To  the  southward  of  Point  Ramsden  its  width  averages  three  miles;  to  the  north-, 
ward  of  that  point  it  is  but  little  over  a  mile,  with  more  than  forty  fathoms  water  throughout  its  entire 
length. 

The  broader  portion  on  modern  charts  is  often  denominated  Portland  Inlet,  the  name  of  Portland 
Canal  being  then  restricted  to  that  part  of  it  of  contracted  width  which  lies  to  the  westward  of 
Observatory  Inlet. 

The  mid-channel  line  of  this  great  arm  of  the  sea  forms  the  southeastern  boundary  between  the 
British  and  American  possessions,  or  British  Columbia  and  Alaska  Territory. 

•  VanoouTW  vol  H,  pag*  SW.  On  th«  originul  edition  of  British  Admimlt/  Chart  No.  1923  A  tho  nam*  Point  Ifukal/M 
waa  «m>DeoualT  tranafernid  to  another  point  over  two  roilea  farther  to  the  north  and  eatt,  tut  is  omitted  on  the  new  edition  aad 
reatored  on  No.  8431,  (corrected  to  1888,)  but  miaepelled  tUiktylM*,  while  Connie  Book  ia  miaapelled  OonU  KMk. 

t  According  to  Pender'a  aurvey  of  1888,  in  latitude  B60  M'  ».  and  longitude  IVfi  »'  W.,-a  diacrepancy  too  gre«l  to  W 
adopted  in  ignorance  of  the  meana  by  which  the  later  reaulu  were  obtained. 

P.  0.  V, — 8 


68 


NAA8  BAY. 


iil 


Directly  to  the  eastward  of  Point  Maskelyne  the  Wark  Channel,*  a  nearly  straight  arm,  stretchea 
thirty  miles  to  the  southeastward,  its  head  reaching  within  a  mile  of  Port  Essmgton, 


Wark  Channel.       »"•!  forming,  by  the  portion  between  this  arm  and  Ciiatliam  Sound,  the  Chim-sy-an 
Peninsula,  previously  referred  to. 
Within  a  distance  of  fifteen  miles  from  Point  Maskelyne,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  canal,  are 
three  islands  of  considerable  size,  which  have,  respectively,  received  the  names  of  Compton,  Truro 
and  Somorville  islands.     The  largest  and  most  northerly  of  these  is  the  last  mentioned.      It  is 
separated  from  the  mainland  i)y  a  channel  al>out  a  mile  wide,  named  Steamer  Passage, 
Somervilli  '"^o  whicli  debouclies  an  arm  exti-nding  to  the  south  and  east  for  a  distance  of  some 

Ikland.  twelve  miles.f    Somerville  Island  is  eight  or  nine  miles  long  and  two  or  three  wide. 

To  tiic  westward  of  its  southern  part  Vancouver  found  anchorage  in  thirty-five  fath- 
oms, muddy  bottom.  On  the  shores  of  Truro  and  Somerville  islands,  adjacent  to  this  anchorage, 
Vancouver  lays  down  «o»ie  rackx.  The  form,  relative  si/o  and  |)osition  of  these  islands  are  so  differ- 
ently represented  on  different  charts  as  to  render  a  8pc<'ific  description  inadvisable  until  additional 
material  is  received. 

Steamer  Passage  is  reported  to  have  from  twenty -eight  to  forty  or  more  fathoms  water  throughout 
its  extent.  To  the  northward,  from  the  northern  end  of  Somerville  If  land,  a  branch,  (»lled  Naaoka 
Oulf,|  extends  to  the  northward  for  five  miles  nearly  parallel  with  the  trend  of  the  main  inlet,  from 
which  it  is  separated  by  the  Mylor  Peninsula,  one  or  two  miles  wide. 

On  the  other  side  of  Portland  Inlet  the  apparent  shore  is  also  forme«l  by  islands.     Northward 
from  Wales  Island  lies  a  long  island  separated  from  the  main  shore  by  a  branch  trending  in  a  nearlpr 
north  direction,  and  continuous  with  the  ui)per  main  branch  of  the  inlet,  or  Portland  Canal.    This 
island,  whose  actual  dimensions  are  not  determined,  extends  about  fourteen  miles  to  the 
Obstrvatory  northward  from  a  point  within  a  few  miles  of  Wales  Island,  and  reaches  to  the  west 

Inlet.  of,  and  somewhat  more  northerly  than,  Point  Bamsden.     The  latter  divides  that  por- 

tion of  the  inlet  called  Portland  Vana\  from  the  branch  named  by  Vancouver 
Observatory  Inlet.  This  point  seems  to  l)e  tolerably  bluff"  and  higli,  wooded,  and  forming  the  ter- 
mination of  one  of  those  small  ranges  characteristic  of  the  toj)ography  of  this  region.  To  the  S  SX. 
from  the  jwint  a  short  distance  are  some  dangerous  rocks,  visible  only  at  low  water,  and  immediately 
outside  of  them  one  hundred  and  twenty-six  fathoms  are  reported. 

To  the  eastward  from  Point  Uamsden,  across  the  entrance  of  Observatory  Inlet, 
Naas  Bay.  ^bout  three  miles,  lies  the  entrance  to  Nuas  Bay,  a  small  inlet  with  one  branch  to  the 

southward  and  receiving  from  the  northeast  the  Naas  Biver.§ 
The  bay  extends  inland  nearly  east  from  the  uiuiance  with  a  width  of  about  a  mile  and  a  half 
for  three  mdes,  when  it  forms  two  arras, — one  extending  S  8W.  three  miles  under  the  name  of  Ice- 
berg Bay,  the  other,  at  firet  trending  N  NE.  and  afterward  to  the  northward  and  eastward,  is  entirely 
occupied  by  the  bed  of  the  Naas  River  and  numerous  tidal  flats.  Its  length  to  the  head  of  boat 
navigation  is  alwut  fifteen  miles. 

The  northern  headland  of  the  entrance  of  Naas  Bay  is  known  as  North  Point,  low  but  bold-to, 
from  which  the  land  rises  gradually  to  mountains  to  the  NE.  which  attain  a  height  of  thirty-three 
hundred  feet.    From  the  point  the  shore  trends  in  an  easterly  direction  a  mile  and  three-quarters  to 

*  Called  Work  Obuinel  or  Inlet  hj  error  on  some  clmrts.  Brundige  remarlcH  (p.  157)  aa  followa  in  regard  to  Wark  Channel : 
"  I  again  returne<l  to  Port  Simpaon,  where  I  was  told  that  thorv  was  ii  rock  a  few  miles  up  in  the  center  of  Wark  Channel.  I 
proceeded  out  and  found  it  just  visible  at  low  tide.  This  is  described  as  a  wonderful  rock,  very  small  at  top,  and  1 30  fathoms 
water  close  to  it.  The  lead  went  down  thump,  thump,  until  130  fathoms  were  run  out,  but  no  bottom  found.  I  paddled  all 
•round  it  with  the  line  out.  This  rock  is  situated  al)r«aut  of  Mount  McNvil  and  the  point  that  leads  into  the  bay  oppoeite  Port 
Simpson.  I  ran  a  line  across  Wark  Channel  to  Port  Simpson  Harbor,  at  the  lowest  part  of  the  peninsula,  course  S.  60°  W., 
4,.'i00  feet  distant  from  water  to  water,  summit  about  60  feet.  I  cannot  see  any  difficulty  in  bringing  a  railway  line  down  the  south 
side  of  Wark  Channel  and  then  across  to  P'<rt.  Simpson  at  the  above  place.  Wark  Channel  is  ([uite  narrow  at  the  entrance  and 
only  33  fathoms  deep.  Entering  about  a  miic  the  water  deepens  to  ItiO,  and  above  that  all  the  way  itp  there  is  no  anchorage  in 
any  part  of  it  except  the  little  bay  opposite  Port  Simpson  where  I  ran  a  line  across." 

tThis  ann  is  called  Xltutzeymateen  Inlet  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  3431,  corrected  to  June,  1883. 

t  So  it  stands  on  the  fiy-leaf  attached  to  the  original  edition  of  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  3431.  On  the  late  edition 
(corrections  to  June,  1683)  it  is  spelled  Maiofa  OuU,  and  this  form  appears  upon  U.  S.  Hydrographio  Chart  No.  3S5.  The 
form  Naioka,  taken  from  Tebenkotf  (Chart  IX),  however,  is  prior  and  is  probably  correct,  since  namerous  recognizable  am- 
takes  in  spelling  appear  on  the  Hy-leat  attached  to  the  last  edition  of  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  3431,  such  as  TOBCM  for 
ToBfMi,  Oonli  for  Oonnla,  MMkeylene  for  HMkelyne,  etc. 

$The  name  has  been  written  Nasi,  Nasie,  &u.,  but  it  is  probable  that  the  double  "a"  more  nearly  repreaents  the  broad 
•ound  of  the  original  woi-d.  Naas  Bay,  by  some  singular  oversight,  is  represented  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  Noe.  2430  and 
8431  under  the  name  of  Salmon  COTe,  though  the  cove  so  named  by  Vancouver  was  placed  by  him  much  nearer  .he  head  of 
Observatory  Inlet.    This  error  is  corrected  on  the  last  edition  of  3431.  ^ 

This  bay  was  visited  by  the  ship  Eliia  of  Boston,  Captain  Rowan,  in  1799.  It  was  called  OodkatlaBa,  (h)m  the  name  of  the 
chief  of  the  Naas  tribe  at  that  time.  The  inlet  was  called  Otiehbasllaw  by  the  natives.  Both  names  are  reoorded  in  the  impnb- 
Itshed  journal  of  the  voyage.  Captain  Wild  of  the  Atahnalpa  who  first  called  attention  to  this  river  (Mau.  Hut.  Soe.  CM.,  1804), 
and  Captain  Magee,  a  pioneer  trader,  were  both  murdered  by  the  natives  of  this  vicinity,  the  latter  in  1801  and  the  former  in  1806. 


i'  i, 


ilUVll  limMHnvipi*^ 


''%^,p>^''j^lw(^  I- 


PM**  Ft.  Irtxulhirfl't. 

NKM'KiK 

Anchor»f[c*«  Nnaii  Hhv 

fn-imi  Itritt*h  Atim.i'httrt  A'w.  2/.fl/V 


mwm 


68 


Warl 


tlire 
and 


Son* 
III) 


onu 
Vai 
end 
mat 

itfl  < 
Oul 
whi 


fror 
nor 


Ohti 

-.11 


.ii-ai'iv 


Ob. 
mil 
froi 
outi 


rv.'il.aa  81!. 


Naa 


for 
bei 
occ 
na\ 

froy 
hui 


"I 

proi 
w>t 

aim 
4,()( 
side 
onlj 
any 


■^: 


■  H  J'»Ittl  v-v>ij«vr--*»tK»  ,•!.••. ■ ,.   (i..*uioH 


(ooi 
fon 
tak 
Tot 


•ou 
343 
Ob. 

cU 
liiti 

8UC 


•TheUUki 
tootaiii  more  fi 
»pp«aT  h>T«  be 


M 


NAAH   BAY. 


59 


the  opening  of  a  narrow  valloy  ootitniniiig  a  small  Htream,  on  the  low  land  near  the  mouth  of  which  la 
8itiiate<l  an  Enfiliah  iniwioiinry  ntation  kruiwo  nn  the  Klnoolith  Miulon.  AlxHit  two  mile*  B.  ^  8. 
from  North  Point,  on  the  dhore  of  thin  low  land,  is  situatwl  the  ontronomiml  station  tii'  the  English 
olwerveni.  For  about  a  mile  from  North  Toint  the  shore  is  l)o!(l-to,  and  then  the  etlges  of  the  shoaN, 
banks  and  bar  of  the  river  trcn<l  8E.  ^  E.  towanl  Double  Islet  Point  on  the  opiHisite  shore. 

From  Low  Point,  the  soutlicrii  headland  of  the  ontranct;, — I'mni  the  north  side  of  which  a  bank 
extends  a  <able  to  the  northward, — the  whore  trend«  nearly  E.  a  little  over  two  miles  to  Double  Islet 
Point,  l)old-to  all  the  way.  The  land  risj-H  rapidly  from  thin  shore  to  the  height  of  two  thousand  feet. 
In  the  middle  of  the  bay  forty-five  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  are  report<Ml.  The  anehorage  is  laid  down 
in  ai)out  ten  fathoms,  with  the  mission  bearing  N.  by  E.  tliri-e-ciuarters  of  a  mile.  About  N.  byB, 
from  Double  Islet  Point,  somewhat  over  a  mile  and  a  half,  is  a  rounded  high  {toint  named  7ort  Poiut. 


SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOR   NAA8   BAY. 

The  leading  course  for  the  anchorage  is  to  keep  Fort  Point  open  from  the  high  land  called 
licading  Point,  south  of  the  river,  to  the  eastward,  KTB.  by  B.  J  E.,  until  the  mission  bears  IT.  by  B., 
when  anchorage  is  had  low  than  two  cables  from  the  edge  of  the  bank. 

A  better  anchorage  can  be  obtained  in  Iceberg  Bay  by  following  the  southern  shore  and  rounding 
Double  Islet  Point  within  two  cables,  when  anchorage  may  be  had  SB.  by  B.  ^  B.  from  the  point  three- 
quarters  of  a  mile,  with  the  Mud  Inlands  bearing  from  NE.  to  NE.  by  E.  }  B.  These  two  islands  are 
over  a  hundred  feet  high  and  situated  on  the  mud-flat  northeast  of  the  bay.  The  anchorage  is  in 
al)out  ten  fathoms,  with  deeper  water  to  the  southward  and  westward  farther  up  the  bay.  The  shores 
of  the  bay  are  mostly  bold-to  and  rise  rapidly  from  the  water  except  at  its  head,  where  there  is  a  flat, 
steep-to,  with  low  land  behind  it.  It  is  perfectly  land-locked,  and,  except  for  the  narrowness  of  the 
entrance,  affords  an  excellent  harlwr. 

This  Imy  and  vicinity  is  representeil  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2190,  (to  October,  1872,)  trom 
which  it  api)ear8  that  the  geographical  position  of  the  astronomical  station  near  Kinoolith  Mission  is 

Latitude — 84°  69'  26"  N. 

Longitude 129°  »7'  86"  W. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  in  1872  was  27°  26'  E. 

TIDES. 

It  was  H.  W.  F.  and  C.  in  August  at  l*"  06'",  the  streams  running  two  or  three  knots — rising  with 
a  full  moon  seventeen  feet  and  with  a  new  moon  twenty-three  feet.  The  bay,  especially  near  the 
bar,  appears  to  be  disturbed  by  ripples  at  certain  stages  of  the  tide,  which  would  make  it  an  uneasy 
anchorage. 

The  depth  of  water  on  the  bar  of  the  Naas  Biver  at  low  water  appears  to  average  about  two 
fathoms.  In  the  vicinity  of  Fort  Point  as  much  as  five  fathoms  is  reported.  Above  that  in  the  river 
it  is  quite  variable,  but  navigable  for  canoes  and  light-draught  boa<«  about  sixteen  miles,  to  the  Naas 
villages,  where  a  Hudson  Bay  (company's  trading-post  is  situated.  At  these  villages,  called  Kit-lak-s- 
laks,  an  enormous  number  of  fish  *  are  taken  in  the  spring. 

Observations  on  the  river  bank,  near  the  middle  village,  NE.  f  N.,  a  mile  and  three  cable's  from 
the  trading-post,  give  fus  the  geographi(«l  position 

Latitude - 88°  03' 84"  N. 

Longitude 129°  81'  64"  W. 

The  river  is  over  one  hundred  miles  in  length,  but  much  broken  by  cations  and  cascades.  Its 
headwaters  approach  very  closely  to  those  of  the  Stikine  River.  A  sketch  of  the  lower  portion,  as 
far  as  the  villages,  accompanies  the  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2190. 

The  northern  headland  of  Naas  Bay  borders  on  the  waters  of  Observatory  Inlet,  which  extends 
hence  to  the  northward,  with  no  imp<jrtant  curves  or  indentations  and  a  general  width 
of  somewhat  more  than  a  mile,  about  sixteen  miles,  at  which  distance  on  the  western        Salmon  Cove, 
shore  a  smallindentation  exists,  into  which  a  stream  falls.     This  is  Salmon  Cove  of 
Vancouver,  a  locality  chosen  by  him  for  a  long  and  careful  series  of  astronomical  observations  for 

•  The  UUkOB  or  candle  fi«h  is  the  most  important  epeoiee,  and  the  fishery  is  in  operation  in  March  and  April.  TheM  flebea 
eootain  more  fatty  matter  in  proportion  to  their  size  than  any  other  known  fleh,  and  the  incredible  multitudea  in  which  they 
appear  hare  been  noted  by  many  of  the  author*  who  have  treated  of  thia  region.    It  la  the  ThUeiehlhy  pac^au  of  Girard. 


ftll 


a 


m 


gQ  SALMON  COVE. 

the  purpose  of  correcting  previous  work  of  the  same  kind.  This  afforded  good  anchorage  in  thirty- 
one  to  thirty-five  fatiionis,  mud  and  gravel,  with  every  other  c-rr-nience  which  they  required.  From 
the  anchorjie  the  points  of  the  cove  bore  N  NE.  and  S.  bv  ji.;  the  n^^rest  shore  W.  by  S.  a  cable  and 
a  half  distant,  and  the  opposite  shore  of  the  inlet  E  KiS.,  distant  one  mile  ihe  appearance  ot  the 
noui.try  about  the  cove  was  moderately  low,  rather  broken,  and  densely  wooded.  A  fine  run  ol  fresh 
w.Ater,  containing  salmon  la  great  abundance,  flowed  into  the  cove. 
The  geographical  position  according  to  Vancouver's  text  is 

Latitude W°  i5'  8*','  N. 

Longitude*  ..^ 12»°  «'  30"W.. 

the  latitude  depending  upon  twelve  meridian  altitudes  of  the  sun  and  one  of  a  star,  and  the  longitude 
being  the  mean  of  346  sets  of  lunar  listances,  each  set  consisting  of  6  observations,  in  all  2076 
observations. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  (August,  1793)  was  Jotermined  as  26°  18'  E.,  and  the  dip  76°  64'.8. 

The  average  range  of  the  tide  was  about  sixteen  feet,  and  it  was  high  water  at  l"  8"  after  the 
moon's  passage  over  the  meridian. 

About  a  mile  beyond  the  cove  tlie  width  of  the  inlet  becomes  much  increased,  and  for  seven  miles 
is  more  than  double  that  of  the  {jortion  just  described.  Two  long  and  very  narrow  islands  named 
Brooke  Island  and  Larcom  Island  by  Pender  are  found  in  this  part  of  the  inlei,  with  some  rocks 
about  them,  and  on  tb-j  western  shore  are  some  small  inclentations  where  Vancouver  observed  mnke)i 
rocks  in  some  localities.  From  this  point  the  inlet  divides  into  two  branches  each  about  a  mile  in 
width,  and  terminat  ng  in  a  small  belt  of  K)w  land,  behind  which  the  country  resumes  its  broken  char- 
acter, while  in  th    i'lterior  lofty  and  barren  snow-clad  mountains  were  observed. 

The  easi--.in  branch,  termed  Alice  Arm  on  some  charts,  trends,  according  to  Vancouver,  in  a 
generally  NE.  by  N.  direction  ten  miles,  (about  fourteen  by  Pender's  c'  art,)  terminating  in 

Latitude - - - 66°  28'  N. 

i  ■  Longitude — -  — 129°  24' W., 

(or  latitude  66°  29'  and  longitude  129°  20'  on  Pender's  chart.) 

The  other  avri,  sometimes  known  as  Hastings  Arm,  extends  about  NW.  J  W.  about  ten  miles, 
(sixteen  according  to  Pender,)  terminating,  according  to  Vancouver,  in 

I  La'.tude - 65°  82' N. 

I  Longitude — 129°  44' W., 

(or  latitude  68°  39'  and  longitude  T29°  48',  by  Pender's  chart.) 

When  approaching  Point  Ramsden,  Vancouver  was  in  doubt  as  to  which  of  the  two  arins  ^rfH  the 
main  branch  of  the  inlet;  but  after  his  exploration  it  became  evident  that  the  western  prolongation  of 
the  inlet  is  entitled  to  that  precedence,  both  on  account  of  its  greater  freedom  from 
Portland  Canal,  obstructions  and  from  its  length.  To  this  portion  only  is  now  generally  applied  the 
i.  name  of  Portland  Canal.     Three  miles  NW.  by  W.  from  its  entrance  on  the  western 

shore  is  a  low  point,  denominated  Tree  Point  on  some  of  the  charts.  Behind  this  point  the  canal  com- 
municates with  another,  having  a  S  SW.  and  N  NE.  direction,  with  a  width  of  a  mile  and  a  half. 
This  channel  separates  Pearse  and  other  islands  from  the  mainland. 

Vancouver  says,  in  regard  to  the  canal,  "  the  shores  of  this  inlet  were  nearly  straight  and  in 
general  little  more  than  a  mile  asunder,  composed  mostly  of  high  rocky  cliffs,  covered  with  pine  trees 
to  a  considerable  height,  but  the  more  interior  country  was  a  compact  body  of  high,  barren  mountains 
covered  with  snow,  (July,  1793.)     As  we  pursued  this  b.^nch  salmon  in  great  plenty  wera  leaping  in 

*  Perder'a  lurvey  locate*  Sain  on  Cove  in  longitude  ia(°  51'  4B"  W.,  b  it  whether  this  ii  the  reiult  of  ulronomioal  deter- 
minationa  or  dead  reckoning,  and  if  tlie  former,  of  what  character,  we  have  ni  meana  nf  deciding, 

From  the  resulta  piihiiahed  in  Vancouver,  vol.  ii,  pagea  .f?5-6,  the  appm  xiniate  value  of  this  longitude  detsmiinalinn  may 
be  made  out. 

Combining  together  by  weighta  the  longitudes  resulting  from  measures  of  the  moon's  dictance  fi  a  the  sun,  when  the  sun 
is  eeut  and  »«<(  respectively  fi'om  the  muon,  and  computing  the  prn'onble  vrmrs  in  the  usual  way,  we  ub*  :in 

0  B.  of  d Longitude  1J90  54'.9  ±  O'.l 

©W  of  ([  Longltud*  U»o  34'.0  i  a.i 

Mean Longltud*  ia«°  44'.« -{- a'.S 

The  difference  bet\.-<"n  these  tv..  ie.u'ir«  far  ezcee<ls  the  probable  error  of  observation,  and  is  therefore  dus  to  some  constant, 
probably  instrumental,  error,  'f  this  is  the  case  the  resulting  mean  is  free  from  the  constant  error,  ai^d  W«  inky,  therefore,  aafely 
oonoluds  tliat  the  longitude  of  Salmon  Cove  i>  18*°  44'  W.,  with  .ui  uucertaint;  of  S'  or  4'. 


FORT  TONOASS. 


61 


[thirty- 
From 

ble  and 

of  the 

K  fresh 


all  directions;  seals  and  sea  otters  were  also  seen  in  grent  numbers,  even  where  the  water  was  nearly 
fresh,  and  which  was  the  case  upwards  of  twenty  milts  from  its  termination."  This  termination, 
accordin.:j  to  Vancouver,  is  in  "low,  marshy  land,"  tlie  latitude  beinL'  65°  45'  N.  and  the  loncitude 
129°  n'  W.*  ^ 

1  he  only  obstructions  in  this  extensive  sheet  of  water  are  some  rocks  near  shoi-e  about  Tree  Point- 
an  isle  ,  with  rocks  close  to  it,  about  three  miles  to  the  northwestward  from  Tree  Point;  an  islet  near 
the  eastern  shore,  about  nineteen  miles  from  the  entrance,  and  another  about  seventeen  miles  farther  up 
the  canal,  both  very  small. 

The  chflcnel  behind  Pearse  Island,  tus  examined  by  Vancouver,  appears  to  contract  gradually  to 
the  southward,  reaching  nearly  to  the  N.  extreme  of  Wales  Island,  and  communicating  there  with  a 
labyrinth  of  narrow  channels  obstructed  by  great  numbers  of  rocks  and  islets,  and  extending  north  of 
Wales  Island  between  Pearse  Island  and  Cape  Fox.  It  would  l)e  at  present  inadvisable  to  attempt 
any  description  of  this  knot  of  intricate  passages,  which  offer,  so  far  as  is  known,  no  inducements  nor 
any  facilities  for  navigation. 

About  six  miles  to  the  westward  of  Point  Wales  lies  a  group  of  small  islands  intersecttd  by  two 
small  straits  forming  four  passages — one  leading  eastward  from  the  intersection  into  the  labyrinth  of 
charnels  connecting  with  Portland  Inlet;  one  to  the  NW.;  the  most  important  to  the  westward  toward 
Dixon  Entrance,  and  the  fourth  and  narrowest  passage  to  the  SE. 

\mong  the  first  anchorages  to  be  met  with  in  the  southeastern  part  of  Alaska  is  that  included 
betwoen  a  peninsula  of  the  mainland  and  the  above-mentionetl  islands,  and  known  as  Tlekhonsiti  Har- 
bor, f     This  locality  had  a  temporary  imjiortance  owing  to  the  establishment,  in  1867, 
of  the  U.  8.  Port  Tongass,!  which  necessitated  the  visit  there  of  several  large  trans-  TIekhonaitI 

ports  with  supplies  for  the  garrison.     A  sketch  of  this  locality,  from  merely  approxi-  Harbor. 

mate  data,  was  published  in  1869  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  8urvey.§ 

The  material  at  hand  in  retail  to  this  locality  shows  several  discrepancies,  and  hence  it  can  l)ebnt 
approximately  described.  Fort  Tongass  was  erected  on  the  arm  stretching  to  the  northwestward  from 
the  intersection  of  the  four  ^nosages  above  mentioned,  and  on  the  island  forming  its  southern  ihore. 
The  beot  channe!  for  reachirg  the  fort  has  Inien  indicated  as  that  passing  through  the  NE.  and  WW. 
arms.  The  narrow  soutboas.'^rn  arm  has  been  tern^'^i  Ivinooln  Channel ;  the  broad  southwestern  arm, 
the  harbor  proper.  The  northeastern  arm  varies  in  width  from  three-eighths  to  three-quarters  of  a 
mile,  and  is  about  two  and  u  quarter  miles  in  h ni'tii.  There  is  a  rock  close  to  the  northern  headland 
of  each  entrance.     No  soundings  in  it  are  recorded. 

Lincoln  Channel  is  very  narrow  and  furthei  obstructed  ^y  islands.  It  is  about  three  miles 
long  and  three  cables  wide.  At  the  southci'stern  entrance  anchorage  is  indicated  off 
a  small  beach,  in  i;wenty-four  fathoms,  gravel.  Hence  the  soundings  are  twenty,  Lincoln  Channel, 
tweuty-fonr  and  eighteen  fathoms  to  an  islet  a  mile  a.id  a  half  from  the  entrance.  A 
p^«age  with  four  fathoms  water  exists  to  the  souihwurd  of  this  islet,  and  two  small  ones  near  it, 
beyond  which  anchorage  is  indicated  in  twenty  fathoms,  mud.  Six  cables  to  the  westward  from 
tlie  islet  only  a  fathom  and  a  quarter  is  recorded,  beyoud  which  it  deepens  to  six,  sixteen  and  twenty 
fathoms. 

The  harbor  arm  is  a  mile  and  a  half  long  and  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  wide,  but  obstructed 
by  reefy.  Both  shores  of  the  arm  are  indented  by  bights  off  which  are  reefs,  leaving  about  half 
a  '.iiie  wide  of  mid-channel  ground  cleav  of  obstructions.  A  reef  also  extends  to 
the  northwestward  from  the  western  extreme  of  the  southern  shore  of  the  arm.  Tongass  Harbor. 
The  passage  between  this  ledge  and  the  reefs  to  the  northward  and  westward  is 
somewhat  le*""  than  half  a  mile.  An  unsigned  MS.  sketch  of  this  locality  in  the  Coast  Survey 
archives  makes  the  anchorage  even  more  contracted.  The  depth  of  water  hire  varies  from  five  to  nine 
fathoms. 

The  northwestern  arm  varies  in  width  from  a  third  to  two-th'ids  of  a  mile,  and  is  about  two 
miles  long.  The  fort  is  .situated  a'.Aiat  midway  Iwtween  the  two  entrant's ;  and  in  mid-cliannel,  abreast 
of  the  fort,  according  \o  Russian  authorities,  there  is  anchorage  '.i  thirty-five  fathoms.  But  acconling 
to  the  above-citetl  anonymous  sketch  the  mid-channel  depth  throughout  varies  from  twenty  totwenty- 
Sve  fathoms,  with  ten  to  sixteen  along  the  southwestern  shore  within  two  cables  of  the  beach.  The 
shores  are  indicated  as  boid-to.  To  the  northwestward  from  the  western  entrance  of  this  arm  is  a  ledge 
five  feet  above  high-watiM  mark ;  two-thirds  of  the  way  from  this  ledge  to  the  island  on  which  Fort 
Tongass  is  situat^  liefi  a  k'lp  jmtch  with  rocks  in  it.     The  course  lies  midway  between  the  kelp  and 


•  Pender'g  oh»rt,  before  referred  to,  plices  this  termiiiBtiou  in  latitude  06°  66'  M.  ami  loiigimde  130°  »'  W.;  but,  until  it,  ii 
known  ir  what  manner  tlii«  reanlt  was  olitaii.ed,  judgment  on  the  wivat  disi  repancy  may  rennoiialily  lie  suspended. 

♦  This  baa  been  rendei  ed  Tlacbopcltjr  on  tho  English  and  some  American  charts,  and  Tayakbonsltl  hy  a  typographical  error 
in  one  of  the  Coast  Survey  publications.  These  .Trors  prohably  arose  in  part  from  mil  taking  the  Hussiaii  H  (e<|uiTalant  lo 
£ng|i|b  N)  for  the  Riiaeian  II,  (Kngliah  P.) 

tOiB<<lal  spelling  here  adopted;  sonietiniea  called  Tomgai. 

f  Ob  this  sketch  an  error  occurred  in  the  designation  of  the  scale,  by  which  it  was  Indicated  at  only  one-half  iti  actual  loal*. 


62 


NAKAT   INLET. 


,  1 


the  ledge.  The  harbor  is  cvkk-utly  better  suited  for  small  vessels  or  steamer?,  and  further  surveys  will 
be  required  before  it  can  be  considered  available  for  large  vessels.*  The  land  is  rather  low  and  wooded, 
and  on  the  shores  of  the  harlwr  arm  are  several  large  Indian  villages. 

According  to  the  v'oast  Survey  sketch,  a  bare  rock  lies  three  or  four  miles  S.  48°  W.  from  the 
entrance  of  th<'  harbor,  with  a  low,  narrow  woodi'd  group  of  ten  or  twelve  islands,  a  mile  and  a  half 
long,  leas  than  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  the  rock.  These  are  indicated  on  Pender's  chart  as  the  Lord 
Islands,  and  are  variously  reported  to  be  150  to  2.')0  feet  high. 

From  the  entrance  to  the  harbor,  according  to  the  Coast  Survey  sketch,  S.  81°  W.  about  nine  or 
ten  niiles,t  lies  ("ai)e  Tox,  named  by  Vancouver;  a  broad  point,  not  lea?  than  five  miles  in  extent  east 
and  west  at  its  southern  part,  bordered  by  rocks  and  rocky  islets,  moderately  low  and 
Gape  Fox.  wowled,  and  back(id  by  high  wooded  ridges,  one  of  which  1,800  feet  high,  is  named 

Harry  Saddle.  The  latitude  of  this  eai)e,  according  to  Vancouver,  is  54°  46'J  N., 
(according  to  Pender  4e'|,)  while  other  authorities  place  it  in  about  latitude  64°  42',  a  diiference  which 
forms  one  of  a  series  of  discre])ancie8  previously  mentioned. 

"About  half  n  league  to  tlie  westward  "  of  Cape  Fox  Vancouver's  boart  'Ouid  refuge  '*in  a  very 
commodious,  well -sheltered  little  cove,"  which  protected  them  from  ab2a  v  a* '  'fir^tcr.  Thislofolity 
was  named  Boat-harbor  Point  by  Pender  in  18G8. 

Three  miles  to  the  westward  fropi  the  western  angle  of  the  cape  a  o  ,i/>'c  lock  is  indicated  by 
Tebienkoff  and  on  the  English  Admiralty  Charts.  It  is  named  Finnacle  Rock  on  the  U.  8.  Hydro- 
graphic  Chart  No.  225.  According  to  Lieut.  Com.  H.  E.  Nichols,  the  existence  of  this  rock  is  posi- 
tively denied  by  locp.l  navigators. 

Between  '  'ape  Fox  and  tlu  island  on  which  Fort  Tongass  is  situated  is  an  entrance  to  an  inlet 
which  is  known  as  Nakat  Inlet,  off  the  mouth  of  which  is  a  group  of  small  islands.  This  inlet  waB 
entered  by  Vancouver,  who  describes  it  in  the  following  \vords:j: 

"  We  pa.ssed  a  large  deserted  village  on  the  north  side  of  a  small  cove,  which  may  also  be  con- 
sidered as  the  southeast  point  of  entr.-i.iice  intoa  narrow  arm,  (Nakat  Inlet,)  taking  nearly  a  north  direc- 
tion; half  a  league  to  the  northward  of  this  point  the  eastern  shore  foruKxl  three  small  bays  or  coves 
with  four  or  five  islets  before  them.  On  the  point  which  divides  the  two  southernmost  of  these  coves  I 
observed  the  latitude  to  be  54°  49'  and  the  longitude  229°  29',  from  wheut«  the  inlet  took  a  direction 
about  N.  8°  W.;  the  shores  became  nearly  straight  and  compact,  and  were  in  general  about 
half  a  mile  asunder.  The  surrounding  land  being  of  moderate  height  and  of  that  uneven  surface 
generally  cxhil)ited  by  the  insular  countries  lying  on  the  sea-coa.st,  afforded  reasonable  grounds  iol>elieve 
the  western  shore  to  be  an  island;  in  which  case  we  shouhl  have  been  enabled  to  trace  the  C'/iuinental 
boundaries  a  considerable  distance  to  the  north.  About  six  in  the  evening  our  hopes  van'  'i  li  '.y  our 
arriving  at  the  bead  of  the  arm,  where  it  terminated  in  a  small  fresh-water  brook,  floT/  ■><;  t"  'm  low 


Before   it  were  .several     <x  "^ 


<3ome 


marshy  ground,  in  latitude  64°  56',  longitude  229°  28' 
rocky  islets. 

"On  the  low  land  forming -the  upper  extremity  of  this  arm,  we  saw  some  animals  iiL-  .  ''  «,  imt 
the  shallowness  of  the  water  prevented  our  approaching  near  enough  to  fire  at  them  with  a.  t  rnJ  i- 
bility  of  success.  From  hence  we  returned  by  the  western  shore,  passing  three  or  four  "Hikv  "  -;tj,  and 
restetl  for  the  night  about  a  league  N  NW.  of  our  station  at  noon." 

On  leaving  the  inlet  he  "  passed  to  the  south  of  us  a  cluster  of  rocks  and  islands  extending  nearly 
in  a  3W.  and  NE.  direction  about  half  a  league." 

From  Fort  Tongass  tlie  entrance  is  about  three  miles  in  a  northerly  direction.  In  the  farther 
bight  inside  the  group  of  islands  is  a  well-sheltered  harbor  with  ancihorage'in  leas  than  fifteen  '  n'oms, 
which  has  been  visitwl  by  the  iJ.  S,  S,  Jlnnakr,  but  no  survey  of  th^-  locality  has  yet  been  i    civ.' !. 

From  the  northern  side  of  Dixon  Entr  ice  to  the  westward  of  Cape  Fox  sevei-,d  importa  JiB 
of  the  sea  extend  in  the  following  order,  going  westward:  1.  Between  Cape  Fox  iwv'  Cape  NortnuiC' 
berland,  the  RevillagiKado  Channel  leads  to  Behm  CiUial  and  Tonga.S8  Narrow?  .  JWween  Ca^ 
Northumberland  and  Cape  Ciiacon,  Clarence  Strait  leads  to  Ernest  Sound  and  Su'j.i  '/.■■■r<^,  3.  Be- 
tween Ca|)e  Chacon  and  Cape  Mnzon,  Cordova  Bay  includes  a  congeries  of  islands  .u,  j  ;*...,. .^^sr  one 
of  the  latter  (TIevak  Strait)  leads  to  Port  Buc'.reli.  The  exact  position  of  irostof  thebt*  ^jtesand  the 
limits  of  Cordova  Bay  are  much  in  need  of  careful  determination. 

Senaratwl  from  Cape  l'\)x  by  the  entrance  of  tin  iteviib-!  [tilo  Channel  is  Cape  Northumbeifland, 
named  by  ^'a^couver  in  170.1,  and  sepiratii.^  tli(  •  h  unel  ivly.n  Clarence  Strait.  It  is  the  southern 
extremity  of  the  griup  of  (Jravina  Islands;  is  low  near  the  w  •.-  i)ut  ra,)idly  ristj  to  ridges  a  thou- 
sand or  fifteen  hundred  feet  high  and  wooded  fro' a  the  sca-lcvel  to  their  summits. 


•McKdf  rciMiriB  nncliorage  in  fiftoi.ii  liitlmmB,  nieky  Imltoin,  off  Fort  Tom^bsb.  Heooniidera  the  anchorage  dangeroud  in 
"nny  »r>rtof  II  bluw,"  HUii  ftatos  llml  tli«  I'luiliiicH  f<ir  ulituininn  .  y.id  and  water  nr«  poor.  He  says:  "Fort  Tongass  is  on  an 
island  BurroundtHl  by  very  ti|j;ly  reelx.  The  oliiinni-l  Iwing  extri-iiiely  narrow  and  torluoiis,  it  is  accessible  only  to  steamers.  The 
water  is  everywhere  very  d(ep." — Hi/ilrot/raphii-  Sutirr.  So.  lit,  ISffl, ;).  4. 

tThree  miles  BocordiiiR  to  IVudcrV  »k«loli,  Bntisli  Admlrnlly  Chart  No.'i43l,  ooireoted  to  Jiins,  1888. 

IVanoouver,  ii,  pp.  IM.V.Mti  August.     179IJ. 


DANGERS   NEAR   CAPE  FOX. 


63 


jys  will 
vooded, 

om  the 
1  a  half 
e  Lord 


•  *«,  out 
Jto,  and 


fartner 
if'oms, 


The  south  end  of  the  ridge  forms  a  very  noticeuble  Iniidinark,  wiiieii  is  without  doul)t  Mount  St. 
La«aro,  named  by  Douglas  in  June,  1789,  and  plaml  west  of  Bui-cleugli  Sound  of  :Moarc8.  It  stands 
out  alone  from  most  directions  and  gives  the  impression  of  lu'lng  over  three  thousand  feet  in  li<Mght. 
It  is  broad  topped,  witli  its  western  side  niucii  higher  tliau  the  eastern.  At  its  base  on  tlie  west  side 
are  two  small  humps,  and  its  eastern  face  breaks  off  by  steps  to  the  water.  It  sliows  up  dark,  iiigh, 
and  separated  from  any  adjacent  land.  Tlie  nearest  mountain  to  it  is  Mount  Tongass,  on  Annette 
Island  of  the  Gravina  group,  westward  from  Mary  Island.  It  is  about  i'orty-five  hundral  feet  in 
height  according  to  Nichols,  and  has  on  its  eastern  face  a  large  ei-.iter-Iike  hollow. 

In  coming  out  of  Revillagigedo  Channel  a  low  wooded  islet  is  seen  lying  off  Cape  Xorthumberlauil. 
As  nearly  as  the  discrepant  authorities  can  lie  rec(ineile<l,  it  would  appear  that  the  ea|)e  is  about  thirteen 
miles  to  the  westward  from  Cape  Fox  and  twenty-four  miles  to  the  northeastward  from  Cape  Chacon. 

Vancouver's  observations  in  this  locality  were  taken  from  a  snnill  island  south  of  the  cape,  where 
his  observed  latitude  wan  54°  51'J  N. 

"From  this  island,  which  is  tolerably  high,  1  gainc<l  a  very  distinct  view  of  the  surrounding 
rocks  and  breakers  in  all  directions.     The  outermost  of  these  towards  the  northwest  lies  N.  57°  w. 
(true)  three  miles  and  a  half  distant,  those  towards  the  southwest  S.  67°  W.  (true)  four 
miles  and  a  half;  the  southernmost,  whid  were  the  farthest  off,  S.  (true)  six  miles  and  Dangers. 

a  half,  and  the  southeastern  most  S.  50°  E.  (true)  five  miles  distant.     The  intermediate 
spaces  wero  occupied  by  an  immense  nund)er  of  rocks  anil  breakers."  *     From  his  position  on  this 
island  Cape  Fox  bore  E.  by  S.  (true)  fifteen  miles,  and  Cape  Chacon  W  SW.  (true)  eight  or  nine 
leagues. 

DANGERS. 

It  will  be  ol)served  from  the  above  remarks  of  Vancouver  that  the  vicinity  of  this  cape  abounds 
with  dangers.  On  ^age  380,  vol.  II,  he  refers  to  the  outermost  of  these  rocks  as  follows :  "  The 
southernmost  of  the  roc>ks  lying  off  Cape  "s'orthuniberland  *  *  *  *  is  a  round  lump 
of  barren  rock,  very  small,  always  above  water,  and  which  has  some  breakers  lying  at  a  little  distance 
off  its  southeast  side,  *  *  *  *  j.i,g  goutheasteriun(>8t  of  these  rocks  lies  from  the  .south 
rook  N.  43°  E.  (true)  four  miles  and  a  half,  and  is  a  low,  flat,  double  r.>.  iv,  always  above  water,  but  has 
much  broken  ground  in  its  neighborhood. 

"  In  the  afternoon  we  passed  the  southwcsternmost  of  the  above  rooks.  These  latter  are  two  small 
rocks  above  water,  with  much  broken  ground  to  tho  north  and  northeast  of  them,  and  in  a  direct  line 
io»i»i-U8  the  southeasternmost  rocks ;  they  bear  by  conipa.«s  from  the  south  rock  N.  44°  W.  five  miles  and 
a  half  distant.  Between  these  and  the  eastern  shore  lie  many  dangerous  rocks  and  breakere;  but  as 
we  passed  the  south  rock  I  did  not  observe  any  danger  to  the  nortii  of  it,  between  it  and  the  other 
rocks,  where  the  channel  to  all  appearance  seemed  to  be  as  free  from  iiniiediiiieiits  as  tiiat  which  we 
were  pursuing  towards  the  weUern  shore." 

This  south  i-ock  has  l)een  named  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Barren  Rock.  It  lies  about  fifteen 
miles  west  from  Cajie  Fox.  Tebienkoff  (Chart  ^»o.  IX.)  ])laees  it  five  miles  to  t.'ie  southward  from 
Cape  Northumberland,  with  a  jlear  passage  on  either  side.  Vancouver  ]iut.s  it  in  latitude  54°  45'  N., 
seven  miles  t»>  il:e  southward  from  the  enpe  and  a  mile  and  a  half  to  the  southward  of  Tebienkoff's 
position.  A  deserttc!  villup;'»  jn  a  detached  rock  nesir  the  «ii)e  is  mentioned  by  N^mcouvcr,  and  the 
appearance  of  a  village  was  note<l  by  Douglas. 

To  the  southward  and  westwai-d,  broad-off  the  southern  entra'^t-e  of  Ciaren<'e  Strait,  lie  several 
dangers.  The  Devil  Rock,  or  ridge,  is  placed  S  SW.  seven  miles  from  Barren  Kock  on  British  Admi- 
ralty Chart  No.  2431,  but  the  position  is  marked  doubtful.  Another  is  placed  SW.  |  8.  thirteen  miles 
from  Barren  Kock.  On  the  Ilus-sian  Hydrographic  Chart  \o.  H!).'}  Ikvil  Rnrk  is  place<l  nearly  in  the 
latter  position,  twelve  miles  8W.  from  Barren  R(M'k,  with  no  other  patch  indicated.  Tebienl. off  (Chart 
IX)  indicates  a  rock  or  islet  above  water  with  rocks  about  it  fifu^cn  miles  SW.  In'  S.  ^  S.  from  Barren 
Rock,  under  the  name  of  Devil  Tiniih. 

A  rock,  doubtless  identicsU  wiMi  Devil  Ro(>k,  is  recorded  in  the  journal  of  the  ship  Eliza,  Capt. 
Rowan,  in  1799.  It  is  phuxxl  thirty-two  minutes  of  longitude  east  of  Cajw  C'hacon  and  two  mil(«  in 
latitude  farther  south  than  the  cajK",  and  is  descrilnHl  as  a  dangerous  sunken  ro(!k. 

The  observations  of  Brundige  (see  p.  M)  indicate  that  the  true  position  of  Devil  Rock  is  NW.  by 
N.  J  K.  from  Zayas  Tsland  about  four  miles. 

The  commanfi>*r  of  ihe  H.  B.  company's  steamer  Otter  places  it  in  range  with  the  middle  of  the 
northern  shore  jt  Zayas  Islaud  and  Mount  St.  Lazaro,  NW.  and  SE.,  three  and  a  half  to  lour  miles 
from  the  '"■■'•■.nd.  He  also  stata-  that  it  is  markeil  by  n  litroker  and  is  awash  iit  low  water,  l-'rom  it 
the  northwestern  end  of  Zayas  Is'and  liears  S.  and  the  northeastern  end  SE. 


*  Vancouver,  vol.  ii,  p.ItTO. 


■IP 


64 


CAPE   CHACON. 


! 


Captain  McCullough  also  indicates  anotlier  sunken  rock,  which  seems  to  be  unknown  hitherto  and 
is  marlced  by  a  breaker.     From  it  the  northwest  end  of  Zayas  Island  bears  KB.  J 
nicCullough        E.,  the  southern  end  east,  while  tlie  western  shore  of  Zayas  is  distant  about  three  miles 
Rook.  in  a  8E.  \  E.  direction.     This  rwk  docs  not  appear  on  any  chart. 

The  other  rock  of  doubtful  jwsition,  which  may  be  called  Bntndige  Rock,  was  also 
approximately  determined  by  Brundige.  The  following  abstract  of  his  remarks  gives  all  the  informa- 
tion accessible.  The  Iwarings  of  (Jape  Cliacon  being  misprinted  in  his  report  are  here  (and  also  in  the 
account  of  Devil  Rock)  corrected. 

"  The  Indians  also  infornied  me  that  I  would  find  one  large  reef  between  Capes  Chacon  and 
Northumberland.  On  showing  them  the  chart  on  which  this  rock  was  marked,  they  replied, '  No  rock 
there,  but  farther  in.'  So,  having  (amjied  on  Zjiya^  Island,  I  put  out  to  look  for  these  rocks  in  the 
positii f.  marked  on  the  chart,  but  was  unable  to  find  them.  It  being  calm  we  lay-to  all  i.ight  in  the 
canoe,  and  in  the  morning,  29th  August,  contin;  led  on  towards  Cape  Chacon  but  saw 
Brandt^  j  aothing.     We  then  steered  for  the  place  indicated  bv  the  Indians,  it  being  cloudy  but 

vith  the  air  clear.  I  soon  saw  something  that  looked  like  breakers.  The  wind  was  now 
blowing  stn  irom  SW.,  and  as  I  neared  it  saw  the  sea  breaking  heavily  at  a  distance  of  about  two 
miles.  It  being  low  water,  I  approached  as  near  as  possible  and  took  the  following  bearings :  Cape 
Chacon,  SW.  by  8.;  Barren  Rock,  oif  Cape  Northumberland,  E.  by  N.  J  N.;  Wedge  Island,  on  west  side 
of  Clarence  Strait,  NW.  J  W. 

The  above  bearings  place  this  reef  eight  miles  true  north  of  where  it  is  placed  on  British  Admi- 
ralty Chart  No.  2431,  marked  "{wsition  doubtful."  The  breakers  appeared  to  cover  a  space  of  fully 
one  mile  in  extent."  * 

Nearly  SW.  by  W.  from  Barren  Rock,  according  to  Ru.ssian  authorities  about  twenty-four  miles, 

is  situated  Cape  Chaconf  or  de  Chacon,  named  by  Caamano,  and  forming  the  southeastern  point  of 

Prince  of  Wales  Island.     It  is  completely  wooded  and  backed  by  high  wooded  moun- 

Cape  Chacon.        tains.    The  outlines  of  the  land  are  very  differently  given  by  different  authorities,  but 

most  of  them  agree  in  })lacing  it  in  about  latitude  64°  42'  N.  and  nearly  or  quite  on 

the  same  parallel  with  Point  Nufiez  and  Cape  Muzon. 

According  to  Lieut.  Com.  H.  E.  Nichols,  Cape  Chacon  from  Clarence  Strait  appears  to  consist  of 
three  wooded  cone-shaped  hills,  the  outer  one  being  a  ])erfect  cone.  From  these  the  land  rises  by  a  flat 
step  about  twice  the  height  of  the  cones  into  a  mountain,  made  conspicuous  by  standing  out  alone  on  the 
southern  part  of  Prir'*  of  Wales  Archii.elago.  Coming  down  from  the  northward  the  cape  changes 
very  much  in  appea. .  iice ;  the  inner  cone  becomes  flat  and  elongated  and  is  finally  merged  into  the  land 
back  of  it,  while  the  bluff  mountain  behind  it  comes  out  between  the  cone  and  the  cape  as  a  nipple- 
shajied  peak.  Viewing  the  cape  from  tiie  eastward  it  shows  two  well-defined  cones,  with  high  land 
directly  back  of  them,  and  to  tlie  right  a  nipple  ])eak,  and  then  a  bluff  mountain.  Northwara  from 
these  the  land  is  lower,  afterward  rising  again  to  high  mountains.  From  the  S  SE.  the  two  cones  are 
merged  into  the  high  laud  behind  them,  and  the  cape  is  best  recognized  by  the  nipple  peak  and  bluff 
mountain  above  mentioned.  T^rom  the  westward  Cape  Chacon  has  nuich  the  same  appearance  as  from 
the  eastward,  the  three  cones  coming  out  in  their  order  from  seaward,  the  third  one  soon  becoming 
flat  and  elongated.  But  the  bluff  mountain  and  nipple  peak  change  places,  the  mountain  rising  more 
directly  from  the  cajie,  and  the  latter,  now  apjiearing  iiigher,  situate*!  to  the  left  and  not  so  well  defined 
as  when  seen  from  the  eastward.     Westward  from  Cape  Chacon  the  land  is  high  and  broken.| 

Mount  St.  Lazaro  bears  NE.  J  N.  from  the  cape.  S.  by  E.  to  SW.  by  S.,  two  and  a  half  miles 
or  therealxjuts  from  Cape  Chacon,  lies  a  lan/e  patch  qffmil  ground  several  miles  in  extent.  The  west- 
ern part  of  this  reef  is  above  water,  and  is  in  range  with  the  cape  on  a  bearing  NE.  by  N.  and  SW. 
by  S.  On  the  rest  of  the  reef  the  sea  breaks  heavily.  The  mariner  should  not  approach  this  cape 
within  five  miles  unless  the  weather  is  clear.  Westward  from  Cape  C;hac(»n  is  Nichols  Bay,§  still  unex- 
plored, its  entrance  five  or  six  miles  in  width,  in  wiiicli  are  three  small  high  islands.    The  opposite 


,   VTI       tAUowii 
^      ing»,  to  have 


ndige,  I.  c,  p.  157. 
Ilowiiig  for  a  tolerably  constant  error  of  Bix  to  ten  miles  in  his  latitudeB,  wliicli  appear,  when  compared  wi.h  bis  bear- 
ve  almost  invariably  Iwen  calculated  too  fur  nortb,  there  nre  Bonie  reasons  for  thinking  that  this  cape  may  iiave  Deen 
the  Oapa  Murray  of  Douglas.  His  Cape  Farmer  might  have  been  one  of  the  northern  pointe  of  Dundas  Island ;  Zayu  Island 
and  his  Patrlei  Island  be  identical,  and  Cape  Muz.m  and  Douglas'  Cap«  Irvine  l>e  the  same.  The  differences  of  longitude  tend 
to  confirm  this  view,  which  would  place  Douglas'  Haines  Cove  somewhere  in  Clarence  Strait,  regard  Port  Moaret  as  situated  in 
Cordova  Bay,  and  consider  liis  BnocUnKb  Bonnd  as  including  all  the  waters  between  Capes  Chacon,  Northumberland  and  Fox, 
and  the  northern  edge  of  the  Dundas  Islanils.  At  all  events,  Ciipes  Kox  and  Murray  cannot  be  identical,  as  they  are,  by  Doug- 
las' reckoning,  over  a  degree  apart  in  longitude,  and  his  Mount  Saint  Lazaro  was  considerably  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  Murray. 
From  the  present  charts  only  approximate  eonolnsions  can  be  arrived  at,  but  a  single  glance  at  the  topography  on  the  spot  itself 
is  sufficient  to  determine  the  mountain  and  establish  a  probability  for  the  location  suggested  for  the  other  iiames.  However, 
Point  Nunei  is  constantly  ivferred  to  in  the  journal  of  the  voyage  of  the  ship  Eliza,  Captain  Rowau,  In  1799,  U  Onv  Umar, 
while  Cape  Chacon  is  called  by  its  native  name  Intankoon  and  also  Bald  Cape. 

t  NichoU;  report  to  Superintendent  L'.  8.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  December,  1888. 

i  Named  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey. 


nn*? 


itherto  and 
ears  NE.  i 
three  miles 

ek,  was  also 

le  informa- 

also  in  the 

Chacon  and 
I, '  No  rock 
ocks  in  the 
light  in  the 
on  but  saw 
cloudy  but 
nd  was  now 
■  about  two 
ings:  Cape 
in  west  side 

tish  Admi- 
ace  of  fully 

■four  miles, 
rn  point  of 
)ded  moun- 
liorities,  but 
or  quite  on 

o  consist  of 
ses  by  a  flat 
ilone  on  the 
ape  changes 
a  to  the  land 
as  a  nipple- 
h  high  land 
hward  from 
vo  cones  are 
k  and  bluff 
ince  as  from 
>n  becoming 
rising  more 
well  defined 
;en4 

i  half  miles 
The  west- 
Vf.  and  SW. 
ch  this  cape 
§  still  unex- 
Dhe  opposite 


wi,h  bis  btfsr- 
may  iiave  Deen 
;  Zsyu  Island 
'  longitada  tend 
»■  aa  lituated  in 
rland  and  Fox, 
r  are,  by  Doug- 
'  Cape  Murray. 
D  th*  spot  itielf 
les.  Howerer, 
0»p*  UvatKT, 


'^^^S-.K"^^-'-   -'^ 


.ill..  .1  ;i  •  /.  i.ii 


InvuiklaPt. 

Invunhle  Pt.N  <fr*S,lBMaeK, 


KortKIslnnri  N  P»K,H  UHv». 

(l^vm  IKxonii  Voyoff*.) 


Cupf  Muxuii  W  WIS'  i  X.l4  MilcH. 


Kiu|<i<)iiu-r  Striiit. 


'' .*W^ 


Port^stCT'  iMliuiii  flxMu.  thA  Htnttii  unti  West . 


^::^r^       ^^*rrrr' 


IrMiijf 


:jiv,  ?ysw  «!>. 


'fi;uvm  aji<( 


ISfej 


'.  ■ 


mr"T 


tl  v.  i  /   ;.(  V/  .,.,v  ,rf 


^ 

."-^l:; 

'»         ^ 

-'# 

f,-»SU' 

..H 

v^Y^'.'^r^'-v^r^. 

■ff  1. 

■.1  ifn 

•>*ii.>.H^;tr...>. 

if:,r-  .:. 


^  ^l•*!l\\4!.■\'.^\V".l 


CORDOVA   BAY. 


66 


headland  of  this  bay,  bearing  about  8W.  by  W.  j  W.  about  seven  miles  from  Cape  Chacon  and  repre- 
sented by  different  authorities  as  on  nearly  the  same  parallel  of  latitude,  is  Point  Nuuob,  the  PunU  de 
Nufiez  of  Vancouver's  chart,  a  name  adopted  from  Caamano.* 

To  the  westward  from  the  pint,  within  a  range  of  several  miles,  but  differently  located  by  differ- 
ent authorities,  is  an  islet  v/ith  foul  tp-onnd  around  and  between  it  and  the  shore. 

The  land  uiK»n  which  Point  NuHez  is  situated  is  Bean  Island.f  wiiich  is  represented  by  Tebienkoff 
as  a  part  of  Prince  of  Wales  Island.  It  is  a  high  island  with  a  bluff  seaward  face,  higher  than  the 
small  islands  in  Nichols  Bay. 

Point  Nufiez  forms  the  southeastern  extreme  of  Cordova  Bay,  Puerto  Cordova  y  Cordova  of 
Caamano,  a  very  extensive  unexplored  sheet  of  water  containing  numerous  islands,  some  of  large  size, 
communicating  with  Port  Bucareli  by  an  arm  called  TIevak  Strait  and  extending, 
ac<;ording  to  lebienkoff,  in  a  narrow  inlet  called  Tliakd-ek  Bay  towards  the  headwaters  Cordova  Bay. 
of  Moira  and  Cholmondeley  sounds,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  short  isthmus 
called  the  Kaigan  Portage.  Nothing  more  definite  is  known  of  the  northern  and  northeastern  portions 
of  Cordova  Bay.  Westward  from  Point  Nuflez,  which  forms  the  southern  extremity  of  Bean  Island, 
there  are  two  large  bights;  westward  still  farther  is  a  remarkable  reddish-colored  conical  hill  with  a 
rounded  top,  a  prominent  landmark.  Farther  west  the  shores  of  Cordova  Bay  are  lower  and  broken, 
not  even  approximately  surveyed. 

W.  by  S.  I  S.  about  eleven  miles  from  Point  Nufiez  a  roe^i/  patch  is  laid  down  in  the  mouth  of 
the  bay  by  Russian  authorities,  except  Tebienkoff,  who  places  it  W.  by  S.  nearly  fourteen  miles  from 
Point  Nufiez. 

SW.  by  W.  if  W.,  twenty  miles  from  Point  Nufiez,  lies  Cape  Mazon,  or  Kai-gah-nee  of  some 
authors,  the  Cabo  de  Muzon  of  Caamano  and  Vancouver.]:  This  is  the  most  western  of  the  soutliern 
capes  of  Alaska,"  bordering  on  Dixon  Entrance. 

This  is  a  barren  bluff  point  with  deep  water  clow;  to  it.§  It  is  high  and  rocky,  with  a  reef  almost 
four  cables  long  extending  in  a  SE.  direction ;  another  smaU  reef  lies  just  to  the  northward  of  this. 
Also  a  rocky  island  close  inshore,  which  does  not  show  from  the  eastward  but  comes  out  very  clearly  in 
approaching  from  the  northward  or  southward.  ||  According  to  Brundigc  it  is  a  long,  sharp  bluff,  easily 
recognizable  from  sea,  and  with  four  small  islands  northeastward  from  the  northeast  prolongation  of 
its  shore.  It  appears  to  )je  formed  by  a  high  a'ld  somewhat  precipitous  bluff  with  a 
strip  of  lower  land  in  front  of  it.     Such  a  cjipe  is  figuretl  by  La  Perouse  as  seen  in  cape  Muzon. 

profile  to  the  eastward  of  Forrester  Island.  As  seen  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  party 
in  1867,  bearing  W.  by  N.  J  N.  one  mile  and  a  quai-ter,  (though  the  summit  was  hidden  by  fog,)  the 
immediate  shores  were  comparatively  low  and  rocky,  covered  with  a  heavy  growth  of  spruce,  and  the 
coast  to  the  northwest  appeared  much  broken  and  of  a  formation  similar  to  that  at  the  cape.  Between 
the  vessel  and  the  cape  strong  current-markings  were  visible  on  the  surface  of  the  water,  and  I^a  Perouse 
speaks  of  strong  tidal  currents  experienced  in  crossing  Dixon  Entrance  in  this  vicinity.  Brundige 
experienced  a  one  knot  current  in  this  vicinity  and  Nichols  found  weak  tidal  currents. 

Cape  Muzon  is  nearly  in  latitude  54°  42'  N.,  about  the  same  parallel  as  points  Nufiez  and  Wales 
and  Cape  Chacon.  The  longitude  is  given  by  Tebienkoff,  from  Khrushchoff's  observations,  as  132°  38' 
W.,  but  all  other  modern  authorities  place  it  from  2'  to  4'  farther  west.f 

Nichols'  reconnaissance  of  the  TIevak  Strait  included  a  determination  at  Howkan  village,  from 
which  the  position  of  Cape  Muzon  would  appear  to  be,  approximately. 


Latitude 64°  41' 4"   N. 

Longitude 132°  44' 7"  W. 


*  This  is  the  Oape  Hnrray  of  some  of  the  early  fur  traders,  and  perhaps  of  Douglas. 

t  Named  by  the  Superintendent  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  in  1880  for  Dr.  T.  H.  Bean,  of  the  U.  8.  Fish  Com- 
mission. 

i  The  Cape  Kaigani  of  Tebienltoir,  varionely  spelled  Kygane,  Kaigani,  Caiganee,  &c.,  by  different  authors.  From  an 
examination  of  Galiano  and  Val.les'  " Relacion"  (p.  cxxiv)  and  documents  edited  by  Navarrete,  it  seems  certain  that  the  original 
designation  of  this  cape  was  Cabo  d«  MuBoi  or  Muflo*  Qoosens,  which,  by  the  transposition  of  two  letters  on  Vancouver's  copy 
fromCaamano  hr.8  been  perpetuated  as  MuMn.  However,  as  the  erroneous  orlhography  has  been  widely  a.lopted  and  had  priority 
of  publication,  it  has  seemed  undesirable  to  make  a  change  which  would  be  o'f  little  if  any  service  to  the  navigator,  while  attended 
with  manifest  inconvenience.    It  was  called  Cape  Pitt  by  Dixon  and  some  of  the  early  traders,  and  Cape  Irvine  by  Douglas. 

i  Brqndige,  I.  c. 

II  Nichols,  I.  c. 

H  Brundige  landed  there,  and  from  observations  on  shore  places  the  cape  in 


Latitude  .. 
Loncltnde . 


6*0  42'  in"  If . 
JSJO  40'  SO"  W., 


which  is  exactly  the  poeiUon  given  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  2431. 

P.  c.  P.— 9 


66 


KAIGAHNEE   HARBORS. 


1 


From  Capp  Mu/.on,  acrosw  Dixon  Entranee,  Point  North,  or  Breakers  Point  of  Ls  Perouae,  on 
Nortli  Island  of  the  Qiipcn  C'iiarhjtte  group,  lioars  S.  8°  or  10°  W.  (or,  if  Dawson's  position  be  Moepted, 
ahout  8.  by  E.)  f.vcnty-oight  miles.  'I'iie  cape  forms  the  southern  point  of  Dall  Isluid  *  and  the 
western  point  of  entrance  of  Kai-gnh-net>  Stniit. 

The  exact  limits  of  Dull  Island  northward  remain  to  be  determined  by  the  survey  of  the  varioua 
openings  westward  from  Kai-gnh-nee  and  Tlevak  straits.  As  far  as  known,  it  comprises  moet  of  the 
land  westward  from  those  strtiits,  north  of  Cape  Muzon,  extending  towards  the  Pacific  and  penetrated  by 
Port  Razan. 

From  Cn|K!  Muzon  the  deeply  indented  eastern  shore  of  Dall  Island  trends  in  a  |,enerally  northwest 
direction,  guardetl  by  a  nuiltitude  of  woodetl  islets,  reefs,  and  sunken  rocks  extending  oif-«hore  to  three- 

auarters  of  a  mile.     The  bight  between  this  shore  and  South  Point,  being  the  entrance  to  Kai-gah-nee 
trait,  is  the  Port  Meares  or  Meares  Iky,  of  the  early  explorers  and  traders,  (1791-1799,)  but  it  is  not 
possible  to  identify  it  with  Port  Meares  of  Douglas  in  1786,  from  his  chart  and  remarks. 

On  the  Dall  Island  shore  are  several  indentations  which  were  used  as  liarbors  by  the  fur  traders 

of  the  last  century,  of  whose  presence  the  name  American  Bay,  applied  to  one  of  these, 

Kai-gah-nee  is  <>  reminder.     Tlie  most  marked  of  these  co'/es  are  the  Kai-gah-nee  Harbors,  sur- 

Harbort.  vcyed  by  Etolin  in  183.'}.     These  comprise  three  narrow  bays,  the  middle  one  of  which 

affords  the  usual  anchorage.     The  aoutheitstern  point  of  the  southern  bay  has  an  islet 

off  it  a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  eastward,  with  some  rocks  outside  the  islet.     These  are  bold-to  to  the 

northward,  twenty-nine  fathoms  Ixjing  reported  close  to  them. 

The  southern  shore  of  the  South  Harbor  trends  W.  by  8.;  or  nearly  so,  in  an  almost  straight  line  for 

about  two  miles.     There  are  several  islets  and  rocks  along  this  shore,  and  a  good-sized  mid-channel  islet 

about  half  way  *'rom  the  point  to  the  head  of  the  bay,  where  the  shore  is  bordered  by  a 

South  Harbor.       tidal  flat.    W'ithin  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  head  of  the  bay  a  gnudl  reef  pnta  out 

from  the  northern  shore,  which  is  elsewhere  free  from  obstructions.     The  northern  shore 

of  the  South  Harborf  extends  less  to  the  eastward  by  three-quarters  of  a  mile  than  the  southern  shore. 

The  bay  is  about  three-eighths  of  a  mile  wide,  and  the  soundings  diminish  pretty  regularly  from 

forty-seven  fathoms  near  the  entrance  to  thirty-seven  north  of  the  channel  islet,  and  thirteen  at  the 

anchorage,  five-eighths  of  a  mile  from  the  northern  headland  of  the  entrance.    The  course  in  possea 

to  the  northward  of  the  islet,  and  the  anchorage  is  well  protected  from  all  winds  except  those  from 

the  eastward.    There  is  said  to  be  an  Indian  village  near  the  head. 

The  Middle  and  North  harbors  p.ie  separated  by  a  small  point  and  a  nearly  continuous,  narrow, 
long  island  to  the  eastward.  Off  the  eastern  end  of  the  island  are  some  rocks,  forming  a  patch  otfoul 
ground,  having  the  same  general  trend  as  the  island,  W.  ^  IT.  and  E.  |  8.,  from  which 
Middle  Harbor,  they  extend  a  cable  length.  The  Middle  Harbor  is  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
wide  and  about  a  mile  in  length.  Its  shores  are  apparently  clear  of  dangers;  there 
are  some  islets  in  its  northwestern  angle.  Near  the  southwestern  angle  is  a  ve^  small  basin,  with 
about  five  fathoms  water  in  it,  in  which  a  small  vessel  might  lie  as  in  a  dock.  This  is  called  by  the 
Russians  Prisoners  Cove  or  Harbor. 

The  depth  of  water  in  Middle  Harbor  varies  from  seven  to  nineteen  fathoms.  The  anchorage  is 
laid  down  by  Etolin  in  seven  and  a  half  fathoms  directly  off  the  entrance  of  the  basin. 

The  North  Harbor  is  "of  about  the  same  length  as  Middle  Harbor,  but  even  narrower  and  with 
deeper  water.     It  presents  no  special  advantages.     All  are  open  to  the  eastward  and 
North  Harbor.       surrounded  by  rather  high  wooded  land.     A  «^ording  to  Etolin  the  geographical  posi- 
tion of  Prisoners  Cove|  is 


Latitude 64°  46' 00"  N. 

Longitude 132°  46'  30"  W. 


t; 


The  range  of  the  tides,  according  to  Tebienkoff,  is  sixteen  feet.  The  variauon  of  the  compass, 
according  to  Etolin,  was  26°  E.  in  1833. 

In  Tehienkoff's  sketch,  on  Chart  No.  IX,  (reproduced  without  change  in  the  Coast  Survey  Atlas 
of  Harbor  Cliarts  of  Alaska,)  the  scale  of  miles  by  inadvertence  has  been  made  to  read  miles  for  quar- 
ters of  miles.  A  better  itpresentation  of  this  locality  is  Etolin's  original  sketch,  which  appears  on 
Russian  Hydrographic  Clmrt  No.  1396. 


*  Named  by  tli«  Superiulenilent  of  the  U.  8.  Coast  and  Guodetic  Survey  in  1^79. 

t  This  harbor  wa«  known  in  17'J9  as  Taddiikty,  a  native  name,  or  Taddy'i  00T»,  a  corruption  of  the  former.  At  that  time 
there  w*re  no  resident  Indians  there,  but  there  wa§  a  fortification  to  which  they  could  retire  when  attacked.  The  land  about 
thin  cove  ie  extremely  high  and  densely  wooded. 

{There  are  some  who  wouid  identify  this  anchuraKe  with  Port  Meares  of  Doiiglaa;  but  the  weight  of  evidence  ii  agaiiut  it. 
Douglas'  sketch,  besides  having  the  title  and  compass  reversed,  with  regard  to  the  true  points  of  the  compass,  ti  of  such  a  char- 
acter as  to  be  quite  incomprehensible,  and  the  journal  of  the  Eliza  (1799)  states  that  these  coves  were  not  known  until  after 
Meares'  time. 


KAIOAHNEE  STRAIT. 


67 


North  from  Cape  Muzon  about  three  miles  in  South  I'oiiit*  the  southern  extreme  of  Long 
Ialand.t  It  is  a  thickly  wooded  rocicy  point,  alwut  six  huiulro<l  feet  high.  A  iref  extends  euBt- 
ward  from  it  half  a  mile  anotlier  lies  about  the  same  distanit'  oil-shore  to  the  southeastward.  A  small 
rocky  spur  with  outlying  rocks  runs  out  about  three  («bles  8  HVf.X 

Long  Island  is  about  nine  miles  long  and  four  milw  wide,  narrowing  from  the  north,  southward. 
Its  western  coast,  bordering  on  the  strait  from  half  a  mile  off-shore,  seems  to  be  dear  of  dangers.  Two 
miles  south  from  South  Cape,  on  the  line  joining  it  with  Cape  Muzon,  Nichols  found  no  lH>ttom  with 
thirty  fathoms  of  line  out.  At  this  point  Kai-gah-nee  Strait  oi)ens  NW.  by  W.  This  strait  extends 
between  Dall  and  I^ong  islands  about  seven  miles,  gradually  contracting  in  width  from  more  than 
two  miles  at  its  south  entrance  to  less  than  half  a  mile  at  the  Ilowkan  Narrows  or 
Strait,  which  forms  the  northern  termination  of  Kai-gah-nee  Strait.     Several  small  Kal-pah-n«« 

points  project  from  the  Long  Island  shore,  and  half  a  mile  NW.  from  South  Point  is  Strait, 

a  mvaU  ruf,  clcae  in.  About  two  miles  northward  from  South  Point  is  a  small  village 
of  the  Haida  or  Kai-mh-nce  rac«  of  Indians,  who  have  given  their  name  to  the  strait.  Two  and  a' 
half  miles  farther  northward  on  the  same  shore  two  islands  mark  the  entrant*  of  BoUds  Inlet,  which 
appears  like  a  passage  leading  in  a  northerly  direction,  and  has  not  yet  been  ezploral.  When  them 
islands  are  abeam  the  strait  takes  a  more  westerly  direction  and  the  Haida  village  of  Howkan  is  visible 
in  a  NW.  by  W.  direction. 

From  Juolles  Jnlet  entrance,  S.  by  W.  one  euA  a  half  miles,  is  Pond  Bay,  a  deep  bight  with  a 
large  wooded  isl&nd  in  the  entrance  and  several  smaller  islands  within.  W.  by  N.  J  N.,  six  miles  from 
South  Point  on  the  Dall  Island  shore,  lies  the  entrance  of  American  Bay,  named  b  y  Etolin. 

It  is  indented  about  a  mile  and  a  half  in  a  southwesterly  direction  with  a  widt  h  of  about  half  a 
mile.  Nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  strait,  NE.  from  the  northern  jKiint  of  entrance  of  American  Bay,  is 
a  patch  with  nine  to  sixteen  fathoms  over  it,  on  which  anchorage  may  be  had.  In  the  entrance  to  the 
bay  nine  to  twenty-one  fathoms  may  be  had.  SW.  by  S.  ^  8.  from  Dix  iVint,  its  northern  point  of 
entrance,  is  a  cluster  of  four  wooded  islets  united  by  banks  at  low  water  and  called  the  Bay  Isleta. 
Behind  these  is  Anchorage  Cove,  where  good  anchorage  may  be  had  in  ten  to  twelve  fathoms.  Near 
the  head  of  the  bey  are  some  rocks,  but  as  a  whole  the  shores  of  the  bay  appear  unusually  free  from 
dangers  or  impedimenta  to  navigation.  This  bay  is  represented  on  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Sur- 
vey Harbor  Chart  No.  713,  from  a  reconnaissance  by  the  Ilaaaler  in  1881.  Immediately  opposite  the 
entrance  to  American  Bay  there  is  a  small  sunken  reef  extending  about  a  cable  w«w*-"ard 
from  the  Long  Island  shore  with  nine  fathoms  close  to  it.    Seven-eighths  c  ile  Howkan 

west  northwestward  from  this  reef  are  the  Howkan  Narrows,  where  the  clear    ;       lel  Narrows, 

contracts  to  a  cable  and  a  half  and  the  dirait  to  about  four  cables.     A  projectio     .om 
the  shore  of  Long  Island  at  this  point  is  the  site  of  the  Howkan  village  of  Haida  Indians  and  of  a 
trading  post  and  missionary  station.     To  the  latter  has  been  applied  the  name  of  the  Jackson  Mission. 

Howkan  contains  about  a  dozen  large  Indian  houses,  and  directly  in  front  of  the  houses  is  a  lar,  e 
reef,  bare  at  half  tide  and  surrounded  in  summer  by  kelp.  The  reef  extends  a  cable  and  a  half  south- 
westward  from  the  shore  at  high-water  mark.  8W.  J  W.  from  this  reef,  across  the  cable-and-a-half 
wide  channel,  is  a  large  kelp  patch,  on  which  the  llnaskr  party  could  not  find  less  than  fourteen  feet  of 
water.  There  is  no  safe  passage  west  from  this  natch,  between  it  and  the  shore.  The  kelp  is  said  to 
disnppear  from  all  these  reefs  in  winter  to  a  gr    i  t  >r  less  extent.  || 

In  Howkan  Narrows  between  the  kelp  \h,'- :  .nd  the  village  reef  seventeen  fathoms  can  be  had 
throi^h  the  channel. 

Upon  the  peninsula  on  which  the  Howkan  village  is  situated  is  the  observation  sjwt  of  the  U.  S. 
Coast  Survey  party  of  1881.  It  is  nearly  south  from  me  village,  close  to  the  high-water  mark.  Accord- 
ing to  observations  by  the  reconnaissance  party  this  spot  is  situated  in 

Latitude 54°  49'.6  N. 

.   ♦  Longitude 132°50'.2W. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  in  1881  was  27°  03'.4  easterly  and  the  dip  74°  21'.5.  The  rise  and 
fall  of  tides  is  about  twelve  feet. 

•The  point  WM  named  0(hnol  or  Sonth  Point  by  Tehienkott,  ^nA  Point  Kal-gab-nee  by  KiipreBnolT  on  liuBsian  Hydro- 
graphie  Chart  No.  1493.  The  application  of  tliia  name  Kni-gali-nee  to  the  cape,  pivviously  named  l>y  C'uamano  and  A'ancouver 
Cape  Miwon,  bu  laid  the  basis  of  future  confusion,  as  South  Point  above  mentioned  is  tlie  Cape  Kaigan  of  the  British  Admiralty 
Chart  No.  3431. 

tDolcol  bUnd  of  the  Russians. 

t  loformation  in  regard  to  this  vicinity  and  Tlevak  and  Howkan  straits  is  derived  from  I  lie  reconnaifsances  of  the  Coast  and 
Geodetic  Survey  steamer  Hauler,  Lieut.  Com.  H.  E.  Nichols,  U.  8.  N.,  (onnnanding,  in  1881.  This  information  is  embodied  in 
U.  8.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  Chart  No.  713. 

i  After  the  Rev.  Sheldon  Jackson,  DD.,  who  lias  been  indefatigable  in  his  endeavors  lo  establish  missions  in  southeastern 

Alaska. 

1  In  ilmilar  patches  io  the  Aleutian  region,  waU^hed  all  winter  by  the  U.  H.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  parties,  there  wu 
no  time  when  kolp  was  not  conspicuous  upon  them,  though  most  abundant  and  luxuriant  in  early  summer. 


68 


KAIOAHNKK   HTIIAIT. 


About  8E.  by  8.  from  tlie  station,  offtheHouth  bigbt  of  the  peiiinHiilu,  in  Village  Islnnd,  of  small 
extent,  about  a  cable  from  the  wliore.  Tlie  northern  bi).'ht  hnH  U'X'n  named  by  the  U.  S.  Const  Hurvev 
Million  Cove,  (aUhou^jh  the  miwion  is  not  situated  exaetly  U|>on  it,)  and  afford-  anehorage  for  small 
craft  elose  in-shore.  A  mtnlcni  rock  with  tive  feet  of  water  on  it  exists  in  the  head  of  the  cove  and  may 
be  avoided  by  keening  the  islet  on  the  south  shore  of  the  ((We  bearing  notiiing  to  westward  of  SW.  by 
S.  i  8.  From  this  (!ove  the  shore  of  I.ong  Island  trends  in  a  northwesterly  direction  appareutly 
bold-to. 

W  NW.  from  Howkan  lies  Channel  Island,  nametl  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey,  and  ap|)earing  like 
two  islands,  but  connected  by  a  si)itor  bar  hardly  above  high-water  mark.  The  island  is  alxmt  four 
cables  long  and  one  wide,  trending  in  an  eiusterly  and  westerly  direction  with  deep  water  on  either  side. 
The  main  eliannel,  however,  is  that  on  the  south  and  w(«t  from  the  island.  From  Howkan  Narrows 
the  shore  of  Dall  Island  extends  in  a  west-northwesterly  direction  a  mile  and  a  half  to  Entrance 
Point,  the  eiwtern  point  of  entrance  to  Saw  Mill  Cove  from  which  NW.  half  a  mile  lies  Weit  Mill 
Rock,  of  small  extent,  close  to  the  shore.  East  half  south  from  this  rock  half  a  mile  lies  J'ond  Hock, 
awash  at  low  water,  nearly  midway  between  Clianncl  Island  and  West  Mill  lloek  and  a  little  to  the 
northward  of  a  line  joining  the  two. 

The  entrance  to  Sawmill  Cove  is  narrow  and  easily  overlooked,  though  it  has  four  or  five  fathoms 
least  water  in  it.  Entrance  Point,  which  shelters  tlie  outer  basin  of  the  mve,  extends  in  a  W  NW. 
direction  and  is  (juite  narrow.  The  basin  southwest  from  it  is  a-little  more  than  a 
Sawmill  Cove.  cable  in  extent  and  has  four  to  six  fathoms  in  the  middle.  Westward  from  it  is  an 
opening  obstructed  by  some  small  islets,  leaving  a  passage  ""w  yards  wide  with  seven- 
teen feet  of  water,  which  leads  into  an  extensive  unsurveyed  basin  with  "  island  in  the  middle  of 
it  and  branches  in  several  directions.  This  is  said  to  frw/e  over  in  wint  this  vicinity  a  saw-mill 
has  been  erecttnl  by  the  mi8si(maries  to  supply  material  for  building  fiurjn,      . 

The  channel  extends  northward  lietweeu  Pond  and  West  Mill  li(X!ks,  where  the  narrows  end,  and 
the  passage  expands  to  a  wide  bay,  some  six  mil(«  long  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  direction,  forming  one  of  the 
ramifications  of  Cordova  Hay,  with  which  it  connects  by  eastward-leading  jnissages  north  of  Long  Island. 
The  Dall  Island  shore  is  high,  densely  wooded,  and  much  broken.  It  should  be  approached,  with 
caution  as  several  sunken  rcK-ks  exist  along  shore.  The  eastern  boundarj'  of  this  sheet  of  water,  so  far 
as  it  can  be  said  to  have  one,  is  formed  by  a  variety  of  islands. 

From  West  Mill  Rock  W.  by  N.  A  N.  a  mile  and  three-(iuartcrs  lies  Dead  Pine  Island,  of  small 
extent,  rocky,  with  a  fir  tree  and  (lead  pine  stump  twenty  feet  high  without  bran(!hes,  situated  close  to 
the  shore.  A  reef  makes  off  towards  the  channel  from  this  island  a  distance  of  two  cables.  NW.  by 
W.  from  Dead  Pine  Island  about  three  miles,  Bushy  Island,  still  small,  is  situated  near  a  rounded 
point  of  the  Dall  Island  shore.  Westward  around  this  point  at  a  distance  of  about  a  mile  is  the 
entrance  of  Rose  Inlet,  with  several  islets  in  it  and  not  yet  surveyed. 

North  a  mile  and  two-thirds  from  Bushy  Island  is  Square  Island,  so  named  by  the  U.  8.  Coast 
Survey  from  its  ap|)earance  when  viewed  from  the  southward  and  eastward.  Eastward  and  south- 
ward from  Square  Island  is  a  chain  of  islands  and  islets  extending  nearly  to  the  northwest  shore  of  Long 
Island.  This  is  divided  into  two  groups,  the  northwestern  containing,  besides  S(iuare  Island,  fivesmal- 
and  two  large  islands;  the  latter  se|)aratcd  by  a  very  narrow  [mssage. 

The  larger  western  one,  named  Grand  Island  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey,  is  over  a  mile  in  length ; 
the  other,  Aston  I.}land,  is  about  two-thirds  of  a  mile  long.  The  eastern  group  contains  one  large 
island,  named  Shoe  Island  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  on  account  of  the  form  of  \i>  profile,  a:ul  ieight 
or  nine  smaller  islets  and  rocks.  Northward  from  these  lies  Jackson  Island,  over  a  mile  wide  and 
four  miles  long  in  an  east  and  west  direction,  which  is  not  yet  fully  sui-veyed.  North  of  this  is  a  broad 
arm  extending  to  Cordova  Bay. 

About  two  and  a  half  miles  NW.  by  W.  from  Bushy  Island  and  quite  prominent  is  High  Point, 
from  which  NW.  by  N.  |  N.  two  and  two-thirds  miles  lies  Reef  Point,  the  eastern  end  of  '^oung 
Island.  The  latter  is  about  two  miles  and  a  half  long  W.  by  N.  and  E.  by  S.,  and  about  a  mile  wide, 
separated  by  a  narrow  ])assage  from  the  western  shore  of  the  strait. 

Between  Reef  and  High  points  is  a  wide  entrance  with  a  number  of  small  islands  and  rocks  in  it 
>Thich  have  received  the  name  of  Reef  Islands.  The  entraiuie,  which  might  be  mistaken  for  the  main 
strait,  has  been  called  False  Lead  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey.  It  is  unsurveyed  but  is  of  considerable 
extent,  with  several  arms  which  lead  to  the  westward.  Reef  Point  should  l)e  avoided,  as  danyerow  rocks, 
extend  SE.  by  E.  |  E.  from  it  a  little  more  than  half  a  mile.  The  outer  rock  is  sunken  at  all  tides. 
Opposite  Reef  Point  the  main  shore  is  distant  more  than  three  miles  in  a  northwesterly 
TIevak  Strait.  direction,  where  it  forms  a  rather  broad  rounded  point  wiiich  has  been  named  Point 
Kellogg.  Between  Reef  and  Kellogg  points  TIevak  Strait  ojjens  in  a  generally 
WW.  by  W.  direction  'vith  a  width  of  three  or  four  miles  and  a  length  to  the  narrows  of  some  thirteen 
miles. 

Eastward  from  Point  Kellogg  is  Dunbar  Inlet,  narrow  and  unsurveyed.  From  the  point  NW. 
by  W.  nearly  seven  miles  the  eastern  shore  of  the  strait  extends,  much  broken,  to  a  prominent  bare 
spot  caused  by  a  landslide,  beyond  which  is  an  indentation  in  the  shore.     Between  Point  Kellogg  and 


TLKVAK   STKAIT. 


69 


the  lamlRlidu,  extending;  off  the  shore  a  mile  to  a  mile  and  a  Imll",  lire  three  j;riiu|»s  of  iHlandn.  The  (IrHt, 
or  MoFarland  Qroup,  eoiisistM  of  three  f;oo<l-8iy,ed  islands,  tin.'  Hniallcst  of  which  is  a  nunrter  of  a  mile 
h)ng;  the  second,  or  Corlios  Oroup,  consists  of  two  islands,  each  over  half  a  mile  lonjr;  the  lust,  or 
ITioholi  Oroup,  consistM  of  three  larj^e  islands,  narrow  and  elost;  to  one  another,  formin);u  chain  nearly 
two  miles  long  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  direction.  Olf  these  to  westward  a  short  disiance  are  five  sniull 
ones  of  very  uniform  size,  (ailed  by  the  U.  S.  ( 'oust  Survey  the  Sontinols.  The  West  Sentinel  is  NW. 
^  W.  from  Square  Island  ten  miles  and  a  half,  imd  is  ahout  haK  a  mile  westward  from  llie  rest  of  the 
Nichols  Group.* 

Kelp  extends  nearly  to  mid-ehannel  from  the  Nichols  (Jroup  and  should  Ijc  avoideil  with  cure. 

The  western  shore  of  TIevuk  Strait  between  Ilecf  I'oint  and  the  narrows  is  hif;li,  wiK)de<l,  and 
much  iudented  by  bays  and  bights.    The  largest  of  these  is  Breezy  Bay,  naniwl  by  the 
U.  8.  Coast  Survey  on  aecount  of  the  strong  winds  encountered  there ;  the  land  to  the  Breeiy  Bay. 

westward  by  its  jjcculiar  conformation  concentrating  the  winds,  which  in  the  strait,  out 
of  this  influence,  are  more  moderate.     Eolua  Point,  the  sontheiisti'rn  point  of  entrance  of  Unsezy 
Bay,  is  five  miles  NW.  by  W.  J  W.  from  Reef  I'oint.     The  western  headland  is  Boreas  Point,  about 
two  miles  NW.  from  Kolus  Point,  with  a  small  islet  close  to  it. 

The  shores  of  Breezy  Bay  are  quite  irregular  there  arc  some  rot^ks  and  one  islet  of  fiuxlerate  size 
in  the  bay,  which  has  not  been  surveyed  and  should  Ik-  entered  with  caution.  The  Jluimkr  aiichore<i 
in  it  in  1881,  but  no  details  of  the  IiK-ality  have  l)een  receive<l. 

A  mile  and  a  quarter  NW  Vom  Boreas  Point  is  another  point  of  land  with  some  rocks  extending 
a  short  distance  northeastward  nn  it.  This  forms  the  southern  head  of  a  bight  of  which  Ilassler 
Point,  three  miles  farther  northwest,  is  the  northwestern  limit.  There  is  a  narrow  island  close  in-shore 
east  from  Hassler  Point  and  a  rwk  about  a  cable  and  a  half  SE.  from  it.  The  bight  is 
divided  into  two  small  bays  by  Cayman  Poinf,  which  resembles  an  alligator's  head,  North  and 
and  though  neither  has  been  surveyed  North  Bay  presents  the  appeanince  of  Ixnng  a  South  Bay*, 

good  waiting  place  for  vessels  l»ound  through  the  narrows,  if  (tnly  the  depth  of  water 
proves  suitable.     At  Hassler  Point  the  straits  begin  to  contract ;  a  group  of  several  small  and  two  large 
islands  with  some  rocks,  called  the  Lively  Islands,!  extending  a  mile  and  a  half  in  an  east  and  west 
direction  obliquely  across  the  strait,  still  further  diminish  the  width  of  the  clear  chiiimel,  which  NE. 
from  Hassler  Point  is  about  six  cables  in  width,  while  the  opposite  shore  is  only  about 
a  mile  and  a  half  away.     From  this  vicinity  the  strait  contracts  in  a  distance  of  two   TIevak  Narrow*, 
miles  to  the  extremely  narrow  passage  known  as  TIevak  Narrows,!  after  which  it  again 
expands  and  joins  by  several  arms  different  branches  of  I'ort  Bueareli. 

In  the  ce  nterof  the  narrows  is  Block  Island,  a  small  rocky  island,  wowled  on  top,  and  connected 
by  a  kelp  covered  reef  with  the  shore  to  the  eastward.  The  point  forming  the  western  limit  of  the 
narrows  hoa  received  the  name  of  Turn  Point.  It  has  a  small  bight  S.  from  it  with  kelp  and  rocks  in 
it.  Half  a  mile  north  from  Block  Island,  on  the  eastern  shore,  is  Boulder  Point,  a  low  point  covennl 
with  white  boulders.  From  its  extreme  a  line  of  islets  with  passages  Ix'tween  them  trend  to  the  west- 
ward for  a  mile  across  the  strait.  The  westernmost  of  these,  close  to  the  west  shore  of  the  strait,  is 
called  Bush  Island.  There  are  rocks,  generally  with  kelp  on  them,  at  the  west  edge  of  Block  Island  and 
on  the  north  extreme  of  Turn  Point.  The  II  i-gxlrr  got  no  bottom  with  seven  fathoms  going  through 
between  Block  Island  and  Turn  Point.  The  tide-rips  and  whirls  are  very  strong  in  tlie  narrows,  and 
it  is  not  advisable  to  attempt  a  passage  during  the  strength  of  the  tide,  which  runs  with  great  velocity. 

SAILING   DIRECTIONS 


FOR   l»A&SlNO  THE  TI.EVAK    NARROWS. 

The  west  end  of  Boulder  Point  in  range  with  the  shore-line  inmuxliately  south  of  Turn  Point  bight 
astern  until  Bush  Island  opens  clear  of  the  shore  south  of  it,  carries  through  clear  of  all  dangcre. 

Beyond  the  narrows  TIevak  Strait  trend?  to  the  wistward  and  then  to  the  northward,  widens,  and 
eventually  breaks  into  several  arms,  but  the  survey  has  extended  no  farther,  though  the  ])assage  through 
has  been  repeatedly  made. 

'McFarland,  Young,  Dunbar,  Kellogg,  Corlies,  Gould,  and  Cliapman  are  pionpcr  inmBKinarips  ptifjiipcd  in  w(irk  at  Aliwkan 
■tatione.  Li«ut.  Cmn.  11.  E.  Nichols,  U.  S.  N..  Aaat.  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  romiianilpd  lire  t'.  .S.  sieanier  llaiultr 
of  tlie  Coatt  Survey  during  the  work  of  1881  and  188*2.  in  Alaska.  T.  Dix  Bollcs.  V.  W.  Collin,  W.  U.  Itoss.  C.  I''.  I'ond, 
Ralph  Aston,  and  Dr.  K.  H.  McCarty,  all  of  the  U.  S.  Navy,  weremeniberKof  the  //aM/<r  party  in  1881  Hnf,'ngcd  on  the  mirvey. 

t  After  the  Haaler't  Rteam  launch. 

\  The  names  XalcalUW*,  Howkan,  and  TIevak  are  corruptions  of  Indian  names  or  .vords  used  for  geographical  fe.ttiiren  in 
this  vicinity.  The  name  TIevak  Strait  appears  to  be  due  to  TebierVoff,  and  may  have  its  origin  in  the  same  root  as  tbs  name 
of  Elahwak  Mttleroent  and  TleTaklun  Oulf  farther  north.  It  is  spelled  TIevack  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  2431.  The  origi- 
nal orthography  and  application  of  these  Indian  tenns  is  always  veiled  in  more  or  leas  obscurity  and  does  not  seem  worllj  much 
trouble  to  diaeoTer.  . 


PQ 


i 


70  TLEVAK  sTBAIT. 

SAILING   DIBECTIONS 

FOK    KAIOAH.TEE   ANJ)   TLEVAK    STRAtTS   FROM   lATE   MUZON   TO  THE  KAPROWS. 

Avoid  kel^.  Me  on  guard  for  tidal  currents  and  eddies.  Keep  in  raid-chanuel  until  past  Howkau, 
take  the  w(«t€rn  j;a:-sage,  and  then  keej)  the  Village  Island,  Hovvkan  Point,  open  couth  from  Channel 
Island  until  West  Mill  Rock  bears  east,  having  the  western  shore  well  aboard  to  avoid  Porul  Rock. 
From  a  point  half  a  mile  NE.  froui  Dead  Pine  Island  (until  Square  Island  bears  E  NF  about  half  a 
mile)  a  roursc  HW.  i  W.  (rarrieii  (^lear  of  all  obstructions."  Thence  NW.  by  N.  until  Square  Island  bears 
SE.  astern,  whi^u  a  NW.  §  W.  course  made  good  leads  clear  of  all  obstructions  to  Tlevali;  Narrows. 

DANGERS. 

In  going  north,  when  West  Mill  Rock  bears  east  or  to  the  southward  of  east  *he  navigator  is  past 
Pond  Hock.  In  coming  south,  when  Village  Island  at  Howkan  opens  clear  of  the  SW.  edge  of  Chan- 
nel Islands  danger  from  Pond  Rock  is  past.  A  reef  two  cables  long  extends  into  the  channel  from 
Dead  Pine  Island. 

There  are  rocks  inshore  northward  from  High  Poirt  two  or  three  cables  in  extent  Inere  are 
rocks  in  the  ertrance  to  False  I^ad  among  the  Reef  Islands  which  arc  probably  covered  at  high  water. 
The  mnken  rock  SE.  by  E.  }  E.  from  Reef  Point  lies  three-quarters  of  a  mile  west  from  the  above  course 
and  should  be  carefully  avoided.     It  is  bare  of  kelp  in  winter, 

Tlevak  Narrows  slioulu  be  entereil  west  from  lilwk  Island,  midway  between  the  island  and  Turn 
■  Point  until  two  cables  past  Turn  Point,  when  Bush  Island  will  open  from  the  shore  south  of  it,  thus 
clearing  the  reef  with  kelp  which  extends  northward  from  Turn  Point. 

Great  caution  should  be  exercised  on  aa-ount  of  strong  tidal  eddies  and  currents  not  well  under- 
stood (trevailing  near  the  shores,  which  also  have  not  yet  been  thoroughly  searched  for  concealed  dangere. 

KEVILLAGIGEDO  AND  ASSOCIATED  ISLANDS. 

In  the  Alexander  Archipelago  the  plan  pursued  will  be  to  take  up  the  groups  of  islands  and  their 
adjacent  wafers  group  by  group,  working  to  seaward  fiom  the  mainland  and  from  south  northward. 
In  accordance  with  this  plan  the  fiint  in  order  will  be  the  shores  and  channels  northward  from  Cape 
Fox  and  including  the  Ilevillagigetlo  Group. 

From  Cape  Fox  the  shore  trends  to  the  wostward  without  distinguishing  marks,  and  fringed  by 
points  an''  islets,  until,  at  a  distance  of  about  three  miles  from  Cape  Fox,  a  point  is  reached  where  the 
xhore  takes  a  turn  in  a  more  northerly  direction.  From  this  point  a  »r^  extends  sonihwai-d  two  or 
three  cables,  only  a  few  rcK-ks  showing  abose  w»ter.  Northwestward  about  a  mile  Ihrther  Boat  Harbor 
Point  hits  been  located  by  British  authorities,*  where  Vt.ncouver's  boaLs  put  in,  August  ."5,  179;i,  "in 
a  very  commodious  well-siielx'red  little  (X)ve,  which  protected  us  during  the  night  from  an  excessively 
heavy  rain  and  a  very  hard  ■,~ale  of  wind  from  the  southea-'t  which  brought  from  the  ocean  so  heavy  a 
sea  upon  these  shores  as  io  invade  even  our  snug  retreat."t 

J'his  point  is  reported  to  be  mnrked  by  a  conspicuous  leaning  tree  somewhat  outB'de  the  general 
line  of  trees,  and  with  trick  foliage  from  bottom  to  top. 

Thence  die  shore  ertcnds—heavily  wooded,  with  occasional  bluffs,  rocky  ledges  ox)vered  with 
driftwood,  and  strips  of  white  beach — northwestsvard  about  five  mdes  to  Foggy  Point  of  Van<»uver 
or  Point  Brumez  of  some  authorities.     This  point  is  situated,  according  to  Vancouver,  in 

Latitude-   54"  54'.f)   N. 

••  Longitude 130"  40'.0  W. 

It  is  reported  to  bo  distinguishable  from  the  southeastward  by  its  rounded  blaff-like  appearance 
while  Just  eastwanl  from  it  are  two  white  beacihes  separated  by  a  darker  rocky  ledge.  At  high  water 
the  point  is  separated  from  the  m  tin  shore  and  forms  a  rounded  island,  which  is  the  eastern  point  of 
entrance  of  Revillagigedo  ChaDiiel. 

Nearly  oppasite  I'oggy  Point,  wcstwanl  some  seven  or  eiglit  miles,  is  Duke  Point,  forrriing  the 
western  point  of  entrance  to  the  channel,  marked  by  Duke  Hill,  five  or  six  Imndrwl  feet  high  and  n 
conspicuous  landmark  from  the  southea.stward.     This  part  of  the  shore  will  be  de80fil>ed  further  on. 

Northward  from  Foggy  Point  is  an  indentation  named  Foggy  Boy  by  tlic  Ij.  8.  Coast  Survey. 
It  penetrates  the  shore  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  and  is  about  three  miles  long  and  without  anchor- 
age, no  bottom  being  found  by  tlie  Hassler  party,  in  1882,  with  twenty  fathoms  of  line  twenty  yards 

*  BritlsL  Admimlt.v  Chart  No.  8431,  Juue,  1883. 

.  tVancouvi.-,  vol.  ii,  p.  J4().  , 


nil 


BEYIT^LAOIGEDO   CHANNEL. 


71 


from  the  shore.  For  a  distance  of  two  miles  aboye  Foggy  Point  the  liay  is  clear  of  olwtnictions,  but 
the  remaining  third  is  an  archipelago  of  islets  and  roi'ks.  The  largest  of  these  is  De  Long  Island, 
three  miles  NW.  from  P'oggy  Point.  It  extends  westward  somewhat  beyond  the  otlier  islands,  and  ia 
well  marked  by  a  lone  tree  standing  upright  some  distance  from  the  edge  of  the  woods  and  which  can 
be  easily  seen  from  the  southeast  as  soon  as  Boat  Harbor  Point  is  rounded.  From  De  Long  Island  four 
other  islands  extend  in  a  soi'theast  direction,  and  b3tween  these  and  the  shore  are  numerous  other 
islands  and  rocks. 

From  Pe  Long  Island  three-quarters  of  a  mile  N  NW.  is  Kirk  Island,  parallel  to  and  an  eighth 
of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  where  is  an  Indian  village  with  a  corspicuous  double  white  house.  A  reef 
extends  off  from  its  NW.  end  half  a  mile  in  a  NW.  direction  and  about  a  third  of  a  mile  from  the 
main  shore,  partly  dry  at  high  water.  W.  ^  SX.  from  it  a  mile  and  three-quarters  is  Black  Rook,  bare, 
twenty-five  feet  high  and  forty  feet  in  diameter.  One  hundre<l  and  fifty  yards  ivcot  from  it  are  two 
small  rocks  which  dry  at  low  water,  marked  by  kelp.  Black  Rock  is  also  surrounded  by  kelp,  and  a 
reef  covered  with  the  same  extends  half  a  mile  northward  to  Snail  Bock  and  reef,  so-tailed  from  its 
resemblance  to  r,  creeping  snail,  the  rounded  elevated  part  being  raarke<l  with  patches  of  green,  while 
the  low  portion  or  head  is  bare  rock  and  points  in  a  S  SE.  direction  The  portion  of  this  rock  dry 
at  high  water  is  one  hundred  yards  long  N  NW.  and  S  SE.  and  twenty-five  yards  wide.  It  is  a  good 
landmark,  the  highest  part  being  forty  feet  above  high  water.  Snail  Rock  is  three  and  a  half  miles 
NW.  J  W.  from  De  Long  Island  and  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  nearest  point  of  the  raainlund.  Half 
way  between  it  and  the  main  shore  at  Cove  Point  is  a  large  help  patch.  These  are  the  only  off-shore 
dangers  between  Boat  Harbor  Point  and  Point  Alava. 

Two  miies  in  a  north-northwesterly  direction  from  the  village  opposite  Kirk  Island,  on  the  main 
shore,  is  Cove  Ptint,  from  which  a  group  of  islets  extend  NW.  by  W.  three-()uarters  of  a  mile,  beyond 
which,  in  the  sane  d.;  ciion,  a  mile  farther,  is  the  beginning  of  White  Reef,  which  extends  in  the  siinie 
trend  at  least  a  mile  farther,  unsurvejed,  its  middle  part  forming  ai  island  of  which  the  highest  part 
is  two  miles  71.  by  W.  ^  W.  from  Snail  Rock  and  about  the  sam  i  distance  NW.  by  W.  from  the 
mainland  at  Cove  Point.  It  lies  broad  off  the  entran<«  to  Boca  de  '^^uadra,  between  which  and  White 
Reef  are  roc^s  and  shoals  yet  unsurveyed.  Eastward  from  the  island  off  Cove  Point  is  Kah  Shakes 
Harbor  or  ','ove,  so  named  from  Kah  Shakes,  the  chief  of  an  Indian  village  situated  at  its  northern 
point  of  entrance.  This  basin  is  three-quarters  of  a  mile  long,  half  as  wide,  of  irregular  I'hape,  with 
a  salmon  stream  falling  into  it,  on  which  the  natives  have  built  a  weir  and  dam.  The  depth  of  the 
harbor  varies  f.om  four  to  thirteen  fathoms  with  good  holding-ground.  But  this  neigbt)orhood  has 
not  been  fully  examined ;  the  entrance  to  the  harbor,  though  straight  and  carrying  three  fathoms  in  at 
low  water  is  only  sixty  feet  wide,  with  rocks  on  either  side.  In  our  present  state  of  knowledge  it  may 
therefore  be  considered  unsafe  to  attempt  an  entrance. 

A  mile  and  a  half  northeastward  from  White  Reef  lies  the  entrance  of  the  Boca  de  Quadra  of  Caa- 
mano  and  A^'anoouver,  sometimes  called  Quadra  Channel  or  Bay.  This  (wintis  situ- 
ated, according  to  Vancouver,  in  latitude  65°  1'  N.,  and  is  a  mile  in  width.  This  Booa  de  Quadra. 
inlet  has  a  width  varying  from  one  to  two  miles  and  is  about  thirty  miles  in  length, 
describing  a  sigmoid  ^.arve  and  having  several  small  openings  making  out  from  it.  "  The  sides  of  this 
canal  we  nearly  straight,  firm  and  compact,  composed  of  high,  steep,  rocky  clifls  covered  with  wood."* 
It  terminates  in  a  small  border  oi    ■)w  land  through  wliich  pass  two  rivulets,  in  latitude  86°  17'  N. 

In  and  about  the  entrance  rre  great  numbers  of  rocks  and  islets,  rendering  the  approach  difficult 
and  dangerous. 

A  salmon  cannery  was  established  in  this  inlet  in  1883. 

A  mile  and  a  half  northwest  from  AVhite  Reei  and  about  two  miles  from  the  entrance  of  the  Boca 
de  Quadra  is  an  islet  named  by  Vancouver  Slate  Islet,  being  entirely  composed  of  that  rock,  which 
had  nowhere  else  been  observed  in  such  quantity. 

It  is  wooded  and  {oraii*  the  largest  and  southeasternmost  of  a  group  of  four  islets  and  a  large 
number  of  rocks,  whicii  extend  to  a  mile  and  a  (juarter  SW.  from  tiie  main  shore,  northwesi'vard  from 
tbo  entrance  of  Boca  de  Qtiadra.  Thence  the  main  shore  extends  in  a  generally  NW.  direction,  with 
many  small  indentations  ami  a  few  islets  and  rocks  clos  in,  about  six  miles  to  Point  Sykes,  named  by 
\''anoouver,  and  forming  the  southeastern  heaiUand  of  a  large  inlet.  The  opposite  lieadland  of  the 
same,  situated  from  Point  B)  kes  SW.  \  W,  four  miles,  is  Point  Alava,  named  by  Vancouver, and  very 
consp^uous,  with  an  i-ilet  lying  close  to  it. 

This  point,  as  understood  by  Vancouver,  included  the  whole  of  that  projecting  land  which  forms 
the  northern  point  of  entrance  to  Revillngigedo  channel  in  this  vicinity  and  the  southwestern  extreme 
of  the  entrant*  lo  Behm  CairnL  Some  later  navigators  have  restrictetl  the  scope  of  the  name,  applying 
it  to  one  of  the  small  prominences  of  this  shore,  which  is  descrilwd  as  not  t^nspicuous  l)Ut  marked  by 
a  small  wotHletl  islet  dose  in,  rot.ky  and  steep-to,  while  two  miles  northeastward  another  small  rocky 
prominentic  of  the  sho-e  is  regardwl  as  the  southwestern  pt)int  of  entrance  to  Bt-hm  Canal,  which  then 
would  be  about  two  rr.iles  wide  and  free  from  obstructions. 


•  Vancouver,  vol,  ii,  p  349, 


72 


BEflM   CANAfj. 


Passing  by  the  broken  and  irrngular  western  shores  opposite  those  just  alluded  to,  to  take  them 
up  again  later  in  connectioti  wi'Ji  the  navigation  of  Rcvillagigedo  Channel;  the  inlet  opening  between 
Points  Alava  and  Sykcs  will  be  first  described. 


BEHM  CA.KAL. 

Behm  Canal,  named  by  Vancouver,  is  one  of  the  most  singular  and  extensive  of  the  remarkable 
fiords  characteristic  of  this  coast.  With  the  Ilevillagigedo  Channel  it  encircles  the  large  island  to 
which  Vancouver  gave  the  name  of  Lievillagigedc*  The  direction  of  *he  canal  from  the  entrance  at 
Point  Sykcs  is  about  N.  J  E.  ten  miles  to  Point  Nelson,  named  by  Vancouver,  and  placed  by  him  in 
latitude  55°  15'  N.  The  canal,  which  at  its  entrance  hiis  a  width  of  somewhat  over  two  miles,  increases 
to  more  than  four  miles,  but  abreast  of  this  point  is  diminished  to  two  and  a  half  miles  in  width  by  an 
island  upon  the  western  shore.  This  stretch  of  the  continental  shore  has  a  few  small  islets  and  rocks 
lying  near  it  and  is  a  little  indented. 

i  mmediately  around  Point  Nelson  Smeaton  Bayf  y  netrates  the  coast,  curving  to  the  northeast  and 
north,  being  about  ten  miles  in  length,  and  terminating  in  latitude  65°  18'.5  N.  It  was  found  by 
Vancouver  to  be  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  in  width,  with  a  bay  or  cove  on  its  eastern  shore  which 
approaches  within  about  two  miles  of  the  no<'a  de  Quadra. 

The  surrounding  country  consists  of  steej),  barren,  roijky  mountains,  whose  summits  appear  to  lie 
above  the  snow-line.  Except  at  its  head,  where  the  land  is  low,  these  mountains  rise  abruptly  from 
the  water's  edge,  sparsely  wooded  with  small  trees.  W  NW.  about  two  and  a  half  miles  from  Point 
Nelson  lies  Smeaton  Island,  some  three  or  four  miles  long,  in  the  middle  of  the  catial. 

W  SW.  from  Point  Nelson  lies  Eudyerd  Island,!  somewhat  smaller  and  narrower,  and  separated  by 
a  narrow  pa.ssagc  from  the  shore  of  the  Rcvillagigedo  Island,  which  is  considerably  indented  in  its  south- 
ern part  and  may  with  great  |(robii.bility  hereafter  prove  to  (H)nsist  of  several  distinct  bodies  of  land. 

N.  by  E.  from  Point  Ne!son,|  somewhat  les,s  than  five  miles,  lies  Point  Trollop,  named  by 
Vancouver.  The  width  of  the  canal  is  here  about  seven  miles,  inclusive  of  islands.  Hence  it  con- 
tracts in  width  and  becomes  obstructed  by  islands  and  rocks  in  increasing  ratio  northward.  The 
general  direction  of  the  shore  of  the  mainland  is  NW.  by  N.  Beginning  at  a  point  about  two  and  a 
half  miles  northward  from  Point  Trollop  the  continental  coast  is  guarded  for  nearly  seven  miles  by 
several  long  narrow  islands.  ** 

The  southerimiost  of  these  is  very  narrow  and  about  two  miles  in  length ;  it  is  called  Candle 
Island,!  and  between  it  and  the  mainland  is  the  southern  end  of  Shoalwater  Passage.f  the  remainder 
of  whoso  southwestern  shore  is  formtid  by  Winstanley  Island,!  five  miles  long  and  civer  a  mile  in 
greatest  width.  Beyond  its  northern  extreme  are  a  large  number  of  rocks  and  islets  which  have  been 
called  the  New  Eddystone  Islands.  § 

Jk'twci'ii  Winstanley  Island  and  the  shore  Shoalwater  C'hannel  is  in  some  places  only  navigable 
for  boats  and  canoes,  .\bout  nine  miles  from  Point  Trollop  this  channel  again  enters  the  main  body 
of  ;^he  canal,  which  trends  in  a  NW.  by  N.  i  N.  direction  with  a  width  of  two  and  a  half  or  three  miles, 
and  becomes  much  embarrassed  by  rw^ks  and  islets. 

At  a  distance  of  eleven  and  a  half  miles  NW.  from  Point  Trollop,  and  a  little  to  the  westward 
of  mid-channel,  lies  the  New  Eildystone  Uock,||  na.ned  by  Vancouver  from  its  resemblance  to  the  light- 
house off  Plymouth.  It  rises  from  a  sand-bar,  covering  a  rocky  ledge,  to  the  height  of 
New  Eddystone  two  luindred  and  fifty  feet;  its  circumferenoe  at  the  base  is  about  fifty  yards,  and  it 
Rock.  regularly  decreases  toward  the  apex,  which  seems  to  l)e  a  few  feet  only  in  extent  and 

nearly  flat.  It  sustains  a  few  small  shrubs  and  trees  in  various  crevices  which  extend 
quite  up  to  the  summit.  To  the  northward  a  ledge  of  roclts,  visible  at  low  water  and  bold-to,  extends 
some  two  hundred  yards.  The  remainder  of  the  bar  at  its  base  is  composed  ot  sand.  This  rock  is 
separated  by  a  mile  from  the  western  and  by  two  miles  from  the  eastern  shore  of  the  canat,  and  is 
place(.l  by  Vancouver  in 

ft 

Latitude __.  56°  29'  N. 

Longitude ^ 180°  46'  W. 

About  thi-ee  miles  from  the  rock.  N.  \  W.,  is  situated  Point  New  Eddystone  of  the  Russian 
charts,  forming  the  sonthern  headland  of  Budyerd  Bay,  a  T-shapal  inlet,  thrce-qnarters  of  a  mile 

*  In  lionor  of  the  Cnnde  de  RevilLifiigedu,  then  viceroy  of  Mexico,  to  whose  oiiiirteijr,  a*  exhibited  by  the  oOeera  ultng 
under  his  (inlura,  Vnncoiiver  f'liniil  hiraaelfmuch  indebted. 

tTlisKB  gudnrapliioiil  fer'iir.'R  were  imnied  by  the  Superintendent  of  the  I".  8.  CoMt  Survey  in  1879,  moatly  kAarcDgineen 
and  otiiere  auouiated  niili  the  hintuy  of  the  Kddyttone  Light-hdiise. 

\  It  appears  tliat  I'n'iit  XelMiii  of  Vkncnuver's  chart  must  b<>  different  from  that  of  his  text,  as  the  btisriMH  tad  dietaiM*  do 
uol  agree.     Tlie  poini  iiiilicated  in  tlie  cliart  is  above  r6fi>rred  to. 

J  On  the  Biitisli  Admiralty  Clmrl  2431. 

II  On  Tebienkolf's  t^Iiart  No   '  \,  by  some  error  the  namv  Is  traiiiferred  to  an  i»U.t  rauoh  farth'Sr  to  the  northward. 


itpipnwi 


take  them 
g  between 


eraarkable 
J  island  to 
sntrance  at 
by  him  in 
i,  increases 
idth  by  an 
and  rocks 

rtheast  and 
1  found  by 
here  which 

ppear  to  lie 
uptly  from 
from  Point 

eparatcd  by 
in  its  south- 
)  of  land, 
named  by 
ence  it  con- 
ward.  The 
t  two  and  a 
■en  miles  by 

[led  Candle 
le  remainder 
;r  a  mile  in 
h  have  been 

ly  navigable 
e  main  body 
■  three  miles, 

he  westward 
!  to  the  light- ^ 
the  height  of 
yards,  and  it 
n  extent  and 
which  extend 
d-to,  extends 
This  rock  is 
canal,  and  is 


\ 


-V 


'  the  Russian 
ters  of  a  mile 

he  offle*ni  moling 

,1y  «!*«■  eoglB««r» 

fi  and  dic'.*oe«  do 

hwkrd. 


r-^ 


ri-*TEi:t.  itTi 


L 


n.iTElIo  -.ill 


\^n 


^. 


f\ 


-V 


smxr 


A^ 


Y 


HEllM  CAXAF-  i 

AND 

( iwyiKNCF*:  STHAJ  r      , 

(Hi'ilisli  Autliitr»Up*».i*nrrci'Uiui»  l»vtl»r  I'.S.CSJ 

\HH'2 

•  OUNOinO*  INrATHOMt 


\" 


A^ 


R  |E   ^    I  L  L  A  G   I   G  E   I)  O 


I    S  L  A  N  D 


/iV"'         HAS    S    l.i  K    R 
I    S    I-  A  iji   i> 


•(j)»rw|.>li^»trai»Bk. 


j)w-a«.- 


* 


,(D«11  Hviui 


^^-^ 


7- 


,id..Pt.      ir 


^ 


d^  .TVoUop 


^  ,.»»"'■ 


,|»«' 


Chr/ttaf       -^ 


■\ 


•„'^*.. 


^>Hif-y 


■<?"■ 


/ 


i,Syke« 


^^.. 


^       .0. 


^ 


.tf*,'"' 


<^ 


Pt.H'inBl.. 


.ifi:i  ■* 


Pt.l  'ewyi 


\ 


..Xdiiou 


,A 


■XJi 


m 


T 


J^\n\\AVS 


,h-i.  "i 


iw^ 


«' 


l-- 


im 


l)t 


«..■/..'.: 


.*< 


** 


VxiUf  V\      \  \        foRsyl 


iiillt.-lU  Ulll'V 


i^([. 


BEHM  CANAL. 


78 


wide  and  about  eight  miles  in  extent,  wJiit-h  penetrates  to  the  north  and  cast  l)etw«'en  high,  barren, 
snowy  mountains.  Opposite  this  point  an  unexplored  opnintr  on  the  sliore  of  Koviliiigigodo  Island 
is  indieate<1  by  Vancouver. 

In  this  vicinity  the  Revillagige<lo  Island  slio-.v  is  broken  by  the  nortliern  entrance  of  the  unsur- 
veyetl  Carroll  Arm.  This  is  asserted  to  extend  to  the  southward  iiiul  westward  to  Revillagigedo 
Channel,  cutting  off  Hassler  Island*  from  the  foutheastern  part  of  what  was  formerlv  siipposed  to 
constitute  one  iKxJy  of  land. 

NW.  §  N.  from  Point  New  Eddystone,  eight  and  a  half  miles,  is  the  .southern  headland  of  Walker 
Cove,  named  by  Vancouver,  another  of  the  small  inlets  so  fre«]uent  on  this  coast,  having  a  width  of 
half  a  mile  or  more,  a  lengt!>  of  some  six  miles,  and  a  general  direction  of  NE.  bv  N.  Off  its  northern 
headland  are  some  small  r<x;k)  islets  («vered  with  low  pine  trees;  around  the  shores  large  nunilx^rs  of 
sea-otters  were  olwerved  by  Whidbey's  party  in  179.3. 

Hence  WNW.  some  eightren  miles  the  ciiual  preserves  an  average  width  of  iibout  two  miles  to 
Point  Fitzgibbon  of  Vauwuver ,  the  shores  on  either  hand  Iwing  somewhat  indented  with  small  bays  and 
coves.  This  point  is  long  and  narn)w,  peculiarly  shaped,  and  has  a  small  cove  to  the  eastward  from  it.  It 
would  appear  to  be  moderately  h!<rh,  at  least  in  part,  and  is  distant  about  one  mile  from  Point  Whaley, 
in  latitude  86°  66'.6  N.,  which  forms  tho  northern  extreme  of  Revillagigedo  Jslaiid. 
From  this  point  Behm  Canal  takes  a  SW.  by  S.  direction,  and  is  i-ontinued  as  Burroughs  Burroughs  Bay. 
Bayf  W  WE.  about  six  miles,  with  a  width  of  about  a  mile.  The  shore  is  somewhat 
indented  by  small  tioves  and  the  bay  terminates  in  a  mud  flat,  over  which  several  rivulets  discharge,  and 
upon  which  Vancouver  found  a  'arge  amount  of  dritVwood.  At  the  same  time  (August,  1793)  he 
ol)serve<l  large  numbers  of  salmon  here,  tat  they  were  mostly  out  of  season  at  the  time  of  his  visit. 
The  waters  of  the  l)ay  were  discolorv.:^  nnd  almost  perfectly  fresh,  rendering  it  probable  that  these  streams 
flow  from  glaciers.     The  head  of  the  bay  was  placed  by  Vanc-ouVer  in  latitude  66°  1'.6  N. 

Four  miles  from  Point  Whaley,  SW.  J  S.,  lies  Point  Lees,  where  the  canal  contratits  to  less  than 
a  mile  in  width.  On  this  point  Vancouver  olBCtved  a  large,  but  at  that  time  mitenanted,  Indian 
village.  The  latitude  was  olwerved  by  him  to  l)e  6f  °  64'  N.  From  this  point  the  c«nal,  or  one  portion 
of  it,  continues  to  the  southwestward  in  the  same  direction  as  previously,  but  -;ives  off  an  arm  extend- 
ing five  miles  in  a  NW.  by  N.  direction  from  Point  Lees.  Jroni  this  brautli  Bell  Arm  penetrates  to 
the  S.  by  W.,  rejoir.ing  the  more  direct  or  prinjipal  channel  of  Bohm  Canal  at  a  distance  of  seven 
miles.  The  shores  of  this  branch,  in  some  plajes  not  over  a  quarter  of  a  mile  apart,  are  steep,  high, 
rocky  and  covered  with  coniferous  trees.  About  midway,  on  the  northern  or  continental  shore  of  tnis 
branch,  Short  Inlet  penetrates  to  the  northward  with  a  length  of  about  tl  o  miles  and  a  width  of  a 
mile.  Three  or  four  miles  far+her,  Bailey  Bay  enters  the  same  shore  to  a  somewhat  greater  distance 
in  the  same  general  direction,  iiumediately  after  Bell  Arm  rejoins  the  main  canal.  The  land  cut  off 
between  the  arm  and  the  canal  forms  Bell  Island  of  Vancouver;  it  has  the  lusual  broken  tojiogr  \phy  of 
this  region,  and  extends  about  six  miles  in  a  N.  by  B.  and  S.  by  W.  direction. 

From  the  Southern  extreme  of  this  ishud  the  canal  takes  a  nearly  south  direction  for  seven 
miles,  at  the  sawe  (ime  expanding  to  a  width  of  nearly  two  miles.  The  shores  on  either  hand  are  much 
broker  and  not  fully  surveyed.  On  the  western  or  continental  shore  McDonald  Bay,  a  large  arm, 
extends  to  the  westward  four  miles,  with  some  rocks  about  its  entrance.  Several  sunken  rocks  within 
it  were  reported  by  Vancouver's  party.  In  a  bay  on  the  northern  shore  the  remains  of  an  Indian 
village  existed,  around  which  grew  a  quantity       wild  apple  trees,  iM-aring  fruit  of  agreeable  flavor. 

This  inlet  is  separated  by  a  jieninsula  from  a  large  and  spacious  i)ay  ilirectly  south  of  it,  of  which 
Vancouver  reports  that  its  entrance  was  nearly  three  miles  wide  N  NW.  and  S  SE.  Its  northern  point 
is  situated  in  latitude  55°  48'  N.,  whence  the  north  side  of  the  bay  takes  a  nearly  wi-st 
directifm  about  four  miles  ami  a  half,  forming  in  that  space  three  or  four  coves,  and  Spacious  Bay. 
rounding  somewhat  irregularly  to  its  southern  point  of  entrance;  within  which  is  an 
island  about  a  mile  in  extent,  with  .lo  navigable  channel  between  it  and  the  shore  to  the  southward. 
The  shores  of  the  bay  are  very  moderately  elevated,  thickly  woode<l,  and  terminating  in  a  sandy  beach 
nearly  all  round.  Tebieukott"  locates  here  an  Indian  settlement.  The  interior  cou  try  was  not  very 
high,  especially  to  the  westward,  where  low  woodlands  extendetl  nearly  as  far  as  the  eye  could  reach. 
The  opposite  shore  of  Revillagigedo  Island  is  much  broken  by  small  unexplore<l  coves  and  bays. 

From  the  southern  htadla'.d  vi  ihe  bay  above  mentioned  tlie  canal  takes  a  SE.  }  S.  direction  for 
nearly  nine  miles,  and  thence  to  its  termination  eight  and  a  half  miles  S.  i  E.,  .simultaneously  expanding 
in  width  from  a  mile  and  j  quarter  to  learly  six  miles.  About  six  miles  SE.  J  E. 
from  the  h'adland  menti.med  on  the  Rivillagigedo  shore  is  a  small  entrance  named  Traitor's  Cove. 
Traitor's  Cove  by  Vano>uver,  from  whence  issued  a  party  of  Indians  who  atta<ke<l 
his  boats  and  woundeJ  two  of  hid  men.  To  the  northward  of  Ihis  cove,  on  the  same  shore,  alwut 
three  miles,  is  a  som'jwhat  extensive  but  unsurveyed  inlet.  •••: . 

*Thi«fact  WM  reportwl  in  IflSS.  and  the  name  of  the  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  vessel  n—ler  was  applied  \,j  the  Superintendent 
to  this  unnBnie<l  bodv  of  land. 

t  On  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1493  this  is  called  Borroiix  toy,  translated  to  mean  a  burrower  or  borer. 

P.  0.  P. — 10 


74 


PORT  STEWART. 


it: 

h 


M 


r'. 


SE.  by  S.  three  miles  from  Truitor's  Cove,  on  the  same  side  of  the  canal,  is  situated  Escape  Point, 
where  Vancouver  had  landed  at  the  time  of  his  difficiiity  with  the  natives.  It  is  situated,  according  to 
Vancouver,  in  latitude  66°  37'  N.  On  the  Ruswian  Hydro(iraphic  Chart  No.  1493  the  name  has  been 
transferred  to  another  point  two  miles  to  the  southward,  which  has  a  small  islet  near  it,  and  this  error 
has  been  copied  into  the  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2431  and  U.  8.  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  225. 

On  the  continental  shore,  nearly  al)rea8t  of  Traitor's  Cove,  which  bears  ENE.  about  four  miles, 

is  Port  Stewart  of  Vancouver,  named  for  one  of  his  officers  who  surveyed  it.    The 

Port  Stewart.        entrance  is  about  two  miles  wide,  the  headlands  bcjiring  N.  30°  W.  and  S.  30°  E.  from 

each  other.     It  has  a  general  direction  of  N.  60°  W.  from  the  middle  of  the  entrance, 

contracting  in  width  for  two  and  three-eighths  miles  to  a  stream  coming  in  at  its  head. 

This  port  consists  of  two  basins,  the  outer  one  'brmed  by  three  islets  and  adjacent  sand-bars ;  the 
inner  one  by  a  point  which  makes  out  from  the  mid  He  of  the  northern  shore.  This  is  nearly  met  by 
shoals  extending  from  the  opposite  shore,  which  reo-de  again  to  the  westward  of  the  point  and  form 
a  rounded  basin  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  extent.  Tliis  basin  has  a  narrow  prolongation  to  the 
northward,  betwean  the  |x>int  above  mentioned  and  an  island  about  a  cable  to  the  westward  of  it.  The 
northern  point  of  the  shoal  is  rocky;  the  entrance  to  the  basin,  only  a  cable  wide,  is  olistructed  by  a 
foulpaich  directly  in  the  middle  of  its  narrowest  part,  which  occupies  fully  one-half  of  its  width,  leaving 
a  very  narrow  seven-fathom  channel  to  the  northward,  and  one  with  five  fathoms  between  the  patch  and 
the  northern  point  of  thi;  shoals.  The  northern  shore  is  bold-to.  Inside  this  basin  six  and  eight  fathoms 
may  be  had,  but  between  it  and  tlie  head  of  the  bay  the  space  is  entirely  occupied  by  shoals. 

A  group  of  three  islets  in  the  southern  part  of  the  entrance  forms  the  protection  of  the  outer 
port  or  anchorages.  The  two  northern  islets  are  joined  by  a  rocky  shoal,  forming  a  barrier  about  half 
a  mile  long  and  quite  narrow.  From  the  southern  islet  a  long  narrow  nhoal  makes  out  in  a  north- 
westerly direction,  nearly  joining  a  prong  of  the  other  shoal.  In  the  narrow  channel  between  the  two 
shoals,  however,  fourteen  to  twenty  fathoms  may  be  carried.  On  this  southern  islet,  which  is  of  small 
extent,  Vancouver's  astronomical  station  was  established.  Between  it  and  the  adjacent  southern  shore 
exists  a  clear  passage  less  than  a  cable  in  width,  having  nine  to  eleven  fathoms  in  it.  Between  these 
islets  and  the  southern  shore  a  sub-triangular  space  exists,  perfectly  protected  from  all  winds,  and 
affording  good  anchorage  in  thirteen  to  seventeen  fathoms.  The  area  thus  inclosed  is  three-eighths  of 
a  mile  wide  and  three-quarters  of  a  mile  long  NW.  and  BE. 

In  line  with  Observatory  Islet,  the  western  end  of  the  northeastern  islet,  and  a  point  on  Jhe  north- 
ern shore,  in  a  direction  about  8E.  by  S.,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  latter,  in  another  little  islet,  high 
and  bold-to.  To  the  westward  of  it  are  two  others  with  rocky  shores,  low,  but  having  apparently  no 
outlying  dangers. 

';•  DIRECTIONS  FOB  THE   USE  OF   PORT  STEWART. 

The  better  course  for  the  inner  basin  would  appear  from  Vancouver's  plan  to  lie  between  the 
high  islet  and  the  two  others,  but  a  reef  obstructs  the  passage  to  the  northward  of  the  former.  The 
course  for  the  outer  anchorage  passes  to  the  southward  of  the  tliree  northern  islets,  and  the  W.  point 
of  the  W.  islet  of  the  southern  group  being  bold-to  may  be  rounded  within  a  short  distauce,  and  good 
anchorage  may  be  had  with  this  point  tearing  N.,  half-way  between  it  and  the  southern  shore,  in  fif- 
teen fathoms,  sandy  bottom. 

Vancouver  recommends,  as  the  best  and  a  perfectly  safe  passage  into  the  port,  the  narrow  channel 
between  the  Observatory  Islet  and  the  mainland.  As  unknown  sunken  rock"  may  exist  in  the  other 
passages,  caution  should  be  exercised  in  the  use  of  ihem.  SE.  by  S.  J  S.  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the 
northern  headland,  outside  of  all  the  islets,  a  patch  of  rocks  is  indicated  by  Vancouver  with  deep 
water  about  it.     Vancouver  places  his  astronomical  station  in 


Latitude 86°  88' 15"  N. 

Longitude 131°  36' 00"  W., 

but  Tebienkoff  gives  the  longitude  as  131°  44'  W.,  and  on  an  old  Russian  plan  taken  from  Vancouver 
it  is  given  as  131°  47'  W. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  was  determined  by  Vancouver  as  28°  30'  E.  (1793.) 
The  communication  with  the  shore  is  easy,  and  wood  and  water  may  be  conveniently  obtained  in 
great  abundance.    The  shores  are  of  a  moderate  height  and  covere<l  with  berry  bushes,  shrubs  and  coni- 
ferous trees. 

To  the  southward  from  Escape  Point  the  canal  expands,  forming  bays  on  either  shore.  Qn  the 
western  shore,  four  miles  to  the  southward  from  Port  Stewart,  is  an  uusurveyed  iulet  aboht  two  miles 
long  in  a  westerly  direction,  and  over  a  mile  wide  at  the  entrance:  It  contains  some  islands.  Qn  the 
eastern  shore,  south  of  Escape  Point,  the  coast  curves  to  the  eastward  and  southward,  forming  a  large 
open  bay,  from  which  some  small  openings  extend  to  the  northward  and  eastward.    There  is  a  small 


NAHA  BAY. 


78 


island  near  the  northern  headland  and  a  number  of  others  near  the  southern  point  of  the  bay.  This 
bay  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  a  long  projection  from  the  mainland,  extending  in  a  westerly  direction 
toward  the  small  island  above  mentioned. 

On  the  northern  side  of  this  point  is  an  anchorage  known  as  Naha  Bay,  which  appears  to  be 
accessible  from  either  side  of  the  island,  the  approaches  being  reported  free  from  all  danger.  The 
anchoring  place  is  a  cable  and  a  half  oflF  shore,  in  fifteen  to  eighteen  fathoms,  good  holding-ground.  It 
is  alwut  twenty  miles  by  ship's  run  from  Ward  Cove. 

Into  the  northern  and  eastern  angle  of  Naha  Bay  a  creek  empties  from  a  lake  over  some  rapids, 
and  here  on  the  northwestern  shore  a  salmon  fishery  was  established  in  the  spring  of  1883.  The  sur- 
face of  the  lake  appears  to  be  normally  several  feet  below  high-water  mark,  with  an  average  tide  of 
about  sixteen  feet.  Strong  currents  run  in  and  out  with  the  tide.  At  the  8W.  end  of  the  house  a 
bluflT  rock  abuts  on  the  creek,  which  is  iiere  about  fifty  feet  wide,  the  opposite  shore  being  rocky  and 
irregular.  In  this  place  the  stream  runs  at  a  rate  of  three  knots.  For  fifty  yards  below  this  spot 
there  are  three  to  five  fathoms  water,  then  a  bar,  dry  at  low  tide,  makes  out  from  the  northern  shore, 
leaving  a  fifty  foot  wide  channel  along  the  southern  shore  with  a  depth  of  three  feet  at  lowest  tides. 
This  channel  is  a  cable  and  a  half  in  length,  crooked,  and  at  its  western  extreme  enters  deep  water. 
This  locality  was  looked  at  by  Lieutenant  Commander  H.  E.  Nichols,  U.  S.  N.,  in  1883,  and  the  above 
description  is  based  on  his  memoranda. 

South  from  the  bight  southeastward  from  Naha  Bay  the  shore  trends  i^ain  to  the  westward  and 
becomes  infested  by  islands  and  rocks. 

At  this  point  the  width  of  the  canal  is  materially  contracted  by  the  approximation  of  the  shores 
south  of  the  Days  above  mentioned,  and  especially  by  Betton  Island  of  A'^ancouver,*  which  is  about 
a  mile  and  a  half  wide  and  three  miles  long,  sitimted  somewhat  over  five  miles  S.  by  E.  J  E.  from 
Escape  Point.  It  is  separated  from  Revillagigedo  Island  by  a  strait  a  mile  wide,  in  which  are  several 
smaller  islands.  The  northern  and  western  shores  of  Betton  Island  ure  bordered  with  several  danger- 
ous rocks  lying  half  a  mile  from  shore,  and  this  portion  should  not  be  approached  within  a  mile  by 
navigators.  The  island  is  about  fifteen  hundred  feet  high,  nearly  divided  by  a  deep  gash  or  chasm  in  an 
easterly  and  westerly  direction,  is  densely  v/ooded  and  with  bluff  shores. 

Two  miles  southward  and  eastward  from  Betton  Island  is  Point  Higgins,  named  by  Vancouver, 
the  southeastern  extreme  of  this  entrance  to  Behm  Canal,  and  which  separates  it  from  the  western 
entrance  to  Revillagigedo  Channel  or  Tongass  Narrows.  It  is  woodetl  and  low  for  a  long  way  back 
and  will  again  be  referred  to.    Vancouver  placed  it  in  latitude  55°  27'.5  N. 

The  opposite  or  southwestern  headland,  W.  by  8.  J  8.  four  miles  and  a  half  from  Point  Higgins, 
is  Cape  Caamano,  a  "remarkable  projecting  point,"  named  by  Vancouver,  according  to  whom  it  is 
situated  inf 

Latitude 55°  29'    N. 

Longitude _ 131°  43'  W. 

This  cape  is  wooded  to  the  water's  edge,  surrounded  by  rocks,  which  also  embarrass  a  small  cove  to  the 
eastward  of  the  cape.  It  separates  the  northern  entrance  of  Behm  Canal  from  Clarence  Strait,  and 
from  it  Point  Higgins  bears  E.  by  N.  J  N.  four  miles  and  a  half.  Point  Vallenar  nearly  E.  by  8.,  and 
Point  Grindall  8'W.  J  S.,  each  five  miles  distant. 

REVILLAGIGEDO  CHANNEL. 

Duke  Hill,  on  the  northeast  extreme  of  Duke  Island,  lies  S.  |  W.  from  Snail  Reef,  and  with  Foggy 
Point  opposite,  about  seven  or  eight  miles  eastf-ard,  forms  the  southeastern  entrance  to  Revilkgigedo 
Channel,  named  by  Caamano  and  Vancouver,  and  formed  by  the  Gravina  Group  on  the  south  and  west 
and  the  mainland  and  Revillagigedo  Island  on  the  north  and  east.  This  channel  communicates  with 
Behm  Canal,  Clarence  Straitand  Dixon  Entrance  by  several  passag&s,  some  of  which  are  still  m  sur- 
veyed. To  the  contracted  portion  between  Gravina  Island  and  the  southern  shore  of  the  island  of 
Revillagigedo  the  name  Tongass  Narrows  has  been  applied  by  recent  navigators.^ 

•The  name  of  the  island  is  erroneously  spelled  Beaton  on  Vancouver's  chart,  an  error  which  has  be«t  almost  unireraal)} 
copied  in  subsequent  charts.  The  correct  spelling  is  given  In  several  places  in  the  text  of  his  voya^/^.  It  was  named  for  Robert 
Betton,  who  was  wounded  by  the  natives  at  the  time  they  attacked  Vancouver's  party  at  Kscape  Point. 

t  But  Tebienkoff  places  it  6'  farther  west ;  the  Russian  Hydrographio  Chart  No.  1493,  li'  farther  west ;  while  upon  British 
Admiralty  Chart  No.  2431  it  is  8'  west  of  Vancouver's  position. 

i  Until  very  recently  the  charts  were  destitute  of  any  details  in  this  region.  A  sketch  map,  prepared  l>y  pilot  W.  E.  George, 
of  which  manuscript  copies  were  circulated,  contained  the  results  of  his  observations  and  the  names  applied  to  v.irious  points, 
islands,  &o„  by  himself  and  other  recent  navigators.  This  information  or  part  of  it  appears  to  have  been  used  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  British  Admirafty  Chart  No.  2431,  edition  of  June,  1882,  but  in  which  some  errors  have  crept  as  to  names.  The  sketch 
of  Capt,  George,  with  some  additions  from  observations  by  the  Hassler  party  in  1881,  was  issued  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in 
1832  as  Harbor  Chart  No.  712,  with  a  sketch  of  Ward  Cove  on  the  same  sheet.  In  1882  the  naailer,  Lieut.  Comd'r  H.  E, 
Nichols,  ir.  S.  N.,  commanding,  made  a  reconnaissance  of  Revillagigedo  Channel  from  Foggy  Point  to  Point  Vallenar,  giving 
information  much  more  thorough  than  any  previously  accessible.  On  the  charts  and  field  notes  submitted  by  the  officers  of  this 
party  the  deaoription  herewith  of  Revillagigedo  Channel  and  Tongass  Narrows  wholly  depends. 


Ufl'K 


78 


DUKE  AXD   MABY  ISLANDS. 


Duke  Hill,  nl)ove  referred  to,  marks  Duke  Point,  the  nortlienstern  extreme  of  Duke  Island,  and 
is  stilted  to  be  ii  conspicuous  landnmrk  from  tiie  NE.,  E,  and  S.  It  is  n'H)Ut  six  hundred  feet  high, 
tiiickly  \vood(!<l,  with  a  deep  saddle  in  which  arc  one  or  two  tall  trees. 

In  passing  northward  tliroufjh  the  channel  east  from  it  tiie  saddle  r)pens  wlien  the  hill  bej^ins  to 
hear  alK)Ut  SW.  Duke  Point  is  hold-to,  with  a  dry  rock  not  far  from  its  northern  shore.  From  it 
(Jrave  Point,  tlic  norlhcrn  extreme  of  Dnke  Island,  Itcars  nearly  NW.  al)out  five  and  a  half  miles. 
The  shore  between  them  is  indented  by  three  nearly  ('cjual  bights  containing  kelp  piitclies,  refj'g,  and 
visible  iw  well  as  minhen  rorh,  which  extend  ott-shore  nearly  to  a  mile  in  stmie  cases;  hence  this  shore 
should  not  be  approachetl  within  a  mile  by  veascls  until  letter  known. 

The  deejH'st  indentation  is  also  the  southeiisternmost,  where,  at  nearly  two  miles  from  Duke  Point, 
there  is  an  extremely  narrow  passage,  shoal  at  its  inner  end,  leading  to  a  land-locked  basin  more  than 
a  mile  in  length  aiul  aifording  six  to  twenty  fathoms  water,  but  on  account  of  its  shoal  entrance  only 
accessible  by  small  craft,  boats  or  ciuioi's.  SE.  by  E.  half  a  mile  from  Grave  Point  is  Duck  Island, 
about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  extent,  with  a  low  ro<ky  point  c(jntinHwl  in  the  same  direction,  which  is 
partly  covered  at  high  water,  but  has  a  high  nn-ky  nub  at  its  extreme  southeastern  end. 

On  each  side  of  this  island  are  rorka  and  rcej'ii,  the  outermost  a  dry  rock  nearly  a  mile  N  NB.  from 
the  Duke  Island  shore.  Between  Duck  Island  and  Duke  Island  is  an  anchorage  in  ten  to  twenty 
fathoms,  to  which  the  entrance  is  from  the  northward  between  Duck  Island  and  (irave  Point.  It  is 
somewhat  protected  by  a  long  reef  which  extends  southward  from  an  islet  south  of  Duck  Island.  In 
the  present  state  of  our  knowli'<lge  this  anchorage,  called  Reef  Harbor  by  the  Hassler  party,  cannot  be 
recommended  unless  the  navigator  has  local  knowledge. 

E  NE.,  two  miles  from  (irave  Point,  lies  Little  lieef,  and  NE.  |  N.  from  Grave  I'oint  lies  Whale 
licef,  both  stated  to  be  cf)vei-e<l  at  high  water,  each  about  three  cables  in  extent  N  NW.  and  S  BE.,  and 
apparently  witlunit  outlying  dangers.  These  are  the  outermost  dangers  off  the  western  shores  of 
Revillagigedo  Channel  l)etween  Duke  Point  and  the  norihern  end  of  Mary  Island.  They  lie  broad  off 
the  passage  l)etween  Duke  and  Mary  islands.  This  jiassage  is  obstructed  by  numerous  known  reefs, 
rocks  and  islands,  and  doid)tlcss  by  others  uid<nown  as  yet.  It  is  probable  that  there  is  deep  water 
enough  between  tlie  reef's  for  a  ship  j)assage  in  several  places;  six  fathoms  can  be  carried  through  by 
hugging  the  shore  of  Duke  Island  west  from  (Jrave  Point  at  a  distance  of  a  cable  and  a  half,  and  deeper 
water  when  half  a  mile  from  (irave  Point. 

The  largest  island  between  Mary  and  Duke  islands  is  Cat  Island,  a  mile  and  a  half  N  NE.  and 
S  SW.  and  less  than  a  mile  widit. 

A  mile  and  a  half  SW.  from  (have  Point  is  the  entrance  to  a  basin  two  miles  and  a  half  long 
S  SW.  and  half  a  mile  wi<le,  with  ten  or  twenty  fathoms  inside  and  six  on  the  line  of  a  long  ree/"  which 
closes  the  northern  half  of  the  entrance.  This  basin  is  commo<1ious  enough  when  once  entered,  but 
owing  to  the  obstructions  eastward  from  the  entrance  it  is  at  present  of  no  particular  consequence. 

At  the  S  SW.  extreme  of  (Jat  Island,  and  connected  with  it  at  low  water,  is  Village  Island,  of  small 
extent,  with  several  rocks  about  it.  ( )n  this  island  are  fifteen  I  ndian  houses,  which  during  the  summer 
were  found  empty,  and  twenty-one  remarkably  carved  totem-jiosts.  On  the  adjacent  shore  of  Cat 
Island  seven  inhai)ited  houses  were  observed  in  1882.  Southward  from  Village  Island  to  the  opposite 
shore  the  water  is  shoal,  about  three  fathoms  when  the  tide  is  out,  with  a  dry  rock  twenty-five  feet 
high  in  the  middle  of  the  j)assage. 

Northeast  from  ("at  Island  are  several  islets  surrounded  with  rocky  platforms,  of  which  Lane 
Islet  is  the  most  importjint.  If  there  is  any  clear  passage  between  Duke  and  Mary  islands  it  proba- 
bly lies  just  NW.  from  Lane  Islet.  Observations  indicate  that  a  passage  exists  here  about  four  cables 
wide  and  carrying  ten  or  twelve  fathoms  through,  but  until  more  is  known  it  is  not  advisable  to  attempt 
it  with  a  vessel.     There  are  two  unlocated  daiigirous  nunkeii  reefn  in  the  passage. 

Mary  Island  *'  extends  in  a  NW.  by  N.  and  SE.  by  S.  direction,  with  a  length  of  four  miles  and 
a  greatest  l>readtli  of  two  miles,  somewhat  irregular  in  outline,  and  with  some  rocks  about  its  shores. 
Mary  Island  is  flattish,  rises  almost  directly  from  the  beach  to  an  altitude  of  one  or  two  hundred 
feet  with  a  rather  even  to|);  most  of  the  trees  arc  dead  as  if  from  forest  fires,  and  the  soil  is  of  a  boggy 
character.  The  northern  extreme  of  Mary  Island  is  Point  Winslow,  name<l  by  local  navigators,  m<3- 
erately  high  and  wooiled.  West  from  Mary  and  Duke  islands  Felice  Passage,  l)elieved  to  be  more  or 
less  obstructed,  but  ui'surveye<l,  extends  to  Clarence  Strait,  which  it  joins  south  of  Annette  Island. 
Inime<liately  west  from  Point  Winslow  is  an  indentation  of  the  northern  shore  known  as  Mary 
Island  Anchorage,  which  lies  l)etween  the  former  and  West  Point,  the  shore  south  of  this  line  being 
irregularly  indented.  The  principal  bight  runs  in  a  N  NW.  and  S  SE.  direction  just  west  from  Point 
Winslow,  but  the  southern  inner  )iart  of  it  is  shoal.  S  SW.  (k :;ii  Point  Winslow  two  cables  is  a  nar- 
row tongue  of  \a\u\  called  lx)g  Point.  W.  by  S.  from  Point  Winslow  is  a  reef  marked  by  kelp. 
Anchonvge  may  be  had  in  seven  or  eight  fi«.t!ioms,  broken  shell  and  sand,  about  equally  distant  from 
the  reef.  Log  and  Winslow  points,  the  r.orth  tangent  of  the  latter  Ix-aring  NE.  by  E.  i  E.  and  West 
Point  about  W.  i  N. 


•  Named  by  Capt.  W.  E.  OcorKc,  in  1S80— the  Saint  Mary  Island  of  BritUli  Admiralty  Chart  2431,  edition  of  June,  1882. 


KR^'ILLAGIOKIK)  CHANNKL, 


77 


The  rise  and  fall  of  the  tide  at  this  lowility  ia  sixteen  to  twenty-one  feet.  The  variation  of  the 
nmipass  in  1882  was  28°  16'  eatiterly.  Tiie  position  of  the  observation  spot  ou  the  east  shore  of  the 
higlit,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  southward  from  Point  Winslow,  was 

Latitude 04°  06'  16"  N. 

Longitude .-131°  10'  39"  W. 

« 

This  anohorage  is  of  small  extent,  hut  convenient  for  a  vessel  detained  hy  a  smitheusterlv  gale  or 
waiting  for  a  suitable  tide  to  work  through  Tongass  Narrows.  A  sketeh  of  it  was  obtainetl  by  the 
HuHnler  party  in  1H82. 

From  Point  Winslow  Point  Alava  bears  NW.  by  N.  five  miles,  and  the  northern  shore  of  An- 
nette island  is  alwiit  the  same  dist^inee  SW.  iVom  West  Point  of  Miiry  Island  Anchonige.  The  extreme 
depth  of  water  in  the  first-mentioned  passjige  exceeds  one  hmulred  fathoms,  but  lietwwn  Mary  and 
Annette  islands  it  aj)pears  t*)  Ih'  onlv  about  fifty  fathom.H,  and  rapidly  diminishes  southward  in  width 
and  in  depth  and  is  not  believed  to  1)6  niivigahic  with  safety. 

NW.  J  W.  from  Point  Winslow  alwut  two  miles  are  the  Twin  Islands,*  of  small  extent,  two  in 
number,  a  cable  and  a  half  aftart  W.  by  N.  and  E.  by  8. — the  eastern  one  rounded,  about  eiglity  feet 
lifgh  to  top  of  trees,  and  less  than  a  cable  in  diameter;  the  other  larger,  irregularly  shapetl,  and  about 
sixty  feet  higli.  There  are  some  sunkm  rockii  uvat  them,  but  they  may  be  .safely  approached  to  a 
distance  of  two  ciibles  and  have  from  four  to  sixte<;n  cables  about  them. 

From  Point  Alava  the  shore  extends  in  a  westerly  direction  two  miles  and  a  half  to  a  projecting 
point,  SB.  from  which,  a  short  di.stance,  is  a  group  of  small  rcs^ks,  some  of  which  are  dry.  With  this 
exception  this  stretch  of  shore  and  that  Imyond  it  two  and  a  half  miles  farther  are  free  from  dangers, 
compact,  and  rise  rajjidly  from  the  water  to  a  considerable  height.  About  six  nules  from  Point  Alava 
is  the  southeastern  point  of  entrance  of  an  extensive  inlet  niarke*!  by  a  small  pyramidal  island  four 
hundred  and  seventy-five  feet  high,  known  as  Cone  Island,  with  several  others  much  smaller  between  it 
and  the  shore.  Here  Thome  Arm,t  not  yet  surveyed,  extends  northward  about  ten  miles  with  a  width 
of  about  a  mile  and  a  half  at  its  entrance.  Just  within  the  entrance,  on  the  western  side,  is  a  small  bight 
with  an  island  in  it.  Thome  Arm  extends  eight  or  ten  miles  tiorthward,  expanding  towards  its  head 
into  a  spacious  basin  containing  a  nunil)er  of  islets  and  ro<!ks  and  affording  anchorage  in  several  coves. 

About  W.  by  N.  J  N.  three  miles  from  Twin  Islands  is  the  easternmost  group  of  a  series  of  rocks, 
islets  and  reefs,  called  by  load  navigators  the  Hog  Rocks,  I  which  extend  in  a  generally  W.  by  8. 
direction  some  three  or  four  miles  to  the  nortluustern  shore  of  Annette  Island.  At  low  water  this 
series  resolves  itself  into  several  group  with  passages  between;  at  high  water  there  are  eight  principal 
dry  rocks  and  many  sunken  ones,  tx'sides  two  islands  of  small  extent.  Walker  (sometimes  aillwi  Lewis) 
Island  is  about  midway  iu  the  line,  woodeil,  rounded,  aliout  three  cablis  in  extent,  with  a  small  wooded 
islet  south  a  short  distance  from  it.  Westward  from  Walker  Islam!  two-thirds  of  the  way  to  the 
.\unette  Island  shore,  and  much  smaller  than  Walker,  is  Side  Island  wooded,  with  rocks  between  it 
and  the  shore. 

Most  of  the  dry  llc*'^  Rocks  are  rounde<l  and  bliu'l,,  rising  like  tlic  backs  of  a  herd  of  swine  but 
a  few  feet  atK>ve  the  water,  with  many  others  submergal.  Exwpt  in  the  gaj)s  previously  mentione<l, 
the  general  course  of  the  ridge  is  either  ,^,wash  or  marke<l  by  k..!;-. 

At  al)Out  the  point  where  the  line  of  these  rocks  meets  the  shore  of  Annette  Island  a  narrow  l)oat 
passage  half  a  mile  long  cuts  off  Ham  Isla:id,  two  and  a  half  m  hs  long,  triangular,  widest  at  its 
eastern  end.  where  rocks  extend,  nearly  a  quart^'r  of  a  mile  eastward  South  of  Ham  Island  the  boat 
passage  communicates  with  Cascade  Inlet,  two  mila>  lohjr  and  oi;e-tliird  of  a  mile  wide,  with  water 
too  deep  for  convenient  anchorage.  Near  the  souther'  poin*  of  ciitriince  to  this  inlet  is  a  large  cascade, 
stated  to  be  an  exc^ellent  place  to  obtain  water  in  siiiooth  weather.  The  northeastern  extreme  of  Ham 
Island  was  named  by  the  Hassler  party  Middy  Point;  rueh  make  ofi"  from  the  shore  south  from  it. 
8.  I  W.  from  Middy  Point  anil  about  SB.  by  li.  i  E.  from  the  C4Lsciide  is  a  sunken  rock  or  shoal  off 
the  entram*  to  Cascade  Itdet.  There  appears  to  be  three  or  four  fathoms  quite  close  to  it,  and  in  sum- 
mer it  is  probably  marked  by  kelp. 

From  this  vicinity  the  shore  of  Annette  Island  extends  in  a  generally  8  8B.  direction,  tolerably 
compact,  wooded,  and  rising  inland  to  peaks  twenty-five  huiulnnl  to  over  three  thousand  feet  in  height. 
The  easternmost  and  most  remarliable  of  these  is  Tongass  Mountaiu,  about  thirty-six  hundred  feet  in 
height,  bearing  al)out  SW.  by  8.  from  the  Twin  Islanils. 

Two  miles  and  a  half  eastward  from  the  entrance  to  C^ascade  Inlet  a  stream  falls  into  the  sea 
through  a  little  ba.sin.  Northeast  from  this  basin  anchorage  in  eight  or  ten  fathoms,  gray  mud,  may 
be  had  three-quarters  of  a  mile  off  shore;  at  half  a  mile  off  shore  the  bottom  is  rocky,  and  closer  in 
becomes  shoal. 

*  Nameil  bv  Captain  George ;  erroneously  called  the  SUten  ou  British  Admiral! v  Chart  343' ,  edition  of  1S82. 
t  Named  by  the  U.  8.  CoaBt  Snrvey.  in  IHilO.  for  Cnpt.  t'harlee  Thome,  long  in  command  o.  the  steamer  California  in  these 
wfttere. 

J  By  error  PrOf  Rooki  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  2431,  edition  of  l«8a. 


78 


HAHSIiGK  H ARDOR. 


S^ 


I'Vom  Walker  Isliiiul  W.  by  N.  J  N.  four  and  a  quarter  miles  lien  Angle  Point,  the  southeaatcrn 
nxtreiiu'  of  Bold  Island,  twit  ami  a  half  iiiih'n  lonj;  W.  by  N.  and  E.  by  S.,  and  a  mile  wi(h;  at  the 
wi<l(st  t-aHtcrn  pint,  theme  imrrowinji;  towards  its  western  extreme.  It  in  situated  nearly  in  the  middle 
of  il('viila>rine<l<)  Channel.  It  is  high  with  two  knolls  on  it,  rising  towards  it«  eastern  end  to  almiit 
thre(^  hundred  and  fifty  feet,  blutf  and  bold,  but  infeste<l  with  nn-ks  oil"  its  northeastern  end.  Here 
also  are  several  islets,  and  at  a  distance  of  four  eables  NE.  from  the  northeastern  point  of  Hold  Island  is 
Ro-ind  Islond,  of  small  extent.  Hetwijen  Hound  Island  and  thi-  islets  8W.  from  it  is  a  passage  earrying 
ove  twenty  fathoms  water.  Seven  cables  W.  by  N.  \  N.  from  the  western  end  of  Round  Island  is 
(I  ihini/rniiiH  Huiiki-ii  roi'k  known  as  Mnntick  Rock*  about  three  cables  from  the  shore  NW.  from  it. 
T-o  eables  W  NW.  from  its  western  i-nd  is  Trap  Islet,  with  some  rocks  clos«!  NE.  from  if. 
'li.c  xlii|t  channel  passes  south  from  liold  Island,  and  there  is  no<K(usion  in  general  for  attempting 
the  northeri!  chaiuiel.  If,  however,  it  should  be  necessary  to  do  so,  going  westward  a  eo  a'  d  of  noth- 
ing to  north  vard  of  W.  by  N.,  or,  going  eiwtward,  notliing  to  northward  from  E.  by  8.,  Iai<l  to  pass  in 
mid-channel  betwei^i  Round  Island  and  the  islet  next  SW.  from  it,  will  carry  clear  of  the  rock. 

The  |i!issiige  north  from  IJold  Island  is  about  two  and  a  half  miles  long,  and  westward  from  Mas- 
tick  Rock  about  half  a  mile  wide  and  twenty  to  thirty-five  fatiioms  deep  in  mid-channel.  Northward 
from  it,  Rlack  Mountain,  a  ridge  higher  at  each  end,  trending  in  a  N  NE.  and  S  SW.  dire«'tion,  riwjs  to 
nearly  two  thousand  feet. 

Coming  from  the  eitstward  the  southernmost  visible  part  of  Hold  Island  is  formetl  by  Anple  Point. 
The  passage  south  wa''d  I'rom  Hold  Island  is  nearly  a  mile  in  average  widtii,  clear  of  olwtructions,  with 
fifty  to  cigiity  fathoms  water. 

The  Annette  Island  shore  is  here  indcnte<I  by  a  bight  almut  as  long  E.  and  W.  as,  anil  directly  oppo- 
site to  Hold  Island. 

Harbor  Point,  the  easteriunost  extreme  of  this  bight,  lies  one  mile  and  a  quarter  ^'E.  '  S.  from 
Angle  Point.  ImnuHliately  SW.  from  this  point  is  situated  the  entrance  to  Hassler  Harboi ,  surveyed 
iuid  named  by  the  party  on  the  Ilasuler  in  1882.  This  harbor  is  forme<l  by  Pow 
Hassler  Harbor.  Island,  rouniuHl,  about  two  and  a  half  cables  in  extent,  wiHxied,  and  situated  with 
another  small  islet  west  from  it  and  some  sunken  rocks  on  an  extensive  area  of  shoals, 
behind  which  and  l)etwcen  which  and  the  land  southward  is  a  four  to  ten  fathom  channel  which  con- 
stitutes the  harbor. 

W.  by  S.  i  S.  a  cable  and  a  lialf  from  the  shore  at  Harbor  Point  is  Entrance  Book,  always 
covcrcii,  iiKving  al)out  eight  feet  over  it  at  low  water.  The  shoal  area  of  which  this  forms  the  north- 
c!Lst(!rn  culmination  extends  westward  from  this  vicinity  a  distance  about  wiual  to  the  length  of  Pow 
Island,  parallel  with  it  and  southward  to  the  island,  with  several  rocks  which  dry  at  low  water  on  this 
area  north  from  Pow  Island.  About  a  cjible  and  a  half  S.  1  E.  from  Entrance  Rock,  two  and  a  half 
cables  SW.  by  S.  from  Harbor  Point,  and  somewhat  less  than  one  cable  E.  J  N.  from  the  NE.  end  of 
Pow  Island,  is  Channel  Hock,  which  drias  at  low  water,  steep-to  at  north  and  west,  but  with  shoal  water 
extending  from  NE.  to  SE.  from  the  rock  eastward  to  the  shore. 

The  chaiHicl,  which  has  from  three  and  a  quarter  to  six  fathoms  in  it,  passes  eastward  three  hun- 
dred yards  from  Entrance  Rock  and  westward  hfty  yards  from  Channel  Rock,  where  it  makes  a  sharp 
turn  I'om  S  SW.  to  SE.  by  S.  This  entnuice  therefore  is  difficult,  and  not  advisable  without  local 
knowledge  or  a  |)ilot,  except  for  small  craft. 

From  Pow  Island  the  ahoal  area  extends  WNW.  twice  the  length  of  the  island  with  one  break, 
but  there  is  an  eleven-foot  shoal  at  nearly  half  a  mile  W  NW.  from  Pow  Island  about  a  cable  in  extent 
to  the  three-fathom  line.  E  SE.  from  this  shoal  is  a  passage  three  cables  wide  carrying  five  or  six  fath- 
oms water,  eastward  from  which  about  two  hundred  yards  a  small  island  rises  above  the  surface  about 
two  cables  NE.  by  N.  h  N.  from  Beck  Point,  a  small  prominence  of  the  shore  of  Annette  Island. 
One-third  of  the  distance  from  the  islet,  towards  Annette  Island,  is  obstructed  by  shoal  water,  but  the 
shore  at  Heck  Point  is  bold-to.  At  the  southern  point  of  Pow  Island  shoal  irnter  extends  two-fifths  of 
the  way  tVoru  the  island  toward  the  main  shore.  The  course  in  from  the  westward  is  in  a  direction  E.  | 
S.  for  mid-channel  between  Pow  Island  iind  the  shore  south  of  it  until  the  eastern  tangent  of  Pow  Island 
bears  N  NW.,  when  anchorage  may  be  had  in  seven  or  eight  fathoms,  broken  shells  and  gray  sand. 
The  observation  spot  of  1882  at  Hassler  Harbor  was  determined  to  be  approximately  in 

Latitude 65°  13' 01"   N. 

V  .      :      Longitude 131°  26' 39"  W. 

The  mean  rise  and  fall  of  tide  experienced  here  was  about  fifteen  feet,  and  the  extreme  range 
twenty-two  and  a  half  feet. 

A  survey  of  this  not  very  convenient  little  anchorage  was  made  in  1882,  and  will  shortly  be  pub- 
lished by  the  U.  S.  Const  .Survey. 

About  a  mile  westward  from  Beck  Point,  in  summer  a  beautiful  double  cascade  falls  into  theses, 
which  has  brought  down  sediment  enough  to  form  a  bank  on  which  anchorage  may  be  had,  according 

*  A  veeiel  named  "Sfattick"  »»'..ck  on  this  rook  in  July,  1888. 


4*1'' 


REVILLAOIOEDO  CHANNEL. 


79 


to  Captain  George,  in  iiinttet'n  futhonij*  or  Kt«,  the  shore  Iwtwecn  the  (•a»ca(U's  iH-nriiij;  S  8W.  twoiuhles. 
Half  u  mile  weHtwanl  fnim  tiio  cnscwh'  is  a  Hiimil  indentation  with  n  Htreum  ((iniin^r  in  iind  t'oniiint;  n 
lieaiii  at  its  head.  Fror  an  iHJct  at  its  northtiutti-rn  txtrenu',  a  nii.Tow  utrip  of  «*li(«il  watir  extends 
alwut  twocftbles.  W.  Dy  N.  A  N.  two  and  tiiree-fjuarter  miles  from  Kiirlior  I'oint  is  Roof  Point,*  oil' 
which  two  isleta  ami  scmie  roeks  extend  in  an  easterly  dirwtion  a  cable  and  a  half,  South  from  Kccf 
Point  is  a  double  bi^ht,  or  two  parallel  nearly  eiiual  binht«,  -purated  by  a  jwint  nearly  parallel  with 
Reef  Point,  from  wliich  a  long  narrow  reef,  which  mostly  dries  at"  low  water,  i  xtends  four  (ablis  to  r. 
dry  rwik.  N.  an<l  S.  from  the  reef  the  tliri-e-fathom  line  at  low  water  is  close  to  tiie  rocks.  Each  of 
the  bights  has  a  beach  at  its  head  and  extends  in  u  nearly  E.  and  W.  direction. 

A  mile  and  a  miarter  W.  by  N.  from  Reef  Point  is  Spire  Island,  a  cable  and  a  half  in  extent, 
just  NB.  from  which  is  a  small  islet,  while  north  and  west  from  Spire  Island  aerentl  rrefit  extend  to  a 
quarter  of  a  mile.  The  principal  rocks  on  Iwth  these  reefs  dry  out  at  or  near  l(»w  water  and  are  fully 
covered  at  half  tide.  S)nth  of  Spire  Island  there  is  a  very  narrow  but  navigable  passage  with  twenty- 
seven  fathoms  in  it.  A  mile  and  a  half  NW.  J  W.  from  Spire  Island  and  about  half  a  mile  E.  from 
the  SE.  angle  of  Mountain  Point  are  (Mter  liocks  drying  at  half  tide. 


DIEECTIOXS  ^ 

FOR   AVOIDING   8PIIIE   ISLAND   REEF   AND  CUrFEU   ROCKH. 

Walker  Island  on  or  nearly  on  with  Angle  Point,  lietween  Mountain  and  Reef  points,  clears 
both  reefs. 

The  shore  of  Hassler  Island  north  of  Bold  Island  and  between  the  entrance  to  Thome  Arm  and 
Spire  Island  forms  an  arc^convex  southward,  irregularly  indented,  Iwld-to,  with  several  snudl  bights 
making  in,  several  small  islets  close  to,  and  oceasional  dwellings  of  the  Tongass  Indians  near  the  shore. 

NW.  J  W.  one  mile  from  Traj)  Islet  is  Circle  Island,  round,  steep-to  and  w(H)ded,  about  two 
cables  in  extent  and  three  («bles  from  the  shore.  Nearly  a  mile  NW.  from  it  is  Carroll  Point,  il." 
southeastern  jioint  of  entrance  to  Carroll  Channel,!  whose  opposite  point  o(  entrance  is  the  northeastern 
angle  of  Mountain  Point,  from  which  Carroll  Point  is  distant  altout  a  mile  and  a  half  NE.  and  8W. 

Mountain  Point,  which  is  the  SE.  extreme  of  Revillagigedo  Island,  is  high,  lilntt'and  bold-to,  with 
a  rocky  shelf  at  its  base.     The  face  of  the  point  looking  E  SE.  is  nearly  half  a  mile  wide. 

The  depth  of  water  in  the  entrance  to  Carroll  Channel  is  over  one  liu-idred  and  thirty  fathoms, 
black,  muddy  bottom  in  mid-channel.  The  water  shoals  southward,  and  midway  l)etweenMountain 
Point  and  Cutter  Rocks  the  depths  average  about  twenty  fathoms  over  a  rocky  bottom.  SE.  from 
Carroll  Point  are  three  islets  within  half  a  mile,  lichind  which  is  a  small  bight  in  the  shore.  Carroll 
Channel  is  still  unsurveyed,  but  is  reported  to  extend  to  the  northward  and  eastwanl  some  twenty  miles, 
connecting  with  Behm  Canal  near  Rudyerd  Bay  and  separating,  from  what  was  formerly  regarded  as  one 
body  of  land  under  the  name  of  Revillagigedo  Island,  a  large  bwly  of  land  named  by  the  U.  S.  Coast 
Survey  Hassler  Island.  This  island  would  appear  to  be  over  twenty  ailes  in  length  N.  and  S.  and 
over  ten  miles  in  width,  and  is  j)enetrated  from  the  southward  by  the  previously  descril)(><l  Thorne  Arm. 

NW.  by  N.  a  mile  and  a  half  from  Carroll  Point  is  California  Head,  a  bluff,  bald,  narrow 
prominence  separating  Carroll  Channel  from  Qeorge  Arm  or  Inlet,;^  wliich  extends  about  (ifteen  miles 
to  the  northwestward,  is  al)out  a  mile  wide  at  the  entranc*-,  unsurveyetl,  and  may  be  connected  with  the 
unexplored  openings  from  Behm  Canal  near  Betton  Island,  which  appear  to  extend  to  the  southward 
and  eastward.  Back  of  Mountain  Point  and  ajiparently  between  George  Inlet  and  Tongass  Narrows 
is  situated  a  prominent  mountain  peak  rising  over  three  thousand  feet  alK)ve  the  sea. 

From  the  southeastern  angle  of  Mountain  Point  Bice  Point  bears  about  a  mile  SW.  and  forms 
the  northwestern  extreme  of  Annette  Island,  the  northev*!;  point  of  cnt.ance  to  Annette  Bay,  and  the 
eastern  point  of  entrance  to  Nichols  Pass,  which  separates  Annette  from  Gravina  Island.  Off  Rjice 
Point  o  ree/" extends  a  cable  and  a  half  to  the  northwestward,  the  principal  rocks  of  which  an;  dry  or 
uncover  at  low  water.  Fmm  Race  Point  a  mile  and  a  half  W.  by  S.  ^  S.  lies  Gravina  Point,  the 
northeast  extreme  of  Gravina  Island  and  the  northwestern  jwint  of  entrance  to  Nichols  J'ass.  It  is  a 
small  rounde<l  peninsula  connected  by  a  narrow  neck  with  the  island.  In  mid-channel  between  Race 
and  Gravina  points  there  is  more  than  ninety  fathoms  water. 

Nichols  Pass  has  been  surveyed  but  the  data  have  not  yet  been  received,  though  Lieutenant  Com- 
mander Nichols  reports  it  to  be  navigable;  within  the  southern  entrance  is  a  commodious  harbor  named 
by  Nichols  Port  Chester.     From  the  north  a  large  reef,  called  Race  Reef,  is  seen  south- 
.  east  from  Gravina  Point  in  mid-channel,  which  from  a  distance  appears  to  obstruct  the        Nichols  Pass, 
whole  channel.     Beyond  this  reef  there  are  islands. 


'  Tlie  name  is  misplaced  westward  on  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Harbor  Chart  No.  712. 

t  Named  by  tlie  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  in  1880,  in  honor  of  Captain  .lames  Carroll,  of  the  steamer  California,  to  whom  the  Coast 
Surrey  parties  were  indebted  for  many  courtesies  in  the  prosecution  of  their  work. 

t  Named  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  1880,  after  Pilot  W.  E.  George,  to  whom  is  due  the  first  sketch  chart  of  Uevillagigedo 
Channel  and  Tongaas  Narrows. 


mmmjmmm.i)'. 


BBSBEIBBi 


80 


TONGASS    NARROWS. 


ii 


V\'-  '!'i 


£<k 


%. 


S  8W.  one  mile  from  Race  Point  is  Anvil  Head,  a  broad  pronionkiry,  with  a  small  island  SW. 

from  it,  and  which  form.*  the  south<.Tn  point  of  entiance  to  Annette  Bay,  which  extends,  gradually 

diminishin}^  in  width,  to  the  eastward  about  three  mile.«,  nearly  reaching  Cascade  Tnlel 

Annette  Bay.  which  is  doubtless  a  continuation  of  the  r,r.::.    trough      Annette  Bny  is  entirely  free  from 

dangers,  but  has  rather  deep  water  except  at  a  di.sUi  ice  of  two  miles  from  its  entrance, 

where  small  craft  may  find  anchorage  in  ten  or  twelve  fathoms.     The  shores  are  compact  and  wooded. 

Between  Gravina  Point  un  the  south  and  the  Uevillagigcdo  shore,  west  from  Mountain  Point, 
N  NE.  from  Grc  iua  Point  nearly  two  miles  distant,  is  the  entrance  to  Tougass  Narrows,  a  name  given 
by  lowil  •    vigators  to  the  western  contracted  part  of  Hevillagigedo  Channel. 

Somewhat  over  one  mile  north  from  Gravina  Point  is  the  eastern  end  of  Pennock  Island,  named 
by  Cajitain  George,  and  lying  nearly  in  mid-channel  of  Tongass  Narrows.  This  island  is  three  miles 
long  W.  by  N.  and  E.  by  S.,  and  about  t,hree-<|uarters  of  a  mile  in  greatest  width.  Jt  is  low,  the  tops 
of  the  trees  with  which  it  is  densely  wooded  not  rising  more  than  two  hundre<i  feet.  The  eastern  end 
of  Pennock  Island  has  several  dangers  in  its  vicinity,  which,  howevn,  mostly  dry  out  at  low  water. 
'J'hese  are :  First,  a  rook  covered  at  half  tide,  two  hundred  and  fifty  yards  SE.  by  S.  \  S.  from  the  middle 
point  of  the  eastern  end  of  the  island ;  second,  a  rock  covered  at  half  tide  in  the  entnince  of  the  southern 
ehatmel,a  quarter  of  a  mile  W.  by  S.  \  S.  from  the  SE.  point  of  the  e^istei'n  end  of  Pennock- Island 
and  an  eighth  of  a  mile  from  its  southern  shore;  third,  CuUJornia  Rock*  WW.  by  W.  J  W.  half  a 
mile  from  the  northern  angle  of  the  eastern  end  of  Penn'  .;k  Island,  in  tlie  chajinel  north  of  that  island. 
This  is  a  \'ery  dangerous  rock,  with  nine  feet  of  water  over  it  at  low  water  and  almost  exactly  in  mid- 
channel,  The  northern  passage  is  not  over  a  quarter  oi"  a  mile  wide  from  shore  to  sliore  in  several 
places,  and  is  obstructed  by  ( 'aiifornia  Rock  above  .aentif)ned,  with  alwut  two  cables  passag-e  way  north 
or  south  from  the  r'D<;k.  From  the  western  extreme  of  Penno<'k  Island  NE.  Fish  Creek  comes  into 
the  channel  from  the  interior  of  Hevillagigedo  Island,  falling  into  a  small  bight,  on  the  shore  of  which 
stand  three  Indian  houses.  Th'^  sediment  brought  down  by  the  creek  has  filled  the  bight  ard  formed 
n  ulinnl  with  a  margin  co  ex  towards  the  channel,  which  extends  nearly  one-third  of  the  way  acrctss 
the  chaimel. 

The  southern  pass(\ge  is  half  a  mile  clear  at  its  eastern  entruncx;,  and  narrows  westward  until  at  a 
distance  of  two  miles  it  is  reduced  for  a  small' space  to  an  cigiith  of  a  mile  between  the  thr  ,e-fathom 
curves  at  low  water,  and  then  widens  again,  with  a  small  bight  havinp  six  fathoms  water  on  the 
(iravina  shore. 

Hitherto  the  channel  northward  of  Petmock  fsland  has  been  use<.l  by  steamers,  as  the  southern  one 
was  misurveyed.  Hereafter  the  northern  one  will  oubtires  l)e  entirely  di.sciirdcd,  as,  though  slightly 
narrower  than  the  former,  the  southern  passage  has  no  channel  dangei-s,  and  all  tiiat  is  nec^sse.y  to  pass 
it  safely  is  to  kee[>  in  mid-channel  or  a  'ittle  north  of  mid-chamiel  from  one  end  to  the  other. 

The  Hevillagigedo  shore  hereabouts  is  loM-  near  the  water,  rising  rapidly  to  mountains  two  or  three 
thonsiind  feet  in  height ;  as  a  whole  it  becomes  lower  westward. 

At  the  western  end  of  Pennock  Island  are  two  islets  whi('h  ixmnect  at  low  water ;  behind  them  is 
a  good  boat  harbor.  Westward  from  the  western  ena  of  Fennoctk  Island,  marked  by  kelp  and  with 
its  hiiihciit  point  avvasb  at  low  writer,  is  Pennock  Rwf,  which  ectcncis  somewhat  leso.  than  half  a  mile 
we^l  ward  from  the  island  iiut  out  of  the  chaiuiel. 

I'VoiM  a  ])oint  W  NW.  nearly  ii  milt  from  the  western  extreme  of  Pennock  Islai.d,  on  the  northern 
shore  (if  Tiinf^ass  Narrows,  westward  alontr  thi>t  shore  the  latter  beconies/b*//,  and  es[>ecially  about  the 
point  nicntiimcd,  csxWA  Bar  Point  by  Captain  (xeorge.  In  passages  made  by  the  .soutnern  side  of 
Pennock  Island  this  shoal,  which  extends  off  nearly  a  (piarter  of  a  mile,  is  not  in  the  track  of  uavi- 
gati^rs.  Close  in  U^  the  Gravina  shore,  SW.  from  Bar  Point,  and  cf)nnectcd  with  the  shore  at  low  water, 
is  Seat  Island,  so  nai,."'l  J'roni  a  conspicuous  and  peculiar  swit-shapcd  rock  at  its  outer  end.  From 
Seat  Island  it  is  well  to  keep  about  two-thirds  of  the  way  from  the  north  to  the  south  shore,  after  which 
for  two  mileii  the  iKirv.horn  shore  is  t>,e  from  dangers  and  the  channel  |>er'.'-i:tly  clear. 

.Vt  three  and  thref-(|uart':'i-s  miles  from  Penncck  Island  Lawis  Point  makes  out  from  theGi-avina 
shore,  with  some  small  dry  rocks  about  it  and  a  rocki/  fboal  extending  northeastward  from  it  an  eighth 
of  a  mile.  This  has  been  called  the  Lewis  RockK  l)y  lociil  navigators,  ihev  cover  at  iialf  tide.  Here- 
iiboiits,  the  northern  shore  should  be  kept  on  board.  Diagonally  across  thechannel,  on  theopposite  shore 
from  Lewis  Point,  is  a  higii-water  island,  very  narrow  and  parallel  with  the  shore,  which  is  ItK^lly  known 
iLs  Peninsula  Point.     Westward  the  chc.imt '.  .videns  at  once  and  continii'jfl  to  do  so  until  it  terminates. 

The  obscrvatio:i  sjwit  of  1882,  situated  one-third  of  the  way  west  from  the  eastern  to  the  western 
end  of  Peninsula  Point,  was  determined  to  !>e  ap}>roximatelv  in 

Latitude 68°  22' 4.3"  N. 

Longitude 131'^  43'  33"  w. 

The  en-slerly  variation  of  the  compass  was  28"  )7'  in  IHSi!,  and  the  dip  74°  86'  23." 


'  Alaocallt!il  Wayaada  (yi-  Wyandtt)  Roe*  bolt.  vmivU  having  toucbeU  it. 


WART>  OOVE. 


81 


iland  SW. 
gradually 
cade  Inlet 
frne  from 
!  entrance, 
il  wooded, 
niii  Point, 
anie  given 

ad,  iiansed 
;hree  miles 
,v,  the  tops 
astern  end 
low  water, 
the  middle 
le  southern 
ock-  Island 

W.  half  a 
that  island. 
tly  in  mid- 

in  several 
i  wav  north 
coaies  into 
re  of  which 
ird  formed 


1  until  at  a 
ir  e-fathom 
lUT  on  the 

r)iithern  one 

igh  slightly 

»p;'y  to  pass 

r. 

,wo  or  tViree 

ind  them  is 
II)  and  with 
lialf  a  mile 


Commencing  at  a  pt)int  in  mid-channel  two  miles  eastward  from  Peninsula  Point  a  course  W  WW. 
for  (Channel  Island  clears  all  dangers. 

A  little  less  than  a  mile  and  a  quarter  W.  by  N.  I  N.  from  Peninsula  Point  is  Channel  Island,  a 
.■<mall,  rounded,  woodetl  islet,  forming  an  excellent  landmark  in  tiie  strait  both  for  avoiding  dangers  and 
marking  the  entrance  to  Ward  Cove.  Ri«ks  extend  less  than  half  a  cable  from  it  NW.  and  SE. 
Thoro  is  a  dear  passage  on  either  side  of  the  island. 

A  little  less  than  half  u  mile  NW.  from  Channel  Island  is  the  southwestern  end  of  a  reef  which 
extends  thence  northeastward  two  cables,  lieing  bare  during  high  water  at  two  spots,  one  a  rocky  ridge 
of  small  extent,  the  other  Danger  Island,  w(MMled  and  rouiidwl,  fifty  or  sixty  yards  in  diameter.  North- 
eastward from  Danger  Island,  oft"  a  small  rocky  bight  containing  several  high-water  islets,  is  a  se..>«  of 
five  islets  and  several  rocks,  arranged  in  a  curve  convex  northward  and  nearly  connected  by  reefs  at 
low  water.  The  easternmost  of  these  islets  has  rocks  extending  SE.  half  a  cable  from  it,  and  is  known 
as  East  Island.  Between  this  and  the  shore,  three-eighths  of  a  mile  east  from  it,  is  the  entrance  to 
Ward  Cove.  Coming  westward  the  entrance  opens  from  miil-channcl  when  I'eninsula  Point  l)ears 
about  NE.  J  E.  The  approach  to  Ward  Cove  may  be  known  from  Channel  Island  and  from  the  high 
hills  situated  on  the  west  shore  <>f  the  cove;  these  hills  arc  conspicuous  after  passing  Peimock  Island 
going  west.     They  are  shaped  like  a  double  saddle,  the  middle  peak  being  the  higher. 

Ward  Cove*  is  about  a  mile  long  north  and  south  and  one-third  of  a  mile  wide.  \  cieek  forming 
a  pmall  bank  at  its  mouth  falls  in  at  the  he«d  of  the  cove.  In  tiie  entrance  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey 
steamer  //a««fer  found  bottom  at  twenty-five  fathoms.  VVhere  the  cove  widens  to  the  westward,  within 
the  entranc*,  seventeen  fathoms  were  obtained,  and  at  half  tide  twelve  and  a  half  fathoms,  rocky  bottom, 
when  the  East  Island  wasclos^on  with  the  west  point  of  entrant*  of  the  cove.  Ea.stof  this  line  the  bank 
before  referred  to  lies  at  a  cable  distant,  and  n  rock  was  discovered  by  Lieut.  BoUcs  of  the  JInmler  which 
has  about  three  feet  of  water  over  it  at  low-water  springs.  The  ridge  of  this  rock  or  ledge,  which  has 
been  named  Bolles  Lcdffe,  was  found  to  run  NE.  and  SW.,  but  the  space  included  by  the  tiirec-fathom 
curve  ill  rounded  and  about  fifty  yards  in  diameter.  All  around  this  there  is  five  or  six  fathoms  water 
and  a  <'lear  channel  eastward  from  the  rock.  The  depth  of  water  in  Ward  Cove,  except  about  the 
ledge,  deepens  from  eight  or  ten  fathoms  near  the  jiead  to  eighteen  in  the  middle  and  twenty-five 
towards  the  entrance.  A  sketch  chart  (soon  to  be  followed  by  a  much  Ijetter  one)  of  this  Iw'ulity,  with 
a  sub-sketch  of  Revillagigedo  Channel,  has  been  issued  by  tlie  U,  S,  Coast  Survey  us  Hsirbor  Chart 
No,  712,t 

DIRECTIONS 

FOR  WARD   IX)VE, 

The  ninge,  East  Island  oi)cn  of  the  we>'t  shore  of  the  entrant;  SW.  by  S.,  passes  over  the  BoUes 
Ledge. 

In  entering,  keep  in  mid-channel  until  the  cove  Iwgins  to  widen  to  the  westward,  when  keep  the 
western  shore  about  a  cable  and  a  half  distant  until  Eiist  Island  is  shut  in  by  the  west  shore  of  the 
entrance  SW.  by  S.  J  S.,  then  liead  NW.,  and  anchor  in  twelve  to  fifteen  fathoms  with  the  middle  of 
the  creek  at  the  head  of  the  cove  bearing  NE.  by  N.  J  N. 

This  cove  is  hard'/  large  enough  for  more  than  one  vessel,  but  affords  a  t^mvenient  refuge  for  a 
vessel  delayed  in  entering  or  leaving  the  narrows. 

The  greatest  range  of  tide  observed  here  was  twenty-three  and  a  half  feet.  The  average  range  is 
about  sixteen  feet. 

Westward  from  Danger  Ueef  and  Island  the  Revillagigc<lo  Channel  is  wide  and  clear,  being  over 
a  mile  wide  and  with  a  clear  ship  channel  nowhere  less  than  threc-quart«'rs  of  a  mile. 

Two  miles  W.  by  N.  from  Channel  Island  is  Bock  Point,  a  j)rojection  of  the  Gravina  shore,  off 
which  ar«e/,  dry  at  low  water  and  steep-to,  extends  E  NE.  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  Eastward  from  it  is  a 
bight  by  which  it  mav  be  known,  and  which  indents  the  Gravina  shore  to  a  depth  of  three  or  four 
•  ables;  it  has  a  beach  at  its  head  instead  of  the  usual  rocky  shore  of  the  paasage,  and  its  eastern  1,  df  is 
iKK'upietl  by  banks  with  one  to  four  fathoms  water. 

By  keeping  Channel  Island  open  south  from  Peninsula  Point,  until  Danger  Island  or  Rod.  Point 
is  ab('am,  Rock  Point  reefs  may  be  avoided.  In  ordinary  weather  the  outer  rock  of  these  reefs  is  visible, 
Iming  dry  at  all  tides  and  st«ep-to. 

Nearly  a  mile  and  a  half  NW.  by  N.  from  Rock  Point,  and  tw<i  raibles  off  the  northern  shore,  is 
Pmd  Reef,  less  than  a  Cid)le  in  length,  parallel  with  the  short;  and  about  thirty-five  yards  wide.     Four 

"  Named  by  ilic  Hiidmiii  Hay  Ciinipaiiy  uttcf  one  •■•■  ''.|.ir  (iffici'r». 

t  Oil  tlie  ed'itii)n  of  tliio  i-kplcli  iKHiicd  Ki'lnimry,  1*<;1,  from  di'licii'iicy  of  dala  tl iiiimcH  for  Wind  Covp  tm»  hwn  nhmed 

to  till'  easlward  a  point  and  a  lm!f  too  fur,  >'o  tlmt,  for  instiince.  iMiiKii''ti<'  norlli  l.y  ili<'  .-onipwi.  Ik  rcilly  iiiagiii'lii-  nnrlli  liy  ciuit 
hslf  Past.  A  v*ry  much  hMvr  oh»rt  of  Wurd  Cov."  and  Rfvillugigedo  (.'lianiMl  is  in  pioc-sn  of  pv..paration  for  puWicKtion  and 
will  tliortiv  1)0  iMHfd. 


P.  0.  P.' 


-11 


il 


;! 
I 

i 


8$ 


REVIIiLAGIOKl>0  CHANNEL. 


to  six  tatlioiiis  may  bt  had  lietweeu  the  reef  and  the  fhore  nortli  of  it.  [t  is  not  in  the  way  of  navi- 
^tors  who  keep  at  a  cable  and  a  half  from  the  northern  shore.  A  course  W.  by  N.  from  Danger 
Island,  or  E.  by  S.  |  S.  for  Channel  Island,  clears  all  dangei-s  west  from  those  islands. 

West  a  mile  and  three-quarters  from  Rock  Point  is  Point  Vallenar,  from  whieli  Point  Higgins 
bears  N.  a  mile  and  a  half.*  Both  these  points  are  rocky,  comparatively  low  and  wooded.  They  I'orm 
the  western  points  of  entrance  to  Revillagigedo  Channel.  Point  Higgins  is  not  particularly  conspic- 
uous, and  rounds  gently  to  the  NW.  and  N.  without  off-lying  dangers,  and  bold-to. 

Point  Vallenar  is  extended  in  a  W  NW.  direction  by  two  principal  islets,  several  rocks,  &c., 
for  half  a  mile,  Ix^yond  which  a  mile  and  a  half  WNW.  from  the  end  of  the  point  is  Ouard  Island, 
named  by  local  navigators,  and  consisting  of  rocks  uniting  at  low  water,  two  low,  rocky,  high-water  isleta, 

one  west  from  and  considerably  larger  than  the  other,  and  both  bearing  shrubs  and  a 
Current.  few  trees.     The  channel  is  to  the  northward  of  Guard  Island.     The  passage  between 

the  island  and  the  rocks  otf  Point  Vallenar  contains  kelp  patches  and  should  not  be 
attempted  tintil  more  is  known  of  it.  Guard  Island  itself  should  not  be  approached  too  closely,  as  there 
may  lie  lurking  rocks  near  it.  The  ebb-tide  from  Behm  Canal  makes  southward  with  considerable 
strength  across  the  entrance  of  Tongass  Narrows,  and  should  be  taken  account  of  in  laying  a  course. 


m'ii 


r  'i 


SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOB  KEVII^LAGIGEDO  CHANNEL. 

Passing  southwai-d  from  Boat  Harbor  Point  at  a  distance  of  about  one  mile  the  course  will  be 
NW.  J  W.  about  twenty-three  miles,  when  Twin  Islands  should  be  abeam  one  mile  distant  to  the 
southward.  V    , 

One  and  a  half  miles  farther  NW.  J  W.  the  course  shoul^/lSe  changed  to  W.  |  S.  eight  and 
three-quarters  miles,  which  will  leave  the  easternmost  Hog  Rock  at  least  two-thirds  of  a  mile  abeam 
to  the  southward  and  bring  Angle  Point,  Bold  Island,  abeam  northward,  distant  a  quarter  of  a  mile. 
Thence  a  coiiree  W.  by  N.  J  N.  three  miles  will  bring  Spire  Island  Reef  (off  what  is  known  as  Reef 
Point  on  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Harbor  Chart  No.  712)  al)eam,  distant  nec-ly  half  a  mile  SW.  by  S.  In 
general,  to  avoid  Spire  and  Cutter  rocks  keep  Walker  Island  on  or  n*^  .ly  on  E.  by  S.  J  S.,  with  Angle 
Point  between  Mountain  and  Reef  Points,  which  chars  both  dangers.  When  Spire  Island  Reefs  are 
abeam,  as  above-menticmed,  a  W.  §  S.  course  four  miles  and  three-quarters  should  bring  the  south- 
eastern angle  of  Pennock  Island  to  bear  NE.  by  N.  three-eignths  of  a  mile  distant,  the  ves.«cl  being  then 
in  niid-clm!mel  of  the  eastern  entrance  to  the  clear  ])assage  south  of  Pennock  Island. 

(Note. — In  })assing  Spire  Island  Reefs  it  .should  be  remembered  that  the  tide  changes  at  this  point 
The  ebb-tide  coming  down  George  Arm  and  Carroll  Channel  divides  at  Spire  Island,  passing  to  the 
eastward  along  Bold  Island  and  down  Revillagigedo  Channel,  and  to  the  southward  and  westward  into 
Nichols  Pass.     The  ebb  through  Tong-.tss  Narrows  also  runs  into  Nichols  Pass.) 

Between  Pennock  Island  and  the  Gravina  shore  the  navigator  should  keep  in  mid-channel  or 
slightly  to  northwardofmid-channc!,  and  so  continue  until  Chainiel  Island  apj^ars  in  inid-chaanel  W. 
by  N.  f  N.,  when  the  course  will  be  direct  for  Channel  Island,  which  on  (!omii  ,'  up  with  it  may  be 
passed  north  or  south  from  it  at  a  cable  distance,  leaving  Danger  Island  Reef  in  i  he  former  case  alnjut 
one  cable  to  the  northward.  Danger  Island  astern  E.  by  S.  or  Channel  Island  astern  E.  by  S.  1  8., 
carries  clear  of  all  dangers  until  Guard  Island  is  abeam  southward,  and  should  be  rounded  west  from 
it,  bearing  in  mind  the  current  which  at  ebb  sweeps  southward  from  Behm  Canal. 


DIRECTIONS. 

TONQASa   NARROWS   TO  CLAIIENCE  STRAIT. 

From  Guard  Island  the  course  is  W.  by  S.  i  S.  into  Clarence  Strait  until  Point  Stanhope  opens 
W.  from  Ship  Island,  when  a  course  may  be  laid  for  Point  Stanhope  about  NW.  f  W. 

ETOLIN,  ZAREMBO  AND  ASSOCIATED  ISLANDS. 

The  nex*,  passage  in  order  of  description  is  that  between  the  Gravina  and  Prince  of  Wa)  ;8  irroiiC8 
forming  the  southern  section  of  Clarence  Strait.  - 


•The.,  two  point.  w«rt.  name.l  l.y  Vancouver  afVer  Senor  Hlgflni  de  VaU.uar.  the,,  pri..ident  of  Cliile.  Tlu,,  u  pointeii 
oui  by  Dtrwm.  >.  a  .ingulur  in.t«„cH  of  tra.i.fornmtio,,  of  «  „a,ue,  origii.allj,  ihut  of  an  Iri.h  faioily,  wl,o.e  repre«enlative, 
OHlfglni  of  BulauMb,  betame  naluralized  in  Chile,  , 


TAMGAS  HARBOR. 


83 


CLARENCE  STRAIT. 

This  strait*  is  second  in  importance,  in  the  Alexander  Archijielago,  only  to  Chathaia  Strait. 
It  extends  from  Dixon  Entrance  to  Sumner  Strait  in  a  NW.  by  W.  direction  one  hundred  and 
seven  miles,  with  a  width  varying  from  tliree  and  a  half  to  twenty  miles  and  averaging  about  six 
miles.  Its  eastern  shore  is  formed  by  the  Gravina  Islands,  the  mainland,  Etolin  and  Zarembo 
islands;  the  western  shore  by  part  of  the  coasts  of  the  Prince  of  Wales  Archipelago  As  a  whole 
the  strait  is  remarkably  free  from  obstructions,  but  the  northern  extreme  is  somewhat  emlwirrassed 
by  islands ;  the  waters  are  deep,  the  shores  moderately  high,  usually  bold,  and  more  or  less  densely 
timbered. 

Cape  Northumberland,  the  eastern  extreme  of  the  southern  entrance  previously  described,  is 
the  southern  extreme  of  Duke  Island  of  the  Gravina  Group,  unsurveyed,  niotlerately  high,  rising  to 
iiigh  peaks,  of  which  the  most  remarkable  is  Mt.  St.  Lazaro',  before  mentioned,  a  landmark  from  the 
southwest  for  many  miles,  and  sei)arated  by  Felice  Passage  from  Annette  Island,  the  middle  one  of 
the  three  principal  islands  of  the  group.  Its  northern  and  eastern  shores  are  but  recently  surveyed, 
and  comparatively  little  is  known  of  the  remainder.  Its  southwestern  extreme  is  Point  Davison,  f 
A  rcf/ extends  in  a  southwesterly  direction  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  point. 

Point  Davison  forms  the  western  extreme  of  a  large  bay,  whose  entrance,  nearly  five  miles  in 
width  NE.  by  B.  J  E.  and  8W.  by  W.  J  W.,  is  largely  taken  up  with  Hotspur  Island,  of  moderate  size, 
and  a  multitu«^"  of  islets  and  rocKs.  These. form  a  group  or  chain  nearly  closing  the  entrance  of  the 
bay,  and  to  the  southwestern  islet  or  termination  of  the  cluster  Vancouver  gave  the  name  of  Point 
Percy.  There  is  a  passage  to  the  westward  of  Point  Percy,  another  to  the  eastward  of  the  group  of 
islets,  and  a  third  between  the  island  in  the  bay  and  the  main  shore  of  Annette  Island. 

These  passages  lead  to  the  sheltered  waters  at  the  liead  of  the  bay  known  as  TasngM  Harbor,  a 
name  applied  by  Russian  authorities.!  On  the  charts  the  western  entrance  alone  is 
suflSciently  represented  to  be  described.  It  was  surveyed  by  Etolin  in  1833.  Accord-  Tamgas  Harbor. 
ing  to  his  plan  on  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1396  the  distance  from  the  islet  of 
Point  Percy  north  and  west  to  Point  Davison  is  about  two  and  a  quarter  miles.  Off  the  latter  is 
Karablin  or  Ship  Islet,  of  sm&ll  extent  and  about  two  cables  from  the  shore.  From  the  point  the 
shore  trends  to  the  north  and  east  three  and  a  quarter  miles,  with  islets  and  rocks  extending  off  in  some 
places  as  much  as  u  mile. 

Thti  Russian  track  is  laid  down  in  mid-channel  between  these  shore  islets  and  those  of  the  Percy 
Gro.'p,  north  and  eust  from  the  entrance,  about  three  miles  to  the  northwest  jwint  of  Hotspur  Island 
before  mentioned.  The  track  passes  close  to  an  islet  which  ajjpears  to  l)e  boid-to  at  this  point.  Be- 
hind the  islet  anchorage  is  indicated  in  less  than  twenty  fathoms.  From  this  vicinity  the  channel 
contracts  to  little  more  than  a  mile  and  takes  a  more  northerly  direction  tor  three  miles.  There  are 
two  small  islets  near  the  narrowest  portion  of  this  passage  at  its  southern  entrance, — the  track  being 
indicated  a  third  of  the  way  from  the  eastern  islet  towards  the  other.  The  latter  has 
a  sunken  rock  close  to  its  SE.  si<le,  and  afour-faihovx  patch  a  little  more  than  a  quarter  Sunken  Rock. 
of  a  mile  northward  from  it.  Beyond  this  two  anciiiorages  are  indicated  in  seventeen 
and  twenty-one  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  on  the  western  side  of  the  paasage,  a  third  of  a  mile  from  the 
shore.  The  soundings  then  begin  to  diminish  to  fourteen  and  twelve  fathoms;  the  passage  turns  rather 
abruptly  to  th;;  westward,  contracting  to  less  than  half  a  mile  in  width,  of  which  little  over  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  is  clear  channel, — the  shores  on  either  side  being  shoal  for  about  a  Table,  when  the  passage 
expands  into  a  fine  basin  two  and  three-quarters  miles  in  length  north  and  south  and  a  mile  and  a 
half  wide. 

From  the  low  southern  point  of  entrance  into  the  basin  n  shodl  extends  a  cable  and  a  half,  in  a 
direction  the  same  as  that  of  the  point,  which  should  not  be  rounded  within  a  third  of  a  mile.  Anchor- 
age may  be  had  almost  anywhere  in  the  middle  part  of  the  basin  in  from  nine  to  twelve  fathoms, 
muddy  bottom.  From  the  western  and  northeastern  shores  several  shoah  are  indicated  as  making  off 
to  the  extent  of  nearly  half  a  mile.     The  land  appears  only  miHlerately  high  and  wooded. 

The  harbor  was  placed  by  Etolin  in 

Latitude 66°  03'  N. 

Longitude 181°  3&  W., 


with  a  variation  of  the  compass  in  183.3  of  36"  easterly. 


•  NRir.ed  Duk«  of  Clarence's  Strait  by  Vancouver,  a  name  whose  length  may  advantageoiidy  lin  curtailed.  It  htt  alau  heen 
teniieil  Clarenee  Bound. 

t  Named  by  Vanfouver,  and  placed  by  him  in  latitude  l>l>°  O'.B  K.  Hi«  boat  pnrly  onniped  for  the  night  in  a  small  cove  near 
thin  point.     The  survey  of  these  shoren  made  in  1HH:1,  by  NicholB,  has  not  yi^l  been  received. 

t  Sometimee  given  m  Tonfai,  Tomgaea,  Ac.  The  name  in  doublieeg  ilerivf  d  from  the  sniiie  xourre  in  that  of  Fort  Tungaas, 
but  it  aeeroa  desirable  to  retain  the  dilference  in  form  for  the  eake  of  diBoriniinating  between  the  two  aniliorages. 


t!  ,'  I 


:'^t 


g4  ,         GARDNER  HABBOK. 

Tebienkoff,  however,  gives  tlie  position  of  the  inner  anchorage  as 

Latitude 66°  02'  N. 

Longitude : 131°  28'  W., 

and  stiiies  that  the  rise  and  fall  (tf  tides  amounts  to  fourteen  feet.  On  Tebienkoff's  rendering  of  Etolin's 
skctt^h  an  intimation  appears  that  the  compass  on  tlie  latter  is  magnetic  and  not  true,  as  it  seems  to  be 
intended.  Any  bearings  bikeii  from  it  would,  therefore,  be  subject  to  a  doubt,  for  the  clearing  up  of 
which  data  are  not  now  accessible. 

Qravina  Island  is  separated  from  Annette  Island  by  Nichols  Pass.  It  is  the  northernmost 
of  the  group  which  received  the  name  of  (Jravina  Islands  from  Caamano,  and  which  extends  twenty 
miles  from  the  pass  above  mentionetl  in  a  northwesterly  direction.  The  portion  of  the  island  adjacent 
to  the  passage  is  low  and  wooded.  Its  shores  are  but  recently  surveyed ;  on  its  southern  and  western 
shores  are  several  small  indentations,  and  it  terminates  to  the  northwest,  as  previously  described,  in 
Point  Vallenar,  of  which  a  submarine  continuation  produces  a  reef  and  some  islets  in  the  direction  of 
its  trend. 

PRINCE  OF  WALES  AND  ASSOCIATED  ISLANDS. 

The  western  shores  of  Clarence  Strait  are  formed  by  tl  •  Prince  of  Wales  Archipelago,  originally 
so  named  by  Vancouver,  freiiuently  called  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  but  in  all  probability  embracing  a 
number  of  disiijct  bcMlias  of  land,  separated  by  passages  little  known  or  unexplored.  The  topography 
is  broken  or  varied,  but  on  the  whole  less  abrupt  in  character  than  that  of  the  mainland,  and,  except 
in  the  northern  portion,  not  attaining  anywhere  to  great  elevations  nor  forming  specially  conspicuous 

Seaks.  Few  of  the  summits  rise  al>rive  the  snow-line;  there  are  no  rivers  of  large  size,  and  the  land  is 
eavily  wooded,  principally  with  eomferous  trees.  The  islets  and  passages  are  generally  narrow,  with 
compact  shores,  and  apparently  less  obstructed  by  rocks  than  those  to  the  northward  and  eastward. 
The  southern  and  western  coasts  are  much  more  broken  than  the  eiistern,  and  especially  the  northern 
ones,  and  of  all  it  may  he  said  that  we  possess  only  an  approximate  knowletlge. 

From  Cape  Chacon,  the  southwestern  extreme  of  Clarence  Strait,  the  shores  are  broken,  bordered 
by  several  islets  and  rocks,  and  trend  to  the  northward  eight  or  nine  miles  to  the  entrance  of  Grardner* 
Harbor,  a  name  which  first  api)ears  upon  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1396, 
Gardner  Harbor,  prepared  by  Kupreanoff,  and  published  in  1848.  No  plan  of  the  harbor  has  been 
found,  Imt  it  is  indicated  on  the  Russian  charts  a'*  an  entrance  with  an  islet  and  a  rock 
in  it,  within  which  a  basin  expands  affording  anchorage,  altogether  forming  an  iidct  alM)ut  a  mile  and 
a  half  wide  and  two  miles  in  length.  Russian  authorities  indicate  the  course  in  entering  to  be  to  the 
northward  of  the  rock  and  islet,  but  there  are  no  details  of  depth  of  water  or  position.  The  entrance 
is  in  the  vicinity  of 

Latitude 64°  60'  N. 

Longitude 131°  45' W. 

If  we  may  rely  on  the  observations  of  Brundige  (see  p.  fi4),  the  reef  named  by  the  U.  8.  Const 
Survey  Bi-undige  liock  lies  midway  Initwcen  the  entrance  of  Gardner  Harbor  and  the  roclcs  stuth  of 
Duke  Island  in  the  entrance  of  Clarence  Strait. 

The  land  between  Cordova  Bay,  Clareuce  Strait,  Dixon  Entrance  and  Moira  Sound  appears  to 
consist  of  a  congeries  of  islands.  It  is  doubtful  whether  tlij  word  "Archipelago,!'  inserted  over  thit 
vicinity  on  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  139G,  is  intended  to  apply  to  tht  whole  area  above  men- 
tioned, 01  whether  it  applies  to  tlu.  small  I'.nsurveyed  Kendrick  Bay,  filled  with  islands, 
Kendriok  Bay.  situated  aliout  two  miles  to  the  .lurih ward  of  Gardner  ilorl)or;  and  which,  by  an  angle 
in  the  track  laid  down  on  thu.  chart,  is  indicated  as  having  served  the  Russian  vessels  as 
an  anchorage.  Beyond  this  indeiuation  the  coast  rounds  to  NW.,  and  at  a  distauce  of  about  seven 
miles  another  large  i)ay  ottei-s,  according  to  some  authorities,  a  number  of  unexplored  ai'ms  which  may 
contain  anchorages.  This  bay,  named  I'lgraham  Bay,t  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  makes  in  several 
miles  to  the  southward  and  at  its  entrance  is  a  mile  and  a  half  wide. 

ImnuKliately  to  the  NW.  from  it  is  ChichagofT  Bay  or  Harbor  of  Kupreauoft",  which  namet 
has  be<'n  improperly  transferred  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  24.'M  and  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Chart 
No.  225  to  the  bay  just  iireviously  mcntiontyl.  Of  the  pres"'t  bay  the  charts  only  afford  the  infor- 
mation that  it  is  of  small  extent  and  was  visited  for  anchorage  i»y  Ruasian  ves-sels.  The  land  forming 
the  northern  headland  of  this  bay  is  a  promoiitwry  about  a  mile  wide,  from  which,  according  to  most 

•  Tlio  immi'  "f  Port  Oardnor,  whicli  Ims  hccii  niiplicd  ti)  it,  IircI  licfu  Dii-viDiiKly  used  hy  Vanoouvi'i-  in  Piiget  Sound. 

t  In  li.Hicif  (if  .loHPpli  ln«iiiliam,  iiiuKtci'  ot'  tin-  Inifi  Hojit,  .■!'  H(wt in  17U1-92.  to  wlioBf  impubliKhed  notes  snd  charts  wi' 

arc  iiiileliteil  for  viiliiiibli'  li.vdioKiiipliiciil  infiinniition.  Ki-iidrick  was  nmtc  witli  Robcil  Uray  and  was  the  first  to  oircUDioavigalH 
Vancouver  Isliind  niul  d«terinini<  its  insiilur  oliaiaiMei'. 

(  Sometimes  spelled  TohltcbaKOff.    ToliinnkulTB  name  of  tliis  harbor  ii  very  obsimrely  printed  upon  bii  chart  No.  IX. 


M  '    4i 


MOIRA  AND  CHOLMONDELKY  SOUNDS. 


86 


authorities,  a  group  of  snmll  islands  and  r(K!ks  extend  NW.  by  N.  about  three  miles.  According  to 
Tfbienkoff,  however,  wiiose  chart  shows  more  detail  in  tliis  vicinity  than  any  other,  these  islets  arc 
divided  into  two  groups,  with  tho  passage  (which  other  authorities  place  to  the  westward  of  all  the  islets) 
l)etween  the  two  groups  about  a  niile  wide  and  leading  in  a  southerly  direction  into  the 
extensive  inlet  named  by  Vancouver  Moira  Sound.  The  entrance  within  the  islets  is  a  Moira  Sound. 
little  less  than  two  miles  wide.  The  two  principal  ones  Iwtween  which  the  channel  is 
appear  to  be  about  half  a  mile  long  and  wotxled.  The  land  about  the  sound  is  high  and  rather^ibruptly 
descending  to  the  shore.  The  sound,  according  to  Tebienkoff,  penetrates  the  land  for  some  ten  miles, 
first  extending  four  miles  to  the  southward  and  then  about  six  miles  to  the  west  and  north, — the  head 
being  in  the  vicinity  of  .several  otlier  arms  of  the  sea  which  extend  from  Cordova  Hay  and  Cholmon- 
(leley  Hound.  Two  unsnrveyed  arms,  ajiparently  of  no  great  extent,  extend  from  the  vicinity  of  the 
bend  'o  the  southward.  This  and  the  next  inlet  to  the  northward  reiiuire  more  careful  examination. 
The  entrance  to  Moira  Sound  lies  in  about  latitude  55°  3'  N. 

About  N  NW.  from  its  eastern  lieadland  six  miles  lies  Wedge  Island,  named  by  V^ancouvcr,  low, 
somewhat  over  a  mile  long,  situated  off  the  mouth  of  an  indentation  in  the  main  shore  and  two  r.r 
three  miles  to  the  northward  of  its  eiistorn  head.  This  island  "in  many  points  of  view  rcsembletl  a 
wedge  J  *  *  *  from  its  south  point  lic«  a  ledge  of  dangerous  rocks  on  which  the  sea 
broke  with  great  violence."'*  Between  it  and  the  shores  of  tii"  Imy  to  the  westward  lie  several  rocks 
and  islets.  Vancouver  remarks ;  "As  we  advanced  lieyond  VVetlge  Island  the  straight  and  comjMiet 
shores  were  more  moderately  elevated,  and  the  interior  country  was  composed  of  lofty  though  uneven 
mountains,  producing  an  almost  impenetnible  forest  of  pine  trees  from  the  waterside  nearly  to  their 
summits."  The  latitude;  of  Wedge  island  is  about  55°  8'  K.  according  to  Vancouver.  Southwest 
from  the  island  inland  is  a  sharp  mountain  peak  resembling  Mount  Caldcr  in  shape. 

From  the  northern  end  of  the  island  about  NE.  four  or  five  miles,  across  the  strait,  lies  Dall  Head.f 
on  Gravina  Island,  a  bold  high  blufl^',  whose  wcsUirn  slope  descends  to  a  low  point  terminating  in  two 
small  islands  from  which  projects  a  reef  marke<l  by  two  rocks  awash.  When  approached  from  the 
northward  this  high  land  is  said  to  present  the  jierfect  outline  of  a  man's  features.  Northward  from  Dall 
Head  the  Gravina  shore  is  mouutainou.s,  southwestward  from  it  the  shore  is  low  and  broken  into  many 
small  islands.  The  hem!  is  a  noted  landmark,  and  received  its  name  from  the  shipmasters  engaged  in 
fur-trading  or  commerce  in  this  region. 

From  the  head,  NW.  by  W.  ^  W.  nine  miles,  lies  Point  Chasina,  apparently  a  native  name 
adopted  by  the  Russians.]:  This  point  is  a  b.oad  promontory  two  miles  wide,  fiu-ing  to  the  northward 
with  a  somewhat  irregular  shore-line,  woixled,  tolerably  low,  and  having  a  small  islet  immediately  oflf 
its  middle  part.  It  is  situated  in  about  latitude  55°  17'  N.,  and  immediately  to  the 
westward  of  it  is  Cholmondeley  Sound  of  Vancouver.^  This  inlet  is  unsnrveyed,  but  Cholmondeley 
is  represented  by  Tebienkoff  as  long  and  narrow,  extending  nearly  thirteen  miles  in  a  Sound, 

southerly  direction,  and  having  a  width  of  about  two  miles.  It  has  im  subsidiary  arms 
according  to  his  chart.  The  Chasina  settlement  of  Indians  is  situated  Just  within  the  entrance,  on  the 
eastern  shore.  An  anchorage  is  indicated  between  the  northwestern  (ixtreme  of  J'oint  Chasina  and  some 
islets,  but  no  depth  of  water  is  recorded.  Oft'  its  northeastern  point  Vancouver  anchored  in  forty- 
seven  fathoms.  The  head  of  the  sound  is  near  that  of  Moira  Sound  and  Tliakaek  Bay,  an  arm  of 
Cordova  Bay.  The  land  between  these  bodies  of  water  is  denominated  by  some  Russian  authorities  as 
the  Kaigan  Portage. 

The  largest  of  the  islets  above  mentioned  is  Skin  Island,  probably  named  by  the  traders,  low 
and  of  small  extent.  It  lies  less  than  two  miles  NW.  by  W.  J  W.  from  the  northwestern  extreme  of 
l'.oint  Chasina.  When  on  with  the  land  it  am  bedistinguishwl  from  Point  Chasina  by 
its  white  water-line.  From  this  vicinity  the  main  shore  of  Prince  of  Wales  Island  Kasa-an  Bay. 
extends  to  the  northwest,  ntarlv  straight  and  with  a  numlK-r  of  islets  off  it,  for  about 
eight  miles,  to  Island  Point,  at  the  entrance  of  Kasa-an  Bay,||  a  name  derived  from  the  native  appel- 
lation. The  point  mentioned  forms  the  southern  headland  of  the  entrance  of  the  bay, — the  northern 
headland  being  that  named  by  Vancouver  Point  Orindall,  and  sometimes  referred  to  as  Cape  Grindall.f 
A  very  hasty  reconnaissance  of  Kasa-an  Bay  was  made  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  May,  1880,  from 
which  the  following  details  ar    >lerivai.** 

The  two  headlands  are  four  or  five  miles  apart,  nearly  N.  and  S.,  and  the  general  dire(;tion  of  the 
bay  from  the  entrance  is  W.  by  N. 


•  Vancouver,  vol.  ii,  pp.  380-3fil. 

t  NiiiiMMi  att.T  Cnptiiin  C.  C.  Dull,  of  tlic  P.  M.  8.  K.  Co.'s  Bervicc. 

{  Erniiiwiiisly  ri'iulcn'il  Point  Cbarm  <iii  the  BriliKli  Admirnlty  oliai-tti  nn<l  »\m\  (Hi  ccunp  olli(!iii.  It  ImH  al«o  bwii  uned  in  the 
f'>nii  of  Obasen  nrTcbasenl. 

i  CbMlna  Bay  of  Tdiieiikolf. 

II  Viiii(iiii<lv  1 U'ri'd  Kaiarn,  Caaaan,  &e.,  and  even  Karta  on  Brilinh  Admimlly  Cljini  No. 2431. 

^  .><iiiii(>linieB  called  by  the  tradei*  Cone  Point. 

••  ThiTi'  Ik  ho  publinhi'd  map  or  chart  of  this  bay  of  even  approximate  correctncM  except  the  small  sketch  included  in  chart 
No.  7  of  Ihii.  Tohime,  from  obaervations  by  Marcua  Baker,  IT.  S.  Co«»t  and  Geodetic  .Survey. 


86 


KASA-AN   BAY. 


I    ■ 


r!>  f 


Off  point  Grindiill  in  iin  ESE.  direction  lies  Qrindall  Island,  separated  by  a  passage  somewhat 
less  tiiiui  iiiilf  a  mil"  \vid(!.  This  pas  i"e  is  navif,':ii)!e,  the  steamer  California  having  passed  through  it  at 
low  water.  An  islet  and  /t//' projei't  troni  Point  (irindall  in  the  direction  of  its  trend  two  rabies,  and 
then!  is  an  islet  and  two  roeks  nnder  t'  j  SW.  shore  ofGrindall  Island,  but  these  dangers  appear  to  l)e 
fully  visible  in  fair  weather.  Grindali  Island  is  alK)ut  a  mile  in  length,  flattish,  with  a  knobby  hill  ri  ing 
about  a  hnnilred  feet  and  covered  with  small  timber.  At  its  NW.  end  is  a  bank  on  which  anchorage 
may  be  Uad  in  ten  fathoms;  at  the  8E.  end  of  the  island  are  a  couple  of  rocks  close  in. 

Haifa  mile  north  from  Point  Grindali  is  another  small  islet  of  bai>:  rcn-k  ten  feet  high. 

In  mid-entnniceto  Kasa-an  Bay, about  two  miles  S  SE.  from  Point  Grindali,  are  three  islets  trend- 
inj;  E  NE.  and  U  ^W.  The  outer  one,  High  Island,  is  rounded  and  high.  They  are  all  w«xled,  but  the 
two  iiuier  ones  are  low.  The  channel  generally  used  is  that  northward  from  High  Island,  though  there 
is  a  clear  passage  on  both  sides.  TIk;  water  is  deep.  Entering  the  bay  the  northern  shore  is  moun- 
tainous, compact  and  heavily  timberwl.  The  Iwaches  alternate  with  rocks  and  shingle-.  About  four 
miles  from  Point  (Jrindall  6Vor(/e  /I'w/"  makes  out  in  a  southeasterly  direction  from  that  shore  three 
or  four  cables,  mostly  visible.  About  a  mile  SW.  from  this  reef  a  sunken  rock  is  reportetl,*  which  there- 
fore would  be  nearly  in  mid-cliaimel.  This  rwk,  of  which  we  have  no  details,  would  appear  to  be 
vcrv  dangerous  ii'  correctly  lociited  and  should  be  looked  out  for.  About  ten  miles  westward  from 
Point  (Jrindall  apeak  rises  two  thousand  feet.  Near  the  shore  hereiibouts  copper  ore  exists.  The 
southern  shore  is  greatly  broken.  Just  within  Island  Point  is  a  large  unsurveyed  bay,  extending  south- 
ward, called  Skowl  Hay,  with  an  Indian  village  at  its  head,  of  which  settlement  Skowl  is  said  to  have 
been  the  ])rincipal  chief.  Tradei-s  have  anchored  in  this  bay,  which  is  said  to  divide  near  it»  head  and  to 
have  its  shore  near  Island  Point  infested  with /od-w.  SW.  i  W.  from  Point  Grindali  three  miles  is 
Skowl  Point,  tli(^  eastern  end  of  Skowl  Island,  from  which  George  Reef  on  the  northern  shore  bears 
NW.  by  W.  nnder  a  ragged  cliff.  There  are  .some  sniall  islets  and  rocks  almve  water,  close  into  the 
northern  shore  of  Skowl  Island,  which  extends  westward  three  or  four  mik>s.  Westward  from  this  is 
Long  Island,  with  its  northern  shore  indented  and  about  two  miles  in  length.  South  from  Skowl 
Island  tiie  shores  are  much  broken  and  unexplored.  Soutliward  from  liOng  Island  is  a  deep  opening, 
Baker  Inlet,  just  to  the  westward  from  which  another  narrower  inlet  oj)cns,  which,  from  the  distance 
it  is  said  to  extend  to  the  southwest,  is  called  Eighteen-mile  Arm.  By  this  o«noes  reach  a  low  portaee 
over  which  one  or  two  days'  walk  is  said  to  carry  one  to  Tlevak  Strait  or  Port  Bucareli.  The  gap  looks 
as  if  it  cut  the  island  in  two.  The  land  west  from  the  northern  point  of  entrance  to  this  arm  is  low, 
broken  and  timbered.  About  a  mile  NW.  from  the  NW.  part  of  the  Long  Island  group  is  a  smalt 
islet  called  Round  Islet. 

Round  Island  open  of  Point  Grindali  W.  or  W.  h  N.  is  reported  by  Pilot  George  to  clear  all  dan- 
gers from  Point  Grindali  to  the  fishery  and  leads  to  the  anchorage.  Or,  after  passing  Long  Island,  a 
white  jiatch  at  the  head  of  the  bay. may  be  steered  for  until  the  anehonige  at  the  fishery  is  in  view. 

On  this  line  for  the  most  part  the  water  is  more  than  twenty  fathoms  deep;  at  ten  miles  from 
Point  (irindall  it  slioals  to  fifteen  fathoms.  About  twelve  miles  westward  from  Point  Grindali  the 
northern  shore  rounds  to  tlii^  north  and  becomes  lower;  a  rather  wide  (five  or  six  miles)  bay  is  formed, 
full  of  low  wooded  islands,  the  unexplored  walsrs  of  which  are  said  to  be  shoal  and  dangerous.  Fifteen 
miles  W.  .J  S.  from  Point  (irindall,  on  the  southern  shore,  a  small  cove  makes  in  southward  and  east- 
ward. Here  is  situated  tiie  Kasa-an  Anchorage  and  the  small  settlement  known  as  Baranovitoh 
Fishery.  The  buildings  arc  situated  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  cove.  In  rounding  to  the  anchor- 
age is  in  eight  fathoms,  soft  bottom,  with  the  house  bearing  SE.  by  E.  At  the  wharf  there  is  but  six 
feet  of  water  at  low  tide;  off  the  end  of  the  wharf  four  fathoms,  soft  bottom.  West  from  the  end  of 
the  wharf  in  the  middle  of  the  cove  is  a  nine-fool  nhoal. 

West  of  the  cove  a  deep  gap  in  the  high  land  of  Prince  of  Wales  Island  is  visible;  a  two  or  three 
days'  portage  is  ])racticable  here,  leading  towards  Klawak.  South  from  the  anchorage  a  peculiar  [)eak 
is  visible  in  the  distance.  The  settlement  was  founded  by  Philip  liaranovitch,  and  has  since  his  death 
been  occu])ie(l  by  iiis  family  and  others.  A  stream  (tomes  in  at  the  head,  where  a  salmon  fishery  has 
Iwcn  estal)lislied,  \\w.  fish  running  in  July  and  Atigust,  and  about  one  thousand  barrels  being  put  up 
here  in  a  season.  The  position  of  (he  anchorage,  according  to  the  IT.  S.  Ilydrographic  Office  Cliart  No. 
225,  is  about 

,;  Latitude 55°  28'   N. 

;.  Longitude 132°  19' W. 


I  S  I 


The  range  of  the  tide  is  said  to  be  sixteen  feet.  Two  days  after  new  moon  it  is  high  water  at  1 
p.  m.  at  the  anchorage.  In  .May,  1880,  the  declination  was  determined  to  be  27°  48'  easterly,  and  the 
dip  73"  58',  by  the  I '.  S.  Const  Sr.vey.  This  is  stated  to  be  one  of  the  finest  bays  in  this  region,  the 
harbor  good  and  easy  of  access;  C(xl  and  halibut  very  abundant  in  their  season;  the  spruce  and  yellow 
cellar  attaining  gri.ut  size  on  its  shores. 


'  By  Mr.  IbIio,  a  reeidcnt  miner. 


TOLSTOI   BAY. 


87 


Kasa-an  Bay  is  erroneously  represented  by  Tehieiikott" (chart  IX,)  iw  coimtH-t<(l  witli  Tolstoi  Bay 
to  the  nortlnvest.  Tiioiigh  their  extremes  must  be  very  near  eaeii  otlier,  it  appeai-s  from  a  sketch  of 
Tolstoi  Bay,  made  by  the  Haunter  party  in  1882,  that  they  are  not  united. 

Up  to  this  point,  with  the  exception  of  Brundige  Rocks  and  dangers  immediately  adjacent  to  the 
shores,  so  far  as  yet  known,  Clarence  Strait  is  clear  of  olwtructions  to  navigation. 

From  Point  Grindall  the  coa.st  trends  NW.  J  W.  for  about  fifte<'n  miles,  with  some  irregularities, 
to  Broad  (in  Russian,  Tolstoi)  Point,  a  high,  rounded,  thickly-wooded,  steep  promon- 
tory, imnietliately  westward  from  which  is  Tolstoi  Bay,  named  by  Nichols,  in  1H«'J,  Tol8tol  Bay. 
from  its  proximity  to  the  point,  though  the  bay  itself  is  long  and  narrow.     This  l)ay 
is  unsurveyed,  but  a  hasty  sketch  was  made  by  Nichols  in  1882,  which  affords  some  idea  of  its  prin- 
cipal features. 

From  Broad  Point  two  miles  and  a  half  W.  by  N.  J  N.  is  the  opposite  extreme  of  a  bight  which 
indents  the  shore  in  a  southerly  direction  about  a  mile  and  a  half.  The  western  shores  of  this  bight 
are  not  well  known,  but  they  are  irregular  and  more  or  less  fringed  with  islands.  The  eastern  limit 
of  the  bight  is  fotnied  by  the  western  head  of  Tolstoi  Bay.  From  a  spot  three-(piarters  of  a  mile  W. 
by  N.  i  N.  from  the  northern  extreme  of  Broad  Point  a  line  8.  j  E.  trends  directly  to  the  head  of 
Tolstoi  Bay  and  passes  nearly  in  raid-channel.  At  one  mile  from  the  starting  point  on  this  line  Tolstoi 
Bay  is  less  than  a  mile  wide;  at  two  miles  there  is  a  small  opening  abeam  on  the  western  shore  and 
the  water  is  still  more  than  forty  fathoms  deep;  at  half  a  mile  farther  the  bay  narrows  to  less  than 
half  a  mile  with  water  between  thirty  and  forty  fathoms;  at  half  a  mile  farther  the  bay  narrows  to 
thrce-eighthi"  of  a  mile  with  twenty  to  twenty-eight  fathoms,  and  then  widens  a  little  to  form  a  sort  of 
basin  a  mile  long  N.  and  8.  and  half  a  mile  wide.  The  eastern  point  of  entrance  to  this  basin  has  some 
roclcs  and  an  islet  close  in.  On  this  side  of  the  bay  farther  south  there  are  several  islets  and  a  rocky 
patch  with  four  to  eight  fathoms  over  it.  There  is  anchorage  in  the  middle  of  the  northern  half 
of  this  basin  in  eight  to  thirteen  fathoms,  fine  gray  sand.  The  soundings  are  uneven  and  the  bottom 
in  many  places  rocky,  but  it  is  considered  by  Nichols  to  be  a  pretty  good  anchorage.  Northerly  and 
southerly  winds  must  draw  through  with  considerable  force,  and  the  fact  that  the  anchorage  is  more 
than  three  miles  from  the  entrance  would,  in  general,  detract  from  the  availability  of  this  bay  as  a 
resort  for  vessels.  There  was  formerly  an  Indian  village  near  the  entrance  at  which  the  Russian 
trading  vessels  visite<l,  but  they  never  penetrated  to  the  head  of  the  bay. 

NW.  I  W.  about  twelve  miles  from  Grindall  Island,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  strait,  lies  Ship 
Rock  and  Island,  about  half  a  mile  broad-oif  Ship  Island  Point  of  the  mainland.  The  islands  or 
island,  for  the  two  appear  to  be  connectal  by  reefs,  are  separated  from  the  point  by  a  passage  which 
Vancouver  reports  navigable.  The  group  is  composed  of  two  islands,  very  narrow,  high,  wooded,  with 
eight  or  ten  trees  which  are  conspicuous  from  the  southward,  and  elongated  in  a  NW.  by  W.  and  SE. 
by  E.  direction.  The  rock  is  the  easternmost,  bare  and  black.  The  group  forms  an  important  land- 
mark and  its  position  should  be  accurately  determined.  Here  Clarence  Strait  is  alout  five  miles  wide. 
With  Ship  Island  abeam,  Point  Stanhope  is  clearly  visible  about  NW.  by  W.  F^a.stward  from  it 
appear,  first  a  high  flat-topjR'd  mountain,  and  farther  east  a  somewhat  lower  round-topped  one.  The 
main  coast  northward  is  mountainous  and  thickly  wooded.  Ship  Island  relatively  to  Point  (irindall, 
etc.,  is  erroneously  locsited  on-all  the  sailing  charts  in  common  use.  The  rocks  re|)resente(l  as  extend- 
ing 8.  and  W.  from  it  do  not  exist. 

N.  by  W.  ^  W.  somewhat  over  seven  miles  from  Broad  Point  lies  Point  Lomosurier  of  Van- 
couver,* forming  the  southeiistern  point  of  entranct;  into  Ernest  Sound.  This  point  stretches  prom- 
inently out  from  thf!  mainland  as  a  peninsula  about  four  miles  long  and  one  or  two  miles  wide,  united 
to  the  mainland  by  a  rather  narrower  isthmus,  on  cither  side  of  which  a  small  bay  or  cove  is  formed. 
That  to  the  south  of  the  isthmus  is  quite  small  with  some  islets  ofl"  it. 

In  approaching  Point  Ijemesurier  fropi  the  southward  it  appears  long  and  low;  several  i)eaks  of 
the  Stikine  range  can  be  seen  over  it,  some  of  them  snow-cap|)ed,  the  most  prominent  and  highest  i3 
rather  sharply  conical.  The  southern  side  of  Point  Lemesurier  is  full  of  ■■•\deiitations;  near  its  junction 
with  the  main  arc  several  small  islands  close  in.  Off  the  end  of  the  point  are  two  small  rocky  islets 
about  twenty-five  feet  high,  and  two  or  three  cables  farther,  in  the  same  trend,  a  sunhen  rock  is  indi- 
cated by  U.  S,  Hydrographic  Office  Chart  225,  after  \'ancouver. 

From  the  extremity  of  the  jwint  A'auconver  noted  some  rocks  and  breakers  extending  about  a 
mile  from  it,  in  a  direction  W.  by  S.  j  8.  acconling  to  the  Russian  Hv<lrographic  Chart  No.  1493. 
Vancouver  pla(!ed  the  point  in  latitude  55°  46'  N.  The  bay  on  the  northern  side  of  the  isthmus 
connecting  it  with  the  mainland  is  indicated  as  a  stopping-jjlace  of  Russian  traders,  but  without  any 
details.     It  has  been  called  Union  Bay  on  some  unpublished  charts. 

About  W.  I  a.  seven  miles  from  Point  Lemesurier  lies  Narro\y  Point,  or  Tonkif  of  Russian 
authorities,  an  inconspicuous  and  apparently  rather  low  woixled  point,  to  the  northward  of  which 


"  Sunietiiuen  writlcii  Point  Heaurier. 

I  Point  Tonkey  of'U.  S.  Ilydrogi-npliic  OIBec  C'liart  No.  iS5. 


88 


RATZ   HARBOR. 


Tebiciikoft'  lociites  un  dncliomge.  In  this  vicinity  the  width  of  Chirence  Strait  is  four  or  five  miles. 
Narrow  Point  mnnot  be  miule  out  on  approaching  it  from  tlie  soutliward,  but,  after  passing  it,  it  is  seen 
to  be  a  small,  steep  bluft",  projecting  in  a  northerly  direction  into  the  strait. 

1\)  the  NE.  and  abroaxt  of  Narnnv  Point,  on  the  <)th(!r  side  of  the  strait,  is  an  assemblage  of 
islands  about  eight  in  number,  mast  of  them  quite  small,  forming  the  southwestern  point  of  entrance 
to  Ernest  Sound,  and  to  the  southern  termination  of  which  Vancouver  gave  the  name  of  Point 
Onslow.*  In  this  vicinity  rociks  are  indicated  near  the  so-called  jioint  by  most  authorities.  These 
islands  and  the  shores  northward  and  westward  from  them  for  ten  or  twelve  miles  are  little 
known.  The  coast  is  apparently  much  broken,  and  numerous  inlets  or  basins  are  indicated  by  Rus- 
sian authorities.  ' 

This  shore  extends  in  a  W  NW.  and  £  SB.  gcn<!ral  dirtKjtion,  according  to  Nichols'  observations, 
with  several  small  islands  one  or  two  miles  off  shore.  North  of  the  southeastern  group  of  these  an 
anchorage  exists  of  which  no  further  information  is  at  hand.  Half  a  mile  to  the  SE.  from  the  east- 
ernmost of  the  other  group  is  a  rock  which  covers  at  high  water. 

The  southern  third  of  Etolin  Island  is  extremely  low,  flat,  wooded,  and  its  shore  luuch  broken  by 
indentations.     The  northern  part  is  higher  and  much  more  abrupt. 

From  Narrow  Point  the  shore  takes  a  westerly  direction  for  some  six  miles  to  Ytatz  Harbor  of 
Tebienkoff,  who  indicates  it  as  a  basin  nearly  two  miles  long  and  about  a  mile  broad,  with  a  very 
narrow  entrance  obstructetl  by  an  islet,  and  in  which  anchorage  may  be  had  in  six- 
Ratz  Harbor.  teen  fathoms.  At  the  <listance  of  two  or  three  miles  the  entrance  to  this  harbor 
cannot  be  distinguished  from  the  unbroken  shore.  It  is  rejjorted  that  there  i8  only 
room  in  it  for  one  small  vessel.  The  entrance  is  placed  by  Tebienkoff  in  about  latitude  65°  62'  N., 
whence  the  coast  trends  about  W  NW.  for  ten  miles. 

NW.  1  N.  from  Narrow  Point  twelve  or  fourteen  miles — the  charts  being  discrepant  as  to  the 
exact  distuncef — is  Point  Stanhope  of  Vancouver,  situated  in  latitude  about  66°  N.  It  is  represented 
on  the  charts  as  a  low  peninsula,  rather  narrow,  and  with  compact  shores.  In  reality  it  appears  like 
an  archipelago  of  low  woodal  islets,  and  it  is  possible  that  several  of  the  indentations  noted  may  extend 
to  Mosman  Inlet.  At  all  events  the  shore  is  fringe-'  with  islands,  and  off  the  point  is  one  in  particular 
olF  which  are  some  rocks  extending,  a<x!ording  to  '  issian  authorities,  not  over  a  mile  and  a  naif  from 
the  point.  Northwesterly  from  this  island  about  mile  is  a  sunken  rock.  Beyond  the  westernmost  of 
these  islands  is  a  large  rock  of  yellowish  color,  bare  at  all  tides.  The  southeasternmost  or  Stanhope 
Island,  near  the  point,  is  the  most  prominent.  The  others  arc  diflicult  to  distinguish  as  they  lie  against 
the  indent«l  shores.  They  form  a  continuous  range  with  the  one  ncrest  the  point.  A  reef  extends 
to  the  E  SE.  from  the  eastern  j)art  of  Point  Stanho|)e  to  a  distance  of  two  or  three  cables.  Eastward 
from  Point  Stanhope  two  or  three  miles  is  a  point  of  Etolin  Island  extending  to  the  eastward.  Between 
this  and  i'oint  Stanhope  is  the  entrance  of  Mosman  Inlet,  a  large  unexplored  basin  eastward  of  the 
Stanhope  Peninsula,  sup])osed  to  be  about  five  miles  in  length  and  to  extend  to  the  W  NW. 

I'^'om  the  southward  and  eastward  there  is  an  appearance  off  Point  Stanhope  of  two  islands, 
both  wooded,  with  a  vwk  off  the  outer  one.  When  close  to,  the  island,  which  appeared  as  alwve 
to  be  the  inner  one,  is  found  to  be  situated  some  distance  farther  to  the  north  and  west  and  to  be 
compose<l  of  several  islets.  The  first-mentioned  island,  which  nuiy  be  called  Stanhope  Island,  is  about 
a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  Etolin  shore,  with  a  reef  making  off  SE.  by  S.  I  S.  from  the  southern 
end  of  the  island  to  a  small  bare  r(K;k  or  islet.  From  the  western  end  of  Stanhope  Island  another 
reef  makes  out  about  W  SW.,  marked  by  two  ro<'ks  of  which  the  outer  one  is  covei-ed  at  high 
water.  Northwest  from  Point  Stanhope  the  group  above  alluded  to,  having  the  apjiearance  of  a 
single,  but  in  rt!ality  consisting  of  several  islands,  is  separatetl  from  Etolin  Island  by  a  channel  about 
half  a  mile  wide.         f 

Five  or  six  miles  to  the  northwest  from  Point  Stanhope  Vancouver  found  shelter  for  his  vessels 
behind  and  to  the  north  of  a  small  island,  between  whidh  and  the  Etolin  shore  are  some  rocky  islets. 
He  anchoret!  here  in  seven  fathoms  over  an  uneven  and  partly  rocky  Iwttom,  and  found  the  situation 
well  sheltered  from  southerly  and  southeasterly  winds. 

This  island,  which  may  be  called  Screen  Island,  is  about  half  a  mile  long,  densely  covered  with 
trees,  low,  and  separated  half  a  mile  from  the  Etolin  shore.  Some  distance  farther  northward  and 
westward  is  a  small  wooded  islet  and  a  rook,  which  appear  until  they  are  come  up  with  as  if  they  were 
off  the  extreme  of  T'oint  Harrington.     They  arc  two  or  three  cables  fr<im  the  shore. 

Point  Stanhope  forms  a  projection  of  Etolin  Island,  the  largest  of  the  group  to  which  Vancouver 
applied  the  name  of  Duke  of  York  Islands,  and  which,  as  a  group,  forms  the  northern  and  eastern 
shores  of  Clarence  Strait  between  Point  Onslow  and  Sumner  Strait.  These  will  hereafter  he  more 
particularly  referred  to. 


il 


*  Erroneous^'  ri-ndered  Onelow  on  RuBsiau  Ilydrofrrapliiu  Chiirt  No.  1491!. 

t  During  eevpral  voyages  tli«  patunt  log  of  tin-  steamer  Calif/mia  in  utiited  to  liave  regiHtered  thirty-two  milm  between 
Ship  lelnnd  and  Point  Stanhope,  an  excem  of  four  or  five  miles  over  the  distunce  a«  shown  on  the  charts. 


»|. 


STEAMER  BAT. 


89 


mblage  of 
entrance 
of  Point 
I.  These 
ire  little 
by  Ru8- 


From  Point  Stanhope  a  jwint  on  the  opjKMiite  sliore  Iwara  SW.  by  W.  six  and  a  lialf  miles.    Beyond 
these  points  to  the  nDrthward  Clarence  Strait  widens  to  ten  or  twelve  miles,— the  southwestern  half 
beeoming  greatly  embarrassed  by  islands.     To  the  eastward  of  these  islands  are  several 
m/«  apparently  under  water,  for  which  the  following  positions  are  taken  from  Russian  Reefs. 

Ilydrographic  Chart  No.  1493: 

1.  A  rce/ whose  southern  portion  bears  W.  by  8.  i  8.  six  miles  from  Point  Stanhope.  This  reef 
is  a  mile  and  a  half  in  extent  NW.  and  8E.,  and  immediately  to  the  southwestward  from  it  are  two 
small  islets,  about  half  a  mile  apart,  trending  |)arallel  with  the  reef. 

2.  Another  ree/,  with  its  southern  portion  bearing  W.  by  N.  J  N.  nine  and  a  half  miles  from 
Point  Stanho()e.  This  is  somewhat  over  a  mile  in  extent  NW.  and  8E.,  but  appears  to  have  a  clear 
passage  a  mile  wide  SW.  from  it,  between  it  and  the  inlands.  The  courst;  lies  to  the  north  aud  east 
from  tliese  reefs.     This  shows  three  long  rock*  trending  NW.  and  8E.  at  half  tide. 

From  the  southernmost  islet,  near  the  south  retif  above  mentioned,  a  belt  of  islands  and  islets, 
name<l  Kashevaroff  Islands,  extends  in  a  generally  NW.  J  W.  direction  for  about  fourteen  miles. 
The  eastern  margin  of  the  group  is  pretty  comiwt  and  well  marked,  but  to  the  southwest  the 
islets  are  more  sparsely  distributed,  and  between  them  !>nd  the  shore  an  apparently  much  obstructed 
and  not-to-lw-recommended  channel  exists,  named  by  Russian  authorities  the  KasheTarofi*  Pas- 
sage or  Strait.*  It  is  quite  possible  that  a  clear  channel  may  exist  here,  but  in  advance  of  a 
more  detailed  examination  than  it  has  yet  received  navigators  should  avoid  entering  it,  except  with 
great  caution. 

Nine  and  a  half  miles  W.  J  N.  from  Point  Stanhope  is  Blashke  Island.t  the  largest  in  the  southern 
part  of  the  group.  The  north  westernmost  island  is  identified  by  Russian  authorities  with  Bushy 
Island]:  of  Vancouver,  whose  survey  in  this  vicinity  was  very  imperfect.  On  either  side  of  this 
island,  which  is  about  two  miles  long,  are  some  detached  rocks;  a  chain  of  small  islets  strebhes  to  the 
westward  towards  the  opposite  shore,  but  to  the  northeast  of  the  island  a  navigable  passage  exists  three- 
quarters  of  a  mile  wide. 

About  northwestward  from  I'oint  Stanhope  is  Point  Harrington  of  Vancouver,  a  name  transferred 
on  Russian  Hydrograpliic  Chart  No.  1493,  aud  TebienkoflF  Chart  No.  IX,  to  the  point  next  northward, 
but  properly  belonging  to  a  narrow  tongue  of  land  with  a  rock  and  islet  adjacent  to  its  extremity, 
forming,  according  to  Vancouver's  c'  Tt,  the  southeastern  extreme  of  Stikine  Strait. 

This  point  is  not  conspicuous  i  m  a  distance.  It  is  low,  rough  and  rocky,  and  in  summer  can 
be  recognized  by  its  bright  green  appearance,  due  to  a  dense  growth  of  brush  uiwn  it.  The  peninsula 
from  which  it  extends  is  about  two  thousand  feet  high  and  conspicuous  in  the  middle  of  the  strait 
from  the  southward.  When  Point  Harrington  beare  NE.  by  E.  J  E.  about  one  mile  the  entrance  to 
Stikine  Strait  is  open,  and  is  recognizable  at  some  distance  by  an  abrupt  saddle  peak  at 
its  eastern  side.  Immediately  behind  it  is  Steamer  Bay,  in  Russian  Farakhotnia,  Steamer  Bay. 
where  anchorage  is  indicated  on  the  Russian  charts.  No  soundings  are  given  on  the 
published  charts,  but  a  manuscript  Russian  chart  shows  an  anchorage  one  mile  inside  the  entrance  in  a 
cove  on  the  south  shore.  A  note  on  U.  S.  Ilydrographic  Chart  No.  225  states  that  this  is  a  "good 
harbor." 

From  a  brief  reconnaissance  by  the  Hauler  at  Steamer  Bay  in  1882  it  is  learned  that  the  bay  is 
funnel-shaped,  with  a  small  basin  at  its  head;  the  dangers  visible  were  all  close  to  the  shores.  From 
Point  Harrington  the  opix>site  point  of  entrance  bears  NE.  by  N.  about  a  mile.  There  is  about  forty 
fathoms  water  in  mid-channel.  Thence  the  bay  extends  about  two  miles  E8E.;  the  narrowest  part,  a 
mile  and  a  third  from  the  entrance,  is  contracted  by  an  island  on  the  north  shore  to  about  two  cables, 
with  twenty-two  fathoms  water.  A  third  of  a  mile  farther  in  the  bay  shoals  from  about  nineteen 
fathoms  to  ten  and  twelve  fathoms,  sand  and  broken  shell,  where  anchorage  may  be  had.  A  stream 
comes  in  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  and  the  south  shores,  asjKHjially  outside  of  the  basin,  are  broken  and 
irregular.     No  directions  seem  necessary  for  entering. 

Opposite  the  section  from  P(>int  Stanho{)e  to  Point  Harririgton  the  south  shore  of  Clarence  Strait 
is  low  with  high  land  in  the  distance. 

The  position  of  Point  Harrington  and  that  of  the  shores  and  j)assages  immediately  northward  from 
it  are  in  doubt.     They  appear  to  be  several  mrii;s  farther  north  and  west  than  the  charts  represent. 

From  Point  Harrington  Point  Nesbitt  of  Vancouver  bears  W.  J  N.  about  six  miles  and  forms 
the  southwestern  extreme  of  Stikine  Strait.  It  is  a  low  wooded  j)oint,  terminating  in  a  reef  covered  at 
low  water.  According  to  N ichols,  8  8E.  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  Point  Nesbitt  is  a  dangerotu 
rock  awash  at  about  a  quarter  ebb. 

*  Kashyarow  Strait  of  the  II.  S.  Hydrogrupliic  Office  Cbnrt  No.  235,  where  a  passage  ib  iiidicnted  betweeu  liubhy  lalaad 
and  that  next  east  from  it.  * 

t  Probably  named  for  Dr.  Eihmrd  L.  Blashke,  who  vinited  the  colonies  with  Etolin  in  the  ship  Nikolai,  in  18.39-41.  It  is 
usually  erroneously  written  Blosbki. 

t  The  name  on  Russian  Hydrographio  Chart  No.  1493  is  erroneously  rendere<l  Blugam  Islauii. 

P.O.  P.— 12 


90 


DANOKUH   IN   CLARENCK  STRAIT. 


r!«5: 


EslioreabouttliiH  point  and  for  some  diHtanoc  to  the  went  and  north  is  fringed  with  rm-ks,  which 
)int  itseii' extend  off'  shore  lis  nb<ive  mentioned  a  distuncc  of  about  a  mile.     Tiie  jMiiiit  appears 


Thef 
at  the  poii  ... 

to  be  hij^h  and  wo(Kled.  Hence  tlie  shore  of  /arembo  Island  extends  in  a  generally  W.  by  N.  direc- 
tion about  ten  mill's. 

The  navigable  channel  of  Clarenw  .Strait  here  Iweomes  nmch  contracted.  A  mile  and  a  half 
WNW.  from  Point  Nesbitt  and  from  that  shore  n  nrf  makes  out  from  a  point  of  tin?  land  in  a  SSE. 
direction  an  eighth  of  a  mile,  which  is  covered  at  high  water. 

Oft"  the  northwestern  part  of  Uushy  Island  a.  reef  makes  out  in  a  S.  by  E.  direction,  according  to 
Nichols,  terminating  at  a  small  island. 

Between  Hushy  Island  and  Shrubby  Island  just  east  from  it  there  is  a  passage,  apjiarently  rocky, 
but  through  which, on  U.  S.  Ilydrognipliic!  ("hart  No.  22'),  a  tnivk  line  is  carried  iKissing  westward, 
south  of  all  the  islets  in  thestrait,  with  the  shore  at  Toint  Colpoys  close  aboard.  When  in  mid-chan- 
nel, the  northwest  end  of  Busiiy  Island  l)caring  WSW.,  I'oint  Colpoys  opens.  When  it  bears  SW. 
^  W.,  two  little  woodetl  islands  come  out.  When  these  sue  in  one  with  each  other,  in  the  same  line 
northeastward  from  them,  from  the  Zarembo  shore  a  small  point  makes  out  with  <i  hank  or  sliodf  (no 
soundings  given)  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  it.  The  Russian  track  passes  between  the  two,  according 
to  Russian  Hydrographic  (!lmrt  No.  14!».'^  N'ancouver  notes  atmnr/  tidal  euirciilti  in  this  viiiinity. 
Tebienkoft",  however,  gives  a  diff"erent  coni        ation  to  the  shore  and  omits  the  bank  nr  shoal. 

The  U.  S.  Hasaler  sounded  here  and  gin  no  bottom  at  twelve  fathoms  where  the  shoal  is  laid  down, 
though  the  water  was  discolored  and  IcMiked  shoal.  They  also  noted  slrom/  tidal  currents,  floating  logs 
and  kelp,  with  rips  which  gave  the  passage  a  dangerous  apj»earance. 

Alwut  ten  miles  from  Point  Nesbitt  W.  by  N.  lies  Point  Macnamara,  named  by  Vancouver,  and 
placed  by  him  in  latitmlc  56°  21'. 6  N.  There  are  seseral  rocks  along  shore  east  and  west  of  thc.]>oint 
extending  oft"  half  to  tliree-<iuartei"s  of  a  mile.  This  j)oint  forms  the  northea-stern  extreme  of  Clarence 
Strait  at  its  junction  with  Sumner  Strait. 

It  is  low  and  wooded,  making  out  to  the  southwest.  There  are  some  rocks  closer  in  than  the 
charts  indicate,  and  no  islet  at  the  point,  though  one  is  generally  put  there.  SSW.  from  the  point, 
nearer  the  Prince  of  Wales  sliuid  shore,  are  three  wootled  islets,  south  of  which  a  shoal  or  bank  is 
indicated. 

Eight  miles  to  the  westward  of  Bushy  Island,  according  to  Tebienkoft",  is  Point  Colpoys,  named 
by  Vancouver,  and  forming  a  somewhat  prominent  projection  oi'  the  western  shore  and  the  northwestern 
headland  of  Clarence  Strait  at  its  junction  with  Sumner  Strait.  These  authorities  also  indicate  some 
islets  or  rocks  adjacent  to  the  point.  On  the  Russian  hydrographic  charts  prepared  by  Kashcvarott", 
however,  the  coast-line  is  gently  rounded  off' in  this  vi<'inity  and  no  conspicuous  jniint  is  indiciited. 

In  this  vicinity  the  tJ.  S.  Coast  Survey  observers  note  that  the  eastern  angle  of  Point  Colpoys 
when  approached  from  the  eastward  apjwars  like  a  long  low  point  ])rojc('ting  quite  a  distance,  but  on 
approaching  closer  the  outer  part  resolves  itself  into  two  small  wooded  islets  and  a  bare  rock  between 
them  and  connected  with  them  by  a  reef  in  either  direction.  These  trend  about  E  NE.  from  the  shore. 
Half  a  mile  farther  west  the  other  angle  of  Point  ColjM)ys  makes  out  in  a  northwesterly  direction, 
thickly  wooded  to  the  water's  edge,  and  terminating  in  a  reef  marked  by  two  small  bare  rocks.  Here, 
when  approached  from  the  eastward,  a  small  woodetl  islet  is  .seen,  which  is  probably  connected  with 
Point  Colpoys  at  low  water  and  with  s(!veral  rocks.  The  latter  make  out  in  a  westerly  direction 
about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  into  California  Bay,  a  large  bight  which  indents  the  shore  to  thesouthward.* 
To  the  westwai-d  of  this  bight  or  bay,  which  is  about  a  mile  and  a  half  deep,  the  land  again  makes  out 
W  SW.  to  a  point  about  which  there  seem  to  be  no  hidden  dangers.  From  hence  the  land  trends  in  a 
S  SW.  direction  towards  Red  Bay. 

The  islands  included  between  Ernest  Sound,  Clarence  Strait,  Sumner  Strait,  Blake  Cliannel  and 
Eastern  Passage  were  denominated  by  Vancouver  Duke  of  York  Islands,  a  name  whose  unwieldly 
length  has  suggestetl  its  curtailment  to  York  Islands.  The  survey  of  the  group  has 
York  Islands.  'leen  chiefly  due  to  Russian  observers.  It  consists  of  five  principal  islands,  Etolin, 
Wrangell,  Barembo,  Woronko£fski,  and  one  named  by  the  survey  Seward  Island. 
The  group  is  intersected  by  several  piissages,  espec^ially  Stikine  and  Zimovia  straits,  a  passage  named 
Eastern  Passage,  and  more  or  less  by  Ernest  Sound  and  Bradticld  Canal.  Few  details  in  regard  to 
the  navigation  of  these  passages  are  accessible,  and  there  is  no  doubt  of  the  existence  of  serious  inaccu- 
racies in  all  the  published  charts  of  this  vicinity.  For  this  reast)n  an  extended  description  is  not  deemed 
necessary  in  this  place. 

KRNEST  SOUND 

opens  on  Clarence  Strait  between  Points  Onslow  and  Lemesurier,  the  clear  pa.ssage  being  about  two 
and  a  half  miles  wide.  The  sound  extends  about  twenty-two  miles  in  a  generallv  N.  by  W.  direction 
with  a  width  varying  <"rom  three  to  eight  miles.     The  western  shore  is  formed  by  Etolin  Island  and 

»  "Uringiog  the  point  nbeom  and  abaft  tlie  ship  on  a  WSW.  coureo,  tliese  rocks  are  lost  against  the  land."— .AlcAo/*'  Hydro- 
graphic  Notei. 


POINT   IIIOIIFIKLD   ANCHORAGE. 


91 


NichoU'  Hj/dro- 


\h  niuch  brokuu  aiiil  little  known.  Tlif  onslcrn  nhorc  hiw  not  been  tliorouj^hly  exaniined  and  is  formwl 
l)y  11  |)ortion  of  the  continent.  Hotli  are  in  gcnerui  moderately  elcvntcd.  There  are  niiinerous  Hnmll 
i.iiiinclH  ill  the  hoiiiuI,  mid  a  liirne  one  or  group  of  Hevenil  islands  about  sixteiiii  inilon  N.  from  Point 
licmeHurier.  The  northern  entrance  in  one  or  two  miles  wide,  and  the  northea.stern  extreme  wiw  iinme«l 
by  Vaniiouver  Point  Warde  and  |)la<'ed  by  iiim  in  latitude  66"  09'  N.  It  separat4'a  the  waters  of 
Ernest  Sound  from  tli(iM<>  of  a  pa.«sage  of  which  the  eastern  jxirtion  was  callwl  Bradfleld  Canal  by 
Vancouver,  a  name  which  might  Ik;  extt?nde<l  so  as  to  cover  the  whole  of  this  passage  from  the  Houthern 
entrantMj  of  Ziinovia  Htrt\it  eastward. 

'i'liis  canal  8<'paratcs  Etoliii  island  and  the  mainland  from  .Seward  Island  and  penetrates  the  main- 
hind  to  the  eastward,  having  a  total  length  of  (Iftccii  or  twenty  miles  and  a  width  of  one  lialf  to  two 
miles.  It  terminates,  according  to  Vancouver,  in  latitude  66°  14'.6  N.,  at  a  narrow  bonier  of  low  land 
through  which  two  streams  empty  into  the  canal.  From  Bradfield  C'anal  two  arms  extctnd  to  the 
northward,  one  on  either  side  of  S'ward  Island,  at  whose  nortlK^rn  extreme  they  join,  and,  giving  olT 
a  small  branch  to  the  northward,  the  channel  thus  formed  is  then  continual  to  the  northwestward,  finally 
joining  Sumner  Strait  at  its  eastern  extremity. 

The  passage  northeastward  from  S«!ward  Island  has  reticived  from  the  United  States  Coast  Survey 
the  name  of  Bluke  Channel,*  and  opens  from  the  middle  ])art  of  liradticld  Canal,  extending  in  a 
generally  NW.  by  W.  direction  some  ten  miles  with  a  width  of  three-quarters  of  a  mile.  At  its  southern 
entrani  e  are  two  small  islets  and  an  island.  At  its  northwestern  extremity,  in  latitude  66°  20'  K. 
according  to  Vancouver's  olwervations,  a  small  branch  makes  to  the  north  about  three  miles.  In  this 
vicinity  are  nunierous  rocks. 

A  passage  which  is  contracted  to  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  width  passes  about  three  miles  to  theSW. 
and  joins  the  main  channel.  This  main  chaniii'l  is  nanie<l  on  \'.  S.  Coast  Survey  Chart  No.  701 
(corrected  to  1H77)  Eastern  Passage.  It  extend  about  twenty-four  miles  in  a  northwesterly  direction 
from  the  western  part  of  Bradfield  Canal,  between  S<'wai-d  Island  and  the  mainland  on  the  east  and 
Wrangell  Island  on  the  west,  with  a  width  of  from  one  to  two  miles,  and  is  represented  by  all  authori- 
ties as  unobstructed,  though  its  form  and  direction  differ  on  dif!ereiit  charts. 

Near  the  junction  of  Eastern  Passage  with  IJIake  Channel  the  continental  shore  is  somewhat 
indented,  and  at  the  junction  a  point  is  formed  which  re<«ivcd  from  Vancouver  the  name  of  Point 
Madan,  a  name  which  has  been  on  nearly  all  mixlern  charts  transferred  from  the  eastern  headland  of 
a  small  bay  in  the  continental  shore  to  the  point  which  forms  the  western  headland  of  this  bay. 

Seward  Island,  which  is  inclosed  between  Bradfield  Canal,  Eastern  Passage  and  Blake  Channel 
above  des(!ribe<l,  so  far  as  known,  is  of  an  irregularly  quadrilateral  form,  about  twelve  miles  in  length 
and  four  or  five  in  width,  with  very  compact  shores. 

From  Point  Madan  Eastern  Passage  trends  in  a  generally  NW.  by  W.  direction,  and  then  curves 
to  the  westwaid  to  its  junction  with  Sumner  Strait.  Its  eastern  shore  is  forme<l  by  the  continent  and 
that  to  the  westward  by  Wrangell  Island.  The  width  of  the  passage  is  about  two  miles,  and  it  appears 
to  Ik.'  tolerably  free  from  obstructions. 

The  northwestern  extreme  of  Wrangell  Island,  forming  the  northwestern  headland  of  Eastern 
Passage,  is  Point  Highfleld,  naniwl  by  Vancouver,  and  described  as  a  very  (!onspi<^uous  point.f  Its 
northern  face  is  nearly  a  mile  broad,  and  the  jjoint,  sjiecifically  so  cidletl,  is  at  the  western  end  of  this 
straight  strij)  of  shore  line.  From  it  NE.  J  N.  six  cables  and  about  four  cables  off  shore  lies  a  small 
partially  womled  islet,  called  Simonoflf  Island  on  the  English  sketch,  and  Observation  Islet  on  the 
Russian  plan  of  the  Stikine  llivor.  Between  this  islet  and  the  shore  the  depth  does  not  apiwar  to 
cxccchI  fifteen  or  sixteen  fathoms,  and  about  half  way  between  the  shore  and  the  islet  bearing  N.  by 
£.  I  E.  the  depth  is  nine  or  ten  fathoms. 

This  vi<Mnity  is  usually  known  as  the  Anchorage  off"  Point  Ilighfield,  and  apix«rs  to  l)e  free  from 
obstruetions.J 

Simonoff  Islet  has  five  or  six  fir  trees,  a  clump  of  willow,  and  one  small  building  upon  it.  The 
shore  south  of  't  is  apparently  more  indented  than  the  charts  indicate.  A  five  fathom  j)atch,  not  shown 
on  the  charts,  is  reported  bv  Pilot  W.  E.  Grcorge.  About  E.  by  S.  i  S.  six  or  seven  cables  from  the  islet, 
and  lying  less  than  two  cables  from  the  shore,  is  n  reef,^  a  cable  and  a  half  in  Ujiigth,  which  covers  at  a 
quarter  flood.  For  this  reason  vessels  entering  or  leaving  Eastern  Passage  should  not 
round  the  northeastern  angle  of  Wrangell  Island  nearer  than  three  rabies.  Russian  Anchorage  off 
authorities  represent  this  reef  as  a  cluster  of  islets,  or  omit  the  reef  and  phu^e  in  the  Point  Highfleld. 
same  vicinity  a  cluster  of  islets,  it  being  difficult  to  decide  which  is  the  true  explanation 
of  the  discrepancy.  The  bottom  appears  to  be  muddy  throughout.  The  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  party, 
anchoring  here  in  1 869,  exjHiriencied  disagreeable  sub-surface  and  counter-currents.     British  Admiralty 

*  In  1863  TnifeHsor  W.  V.  Ulake,  of  New  Haven,  Conn.,  mude  the  first  American  explorationg  of  the  Stikine  River  near 
this  chiinnel,  while  in  company  with  a  RiinKinn  exploring  exped'.tion  from  the  corvette  Ri/nda. 

t  TliiH  name  i»  tianHferre.l  to  a  point  on  tlie  continental  shore  five  and  a  half  miles  to  the  eastward,  ou  the  Russian  plan  of 
the  Stikine  River,  dated  1867. 

t  Meade  tenns  it  Point  Hlgtifleld  Harbor,  and.  like  twenty  other  places  frequented  by  the  traders  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Com- 
pany, it  is  sometimes  called  L»boucIl«ie  Bay  or  Anchorage,  after  the  well-known  old  trading  steamer  of  that  corporation, 


/';  ' 


U_ 


92  KTOLIN    liAItnOU. 

Chart  No.  2431  gives  a  sketch  of  tliis  anchoriijje*  iind  states  that  the  rise  and  fall  of  tide  is  sixteen  feet 
but  on  a  Hiishiaii  plan  of  this  vicinity  |.uMiHlied  in  \Hiu,  it  is  asserted  in  Ik;  ei),'lite«'n  ft*t.  The  latter 
gives  the  variation  of  the  e(inii)asH  at  26  '  easlerly  in  IHGII;  it  is  now  altoiit  20"  16'. 

From  observations  by  the  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  in  18ti!»  and  1882,  it  appears  that  the  approximate 
iwsition  of  Simonott' island  is 

Latitude.- !.._.. -.— - 86''  29'.3  N. 

Longitude laa*"  a2'.7  W. 

The  form  and  poeition  of  the  adjaeent  islands  and  points  of  land  are  still  much  in  doubt,  but  it 
is  certain  that  in  jfeneral  tlu'y  are  several  miles  farther  south  than  the  charts  in  use  would  indieate.t 

Eastern  I'aafage  is  sepanitwl  from  Zimovia  Strait  by  Wranjrell  li-land.|  It  is  about  twenty-three 
miles  long  and  four  or  five  miles  broa<l,  and  trends  in  a  generally  NW.  J  W.  direction  from  its  nouth- 
ern  termination. 

Between  the  latter  and  the  shore  of  Ktoliu  Island,  at  the  western  end  of  Hradfield  Canal,  is  the 
southern  entrance  of  Zimovia  Strait,  a  name  applied  by  the  Russian  explorers.?!     This  body  of  water, 
at  its  entrance  alK)ut  a  mile  broail,  trends  to  the  westward  for  two  or  three  miles,  at 
Zimovia  Strait.       tl>^'  same  time  expanding  to  more  than  three  miles  in  width,  and  l)ecoming  much 
ol)Stru(rted  by  nxks  and  islets.     On  the  VVrangell  shore  in  this  vicinity  Tebienkoff' 
locates  a  villago  of  the  Stakh-hin  T'linkils.     Hence  the  strait  trends  NW.  with  a  width  varying  from 
one  and  a  halt  to  three  miles.     About  nine  miles  from  the  southern  entrance  is  the  mouth  of  a  good- 
sized  bay  on  the  Etolin  shore.     About  thirteen  miles  from  the  .same  locality  is  the  northern  extreme 
of  Etolin  Island,  separated  from  Woronkortski  Island  to  the  NW.  by  ChicliagolV  I'assage,  two  miles  and 
a  half  wide  at  its  eastern  entrance,  three  miles  long,  containing  an  islet,  and  connecting  Zimovia  and 
Stikine  straits.    At  about  the  intei-seetion  of  the  mid-channel  lines,  Chiehagoff  Passage  and  Zimovia 
Strait  it  is  reporttnl  that  a  snnkm  rock  with  ten  or  tw(;lve  feet  on  it  at  low  water  was  dis- 
foung  Rock.       covered  in  November,  1882,  by  the  Itev.  S.  H.  Young,  while  making  a  trip  in  a 
canoe.     There  was  no  kelp  on  the  rock,  which  must  l>e  nigarded  as  a  serious  danger. 
There  is  a  small  islet  with  a  nu'k  near  it  on  the  northern  side  of  the  eastern  part  of  Chiehagoff  Passage, 
but  the  island  represented  on  some  charts  on  the  southern  side  of  tlie  jMissagc  does  not  exist. 

Five  miles  NW.  by  N.  |  N.  from  the  northern  point  of  Etolin  Island  is  a  point  on  the  Wran- 
gell  shore  from  which  «  reef  is  represented  to  project  a  mile  in  a  S  SB.  direction. 

About  two  miles  NW.  from  this  point  lies  the  entrance  of  Etolin  Harbor,  named  by  the  Russians, 
and  formerly  occupied  by  them  as  a  trading-post.  The  harbor  is  formed  by  a  small  bay  about  five 
and  a  half  cables  in  length  NW.  J  W.  and  SE.  J  E.,  of  which  the  entrance  is  about  five  hundred 
yards  in  width,  NW.  by  N.  and  SE.  by  S.,  from  headland  to  headland.  The  harbor  is  about  four  hun- 
dred yards  in  width,  but  a  large  j)roportion  of  its  extent  is  rendered  unavailable  by  shoal  water  and 
an  irregularly  shaped  peninsula  which  makes  out  from  the  NE.  shore.  The  part  available  for  vessels 
is  about  two  cables  in  length  NW.  and  SE.,  and  h«lf  a  cable  wide.  The  depth  of  water  varies  from 
three  to  eight  fathoms,  nuid,  gravel  or  sanl.  The  southern  headland  is  denominated  by  the  Russians 
Point  Shekesti,  and  alwut  seventy  yards  N.  from  it  is  a  rock  or  ledi/e  with  two  or  three  fathoms  al)out 
it.  The  other  points  about  the  harbor  without  exception  have  rocks  or  shoal  water  extending  outward 
from  them.  Vessels  may  anchor  in  eight  or  nine  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  midway  between  the  U.  8. 
fort  and  Point  Shekesti.  Small  vessels  may  pa.ss  to  the  NE.  from  the  point,  but  in  this  portion  of 
the  anchorage  it  will  be  necessary  to  moor  NW.  and  SE. 

There  is  now  a  wharf  built,  at  the  end  of  which  about  ten  feet  may  be  had  at  low  water.  There 
are  several  rocks  in  this  vicinity.  The  place,  exccjit  for  small  craft,  cannot  be  called  a  harbor.  In 
southeasters  vessels  must  run  around  Point  Iliglilield. 

*  Upon  whicli,  in  addition  to  the  forrgoing  notes,  it  in  stnted  that  the  geographical  poaiiinn  of  Simonoff  lalet  ia 

Latitude _..  86"  IS'H. 

Longitude 182°  aa'w., 

while  on  the  Riniian  plan  it  is  given  aa 

Latitude 86°  34'  as"  H. 

Longitude "rr"IIIIIIl3a°  83'  88"  W." 

It  is  singular  that  both  should  have  errvd  so  much  and  in  the  same  direction. 

tThese  discrepancies  cannot  be  reconciled  without  adilitional  observations  in  the  field.  An  error  appears  on  the  Coast  Sur- 
vey sketch  of  Etolin  Harbor  as  printed,  in  the  accidental  sulMtilution  of  37'  for  23'  iu  llie  lonnitude  of  Fort  Wrangell. 

t  Named  by  the  Ruesians  on  their  Hydrographiu  charts  of  lUiS  and  1?.'>3,  and  called  Kacb-khanna  bland  on  Tebienkuff's 
chart  of  1849.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  names,  ostensibly  of  Indian  origin,  iu  some  cases  inserted  by  Tebienkoff,  are  of  very 
doubtful  application  to  the  geographical  features  which  they  are  need  to  designate,  and  this  as  well  as  their  unprnuouuceabillty 
is  in  most  case*  a  sufficient  reason  for  discarding  them,  or  rather  for  adopting  in  preference  the  more  euphonious  and  previously 
published  civilized  appellations. 

$  In  English,  Winter  Strait. 


1.  i' 


WRANOKLL, 


88 


The  sliorett  about  the  hurhor  are  dcnHely  wckxI*")!,  cxpciit  where  tlie  wo(m1  hiw  lieon  cut  oft",  atui 
tdlerobly  hij?h,  the  BumrnitM  within  half'n  mile  rwiching  five  or  nix  hundred  feet,  and  one,  a  niih'  and 
a  half  t<)  the  eastward,  nearly  two  tliouwmd  feet. 

Behind  the  town  iw  a  low^idRe  U'tween  two  hills  over  which  Kiwtt'rn  I'nwta^je  is  visible.  The 
soil  is  of  rich,  bliu-k,  ve^etjible  loani  over  )j;liM'ial  gravel,  and  intersfM-rscd  witii  frafrincntw  and  Uiuldeni 
of  gra  lite.  It  is  usually  Ijoggy  in  itw  chanictcr,  and  covernl  with  tall  ({ra^s  and  iierl)MKe.  'I'lie  licncheH 
are  mostly  gravelly  or  nxiky  with  patches  of  sand.  At  present  there  is  no  military  <»tal>lishnient  here 
and  the  fort  is  devoted  to  other  purposes.  There  are  two  churches,  over  one  hundred  houses  or  shanties, 
and  several  missionary  cstablishiuents. 

The  town  is  known  as  Wranjteli,  and  a  deputy  collector  of  cu»tt)m8  is  8tatione«l 
here.     The  value  of  its  cHimmcrc«'  fluctuates  with  the  mining  business  and  differs  con-  Wr«iig«ll. 

siderably  in  different  years. 

The  Russian  Bt(K'kaded  post  of  Ht.  Dionysius,*  established  by  order  of  Haron  Wrangell  in  1834, 
wiis  situated  on  the  snu'.li  jjeninsula  alludwl  to,  but  no  longer  exists.  In  IHG7  the  U.  S.  military  post 
of  Fort  Wrangell  was  erected  on  the  shore  near  the  nortnern  headland  of  the  entrance.  A  custom- 
house and  several  trading  establishment*,  with  a  large  numl)er  of  native  huts  or  houses,  are  situated 
here.  This  has  l)een  the  port  of  cleamnce  for  gcxxls  dcstinwl  for  Hritish  territory  by  way  of  the 
Stikine  River,  and  as  such  has  acquire<l  some  ini|)ortan(ie.t  The  monthly  mail  steamers  Itetween 
Washington  Territory  and  Sitka  usually  toiu-h  here. 

A  plan  of  the  harbor  was  made  by  ZaremlM),  and  is  to  Ik;  found  on  liussiim  Hydrographic  Chart 
No.  1396,  and  hns  lieen  roughly  reprcnluceti  on  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  22f).  A  preliminary 
sketch  was  made  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  party  in  18(i(>,  and  ap|iears  among  the  supplementary 
sheets  of  the  Atlas  of  Harlwr  (Charts  of  Alaska.  1'he  geographiiral  positiou  of  Fort  Wrangell, 
according  to  the  olaervations  of  the  Coast  Survey  party, J  is  alwut 


Latitude 66°  28'  16" 

Longitude 132°  23'  23' 


K. 
W. 


The  variation  of  the  needle  in  1881  was  29°  17'  E.  according  to  observations  by  the  IJ.  S.  Coast 
Survey.§     The  magnetic  dip  in  1881  was  about  75°  33', 

The  tide  in  Zim<>v\  Strait  floixls  to  the  northward  with  a  rate  of  two  and  a  half  knots.  The 
extreme  rise  and  fall  in  Etolin  Harbor  is  stated  to  be  eightwm  feet,  the  avenige  about  fourteen  feet. 

Woronkoffbki  Island,  which  in  this  vicinity  forms  the  w»«tern  shore  of  Zimovia  Strait,  received 
it.s  name  II  from  Russian  explorers,  and  is  situated  to  the  northward  of  Chichagoff  Passage,  between 
Zimovia  and  Stikine  straits,  it  is  about  five  miles  long  N.  and  S.  and  two  tniles  wide.  Its  northern 
angle,  Woronkofibki  Point,  forms  the  western,  as  Point  Highfiold  forms  the  eastern,  extnme  of  the 
northern  entrance  of  Zimovia  Strait,  which  is  here  four  miles  wi<ie. 

This  point,  known  as  Woronkoffski  Point,  is  low  and  black,  woodc<I  to  the  water's  etige.  At 
low  water  a  reef'ia  visible  which  extends  a  short  distance  northwrrd  from  it.  From  Etolin  anchonige 
Woronkoffski  Point  bears  8.  36°  W.  From  thence  the  shore  on  Zimovia  Strait  trends  E  SE.  and 
then  to  the  southward;  on  the  other  hand  it  trends  8.  by  W.  J  W.  into  Stikine  Strait. 

In  the  middle  of  the  northern  shore  of  Woronkofl'ski  island  a  small  bight  (xicurs,  imminliately  of!" 
which,  almut  half  a  mile  from  shore,  a  sankai  rock  exists,  which  the  U.  S.  steamer 
Sarannc  is  said  to  have  struck ;  at  low  water  quite  a  reef  slows,  but  it  is  out  of  the    Saranac  Rock. 
channel. 

Woronkofftki  Point  forms  the  northeastern  headland  of  8tJkine  Strait,  a  naraeT  which  has  lM!en 
somewhat  loosely  applied  by  different  geographers.  It  wius  origin  illy  applied  (in  the  Rua^ian  form  of 
Pralif  Stakhinski)  on  the  Russian  Hydrographic  Charts  of  1 848  to  ',he  body  of  water  separating  Zarembo 


•  It  WM  built  by  Capt.-Lieut.  DionyiiuB  Feodorovicli  Zarembo. 

f  Within  a  few  years  |73,000  are  Btated  to  bavn  been  oxpeoded  here  in  tlie  i-'inHtructioD  of  liulldinga  and  otiinr  permanent 
iniprovetnenta,  and  the  purt  has  a  coiieiderable  commerce.  TranxactionB  to  the  amount  of  several  hundred  tlioiiiiand  dollurfi  were 
reported  for  1876,  and  at  that  time  about  a  million  dollan  worth  of  goods  and  gold-dust  passed  through  the  bands  of  traders  and 
miners  in  and  out  of  this  port  of  entry  annually. 

i  Erroneously  given  on  the  chart  as  longitude  132<^  37'  approximate,  &c.  The  longitude  above  given  agrees  tolerably  well 
.«-ith  the  results  of  English,  Ruesian  and  Araeriean  naval  observers,  but  who  aUii  agree  among  themselves  in  the  error  of  making 
the  latitude  about  three  miles  more  northerly. 

$  The  magnetic  station  of  the  Survey  in  186!)  is  now  the  middle  of  the  prmci)ial  street  and  useless  for  iibservnliims.  That 
of  1881,  therefore,  was  selected  elsewhere,  and  a  position  in  the  Catholic  thurch-yard  was  decided  on.  Tins  is  abcut  !iOO  feet  K. 
27°  E.  from  the  old  station,  und  is  directly  in  front  of  the  middle  of  the  church  and  about  aevcnty-five  feet  from  it;  about  lineen 
feet  from  the  plank  walk  and  about  twenty  feet  from  the  front  and  west  fences.  The  station  was  nmrked  by  a  lU  x  lU-iiicli  post 
about  three  feet  high,  inscribed  "  U.  S.  Coast  SiM'vey,  1881." 

II  Sometimes  written  Toronkowsky.     Named  for  Lieut.  Woronkoffski  of  the  Russian  Navy,  1836. 

H  The  name  has,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Stikine  River,  been  variously  spelled,  hut  the  orthography  here  adopted  has  been  In 
more  general  use  than  any  other,  and  is  therefore  preferred  to  any  attempt  to  restore  the  phonetic  value  of  the  native  word.  It 
is  the  StMhiMkl  Btrult  of  British  Admiralty  Chart  2431  and  U.  S.  Ilydrographio.  Office  Chart  No.  325. 


^>/',.-'«yA*^  •' h/'mmw\M\Amima»jmA'umfmH 


94 


ouiKf  »:arbok. 


I 


'r 


M: 


Island  from  Wor.i.ikoffski  and  I'tolin  islands.  ]}y  other  autliorities  it  lias  l)een  used  to  denominate  part 
of  Snnuier  Strait,  and  extended  to  various  a<lja>'eiit  waters.     The  original  limitations  are  here  adopted. 

'I'lie  NW.  liemllund  'if  Htikine  Htrail  is  Point  Craig,  named  by  Vancouver.  ()n  the  British 
.Vdmiralty  C'iir.rt  No.  '24'M  an<l  IJ.  S.  Ilydrographic  Office  Chart  No.  225  the  name  has  lieen  errouc- 
onslv  trarisferrwi  to  a  point  farther  west. 

There  is  nothinjj  particularly  marked  alnmt  this  point,  which  forms  the  northeastern  extreme  of 
ZaremlK)  Island  and  is  a  liroa<l  jirojection  with  several  angles.  It  is  steej),  thickly  wooded,  with  a 
rocky  IfiltfC  e.tt«^n(lii)g  north  and  east  from  its  end  les'j  than  a  cal)le.  West  from  Point  Craig  the  shore 
trends  to  the  soutliward  and  westward,  and  there  are  two  weeded  islets  and  several  roeks  lying  close 
in-shore.  Ea-stward  from  I'oint  Craig  the  shore  trends  about  E.  by  S.  for  a  mile  or  two,  then  turns  to 
the  southward,  fori'iing  the  western  side  of  Stikine  Strait.  It  is  probable  that  tlie  northern  ends  of 
both  Zarernho  and  Wor()nkotfski  islands  are  sevt  al  miles  farther  south  than  the  charts  indicate.  To 
the  eastward  ol'  Poivit  Craig  the  shore  is  broken  into  .several  small  islands,  of  wlii'h  the  southern  one 
is  in  line  with  the  NW.  point  of  W'oronkoff'ski  Island  and  with  the  high  hill  back  of  the  old  fort  at 
Wrangeil  !)eaviiig  NE.  and  SW. 

From  this  South  Craig  Island  the  land  trends  away  S  SW.,  forming  quite  a  large  bight  or  bay. 
The  eastern  shore  of  Htikine  Strait  is  broken  by  Chichagoff  Paasago,*  which  connects  with  Zimovia 
Straif,  and  is  the  usual  passage  for  .steamers  bound  to  Wrangeil.  On  the  northern  point  (;f  entrance  is 
a  small  islet,  not  visi!>Ie  from  the  southward.  To  the  southw.ard  of  the  pa-ssiage  is  a  bare  red-topped 
mountain,  vi-  ible  from  ( 'iarenee  Strait.  ( 'hichagoif  Passage  can  always  be  rwognized  its  the  only  break 
in  the  latid  E.  of  N.  in  .Stikine  Strjiit  through  whi<^h  the  Stikine  Mountains  are  visible.  Opposite  to 
the  entnmce  to  tiie  passage  Zarembo  Island  is  traverstni  by  a  valley  which  apparently  extends  clear 
across  it,  iU)d  the  shore  again  trends  SE, 

The  eastern  shore  of  Stikine  Strait  from  the  vicinity  of  Red  Mount<ain  treuds  to  the  southward  and 

eastward,  forming  a  bight  oil'  which  is  an  islet.     In  the  southern  part  of  this  bight 

Ouiet  Harbor.        '''  ^  small  cove,  affording  anchorage  for  one  small  ves.sel.     It  is  called  Quiet  Harlwr.f 

It  is  a  small  indentation  facing  to  the  northward  and  ]>enetrating  the  shore  about  a 

mile.     No  soundings  are  given,  nor  m  there  any  information  accessible  in  relation  to  this  lo(!ality.| 

On  the  south  side  of  the  southern  entrance  to  Stikine  Strait  a  small  island,  close  in-shoie,  forms 
the  southeastern  poin*-  of  entrance,  while  the  corresponding  hetidland  to  *oe  w>«twiird  is  Point  Nesbitt. 
Stikine  Strait  has  a  clear  pa.ssage  and  varies  from  one  to  three  or  four  m'lcs  in  width. 


THE  FKINCE  OF  WALES  AND  ASSOCIATED  ISLANDS. 

Having  reviewed  the  interic-r  navigation  from  Dixon  Entniuce  co  Sumner  Strait,  the  oceanic  <x)ast 

is  nt'Xt  in  order. 


*'!■  \: 


THE  0OA8T  FROW  CAPE  MUZON  NORTHWARD. 

Immediai^'ly  I  'le  west  vard  of  Cape  Mu/on  the  coast-line  is  markwl  by  a  I,irge  bight,  Iji8<x)me 
Bay§  which  enters  the  shore  in  a  northerly  direction  with  a  number  of  thickly  wooded  rocky  islands 
fi.  isking  ita  entrance. 

The  coast  is  ocky  with  no  prominent  landmarks.  From  Point  Cornwallis  the  western  headland 
of  this  bay  the. '  oast  treVids  i'l  a  westerly  direction  some  six  to  seven  miles  to  Poiut  Baean,  the  .soutli- 
eastern  headland  of  the  port  of  the  .s;u«e  nanie.  The  point  s  low  at  its  extremity,  with  rocks  extending 
off  it  a  (juarter  of  a  mile.     The  position  of  the  point,  acording  to  oKservations  t)y  Zarembo,  is 

LntitnUo 54'^ -IS'  N. 

Iiougitude 132'^  54'  W. 

Hence  .across  the  entr.ance  of  Port  Bazan?  is  alwut  five  niilej  in  a  Wirw.  diree.tion:  thi'  {K)rt 
penetrates  the  shore  some  six  or  eight  miles  in  a  NE.  by  E.  direction  with  Jin  average'  width  of  three 

miles.  The  NW.  headland  is  not  named.  T'he  shores  are  rather  irregular,  indenlwl 
Port  Ba:ia.i.  uitli  a  numlter  of  small  li.iys  or  (joves,  and  the  port  is  loiigitudinaliy  divi(I(>d  for  more 

than  half  its  lengtli  by  Dolgoi  iBland,  a  high,  woo<led,  very  narrow  and  rather  irregu- 
larly sha|K'd  island.  The  seaward  extreme  of  this  island  is  a  well  marked  and  pculiar  landmark'^of 
a  whitish  e<jlorand  easily  distinguished  at  a  long  distane*'. 


t.m;ih 


'  It  i?  llm  T.:l»Uclialloir  Btialt  (if  liritisli  A.lininilty  Clinrt  2131.     (.Sei.  pnp-  (ly.) 

t  In  R-iKMHii  I'OktilDalR,  mmii'i'iias  lalli'ii  Quiet  Bay  atiil  Fokoln'  i  ikar1>or  nf  Krilisli  .Xdmirnlty  Char'.  24:il. 

tTliKtr  is  ii»  iloiiht  :l)r,t  tl:iii  jiroiip  of  iHliiiitU  iw  a  wholi- kIhii.Is       i.-:i.  in  i .1  <if  can'rul  .nBmiiiatio),  etpK'inIlv  towniiln  the 

iKji'lhc™  fiart.     Till'  iiifuniintit'ii  lure  utroiilwl  i«  (ami  fhr  IIih  pnwii     ■iin  i  bil  larfn;ly  of  a  iiit-ri'ly  apprvximam  olmraoter. 

y  ngrihath  i  .iin.v  Port  Uacom*  a  tinv  in  thin  viiinity,  liul  w  lii.ther  thin  one  or  I'ort  Bnzan  wn8  int.m(l»<  the  map  is  too  itopw- 
."'Ct  to  di'cide.     At  nil  i  vrnls  ilio  tmmf  may  be  pn^Rorvrd  ap  aliove. 

II  Alno  oalti'd  Basac  Bay  .t  Uarlior.  It  wan  nuin^d  Puerto  del  .;%yUo  Buan  by  Caamano,  aa«r  ttiu  Uaylio  Baian  wlio 
cxtt  ofried  it  in  j.-ly,  17!)8.     h  in  poseildy.  Port  llicoma,  of  Ingrabam  in  171«. 


■a\-i^'*m  a»T. 


jnimatc  part 
i;re  aiidpted. 
the  British 
iteen  erroue- 


i  extreme  of 
ided,  \vith  a 
ig  the  shore 
<  lying  eio.se 
lien  turns  to 
lern  ends  oi" 
idieate.  To 
louthern  one 
•  old  fort  at 

igiit  or  bay, 
ith  Zimoviii 
f  entrance  is 
!  red-topped 
e  only  break 
Opposite  to 
xtenda  clear 

ithward  and 
f  thi8  bight 
et  Havbor.f 
lore  about  a 
oiraiity.J 
shfue,  forms 
oint  Nesbitt. 


oceanic  coast 


rht,  liiscome 
ocky  islands 

:rD  headland 
1,  the  south- 
^s  extending 
to,  is 


)n;,  the  [)ort 
idtli  of  three 
ar,  indcntwl 
cd  for  more 
itiier  irregn- 
lantlinark  of 


I. 

illy  li)W(inl»  thf 

oliaracter. 

ap  Ih  too  iiupiir- 

rVio  Bazan  wUo 


ipp^spip^ipniwiiiwiigi^t'  I.1J  I  .jwuiiiipnpniBiapHi 


^ 


.^SSk' 


V'.^-A'RNpi^?., 


COAST 
FROM  WOLF  ROCK  'i'O  (  Al'K  OK(  ISION 

(  RuHHiaii,  hri'iHh   iin«l    Spniiisli  Autlmi  ilii/s 
with    iiilililiuuH  1 

ftOUNOIN6«  IM  FATHOMS 


mmssmm* 


NuutHjul  Mitpji 


|i|IJJH^p^MMl.W> 


V'-A->'RNoA^_ 


■  -r "r-^'^rw^ ^WWl"''^'H^"*^'^ H'.' ? ^Ww «*'  ' . '  J)|'. I-" ^<"»"> 'I w^.i^- 


'i-it 


^ 


%tf. 


fW 


ri '.' 


pin 


••»*? 


PORT   BAZAN. 


96 


Betwwn  th(!  northern  end  of  Dolgoi  Island  and  tlielica<l  of  the  hay  are  a  great  number  of  small, 
•  high,  wooded  islets.  The  only  portion  of  the  port  which  seems  to  have"  received  any  particular  atlen- 
tiiin  is  that  lying  k-tween  Dolgoi  Island  and  Point  Uazan.  E<re/ou/  ijrmnd  isindicated  on  both 
shores,  extending  olf  to  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  Before  entering  the  channel  Iwtween  the  island  and  the 
SE.  shore  twenty-three  fathoms  are  had,  afterwards  twelve  to  sixteen  in  mid-channel  until  the  northern 
end  of  the  island  is  reached.  >^"  -en  and  nine  fathoms  are  here  reported,  and  half  a  mile  beyond,  in  a 
snug  cove  on  the  main  lore.  about  E  NE.  from  the  end  of  the  island,  anchor.ige  is  had  in  seventeen 
:ind  a  half  fathoms.  ^,  vig-ation  to  the  N.  and  W.  of  Dolgoi  Island  is  not  re<'ommended,  as  nothing 
is  known  >f  the  depth  ol  water  and  it  is  probable  that  concealed  dangers  exist.  No  directions  are 
necessary  for  reaching  the  usual  anchorage  further  than  to  keep  in  mid-channel. 

A  sketch  (by  Zarembo)  of  the  port  is  given  by  Tebienkoff,  (Chart  IX,)  from  which  it  is  gathered 
ihat  the  rise  and  fall  of  tide  is  fourteen  feet. 

The  variation  of  the  comjKuss  at  the  time  of  the  survey  (about  1834)  was  26°  E.  The  geogi-aphical 
position  of  the  anchomge  is 

Latitude 54°  50'.5  N. 

Longitude 132°47'.2W. 

This  plan  is  copied  in  the  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts  of  Alaska.  It  is  slatcil  by 
some  of  the  Russian  American  Company's  officers  that  a  heavy  swell  rolls  into  this  bay  in  SW.  gales. 
The  western  point  of  entrance  to  Port  Bazan  is  ea.sily  recognized  by  its  high  white  bluHs  and  bv  a 
small  island  southward  from  the  point  close  in-shore.  It  is  tniccrtain  whether  the  high,  bold,  western 
headland  of  this  l)ay  or  Cape  Muzon  was  the  Cape  Santa  Maria  Magdalona,  named  by  I'erez  in  1774, 
but  the  name  of  Cape  Magdalcna  will  l)e  retained  for  the  former. 

About  si.K  miles  northwestward  from  Cape  Magdalena  lies  a  remarkable  headland  making  out  to 
the  8  SW.,  and  ])robably  Cape  Saint  Augustine  of  Maurclle.*  It  consists  of  a  high  n.iind  mountain, 
sloping  abruptly  to  a  small  ni])ple  hill,  which  is  separated  from  a  low  pyramidal  knoll,  at  the  extreme 
end  of  the  point,  by  a  low  strij)  of  sand.  The  entire  point  has  a  white  bluff  water-line.  This  head- 
land forms  the  .eoutheastcvn  extreme  of  Augustine  Bay,  an  ai)parently  deep  but  nne.xijlored  bight 
containing  some  islands  and  extending  in  a  northerly  direction. 

From  the  entrance  of  the  port  the  coast  trends  to  the  NW.  about  eighteen  miles.  This  part  of 
the  coast-line  is  little  known;  but  such  data  as  are  accessible  indicate  that  it  in  uiuch  indented  and 
broken,  backed  by  mountains  of  considerable  height,  and  with  bold  and  densely  wocxled  shores,  which 
are  rather  thickly  populated  with  Indians  of  the  T'linkit  stock. 

SW.  by  W.  J  W.  from  I'oint  Bazan,  nineteen  miles,  lies  the  southern  end  of  Forrester  Island, 
named  by  Dixoiif  in  duly,  1787. 

This  island  all  authorities  agree  in  representing  as  about  a  mile  and  a  lialf  wide  and  four  or  five 
miles  long  NW.  by  N.  and  SE.  by  S.,  with  some  rocks  about  its  southern  end,  whore  there  are  two 
islets,  the  southern  one  the  smaller.  The  NE.  extreme  of  Forrester  Island  is  terminated  by  a  pe(uiiiar 
pinnacle  boulder  conspicuous  from  quite  a  distanc*;.  From  the  northern  end  rocks  extend  to  several 
small  low  islet.s,  mentioned  by  several  navigators,  in  the  samegener-d  trend  as  the  island  lor  a  distan<« 
of  a  mile  or  nu)re.  The  island  is  steep  at  the  sides,  rising  into  hip'i  routided  knobs,  densely  wixnled, 
and  occupied  during  at  lesist  a  part  of  the  year  by  Indians  from  tin  .liij.u'cnt  shores. 

From  some  points  of  view  the  tops  of  these  knol)s,  which  dinniiiKh  in  height  northwardly,  ap|)(>ar 
notched  or  serrated.  From  the  SW.  Forrester  Island  presents  a  high,  round,  (^sntral  knol>,  rising  to 
fifteen  liundre<l  or  two  thousand  feet.  From  this  the  eastern  slope  is  gradual,  (mt  breaks  away  and 
rises  again,  forming  a  knob.  The  western  slo-ie  is  somewhat  similar,  but  the  terminal  kimb  is  liighei' 
and  there  are  a  cou])le  of  hills  between  it  and  'he  central  ridge.  The  shores  appear  steep-to  all  round. 
The  geogra[>hical  position  of  the  southeastern  extremity  of  Forrester  Island  is,  -  iproxinuitely. 

Latitude 64'  48'  N. 

Longitude 133'  30'  W.. 

but  there  is  a  doidU  as  to  the  longitude,  authorities  differing  from  133°  29'  to  133    35'  W.j:     The 
island  is  visible  from  Port  Refugio  through  the  pa8.«age  leading  to  the  seji  eastward  from  Suemez  Island. 

*  Somewhori'  im  tliisshoic.  betwuon  Port  llaznii  »»«i  I'ort  IJucar,-!!.  n  ciipiMir  prmiiontcin-.  or  »  liiu'li  iiiniiiitiiin  wliidi  at  a 
(li«lanci'  «(uil(l  appmr  «f  cueli.  wiih  seen  hv  La  I'lToiiwand  iilcntificii  l>v  liim  witlj  iIip  Oabo  de  8.  Agastln  r,t'  Mttiir..lli.  in  177,1. 
He  (rives  a  viHW  of  il,  trut  tlic  ctiarn  r)f  this  vi.initv  am  Mill  no  imptTfwt  tliat  il  ciinmit  be  iletinit.'ly  liwnteii  .Maiir.'ll.'  ntiile* 
that  fn.rii  tlie  iicinity  of  Wolf  Kock  tli«y  miw  llii»  cap,-  at  a  diataiici'  of  four  ui- fiv.-  leagues,  '  after  whioli  tlic  <•oa^t  'wmtliiviinl) 
trMiiiwl  In  thi' E.  so  miicli  tliiit  we  loKl  Bight  of  it.  '  '  '  Tbii.  Cup"  •""•  •'\«"*''»  i"'" '"''"■'>■  ""W-  I"'""'''''  'rhio 
wiin  iloiilitlen"  the  above  in™tioned  proinontorv. 

♦  About  a  Tern-  iif'tiTwarils  Doiinliis  lalh^l  i'  Douglas  Island,  ami  eleven  y-iam  later  (November.  1798)  the  name  of  Ban  Carlos 
Island,  j.'iven  by  .Maiirelle  in  lT7f.  mid  piiblisliMl  in  ITwl  in  HarrioKtonV  Mii«»lliuiit<8,  wiis  fir<t  plat^e.1  upon  a  .  Iiiiri  in  tlie  atlii» 
of  tile  voyage  of  La  l'eroii»«. 

!  The  U.  8,  Hydrograpbic  Chart  No.  225  p>iii>  the  southern  end  in  latil«<i«  Mf  46'  H.,  but  uo  acithoriiy  for  the  ebntiRe  ix  driven 


HKii 


fh 


m 


\>H 


IS 


m  i 


hi 


'  ;  1 


')•■ 


r* 


-1 ' 


96  WOLF   llOCK. 

'rebieiikoff,  Dixon  and  Meares  give  views  of  this  island,*  none  of  which  are  satisfactory. 

Northwunl  from  Forrester  Island  about  two  niUes,  according  to  Nichols,  is  Lowrie  Island.f  a- 
small  detachcil  island,  near  whi('h  are  two  exiwsed  rocks.     Most  authorities  place  this  island  nearer  to 

Forrester  Island. 
Wolf  Rock.  N.  by  W.  I  W.  about  nine  miles  from  the  northern  point  of  Forrester  Island, 

according  to  Russian  authorities,  lies  Wolf  Rock  of  Vancouver,^  low  and  black. 

Vancouver  and  others  agree  in  representing  it  as  a  low,  flat,  rocky,  barren  islet,  nearly  level  with 
the  water,  and  surrounded  i)y  nK'ks  and  breakers,  which  extend  some  distance  off".  Its  exact  extent 
liiis  not  been  rec(»rdwl,  but  would  a|)[)car  to  l)e  less  than  a  mile.  According  to  Vancouver  this  rock  is 
S.  21°  E.  (true)  fourtetai  miles  from  Cape  St.  Hartolom6,  twelve  miles  from  the  nearest  shore,  and  nine 
miles  from  Forrester  Island.  The  channel  between  this  rock  and  the  islets  at  the  N.  end  of  Forrester 
Island  appears  to  be  clear  and  deep.  Douglas  found  no  bottom  with  fifty  fathoms  of  line  when  pa.ssing 
through  it.     Maurelle  anchored  in  twenty-two  fathoms  near  the  foul  ground  about  the  rock. 

In  foggy  weather  or  darkness  it  seems  evident  that  this  rock  constitutes  a  serious  danger  for  ves- 
sels sailing  l)ctwcen  Dixon  Entrance  and  the  coast  northward. 

NW.  h  W.,  twelve  or  fourteen  miles  from  Wolf  Rotjk,  is  situated  Cara  Bartolom6.§  This  cape 
is  a  long,  high  and  narrow  tongue  of  woode<l  land,  which,  for  eight  miles  from  its  extremity,  does  not 
attain  a  width  greatly  exceeding  a  mile.  At  a  distance  of  three  miles  from  its  southern  extreme  it 
attains  a  height  of  1,5(I0  feet  by  a  gradual  rise  in  successive  wave-like  summits.  The  island  of  which 
it  is  the  southern  extreme  has  receivetl  from  the  superintendent  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  the  name  of 
Baker  Island.  || 

The  general  trend  of  the  cajie  is  about  WW.  and  SE.,  and  foul  ground  extends  in  the  latter  direction 
from  its  southeast  end  a  distance  of  a  mile  or  raor".  Northward  from  these  rocks  the  water  is  bold, 
reaching  a  depth  of  fifty  fathoms  within  a  mile  of  the  shore.  The  termination  of  ihis  cape  was  placet! 
by  Vancouver  in  latitude  55°  12'.5  N.,  with  which  Tebienkoif  nearly  agrees,  but  the  longitude  assigned 
to  it  on  modern  charts  '  aries  from  133°  32'  to  133°  38'  W. 

Five  or  six  miles  eastward  from  Cape  Bartolom6  is  Cape  Felix,  the  Cabo  de  San  Feliz  of  the 

Spaniards  and  of  most  Russian  charts.     It  is  a  rather  short,  apparently  bluff,  wooded 

Dangers.  in-omontory,  with  an  islet  near  it  according  to  the  earlier  Spanish  charts.     Eastward 

from  it,  guarding  a  series  of  indentations,  a  number  of  rocks,  islets,  reefs  6r  banks  are 

in(licatc<l  within  a  distance  of  six  or  eight  miles;  and  extending  as  much  as  two  miles  in  some  cases 

from  the  nearest  shore. 

Cape  Felix  is  situ  vted  upon  Suemez  Island,  named  by  the  Spaniards.  According  to  Tebienkoflf, 
it  principally  consists  .'f  high  and  wooded  land,  and  is  of  an  irregularly  cruciform  dliape,  caused  by 
its  indentation  NE.,  SI.,  SW.  and  NW.  by  small  ports  or  bays.  It  is  one  of  the  largest  of  an  unde- 
termined number  of  islands  which,  in  combination  with  the  main  body  of  Prince  of  Wales  Archipelago, 
unite  to  protect  the  great  body  of  water  known  as 

PORT  i^UCARELI. 

This  is  the  Puerto  del  Baylio  Bucarelit  of  Maurelle  and  Quadra,  which  has  in  modern  books 
and  charts  been  variously  termed  Bucareli  Bay  or  Sound,  &c. 


*  For  timt  luTe  ^'iveu'wc  iire  iiuiehted  to  Capt.  Ij.  N.  n*^rernjeen. 

'  After  riiptaiii  I.owric,  of  llu'  «iiow  Captain  Cook,  in  178(),  who  was  pcrlnips  the  first  Kiiglisli-gpeaking  naviuator  t<i  vi»jt 
Queen  I'linrlotte  Inlands  anil  poHHililr  the  first  who  Haw  tlii&  inland. 

t  Tlie  ForrcMiHr  Island  of  Meares  but  not  of  l>ixon,  and  cfLlled  lelk  Ri'.sa  or  Flat  Island  by  the  Spanish  navig^tnrH.  Wcdf 
KiH  k  ami  Korri'Hiei  Island  were  called  by  La  I'eroiiHe  the  San  Carlos  Islands. 

^  The  Cabo  de  San  Bartolome  <if  Maurelle  and  Vancouver,  a  nnniefor  which  Point  Cliirlkoff  ia  subatiluiiil  on  one  old  Rus- 
lian  chart,  ami  on  I.isianskv's  diart  Cape  Chfiprtltoff  appears  together  witli  the  Spanish  name.  It  seems  probable  that  ihis  mar 
alxo  be  Cape  Adamson  of  Meares. 

II  AtU'r  Mr.  Marnis  liaker,  of  the  (.'oast  .Survey,  engat^^  \  187:' -1881  in  gurreyB  and  office  work  relating  to  Alaska. 

♦  Nameil  in  honor  of  the  Baylio  (Haillie)  Don  Antonio  Maria  Bucareli  y  Trsua,  Viceroy  of  Mexico.  Authoritie«  differ 
in  rigard  to  the  orthognipliy, — ilie  earlier  ones  spelling  the  name  with  a  single  "I." 

This  port  was  ilisiovered  by  Don  Hriino  Ileceta  of  the  Santiago  and  Don  .luan  de  la  Bodega  y  Quadra  of  the  Felicidad  on 
August  'J4,  17".').  anil  a  sketch  was  made  of  il.  probably  liy  Maurelle.  It  was  next  examined  Ijy  the  Spanish  expedition  under 
Ihe  comnianil  of  Don  Ignacio  Arliaga  of  the  I'rinreta  iind  Quadra  of  the  Faiiiriln.  who  anchored  here  May  4,  1779,  and  remained 
unll'  .luly  1,  during  which  time  Don  Francisco  Maurelle  made  a  detailed  survey  of  the  port.  It  was  lastly  still  further  surveyed 
by  Don  JacinUi  Caaniano  .>f 'he  .-ir^mzazu,  who  was  engaged  upon  the  survey  from  June  12  to  .Inly  U,  179'.i.  Tnese  are  the 
only  surveys  that  Invc  ever  lieen  liiaile  of  this  loi'alily.  So  far  as  the  compiler  has  been  able  to  discover.  nio.<  of  these  snrvevs 
were  ever  published  l>y  the  .Spunisli  or  Mexican  governments. 

Manrelle's  surveys  in  177.'i  am!  1779  were  confined  to  the  western  and  central  portions  of  the  port.  '1  lie  niiifi  resulting 
frtim  these  reconnaissance  "iirvi  ys  was  pulilisheil  by  I,a  I'erimse  in  his  Atlas  (No.  2(>)  in  1798.  This  was  reproduced  by  the 
Kussians  at  some  unknown  date,  (.perhaps  1H02,)  and  this  Russian  plan  reproduced  in  tlie  V.  S.  Coast  Survev  Atlas  of  Harbor 
Charts  No.  1,  v.ith  such  additions  from  Ciuimano's  survey  of  the  i  astern  part  as  could  be  gleaned  from  Vancouver's  gensral  map 
No.  7.     The  plan  in  Tflbienkoffs  Atlas  doe*  ::ol  include  the  eastern  part  of  the  port. 


PORT   BVCARELI. 


W 


With  the  work  of  the  Spaniards,  investigation  of  this  vicinity  seems  to  have  been  practi-.-aily  closed, 
and  no  new  information  of  importance  in  regard  to  Port  Uncareli  hts  l)een  made  public  for  many  years. 
Certain  discrepancies  appear  betWM'ii  Tebienkoff's  chart  and  tiuwj  of  the  SpanianJH,  Imt  there  are  no 
(lata  among  his  hydrograpiiic  notes  to  indicate  tiiat  these  changes  ar«>  due  to  new  information  rather  than 
to  conjecture  or  the  idiosyncracies  ot  the  draughtsman,  such  as  appear  in  many  portions  of  his  Atlas. 

The  well-Unown  carelessness  of  the  early  Spanish  explorers  renders  the  unreserve<l  acceptance  of 
their  work  extremely  hazardous.  For  this  reason  the  principal  features  oidy  of  this  important  sheet 
of  water  will  here  be  referred  to,  and  more  detailed  descriptions  deferred  untd  the  reception  of  new 
data  shall  rendei  them  trustworthy. 

From  the  central  portion  of  Port  Bucareli  a  circle  described  with  a  twelve-mile  radius  will  include 
the  greater  portion  of  its  extent.     So  far  as  known  its  general  hydrographic  features  are  as  follows: 

The  principal  and  southwestern  entrance  of  the  port  is  fouml  between  ( "apes  Barlolomfi  and  Felix, 
and  consists  of  a  sheet  of  water  three  or  four  miles  in  width,  trending  about  N  NW.  for  six  or  eight 
miles,  when  its  general  course  is  to  the  N  NE.,  gradually  widenhig  to  its  termination — some  eighteen 
miles  from  the  l)end — where  its  width  is  about  ten  miles.  Nearly  in  the  center  of  the  port  is  the  large 
island  of  San  Juan  Bautista, — trending  about  NE.  and  8W.,  with  a  width  of  two  and  a  length  of 
about  five  miles. 

The  eastern  side  of  the  above  entrance  is  formed  by  Sueniez  Island,  to  the  ea'^tward  of  which  is 
Meares  Passage,  but  slightly  known,  and  indicated  by  Tebienkoff  as  very  narrow  and  with  several 
dangers  in  its  approaches.*  T'.o  main  ixtdy  of  water  gives  off  braniilies  to  the  eastward  and  to  the 
westward,  some  of  which  com  /luuicat*;  with  the  sea  and  others  form  snug  and  land-kn-ked  harbors. 
Several  unexplored  channels  and  piis.sages  exist,  especially  the  Canal  Ylas  de  UUoa,  or  Ulloa  Canal, 
which  is  supposed  to  extend  to  one  of  the  bnmches  of  Tlevak  Strait  from  a  point  near  the  junction  of 
Meares  Passage  and  the  ejistern  end  of  Port  Refugio.  The  land  eastward  iVoni  Meares  Passage  and 
forming  the  western  part  of  the  south  shores  of  the  Ulloa  Canal  is  lielievcd  to  he  separated  from  Dall 
Isliinl  by  a  passsige  extending  from  Ulloa  Canal  to  the  Pacific.  The  large  mass  of  land  indentetl  on  the 
northward  by  Ports  Estrella  and  Culdera,  and  embracetl  by  the  waters  of  Port  Refugio,  Ulloa  Canal, 
Tlevak  Strait  and  Bucareli,  has  betn  name<l  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Ualaspina  Island,  in  honor  of 
that  (listinguished  and  unhappy  navigator.     It  may  eventually  prove  to  consist  of  several  islands. 

Ulloa  Canal  a|)pears  to  have  derived  its  nam<'  from  being  Hup|x>sed  to  communicate  with  Cordova 
Bay,  the  land  north  of  Cordova  Bay  l)eing  styled  Isla  Ulloa  in  Galiano's  Atlas.  Another  iniportant 
passage  is  Sliakbine  Strait,  extending  northward  from  the  N  NW.  portion  of  Bucareli. 

According  to  the  old  MS.  Spanish  chart,  first  published  by  La  Perouse,  the  first  entrance  within, 
northward  from  Cape  Felix,  is  Puerto  de  la  Santa  Cruz,  with  a  reef,  in  the  middle 
of  the  entrance,  named  La  labandera,  and  sixteen  to  twenty-four  fathoms  water  inside,         Puerto  de  la 
the  northern  and  eastern  shores  clear  and  bold.     Here  Maurelle  anchored  in  May,  1779.  Santa  Crm. 


KKlern  books 


According  to  their  observations  it  is  H.  W.  F.  and  C.  at  12'  16"  p.  m.  The  rise  of  the  highest 
tides  is  seventeen  feet  three  inches,  and  of  the  neap  tides  U/urteen  feet  three  inches.  The  tides  of  the 
night  exceed  in  height  those  of  the  day  by  one  foot  nine  inches. 

Separated  by  a  nitlier  narrow  peninsula  to  the  northward  of  this  harbor  lies  Puerto  de  los  Do' jres, 
opL'ii  to  till'  northward,  and  the  usual  stoppiu- -place  of  the  Russian  traders  in  niodern 
time.-.     This  bay  is  about  a  mile  wide  and  two  miles  deep,  with  eiglit  or  nine  fathoms         Puerto  de  loe 
water.     Its  eastern  shore  is  bold,  but  the  southern  and  western  are  bordered  by  foul  Doloree. 

ground,  and  two  jxitclien  of  .vmken  rock  are  indicated  by  Tebienkofi",  one  in  the  middle 
of  the  port,  another  near  the  head.     The  anchorage  is  between  them  in  eight  or  nine  fathoms.     Beyond 
this,  to  the  eastward  of  Suutnez  Island,  lie  the  Puertos  del  Refugio,  de  la  Estrella,  de  la  Caldera, 
etc.,  extending  to  the  NE.  angle  of  Port  Bucareli,  when<«,  and  also  from  the  entire  northern  shore  of 
which,  extend  numerous  imsurvevwl  openings. 

In  this  vicinity  Tlevak  Strait  enters  Port  Bucareli,  but  the  surveys  hitherto  made  a\e  not  suffi- 
I'ient  to  enable  their  comiecticn  and  relations  to  be  more  particularly  stated. 

On  the  other  hand,  from  Cape  Bartolome  northward  we  lave  extending  to  the  westward  Puerto 
lie  San  Antonio,  a  double-headed  harbor,  having  twelve  to  twenty  fathoms  within  and  a 
bunch  of  rocks  and  islets  near  its  NE.  headland,  beyond  which  is  the  Puerto  de  nostra        Puerto  de  San 
Senora  do  la  Asumeion,  affording  a  small  land-locked  harbor,  but  with  deeper  water  Antonio, 

and  several  mibmeiged  dangers. 

Beyond  this,  to  the  northward,  is  the  Puerto  de  la  Real  Marina,  with  numerous  rocks  and  islands  at 
its  eastern  entrance,  and  to  the  westward  extending  in  a  narrow  unsurveyed  arm,  which 
is  connei'tetl  with  the  (K-ean  in  a  southwesterly  direction.     This  arm  contains  <leep  water   '''""^,yj^;|'„'/  '"•' 
but  also  numerom  racks.     It  is  not  considered  advisable  to  attempt  its  navigation.! 

*  Sea  Otter  Bay  of  Lis'iaiieky,  (after  Menre§T)  Ingraham  and  other  early  traders. 
t  Thi«  arm  may  b«  Identical  with  Otter  Sound  or  Sea  Otter  Harbor  of  Meares. 

P.  c.  P.— 13 


*«'■■ 


M 


SI:.A   OTTER  HARBOR. 


The  portion  of  the  port  to  tlie  IS  NW.  of  BautiHta  Island  was  called  Seno  de  San  Alverto. 
In  its  northern  part,  about  latitude  64°  30',  is  situated  the  landlocked  harbor  and  settlement  of  Klawak. 
No  survey  of  this  has  l)een  made  and  even  its  exact  position  is  unknown,  but  it  is  stated  to  be  a  small 
nearly  circular  bay,  large  enough  for  but  one  or  two  vessels,  with  a  very  narrow  but  clear  passage  in, 
on  emerging  from  which  the  navigator  is  completely  landlovked  and  surrounded  by  a  bcautilully- 
woodefl  amphitheater  of  moderately  high  hills.  There  is  a  white  settlement  here,  a  fur-trading  station 
and  fishery  which  puts  up  alarge  amount  of  salmon  annually.  A  missionary  post  or  station  is  projected 
here. 

West  of  the  Seno  de  San  Alverto,  on  either  side  of  the  large  island  of  San  Fernando,  to  the  north 
the  Canal  de  San  Cbristoval,  and  to  the  south  the  Canal  de  Fortills,  lead  to  the  Oulf  of  Eaquibel, 
a  large  body  of  water  to  which  Tebienkoff  erroneously  applies  the  name  of  Boca  Fina,  and  from  which 
numerous  p.issages  between  islands  afford  communication  with  the  ocean. 

The  southernmost  of  these  is  the  Canal  de  San  Nicolas;  the  next  to  the  north  and  west  is  the 
Bocas  de  Arriaga,  its  northern  boundary  formed  by  numerous  low  rocky  islands.  The  northern 
extremity  of  the  gulf,  showing  many  small  openings  lietween  islands  and  points  of  the  main  shore, 
received  from  the  Sjianiards  the  name  of  Bocas  de  Finas.  Both  of  the  last-mentioned  two  Spanish 
names  are  misapplie<l  by  Tebienkoff,  From  the  northern  portion  of  the  Boca-s  de  Finas  extends  the 
Shakhine  Strait  or  Passage,*  ])robably  rejoining  the  sea  at  a  considerable  distan(;e,  but  not  fully 
explored. 

On  the  main  shore,  near  its  southern  entrance,  is  a  small  bay  containing  an  anchorage,  and  indi- 
cated without  details  on  Russian  Charts  as  Tonowek  Bay.  Westward  from  this,  according  to  Tebien- 
koff, there  ai)pears  to  be  another  anchorage  somewhere  in  the  maze  of  islets  and  rocks. 

The  defects  of,  and  des<Tepaneics  between,  all  charts  of  this  region  are  so  great  that  the  geographical 
features  can  only  be  alkuietl  to  in  the  briefest  manner,  as  above,  without  attempting  bearings,  dimen- 
sions or  distances.! 

It  has  already  been  mentioned  that  there  are  reasons  for  regarding  Cape  Bartolom6  as  Cape 
Adamson  of  Mearcf .  Fifteen  miles  NW.  by  "W,  J  W.  from  Cape  Burtoloin6  lies  Cape  Addington 
of  Vancouver,  which  if  the  above  supjiosition  be  (H)rrect,  is  the  Cape  Burnett  of  Meares.  While 
Meares'l  statements  in  regard  to  these  two  ea|)es  and  his  adjacent  Sea  Otter  Harbor  will  apj)ly  in  part 
only  to  any  portion  of  the  shore  in  this  region  as  now  represented  on  the  charts,  tliere  are,  perhaps, 
good  grounds  for  identifying  them  as  above.  § 


i 


.}   . 


*  TliiH  IB  iiiilicnt«d  n»  Bachlne  Strait  on  Driiisli  Ailniiralty  Chart  No.  2431,  aii<)  Kliiewliure  an  SchakUn  Strait, 

tit  18  iioticenl)le  on  tlie  Spanixii  clinrt  timt  tliti  Canal  de  Portlllo,  8W.  from  •Sin  Fvrnuiwli)  Isliiud,  iti  );irvn  ao  tolerably 
clear  and  with  nix  or  eight  futlioiiiB  near  tlie  eliores.  wliile  the  Canal  de  Ban  Cbristoval  is  represented  an  nearly  cliuked  up  witli 
rocks  and  islets.  On  the  Kussiaii  charts,  however,  llie  track  indicated  for  the  Kiissian  trailing  vessels  passes  through  the  Canal 
de  San  Chrisloval,  althniigli  the  ntlier  route  from  Port  I  lolores  toward  Tonowek  liuy  is  somewhat  shorter.  This  is  not  positive 
evidence,  however,  that  the  northern  pacuiige  is  preferaUle  for  niivigation,  as  the  iniites  of  fur  traders  are  more  frequently  deter- 
mined by  the  location  of  native  settlements  tlian  by  any  oilier  considerations. 

(As  the  reBponsil)le  iiiithor  of  the  publication  Meares  is  here  referred  to,  while  the  actual  observnlions  in  many  oases  were 
made  by  his  subordinate,  Douglas. 

i  Meares'  latitudes,  fiom  some  cause,  are  nearly  all  too  far  north,  varying  in  known  cases  from  «ix  to  ten  niilef  In  this  respect. 
His  longitudes  are  only  accidentally  near  the  truth.  However,  if  his  published  positions  be  laid  off  on  the  i  liait  it  will  be 
observed  that  these  capes  bear  the  same  relation  to  each  oth"r  as  do  Capes  Itartolomri  and  Addington,  both  in  distance  anil 
direction  from  each  other,  but  are  some  fourteen  miles  too  fur  north,  Meares'  own  dilTurences  of  longitinlu  are  likely  li>  be 
approximately  correct,  even  if  the  actual  longitudes  were  erroneous.  He  pliiced  the  capes  fifteen  niilee  apart,  exnclly  the  dis- 
tance between  Capes  llartoloni^  and  Addingtfui.  &!eareB*  estiinuted  dip'.-incts,  when  large,  are  usinilly  i-xiiggi'iuii-it,  and  he  niny 
never  have  seen  the  low  southern  lerniinallon  of  Cape  l!ai'loloni6.  but  only  ils  high  and  somewliat  more  norilierii  portion  But 
it  is  not  likely  that  he  would  make  such  an  error  as  to  place  iiis  capes  only  fifteen  mites  apart  when  they  were  reully  thirty,  us 
must  liave  been  the  case  if  the  west  part  of  Coronation  Island  were  Ills  Cape  Burnett,  us  Iiuh  been  held  by  some  reputuliie 
authorities.  Again,  he  olituineil  lieurings  on  Cape  Barnett  when  within  seven  or  eight  miles  of  Korrester  Ishinil.  The  height 
of  Coronation  Island  havii'g  been  determined  approximately  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  IH&J  at  eight  hundred  feet,  it  would 
of  course  have  lieen  invisible  to  Meares  at  a  distance  of  nearly  sixty  miles.  Moreover,  the  bay  and  narrow  passage  between 
Capes  Bartiiloini^  ami  Addington,  wiili  the  arms  of  Port  Bucareli  'u  the  eastward  from  the  narrow  strait,  fulfill  all  the  conditions 
of  Meares'  Sea  Otter  Harbor  or  Sound. 

The  principal  iilijections  are  that  he  makes  his  soiithem  cape  "high,  liltitf  land,"  and  the  northern  one  "low  towards  the 
•ea,"  while  "it  rises  grailuully  to  a  coneideralile  height."  when  most  of  the  puliliKlieil  information  accessible  tends  to  show  that 
exnclly  the  reverse  is  the  case.  Doubts  are  thrown  upon  this,  however,  tiy  oral  testimony  of  navigators  who  have  recently 
visited  Port  Bucareli.  Tliiri  itiHiculty  and  some  of  his  iiearings  may  be  better  reconciled  upon  tlie  reception  of  more  information. 
Others  of  his  beariiigK  are  clearly  errimousor  eiToiieoii«ly  printed.  His  "view"  of  Otter  Sound  appears  valueless  as  well  as  his 
Mtimateil  position  for  it.  On  the  other  hand,  the  early  fur  traders  (who  may  lie  supposed  to  have  hail  i"iuie  definite  knowledge  of 
Meares'  liiscoveries  from  or.'vl  coniiniinication.  Ac,  during  the  six  or  eight  years  culiseipient  to  bis  vinii )  located  Meares'  Sea  Otter 
Harbor  in  Bucareli  Buy,  and  apparently  in  that  entrance  of  it  east  of,Sueinez  Island  called  by  the  Cuiisl  Survey  Meares  Passage. 
It  is  so  located  on  the  maps  of  lioth  Ingralinm  and  Lisianski.  If  the  southern  cape  (Harnett)  was  Cape  Augustine  and  the  north- 
ern one  (Adninson)  Cape  ILirtolonie,  (or  (,'ape  Felix,)  the  conditions  reiiuirtd  by  Meares'  description  would  be  pretty  well  satis- 
fied. But  it  is  ill  most  caseii  iiiiposeible  at  present  to  come  to  an  absolutely  satisfactory  decisiou  in  regard  to  tlie  exact  locality  of 
hie  names  or  of  th';  geograpliicul  features  he  endeavors  to  describe. 


OTTER    SOUND.    * 


e  San  Alverto. 
lent  of  Klawak. 
!(1  to  be  a  small 
slear  passage  in, 
r  a  beaiitiiully- 
-trading  station 
tion  is  projected 

do,  to  the  north 
If  of  Esquibel, 
and  from  which 

and  west  is  the 
The  northern 
the  main  shore, 
cd  two  SpiUiish 
Inas  extends  the 
I,  but  not  fully 

jrage,  and  indi- 
■ding  to  Tebien- 

the  geographical 
searings,  ^imen- 

•toloni6  as  Cape 
ape  Addington 
^lenres.  While 
ill  ap|)ly  in  part 
!re  are,  perhaps, 


itrait. 
given  aH  tolerably 
kriy  uliokeil  up  with 
I  tlirough  tli«  Canal 
Tliia  ia  not  poattive 
r«  frequently  deter- 
in  many  oiiaea  were 

lien  ill  tliia  reepect. 

lie  rlini't  it  will  be 

li  ill  (liRtance  and 

lie  lire  likely  to  be 
■t,  exufily  Ibe  die- 
I'liti'd,  und  he  inny 
hern  portion  lint 
le  really  tliirty,  as 
>y  Biitne  reputiilile 

eliind.  The  height 
(Iri'd  feel,  it  would 

iv  pneange  between 

II  all  thecouditioMR 

low  towards  the 
tende  to  show  tliat 
who  have  recently 
riiKire  infornmtiiiii. 
elese  08  well  as  Ills 
Millie  knowledge  of 
Mi^nrei,'  Sea  Oiler 
y  Xlenroa  Pnennge. 
tine  and  the  nortli- 
■  |irelty  well  snlin- 
le  exact  locality  of 


V 


Cape  Addington  is  describee!  by  Vancouver  as  a  "conspicuous  promontory;"  his  observations,  how- 
ever, were  made  at  a  distance  of  several  leagues  from  tlic  liiiul,  so  that  low  litnd  near  its  hiisc  might 
have  remained  unobserved.  From  it  the  siiorc  trends  E.  J  N.  about  five  miles  to  an  opening  in  the 
land  whici.  forms  a  rounded  port  containing  a  <«ntral  island,  and  which  c<?nnects  by  a  very  narrow 
passage  with  one  of  the  arms  of  Port  Bucareii. 

In  this  passage,  as  is  above-mentioned,  Otter  Sound,  or  Sea  Otter  Harbor*  of  Meares,  may  have 
lieen  situated. 

The  eastern  shore  of  the  bight  leading  to  the  above  passage,  and  formed  by  tiie  western  jwrtion  of 
Noyes  Island.f  on  which  Cape  Bartolomfi  is  situated,  is  represented  in  one  of  Lit  IVrouse's  viewsj  as 
high;  about  equal  in  that  respect  to  the  land  at  Cai)e  Addington. 

From  Cape  Addington  tiie  coast  ci-vcs  to  the  north  wird  and  afterward  to  the  north-northwest- 
ward,— being  composetl  of  the  western  ^Iges  of  tiie  numerous  islands  which  guard  Port  Bucareii  from 
file  sea.     It  is  of  course  much  broken  and  is  but  little  known. 

The  northern  termination  of  this  curve  is  formed  by  Cape  Pole,  which  bears  from  CafHj  Adding- 
ton NW.  by  N.  J  N.  thirty-two  miles.  This  (»pe,  nametl  by  Vancouver,  and  termed  by  him  a  "con- 
spicuous point,"  forms  the  SE.  point  of  entrance  to  Sumner  Strait  In  the  middle  and  most  eastern 
portion  of  the  bight  formed  between  Capes  Pole  and  Addington,  (!jilled  by  tiie  U.  S.  Coast  Stirvey 
Iphigenia  Bay,  after  Meares' vessel,  are  numennia  rocks  and  islets  to  seaward  of  the  main  lineof  islanda.S 
The  westernmost  of  the  off-shore  islets  or  rocks,  according  to  the  best  accessible  information,  bear  from 
Cape  Addington  about  N.  J  W.  sixteen,  nineteen  and  a  half  and  twenty  and  a  half  miles,  respectively; 
the  most  northern  is  also  slightly  more  westerly  than  the  others.  E.  by  S.  J  S.  and  generally  to  the 
cxstward  and  southward,  from  the  outer  rocks,  are  numerous  others,  extending  to  the  main  line  of 
islands,  to  which  the  name  Maurelle  Islands  has  been  n|)plied. 

E  SE.  from  Cape  Pole,  and  extending  five  or  six  miles  in  that  direction,  is  a  bight,  at  the  mouth 
(if  Davidson  Inlet;  this  bight  is  supposed  to  receive  the  northern  termination  of  the 
so-called  Shakhine  Strait.     To  this  bight,  as  before  mentionetl,  the  name  of  Otter         Otter  Sound. 
Sound  or  Sea  Otter  Sound  has  been  applied,  under  the  supposition  that  it  was  the 
Otter  Sound  of  Meares.     Whether  this  supposition  be  correct  or  not,  there  seems  to  lie  tio  reason  why 
ihe  name  should  not  be  adopted  and  retained  for  this  locality. 

Tlie  large  body  of  laud  embraced  between  Shakhine  Strait,  Otter  Sound,  Iphigenia  and  Tonowek 
bays  has  received  from  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  the  name  of  Ueceta  Island,  or  islands.  It  is  not  cer- 
tain of  how  many  btKlies  of  land  it  is  composed. 

Southwest  from  Cape  Pole,  and  extending  in  this  general  direction  for  some  sixteen  miles,  are  the 
Spanish  Islands,  named  by  La  Perousc,  and  consisting,  as  restrictetl,  of  Warren  and  Coronation  islands 
lid  adjacent  islets  and  rocks.  According  to  Vancouver  the  easternmost  of  tluse,  scjiaratcd  by  a  strait 
about  two  miles  wide  from  Cape  Pole,  is  Warren  Island,  named  by  Vancouver  and  described  by  him 
as  a  "high  island"  with  rocky  shores,  about  four  miles  long,  with  an  average  width  of  less  than  two 
miles,  and  having  a  generally  E.  and  W.  trend.  In  the  eastern  part  of  the  short  strait  which  separates 
it  from  Cape  Pole  three  islets  are  indicated  by  Vancouver  rather  nearer  the  (ittjie  than  the  island;  and 

He  also 


Dangerous 
Rocks. 


he  mentions  that  in  this  passage  "some   lurking  rocks  were  observed." 

remarks:  "to  the  southward  of  this  island  are  three  clusters  of  very  dangcroux  rocks, 

the  first  lying  from  its  northwest  point  S.  15°  B.  (true)  at  the  distance  of  three  miles 

and  a  half;  the  second  S.  I'true)  disttint  six  milts,  and  a  small  islet  lying  from  them 

siiutheast  (true)  at  the  distance  of  about  half  a  league.     The  thin!  cluster  lies  otf  the  southeast  point 

of  the  island         *         *         *         in  a  direction  S.  30°  E.  (true)  about  four  miles  distant."     The  last 

patch  is  omitted  on  his  chart,  and  the  distinctive  features  of  these  ledges  seem  to  have  been  lost  sight 

111'  on  the  Russian  hydrographic   charts,    which  have   been  followed    in  regard  to  this  locality  by 

other  modern  charts. 

The  western  point  of  Warren  Island,  which  has  some  rocks  about  it,  was  named  by  Vancouver 
Point  Borlase,  and  placed  by  him  in  latitude  65°  57'. 7  N. 

According  to  the  same  authority  the  jiassage  between  Warren  Island  and  Coronation  Island  is 
five  miles  in  width  and  "by  far  the  most  spacious  and  fair  to  navigate.  *  *.  *  Nearly  in 
mid-channel  between  the  islands  bottom  could  not  be  gained  with  120  fathoms  of  line."l 


•  In  Part  I,  Alaska  Coaat  Pilot,  1839,  inaued  by  the  U.  S.  Coaat  Survey,  it  ie  euggeeted  that  Otter  Sound  was  located  near 
the  northern  temiinntion  of  Shakhine  Strait;  hut  in  view  of  the  difticullies  in  the  way  of  identifying  Cape  Harnett  with  Corona- 
tii'U  iBlnini.  aa  above  elated,  ai.d  the  reception  of  more  recent  information  from  the  locality,  this  auggention  eeeme  improbable. 

t  Named  by  the  euperintendent  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  1H79,  after  Mr.  W.  M.  Noyes,  of  the  Coast  Survey  party  employed 
in  Alaska,  lf?73-80. 

t  And  on  a  late  MS.  view  by  Captain  L.  N.  Herendeen. 

i  To  this  paM  of  the  bay  Tebienkoff  has  erroneously  transferred  the  name  of  Bocaii  de  Arriaga,  applied  by  the  Spaniards  to 
"tie  of  the  passages  leading  between  the  islands  eastward.  .  ,^- 

II  Vancouver,  vol.  ii.  p.  484.  '  ^    ' 

IF  Vancouver,  vol.  ii,  p.  4584.  • 


&±, 


100 


HAZY    ISLANDS. 


Coronation  Islnnfl,  the  largest  of  tlic  jtroiip,  was  named  l)y  Vancouver  from  that  anniversary 
tailing  on  the  day  he  |>ii«.sc<l  it.  It  lies  five  miles  wcHtwunI  from  Warren  I.wliind  and  alK)ut  the  same  (Hh- 
tance  southward  from  Ciipe  I)e<-ision.  It  is  nliout  ei^lit  iiiileH  long  and  avenigcH  aliout  three  miles  wide, 
trending  NE.  hy  N.  and  SW.  hy  8.  in  a  giiieral  way.  The  island  reaehes  a  height  of 
Coronation  Uland.  eight  hundred  fVt^t  a('<'or>iing  to  notes  hy  the  U.  H.  Coact  Survey  |)arty  of  1865).  Its 
form  is  very  ditlerently  repre.scntcd  on  dillirent  charts.  On  Unssian  Hydrographie 
Chart  No.  149.'l  the  middle  latitude  of  the  island  is  ahont  66°  63'.6  N.  and  the  longitude  of  the  mid- 
dle peak  is  ahout  134°  10'  W.,  while  Tei)ienkotf  gives  66°  66.'6  N.  and  134°  06'  W.  for  the  same  |M)r- 
tion  of  the  island.     Vamrouver's  latitude  is  nearly  midway  hctween  these. 

From  the  NE.  extrennty  of  the  island  a  chain  of  islets  ixtends  northward  in  the  <lirection  of 
Cap  Decision.  Hetween  the  point  and  the  first  islaiul  northwynl  from  it  Tchienkoif,  without  details, 
inclicates  an  anchorage.  According  to  Russian  Mydrograpliic  Chart  No.  H9;3,  at  a  distance  of  two 
miles  from  the  point  a  hreak  (Mcurs  in  the  chain,  forming  a  navigahle  passage  hetween  the  above- 
mentioned  and  two  more  northern  islets.  The  latter  are  small,  hut  reach  a  hciglit  of  four  hundred 
feet  according  to  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  olist-rvcrs.  liei.veen  them  and  Cape  Decision  is  the  navigable 
passage,  first  explored  and  recomniendwl  by  Vancouver,  who  consideivtl  it  clear  of  dangers  and  affording 
a  mean.?  of  avoiding  a  very  considerable  circuit.  There  is  an  abundance  of  water  and  the  channel  is 
a  mile  and  a  half  wide.  The  bight  between  Coronation  Island  and  Cajie  Aildington  has  received  from 
the  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  the  name  of  Iphigenia  Bay. 

By  Tebienkoff  the  southern  passage  is  ignored  and  the  islets  are  differently  dispose<f. 

W  SW.  from  Coronation  Island  eight  or  nine  miles  are  tlie  Hazy  Islands,  named  by  the  early 
traders.*  They  appear,  from  the  views  of  La  I'erouse  and  the  remarks  of  navigators, 
Haiy  Islandi.  to  be  small  and  pointwl, — not  attaining  any  considerable  height.  They  are  repre8efite<l 
by  different  chai  ts  as  front  two  to  eight  in  mnnber,  forming  a  cluster  two  or  three  miles 
in  extent,  eight  miles  from  Coronation  Island,  sixteen  from  Cape  I)e<^i8ion  and  fifteen  from  Cape 
Ommaney.  Most  authorities  place  them  in  about  latitude  56°  56'  N.  and  about  SB.  f  S.  from  Cope 
Onimaney. 

A<vording  to  the  Coast  Survey  observers  there  are  three  principal  islands.  The  largest  lies  to  the 
southeast;  northwcFtwaid  from  it  are  two  smaller  ones,  each  having  two  small  peaks.  Southeast  from 
the  group, about  two  miles  from  the  largest,  Hazy  Island  is  a  fourth,  a  long  low  rock.  The  highest  of 
the  four  is  said  to  l)e  about  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  high.  I'Voin  these  islands  in  clear  weather  the 
Nipple  peak  at  Shakan  can  be  seen  bearing  about  NE.;  and  a  little  to  the  northward  from  it  the  peak 
of  Mount  Calder  can  be  distinguished. 

NE.  by  N.  sixteen  miles  from  them,  and  eleven  miles  to  the  westward  of  Cape  Pole,  lies  Cape 
Deoision  of  Vancouver,!  a  very  conspicuous  jtromontory,  forme<l  by  tiie  southern  extreme  of  Kuiu 
Island,  placed  by  Vancouver  in  latitude  66°  02'  N.,  and  forming  the  NW.  headland  of  Sumner  Straiv, 


}J 


SUMNER  STRAIT. 

This  was  named  by  Dall  in  1875,1  and  has  been  known  as  a  i)art  of  Clarence  Strait,  though  having 
few  hydrographie  relations  in  common  with  the  main  bo<ly  of  the  latter,  or  Clarence  Strait  as  herein 
restricted. 

The  other  headland  is  formed  by  Cajie  Pole,  and  the  two  bear  reciprocally  W.  ^  S.  and  E.  J  N., 
about  eleven  miles  from  each  other.  l"'rom  mid-channel  between  these  two  headlands  the  course  of 
Samner  Strait  for  nearly  twenty-five  miles  is  N.  J  W., — the  western  shore  being  formed  by  Kuiu 
Island  and  the  eastern  by  land  belonging  to  the  Prince  of  Wales  group.  Hence  the  general  course, 
exolusive  of  merely  subordinate  curves,  is  NE.  to  the  baidcs  and  islands  at  the  Stikine  mouth,  forty 
miles.  The  first  stretch  averages  seven  miles  in  width.  Between  Prince  of  Wales  and  Kupreanoif 
islands  it  widens — from  five  miles  at  the  SW.  to  nine  miles  at  the  NE.  Thence  to  the  Stikine  delta 
the  width  varies  from  three  and  a  half  miles  to  seven  miles  between  the  Mitkofl'  group  on  the  north- 
west and  the  York  Islands  on  the  southeast. 

The  strait  receives  from  the  northwest  Affleck  and  Duncan  canals,  Keku  and  Wrangell  straits, 
and  communicates  over  the  bars  and  sand-banks  of  the  Stikine  delta  with  Dry  Strait.  From  the 
southeast  Clarence,  Stikine  and  Zimovia  straits  and  Eastern  Passage  are  received.  In  general,  a  broad 
and  sufficient  channel,  of  great  depth,  extends  throughout  Sumner  Strait,  yet  there  are  numerous  rocks 
and  other  known  dangers,  which,  with  the  probability  that  others  may  exist,  renders  circumspection  in 
its  navigation  absolutely  necessary. 

From  Cape  Pole  tiie  shore  trends  in  a  northerly  direction  free  of  obstructions  ten  miles  to  a  point, 
off  which  is  Bluff  Island,  small,  about  a  mile  fion;  the  shore,  with  a  passage  on  either  side  of  it. 

*Loi  Hennanoi  of  Galiann's  atlan;  iiRualljr  rendered  into  KuKsian  Tumannol  Iilandi  on  RiiKBian  charts,  and  called  bj 
La  Peroiifx-  Isles  da  la  Oroyira. 

t  A  name  ryndHml  in  Kiii<eiHii  by   Klalitelft  or  RftirlilieullL. 

)  Powdi,  Contributions  to  Am.  KtJ»nplofy,  vol.  i,  map  vf  A>a*ka;  cf.  U.  8.  Coas»  Survey  Chart  No.  701,  carreetad  to  1877. 


Iiat  anniveniary 
Hit  the  same  (IJH- 
hrcemilcH  wide, 
l-llCH  u  lioiglit  of 
y  of  1869.  It8 
II  Hjdrogrnphic 
tide  of  tlie  inid- 
)r  tlie  same  fwr- 

tlie  direction  of 
without  details, 
distance  of  two 
rceii  the  above- 
)f  four  hundred 
i  the  navigable 
Ts  and  affording 
I  the  ('l)annel  is 
18  received  from 

ed. 

ltd  by  tlie  early 
:8  of  navigators, 
'  are  represeflteil 
r-o  or  three  miles 
een  from  Cope 
}  S.  from  Cape 

rgest  lies  to  the 
Southeast  from 
The  highest  of 
ear  weather  the 
rom  it  the  peak 


Pole,  lies  Cape 
treme  of  Kuiu 
Sumner  Strai\ 


,  though  having 
8trait  as  herein 

S.  and  E.  i  N., 
Is  the  course  of 
rmed  by  Kuiu 
general  course, 
le  mouth,  forty 
nd  Kupreanoif 
le  Stikine  delta 
[)  on  the  north- 

k^rangell  straits, 
lit.  From  the 
general,  a  broad 
numerous  rocke 
•cumspection  in 

niles  to  a  point, 
side  of  it. 

Krt«,  and  oiled  hj 


carTWted  to  ISn, 


\    J 


'     \    .' 


X 


,1 


i  I 


^ 

^f^^. 


1^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


A 


% 


in 


1.0 


I.I 


^K£  lis 

2f  144      ^ 


•u 

lU 

u 


140 


U£ 


1  ''^^  III  '-"^  III  '-^ 

^ 

6"     

► 

71 


0^ 


^v^"*' 
-^ 


V 


v^. 


i%v  /1 


PhotDgraphic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


'^'^'t^''^  ^ 
^f^^ 


73  WEST  MAIN  STRIET 

WIBSTH.N.Y.  14SM 

(716)  t73-4S03 


. 


'^ 


wm 


M 


RflTiXl' 


! 


■=* 


„.< 


SHAKAK  ^.NLBT. 


101 


From  its  western  end  a  reef  projects  some  distance.  A  short  distanrd  eostward  from  thiH  island 
is  the  entrance  of  an  inlet  whieli  is  l>elicved  to  connect  with  Davidson  Inlet,*  wliich  extends  nortli- 
ward  from  Otter  Sound ;  the  latter  continued  still  farther  to  the  northward  by  a  passafrc  carrying  six- 
teen feet  of  water  at  high  water,  but  ulwtructed  by  rocks',  shoids  and  islets,  which  unites  with  Shnkan 
Inlet  north  of  the  Nipples.  The  body  of  land  included  between  tlie  Blutf  Island  arm,  Davidson 
Inlet  and  Sumner  Strait  has  bjen  named  Kosoiuako  Island  by  tiie  superintendent  of  the  U.  8.  Const 
Survey,  and  extends  aliout  ten  miles  in  a  north  and  south  direction,  with  a  variable  width.  A  remark- 
able peak  of  considerable  height  occupies  the  »>nter  of  the  island,  and  near  Buins  Point,  its  north- 
western extreme,  just  within  the  entrance  of  the  Bluff  Island  arm,  an  Indian  village  more  or  let<s 
decayed  is  reportra.  These  waters  and  those  hence  to  Port  Protection  are  only  knuM-n  by  the  most 
superficial  reoonuaissance,  and  of  course  very  imperfectly  reprecented  on  the  charts.  Northward  from 
Ruins  Point,  near  the  op|M)site  point  of  entrance  to  Blun  Island  arm,  are  the  Finger  Islets  a  group  of 
which  the  outer  ones  are  connected  by  reefs,  partly  ex|>OM!d  at  low  water  and  are  bare,  the  inner  ones 
wooded;  until  closely  approached  they  seem  all  connected  together. 

Between  Ruins  Point  and  the  Prince  of  Wales  shore  E  NE.  from  Barrier  Island  is  Bhakan  Bay 
about  five  miles  wide  V  NW.  and  S  SE.,  at  the  head  of  which  are  the  entrances  to  Shakan  Inlet.  At 
the  nortli  extreme  of  the  bay,  ab^ut  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  shore,  a  reef  begins,  extending  about  two 
miles  and  a  half  in  a  W  SW,  direction  toward  the  southern  part  of  Barrier  Island.  This  is  probably 
what  on  most  charts  is  represented  as  a  reef  in  the  middle  of  Shakan  Buy,  where,  in  reality,  there  is 
no  reef.     It  is  marked  by  rocks  awash  at  low  water  and  by  kelp. 

The  entrance  to  Shakan  Inlet  is  about  the  middle  of  the  bay  and  readily  distinguishable  from  a 
distance.     It  is  divided  into  two  arms  by  Hamilton  Island,  a  large  island,  which  is  encircled  by  the 
inlet  which  also  winds  to  the  northward,  eastwani,  and  southward  joining  Davidson 
Inlet  somewhere  east  of  Shakan  Island.     The  south  arm  of  the  inlet  opens  l>etween  Shakan. 

Hamilton  Island  and  Shakan  Island,  the  latter  forming  the  north  shore  of  Bluff  Island 
arm,  which  cuts  it  off  from  Kosciu'sko  Island,  as  the  rocky  northern  extension  of  Davidson  Inlet  sepa- 
rates it  from  Prince  of  Wales  Island.  Shakan  Island,  therefore,  is  partly  encircled  by  Prince  of  Wales 
and  Kosciusko  islands,  and  in  turn  partlv  encircles  Hamilton  Island.  In  its  southern  part  a  rather 
conspicuous  |>eak  rises  near  Bluff  Island  arm,  while  at  its  northern  extreme  are  tlie  twin  peaks,  or 
Shakan  Nipples,  which  form  quite  a  landmark,  visible  from  near  the  Hazy  Islands. 

Within  the  entrance  of  the  south  arm  is  tl  deserted  village  of  Shakan  or  Shukan,t  whose  three  - 
large  houses  are  visible  for  a  considerable  distance  and  may  be  run  for  as  a  landmark  for  the  entrance. 
Before  raaching  the  village  a  point  makes  out  from  Hamilton  Island  called  Anchorage  Point  South 
from  this  a  J[)ar  extends,  on  which  anchorage  may  be  had  in  ten  fathoms,  mid-<-hannel.  Between  Finger 
Islets  and  Anchorage  Point  no  dangers  are  known  to  exist.  Farther  in,  off  the  village,  there  is  anchor- 
age in  eighteen  to  twenty-five  fathoms  close  to  the  shore,  but  deep  water  in  mid-channel,  and  this  holds 
good  according  to  lately  received  data  at  least  as  far  as  a  rocky  projection  of  the  shore  of  Shakan  Island, 
where  a  stream  comes  m  from  the  south. 

From  the  vicinity  of  the  village  the  inlet  runs  VB.  for  about  three  miles,  when  there  is  an  islet  on  the 
northern  shore,  and  then  turns  more  to  the  northward  for  about  three  miles  farther.  About  five  miles 
from  the  entrance  is  u  saw-mill  and  An  island  beyond  it.  Up  to  this  point  Shakan  Inlet  will  average 
about  a  mile  in  width  with  very  deep  water.  Off  the  saw-mill  there  is  said  to  be  enchorage  in  twelve 
or  fourteen  fathoms,  soil  bottom.  The  inlet  tlicn  continues  around  Hamilton  Island,  branching  near 
Shakan  Nipples,  and  sending  off  the  pa!^(«ge  north  and  east  of  Shakan  Island  which  has  been  mentioned 
as  connecting  with  Davidson  Inlet,  and  at  nigh  water,  though  obstructed  by  rocks  and  islets,  the  steamer 
liote  carriefl  sixteen  feet  through.     It  is  sold  to  be  nearly  dry  at  low  water  in  some  places. 

The  westerly  proceeding  arm  of  Shakan  Inlet  reaches  Shakan  Bay  north  of  Hamilton  Jdr  -1,  anu 
near  its  month  is  said  to  afford  anchorage.     It  is  a  clear  passage  for  vessels. 

The  position  of  the  Shakan  village  was  determined  by  the  naval  officers  on  the  Haatler  in  1881 

latitude - 66°  09'.4  N. 

Longitude _ _..133°  38'.4W., 

and  the  variation  of  the  compass  about  30°  03'  easterly,  the  magnetic  dip  being  74°  00'.^ 

The  shores  of  the  inlet  are  densely  wooded  and  rocky,  the  beaches  composed  of  pebbles  and 
boulders  of  slate  and  sandstone.  The  soil  consists  of  about  a  fofli  of  loam  and  vegetable  matter  with 
gravel  deeper  down. 

*In  honor  of  Awiitut  Oro.  Davidioii,  who  dinctrd  th«  flnt  Com!  Surrey  part.v  in  AUtka,  (in  1667,)  and  tubwquantljr 
obtprrtd  thr  aclipw  of  1860  on  the  Chllkat  Hirer     X«nird  hy  the  IT.  S.  Cowt  Survey  in  1880. 

t  The  nuna  ia  written  both  Ttraya  and  ia  probably  uf  the  lame  origin^. derivation  aa  SlutklllBa. 

t  The  magnetic  and  aalronomical  atation  at  thia  locality  ia  about  one  milr  from  the  entrance  on  the  mutli  ahore  <if  Shalcan 
Inlet.  It  ii  about  twenty  fiwt  tfom  high-water  mark  and  about  midway  bHween  and  in  front  of  the  two  eaalernmoat  ruined  log- 
houaea.  Directly  aotith  ii  the  denae  (braat.  From  the  atation  Mount  Calder  bore  I.  <T°  W,  The  atatiun  ia  raarkad  by  a  plat 
puat  painted  wUlt,  wUh  Iba  legend  "  U.  3.  OoMt  Borvay^  1891." 


102 


PORT   PROTECTION. 


The  ontrnncc  is  recognizable  by  Mount  Cnlder  to  the  north;  by  un  abrupt,  high,  double-peaked 

moiintnin  to  tlio  south  ;  and  inland,  apparently  n  little  to  the  northward  of  the  center  of  the  entrance, 

is  the  higli  double  peak  callc*!  Sliakan  Nipplee.     The  Ix^st  anchorage  is  that  on  the  bar 

Anchorages.  at  the  entrance  of  the  inlet  in  eight  or  ten  fathoms,  hard  liottoni,  Anchorage  Point 

l>e(iring  north.     Th<'re  is  no  goo*!  anchorage  at  the  deserte<l  village.     Off  tlje  saw-mill 

and  directly  in  front  of  it  is  anchorage  in  fourteen  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 

Near  the  northern  headland  of  the  bight,  N.  by  W.  J  W.  thirteen  '  r  fourteen  miles  from  Cape 
Pole,  is  Barrier  Island,  an  irregularly  8hnj)ed  high  island,  al)out  two  miles  in  length ;  from  the  western 
side  and  round  to  the  northern  point  of  which  a  large  nuralwr  of  rocks  and  some  islets  extend  a  mile 
to  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  shore.  This  island  ait-onling  to  latest  data  is  somewhat  differently  shaped 
from  its  form  on  ordinary  charts,  and  is  conijKwed  of  two  parts,  which  an-  connected  by  a  bar  or  reef 
which  is  nearly  coveretl  ut  high  water,  when  the  island  appears  as  two  islands.  Northward  from  it  are 
some  rcKiks,  and  the  |wssage  In'tween  it  and  the  shore  is  ol)8tructe<l  ()y  rocks  extending  across  froni  Prince 
of  Wales  Island  toward  its  S  S£.  extremity.  N  NB.  from  the  island,  on  the  main  shore,  is  a  cove  in 
which  anchorage  was  reported  to  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  party  of  18G9,  near  a  village  of  the  Han- 
neegah  Indians.     NE.  by  E.  from  tliLs  anchorage  is  a  hill  two  thousand  feet  in  lieight. 

Northwesterly  about  three  miles  from  the  northern  part  of  Barrier  Island  lies  o  dangrrauH  reef. 
It  is  bare  at  low  water,  about  a  mile  and  a  half  off  the  main  shore  eastward  from  it, 
Caldar  Rocks,  and  is  in  line  between  ficauelerc  Island  in  the  mouth  of  Port  Beauclerc  and  the  peak 
of  Mount  Calder.     It  uncovers  at  about  half  tide. 

AboHt  three-cjuarters  of  a  mile  NW.  by  N.  from  this  is  another  rock,  which  probably  never 
unrovers  and  is  generally  markc<l  by  a  breaker.  On  most  charts  these  rocks  are  represented  as  north- 
ward of  their  true  [Kwition  according  to  Lieut.  Commander  Nichols. 

A))out  four  miles  N.  \  W.  from  the  northern  end  of  Barrier  Island  is  a  small  bay  a  mile  and  a 

half  long  TX.  and  S.  and  a  mile  wide,  with  the  entrance  marked  by  two  small  bare  islands  just  south 

from  it  near  the  shore.     It  is  protected  from,  northerly  and  easterly  winds,  and  it  is 

Port  Labouchere.  considere*!  by  the  traders  to  be  as  good  an  anchorage  as  Port  Protection  and  rather  more 

accessible.     It  has  l)ecn  named  by  them  Port  Labouchere,*  but  no  data  are  at  hand  as 

to  its  extent  or  depth  of  water. 

According  to  ilu.ssian  authorities,  six  miles  N  NW.  from  the  northern  point  of  Barrier  Inland 

lies  the  southern  headland  of  Port  Protection,  named  by  Vancouver.     The  northern  hcadlnud  of  the 

port  lies  from  <  !ic  former  three-quarters  of  a  mile  north,  and  consists  of  an  islet  close 

Port  Protection,    to  the  shore,  with  which  it  is  united  by  a  sand-bank.     There  are  several  other  islets  and 

rocks  north  and  east  from  the  first-mentioned  islet,  whose  southern  point  fiwi  named 

by  Vancouver  Point  Baker.f 

Navigators  generally  have  taken  this  name  as  referring  to  the  NW.  extreme  of  Print«  of  Wales 
Island,  and  probably  this  is  the  most  satisfactory  way  of  treating  it.  In  the  following  description, 
however,  Vancouver's  designation  is  retained  as  he  gave  it. 

The  islets  are  flat  and  woo<led,  while  the  main  shore  is  hilly.  The  general  direction  of  the  port 
isSE.  by  E.  \  E.  somewhat  less  than  two  miles,  with  an  averagei width  of  half  a  mile.  The  south- 
eastern portion  terminates  in  two  shallow  coves, — the  northern  one  communicating  by  a  passage  wide 
enough  for  a  boat,  with  a  basin  nearly  half  a  mile  in  extent. 

The  channel  is  clear  and  free  from  obstructions,  with  the  exceptio.i  of  a  rocky  pntrA  vuible  at  low 
water  and  marked  at  all  times  by  kelp.  This  lies  about  SE.  by  8.  from  the  southern  point  of  the 
island  on  which  Point  Baker  is  situated;  is  about  a  cable  in  extent,  wiih  a  clear  passage  between  it  and 
Point  Baker  Island  a  rable  wide,  and  a  pas.sage  more  than  three  cables  wide  between  it  and  the  shores 
to  the  southward.     There  is  eight  to  twelve  fathoms  water  close-to  all  around  it. 

Vancouver  anchorwl  in  the  western  part  of  the  port  a  cable  W  SW.  from  the  end  of  a  projecting 
rix-ky  point — which  becx)mes  an  islet  at  high  water — and  in  line  between  the  end  of  this  point  and  the 
southern  headland, — the  northern  headland  bearing  about  NW.  J  W.  ' 

In  this  situation  the  bottom  appeared  hard,  with  a  thin  coating  of  mud,  and  the  soundings  were 
very  irregular.  In  the  western  part  of  the  harbor  the  depth  varies  from  twenty  fathoms  to  lorty  or 
even  fifty  near  the  entrance.  Vancouver  remarks  that  his  anchorage  was  somewhat  ex])06ed  to  winds 
from  the  north  and  northwest,  which  might  have  been  avoided  by  taking  a  station  higher  up  in  the 
harbor,  or  in  a  snug  but  very  contracted  cove  to  the  east  of  the  rocky  point  or  islet 

*  The  Rtranipr  Labouchere,  belonging  to  th«  Hudson  Bay  Company,  waa  one  of  the  firat  steam  vessels  uo  the  northwest  oosst, 
and  was  engaged  in  trading  there  for  many  years.  Her  otfioera  by  neceaaity  became  their  own  pilots  and  bunted  up  many  snug 
anchuragee  wliere  iliey  eiiuld  find  ahelter  in  their  trading  voyages.  To  half  a  doien  or  more  of  these  the  name  Port  btboaclMr* 
has  been  applied  by  reRldents  and  traders.  It  is  well  to  preserve  the  name  fnr  some  one  of  these  plaees,  and  probably  the  above 
is  a*  giHxi  a*  any  to  select  for  the  purpose. 

t  The  name,  being  misapplied  to  the  northern  point  of  the  island  on  bis  plan,  has  since  been  Indiflereully  applied  to  the 
wbule  puuing  iln  vvhiuli  guarda  Port  Protection  from  tlie  noHh.  It  was  named  after  Lieut.  Joseph  Baker  of  Vanoouvsr's  party, 
who  drew  the  maps  contained  in  Vancouver's  Atlsa. 


BUMNCB  STRAIT. 


108 


In  tlie  southeastern  part  of  the  harbor  the  soundings  range  from  thn<t>  to  twenty-five  fatlioms. 
The  shores  are  generally  stee^j,  rocky  and  covered  with  a  dense  tbrc«t  of  pine  and  other  troea.  From 
the  termination  of  the  port,  about  8.  by  B.  }  E.  four  or  five  miles,  the  land  rises  to  the  t)eak  of  Mount 
Oalder,  named  by  Vancouver,  and  supposed  to  be  an  extinct  volcano,  alxuit  five  thousund  feet  in  height. 
It  is  somewhat  surprising  to  find  tiiat  this  |Mak,  reganlod  by  Vancouvi  r  ub  ri>ninrkal)le,  has  been  with 
difTicultv  identifial  by  later  visitors.  In  reality  it  would  ap()ear  to  Ixs  alwut  half  the  height  usuully 
a.<isigned  to  it,  and  so  nearly  similar  in  that  respect  to  numerous  other  udjai-cnt  peaks  w  to  render  it 
doubtful  which  of  them  should  bear  the  name,  since  from  difierent  iK)iiit«  of  view,  diflTereiit  jH-aks 
might  be  regarded  as  the  most  promineiit.  The  peak  decide«l  on  '.>y  the  latest  observers  is  a  |)e<uliar 
wedge-sha|)ed  mouutain  terminating  in  a  very  sharp  ridge.  It  l)ears  E.  by  N.  from  the  enlranc-e  to 
Port  Beauderc,  is  visible  from  the  vicinity  of  the  Hazy  Islands,  and  coming  from  the  westwar  I  oiwiis 
when  the  navigator  is  about  two  miles  eastward  from  the  NW.  |x>int  of  Prince  of  Wales  Island.  The 
mountain  is  situated  two  or  three  miles  eastward  of  Port  Laboiichere.  N'^ancouver  saw  it  when  four 
or  five  leagues  west  of  Cape  Addington,  the  distance  lieing  alxmt  fifty-five  miles. 

The  latitude  of  Point  Baker,  according  to  Vancouver,  is  66°  20'  30"  N.  Tin-  longitude  is 
variously  stated  from  133°  31'  30"  W.  to  133°  38'  W. 

There  is  much  prolmbility  that  the  whole  western  part  of  Prince  of  Waim  Island  and  the  south- 
ern part  of  Kitiu  Island  are  represented  on  most  charts  from  three  to  eight  minutes  of  longitude  too  far 
east.     At  present  the  accessible  data  are  insufficient  to  correct  the  shore  line  in  a  satisfactory  manner. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  was  determine*!  by  Vancouver,  in  August,  17i)3,  to  l)c  26°  27'  B.' 

His  observations  also  indicate  that  the  flood-tide  comes  from  the  south,  and  (hat  it  was  H.  W.  F. 
and  C.  at  7*  40". 

The  port  affords  several  streams  of  fresh  water  and  abundance  of  woo<l ,  wihl  fowl,  berries  and 
various  kinds  of  fish  in  their  season.  A  plan  of  this  harbor  was  made  by  VaiuH)uvcr,  which  was 
published  in  an  enlarged  form  by  the  Russians,  and  of  which  a  reduction  is  also  to  Ih-  found  in  the 
Atlas  of  Harlwr  Charts  of  Alaska  issue<l  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey.  No  directions  arc  necessary  for 
entering  it  except  that  the  northern  shore  should  not  be  approuclie<l  within  three  cables  until  the  south- 
ern headland  bears  SM9.  by  W.  }  W.,  to  avoid  the  rock  in  the  entrance,  which  only  uncovers  at  low 
water. 

In  Sumner  Strait,  about  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  Point  Baker,  is  situated  a  Imnk  on  wiiic^h 
the  meeting  of  the  tides,  especially  in  flood,  cause  a  tide-rip  or  agitation  of  the  water 
which  might  present  to  the  navigator  the  appearance  of  a  danger.     Vancouver,  TIde-rlp. 

however,  after  many  trials  found   the  soundings  irregular,  but   nowhere  less  than 
fifteen  fathoms  on  it,  and  between  it  and  the  shore  no  bottom  could  l)e  gainetl  with  sixty  and  seventy 
fathoms  of  line. 

From  Cape  Decision  N.  by  E.  J  B.  eight  miles  lies  the  low  rocky  point  iianiet;  by  Vancouver 
Point  St.  Albans,  and  placed  by  him  in  latitude  66°  07'  N.  In  this  locality  the  multifarious  islets, 
rocks  and  pillars  which  characterize  the  coasts  of  Kuiu  Island  in  particular  extend  about  three  miles 
to  the  southward  from  the  point. 

Between  this  point  and  Cape  Decision  lies  the  entrance  to  a  singularly  shape<l  indentation  called 
by  Vancouver  Affleck  Canal. 

Nearly  in  line  with  the  cape  and  point  lies  Fairway  Island,  a  small,  rather  high  island  with  several 
rocks  and  islets  near  it,  uml  a  long  and  dangerou»  reef  is  allcge<l  to  extend  about  SE.  by  S.  from  it.  This 
island,  though  placed  on  the  chart  by  Vancouver,  has  been  accidentally  omitted  on  several  later  charts 
and  hence  was  reported  as  a  new  discovery  in  1879.t     It  is  said  to  be  forty  feet  high. 

Captain  Bailey  reports  this  island  to  be  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  in  extent  with  scattering 
timber  upon  it,  with  a  rook  near  its  northern  side,  several  off  its  N  »  W.  end,  and  three  dry  rocks  lying 
off  its  E  8E.  end,  the  outer  one  about  half  a  mile  from  the  island.     All  these  rocks  are  above  water. 


TO  CLEAK   FAIRWAY   ISLAND  AND   RKEFB. 

A  course  8W.  by  8.  j  8.  laid  to  approach  Point  St.  Albans  not  nearer  than  a  mile  and  a  half  and 
Cape  Decision  not  nearer  than  a  mile  will  pass  outside  of  all  these  dangers. 

Between  this  group  and  the  rocks  respectively  surrounding  the  headlands  above  mentioiie<l  there 
ap|)ear8  to  be  a  clear  passage  on  either  side.  From  these  entrance-islets  to  its  inner  termination  uie 
general  course  is  IfW.  f  N.  about  eighteen  miles.     Its  average  width  majr  be  taken  at  two  miles. 

From  Point  St.  Albans  the  shore  takes  a  W.  by  N.  direction,  bristling  with  rocks  and  islets  for 
four  and  a  half  miles,  at  which  point  the  rocks  terminate  on  the  eastern  shore,  and  thence  to  the 
northern  head  of  the  canal,  in  latitude  66°  20'  N.,  that  shore  becomes  straight  and  comfwct,  trending 
about  ITW.  \  N, 

*  It  is  probably  two  or  thro*  degrees  greater  at  preaent. 

t  Report  by  Capt.  G«o.  W.  Bailey  on  the  oruiae  of  the  U.  S.  Revenue  Steamer  Bu$h  in  1879,  Waahington,  1880,  p.  35. 


104 


PORT   BEAUCLERO. 


The  western  shore  of  the  canal  from  Cape  Decision  northward  trends  about  WW.  by  H.  }  H.,  and 
is  indented  by  three  large  bays  of  nearly  equal  extent,  averaging  three  miles  long  B.  and  W.  and  about 
two  miles  broad.  Th<^  shores  of  the  northern  and  southern  Days  are  more  or  less  emlwrraaaed  by  rockii. 
In  this  vicinity  the  odjiu-ent  country  is  uneven,  wooded  and  moderately  elevated.  The  sides  of  the 
northern  portion  of  the  canal  are  mountainous  but  not  so  steep  as  the  shore  of  the  main.  Its  termina- 
tion is  formed  by  low,  flat  land,  covered  with  trees,  that  seemed  to  Vancouver  to  extend  as  far  as  could 
be  discerned  in  a  N  NW.  direction,  through  which  flat  country  flow  several  streams  of  fresh  water. 

No  soundings  here  or  new  infornmtion  in  regard  to  this  etuial  has  been  recorded  since  the  visit  of 
Vancouver  in  1793. 

From  Point  St.  Albans  N.  by  W.  J  W.  about  six  miles  lies  a  point  called  b^  Vanoouver  Point 
Amelias,  and  between  these  two  headlands  the  co.^st  recedes,  forming  a  bay,  which  is  most  marked 
immediately  to  the  westward  of  Point  Araelius.  Three  miles  to  the  northward  of  Point  St.  Albans 
is  a  snug  cove,  in  which  Whidbey's  party  were  effijctually  protected  "against  a  very  strong  easterly  gale 
of  wind  that  blew  during  the  night  with  great  violcni-c." 

lieyond  this  the  greatest  indentation  of  the  coast  reaches  about  two  miles  and  a  half,  and  off  it, 
extending  in  a  crescent  from  A  melius  to  St.  Albans  and  projecting  into  the  waters  of  Sumner  Strait 
three  or  four  miles  from  the  shore  to  the  westward,  is  a  multitude  of  rocka  and  isUla,  rendering  this 
stretch  unimvigable  except  for  boats,  so  far  as  information  on  record  may  be  relied  on. 

Point  Amelius  is  directly  abreast  of  Barrier  Island,  the  latter  Inmring  NB.  by  B.  {  B.  from  the 
point,  and  between  the  rocks  and  islet«  respectively  fringing  either  shore  the  dear  passage  is  not  less 
than  three  miles  wide. 

Immediately  to  the  northward  and  westward  around  Point  Amelius  lies  Port  Leauclerc,  named 
by  Vancouver,  and  who.se  northeastern  headland  bears  from  Point  Amelius  N.  by  W.  four  miles.  This 
headland  is  moderately  high,  with  a  broad  termination  facing  for  the  space  of  a  mile 
Port  Beauoltro.  to  the  southeast.  The  opposite  |)oint  of  entrance  Inairs  S.  by  W.  about  two  miles. 
The  entrance  of  the  port  lies  W.  bv  8.  from  Mount  Calder  and  is  marked  by 
Beauolaro  Island,  on  range  with  the  center  of  this  island  and  the  peak  of  Mount  Calder.  Colder 
Rocks  arc  situated  as  above  described,  alM)Ut  u  mile  and  n  half  from  the  Prince  of  Wales  Island  shore. 
Beauclerc  Island  lies  a  mile  and  a  half  SF  from  the  face  of  the  northern  headland  half  a  mile  ott^  the 
entrance,  with  some  rocks  almut  it.     There  arc  also  some  rocks  almut  each  onirle  of  the  headland. 

Within,  the  shore  trends  from  the  north  headland  in  a  generally  NW.  direction,  and  the  opposite 
shore  rounds  to  the  northward,  westwanl  and  south  westward,  giving  a  triangular  form  to  the  inner 
part  of  the  harlx)r,  the  western  shore  of  which  trends  HfW.  by  TS(.  ^  TX.  nearly  six  miles  from  the 
southern  angle  to  the  northern  one.  In  the  middle  of  the  triangular  inner  harbor  is  an  island,  and 
Ave  or  six  islets  and  rocks  are  to  be  found  in  this  vicinity.  These  islets  have  clear  passages  on  either 
hand,  and  inside  the  harl)or  are  regular  soundings  in  thirteen  to  twenty  fathoms.  The  surrounding 
shores  are  in  general  rnixlerately  elevated,  well  wooded,  and  water  is  very  accessible. 

According  to  Vai-eouver,  Port  Beauclerc  forms  an  extremely  good  harbor — its  aa*8s  ard  egress 
frae  fn)ni  every  olistruction  except  such  ns  are  sufficiently  evident,  to  be  avoided.  He  placed  the  north- 
east headland  in  latittide  66°  17'  N.  No  s|)ecial  chart  of  this  port  has  been  'published,  and  Vancouver 
is  the  only  source  of  information  in  regard  to  it. 

From  the  eastern  angle  of  the  northern  headland  of  Port  Beauclerc  the  coast  takes  a  generally 

NW.  by  JH.  direction  for  sixteen  miles, — there  being  a  number  of  subordinate  indentations,  mostly 

obstructed  by  rocks,  which  extend  in  many  cases  to  a  omsiderable  distance  from  the 

Dangers.  shore,  making  navigation  in  this  vicinity  perilous  in  the  highest  degree,  and  even  for 

boats  and  small  craft  requiring  the  exercise  of  the  greatest  circumspection.    Thence  the 

course  trends  two  and  a  half  miles  E  NE.  to  a  point  forming  the  southwestern  heatlland  of  Kek:i  Strait. 

From  the  northeastern  j)oint  of  entrance  of  Port  fieoiiclerc  the  routheni  termination  of  an  island 
about  three  miles  long  and  h-ss  than  a  mile  wide  bcjirs  NW.  by  N.  |  N.  six  miles.  This  island  has  two 
islets  near  its  southern  end.  In  the  space  between  its  northern  end,  the  shore  of  Kuiu  Island  vid  the 
southern  part  'f  Conclusion  Island,  are  an  immense  number  of  rooJts. 

From  the  same  angle  of  the  previously- mentioned  headland  Barrie  Island  bears  N.  seven  miles. 
It  is  wooded,  eighty  feet  high,  and  about  a  mile  in  extent.  This  island  from  the  southward  appears 
like  two  islands  at  high  water,  being  nearly  cut  in  two.  It  is  about  a  mile  long  N.  and  8.  and  somewhat 
less  in  width,  with  a  ledge  of  very  dangerous  rocks  extending  fully  a  mile  and  a  half  8.  by  W.  from  its 
southern  point.  The  passoge  LUween  this  and  the  last-mentioned  island  is  over  two  miles  in  width 
and  apparently  clear  of  dangers. 

About  a  mile  and  a  half  NW.  from  the  northern  end  of  the  inner  island  is  Oonolnslon  laUnd, 
named  by  Vancouver,  about  three  miles  long  W  NW.  and  B  BE.  and  half  as  wide.  Along  its  north- 
ern and  northwestern  shores  are  numerous  rocks.  From  its  northeast  point  the  eastern  headland  of 
Keku  Strait  bears  N.  by  W.  three  miles.  The  area  to  the  north  and  west  from  this  line,  aooording  to 
Vancouver,  seemed  to  Se  also  "  bounded  with  such  an  infinite  number  of  rocky  islets,  and  rocks  aw>ve 
and  beneath  the  surface  of  the  water,  that  the  navigation  was  very  intricate  and  dangerous  even  for 
the  boats." 


RED   BAT. 


108 


IS  in 


From  the  enRk.rn  hendland  above  mentioned  the  trfnd  of  the  shore,  exrhisive  of  irreKulnrities, 

general  nbout  SE.  J  S.  five  miles  to  a  |M)int  named  by  Vaiifoiivcr  Point  Barrio,  whii-h  is  np|»o- 
rcntly  of  moilernte  hcijtht  and  forms  the  ea<<tern  extreme  of  the  hir^^c  l)av  inoluihHl  i)ct\voen  it  aiul  the 
northeast  lioadinnd  of  Port  Beaiiclerc. 

Approaching  from  tlie  eastward.  Point  Harrie  seems  low  and  has  miK'h  the  suine  ap|H!aranee  astho 
o|)i>os!te  northwestern  extreme  of  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  genenilly  calitKl  I'oint  Haltir,  and  which 
will  here  be  callcnl  North  Point  Baker.  When  nearly  alx-am  of  North  Point  Baker,  an  island  is  seen 
S  SB.  from  Point  Barrie  and  connet-teil  with  it  by  a  r'cff.  The  northern  shore  of  Sumner  Strait  here- 
ai)out  is  Iwld.  Three  miles  eastward  from  Point  Barrie  is  a  high  tal)le-top|)ed  biiiir,  oil'  which  ap|)car 
sereral  dangeroua  reefg  and  rock»  <tw(uh. 

From  Point  Jkrrie  Point  Mitohell  liears  NB.  i  E.  nineteen  miles.  This  |M)int  was  name<I  by 
Vancouver  and  placed  by  him  in  latitude  66°  29'  N.  Between  it  and  Point  Barrie,  at  a  distance  of 
twelve  miles  from  the  latter,  is  the  ojiening  of  a  large  bay  five  miles  long  E.  and  W.  by  three  miles 
broad,  in  which  are  two  or  three  rocky  islets  and  many  rwks.  Oft' the  tnia.st  In'twotMi  th(ie  two  points 
are  numerous  islands,  differently  placed  on  various  charts,  ani,  with  adjacent  nx-ks,  exti'iiding  south- 
ward from  tha  shore  of  Kupreanoif  Island  alKmt  two  and  a  half  miles  into  the  strait.  For  this  reason 
navigators  will  do  well  to  keep  to  the  southward  of  the  outer  islets  in  this  vicinity  until  more  is  known. 

On  the  southern  side  of  the  strait  North  Point  Baker  forms  the  turning  |K)int,  In-yond  which 
Sumner  Strait  curves  more  to  the  eastward.  This  point  is  forme<l  by  an  islanil.  From  the  eastward 
it  appears  long,  low  and  covered  with  trees  to  the  water's  edge.  On  approaching  nearer,  a  small  islet 
and  rock  apparently  extending  N  NW.  '^me  open.  The  islet  is  really  almut  a  mile  to  the  southward. 
The  rock  is  the  extremity  of  a  ree/"  which  extends  a  cable  and  a  half  northwar«l  from  North  Point 
Baker.  From  the  point  Mount  Calder  I)ear8  S.  by  B.  }  E.  Seen  iwm  the  soutliwani,  North  Point 
Baker  appears  as  a  long  |)Oint  of  land  terminating  in  a  higher  wowlid  knoll,  l)etween  which  and  the 
rise  on  tlie  "nain  island  is  a  noticeable  depression  in  the  center  of  the  point. 

Eastv.i  .d  from  North  Point  Baker  the  northern  shore  of  I'rince  of  M'ales  Islan<l  is  slightly  curved 
to  the  southward,  making  in  a'  out  thn>c-quarters  of  a  mile  and  contains  several  indentations.  Alwut 
nine  miles  eastward  from  the  point  the  land  along  shore  is  low  and  grassy,  like  tidal  marshes. 

The  shore  seems  bold  and  free  from  outlying  dangers.     Farther  eastward  there  is  a  series  of  islets 
close  in  along  shore,  and  the  coast  is  very  irregular,  l)eing  broken  up  into  numerous  little  bights  with 
small  rocks  lying  a  short  distance  offshore.     About  fifteen  miles  eastward  from  North  Point  Baker  is 
the  entrance  of  Bed  Bay,  named  Krasnaia  Bay  by  the  Russians,  and  naorte*!  to  by  their 
tratlers.     The  anchorags  is  indicate<l  as  at  the  entrance  of  a  long  and  narrow  Imy  wh<>8e  Red  Bay. 

form  and  position  are  differently  represented  by  TebienkoflT  and  the  Russian  hydro- 
graphic  charts.  It  should  lie  noted  that  there  is  a  difference  of  at  least  8'  in  longitude  between  Tebien- 
koff  and  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1493, — the  latter  lieing  to  the  westward.  The  difTerenees 
increase  and  the  inaccuracies  of  all  the  charts  become  very  manifest  in  the  region  about  the  mouth  of 
the  Stikine  River.  For  this  reason  the  description  here  given  will  be  of  a  general  cl.artoter.  Red  Bay 
was  visited  by  the  Hasuler  in  1881,  and  from  the  notes  then  taken  the  following  descrip'.ion  is  derived: 

As  previously  mentioned  in  the  description  of  Clarence  Strait,  (page  OO,)  westward  from  Point 
Colpoys,  the  northern  extreme  of  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  westward  from  ihe  western  extreme  of  Cali- 
fornia liay,  is  iiidente<l  by  several  small  bays  and  one  large  one  alwut  three-eighths  of  a  mile  deep  and 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  eastwartl  from  Red  Bay,  from  the  entrance  of  which  it  is  separateil  by  o  rerf  of 
rockn  making  out  in  a  northeasterly  direction  two  or  three  cables.  This  bay  has  been  termed  Carroll 
Anchorage  from  tlie  fact  that  Capt.  Carroll,  of  the  steamer  Cn/i/w n«n,  i)lying  in  these  waters,  has 
anchored  here  and  found  it  a  good  anchorage.  The  depth  of  water  is  ten  fiithoms,  the  holding-ground 
is  good,  with  perfect  shelter  from  all  southerly  winds.  It  connects  with  Red  Bay  by  a  passage  quite 
narrow  and  dry  at  low  water. 

At  the  entrance  of  Red  Bay  there  is  an  indentation  of  the  shore,  extending  inland  three  quarters 
of  a  mile  with  a  width  of  two  miles  and  a  half.  Near  the  middle  of  this  indentation  is  the  narrow 
jiassage  to  the  inner  bav,  and  the  place  may  be  distinguished  from  the  other  bights  near,  by  this  gap 
and  the  bare  peak  of  False  Mount  Calder,*  which  over  the  gaj)  lx>ars  S.  J  E. 

Eastward  from  the  entrance  a  point  makes  oflF  northeastwani  with  dry  rocks  and  a  rrrj  off  its 
end,  extending  about  three  cables  and  having  oboiit  a  cable  dry  at  low  watt-r.  West  from  this  point 
tiie  outer  anchorage  of  Red  Bay  affords  good  shelter  and  holding-ground  in  ten  fathoms. 

The  entrance  to  the  bay  inside  is  alK,ut  three  cables  wide  at  high  water,  with  the  best  channel  on 
the  eaat'^rn  side,  affording  three  or  four  fathoms  at  low  water.  In  the  middle  of  the  jMissage,  oi-  a  hasty 
examination,  there  seems  t»  be  a  »hoal  or  bank,  having  less  than  three  fathoms  on  it  at  lov.  water,  and 
probably  rocky.  From  the  western  iwint  of  this  entrance  a  reef  half  a  cable  long  extends  with 
its  outer  end  bare  at  low  water.  The  direction  of  the  passage  is  N.  and  S.  somewhat  over  half  a  mile. 
West  of  the  mid-channel  Iwnk  referre.1  to  there  is  kelp  and  jiossibly  rocks.  On  this  "cco""*  the 
eastern  passage  alone  should  be  used.     At  its  southern  e':d  'he  passage  op^ns  into  a  broad  bay  about 


•Namnl  hj  Nicbolt  iu  Itiai. 


P.  c.  P. — 14 


106 


DANGERS   IN   HUMNER   STRAIT. 


a  mile  in  extent,  with  thirteen  talhoniH  in  the  nii(i(lh>,  hut  nhoaling  toward  the  east  and  west  shores. 
Here  ore,  on  the  went,  sevenil  isluiids  ut  lii>(;h  wuCer,  when  a  pai<»>age  mnkes  out  to  Sumner  Strait  wfst 
from  the  land  forming  the  west  jMiint  of  entrance  to  the  inner  |mrt  of  Red  Bay.  To  the  southward 
there  is  a  group  of  inlands  and  n  |)enin8ula  putH  out  from  the  eastern  shore.  In  the  paasage  between 
the  islands  seven  fathoms  may  Iw  had.  South  of  this  paFsiige  the  bay  turns  nearly  due  east  for  a  dis- 
tance of  two  or  three  miles  E.  and  W.  and  over  a  mile  wide.  At  this  point  it  makes  another  sharfi 
turn  due  south  two  miles  and  lx><-omes  a  little  narrower,  extending  to  the  foot  of  a  high  bare  peak, 
Killed  by  Nichols  False  Mount  Calder.  West  fr<mi  the  i)eak  there  is  u  divide,  probably  u  portage, 
and  powibly  a  canoe  passage  to  inner  waters  connecting  witli  Davidson  Inlet. 

There  are  several  streams  emptying  into  this  Iwautiful  buy,  and  plenty  of  water  wherever  the  lead 
was  put  down.  On  the  south  side  of  the  peninsula  referred  to  is  an  Indian  settlement  of  one  or  two 
large  houses. 

At  the  entrance  a  ct'rrent  of  three  or  four  knots  was  noticed  at  the  ebb,  rubning  out  of  the  bay 
and  close  along  the  eastern  shore  and  reef.  There  was  no  e8|>ecial  current  ut  the  outer  anchorage.  No 
astronomical  ol)servations  were  taken. 

The  peak  of  False  Mount  C'ulder  l)ears  S.  ^  E.  over  the  entrance  to  the  inner  part  of  Red  Bay. 
The  same  range  prolonged  N.  A  W.  about  four  miles  otT shore  indicateo  the  spot  where 
rA«f/«-fl^mr.  lies  n  rm^k,  calle<l  by  the  Russians  The  Eye-opetur,  {Xtkroi-glaxn,)  which  forms  a 
serious  danger,  as  it  is  said  to  be  (covered  at  high  water  and  has  from  twelve  to  twenty- 
four  fathoms  immediately  almut  it. 

This  rock  has  also  been  called  Hhoo-fiy  lioek  by  some  of  the  hxal  navigators.  It  is  hardly 
more  than  awa>'h  at  high  water.  A  spindle  six  feet  high,  of  iron,  was  put  on  the  rock  by  the  U.  S.  o. 
Wachmett,  but  it  is  l)eTieved  to  have  been  since  washeil  away.  There  are  said  to  be  dangeiout  ahoaU 
near  it.  . 

RANGE  TO  CLEAR  THE  EYE-OPENER. 

Keep  Point  St.  John,  Zarembo  Island,  just  on  with  Sti'tion  Island  (on  the  njrth  side  of 
Sumner  Strait,  near  Wrangell  Blind  Passage)  until  Red  Bay  is  abeam  bearing  S.  bj  S.  to  8.  This 
carries  clear  south  of  the  reef. 

The  peak  of  False  Mount  Calder,  which  is  a  marl:  for  the  reef,  is  noticeable  from  the  eastward 
as  being  a  bare  isolated  mountain  about  three  thousand  feet  high, 

Passing  up  the  strait  on  a  course  N.  by  E.  \  E.  with  the  Eye-miener  at  a  distance  of  two  miles, 
Viehneffaki  Rock  shows  clo.se  under  Point  St.  John.  It  is  a  long,  low,  black  rock  about  one  mile 
off  shore,  rarely  if  ever  ciAered  by  water.  Its  general  length  is  E.  and  W.,  and  it  lies  about  a  mile 
westward  from  a  |M)int  projecting  from  the  shore  of  Zarembo  Island,  about  two  miles  south  from  Point 
St.  John.     It  bears  E.  by  S.  ^  S.  from  the  eastern  extreme  of  Level  Island. 


RANGE  TO  CLEAR  VICHNEFFSKI  ROCK. 

Keep  Point  St.  John  well  open  E.  from  Station  Island,  which  clears  the  rock  from  either 
direction.  When  the  two  small  islands  NW.  from  Level  Island  (M)me  out,  going  to  the  eastward,  the 
rw'k  has  been  passed. 

Point  St.  John"'  forms  the  northwestern  extreme  of  Zarembo  Island.  Near  it  to  the  northward 
and  eastward  are  several  (four  to  six)  small  wooded  islands,  northeast  from  which  is  8t.  John  Harbor, 
said  to  be  a  good  anchorage  in  eighteen  fathoms,  but  of  which  no  other  information  has  been  received. 

To  the  eastward  of  this  vicinity  late  oljservations  show  great  discrepancies  between  the  ordinoiy 
charts  and  the  actual  disposition  of  the  shores  and  islands,  and  this  deficiency  is  only  partly  made  up 
for  on  the  chart  in  this  volume  showing  the  ap[)roaclies  to  the  Stikine  River. 

Eastward  from  Point  St.  John,  Sumner  Strait  trends  more  to  the  eastward,  the>genera]  direction 
being  about  NE.  J  E.  The  northern  shore  of  Zarembo  Island  is' free  from  off-lying  rocks  and  islets 
until  two  small  wooded  islets  are  reached,  which  lie  eastward  from  an  inconsiderable  indentation  of  the 
Zaremix)  shore  known  as  Baht  Harbor,  named  by  tite  Russians.f  It  is  of  small  extent, 
Baht  Harbor.  regarded  as  a  good  anchorage,  and  has  been  visited  by  the  Haaalir.  The  islets  are  all  to 
the  eastwar.l  of  the  NE.  point  of  entrance,  (off  which  extend  gome  rockii,)  and  also  of  a 
smaller  bight  beyond  this  point.  The  anchorage  is  in  eight  to  twelve  fathoms,  soft  bottom,  two  or  three 
cables  off  shore  in  the  middle  of  the  bight.  At  high  water  the  navigator  should  not  seek  leas  than 
twelve  fathoms  water.  Just  eastward  fmni  the  islets  is  Point  Craig,  before  described,  (see  page  94, 
Stikine  Strait,)  off  which  a  ahort  r«*/ extends  to  the  northward. 

'Named  bjr  Yuitoartii^ibS^aTt  No.  7  of  his  Atliw. 

tTbe  Botk  Bur))«r~«f  moat  charts  put  Russian.     Nsiiml  fur  Engineer  Bsbt,  of  the  Huinaii'AiD«rioa||  Compsiw's 
Aleaantkr, 


SUMMER   STRAIT. 


107 


Returning  to  the  nortliern  t»hore  of  Sumner  Htniit  from  Virneffuki  Ro<'k,  the  WB.  extreme  of 
Lerel  Island*  bears  W.  by  N.  \  N.  This  islniul  is  well  (K-xcriJxMl  I,  v  its  name,  hoing  low  and  flat,  and 
forms  an  excellent  landmark.  Acj-ording  to  Xiehols,  it  in  conHidombly  miHplaocd  on  ordinary  charts. 
It  is  about  three  miit-s  loug  in  n  gi'nt'raiiy  8W.  and  NB.  direction. 

From  it«  northeastern  extM>nu>  a  low  reef  makes'  out  a  half  to  three-nuarters  of  a  mile  in  the  same 
trend  toward  a  white  rock  half  a  mile  farther  in  the  same  direction,  and  which  is  always  bare,  and  there 
is  believed  to  be  a  passage  between  it  and  the  end  of  the  reef. 

In  a  northerly  direction  and  alsiut  two  n^lcs  and  a  half  fn)m  l^vel  Island  is  a  rock,  probably 
covered  at  high  water,  and  alM)ut  iialf  a  mile  from  it  N.  by  E.  is  another  rock  of  similar    ■ 
character.     The  first  bears  nlM)ut  S.  I)y  W.  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  west  point  of  Oangart. 

entrance  to  Wrangcll  Strait. 

From  Level  Island,  Point  Mitchell  is  distant  al)out  thn*  miles  in  a  westerly  direction.  Nearly 
west  from  the  NB.  extreme  of  Ijttvcl  Island  are  two  small  islets  near  the  Kuprcanotf  shore.  Coming 
from  the  eastward,  south  of  I^evel  Is!  •; id,  these  two  shut  in  Is'forc  the  navigator  is  up  with  Vichneffiiki 
Rock.  From  Point  Mitchell  the  shore  (-urves  to  the  northwanl  and  then  forms,  with  the  opposite  coast 
of  Wuewodski  Island,  a  large  inlet  nanie*i  '.>y  Vancouver  Duncan  Canal,  the  course  of  wiiieh  appans 
to  be  about  NW.  by  a.  A  N.  for  some  ten  miles  and  afterward  NW.  iiy  W.  }  W.  almut  fifteen  miles. 
The  entrance  is  formed  between  the  southwestern  |ioint  of  VVoewtxlski  Island  and  a  projection  of  the 
KupreanoiT  Island  shore  oppijsitc,  and  is  alraut  two  miles  in  width. 

Off  this  entrance  are  a  numlx'r  of  rocks  and  islets.  Within,  the  mnal  is  more  or  less  supplied 
with  islets  and  rocks,  especially  towani  the  w?stcrn  shore;  the  shores  are  very  irregularly  indented, 
though  the  average  width  does  not  appear  to  much  cx(«ed  two  miles  exclusive  of  several  shallow  bays. 

In  about  latitude  6e°  40'  N.,  mx-ording  to  U.  S.  Ilydrographic  Chart  No.  225,  a  channel,  which 
has  received  t)ie  name  of  Duncan  Passage  on  recent  charts,  leads  from  Duncan  Canal  t4)  Wrangell 
Strait,  cutting  off  Woewodski  Islandf  from  the  Lindcnberg  Peninsula  of  Kuprcanoff  Island.  Ihis 
passage  is  short  and  much  ol)structed  by  islands,  with  aiM)ut  three  fathoms  water  in  it.  Its  north- 
western point  of  entrance  on  Duncan  Canal  was  name*!  I>y  Vancouver  Point  Hood,  and  placed  in 
latitude  66°  44'  N.  From  this  point  the  canal  trends  moiv  to  the  westward,  terminating,  according  to 
Vancouver,  in  a  wide  shallow  bay,  Iwundcd  to  the  northward  by  a  low  sandy  flat,  in  latitude  66°  68' IT. 

The  southern  termination  of  Woewodski  Island  is  two  or  three  miles  broad,  and  its  southeastern 
extreme  forms  the  western  point  of  entrance  to  the  southern  end  of  Wrangell  Strait.  Opposite  it,  in  a 
northeasterly  direction,  somewhat  less  than  a  mile,  is  Point  Alexander  of  Vancouver,  whion,  aooonling 
to  observations  by  Nichols,  is  in  about 

Latitude 66°  Sl'.6  N. 

Longitude 132°  66'.0W., 

and  is  apparently  of  moderate  height  and  woo<led. 

Eastward  from  this  point  the  astonishing  discrepancies  between  the  onlinary  charts  and  the  results 
of  the  JIaMler'a  recent  reconnaissance  render  it  a  most  unwelcome  task  to  attempt  to  describe  (or  place 
on  the  charts  of  this  volume)  the  features  of  hydrography;  since  the  new  olnervations,  however 
excellent,,  arc  not  continuous,  an«l  the  adjustment  of  differences  in  the  absence  of  complete  data  must 
be  for  some  time  longer  postponed.  However,  it  will  Ikj  attempted  to  give  some  hints  toward  a  descrip- 
tion, though  aware  that  it  cannot  but  be  more  or  less  faulty  in  detail. 

The  eastern  portion  of  Sumner  Strait  was  calletl  Stikine  .Strait  by  Tebienkoff,  a  name  previously 
adopted  by  Russian  cartographers  for  an  adjacent  i)mly  of  water.  It  has  also  l)een  termed  Stikine 
Sound;  but,  while  this  name  would  l)e  applicable,  the  necessity  of  <lividing  the  strait  into  several 
nominal  bodies  of  water  does  not  seem  evident  nnv  more  than  in  the  case  of  Chatham  Sifrait. 

About  two  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Point  Alexander  is  Point  Howe  of  Vancouver,  from  whence 
the  shore,  exclusive  of  minor  irregularities,  rounds  to  the  eastward  and  northward  with  several  islets 
adjacent  to  it,  and  at  a  distance  of  about  seven  miles  it  i?,  according  to  some  authorities,  broken  by 
Blind  Paasage,  an  inlet  supposed  to  c»nnect  with  \\'rangcll  Strait,  but  dry  at  low  water. 

Off  the  shore,  westward  irom  the  entrance  of  Blind  Passage,  is  the  island  named  Station  Island 
by  the  Hastier.  It  was  used  as  one  of  the  observing  stations  and  is  situated  about  three-quartere  of  a 
mile  off  the  Mitkoff  shore,  without  off-lying  dangers,  and  according  to  Nichols  is  about  NW.  by  W. 
i  W.  trom  Point  Craig. 

Hence  the  shore  trends  for  some  seven  or  eight  miles  northeastward  to  Point  Blaquiere.  named 
bv  Vancouver,  and  placed  by  him  in  latitude  56°  39'  N.,  and  sitnntetl  in  alwut  longitude  132°  90'  W. 
f  his  point  is  noteworthy  as  being  the  vicinity  where  the  flats  of  the  Stikine  meet  the  shore  of  Mitkoff 

*  Namrd  by  Metdf),  in  1868,  on  U.  8.  Hydrograpliic  Office  CImrt,  No.  28!>. 

tWo«wod«kf  I»t»nd,  named  by  the  RuMiftiiB  in  ie4t(  after  llie  gov.TiK.r  of  llic  tcli.iiirf.  Ims  aUo  Iwen  calleU  VMTOdllMfe 
UUad  on  wme  Engliih  and  American  charts,  a.id  a  part  ( t)  of  it  «  hi.  na.ned  Hedvleihl  or  B«ar  UUnd  by  Lindei.berg  in  18f.O. 
Till,  body  of  land,  bounded  chiefly  by  Wrangell  and  Sumner  straits,  with  Duiicmi  Caiiul,  if  believed  to  be  about  .even  niilei 
In  length  in  •  H.  and  ■.  direction  and  about  half  ai  wide  a*  it  i>  loi.g.    It  i«  deimely  wooded  and  of  a  more  or  ien  hilly  oharaoler. 


108 


ISLANDS  IN   SUMNEII   STRAIT. 


W. 


Island,  thus  clneing  to  navigation  (ho  Mouthrrn  end  of  Dry  or  Soukhui  Strait.  Vancouver's  boats 
failed  to  find  any  pasitage,  but  tlipy  also  niiwitl  tlic!  Stikinu  chiinnel  on  the  o|i|Kwite  shori!  and  that  in 
Wrungoll  Strait.  There  aru  iudicutioMH  that  nouil-  chainivl,  though  |)oiwilily  too  shoal  and  oontrocted 
for  Hliip  navigation,  may  exint  on  that  side  of  the  «tn>'t,  though  a  cursory  examination  by  Meade 
revealed  none,  and  indicated  tiiat  the  eliannel  wax  imjuuHHablc  for  vi<Mel^  drawing  more  than  four  feet 
of  water. 

Although  it  it)  known  that  there  m  a  cinioe  iMifwige  through  at  low  water,  the  question  cannot  be 
consideretl  aa  definitely  8(>ttled  without  additional  and  careful  examination.  It  is  stated  by  residents 
at  Wrangell  that  the  southern  eiigc  of  the  flat^  in  Htendily  though  slowly  moving  southward,  and  that 
they  are  also  steadily  shoaling,  while  the  clnuinel  through  them  from  the  Stikine  moutli  continually 
changcH. 

From  Point  Bla(|uierc  to  the  ncarext  o|i|Mwite  hei.dland  of  the  mainland,  near  the  river  mouth,  is 
supposed  to  1)6  alwut  three  and  a  half  milex  NE.  by  17.  TIiIh  may  be  said  to  t)e  the  southern  entrance 
of  l)ry  Strait. 

On  the  flatH  northward  from  the  |M)int  \h  SergiefT  Island,  Hmnll  and  high;  the  entire  area 
northwestwani  and  southeimtward  from  this  iitlaiid,  for  a  dintimce  of  four  or  fivp  miles,  between 
Mitkoif  Island  and  the  Stikine  Channel  or  ctmtinental  nlmre,  is  l)elicvc<l  to  lie  occupied  by  extensive 
flats  partly  dry  at  low  water.  Au  an<-lionige  is  indicated  on  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  22A  in 
the  angle  between  the  sonti;  veifitern  e<lge  of  the  tIatH  and  the  shore  of  MitkotT  Island,  but  no  details 
are  given. 

Southward  froni  the  flats  and  westwani  from  Wrangell,  Woronkoffski  Islands  and  the  main  shore, 
a  numl)er  of  gtxHl-sized  islandH  arc  scattered  in  the  eaNtern  jtart  of  Sumner  Strait.  Their  form,  num- 
ber and  position  are  iniiufited  in  widely  diflc'ront  ways  on  diflerent  charts.  The  data  here  given  are 
derived  from  haxty  reconnaisManec  work  by  ofli<-crs  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  and  tlie  Hasider  party 
in  18()!»,  1880  and  1881-2.  Ini|R'rfetrt  ns  these  observations  are,  they  are  believed  to  more  aocuretely 
represent  the  facts  than  anything  heretofore  publisheil. 

8W.  from  Point  Higfificid  almut  four  miles  is  Five-Mile  Island,  very  small,  hieh,  steep-to  and 
wooded ;"'  it  was  called  i'iati-MiIni  by  the  Russians,  who  8up|)osed  it  to  be  almut  five  miles  from  Wran- 
gell. A  mile  and  three-quarters  N.  from  FivtsMile  Island  \-  Liesnoi  Island,  rather  low  and  wooded, 
about  half  a  mile  in  extent  and  five-eighths  of  a  mile  south  from  Kadin  Island,  named  by  the  Rynda 
party. t  This  island  is  about  two  miles  by  one  and  a  half  in  extent,  wocxlcd,  and  about  eight  hundred 
and  tiftv  feet  high.  It  stands  din>ctly  on  the  southern  edge  of  the  flats,  and  the  greater  portion  of 
its  southern  shore  is  hold-to,  with  a  denth  of  eight  to  fifteen  fathoms.  A  spur  of  the  flat  runs  to  the 
southward  east  of  the  ielaiid,  and  roaches  as  far  south  as  the  latter.  From  the  end  of  this  spur,  with 
some  irregularities,  the  edge  of  the  flats  trends  about  NE.  toward  the  continental  shore. 

Less  than  two  miles  westward  from  Kadin  Island  lies  Bynda  Island,  throe-quarters  of  a  mile  wide 
and  more  than  three  miles  long  N.  and  S.,  iiainc<l  by  the  Uussians.  It  is  wooded,  moderately  high, 
with  two  knolw  or  |)caks. 

ImmeJiately  south  of  it  is  SokolofT  Island, |  two  miles  long  E.  and  W.  and  half  as  wide.  It 
is  moderately  high,  and  it  or  Rynda  Island  may  l)e  that  ap|)earing  under  the  subsequent  name  of 
Orey'B  Island  in  U.  S.  Hyilrographic  Chart  No.  225. 

This  island  is  remarkable  for  being  composed  '>f  two  high  portions  united  by  a  narr«)w  isthmus 
hardly  raisccl  alwve  the  sea,  which  from  the  south  a|)]M>ars  like  a  deep  cleft  separating  two  closely 
adjacent  islands.     Russian  authorities  indicate  no  passage-way  lietween  SokolofT  and  llyiida  islands. 

South  from  Sokololf  Island  and  separated  from  it  by  a  navigable  channel  three-quarters  of  a  mile 
wide  lies  Vank  Island,  apparently  named  by  the  Russians.  It  is  the  largest  of  the  group  above  con- 
sid<>re<l,  and  api)ear8  to  be  about  four  miles  long  E  SE.  and  W  NW.  and  a  mile  and  a  half  wide,  and 
moderately  high.  On  its  NW.  shore  anchorage  is  indicated  by  Russian  authorities  without  soundings. 
Off  the  southern  point  of  this  indentation  a  rock  is  indicated,  not  far  from  the  shore.  A  short  distance 
off  the  NW.  extreme  of  the  island  is  an  islet,  indicated  under  the  name  of  Two-tree  Islet  on  U.  8. 
Hydrographic  Chart  No.  225. 

There  is  a  clear  passage  on  cither  side  of  Vank  Island. 

From  Wrangell  Anchorage  the  course  to  clear  Vank  Island  to  the  soathward  is  SW.  \  W. 
Thence  to  clear  Point  Craig  the  ccjurse  is  west. 


"•orocty  Island,  of  the  U.  8.  Hjdrogmpliio  Office  Chart  No.  225,  may  b«  intended  for  tliit  or  Lieanoi  Island  dstcribed 
above.  The  diicrepanciee  betwet-n  RuMiaii  Hydioprnphic  Chart  No.  14U3,  Britiab  Admlnlty  Chart  No  SM31,  and  United  Sutee 
Hydrographic  Chart  No.  225  in  rt-gard  to  this  locality  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  Kynda  ebart  and  olwHrraliuna  of  recent  Cout 
Survey  partita  on  the  other,  cannot  be  reconciled.  The  features  of  a  map  made  by  Mr.  Hunter,  a  Caiiuilian  eustom-bouae  officer 
and  aurveyor,  are  equally  dilTerent  from  all  pref  ious  delineationii,  and  evidently  unreliable  ao  far  aa  thin  location  ia  ooncemwl. 

t  After  the  veteran  pilot  M.  M.  Kadin,  a  native  (if  the  Aleutian  lelandt,  and  who  drew  at  Sitha  the  vbarta  contained  in 
TebienkotTe  atlaa,  which  were  afterward  engraved  there  on  copper  by  K.  GregorielT  Terentieff.  another  native  of  Alaeka. 

t  Probably  named  for  Mr.  Alezauder  Bokoloff,  who  haa  written  oonaiderahly  upon  Alaakan  topica.  &(  Appendix  1,  IWtf, 
p.  350. 


i.. 


STIKIME  B1V£U. 


109 


PaMing  from  Wrangell  Anchorage  in  n  SW.  dinvtion  tlie  Uingent  of  Kadin  Island  W.  (  E.  cuti 
the  renter  of  the  cation  uf  the  cuust  ni(inntmu8  on  the  niuinhnid  through  which  the  Stikine  River 
reoohm  the  sen. 

From  Point  ,tIighAcltl,  Zelony  (Oreen)  Point,  ncur  tiio  rntruniv  of  the  ohunnol  through  the 
Stikine  flutfi  to  tlie  suut.'ncni  mouth  of  the  river,  Ixuirs  V.  hy  W.  \  W.  thri)«  and  a  half  milra  acrordiug 
to  UuMi'an  authorities. 

Ft  mtut  be  noted,  however,  thnt  th'M  bearimfii  and  di»tancrit  are  Hubjivt  to  extmnhv  reviiiifm. 

About  two  milcR  K.  fntni  SimonoiTor  Observatory  Islet,  ni>(<onliiif;  to  the  Ryiuhi  chart,  hes  the 
Rynda  Anchoi   'j;o,  or  Port  Rynda,  xound^!  out  hy  tin-  |>nrty  under  Coninunxh'r  IW- 
iirgin,  who  explored  the  Stikine  Kiver  iienrly  to  the  Kritifii  iMuindnry  in  IHO.'i.     Thin  Rynda  Anoherai*. 
unchoniee  is  situated  in  an  iidvantagenus  itositioii  directly  ut  tiie  mouth  of  tiic  ehaniii! 
leading  to  the  river,  and  has  an  extent  of  a  mile  in  'I'Mer  dire<'tion. 

The  corvette  anehonnl  ii  mile  W.  l)v  8.  from  a  •  len  cni^'M  and  eenotnph  erertc«l  over  a  grave 
on  the  mntinentnl  shore,  and  N.  two  miles  from  Sinn^i  ■  if  Fulet,  having  ten  fiilhonw  over  a  bottom  of 
sand  and  gravel.  Russian  Hvdrographic  Chart  N  •.  '493  kHutes  an  inlet  in  tliis  vicinity  which  has 
no  place  in  the  Rynda  chart,  'this,  very  likely  •■■•.\^  one  of  tlioHC  ('liaoj^dihle  nhoals,  dry  at  low  water, 
which  alxmnd  near  the  margin  of  the  fliits  a  '  m.iv  dl^a|>lM•ar  .it  any  time,  hut  «>s|K!(!ially  in  times  «if 
II(hm1  during  the  spring.  At  this  |M>ini  there  wouUf  a| 'tear  Ui  Ih-  ciisy  etimnuinication  with  the  conti- 
1  'iital  shore,  and  except  from  the  SE.  the  aneliorag<>  ic  very  well  nrotwted,  though  the  curn'iits  at  tne 
liver  mouth  must  make  it,  at  timi>H,  nii  uneasy  l)er''  I  li<^  M>uii((ings  vary  from  six  to  eighteen  fath- 
oms. On  the  Imr  at  the  mouth  of  the  channel  througli  the  flats  there  is  only  a  f<M)t  or  two  of  water 
at  low  tide. 

THE  STIKINE   ItlVEIt. 

From  the  anchorage  NW.  \  TS.  aboat  six  and  a  half  miles  lies  one  of  tiit  principal  mouths  of  the 
Stikine  River,  the  largest  river  of  Alaska  cast  of  Mount  Ht.  Klia-<.*  This  river  rises  in  a  small  lake 
in  the  vicinity  of  latitude  67°  10'  N.  and  hmgitude  128°  W.,  and  Hows  in  a  northerly  direction  for 
some  sixty  milef.  when  it  receives  a  lavge  branch  from  tite  eastwani  and  curves  to  the  westward  through 
a  narrow  gorge  about  fifty  miles  in  length,  known  as  the  Oreat  Canon.  Toward  the  lower  end  of  tlie 
oiiflon  the  river  trends  more  to  the  southward,  and  ten  milen  alnive  the  tcrminatitm  of  the  ciiflon  a 
tolerably  large  branch  comes  in  fnmi  the  northwest.  This  is  (idled  the  First  North  Fork,  and  heads 
close  to  the  sources  of  the  Taku  River.  The  small  town  of  Glenoni,  near  the  mouth  of  the  (Jreat 
Canon,  is  the  hiiid  of  steam  navigation;  a  few  miles  Iwlow,  the  First  South  Fork  cnlei's  Irom  the 
eastward.  Below  this  the  river  passes  through  a  moiiiitainous  region  for  seventy-five  or  eighty  mih-fl, 
flowing  in  a  nearly  south  dirc(>tion,  having  thus  des(Tilied  a  somewhat  semicircular  figure.  It  then 
turns  somewhat  sharply  to  the  westward,  entering  the  northeastern  angle  of  Sumner  Strait  through  a 
delta  yet  insufficiently  explored,  I  ut  which  is  known  to  have  two  or  three  mouths  of  considerable  size. 
The  tojjography  in  the  vicinity  of  the  river  is  mostly  mountainous,  with  some  broad  valleys,  l)i;t  more 
minieroHS  narrow  ones.  Most  of  these  have  a  (■ertaiii  jmrallelism  with  the  coast,  while  some  of  those 
through  which  the  Stikine,  Naas  and  Taku  rivers  reach  the  sea  cut  across  the  ranges  nearl;  at  right 
angk's.t 

The  low  lands  are  usually  flat  and  8ubje«!t  to  inundations  in  hejivy  freshets;  covered  with  a  dense 
growth  of  grass,  willows,  alders  and  poplar,  or  dottcil  with  small  |K)nds.  For  twelve  miles  atmve 
Point  Rothsay  the  river  valby  is  sandy  and  almost  destitute  of  vegetation.  This  tract,  which  doubt- 
less owes  its  origin  to  the  scouring  of  freshets,  has  received  the  name    f  the  Desert. 

The  mountains  are  steep  and  ruggetl,  but  in  general  aftbrtl  foothold  to  a  dense  forest  of  coniferous 
trees,  which  attain  a  resixK-tablc  size.  The  higher  summits  reach  alwve  the  snow-line  and  afford  a 
permanent  source  of  supply  to  the  numerous  locjil  glaciers. 

The  climate  of  the  Stikine  region  varies  from  the  coast  inland.  Toward  the  interior  the  summen 
are  short  and  hot  and  the  winters  cold,  resemh'ing  the  conditions  of  the  Sjiskatchewiin  region.  For 
particular  notes  the  reader  is  referretl  to  the  i'.le:^>rologicjd  Appendix.    The  river  is  said  to  l)e  closed 

•  The  muna  !■  >  ojmiption  of  an  Indian  word,  understood  lo  Iw  tlie  native  name  of  the  river,  and  from  which  the  natitra 
tribe  inhabiting  the  continental  ahore  of  Alaska  from  the  Taku  to  Uradfield  Canal  derives  ile  own  trilial  appellation.  Tlila 
word,  according  to  tba  beat  authoritiea,  ia  thought  to  lie  correctly  proiionnced  Btali-kliean  or  SUh-Uila.  Tlie  naniea  applied 
to  the  river  have  bwin  Btakem,  BtataUn,  Btlckaan,  Btacbln  and  BUkliia,— the  last  mentiui.i'd  beini;  Hint  uaiinlly  oilopted  on 
the  western  coast  in  newspapers  and  hooka.  It  was  also  adopted  by  the  I'.  8.  Coast  Survey  in  tlia  Const  Pilot  of  1H6'J.  There 
seems  to  be  no  good  reason  why  we  should  attempt  to  retain  the  Indian  p-oniinciation  after  it  has  been  univerenily  discarded  iiy 
the  population  moat  intereatsd.  The  rirer  has  also  lieen  erroneously  calle.1  " Frtncai  "  and  '■  PeUy  "  Klvar,— names  lielonging 
tn  Btreama  of  ika  interior. 

I  In  fact,  'be  same  type  of  top<igraphy  prevaila  upon  the  continental  border  as  that  exhibiteil  in  a  half-Hiibmergeil  condition 
in  the  Columbian  and  Alexander  archipelagos.  If  the  latter  were  entirely  elevateil  above  the  sea  Vvel,  Iliey  would  in  esxHitial 
ffalurea  reaembia  Iha  prcacnt  continental  border,  and,  were  the  valleys  of  the  last  depresfed  IwU.w  the  sea  level,  a  similar  exien- 
•iuu  of  the  arcbipalago,  without  change  of  character,  would  be  the  result.  Sumntr  Strait  appears  to  be  merely  the  prulongatiun 
•eaward  of  tha  rallaj  of  tha  lower  Btikina. 


no 


gTlKIKE  BITEB. 


by  ice  in  December,  sometimes  as  late  as  the  seventeenth,  and  to  open  in  May,  usually  previous  to  the 
fifteenth  and  often  by  the  first  of  the  montlt.  The  oi)ening  is  followed  by  a  temporary  rise  and  fall, 
and  at  its  first  opening,  from  floating  ice,  drift-wood,  snags,  &c.,  is  not  navigable  for  several  days. 
The  highest  water  is  sajd  to  occur  in  July,  when  the  hot  sun  is  melting  the  snow  oitrthe  higher  levels, 
and  this  indicates  that  tlie  chief  source  of  the  water-supply  of  the  river  is  in  the  snows  of  the  moun- 
tains Ather  than  in  the  drainage  or  rain-full  of  the  lowland  region.  The  depth  of  water  in  the  channel 
for  the  twenty-five  milas  represented  on  the  Ri/rula  chart,  in  the  latter  part  of  May,  was  nowhere  less 
than  six  feet,  and  the  average  depth  at  least  twelve  feet.  It  is  stated  that  at  lowest  water  there  u 
seldom  less  than  three  feet  in  the  channel.  The  rise  in  tlie  channel,  or  in  vertical  height  of  the  water, 
does  not  appear  by  the  water-lines  of  the  margin  to  increase  more  than  six  feet  at  highest  water.  The 
difference  in  the  volume  of  water  transported  is  made  up  for  by  the  flooding  of  the  low  lands. 
Through  this  horizontal  extension  results  a  general  and  very  perplexing  change  in  the  form,  direction 
and  appearance  of  the  river  margins.  The  waters  are  invariably  turbid.  This  is  mostly  due  to  the 
fine  8us|iendcd  material  trunsiwrtcid  by  the  glacier  streams. 

The  chief  obstacle  to  the  free  navigation  of  the  river  is  the  impetuosity  of  the  current.  This  is 
stated  to  avu.-age  four  or  five  miles  an  hour  from  the  gate  of  the  Great  Cafiou  to  the  delta,  and  in  the 
cations  it  is  of  course  much  greater.  Except  by  the  aid  of  steam,  up-stream  navigation,  in  the  strict 
sense  of  the  word,  on  a  large  part  of  the  Stikine  is  impossible.  Pohng  or  tracking  must  be  resorted 
to  to  surmount  the  obstacles,  and  this,  for  siitisfactory  progress,  requires  a  large  purty  and  a  stout 
tracking-line  fifty  to  one  hundred  fathoms  long.    The  river  is  seldom  over  two  cabl^  and  a  half  in  width. 

Vancjuver's  parties  did  not  recognize  the  existence  of  a  large  river  here.  It  was  first  discovered 
by  the  fur-traders.  The  sloop  Dmgon,  Captain  Cleveland,  visited  the  Stikine  ilelta  in  April,  1799, 
and  in  the  journal  of  the  ship  Eliza,  Captain  Rowan,  for  the  same  year,  we  find  the  locality  alluded  to  as 
"  Stikin."  According  to  a  mistaken  idea  of  Greenhow  this  existence  of  the  river  was  first  made  public 
through  Captain  Wihl,  of  the  American  ship  Atahwdpa,  of  Boston,  in  1804,  but  the  river  referred  to 
by  Wild  was  the  Noas  and  not  the  Stikine.  The  head-waters  were  first  discovered  by  John  McLeod,  a 
trader  from  Liards  River.  It  has  been  explored  by  various  [mrtics.  A  Russian  piirty  ascended  to 
he  mouth  of  the  Iskoot,  and  their  survey  was  mapped  in  185.}.  Prospectors  from,  British  Columbia 
reached  the  head- waters  some  years  later.     In  1863  a  luirty  from  the  Russian  corvette  Rynda^aceom- 

fanied  by  Professor  \Vm.  P.  Blake,  ascended  the  river  to  a  short  distance  beyond  the  Little  Caflon. 
n  the  period  from  1865  to  1867,  inclusive,  the  officers  and  explorers  of  the  Western  Ui;ion  Telegraph 
Expedition  examine<l  this  river  and  every  important  tributary  from  its  head-waters  to  the  sea.  The 
upper  portion  of  the  river,  for  business  reasons,  ret^ived  the  most  attention,  and  but  few  astronomical 
observations  were  made,  and  these  chiefly  for  latitude.  A  few  astronomical  observations  on  the  lower 
part  of  the  river  were  made  by  the  Rynda  party,  but  by  some  error  or  inadvertence  of  the  draughtsman 
they  are  rendered  unavailable  from  the  evident  displacement  of  the  station  mark  on  the  chart.  There 
is  a  complete  absence  of  any  topography  on  the  river  chart,  which  covers  a  distance  of  fro. '  ranty  to 
twenty-five  miles  up  stream.  A  sketch  map,  prepared  independently  by  Professor  Blake,  is  much 
more  full  and  compi-ehcnsible,  Imt  is  on  a  smaller  scale  ana  of  course  wants  the  hydrography.  A 
sketch  map  affording  some  information  (especially  distances,  said  to  be  official)  was  publishod  in  1874 
by  the  Mining  Press  newspa|H-r  of  Sun  f'rancisw).  The  MS.  maps  of  the  Western  Unior.  Telegraph 
Expedition  are  by  far  the  fullest  and  most  satisfactory  with  regard  to  the  interior.  A  map  of  tne 
Cassi^r  mining  district,  published  by  authority  in  1876,  contains  additional  details ;  the  last  map  noted 
is  the  survey  by  Mr.  Hunter,  already  alluded  to.  No  one  of  these  maps  is  satisfactory,  and  they  are 
all  more  or  less  discrepant  with  one  another,  especially  in  regard  to  distances. 

In  view  of  the  inijwrtance  of  the  gold  mining  on  the  upper  Stikine  a  brief  itinerary  for  the  river 
is  appended,  though  hardly  warranted  by  its  navigable  facilities,  and  for    " 


American  Iwundury. 


the  most  part  beyond  the 


ITINERARY   FOR   THE  STIKINE   RIVER. 


The  port  of  entry  is  Wrangell,  at  Etolin  Harbor,  Wrangell  Island,  which  has  been  previously 
described.    Steamers  from  Portland,  Oregon,  transport  passengers  and  goods  to  this  point. 

From  Point  Highfield,  just  north  of  Wrangell,  the  entrance  of  the  Stikine  channel  at  Rynda 
anchorage  bears  N.  abiiut  three  miles. 

The  bar  at  the  mouth  of  this  channel  through  the  flats,  according  to  various  authorities,  has  from 
one  and  a  half  to  two  and  a  half  feet  ujwn  it  at  low  water,  with  a  rise  and  fall  of  eighteen  feet  at  full 
and  change.  It  chnnges  with  the  freshets.  The  bar  has  an  axial  width  of  a  third  of  a  mile  in  the 
direction  of  the  stream. 

From  the  outer  etlge  of  the  bar  to  the  southern  mouth  of  the  river  proper  is  five  and  a  half  miles 
in  a  generally  WW.  by  N.  direction.  The  depth  in  tlie  channel  varies  from  six  fathoms  to  seven  and 
a  half  feet  at  the  river  mouth,  where  a  second  bar  exists.  The  width  of  the  channel  between  the  one- 
fathom  curves  is  from  a  quarter  to  half  a  mile.  The  eastern  border  of  the  channel  lies  n  cable  or  less 
from  the  continentJ'l  shore,  which  is  ap|>arently  composed  of  iNiuks  rather  than  beaches,  behind  which 
the  wooded  land  rises  rather  rapidly  to  blufls  of  moderate  height. 


BTIKIKB  RIVBR. 


Ill 


Within  two  miles  of  the  entrance  three  unimportant  points — Falae  or  South  Zelonoi  (Green)  Point, 

Zelonoi  Point  proper,  which  is  probably  the  Point  Rothsay  of  Vancouver,  and  Palonoi  (Fired)  Point 

are  passed.  The  last  two  are  only  a  third  of  a  mile  from  one  another.  At  Zelonoi  Point  the  bluffs 
approach  within  their  shortest  distance  of  the  shore.  At  the  river  mouth  Point  Rothsay  of  Himter, 
on  the  eastern  shore,  is  named  by  the  Russians  Reeohnoi  or  Biver  Point.  This  point  and  the  southern 
entrance  bear  about  NE.  j  E.  from  Sergieff  Island  on  the  flats. 

The  next  northern  entranct  is  about  two  miles  NW.  by  N.  from  the  southern  one,  and  opens  into 
a  bight  over  a  mile  in  extent  and  much  obstructed  by  lurking  sand-lmrs,  Ac.  NW.  from  this  bight  a 
high  ridge  or  mountain  rises,  extending  in  a  N.  and  8.  direction  and  having  a  rather  bluff  top.  To 
the  eastward  from  this  the  delta  region  is  flat.  To  the  northward  and  westward  other  entrances  or 
arms  of  the  delta  may  exist,  but  this  region  does  not  appear  to  have  been  explored. 

As  the  southern  mouth  of  the  delta  offers  the  best  known  facilities,  a  further  reference  to  the  other 
channels  seems  unnecessary.  The  accompanying  chart  is  known  to  be  considerably  in  error  in  regard 
to  the  delta  but  there  are  no  data  for  rectifying  it. 

The  bar  at  the  southern  mouth  is  short  and  carries  two  to  five  feet  at  low  water.  Beycnd  this 
the  depth  increases  to  ten  or  twenty  feet.  The  river  trends  more  to  the  eastward  as  do  the  bluffs 
behind  the  margin,  and  the  width  of  the  low  lands  between  the  bluffs  and  the  river  increases.  The 
hlufls  or  hills  attain  an  altitude  of  fifteen  hundred  feet  or  more,  and  the  flat  portion  of  the  delta 
appears  three  or  four  miles  wide. 

About  five  miles  al>ove  the  delta  islands  the  valley  narrows  and  the  river  appears  only  two  or 
three  hundred  feet  in  width.  The  depth  in  the  channel  to  this  point  is  nowhere  leas  than  seven  and 
will  average  over  twelve  feet.  The  ap|)earunce  of  the  high  land  on  either  side  is  as  if  ranges  trending 
NW.  and  SE.  were  abutting  obliquely  upon  the  river. 

A  few  miles  above,  on  the  north  bank,  a  stream  called  the  Soynai  or  loe-water  River  flows  in 
from  a  glacier  a  mile  or  two  to  the  westward.  A  small  steamer  carries  tourists  from  Wrangell  to  this 
glacier  and  returns  the  same  day.  The  low  alluvial  point  between  the  Soynai  and  the  Stikine  is  com- 
posed of  river-drift  and  is  stated  to  afford  gold. 

Above  this  for  several  miles  the  course  of  the  Stikine  u  nearly  E.  and  W.,  without  rapids. 
There  are  some  sand-bars  or  islands  on  the  south  side  of  the  river,  and  the  valley  in  which  it  flows 
becomes  wider,  the  iiver  banks  low,  and  the  nortlieru  mountains  recede  to  the  northwest.  At  a  dis- 
tance {vide  Blake,  l.  c.)  of  five  and  a  half  miles  from  the  Soynai  the  Stikine  turns  suddenly  to  the  IT. 
and  then  to  the  NW.  At  the  convexity  of  the  curve  granitic  mountains  rise  abruptly  from  the  water. 
Between  the  mountains  and  the  river  on  the  north  side  of  the  bend  is  a  considerable  gravelly  flat, 
overgrown  with  willows  and  shrubbery.  Between  this  point  and  the  sea  the  current  varies  from  two 
and  a  half  knots  to  three  and  a  half  knots  per  hour.  The  difficulty  experienced  in  reconciling  differ- 
ent accounts  will  be  understood  when  it  is  remembered  that  Professor  Blake  and  most  other  map- 
makers  put  this  bend  about  fifteen  miles  from  the  delta;  yet  according  to  the /{^nc/a  hydrographic 
sketch  the  distance  is  but  seven  miles. 

The  flat  above  mentioned  is  terminated  by  a  rocky  point,  called  by  the  Indians  Kokaydai. 
Pri)fes8or  Blake  refers  to  this  as  a  good  locality  for  a  settlement  or  station,  as  there  is  a  good  landing 
and  its  height  secures  immunity  from  floods.  Directly  beyond  and  nearly  opposite  to  this  jKtint  is  the 
valley  of  the  Skoot  or  Iskoot  Biver,  extending  to  the  eastward.  This  is  a  large  stream,  navigable 
by  otmoes,  and  entering  the  Stikine  apparently  by  several  mouihs.  The  Skoot  extends  to  the  eastward 
about  fifty-five  miles,  when  it  bends  to  ths  northward,  receiving  at  the  angle  thvn  formed  a  tributary, 
the  ITin-kun-saw,  which  flows  from  the  southward  and  eastwanl  a  distance  of  over  twenty  miles.  At 
the  summit,  where  the  head-waters  of  this  branch  are  intimately  associated  with  those  of  the  Naas 
Rivar,  the  elevation  attained  is  twenty-six  hundred  feet.  By  ascerding  the  Skoot  and  naking  the 
porilage  the  Stikine  Indians  can  desoe'nd  the  Naas  River  and  reach  Fort  Simpson  in  six  days  after 
setting  out. 

The  extent  of  the  great  bend  of  the  Stikine  is  variously  estimated  at  from  two  to  four  miles. 
Above  it  the  general  course  of  the  river  is  NW.  by  N.  J  N.  to  the  mouth  of  the  Little  Canon.  In 
the  l»end  the  depth  Is  from  seven  to  twenty-four  f«et  (May),  and  the  current  reaches  four  and  a  half 
knoti  per  hour. 

A  short  distance  above  the  mouth  of  the  Skoot  is  the  first  village  or  camp  of  the  Tinneh  Indians 
of  the  interior,  as  distinguished  from  the  TMinkits  or  Kaloshians  of  the  coast.  In  the  same  vicinity, 
on  the  western  bank,  a  fine  glacier  extends  far  back  among  the  hills,  and  has  a  width  of  a  mile  or 
more  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  river.  To  the  eastward,  some  distance  behind  the  hills  adjacent  to 
tiie  river,  a  high  serrated  range  of  sharp  peaks  is  visible.  The  miners  term  the  rugged  region  of  this 
vicinity  the  Olaoier  Mountaina.  The  Mining  Press  sketch  inilicates  the  boundary  line  as  being  about 
half  way  between  these  mountains  and  the  Little  CaHon,  or  aboi  t  sixty-five  miles  from  Fort  Wrangell. 
Until  more  exact  data  are  obtained  this  must  remain  in  doubt.  A  Hudson  Bay  Company's  post  is 
situated  on  the  British  side  of  the  supposed  boundary. 

For  the  remainder  of  the  distance  covered  bv  the  Bwida  chart  it  appears  that  at  that  season  a 
iix  or  aev«ti-foot  channel  might  be  ooanted  on  with  toleiable  certainty.     Above  the  bend  the  current 


112 


SOVKHOI  STRAIT. 


increases  in  velocity,  attaining  in  some  places  a  rate  of  six  knots  per  hour.  As  nearly  bh  they  can  be 
correlated,  this  distance  would  seem  to  reach  to  Blake's  Camp  VI,  eleven  nailes  or  thereabouts  by  the 
Russian  detcnninations,  or  about  twenty-five  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  river. 

The  approju'h  of  the  Little  Carton  is  marked  by  Cone  Mountain,  a  regtilar  and  conspiruous  peak 
on  the  eastern  bank.  The  carton  itself  is  less  than  a  mile  long,  and  here  the  whole  stream  is  com- 
pressed in  a  narrow  rw^ky  gorge.  On  the  north  side,  for  a  part  of  the  way,  an  eddy  or  counter-c-urrent 
exists,  which  may  Iw  of  assistance  in  ascending  this  part  of  the  river. 

Above  the  carton  the  river  is  much  wider  and  flows  quietly  between  terraced  banks.  A  short 
distance  above  is  a  rapid,  where  a  portion  of  the  river  is  olwtruetefl  by  rocks  and  boulders.  This  was 
named  the  Sergieff  Bapid  by  the  Byniht  party,  who  lost  a  man  of  that  name  at  this  point  by  drown- 
ing. It  mav  1)0  the  "  KhxMiiinuin  Caiion  "  of  the  miners.  According  to  the  Western  Union  map  it  is 
alwut  fifty  miles  from  the  Little  Carton  to  the  mouth  of  the  Great  Carton  and  the  head  of  steam  navi- 
gation. About  thirty-eight  miles  from  Little  Carton  the  Dominion  Government  has  established  a 
reservation  for  government  purposes,  upon  which  reservation  is  a  house  for  the  local  officers.  Six  or 
seven  miles  alwve  is  Buck's  Bar,  a  celebrated  locality  for  placer  mining,  and  five  miles  or  so  farther  is 
the  mouth  of  the  Great  Carton.  Here  is  a  Hudson  Bay  Company's  trading  post  and  some  miners'  and 
Indian  camjw.  The  carton  is  in  many  places  ve.-y  narrow — indeed  is  for  the  greater  part  of  its  length 
navigable  for  no  craft  whatever,  and  is  avoided  by  i!<e  natives  and  miners,"  w-no  take  to  trails  entirely 
away  from  the  river,  rhose  branches  ore  cn>ssetl  by  susfiension  bridges  of  Indian  invention  and  con- 
struction. The  mining  is  chiefly  airried  on  in  the  region  of  the  head-waters  of  the  rfver  and  the 
localities  change  to  some  extent  annually.  Notwithstanding  the  severity  of  the  temperature,  miners 
fn-quently  travel  to  the  different  cani|)s  on  the  ice  or  over  the  snow  in  winter.  The  distance  from 
Buck's  Bar  U)  the  shore  near  Wrangell  has  l)een  made  on  foot  in  three  and  a  half  days  in  the  month 
of  March.  The  entire  distanc*  from  Dease  Lake,  by  the  miner's  trail  to  Buck's  Bar  and  thence  on  the 
river  ice  to  the  south  edge  of  the  delta  has  l>een  made  on  foot  in  eleven  days. 

Next  in  order  of  consideration  are  the 

MITKOFF  AND  ASSOCIATED  ISLANDS, 
separated  by  the  following 

STRAITS  LEADINCl  NORTHWARD  FROM  UUMNER  STRAIT. 

That  which  is  nearest  to  the  continent  is  Dry  or  Soukhoi  Strait  of  the  Russians,  otherwise  known 
as  that  part  of  Fretlerick  Sound  of  Vanct>uver  which  extends  between  MitkofT  Island  and  the  main- 
land, including  the  flats  of  the  Stikine  delta.     This  strait  extends  from  Point  Blaquiere 
Ory  or  abrmt  fifteen  miles  in  a  NW.  |  W.  direction  with  an  average  width  of  less  timn  thre^ 

Soukhoi  Strait,  miles,  whence  it  trends  more  to  the  westw.ml  for  some  four  miles  to  itw  junction  with 
the  eastern  portion  of  Frederick  Sound.  The  continental  shore  of  this  strait  is  very 
imj>erfcctly  known.  Northwestward  from  Point  Blaquiere  an  anchorage  is  indicated  by  Russian 
authorities  in  a  snmll  bay  or  cove,  the  headlands  of  which  ai)pear  to  extend  in  the  form  of  reefs 
soniewln't  less  than  a  mile  in  a  northerly  direction,  the  anchorage  l)eing  placed  between  these  reefs. 
The  track  of  the  Russian  traders  is  indicated  on  the  Russian  hydrographic  charts  over  the  Stikine  flats, 
showing  that  light-draught  vessels  at  least  have  made  use  of  the  passage  in  the  past,  and  it  is  quite 
possible  that  a  careful  survey  might  develop  a  practicable  channel  which  would  meet  the  nceils  of 
traders  at  the  present  time.  Meade  examined  this  region  in  18C9,and  says  he  found  the  strait  impass- 
able for  vessf  is  of  over  four  feet  draught  owing  to  the  shifting  sands  which  everywhere  obstruct  it. 
No  information  is  on  record  in  regard  to  the  depth  of  water  in  tne  northwestern  jiart  of  the  strait,  but 
it  is  beyond  question  that  sundry  large  glaciers  exist  upon  its  continental  shore  and  that  at  times  its 
waters  are  more  or  less  incommoded  by  floating  ice  broken  off  from  them. 

Westward  from  Vank  Island,  in  about  latitude  5t{°  32'  N.,  on  the  southeastern  shore  of  Mitkoff 
Island,  is  an  opening  with  several  islets  al)out  it  called  Blind  Passage.  Tebienkoff's 
Blittd  Passage,  sketch  would  indicate  that  the  greater  part  of  this  passsigc,  if  so  it  may  be  called,  is 
dry  at  low  water,  or  even  that  a  part  of  it  is  shoal  enough  to  make  a  portage  necessary 
at  ordinary  high  water.  At  all  events  it  is  not  navigable  for  vessels,  if  at  all,  and  is  sup|)osed  to 
extend  in  a  northwesterly  dirwtion  from  its  southern  entrance  toward  Wrangell  Strait.  There  imnifc- 
diately  north  of  Anchor  Point  is  a  wide  ojxMiing  entirely  dry  at  low  water,  with  a  high-water  island 
covered  with  trees  in  its  middle  part,  which  is  alleged  to  be  the  northern  extreme  of  Blind  Possoge. 


WRANGELL  STRAIT. 


The  next  navigable  passage  northward  from  Sumner  Strait  is  Wrangell  Strait,  named  and  first 
surveyed  by  the  Russians.  It  was  entered  by  one  of  Vancouver's  boat  parties,  but  reported  by  them 
to  be  impassable  on  accoant  of  shnol  water  and  in  fact  fo  terminate  in  a  cul-de-sac. 


WRANOELL  STRAIT. 


113 


The  entrance  is  situated  between  Poiat  Alexander  and  a  projection  of  Woewodski  Island,  distant 
about  one  mile  in  a  SW.  direction.  Thence  the  strait  extends  about  nineteen  miles  in  a  generally  NW. 
hy  17.  direction  to  Frederick  Sound. 

The  position  of  Point  Alexander  is  differently  stated  by  the  authorities.*  The  latest  observations 
place  it  in  about 

Latitude 66°  31'.0  N. 

Longitude 132°  67'.l  W. 

Northward  from  Point  Alexander  the  channel  averages  half  a  mile  wide  at  high  water. 

Off  the  southern  part  of  Point  Alexander  the  ground  is  foul  and  the  point  should  not  lie  approached 
nearer  than  three  cables.  A  short  distance  NW.  from  Point  Alexander  lies  Midway  Rock,-f  in  the 
middle  of  the  channel..  It  is  usually  dry,  but  at  extreme  opring  tides  is  sometimes 
awash.  There  is  deep  water  close  to  it  on  either  side.  NW.  |  W.  three-quarters  of  Midway  Roek. 
a  mile  from  the  rock  is  Pciiit  Deception,  the  northern  point  of  a  small  cove  from 
which  rocky  ffround  extends  two  and  a  half  cables  S  SE.  Five-eighths  of  a  mile  N.  by  E.  J  E.  from 
Point  Deception,  on  the  eastern  shore,  is  a  small  peninsula,  named  by  Meade  December  Point.J  from 
the  southern  angle  of  which  o  reef  extends  a  cable  and  a  half  in  a  S  SF  ''irtrtion  in  front  of  a  small 
shallow  cove. 

On  December  Point  the  observation  spot  of  the  naval  olwervers  of  the  Hauler  was  situated.  The 
observations  make  it  in  § 

Latitude 66°  32'  33  '.■*  N. 

Longitude 182°  67' 06".0W. 


There  is  a  good  anchorage  NW.  by  N.,  half  a  mile  from  the  north  side  of  December  Point,  in 
uleven  and  a  quarter  fathoms,  hard  bottom. 

NW.  J  W.,  half  a  mile  from  December  Point,  on  the  opposite  shore,  is  Point  Loekwood||  of  Meade, 
al)ove  which  the  channel  widens  somewhat.  Anchorage  may  be  had  northwest  from  Point  Lockwood, 
December  Point  lieing  just  shut  in  to  tlio  southeastward.  NW.  \  N.  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  Point 
Lix'kwood  are  the  Battery  Ialet8,T[  three  in  number,  trending  with  the  channel,  with /ou/  ground  between 
them  and  extending  a  short  way  northwestward  and  southeastward  from  them.  The  northern  islet  is 
tiic  largest  and  has  several  trees  on  it ;  the  others  have  only  gross  and  bushes.  There  is  a  clear  channel 
on  either  side;  the  liest  is  that  on  the  western  side  of  these  islets.  On  the  western  shore,  opiiosite  South 
Battery  Islet,  a  reef  makes  off  about  fifty  yards.  Hicks  Point  of  Meade  lies  immediately  north  from 
the  northern  islets  on  the  eastern  shore;  from  its  extreme  a  reef  makes  off  to  the  distance  of  half  a 
fable.     From  this  locality  northward  the  channel  is  wide  and  clear  for  nearly  two  miles. 

'  nritish  Admiralty  Cliarf  iM31,  corrected  to  June,  1884,  gives, 

LMtltad* 56°  84' SO"  H. 

Lonxttud* --- 138°  62'  00"  W., 

tl.  8.  Hydrograpbic  Office  chart  No.  225,  edition  of  1880, 

lAUtade 66°  86' 86"  K. 

Longitude... m<^  58' U"  W., 

and  tlie  obBerratiotiH  of  tlie  U.  8.  Naval  officers  on  the  HastUr  in  1881,  Coant  Survey  Harbor  Chart  No.  713,  1881, 

Utltade - -— - 66°  88' 46"   K. 

L0il«ltnd« - 188°  68' 86"  W. 

The  several  chart*  are  very  discrepant  in  this  vicinity.  Three  plans  of  the  strait  have  beeu  published,— one  by  the  RuNiu 
llyilrographio  Office,  No.  1441,  in  1850,  from  surveys  by  Lindenberg  in  about  1838,  and  one  by  the  U.  S.  Hydrograpbic  Office, 
siilmketch  on  No.  SS5,  in  1869,  fionfa  reconnaissiince  made  by  Messrs,  Biidpe,  Pillsbury  and  Schroedcr,  of  the  U.  8.  8,  Saginaw, 
H.  \V.  Meade,  jr.,  commanding,  on  March  W  and  'il,  1869.  A  thinl.  No.  713,  above  mentioned,  has  recently  been  issi  1  by  the 
I'.  S.  Coast  Survey  from  a  recotnioii'siince  made  by  the  naval  officers  on  the  U.  8.  Coust  Survey  steamer  HiuiUr  in  1881.  Tbla 
nontains  numerous  important  additions  and  corrections,  and  together  wWh  notes  submitted  by  Lieut. -Commander  H.  E.  Nichols, 
r.  S.N.,  commanding,  has  formed  the  basis  of  the  following  de«!ription.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that  ■  thorough 
anil  linal  survey  is  yet  to  be  mode. 

U'oHvnoi  Boek  uf  Lindenberg.  . 

ZtitwA  Folai  of  Lindenberg. 

Meade  placed  it  two  miles  north  of  Point  Alexander,  in  latitude  b6°  37'  26"  N.,  in  1869;  Nichols,  in  1881,  in  latitude  660  30 
111 '  N.  All  agnra  that  it  in  within  a  mile  or  so  of  the  same  meridian  aa  Point  Alexander;  but  this  meridian  varies  according  to 
■lilferent  authorities  from  132°  51'  W.  to  132°  58'  36"  W. 

',!  PoTeiotnl  (TtunUnc)  Point  of  Lindenberg. 

t  Named  by  Lindenberg ;  called  01e*r  Uludl  on  U,  8.  Hydrographig  Office  Chart  No.  285,  aubsketoh, 

P.  0.  P. — 15 


114 


WRANOKIiL   STRAIT. 


NW.  J  W.  a  mile  aid  a  half  from  the  northern  Battery  Tslet  is  No-thorjughftre  Point  of  Meade, 
northward  of  which  ie  a  ahoal  and  foul  trpening  six  cables  wide,  which  extends  to  the  westward,  where 
it  divides,  one  arm  turning  abruptly  south,  forming  Inlet  Point,  the  ocher  continuing  northwest  and 
west  on  the  northern  side  of  an  island  or  point  of  land  not  yet  surveyed. 

This  entrance  is  the  eastern  entrance  of  Duncan  Passage,  unsurveyed,  named  by  Meade,  and 
leading  to  Duncan  Canal.  The  northern  jwint  of  entrance  to  this  |)assage  is  Hood  Point  of  Meade. 
Opposite,  and  NB.  from  the  entrance,  is  Keene  Island,  somewhat  over  half  a  mile  in  extent  and 
heavily  wooded.     SW.  from  if  there  are  some  other  islands  in  the  entrance. 

E.  by  N.  from  the  southeastern  end  of  Keene  Island  three-eighths  of  a  mile,  (just  east  from  the 

eastern  three-fathom  line  on  the  Coast  Survey  sketch  of  1881,  No.  713,  on  whicli  the  rook  is  not  laid 

down,)  in  line  with  a  very  tall  dead  pine  on  the  east  shore,  is  a  danf/eroua  rook,  nearly 

Spik0  Roek.        in  the  middle  of  the  apparent  water-way  between  Keene  Island  and  the  Mitkoff  3hore. 

There  is  water  enough  for  most  vessels  on  each  side  of  it,  but  the  proper  channel  lies 

west  from  it.     It  has  only  about  one  foot  water  on  it  at  low  tide  and  is  sccep-to  from  tlie  west. 


si 


RANOR  TO  CLEAR  SPIKE   ROCK. 

The  range  adopted  by  the  mail  steamers  for  clearing  this  i-^!.  is  Point  Hicks  in  range  with  Point 
IxKjkwood,  which  passes  west  from  the  rock  clear  of  it.* 

Opposite  Keene  Island  the  enstern  shore  is  foul  to  the  distance  of  a  cable. 

North  of  Keene  Island  is  a  narrow  channel  » ith  two  fathoms  or  less  water.  This  channel,  lead- 
ing in  Duncan  Passage,  is  termed  Keene  Channel,  an<l  does  not  appear  as  navigable  on  any  of  the 
older  charts. 

The  shore  NW.  fram  it,  from  Hood  Point  a  mile  and  a  quarter  N.  by  E.  ^  B.  to  Point  Hum- 
bug of  Meade,  is  foul  with  several  rocks.  N.  ^  W.,  nearly  a  mile  from  the  SB.  extreme  of  Keene 
Island,  is  Burnt  Islet  of  the  Russians,  Captain's  Island  of  the  U.  S.  Hydrographic  sketch  of  Captain 
Meade's  reconnaissance,  a  small  wooded  knoll,  with  rocks  extt^nding  a  short  distance  north  from  it, 
and  south  from  \t  a  reef  and  foul  (/routid  exteiuliiig  nearly  two-thirtls  of  the  way  toward  Keene  Island. 

The  channel  usually  followe*!  lies  lietween  Burnt  Islet  unil  the  shore  to  the  eastward ;  it  is  verj* 
narrow  between  Burnt  Islet  reefs  and  the  foul  ground  making  off*  fifty  yards  from  the  Mitkoff  Shore. 
The  clear  channel  appears  to  be  less  than  two  cables  in  width.  This  locality  is  that  commonly  known 
to  local  navigators  as  Wrangell  Narrows. 

After  passing  Burnt  Islet  the  Mitkoff  shore,  especially  NB.  by  B.  ^  E.  from  Point  Humbug,  fouls 
off  to  nearly  a  cable,  forming  Burnt  laUl  Reef,    The  Mitkoff  shore  continues  foul  for  two  miles 
and  a  half.     About  N.  }  E.  a  mile  and  a  half  from  Burnt  Islet  is  the  dangerous  SouHh 
Dangtri.  Ledge,  which  extends  westward  into  the  strait  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  partly  awash, 

and,  like  others  previously  mentioned,  mostly  dry  at  extreme  low  water.  N.  ^  Wf 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  farther  is  North  Ledge,  equally  dangerous.  Nearly  midway  between  these  a 
white  boulder  on  the  Mitkoff  shore  is  useful  as  a  landmark. 

■  Eastward  from  North  Ledge  is  a  little  opening  in  the  shore,  bounded  on  the  north  hv  Bpruoe 
Point  of  Lindenberg — Point  Schroeder  of  Meade. 

On  Meade's  sketch  a  so-called  Schroeder  Channel  is  intlicated  eastward  from  these  ledget;  but  later 
observations  indicate  no  true  channel  here,  and  the  locality  should  be  avoided  as  unnavigabU  and  dan- 
gerous. 

W.  by  8.  i  S.  from  Spruce  Point,  on  the  Kupreanoff  shore,  is  North  Point,  northwestward  from 
which  is  a  small  iuiet.  There  is  a  small  ledge  at  this  point,  and  N.  by  B.  }  E.  from  North  Point  is  a 
group  of  three  islets — Bush  Topt  of  Nichols  Iwiiig  the  largest,  covered  with  bushes;  Oraaa  Knoll, 
smaller  and  grassy;  and  Bare  Islet,  smaller  still.  Northward  from  these  rocky  ground,  bare  at  low 
water,  extends  a  Quarter  of  a  mile.  Around  all  this  is  a  boat  channel  with  less  than  three  fathoms,  but 
the  ship  channel  lies  to  the  eastward.  Northward  from  North  and  Spruce  points  the  straits  widen  to 
over  a  mile,  but  the  shores  are  foul  and  dangers  extend  well  out  from  them,  especially  from  the  Ku- 
preanoff shore. 

N  NB.  seven-eighths  of  a  mile  from  Spruce  Point  is  Anchor  Point  of  Meade,  and  in  the  indenta- 
tion between  tliem  is  Half  Moon  Anchorage  of  Meade's  sketch.  This  unimportant  indentation  dries 
well  out  at  low  water. 

North  from  Bush  Top  Islet  nearly  a  mile  and  a  half,  with  a  dry  rock  off  it,  is  Point  Vexation 
of  Meade,  the  eastern  extreme  of  an  unsurveyed  island  called  Woody  Island  by  Lindenberg,  south- 
ward from  which  and  extending  to  the  boat  passage  above  mentioned  and  back  to  the  western  shore  is 


in 


•  This  r»nge  i«  !nooinpatibl«  with  »njr  of  th«  clmrt*  except  tliM  of  LindenbCTg;   th*  othwi  in  Ibia  rwpMt  ws  MlaTwl  to  b« 


t  CMM  of  Lindaubarg. 


WRANOEIX  STBAIT. 


11« 


the  extensive  Boulder  Flat,  mostly  bare  at  low  water,  with  kelp  outside  of  it.  SW.  by  W.  i  W.  from 
Anchor  Point  and  about  ITE.  from  Bush  Top  Island  is  a  dangerous  ledge,  showing  two  rookt  at  low 
water  and  marked  by  kelp  at  high  water.  The  channel  lies  l^tween  this  Itdge  and  Anchor  Point. 
North  of  Anchor  Point  is  an  extensive  opening,  wholly  dry  ut  low  water,  known  as  Dry  or  Blind 
Pauage,  and  said  to  extend  to  Sumner  Strait,  where  it  opens  W  NW.  from  Yank  Island.  Theic  is 
an  island  in  the  opening  near  Anchor  Point  called  Blind  Island  by  Nichols,  and  covered  with  trees; 
at  low  water  it  is  connected  by  sand-bars  with  either  phore.  In  the  vicinity  of  Point  Vexation  there 
are  several  openings  in  the  KupreanoiT  shore,  and  it  is  not  improbable  that  a  number  of  islands  exist 
here  separated  by  narrow  passages.* 

One  cable  NB.  from  Point  Vexation  is  Danger  Rock,  a  black  round-topped  rock,  awash  ouly  at 
extreme  high  water  of  spring  tides.     It  forms  the  end  of  a  reef  extending  from  Point 
Vexation  and  continues  beyond  it  NE.   Fifty  yards  farther  lies  a  dangerous  sunken  rock   Danger  Rookt. 
with  four  feet  on  itat  ordinary  low  waters  and  about  awash  at  extreme  low-water  springs. 

Theae  rocks  are  not  repi-esenled  on  the  U.  S.  Ooast  Survey  sketch  No.  7  IS,  of  1881,  but  are  in-thore 
from  the  three-fathom  curve  on  thai  sketch. 

N.  by  B.  half  a  mile  from  Point  Vexation  is  Danger  Point,  from  which,  beginning  with  a  grassy 
islet,  a  reef  two  cables  long  extends  toward  Point  Vexation.  A  great  part  of  this  reef  is  bare  at  low 
water. 

At  this  point  the  channel  is  a  short  cable  wide  and  requires  eircnrrspection  in  its  use. 

NW.  from  Danger  Point  is  an  unexplored  o|)ening,  the  northern  head  of  which  is  Book  Pointf 
of  Meade,  from  which  rocks  extend  oiTa  cable  and  a  half,  marked  by  kelp  and  partly  dry  at  low  water. 
It  is  said  that  in  this  vicinity  the  northerly  ilood-tide  from  Sumner  Strait  and  the  southerly  flood  from 
Frederick  Strait  meet  each  other. 

Southwest  from  Rock  Point  are  two  small,  low,  round-topped  islets,  the  Oreen  Books  of  Linden- 
berg,  or  Fairway  Rocks  of  Meade.  The  northern  one  is  grassy,  th«  other  nearly  barren ;  they  are 
connected  by  a  reef  nearly  bare  at  low  water,  have  a  few  rocks  southeast  a  short  distance  from  the 
southern  one,  and  are  separated  by  a  narrow  and  shallow  passage  from  the  KupreanoiT  shore.  NW. 
by  W.  about  half  a  mile  from  the  northern  Green  Rock  on  the  west  shore  is  Finger  Point,  projecting 
to  the  northward,  with  a  cove  west  from  it,  heavily  wooded,  with  deep  water  close  to  its  eastern  edge. 
Oil  the  east  shore  a  stream  empties  into  a  cove  flowing  in  a  west-northwesterly  direction. 

Uereabouts  the  shores  on  either  hand^assume  a  flat  and  rather  low  character,  covered  with  a  luxu- 
riant growth  of  herbage.  Simultaneously  the  channel  is  encroached  upon  on  either  side  by  muddy  or 
sandy  shoals,  reaching  two  or  three  cables  broad-ofl^  the  shore,  which  extend  along  the  channel  for  two 
miles  or  more,  when  the  latter  becomes  gradually  wider  until  it  occupies  the  gi'eater  portion  of  the 
bed  of  the  strait. 

NW.  I  W.  nearly  a  mile  and  a  half  from  Finger  Point,  on  the  west  side  of  the  strait,  is  Oreen 
Point,!  which  at  high  water  is  an  island  having  in  it  a  clump  of  bright  green  trees  in  summer,  very 
easily  distii^ishedliy  the  color.  On  the  shore  southeastward  from  Green  Point  is  a  boulder  which 
marks  a  change  in  the  direction  of  the  channel.  Up  to  aliout  this  point,  going  north,  the  channel  has 
trciuKHl  aliout  NW.  }  W.,  but  when  this  boulder  from  mid-channel  liears  SW.  by  S.  the  channel  turns 
to  uli'Mit  N  NW.  with  higher  wooded  land  on  each  side  and  bolder  shores. 

NW.  i  W.  from  Green  Point  about  a  mile  and  a  half  is  a  peak  about  three  thousand  feet  high, 
wooded,  which  comes  down  to  the  shore  of  the  strait  east  from  it,  northward  from  which  the  Kupreanofi" 
shore  is  tolembly  free  from  shallows.  Two  miles  and  a  half  NW.  by  N.  from  Green  Point  is  Cove 
Point,  west  from  which  the  shore  is  indented  nearly  half  a  mile  NW.  by  N.  J  V.  about  four  miles 
from  Green  Point  is  Blunt  (Tupoi)  Point  of  Lindenberg,  Cone  Point  of  Meade,  rather  low  and  wooded. 
SB.  by  E.  from  it  is  an  indentation  of  the  shore  occupied  by  foul  ground  and  marked  by  kelp.  West- 
ward from  Blunt  Point  is  a  small  shallow  opening,  the  northern  point  of  which  was  called  Bayou 
Point  by  Meade.  Here  is  a  short  reef,  and  the  KupreanoflF  shore  northward  from  that  point  is  more 
or  less  foul.  Northward  from  Blunt  Point  the  channel  turns  more  to  the  northward,  and  at  ii  distance 
from  Blunt  Point  of  about  a  mile  and  a  quarter  is  Turn  Point  of  Nichols,  ofl"  which  rocks  extend  nearly 
to  the  entrance  the  Mitkoff  shore  is  foul.     NW.  by  W.,  opposite  Turn  Point, 


Just  soutli  from  Turn  Point  in  the  shore  is  a 


two  cables,  beyond  which  to  1 

is  the  entrance  to  a  lagoon  which  dries  at  low  water. 

prominent  boulder.     About  N.  J  W.  a  mile  and  three-quarters  from  this  boulder  is  the  NW.  jKiint 

of  entrance  to  Wrangell  Strait,  Prolewy  (Straits)  Point  of  Lindenberg,  "  Proliva"  of  Meade's  sketch. 


•On  niMt  R^nerkl  charti,  including  RuMisii  Hydrographio  No.  1494, and  British  Admirally  No.  2431,  the  eaaleni  end  of 
Duncan  Paataga  ia  repr«a«nt«d  as  opfning  upon  Wrangell  Strait  at  thie  locality;  an  error  corrected  in  the  local  reconualHance 
uf  Lindculwrg  and  Meade. 

t  IliaUow  (Mllki*)  Point  o!  Lindenberg. 

t  Peiat  lUU  of  LindenbOTg. 


lie 


WRANOELL  STRAIT. 


A  reef  extends  NNE.  a  cable  and  a  half,  dry  at  low  water;  and  oflf"  the  point  about  one-third  of 
the  way  toward  the  eastern  point  of  entrance  is  Middle  liork  of  Minde,  probably  awash  at  hi)rh  water. 
The  channel  passes  eastward  from  it.  The  northern  entrance  of  Wrangell  Strait"  is  about  a  third  of  a 
nnile  wide  between  reefs;  the  channel  somewhat  over  a  cable  and  a  half  clear.  According  to  the  latest 
data*  Prolewy  Point  should  be  in  about 

Latitude 66°  tW  N. 

Longitude 132°  84' W. 

In  Wrangell  Strait  most  of  the  dangers  are  uncovered  at  low  water,  and  at  high  water  are  marked 
by  kelp,  which,  however,  probably  disappears  during  the  winter  season. 

In  view  from  the  northern  entrantre  is  the  Patterson  Glacier,  which  empties  into  Oarlile  Bay 
eastward  fronT  Point  Agassiz,  Frederick  Sound.  Pieces  of  ice  derived  from  this  and  other  glaciers 
are  often  seen  floating  about  Frederick  Sound  and  sometimes  find  their  way  into  Wrangell  Strait,  but 
seldom  reach  southward  of  Green  Point. 

Most  of  the  shores  of  Wrangell  Strait  are  moderately  higli  and  thickly  wooded.  In  the  vicinity 
of  Blind  Passage  the  land  is  low  but  still  wooded. 

Anchorage  may  be  found  almost  anywhere,  but  it  is  reidered  uneasy  by  the  tidal  currents. 

TIDES. 

According  to  Nichols,  the  tides  range  from  fifteen  to  eighteen  feet  extreme  rise  and  fall,  and  at 
their  height  run  about  six  knots.  They  meet  in  the  vicinity  of  Finger  Point.  Tho  least  water  in  the 
strait  at  ordinary  low  water  is  about  fifteen  feet,  but  four  fathoms  may  be  carrier*,  through  most  of  the 
way. 

VABIATION   OF   THE   COMPASS. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  in  1838,  according  to  Lindenberg,  was  26°  E.;  in  1867  Meade 
records  it  as  28°  30' E.     In  1881  it  was  about  29°  20' E. 

The  center  of  the  South  Ledge  is  marked  by  three  white  boards  nailed  to  a  tree  on  the  east  shore, 
visible  from  either  direction.  Several  buoys  were  planted  by  the  HaeaUr,  but  have  probably  been 
carried  away. 

In  the  present  state  of  knowledge  it  is  impossible  to  be  more  explicit  with  safety.  The  navigator 
here,  as  almost  everywhere  on  these  coasts,  must  make  up  for  the  defects  of  the  charts  by  extra  watch- 
fulness and  caution. 

Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1441  contains  Lindenberg's  reconnaissance  chart.  Meade's 
sketch  is  to  be  found  on  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Office  Chart  No.  225.  Neither  is  to  be  relied  on. 
Indeed  it  would  probably  be  Iwtter  for  the  navigator  to  rely  on  his  own  eyes  and  good  judgment, 
than  to  attempt  to  dc|)cna  absolutely  on  either  of  these  charts.  In  Harbor  Chart  No.  713  of  the  U.  S. 
Coast  Survey  the  results  of  Nichols'  reconnaissance  are  given,  and  though  not  to  be  considered  as  a 
completed  survey,  it  presents  the  best  knowledge  yet  published  of  the  strait  north  of  Keene  Island. 


i  . 


11.  [!■  \f.. 

\<  i-:  i  ... 


SAILING  DIRECTION§.t 


FOB   WRANOELL  STRAIT: 


From  the  Southteard. — In  entering,  the  navigator  should  not  approach  Point  Alexander  within 
three  cables, — the  Twks  near  its  southern  iioint  being  thus  avoided.  The  course  passes  toJ;he  eastward 
of  Midv/ay  Rocks,  which  may  be  closely  approached ;  except  at  extreme  high  water  they  are  visible 
or  marked  by  a  small  ripple. 

Thence  keep  mid-channel  course,  passing  westward  of  Battery  Islets.  Information  received  since 
the  issue  of  the  reconnaissance  t"-art  of  Wrangell  Strait  is  to  the  effect  that  the  range  for  clearing 
Spike  Rock  westward  from  it,  adopte<l  by  the  mail  steamers,  is  Point  Hicks  in  range  with  Point 
Lockwood.  This  agrees  with  Lindenberg's  chart,  from  which  the  direction  would  appear  to  be  WW. 
\  W.,  or  nothing  to  the  northward  from  that  course,  until  (according  to  Nichols'  sketch)  Burnt  Islet 
bears  N.  by  W.  J  W.,  with  the  southeast  edge  of  Keene  Island  in  one  with  Inlet  Point  bearing  SW. 
by  S.  i  S.  This  clears  Spike  Bock.  Thence  a  slightly  more  westerly  than  mid-channel  course  N.  J  W. 
for  Bush  Top  Islet  until  off  South  Ledge  with  the  white  boulder  (on  east  shore  north  of  South  Ledge) 

'  According  to  Meadu  it  ii  in 

Latltnde M°  sa'.B  H. 

Longitude ■ ....Ut"  M'.O  W. 

t  Dependent  on  Nichol*'  notes  and  reconiiaiisance  except  where  otherwiie  stated. 


KEKU   STRAIT. 


117 


l)enring  WB.  by  B.  Thence  N.  ^  E.,  when  (Grass  Kuoll  Islet  bearing  west)  Spruce  i'oint  bearing 
S  SB.  sliould  shut  out  Nortli  Ije«lge  Point,  wlien  the  course  is  NE.  i  N.  for  north  clge  of  Anchor 
Point,  avoiding  reef  on  west  side  of  chunnel. 

When  one  cable  off  Anchor  Point  on  this  to:'rf;c  bcai  awny  ibr  Danger  Point  N.  by  W.  until 
Green  Point  opens  KW.  }  W.,  just  eastward  from  the  aoiithernmost  Greon  Rook,  whicli  leads  clear 
between  the  rocks  off  Danger  Point  and  the  reef  opposite.  Pass  ciistwavd  half  a  cable  from  (Jrccn 
Rocks  and  steer  for  Green  Point  under  High  Peak  NW.  J  W.  When  the  iKiiilder  on  the  west  whore 
southward  from  Green  Point  bears  SW.  by  S.  the  course  will  l)e  N.  by  W.  half  a  mile,  or  until  High 
Peak  bears  W  NW.  Thence  in  mid-channel  until  well  past  Turn  Point,  when  follow  the  eastern  shore 
at  a  cable  distant. 

j^*in  the  x»rthtrara. — After  passing  Green  Rocks  a  course  south.  Green  R(K?k  astern  liearing 
NW.  by  W.  and  middle  of  Rugged  Peak  SE»by  B.,  until  Anchor  Point  bears  S.  by  E.  |  E.,  carries 
clear  of  Danger  Point  rocks. 

Wrangeli  Strait  is  not  con8idcre<l  a  dangerous  paa«age  by  Meade  or  Nichols;  thorc  are  no  short 
turns  nor  very  bad  tides,  but  a  stranger  should  not  attempt  the  pa.-'sage  except  at  low  water,  when 
nearly  all  the  dangers  are  visible.  The  best  stage  of  the  tide  to  make  tlic  passage  from  either  entrance 
is  at  a  quarter  flood. 


KUIU  AND  ASSOCIATED  ISLANDS. 

The  next  western  passage  to  Frederick  Sound  from  Sumner  Strait  is  that  between  Kupreanoff 
and  Kuiu  Islands,  callca  by  the  Russians 

KEKU  STRAIT, 

a  name  derived  from  the  locaL appellation  of  the  T'linkit  tribe  of  Indians  which  inhabit  it.* 

The  southern  entrance  of  this  strait  is  situated  in  about  latitude  56°  31'  N.,  some  two  miles  and 
a  half  to  the  northward  from  Conclusion  Island,  as  previously  mentioneil.t  From  this  vicinity  the 
strait  trends  nearly  N.  bv  W.  J  W.  for  nine  Qr  ten  miles  with  an  average  width  of  over  a  mile.  At 
this  point  it  turns  sharply  to  the  westward,  expands  to  a  width  of  two  miles  and  a  half,  and  so  con- 
tinues for  eight  or  nine  miles  in  a  N  NW.  direction.  Throughout  the  whole  of  this  |>ortion,  and 
indeed  the  wTioIe  of  its  extent,  the  strait  is  greatly  embarrassed  by  islets,  rocks  and  foul  ground. 
Little  has  l)ecn  done  in  the  way  of  exploration  in  this  vicinity  since  the  tim^  lA'  Vancouver.  All 
existing  charts  are  based  upon  his,  and  the  obstructions  appeared  to  his  j)arty  s-o  great  as  to  render 
this  strait  wholly  unavailable  for  navigation  exwpt  in  boats  or  canoes.  A  note  on  U..S.  Mydrogniphio 
Chart  No.  225  states  that  there  is  passage  for  small  craft,|  and  it  is  by  no  means  improbable  that  a 
navigable  channel  exists  for  vessels  of  modern  draught,  though  the  diificulties  attendant  on  sucli 
navigation  are  likely  to  deter  traders  and  others  from  making  the  attempt  except  in  cases  of  necessity. 

At  the  last-mentioned  point  the  direction  of  the  strait  again  changes,  and  an  islet  of  more  than 
average  size  lies  in  mid-channel.  From  this  islet  the  general  direcHon  of  the  strait  is  W.  J  N.  eight 
miles,  and  the  width  gradually  increases  from  two  miles  to  about  three  miles,  with  very  broken  and 
irregular  shores. 

At  a  distance  from  the  aforesaid  islet  of  four  and  a  half  miles  in  a  W.  by  S.  J  S.  direction  is  a 
point  forming  the  northeastern  headland  of  Port  Camden  of  Vancouver.  The  opposite  headland  is 
distant  about  a  mile  and  a  half  in  a  westerly  direction.  In  the  entrance  arc  two  islets, 
and,  on  the  eastern  side  especially,  a  number  of  roci.s.  The  course  of  this  inlet  for  Port  Camden. 
five  miles  is  about  SB.  by  S.  J  8.,  when  it  gives  off  a  short  rounded  arm  somewhat  over 
a  mile  in  extent  in  the  same  direction,  while  the  main  body  of  the  inlet  tcnis  to  southward, — terminat- 
ing at  a  distance  of  some  six  and  a  half  miles,  and  after  forming  some  unimporlant  curves,  in  latitude 
56°  3fi'.8  N.  according  to  Vancouver.  Here  only  a  comparatively  low  and  narrow  isthmus  sejiarates 
it  from  another  inlet  which  opens  upon  Chatham  Strait. 

Vancouver  says,  "The  sliores  of  the  southern  parts  of  this  branch  *  *  ♦  are  pre  /  free  from 
islets  and  rocks,  but  those  to  the  northwest  of  u  are  lined  with  them  and  render  the  approaching  of  it 


*  It  has  b«en  writteu  Xekon,  Slku  ami  Kake  Strait  by  rarioui  aulliorilies;  the  original  Rusaiaii  furm  haa  been  ailiiptrd 
:ind  is  eBsentiall.T  that  fuund  nn  all  the  charts.  -^ 

t  See  page  104.  '  '^ 

X  It  ia  elated  (in  the  Directory  of  Bering  Sea  and  the  coast  of  AInslia,  iosiiPil  hv  the  Iliircau  of  Niivifjiitiim,  U.  S.  N.)  that 
ht^een  feef  of  water  may  be  carried  tliroiigli.  In  U.  S.  Hydri)(jrapliic  Notice  No.  i;>,  IfKJS,  Meade  reporlB  llmt  it  ie  said  tlmt  no 
vessel  drawing  more  than  four  feet  can  pass  through  Keku  Strait,  but  lie  doubts  the  truth  of  this.  Later  advices  say  that  flfteeu 
t'vet  can  h»  oarriad  through  at  low  water. 


118 


HAMILTON   BAT. 


I 


extremely  dangerous."  It  is  reported  to  the  U.  9.  Coast  Survey  that  coal  was  diaoovered  Miy,  1868, 
in  the  rounded  arm  previously  alluded  to,  in  about 

« 

Latitude »6°  42'  K. 

Longitude 133°  61'  W., 

according  to  Britisli  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2431.  It  is  represented  to  occur  in  several  small  six-inch 
seams  cropping  out  about  twenty  ft«t  above  low-water  mark,  and  separated  from  each  other  by  inter- 
vening hard  strata  twenty  to  fifty  feet  in  thickness.  The  direction  of  the  coal  seams  is  nearly  east  and 
west,  with  a  dip  of  30°  or  40°  to  the  southward.  Acconiing  to  the  same  report  the  entire  beach  is  a 
formation  of  sandstone;  the  tide  ranges  about  thirty  feet;  the  harbor  is  perfectly  safe,  with  good 
anchorage  in  six  to  fifteen  fathoms,  soft  muddy  bottom;  and  from  the  thickly  wooded  adjacent  country 
numerous  streams  flow  intx)  the  harbor. 

So  far  as  the  material  at  hand  aifords  a  clue,  it  indicates  that  no  special  chart  of  Port  Camden  has 
up  to  this  time  been  made  public  or  has  been  urgently  required.  From  the  western  headland  of  the 
port  the  shore  curves  to  the  westward  for  some  twelve  miles,  terminating  at  Point  Cornwallis,  which 
forms  the  western  headland  of  the  large  bay  through  which  Keku  Strait  communicates  with  Frederick 
Sound. 

The  whole  of  this  strip  of  shore  is  profusely  studded  with  rocks  and  islets,  which  extend  off  the 
coast  to  a  distance  of  several  miles,  and  are  sometimes  known  as  the  Keku  Islets.  From  the  western 
headland  of  Port  Camden  N.  by  W.  at)out  four  miles  lies  the  southern  headland  of  Hamilton  Bay, 
named  by  the  U.  S.  Navy,  and  sometimes  called  Hamilton  Harbor.  Vancouver's 
Hamilton  B.iy.  party  entered  this  inlet,  and  descril)e  it  as  u  mile  wide  and  stretching  five  miles  io  an 
easterly  direction.  Two  islets  lie  to  the  westward  of  but  quite  ne»r  to  the  southern 
headland,  and  two  more  at  the  mouth  of  a  small  cove  just  to  the  eastward,  inside  tlit  northern  head- 
land. Little  has  been  made  public  in  relation  to  this  bay.  It  is  stated  that  "the  chu^t  exhibits  the 
approaches  as  being  difficult  of  navigation  on  account  of  islets  and  rooks,"  but  that  the  navigation  is 
"not  so,  at  any  rate  for  steamers." 

The  geographiatl  position  of  the  harbor,  as  determined  by  the  U.  S.  8.  Soffinato,  is 

Latitude 66°  62' .8   N. 

Longitude IBS'"  36' .0  W. 

A  coal  seam  eighteen  inches  wide,  of  "good  bituminous  coal,"  is  reported  to  have  been  discovered 
here  in  July,  1868.  A  large  settlement  of  the  Keku  or  Kake  Indians  was  destroyed  here  by  the 
United  States  authorities  about  tht;  same  date,  and  it  is  worthy  of  note  that  tlie  native  inhabitants  of 
this  vicinity  have  a  very  bad  reputation  and  are  unquestionably  not  to  be  trusted  in  the  absence  of  a 
force  sufficient  to  control  them.  Vancouver's  party  noted  eight  villages  on  the  bay,  some  of  them  in 
ruins  or  deserted,  and  none  inhabited  at  the  time  of  his  visit. 

From  the  entrance  of  this  bay  to  Point  Macartney,  the  northeastern  headland  of  the  expanded 
northern  portion  of  Keku  Strait,  the  shore  curves  in  a  generally  NW.  by  W.  direction  some  seven  or 
eight  miles.  It  is  broken  by  various  minor  indentations  and  guarded  by  a  multitude 
Dangtrs.  of  islets  and  rocks  which  extend  off  two  or  three  miles.     The  width  of  this  bay  frcm 

Point  Cornwallis  to  Point  Macartney  is  about  ten  miles  in  a  JSCB.  by  N.  ^  IT.  direction, 
and  it  would  appear  by  the  charts  that  more  than  two-thirds  of  the  area  to  the  southward  and  eastwani 
of  this  line,  between  the  shores  of  Kuiu  and  Kupreanoff  islands,  is  thickly  infested  with  obstacles  or 
dangers  to  navigation. 

CHATHAM  STRAIT. 

Returning  once  more  to  Cape  Decision,  Chatham  Strait*  is  next  in  order. 

For  prt'sent  jmrpraes  Chatham  Strait  will  be  considered  as  extending  from  Cape  Decision  to  Point 
Couvenlen,  where  it  divides  into  two  branches.  The  western  branch  is  now  known  as  loy  Strait, 
while  to  the  other,  named  by  Vancouver  Lynn  Canal,  the  term  "strait"  is  inapplicable. 

As  here  coiisidcRtl,  this  strait  has  a  length  of  one  hundred  and  thirty-five  miles  in  a  HW.  J  N. 
direction.  Its  greatest  width  is  sixteen  miles,  at  its  southern  entrance;  it  is  contracted  to  two  and  three- 
quarters  miles  near  Point  Marsden.  With  these  exceptions  it  is  remarkably  uniform,  averaging  about 
six  miles  in  width  during  its  entire  extent.     It  is  very  deep,  hardly  any  soundings  being  reported  from 

•Tlii»,  the  inoBt  extensive  and  remarkable  of  the  inland  liighways  of  tlie  Alexander  Archipelago,  was  named  bj  VanoouTer, 
who  included  in  it  the  stinit  which  Beparatee  hie  Klli«  Otwcf  Thlrd'i  Aielitpalafe  ftom  " the  land  to  the  eastward."  This 
oomprised  also  a  part  of  what  is  generally  known  aa  Icy  Strait.  It  was  aI«o  called  HwulM'  Mralto  by  the  fur-tradera  as  lately 
as  1799.  The  expanileti  portion  at  th.-  wmtlieni  extreme  of  Chatham  Strait,  including  the  waters  northward  of  the  Haay  and 
Coronation  ialandg,  was  called  OhristUB  Bound  by  Colnett  in  1789.  To  the  same  waters  the  name  of  Oblrlkoff  ( TMUlikew) 
Bay  was  given  in  1786  by  La  Perouse,  and  Basenads  dal  Prlnotp*  by  Malaspina  in  1791. 


POKT  MAIiMESBVBY. 


119 


1868, 


it,  and  there  are  bnt  few  dangers  except  those  imniodint«'ly  ndjarent  to  the  land.  Th*;  western  shore 
of  the  strait  was  |Nirtiaily  imperfectly  Murveyed  by  Vun<«uvcr,  and  but  little  has  been  done  there  since 
his  time;  hence,  with  the  exception  of  ha  most  general  featureH  and  i«rtnin  anchorages,  this  coast  is  as 
yet  almost  unknown  in  its  details. 

BARANOFF  AWD  AH8O0IATED  ISLANDS. 

Cape  Decision,  forming  the  southwestern  extreme  of  Sumner  Strait,  at  the  same  time  forms  the 
southeastern  extreme  of  Chatham  Strait,  whose  opposite  headland  is  Cape  Ommaney,  named  by 
Colnett  in  1789.*  It  is  situated  at  the  southern  extremity  of  Baranotf  Island,  and  iiccordiug  to  Van- 
couver "oonstitutes  a  very  remarkable  promontory,  that  terminates  in  a  high,  bluff,  rocky  cliff,  with 
u  round,  high,  rocky  islet  lying  close  to  it."  By  the  shore  "on  its  eastern  side,  taking  a  sharp  northerly, 
direction,  it  becomes  a  very  narrow  point  of  land."t 

From  its  height,  which  has  been  estimated  at  a  thousand  feet,  and  especially  from  the  Y  ight  of  the 
land  to  the  northward  of  it,  this  cape  is  readily  recognized,  and  is  the  mos^  conspicuous  portion  of  the 
land  seen  by  vessels  to  the  westward,  bound  for  Sitka,  when  they  make  their  usual  landfall.  This  land 
to  the  northward  of  the  cape  was  seen  at  a  distance  of  forty-five  miles  by  Vancouver  when  off  Cape 
Addington.  La  Perouse  placed  Cane  Ommaney  in  latitude  06°  U'  N.,  and  Malaspina  in  60°  09  .ft 
N.    Its  geographical  position,  according  to  Tebienkoff,  is 

Latitude _. _ ' 66°  10'.8  N. 

Longitude _._ 134°a8'.6W., 

nearly  agreeing  with  Vancouver's  position.  The  islet  near  it  was  named  Wooden  Islet  by  Vancouver 
after  one  of  his  men,  who  was  lost  overboard  in  this  vicinity 

Cape  Decision  bears  from  Cape  Ommaney  E.  ^  N.  alx)iu  nineteen  miles. 

The  suction  of  Chatham  Strait  to  Im)  first  considered  extends  from  Cape  Decision  ti  Point  Kings- 
mill.  From  the  former  the  o  tost  of  Kuiu  Island  trends  nearly  west  for  atxiut  three  rciles,  then  NW. 
f  N.  eleven  miles,  to  a  rocky  point  which  forms  the  northwestern  extremity  of  a  locky  peninsula. 
Between  this  point  and  the  western  angle  of  Cupe  Decision  the  shore  is  very  irrej;ulii'. ,  "  has  in  it  many 
small  open  bays,  and  at  some  distance  from  it  lie  many  rocks."i  Accoiding  to  Vancouver's  chart  aome 
of  these  rocks  extend  nearly  two  miles  off  shcrre  into  the  strait. 

From  the  rocky  point  above  mentioned  NW.  by  N.  }  N.  a  mile  and  :i  half  lies  the  southeastern 
headland  of  Port  Malmesbury  of  Vancouver.  This  port  has  not  been  dcsorilied  by  any  other  navi- 
gator, and  no  detailed  furvey  was  mode  by  Vancouver.  The  general  course  of  the  port  from  the 
entrance  is  TS.  |  E.  th  ie  mdes,  whence  it  turns  abruptly  to  the  SE.  for  three  miles  farther  The 
northwestern  shores  are  very  irregular  and  guarded  by  numerous  rocks  and  islets,  which  extend, 
according  to  Vancouver's  chart,  about  half  way  from  that  shore  across  the  jwrt  toward  the  opposite 
rthore.  There  arc  also  some  rocks  or  islets  at  the  extreme  head  of  the  bay.  The  clear 
and  navigable  portion  of  the  port  is  that  along  the  SE.  shore,  and  this  varies  from  a  Port  Malmesbury. 
mile  to  half  a  mile  in  width.  A  cove  exists  immediately  NE.  from  the  southeastern 
headland,  which  is  represented  as  clear  of  rocks  and  well  sheltered,  but  no  soundings  are  recorded  in  it. 
Vancouver  remarks,  m  relation  to  the  port:  It  was  "found  free  and  easy  of  access  by  keeping  near 
the  southern  shore;"  the  inner  portion  of  the  harbor  "having  some  islets  and  rocks  in  it,  notwith- 
standing which  it  affords  veiy  excellent  shelter,  with  soundings  from  17  to  34,  and  12  fathoms  water;" 
and  "  is  conveniently  situated  to  the  ocean." 

From  the  southeastern  point  of  entrance  the  northern  headland  bears  NW.  by  W.  J  W.  two 
miles  according  to  Vancouver,  who  named  this  headland  Point  Harris.§  According  to  Vancouver 
this  point  is  rendered  very  remarkable  by  being  a  (low)  projecting  point  "on  which  is  a  single  hill, 
appearing  from  many  points  of  view  like  an  island,  with  an  islet  and  some  rocks  extending  near  a 
mile"  to  the  8.  and  SE. 

The  geographical  position  of  this  point,  according  to  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1494,  is 

Latitude .*_ _ 66°  17'.7  N. 

Longitude — 184°  14'.0  W.. 

while  other  authorities  place  it  in  134°  12'  or  134°  09'  W.  longitude. 

*  In  1786  La  Perouw  hid  named  it  Cap*  OUrlkoff  (Tiolllrlkow),  a  name  adoptvcl  by  Siir;cli«ff,  bin  lh«  account  of  liia  explo- 
rations in  tfaii  rioioity  waa  not  publielieii  before  the  aubaequent  name  hatl  come  into  ii8«.  It  wua  named  Pnate  Oaito  da  !• 
Entsnida  Ml  PrtaeSp*  hj  Malaspina,  MMUtM'  Oav«  by  the  trader*,  1796-9,  and  Sontli  Poiat  by  Liaianslcy  in  1K)4. 

t  VancouTCT,  vol.  Ui,  pp.  96(^7. 

tVaneonvar,  vol.  iii,  p.  886 

$  Wbieh  by  trmaeriptioo  into  Buiaian  lettara,  an  arror  in  lettering  and  ratranMription  into  Engliib,  appear*  on  ion)*  chart* 
aa  VolBt  CNunr 


120 


PORT   CONCLUSION. 


open 


From  thw  jmiiit  NW.  by  N.  A  N.  tlirt-e  niilo«  and  a  liiilf  \Um  tlio  8oiithi>rn  hrndland  of  u  large 
I  buy,  wliich  liiw  Imtii  callcil  fibioiikort"  Bay  by  the  IJ.  S.  Comit  Siirvoy  in  1S71).  This  Imy  w 
iilxiiii  nine  milts  in  widlli  lit  tlic  (•iitriiiico,  ibi'  (ft'iioiiil  course  of  the  nmiii  stem 
TeblenkofTBay.  ix-in^  iiboiit  E  NE.  for  seven  or  i-i^lit  niilen.  TbiH  (livid. .'«  into  Heverid  ramiBcatioiiH, 
hi.inc  of  wiiieli  reiieb  witiiin  two  miles  of  the  cnstern  hIioh-h  of  Kuiii  Islnnd.  One  of 
tliew  branches  extends  some  sixteen  miles  in  a  N.  J  E.  direction  from  the  Bouthern  headland  of  the 
bay,  terminatinj;  in  latitude  66°  33'  N.  Another  with  a  ncneridly  E  SE.  (H)ursc  terminates  in  latitude 
56"  23'  N.,  eleven  mill's  from  the  above  headland  in  a  NE.  by  B.  \  E.  direction.  A  third  branch 
stretches  E  SE.  and  SE.  by  S.  J  8.  to  a  fwiiut  where  it  ends  in  about  latitude  88°  18'  N.  Sinoe  titwe 
inlet.s  and  bays  have  not  been  ci'irefully  surveyed,  it  seems  better  to  d(!fer  a  ndnute  description  of  (heir 
intricacies  until  mnre  is  known  about  them.  Almost  the  entire  buy  is  ownipied  by  innumerable  islets 
and  rocks.     Only  one  Indian  habitation  wis  noted  by  Vancouver's  piirty. 

The  northern  headland  of  this  bay,  (idled  by  N'anconvcr  Point  EUIb,  is  situated  nine  miles  NW. 
i  N.  from  the  southern  point  of  entrance  iR-t'ore  alluded  to.  The  position  of  Point  Ellis  is  believed 
to  be 


III 


h 


■l\ 


!■ 


Latitude - 86°  31'   N. 

Longitude 134°  14'  W., 

the  latitude  ho'mfr,  derived  fn.-n  Vancouver  and  the  longitude  taken  from  U.  S.  Ilydrographic  Chart 
No.  225.  It  appears  to  bo  of  ordinary  heiffht,  with  some  rocks  about  it,  and  forms  the  .southeastern 
extreme  of  another  larjre  inlet  which  has  not  IxiPU  named  on  the  charts  and  which,  from  the  abund- 
ance of  rocks  within  it,  has  lieen  called  the  Bay  of  Pillars.  This  Iwy  has  a  generally 
Tmy  of  Pllfart.  ne.  by  N.  dirc(!tion  with  a  width  at  the  entrance  of  over  seven  miles.  Its  north- 
eastern portion  is  divided  by  on  irrcpularly  wedge-shajKnl  tongue  of  land  into  two 
prininpal  ramifications  with  irregidarly  indented  shores.  The  southeastern  of  these  is  a  long  narrow 
hay  extending  in  a  generally  NE.  by  N.  direction  some  ten  miles  from  Point  Ellis  to  a  |)oint  where  it 
terminates  in  a  strip  of  low  land,  which  separates  it  from  the  inner  extreme  of  Port  Camden  by  a  dis- 
tance of  about  a  mile  and  a  half,  across  which  the  nativis  are  asserted  to  make  canoe  portages.  The 
northwestern  arm  exlcnds  in  the  same  direction  tis  the  other,  to  a  jwint  about  six  miles  from  the 
northern  headland  of  the  bay.  The  whole  bay  fairly  bristles  with  islets  and  rocks.  Those  trending  to 
the  SSW.  from  the  tongue  which  divid(>s  the  two  arms  extend  not  less  than  three  miles  and  a  half 
from  the  shore  and  some  of  them,  according  to  some  authorities,  a(!tually  pass  outside  of  a  chord  joining 
the  two  headlands. 

The  northern  headland  is  Point  Sullivan,  named  by  Vancouver,  and  bearing  from  Point  Ellis 
NW.  j  N.  about  seven  and  a  half  miles. 

Two  islets  lie  to  the  southc^istward  and  two  to  the  southwestward  from  the  point,  and  there  arc 
numerous  roeks,  the  whole  within  a  radius  of  a  mile  from  the  extremity  of  the  point.  The  shore-line 
to  the  E  NE  of  the  point  is  greatly  indented  and  guarded  by  rocks  and  islets;  to  the  northwest,  on  the 
contrary,  the  shores  are  less  rocky  and  Ixiconie  firm  and  compact. 

The  geographical  position  of  Point  Sullivan  appears,  by  a  comparison  of  discrepant  authoritiee,  to 
be  nearly 

Latitude 6e°38'.0  N. 

Longitude _..134''  16' .8  W. 

The  longitude  is  doubtful  to  the  extent  of  3'.0. 

Taking  up  the  western  shore  of  Chatham  Strait  N.  by  W.  \  W.,  from  Wooden  Islet  seven  miles, 
a  small  islet  forms  the  eastern  headland  of  Port  (Conclusion,  named  and  surveyed  in  detail  by  Van- 
couver in  1794.  A  point  five-eighths  of  a  mile  E.  by  S.  |  S.  from  the  islet  above  mentioned  is  the 
"southern  point  of  entrance"  of  Vancouver,  from  which  his  "  opposite  point,"  accord- 
Port  Conclusion,  ing  to  his  chart,  be&rs  NW.  by  N.  two  and  a  half  miles — the  greatest  (fepth  on  which 
line  is  seventy-five  fathoms.  There  seems  no  reason,  however,  why  Point  Eliza  does 
not  constitute  the  re.il  northwestern  point  of  entrance,  while  the  islet  forms  the  southeastern  headland, 
the  tw()  lK>aring  i-eciprocally  nearly  NW..  h  N.  and  SE.  |  S.  a  mile  and  a  quarter  from  each  otlier. 
From  tills  line,  with  an  axial  direction  aljout  due  south,  the  port  extends  for  a  short  distance  of  two 
and  three-(iuarters  milei?  to  its  termination.  For  about  half  this  distance  it  ha"  a  width  E.  and  W.  of 
somewhat  less  than  a  mile ;  for  the  remainder  of  its  extent  it  averages  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
width.  The  depth  of  water  in  the  middle  of  the  port  varies  from  eighty-seven  fathoms  near  i 
entrains  to  twenty  near  its  southern  termination. 

These  soundings  appear  to  be  rather  irregular  and  the  character  of  the  bottom  varies  from  stony 
to  mud  or  sand.  There  is  nowhere  any  impediment  to  its  free  navigation,  though  a  few  rocka  exist 
close  to  the  shores.  S.  by  E.  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  islet  is  an  open  cove  with  a  sandy 
beach  and  five  to  seven  fathoms  water. 


in 
the 


CHATHAM  STRAIT. 


121 


B.  }  W.  a  mile  and  three-eisrhths  from  the  ume  iRlet  is  the  entrance  to  Shi|>  Cove,  whurc  Van- 
couver moored  his  vesaela.    This  ib  a  very  nmall  cove,  a  cable  wide  MW.  and  8E.,  and 
iiboat  two  cnbles  long;,  with  its  entrance  ntill  further  contracted  by  some  rockn  adjacent  Ship  Cove. 

to  the  end  of  the  point  or  spit  which  forms  the  cove.     Within  there  is  a  depth  of  four 
or  five  fathoms,  ro<.'ky  bottom.    It  is  neoetiaary  tu  moor  here,  and  there  is  a  small  beach  at  the  head  of 
the  cove. 

The  shok-es  are  mostly  steeu  and  covered  witli  a  ratiier  dense  growth  of  Hpruce  and  other  ever- 
green trees.     Halibut  were  cuugnt  near  the  mouth  of  tlie  port  by  Vancouver's  farty. 

Th   geographical  position  of  his  astronomical  station  at  the  head  of  Ship  Cove  is 

Latitude __ 56°  14' 66"  JH. 

Longitude  .- 184°  22'  80"  W., 

and  tlie  variation  of  the  oompass,  according  to  the  most  recent  authorities,  is  about  29°  easterly. 

No  information  is  accessible  in  regard  to  the  tides,  ex(«ptthatin  Chatham  Strait,  in  this  vicinity, 
the  Hood  invariably  comes  from  the  southward  and  runs  almut  two  hours. 

Vancouver's  survey  has  not  been  supplemented  by  any  subsctiucnt  work.  ■  His  original  sketch  of 
this  vicinity  has  been  copied  or  adopted  by  various  Russian  authorities,  and  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey 
in  its  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts.  Tebienkofirs  scale  of  miles  represents  one  mile  divided  into  quarti-rs, 
but  on  his  copy  of  Vancouver's  sketch  it  has  much  the  appearance  of  representing  a  total  of  four  whole 
miles.  On  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1494  the  longitude  of  Vancouver's  Ship  Cove  is  indi- 
cated as  about  184°  84'  W.,  out  on  later  charts  either  TebienkofPs  pfisition,  which  is  184°  28'  W.,  or 
a  position  between  the  two  has  been  adopted.* 

The  inner  portion  of  Port  Conclusion  is  separated  only  by  a  narrow  isthmus  from  the  head  of 
Larch  Bay,  which  opens  to  the  Pacific.  Ship  Cove  is  likewise  divided  by  an  isthmus  less  than  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  wide  from  Alexander  Bay  of  Russian  authorities,  a  small  basin  whose  very  contnu^ted 
entrance  is  situated  8.  by  E.  }  B.  from  the  islet  at  the  entrance  of  Port  Conclusion. 
It  is  only  half  a  cable  wide  in  a  N.  and  8.  direction,  the  northern  headland  consisting  Altxander  Bay. 
of  a  narrow  rocky  tongue.  Within,  the  bay  extends  NW.  by  V.  }  N.  about  a  mile 
with  irrmilar  shores,  especially  to  the  north.  The  southern  half  has  a  width  of  about  a  quarter  of  a 
mile,  whue  the  northern  |K>rtion  is  more  contracted  with  some  rocks  in  it  and  tenninates  in  a  sandy 
Ix-ach.  The  depth  of  water  in  the  entrance^  is  about  four  fathoms,  in  which  kelp  grows,  and  wtthin 
the  depth  varies  from  three  to  eight  fathoms. 

Outside,  to  the  northward  of  the  entrance,  is  a  small  islet  ^vith  some  rocks.  In  regard  to  this 
basin  Vancouver  remarks :  "The  surrounding  shores  arc  gener  "  steep  and  rocky,  and  were  covered 
with  wood  nearly  to  the  water's  edge,  but  on  the  sides  of  the  uuiacent  hills  were  some  spots  clear  of 
trees  and  chiefly  oconpied  by  a  damp,  moist,  moorish  soil  in  which  were  several  pools  of  water.  The 
surface  produced  some  berry  bushes,"  and  on  the  west  side  of  the  basin  "  were  found  a  few  deserted 
Indian  habitations." 

The  northern  headland  of  Port  Conclusion,  as  herein  regarded,  was  named  by  Vancouver  Point 
Elisa,  a  rocky  point,  from  which  in  a  IT  VB.  direction  some  islets  and  rocks  extend  for  a  short  dis- 
tance with  deep  water  close  to  them.  This  point  forms  the  southern  headland  of  Port  Armstrong  of 
Vancouver,  called  Armstrong  Bay  on  TebienkoflTs  chart — another  of  those  singular 
land-locked  basins  not  .uncommon  in  this  region.  The  opposite  headland  is  a  small  Port  ArmstroRg. 
projecting  point  distant  from  Point  Eliza  about  two  cables  N  NE.,  of  which  distance 
about  one-third  is  rendered  unavailable  by  the  rocks  and  islets  on  the  southern  side  before  alluded  to. 
The  northern  shore  appears  to  be  steep-to. 

The  entrance  to  the  basin  is  half  a  mile  8W.  |  8.  from  the  northern  headland  with  a  width  of  an 
eighth  of  a  mile,  which  appears  m  be  clear  of  obstructions.  The  shores  of  this  passage  arc  steep-to  on 
l)otl)  sides,  and  there  is  a  clear  navigable  passage  of  eight  to  twelve  fathoms  in  the  middle  and  five 
fathoms  near  the  shores.  The  basin  itself  fiom  its  mouth  is  about  a  mile  long  SW.  J  W.  and  four 
cables  wide.  The  soundings  are  tolerably  r^ular,  from  thirty  in  the  middle  to  ten  fathoms  near  the 
shores ;  the  entire  basin  is  free  from  any  rocks  or  islets.  Immediately  within  its  north  point  is  a  sandy 
beach  and  a  fine  stream  of  fresh  wat^r,  as  is  also  the  case  at  its  head.  Another  beach  lies  just  within  its 
south  point  of  entrance.  In  the  vicinity  of  these  beaches,  especially  about  the  entrance, "  is  a  small  extent 
of  low  land,  but  the  other  parts  of  the  shores  are  composed  of  steep  rugged  cliffs  on  all  sides,  surrounded 
by  a  thick  forest  of  pine  trees  which  grew  with  more  vigor  there"  f  than  about  Port  (Jonclusion. 

The  liability  to  strong  and  irregular  tidal  currents  in  the  entrance,  and  to  land-squalls  or  "  woollies  " 
from  the  high  land  about  these  basins,  should  be  borne  in  mind  by  the  navigator  who  may  be  tempted 
to  make  use  of  them  in  preference  to  less  protected  yet  really  more  commodious  bays  which  may  be 

catered  or  left  vdth  almost  any  wind. 

'. —  i — —  ■     — — 

*  As  Tebieukoff  sUtcs  that  he  copies  from  Vmcouver,  it  would  seem  at  least  poegible  that  the  "28"'  ii  a  clerical  error  for 
"23',"  the  approximate  value  of  VaneouTer'B  poaitlon. 
t  VancriuTer,  vol.  iii,  page  960. 

P.  c.  P. — 16 


1S3 


8KCVRITY   BAT. 


From  the  wlet  off  Port  ConcluHion  the  western  shore  of  Clmtham  Strait  ttviuU  nearly  KW.  by 
W.  A  H.  for  M>mo  thirty-two  niileit.  Within  thin  Hpiui',  <»<|)«'ially  within  that  |K>rtioii  inoUided  by  the 
southern  imlf  of  it,  an-  a  nuinlM>r  of  oiienini^H  which  have  not  yet  lieen  mirveye<|,  im  weJI  an  numeroua 
Hmalh'r  irr«'Kiilaritit«  of  thi>  shore.  'IVbifnitort"  indi(iil<n  tiiiit  some  of  tlH-m*  op«>nin|^  nrc  conncctwl,  by 
chains  of  lakes  and  streamH  througli  niarMhy,  viilicys  witii  IwyM  on  the  western  sloiieof  liaranoff  [sland 
or  Archi|)elaj{o.* 

IleturninK  to  tiie  vicinity  of  Point  Siilliviin,  the  sliore  of  Kuiu  Island  trends  thence  about  KW. 
j  N.  thirteen  miles  to  Point  Kingamill.t  a  conspicuous  |>oint,  named  by  Vancouver,  and  forming  the 
southwestern  |K)int  of  entrance  into  the  spacious  shfeet  of  water  known  m 


I 

}' 


FU?]I)ER1CK  SOUND.! 

Its  southwestern  cntrani^,  lietween  Point  Kingsiuill  and  Point  Gardner,  is  nearly  ten  mlleo  wide 
NW.  by  W.  and  SK.  by  B.  The  sound  is  iM>undcd  to  the  weotward  bv  the  shores  of  Admiralty 
Island  l)etween  |)oints  Gardner  and  Ganibicr,  a  distance  of  thirty-four  miles;  to  the  northward  and 
eastward,  by  the  shores  of  the  Continent  from  Point  Windham  to  the  mouth  of  Dry  Strait,  a  distance 
of  over  forty  miles ;  to  the  southward  and  eastward,  by  the  shores  of  Kuiu  and  Kupreanoff  islands  for 
alHiut  sixty  miles.  Its  pcf^ncnil  form  is  irro^rulurly  trilobate  and  its  greatest  width  about  fifteen  miles. 
It  is  not  known  that  any  systematic  soundings  have  ev«'r  b<«n  taken  in  it.8 

Frederick  Sound  forms  the  third' in  oraer  of  the  grand  transverse  valleys  of  plication  of  which 
Dixon  Entrance,  Sumner  Strait  and  (as  will  l>c  hereafter  shown)  Cross  Sound  with  ley  Strait  form 
the  more  conspicuous  examples.  The  Frederick  Sound  plication  fails,  apparently,  to  cross  the  IktranolT 
Archipelago ;  but  even  here  an  unexplored  opening  and  indications  of  low  laud  traversing  the  island, 
as  shown  on  some  of  the  charts,  are  clearly  a  part  of  the  same  furrow  and  are  continued  in  the  same 
trend. 

The  shores  of  the  sound  are  for  the  must  (lart  exceedingly  irregular,  and  in  the  number  of  off- 
standing  islets  the  sound  contrasts  very  unfavorably  for  navigation  with  Chatham  Strait. 

From  Point  Kingsmill  Point  Cornwallis  of  Vancouver  bears  nearly  N.  by  B.  about  six  ontl  a  half 
uiilcH.  It  is  statetl  to  be  long,  low,  narrow  and  wooded,  and,  as  previously  mentioned,  forms  the  north- 
western extreme  of  Keku  Strait.  Between  this  point  and  Point  Kingsmill  lie  two 
Security  Bay.  buys.  Of  these,  Security  Bay  of  Meade  ||  is  immediately  to  the  eastwara  from  Point 
Kmgsmill,  which  forms  its  southwestern  point  of  entrance,  and  from  the  northeastern 
angle  of  which,  known  as  Paralysis  Foint,^  Bound  Islet  at  the  northern  entrance  bean  about  V.  by 
B.  ^  E.  one  mile  distant. 

Security  Bav  wan.  first  (Ie8crib<Hl  bv  Meade,*"*  who  published  a  very  imperfect  sketch  of  it  on  U.  S. 
Hydio^rraphic  < )ffi(«  Chart  No.  225  (1869  and  1880).  In  1881  the  officers  of  the  U. 8. 8.  Waeltuadt 
on  the  AliLsknii  StJitinn,  Commander  Henry  Glass  mmmanding,  mode  a  more  thorough  reconnaissance 
of  tlif  outer  half  of  the  bay,  which  was  published  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  as  Harbor  'Jhart  No. 
723.     I'pon  this  ivconnnissance  the  following  description  and  directions  depend: 

Between  Pnrnlysis  I'oint  and  the  southwestern  angle  of  Point  Kingsmill  lies  Bond  Cove,  onsur* 
vcycd,  iibout  linit'  a  mile  in  extent  E  873.  and  W  NW.,  of  which  the  southwestern  point  of  entainoe  is 
denoted  Hourigan  Point.  From  Paialysis  Point  the  general  direction  of  the  southern  wofes  of 
Security  Buy  is  SE.  by  E.  }  E.  two  and  a  quarter  miles  to  Point  Xiookont  of  Me^)de>  where  the  bay 
conti-iict.s  to  less  thiiii  a  mile  in  width,  beyond  which  it  widens  somewhat  and  extends  about  two  miles 
farther  in  tlie  same  general  direction. 

The  nortlu  111  shore  from  Round  Islet  extends  in  a  generally  SB.  by  B.  direction  about  six  cables 
to  Cedar  Point  of  Meade,  east  from  which  a  probably  shallow  bight  makes  in  to  the  NB.  Three 
(|inirter!^  of  u  mile  SE.  ^  E.  from  Cedar  Point  is  Retaliation  Point  of  Meade,  bluff,  steep-to,  and 
wooded,  E  NE.  from  which  is  Cedar  Bight,  part  of  which  is  shoal  with  some  rocks  in  it,  and  the 
ensteiii  cxircrae  of  which  is  formed  by  Expedition  Point  of  Meade,  low,  wooded,  BT.  by  B.  ^  B.  from 
Point  Lookout. 


*  On  a  MS.  cliart  tlie  nainu  uf  Point  Hoyt  U  applied  to  the  uortbern  headland  of  on*  of  tbow  openiiigi,  in  titovV  latitude 
M°  24'  N.;  and  fnr  the  nortlitii'ii  point  of  entrance  to  another  opening  nituated  in  about  latitude  M°  tf  V.,  the  nam«  of  foint 
Scott  is  UBi'd, — both  apparently  without  any  explorations  aa  a  haaii. 

t  Krroneiiualy  cftlled  XlngenUI  on  Ruseiun  Hydrographic  Cliart  No.  1494. 

i  Named  Prince  Frederick  Sound  by  Vanvouvt-r  in  1794,  which  title  hai  b«m  adopted  by  nearlj  M  wbiMiMqt  hydrg- 
graphera.     It  hax  alno  lipen  tprined  Fredoriok  Strait. 

i  The  older  navigatoi-e  seem  to  have  s,  ^Med  the  term  muiid  to  bodiee  of  water  of  approximately  equal  length  and  breadth, 
or  lem  elongated  tlian  a  Rtrait,  enpecially  if  intempemt'd  with  iKiandi,  ratlier  than  with  any  rofeiwiw  to  depth  of  watan  After 
three-quarters  of  a  centiiiT  of  u»age  it  i»,  perhaps,  unnecessary  to  alter  surh  eaUbliafaed  names  to  suit  any  tbaory  (>f  IIm  derira- 
tion  of  general  term  a. 

I  Named  by  Huadv  on  U.  8.  Hydrographio  Office  Chart  No.  !2S5  on  account  of  its  advMltagw. 
'     H  This  is  doubtless  the  original  Bonth  Point  of  Meade,  with  the  reef  off  it. 

••  U.  8.  N.  Hydrographic  OfBce,  Bjfdrcgraphie  Nntiee  No.  13,  1889,  pp.  18-20. 


"^ 


of  off- 


;.,**r/i 


■■'4 


*»     -♦,  f ; 


"#■. 


\ 


PULlfJ  tf-v  1574. 


■■■■VI 


PULl'^Jt.-.  157t 


m. 


I 

Mi'  ■ 

11: 


imM-'kl''M^^-.i:b. 


■■  ■r^'at^fi,  •*  -i*********^*-*-*- 


H    — 


fbi:debick.  soujtd. 


123 


S  SB.  three-eighths  of  a  mile  from  lietaliation  Point  is  the  western  end  of  Cleft  Island  of  Mwule, 
with  a  deep  notch  in  it;  the  island  extends  south  of  Cedar  Bight,  with  some  nxks  at  i's  ciistcrii 
extreme,  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  in  an  easterly  direction  with  a  width  of  loss  tiian  ;i  i|iiaii(  r  of 
a  mile.  Another  islet,  very  narrow  and  aljout  a  quarter  of  a  mile  long,  lies  elose  tu  t'iclt  I^ImikI  on 
its  northern  side,  nearer  the  western  end.  The  spaiie  between  the  western  end  of  this  i.^iand  iind  luvA- 
iation  Point  is  about  three  cables,  and  midway  is  a/our-font  shoal  marlxcd  by  ifclp  in  siinuncr.  N  NW., 
S  SE.  and  eastward  from  this  shoal,  which  does  not  apjK-ar  on  ^feadc's  siietch,  five  or  six  fathoms  inny 
be  had.  About  half  a  mile  eastward  from  Paralysis  Point,  witiiin  the  bay  and  extending  N  NE.  iioni 
the  southern  shore  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  is  a  group  of  six  or  eight  small  islands,  the  liiigcst  of 
which  is  bluff  to  the  northward  and  southeast,  about  a  cable  and  a  half  in  extent,  and  nainoii  by  the 
IT.  8.  Navy  Christmas  Island.  The  smaller  one  ne:  c  northwest  from  it  was  named  Cork  Island. 
The  norther.st  anglr  of  Christmas  Island  has  l)een  identified  by  the  Wai^husett's  party  with  South 
Point  of  Meade,  located  by  the  latter  approximately  in 


Latitude 66°  12'  N. 

Longitude.-^ 184°  20' W., 

a  position  probably  belonging  to  Paralysis  Point  in  reality. 

N  NW.  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  Paralysis  Point  is  Bibb  Shoal,  marked  by  kelp,  u|)on  which  four 
and  a  half  fathoms  are  recorded  though  there  may  be  less.  Nearly  midway  between  Paralysis  Point 
and  Round  Islet  is  the  small  Roadstead  Island  of  Meade,  wooded,  with  some  rocks  about  it;  W  NW. 
from  which  Meade  indicates  antihorage  in  ten  fathoms  under  the  name  of  Security  Boads. 

From  Roadstead  Island  in  a  general  direction  E.  by  S.  ^  S.  toward  the  northwestern  end  of  (.'left 
Island  trends  a  series  of  small  islands,  which  arc  very  erroneously  laid  down  on  Meade's  sketch  of  1 8G9. 
North  and  northeast  from  these  the  bay  is  rejwrted  shoal.  These  are,  in  their  order,  eastward  from 
Roadstead  Island,  Flat,  Cedar  and  Harbor  islands,  all  wooded,  the  last  the  largest,  ami  a  rod:  ainmh 
at  a  quarter  flood  at  a  quarter  of  a  mile  E.  by  S.  from  the  eastern  end  of  HarlKJi"  Islantl  and  nearly 
half  way  from  it  to  Retaliation  Point. 

Northejwtward  from  Retaliation  Point  is  a  sand  beach,  where  a  stream  c«mes  in.  Here  was  a 
small  village  of  the  Kehk  or  Keku  T'linkets,  called  "Tom's  Ranche,"  which  was  destroyed  by  Meade 
in  the  U.  S.  S.  Saginaw,  in  1869,  in  retaliation  for  two  atrocious  murders  committed  by  the  trilx)  on 
white  men.  At  the  same  time,  in  the  unsurveyetl  part  of  the  bay  Ciustward  from  Point  Lookout,  a 
fishing  village  on  tlie  south  shore  and  two  Indian  stockaded  forts  at  the  hejid  of  the  bay  wt're  also 
demolished. 

Security  Bay  is  spoken  of  by  Meade  as  "immeasurably  superior  to  anything  I  have  yet  seen  in 
Ala-ska,"  being  only  forty-two  miles  distant  from  the  wx'an  at  Cape  Ommancy,  with  a  fine  clear  chan- 
nel all  the  way,  a  good  roadstead  outside  and  a  clear  channel  insiile  of  tin'  harbor,  so  that  no  pilot  is 
nec<le<l  abundance  of  pure  water  and  excellent  timber,  a  profusion  of  salmon  in  tluir  season,  and  a 
land-locked,  perfectly  secure  anchorage,  with  good  soft  holding-gi'ound.  It  is  probable  that  some  of 
the  natives  have  returned  to  this  locality,  where  there  was  considerable  cleared  land  about  Tom's  Ranche, 
where  they  dried  salmon  and  raise<l  potatoes. 

TIDES. 

The  tides  in  this  vicinity  rise  about  fourteen  feet.  The  soundings  in  the  Coast  Survey  Chart  No.  72;i 
are  reduced  to  approximate  low  water. 

Tlie  variation  of  the  compass  is  believed  to  l)e  al)out  29°  easterly. 


SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOR  8ECTKITY   HAY.  /    , 

Rounding  Point  Kingsmill,  the  shore  should  not  Ije  approached  nearer  than  half  a  mile  to  avoid 
rocks  or  reefs  and  the  Bibb  iShoat. 

When  up  with  Roadste'ad  Island  bearing  NE.  two  cables,  the  course  in  will  be  E.  by  S.  A  S.  for 
the  cleft  in  the  western  end  of  Cleft  Island. 

When  the  SE.  edge  of  Retaliation  Point  bears  NB.,  anchorage  may  be  had  in  fifteen  to  seventeen 
fathoms,  soft  bottom,  or  the  navigator  may  lay  a  course  to  pass  either  north  or  south  of  the  Jour-fool 
sli:,,l,  and  anchor  in  five  or  six  fathoms  in  the  western  part  of  Cetlar  Bight.* 

*  It  is  to  tw  distinctly  iioteii  tliat  tlie  eiitrsiiee  to  tbis  Lay  m  mueli  chnrn-  than  Memh'>  d-tU-h  u-.mUl  indicate,  wliich  iiketch, 
indeed,  dws  not  agree  witli  liin  description  above  cited,  anil  wae  baatily  prepared  by  a  Kiiboidiiiai.'  olficei-.  On  tbe  olliiT  hand, 
ulniost  exactly  where  Meade  locatee  hii  Banc  Hubor  anoborkCa  the  WachuicU  reionnui««ance  hImiwb  \\ie  four-foot  thwil. 


124 


SAGINAW  BAT. 


The  land  southwest  from  Security  Bay,  forming  the  backbone  of  Point  King8mill,is  composed  of 
high  mo'  .ntains;  other  land  about  the  bay  is  high,  as  near  Cedar  Point,  but  part  of  the  shores  are  mod- 
erately low.  Security  Bay  was  formerly  a  favorite  resort  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company's  and  other 
trading  vessels  in  their  voyages  through  this  arohi])elago,  but  no  chart  except  the  reconnais8an(«  men- 
tioned appears  to  liave  I)e€n  made. 

The  channel  into  the  eastern  part  of  the  bay,  between  Cleft  Island  and  Indian  Book,  api^ars  to  be 
clear,  but  in  default  of  more  information  a  description  is  not  attempted.  Meade's  officers  reported  six 
or  eight  fathoms  carried  to  within  a  mile  of  the  head,  when  it  suddenly  shoals  to  less  than  two  fathoms, 
and  this  part  is  infested  by  numerous  visible  rocks  or  small  islets. 

From  Point  Kingsmill  NW.  by  W.  ^  W.  about  six  miles  lies  Taaha  Island,  named  by  the  Rus- 
sians, wooded  and  quite  prominent,  with  a  clear  passage  on  either  side  of  it.     It  is  said 
Submarine  Bar.     that  this  island  stands  on  a  ridge,  bar,  submarine  spit  or  moraine,  which  extends  clear 
aci-oss  the  entrance  to  Frederick  Sound  with  twelve  fathoms  of  water  on  it. 
N.  by  E.  J  E.  four  miles  from  Point  Kingsmill  lies  the  southern  headland  of  Saginaw  Bay,  named 
by  the  U.  S.  Navy  in  1869.     The  northern  headland  is  formed  by  Point  Cornwallis,  distant  from  the 
southern  point  N.  |  W.  about  two  miles  and  a  half.    This  bay  is  about  five  and  a  half 
Saginaw  Bay.        miles  long  E.  and  W.  and  two  miles  wide  N.  and  S., — the  northern  shore  being  irregu- 
larly indented.     Between  Security  Bay  and  Saginaw  Bay  the  shore  is  guarded  by  rocks 
which  extend  seanrard  about  a  mile,  mostly  visible.     From  Point  Cornwallis  an  arc  described  with  a 
radius  of  a  mile  appears  to  include  nearly  all  the  off-shore  rocks  of  that  vicinity. 

No  detailed  chart  or  sketch  of  this  bay  appears  to  have  been  made  public;  the  bay  on  the  general 
charts  is  represented  as  much  obstructed  by  rocks  lx>th  at  and  about  the  entrance  and  also  within.     If 
the  charts  are  even  tolerably  accurate,  Vancouver's  description  of  the  bay  as  filled  "with 
Dangtn.  many  islets  and  dangerous  rocks"  is  fully  warranted.     It  is,  however,  reported  that  a 

safe  anchorage  exists  in  this  bay  one  and  a  half  miles  within  Point  Cornwallis,  on  the 
northern  shore,  nearly  "abreast  of  the  Indian  village,  both  east  and  west,"  over  mu<ldy  bottom,  in 
seven  to  eleven  fathoms.  It  is  stated  that  "though  open  to  the  northwest  the  anchorage  is  oonipletely 
sheltered,"  is  easily  found,  and  is  accessible  to  sailing  vessels  or  steamers  with  fair  or  head  winds. 
There  is  said  to  be  room  for  a  dozen  large  vessels.  The  Indian  village  is  not  represented  on  any  of 
the  charts,  but  it  is  said  that  the  Saginaw  found  its  geographical  position  to  be 

Latitude 66°  66'.6  N. 

Longitude 134°  lO'.SW., 

by  which  it  would  appear  to  be  situated  on  a  narrow  point,  in  which  case  the  obscure  expression  pre- 
viously qu(ite<l  may  mean  that  there  is  anchorage  either  east  or  west  from  this  point  abreast  of  the 
village.  This  anchorage  has  btjen  called  Halleok*  Harbor  by  the  U.  S.  Navy.  In  the  absence  of 
any  sketch  of  the  entrance  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  call  attention  to  the  need  of  great  caution  in  entering 
the  bay. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOR   ENTERING  SAGINAW   BAY. 

"In  entering  keep  the  port  or  eastern  head  of  the  bay  aboard,  say  a  quarter  of  a  mile  distant, 
until  you  reach  the  bold  bluff  point  of  the  northern  side  of  the  anchorage,  when  steer  for  the  ruins  of 
the  settlement,  and  anchor  when  you  get  eight  fathoras."t 

Great  numl)crs  of  codfish  are  reported  about  the  bay,  and  at  one  time  the  establishment  here  of  a 
United  States  military  post  was  contemplated. 

The  northern  headland  is  Point  Cornwallis,  and  witliip.  a  radius  of  a  mile  from  its  extremity  there 
are  several  rocks. 

About  ten  miles  NE.  by  N.  J  N.  from  this  headland  lies  Point  Macartney  of  Vancouver,  the 
NE.  extreme  of  this  part  of  Keku  Strait.  It  is  described  by  Vancouver  as  a  "large,  rounding,  though 
nv^t  lofty  promontory,  in  which  were  several  small  open  bays,  and  near  it  several  rocks."! 

From  this  point,  according  to  the  latest  charts,  the  coast  trends  in  a  N  STW.  direction  about  four 
miles  to  a  promontory,  which  has  Ijeen  named  Capo  Bendel,§  from  whence  Point  Napean  bears  W  NW. 

•Thig  harbor  was  selected  by  M^jor  General  Halleck  as  the  site  of  a  military  poet,  but  aubaequently  abandoned  for  Kootz- 
naboo,  Meade  anchored  here  February  14,  1869,  and  destroyed  five  of  the  six  houies  that  eonitituted  the  wttlement  aa  a  pun- 
labnient  for  murders  committed  by  these  Indians.  The  bay  will  shelter  a  large  fleet,  but  the  depth  of  water  is  su  great  that  it  is 
an  undesirable  anchorage. 

tU.  S.  N.  Hydrograpliic  Notios  No.  13,  1869,  p.  17;  from  Meade's  Remark  Book. 

t  Vancouver,  vol.  iii,  p.  292. 

J  On  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  Chart  No.  701,  corrected  to  1877.  For  Mr.  Bemhard  Bendel,  formerly  of  Bremen,  an  Alaskan 
pioneer,  now  deceased,  to  whom  the  Coast  Survey  parties  have  been  repeatedly  indebted  both  for  valuable  information  and 
ganerous  hospitality. 


POBTAaE  BAT. 


125 


six  or  seven  miles  across  the.  sound.  The  cape  is  moderately  high,  and  from  its  northern  face,  in  a 
generally  N.  by  W.  <lirectiori,  a  succession  of  irregular  i-ocky  patches,  reefs  and  islets  make  off"  In'tween 
three  and  four  miles. 

At  the  northern  extreme  of  this  series  of  obstructions  is  a  small  island  called  by  the  Russians 
Poverotni  Island,  or,  in  translation,  Tarn-about  Island.  This  island  is  associated  with  others  still 
smaller,  of  v.  lich  three  are  indicated  by  Tebienkoff,  while  other  charts  very  generally  omit  all  Init 
Poverotui.  The  latter  is  wooded  and  rather  high,  flattiah  on  top  with  a  little  peak  in  the  middle  as 
seen  from  the  northeastward.  There  is  a  passage  between  Poverotni  and  Cape  Bendcl,  but  under  ordi- 
nary circumstances,  unless  with  good  local  knowledge,  its  use  cannot  be  recommendetl  to  navigators. 

These  reefs,  !.•  early  connecting  the  island  with  the  Kupreanoff  shore,  would,  in  the  presence  of  an 
extensive  commert*,  constitute  a  serious  danger.  As  it  is,  they  are  the  most  and  only  serious  olwtruc- 
tion  to  navigation  between  Wrangell  and  Peril  straits  on  the  inside  route  to  Sitka. 

From  Cape  Bendel  the  shore  of  Kupreanoff  Island  trends  E  NE.  in  a  general  way  for  about 
twenty-one  miles.  This  stretch  of  coast  is  not  known  to  contain  any  harbors,  although  there  are 
numerous  small  indentations.  Off  the  small  projecting  points  are  numerous  rocks  at  no  great  ilistance 
from  the  shore.  The  latter  is  nearly  level  and  moderately  wooded  for  three  or  four 
miles  back  from  the  beach.  In  the  vicinity  of  Cape  Bendel  the  immediate  shore  is  Portage  Bay. 
bluff  and  heavily  timbered.  About  twenty  miles  E  NE.  from  the  cape  and  about  a 
cable  from  shore  are  the  Perenosnaia  *  or  Portage  Islets,  consisting  of  two  small  and  rather  low 
wooded  islets,  which  serve  as  land  marks  for  the  entrance  of  Perenosnaia  or  Portage  Bay. 

These  islets  are  connected  by  a  rocky  platform  at  low  water,  their  total  extent  being  about  five 
hundred  feet  E.  and  W.  and  two  hundred  feet  wide.  Three  fathoms  can  be  carried  close  to  the  edge 
of  the  rocks.  Three-quarters  of  a  mile  B.  J  N.  from  the  eastern  islet  is  the  entrance  to  Portage  Bay. 
From  this  point  of  view  the  west  point  of  entrance  bears  south  a  little  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile; 
the  east  point  of  entrance,  which  is  farther  in,  bears  SE.  by  B.  ^  8.  nearly  half  a  mile,  and  the  Portage 
Islets  W.  J  S.  AS.  by  B.  f  B.  course  carries  in,  clear  of  dangers,  with  not  less  than  three  and  three- 
((uarters  fathoms  in  mid-channel  of  the  narrow  entrance.    (See  sailing  directions.) 

From  a  reconnaissance  by  the  Hassler  in  1882  it  is  learned  that  Portage  Bay  lies-about  NW.  and 
SB.,  in  a  trough  between  mountains  fifVecn  hundred  to  two  thousand  feet  high  and  with  others  rising 
still  higher  beyond  it  to  the  SB. 

The  entrance  to  the  bay  is  very  narrow,  not  exceeding  a  quarter  of  a  mile  E.  and  W.,  '.7hich  is 
further  diminished  to  a  channel  of  about  three  hundred  feet  between  the  three-fathom  curves  by  shoal 
water  making  out  ftom  either  shore.  The  east  and  west  points  of  entrance  are  narrow  and  pointed, 
the  eastern  being  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  SB.  by  B.  from  the  western  one.  Opposite  the  east  point 
within  the  bay  the  western  shore  recedes  to  form  a  cove,  which  is  reduced  to  a  mud  flat  at  low  water. 
Half  a  mile  farther  south  and  east  another  cove,  dry  at  low  water,  with  a  narrow  entrance,  indents  the 
same  shore.  The  northeastern  shore  within  the  east  point  of  entrance  is  strait  and  compact,  and  the 
navigable  portion  of  the  bay  extends  parallel  with  it  about  two  miles  with  an  average  width  of  two 
cables,  the  shores  shoaling  off  everywhere  very  gradually  and  without  known  dangers  beyond  the  three- 
fathom  line.  The  bay  extends  about  three  miles  farther  SB.,  of  which  the  last  two  miles  are  comprised 
in  Goose  Cove,  dry  at  low  water  and  nearly  a  mile  wide,  with  Stop  Island  and  Harrington  Rock  in  its 
northern  part.     The  top  of  the  latter  appears  to  be  always  visible. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOB  PORTAQE  BAY. 

The  approach  to  the  entrance  is  marked  by  the  Portage  Islets,  the  shore  east  from  which  dries 
off  some  distance  at  low  water  and  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  Boulder 
Point,  east  from  the  entrance,  is  fringed  by  large  boulders  which  cover  at  half  tide  and  are  marked  by 
kelp.     It  should  not  be  approached  within  a  cable. 

From  a  point  off  the  entrance,  where  the  Portage  Islets  shut  over  each  other  bear  W.  J  S.,  the 
oast  point  of  entrance  SE.  by  S.  J  8.  and  the  west  point  of  entrance  S.,  the  course  is  S.  by  B.  |  JS. 
until  the  west  jwint  of  entrance  l)ear8  W.,  when  the  course  will  be  S.  J  W.  until  east  point  of  entrance 
beai-8  B  NB.,  when  the  course  will  be  SB.  until  east  point  of  entrance  bears  N.,  whon  anchorage  may 
be  had  in  four  to  six  fathoms;  or  the  navigator •  may  proceed  farther  southeastward  and  obtain,  for  a 
mile,  about  the  same  depth  over  a  sandy  bottom. 

This  bay  is  well  adapted  for  steamers,  and  is  considered  an  excellent  andiorage  notwithstanding 
its  narrow  entrance,  as  it  has  no  channel  dangers.  Its  character  indicates  that  it  may  once  have  been 
the  site  of  glacial  action. 

•Named  Pnmoinaya  lilandi  by  Meade  in  1869,  who  called  the  bay  P«r«il0llii»7»  Ott*.  It  wa«  nameil  PMMOinaU 
(PorUll*)  Bay  by  the  Bl.«llan^  and  han  aUo  been  called  Portaf  •  Harbor.  Meade  etatea  that  the  ooune  from  Point  Highland  to 
I'urenoinaia  Creek  ia  M.  |  B.  nearly. 


^i 


-Sli 


■'(i 

•f(' 


k 


% 


:4 


m 


126 


FREDERICK   SOUND. 


Observations  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  1882  plaoe  the  observinjit.  spot,  which  is  three  hundred 
and  tvventy-tive  yards  northeasterly  from  the  east  |M)ii>t  of  entrance,  in 

Latitude 87°  00' 10"  N. 

Longitude 133°  20'  03"  W. 

Tlie  variation  of  the  coniijass  wits  30°  51'  E.  in  1882  and  the  dip  75°  08". 

Tlie  extreme  rise  and  fail  of  tides  oljserved  was  twenty  feet,  the  mean  rise  and  fall  about  fourteen 
feet.  The  tides  run  two  to  four  l<nots  in  the  narrow  entrance,  and  at  springs  form  strong  eddies  to  half 
a  mile  farther  in,  which  should  be  taken  into  ai>count  when  proposing  to  enter  the  bay.  The  shores 
are  densely  wooded.  Water  may  l)e  obtaiiunl  in  the  extreme  SW.  corner  of  the  l)ay  from  a  stream 
which  rises  in  hills  about  five  hundred  feet  high. 

Portage  Bay  is  separated  by  an  isthmus  about  two  miles  in  width  from  the  northern  extreme  of 
Duncan  (anal.  Across  this  isthmus  the  natives  are  accustomed  to  make  portages,  from  which  the 
name  nf  the  locality,  alike  in  Russian  and  English,  is  derivcid,.  The  regular  rounds  of  the  trading 
vessels  of  the  Riiasiun  Company  included  a  visit  to  tJiis  harbor.  The  course  from  Portage  Bay  to  clear 
Cai>e  Faiisliaw  almut  one  mile,  according  to  Nichols,  is  W.  J  N. ;  very  different  from  existing  charts, 
which  there  are  not  data  to  correct. 

The  general  direction  of  the  shore  of  Kupreanoif  Island  rantinues  the  same,  that  is,  about  E  NE., 
from  the  eastern  headland  of  Portage  Bay  for  five  miles  to  a  point  where  the  coast  gradually  rounds 
to  the  eastward  and  southward.  Tht  charts  differ  aa  to  the  abruptness  of  the  change  of  direction,  but 
it  would  ap|)ear  that  a  moderately  high  bluff  or  cliff  is  here  exjxwal,  to  which  the  name  of  Cape  of 
the  Straits  has  been  applied  by  English  authorities.  Hence  the  shore  trends  E  SE.  toward  Prolewy 
Point,  nine  miles  distant. 

This  strip  of  coast  is  more  or  less  broken  or  indented,  and  off  it  lies  three  islets,  termed  by  the 
U.  S.  Navy  the  Soukhoi  Islets,*  which  extend  about  a  couple  of  niiles  off  shore,  nearly  reaching 
mid-channel  of  this  part  of  Frederick  Sound.  Little  is  known  of  them.  The  jwrtion  of  Kupreanoff 
Island  to  the  eitstward  of  the  narrow  isthmus  at  Portage  Bay  will  properly  take  the  name  of  the  Lin- 
denberg  Peninsula,  whicli  is  the  essential  meaning  of  a  term  applied  to  it  on  Russian  Hydrographic 
Chart  No.  1494,  but  whi(;h  nught  be  literally  translatecl  as  the  Lindenberg  Shore. 

There  is  a  passage  on  either  side  of  the  Soukhoi  Islets,  and  in  coming  to  or  going  from  the  north- 
ern entrance  to  Wrangell  Strait  the  western  passage  is  to  he  preferred,  though  it  would  not  appear  so 
from  the  charts  in  common  use. 

From  the  Portage  Islets  W.  by  N.  J  N.  about  eleven  miles  lies  Cape  Fansha^^ ,  named  by  Van 
couver,  "a  very  conspicuous,  low,  projecting  point,  situated  in  latitude  57°  11'." f     It  is  heavily  tim- 
bererl.     A  deserted  village  was  found  here  by  Whidbey,  and  a  prese.it  settlement  is  reported  bv  the 
U.  S.  Xavy.t 

Two  bai'c  rocks,  twenty  feet  high,  lie  off  Capt?  Fanshaw,  the  outer  one  about  NW.  two  miles  from 
the  cape,  the  inner  one  lietwecn  the  former  and  a  good-sized  island,  from  which  reefo  extend  toward 
shore. 

From  the  courses  and  distances  of  the  Hassle)-  and  other  vessels  in  this  vicinity  it  is  evident  that 
Cape  Fanshaw  and  Point  Highland  lie  several  miles  farther  west  than  they  are  usually  mappml,  or 
else  Portage  Bay  and  the  northern  entrance  to  Wrangell  Strait  lie  about  the  same  distance  farther  east. 
Data  sufficient  to  properly  (»rrect  the  charts  have  not  yet  been  received. 

Cape  Fanshaw  divides  the  eastern  part  of  Frederick  Sound  intt)  two  tolerably  distinct  arms,  one 
of  which  continues  in  the  same  general  trend  as  the  western  portion  of  the  sound,  namely  N  NB., 
while  the  other  and  much  narrower  portion  trends  to  the  eastward  at  first  about  E.  by  N.  From 
the  cape,  the  shore  indented,  low  and  densely  wooded,  has  a  generally  E.  direction,  and  at  a  distance 
of  six  and  a  half  miles  E.  {  N.  lies  Point  Highland,  named  by  the  U.  S.  Navy,  prol«bly  from  some 
change  in  the  character  of  the  topography  near  it.  Between  this  jwint  and  the  ca|)e  are  two  indenta- 
tions of  small  extent,  separateil  by  a  point  which  extends  southward  nearly  into  li»>e  with  Caj*  Fan- 
shaw and  Point  Highland.  Eastward  four  miles  from  the  latter  is  Bay  Point,  the  western  point  of 
entrance  to  a  large  bay  in  which  a.e  several  islrts.  No  information  is  at  hand  in  relation  to  it,  but  it 
has  the  aspect  on  the  chart  of  a  glacial  lagoon. 

Hence  about  five  and  a  half  miles  E.  J  N.  lies  the  extremity  of  Point  Vandeput,  named  by  Van- 
couver, and  described  by  him  as  a  low,  narrow  point  of  land  two  miles  long  in  a  N.  and  B.  direction, 
and  about  half  a  mile  broad. 


*  Tlii'y  were  iiained  by  Mcmle  in  1869,  who  npyB  of  tlieiii  lliat  they  are  an  excellent  guide  for  entering  Wrangell  Strait. 

t  Vancouver,  vol.  ill,  \>,  'ifO. 

{There  is  ii  strong  probability  that  many  of  the  villageB  found  unoccupied  by  Vancouver's  panieg  and  reported  u  d«»«rted 
were  not  peinianently  abandoned,  but  merely  left  unucciipied  while  the  population  were  temporarily  engaged  in  their  anoual 
fishery,  trade  or  hunting  in  some  other  locality. 


PATTERSON   OI^GIER. 


127 


From  its  southern  extremity  a  ree/ extends  somewhat  over  a  mile.  In  the  western  angle,  formed 
lietween  the  point  and  the  main  shore,  the  Russian  hydrographic  charts  indicate  an  ancliorajro,  without 
!<oundings  or  details  ;  but  according  to  Nichols  the  ai>pearance  of  the  land  is  not  siu'li  as  would  justify 
a  stranger  in  seeking  anchorage  there  without  a  chart. 

In  1882  at  high  water,  with  a  strong  southeaster  blowing,  the  breakers  on  the  reef  off  Point  Van- 
deput  were  very  conspi<-uoiis. 

East  from  Point  Vandeput  and  between  it  and  a  i-onspicuous  point  custwanl  from  it  a  bay  is 
formed  whicli  appeared  to  promise  good  anchoi-age.  On  attempting  to  enter  it  in  licavv  weather 
with  the  Hiusler,  about  a  mile  off  the  entrance  a  ground  swell  wits  noticed  and  the  load  sliowwl  six 
fathoms ;  a  short  distance  farther  out  ten  fathoms  and  more  were  had.  At  the  bottom  of  the  bay  is 
an  almost  periiendicular  mountain,  scored  by  eight  or  ten  land-slides.  The  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  party 
of  1869  believed  they  saw  indications  of  a  glacier  at  the  foot  of  the  bay,  but  it  was  not  oliservetl  in 
1882. 

About  NB.  by  N.  J  N.,  some  eight  or  nine  miles  inland,  the  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  225 
indicates  a  remarkable  pinnacle  or  stone  four  hundral  feet  high,  on  the  t<ip  of  a  mountain,  to  which 
the  U.  S.  Navy  has  applied  the  name  of  the  Devil's  Thumb.  Tlie  '  )rcs  of  this  portion  of  Frcdcjrick 
Sound  are  very  imperfectly  known,  and  a  more  careful  survey  w^  i  probably  develop  the  need  of 
considerable  change  in  the  charted  shore-line.  So  far  as  its  features  are  here  referred  to,  they  arc  taken 
on  the  authority  of  the  more  recent  English  and  American  charts.  From  these  it  appears  that  al)out 
seven  miles  in  a  SE.  by  E.  J  E.  direction  from  Point  Vandeput  there  lies  a  low  wooded  point,  which 
was  named  Point  Agassis*  on  account  of  its  association  with  the  remarkable  and  sublime  glacitirs  in 
its  immediate  vicinity.  These  creep  from  the  snowy  summits  and  ravines  of  the  coast  range  toward 
tlie  water's  edge,  which  at  certain  seasons  they  overhaiig,  covering  the  adjacent  sound  with  minia- 
ture bergs  so  begrimed  with  mud  and  gravel  as  to  be  readily  and  frequently  taken  for  half-submerged 
rocks. 

Off  the  end  of  Point  Agassiz,  as  at  Point  Tandeput,  a  shoal  makes  off  for  a  mile  or  so,  which 
prevented  Whidliey  from  landing  and  kept  his  party  wet,  cold  and  hungry,  in  their  boats  until  dawn. 
NW.  J  N.  from  this  jM)int  a  sunken  rock  and  two  visible  rocks  are  reportwl,  the  former  about  two 
miles  away.  It  is  quite  possible  that  these  "rocks,"  which  do  not  appear  on  the  older  charts,  may  have 
l)een  8uggeste<l  by  mud-covered  ice  fragments. 

A  short  distance  northward  from  Point  Agassiz  is  a  magnificent  glacier,  with  three  feeders  in  the 
coast  mountains,  which  discharges  its  burden  of  ice  directly  into  the  water.  This  has  been  named  the 
Patterson  Glacier,  an<l  appears  from  the  imperfect  descriptions  yet  received  to  discharge  on  both  sides 
of  Point  Agassiz — at  least  on  the  eastern  side  of  Point  Agassiz  an  immense  glacier  comes  down  to  a 
good-sized  bay  which  is  usually  encumbered  by  mimic  lx;rgs  from  the  foot  of  the  glacier  and  has  l)een 
willed  Carlile  Bay.f  It  is  thi-ee  or  four  miles  in  length  E  SE.  and  W  NW.,  unsurveyed,  with  Point 
Agassiz  for  its  western  point  of  entrance,  while  at  its  eastern  extreme  rise  tfie  Horn  Clifft,  iKiing  the 
front  of  a  remarkable  bold  head  over  a  mile  in  extent,  eighteen  hundred  feet  high,  falling  directly  to 
the  water,  with  a  sugar-loaf  jjcak  or  pinnacle  towering  above  and  behind  the  brink  of  the  cliffs.  In 
the  same  vicinity,  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  the  cliflfe,  the  U.  S.  Cosist  Surrey  party  of  1869  reports  a 
remarkable  glacier,  which  "appears  to  fall  from  an  altitude  of  2,0()0  feet  at  ar  angle  of  45°;'  when 
one  thousand  feet  or  more  lielow  its  source  the  angle  becomes  smaller,  the  slo|)e  more  gradual  until  the 
water  is  reached,  and  then  the  broken  fragments  of  i(«  almast  cover  the  surface  of  the  adjacent  portion 
of  the  sound. 

In  this  vicinity,  in  certain  places  at  least,  according  to  Vancouver,  there  is  a  small  extent  of 
low  flat  land,  well  wooded,  lying  before  the  coast  mountains,  which  rise  abruptly  to  an  extraordinary 
height. 

The  Hamkr  party  report  that  the  whole  country  from  Point  Highland  to  Horn  Cliffs  is  a  mass  of 
most  remarkable  mountain  peaks,  while  Iwtween  Points  Vandeput  and  Agassiz  is  a 
long,  low,  flat  island,  well  wootled,  and  separated  from  the  base  of  the  mountains  by  a     Moraine  Island, 
strip  of  open  water  into  which  the  Patterson  glacier  discharires  itself.    The  island  is  ^  _ 

dountless  an  old  glacial  moraine. 

The  entire  coast  northward  from  Horn  Cliffs  to  Cape  Fanshaw  is  unsurveyed  and  should  Iw 
approached  with  caution.  By  vessels  running  at  night  a  good  lookout  should  Ik;  kejjt  for  large  masses 
of  ice  which  oflten  Hoat  nearly  submerged  or  covered  with  mud  and  stones,  and  which  have  Iwen  taken 
by  exi)erienced  navigators  for  rocks  awash.  In  the  vicinity  of  Horn  Cliffs  are  some  islets.  The 
cliffs  themselves  form  the  northeastern  headland  of  Soukhoi  Strait,  and  thence  the  entrance  to  WrangcU 
Strait  appears  to  bear  Jjout  S  SW.  about  five  miles  distant. 

Before  proceeding  to  describe  the  northern  and  western  shores  of  Frederick  Sound,  the  group  of 
islands  whose  coasts  have  just  been  reviewed  may  be  briefly  characterized. 

•  By  the  U.  8.  Count  Survey  in  1877,  on  chart  No.  701. 

tlu  bonor  of  the  Ut«  Superintendeut  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  and  Oeodetio  .Survey,  Carlile  P.  Pattenon,  these  namei  were  »ug- 
geeted  by  Capt.  E.  P.  Lull,  U,  8.  N.,  late  Hydrographic  Inspector  to  the  Survey. 


128 


POJBT  HOUGHTON. 


KUPREANOFF  AND  ASSOCIATED  ISLANDS. 


They  compose  a  well-marked  and  tolerably  compact  group,  wedged  between  Sumner  and  Chatham 
straits,  Frederick  Sound  and  Soukhoi  Strait.  It  comprises,  besides  a  multitude  of  islets  and  rocks, 
Mitkoff,  Woewodaki,  Kupreanoff,  Kuiu,  aud  also  Coronation  Islands.  An  island  is  perhaps  formed 
by  Dry  Passage  and  Wrangell  Strait  between  Woew(Klski  and  Mitkoff  islands,  but  until  Dry  (or  Blind) 
Passage  is  fully  explored  it  is  hardly  worth  whilfe  to  lo  more  than  indicate  the  presumed  division. 
The  land  composing  these  islands  is  but  moderately  elevated.     Mr.  Johnstone,  who  explored  the  greater 

Eortion  of  this  group,  states,  in  his  report  to  Vaniiouver,  that  the  western  portion  of  Kuiu  Island  "  is 
y  no  means  so  high  or  mountainous  as  the  land  composing  the  a<]jacent  ttountries  on  the  opposite  or 
northeastern  side  of  the  sound,"  but  is  "chiefly  of  moderate  height,  and  produced  a  noble  forest  of 
large  and  stately  pine  trees  of  clean  and  straight  growth,  amongst  which  were  a  few  berry  bushes  and 
some  alders.  The  shores  along  the  bays  and  arms  they  had  visited  were  in  general  low,  and  presented 
a  probability  that  if  the  wood  were  cleared  away  the  soil  of  the  country  might  be  advantageously 
employed  under  cultivation.  These  bays  and  arms  abounded  with  a  greater  number  of  salmon  and 
sea-otters  than  Mr.  Johnstone  had  observed  on  any  other  part  of  the  coast."*  KupreanoflF  Island 
includes  more  than  half  the  area  of  the  group,  while  most  of  the  remainder  is  comprised  in  Kuiu  and 
Mitkoft'  islands.  Kuiu,  in  its  form  and  topography,  is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  islands  in  existence.f 
The  natives  of  this  vicinity,  especially  those  about  Keku  Strait,  have  the  reputation  of  being 
treacherous  and  turbulent.  The  naval  forces  of  the  United  States,  and  formerly  of  Russia,  have  been 
several  times  employed  to  punish,  by  destroying  their  villages,  the  inhabitants  of  some  of  the  settle- 
ments of  worst  repute.  It  is,  therefore,  advisable  here  that  a  strict  watch  should  be  kept  and  no 
natives  allowed  on  board  at  night,  or  without  proper  precautions  in  the  day,  by  masters  of  unarmed 
veesels,  particularly  those  of  small  tonnage  and  low  free-l)oard. 

» 

ADMIRALTY  AND  ADJACENT  ISLANDS. 

It  remains  to  describe  the  northern  and  western  shores  of  Frederick  Sound. 

From  Cape  Fanshaw  N.  by  W.  }  W.  five  miles  lies  Point  Walpole  of  Vancouver,  witli  some 
islets  and  mnken  roeka  near  it;  the  shore  between  it  and  Cape  Fanshaw  is  somewhat  indented  and 
bonlered  by  a  large  number  of  ro<.k8.  About  WW.  J  N.  fn)m  Point  Walpole,  at  a  distance  of  two 
and  a  half  miles.  Ties  Point  Hobart  of  Vancouver,  about  which  aandy  ghoala  extend  to  a  moderate 
distance  from  the  shore.;^     The  point  is  about  fifteen  hundred  feet  high,  Idscending  steeply  to  the  sea. 

This  |)oint  fornis  the  northwestern  and  Point  Walpole  the  southeastern  headland  of  the  entrance 
of  an  extensive  bay  called  Port  Houghton  by  Vancouver.  This  bay  extends  from  its  entrance  five 
or  six  miles  in  an  E  NE.  direction  with  an  average  width  of  two  miles  and  a  quarter. 
Port  Houghton.  The  head  has  not  been  surveyed.  In  a  hasty  reconnaissance  with  the  Hassle)-  Nichols 
found,  in  accordance  with  Vancouver,  (though  not  with  later  charts,)  that  there  are  no 
islands  in  the  entrance  of  Port  Houghton  except  those  around  Point  Wal{)ole,  which  comprise  a  group 
of  four  or  five  not  "xceeding  a  mile  from  the  shore,  the  largest  of  which,  about  half  a  mile  in  extent 
north  from  Point  Walpole,  was  named  Robert  Island.  Off  its  northern  end  rocks  extend  some  dis- 
tani«.  Vancouver  observes:  "From  Point  Hobart  extends  a  bank  of  sand  a  little  distant  from  the 
shore,  but  there  is  a  clear  passage  between  it  and  the  islets  [off  Point  Walpole],  within  which  it  forms  a 
snug  harbour  with  soundings  at  a  considerable  distance  from  the  shore  of  from  ten  to  six  fathoms  water, 
sand  and  muddy  bottom.  It  is  bounded  by  lofty  mountains,  and  from  their  base  extends  a  small 
border  of  low  land  forming  the  shores  of  the  harbour,  which  I  called  Port  Houghton."§  The  anchor- 
age mentioned  by  Vancouver  was  found  by  Nichols  on  the  southern  shore  SE.  |  E.  almut  three  miles 
from  Point  Hobart,  but  is  open  to  northwesterly  winds.  Nichols  anchored  in  fifteen  fathoms  about 
two  cnbles  off  shore,  bottom  sand  and  broken  shell  The  southern  shore  api)ears  to  have  a  number 
of  islets  and  rocks  above  and  below  water  near  it,  but  most  of  the  bay  is  occupied  by  deep  water 
without  anchorage;  in  the  middle  of  the  bay  Nichols  got  eighty  or  ninety  fathoms.  In  the  eastern 
prt  of  the  bay  are  several  islands,  of  which  Walter  Island  is  the  largest,  with  one  small  one  west  from 
its  northern  end  and  several  smaller  ones  south  and  east.  About  E.  |  8.  from  Point  Holnrt  a  stream 
comes  in  from  the  southeast  with  an  island  off  its  mouth.  About  on  a  line  joining  this  and  the  islet 
west  from  Wdter  Island  and  nearly  midway  between  them  is  a  sunken  rock. 

The  bay  a.  and  E.  from  Walter  Island  has  not  been  examined  and  may  afford  anchorage. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  hereabouts  is  about  30°  easterly. 

•  Vancouver,  vol.  iii,  p.  303. 

tlt8  outline,  aa  indicated  on  tlie  charts,  atrlkingly  luggesU  a  mass  of  entraila  thrown  out  upon  the  ground,  while  the  aiir- 
rounding  islets  and  rocks  recall,  In  nutnber  and  relative  size,  the  flies  which  are  usually  congregated  in  such  a  vicinity  on  s 
wami  summer  day. 

t  It  has  been  called  Point  OMttaMin  by  Horofray.    Kichuls  saw  nothing  of  the  shoals,  which  be  suspeoU  are  not  extensive. 

i  Vancouver,  vol.  iii,  p.  280. 


VRRDERICK  SOUND. 


129 


are  not  extensive. 


From  the  auchomge  in  Port  Houghton  The  Twins  are  visible  well  open  from  Point  Ilobart,  the 
latter  bearing  NW.  f  W. 

Off"  the  entninee  of  the  port,  at  variftiis  distunceH  from  the  shore,  lie  a  number  of  groups  of  rocks 
or  islets,  the  presence  of  which  probably  influenced  Vancouver  when  lie  nanuHl  this  luxly  of  water  a 
Sound.  One  of  these  groups  is  <«lled  by  Meade  the  Five  Fingers,*  |ieriiaps  on  ac<'ount  of  its 
appearance  from  certain  points  of  view.  It  is  situated  alwut  four  miles  W.  by  8.  ]  8.  from  Point 
Walpole  and  is  composed  of  a  cluster  of  six  or  seven  islets.  Another  is  formetl  by  a  pair  of  islets 
named  by  Nichols  the  Brothers,  lying  in  the  same  direction  us  the  Five  Fingers,  seven  miles  from 
Point  Walpole.  To  the  northward  there  are  still  others,  of  which  The  Twins,  five  miles  NW.  I  N. 
from  Point  Walpole,  are  two  small  islets,  and  Sunset  Island,  about  a  mile  in  extent,  lies  in  the  same 
direction  seven  anil  a  half  miles  NW.  \  N.  from  Point  Walpole.  These  were  namctl  by  ISIeade  in 
1869. 

S  SB.  from  the  Brothers  and  SW.  i  8.  six  miles  from  Cape  Fanshaw  TebienkofT  and  Vancouver 
both  lociite  a  small  island  with  a  few  rocks  close  to  it.     It  does  not  appear  on  Meade's  chart. 

From  Point  Hobart  the  shore  extends  without  noticc^ible  indentations  NW.  J  N.  ten  miles  to  the 
<'ntran(«  of  Windham  Bay,  unsurvtyed,  small  and  encumberwl  by  islet«.  Hence  the  shore  trends  SW. 
by  W.  J  W.  about  three  miles  to  Point  Windham,  named  by  Vancouver,  and  forming  "the  eastern 
point  of  entrance  into  Stephens  Pa88age."t  It  is  a  rather  flat-ti)p])ed  bluff,  about  two  thousand  feet  high, 
dascending  rapidly  to  the  water,  bare  above  and  on  its  face,  ivith  its  lower  flanks  clothed  with  pines, 
which  also  intervene  between  the  foot  of  the  bluff  and  the  water's  edge.  Meade  gives  a  view  of  it  on 
IT.  S.  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  225,  and  says  it  resembles  a  gigantic  ladder  of  three  steps.  From  this 
))oint  roohi  extend  under  water  a  mile  to  the  westward.  Behind  the  point  to  the  northward  is  Mount 
Windham,  two  thousand  feet  high,  named  by  the  U.  S.  Navy.  The  geographical  position  of  Point 
Windham,  according  to  the  latest  charts,  is 

Latitude _. 57°  30'  N. 

Longitude 133°  32'  W., 

from  which  the  nearest  land  on  the  opposite  shore  l)ears  W  SW.  about  three  miles ;  but  the  south- 
western headland  of  Stephens  Passage,  named  by  Vancouver  Point  Hugh,  beare  from  Point  Wind- 
ham SW.  by  S.  J  8.  four  and  a  half  miles.  According  to  Vancouver  this  is  a  lofty  rocky  promontory, 
witli  a  ledge  of  rocks  extending  from  it  southward  nearly  a  mile  and  three-quarters,  upon  which,  with 
a  strong  southerly  wind,  heavy  breakers  wt  re  observed.  It  is  less  timbered  than  the  adjacent  shores. 
Point  Hugh  is  reported  to  look  as  if  it  were  in  the  middle  of  Stephens  Passage  when  viewed  from 
the  southward.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  immediately  to  the  southward  from  Point 
Hugh  is  the  opening  of  Seymour  Canal,  named  by  Vancouver  and  extending  NW.  by  Seymour  Canal. 
W.  from  its  entranc-e  a  distance  of  some  twenty-nine  miles. 

From  notes  furnished  by  Revs.  Sheldon  Jackson  and  S.  H.  Young  it  apixjare  that  there  is  a  canoe 
passage  between  the  supposetl  head  of  Seymour  Canal  and  an  indentation  of  the  south  shore  of  Stephens 
Passage  west  from  Point  Arden. 

It  is  uncertain  whether  there  is  ab.solutely  continuous  water  passage  here  or  not,  as  communication 
with  Mr.  Young,  who  is  reported  to  have  pas.scd  through  here  in  a  canoe,  has  not  been  practicable, 
and  there  may  have  been  a  short  portage.  In  any  case  there  is  a  considerable  amount  of  water  oom- 
nmniaition,  and  perhaps  a  continuous  passage  where  nothing  but  solid  land  is  indicated  on  any  chart. 

Seymour  Canal  lias  a  width  varying  from  one  and  thrcc-iiaartei-s  to  five  miles,  and,  including 
i.'<lands,  averaging  about  three  and  a  half  miles.  Its  southwestern  point  of  entrance  is  Point  Gambier, 
named  by  Vancouver,  and  lying  from  Point  Hugh  S.  by  W.  abotit  two  miles.  From  this  point  the 
western  shore  of  Seymour  Canal  to  the  northwestward,  is  moderately  elevated  and  pnxluces  fine  timber; 
the  immediate  shore  along  the  beaches  is  low  and  the  beaches  in  many  cases  are  sandy.  It  is  nnich 
indented  with  small  bays  and  coves,  and  at  some  point  on  this  shore  it  is  supposed  that  a  channel  comes 
in  from  the  Hutsnu  region,  separating  the  land  of  the  Admiralty  Group  into  at  least  two  major  divisions. 

The  eastern  shore  is  more  irregular  and  studded  with  a  larger  number  of  islets. 

Neither  have  been  sufficiently  explored  to  describe  in  detail.  The  canal  terminates,  according  to 
Vancouver,  in  latitude  57°  61'  N.,  at  the  mouth  of  a  small  stream.  One  mile  from  the  southern 
termination  of  this  stream  is  an  island  about  three  miles  and  a  half  long  and  half  as  broad;  half  a  mile 
from  the  southeastern  point  of  this  island  lies  another  of  alwut  the  same  width  and  six  miles  long. 
This  appears  on  some  MS.  charts  as  Tiedeman  Island.  These  islands  ti-end  NW.  by  W.  J  W.  and 
SE.  by  E.  i  B.,  or  nearly  so,  are  situated  in  the  middle  of  the  csuial,  whose  northern  extremity  they 
longitudinally  divide  into  two  parts,  of  which  the  portion  to  the  northeastward  is  nuich  obstructe<1  by 
islets,  while  on  the  southwest  shores  of  the  islands  some  rwks  arc  said  by  Vancouver  to  occur.  The 
adjacent  country  is  moderately  high  and  coveral  with  timber  of  large  growth  except  toward  Point 
Hugh. 

'  M«ade  also  applies  the  name  PlTe  Plngers  to  the  Polnterg  off  Port  Simpson, 
t  Vancouver,  vol.  iii,  p.  980. 

P.  c,  P. — 17 


130 


WOEWODSKl  HAKBOB. 


uarded 


From  Point  Garabier  False  Point  PybuB,  the  Point  Pybus  of  the  Rusoian  Hydrogrnnhic,  U.  S. 
Ilydrograijhic  and  Britisii  Admiralty  charts,  hut  not  of  Vancouver  or  Tebienkoff,  liett  south  four  and 
a  half  miles.  Four  miles  from  the  point,  in  an  E.  by  N.  f  N.  direction,  lies  Ship  Island,  of  small 
extent,  named  by  the  U.  S.  Navy. 

From  tluH  island,  in  a  S.  by  W.  J  W.  dire<'tion,  extends  a  chain  of  unnamed  islets  for  a  distance 
of  twelve  miles.  Tlicsc  islets  are  jratlicred  in  small  (ilustei-s,  or  single  and  8e))arate<l  from  each  otiier 
by  gaps  of  two  or  three  miles,  and  from  the  atljacent  coast  by  an  interval  of  about  the  same  extent. 
The  southernmost  islet  is  quite  small,  and  was  willctl  Yelowy  or  Spruce  Island  by  Zarcmbo. 

From  Point  Gambier  Point  Pybus  oi"  N'aneouver  (eorrwtly  followed  by  Tebienkoff)  lies  B.  }  W. 
about  seven  miles.  On  an  islet  in  close  j)roximity  to  this  point  Whidl)ey  determined  the  latitude  to  be 
87°  18'  N. 

The  shore  to  the  south  and  west  of  Point  Pybus  is  much  indented  with  small  bays  and  w 
by  "vast  numliers  of  small  islets  and  rocks,  both  ulwve  and  beneath  the  surfiu*  of  the  water.    ' 

About  ten  miles  S.  ?  W.  from  Point  Pybus  lies  Point  Napean  of  Vanci)uver,t  a  high,  steep, 
bluH',  ro(!ky  point,  situated  in  latitude  67°  10',  off  which  a  le<lge  of  rocks  extends  half  a  mile. 

Immediately  north wanl  from  the  jK)int  is  W'oewcxlski  Harlwr,  named  by  Zarembo.  J     This  harbor 

consists  of  the  southern  half  of  a  small  double-headed  l)ay  al)out  two  miles  in  length 

WoewodskI  TKVf.  by  W.  ^  W.  and  SE.  by  E.  h  E.,  and  alM)ut  three-quarters  of  a  mile  in  wimh. 

Harbor.  This  bay  is  divided  into  two  nearly  eoual  jMirtions  longitudinally  by  sundry  shoals  and 

islets,  which  form  the  protection  of  the  anchorage  from  the  north  while  reducing  its 

available  width  to  about  a  (jnartt-r  of  a  mile. 

SW.  H  W.  from  the  northern  end  of  Yelowy  Islet  two  and  a  half  miles  lies  Deepwater  Point,  or 
Olubokoi  Point  of  the  Russians,  which  is  alwut  two  miles  northward  and  westwanl  from  Point 
Napean.  This  forms  the  southern  point  of  entiinice  to  WiK'wodski  HarlK)r.  There  is  deep  water 
close  to  it,  from  whence  the  name  is  derive<l.  Half  a  mile  N  NE.  from  the  point  lies  Polivnoi  Book, 
iipparently  a  bare  nn-ky  ii<let  of  very  small  extent,  with  two  smaller  rocks  close  to  it.  Nearly  midway 
lietween  the  point  and  Polivnoi  Rock,  NNE.  and  SSW.,  lies  a  mbmerged  rock.  The  channel  passes 
to  the  soutlnvaixl  from  it.  No  soundings  are  rccorde<l  between  the  sunken  rock  and  Polivnoi.  W.  by 
N.  J  N.  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  latter  is  Liesnoi  Islet,  named  by  Zarembo,  S.  by  W. 
from  which  is  the  anchorage.  The  islet  is  al)out  four  cables  long  W.  by  N.  and  E.  by  S.,  quite  narrow, 
and  connected  by  shoals  with  the  land  to  the  westwanl.  To  the  southward  from  it  the  depth  of  water 
varies  from  three  and  a  half  to  eleven  and  a  half  fathoms.  The  head  of  the  bight  westward  from  a 
north  and  south  line  drawn  by  the  western  end  of  this  islet  is  infested  by  aubmcrf/ed  rocks,  ahoah  and 
hanks  with  from  four  to  two  fathoms  water. 

Near  a  stream  on  the  southern  shore  is,  or  was,  an  old  fortified  retreat  belonging  to  the  natives. 
There  appear  to  lie  sevend  sand-bejiches  almut  the  anchorage;  wood  and  water  are  adjacent  and  easily 
obtaine<t. 

This  harlxir  was  discovered  April  17,  1799,  by  Mr.  Bumstead,  of  the  ship  Eliza,  Capt.  Rowan, 
fur-trading  from  Boston  on  the  NW.  («ast.  The  whale-l)oat  was  sent  to  search  for  a  harbor  and  "found 
seven  fathoms  water.  The  {lassage  was  not  more  than  thirty  rods  wide,  and  almost  in  the  middle  was 
a  sunken  rock  which  made  it  dangerous  on  account  of  the  currents  setting  violently  upon  it."  "At 
length  we  got  in  and  opened  a  fine  harbour,  completely  land-locked,  whicJi,  as  our  Indian  navigator 
informed  us  had  no  name,  we  called  Eliza's  Harbour,  in  coniplitnent  to  our  ship."  Yelowy  Island 
bore  E.  by  N.  The  harl)or  appeiire<l  "to  be  the  entrance  to  a  small  sound,  there  being  a  clear  passage 
as  much  an  five  miles  in  sight,  extending  in  a  northwest  direction,  and  then  it  strikes  off  to  the  west- 
\*aixl,  where,  perhaps,  it  may  join  with  Menzies'  [Chatham]  Straits.  At  the  entrance  [of  the  harbor] 
the  current  sets  out  at  the  rate  of  five  knots  an  hour,  but  does  not  run  in  with  the  same  violence, 
neither  so  long  a  time."§  Allowing  for  a  constant  error  in  the  longitudes  of  the  EUsa's  log,  the  posi- 
tion given  by  their  journal  for  Woewodski  Harbor  is 


Latitude 87°  10'  N. 

Longitude 133°  68' W. 


A  sketch  of  this  anchorage,  made  by  Zarembo  in  1838,  from  which  the  following  directions  are 
derivetl,  is  to  be  found  on  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1396.  From  this  sketch  it  appears  that 
the  geographical  position  of  the  mouth  of  the  stream  near  the  head  of  the  bay  is 

*  Vancouver,  vol.  iii,  page  273. 

t  This  point  lias  been  termed  Napean,  Nepsn,  Mepkan,  &c.,  on  RuBsinii  chartD  and  in  other  pDhlications ;  the  name  which  is 
spelled  Napean  by  Vancouver  In  four  planes  in  his  text  is  found  as  Nepean  on  his  chart,  whence  it  has  been  copied  on  to  most 
modem  charts.     The  orthography  of  Vancouver's  text  has  not  been  noticed  on  any  chart. 

t  After  one  of  the  governors  of  the  Bussian  colonies  in  America. 

$  HanuBcript  journal  of  the  ship  Eliza,  of  Boston,  on  the  northwest  coast  in  1799. 


FREOEBICK  SOUND. 

■ 

Latitude 87°  12'  30"  N. 

Longitude 184"  08' 00"  W. 

The  variatiun  of  tlie  t'omiMiss  in  1838  was  27°  E. 


131 


SAILING    DIRECTIONS      ' 

Foil   ENTERING    WOEWOftHKI    HAIUtOR. 

After  rounding  either  Point  Nni)cun  or  Yoiowy  Inlet  at  a  liiHtance  of  not  Ichs  thun  a  mile  to 
avoid  reporte<l  dangers,  n  (wirse  may  Ik;  laid  for  Deepvvr.ter  Poii  t  to  |mihs  it  at  a  caliie  !en(;tli,  tlioro 
being  abundance  of  water  bohl-to  the  .shore.  Thence  the  course  will  Ik;  NW.  by  W.  J  W.  one  mile, 
until  the  western  edge  of  Liesnoi  Islet  Ixuirs  N.  by  W.,  when  anchorage  may  be  had  in  al)out  seven 
fathoms. 

In  passing  out  the  navigator  should  keep  at  a  cable  length  from  Deepwater  Pohit  until  out  of  the 
range  between  the  (wint  and  Polivnoi  Islet. 

These  directions  are  solely  founded  en  Zaremlw's  sketch,  above  mentioned. 

From  Point  Napean  8W.  J  W.  about  three  miles,  across  an  indentation  of  conniderubie  size;, 
(whose  shores  apj)ear  to  be  fringiHl  with  rocks  and  which  affonls  no  anchorage,)  is  a  point  with  rucJcM 
cxtendinga  mile  to  the  eastward  from  it.     This  forms  the  northeastern  point  of  entrance 
to  Herring  Bay,  (Seldovaia  in  Russian,)  named  by  the  Russians,  and  used  as  a  stop-        Herring  Bay, 

Eing-place  by  their  trading  vessels.  It  is  small,  in  general  form  ami  direction  resem- 
ling  Woewodski  Harbor,  but  apparently  less  convenient  to  enter  on  account  of  the  »•«/«,  which  arc 
represented  as  extending  from  the  heads  at  either  jwint  of  entrance.  There  are  also  roijks  inside,  at 
its  head.  No  soundings  are  given,  nor  is  there  any  published  survey  of  this  bay,  which  to  l)c  entered 
by  any  navigator  will  require  the  exercise  of  prudence  and  circumsi)ection,  and  is  not  at  present 
recommended  without  a  local  pilot. 

The  southern  point  of  entrance  of  this  bay  is  separated  by  another  indentation,  containing  an  i,slct, 
and  about  a  mile  and  a  half  in  extent,  from  Point  Townshend  of  Vancouver,  from  which  [loint  SW. 
by  S.  I  8.  eleven  or  twelve  miles  distant  is  Point  (Gardner,  named  by  Vancouver,  and  forming  the 
NW.  headland  of  the  western  entrance  of  Frederick  Hound.  The  shore  Ijetween  this  point  and  Point 
Townshend  is  marked  by  numerous  irregularities  and  ott'-lying  detached  rocks,  ^'^ancouvcr  desiTilns 
the  toiK)grapliy  of  this  vicinity  as  rugged  but  protlucing  abundanw  of  very  fini!  piue  timl)er,  some 
trees  of  which  measured  twenty-three  feet  in  girth.  The  opposite  shore  of  Chatham  Strait  appeared 
less  fertile  and  with  a  more  abrupt  ascent  from  the  water's  edge.  Point  Gardner  itself  is  two  miles 
long  by  three-quarters  of  a  mile  in  width,  apparently  moderately  elevated,  and  stretc-hing  out  into 
Chatham  Strait,  of  which  the  width  is  here  reduced  to  less  than  five  miles,  liy  Vancouver  s  ob,serva- 
tions  and  the  latest  charts  the  geographical  position  of  Point  Gardner  appears  to  be 

Latitude 57°  01' N. 

Longitude 134°  28' W.  ^ 


Among  the  rocks  and  islets  which  cluster  to  the  northeast  of  Point  Gardner  are  two  anchorages 
which  owe  their  nam(«  to  tragedies  which  have  taken  pluu;  there,  with  natives  as  actors  and  whites  as 
victims.    The  first  of  these,  named  Surprise  Harbor  by  the  U.  S.  Navy,  is  about  two 
miles  NE.  from  the  point,  and  reported  to  be  unsafe  in  southeast  weather  but  convenit  nt   Surprise  Harbor, 
with  northerly  and  westerly  winds.     It  is  sheltered  to  the  NE.  by  two  islets.     No 
survey  has  been  made  and  no  soundings  have  lieen  reported.     In  this  vicinity  coal  is  re[)ortetl  to  exist. 
On  the  NB.  side  of  the  islet  is  another  anchorage,  named  Murder  Cove  by  the  U.  S. 
Navy,  in  regard  to  which  no  special   information  has  l)een  received.     The  traders        Murder  Cove, 
occasionally  anchor  here,  and  one  small  party,  while  asleep  on  the  beiich,  wore  murdered 
by  natives,  their  boat  rifled  and  Inxlies  left  to  lie  destroyed  by  wild  animals. 

According  to  Vancouver,  S.  23°  E.  (true)  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  Point  Gardner  are  some 
rocks.  In  nearly  the  same  direction,  three  miles  SE.  by  E.  i  E.,  lies  Yaaha  Island,  observed  by 
Vancouver  but  named  by  the  Russians.  It  is  low,  small  and  wooded,  apparently  bold-to,  and  may  be 
passed  on  either  side.  This  island  is  reported  to.  be  situated  on  a  ridge  or  l)ar  having  about  twelve 
fathoms  water,  which  is  said  to  extend  from  Point  Kingsmill  to  Point  (iardner,  with  deeper  water  on 
either  side. 

This  concludes  the  necessarily  rather  imperfect  dt«cription  of  Frederick  Sound. 

Next  in  order  are  the  western  shores  of  BaranoiT  and  associated  islands. 


132 


BAYS  ON   THK  OCEAN   COAST. 


CAPK   OMMANKY   TO    PKKIL   NTItAITS. 


I 

r 

1: 


I  ?■ 


From  CaiX!  Omiimiiev,  in  ulMHit  lutitiuh'  66"  10'  N.,  tlin  muin  coimt  of  tlio  land  known  iw  Biiranoff 
Inlund  treiidw  in  u  i^cncriil  way  NW.  Iiy  W.  [  W.  to  t\w  vicinity  of  Sitkii  Hound,  u  diHtam*  of  Honm 
fifty  niilL>M.  Tliin  Hliorc  \h  much  broken  liy  bayn  and  indcntalionM  of  variable  extent.  Itn  southern  part 
in  bold  and  nM'ky,  riHin^  mpidly  from  the  water,  and  culminating  within  a  Hliort  distance  in  niKh 
mountuinouH  (H)untry,  very  much  broken,  and  dcuHely  wooded  with  (H)niferouH  trei*.  The  interior 
of  this  country  in  absolutely  unknown.  Two  miles  and  a  lialf  W.  by  N.  J  N.  from 
Larch  Bay.  Cape  Omnmney  is  Bobrovoi  Point  of  the  UuKsians,  forming  the  soutlieastern  hciuU 

land  of  Ltu'ch  Bay,  (Listvinichnaia  in  Rus.sian,)  a  large  u|)en  bay  three  and  a  half 
miles  wide  from  headland  to  headland  in  a  NW.  by  W.  and  SE.  by  E.  direction,  and  e.xtending 
northwanl  alHiut  the  same  distance.  Its  head  reaches  within  a  mile  or  two  of  fort  Conclusion.  'I'hu 
southeastern  shore  of  this  bay  is  represented  as  remarkably  mffxleil  by  rocka,  and  on  none  of  the 
charts  is  it  repnwente*!  as  atlording  anchorage.  The  shore  in  this  vicinity  is  represented  on  Tebien- 
kotf's  charts  very  ditfi^rently  from  the  same  coast  as  it  ap|)ear8  on  the  liussian  llytlrographic  Offiw' 
publications.* 

W.  by  N.  J  N.  eight  and  a  lialf  miles  from  JJobrovoi  Point  lies  Puffin  Point,  Toporkoff  (PuflRn) 
Point  of  the  Russians,  the  southeastern   point  of  entrance  of   Puffin  Bay,  To|)orkof!"  Bay  of  the 
Russians.     This  headland  woukl  appear  to  l)e  a  prominent  |)oint,  with  a  small  islet  immediately  south- 
ward from  it.     The  shore  between  Larch  Bav  and  this  entrance  ap|)cars  to  be  high 
PuCn  Bay.  and  bold  witli  a  narrow  fringe  of  detachetl  rfM^ks  along  its  base.     The  northern  head- 

land of  the  entrance  lies  about  a  mile  in  a  northwesterly  direction  from  Puffin  Point 
and  forms  a  double-headed  promontory,  with  a  small  bight  lictween  the  two  angles  containing  a  small 
islet  (ilose  to  the  eastern  point.  Another  small  islet  lies  close  to  the  western  angle  of  the  headland. 
The  bay  extends  about  four  miles  in  a  nearly  N  N£.  direction  from  the  entrance  with  an  average 
width  of  three-(iuarters  gf  a  mile,  numerous  small  coves  indeniiiig  the  shores.  At  the  entrance, 
according  to  Ruasian  Ilydrographic  Chart  JSo.  1494,  about  equally  distant  from  both  headlands  and 
somewhat  outside  of  a  li)ie  Joining  them,  is  Sea-lion  Bock,  (Siuchi  Kamen,)  a  bare  rocky  islet  appa- 
rently bold-to;  another  chart  places  tlut  rcK^k  nearer  to  the  northwestern  headland.  Between  it  and 
Puffin  Point  tlnrty-five  fathoms  are  rcport«<d,  and  within  the  water  varies  in  depth  from  four  to  twenty- 
four  fathoms.  From  the  wniformation  of  the  bay,  if  it  l)e  corriK^tly  rejjresented  l)y  the  charts,  it  must 
afford  good  protection  ii>  almost  any  weather,  though  doubtless  subject  to  land-s«piallB  or  "woollies" 
(like  other  narrow  bays  of  this  region  which  are  suiTounded  by  high  land)  and  also  to  a  certain 
amfiuut  of  ground-swell.     No  special  chart  of  this  bay  has  come  to  Tight,  and  it  is  impracticable  to 

five  further  sailing  directions  than  are  compriswl  in  the  advice  to  ent"r  it  l)etween  Sea-lion  Rock  and 
'uffin  Point  rt'her  than  between  the  former  ami  the  northwestern  headland. 

Somewhat  to  the  northward  of  NW.,  abt)iit  i',"ee  and  a  half  miles  from  Sea-lion  Rock,  lies  an 
unnamed  point,  which,  with  Bedflsh  Capn,  IxiWin,-,  from  the  first-mentioned  point  W.  J  N.  about 
three  miles,  bounds  the  entrance  of  an  extensive"  bay.  f    A  chain  of  several  islets  known  as  the  Bedflsh 
Islets  extends  S  SE.  to  nearly  a  mile  from  tlj  » v>  ern  spur  of  the  ciii)e.     This  forms  the  western  head- 
land of  Redfish   Bay,    Krasr  ;i  Bibi  or   Krasnoi  Bay  of  Russian  charts,  a  name 
Redflsh  Bay.         esjiecially  applicable  to  the  small  bo<ly  of  water  NE.  from  the  Redfish  Islets,  between 
them  and  a  nai-row  island  a  mile  in  length  NW.  and  SE.,  which  separates  this  small 
and  unprotected  body  of  water  from  the  mouth  of  JJig  Branch^  Bay.     The  entrance  of  this  l)ay  is 
situated  between  a  small  island  at  the  SE.  end  of  the  long  narrow  island  al)ove  referral 
Big  Branoti  Bay.    to  and  the  northern  headland  of  Little  Branch  Bay.     The  passjige  is  al)out  three  cabUs 
wide,  from  which  the  bay  extends  in  a  generally  N.  by  W.  J  W.  direction  about  five 
miles  with  irregular  shores.     It  has  a  width  of  a  mile  in  several  places  and  also  contracts  to  less  than 
half  a  mile.     About  midway  lietween  the  entrance  and  the  head  of  the  bay  is  an  islet,  from  which, 
two  and  a  half  cables  NE.  J  N.,  is  a  sunken  rock.     No  soundings  are  given  in  the  bay  on  the  general 
charts,  nor  has  any  detailed  survey  been  made  public  as  far  as  known. 

Directly  eastward  from  the  entrance  of  Hig  Branch  Bay,  whose  eastern  headland  forms  its  north- 
ern point  of  entrance,  is  I^ittle  Branch§  Bay,  lying  broad  open  to  the  SW.  swell  of 
Little  the  Pacific.     The  entrance  is  less  than  a  mile  wide  about  W  NW.and  E  SE.,and  the 

Branch  Bay.         bay  itself  extends  two  and  a  half  miles  in  a  NE.  direction  from  the  entrance  with  a 
width  of  less  than  half  a  mile.    Shoals  are  indicated  on  its  SE.  shores,  and  there  are 
some  islets  near  the  entrance.     In  this  vicinity  the  variation  of  the  compass  was  determined,  in  1847, 
by  the  Russians  to  be  28°  16'  easterly, 

*Th«  known  nrrore  introduced  by  Tebienkoff  are  to  numerouB  tliat,  in  cases  of  doubt,  on  this  part  of  the  coast  the  determina- 
tions of  the  Russian  naval  oiticerH  are  usually  entitled  to  preoedunoe  and  will  herein  be  adopted  unless  the  contrary  be  mentioned. 

tThis  cape,  which  obtains  its  name  from  the  Kraittol  Rlba,  or  "red-tieli," — a  salmon  much  esteemed  by  the  Bunians, — is 
•Iso  called  Krainol  Blbl  Cape  and  R«d  or  KrMnoi  Cape  on  various  charts. 

tBoUhOl  Strelka  of  the  Russians,  literally  Big  arrow,  but  used  here  in  the  sense  otoff-thoot  or  branch. 

illalolttrdlw. 


jM  liiiraiioff' 
Kt!  of  Honm 
iitheru  purt 
(■e  in  high 
ho  interior 

J  N.  from 
item  heiul- 
und  u  half 

extending 
wion.  The 
lone  of  the 
on  Tebicn- 
iphic  Otfiw 

off  (Puffin) 
Bay  of  the 
iitely  south- 
I  to  be  high 
thern  head- 
'utlin  Point 
ling  a  amall 
e  headland, 
nu  average 
le  entrance, 
iidlands  and 
r  islet  appa- 
ween  it  and 
r  to  twenty- 
arts,  it  must 
'  "woollies" 
to  a  certain 
racticable  to 
n  Bock  and 

lock,  lies  an 
.  J  N.  about 
the  Bedfish 
estern  head- 
irts,  a  name 
ets,  between 
;s  this  small 
'  this  bay  is 
)ove  referral 
;  three  cables 
m  about  five 
>  to  less  than 
from  which, 
1  the  general 

lis  its  north- 
3W.  swell  of 
SB.,  and  the 
;rance  with  a 
ind  there  are 
led,  in  1847, 


It  the  detertninn- 
•y  be  mentioned. 
lie  BuniaDB, — i« 


!■■  >•  ■ )  :. 


>T^ 


A  \ 


x\     \ 


vV'T^i. 


>^7 


\   \^ 


COAST 
FROM   SANDY  BAY  T(\ 

(  Kiissiiui  milhoritios  w 
by  lUi!  L'.S.Co.\H 

I8H2 

SOUNOINOS  in  FA' 


FLA'i  E  3Io  l^'.'b 


■'"•'■.'J'-')<Jt;^-,-'''.*>v<**,%- ;■»;",  »■,,.■■ 


■  <    ^■■"-   ■>ptici«tiMwlA«»iiiw^!A*.^/r/"'--^*»«>«i^ 


'■'n''^W^V-ni»«W*>t.'  ff 


!? 


11 

wt 

1 

^■1 

1 

1 

m 

Iri 

wli 

m 

if 

*  -■'^^s^'N^^^^.-^^  -W^^ 


■-■*#»»*j(»>i««>'%^i;#ai'^.v' 


WHALE  BAT. 


133 


There  is  no  chart  of  this  bay  except  such  as  are  included  in  the  general  charts.  No  soundings 
are  there  noted.  It  is,  however,  probable  that  shelter  may  be  had  near  the  entranai  of  the  bay. 
These  details  are  only  known  to  the  coasting  or  trading  masters  of  the  region,  as  the  bay  has  been  .sel- 
dom visited  except  during  the  Russian  occupation. 

For  some  fourteen  miles  from  Re<lfish  Cape  the  coast  (excepting.sorae  snia'l  coves)  is  compact  and 
bold,  trending  nearly  NW.  and  SE.  Off  this  piece  of  coast  are  three  remarkable  pillars,  (called  on  the 
Russian  charts  Kekuri,^  called  the  First,  Second  and  Third  Kekoora,  at  a  distant*  from  R^dfish 
Caj)e  of  four,  five  and  nine  miles,  respectively,  in  a  northwesterly  direction.  There  are  also  soiiu-  small 
coves,  apparently  snug  harbors  for  small  craft,  of  which  no  information  has  been  received,  and  which 
are  known  as  Snipls  or  Kuliohkoff  Bay,*  six  miles  northwestward  from  Redfish  Cape ;  Sandy  or  Pes- 
cbanaia  Bay.f  eight  miles,  and  Close  or  Duahnaia  Bay,|  nine  and  a  half  miles  from  the  same  promon- 
tory. These  and  all  other  bays  opening  on  the  Pacific  and  facing  8W.  or  thereal)outs  are  in  the 
csilmest  weather  uneasy  berths  for  anchorage,  from  the  never-failing  and  pervasive  southwest  swell 
characteristic  of  this  part  of  the  Pacific^  Only  when  this  is  broken  by  a  barrier  of  land  ctui  an  abso- 
i.3ly  quiet  berth  be  found. 

Thirteen  and  a  half  miles  about  NW.  |  W.  from  Redfish  Cape  is  Point  Lauder,  the  SE.  point§ 
of  entrance  of  a  large  bay  whose  NW.  headland.  North  Cape,  named  by  the  Russians, 
bears  NW.  by  W.  ^  W.  about  four  miles  from  Point  Lauder  and  is  formed  by  the  Whale  Bay. 

otf-shore  exiremity  of  a  small  island.     Between  these  headlands  is  the  entrance  to 
Whale  Bay.jl 

According  to  Tebienkoff',  Whale  Bay  extends  in  a  northerly  or  north-northeasterly  direction  ^x  or 
seven  miles  from  the  entrance  with  an  average  width  of  two  miles.  In  this  vicinity  it  jrives  off  several 
branches  of  considerable  size;  one,  the  Larger*T[  or  Great  Arm,  extends  from  four  (Tebienkoff)  to  eight 
(Dixon)  miles  in  a  northerly  direction  and  is  about  a  mile  wide.  At  its  head  is  a  sandy  l)eacli,  beiiind 
which  is  a  valley  the  bed  of  which  appears  to  l)e  occupied  in  part  L/  a  shallow  pond  or  lagoon  which 
has  not  been  fully  surveyed.  At  the  western  j)oint  of  entrance  lies  Kakovo  Islet,  in  a  small  bight. 
To  the  westward  about  two  miles  is  the  entrance  of  the  Lesser**  or  Small  Arm.  This  has  a  course 
nearly  parallel  with  that  of  the  Great  Arm,  appears  to  be  about  a  mile  shorter,  and  near  its  W.  [mint 
of  entrance  has  two  islets,  the  larger  called  HakhnaxOi,  northwanl  from  which,  near  the  eastern  point 
of  entrance,  anchorage  is  indicated.  About  four  cables  southward  from  Maklr.iatoi  Dixon  sounded  in 
iorty  fathoms.  The  thii-d  arm,  Pakovoi  Bay,tt  's  "f  smaller  extent  and  branches  off 
iv.  a  .southeasteily  direction  from  the  2E.  extreme  of  the  Great  Arm.  It  is  about  two  Rakovol  Bay. 
i.iiics  long  and  hilf  a  mile  wide.  The  shores  are  indicated  as  shoal  and  the  entrance 
I  ,ery  narrow  and  obstructed  by  islands,  to  the  eastward  of  which  is  the  channel.  The  charts  are 
.iS'vepant  about  some  features  of  this  bay  which  is  hardly  of  sufficient  ira])ortju:ce  to  justify  a  lengthy 
J*.  Ument  of  the  differences. 

li'rom  the  nnouth  of  the  bay  a  serits  of  three  principal  islands,  connectwl  by  nhoals,  extends  in  a 
W'^°    .'ly  directii  n  about  two  miles.     The  shore  south  from  them  and  their  own  outlines  are  irregular 
•-"i(,  indente<l.     The  western  extreme  of  the  most  western  island  was  called  by  Dixon  Soa-Otter  Point, 
ut  hi.*  chart  of  this  vicinity  is  too  incomplete  t »  have  ra  icli  value. 

The  point  and  island  are  separated  by  an  exceeding'  f  narrow  iiassage  from  the  northern  extreme 

of  Port  Banks  of  Dixon,]:|  which  is  th"  most  importaut  aiichorage  included  in  Whale  Bay.     The 

entrance  of  Port  Banks  is  I'ldicatwl  to  i;o  to'ir  or  five  miles  northwaitl  from  Point  Lauder.     It  is 

ii'!\ewliat  coutra(!t«l  by  an  islet  adjacent  to  the  somiiern  headland,  which  apparently  leaves  a  passage 

som^  three  cables  in  width  with  a  dejith  of  nineteen  fathoms.     Within,  Dixon  records  fifteen  to  tv.  ?nty- 

atlioms.     Tebienkoff  indicates  only  eight  fathoms  in  the  narrowest  part  of  the 
entrant    and  from  fifteen  to  seventecri  inside  the  port.     The  harbor  cxtend.s  in  a  south-  po.  l  Banks. 

ea.sterly  direction  about  two  miles  from  ite  entrance  and  averages  half  a  mile  in  width. 
Dixon's  anchorage  was  in  twenty-two  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  NW.  one  or  two  cables  from  a  small 
',iM)<.,  indicated  by  Di.xon,  though  not  shown  by  Tebienkoff,  as  lying  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  port. 
A  cove  into  which  a  stream  falls  is  repi-esenteil  by  Dixon  near  the  head  of  the  harlwr.     It  is  repre- 

'KouUtohkow  of  U.  a.  Hydrograpliic  flftice  t;liart  No.  SW5. 

tPestckanay  of  U.  8.  Hydrograpliip  Office  Chart  No.  225. 

t  Douilmt^  of  U.  8.  Hydrographic  Office  CImrt  No.  2'Jf). 

J  Named  by  Dixon,  in  1787.     The  Bouth  Oape  of  most  lii.er  chartx. 

II  XeetOTaU  of  Kusgiun  aiithoiitieH,  K«y-e-(tlileii  of  llie  nalives,  Port  Oulbert  ol  l.a  IVioiise,  and  the  Port  Banks  of  •onie 
authonties.  Thin  bay  was  fii»t  entered  by  Dixon  in  .Im.' ,  l7rt7,  v;."  prepiireil  a  inuffh  conipaHs  Hketcli  of  wome  portions  tf  it. 
A  reconnaiHsauce  Hlserr-h  on  a  anmller  Kcale  appear*  or  <Jliart  VllI  of  Tei.'eiiliotl's  iitluH. 

H  Bolihol  Rnkav  of  KuBsian  authorities,  'b«  "  areat  SleevB "  (!)  of  llri'ixli  Adminilly  Chart  No.  213J. 

"  Halol  KnkaT  or  "  Small  BImts  "  of  thii  above-mentioned  autharities. 

ft  Named  by  the  Riissiani!. 

n  Entered  and  named  by  him  in  June,  1787,  and  of  wliich  he  lia«  Kiven  a  .olerable  slietob.  Tlie  name  liua  been,  by  some, 
extended  to  tlie  whole  of  Whale  Hay,  whieh  wa«  not  surveyed  by  Dixon,  and  tc  which,  on  nearly  all  m.Kiern  churtH.  the  .mme 
of  Whale  Bay  (here  ailopted)  has  been  applied.    The  port  has  alio  been  calle.l  Moied  Bay  (Zakrltol)  by  Tebienkort'  and  othem. 


J 


J        I 


JH' 


Hi 


11 

in-]; 

1 

p 

1 

HI 

H 

I^BIv 

t, 

1 

w 

1 

p 

J 

ll;  1 

tu 


PORT  BANKS. 


sentcHl  by  Dixon  that  this  port  is  completely  landlocked ;  the  land  to  the  northward  and  southward 
rises  above  the  snow-line,  (June;)  to  the  eastward  it  is  considerably  lower;  "the  pines  appear  to  grow 
in  the  most  regular  and  exact  order;  these,  together  with  the  brush-wood  and  shrubs  on  th»  8urround- 
ing  beaches,  form  a  most  beautiful  contrast  to  the  higher  land  and  render  the  appearance  of  the  whole 
truly  pleasing  and  tlelightful."*  They  experienced  line  weather  while  here,  the  mean  of  the  ther- 
mometer being  fifty  degrees.  Spars  and  a  top-mast  were  obtained,  but  no  village  or  inhabitants  were 
observed.     The  geographical  position  of  the  anchorage  was  determined  by  Dixon  to  be 

Latitude 86°  36'  N. 

Longitude 13B°  00'  W., 

but  the  Russian  Hydrograpi    ;  No.  1494,  prepared  by  naval  oflScers,  makes  it 

Latitude 66°  39'  N. 

Longitude — - 136°  00'  W., 

which  is  probably  more  reliable,  while  Tebienkoff  indicates 

Latitude --_  86°  88'  N. 

'"  "  Longitude .134°  63' W. 

• 
Dixon  found  the  variation  of  the  compass  to  be  24°  easterly  in  1787.     The  Russian  officers  in  1847 
determined  it  at  27°  45'  easterly. 

About  a  mile  and  a  ({uartcr  S  SW.  from  the  southern  point  of  entrance  of  Port  Banks  an  islet 
or  rock  above  water  indirates  a  ahmil,  and  should  not  be  approached  within  half  a  mile  without  great 

caution. 
Still  Harbor.  From  the  entrance  to  Port  Banks,  about  three  miles  to  the  southward,  is  the  en- 

trance to  another  indentation,  named  on  the  Russian  hydrographic  charts  Still  Harbor.f 

This  harbor  was  indicated  by  Dixon  in  his  sketch,  but,  exc«pt  for  its  relative  position,  in  an 
unrecognizable  manner.  From  Tebienkoff's  sketch  it  appears  that  the  western  headland  is  formed  by 
the  promontory  of  which  Point  Ijauder  for  ui  the  SW.  extreme.  From  the  western  face  of  this  pro- 
montory rocks  extend  to  the  distance  of  half  a  mile,  and  from  its  northwestern  extremity  two  or  three 
small  islets  project  in  a  northwesterly  dire<!tion  about  the  same  distance.  These  mark  the  entrance  of 
Still  Harbor,  which,  perhaps,  in  the  clear  is  not  more  than  a  cable  wide  N.  and  S.,  widening  within 
to  six  cables,  and  alwut  two  miles  long  in  a  NW.  by  W.  and  SE.  by  E.  direction.  No  soundings  are 
given,  but  one  or  two  islets  are  indicated  by  Tebienkoff,  and  a  large  numl)er  on  the  Russian  American 
Company's  chart  of  1849.  This  harbor  deserves  a  closer  examination.  It  is  more  convenient  to  the 
ocean  than  Port  Banks,  and  if  found  -wnvcnieut  in  other  respects  would  form  a  desirable  harbor  of 
refuge  for  vessels  bound  from  or  to  Sitka  and  embarrassed  by  southeasterly  weather. 

Witiiout  further  information  it  is  inexpedient  to  give  sailing  directions  for  these  harbors,  and  if 
the  charts  are  correct  they  are  hardly  needed. 

The  entrance  of  Whale  Bay  wa.s  noticed  by  La  Perouse,  who  placed  it  in  latitude  66°  88'  N.  and 
called  it  Port  Guibert.  His  position  agrees  with  that  adopted  on  the  Russian  American  Company's 
chart  of  1850,  and  the  charts  of  the  Russian  Hydrographic  Office,  which  have  usually  been  found, 
in  giH)graphical  positions,  more  reliable  than  those  of  Tebienkoff.  Point  Lauder,  according  to  the  best 
attainal)le  data,  is  in 

Latitude 66°  36'   N. 

Longitude ._  . 136°  06'  W., 

while  North  Cape  appears  to  be  alwut  four  miles  to  the  north  and  west. 

La  Perouse  remarks,  in  regard  to  the  appearance  of  this  part  of  the  coast  from  seaward : 
"The  land  is  covered  with  trees,  and  of  the  same  elevation  as  that  to  the  south  of  Cross  Sound. 
The  summits  of  the  mountains  (August)  are  slightly  cappe<l  with  snow,  and  they  are  so  numerous  and 
peaked  that  a  trifling  change  of  situation  (on  the  part  of  the  observer)  is  sufficient  to  alter  their  appear- 
ance. These  heights  are  sonic  leagues  within  the  land,  and  appear  in  the  distance;  in  front  of^  them 
are  hills;  and  thes<'  subside  into  a  low  land  with  gentle  risings,  which  terminates  in  the  sea.  Before 
this  undulating  coast  are  islands,"  &c. 

The  accuracy  of  this  description  has  been  noufirnjcd  by  the  repeated  observations  of  the  U.  S. 
Coast  Survey  [)artics,  not  so  much  for  this  sjKX'iul  locality  a«  for  a  large  part  of  the  oceanic  shores  of 
the  Alexander  Archipelago, 


•  Dixon,  Voyage,  p.  195. 

i  nUuOa  of  tiie  Uuuinn8,  tli«  Tlobal  Haibor  of  th«  U.  S.  Hydrognpbio  OlUcit  Cbu-t  Mo.  S295. 


CRAWFISH  INIiET. 


135 


sere  in  1847 


From  North  Cape  the  coast  trends  fivt  miles  in  a  direction  V.  \  W.,  then,  rounding,  8W.  J  8. 
four  miles  to  a  cluster  of  islets  called  by  the  Russians  the  Yamani  Islets."'     From 
these  islets  North  Cape  bears  SE.  J  E.  about  four  miles.     The  waters  thus  inclosed         Necker  Bay. 
form  Necker  Bay.f     It  is  uncertain  whether  this  bay  affords  an  anchorage  or  not, 
but  the  probabilities  are  agivinst  it,  and  as  it  opens  directly  in  the  teeth  of  the  ceaseless  Pacific  ground- 
Kwell  it  could  ailbrd  but  an  uneasy  berth  at  b^t. 

Directly  in  the  mouth  of  the  bay  are  a  cluster  of  islets,  which  may  l)e  called  the  Guibert  Islets.]: 
There  are  four  principal  islets  aud  several  smaller  ones.  AH  these  islets  and  islands  from  this  group 
to  Biorka  Island  were  inch)-'  by  La  Perouse  under  the  name  of  Isles  Neoker,§  a  name  which,  in 
his  text,  has  somehow  been  transferretl  to  Cape  Orford  Rocks  on  the  t^oast  of  (Oregon. 

Immediately  beyond  the  Yamani  Islets  in  a  westerly  dii-ection  lie  the  Slate  {|  Islets.  They  are 
very  numerous  and  small.  They  are  situated  at  the  southeastern  extreme  of  the  entrance  to  an  arm  of 
the  sea  named  by  the  Russians  Crawfish  Inlet.^f  The  features  of  this  inlet  are  differently  represented 
on  different  charts,  but  it  appears  to  extend  in  a  northerly  direction  about  two  miles  vith  an  average 
width  of  two-thirds  of  a  mile ;  then  trending  somewhat  more  to  the  westward  it  is  contracted  to  a 
(juarter  of  a  mile  or  less.  From  thence  it  trends  for  a  mile  or  more  nearly  N.  by  W.,  receiving  a 
narrow  arm  of  the  sea  from  the  southward  and  westward.  I*,  then  expands  to  a  somewhat  greater 
width  for  a  distance  of  about  two  miles,  first  giving  off  a  small  cove  to  the  westward 
and  then  a  small  narrow  creek  or  arm  from  its  northeastern  extreme.  The  wider  Crawfish  Inlet, 
portion  or  basin  gives  off  a  contracted  passage  about  two  miles  long  in  a  northwesi^^rly 
direction  and  in  some  places  hardly  two  cables  wide,  with  irregular  shores,  connecting  with  a  broudcr 
pas.sage  or  arm  of  the  sea,  which  it  will  be  more  convenient  for  the  present  to  consider  under  the  name 
of  the  western  arm  as  forming  a  part  of  Crawfish  Inlet,  though  when  carefully  surveyed  it  may  be 
found  to  be  hydrographicahy  distinct. 

The  shores  of  the  eastern  arm  of  the  inlet  are  quite  irregular,  and  no  soundings  or  anchorages  are 
indicated  within  its  limits  on  any  of  the  charts.  The  western  arm  extends  from  near  its  junction  with 
the  other  from  six  to  eight  miles  in  a  southerly  and  westerly  direction  to  the  Pacific,  and  is  representwl 
as  free  from  obstructions  and  as  having  an  average  width  <  '  about  half  a  mile.  The  southern  portion 
of  this  arm  for  three  or  four  miles  is  usually  indicated  as  a  Jiile  or  more  in  width,  with  numerous  rocks 
and  islets  on  either  hand,  especially  about  its  entrance  irom  the  ocean.  Throughout  its  length  this 
arm  appeare  to  have  a  clear  par^sage,  but  no  soundings  are  rccorde<l  in  it  on  the  charts.  It  hr"  l)cen 
stated  that  an  anchorage  exists  within  the  inlet,  which  is  quite  probaHe,  but  there  are  no  detaile<t  charts 
of  any  jmrt  of  It.  The  land  inclosetl  between  the  two  arms  of  Crawfish  Inlet  is  composed  of  five  prin- 
cipal and  many  small  islands,  the  largest  of  which  is  about  four  miles  long  in  a  N.  and  S.  direction  and 
about  half  as  broad;  hut  none  of  them  are  yet  delineated  in  detail  on  any  chart. 

About  three  miles  northward  from  the  junction  of  the  western  arm  with  the  ocean  it  gives  off  a 
branch  in  a  northwesterly  dire<!tion,  extending  some  two  or  three  miles  along  the  coast  between  the 
main  shore  and  a  congeries  of  rocks  and  islets.  This  branch  is  less  than  half  a  mile  wide,  and  at  its 
northwestern  termination  it  communicates  with  the  waters  of  the  Necker  Arcliipelago  by  several 
channels.  The  most  northern  of  these  opens  by  a  very  narrow  passage,  affording  only 
two  or  three  fathoms  water,  and  extends  in  a  northwesterly  direction  with  constantly  Hot  Springs  Bay. 
increasing  width  and  depth  to  the  distance  of  about  a  mile,  where  the  shore  of  Baranoff 
Island  is  indented  by  Hot  Springs  Bay,**  a  small  cove  less  than  half  a  mile  in  extent,  considerably 
incommoded  by  islets  end  rocks  except  at  its  head. 

Tlie  chief  importance  of  this  locality  is  derived  from  the  springs  to  which  it  owes  its  name.  In 
1860  a  hospital  for  rheumatism  and  skin-iliseases  was  opened  by  the  Russian  American  Company  at 
this  place.  The  Indians  had  previously  been  in  the  habit  of  resorting  hither  in  (sases  of  iiineas.  The 
springs  have  a  temperature  of  122°  Fah'r.,  and  the  water  contains  sulphur,  iron,  clilorine  and  manganese. 
A  number  of  buiMings  were  eretfted,  and  the  physicians  of  the  company  reported  very  favorably  on 
tJiP  rogulta  to  patients.     Since  1867  these  buildings  have  fallen  into  decay,  though  still  stamling,  but 

•  A  term  meuing  full  of  pits  or  holes ;  probably  applied  with  reference  to  their  water-worn  ap))earanc«. 

tPort  Hecker  of  La  Perouse;  Kooky  Bay  (Kamenala  or  SamenUtala)  of  Rusoian  authorities,  a  name  wliich  is  of  too 
frec|uent  occurrence  in  this  region  ;  and  "  Stone"  Bay  of  other  charts. 

t  To  distinguish  them  (torn  the  host  of  others  which  have  likewise  received  from  the  Russians  the  title  of  Egg  (YiUchnla) 
iBlanda. 

^  Cf.  views,  2d  sheet,  fig.  8,  continuation;  La  Perouse,  Atlas,  pi.  30. 

II  Aiptd  of  the  Russians,  elsewhere  indicated  as  the  Aspld  Islands. 

IT  Bakoff  or  BaJmrol  in  Russian,  BokOToy  Bay  of  English  authorities. 

"Xlnoharol  of  the  Russians,  and  KlnelMT  or  nntcbeff  Bay  of  Engliih  ioA  American  iharls.  In  Russian  Hydrogrnpliir 
Chart  No.  1494,  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  24.31,  and  U.  8.  Hydrographio  Chuii  No.  IW.'i,  the  name  of  this  liK-ality  hii»  been 
erroneously  transferred  to  a  larger  bay  more  than  u  mile  farther  to  the  souihea*!,  which  is  nearly  free  from  islett  and  has  twenty 
fathoms  water.  The  cove  or  bay  of  the  Hot  Springs,  on  the  other  hand,  lias  only  three  or  four  fathoms  water  in  it;  tli.-  onier 
IMirtion  is  so  obstructed  by  rocks  and  Islets  that  only  small  craft  can  enter,  and  it  is  represented  in  its  proper  place  on  the  British 
Admiralty  Chart  No.  2337  and  the  Russian  charts  from  which  that  was  derived. 


^:A 


£«  h 


I.".'  i 


t* 


1 


iii% 


8YMOND8  BAY. 


it  is  not  known  whether  there  are  any  whites  at  present  settled  at  this  point.  In  1880  nnmerous  fields 
of  potatoes  were  cultivated  here  by  the  natives  with  suocoss.  B«;tween  the  cove  and  the  southern 
extreme  of  Deep  J^ake*  is  a  low  and  rather  narrow  valley  portage  less  than  a  mile  in  extent. 

Between  the  entranc*  of  the  eastern  arm  oi"  Crawfish  Inlet  and  Sitka  Wound,  oflF  the  main  shore, 
the  Neoker  Islands  of  I^  Perouse  form  a  tolerably  compact  body,  a  band  of  eUmgated  triangular  form, 
with  its  apex  near  the  Slate  Islets  and  its  broadest  part  N.  and  8.  in  the  vicinity  of  Hot  Springs  Bay. 
It  is  composed  of  all  varieties  of  islets  from  a  tidal  rock  to  islands  of  considerable  size,  almost  all  of 
which  have  receive<l  names.  The  group  is  over  eight  miles  in  extent  B.  and  W.  and  three  or  four 
miles  wide  in  an  opposite  direction.  The  navigation  of  the  passages  between  the  islands  of  which  it  is 
composed  would  seem,  from  the  multitude  of  obstructions,  to  be  only  open  to  small  craft,  yet  the  depth 
of  water  varies  from  ten  to  over  twenty-five  fathoms.  No  good  purpose  would  be  served  by  enumera- 
ting the  names  of  all  these  islets  and  rocks,  but  it  may  lie  stated  that  the  largest  of  them  v.re  Yelc-'ol 
or  SpruoQ  Island,  Iiegma  Island,  Tava  and  Blorka  islands ;  oti^.ers  are  Wrangell;  Torsar,  Ataku, 
Maid,  Gornoi,  Liesnoi,  Ooloi,  Oolomiannoi,  Nepropusknoi  and  Kaiucbali  islands,  of  which,  on 
some  charts,  the  first  apfiears  as  Wrangle  Island,  Golomiannoi  as  Oolomi,  Nepropusknoi  as  Neprop, 
and  Kaiucbali  as  Kaichali  islands. 

The  only  island  of  the  group  of  particular  importance  is  BiorkK  Island,  the  largest,  and,  excepting 
some  ro<iks  that  make  oif  from  it,  the  ma«t  western  of  all.f  It  is  situated  NW.  by  W.  i  W.  fifty 
miles  from  Cape  Omraaney.  It  is  about  two  miles  and  a  half  in  extent  NW.  by  N.  and  SE.  by  S., 
and  less  than  two  miles  wide  in  an  E  NE.  and  W  SW.  direction. 

Two  coves,  one  from  the  northward  and  the  other  from  the  southward,  indent  the  northern  and 
southern  shores  of  the  ciistern  part  of  the  island — their  heads  being  separated  by  a  low  isthmus  less 
than  a  cable  in  width.  From  this  cause  the  eastern  extreme  takes  the  form  of  a  H-shaped  peninsula. 
The  whole  island  is  but  mo<leratcly  elevatetl  and  is  well  wooded.  In  approaching  from  the  northward 
and  westward  it  is  diificult  to  differentiate  the  island  from  the  main  shore  behind  it — which  may  serve 
as  an  explanation  of  an  apparent  distsrepancy  by  which,  to  the  southern  extremity  of  this  island,  Van- 
couver's name  of  Point  Woodbouse  has  l)een  applied.! 

The  point  is  but  moderat<  ■/  high,  w(MMled,  and  in  its  neighlK>rhiHxl  are  several  saiall  rocky  isleta. 
In  line  with  the  point  and  Impassable  (Nepropusknoi)  Islet,  about  half  a  mile  S  SE.  from  Point 
Woodhonse,  is  the  VaaUkff  Shoal,  marked  in  rough  weather  by  a  breaker.  It  is  VaaUeva  Rock  of 
British  Admiralty  Chart  'No.  2337. 

W  SW.  from  the  western  point  of  Biorka  about  two  miles  lies  a  sunken  rock,  ten  feet  below  the 
surface  at  low  water.  It  is  stated  by  Russian  navigators  familiar  with  this  locality  that  a  heavy  sea 
breaks  only  once  in  five  or  six  minutes,  and  in  but  one  spot, — leading  to  the  inference  that  the  rock 
must  be  very  pointed.  Tebienkoft"  indicates  twenty-seven  fathoms  near  to  it  and  forty-nine  midway 
between  it  aiul  the  islet  at  the  western  end  of  Biorka.  The  extensive  rocky  patch  laid  down  on  the 
British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2337  does  not  exist,  according  to  the  Russians,  and  no  evidences  of  any 
such  patch  have  been  observed  here  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  parties. 

Lieutenant  Symonds,  of  the  U.  S.  N.,  locates  this  rock  one  mile  and  a  half  WSW.  from  the  small 
islet  at  the  western  extreme  of  Biorka  Island,  from  information  obtained  from  the  pilot  of  the  steamer 
Oalifomia,  who  i>assed  the  patch  twice  a  month  and  has  taken  many  bearings  upon  it ;  and  Lieutenant 
Symonds  adds,  "  I  am  satisfied  that  the  position  is  reliable  and  relatively  correct." 

The  shores  of  liiorka  are  mtwtly  bold-to  but  infested  by  numerous  pointed  rocks,  also  having  deep 
water  about  them,  and  which  extend  off'  the  shore  to  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  Part  of  the  northern 
and  western  coast  is  free  from  these  obstructions,  and  the  depth  of  water  in  general  half  a  mile  from 
the  shores  varies  from  twenty-five  to  forty  fathoms. 

The  southern  indentation  is  merely  a  small  rocky  cove,  but  the  northern  one  is  a  good  harbor  and 
hafl  received  from  the  U.  S.  Navy  the  name  of  Symonds  §  Bay.  It  is  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile 
long  north  and  south  and  a  third  of  a  mile  wide,  with  a  regular  shore-line,  and  a 
regulPT  Iwttom  shelving  gradually  from  about  twenty  fathoms  at  the  entrance  up  to 


Symonds  Bay. 


*To  wliicli  (lie  nnine  uf  Xluohev  Bay  has  lieeu  erroneouslv  trnnefKi-red  on  some  chartH, 

tit  wa«  iiam«(l  by  the  Russiaiis  and  in  the  South  Iiland  uf  LiaianHky. 

t  Vancouver  nuve  this  aiipcllnlion,  c iTonyonol.v  \vtittcn  WodehonM  tiy  some  ftuthoritie*,  to  the  "  Hunthvast  pohit  of  a  Hpaoionr 
openinj^,"  wbowu  nurthweHt  point  \vn«  fomiml  In-  Vapv  Edgreumbc,  iind  which  (MmipriBed  Dixon'H  Norfolk  Sound.  Krinn  Ihi' 
heariuffs  and  distanci-  givi-n  hy  Vancouver  it  Betnic  evident  that  he  applied  tlie  njinie  to  some  part  of  the  high  land  ininiediately 
'to  the  westward  of  llie  western  part  of  Crawfisli  Inlet,  which,  from  his  distance  from  the  shore  and  the  consi-cinent  invisibility  of 
many  of  the  low  islets  of  the  Necker  gro"p,  appeared  like  the  sonthenstern  headland  of  the  sound.  Hin  tex '  and  chariB  ari'  in 
accoiil  on  this  question.  Ah  early  as  1818,  however,  bearing  in  mind  the  inlention  rather  than  the  errouetme  location,  the  name 
was  applied  on  the  chart  of  Sitka,  made  by  Kussian  naval  oHIcers  and  forming  No.  XIX  of  the  old  Rntaiaii  series,  to  the  goutli 
point  of  Biorka  Island,  which  has  since  been  known  by  the  name  of  WoodllouM. 

.  i  This  bay  waa  surveyed  August  iW  and  2.3, 1879,  by  Lieutenant  F.  M.  Symonds,  U.  8.  N.,  and  Master  G.  C.  Hanus,  U.  8.  N.. 
of  the  U.  8.  Ship  Jamtitown,  Commander  L.  A.  Bearddee,  and  named  ByiaoniU  Bay  by  the  Navy  Department.  The  above 
description  is  from  the  MS.  map  of  Symonda  and  Hanus,  fumialitpd  by  the  Navy  Department  to  thie  Office,  and  since  ieaued  bv 
the  U.  8.  CjB8t  Survey  aa  Hitrkor  Cliart  No.  734. 


0  nnmerouN  fields 
and  the  Mouthern 

1  extent. 

iff  the  main  shore, 
d  triangular  form, 
Hot  Springs  Bay. 
size,  almost  all  of 
and  three  or  four 
nds  of  which  it  is 
■aft,  yet  the  depth 
rved  by  enuniera- 
hem  !ne  Yele-'ol 
1.  Torsar,  Ataku, 
ids,  of  which,  on 
sknoi  as  Neprop, 

ist,  and,  excepting 
by  W.  i  W.  fifty 
tf .  and  SB.  by  S,, 

the  northern  and 
low  isthmus  less 
ihaped  peninsula, 
m  tho  northward 
-which  may  serve 
this  island,  Van- 
mall  rocky  islets. 
ISE.  from  Point 
Vasikva  Rock  of 

sn  feet  below  the 
that  a  heavy  sea 
ice  that  the  rock 
irty-nine  midway 
laid  down  on  the 
evidences  of  any 

T.  from  the  small 
ot  of  the  steamer 
;  and  Lieutenant 

also  having  deep 
t  of  the  northern 
half  a  mile  from 

good  harbor  and 
iiarters  of  a  mile 
ihore-line,  and  ii 
e  entrance  up  to 


ft  point,  of  a  spncidiiH 
I  Sound.  From  I  lie 
gli  land  ininiediat«lr 
'••'Hieut  invisibility  iit' 
?-N  I  and  cliartB  an-  in 
18  location,  the  name 
1  seriea,  to  the  goutli 

C.  Hanus,  U.  8.  N., 

irtment.     The  above 

and  since  Issued  by 


it-  ■--■■ 


nsimm 


i 


.^ai 

Htn* 

4"' 

1 

* 

4 

-,^ 

^ 

•-'^^^^s,,^   V:  -*'i!53g#!y 


i*^nw' 


^!>?^^ 


i1!d^a(.-umbn 


Hitkiv  III  Xuriblk  Sound,  Ml.  Bdf^ecumbeNWVrWJ^lELe* 


VfJlBy  Mt .  Imtian  ^^ln^« 


Ml  .'\%i.'aiiiTHia. 
Sitka.  ft*oin  thv  Weaterti  Anoliorage.lBtiT 


Onwmiit^  DfniiB 


Uuvftntur'*  Hou«« 

Sitlcn  tV*oni  UicKaHtwiuil 


ffttmt  a   Pfufagivff/i  in  WHO.) 


..^. 


M  1 '.    « •"•  W  Z  -iH 


v/^ '  f  V 


'1/  :  ,,,.,.>!  jil.aii- 


-mm^^^' 


..;■.  .%i#;.ii 


!■ 


„,,,^.M#*«f'» 


,■^4 


r^ 


"(I 


# 

^:??' 


^■;,s?• 


^-«jSia, 


'A^&t- 


M 


11^ 


8ITKA   SOUND. 


137 


the  Hand-beach  at  the  head.  The  entratire  to  the;  bay  in  distinctly  markwl  l)y  two  islets,  Ranus  Islet 
nmrking  the  eastern  and  Entrance  Islet  the  western  head.  Haniis  Islet,  low  and  IxMirinj;  it  few  treew, 
is  barely  separated  from  the  sliore  of  Hiorka,  while  Enlnim-e  iHlct,  luire  and  riijt>;e<l,  only  admits  of 
the  piwsage  of  canoes  l)etween  it  and  the  whoi-e.  Hanus  ami  Entrance  islets  are  a  half  mile  aprt  and 
Ixsar  from  each  other  SV/.  by  W.  |  W.  and  NE.  by  E.  J  E.  The  Iwy  is  |M;rf«H'tly  sheltereil  from  all 
winds  except  those  from  W  NW.  round  by  N.  to  N.  by  ».,  and  the  iiolding-ground  is  giMxl. 

At  the  head  of  the  ' :  y  is  a  fine  beach  of  white  granite  sand,  and  behind  this  a  huiise  and  a  |>atch 
of  low  land,  where  a  vegetable  garden  has  been  successfully  cultivated  for  several  years.  It  is  fencocl 
in  to  keep  out  the  deer  which  abound  on  the  island.  Fresh  water  and  woo<l  are  abundant.  The 
watering-place  is  on  the  eusUjrn  shore,  about  a  (juarter  of  a  mile  south  of  Hanus  Island. 


SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOB  SYMONDS   BAY. 

The  only  directions  nwessary  for  entering  are  to  keej)  out  of  the  kelp  and  avoid  approaching  the 
shores  within  a  (able;  to  steer  for  the  middle  of  the  while  sand-beach  about  S8E.,  and  anchor  imme- 
diately seven  fathoms  are  obtained.  In  this  jiosition  the  middle  of  Entrance  Islet  will  l)ear  NW.  by 
W.  J  W.  five  and  a  half  cables ;  the  middle  of  Hanus  Inlet  N.  five  (nbles,  and  the  house  on  the  beach 
8.  J  W.  three  cables. 

This  cove,  recommended  by  the  Russians  as  a  proper  sit*  for  a  pilot-station,  would  also  serve  as 
a  good  port  of  refuge  for  any  navigator  who  did  not  choose  to  venture  on  the  intrioiicies  of  the  Sitka 
channels  in  a  southeaster.  Tlie  use  of  the  lead  in  approaching  it,  liowever,  would  be  advisable,  although 
there  is  no  siiecial  reason  for  believing  that  any  unknown  dangers  exist  in  its  approaches. 

In  some  cases  it  is  possible  that  a  vessel,  by  reason  of  disability  or  otherwise,  might  find  it  imprac- 
ticivble  to  weather  the  island  of  Biorka  in  a  southerly  gale.  It  is  therefore  not  unneiessary  to  mention 
that  relief  might  be  afforded  by  a  rather  narrow,  but  apparently  clear,  passage  which  exists  between 
Hiorka  and  the  islands  eastward  from  it.  This  passage  is  half  a  mile  wide  at  its  narrowest  part,  and 
from  a  point  off  its  entrance  half  a  mile  east  from  the  VrnWuff  Sltonl  the  course  is  for  the  BE.  end  of 
PeisiU"  Island  bearing  N.  J  E. 

This,  according  to  the  Russian  charts,  carries  through  the  passage  clear  of  known  dangers,  v 
shelter  may  be  had  in  the  cove  or  under  the  lee  of  the  north  shore  of  Biorka.     Lieutenant  Symo 
cautiqns  navigators  against  using  this  passage,  (which  should,  indeetl,  until  a  survey  is  made,  only 
(lone  as  a  matter  of  necessity,)  saying  that  it  is  "  full  ot-mmken  rookn  and  dangerous  breakers;"  but  no 
survey  of  it  seems  to  have  been  made  by  him.    Russian  navigators  pronounce  it  navigable,  and  their 
charts  do  not  indicate  any  olwtructions  in  the  chai^nel  referred  to.     While  it  is  not  recommended  except 
as  a  last  resort  n  the  particular  case  mentioned,  it  miglit  then  serve  a  uxeful  pur|)ose,  especially  as  at 
such  a  time  any  dangerous  rocks  would  be  marked  by  breakers. 

SITKA   SOUND. 

Biorka  Island  forms  the  real  southeast  headland  of  Sitka  Soun^'  w.ose  opposite  extreme  is  Cape 
Edgecumbe,  distant  about  thirteen  miles  from  Point  Woodhouse. 

Sitka  Sound  extends  from  its  entrance  as  alwve  described  fourteen  miles  in  a  northerly  direction 
with  a  width,  east  and  west,  varying  from  seven  to  ten  miles.  The  east  and  north  shores  are  fringed 
with  numerous  islands  and  indented  by  large  bays  and  entrances;  the  west  shore  is  more  compact  but 
encumbered  by  numerous  rocks  within  a  mile  of  the  coast.  The  shores  are  everywhere  wooded,  rfen- 
dering  it  difficult  to  distinguish  the  wo(xled  islets  when  they  are  on  with  the  land.  The  latter  usually 
rises  rapidly  from  within  ashort  distance  of  the  sea  and  culminates  in  broken  hills  or  small  mountains, 
none  of  which  attain  a  remarkable  height,  and  the  recesses  of  which— for  the  most  part  guarded  by  a 
dense  vegetation,  wet  and  spongy  soil,  and  precipitous  ravines — have  never  been  penetrated  by  man. 

The  northern  and  western  headland  of  the  sound  above  mentioned  is  Cape  Edgeoumbe.f 


•  This  body  of  water,  originally  immed  Eusenada  del  Busto  or  Bay  of  Terrors  by  '?.,.^«'ita  and  Maurelle  in  August,  1775, 
was  called  Norfolk  Boirnd  by  Dixon,  who  made  a  tolerable  skelcli  of  it  in  1787,  and  wliose  name  was  adopted  by  Vancouver. 
Tills  name  under  ordinary  circumstances  should  take  precedence  of  the  others,  but  since  the  appellation  of  Sitka  B^y  or  Sound, 
applied  by  the  Bussiaus  in  1809,  has  been  adopted  liy  the  British  Admiralty  OHice  on  their  cliarts,  and  subsequently  on  most 
American  charts,  it  does  not  seem  that  the  convenience  of  navigatorn  would  be  served  by  a  return  to  the  earlier  and  at  one  time 
more  widely  adopted  name.    It  was  also  termed  Tchlnkitanay  Bay  by  Fleurieu  in  his  account  of  Marchand's  voyage. 

tNamed  by  Cook  in  1778,  and  which  has  also  been  written  Edgcumbe,  Edgecombe,  Ac,  by  different  authoritiee.  It  was 
named  Cabo  del  EngaAo  by  Bodega  in  1775,  (sometimes  erroneously  v»ritlen  Enganno ;)  Point  Lasarla  or  St.  Laiarui  by  old 
Russian  authorities,  who  idenUfied  Mt.  Edgecumbe  with  Chirikoff's  Mt.  St.  l.azarns;  Trubltalna  Cape  (named  by  Baranoff  for 
Boatswain  Trubitsin,  one  of  Chirikoff's  officers,)  and  BltkaCape  by  Russian  authorilieeas  early  as  1909.  On  some  recent  chart* 
a  compromise  has  been  jittempted  by  giving  to  the  eastern  angle  of  the  cape  the  name  of  Sitka  Point,  while  reserving  the  origi- 
nal name  of  Cook  for  tte  western  angle  or  main  cape. 

P.  c.  P.— 18 


138 


SITKA   SOUND. 


The  cape  is  bluff  iiair  the  water's  edge,  moderately  elevateil  aud  detisclv  W(M)dcd,  having  the 
ap|)earaiKV  of  a  tabie-iuiid.  From  itM  wliole  t'n>nt,  including  the  eastern  angle  known  as  Sitka  Point, 
rockn  and  hrmkers  extend  senwarfl  from  a  qiiiirtcr  to  two-thirds  of  »  ntile.  But  in  ordinar)  or  rough 
weather  these  riM^ks  are  marked  hy  a  <-uni«tiiiit  breaker,  the  sound  of  wliich  is  audible  for  some  diatanoe 
even  in  a  dense  fog.      With  flood  title  a  idrony  vurrent  in  soid  to  net  directly  upon  theae  breakers. 

Tins  cap  is  readily  distinguished  from  any  other  on  the  coast  by  its  proximity  to  the  mountain 
of  the  sanii;  name,  which  has  justly  l)cen  ai^cordcd  the  title  of  "the  landmark  of  Sitka  Sound." 

Mt.  Edgeoumbe  was  named  by  Cook*  at  the  same  time  as  the  caps,  from  which  it  is  distant 
about  four  miles  in  a  N  NE.  direction. 

This  mountain  is  not  so  remarkable  for  its  height  as  for  its  appearance.  An  U.  S.  Coast  Survey 
measurement  in  1867  placed  the  elevation  at  2,K65  feet  above  the  sea,  which  is  somewhat  lees  than  the 
earlier  estimates,  but  agrees  very  well  with  inixlern  Russian  determinations.  From  the  sea  it  appears 
like  a  flut-top|)cd  mountain  with  sides  descending  at  a  gentle  inclination  toward  the  plateau  at  its 
base.  Bi-tween  the  mountain  and  the  sea  at  Cape  PJdgecumbe  are  two  smaller  knobs.  The  flattened 
appearance  of  the  |)eak  arises  from  the  fact  that  the  apex  is  occupied  by  a  crater,  said  to  be  two  thou- 
sand feet  in  diameter  and  about  two  hundred  feet  deep;  and  the  horizontal  rim  of  the  crater  seen  in 
ptofilc  givi«  the  etlect  of  a  horizontal  crest  or  table.  From  the  summit  various  deep  gorges  or  ravines 
ratliatc,  and  these  are  invariably  filled  or  partiv  filled  with  snow,  giving  rise  to  torrents  and  cascades. 
When  the  winter  snows  have  not  disappeared  these  furrows  can  barely  £j  distinguished.  Later  in  the 
seastjn  the  up|H;r  part  of  the  mountain  is  free  from  snoW  except  in  the  furrows,  \vhere  the  white  snow 
makes  a  rcnuirkable  contrast  with  the  red  volcanic  debris  of  which  the  cone  is  formed.  The  moun- 
tain once  seen  in  this  condition  is  always  remembered.  It  is  only  wooded  near  th 
crumbling  volcanic  rock  near  the  summit  admits  of  little  or  no  vegetation.  It  is  situi 
Boff  Island.t  whose  southern  and  eastern  shores  form  the  northern  and  western  bonr 
Sound. 

Kruzolf  Island  extends  about  eighteen  miles  in  a  NW.  by  N.  and  SB.  by  S.  direction  with  an 
average  width  of  alxmt  six  miles.     It  is  of  rugged  topography,  but  the  ])eaks  do  n( 
altitude,  Mt.  Edgecumbe  being  the  highest, 
settlements.! 

Sitka  Sound  derives  its  chief  hydrographic  importance  from  the  jwrt  of  Sitka,  formerly  known 
as  New  Archangel,  and  which  is  situated  in  the  Dastcrn  portion  of  the  sound.  •  It  appears  more 
desirable,  however,  first  to  briefly  describe  the  northwestern  and  southeastern  shores  of  the  sound 
before  pro<-eedin(<;  to  directions  for  approaching  and  navigating  the  port  itself  and  its  immediate 
vicinity. 

From  Caiie  Fdgecunibe  the  shore  of  Kruzofl*  Island  trends  nearly  seven  miles  in  a  NE.  by  E. 
direction,  with  unim|)ortant  irregularities,  to  a  low  point  known  as  Point  of  ShoaIs.§ 

Dixon  indicates  an  impassable  shoal  extending  three  miles  in  an  SE.  direction  from  the  point  and 
including  the  Low  Islets  oi  modern  charts.     These  islets  have  been  placed  on  British  Admiralty  Chart 
2;J37  (corrected  to  May,  1865)  ENE.  from  the  point,  not  extending  off-shore  more 
Shoafi.  than  a  mile  at  their  outer  edges,  and  with  no  obstructions  indicated  between  them  and 

the  iJoint.  But  Tebienkoff's  Chart  XXXVIII  of  1850  indicates  very  plainly  an  off- 
shore extension  of  shoals  from  the  point  toward  the  Low  Islets,  and  a  long  reef  extending  from 
the  shore  s  little  to  the  northward  <f  the  Point  of  Shoals  proper,  also  toward  tne  Ix)w  Islets.  Hence 
it  is  evident  that  prudence  requires.that  no  attempt  should  be  made  to  pass  between  the  Low  I^ete  and 
the  Point  of  Shoals  until  actual  soundings  have  demonstrated  its  practicability.  It  may  'also  be  men- 
tioned that  the  flood  tide  is  said  to  set  strongly  on  to  and  along  this  shore  from  Cape 
Curi'ent.  Edgecumbe  eastward  and  northward, so  as  to  render  a  position  near  it  dangerous  for  a 

vessel  in  calm  weather  or  during  a  heavy  southeaster. 


<e,  as  the 
on  Kru- 
j{  Sitka 


not  attain  any  great 
t  is  rather  densely  wooded  and  contains  several  native 


'  It  was  Been  in  1775  and  iinnied  Ht.  Ban  Jactnto  by  Bodega,  a  name  adapted  as  Mt.  Batnt  Hyaollltll  by  La  Peroute ;  and 
wan  ck!led  Kt.  St.  Lazarla  or  Lazanu  uu  early  Runeian  charts,  ae  of  Chirikoff. 

t  Tlii*  \'>.-«  named  Pitt  Island  by  Portlock  in  1787,  a  name  since  applied  to,  and  now  in  common  um  for,  one  of  the  larger 
islands  of  the  Cuiu^'ibian  Archipelago.  According  to  Urewingk  the  names  of  Bt.  Laiarla,  San  Jacinto,  EdgMunlM,  Pitt,  Bltka 
and  KruM,  OrooM  or  £:mioff,  hare  successively  been  applied  to  this  island,  the  latter  iu  honor  of  Adiniral  Kruse  by  Lisianski 
in  1805. 

With  the  Exception  of  Pitt  aud  Kruzoff,  these  names  have  not  been  found  on  any  charts  in  common  um,  and  there  is  soma 
douSt  as  to  w''Bther  they  were  ever  ap].Med  to  the  island  itself  as  distinguished  from  its  widely  known  volcano  aud  atljscent  cape. 
It  has  also  hww  called  TlMkb  Island  by  lv,Sienkoff,  a  name  which  appears  to  have  been  derived  from  native  sources.  The  name 
•Itka  seems  only  to  have  been  applied  to  this  i«la>.;*  by  the  early  Uussian  traders  and  is  not  found  on  any  chart 

t  According  to  some  authorities  this  was  the  first ;  wd  seen  by  Bering's  associate,  Chirikoff,  in  1741,  toward  which  bis  boats 
went  in,  never  to  reappear.  Other  hydrograpbirs,  and  perhaps  these  are  in  a  majority,  think  that  Cbirikoff's  land-&ll  was 
farther  to  the  northward. 

J  Otmolol  of  Russian  authorities,  and  WUta'i  Point  of  Dixon  in  1787 ;  Plrat  Point  of  the  English  edition  of  Lisianski ;  some- 
times called  Bhoalt  Point,  and  by  eariy  Russian  authorities  Ontor  Point  of  Bhoala,  in  contradistinction  to  another  (inner)  point 
of  similar  name  about  five  miles  to  the  northward.    It  is  Low  (msmwiia)  Point  of  Tebieukoff. 


SITKA   BOUND. 


139 


Two  and  a  half  milcM  8  8W.  from  F'oint  of  Shoals  and  nlKnit  thrwi  and  two-tliirdi*  niilw  ENB. 
from  the  analc  of  Cape  Edgccumbt;  known  as  Sitka  I'oint,  lictt  St.  Laaaria  Island,*  of  Hinal!  extent, 
hour-glasH  8nu]ied,  roundnl,  ratii«>r  hii^h  and  wrKxled. 

The  neartwt  shore  of  Kruzoft'  iHhinil  is  aiM)ut  a  mile  distant.  Dixon  hero  intlical'-s  nn-ks,  draws 
a  danKcr-line,  and  rejwrts  seeing  a  qimntity  of  rock-wced.t 

Later  charts  indicate  a  clear  passage  l)etwc<!ii  the  island  and  the  shore  with  ten  w  twenty  falhonis 
(juite  close  to  the  island.     NW.  hy  K.  fmm  the  I^ow  Islets  a  short  distance  Dixon 
found  anchorage  in  eight  fathoms,  over  a  sandy  bottom,  about  three-quarters  of  a  Anohoraie. 

mile  from  shore.  In  tnis  position  the  wljaiient  land  forming  the  bay  in  which  t!icv 
were  sheltered  bore  from  B.  S°  W.  round  "by  W.  to  N.  3°  B.,  while  to  the  southwarll  and  SB.  by  B. 
the  amshoragc  was  found  well  sheltered  by  beds  of  growing  kelp  upon  the  shoals  already  reCeriiHl  to. 
This  shelter  is  also  clearly  indicatinl  <m  1  cbienkoff's  chart,  but  without  soundings.  The  ii|>proH<'li  to 
it  is  not  in(»mmoded  except  by  the  narrowness  of  the  passage  Iwtween  Vitskuri  Rix-ki  and  the  Low 
Islets,  whii^h  is  nevertheless  api>arently  over  a  mile  in  width. 

From  Point  of  Shoals  the  shore  trends  to  the  northward  four  and  a  half  miles  to  the  Inner 
Foint.l  This  point  is  of  little  consequence  except  as  having  foul  ground  extending  oft'  from  it  in  a 
westerly  direction  to  a  distance  of  less  than  half  a  mile.  Hence  the  shore  trends  NW.  by  N.  }  N.  a 
mile  and  a  quarter  to  a  smqil  point  known  as  Monument  Point,  of  little  importance,  but  rimrked  l)y 
some  rocky  pillars  or  pinnacles  which  have  been  called  the  Monument  R(i<;ks.  lieyond  iIkmi,  luaring 
in  the  same  direction  rrom  Inner  Point  and  nl  t  distance  of  two  and  a  (iilf  miles  from  the  latter,  lies 
Kamennie  (Socky)  Point  of  early  Russian  am  irities,  which  is  also  guarded  by  a  two-eable-wide  pateh 
{)i foul,  ground  close  to  and  parallel  with  the  sliure,  and  which  forms  the  southwestern  headland  of  the 
entrance  of  the  northward  leading  passage  called  Hay  ward  Straits  by  i*ortl(K'k. 

A  mile  and  a  half  NE.  by  IT.  from  Kamennie  is  Kresta  (Cross)  Point,§  which  forms  the  (ip|H>site 
and  southeastern  headland.  This  point  consists  of  a  promontory,  apparently  high,  roundetl  and  wtsNled, 
with  HHiky  shores.  Half  a  mile  south  from  Ki-esta  Point  is  Ov.ide  Islet  or  UkaEatel,||  high  and 
wooded ;  but  represented  as  lately  as  July,  1882,  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  2>'{37  as  a  riM-k  awash. 

Two  and  a  half  cables  SB.  from  Kresta  Point  lies  a  «u»^-en  rjck  with  nitie  fathoms  Ixitween  it  and 
the  shore.     In  these  inner  waters,  where  a  sea  sufficiently  high  to  cause  breakers  is 
an  uncommon  occurrence,  such  an  obstruction  to  navigation  is  much  more  dangerous       •  Rock. 

than  in  a  locality  where  it  might  receive  the  oceanic  ground  svrell.  Sut-'h  riK^ks,  how- 
ever, are  usually  marked  by  kelp.  NE.  by  E.  \  E.  somewhat  over  three  miles  from  Kresta  Point  lies 
Lisianski  Point,  not  named  on  the  charts,  high,  lx)ld,  heavily  wfKxled,  and  forming  the  NW.  heiul- 
land  of  Katliana  Bay.  Between  this  point  and  Kresta  Point  a  wide  bay  exists,  containing  tiie  Siginak 
group  of  many  islands  and  constituting  the  main  entrance  to  two  of  the  adjoining  straits.  From  three 
to  five  cables  east  from  Lisianski  Point  lies  the  shore  forming  the  opposite  point  of  cntninee  of  Katliana 
Bay;  but,  except  Tebienko<f,T[  none  of  the  charts  represent  a  well-marke<l  point  or  headland  at  this 
locality. 

Katliana**  Bay  extends  two  or  three  miles  in  an  W  NB.  direction,  when  it  l)et!ome8  enlarged  by  a 
proloiigation  from  its  head  in  an  B.  J  N.  and  W.  J  S.  direction  to  the  extent  of  a  mile  either  way. 
The  western  end  dwindles  to  a  narrow  creek  with  six  to  nine  Tathoms  over  a  muddy  bottom,  and  tfie 
head  of  the  bay  gradually  deepens  to  forty-five  or  fifty  fathoms  at  its  eastern  extreme.  There  are  also 
two  or  three  islets  near  the  northern  shore.  The  form  of  this  bay  is  differently  representee!  on  different 
charts,  but  its  main  stem  does  not  appear  to  exceed  half  a  mile  in  width,  nor  docs  the  basin  at  its  head 
much  ex^yed  a  mile.  SW.  \  W.  from  Lisianski  Point  six  cayes  lies  the  northern  extreme  of  the 
northern  islet  of  a  small  group  known  as  the  Gavanski  (Harbor)  Iplets  by  the  Russians.  This 
group  comprises  two  principal  islets,  Big  and  Little  Gavanski,  two  high  rocks— the  Border  (Oriada) 
Rocks— and  some  banks  and  shoals.  The  group  is  quite  compact,  trends  in  an  N.  \  W.  an<i  8.  \  B. 
direction  a  mile  and  a  quarter  with  a  width  not  exceeding  half  a  mile.  The  passage  Iwtween  their 
northern  extreme-and  Point  Lisianski  is  about  four  cables  wide  in  the  clear,  and  has  twenty  to  forty 
fathoms  water.  The  passage  to  the  southward  of  the  group  is  from  five  to  seven  cables  wide,  but 
contracted  by  shoala  on  either  hand  and  one  in  mid-channel.    Between  these  obstructions  narrow  pas- 

•Tliig  itland  was  bo  ntmed  m  early  as  1809,  by  Buwian  uydrographerB,  to  retain  the  name  luppoeed  to  liave  been  applied 
by  Chirilioir  in  1741  to  tlie  mountain  and  cape  of  Edgecumbe;  and  even  applied  by  »ome  to  KruzolT  Wand  un  a  whole.  From 
the  former  aaaociation  of  name*  it  also  becamf,  Iciiown  as  0»pe  IiUnd  (MiUiolftkl);  it  was  nanie<i  Robin  IiUad  hy  Dixon  in 
1787,  thouuh  the  name  does  not  appear  on  hi/i  chart. 

t  Dixou'a  voyage,  p.  179. 

t  Called  by  the  Rueaiana  Inner  Point  of  ShoUi  (Otmtfol),  Second  Point,  or,  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  «3.17,  Rocky 

Point. 

$  Named  by  Vasilieff  in  1833. 

II  Named  Krottofkkoi  Wet  by  the  Bussians  in  1809,  and  correctly  mapped  by  them. 

f  Chart  XXXVm.  ,  -         ,  j .. 

*"  AlBo  called  Xirtlianoni  Onlf  by  the  Kuesiane  as  early  as  1809,  and  on  English  chaHs  KoUoua  Bay.  It  was  named  by 
Lisianski  after  XataMi  or  KtUMUi,  one  of  the  native  chiefs  of  Sitka  in  1809. 


140 


SITKA   SOUND. 


!*?  i 


sages  carry  fifteen  or  sixteen  fathoms.  The  rocks  and  the  eastf^rn  shores  of  these  islets  appear  for  the 
most  part  l>ald-to.  From  the  southeastern  headland  of  Katliana  E<.y  the  shore  trends  to  the  south- 
ward for  tiiree-quai'ters  of  a  mile,  then  south  westward  about  the  same  distance  to  Gavanski  Point  of 
early  Russian  charts,  forming  a  cove  or  bay.  From  the  j)oint  which  is  the  SW.  extreme  of  the  cove 
the  shore  trends  in  a  geucrallv  P  by  E.  direction,  with  minor  irregularities,  a  mile  and  a  cable  to  a 
sandy  point.  Off  this  piece  of  shore  numerous  small  islets  and  rocks  extend  about  half  a  miJo  in  an 
easterly  and  westerly  direction,  or  in  a  general  way  toward  O'e  Border  Rocks,  between  which  and  the 
outermost  of  the  islets  from  tiie  shoie  remains  a  clear  passage  three  and  a  third  cables  wide,  with  abund- 
ance of  water.  The  sheet  of  water  inclosed  as  above  by  the  Baranoif  shore  and  islets,  Lisianski  Point 
and  the  Gava-iski  Islets,  forms  what  was  called  by  the  Russians  the  Bay  of  Starri-Ga- 
Old  Harbor.  van,*  especially  that  part  of  it  included  by  the  cove  above  referred  to.     Here  a  stream 

comes  in,  and  on  a  bank  wiiich  occupies  much  of  the  cove,  anchorage  may  be  had  in 
from  fifteen  U>  thirty  fathoms,  mud  and  shi  II.  A  small  cove  affords  an  excellent  boat  landing,  and  on 
the  shore  at  no  very  distant  date  were  some  Indian  summer  houses  and  a  ceuotaiih.  The  latter  was  in 
commemoration  of  tiie  massacre  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  first  Russian  settlement.  More  recently  a 
•salmon  cannery  .v;is  established  here,  with  a  trading  establishment.  In  1799  the  first  post  was  here 
erected  by  Ba'.iuoff  on  the  shore  of  this  cove,  and  called  Fort  Archangel  GabrleLf  In  May,  1802, 
tb"  natives  atUicked  this  post  and  put  the  inmates  to  death.  Starri-Gnvan  i"?  well  protectetl  in  all 
w.  .Jier-  ind  t!i;^iiy  approachetl.  Its  chief  inconvenience  is  that  it  affords  anchorage  to  but  a  small 
number  M'  ve  ;sels  and  those  of  moderate  size,  while  the  winds,  which  agitate  the  lower  portion  of  the 
sound,  often  IMI  to  blow  home  in  this  vicinity,  and  the  navigator  loses  time  by  reason  of  calms.  This 
harbor,  now  stjidom  occupied,  is  most  easily  entered  from  the  northwestward  between  the  Gavanski 
Islets  and  Point  i-isiunski.  No  instrJictions  appear  to  be  necessary  for  entering  it  in  this  direction. 
Th<>  existence  (1  some  known  dangers,  and  the  possible  presence  of  more  yet  to  be  discovered,  render 
it  iiiadvisable  to  atferap;;  the  other  entrances  without  a  good  lotal  pilot,  or  until  a  reconnaissimre  has 
bneu  made.'  The  sttndy  point  mentioned  as  forming  the  southeastern  extreme  of  Starri-G^^van  is  calle<l 
Halibut  Point.t  It  is  low  and  fringed  with  foul  ground  extending  off  a  (able  and  a  half.  W.  J  S. 
a  mile  and  a  quarter  from  the  point  is  the  northern  point  of  Middle  Islniid.§  This  is  the  largest  of 
those  islets  which,  congregated  in  a  curve  parallel  with  the  Baranoff  shore,  defend  it  from  the  ground 
sv/ell  and  form  the  anchorages  of  Sitka  or  New  Archangel.  This  island  is  about  a  mile  and  two-thirds 
long  N  NW.  and  S  SB.  and  a  third  of  a  mile  wide.  Its  northern  jwrtion  is  high,  the  southern  part 
nearly  level,  and  the  whole  wooded.  Trending  nearly  parallel  with  Middle  Island  "nd  extending  from 
half  a  mile  to  a  mile  westward  from  its  western  shore  are  r,  number  of  islets  or  islands,  of  which  the 
most  importiint  are  Crow  l8land||  a  mile  long,  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  mi'l'>  wide,  and  having  a 
sunken  rock  a  cable  northward  from  its  northern  end ;  atd  Tioon  Island,^  less  than  lialf  the  size  of  the 
last  mentioned  and  farther  to  the  SW.  The  most  western  of  all  is  White  (Bielie)  Rock,  an  insignifi- 
cant islet,  close  to  which  si.xty  fathoms  may  be  had. 

To  the  southward  nt>  1  eastward  of  Middle  Island  a  myriad  of  islets  extend  to  the  distance  of  a 
mile-and  a  half  or  less  north  and  west  from  the  piissage  to  the  western  anchorage  of  Sifka.  These  islets 
are  of  no  individual  iniportanc*,  many  of  them  being  mere  rocks  sustaini'ig  a  tree  or  tM'o,  but  most  of 
them,  though  not  accurately  surveyetl,  have  been  named,  and  the  group  from  a  very  early  date  were 
known  to  the  Russians  as  the  Kasianr  Islets**  the  northeasternmost  of  tliem  brars  about  E.  J  N.  a 
mile  fiDiii  the  SE.  extreme  of  Middle  Ishnd.  The  easternmost  is  Usher  Rook,  named  by  theXJ.  S. 
Navy  in  1879,  the  southeastern  most  Sentinel  Rock,  also  named  bj'  the  U.  S.  Navy. 

The  former  l)eai's  from  the  Aost  nor'.heastern  of  the  Apple  Islands  about  SE.  three-huarters  of  a 
•uile,  and  from  it  Sentinel  Rock  lias  alxjut  S.  J  W.  half  a  mile,  with  xunken  rwih  scattered  south  fixim 
it  two  or  three  cables  farther.  Haifa  mile  westward  from  Sentinel  Rock  lies  Bare  Eock,*  ,'ind  two 
cables  farther  Black  Rook,tt  vhicli,  together  with  those  previously  mentionetl,  form  the  southern  and 
eastern  buttresses  of  the  Kasiana  group.|t 


*  Old  Harbor  Bay. 

t  Grewingk  liiie  erred  in  stating  tlint  the  first  post  wari  eetablisheil  on  Kruzoff  Ifilaiid,  This  mistnkfi  uppeun.  to  hare  arisen 
from  the  habit  of  the  early  traders  of  anc.horinir  '.i  Port  Cro.-.b  on  the  Ki'uzoff  Island  side. 

i  Paltooae  of  the  Kiissiunn  of  1809:  and  alno  called  Pestcbad  or  Bandy  Point  on  some  later  charts. 

^  Bredni  Island  of  the  charts  of  1H09,  If.l>loihnl  or  Apple  Iftiand  of  the  Kiissian  and  Knglish  chortn  of  1848. 

II  Taronla  of  HuBKian  authorities,  orwiieonel.y  tranhlated  Blve  Illand  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  1!337. 

II  Oacarl  orOagarin  Iiland,  nanisd  by  ih«  Uussiaiis,  ulsii  drroiiefinsly  translated  Jet  Island  on  the  Kritifih  Admiralty  Than 
No.  2SS7,  HS  above. 

•"  The  northeastern  cluster  of  these  is  the  labloohni  or  Apple  Islands  ot  Tebienkoff,  CliBrt  XXXVIII.  1850,  and  the  U.  S. 
Coast  Survey  Harbor  Chart  No.  7(»8,  la81. 

ttGo'o-kamcniioi  and  **  Maklinak  of  the  Ruhcli.ns  in  1809,  according  (o  VaBilieft''B  ohart. 

Jt  Oi.ier  name"  applied  to  riembers  of  the  group,  but  which  it  seems  unneceeewy  to  describe  until  better  siiiveyed,  are  (he 
Parker  Oronp  (noHhwaiil  («,m  Black  Rock),  MeTl  Iiland  (NK.  from  thp  last),  Hall  (Halll)  Rock,  Chalobel  (OuU)  Island,  Ka- 
ir.anol  (Stony)  Island,  HerMlohl  (Seal)  Isltmds.  '  t'lhnol  (Ohl.->f)  I .  -md.  Open  (Atkrltol)  Rook,  Bmpty  (PnstUa)  Islwd, 
and  Watob  (Bedennol)  Islands,  ill  named  by  VimijiefT as  early  as  18t!),  except  the  flrat  mentioned. 


ASTRONOMICAL   8TATION. 


141 


A  line  drawn  through  Sentinel  and  Usher  rocks  bounds  the  western  clmnml  to  Sitka  on  th'i 
west.  Between  MidilV  Island  and  the  northern  margin  of  the  Kasiuna  Islets  on  the  tme  naiul,  and  (!ie 
shore  of  Baranoff  IslarJ  on  tLo  other,  there  extends  a  strip  of  water  clear  of  known  daiigeni  and 
.iveioging  three-qaarf  t^  of  a  mile  wide. 

i  rem  Halibut  (c-  Pesu'hani)  Point  the  sho'-e  of  Baranoft'  Island  trends  nearly  SB.  ^  E.  a  mile 
and  a  half,  thence  about  as  much  farther  8F  by  E.  J  E.  to  the  point  ui)on  which  the  citadel  of  the 
second  Russian  settlement,  Xew  Archangel,  was  erected,  and  at  which  the  principal  wharf  antl  landing 
for  the  present  town  is  situated.  Thence  to  Marshall  Islet,  forming  the  norther\i  i)oint  of  entrance  to 
Silver  Bay  or  Screbrennikoff  .Vrm,*  the  ger.?ral  trend  of  the  shore,  overlooking  n\inierous  minor  inden- 
tations, is  E.  J  N.  aOout  two  and  a  quarter  miles.  Eastward  from  the  imier  end  of  the  western  chan- 
nel the  space  between  the  various  groups  of  islets  and  the  Baranoff  shore  rapidly  diminisiies  in  u!.i>l. 
N.  and  8.  from  half  a  mile  at  the  forniec  locality  to  not  over  a  cable  al)reast  of  tiie  |)ier  at  Sitka  itself, 
east  ivard  of  whiiih  it  again  widens  to  itb  junction  with  the  eastern  channel.  The  gi-onp  of  islands  which 
protects  the  anchorage  of  Sitka  is  about  two  and  a  half  miles  long  in  an  cast  and  west  direction  and  a 
mile  and  a  half  broad.  It  is  divided  into  two  nearly  equal  portions  by  the  michllo  channel,  which 
extends  f^on  the  sound  in  a  northerly  dii-ection,  terminating  near  the'  western  end  of  the  eastern 
anchorage.  The  group  is  bounded  on  the  west  and  northwest  by  the  western  chaimel,  and  on  the  east 
;.nd  southeast  by  tiie  eastern  channel  leading  to  the  harbor. 

In  the  western  division  of  this  little  archipelago  there  are  more  than  thirty  islets  and  rocks,  of 
which  the  larirest,  forming  the  southern  shore  of  the  western  anchorage,  is  Japonski  Island.f  a  mile  in 
length  W.  by  S.  and  35.  by  N.  and  nearly  half  as  wide.  This  island  is  moderately  low,  partly  woodetl, 
ancl  near  its  eastern  end  "vas  situated  the  meteorological  and  physi«il  observatory,  niaintainetl  here  by 
Russia  for  many  years — the  building  now  forming  part  of  the  coal  depot  of  the  U.  S.  Navy.  Thirty- 
one  metres  S.  433  W.  from  the  sruthc'  -rtcrn  corner  of  this  old  building  is  the  new  ast'-onomical  station 
of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey ,J;  established  in  1 880,  and  situated  in 


Ijatitude  --.-■ J 57°  02' 52".e  N. 

Longitude 135°  20'  19".8  W. 

From  it  the  flag-staff  on  theold  governor's  house  bore,  in  1 880, 8.  77°  45'.5  E.  true,  and  N.  73°  10'.7 
E.  by  compass,  the  resulting  magnetic  declinati(m  being  29  04'. 8  easterly. 

The  next  in  importance  in  this  division  is  Makhnati  (Rorugh  or  Rugged)  l8land,§  which  lies 
about  a  mile  south  from  the  western  end  of  Japonski  Island  on  the  southern  margin  of  the  group,  and 
serves  as  a  landmark  for  inward  bound  vessels.  Upon  it  the  U.  S.  Navy  in  1880  erected  a  ])yi-ainidal 
wooffen  mark  at  the  top  of  the  bluff,  rising  seventy-two  feet  above  the  water,  and  cidled  by  them  the 
West  Beacon.  The  island  is  thirty  feet  high  and  of  small  extent,  with  a  rocky  southerly  face  of  dark 
i-olor,  and  tolerably  high  fi]>ruee  trees  covering  its  surface.  The  height  and  dark  color  of  the  bluff 
rontr.Tstal  with  the  surf  at  its  base,  together  with  itssoutliern  position  immediately  fronting  the  soMn<l, 
n'uder  it  the  most  conspicuous  of  all  the  -islets,  often  visible  when  the  othei-s  are  covered  with  for,  and 
the  fii-st  to  nppear  when  the  fog  rolls  inland  before  a  westerly  breeze.  1'he  beacon  is  a  little  mote  than 
a  mile  and  five-eighths  SW.  J  8.  from  the  end  of  th"  pier  at  Sitka. 

Sf)uth  two  and  a  half  ad)les  from  the  beacon  is  edcon  Rock  with  ten  feet  of  water  ovc^r  it  at  low 
water. 

NW.  J  N.  four  cables  from  the  West  Beacon  o  Signal  Island,!!  of  small  extent,  on  which  in  the 
:ar\\  part  of  the  c«;ntury  a  bcm-on  was  lighted  on  the  a-rival  of  a  ve^vsel  in  the  sound.  The  myriad  of 
islands  and  the  dec-eptive  appearance  of  the  land  from  which  the  former  are  not  readily  distinguished, 
even  by  those  familiar  with  the  region,  rendered  the  column  of  smoke  by  day  or  fire  by  night  almost 
equally  servicitable.     It  is  about  a  mile  and  three-quarters  8W.  by  W.  from  Sitka  jjier. 

From  Signal  Island  N.  i  W,  eight  cables,  forming  the  curning  point  of  the  Western  ('hannel,  is 
Battery  Island.fi  formerly  occupied  by  an  old  earthwork  of  defense  now  obliterated.  It  is  about  a 
mile  and  threc-t'ighths  W.  it  S.  from  Sitka  pier. 

Turning  (Povarotnoi)  Islet,  of  small  extent,  is  of  interest  only  as  Iwi  ig  the  nortlieastcrinnost  of 
the  Jajmnski  Grou-^jlmd  as  forming  the  western  extreme  of  the  iiorthern  moulli  of  .Mitldle  t'hiuniel. 
The  other  princil>ai  islands  indudetl  in  the  western  (livision  which  it  does  not  seem  nci-essary  to  <lescribe 

*  NHined  fur  Riifus  SerebmiiikoS;  «h<.  U.M  hU  life  «xploHng  Ihe  Atim  or  Copper  River  in  lf?4S ;  hi«  u.inic  bus  been  spi'llcil 
Seiehnmikofi' mul  aM-ebriiiiljov.  Briti-b  Adniirall;  "hnrt  chllK  tlie  buy  Berebrlnlkov  Cove,  htkI  thv  num.'  of  Silver  liny  whk 
npiilifd  by  ihe  iniiiMD  who  diMMive,—"  V!'>,eii.l  bidos  of  (  riicioim  niel«l»  near  its  enslerii  extreir.e  »iiice  ibe  Aiiieriean  oii'upatiuii. 

'  Viinied  hy  tliu  KiiBBiaiio  JftpanesB  or  Yav-^nnUol  ManC  frotii  tlie  resiib'iice  Ibere  of  woine  ,Iiipiiiie»e  ciiilorH  wbo  were  rescued 
IVorn  tbe  storm  drifted  hulk  of  ii  ./apmie^e  junk  ca.'  on  Ibeee  eliores  in  1H05..  Il  lia»  al^o  been  written  Japonakol  Island. 

t  Tb«  new  KiBlioii  i«  wmiiwsed  of  tjiree  wooden  piors  solidly  imbedded  in  the  ground  and  reaebiiiK  to  Hie  .inface.  ami  in  th« 
.snlCT  tt  wooden  po.t.  iolirtly  wl  extending  thr«.  or  four  inchoB  alM.ve  tbe  groinid.  with  a  lack  iniirkln;;  Ibe  renter  . 

•  AIho  entered  on  chuHs  of  not  recent  dato  a"  L.MBOl  (Woody  oi  Wooded),  Mokhnatol,  or  Moknatol  Island. 
IIMaUolmol  (Signal)  liUmd  of ''Hsilieff  in  li-M9,  MayMteehndl.  an.l  Slgnal-Ujht  laland  of  other  .bart*. 
f  Batarelnol  of  tlie  FuiRiao*  in  1P09. 


of  I  lie  atalioii. 


142 


SITKA   SOUND. 


'I 


in  detail,  are,  from  east  westerly:  Aleutski,  Harbor,'  Alice,  Love,  Charcoal,'  Fruit,  Frits,  and  Volga 
islands  ;  Alexander  and  Nepoverotnoi  rocks ;  Stewart,  Nevski,  Smith,  Beshimosti,  Virublennoi, 
Oold,  Sasedni,  Kirushkin,  Mogilnoi ''  and  Line  islands,  and  Nicholson  Bocks. 

Southwest  from  Japonski  Island  and  between  it  and  the  Sasedni  Group,  opening  to  the  Western 
C'lannel,  is  a  clear  space  half  a  mile  long  E.  and  W.  and  half  as  wide,  with  from  five  to  thirteen  fath- 
oms water,  which  has  been  named  Whiting  Harbor  by  tiie  U.  S.  Navy.  The  l)ottom  is  uneven,  but 
the  iiolding-grouud  is  said  to  be  good  and  the  anchorage  to  be  especially  protected  against  northeasterly 
gales.     No  directions  other  than  the  chart*  appear  to  be  necessary  for  it. 

The  Oalankin  Oroup  lie  to  the  eastward  of  the  Middle  Channel,  between  it  and  the  Eastern 
Channel.  The  largest  one  of  them  is  Oalankin  Island,t  about  six  cables  long  W  NW.  and  E  NE., 
the  nortliern  end  l)eing  thi-ee-qunrters  of  a  mile  about  SB.  from  the  pier  at  Sitka.  It  is  about  a  '^ble 
.and  a  half  in  width,  rather  low  and  woode<i.  Tlie  next  in  size  in  the  Galankin  Group  are  Bamdo- 
roshni  and  Whale|  Islands,  both  southwest  from  Galnnkin  Island,  fronting  on  the  Eastern  Channel, 
movlerate  in  height,  irregular  in  form  and  woodeil.  Their  southeastern  extremes  are  alwut  three  cables 
.  apart  NE.  and  SW.,  and  nearly  the  same  distance  intervenes  between  the  SE.  end  of  Gdankin  and  tliat  of 
Banidoroshni,  and  also  on  the  other  hand  between  the  SE.  end  of  W!  ale  Island  and  that  of  the  group 
of  rotiks  known  as  the  Kayak  Islets. 

Eight  cables  NE.  from  the  SE.  end  of  Galankin  lies  a  rovky  patch  in  four  fathoms.  It  is  nearly 
midway  between  Galankin  Island  and  Marshall  Islet  on  the  Baranoft"  shore,  in  the  same  trend.  About 
five  and  a  half  cables  north  from  the  SE.  end  of  Galankin  are  the  Twins,  forming  the  inner  northern 
extreme  of  the  Eastern  Channel,  two  small  rocky  islets.  A  quarter  of  a  mile  north  of 
Rocky  Patch.  the  NW.  end  of  Galankin  is  Kutkan  Island,^  which  fovms  the  NW.  extreme  of  the 
groups  and  the  eastern  inner  extreme  of  the  Middle  Channel.  This  smal'  islet  forms 
the  NW.  extreme  of  the  group  and  the  eastern  of  the  two  northern  extremes  of  Middle  Channel.  About 
a  mile  SW.  from  the  SE.  point  of  Galankin  lies  the  eastern  end  of  the  Kayak  Islets,  which  at  high 
water  com])rise  a  number  of  rocks  separated  l)y  shoal  water  forming  a  cluster  about  three  cables  W  NW. 
and  E  SE.  This  forms  the  southern  and  western  extreme  of  the  Galankin  Group  and  the  northern 
point  of  the  outer  entrance  of  the  Eastern  Channel.  From  the  western  jwint  of  this  reef  W.  two 
and  a  half  cables  lie  the  Passage  Islands,!!  forming  the  southern  and  westtrn  extreme  of  the  Gralankin 
Group  and  the  northern  point  of  entrance  to  the  Middle  Channel,  as  recommended  by  the  U.  S.  Navy. 
Two  and  a  half  cables  W.  from  these  lie  the  Surf  Books,^  which  are  connected  by  a  reef  or  shoal  at 
low  water  and  on  each  side  of  whii^h  there  is  a  navigable  channel,  forming  an  entrance  to  the  Middle 
Channel.  P"'our  ciibles  N  NE.  J  E.  from  the  principal  Surf  Kock  lies  Keene  Rock** 
Keene  Rock.  with  fourteen  feet  of  water  over  it  at  lowest  tides.  This  rock  consists  of  a  patch  about 
seventy-five  yards  long  SE.  by  S.  and  NW.  by  N.,  which  has  at  the  northern  fpid  sev- 
eral pinnacle  heads  clustered  together  in  a  space  ten  yards  in  extent  with  sixteen  feet  over  it  at  low 
water,  fidling  away  at  twenty  yards  distant  to  seven  fathoms,  steep-to,  and  having  at  the  southern  end  a 
pinnacle  with  fourteen  feet  over  it;  in  summer  it  is  sometimes  marked  by  kelp.  This  rock  has  long 
been  known  to  local  pilots,  and  was  reported  to  Lieutenant  Craig,  U.S.  S.  Alaska,  by  Pilot  J.  AV. 
Keene,  in  1879,  by  whom  it  was  made  known  to  the  Navy  Diepartment. 


ri 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  AVOIDING  KEENE  ROCK. 

For  vessels  drawing  less  than  twelve  feet  of  water  this  nxjltdoes  not  constitute  a  serious  danger 
in  entering  the  Middle  Channel  by  the  old  passage  between  Surf  Rocks  and  Makhnati  Island.  I^arger 
vessels  should  not  attempt  this  jwififenge. 

In  entering  here,  round  Surf  Rock  as  soon  as  possible  and  bring  it  to  bear  SW.  |  8.  astern,  which 
course  niade  good  carries  clear  of  all  dangers  into  the  eastern  anchorage. 

P>om  Volga  Island  B.  by  N.  \  N.  a  cable  and  two-thirds  lies  the  northeastern  edge  of  a  patch, 
called  the  Milclu//  Rockx,  nearly  in  the  fairway  of  the  northern  part  of  the  Middle  Channel.  They  have 
seven  to  eleven  feet  (tf  water  over  them  at  lowest  water  and  in  summer  are  usiully  marked  by  kelp. 

'  Oavanikol  of  Vnsilit-ft',  '  Ugolnol  uf  Vasilivlf,  '  HogUnoi  (Grave)  Iiland  uf  Vagilit-IT  In  1809,  Sbell  IiUnd  of  a  later  cliiiit. 

•  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  Chart  No.  708  of  1881,  or  Britii>li  Admiralty'  Cliart  No.  a348,  wlilion  of  188*,  not  earlier  ntiliont. 

t  Nairifil  by  'ritliixiikoti',  iiUo  appearing  on  cliartB  as  Feacbani  or  Sandjr  Island  or  Islet. 

t  KltOTel  (Whale)  laUnd  of  N'at-ilieff  in  I'^OO,  also  written  Quito vray,  anil  by  error  Wlinluhone  Island,  on  some  charts, 

$  Kucbkan,  Kukhkan,  Popoff,  Stanovol  or  Garden  Islet,  named  jy  the  Rnssiaiis  after  a  noted  Indian  chief  uf  8itka  who 
free<l  all  his  slavex  and  enilirnced  Christianity. 

II  Prokboda  ^Passage)  Islands  of  \'a»ilielf  in  1809:  Prokodl,  Golol  (or  Bare)  Islands  ot  others. 

H  PoUvnot  or  Bumn  Books  of  the  Russians  since  1809.     Meaning  surf-naslied  rocks ;  by  eiTor,  BoUmol  Bocks. 

•*  The  position  of  this  ruck,  according  to  V.  P.  N.  I'ydrographic  Notice,  No.  35 of  1879  and  No.  5  'if  1880,  beins;  somewlint  dis- 
crepant, the  completed  chart  of  the  officers  of  the  Jametfomi,  V.  8.  Coast  Survey  H..rbor  Chart  No.  708,  and  the  copy  Issued  b/ 
the  llrilish  Aihniraltr  Office,  being  N'j,  2348  of  188.2,  has  been  taken  aa  correct  fur  the  pnr{)oses  of  this  description  and  the  siib- 
eequenl  sailing  directions. 


*  'I 


DANGERS. 


143 


S.  astern,  which 


DIRECTIONS  FOR  AVOIDING  MITCHELL  ROCKS. 

Surf  Rocks  astern  SW.  g  S.  carries  in  in  mid  channel,  or,  from  a  jwint  one  hundred  yards  west 
from  Rose  Rock  keep  the  middle  of  Turning  Island  N.  by  E.  until  the  middle  of  Volga  Island  bears 
SW.  by  W.  J  W.,  when  a  NE.  by  N.  course  carries  clear  into  the  eastern  anchorage. 

One  cable  NW.  by  N.  from  th^  northwestern  most  dry  nwk  of  the  Passage  Islands  is  a  jMitch 
marked  by  kelp,  consisting  of  submerged  rocks  with  ten  feet  of  water  over  them  at  lowest  water,  erro- 
neously marked  two  and  three -quarters  fathoms  on  the  1882  edition  of  Britioh  Admiralty  Chart  Xo. 
2348.     They  have  five  to  ten  fathoms  immediately  about  them. 

In  passing  between  the  Passage  Islands  and  Surf  Rocks  the  navigator  should  »void  going  east- 
ward of  L^id-channel,  Volga  Island  bearing  NE.  by  N.  |  N.,  until  Surf  Rocks  beiirs  fiW.  by  W. 
asiern.     It  would  be  better  to  avoid  this  passag-e  entirely.   ' 

The  southeastern  margin  of  the  Galankin  Group  has  several  off-lying  dangers.  E.  J  N.  from  the 
easternmost  Kayak  Is'et,  SW.  by  S.  from  the  eastern  tangent  of  Galankin  Island  and  about  a  cable  and 
a  half  S.  by  B.  from  the  southern  shore  of  Whale  Island,  is  Simpson  Rock,  discovereil  and  na  led  by 
the  officers  of  H.  M.  S.  Deradation  in  1 862.  It  has  about  seven  feet  of  water  over  it  at  lowest  water, 
by  enor  two  and  a  quarter  fathoms  on  the  1882  edition  of  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2;548. 

About  six  and  a  half  cables  NE.  |  E.  from  Simpson  Rock  is  Tsaritza  Rock,  named  for  a  Russian 
vessel  which  struck  upon  it.  There  is  eight  feet  of  water  over  this  rock  at  lowest  water,  and  it  is 
almdst  exactly  in  line  with  the  southern  tangent  of  Bamdoroshni  Island  E.  J  S.  and  W.  J  N.,  at  its 
intereection  by  the  eastern  tangent  of  Galankin  Island  S.  }  E.  and  N.  J  W.,  and  about  two  and  three- 
quarters  cables  from  the  nearest  point  of  the  shore  of  each  of  them. 

Due  east  from  the  Twins  about  six  cables  is  a  rorl.-i/  patch  in  four  fathoms,  which  at  low  water 
should  be  avoided  by  vessels  drawing  over  twenty-one  feet  of  water. 

Other  islets  and  rocks  of  the  Galankin  Gmnii,  which  it  seems  superlluous  to  dcscril)e  in  detail  and 
for  which  the  navigator  is  referred  to  the  ref  issued  (iharts,  are  the  Ball  group,  which  includes 

among  others  the  Twins '  and  Horn'' Island,  ii>'  '  .iiorf,  McClellanaiid  Beardsley  xfnip-  Breast, 
Katz  and  Sheep ^  islands,  Ferabee  and  Rose  ruok^,  Hoc&W'  il  Island  and  the  >!>'  < -inentioued 
Kayak*  Islets. 

Southeastward  from  the  fairway  of  the  Eastern  Channel,  i «  iw. en  it  and  the  shores  of  the  sound,  arc 
severtl  islands  and  groujjs  of  islands,  together  with  one  dangcrou>  i  k.  The  lai  r,  .lamed  for  a  ship 
which  struck  upon  it  in  1855,  was  called  by  the  Ruf-sians  Zenobia  Hock,  and  has  l"<!n 
on  the  earlier  charts  placed  in  different  positions  or  even  in  two  places  on  one  and  ilic  Zenobia  Rock. 
same  chart.  From  the  olwervations  of  the  U.  S.  Navy  it  has  been  locate  1  detinitcly 
SB.  by  S.  J  S.  from  West  Beacon  and  SW.  \  S.  from  East  Beacon,  and  al"  it  seven  mbles  west  from 
the  shore  of  Long  or  Dolgoi  Island.  It  has  fifteen  feet  least  water  on  :'nd  is  really  out  of  the 
channel  except  for  a  vessel  endeavoring  to  work  in  against  a  iiead  wind. 


TO  AVOID  ZENOBIA  ROCK. 


'cars  E  NE.,  when 


After  passing  Vitskari  Rocks,  the  course  is  NE.  I  N.  until  East  1' 
Eastern  Channel  may  be  enterinl  clear  of  the  rock.  • 

On  the  eastern  side  of  the  channel  northward  from  Point  Burunoff  the.  islets  form  three  principal 
groujjs,  none  of  which  have  any  special  importance.  The  largest  island  is  Dolgoi  or  Long  Island, 
trending  NE.  J  E.  and  SW.  J  W.  and  quite  narrow.  Behind  Mertz  Islet,  on  its  northern  shore,  is  a 
convenient  little  laud-|ocked  cove  affording  safe  anchorage  for  boats  in  two  fathoms.  Two  cables  NE. 
from  Long  Island  is  Emgeten*  Island,  rather  high,  compact,  and  like  all  these  islets  pretty  densely 
woodeil. 

Nearly  four  cables  N  NW.  from  ^^ertz  Islet,  with  a  clear  passage  i)etwt'en  it  and  them,  lie  the  two 
small  ]{elknap  Islets,  immediately  westward  from  which  is  a  line  of  eight  rocks  or  islets  connected  bv 
reefs,  called  by  Vasilieff  The  Eck holms,!  just  westward  fr.)m  which  again  is  Liar  R<Kk,t  of  small 
extent,  the  southeastern  jroint  of  entrance  to  the  Eastern  Chunnel.  On  the  middle  Eckholm  East 
Beacon  has  been  erected  by  the  U.  S.  Navy  and  is  a  jiyrumidal  wooden  structure  like  that  on  Makhnati 
Island,  rising  to  seventy-two  feet  above  the  water. 

'  DTOliil-l)p»t»ff  of  Vn.ilieff.    ■•  RokUova  w  ROBOT*  of  Vii.ilie«-  in  1809.     '  Baranl  ( Bheep)  Island  of  VuBilieW.    <  Kayak  of 
ViiKitifrt;  orroiieoiiBly  written  Haralk,  Kayatcbl  Rii<i  Kayalrtch. 

•  Niiinwl  by  Vswilieff  ill  1H09;  i-tfHrrtxl  to  in  liit.'r  clmrlsi  u»  Engaylen,  Emgayten,  BmbaUnl,  etc. 
t  Ek-sallt-tnl)  by  error  on  a  oliart  imued  by  tie  Coast  Survey  in  1*09. 
tKamon L(UII  of  Vanilivlf,  Fall*  Rock  >>;  miatriinRlation. 


144 


SITKA  SOUND. 


Northward  nearly  half  a  mile,  from  Emgeten  Island  lie  the  Kutohuma'  group  of  islets,  com- 
prising in  the  order  of  their  size  Berry ,^  Error,'  Boidarkin,*  Luce,  Fassett  and  Martin'  islands  or  islets. 
There  arc  several  reefs  among  them,  but  no  off-lying  ones. 

A  couple  of  (iiMi'.s  northward  i'rom  Fiussett  Island  is  a  projection  of  the  main  shore,  narrow,  bluff, 
steep-to,  called  Silver  Point;  iininetliately  nortJdast  f:  m  it  is  the  small  Cobb  Islet,  east  from  which 
is  a  small  cove  iiffonling  anchorage. 

About  a  mile  and  a  iialf  northward  from  Silver  Point  is  a  projection  of  the  Baranoff  shore  with 
several  islands  cl<w  to  it.  Westward  the  .^'lore  recedes  to  forma  tovc  alraut  half  a  mile  in  extent, 
named  by  the  Navy  .famestown  Bay,  where  a  convenient  watering ,  place  is  found.  The  western  head 
of  the  cove  is  marked  by  Cannon  (Pushki)  Island  of  Vasilieff;  wefii,  of  the  eastern  head  are  situated 
Quertin,  Ring,  Dove  anil  Minett  islets,  and  east  from  it,  separated  by  the  narrow  Ellsworth  Cut,  lie 
Harris  ind  Marshall  islets,  of  small  extent.  Jamestown  Bay  aftbrds  shelter  only  for  small  craft 
behind  the  islands,  being  open  to  a  southerly  swell.     It  li  is  five  to  fourteen  fathoms  in  it. 

Three-fiuarters  of  a  mile  NE.  by  E.  from  Harris  Islets  lies  the  entrance  to  Silver  Say  or  Sere- 
brennikoff  Arm,*  which  formsan  extensive  but  narrow  inlet.  The  headlands  are  not  name<1  The  north- 
ern and  western  one  is  situate<l  in  latitude  57°  10'  and  two  and  a  half  miies  E.  by  N.  from  the  citadel 
at  Sitka.  The  opposite  or  eastern  headland  is  situated  from  the  former  E  BE.  a  quarter  of  a  mile. 
Both  are  bold,  the  depth  of  water  in  tlv  entrance  being  over  fifty  fathoms.  The  inlet  trends  from  the 
entrance  in  an  N  NE.  direction  less  than  a  mile,  whence  it  trends  at  nearly  a  right  angle  and  to  the 
E  SE.,  in  which  general  direction  it  extends  four  miles,  receiving  sevend  streams  two  of  which  enter  the 
head  of  the  arm.  One  which  enters  herefrom  the  south  aboundf  .n  salmon  and  yyna  formerly  trapped 
at  its  mouth,  where  in  the  proper  season  the  Ruasians  had  an  establishment  for  the  preparation  of  tht 
fish  for  winter  use.  There  are  one  or  two  small  coves  on  the  northern  shore  and  an  insignificant  islet 
at  the  head  of  the  arm.  The  mountains  rise  on  either  shore  to  a  height  not  exceeding  two  thousand 
feet  and  are  densely  wooded.  The  width  of  the  arm  does  noi  exceed  three-quarters  of  a  mile  ai  a.iy 
point,  and  it  hiis  not  been  sounded  so  far  as  known.  Its  chief  importance  is  Jerived  from  the  discovery 
of  gold  and  silver  bearing  leadsf  iii  the  mountains  on  the  north  at  a  short  distance  from  the  sea. 

From  the  head  of  this  arm  the  northeastern  extreme  of  Deep  Lake  is  distimt  only  some  three  miles 
iii  a  southeasterly  dirct^tion. 

From  the  SE.  headland  of  Serebrennikoff  Arm  the  entrance  of  Niprohodni  |  Bay,  a  small  and  very 
narrow  inlet,  bears  S.  half  a  niile.  It  wtts  named  by  the  Russians  in  1809.  This  bay  extends  ..  mile 
and  a  quarter  NE.  by  E.  from  the  entrance,  and  is  of  a  spectacle  shape,  consisting  of  two  small  basins 
connected  by  a  boat  passage.  The  entrance  is  choked  by  an  islet;  it  has  n.i  been  sounded  and  is  of 
no  value  to  navigi  tion.  Immediately  southward  adjacent  to  this  bay  is  anotlier  narrow  inlet  called  by 
the  Russians  Kadiak  Cove  or  Nachlezhnia;  this  extends  in  a  nearly  due  east  direction  from  the 
entrance,  about  a  mile  and  a  quarter.  It  is  nowliere  over  two  cables  wide.  An  islet  olistructs  the 
entrance  leaving  a  narrow  passage  especially  on  the  north  ;  within  are  from  five  to  fifteen  fathoms  over  a 
muddy  bottom.    The  Russians  had  a  fisli-packinu;  station  at  the  head,  where  some  small  streams  como  in. 

SW.  by  S.  two  nnles  from  the  SE.  headland  'f  Serebrennikoff  Arm  a  point  is  formeil  from  which 
the  shore  trends  to  the  eastward.  This  point  (iiim-  the  northern  headland  of  Aleutkina§  Bay,  and 
from  it  a  mile  S.  |  E.  lies  the  opposite  headland  ;  neither  is  named.  Off  the  mouth  of  this  bay  lie  the 
Kutchunia  Islets;  within  it,  aloii^'  its  northern  shore,  are  several  others.  The  bay  extends  to  the 
eastward  about  two  miles,  the  eastern  half  being  only  two  or  three  cables  wide  and  curving  to  the 
northward.  There  is  a  clear  passage  along  the  southern  shore  with  from  seven  to  twenty-three  fath- 
oms re|)ortetl.  Two  small  streams  cortie  in  from  the  eastward,  where  formerly  were  Ru&sian  fishing 
stiitions.  This  bay  presents  no  advantages  for  navigation.  Its  southern  headland  also  forms  the 
northern  headland  of  another  bight  callctl  Sandy||  Cove,  which  is  fornieci  immetliately  U)  the  S.  and  SE. 
of  the  point  above  mentioned  and  is  about  half  a  mile  in  extent  in  ei'.her  direction.  It  cannot  be  said 
to  have  any  definite  southern  or  westet-n  headland,  as  the  coast  trends  for  two  miles  W  SW.  to  Caj)e 
Burunoff  with  oidy  minor  irregularities.  The  cove  contains  sciral  rocks,  one  of  which  is  .submerged 
and  about  in  the  middle  of  the  cove,  half  way  from  the  northei  n  shore  to  the  islets  on  the  other  side, 
from  which  last  the  rock  bears  about  N.  J  E.  From  the  northeastern  angle  of  thu,  cove  an  opening 
one  or  two  cables  wide  extends  to  the  eastward,  forming  the  enii.ince  of  DeepT[  Inlet. 

'  Kutcbuma  of  Vusilii'tViii  I'^'OU.  iiUo  ciilU'd  Boldarkagrdiip:  Kutcbiuma  <f  Tnbioiikofl'.  -Tagodnol  (Berry)  bland  of  Vnsi- 
lioif.  ''OBbibki  (Error)  Islet  i>t'  ViiKiliutt',  Elgolm  and  Osblpkl  (in  oilier  clmrix.  '  Numed  by  Vosiiietf.  ''Pa«<ak  (Oravel)  Islet  of 
Vapiliett'. 

"Nnineil  by  Tebieiikulf  in  18.')0  nftei-  Riifiis  Serebrennikofl',  erroneously  written  Serebri'.ikov,  s  RuBsiaii  explorer  of  the 
Atnn  River;  but  is  better  known  Icioiilly  as  iSilver  Buy. 

tTliese  nietiilx  uiidciiibicdiy  exist  in  llie  rock  liiken  out  from  some  of  the  reported  vein'.,  but  the  want  of  capital  todcvelop 
the  mines  hns  prevented  liitberlo  tlie  exenvations  neeessiiry  to  form  any  just  estiiniile  of  tlii-ir  value. 

i  No  Tborougbfare ;  Borosbki  or  Paroibkl  of  Tebienkolf  in  1841), 

i  Named  by  the  niiKxinii  iiiitborities  in  1809;  which  is  the  Leeiia  or  Leeioflkkala  of  '''ebienkolf. 

II  Of  Russian  aiUhoiilies  of  IrtOl),  (reslchunia.) 

H  Oloubokala  of  Russian  authorities  of  1809,  and  othera,  and  Oorokbova  Bay  of  Tebienkolf. 


SITKA  SOUND. 


145 


Thi3  bay  extends  with  a  gentle  curve,  of  which  the  convexity  is  to  the  south,  nt-aily  four  milw  in 
a  generally  B.  J  S.  direction,  attaining  a  greatest  width  of  half  a  mile  at  two  miles  oast  from  the  en- 
trance, and  averaging  four  cables  in  width  throughout.  In  the  entrance  seventeen  fathoms  is  the  least 
water  a.,'>cated  by  the  original  surveys,  and  at  the  head  thirty.  Throughout  the  greater  portion  no 
bottom  has  been  found  with  fifty  fathoms  of  line.  There  is  a  minute  islet  in  the  entmnce  near  the 
southern  shore. 

In  some  tolerably  recent  maps  a  "canal  passage"  is  marked  connecting  the  head  of  this  bay  with 
an  indentation  of  Chatham  Strait.  It  was  even  proposed  to  use  this  "route"  for  extending  the  tele- 
graph to  Sitka.  There  is  no  evidence  worthy  of  attention  to  indicate  the  existelice  of  such  a  passage 
communicating  with  Sitka  Sound,  and  in  fact  its  non-existence  is  almfwt  a  certainty. 

Two  small  runs  come  in  at  the  head  of  Deep  Inlet  and  there  is  a  portage  from  their  headwaters 
to  the  h^waters  oi  a  stream  falling  into  Serebrennikoft"  Arm. 

SW.  by  W.  i  W.  two  and  a  half  miles  from  the  entrance  of  Deep  Inlet  lies  Cape  Burunoff.* 

The  cape  is  broad,  wooded,  and  not  high,  with  several  islets  and  many  rocks  in  its  vicinity,  form- 
ing a  patch  extending  a  third  of  a  mile  SW.  by  W.  J  W.  from  the  cape.  Another  patch  of  similar 
cliaracter  is  situated  a  short  distance' outside  of  the  last,  bearing  fr;m  the  cape  SW.  and  extending 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  it.  The  diameter  of  this  patch  is  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  N  NW.  and 
S  SB.;  it  is  constantly,  white  with  breakers,  the  cause  which  led  to  naming  the  cnyte  as  above. 

Cape  Burunoff  is  free  from  islets  to  the  NW.,  where  ten  fathoms  may  be  carried  to  a  cable's  length 
of  the  shore.     A  mile  due  west  from  the  cape  is  a  sunker^.  rook  stated  to  have  fijur  '"athoins  o;i  it. 

A  mile  and  a  third  W.  by  S.  ^  S.  from  the  cape  lies  Kuliohkoff  Book  or  islet  and  rcefi.t 

Kulichkoff  is  a  small  compact  mass,  of  rock  a  cable  long  N.  and  S.  and  steep-to.  It  is  ten  feet  or 
more  in  height  above  high-water  mark,  and  not  "awash  "  as  British  Admiralty  Chart  Xo.  2:VM  de<iiares. 
It  is  somewhat  difficult  to  land  upon,  owing  to  the  ocean  swell  and  its  steep  sides.  From  its  highest  part 
the  Rock  NW.  of  Biorka  bore  S.  0°  30'  E.;  the  S.  edge  of  St.  Lazaria  Island  S.  57  J°  W.;  the  northern 
edge  S.  69§°  W.;  the  south  end  of  the  principal  Vitskari  Rock  S.  e7j°  W.;  the  station  occuj)ied  on 
Vitskari  by  the  Coast  Survey  party  S.  69^°  W.;  the  citadel  at  Sitka  N.  16j°  E.;  and  Mount  Versto- 
vaia  N.  26j°  E.    According  to  B«irdslee,  West  Beacon  bears  N.  2°  E.  from  Kulichkoff  Rock. 

A  cable  and  a  half  the  northward  (N.  2eJ°  W.)  of  Kulichkoff  lies  a  small  patch  of  rocks  aWiwh. 
Between  them  and  the  islet  is  a  passage  with  seven  and  a  half  to  twelve  fathoms  of  water  over  rocky 
bottom.! 

S  SW.  of  Kulichkoff  half  a  cable  is  said  to  be  another  similar  rock,  but  notlrng  was  seen  of  it 
tliougli  ti  considerable  swell  was  rolling  in  from  seaward. 

These  observations  place  Kulichkoff  and  its  associated  dangers  two-tliirds  of  a  mile  eastward 
from  their  position  on  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2337,  with  relation  to  the  points  mentioned. 

From  Kulichkoff  SW.  by  W.  |  W.  three  miles  lies  the  principal  rofk  of  the  group,  known  as 
tht  Vitskari§  Books,  which  is  an  islet  two  cables  in  length. 

This  entire  group  is  farther  to  the  southward,  and  the  individual  patches  are  smaller  and  closer 
together  than  indicated  by  British  Admiralty  mrt  No.  2337.  The  long  reef  stretching  NE.  by  E. 
on  that  publication  has  no  existence  in  fact,  as  was  noticed  in  1867  by  the  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  officers. 


"Breakers;  of  the  early  HuBsiaii  and  tbe  II. 8.  Coast  Survey  cliarta,  BoniftimeH  spelled  Bonrounov,  &o.,  and  re-iinnied 
Tolstoi  or  Broad  Cape  by  Tebieiikoff,— tliU  name,  Tolalol,  being  repeated  by  liiin  In  tbe  vicliiily  of  nearly  every  port  in  tbe 
Territory. 

t  Tliese  were  named  at  an  early  day  by  Rnssian  explorent,  wbn  used  it  in  the  above  form  in  1809 ;  Teblenkiift'  ckIIh  it  Kullobek ; 
liritisb  Admiralty  Chart  No.  3337,  Kullcli;  II.  S.  Hydrograpbio  No.  225,  KoiUltiltoff,  &c.    The  name  nn'ans  Snips  Book. 

In  tbii*  connection  it  is  neceeHary  to  call  attention  to  a  series  of  errors  in  ecnmeolion  with  this  and  tln^  Vitskari  Rocks,  and 
to  the  ;;:"crepaMeies  of  the  charts.  The  British  Ailmirulty  Chart  No.  8337,  makes  Sitka  Siinnd  narrower  and  longer  than  does 
Tebienkolf  by  ab<nit  a  mile  each  way,  and  agrees  in  this  with  the  Knssiaii  HydroKniphie  Ofllee  Cliuit  No.  i;«)7, 1848.  Hut  nearly 
all  the  "additions"  made  to  the  Russian  chart  are  errors  of  the  most  palpable  ebaracter.  Tbe  position  of  Knlichkort'  and  \'ils- 
kaii,  of  the  reefs  about  them,  of  their- elevation  and  their  :'Xtent,  as  well  as  that  of  the  reef  near  Biorka.  have  been  known  for 
some  tiiii  to  be  exceedingly  emineous.  In  1874  this  rock  and  Vitskari  were  visiteil  by  the  I'.  S.  Coast  Snrv.'y  ami  comparative 
observations  made;  but  owing  to  the  mnnt  of  work  involved  in  correcting  the  leading-points  of  the  whole  ..ound  tbe  deter, 
luinations  were  obliged  to  be  depend,  i  u  the  correct  relative  positions  of  the  citadel  at  Sitka,  the  rock  a!  the  KW.  angle  of 
liiorka,  and  the  Island  of  St.  Li  aria,  if  the  relative  positions  of  these  points  in  the  Uussini  ;Hid  Biitisli  llydrographic  charts 
b."  eorrkitly  laid  down,  the  positio...  here  given  fo.'  ViUkari  and  Kulichkotf  will  be  also  correct,  and  tlie  distances  will  only  be 
subject  to  any  corrections  of  scale  on  the  charts  mentioi:ed. 

}  The  westernmost  rook  of  Kulichkoff  is  stated  by  Beardslee  to  bear 


'  nr   f,: 


We;,,  Deacon,  Makhnati  Island      This 


would  place  it  relatively  about  two-thirds  of  a  mile  east  from  its  present  position  on  any  of  lb.'  iliarts  of  Sitka  Soun.l ;  but  ahm- 
lut,hj,  having  regard  to  the  corrected  longitude  of  Sitka,  .iver  lialf  a  mile  west  from  its  position  on  any  chart ;  in  which  case  Vits- 
ka,i  and  all  the  western  shores  of  the  sonnd  w,.ii.a  have  to  be  shifted  about  the  same  distance  wesluard  from  their  present  p.,si- 


lions,  which,  from  other  bearings,  appears  to  be  cergjply  the  case.     See  U.  8.  Navy  Department,  Hydrographic  Notice  No.  f,  of 
1H80.  and  Notice  to  Mariners,  No.  81  of  1879.  ,    .  ......       .       ,  •    .u    l-     i-  i 

i  This  name  has  been  applie.1  to  these  rocks  since  the  earliest  Uassian  explorations  m  this  vio.n.ty,  though  m  the  Knglish 
edition  of  Llsiauski  tbey  are  termed  the  Kiddle  Islands. 

P.  0.  P. — 19 


I 


Sf:!^ 


i:' 


M'- 


m  5' 


146 


SITKA    SOUND. 


I'lie  group  consistH  of  tlie  i>riiici|>nl  Vitskari  Rock  and  another  directly  northward  from  it,  and 
separated  only  by  half  a  cable's  length.  These  are  guarded  for  a  cable  and  a  half  eastvvtird  from  their 
hasea  by  numerous  rocks,  though  the  water  is  hold-to.  Two  cabk>8  farther  to  the  N.  is  a  small  patch 
awash,  of  which  the  knob  of  one  rwk  is  usually  above  water.  W  SW.  from  these  half  a  mile  are 
two  or  three  dry  ro<rks,  "  foul  ground  extending  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  patch  awash.  A 
circle  described  with  a  ravli;  of  six  cables  from  the  northern  end  of  the  big  Vitskari  from  NE.  by 
N.  i  N.  around  by  N.  to  W.  covers  the  entire  area  of  dangers.  This  leaves  a  fairway  of  at  least  two 
and" a  half  miles  l)et\jeen  Vitskari  and  Kulichkoff',  for  the  use  of  navigators. 

From  the  station  on  the  highest  part  of  the  big  Vitskari  occupied  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey 
party,  the  following  bearings  were  obfaiined.  The  north  end  of  Kulicnkoft",  N.  70°  E.;  Rock  at  WW. 
end  of  Biorka,  S.  22^°  E.;  the  southern  edge  of  St.  Lazaria  Island,  B.  50J°  W.;  citadel  at  Sitka,  N. 
37°  E.;  Verstovaia  Peak,  N.  40°  E.  Midway  between  Vitskari  and  Kulichkoif  the  U.S.  C«)ast 
Survey  obtaini.'d  sixty-six  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 

The  big  Vitskari  has  been  recommended  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Su'-vey  as  a  site  for  a  light-house. 

In  1880  the  U.  S.  Mavy  erettol  on  Vitskari  a  conical  stone  beacon,  twenty  feet  in  diameter  at  the 
base  and  four  feet  in  diameter  at  the  top,  from  which  projects  a  post  five  feet  higher,  capped  by  a  large 
stone,  which  reaches  forty-one  feet  above  high  water,  and  should  be  visible  from  the  deck  of  an  ordinary 
vessel  on  a  clear  day  about  eleven  miles. 

A  Russian  jiilot  informed  Captain  Beardslee  tbataswn^m  rock  lies  about  two  and  a  quarter  miles 
NE.  by  N.  from  Vitskari,  with  two  fathoms  over  it  at  lowest  water.  Rejieated  inquiries  have  failed 
to  get  any  coiifirmatory  evident*  of  the  existence  of  this  rock,  which  cannot  be  said  to  be  established, 
other  local  navigators  denying  that  there  is  any  such  rock. 

Several  unchurtcd  bvmlitra  are  also  rumored  to  exist  between  Kulichkoff  Rock  and  Obsechki 
Islaiid  and  Cape  Burunotl'.  Thise,  if  they  exist,  are  out  of  the  way  of  vessels,  which  have  no  legiti- 
mate business  east  from  the  line  extending  from  Kulichkoff  Roc',  to  Vasilieff  Bank  or  Shoal. 

To  the  S.  and  S  SW.  of  Cape  Burunoff  the  shore  is  guarded  by  numerous  rocks  and  islets  of 
small  extent;  of  these  it  does  not  appear  important  to  refer  to  any  except  the  most  western,  which 
border  on  the  free  water  of  the  sound,  the  otheia  from  their  situation  having  only  a  nominal  relation 
to  thd  interests  of  navigation  at  pi-esent. 

Nearly  S  SW.  about  a  mile  and  a  half  from  Cape  Burunoff  lies  Obsechki  Islet,  a  small  knob  with 
twelve  fathoms  close  to  it  from  which  the  shore  to  the  eastward  is  about  a  mile  distant.  From  the  islet 
in  a  generally  SE.  by  E.  direction  an  irregular  line  of  roi,ks  and  islets  extends  for  several  miles.  Two 
miles  and  an  eighth  S  SW.  from  Burunoff  a  rocky  patch  is  located  by  the  early  Russian  charts,  with 
doubt,  under  the  name  of  the  Vasilieff*  Bank.  A  second  position  for  it  is  also  given, 
Vasilieff  Bank.  SW.  4  S.  half  a  mile  from  -the  preceding.  Both  are  indicated  as  doubtful,  and  as 
c(jraprising  one  dry  and  two  submerged  rocks.  On  all  later  charts  the  indications  are 
accepted  as  substantiating  the  existence  of  two  reefs,  and  the  contents  of  the  dotted  danger  line  around 
them  hove  l)een  altered,  apjiarently  to  suit  the  fancy  of  the  draughtsman.  It  happens  unfortunately 
that  there  is  also  a  Vamlieff'  Rock  or  shoal  (previously  referred  to)  to  the  southward  of  Biorka.  The 
position  of  the  southwestern  bank,  if  there  be  two,  is  ti.e  most  westerly  of  any  obstructions  to  naviga- 
tion l)ctweeu  Burunoff  and  Biorka,  and  from  alwut  this  point  the  general  trend  of  the  group  of  islets 
linder  consideration  is  about  SE.  by  E.  J  E.  The  outermost  of  these  is  Kita  or  Whale  Islet,  of  small 
extent,  but  associated  with  a  large  number  of  smaller  rocks,  shoal  i)atches  and  islets,  the  whole  of 
which  forms  u  barrier  to  navigation.  The  northern  point  of  this  barrier  is  situated  half  a  mile  E  SE. 
from  the  western  locjition  for  the  Vasilieff  Bank,  and  it  extends  thence  in  an  easterly  and  southeasterly 
direcition  for  two  miles  with  a  breadth  NE.  and  SW.,  which  increases  from  half  a  mile  at  the  NNW. 
end  to  a  mile  at  the  other  extremity.  This  band  of  islets  is  composed  of  several  lines  or  series  of  islets 
having  a  certain  jiarallelism  with  each  other  and  which  are  includetl  between  the  navigable  waters  of 
the  sound  and  a  narrow  but  navigable  passage  leading  to  Redoubt  Bay. 

From  fJape  Burunoff  the  shore  is  much  indented,  broken  and  guarded  by  rocks  and  islets  for  a 
distauw  of  a  mile  and  three-quarters  S.  J  E.  to  Point  Poverotnoit  which  is  comparatively  low  ami 
wootled.  Hence  to  Obsechki  Islet,  a  distance  of  a  mile,  is  very  much  obstructed  by  numerous  rocks 
and  islets.  These  are  mostly  bold-to  with  deep  water  between  them.  They  extend  westward  and 
southward  from  the  end,  and  from  the  southern  face  of  the  point  to  three  cables,  and  along  its  southern 
face  nearly  its  whole  extent.'  From  the  point  the  shore,  curving  gently  to  the  northward,  has  a  gen- 
endly  E.  by  S.  J  S.  dilution  for  five  miles  to  The  Bedoubt  or  Dranishniknff  settlement.  This  was 
a  fortifiijcl  post  erected  by  the  Russians  at  a  very  early  date,  and  is  situated  at  some  falls  or  rapids  of 
the  same  name  at  the  head  of  a  narrow  arm  of  the  sea  leading  in  from  Bedoubt|  Bay,  which  comprises 
the  waters  included  between  the  long  stretch  of  main  shore  from  Poverotnoi  Point  to  the  Redoubt  on 
the  north  and  east,  the  islets  which  trend  away  to  the  SE.  from  the  Vasilieff  banks,  and  a  spur  of  the 


•  Vasilevka  of  tlie  BritUh  Adniira1t.v  Clmrt.No.  2337. 

t  Turnabout ;  named  by  the  Russians  in  1HU9.  v 

t  NamtiU  by  Tebienkoff ;  called  Toyon'i  Bay  hy  Lisianski,  and  mora  lalvly  OienU  (Lake)  8*7. 


REDOUBT  BAY. 


147 


main  shore  which  puts  out  in  a  northwesterly  dirci-tion.  The  entrance  of  this  bay  hnx  Iwn  l)pfore 
alhided  to  as  existing  between  the  rocits  to  the  southward  of  Poverotiioi  and  the  i.-dets  opiMwite.  It  is 
not  over  two  tables  wide,  with  a  greatest  depth  recorded  of  about  ten  fatiioms  over  rockv  bottom  ;  at 
a  distance  of  less  than  a  mile  from  Poverotnoi  it  witlens  owing  to  the  cessation  of  tiie  iinierninst  liarrier 
of  islets,  and  to  the  sohth  and  east  forms  a  basin  a  mile  and  a  half  in  diameter.  This  might  be  reachetl 
from  the  S  SW.,  but  numerous  sunken  rooks  would  render  the  atttjni  ;jt  risky.  At  a  distance  of  two  and 
three-quarters  miles  E  SE.  from  Poverotnoi  Point  the  h\y  contracts  to  two-thirds  of  a  mile  in  width 
N  NE.  and  S  SW.  between  the  main  shore  and  the  spur  before  reic.red  to.  This  coTtlracted  poriion 
continues  in  an  E  SE.  direction  about  oi.c  mile  when  the  bay  divides  into  two  arms,  one  on  either  side 
of  a  bluff^int.  Thus  is  formed  on  the  south  a  very  narrow  and  contnictcd  inletabouta  mile  in  length 
extending  to  the  BE.  by  E.  and  of  no  value  fior  navigation ;  and,  on  the  other,  north  side,  a  passage 
containing  deep  water  and  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  width,  extendi-ig  a  mile  and  a  (|uarter  to  the 
Redoubt  Rapids  in  an  E.  by  8.  §  S,  direction.  Tiis  latter  passage  is  locally  known  as  (Wrski,  mean- 
ing Lake  Bay.  At  its  southeastern  termination  i.  has  a  width  of  a  thousand  feet  and  a  depth  of  not 
less  than  twenty-five  fathoms.  The  shoros  are  rooky  and  broken,  rising  on  the  northern  side  to  fifteen 
hundred  feet  and  timbered  to  the  water.  Along  the  southern  shores  are  a  few  islets  of  very  small 
extent.  Navigation  is  closed  at  the  head  of  this  ari.>  bv  a  barrier  of  riK-k  extending  across  the  passage, 
and  which  has  !)een  cut  through  by  the  outflow  from  Deep  I  ake  in  such  a  way  as  to  form  two  islands. 
There  is  a  fall  from  the  lake-level  of  about  nine  feet  to  the  >vaters  of  the  l-ay  through  the  channels 
between  the  islands,  where  the  water  rushing  out  among  lumierous  rwks  forms  the  "Rapids."  The 
least  width  from  shore  to  shore  near  the  falls  is  alx)ut  two  hundred  fnet;  the  wi.lth  of  the  channels 
l)etween  the  islands  is  less  than  one  hundred  feet.  On  the  northern  shore  and  island  the  Russian 
Amerimn  Company  eretited  an  establishment  called  ^?he  Boaoubt  on  the  site  of  the  old  Dranishnikoff 
settlement^  and  which  is  also  known  as  the  Oserski  o"  Lake  Redoubt.  It  was  simply  but  securely 
fortified  by  a  stockafle  and  other  di-fenses  from  any  attack  of  the  natives.  The  object  of  this  estab- 
lishment was  the  procuring  of  fish  for  the  colony  at  Sitka  for.consumntion  lx>th  in  a  fresh  and  salte<l 
state,  in  which  condition  they  were  also  distributed  to  other  posts  of  tlie  company  where  fish  were  lesfi 
abundant.  To  obtain  the  fish  a  series  of  weirs  was  constructed  acrtss  the  outlet  in  a  very  solid  and 
sutetantial  manner;  in  1868  these  were  in  good  order,  but  in  1880  had  fallen  into  decay.  The  ^talj- 
lishment  comprised  twelve  or  fourteen  buildings,  besides  a  chapel  witnin  the  stockade,  and  a  wnurf.  A 
reconnaissance  of  the  vicinity  of  the  Uedoubt  was  made  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  1867. 

From  Redoubt  Bay  the  salmon  in  spawning  season  are  in  the  habit  of  ascending  the  Rai)id8  to 
deposit  their  spawn  in  Deep  Lake,*  a  remarkable  body  of  fiesh  water  occupying  a  gorge  eight  miles 
in  length  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.  and  SW.  by  8.  J  S.  and  not  exceeding  three-quarters  of  a  milc!  in  \,u)th  at 
its  widest  part.  It  is  more  than  fifty  fathoms  der r  throughout  tlie  greater  part  of  its  extent,  according 
to  Russian  authorities.  The  shores  are  remarkably  compact,  there  l)eing  but  one  or  two  coves,  which 
are  situated  near  the  southwest  endf  of  the  lake.  The  land  about  the  lake,  except  at  its  NE.  nr,d  SW. 
extremes,  is  high,. broken,  abrupt  and  densely  wooded.  The  mountains,  which  extend  from  the  outlet 
along  ti\e  shore  NE.  from  Redoubt  Bay,  were  known  to  the  R-ssians  as  the  DranishnikofiT  Peak  and 
mountains.  •  At  the  NE.  extremt  of  Deep  Lake  a  considerable  stream  comes  in  "one  hun.lred  and 
forty  feet  wide  and  whic'i  can  be  ascended  for  over  three  miles.  The  upper  jwrtion,  shoal  and  full  of 
lapids,  is  not  accessible,  from  the  density  of  the  slirubbery,  trets  and  thorny  bushes."  Tlie  lower  jmrtion 
lias  a  current  of  four  knots.  It  is,  doubtless,  this  stream  which  has  given  rise  to  the  story  of  canoe 
communication  between  the  sound  and  Chatham  Strait,  south  of  i  .^na. 

From  Kita  Islet  E.  by  8.  J  S.  an  almost  unbroken  barrier  of  islets  extends,  cutting  off  the  waters 
of  Redoubt  Bay  from  those  of  Sitka  Sound.  Xl'ere  are  numerous  passages  Iwtwecni  t!ir:;.  islets,!  but 
they  do  not  appear  to  have  lieen  thoroughly-explored  or  even  partially  soimded.  The  barrier  termin- 
ates to  the  SE.  in  the  mouth  of  Kanga  Bay,  which  extends  in  a  gonei-ally  E  8E.  direction  for  about  two 
miles,  its  head  reaching  within  a  third  of  a  mile  of  one  of  the  coves  of  Deep  Lake.  This  bay  is  about 
a  third  of  a  mile  wide  toward  its  head  and  gradually  widens  to  a  mile  and  a  quai-ter  at  its  mouth  which 
is  obstructed  by  islets  aqd  rocks.  The  bay  doea  not  appear  to  have  been  surveyed,  and  offei-s  no  advan- 
tages for  navigation.  A  mountain  directly  to  the  SSE.  from  the  upper  part  of  tlie  bay  is  called 
Kliucheflf  or  Springs  Mountain.  The  southern  headland  of  this  bay  l)cars  E  SE.  (hree  miles  from 
Kita  Islet.  From  this  headland  the  coast  has  a  gen'>ral  trend  of  SE.  by  8.  two  miles  and  a  half  to 
Hot  Springs  Bay,  though  in  this  direction  there  .ire  m.^oy  imiraportant  irreguh-ities,  includmg  four 
or  five  coves  or  bays  of  small  extent,  and  numberless  »ocks  and  islets  along  the  shore.  A  single 
><niall  bare  rock,  a  third  of  a  mile  SW.  by  W.  from  the  n^rth  end  of  Peisar  Islet,  lies  8.  i  E.  from 
Poverotnoi  Point  three  miles  md  half.  A  iine  drawn  froiv  the  western  Vasilieff  Bank  to  this  rock 
nearly  SE.  by  S.  {  S.  three  and  a  third  n-'.ies  marks  tiie  lini.t  of  advisable  navigition  to  the  NE.  in 
this  vicinity  exi«pt  for  small  craft. 

*  Olubokoi ;  also  called  bv  Teliienkoff  Redoubt  Lain. 

tTo  which,  on  8oni«  charts,  tlm  n/ime  of  Kllnoheff  or  Bprlnjg  Bay  l.a*  huen  erroueoii.l.v  troiiffrrml. 

t  The  largeat  of  the«e  are  known  a«Kota,  Dplt  or  Hpnt  and  Kuiia  WUb,  all  uppurentiy  nnlivu  mrnvn. 


148 


SITKA  SOrND. 


Four  cables  E.  from  this  rock  is  Peisar  Islet,  somewhat  less  than  a  mile  lon^  NW,  by  W.  and 
SE.  by  E.  and 'two  (uhles  wide,  woodetl,  low,  and  surrounded  by  rocks.  Haifa  mile  E  SE.  from  the 
SE.  end  of  Peisar  is  a  high  bare  rock  or  pillar,  called  Viesokoi  or  High  Book  lalet.*  Between  this 
and  Peiwar  are  tliirty  fiitliomH.  From  Viesokoi  Rock  the  northeastern  point  of  Biorka  l)ears  SW.  J  W. 
two  and  a  half  miles. 


U  i   : 


The  general  description  of  the  shores  and  islands  of  Sitka  Sound  being  thus  completed,  as  far  at> 
is  compatible  with  the  known  uncertainties  and  deficiencies  of  observation  and  charts,  it  remains  to 
refer  to  the  general  hydrographic  characteristics  of  Sitka  Sound  as  a  whole,  to  Sitka,  its  chief  port  at 
present,  and  to  give  brief  sailing  directions  for  its  navigation. 

HYDROGRAPHIC  CHARACTERI^STICS  Of  SITKA  SOUND. 

The  tides  in  this  vicinity,  an  usual  throughout  this  region,  flood  to  the  northward  and  westwanl 
when  not  diverted  by  the  conformation  of  the  land.  During  flood  the  current  sets  strongly  upon  the 
reefs  and  shoals  in  the  vicinity  of  Ouj)e  Edgecumbe,  and  hence  navigators  should  avoid  approaching 
this  headland  within  at  least  two  miles,  as  in  case  of  a  calm  a  vessel  would  l)e  in  danger  of  being  cast 
upon  the  rocks. 

The  NW.  extreme  of  Biorka  should  not  be  approached  from  the  westward  in  entering  the  sound 
within  two  and  three-quarter  miles  until  it  bears  due  east,  and  conversely  in  leaving  the  sound,  in 
order  that  the  utinken  rock  in  that  vicinity  may  be  avoided. 

In  entering  the  sound  with  a  NW.  wind  tfie  navigator  should  keep  well  to  the  southward,  especially 
before  noon.  Until  the  middle  of  the  day,  in  most  cases,  Mt.  Edgecumbe  cuts  ofl"  all  winds  from  the 
N.  and  NW.  from  an  area  of  the  sound  extending  a  mile  or  two  SE.  from  St.  Lazaria  Island.  Later 
in  the  day,  awarding  to  Tebienkoftj  this  is  not  the  case.  The  same  authority  states  that  in  entering  the 
sound  with  the  wind  in  the  southern  quadrants  of  the  compass  it  will  us'ually  veer  to  the  E.  or  E  NE. 
as  the  navigator  approaches  the  land.  The  inconveniences  arising  from  this  cause  are  best  provided 
against  by  keeping  well  to  the  eastward  after  the  headlands  are  passed. 

In  spring  and  summer,  wlien  easterly  winds  prevail  outside,  they  are  almost  always  found  to  blow 
NW.  inside  the  sound.    The  usual  passage  between  Kulichkofl*  and  Yitskaci  is  preferable  to  the  others. 

Having  entered  the  bay  with  southern  winils  which  have  veered  to  SE.  and  risen  to  a  gale,  Te- 
bienkoif  strongly  advises  the  navigator  to  remain  within  the  bay,  since  numerous  vessels  have  been  lost 
while  endeavoring  to  put  to  sea  by  l)eing  driven  by  the  combined  force  of  wind  and  tidal  current  on 
the  reefs  about  Cape  Edgecunil)e.  Under  these  circumstances  Symonds  Bay  on  Biorka  Island  may 
aflbrd  a  place  of  retreat  until  the  storm  is  spent. 

The  sound  is  favorably  situated  for  navigation  by  its  opening  to  the  westward.  The  westerly  winds 
aflbrd  the  approaching  navigator  a  view  of  the  land  by  clearing  away  the  fog  and  assist  him  to  the.anchor- 
age,  while  the  SE.  winds,  which  bring  rain  and  fog,  plac«  no  obstacle  in  the  way  of  his  standing  off-shore. 

When  at  the  anchorage  at  Sitka,  if  the  wind  blows  E  NE.  and  no  breakers  are  visible  on  Vitskari 

and  Kulichkofl"  reefs,  Tebienkoff"  states  that  the  wind  outside  will  be  found  to  proceed  from  SE.  or  NE., 

but  probably  the  latter.    On  the  other  hand,  if  the  surf  be  visible  on  these  reefs  when  the  wind  at  the 

anchorage  is  E  NE.,  the  wind  outside  and  witJiin  the  sound,  as  far  easterly  as  Vitskari,  will  be  found 

,  to  procml  from  the  S.  or  W.,  and  it  is  not  advisable  for  a  sailing  vessel  to  attempt  to  put  to  sea. 

The  sound  itself  presents  no  difliculties  in  the  way  of  navigation  up  to  the  barrier  of  islets  which 
forms  the  protection  of  the  anchorages  of  Sitka.  AVbiding  the  rocks  already  mentioned  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  headlands  of  the  sound  and  procee<lirig  through  the  commodious  passage  between  Vitskari  and 
Kulichkofl*  at  a  convenient  distance  from  the  islets,  a  local  pilot  should  be  taken  b^re  attempting  to 
enter  the  harbor.  For  large  vessels  this  is  imperative,  and  is  advisable  for  any  stranger,  though  fore- 
and-aft-rigged  vessels  drawing  less  than  twelve  feet  may  be  taken  in  through  the  Middle  or  Eastern 
Passage  with  little  risk,  provided  the  navigator  be  'sure  of  his  position,  is  proYided  with  the  latest 
harbor-chart  (1881 -'82),  and  exercises  due  caution.  The  winds  are  seldom  fair  for  entering  by  the 
western  channel,  which  is  rarely  used  except  by  steam  vessels. 

The  following  sailing  directions  are  chiefly  based  on  Rassian  Hydrographic  Office  Chart  No.  1397, 
1848 ;  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2337,  edition  of  1882  (errors  excepted) ;  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Harbor 
Chart  No.  708,  1881 ;  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2348,  a  copy  in  nearly  all  respects  of  708;  and 
some  unpublished  data. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOR  SITKA   SOUND. 

Mtangera. — Biorka  Rock,  submerged  ten  feet,  less  than  two  miles  and  a  half  W.  from  NW.  point 
of  Biorka  Island.  Vaailieff  Bank.  Kulichkoff  and  ViUkaii  rocks.  Two-fathom  patch,  NB.  by  N.  J 
N.  two  and  a  quarter  miles  from  Vitskari.    Zenobia  Rock. 


DIBECTIOKS  FOB  SITKA  SOUND. 


149 


iMfmett0H». — Avoid  approaching  Biorl<a  nearer  than  two  aiul  a  lialf  miles.  From  ii  point  three 
miles  W.  from  the  NW.  extreme  of  Biorka  the  "onrse  is  K.  h  E.  iiutil  up  with  Vitsknri  Hciicm,  al)eam 
half  a  mile  westward.  [The  long  reef  extending  NE.  from  Vit.tkari,  on  British  Admiralty  (, 'hurt  \o. 
2337,  does  not  exist.]  Then<«  the  course  is  for  West  Beacon,  Makhnati  Island,  if  bound  for  Uie 
Western  or  Middle  channels,  or  for  East  Beacon,  on  the  Eckholms,  if  bound  for  the  Kastcrn  Channel. 

WeKteru  t'HnHnet  Dmngtrm. — Sunken  rocks  Seaward  from  Sentinel  Rock  and  Makhniiti  ImHP^ 
Shoal  westwanl  from  Sasedni  Island.     Channel  Rock,  in  the  western  entrance,  and  Ilarlmr  liofk^mHf 
the  anchorage.  ■  , 

nirevH»nm. — From  a  point  where  West  Beacon  on  Makhnati  Island  boai-s  NE.  by  N.  one  mile, 
the  course  in  will  be  due  W.  until  the  north  tangent  of  u.iponski  Ishmd  conies  out  north  from  Battery 
Island  and  bears  E.  |  N.  When  on  this  course  the  citadel  or  governor's  house  at  Sitka  Iwars  E.  f  8., 
come  to  on  the  }K)rt  ttwk  and  anchor  in  six  fathoms. 

Without  local  knowledge  or  a  pilot  the  navigator  should  not  attempt  to  reach  the  pier  at  Sitka 
from  this  anchorage  in  a  vessel  drawing  over  nine  feet  of  water.  Tlu;  Western  Channel  is  clear  and 
wide,  but  little  ii8e<l,  sine*  in  it  the  wind  usually  fails  to  blow  home.  The  western  anchorafie  ciuaiot  b<> 
re<x)mmended,  as  the  liolding-ground  is  a  thin  crust  over  shaly  bottom,  which  gives  way  readily,  and 
the  vessel  is  liable  to  drag.  It  is  seldom  used  except  for  tenijwmry  purposes,  or  unless  a  vessel  can 
moor  to  the  adjacent  shores.     Mooring  buoys  formerly  existed  here,  but  have  long  been  removed. 

•   miaate  Chmnnei  Dangerit. — Shoal  west  from  Passage  Islands;  Keene  Rm'kn;  Volgn  Inltind  Shoal; 
/i^osyind  IHitchffl  rocks. 

MreettuHH. — The  Middle  Channel  may  lie  entered  Iwtween  Makhnati  Island  and  Surf  Rmjks, 
which  is  genendly  the  most  convenient  with  prevailing  winds,  and  was  used  exclusively  by  the  Rus- 
sians, but  oi)en  to  the  objection  that  Keene  Rocks  lie  almost  directly  in  the  fairway.  With  smooth 
water  and  a  vessel  drawing  less  than  eleven  feet,  Keene  Rocks  otfcr  no  obstacle  even  at  low  water,  and 
at  high  water  there  is  not  less  than  twenty-two  feet  over  them. 

Another  entrance  is  between  Surf  Rocks  and  the  Passage  Islands,  but  it  is  narrowed  to  nearly 
half  its  apparent  width  by  a  tm-foof  shoal  extending  northwestwarrl  from  the  Passage  Islands,  wrongly 
marked  two  and  three-quarters  fathoms  on  the  1882  edition  c  '  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2.'}48. 

The  entrance  recommended  bjjtlie  U.  8.  Navy  lies  between  the  Passage  Islands  and  Kayak  Islets, 
and  is  clear  of  dangers  until  up  ^^tn  Mitt'hell  Rocks. 

I.  I*rom  a  point  when  West  Beacon,  Makhnati  Island,  Ixairs  N.  by  W.  four  cables  and  Surf 
Rocks  E  NE.,  the  course  is  NE.  for  Volga  Island,  which  should  be  rounded  a  cable  southward  from  it 
until  Surf  Rocks  bear  SW.  f  8.  astern,  when  the  (sourse  will  be  NE.  f  N.  to  the  anchorage  clear  of 
all  dangers,  when  the  navigator  may  select  his  berth,  preferably  out  of  range  of  the  passage  by  which 
he  entere<l,  since  through  this  from  the  sound  an  uneasy  swell  is  usually  propagated.  Anchorage  may 
be  had  in  from  six  to  thirteen  fathoms  over  a  bottom  of  mud,  stones  and  broken  shell,  atfiirding  excel- 
lent holding-ground. 

II.  Between  Surf  Rocks  and  Passage  Islands  the  Davigat</r  should  enter  two-thirds  of  the  way 
toward  Surf  Rocks  from  the  islands,  and  the  course  will  l)e  KE.  by  N.  j  N.  for  A^olga  Island  imti] 
Surf  Rocks  bear  astern  SW.  f  8.,  when  the  course  will  be  NE.  J  N.  for  the  anciiorage,  as  before. 

III.  Between  the  Passage  Islands  and  Kayak  Islets  the  ciourse  from  midn-hannel  will  be  due  north 
for  the  citadel  or  governof's  house  at  Sitka,  which  may  be  seen  elevated  over  all  other  buildings  in 
the  town,  until  Surf  Rock  bears  8W.  f  8.  astern,  when  the  course  will  be  NE.  ^  N.  for  the  anchorage, 
as  before. 

tsuatern  Channel  Oangem. — Zenobiu,  Simpson  and  Tsaritza  rocks. 

»ireetiona.—By  keeping  East  Beacon  on  the  Eckholms  bearing  nothing  to  northward  ..f  NE.  J 
E.,  Zenobia  Rock  outside  the  entrance  is  avoided.  A  course  NE.  i  E.  laid  to  pass  Liar  Rock  at  a 
distance  of  two  and  a  half  cables  until  Katz  Island  opens  (-lear  east  from  Galankin  Island,  thence 
due  north,  rouncli%  the  Twins  at  a  distance  of  two  cables,  then  W.  by  N.  for  the  citadel  or  governor's 
house,  selecting  a  convenient  berth  at  discretion,  probably  in  fourteen  fathoms  due  north  a  aible  and  a 
half  from  Kutkan  Island. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Indian  or  Kaloshiau  River  shoals  extend  off-shore  two  cables,  which  should  be 

avoided. 


1 1, 


I't  ' 


•35  f 
1 1, 


1(1 


ill 


r 


160 


SITKA  HARBOR. 


The  governor's  house,  citadel,  or  "cnstle,"  at  Sitka  it,  elevated  on  a  rot'k  above  the  rest  of  the 
town  ;  its  roof  wu«  of  a  retl  color  and  the  walls  painted  with  yellow  ochre.  The  position  and  elevation 
is. sufficient  to  identify  it. 

A  cupola  1 10  feet  almve  the  sea  contains  the  remains  of  a  lantern  formerly  used  as  a  guiding  light 
for  vi«8((1h,  hut  now  dismantled;  during  the  day,  while  troops  were  stationp«l  here,  the  garrison  flag 
was  usually  displayed  from  a  staff  on  the  house  or  close  to  it. 
''^^■IkThe  eastern  anchorage  is  in  all  respects  preferable  to  the  western  except  for  small  craft.  Directly 
•VlRist  the  Middle  Passage  the  Iwrth  is  tmeasy  in  southwest  weather,  but  the  holding-ground  is  excel- 
lent and  there  is  plenty  of  room  to  swing.  In  the  western  anclu)rage,  except  at  a  distance  of  a  mile 
from,  the  town,  a  veiftel  must  be  moored,  and  the  holding-ground  is  not  so  good. 

Capt.  Meade,  U.S.  N.,  after  considerable  experience,  recommends  mooring."  with  an  anchor  and 
forty-five  fathoms  cable  laid  at  NE.,  and  the  jtort  anchor  and  thirty  fathoms  laid  out  west  and  put  on 
the  swivel."  "Or,  a  vessel  may  moor  with  port  anchor  NE.,  starbirard  SE.,  and  a  kedge  astern  to 
westward."  "  The  only  really  violent  winds  come  from  NB.  to  E.,  clearing  off  with  squalls  from  tlie 
westward." 

From  the  conformation  of  th^  land  all  easterly  winds  draw  through  Serebrennikoff  Arm  and 
strike  the  anchorage  with  magnified  force,  in  squalls  rather  than  as  a  steady  gale.  With  a  sufficiency 
of  ground  tnckl(>  and  chain  cable  of  strength  such  as  all  prudent  navigsition  in  Alaskan  waters  demands, 
the  master  of  a  veasel  need  feel  no  apprehension  in  the  eastern  anchorage  of  Sitka. 

The  settlement  of  New  Archangel,*  now  known  as  Sitka  from  the  native  name  for  the  locality, 
was  founded  by  Baninoff,  in  Octolwr,  1804,  after  the  destruction  by  the  natives  of  the 
Sitka.  earlier  settlement  founded  in  1800  on  S*arri-Gavan  Jky.     It  was  made  shortly  after- 

ward the  site  of  the  Colonial  Dii-ection  of  the  Russian- American  Conjpany,  a  relation 
.which  it  retained  during  the  remainder  of  the  Russian  occupancy. 

Since  the  transfer  it  has  undergone  a  great  change,  and  is  at  present  of  little  tfommercial  imjM^ance 
exce|)t  from  the  presence  of  the  chief  customs  office  for  the  A  laska  district. 

Its  iinportiince  in  the  ])resent  connection  arises  from  the  fact  that  physical  observations  were  muin- 
t4iincd  by  the  Ru!>sian  authorities  from  1832  until  the  time  of  the  transfer  of  the  territory;  and  also 
l)ecuiise  Sitka  is  one  of  the  few  points  in  the  territoiy  which  have  had  a  jjoint  astronomically  deter- 
mined by  instruments  of  precision  with  sufficient  exactitude  to  be  available  for  rating  chronometers.f 

The  latest  determination  of  the  geographical  position  of  the  astronomical  station  on  the  parade 
ground  at  Sitka  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  is  as  follows: 

Latitude 57°  02'  61".8  N. 

Longitude  (in  arc) ..135°  19' 46".0W. 

Longitude  (in  time) - ..-ite  9"  Ol™  19'.0±"  IM  W. 

The  variation  of  thecomjjass  was  determined  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  to  ha  29°  04'.8  easterly  in 
Miiy,  1880.  The  i)ositions  used  as  astronomical  and  magnetic  observing  stations  by  the  U.  8.  Coast 
Survey  parties  in  1874  are  as  follows: 

Adronomieal  Sfatiov. — On  the  parade  ground  in  front  of  the  block  of  cottagesj  used  as  officers' 
qnartere,  twenty-six  meters  (85  feet)  from  the  southeast  and  twenty-nine  and  a  third  meters  (96  feet) 
from  the  southwest  corner  of  said  block,  fences  not  taken  into  account. 

Magnetic  Station. — Eighteen  and  three-tenths  meters  (60  feet)  westward  from  the  astronomical 
station,  twenty-three  meters  (76  feet)  from  the  SW.  corner  of  the  officers*  quarters,  and  thirty-two  and 
two-tenths  meters  (106  feet)  from  the  NE.  corner  of  the  quartermaster's  storehouse.  From  this  posi- 
tion the  spire  of  the  Indian  chapel  bore  north  0°  33'  west — true.  A  copper»station  mark,  placed  in 
the  rock  to  the  westward  of  the  officers'  quarters  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  party  of  1867,  appears 
to  have  been  stolen  by  the  natives;  at  all  events  it  has  disappeared.  For  the  position  of  the  observa- 
tion spot  on  Japonski  Island  in  1880,  see  page  141. 


:R^-) 


Tiaet. 


The  tides  of  Sitka  are  compound  and  very  unequal  in  height  and  range — consisting  in  general  of 
two  high  and  two  low  waters  j)er  diew.  They  bear  a  marked  similarity — as  might  be  expectSl — to  the 
type  of  tides  which,  with  but  few  exceptions,  is  known  to  prevail  from  San  Francisco  northward  where- 


*  T>ie  name  of  New  Aivlmiigt'l  arises,  not  from  any  connetaion  with  Arcliangel  in  RuBsia,  but  becauBO  the  early  setlleinent  at 
Sturri-Giiviin  Bay  was  dedicated  to  tlie  Archangel  (labriel.  lining  destroye<l  by  the  natives  and  its  garruKin  mafsacred,  the  new 
settlement  was  placed  on  the  present  site  of  Sitka,  the  elevated  rock  offering  great  facilities  for  defense.^^P'the  original  archangi'l 
having  failed  to  protect  his  colony,  the  new  settlement  was  dedicated  to  the  Archangel  Michael  a.-d  rec«iv«d  from  Lisianski  the 
name  of  New  Archangel  <m  that  accoimt.  n 

tThe  meteorological  and  magnetic  observations  at  this  locality  will  be  found  digouased  in  Appendix  I,  1879,  and  also  in  the 
present  appendix.  ' 

t  SincB  destroyed  by  fire,  but  the  site  can  be  i  ':«fnuned. 


SITKA  TIDES. 


161 


over  observations  have  l)eeii  Hufficiently  full  to  (Ictcnniiic  tlio  ftinn  of  tlie  tidal  wave.  They  (litter 
from  those  of  the  Bering  S«>a  in  the  more  pronounced  churacter  of  the  sniMiicr  low  water,  which  iH 
niroly  entirely  olibcured  at  8itka,  and  in  the  smaller  volume'  of  the  solar  m  conipurcd  witli  the  total 
tide. 

The  characters  of  this  tide  are  as  follows,  the  plane  of  reference  or  mean  of  the  low  low  waters 
l>eing  taken  as  0.00  feet ; 

•         aitlia   TMf. 

Average  height  of  high  waters ' 8.03 

Average  A^^/t  high  waters 9.70 

Average  of  all  low  waters 1.38 

Mean  level  of  the  sea 5.16 

Highest  water  observed ia.38 

Lowest  water  observed  (below  plane  of  reference ) , —  3.06 

Greatest  diurnal  range 14.41 

Mean  diurnal  range 7.66 

To  oMatH  the   Height  aua  Time  of  TMea, 

From  the  following  table  an  approximate  prediction  of  height  and  time  can  Ik;  made,  the  two 
tides  of  the  same  day  being  usually  unequal  in  projmrtion  to  the  moon's  de<'linatioii. 

Take  from  the  J^putical  Almanac  the  time  of  the  moon's  u|)|>er  meridian  passage  at  Greenwidi  or 
Washington,  to  this  add  the  longitude  of  Sitka  in  lime,  plun  the  amount  entered  in  the  table,  to  the 
right  of  the  prevailing  declination,  in  the  column  headed  Tnti^-val.  If  Wa.shington  transits  are  nsetl, 
to  tliis  sum  roust  also  be  lulded  O""  O",  which  Avilj  give  the  time  of  high  or  low  water.  The  heujkt  is 
to  be  found  just  to  the  right  of  the  interval  in  the  table. 

If  the  lower  meridian  transit  be  required,  its  time  will  Ik;  half  the  difference  Iwtwcen  the  two 
adjacent  upper  transits  as  given  in  the  almanac.  When  a  minus  (— )  sign  prece<le8  a  quantity  in  the 
tables,  that  quantity  should  be  subtracted  instead  of  added. 


Moon's  Dkcunation. 


TABLE   I. 

Ui'i'iR  Mkuidian  Transit. 
Hiah  Water. 


Interval.      Height, 


Zero  going  North 

Hid  Nortb  Incraailng . 

Greatest  Nortb 

Hid  Nortb  deoreMlng . 

Zero  going  Boutb 

Hid  Sontb  IncreM'ing . 

Greatest  Boutb 

Hid  Boutb  decreu'ng . 


Ii.  m 

13  «3 

M  la 

13  13 

13  34 

13  43 

18  M 

13  IS 

13  13 


ft.     In. 


Low  Water. 


IiUu-rval.  I    Hviglit. 


ft.    In. 


Lower  Meiiidian  Tramhh-. 


Higli  Water. 


Low  Water. 


Interval.  |    Height.   |  Interi'al. 


9 
10 
10 
9 
8 
7 
8 
8 


11 
3 
0 
5 
7 

11 
0 

10 


S4 

1 

3  : 

06 

0 

3 

13 

-0 

4 

00 

-0 

3 

43 

0 

J 

30 

3 

IG 

30 

3 

11   : 

43 

3 

1)0 

ii 

h.    m. 


ft.    In. 


height. 


ft.    In. 


13 

43 

7 

41 

13 

06 

11 

30 

13 

18 

0 

!0 

13 

13 

10 

'13 

in 

43 

11 

84 

13 

U 

10 

3 

06 

13 

11' 

20 

0 

t  ^ 

13 

13 

34 

i> 

19 

00 

0 
3 
3 
3 
1 
0 
-0 
-0 


81 
10 
11 

0 

3 

3 

4 

3 


and  also  in  tlie 


CORREWION    FOK    PHASE. 

To  the  times  and  heights  as  obtained  from  the  preceding  table  a  correction  for  the  moon'.s  quarter- 
ings  or  phases  must  be  applied  from  the  following  table.  This  correction  is  the  same  for  an  upper  or 
lower  transit. 

TABLE  n. 


Moon's  Phasks. 


New  moou  . 
1st  octant . 
1st  quarter 
3d  ootant .. 
Full  moon  . 
Bth  ootant . 
Sd  quarter. 
7tb  octant.. 


HioH  Water. 


ft.    In. 
1 

4 
1 
4 
1 
4 
1 
4 


+0 

13 

+1 

-0 

36 

+0 

-0 

13 

-1 

+0 

36 

-0 

+0 

13 

+1 

-0 

36 

.+0 

-0 

13 

-1 

+0 

38 

-0 

Low  Watkr. 


+0  13 

-0  36 

-0  13 

+0  86 

+0  ,13 

-0  36 

-0  13 

+0  36 


f(.  In. 
-1  1 
-0  6 
+1 
+0 
—  1 
-0 

-!-l 

+0 


152 


NAKWA8INA  PAMHAOE. 


Tlu'ri-  is  no"extal))iBlinH>ni,"nHin  ri'KionH  where  the  tides  arc  not  numplex.  The"c8tabriHhmeiit" 
to  be  found  on  tlie  llritisli  Adiniriilty  mid  other  ehiirtc  in  merely  un  approximation,  more  or  less  rough 
in  all  cuM^H,  un<l  in  nioHt  quite  unreliuble  except  for  the  jMirtieular  |>urt  of  the  limar  year  in  which  tuo 
observations  were  taken  from  which  it  wtis  computed. 


P 

l'«i 


m: 


PAHSAGl-a  BETWEEN  SITKA  HOUND  AND  SALISIUJRY  SOUND. 

Sitka  Sound  i"  connt^'tcd  witli  die  waters  north  of  Kruzoff  Island  hv  a  series  of  possoees  discovered 
by  Hay  ward  of  I'ortlock'd  party,  in  1787,  park  of  which  were  named  by  PortUwk  on  his  cJiart  Hay- 
ward  Straits.* 

Thesestraits  .  'imuniciite  with  Sitka  Hound  by  an  ojMjningon  either  sideof  Krttstofl*  Island.  The 
northeastern  oiieiiJnjru.^d  its  ap])roaches  lie  l>etween  Kamenoi  and  Kresta  |ioints.  beginning  with  th'! 
former,  immediately  to  ihe  northward  and  northwestward  from  Krcstii  Point,  lies  PromiBla  Bay.f 

This  bay  is  of  sma!  extent,  Ix-ing  a  nearly  c<|nilateral  triangle  whos<>  eastern  side  or  entrance  is 
two-thirds  of  a  mile  <vide  and  contains  a  womled  islet  of  small  extent,  from  which  a  alwal  extends  a 
short  distance  to  the  eastward.  E  NE.  from  this  islet  a  (pnirter  of  a  mile  is  aitunken  rook,  orcording  to 
several  authorities,  and  half  a  mile  eastward  from  the  islet  is  a  r(M.'k  ten  f(«t  above  water,  noted  by  the 
Coast  Survey  in  1807.     This  is  |)robttb!y  a  cimtinuation  of  the  other  reef.  J 

The  islet  may  Iki  pas8e<l  on  either  hand.     Within  tlie  Imy  twenty  to  twenty-five  fathoms  water 

Erevail  with  hard  bottom.  In  a  soutlteastcr  a  heavy  swell  rolls  into  this  bay.  From  the  head  of  the 
iiy  the  shores  of  Krestotf  Island  trend  NE.  by  N.  two  and  a  quarter  miles  to  its  Eastern  Point,  which 
forms  the  SW.  head4and  of  Olga  Strait.     Ajiparently  it  is  low,  with  rocky  sliores,  § 

From  Eastern  Point,  Ixjtween  E.  and  8.  J  W.,  to  the  distance  of  u  mile  andli  ({uarter,  extends  the 
the  cluster  known  as  the  Siginaka  Islands.!! 

These  comprise  six  principal  islets,  all  of  which,  though  of  small  extent,  have  received  names.^  i.. 
the  passages  about  and  Initween  them  are  numerous  rocks  above  or  below  the  surface.  The  islets  are 
not  high,  l)ut  roiky  and  wo<Hletl.  They  considerably  obstruct  the  upjiroaches  to  Olga  Strait,  but  a  clear 
passage  nearly  four  cal)les  wide  is  left  l)etween  the  islands  and  the  Lisianski  Peninsula.  This  jMissage 
is  very  deep,  no  bottom  being  obtainable  with  fifty  or  sixty  fathoms  of  line.  The  rising  tide  here  sets 
i.ortliward. 

A  mile  E.  \  N.  from  Eastern  Point  is  a  small  spur  of  the  Lisianski  Peninsula  called  Dog**  Point 
by  the  Russian  autho'-ities,  to  the  north  from  and  behind  which  is  a  snug  little  boat  cove  intt)  which 
four  fathoms  may  be  c^irried.  From  a  ravine  at  its  head  a  stream  flows  into  this  cove.  From  Dog 
Point  the  shore  Ibllows  a  generally  SE.  by  E.  i  E.  dire<>tion  for  a  mile  and  a  quarter,  rounding  to 
Lisianski  Point.  Dog  Point  and  Eastern  Point  may  he  regarded  as  the  headlands  of  the  southeastern 
entrance  to  the  straits.  Due  north  from  Eastern  Point  about  one  mile  lies  the  southern  point  of  Ilal- 
leck  island,  which  forms  the  western  extreme  of  the  southern  termination  of  Nakwasinajt  Passage. 

This  passage  is  of  considerable  extent  and  not  yet  fully  investigate*!;  with  Olga  Strait  it  com- 
pletely encircles  a  large  tract  of  land  named  HalleokJI  Island.  This  island  is  about  five  and  a  half 
miles  long  in  a  NW.  by  N.  i  N.  and  SE.  by  S.  A  S.  direction,  and  somewhat  less  tl^an  five  miles  in 
gfijatest  breadth,  ^i  is  of  roundwl  triangular  shape,  moderately  high,  and  with  an  irregular  and  wooded 
surface. 

Its  southern  )K)int,  called  on  Russian  maps  PointS§  Krugloi,  is  separated  at  high  water  by  a  boat 
passage  half  aciible  wide  from  Beehive  Island,  round,  high,  and  situated  a  little  northward  from  Point 
Krugloi,  so  that  between  it,  the  point  and  the  bar  which  extends  northwesterly  to  Halleck  Island,  a  cove, 

'Tliia  imme,  euniewlint  widely  udoplcit  al  lliiit  (iviiod,  Iiiib  fidlfii  into  neglect;  other  naniem  have  been  uppliMl  to  the  several 
channels,  and  there  doeH  not  iippear  to  he  anv  general  term  in  prenent  use  to  indicate  the  whole  of  the  water*  which  separate 
Kri'zotf  from  Diiranofl'  Inland.  The  names  Olga,  Neva  and  Krestoff  afe  applied  differently  on  different  charts,  so  mich  so  that 
grave  confusion  hns  been  the  rexult.  Here  the  local  designntions  now  in  common  use  will  be  adopted  without  special  regard  to 
priority  of  application,  since  apparently  in  this  way  only  cnn  slill  worse  confusion  be  avoided. 

tPrOTldence  Bay  of  liussian  nnthnritiee  since  1848. 

n'here  are  discrepancies  ninong  authorities  in  regard  to  the  islets  in  and  near  ihis  bay  which  cannot  be  reconciled.  Tebiea- 
kotf  indicates  four  islets  and  ti  sunken  rock.     There  seems  to  be  not  less  than  twu  above  water. 

^  The  portion  of  the  arehipeliigo  about  to  be  described  is  so  Imperfectly  known  anil  mapped  that  all  distances  and  directions 
■Jiust  be  taken  as  approximate  only.  In  many  cases  Ihe  charts  are  known  to  be  iusuiHcient.  Reference  will  bo  had  for  the  most 
part  to  the  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No,  1397  (lU  B),  1848,  which  appears  to  be  by  far  the  moat  reliableof  the  charts  of  this 
region,  with  corrections  by  olticers  of  the  U.  !S.  Navy  and  the  U.  8.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey. 

IIFiom  the  largest  islet,  so  named  by  Vooilieff  in  1809. 

H  Th<<8e  are,  beginning  nt  north  and  going  round  by  east.  Koloilienkin,  Nakwailnakol,  Kluditl,  Vladrln,  Uclaak  and  XUar- 
koff(Olarl'0  islands,  besides  several  smaller  ones.    They  were  named  by  Vasilietf  in  1809. 

»•  Sabachl. 

ft  Or  KakwasinBkala  of  Russian  authorities  of  1809;  sometimes  rendered  MoqiiaiUiukl  and  also  Little  NoqtUMUlUkl  Bay 
by  various  authorities. 

nByMeau'eiu]869. 

$$  Or  SouBil  Point. 


OLOA  STHAIT. 


163 


;iled.    Tebien- 


jiakandlOtar- 


UMhluklBay 


is  forrawl  in  which,  however,  no  soumlings  have  l)eeii  taitt'ii.  Alx.ut  .ast  from  Point  Knijfloi,  on  the 
nmiii  shore,  in  a  snug  oove  into  which  n  itntain  fUlis.  'i'lie  diHtmice  sctins  >iot  Itw  thitn  u  mile,  niorc 
than  any  of  the  charts  allow,  of  which  i\\i>\U  half  is  ol)Mtruct<Hl  hy  i«ianils.  A  .shoit  <iiMtuii<-c  cas'twiml 
from  Beehive  Island  is  Popereohnoi  (CroMwlse)  I«let,  which  iimn'urH  ut  lii(fii  water  (ami  may  at  low 
water  prove  to  be)  composed  of  two  adjacent  islands,  liij^h,  wimmIhI  and  uliont  c(|ual  in  ni/c,  the  eastern 
end  of  the  southeastern  island  lapping  stmth  from  thewcHtcrn  end  of  the  other  and  divided  from  if  only 
by  an  extremely  narrow  pa8sa|;c.  From  the  easternmost  extreme  of  the  latter  to  the  shore  at  tho  (•ovc 
above  mentioned  ap|)eared  to  the  eye  not  less  than  half  a  mile,  clear  and  free  of  olthtriictions. 

From  hence  Nakwasina  Passaj^e  extends  in  a  generally  northerly  direction  about  six  miles  with 
a  width  of  about  a  mile.  Numerous  streams  fall  into  the  passajre  and  there  arc  several  covi«  on  the 
eastern  shore.  Off  one  of  these,  leading  toward  Katliana  Buy,  are  two  small  w(K)dcd  islets  and  some 
bare  rocks.  Some  of  these  coves  appear  likely  to  afford  ancliorage.  The  shore  of  ilalliK-k  Island 
appears  even  and  compact  throughout,  and  the  land  rises  rapidly  to  a  considerable  height.  At  the 
NE.  extreme  of  Halleck  Island,  opposite,  a  low  H-Hh«l>e<l  |»oint  makes  out  with  small  coves  NW.  and 
SB.,  a  small  islet  off  it,  and  a  tunken  rook  WW.  from  its  NW.  extreme.  This  shore  must  not  be 
approached  closely  or  without  great  caution.  Hence,  this  passage  extends  with  an  evenly  roundetl 
curve  to  the  northward,  southwest  and  finally  southward  for  six  miles  in  total  distance,  finally  joining 
Olga  Strait  at  itb  northern  termination.  This  jjortion  of  the  |iassage  is  somewhat  irregular  in  width, 
but  averages  consi<lerably  less  than  the  part  E.  of  Hullct^k  Isliind.  It  is  evident  that  no  spe<'ial  use 
can  be  made  of  this  passage  for  navigation  at  present.  "  Inexhaustible  "  beds  of  pure  white  (irystalliiie 
marble  are  reported  here,  and  silver  and  iron  are  stated  to  exist  by  Doroschin.  These  may  at  some 
future  time  give  rise  to  commercial  investigation  of  the  inlet.  The  outcrop  of  marble  is  NW.  from 
Halleck  Island  on  the  main  shore,  and  has  not  been  worked.  It  is  exposed  for  more  than  one  liunduMl 
feet  in  width  and  is  covere<l  apiwrentlv  murh  farther  by  vegetation,  with  deeiJ  wat*'r  close  to  the  shore. 

As  Point  Krugloi  forms  the  northern,  so  Eastern  Point  forms  the  southern  extreme  of  the  south 
entrance  of  Olga*  Strait.  This  strait  separates  Krestotf  and  Ilallcntk  islands  and  forms  a  part  of  what 
was  named  Neva  Channel  by  Lisianski  in  1805.  This  strait  extends  four  and  a  litiif  miles  in  a  NW. 
by  W.  J  W.  general  direction  from  its  southern  entrance,  with  a  general  width  of  about  half  a  mile  and 
not  less  than  four  cables  wide  at  its  narrowest  point  (according  to  Uussiun  llydrographic  Chart  No.  1">!)7). 
The  shores  on  either  hand  are  compact,  the  water  is  bold,  and  no  obstructions  or  hidden  dangers  arc 
reported.  Just  within,  westward  from  Krugloi  Point,  a  fine  |)erinaneut  cascade  comes  in  from  the 
high  land  of  Halleck  Island,  where  it  is  said  to  be  fe<l  by  a  hike  in  the  mountains.  At  a  distjuicc  of 
three  and  a  quarter  miles  from  the  southern  entrance  Russian  authorities  indicatcf  the  l(K«lity  where 
the  tide  of  Sitka  Sound  passing  from  the  south  meets  that  which  jjrooeeds  from  the  north  ami  pro- 
duces at  times  whirls,  rips  and  choppy  cross  sea,  incommoflious  for  small  craft.  Two  and  three- 
quarters  miles  northwestward  from  the  southern  entrance  is  the  least  water  found  in  mid-channel, 
somewhat  over  four  and  a  half  fathoms.  Thence  it  dee|H'iis  NW.  and  SB.  toward  the  entrances, 
reaching  about  thirty  fathoms  in  each  entrance.  The  bottom  is  nwky,  shelly  or  gravelly.  No  direc- 
tions appear  to  be  required  for  its  safe  navigatiim.| 

The  north  westernmost  p)int  of  Krestoff  Island,  forming  the  northwestern  extreme  of  Olgu  Strait, 
is  Feint  Olga,  from  which  the  angle  of  Halleck  Island,  which  sepaniU's  the  northern  entrance  of  Nak- 
wasina  Passage  from  Olga  Strait,  bears  N,  by  E,  half  a  mile,  while  Neva  Point,  the  SE.  extreme 
of  Neva  Pa.«sage,  bears  W.  about  the  same  distance. 

KrestofT  Island,§  of  which  Point  Olga  is  the  most  northerly  portion,  extends  thence  SE.  i  S.  five 
and  three-quarters  miles,  with  a  greatest  width  of  about  three  miles  near  its  soiuhern  termination.  It 
has  a  somewhat  triangular  form  the  shorter  side  or  i)ase  fronting  on  part,  of  Sitka  Sound,  and  the 
island,  like  a  wedge,  separating  tlie  waters  of  Olga  and  Krestoft' straits.  It  is  mountainous  -  .id  densely 
woofled.  Between  its  southern  extreme,  Kresta  Point,  and  Karaenoi  Point  on  Kruzoff  Island,  an  arm 
of  Sitka  Sound  projects  in  a  NW.  by  W.  direction  for  a  distiUM*  of  a  mile  and  a  third.  This  arm 
gradually  narrows  to  the  northwestward  until  it  terminates  l)etween  two  headlands  which  are  separateil 
,  by  a  strait  less  than  half  a  mile  wide.  Up  to  this  point  the  shores  on  either  side  are  infested  with 
njcks,  which,  however,  do  not  extend  to  a  great  distance  from  the  shore  and  an;  mostly  visible.  The 
depth  of  water  in  this  arm  is  considerable,  and  up  to  the  two  heads  of  the  strait  there  is  no  desirable 

'Named  by  V»»Ilieff,  jr.,  in  1833.  It  iB  tlie  Kreitoff  Strait  of  the  Riiwinn  HyiliognipliU'  Clmrls  of  1809  and  ISiS,  and 
the- Olga  Strait  of  that  of  1848.  It  ie  usually  known  l>v  those  navigating  in  this  region,  iia  wi-ll  an  to  ihe  \wu\  inhabitanla, 
by  the  name  of  Olga  Strait,  though  it  ia  not  the  Olga  Strait  of  Tebienkoff.  On  account  of  this  c;,iii".i»ioii,  probably,  no  name  in 
assigned  to  it  on  Ihe  Admiralty  Charts  The  name,  which  is  here  ret.iineil,  thougli  not  the  prior  name,  is  iiilopted  on  the  ground 
of  local  usage  and  ita  presence  on  the  best  modern  chart  of  the  locality. 

tThis  note  has  been  translated  for  English  cartographers,  who  indicate  it  I.y  the  mysterious  phrase  "Disput..d  boundary." 
}  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1397, 1848,  for  these  straits  as  well  as  Sitka  and  Salisbury  sounds  is  the  most  i«liable  and 
accurate  yet  assigned,  but  a  mdry  corrections  appear  on  the  U.  8.  Hydrographic  Chat  t  No.  225  from  observations  by  V.  8.  Naval 
officers.  , 

i  OroM  Iiland. 

p.  C.  p.— 20 


154 


KKESTOFI'    STUAIT. 


ant'horago.  Tlicsf  lieudlandrt  have  not  liecii  iiami'il  mi  the  cliarl.s,  and  the  discrepancies  between  different 
charts  of  tliis  vicinity  are  veiy  markwl.  This  strait,  not  b<?ing  at  pri^sent  ii:iportant  for  navigation, 
haK  been  less  caref'nliy  examined  and  i8consM[Uently  less  known  tlmn  Olga  Strait. 

Krestoff  Strait*  extends  four  ni'd  u  half  miles  in  a  NW.  ]  IT.  and  EE.  }  S.  direction  and  witli 
an  average  width  of  two  and  a  quarter  miles,  thongh  the  southern  entr'-'coi^  \»ry  contracted  and  much 
obstructfHl.  The  main  portion  of  the  strait  carries  twenty  to  lifty  tiitlioma  wb^er,  smd  is  abundantly 
sprinkled  with  r  /cks,  islets  and  similar  obstructions,  wliich  are  nearly  all  viBil)le  above  water. 

Immediately  opposite  the  entrance  and  barring  progress  to  the  northward  ,s  an  island,  which  on 
most  RussiUn  charts  is  named  Magounf  Island.  According  to  'J  ebienkoff  it  is  about  three-quarters 
of  a  mile  long  and  half  a  mii  broad.  Associated  with  and  chiefly  west  an<l  soutiiwest  from  this  island 
are  a  large  uuml)er  '"smaller  islets,  surrounded  and  eonnectefl  wit''  Ma^oun  Island  and  with  each 
other  [>;  slioai  water  and  foul  ground.  A  narrow  pa.ssage,  according  ti>  die  charts,  atfordiiig  nowhere 
more  tha  i  two  and  a  half  cables  i.'lear  way  and  >"  sonie  places  less  than  one  cable,  is  all  that  separatcis 
the  Magoun  Grouj)  from  the  sliorcs  of  Krestoff  and  Kruzoff  islauda.  Since  the  clear  and  navigable 
Olga  Strait  is  more  conveniently  situatef'  for  ccmmerce,  it  cann.'t  bn  exfK'cted  that  this  tortuous  channel 
offers  any  spctial  inducements  for  navigation.  There  are  several  andioniges  hereabouts,  of  which  the 
Russians  formerly  availed  themselves  when  the  settlement  was  at  Starri-Gavan  Bay.  In  the  most 
commodious  of  these  places,  however,  it  would  seem  (according  to  Lisianski's  ex|wrience)  to  be  neces- 
sary to  mooi'  head  and  stern.  The  two  headlands  bear  nearly  due  N.  and  S.  from  each  otlier  alxtut 
three  cjibles  afsart,  with  not  over  two  and  a  half  cables  tlear  channr'  between  them.  Here,  in  mid- 
channel,  twenty-six  to  thirty  fathoms  may  1h!  had.  There  is  a  stmkm  ruck,  not  on  the  chart,  imme- 
diatelj  northward  from  the  (ntrani.*,  on  the  Krestoff  side.  Keep  the  western  shore  clo.se  aboani  here, 
Immaliatcly  within  the  headlands  E.  and  8.  from  the  Magoun  Group  is  Krestoffl  or  Cross  Harbor. 

It  consists  of  the  waters  of  Krestoff  Strait  which  lie  between  the  Magoun  Group  and  the  adjacent 
shores  S.  and  E.  from  the  group.  These  Avaters  form  two  passages  around  the  islands,  but  the  details 
differ  so  nmeh  in  different  chrirts  that  it  is  not  safe  to  offer  more  than  a  general  description. 

Directly  o])posite  the  miiidle  of  the  enlr.,,  ce  an  anchorage  is  indicated  by  Tebienkoff  in  twelve  or 
fifteen  fathoms.  It  is  very  contracted, '  lunded  by  the  southejistern  point  of  Magoun  Island  on  the  east- 
ern hand,  and  by  (/  ircf  or  exiension  of  the  Magoun  Shoals  to  the  west  and  south.  It  is  barely  over 
a  cable  in  extent.  Northwest  a  «ible  and  a  half  from  the  southern  headlands  Lisianski  anchored, 
but  was  obliged  to  moor  from  the  want  of  room  to  s-wing  in  safety,  SW.  by  W,  about  six  cables 
from  this  locality  Tebienkoff  indicjvtes  another  anchorage  in  six  or  seven  fiithoms.  Tiie  passage  here 
turns  abruptly  N  NW,,  forming  a  well-protected  basin  at  the  turn  about  half  a  mile  in  diameter.  This 
was  cailed  Miolkoi  (Shoal)  Bay  by  the  Russians  in  1801),  So  'uch  of  it  is  obstructe<l  by  shoals  that 
only  .-1  portion,  about  two  and  a  half  nxhh^s  in  extent,  is  available  ;<jI  shipping.  The  spot  for  anchoring 
would  appear  to  be  that  in  which,  when  advancing  in  mid-channel  from  either  direction,  both  channels 
are  kept  open  to  their  Cnllest  extent.  From  this  anchorage  northward  the  pas-sage  is  less  than  a  cable  in 
width  but  carries  six  faliioms  through,  which  rapidly  deej^ns  after  passing  th(.  Narrows. 

'flu!  passage  wliich  leads  to  the  northward  !)et%yeim  Magoun  and  KrestotV  islands  is  even  less 
comn)(«lioiis.  The  water  is  much  deeiKn-,  ranging  from  sixteen  to  thir'y-five  fathom,s,  and  at  a  quarter 
of  a  mile  fron»  the  entrance  there  is  a  nv.nkeii  rock  directly  in  mid-channel.  The  pasf^age  is  east  from 
it.  This  pa.ssage  ctintinues  hence  about  i'our  cables  in  the  same  general  diretjtion,  narrowing  to  a  cable 
and  a  half  in  this  .-pace,  when  it  divides, — one  part  extending  W  NW.  past  the  Inlands  and  rapidly 
widening  iiiid  joiniiiji,' the  main  body  of  the  strait.  The  other  po.-tion  is  contiaetl  in  a  northerly  liiicc- 
tion  throuuh  it  very  narrow  defile  or  gorge  of  Krestoff  T«lar)-;  for  half  a  utile,  where  it  widens  into  a 
very  singular,  narrow,  oblong  basin,  a  mik'  io  length  If.  by  W,  },  W.  and  S,  by  E,  ,j  E.  and  a  quarter 
of  a  m'le  wide.  There  is  indic.ite<l  a  channel  of  sis  or  seven  fathoms  into  this  basin,  and  within  six  to 
fou:  teen  tiifhoins,  though  the  shores  are  indica,t*'d  as  gradually  shoaling  off.  This  basin  and  the  harbor 
as  described  arc  rnther  geographical  tv-iositios  than  aids  in  navigatii'O,  since  the  want  of  an  exact  sor\ev, 
the  contracted  areii,  the  strong  and  complex  tidal  currents  and  the  absence  of  wind  which  the  topogiai)hy 
iiiXH'ssifales,  would  tend  to  keep  tliem  unoccupiid  "-.cept  for  temporary  refuge  of  srnrtll  ciuft  engiiged 
about  the  sound.     No  ii,stronoini«d  ohservations  ibr  position  ha\e  been  reconled  a.s  taken  iu  the  harbor. " 

Gi'ideS  Islt    iS  hxaterl  by  Tebieiikofl' in 

Ijatitwde 67°  08'  N. 

LoiiBitude 136°  28'  W., 

*''jfi)«s  StiTOit,  iimiii'd  by  Viisilifft',  jr.,  in  1f*?,X  and  in  now  locally  eo  culled ;  but  iti»  nottlie  Kve»tuft' Strait  of  V.ijiilieC  »r.. 
fit  1809,  and  ':  fmiiiH  pint  it'ltic-  paBwipe  first  explored  by  Hayward,  of  Portlock'a  vsb»«)1,  in  1787. 

(After  a  C;iptaiu  .1/(iiriiii»,  wlici  li'adiMl  on  tliis  ocaat  in  'arlv  times;  but  on  tlif  RusHiaii  Hvilrograpbip  Chart  Nc,  MP4  it 
appt>f.rt«  a»  Machln  Island, 

t'.ami'il  by  tli«  Ku>ir;lnii»  alxiul  tliB  beginning  of  tius  cnntiirj, 

i  Miwalled  Index  IhIbi;  on  the  {'0:141  Survey  copy  of  TeliieTikofT*  rliBrt  of  Crosf  Uufbor.  The  same  sketch  ii  erroiicouK  in 
th«BCttle,  whoRe  divUionu  iijilicate  i)uartei's  <>l'  miles  and  net  wliole  milt-a  M  n)»rki>d. 


HATTWARD   STKAIT. 


165 


but  it  is  in  the  sound  over  a  mile  and  a  half  E.  l)y  S.  I  S.  from  the  cntraiKe  of  the  liarbor  Li«ianski 
Ibund  the  hxtitude  of  the  anchorage  in  Cm^s  Harbor  to  I)e  57°  08'  24"  N.  Tebieiikofr  gives  a  sketeii 
of  these  aiieliorages  on  liisCliart  VIII,  with  a  seaie  on  whieh  <|uarter  niihs  do  ihity  as  whole  miles 
Tiiis  lias  been  copied  into  the  Coast  Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts  of  Alaska,  Slieet  .'3  without  cor- 
recting the  ccale,  ' 

The  westtrp  shorf  of  Krestoff  Strait  curves  in  a  westerly  direction  from  the  vicinity  of  the  Ma- 
('ouii  Group  and  assumes  a  generally  NW.  i.end  for  a  distant  of  four  miles  to  the  southern  entrance 
of  Hay  ward  Strait. 

Tills  piece  of  coast  is  delineated  a^  rather  compact,  with  a  small  cluster  of  rocks  named*  the 
Nadeshda  or  Hope  Islets,  and  situated  ai)out  two  miles  from  the  Magouiis  aiul  <>lose  to  the  shore.  It 
it;  not  improbable  that  there  are  shoals  along  this  shore  as  indicated  in  tiie  vicinity  of  the  entrance  of 
Hayward  Strait.  The  eastern  shore  of  Kres  'off  Strait  trends  without  important  deviation  fnmi  the 
vicinity  of  Magoun  Islets  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.  nearly  four  miles  to  Point  ()lg«.  The  northern  half  of 
this  shore  is  ^eset  with  islets  and  rocks,  of  which  the  largest  is  Pribilie  (Prolilable)  Island,  four  cables 
S.  from  Point  Olga  and  about  three  cables  in  extent.  Over  twenty  islets  and  rocks  are  scattered  about 
til?  straH,  mostly  in  an  isolated  manner,  and  near!^r  M  h:tve  bet^n  named.  Amcng  others  in  their  order 
northwestward  from  the  Magouns  are  Polnoi,  Agiak,  Dwinoi,  Ubiloi  and  Nedostatka  ish'ts.all  of 
small  extent.  The  shore  at  the  northwestern  end  of  Krestoff  Strait  Iwtween  the  entrances  of  Neva 
and  .Hayward  straits  is  forme<l  by  the  southern  end  of  Partoffs-chikoflf  f  Island.  This  island  .separates 
.Veva  and  Hayward  straits,  trends  NW.  by  W.  and  SE.  by  E.,  and  is  about  six  miles  long,  with  an 
averagt!  width  of  a  mile  and  a  half  The  southeastern  extremity  bordering  on  Krestoff  Strait  is  broadly 
rounded  to  the  extent  of  nearly  two  miles,  off  which,  in  a  SE.' direction  at  a  distance  of  less  than  half 
a  mile,  is  a  small  group  of  roeks  and  islets  (>aiied  the  Pribioli  Islets.  The  northwestern  end  of  Partoffs- 
chikoff  is  attenuated,  forming  the  narrow  and  wedge-shaped  Hayward  Point,  'vhich  sepa.rates  Neva 
iVom  Hayward  Stniit  and  forms  the  KE,  extreme  of  the  latter.     The  land  gmdually  descends  toward 

I  he  watr.  from  a  moderately  high  hill  or  bluff,  and  the  extremity  of  the  point  is  low,"w.'i(«le(l,  and  with 
<i  shonl  extending  offa  quarter  of  a  mile.  PartoiTs-  chikoff  Island  is  covered  with  a  moderately  elevated 
rolling  chain  of  hills;  the  shores  appear  rather  compact;  neverthele.s,«,  according  to  Russian  authorities, 

II  large  part  of  the  island  is  borderai  by  shoals.  If  is  separabjd  from  Kriiiiof  Island  bv  HaywardJ 
Strait. 

Hayward  Strait  extends  from  the  NW.  angle  of  Kresloii"  Strait,  where  its  entrance  is  half  a  mile 
in  width,  toward  the  northern  part  of  Neva  Strait,  a  distance  of  si«  miles  in  a  NW.  J  W.  <lii-ection. 
Tiiis  stniit  lias  never  been  thoroughly  surveyed,  and  charts  differ. in  regard  to  its  details.  Acrording 
to  Lisianski  and  most  other  Russian  authorities,  in  the  middle  of  ihe  SE.  entrance  sixteen  fiithoms  may 
lie  had,  and  from  thence  less  than  a  mile  in  a  northwesterly  direction  lies  the  small  rocky  Kalabri  (or 
i'alibri)  Islet,  on  each  side  of  which  three  to  live  fathoms  are  to  be  had  l)etwc-eii  it  and  the  shore  NE., 
WW,  and  SW.  One-third  to  one-half  the  distance  NE.  and  SW.  l)etween  the  islet  and  the  shores 
opposite  is  ob8tructe<l  by  sliaah  extending  from  the  Iiea(;hes  of  the  main  shores  aiid  dry  at  low  water. 
The  islet  seems  to  be  bold-to.  Less  than  a  querter  of  a  mile  northwestward  from  it  shoals  extend 
clear  acrofis  Hayward  Strait,  which  according  to  rejiort  are  ilry,  or  nearly  dry  at  low  wiiter.  At 
high  water  there  appears  to  be  sufficient  to  float  an  old-fashioned  deep  ship's-lainuJi  such  as  that  in 
ivjilch  Hayward  made  his  pii.s,sage,  and  t  is  not  unlikely,  from  some  remarks  of  Lisijuiski,  that  even 
at  low  water  there  may  be  en<mgh  to  float  an  Indian  canoe  across  the  flats.  These  flats  extend  along 
the  strait  nearly  a  mile  and  three-quarters  from  the  point  first  referiwl  to,  near  Kalabri  Islet,  and  in 
(his  space  tlio  width  of  the  strait  for  three-quartei-s  of  a  mih^  is  very  contraettul.  It  is  indicate<l  on 
i\iis=ian  Ilydrographic  Chart  No.  1.397  as  not  much  over  a  cable  in  width  at  some  points,  but  in  rcgiird 
Id  this  there  are  discrepancies  among  the  charts.  A  third  of  a  mile  W  NW.  from  the  northciu  termina- 
(ioii  of  these  narrows  the  flats  come  to  an  end,  the  strait  widens  to  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  and  the  depth 
"f  six  or  seven  fathoms  near  the  flat  increases  gradually  but  rcgidarly  to  the  northwestward.  In  that 
ilirection  to  two  miles  and  a  half  from  the  flats  the  shores  of  the  strait  are  indicated  as  free  from  obstrue- 
liiM).  At  that  distani-e/ou/ f/co!tnd'  or  shoals  are  indicate<l  on  the  SW.  shore,  juid  half  a  mile  further 
"II  the  northeast  shore  also,  otnupying  about  a  third  of  the  whole  width  on  each  side,  leaving  a  navi- 
srabie  channel  not  much  more  thaii  two  tables  wide,  but  carrying  at  the  northern  cxtreniity  of  the  strait 
iliriiit  forty-five  fathoms  water.  From  Hayward  Point  W.  by  S.  \  S.  half  a  mile  is  an  islet  not  named, 
vviiich  may  be  considered  the  NW.  headland  of  this  entnuice  of  Hayward  Strait.  There  an;  two 
i-'ifh  near" it,  indicated  as  visible,  as  are  two  others  SE.  two  cables  from  the  hist  mentioned.  .Vbout 
ilii- point  Hay wanl  and  Neva  straits  come  together. 


II 


il 


Itch  18  erroiii'oiiii  in 


'  After  KruMnftt^rii'a  ves*"!. 

I  .\  propiT  iianift  of  Run»iuM  origin.  «i)niHtinie«  wriltiMi  PartOfftUltoir,  und  -'■-■li  souiiir  to  tinve  no  cynon.vni  in  Enpiish. 

t  X;.iiiwl  l,y  I'orilock,  in  17H7,  iit>('r  liin  niiiti-,  wlio  wiis  iIm'  liiTt  n.  pio<»  tln-oiiuli  Snliiilniry  Soiiml  to  Sitka  SimhuI  ami  llnm 
<'Miil.li«!i  111,.  iuBularity  of  Knizotf  Ulan  J.  Tliis  pas,^afe-c  Ims  al«o  li.cn  I.Min..il  BouUlol  ( Dry)  Strait  liy  KiiB-'iaii  and  Bcukol  Inlet 
liy  V.u^Vv  .1  autlioritiis,  nanim  viry  ubjwtloimlde  on  account  of  tlmir  iv|>eat.'il  iii-i>  in  lliin  Cfgion. 


166 


WIUTESTONB   NAKROW8. 
NEVA    STRAIT"  OR   OHANNEIi. 


This  channel  opens  from  the  northern  angle  of  Krcstoff  Strait;  it  extends  thence  in  a  NW.  hy 
W.  I  vr.  generul  direction  to  Sftlisbury  Sound,  ii  distance  of  some  seven  miles.  It  is  the  regular 
channel  by  whicli  the  "inside"'  steamer  jwasnge  to  Sitka  is  made.  The  SE.  entrant^  is  marked  by  a 
headland  of  Riranoif"  Island,  Nova  Point,  from  which  Olgji  Point  bears  east  about  six  cables.  A 
nible  to  the  sontinvard  from  Neva  Point  is  a  small  rock  above  water  a  short  distance  S.  from  which 
twenty-five  fathoms  may  lie  had.  On  the  opposite  or  Partotfs-chikofr  Island  shore  and  bearing  SW. 
i  W.  from  the  rock  off'Xesa  Point  half  a  mile,  is  another  rocky  islet  which  may  lie  considered  as  the 
SW,  extreme  of  the  passage.  There  are  fifteen  fathoms  close  to  it  and  upwards  to  forty-five  fathoms  in 
raid-channel  between  the  two  rocks,  according  to  Russian  authorities. 

From  Neva  Point  WW.  by  W.  aliont  six  cables  is  anotlier  small  point,  unnamed,  apparently  bluff 
and  bold-to,  as  is  the  shore  Iwtwecn  it  and  the  rocks  at  Neva  Point.  North  from  it  is  a  small  a)ve. 
Imnieiliatcly  adjacent  to  the  unnamed  p.)int  eleven  fathoms  or  more  are  indicated  by  Russian  Hydro- 
graphic  Ciiart  No.  1397,  but  it  about  a  cable  length  W  SW.  fnmi  the  shore  and  very  nearly  midway 
between  the  point  above  mentioned,  which  has  been  called  Whitostone  Point,  and  a  similar  point  on  the 
southwestern  shore  of  the 'pas'«ige,  a  sunken  rock  is  indicat<!d  on  the  chart.  The  investigations  of  Lieut. 
G.V.  Hanus,  V.  S.  N.,  of  the  ./am<8^"'»*,  have  cleared  up  the  doubts  in  regard  to  this  locality,  which  is 
called  Whitestone  Narrows.! 

The  sunken  rock  of  tlie  charts  is  a  small  black  rocky  islet,  called  Whitestone  Islet,  west  and  nortli- 
west  from  which  are  sIumIk  and  sunken  rock«.     The  only  channel  lies  eastward  from  the  islet. 

SAIIJNG  DIRECTIONS 


r  U:      i| 


I'OU   WHITESTONE   XARROWS.  ^ 

Actiording  to  Lieutenant  Hanus,  when  the  islet  is  in  plain  sight  steer  NW.  by  N.  for  mid-channel 
of  the  passiige  NE.  from  it;  when  nearly  n\>  with  the  isle*^  hug  the  .sh(jre  of  Whitestone  Point  NW. 
I  W.  until  the  cove  opens  well.  The  coursf;  is  then  W  NW.,  with  the  head  of  the  cove  E  SE.  astern, 
to  avoid  a  sand  spit  which  makes  out  from  the. mouth  of  a  stream  westward  two  c  jl^s  from  White- 
stone Point.  When  in  mid-channel  on  the  above  keep  NW.  J  W.,  giving  the  sr  „aern  shore  of  Neva 
Strait  the  preference  for  the  rest  of  its  extent.    The  least  water  is  about  five  fathoms. 

The  rocks  west  and  northwest  from  Whitestone  Islet  are  well  marked  in  summer  by  kelp,  which 
mtLSt  always  be  avoided,  as  one  of  the  rocks  is  nearly  dry  at  low  water. 

The  tide  here  floods  from  the  northwest  and  ebbs  in  that  direc'tion  into  Salisbury  Sound. 

There  appears  to  be  a  number  of  visible  rocks  apd  islets  on  the  northern  shore  until  Point  Zeal 
is  rea<;hed,  but  mostly  visible  or  dry. 

Point  ZealJ  is  situated  three  and  three-quarters  miles  NW.  ij  N.  from  Neva  Point,  and  appears  to 
be  a  rather  high  bluff  point  extending  in  a  westerly  direction  and  with  an  islet  directly  west  from  it  a 
few  hundred  feet.  This  point  divides  the  narrow  or  southeasttirn  portion  of  Neva  Strait  from  the 
wider  or  northwestern  portion  and  also  forms  the  southwestern  extreme  of  a  bight  or  bay  known  as 
St.  John  Baptist^  Bay. 

It  opens  obliquely  from  Neva  Strait,  of  the  northwestern  part  of  which  it  seems  to  form  a  natural 
eastern  termination.  Regarding  tiie  bay  as  consisting  of  that  body  of  water  E.  from  a  line  drawn  from 
Point  Zeid  i>erpendicnlar  to  the  axis  of  the  bay,  it  would  then  comprise  in  length  a  mile  and  a  quarter 
in  an  E.  l>y  N.  and  W.  by  S.  dirwtion,  and  in  width  six  or  seven  cables  at  the  mouth,  diminishing  to 
one  or  two  cables  at  the  head.  There  is  one  islet  on  each  side  of  the  bay ;  the  depth  of  water  near  tlie 
shores  is  small — a  shoal  bordering  the  beach  almost  entirely  around  the  Imy  except  near  the  points 
of  entrance;  this  shoal  water  makes  off  from  one  to  two  and  a  half  cables  and  (according  to  Russian 

•NaniiHl  hy  Li^imiaki,  in  1804,  after  hi»  vkkscI.  tt  tlien  iiiclmlcil  what  has  been  tertr.cd  Olfa  Strait.  The  present  Neva 
Chttiinel  is  the  Olpn  Stniit  iit'  llie  Riissuin  chart  of  180!>,  but  not  of  'I'ebienkoff. 

tin  IlydroKraphic  Notice,  No.  13,  IHCK,  pp.  .'>  and  15,  Meade  refers  to  a  reef  of  white  boulders  in  Neva  Strait  in  mid  ohan- 
nel.  The  hieatioii  of  tliis  reef  ie  not  indicated  on  IiIk  chart  nor  is  it  stated  in  tlie  text  where  the  reef  ia.  It  refers,  however,  to  the 
rock  niarkMl  sunken  on  Russian  Hydropraphie  Chart  No.  i:)!)?,  and  called  Whitestone  Islet  in  the  above  ilescription.  He  says. 
"There  is  a  larpe  rock,  which  iapartly  out  of  water  and  rijtht  in  the  center  of  the  channel.  The  ground  is  very  innch  broken,  and 
at  low  water  there  is  as  little  as  two  a'ld  one-half  I'athoina  m  ihe  rhnnnel  Hy  keeping  clear  of  the  kelp,  which  is  readily  seen,  and 
with  11.1  aid  of  the  lead,  a  vessel  of  ffleen  feet  draught  can  (lass  through  at  low  water  and  the  largest  steamier  at  high  water." 
He  cans  this  place  the  Wliitistone  Karrows,  anil  refers  to  a  creek  on  Ihe  eastern  shore  immediately  opposite  this  reef,  off  tlie 
mouth  of  which  is  a  sand  hank  upon  wliich  the  Saiiininr  grounded  February  11,  1889.  The  subsequent  investigations  of  Hanus 
have  shown  that  there  is  more  water  availaiile  than  Meade  supposed. 

{ In  Kussinn  Uisrdln  or  Ousardle.  was  nnmed  by  Vasilii'lTan  early  a«  IKCI. 

^Joanna  Predtecbl ;  nameil  by  Vasiliefl'  in  18,33,  and  sometimes  called  Baptist  Bay,  St.  Jobn'a  Bay  or  Otijf, 


mmm 


NEVA   STRAIT. 


157 


111  a  NW.  by 
the  regular 
marked  by  a 
c  cables.  A 
,  from  wliich 
hearing  SW. 
idered  as  the 
I'e  fathoms  in 

)arently  bluff 
a  small  cove, 
ssian  Hydro- 
larly  midway 
point  on  the 
ions  of  Lieut, 
ility,  which  is 

st  and  nortli- 

islet. 


mid-channel 
e  Point  NW. 
£  SE.  astern, 

from  White- 
ihore  of  Neva 

y  kelp,  which 

und. 

Point  Zeal 

id  appears  to 
?est  from  it  a 
•ait  from  the 
•ay  known  as 

in  a  natural 
drawn  from 
iiid  a  quarter 
minishing  to 
ater  near  the 
r  the  pointN 
to  Russian 

II!  pii!e«nt  Nevii 

ail  ill  mill  nhnn 
however,  to  tlif 

)tioil.       Ho  BHVS, 

ii:h  broken,  ntiii 
adily  seen,  and 
at  liigh  water. " 
tiis  reef,  off  the 
iitioHs  of  HanuK 


Hydrographie  Chart  No.  1397)  includes  the  two  islets  above  mejitionetl.  The  depth  of  water  varies 
from  six  to  nineteen  fathoms  in  the  anchorage,  which  comprises  the  navigable  portion  of  the  hay  east 
from  a  line  connecting  the  two  islets  previously  alluded  to. 

This  bay  was  visitwl  by  a  jiartyof  the  U.  S.  Cosist  Survey  in  1 8fi7,  who  report  good  anchorage  near  the 
head  in  sixteen  fathoms.  'I'he  sliores  are  bold  and  rise  to  mountains,  coverel  with  s])rucc  to  the  water's 
edge.  A  stream  at  its  he;id  reaches  the  bay  through  a  narrow,  deep  valley  between  high  nioinitains. 
From  Point  Zeal  Neva  Strait  extends  in  a  generally  W.  J  N.  direction,  with  a  width  of  aliout  seven 
cables  and  bold  shores.  At  a  distant*  of  about  a  mile  and  three-quarters  westward  from  the  point  are 
the  Kane*  Islets,  comprisii)',^  a  rook  above  water  and  two  islets  northward  from  it.  The  strait  eastward 
from  these  islets  lias  great  tlepth  of  water;  westward  the  soundings  are  mostly  less  than  forty  fathoms, 
muildy  iiottom.  Immediately  about  the  Kanes  a  danger  line  is  drawn  on  the  Russian  charts,  indica- 
ting that  they  should  not  be  approached  within  a  cable  length.  SW.  by  W.  ]  W.  from  tlic  islets 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  is  Haywanl  Point,  to  the  westward  of  which  is  the  entrance  of  Ilayward 
Strait.  About  W.  J  N.  from  Hayward  Point,  at  the  distance  of  a  mile,  lies  the  NW.  point  of  entrance 
i'lto  Neva  Strait  as  here  accepted.  It  is  a  moderately  low,  wooded  jKiint,  which  should  not  be  too 
closely  approached,  as  liuasian  charts  indicate  a  danger  line  at  about  a  cable  ami  a  half  from  the  shore 
all  around  this  point.  On  the  other  shore  it  becomes  difficidt  to  .select  a  point  of  entrance  or  to  draw 
any  line  not  of  an  arbitrary  nature  as  a  boundary  between  Salisbury  Somid  and  Neva  Strait.  These 
two  bcKlies  of  water  are  so  intimately  connected  that  any  specified  boundary  for  either  is  open  to  some 
exception.  Perhaps  the  most  iiatural  is  that  whi(;h  will  here  be  adopted,  namely,  from  the  NW.  point 
of  entrance  above  mentioned  to  the  Samoiloff  Islets  and  thenw  to  Point  Kakul.  This  is  the  line  of 
separation  adopted  by  Tebienkoff,  Vasilieff  and  most  Russian  authorities. 

From  the  NW.  point  N.  "by  W.  J  W.  half  a  mile  lies  the  largest  of  the  Samoiloff't  Islets. 

This  group  consists  of  an  islet  of  small  extent  and  a  number  of  visible  rocks,  having  a  generally 
W  NW.  and  E  SE.  trend,  in  which  they  extend  less  than  half  a  mile  and  not  over  a  quarter  <>f  a  mile  in 
any  other  dinxition.  Nearly  in  mid-channel  l)etween  the  NW.  point, and  Sainoiloff  Islet  is  a  large 
rock  above  water.  There  is  a  five-ftithom  pttssage  between  the  islet  and  the  rocks.  Between  the  rock 
and  the  point  t)ver  twenty-live  fathoms  may  bo  had,  according  to  the  charts. 

On  the  other  hand, George  Kozian,an  excellent  pilot  long  resident  here,  a.sserls  that  there  is  no 
passage  at  all  between  the  Samoiloff  Islets  and  the  NW.  extreme  of  the  strait;  that  a  bar  or  ulioal 
extends  clear  across,  or  so  nearly  so  as  to  render  navigation  between  them  unsafe. 

From  the  islet  to  Point  Kakid  the  entrance  of  the  strait  is  free  and  clear  a  distance  of  a  mile  and 
a  quarter  in  a  N.  |  W.  direction.  Here  the  water  is  reporte<l  to  be  of  considernblo  (li'|)tli  and  the  shores 
Hre  bold  and  free  from  off-lying  dangers.  The  NE.  extreme  is  formed  by  Point  Kakulj.  It  appears 
from  the  charts  to  be  a  little  peninsula  jutting  out  from  BaranoiT' Island  in  a  westerly  directitn.  Rus- 
sian Hydrographie  Chart  No.  1397  i.idicates/oit^f/rou/K/  near  the  end  of  the  point,  extending  a  cjible 
length  westerly.     This  point  also  forms  the  southwastern  extreme  of  Peril  Strait. 

This  completes  the  description  of  the  interior  passages  between  Sitka  and  Salisbury  saniids,  of 
which,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  they  are  used  monthly  by  mail  steamers,  but  little  is  known; 
and  tliere  is  not  a  single  astronomically  established  reliable  geographical  |)osition  on  record  from  all 
this  labyrinth  of  passages. 

The  description  of  the  oceanic  ct)a8t  between  the  two  sounds  is  next  in  order. 

CAPE   EDGECUMBE   TO   SALISBURY   SOUND. 

This  stretch  of  coast  has  hardly  had  a  trivial  examination;  different  charts  iliffer  fiindam^nttilly 
in  delineation  of  its  features  and  a  detailed  description  at  present  is  quite  impractii"ai)lc.  From  Cape 
Edgecumbe  north-northwestward  (aticording  to  Russian  Hydrographie  Chart  No.  1397)  one  mile, 
according  to  other  authorities  about  three  miles,  is  NevaS  Bay.  It  appears  to  be  a  triangular  indenta- 
tion three  or  four  cables  in  extent  with  bold  shores,  a  stream  coming  in  at  its  head,  and  no  obstruc- 
tions to  navigation,  though  the  shores  of  Kruzoff  Islantl  northward  and  southward  arc  fringed  with 
rocks  and  islets,  it  is  possible  that  this  cove  might  afford  shelter  for  small  craft  in  easterly  storms, 
but  the  oceanic  groiuid  swell  would  render  it  an  unetusy  and  imdesirabic  berth.  There  is  no  protec- 
tion whatever  to  seaward.  Tlu;  iiosltion  of  the  cove  is  very  uncert^tin  from  t!ie  non-agreement  of  the 
charts. 


Of  tl.e  Britiah  Admiralty  Chart  No. 2431,  or  Kan  IsleU of  VaHilietf.  named  atter  Captain  Ku,„.,  an  An,...inm  pioneer  trailer 
a  coast  at  the  beginning  of  the  century.                                                           ,      .       ,,      ,          >       n    i  i     ■     ti 

Named  by  Va«ilieff  in  IKU,  after  one  of  the  Russian  explorers  of  ihe  Alentmn   Inlaniis.  rnoi  ca 1  „„  «,n,e  rhnit-  lli. 

Or  KetoU.  probably  derived  from  a  Ru«i.n  colonial  .xpre-ion  meaning  ileta.hed.  pinnacled,  m-  U,n 1  ro,k-. 

Named  by  officer. "of  the  Knaaiau-Amerloan  Company  about  1849.    .-^ee  tl.e  company  a  Report  for  that  year. 


I 

hi 


'*^f 


u 


Samol  Islets. 


158 


PORT  MARY. 


North-northwest  from  Cape  Edgecumbc  five  or  six  miles  is  Shellkoff  Bay.*  It  is  inadvisable 
at  present  to  attempt  any  description  of  this  bay,  since  no  two  original  charts  agree  in  respect  to  its 
features,  and  between  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1397,  Tebienkoff,  the  Russian- Ameriain  Com- 
pany's chart  of  1849,  and  others,  the  diiferences  are  in  many  respects  fundamental.  Some  must  be 
wrong,  and  perhaps  all  are.  All  agree  in  representing  a  large  bay  with  islands  near  the  northern  shore 
and  with  the  northcn  point  of  entrance  extended  prominently  toward  the  south.  The  position  an<l 
form  of  Beaver  or  Bobrovie  Point,  the  southern  headland,  are  not  similarly  represented  by  any  two 
charts,  and  in  regard  to  the  interior  shores  of  the  bay  authorities  are  hopelessly  discref)ant.     Most  charts 

represent  at  the  extreme  SB.  angle  of  the  bay  a  small  cove  to  which  the  name  of  Port 
Port  Mary.  Mary  has  l)eeii  restricted  by  Russian  authorities.     A  rough  sketch  of  this  cove  is  given 

on  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1378,  from  which  it  appears  to  lie  about  two  cables 
in  extent  E.  and  W.  and  four  cables  in  a  N.  and  S.  direction,  with  soundings  varying  from  five  to  seven 
fathoms  over  a  bottom  of  gniy  sand.  It  would  appear  to  be  partly  sheltered  by  ?ome  islets  and  a  reef 
from  N.  and  W.  winds.  This  sketch  was  made  by  Rikord  and  Khlebnikoft  in  1810,  who  found  the 
variation  of  the  compass  to  he  two  and  three-quarters  points  easterly  and  the  geographital  position  of 
the  middle  of  the  entrance  to  be  in 

Latitude --._._   67"  07'  N. 

Longitude 136°'40'W. 


l     I 


m   % 


U 


On  the  other  hand,  on  the  Russian-American  Company's  chart  of  1849  this  cove  is  represented  as 
unsheltered  and  completely  tiJletl  with  shoals  apparently  dry  at  low  water,  while  the  contour  of  the 
shore-line  is  fundamentally  diftercnt  from  that  of  Rikord.  From  verbal  reports,  received  by  the  Unite<l 
States  Coa.«t  Survey  in  1867  from  Russian  navigators,  the  hay  woM  appear  unauUed  for  affording 
shelter  or  good  anchorage. 

From  its  head  u  trail  is  said  to  extend  to  Krestoff  Strait,  chiefly  along  the  banks  of  a  large 
stream  which  falls  in  at  a  point  where  Port  Mary  is  supposed  to  he  situated.  From  the  above  llie 
absence  of  reliable  infortiiation  in  rcj;ar(l  to  this  bay  and  its  shores  may  lie  readily  jierceived. 

Between  the  northwestern  headland  of  this  bay  and  Cape  Georgiana  the  discrepant  char<o  indi- 
cate with  some  approach  to  unanimity  the  existence  of  a  projecting  tongue  of  land  not  improbably 
identical  with  Point  Amelia.! 

The  point  here  identified  with  Vancouver's,  according  to  Russian  Hydrogi-aphic  Chart  No.  1.397, 
is  situated  NW.  by  N.  J  N.  about  fourteen  miles  fnmi  Cape  Edgecumbe,  and  is  a  sharply  pointefl,  high, 
bluft",  conspicuous  tongue  of  hiiid  trending  NE.  and  SW.  and  about  half  a  n\ile  in  length.  NW.  \  N. 
about  a  mile  from  its  southwestern  extremity  is  the  group  of  Sea  Lion  Islets,]:  comprising  four  or  five 
islets  all  of  very  small  extent,  most  of  them  mere  rm-ks.  They  are  compriswl  within  an  area  less  than 
a  mile  in  diameter,  and  the  outermost  part  is  a  mile  and  a  quarter  from  the  nearest  shore.  It  would 
appear  (hat  they  are  high,  since  they  have  l)een  seen  by  various  navig-atoi's  at  a  distance  of  more  than 
six  miles.  Acc;ording  to  the  sime  Russian  chart  two  and  a  half  miles  north  from  Point  Amelia  is  the 
entrance  to  a  cove  or  bay  known  as  Sea  Lion  Cove  or  "Gulf,"ii  and  which  is  represented  very  differ- 
ently on  different  charts.  It  appears  to  be  of  small  extent  and  requires  further  examination.  TSC^.  by 
N.  j  N.  fron\  Point  Amelia  three  miles  and  three-quarters,  According  to  the  same  authority,  is  situated 
Cape  Oeorgiana.y 

This  cape  is  sharp,  narrow,  rather  high  and  wooded.     Its  approximate  geographical  position  is 

Latitude F/°  18'   N. 

Longitude _.736°  45'  W. 

and  the  variation  of  the  co'iipass  in  this  vicinity  in  18;i3  was  t!!!rt_y  degrees  easterly. 

Sea  (Morskoi)  Rock  lies  one  mile  west  from  Cajie  Georgiana — seventeen  fathoms  close  to  the  rock, 
over  thirty  in  mid-channel,  and  over  twenty  close  to  the  cape,  all  between  the  rock  and  the  cape.     It 

*  Of  VRBilipfl',  siiiMt-timcB  leniifd  SbeUlcova  Oulf.  TIiib  luiily  of  wnii'r  in  thn  PortBbtry  i>f  Vancouver,  Mary  Bay  of  Bnme 
HiithoriticB.  nnil  i)ie  Puerto  de  Ouadalupe  of  Giiliaiiirx  Atlas  anil  of  La  Perouw,  but  it  is  not  tli«  original  I'uirto  iln  Ouailn 
lupeof  Roilt>(i[a  and  Mniiri'lle.  It  haa  Iwcn  inialranslati'd  Btlk  Bay  on  Knglisli  CIntrlB.  Rusaian,  Knglish  and  Anmrican  uiithor- 
iti«j»  »wm  to  hiiVH  rfBcrvcd  l)y  common  conaciit  the  name  of  Tancouvor  for  the  liarlmr  within  lh«  bay,  if  any  cxiflt*.  It  ivae 
niinind  in  honor  of  flriRori  Ivanovich  Sliolikoff.  founder  of  the  Kua«iiin-AinKrican  Company. 

t  Of  Vancouver  in  1704,  who  inchidwl  what  he  aupp'wwi  to  he  the  Bay  of  Itlandi  of  Cook  between  tliis  point  and  Klokaoheff 
Isliind.  More  recent  chartu  remrirt  tl(.ebay,  now  known  a8  Salisbury  Sound,  to  the  water*  between  Cape  Georgiana  and  Kloka- 
cheff  [aland,  but  this  doen  not  appeal  from  Vancouver's  cliart  to  have  been  hie  iinpregaion  He  placea  Point  Aindia  sixteen  milen 
about  N.  38°  W.  from  Cape  Edgecumbe  and  represHiils  three  or  lour  tmall  iHlets  trending  northwanl  from  it. 

iBluchl,  named  liy  Vaxilieff  in  lKt3. 

$Iii  KuKidnii  Sluchla  Ouba. 

II Of  Portlock  ill  1787,  Rul>8et]ueiitly  called  81nohl  or  Bea  Lion  Point  by  Vanilieff  in  1833;  Point  Olfa  by  TDbienkolf  in 
1848,  (not  the  Point  Olga  of  riliera ; )  and  by  some  authorities  identified  with  Point  Amelia  of  Vancouver. 


SALISBURY   SOUND. 


159 


is  entirely  omitted  by  several  authorities.  Tebienkoff"  indicates  it  an  a  sunken  rock  instead  of  an  islet, 
and  tlie  Russian  American  Company's  chart  of  1849  places  another  of  the  same  size  between  Sea  Koek 
and  Cape  Georgiana. 

A  mile  toward  Point  Amelia  from  Cape  Georgiana,  on  the  line  joining  them,  several  authorities 
indicate  a  small  solitary  islet,  which  does  not  appear  on  other  charts.  The  shore  northward  and  east- 
ward '  vithin  a  mile  from  Cajx;  Georgiana  is  mostly  bold-to  with  a  few  visible  bordering 
rocks.  The  cape  itself  forms  the  southwestern  headland  of  Salisbury  Sound,*  which  Salisbury  Sound, 
opens  from  the  Pacific  in  latitude  57°  ac'  N.  The  entrance  is  coinimsei^  between  Cape 
Georgiana  and  Point  Klokaoheff.f  which  is  formed  by  the  southwestern  extremity  of  Klokaclietl" 
Island. 

Point  Klokacheff  from  the  sound  appears  to  bo  about  two  huiidriHl  and  fifty  feet  high,  w()(Hle<l 
with  spruce,  and  ba^^ked  to  the  northward  by  rather  high  mountains  woodcnl  to  half  their  height,  and 
with  bai'e  and  rocky  summits.  From  Cape  Georgiana  Point  Klokacheff'  bears  NW.  by  N.  four  nules, 
Iwing  the  greatest  width  of  the  sound,  which  at  its  eastern  termination  has  a  breadth  of  less  tiian  two 
miles;  its  length  in  a  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  and  SW.  by  W.  J  W.  diretition  is  about  five  miles.  It  is  bor- 
dered to  the  northward  by  land  l)elonging  to  the  Chichagoff  Archipelago,  to  the  eastward  by  a  i)art  of 
BaranoflF  Island,  and  to  the  southward  clnefly  by  the  shore  of  Kruzoff  Island.  Haywardj  Neva  and 
Peril  straits  branch  from  its  eastern  angles.  There  are  a  number  of  sn;r.ll  isiaiuis  about  the  shores, 
though  the  protecting  long  "ridge  of  high  islands"  mentioned  by  Cook,  Maurelle  and  Vanc'ouver 
(unleas  identical  with  the  Sea- Lion  Islets)  seem  to  he  unreprcsentetl  on  modern  charts.  The  U.  S. 
Coast  Survey  party  of  1880  observed  the  outer  shore  north  and  south  from  Salisbury  Sound  to  be 
generally  high  and  broken,  densely  wooded  and  (June  15)  wholly  free  from  snow,  and  guarded  by  a 
throng  of  islands  in  front  of  it,  mostly  unindicated  by  the  charts.  In  the  description  following,  Rus- 
sian Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1397  has  been  chiefly  relied  on;  Tebienkoff  No.  VIII  agrees  closely 
with  it. 

From  Cape  Georgiana  the  coast  extends  two  miles  NE.  J  N.,  with  minor  irregularities  and  some 
in-shore  rocks  and  islets,  bold-to  and  wooded,  to  the  southwest  point  of  entrance  to  Kalinina  Bay.t 
of  small  extent,  being  about  a  mile  in  length  NW.  and  SE.  and  half  a  mile  wide,  with  the  southern- 
most portion  slightly  indented  toward  the  south.  NE.  by  N.  from  the  SW.  headland  six  ciibles  lies 
the  NE.  headland.  The  former  is  bold-to  with  twenty-five  fathoms  close  in ;  the  latter  is  marked  by  a 
short  re^  extending  westward  from  it.  The  southern  shor''  of  the  bay  is  represented  as  bold-to;  the 
northeastern  shore  on  the  contrary  is  obstructed  to  the  distance  of  a  cable  from  the  beach.  A  stream 
comes  in  at  the  head.  On  the  eastern  side  the  U.  S.  Cosist  Survey  parties  report  a  wooded  mountain 
fifteen  hundred  feet  high,  rising  very  abruptly  from  the  water.  The  soundings  in  the  entrance  are  in 
about  thirty  fathoms,  the  depth  shoaling  rapidly  to  fifteen,  ten,  four  and  three  and  a  half,  the  latter  in 
the  southern  part.  This  bay  is  asserted  to  afford  good  shelter  in  the  southern  part.  It  is  manifest 
that  it  mu.st  receive  somepnrt  of  the  oceanic  ground-swell  at  all  times,  and  especially  when  the  wind  is 
from  the  westward.     This  suggests  that  it  must  be  an  uneasy  l)ertli  at  best. 

There  is  no  det<iiled  plan  of  this  bay,  but  it  is  indicated  as  above  by  Tebienkoff 's  Chart  No.  VIII 
and  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1397. 

About  six  cables  N.  by  E.  J  E.  from  the  NE.  point  of  entrance  to  Kalinina  Bay  lies  the  northern 
]>oint  of  Sinitsin  Island. § 

This  island  stands  out  from  the  southern  shore  of  Salisbury  Sound  .about  three-cjuarters  of  a  mile 
in  a  N.  by  W.  direction,  including  the  foul  ground  with  which  it  is  fringetl  and  by  which  it  is  also 
connected  with  the  main  shore.  The  whole  is  aliout  a  quarter  of  a  mile  wide  and  of  somewhat 
irregular  contour.  At  its  northern  end  tha.foul  grouml  extends  two  cables  from  the  sliore,  the  de|)t]i 
then  increasing  to  fourteen  fathoms  or  nior".[|  A  similar  obstruction  unites  the;  southern  part  of  the 
island  and  the  main  shore.  On  the  east  and  west  a  depth  of  five  to  ten  fathoms  is  attaine<l  at  about 
one  cable  from  the  sliore,  while  at  a  distance  of  half  a  mile  over  fifty  fathoms  is  imlicated.    To  the 

•  Numed  by  Portlock  in  1787,  and  identicnl  with  the  Puerto  de  los  Remedlos  of  M«iin'lle  in  177r>.  nf  (iHllnnu  mid  (if  \m 
Peiuii8e;  the  Bay  Of  Islands  of  Cook  in  177ri,  and  later  of  LiBiaimky  ;  Klokaohsff  Strait,  Oulf  or  Sound  of  Viwilivtr  mid  oilier 
Kimsian  authoritiei,  1809-18.50;  01«a  Btralt  of  TebienkolT,  out  nut  of  other  KubkIuh  (liail*,  ami  Olga  Gulf  oi- Sound  of  tlio  Conut 
SuiTey  Allan  of  HarhoV  Charts.  Cook,  Maurelle  and  Vanrouver  all  appear  to  have  n-Kimled  tin-  liny  a«  inchidinjj;  all  lietween 
I'oiiit  Amelia  and  Klokacheff  Inland,  a  fact  which  indicates  a  prolialile  faultim-BK  in  the  prMeiit  delineations  of  the  nli.Mvline 
tlioul  Cape  Georgiana,  since,  if  that  promontory  projected  aa  much  in  proportion  to  I'oiiit  Amelia  an  is  Kenerally  iiidicateii  on 
tlie  chartii,  the  above-mentioned  impreaaion  would  hardly  have  been  conveyed  lo  such  an  acute  olwerver  an  Vancouver.  A 
re-examinaiion  of  thia  part  of  the  ooaat,  eipecially  the  hluclii  laleta,  i«  much  to  he  dedired. 

I  Of  X'aailieff;  inadvertently  termed  in  a  late  Coast  Survey  publication  Point  Olga,  a  name  already  applied  en-oneoimly  liy 
Tebienkoff  10  Cape  Georgiana,  «»d  also  previously  used  by  VasilieiT  for  the  northwestern  extreme  of  Kreslolf  Maud  near  by. 

;  Named  by  Vaailieff. 

<i  Named  by  Vaailieff  in  1833,  after  one  of  the  early  explorers  of  the  Aleutian  Islands.     Called  Slnlts  Island  on  liritish  Ad- 

niimltv  Chart  No.  2:1.17. 

II  On  Tebienkoff's  plan  of  Olga  Gulf,  and  the  copy  of  it  in  the  Coaat  Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts  of  Al.i..ka.  this  soundmg 

has  been  recorded  as  seventy-four  fathoms  hy  an  error. 


160 


FOBTUNA   STRAIT. 


.    ', 


SE.  from  Sinitsin  Island  the  shore  extending  thence  to  the  NW.  point  of  entrance  of  Hayward  Strait 
is  represented  on  existing  charts  iis  nearly  straight.  The  U.  S,  Coast  Survey  party  of  1867  reports  that 
from  a  "position  in  the  middle  of  the  sound"  t'  -^  "shore  appeared  to  retreat  well  to  the  south,  head- 
ing in  a  low  valley"  on  the  west  of  which  appeared  the  liigh  eastern  mountain  of  Kalinina  Bay  and  on 
the  east  a  "wooded  hill  about  six  hundred  feet"  i  height.  Two  rocks  were  observed  in  front  of  the 
entrance  to  this  apparent  bay,  and  there  may  exist  here  a  well-sheltered  anchorage,  from  which 
Sinitsin  Island  would  keep  out  the  sea  due  to  the  westerly  winds. 

From  the  northern  part pf  Sinitsin  Island  the  NW.  point  of  entrance  l)ear8  E.  J  S.  al)0ut  a  mile 
and  a  quarter,  and  Point  Kakul  about  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.  two  miles.  In  the  eastern  part  of  the  middle 
of  ♦he  sound  the  Coast  Survcv  sounded  in  fifty-five  fathoms. 

Klokaoboff  Island,*  a  the  northwest  point  of  entrance  to  the  sound,  is  of  triangular  form, 
havljig  sides  about  a  mile  in  length,  its  western  or  longest  side  extending  in  a  K.  by  W.  and  S.  by  E. 
direction.  It  is  very  high,  especially  to  the  NE.,  falling  away  westward,  and  densely  wooded  on  the 
lower  levels.  When  abeam  white  streaks  or  landslides  show, clearly  on  the  bold  shore  eastward  from 
it  from  a  distance  seaward  of  eight  or  ten  miles.  It  is  separated  from  the  adjacent  land  of  the  Chicha- 
goff  Archipelago  by  Fortuna  Strait  Passage  or  Channel,  as  it  is  variously  termed.f  This  passage  is 
represented  aS  a  mile  and  a  half  long,  less  than  half  a  mile  in  average  width,  having  a  general  NW. 
and  SE.  direction,  and  as  being  obstructed  by  siioals  in  the  northwestern  portion  so  far  as  to  form  a 
cul-de-sac,  wlii(^li  may  be  entered  for  the  distiuice  of  a  mile  in  a  NW.  by  N.  direction  from  the  middle 
of  the  SE.  entrance.  Very  little  is  definitely  known  about  this  strait,  which  was  first  indicated  on  the 
charts  of  Portlock  and  Dixon. 

The  SE.  point  of  entrance  of  Fortuna  Strait  is  marked  by  a  small  round  island.  Thence  in  a 
S  SE.  direction  the  soundings  run  from  ten  fathoms  at  a  cable  length  to  twenty-two  at  four  cables 
and  fifty  at  seven  cables  from  the  shore.  In  the  middle  of  the  entrance  to  the  sound  no  bottom  is 
rej)orted  with  nearly  sixty  fathoms  of  line.  From  the  same  point  the  Chichagoft"  shore  curves  slightly 
toward  the  north  but  preserves  a  general  E.  by  N.  direction  for  nearly  three  miles  and  a  half  to 
Krugloif  Island,  a  small  round  islet  as  its  name  implies,  which  by  its  position  forms  the  SW.  pofilt  of 
entrance  to  Peril  Sirait  from  the  sound.  The  shore  between  Krugloi  and  Fortuna  Strait  has  numerous 
minor  irregularities,  and  appears  to  be  chiefly  rocky  and  bold  with  mountainous  and  heavily  wooded 
country  bcliind  it.  Foul  ground  extends  off  two  or  three  cable's  length,  and  a  number  of  small,  round 
and  probably  high  islands  are  scattered  along  this  shore,  of  which  Krugloi  is  the  most  eastern  and 
Ooloi§  Island  is  the  most  distant  from  the  shore. 

This  islet  is  repi'esented  as  bearing  from  Krugloi  SW.  f  W.  one  mile,  and  from  the  rocks  at  the 
northern  end  of  Sinitsin  Island  N.  by  W.  a  little  more  than  a  mile.  Hence,  in  this  vicinity,  the 
navigable  width  of  the  sound  is  reduced  to  about  one  mile  in  a  N.  and  S.  direction. 

Pilots  Paniarakoff  and  Kozian,  of  the  Russian- Ameriam  Company's  service,  state  that  all  dangere 
on  the  uoithern  shore  of  Salisbury  Sound  are  exposed  or  visible,  and  that  any  one  bound  for  Neva 
Strait  may  steer  in  mid-channel  up  to  the  high  bluffs  of  the  BaranofF  shore  and  enter  without  risk. 


PERIL   OR   POGIB8HI    STRAITS. 

These  straits  apjiear  to  have  been  named  at  an  early  date,  but  first  appear  on  Lisianski's  chart  of 
1804.11  They  have  been  but  very  imperfectly  examined,  and  nearly  all  extant  information  is  com- 
prised on  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1 397,  with  some  subsequent  corrections  by  the  U.  S.  Naval 
and  Coast  Survey  offic^ers,  upon  which,  therefore,  the  following  descriptive  notes  are  obliged  to  be 
dependent  for  their  accuracy. 

From  their  SW.  entrance  between  Krugloi  Island  and  Point  Kakul  the  straits  have  a  northerly 
general  direction  for  fifteen  and  a  half  miles,  and  thence  trend  nearly  east  eighteen  and  a  half  miles  to 
their  junction  with  Chatham  Strait.  The  western  portion  is  contracted  in  width,  obstructed  with 
numerous  dangers,  and  by  the  strong  and  turbulent  tidal  currents  to  which  it  is  subject  is  rendered 
dangerous  and  difficult  of  navigation  even  for  steam-vessels,  and  should  on  no  account  be  attempted 
without  a  pilot  or  by  any  sailing  vessel  of  considerable  size. 

The  shores  of  this  western  portion  are  indented  by  numerous  bays  the  approximate  limits  of  which 
are  known,  while  the  borders  o'"  the  wider  and  eastern  portion  of  the  straits  are  very  imperfectly 
delineatetl  and  broken  by  openings  which  remain  still  unexplored.  While  in  the  eastern  portion  shoals 
occur,  among  other  obstructions,  to  the  westward  the  water  is  deep  and  the  rocks  and  reefe  which 
imi)ede  navigation  are  mostly  bold-to. 


•  This  name  first  appeara  on  the  Britigh  Admirnltiy  Chart  No.  2337.    It  has  also  been  called  Fortuna  and  Vincent  Island. 

t  This  name  appcnrB  to  liave  been  applied  by  Vasilieff  as  early  as  1848,  perhaps  with  reference  to  the  capture  by  the  Kus- 
sians  in  IHl'J  of  a  Spanish  vessel  of  that  name  which  had  stianded  on  the  Alaska  coast  in  this  vicinity. 

t  Round  Island. 

^  Bare  or  Naked. 

II  He  tei-m«  them  Fagoobnoy  or  Pemloloui  Strait,  and  states  that  they  were  so  called  on  account  of  the  death  there  of  a 
large  number  of  Aleuts  in  ITUil  from  eating  poisonous  mussels. 


PERIL  STRAITS. 


161 


B»th  there  of  » 


Peril  Straita  at  their  western  entrance  are  alwut  half  a  mile  wide  E.  by  N.  and  W.  8oMlhwe«t  Peril 
by  S.,  and  the  navigable  width  is  fiirtiier  diminished  by  a  short  »w/ about  Point  Kakul.  Strait. 

In  mid-channel  over  fifty  fathoms  have  been  olitained  without  Iwttom  being  reached. 
From  Point  Kakul  N.  by  E.  |  E.  two  and  a  third  miles  lies  Point  Suloia.* 

This  point  is  situated  on  the  western  shore  of  the  Southwest  Peril  Strait,  and  from  Krugloi  Island 
IjcarsNE.  by  N.  J  N.  two  and  a  half  miles.  It  is  a  rounded  l>ut  rugged  promontory,  apparently  high, 
bluff,  wo<Kletl  and  backed  by  a  rather  high  mountain.  The  shore  between  it  and  Krugloi  is  marked 
by  numerous  minor  irregularities  and  is  of  a  rocky  character.  In  the  stiait  are  several  rocks.  These 
are  indicated  as  high  out  of  water  and  readily  avoided. 

The  most  important  is  a  cluster  which  is  situate<l  almost  in  the  middle  of  the  strait,  three-quarters 
of  a  mile  north  from  Point  Kakul.  Tlie  water  in  tiiis  vicinity  is  stated,  however,  to  l)e  of  very  great 
depth,  and  there  is  on  either  side  of  these  rocks  a  clear  p:is«age  for  navigation. 

From  a  point  half  a  mile  northward  from  Point  Kakul  the  shore  has  a  general  trend  E  NE.  for 
a  distance  of  six  and  a  half  miles,  with  some  subordinate  flexures.  A  stream  comes  in  at  this  point; 
tiiencc  the  shore  extends  two  miles  NW.  J  N.  and  tlien  trends  W.  by  S.  \  8.  nearly  four  miles  to  Ribni 
or  Pish  Point,  a  promontory,  high,  rocky  and  wooded,  which  bears  from  Point  Suloia  alwut  one  mile 
NE.  by  N.  J  N.  It  takes  its  name  from  Fish  Bay  or  Gulf,  which  isf  formed  by  the  indentation  of 
Baranoff  Island  just  mentioned.  It  trends  E.  by  N.  i  N.  and  W.  by  S.  |  8.  four  and  a  half  miles,  and 
has  an  average  width  of  a  mile  and  a  half.  This  bay  gets  its  name  from  the  large  numlier  of  salmon 
caught  in  the  streams  falling  into  it.  The  depth  of  water  within  this  bay  is  very  great  and  but  one 
anchorage  is  surveyed.  On  the  northwestern  shore  of  Fish  Bay,  aix)ut  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  Fish 
Point  Tebienkoff  indicates  a  small  cove,  not  named,  in  which  an?hontge  may  be  had  in  ten  fathoms. 
It  is  not  shown  on  any  chart  except  Tebienkoff's  No.  ^'III,  and  there  merely  indicated — while  it  has 
been  stated  that  it  is  two  miles  eastward  from  Fish  Point,  probably  by  (ionfusion  with  Schulze  Cove. 
About  two  miles  and  a  half  eastward  from  Fish  Point  is  Schulze  Cove,t  indenting  the  Baranoff  shore 
in  a  N.  and  S.  direction  about  six  cables  and  about  four  cables  wide. 

At  its  eastern  point  of  entrance  is  Piper  Island,  of  small  extent,  wooded,  with  a  sand  spit  making 
off  a  hundred  yards  NW.  from  tiic  NW.  face  of  the  island.  The  clear  entrance  is  about  three  cables 
wide  with  about  twenty-five  fathoms  in  mid-entrance.  Tiiere  are  no  visible  dangers  inside  the  cove 
and  the  only  caution  needed  is  to  avoid  the  vicinity  of  the  sand  spit,  where  the  water  may  be  twenty 
feet  or  less  in  depth  at  low  water.  This  cove  was  used  by  the  Russian  steamers  for  shelter 
during  southeast  gales;  the  holding-ground  is  good,  and  tlie  anchorage  N.  and  W.  from  Piper  Island 
in  alwut  ten  fathoms.  A  sketch  of  this  cove  has  been  made  by  Lieutenant  F.  Symonda,  U.  S.  N.,  and 
imblished  on  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Office  Chart  No.  883. 

From  Point  Suloia  the  coast  gradually  rounds  to  the  north  and  west,  forming  an  indentation 
known  as  Suloia  Bay,  in  which  Meade  indicates  an  anchorage  without  reconling  any  soundings  upon 
iiis  chart.  This  bay  extends  W.  by  N.  J  N.  for  a  mile  and  a  half  with  an  average  width  of  two- 
thirds  of  a  mile.  Directly  in  the  middle  of  its  entrance,  W.  by  S.  J  8.  two-thirds  of  a  mile  from 
Fish  Point,  a  mmken  rock  is  indicated.  Between  this  rock  and  the  westernmost  of  tiic;  islets  off  Fish 
Point  is  a  space  four  cables  wide.  Between  the  rock  and  the  north  and  south  shores  of  Suloia  Bay 
and  within  the  bay  generally,  except  a  few  islets  near  the  shore,  no  shoals  or  other  olwtructions  to 
navigation  are  indicated  on  any  of  the  charts,  yet  Meade,  who  anchored  here  January  1.3,  1868,  says 
n  thonl  runs  across  the  bay  from  point  to  point.  The  water  shoals  suddenly  from  fifteflii  to  five  fath- 
oms, beyond  which  there  is  a  flat.  The  best  anciiorage  appears  to  be  midway  ^letween  tl  e  "two  poiuta," 
in  ten  fathoms  water. 

Immediately  west  from  Fish  Point  and  N.  by  E.  J  E.  from  Point  Suloia  lie  some  islets.  The 
narrow  jiassages  between  them  and  Fish  Point  are  of  course  unnavigable,  but  rather  from  the  strength 
of  the  current  than  from  shoal  water.  The  largest  of  these  is  named  Bapids  (or  Poroga)  Island,  and 
between  it  and  the  opposite  whore  the  cleur  channel  is  not  over  a  third  of  a  mile  in  width.  From 
this  point  to  Poverotni  (Turnabout)  Island  the  strait  is  more  or  less  contracted  and  oljstructed  by  islets 
and  rocks,  amongst  which,  at  certain  stages  of  the  tide,  a  bore,  race  or  tide-rip  is  produced  of  great 
strength  and  alarming  proportions.  This  is  especially  severe  at  certjiin  of  the  narrowest  places.  The 
race  nearest  to  Rapids  Island  is  denominated  the  Second  or  Southern  Rapid. 

Immediately  north  from  Rapids  I.«land  is  a  small  rocky  islet  from  whicrh  n  shoal  extends  north- 
ward, and  at  a  distance  of  a  third  of  a  mile  N.  by  E.  from  the  islet  is  a  detached  sunken  rock  known  aa 
IVdyanda  Rock,^  which  never  uncovers. 

The  following  account  of  an  hitherto  unknown  danger  in  the  above  vicinity  is  derived  from 
information  furnished  to  Lieut.  G.  C.  Hanus,  U.  S.  N.,  Assistant  Coast  Survey,  by  Pilot  W.  E. 
George,  of  the  steamer  Eureka,  which  struck  upon  it  April  26,  1883:  ________ 

"A  n»me,  appBrontly  of  nntive  origin,  appllwl  by  Vasilieffin  1833.     Suloi  in  Rwoian  nii.an»  porridge. 
tNaniKd  by  VaBilltff;  Rubla,  RlDnala  anil  Flililng  Bay  on  variouB  charts, 

i  Named  by  the  U   S.  Nnvy  for  Paul  Schulze,  esq  ,  pn-Ki-lent  of  the  Norllnvcst  Trading  Company  of  Portland,  Oregon, 
d.iin^'  buKinesa  In  the  Alexander  Archipelago.     MLapelled  SbtUse  Cove  in  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Notice  No.  U8  of  18H0. 

i  Sonielime.  miupelled  Wyailte  EOCkJ  named  from  the  feci  that  the  Kevenue  Cutter  Waj/anda  ouce  touched  on  this  rwk. 

P.  0.  P. — 21 


I 


162 


PEltIL  STKAITS. 


Eureka  Rock. — The  SW.  end  of  Rapi<lH  or  Poroga  Island  on  with  8uh)ia  I'oint  of  Cliichof^ofr 
Island  (which,  according  to  the  chart,  should  bear  alwut  S.  |  W.)  passes  over  tw.  ro<'k,  from  which 
the  northern  edge  of  Rapids  or  Poroga  Island  bears  SB.  by  B.  J  B.,  approximate.*  There  are  about 
eight  feet  of  water  over  the  rock,  which  appears  to  be  a  pinnacle  about  six  feet  in  extent. 

Note. — According  to  the  chart.  Eureka  Itock  should  be  about  400  yards  N.  I  E.  from  the  western 
extreme  of  Rapids  Island,  and  a  little  more  from  the  Chichagoff  Island  shore. 

DIRECTIONS  FOR  AVOIDING  EUREKA  ROCK. 

Comirif/  from  the  Northward. — When  Liesnoi  Island  bears  t<»  the  eastward  of  north,  the  vessel 
being  in  mid-channel,  sttier  for  tlie  western  shon;  of  the  passage  and  keep  within  ."iOO  yards  of  it  until 
the  BW.  point  of  Rjipids  Island  bears  SB.,  when  all  danger  will  1k>  cleared.  This  direction  clears  also 
the  Wayanda  Rock  eastward  from  Eureka  Rock. 

Omningfrom  the  Soutkoard. — When  up  with  the  SW.  end  of  Rapids  Island,  in  mid-channel,  r,UxT 
for  the  western  or  Chichagoff  Island' shore,  and  keep  within  300  yards  of  it  until  the  eastern  po'it  of 
Rapids  Island  bears  SB.  by  S.,  when  the  course  in  mid-channel  is  clear  of  these  dangers. 

From  Rapids  Island  the  course  of  the  strait  to  the  Opasni  (Peril)  Islets  is  N.  f  B.  tlu-ee  and  threc- 
quartcre  miles  with  an  average  width  of  less  than  a  mile.  At  a  distance  in  that  direction  of  stwen  or 
eight  cables  lies  a  small  islet,  high  and  rocky,  called  Midway  (Sredni)  Bock.  According  to  the  report 
of  Lieut.  G.  C.  Hanus,  U.  S.  N.,  detached  sunken  roch  extend  nearly  two  hundred  yards  S  SB.  from 
Midway  Rock  into  the  channel.  However,  on  the  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Offi(«  Chart  No.  882,  accom- 
panying the  rei)ort  (U.  S.  Hydrographic  Notice  No.  97,  1880,)  these  rocks  are  laid  down  as  extending 
m  a  direction  NB.  by  B.  J  B.  from  Midway  Rock.  JJetwecn  these  and  the  reef  from  Rapids  Island 
there  is  said  to  Ik)  a  clear  psissage  "  several  hundretl  yards  wide." 

In  passing  through  here  the  Liesnoi  Group  must  l)e  left  to  the  NW.  and  the  Rapitls  or  Poroga 
Group  to  the  SB. 

The  strong  tidal  currents  here  cause  rapids,  the  whirls  ar  eddies  of  v/hich  render  it  at  all  times  a 
difficult  passage.  Vessels  always  wait  a  favorable  tide  to  go  t  ougli,  which  in  general  is  the  beginning 
or  ending  of  a  head  tide. 

NW.  by  N.  two  cables  from  Midway  Rock  is  Woody  (Liesnoi)  Islet,  eonnectefl  with  the  shore 
NW.  from  it  by  foul  ground.  There  arc  several  other  small  islets  in  this  vicinity.  All  this  group  of 
islets  must  be  left  to  the  northwestward  of  the  vessel  in  navigating  the  strait. 

NB.  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  Woody  Islet  is  Point  Siroi.f  apparently  a  low  or  marshy  point 
from  the  name,  which  is  due  to  Vasilieff.  Behind  this  point  to  the  northward  is  a  slight  indentation 
over  a  mile  along  the  strait  N.  and  S.,  about  a  third  of  a  mile  in  width,  and  containing  several  islands 
parallel  with  the  strait  and  the  shore.  In  this  bight  anchorage  may  lie  obtained  in  thirteen  fathoms 
between  the  southern  islands  and  the  shore;  soundings  in  fifteen  and  twenty-five  fathoms  are  noted  in 
the  wake  of  the  \mnt,  while  in  the  channel  no  bottom  at  fifty  is  indicated.  This  anchorage  was  used  by 
Russian  navigators.  W.  f  N.  from  Point  Siroi  about  seven  cables  is  the  southern  headland  of  Deep 
Bay.J  an  indentation  very  similar  to  Suloia  Bay  in  size,  form  and  trend.  From  the  southern  head- 
land the  shore  trends  about  W.  by  N.  and  then  rounds  to  the  northward,  terminating  in  a  rounded  bight 
at  a  distance  of  about  two  miles  from  the  entrance.  The  northern  shore  has  a  generally  parallel  diretv 
tion  to  the  above,  and  the  bay  is  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  wide  N.  and  S.  The  shore  at  the 
northern  junction  of  the  bay  with  the  sirait  rounds  off  so  gradually  as  tt)  suggest  no  sjiecial  position 
for  the  northern  point  of  entrance.  No  soundings  are  recordetl,  but  the  bay  contains  several  islets  of 
small  size  and  two  others  called  Big  and  Little  islands  respectively. 

Malie  or  Little  Island  lies  immediately  northward  from  the  southern  headland,  scjmrated  by  a 
rock-encuml)ered  channel  about  a  cable  wide.  This  island  appears  to  be  about  a  third  of  a  mile  long 
B.  and  W.  and  a  cable  or  two  wide.  Northward  from  this  and  separatetl  only  by  a  channel  not  more 
than  two  cables  in  least  width  is  Bolshoi  or  Big  Island,  nearly  a  mile  in  length  W  SW.  and  B  NB.  and 
over  a  thirtl  of  a  mile  in  width.  This  island  is  rather  high  and  wooded,  and  its  eastern  end  j)r()jects 
nearly  to  the  middle  of  the  strait,  out  from  the  entrance  of  the  bay,  until  theeastern  extremity  of  tlie 
island  bears  aljout  N  NB.  three-ijuarters  of  a  mile  from  the  southern  headland  of  Deep  Bay.  Close 
to  the  eastern  \mnt  of  Big  Island  lies  a  small  high  islet.  Nearly  in  one  with  the  liefore-mentioned 
southern  headland  and  the  southeastern  edge  of  Big  Island,  (according  to  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart 
No.  1397,)  l)earing  NB.  by  N.  f  N.  and  SW.  by  S.  |  S.,at  a  distance  of  two  and  a  half  cables  from 
the  eastern  end  of  Big  Island,  is  the  southern  extreme  of  a  sunken  rocky  patch,  not  named,  and  of  about 


1397. 


*  Then  besringg  and  distances  all  depend  upon  the  correotness  of  the  shore-line  of  Bussian  Hydrographic  Office  Chart  Nu. 


tw»t. 


t  Olnbokol. 


PERIL  STRAIT. 


168 


two  cables  in  extent  N.  by  W.  J  W.  and  S.  by  E.  }  E.  It  is  connected  with  tiic  Baranoff  shore  by 
a  ehoal.  To  avoid  this  obstruction,  whicii  is  indirated  as  submerged,  vessels  Iratind  northward  from 
Sitka  should  (if  thf  chart  lie  trustworthy)  round  the  eastern  end  of  Big  Island  within  two  cables  dis- 
tance and  keep  it  iuearing  nothing  to  the  westward  of  south  until  abreast  of  Yellow  loint.  Conversely 
vessels  bound  for  Sitka  after  passing  Yellow  Point  should  keep  away  S.  \  W.  until  up  to  Big  Island' 
at  a  cable  and  a  half  distant,  when  the  island  may  be  rounded  at  about  that  distance. 

On  the  eastern  shore  of  the  passage  beyond  the  anchoring  plm-e  northward  fn)m  Point  Siroi,  and 
at  a  distance  of  some  twelve  cables,  N.  \  W.  from  Point  Siroi,  is  a  rounded  projection  of  the  shore 
called  Sredni  or  Middle  Point,  immediately  W  SW.  from  which  a  mhoal  extends  about  one  cable  to  the 
sunken  rooky  patch  first  mentioned.  Between  this  and  Ycllov,-  i'oinl  the  tides  from  Salisbury  Sound 
meet  those  from  Chatham  Strait.  From  this  point  Zbolti  or  Yellow  Point  l)ears  N.  J  W.  three-quar- 
ters of  a  mile  on  the  same  side  of  the  strait.  This  is  a  very  narrow  sharp  point,  at  the  end  of  which  is 
a  mibmerged  reef  or  rock  extending  off  al>out  a  cable  in  a  northwesterly  direction,  leaving  a  clear  passage 
two  cables  wide  between  it  and  the  opposite  shore  which  here  has  a  north-easterly  trend.  Alwut 
N.  by  W.  J  W.  four  cables  from  Yellow  Point,  according  to  the  chart,  lies  Bapids  Point,  on  the  western 
shore  of  the  passage,  E.  by  N.  from  which,  separated  by  a  narrow  but  clear  channel,  are  the  Opasui  or 
Peril  Islets,  consisting  of  three  wooded  islets  of  small  extent  close  together  and  a  bare  rock.  It  is 
believed  that  the  rock  on  the  chart  southward  from  the  islets  does  not  exist,  but  opposite  a  bight  on 
the  east  end  of  the  largest  islet,  in  the  passage  east  from  the  islets,  is  a  dangerojis  rook  which  only 
uncovers  at  extreme  low  water.  For  this  reason,  though  narrow,  the  passage  west  from  the  Perd 
Islets  is  recommended  as  the  l>est  and  most  direct. 

Abreast  of  Rapids  Point  the  whole  strait  is  less  than  half  a  mile  in  width,  and  this  is  diminished 
nearly  one  half  for  navigation  by  the  islets.  Hence  at  this  point,  at  certain  stages  of  the  tide,  the 
so-called  First  or  Northern  Bapid  is  formed,  consisting  of  a  race  of  great  force  and 
velocity.  At  spring  tides  it  is  said  to  attain  a  velocity  of  ten  knots  an  hour.  Hence  Flr»t  Rapids, 
the  remaining  ))ortion  of  the  Southwest  Peril  Strait  trends  NW.  J  N.  for  about  three 
miles  with  an  average  width  of  seven  cables  and  very  deep  wate'r.  The  shores  are  high,  wooded  and 
st(«p  —the  effect  being  to  render  this  part  of  the  strait  a  dark  and  gloomy  gorge,  apparently  traversed 
by  a  torrent;  the  whole  Iwing  graphically  described  by  Langsdorff  in  his  travels. 

Two  and  two-thirds  miles  NW.  by  N.  {  N.  •'  m  Rapids  Point  is  situated  Pogibshi  or  Peril 
Point,  forming  the  NB.  extreme  of  the  Southwi  Strait.  It  would  seem  te  be  a  narrow  hooked 
point  of  small  extent,  trending  in  a  W  NW.  direction.  About  two  cables  SW.  from  the  end  of  the 
point  is  a  sunken  rock  which  ap[)ears  to  Ihj  in  one  with  the  western  extreme  of  Poverotni  Island  Iwaring 
NW.  J  N.  The  depth  of  water  on  this  danger  is  not  stated,  but  sixteen  fathoms  are  laid  down  close 
to  it.     It  is  easily  avoided  by  keeping  in  or  a  little  to  westward  from  mid-channel. 

W  NW.  from  Pogibshi  Point,  from  which  it  is  separated  only  l)y  a  narrow  cliannel,  lies  Pove- 
rotni* Island,  a  small,  high,  wooded,  roundwl  island.  Southward  from  this  isliwid,  extending  towanl 
the  NW.  head  of  the  cove  known  as  Goose  Cove,  are  some  rocks  not  shown  on  the  chart.s. 

About  W.  by  S.  from  Peril  Point,  in  mid-channel,  about  forty-five  fathoms  water  is  indicated, 
and  twenty-two  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  two  cables  from  the  western  shore  in  the  same  direction  from 
the  point. 

About  SW.  from  Poverotni  Island,  on  the  western  shore,  is  an  indentation  or  broad  cove  which,  as 
also  another  on  the  eastern  shore,  E.  from  the  island,  is  named  Poison  Covef  on  Meade's  chart. 

About  W.  from  Poverotni  Island  is  another  indentation  of  the  western  shore  into  which  a  stream 
falls,  and  where  it  is  probable  that  anchorage  may  be  had. 

Between  the  southern  headland  of  this  unnamed  cove  and  Poverotni  Island  a  distance  of  five- 
sixths  of  a  mile  in  a  W.  by  S.  or  E.  by  N.  direction  is  the  entrance  from  the  southward  to  the  North- 
east Peril  Strait,  or  from  the  northward  to  the  Southwest  Peril  Strait,  whose  description  is  the  subject 
of  the  preceding  remarks.  The  Northeast  Strait  diflers  in  hydrogra|)liic  character  from  the  latter 
chiefly  in  its  greater  width  and  more  gradually  sloping  shores.  It  has  also  been  much  less  thoroughly 
examined  and  a  laYge  portion  of  it  may  be  said  to  remain  practically  unexplored.  Northward  and  south- 
ward large  and  extensive  arras  penetrate  the  shores,  the  nature  and  extent  of  which  are  only  known 
by  Indian  reports.  The  depth  of  water  in  Northeast  Peril  Strait  does  not  appear  to  have  been  examined 
except  near  a  very  small  part  of  its  shore.  The  land  behind  the  shores  is  broken  and  the  mcxst  part 
high.  The  shores  themselves  arc  largely  compact,  with  a  tendency  in  some  places  to  make  oflT  shoal. 
Near  the  eastern  entrance  are  numerous  islands  and  some  very  extensive  reefs.  The  average  width  of 
the  strait  is  about  three  miles;  its  least  width,  except  at  the  south vestern  entrance,  a  mile  and  three- 
quarters,  according  to  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1397. 

'Turnabout;  called  by  Meade  Return  Iiland,  tlimigli  the  neiiae  in  more  llmt  of  a  point  or  pivot,  around  or  about  which  one 
turna  in  paaaing.  It  is  Porero  Wand  of  Britiali  Admlnilt}-  Chart  No.  a3:t7.  K<ir  ii  long  time,  18:15-1875,  this  ihlet  was  <mn- 
spiciioualy  marked  by  a  canoe,  which  indicated  the  burial  place  of  a  family  of  Sitka  Indiana  who  died  of  ineaales  in  IKtS.  Kroni 
this  it  derived  the  local  name  of  Canoe  Ifland. 

tThia  ie  probably  in  commemoration  of  the  death  of  the  Aleuts,  previously  mentioned,  from  eating  poieonoua  mu^ela,  but 
the  identification  of  the  epot  with  the  locality  where  the  event  occurred  would  «eem  to  be  doubtful  from  the  repetition  of  the  name. 


1:^ 


':     ■ 


I 


164 


FAVORITE  ANCHORAOe. 


If''      '- 


t 

i' 


The  general  course  of  the  strait  from  its  sotith  western  entrance  appears  to  be  N.  seven  miles ;  then 
E.  by  S.  twelve  and  a  half  miles;  then  E.  by  N.  \  N.  nix  and  a  half  miles,  to  Chatham  Strait.  From 
the  southwestern  entrance  the  western  shore  trends  in  a  generally  northwest  by  northerly  direction,  and 
at  a  distance  of  four  or  five  miles  an  opening  appears  of  about  a  mile  in  width.  The  character  and 
extent  of  the  arm  of  the  strait  beyond  this  entrance  has  not  been  delineated  on  the  oharts  nor  has  any 
name  l)ecn  applied  to  it.  For  five  miles  northward  from  this  entrance  the  land  is 
Hoonlah  Sound,  broken,  indicating  islands,  and  a  large  unexplored  (channel  or  arm  extending  in  a  north- 
westerly direction  is  reported  under  the  name  of  Hooniah  or  Hoonah  Sound;  this  has 
been  stated  by  several  navigators,  on  the  strength  of  Indian  accounts,  to  communicate  with  the  waters* 
of  Cross  Sound.  Later  information,  however,  indicates  that  this  is  an  error  and  that  high  land  inter- 
venes for  a  considerable  distance.  No  one  hitherto  has  penetrated  its  recesses,  but  the  Sitka  Indians 
are  said  to  call  it  Shekak,  the  name  Hooniah  being  derived  from  a  resident  tribe. 

From  the  eastern  limit  of  this  broken  land  the  northern  shore  of  the  strait  is  very  compact  and 
trends  to  the  E.  and  E.  by  S.  nearly  nme  miles. 

From  Poverotni  Island  the  shore  has  a  general  trend  of  about  N.  by  E.  \  E.  for  six  or  seven 
miles. 

To  the  eastward  of  and  immediately  behind  Peril  ''oint  is  a  small  cove,  which  is  also  protected  on 
the  westward  by  Poverotni  Island.  Into  this  cove  i  a  small  stream  which  has  rixjeivotl  from  the 
Russians  the  name  of  Ousinaia  or  Goose  Creek,  to  wliich  the  shoaling  of  the  cove,  by  the  transpor- 
tation of  sediment,  is  probably  due.  In  the  cove  between  Poverotni  Island  and  the  shore  eastward 
frorn  it  the  soundings  are  indicated  as  about  eleven  and  a  half  and  five  fathoms.  The  beach  seems  to 
be  prolonged  in  a  sort  of  bank  for  a  short  distance,  upon  which  there  is  little  water. 

Off  the  eastern  liea<l  of  the  cove  is  a  small  island  with  rocks  westward  from  it  not  on  the  chart, 
but  not  far  from  the  shore.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the  strait  are  the  Poison  liooke,  from  whicii 
Baranoff's  Aleuts  in  1799,  picked  the  poisonous  mussels  which  caused  the  death  of  over  one  hundred 
persons. 

NE.  by  N.  J  N.  two  and  three-quarters  miles  from  Peril  Point  is  a  rounded  projection  of  the  shore 
called  Bock  (Kamenisti)  Point,  from  a  peculiar  rock  whicli  lies  just  off  the  edge  of  the  above-men- 
tioned bank  a  third  of  a  mile  north  from  the  point.  This  rock  has  six  or  seven  Tathoms  close  to  it  and 
is  visible  at  low  water.  With  this  exception,  from  Peril  Point  eastward  the  soundings  along  the  edge 
of  the  bank  vary  from  ten  to  forty  fathoms  over  a  bottom  of  sand  and  shell. 

From  Rock  Point  eastward  the  shore  forms  a  rounded  bight  for  nearly  three  miles  to  the  heel  of 
Lowlying  or  ITismeni*  Point,  which  bears  N.  J  E.  from  the  former.  This  point  much  resembles 
Peril  Point  in  extending  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  strait,  having  a  cove  NE.  of  and  behind  it,  and  in 
having  an  islet  or  rock  just  off  the  extremity  of  the  point.  The  direction  of  these  points  would  seem 
to  indicate  that  the  currents  are  or  have  been  stronger  from  the  SW.  than  in  the  opposite  direction. 

About  half  a  mile  southward  from  Otstoia  Island,  close  under  the  Baranoff  snore,  go<xl  anchorage 
may  be  found  in  seven  or  twelve  fathoms  water,  blue  mud  or  clay  bottom,  forming  excellent  holding- 
ground.     This  was  named  Favorite  Anchorage  by  the  U.  S.  Navy,  after  the  steamer  Favorite,  upon 
which  their  exploring  party  embarked.    According  to  their  report  this  anchorage  affords  excellent  shelter 
from  SE.  around  to  N  NW.,  the  hills  being  high.     From  SW.  around  by  N.  to  N  NW. 
Favorite  the  wind  draws  down  the  strait  and  through  inlets,  making  it  a  lee  shore  but  raising 

Anchorage.  very  little  sea.     In  getting  under  way  for  Chatham  Strait  from  this  anchorage  a  good 

channel  with  seven  fathoms  of  water  will  be  found  between  Otstoia  Island  ami 
Nismeni  Point,  keeping  moderately  close  to  the  island  to  avoid  the  sand  spit  making  off  the  point. 
Nismeni  Point  trends  NE.  and  SW.  with  a  rock  or  islet  in  the  wake  of  its  point  a  short  distance 
N  NE.  The  bank  along  shore,  previously  referred  to,  is  continued  along  the  bight  from  Ro<'k  Point 
to  and  around  the  cove  NE.  from  Nismeni,  at  which  locality  the  chart  indicates  that  it  ceases,  and  the 
shore  beyond  is  represented  as  mostly  steep-to.  In  this  vicinity  there  are  a  number  of  islands.  A 
quarter  of  a  mile  NW.  by  W.  from  the  heel  of  Nismeni  Point  lies  Off-lying,  Distant,  Ostovia  or 
Otstoia  Island,  of  very  small  extent,  perhaps  two  cables  long  in  an  E  NE.  and  W  SW.  direction;  a 
shoal  extends  to  a  cable  and  a  half  SW.  by  W.  J  W.  from  its  western  end,  while  another  shoal  makes 
off  NE.  by  E.  J  E.  to  the  length  of  a  cable  from  the  eastern  end  of  the  island.  Between  Otstoia 
Island  and  the  shore  is  a  passage  which  was  principally  made  use  of  l)y  Russian  navigators.  It  is 
about  two  and  a  half  cables  wide  over  all,  and  the  half  of  this  near  the  Baranoff  shore  is  occupied  by 
the  bank  or  shoal  which  here  fringes  the  coast.  In  the  channel  close  to  the  islwud  eight  and  ten  fathoms 
water  may  be  had  and  there  are  no  obstructions.  Though  very  narrow  this  passage  appears  to  have 
been  preferred  by  the  Russian  traders,  whether  as  better  known,  freer  from  strong  currents  or  other- 
wise, is  nowhere  recorded. 

Seven  cables  W.  by  S.  from  Otstoia  lies  Yelowoi,  Elovoi,  Pirtree  or  Spruce  Island,  of  rectangular 
shape,  high,  wooded,  and  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  extent;  its  eastern  shore  steep-to,  but  from  south 
round  by  west  to  north  beset  with  shoals  which  extend  SW.  |  W.  nearly  a  mile  with  a  width  of  a 


*  Called  Nlimeima  Point  on  British  Admiraltj  Chart  Ko.  2337. 


PERU.   STRAIT. 


166 


iix  or  seven 


third  ol  ,;  mile,  with  some  dry  but  many  wuhmtTned  rocks  to  Round  or  Krugloi  Island,  which  t'orniH 
the  western  buttress  of  these  rt«('fi,  which  Hpnwi  iiite  it  mt  between  tiie  two  inhinds  luid  nppcnr  to 
unite  them  at  low  water.  Knighii  i«  Honicwhat  wnaller  than  Spruce  Inland  hut  othcrwi.-c  Niniiiar.  Its 
western  shores  nre  represented  as  boid-to.  These  ishutds  t-wm  really  nearer  tofrcthcr  ihiiii  the  chart 
indicjites;  each  Injars  a  clump  of  spruce  which  look  like  one  clump  as  the  olwerver  rouiidK  I'overotni 
Inland.     On  the  southern  shore  of  Krugloi  Island  is  a  tine  sand  IkhcIi. 

Seven  cables  S.  by  E.  \  E.  from  Krugloi  lies  a  bank  or  palch  of  nrfu  (iml  rockn  forming  a  ihnr/rr, 
as  they  are  visible  only  at  low  water.     This  patch  has  no  name  on  the  charln,  and  is  represented  as 
seven  cables  long  NW.  by  N.  J  N.  and  SE.  by  8.  J  S.  and  three;  or  four  wide.     There  appears  to  he  a 
clear  passage  between  it  and  Krugloi.     Between  Spruca  and  Ob^toia  the  pacsagt?  is 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  in  width,  but  contracted  by  not  less  than  two  cable  lengths  by  Danger. 

the  foul  ground  westward  from  Otstoia  Island.  The  soundings  vary  from  eight 
fathoms  or  less  at  the  edge  of  the  Otstoia  shoal  to  eighteen  or  more  just  east  from  iSpruce  I.«land.  In 
the  middle  of  the  passage  about  ten  fathoms  are  indicated.  In  pa.-sing  through  this  pasxage,  to  avoid 
the  extension  of  the  Otstoia  shoal,  which  appears  to  Ih>  im|H'rfectly  known,  the  navigator  will  find  it 
prudent  to  pass  nothing  to  the  eastward  of  mid-channel  until  the  tangent  of  the  Baranof!'  shore  east 
from  Nismeni  Point  bears  nothing  to  northward  from  E.  by  S.,  and  alfo  to  avoid  rounding  to  the 
northeastward  (when  bound  north)  or  to  the  southward  (when  bound  for  Sitka)  l)eforc  Otnioin  Island 
hears  E.  or  E.  by  S.  tour  cables.  It  should  not,  in  any  case,  be  approached  nearer  than  two  and  a  half 
cables  except  at  tiie  southeast.*     On  account  of  Cozkin  lloek  this  passage  is  not  recommended. 

There  is  also  an  anchorage,  formerly  much  use<l  by  Knssian  vessels  in  the  cove  N.  and  E.  from 
Nismeni  Point,  where  a  vesisel  miiy  anchor  in  ten  to  fifteen  fathoms,  soft  nuiddy  bottom,  with  good 
shelter  in  southerly  gales.  The  holding-ground  here  is  not  as  ^  xl  as  at  Favorite  Anchorage  according 
to  Lieutenant  Hanus. 

The  positions  of  the  islands  off  Nismeni  Point  given  here  are  t<iken  from  the  charts,  but  there  is 
some  reason  to  think  that  they  are  not  very  correct,  especially  Sj)ruce  Island.  There  is  no  means  of 
correcting  them  at  present. 

About  N.  by  B.  from  one-half  to  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  eastern  end  of  Otstoia  Island 
lies  a  dangeraua  rock,  called,  after  one  of  the  Russian  pilots  who  rejmrted  it,  Cozian 
Roek.t     There  are  probably  three  feet  on  it  at  low  water.     By  passing  between  ( )tstoia      Cozian  Rook. 
Island  and  Nismeni  Point  this  danger  is  entirely  avoided,  and  navigators  should  adopt 
this  course. 

A./OUtN.  by  E.  and  three-quarters  miles  from  Otstoia  Wei  PoperechniJ  Island,  of  small  extent, 
high  and  apparently  bold-to.  It  is  situated  about  half  a  mile  from  the  northern  shore.  About  four 
and  a  half  miles  eastward  from  it,  on  the  north  shore  of  Peril  Strait,  is  a  small  schmmer  anchorage, 
guarded  from  all  but  westerly  winds,  behind  an  island  which  becomes  a  |)enin8ula  at  low  water.  The 
bottom  is  soft  and  tlie  water  rather  deep.  About  two  miles  and  a  half  farther  eastward  there  is  a  bight 
with  two  rocky  islets  close  t<i  the  shore.     None  of  the  charts  show  more  than  (me. 

From  Nismeni  Point  the  southern  shore-line  trends  to  the  eastward  with  minor  irregularities  and 
a  generally  northward  convexity.  Two  miles  eastward  from  Nismeni  I'oint,  in  the  middle  of  a  stretch 
of  beach,  (between  17  and  12  fathoms  as  marked  on  the  charts,)  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  observed  the 
latitude  May  21,  1880,  to  be  57'^  33'  34"  N.,  about  two  miles  further  north  than  the  charts  indicate 
and  considerably  farther  west,  though  the  observations  for  time  were  not  very  good.  There  are  several 
reasons  for  believing  that  all  this  part  of  tlie  archipelago  is  represented  too  far  south  by  several  miles, 
but  further  data  are  needed  before  changes  can  be  ma<le  on  the  charts. 

Eastward  two  miles  and  a  half  from  the  point  a  rock  is  indicated  northward  alwut  two  cables 
from  a  small  projection  of  the  shore.  Three  and  a  half  miles  E.  from  Nismeni  Point  liis  Sandy§  or 
Festchani  Point,  a  low  projection  of  the  shore,  formed  by  the  debris  brought  dowTi  by  a  small  stream 
which  here  falls  into  the  strait.  Beyond  it  the  shore  curves  rather  ahniptly  to  the  SE.  and  is  j)ene- 
tratetl  by  several  inlets,  but  in  this  direction  the  features  of  the  (charts  are  merely  approximations  and 
very  little  dependence  is  to  be  placed  upon  them  from  Pestchani  Point  to  Chatham  Strait. 

A  mile  and  three-quarters  SE.  from  Pest<-hani  Point  is  the  entrant  of  an  inlet  extending  inland 
southward  according  to  Tebienkoff  two  miles  or  so,  dividing  into  two  arms  at  its  head,  into  each  of 
which  a  stream  falls.  There  is  a  small  island  in  this  inlet,  and  the  land  to  the  eastward  of  the  entrance, 
whether  one  or  not,  appears  from  Peril  Strait  much  like  a  large  island.  The  shore  is  much  broken 
here.  Northward  from  this  inlet  Tebienkoff  indicates  an  islet  and  some  rocks  on  the  opposite  shore 
of  Peril  Strait.  The  Jamegtown  party  in  May,  1880,  landed  behind  a  small  island  or  low-water  pen- 
insula hereabouts  and  camped.     A  couple  of  "miles  farther  eastward  are  two  islets  near  the  shore,  and 

*  The  area  N.  from  Poverotni,  B.  from  the  Uuiigcr  above  noted,  and  8.  from  the  islands  near  Ninnieni  J'oii.t,  hun  been  ternieil 
uu  Meade's  chart  DeadmBii'i  Bay. 

tThe  Riiasian  steamer  .ViXo/<m  .truck  it  in  1854,  and  it  has  been  called  Nikolas  Rock  ;  the  stemnem  Guuie  Tilfair  and 
t'u/i/omioand  schooner  A'e/He  Eadi  touched  it  in  1875.     The  name  would  rightly  be  s|iellud  Koziiin. 

t  Meaning  Bcrosa  or  ou  the  othsr  side ;  mistranslated  Broad  Island  OD  some  charts. 

i  Mistranslated  Stony  Point  on  some  charts.  * 


16« 


LINDKNUEitO   MAUBOB. 


N  NW.  from  them  n  sniall  bi^lit  into  which  a  xtream  falls  apparently  from  a  good-Hizttd  inland  lake. 
Tebienitofr,  tliou^^h  HhowinKHeveral  detuilH  not  on  other  ctinrtH,  Ih,  on  the  whole,  nearly  an  ina«K;Mratc  oh 
any  in  reKani  to  the  Hhore-Tino  of  thir«  IfMiality  and  the  nei((lil>orin(r  islets. 

About  seven  niiics  SE.  iiy  B.  |  E.  from  I'estehani  I'oint  un  o|)eninK  called  Hanua  Inlet  exists 
whieh  has  not  Ixien  fully  exiilorcil,  and  has  been  snpiMwed  by  Home  to  eonnect  with  the  unexplored  open- 
iiif;  known  as  Kelp  Bay  wliich  enters  I'roin  Chatham  Htrait  some  miles  south  of  the  junction  of  the 
latter  with  I'eril  Strait.     Tebicnkoff  slates  that  there  is  a  jjorta^e  of  several  miles  between  them. 

An  island  is  represented  in  the  mouth  of  the  opening  on  Peril  Strait,  another  one  off  its  eastern 
headland,  and  two  more  about  two  miles  SE.  from  this  point  on  the  HiiranoiF  shore.  Between  these 
two  a  chart  in  the  Russian  American  Company's  Report  for  1849  indicates  an  anchorage,  but  with 
no  details.  Tebienkotf  has  a  small  bight  behind  the  two  islands  and  represents  a  bruj  rerf  as  extending 
in  a  northerly  direction  from  the  most  wewtern  one. 

On  the  northern  shore  of  Peril  Strait,  about  six  miles  B.  from  Pcstchani  Point,  is  a  little  rounde<l 
indentation  of  the  shore-line  known  to  the  Russians  as  Lindenbcrg  Harl>or,*  consisting  of  a  cove 

Erotectcd  by  high  land  from  west  round  by  north  to  B  SE.  and  almut  two  cables  in  extent.     The  eastern 
eadland  of  the  harbor  is  formcfl  by  a  blutt",  8te«ip-to,  trending  inland  toward  the  northeast,  and  sejw- 
rated  ftom  high  land  to  the  northward  by  a  valley  which  terminates  in  a  sand  beach  at 
LIndenbtrg  the  head  of  the  cove.     There  is  a  l)each  of  sand  or  shingle  around  the  greater  part  of 

Harbor.  the  (X)ve;  elsewhere  the  shores  ap|)ear  bold-to  or  precipitous  and  rise  rapidly  to  the 

height  of  about  fifteen  limidrtKl  feet,  densely  wofxled.  About  the  middle  of  the  inner 
part  of  the  cove  twelve  fathoms  may  be  obtaine<l  at  about  a  cable  length  from  the  shore.  Somewhat 
farther  south,  an  eighth  of  a  mile  from  the  headn  of  the  cove  and  two  cables  from  the  l)each,  nineteen 
fathoms  may  be  had  with  more  room  to  swing.  Somewhat  more  than  a  cable  S.  by  E.  from  the  point 
at  the  end  of  the  eastern  headland  of  the  (-ovo  is  a  rock  awanh  at  high  water.  This  is  probably  what 
was  intended  by  the  islet  represented  on  Ruxsian  Hydrographic  Office  Chart  No.  1397,  which,  as  such, 
does  not  exist,  and  if  intended  for  the  nx-k  is  wrongly  placied  much  too  far  off  shore. 

This  rock  is  repre-sented  on  IT.  S.  Coast  Survey  Harbor  Chart  No.  731  of  Lindenbcrg  Harbor,  in 
1869,  and  was  nami^l  McCtellnn  Rock  by  the  U.  8.  Navy  in  1880.  There  is  a  clear  passage  with  more 
than  five  fathoms,  hard  lx)ttom,  Injtwcen  the  rw^k  and  the  point  north  from  it  at  (%rtain  stages  of  the 
tide.  This  locality  is  only  deserving  of  attention  l)ecause  of  the  rarity  of  convenient  anchoring  places 
in  this  part  of  Peril  Strait.  For  the  most  part  the  water  is  too  deep  to  afford  safe  or  convenient 
anchorage. 

There  arc  no  houses  at  this  (!ove  at  jtresent.    Wood  and  water  may  be  obtained. 
The  high  hind  buck  of  the  Imrbor  rises  about  2,000  fwit.     Tlx;  east  hcailland  of  the  harlmr  forms 
a  rather  conspicuous  jjoint  according  to  the  charts.     It  is  situated  alnrnt  five  miles  SW.  by  W.  J  W. 
from  the  nttrtheiistern  point  of  entrance  of  Peril  Strait.     Its  approximate  geographical  position  is 


]('•.     ',' 


Latitude - .— 67°  20'  N. 

Longitude ^ 135°  02'  W. 

and  the  variation  of  the  compass  was  alwut  29°  16'  easterly  in  1869. 

The  easternmost  portion  of  Peril  Strait  is  occupied  by  a  numl)er  of  islands  and  guarded  by  several 
extensive  shoals  or  reefs.  These  it  is  impossible  at  present  to  dc8cril)e  with  accuracy,  either  as  to  form, 
number  or  position.  About  tiye  niiles  NE.  by  E.  J  E.  from  Lindenl)erg  Harbor  lies  the  point  named 
by  Meade,  in  1869,  Point  Craven,!  which  would  ap|)ear  to  be  a  somewhat  conspicuous  point  exten<ling 
in  an  E  SE.  direction.  At  its  base  a  shoal  or  reef  is  erroneously  represented  on  many  charts  to  extend 
alM)ut  seven  cables  in  an  E.  by  S.  direction.  This  point  is  bare  of  trees,  with  its  end  forming  a  small 
hillock;  directly  off  this  is  a  small  bluff  island  with  some  scrubby  trees  and  a  single  tall  pine,  making 
a  conspicuous  mark.  Off  the  island  are  two  rather  low,  roundett,  dry  rocks  fifteen  or  twenty  feet  high, 
with  two  fathoms  between  them  and  the  point.  A  view  of  it  is  given  by  Meade  on  U.  S.  Hydnigraphic 
Chart  No.  225.  There  is  no  reef  lure.  The  islets  are  steep-to.  The  point  is  supposoil  to  Im;  situate<] 
in  (approximate) 

Latitude 67°  2e'.0  W. 

Longitude ...134°  67'. 0  W. 

On  most  charts  Point  Craven  is  represente<l,  following  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1397, 
as  projecting  to  the  eastward  far  beyond  Point  Haye8,|;  which  lies  northward,  separated  from  it  by 
Sitkoh  Bay.     Tebicnkoff  represents  Point  Hayes  (under  the  native  name  of  Point  T'liakinikut)  as 

*  Named  by  VatiliefTiii  1633. 

t  OtlierwiH*  T'llakUnl-kut  (miHcalled  TlaUnikut)  ttf  mmn  autlioritiiw,  liut  not  of  Tobienlcofr,  and  tlie  Point  WUIlami  of 
Hoinfny. 

t  Named  by  the  U.  8.  Navy  in  1080. 


■M 


;i-ti:;. 


ma 


I  inland  lake. 
ina(%nrat6  oh 

I  Inlet  exMtH 
cpiored  opon- 
iiction  of  the 
n  them, 
iff  its  eastern 
tctwcen  these 
iigc,  but  with 
as  extending 

ittle  roundecl 
ng  of  a  cove 

The  eastern 
ist,  a.id  ae\>a- 
uind  beach  at 
reatcr  part  of 
•apidly  to  the 

of  the  inner 
Somewhat 
nch,  nineteen 
om  the  point 
•obably  what 
lich,  as  such, 

g  Harbor,  in 
ge  with  more 
stages  of  the 
boring  places 
r  convenient 


'«'        •-       -     ^..-ll.^ 


liarlwr  forms 
by  W.  i  W. 

iitiou  is 


k1  by  several 
5r  as  to  form, 
point  namefl 
nt  extending 
rts  to  extend 
ning  a  small 
>inc,  making 
ty  feet  high, 
ydn)grapliic 
)  be  situated 


t  No.  1397, 
I  from  it  by 
kinikut)  as 


It  WlliUmt  of 


!  ■■t'^KS^S--'-    '-T''-' 


Roolaajikan  Tnl«t. 


KootzvitOiao  Inlet,  Daiigrv  Pt .  SK.  %  K.  4  Mili-». 

f.»mn  r.  S./fyJr.  OtHet  Chart  Xo.  -J-JffJ 


..ai^<#^ 


'l.rit'.viii.NK.iiiiiiil  i.I'lV-ril  Sli-;ul,X.\\V.  l-.Mili' 

(nvm  l^.S.JfyOi-Omc^  /".art  xYf'JJH) 


.^Ak'^ai 


w^ 


hin 


\'\VV<iV».  ir:0v<<|Si.  fl«t\'^ 


1 


f 

fa 

at 

w 

■  4f  ■ 

Ih 

ti( 

in 

an 

a  ' 

.  .^;ift 

in 

■  ■■'aaxJvtSi 


am 

^'' 

,fS  , 

o« 

■»'. 

nu 

hy 

in 

alw 

hill 

a  o 

wit 

Ch. 

"\i 

? 

BR    { 

Silk 


Hum 

■ 


» 


■rtv,,"  va.jr>  ,-,'.«'>  i\,«¥r  An  w»<<" 


iiiik.f  n«nu«  Into* 

*i  lWf-0!l    ll'i 

•we  off  !• 


ODITsiisiioj^    ... 

'lO'i  ill*  (^-ua!' 
(MhJ  risn.  miil'i 
t*  Jtjif{<l/" 

'ft  tin   luMvh, 

Jtk  !.•«  pmll);..; 
'^■T,  which.   . 


■tmycniont  aiuiiwri'i! 


{MIMttOli 


y,  eirh<  • 

>t5^  tiii 


..    ....    >   ..>   ,    .'      ■ 


•'■■'' 

C    N 

:'il 

.0  W, 

L'l 

b 

^<-'-„., 

1 

m'.^: 

'Sii*..vrd  (Ujfatoi  «■:,.  :;;i, 


U|J» 


.|JI|1!UH,'|.*IW*^.,''||J 


PKUIL   STKAIT. 


Iti7 


ixlc'iuliiif;  niiit'li  fnitiicr  cast  than  Point  Craven.  Ohsorvations  made  in  1880  indicalc  that  (lie  oxtri'iiu- 
i>f'  Point  IlaycK  lies  about  N.  hy  E.  f  E.  a  mile  and  a  halt',  and  cDnseiiucntly  forms  the  nortlieasleni 
])oint  of  e!!t!Mnee  to  Peril  Strait,  and  is  continued  in  an  E.  hv  S.  direction,  as  rcprc- 
-ented  hy  'rehienkoi!',  in  the  ^ton^lH  Rivf*  for  a  distance  of  a  mile  and  a  half  or  more.  Morris  Reef. 
Tiie  jminl  is  broad,  rounded  and  rather  low,  continued  i'-land  as  a  hi^li  wonded  ridirc. 
.  (vordinj;  to  the  observations  r)f  the  U.  S.  Navy,  from  the  end  of  I'oint  Hayes  there  is  first  a  h'llp'  of 
rocks,  dry  at  low  water,  then  a  small  wooded  island  and  two  hare  islets,  then  a  reef  of  sunken  riK'ks. 
About  a  (|uarter  of  a  mile  from  the  island  there  is  a  dry  rock.  The  rcniain<ler  of  the  reef  consists  of 
numerous  detached  rocks  with  deep  water  between  them,  some  awiush  at  liisih  water,  others  onlv  at  low 
water.  About  a  mile  N"W.  from  Point  Hayes  a  rirf  of  sunhcn  raclcx  is  said  to  make  out  irom  the 
shore  in  the  same  general  trend  its  the  point  and  extending  eastward,  ilussian  pilots  sav  this  slmrc 
should  not  be  iipproachcd  within  a  mile  and  a  half. 

Point  Thatcher.t  also  named  by  Meade,  forms  the  soutiieastern  point  of  entrance  inti)  Northeast 
Peril  Strait  from  Chatham  Strait.  It  appears  to  he  a  rather  broad  promontory,  of  which  the  western 
angle  is  within  the  entrance,  and  from  the  eiistern  aiigh^  of  which  |)r(ijeets,  in  a  NE.  by  N.  .',  N.  direc- 
tion, the  Ciilenum  reef  or  shoal,  a  rpiarter  of  a  mile  wide  and  about  a  mile  long.  The  iioint  itself  ter- 
minate in  a  bare  skull-shaped  knoll,  on  a  neck  behind  which  are  a  few  trees,  and  in  front  of  the  |>oint 
is  a  i)yramidal  rocky  islet. 

Between  the  northern  end  of  <  'olcman  Reef  aixl  the  soitheastern  end  of  Morris  Hcef  lies  unnthrr 
rci'f,  reporte<l  to  1m?  a  mile  and  a  half  long  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  direction  and  about  half  as  wide.  'l"ho 
clear  ])as.sage  between  this,  which  may  be  called  Miilinii/  /I'c//,  and  the  Morris  iveef  is  indicated  as  two 
miles  and  three-([uarters  wide  in  a  N  NW.  and  S  SE.  direction.  The  .southern  or  Thatcher  passage 
between  tlie  Alidway  and  Coh^nan  muin  is  supposed  to  be  about  a  ndle  wide  in  a  N.  J  W.  and  S.  .?  E. 
direction,  but  all  tliese  details  are  in  need  of  i-ontirniation.  liehind  the  Midway  Iteef  in  a  westerly  direc- 
tion, and  separatiul  from  it  by  a  (^lear  channel,  lie  a  mnnber  of  islands,  of  which  only  two  are  dctinitely 
established  and  these  are  unsurveyed.  The  southern  or  larger  of  these  is  called  by  Meade  Traders 
Island,;];  and  is  about  two  miles  in  (extent.  iJetween  it  and  the  shore,  southward,  anchorage  is  indi- 
cated in  sixteen  fathoms,  but  with  no  details.  Northward,  aliom  a  iTiile  and  a  half  from  it,  though 
placed  much  nearer  on  the  charts,  is  Fairway  Island,  small,  high  and  cons|)icu<uis,  about  a  (piarter  of 
a  mile  in  extent,  and  furnishing  a  useful  mark  for  entering  Peril  Strait  from  the  eastward,  th(>  other 
land  U'lng  generally  lower. 

The  nortliern  part  of  Fairway  Island  is  reporte<l  to  bear  E.  by  S.  \  8.  over  a  mile  from  the  islets 
off  Point  Craven,  and  S  SW.  two  miles  from  the  eastern  part  of  Morris  Iteef.  .\  SW.  by  W.  or  NE. 
hy  E.  course  laiil  to  piuss  at  a  distance  of  half  a  mile  north  or  .south  of  cither  edge  of  Fairway  Island 
will  carry  in  or  out  of  Peril  Strait  all  clear  so  far  a.s  known  dangers  are  eoneeriUHl.  The  tides  here 
Hrc  reported  at  twenty-two  feet. 

Tiie  tracks  ufled  by  th-j  Ru.ssians  included  the  above  or  main  track  to  and  from  Peril  Strait;  and 
also  a  track  thr'c;^|i  T'latehor  Passage,  south  of  Traders  Island.  This  was  used  for  the  |)ur[)ose  of 
touching  at  inhabited  jwints  among  these  islands  for  trade. 

liastly,  a  track  wits  made  u.so  of,  passing  through  the  That<!]ier  ( "hannel,  and  then  in  a  W.  by  S.  f 
S.  direction  south  of  all  the  off-shore  rocks  and  isla.ids  in  the  strait  to  an  anchorage  between  two  islets 
on  the  Haranoff  shore.  Enough  is  not  known  to  warrant  further  details,  and  the  above  is  subject  to 
revision  from  In'tter  information.  The  land  scuth,  southwist  and  southeast  from  Point  'I'liatchcr  is 
repreaented  by  Meade  as  much  broken;  the  pasjiigcs  are  iiot  indiciited  on  his  chart  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  suggest  actual  exploiation  but  rather  an  aiiempt  to  chart  Indian  rumoi-s. 

From  Point  Thatcher  the  Baranoff  siiores  trend   SE.  \  E.  8<.me  thirty-six  miles,  with  a  mnnber 
of  openings  yet  unexplored  or  insufficiently  explored.     This  i;:c.t  of  the  shore  of  Chatham  Strait,  con- 
taining no  known  liarbors,  is  of  little  importance  tfl  the  navigator.     The  most  considerable  of  the  unex- 
"    "        "     "^  -    ..         ...      r..i    ,  1  jj^  southeastern 

p  )rtion  ot   1  liatnam  rMraii  wm  i>«  conHiiiereu  later,  in  aceordanee 
with  the  plan  a*lopted  for  the  sequeucx;  of  these  channels  in  thi  text. 


<l 


uuiiiiig  iiu  Known  iitt-ri.«jrs,  is  ui  iitLie  iiiijmm  iuiht  wi  iiic  iiav  i^.i.^fi .       -■  n^  iii...^i,  v  ..>.,•.•...... 

plored  openings  is  called  Kelp  Bay  and  lit*  eight  miles  SE.  from  Point  That<'her. 
iiart  contains  some  ishuids.     This  p  )rtion  of  ( 'hatham  Strait  will  l>«  considered  la 


-  STEPHENS    I'AMHAGE. 

In  ar^-ordaiiv'"  with  th«>  u.sual  arrangement  this  passage  will  now  be  taken  up,  tj)  he  followed  by 
those  westward  from  It.  llnfortunatelv  the  information  is  extremely  meagre  and  imperfect,  notwith- 
stafxling  the  fa.'t  that  the  mineral  depo.sits of  its  shores  mak'!  this  at  picsent  one  of  the  mo.st  iinportiint 
ciianwis  <«t'  navigi^ion  in  the  territory. 

Thi*  extensive  bodv  of  water  wiis  named  by  Vancouver.  It  extends  fron-,  &  .ouihern  entrance 
alxnit  forty-five  miles  iti  a  NW.  |  W.  direi'tion  with  an  average  width  of  about       ir  in.les.     Thence 


•  Naniwi  \>r  Um-  IJ.  8.  Navy,  in  1880,  atlvr  \\\v  Hun.  W.  Oouverneur  Morris,  V.  H.  CiiIIwHt 

ttbkallaUi  (.nr  gcbkaliakh)  <if  tlm  nativpH,  iind  Point  Coleman  "f  IlimitVay. 

}  KiToiiei)u»l/  Traltori  IvUna  <iii  Uritioh  Adiu:     '    </'li«it  Nu.  'iSM.  .•diiioii  of  188S. 


i)f  CimtoniB  Bi  Sitkii. 


'% 


m 


M 


:%V  s^ 


ym 


188 


HOIiKHAM   BAY. 


it  trends  i.i  a  generally  W.  |  N.  direction  alxmt  twcnty-iiii  e  miles,  muoh  obstrueted  by  islands,  some 
<oi'  large  size,  and  a<'C()r(liii}i  to  Meade  has  not  anywhere  a  elear  water-way  of  more  than  three  and  a 
third  miles  in  width  while  the  average  is  nuich  less. 

The  southern  entrance  to  tiiis  passatre  lies  lictwcen  Points  Hugh  and  Windham,  referred  to  and 
de8<'rihe(i  in  i-oni;cction  with  Frcili'rick  Sonnd.     (I'agc  129.) 

From  the  vicinity  of  Point  Hugh  the  southwestern  shore  of  Stephens  Passage  has  a  general  trend 
of  NW.  hy  W.  about  forty-'''iur  miles  to  Point  Arden.  This  stretch  of  shore  is  high,  rocky,  mostly 
boM-to,  wi.h  few  isio-.s  about  it  and  those  rather  close  in,  and  with  nuinerons  minor  irregularities,  'mt, 
so  far  as  ,<nown,  rot  a  single  harlior.  C^uite  ditferent  is  the  ojiposite  or  continental  shore.  From  i'oint 
Windham  in  a  NW.  by  N.  direction  the  shore  ])resents  a  series  of  little  bays  of  about  a  mile  each  in 
extent,  se|)arated  l)y  small  points,  before  eac)-  of  which  rorkn  ov  <i  patch  of  foul  ifiounri  is  indicated. 
The  (irst  of  these  is  Point  League,  named  by  Meade,  about  two  miles  NW.  from  Point  Windham. 
WE.,  behind  the  bight  sepiirating  the  two  points,  bes  a  peak,  which  Meade  estimated  '.o  be  two  thousand 
fefit  high  and  named  Mount  V\'indham. 

N  NW.  from  Point  League,  a  mile  and  a  half,  lies  Point  Lookout,  also  named  liy  JFeatle  in  1869. 
A  venj  (liinf/crDiiH  reef,  awnsii  at  liigli  water,  extends  off  this  point  a  mile  and  a  half.  In  the  bight 
between  this  and  the  ne.xl  (unnamed^  point  to  the  northwestward  lies  an  islet.  Meade  recommends 
that  the  eastern  shore  of  .Stephens  i'assage  between  Points  Windham  and  Astley  be  nowkeie  a|)proaehe(! 
within  one  and  a  half  to  two  miles. 

According  t  i  Meade,  N  W.  by  N.  five  miles  from  Point  Lookout  is  situated  Point  Astley,  named 
by  Vaneonver,  and  forming  tiie  southeastern  jjoint  of  entrance  to  an  opening  of  which  the  northwestern 
headland  was  nai.:'>(l  by  Vancouver  Point  Coke;  this  bears  from  IA)int  Astley  about  four  miles  NW. 
J  W.  Both  of  these  points  appear  to  be  guarded  by  rocks  or  shoals  at  their  extremities,  and  hence 
care  should  be  observed  in  approaching  them  within  a  mile. 

The  entrance  between  them  is  that  of  Holkham*  Bay,  named  by  Vancouver,  and  averaging  four 
miles  in  width  NW.  and  SE.  and  about  seven  miles  long.  About  a  mile  within  the  entrance  and  nearly 
equidistant  from  Points  ( "oke  and  Astley  lies  Harbor  Island,  quadrangular  in  shape 
Holkham  Bay.  ""d  somewhat  over  a  mile  in  extent.  Toward  this  island  from  either  shore  of  the  bay 
Vancouver  found  shoal  water  making  out  .sunicwhat  in  tlic  shape  of  a  bar,  these  banks 
trending  NW.  J  N.  and  SE.  \  S.  rcs])ectivcly,  and  having  deep  water  NE.  and  SW.  from  them  and 
also  for  .s(tme  distance  between  their  extremities  and  the  island.  So  far  as  can  be  judged,  from  the 
imperfect  data  at  hand,  the  ])assage  SE.  from  Harbor  Island,  between  il  and  the  NW.  end  of  the  .south- 
ea.stern  shoal,  is  the  wider  and  more  commodious  of  the  two. 

It  would  seem  as  if  the  island  were  bold-to  and  the  pass;igo.s  on  either  side  of  it  from  half  a  mile 
to  a  mile  and  a  half  in  width.  East  from  Harbor  Island  n  mile  and  a  half  liis  Sand  Island,  of  about 
the  Siune  extent,  and  the  anchorage  is  indicated  by  Meade  midwa\  between  these  two,  the  ilepth  of 
water  lu'ing  eight  fathoms.  The  holding-groniul  is  good,  and  .Meade  was  able  to  ride  out  a  gale  with 
only  twenty-two  fathoms  of  cable.  XortK  'rom  Harbor  Island  a  short  (list  ice  lies  Uouiid  Islet,  of 
small  extent.  NE.  by  N.  one  mile  from  thf  first  n)en;..ined  lies  Soundon  or  .Sumdum  Island,  a  little 
larger;  and  between  it  and  Sand  Island  another  round  small  one,  ealleti  Bushy  Islet,  bearing  from 
Harbor  Island  a  mile  and  a  half  NE.  I)y  E. 

These  islamls  were  all  named  by  Nleade,  who  stato  that  a  native  village  exists  on  Soundon  Island ; 
that  the  tides  rise  twelve  feet  (iu  Mydrographie  Notice  No.  lo,  lS»?y,  he  .says  the  rise  and  fall  of  the 
tide  is  fully  HIteen  feet/  and  the  bay  atfitrds  i.->>«hI  anch'>ragc  cxcei)t  fur  one  "JisaUvantage,  which  is  that 
tiic  surface  of  the  water  is  more  or  !<  ss  ixiv  '-^l  with  floating  'u\  derived  t'f«<*i  simdry  glaciers  which 
discharge  themselves  into  the  water,  e-(i<',;'  v  in  the  vicinity  oi  Point  Oofc*,  Floating  ice  was  wit- 
nes,seti  by  Vancouver's  party  in  .August,  17^  h.  who  descrilvs  the  bav  *.  WMiwie*]  by  lofty  mountains. 
The  bay  is  not  well  prf>t(!eted  from  southwcM-erly  winds,  ami  even  a  sowbuMt^^erly  w'md  gets  ap  a  sea 
that  makes  a  lierth  here  inicomfbrtable.  AI>'U*'two  and  a  half  niiW>  SW.  fii»m  Point  Coke,  iccordini; 
to  Meade,  nearly  in  the  mi<ldleof  Steplicns  Passage,  are  theMMway  Mauds,  two  .•■mail  islets  notice<i 
by  Vancouver,  situated  to  the  soutliwestward  of  Point  Coke,  »mi  i,ot  to  the  southward  of  it  as  given  nn 
British  Admiralty  Ciiart  No.  2431,  old  e<lition.  Meade  a«ks  >  t'e\.  iK-ks  S.  from  them,  on  his  chart, 
all  of  which  seetn  to  be  visible.  He  aLso  gi^'es  a  view  of  riw  islantts,  which  are  low  anit  .lostly  bare, 
witii  ,<'W  scattered  trees  and  ste<t>-to  on  eith(>r  haiul.  They  form  an  excellent  landmark  fo  niakini; 
HolKliam  Bay  from  the  northwans.  Beyond  I'oint  Colsc  the  shore  is  again  broken  by  nnmcix-^s  iitili 
coves  ar.d  points,  but  does  not  appear  to  be.  so  nnicli  infested  with  detached  rix-ks  as  is  the  <*%  farther 
SE.  This  l.r(»ken  coast  extends  from  the  neck  of  Point  Coke  in  a  geih-nilly  W  NW.  <li>ction  abou! 
(Mght  miles  to  Point  Anmer  (if  VancoiivT.  The  land  hetwcin  Point  Coke  an<t  the  prifunit  |vt>nion- 
tory  is  biickcd  by  lofty  and  rather  bare  mountains,  their  sides  ^.-iirriHl  by  ava!aiHl>i<s  ami  d«»{ilayiiiir, 
about  three  miles  E  SE,  from  I'oint  Ai;mer,  a  remarkable  casctule  which  falls  from  a  ravuK-  inio  t^K'  s»:' 

.\boul  tW'.)  miles  W  NW.  from  Point  Anmer,  across  ai.  ojK'ning,  iics  a  [voinl  named  )>y  Wiwvruive! 
Point  Styleman,  which  is  situated,  according  le  i In; same  authority, in  latitudes!'  68'  K.     ItfouBiitlie 

'Locatly  uHi'ii  ciUlcd  StuB'V'oi  Bay. 


islandp,  some 
n  three  and  (i 

eferred  to  and 

general  trend 
rotky,  mostly 
fiilarities,  'mt, 
From  i'oint 
a  mile  each  in 
d  is  indicated, 
int  Windham. 
!  two  thoiLsand 

feadein  1869. 

In  the  bight 

e  recommends 

ne  approached 

flistley,  named 
.'.  northwestern 
iiir  miles  WW. 
ies,  and  hence 

tveraging  four 
nee  and  nearly 
gular  in  shape 
lore  of  the  hay 
^r,  these  banli.s 
roni  them  and 
dgcd,  from  the 
d  of  the  soiith- 

oni  half  a  mile 
iland,  of  about 
0,  the  depth  of 
)nt  a  gale  with 
Hound  Islet,  of 
Island,  a  little 
;,  bearing  from 

Dundon  Island ; 
nnd  fall  of  the 
J,  which  is  that 
glaciers  which 
iig  ice  was  wit- 
>fty  mountains, 
i!  got.«  lip  a  sea 
Joke,  iccordinsi 
ill  islets  notianl 
if  it  as  given  on 
11.  on  his  (tliurt, 
ml  ■Kistly  bare, 
ark  fo  makint; 
niuneiviwi  litilf 
the  i*%  farther 
dirtHtion  about 
►r«Ht»t  p«\»nioii- 
hihJ  d4i4»ktyiiijr. 
iiK-  inio  t^'scn. 

I   by    ViiMvl-JUVlT 

i,   '  ItfoCTSBtlie 


"H*?* 


1 


•^  ~'«.ffiiaig-S«3B' 


I 


-■^.  !!F'>5*r^7;Wp»»r-"B'»^f»»ip'T'WVV;iT'WW«»7{SI'!Ws^^ 


'giwr^^HT^cw'^^'f^j^y^^T"^-*  ■^,'     ^■w.ui»v:*-7.»^*^vTiT™"^rrwr 


I't.WiiuUiiuu  NW.i  .\.  r.  llil.ii. 


-    > 


?f 


Tfilni  fnb-l 

Tnhu  Mt.XW.  r.MUc-H. 

^i¥t«»i  r.ii.Jiv,ff.  i»m-f  I  'hart  AV.  2'J5} 


i-JlfciStS 


I'oini  Ainjusiii  NW.tiyN'.'JO  Miles. 

("rti/m    ^'.  ,V.  //,  ,/;■.  intl,-,'  rhafl  S,-.  i'l'.i  I 


lEawBj'  Ills.  St.'phBnHriiHSHj;!'  S  li  Mills. 

(l^vm    i'.S.  /fvdr.ttnl,:'  i7uirr  .V...  I'l'-V 


!/« 


W 


htm 


T'lfK 


I 

t; 

b 

t 

V 

li 
i 


n 

H 

t 
n 


t 
o 

R 
li 
I 

t 

i 

it 

t 

1 

a 

:^ 

fl 

ic,..^ 
f 
c 

t 
a 


•?(<»' 


.'''■■  fHW.i.M.i'; 


'  '.V;  ..►*/.  vui^t  .*iVT•>^  .n\.-AV  .V,  AY  ^«wtVi 


V^'>tlll)l;i)l> 


<l  >■ 


■    '  •,    ;■<   ii-'ll.    I     .  r;      < 
'.■riljl    .|/.^i■f■  i   |i^,,. 

''  I'uKll     '.Vh..S 

'      ,;■.'•    1    In'    tWI    '.Kl  •■     ' 

!I,IJ        I,      .V    ycittJljStl     '      ■ 
„      v'kI    i\     I1..1IK      '  111    »/-.*■     - 

rV  h<    n/'ir'r.'t   :ijil>rM'    . 

■  ■  rrv.iil  AstJoy.  :.i    . 

'   .<; :  >'ii  tlx-  ii'jriitw/.-   ,  i 
■■   ..^.'  ui(  ("m)}!"  oii).-    ,%'te' 

'II',!  uvf'ra-.vifi'^  >   ? 

iiuri-ilar  in  f>^A~i 
'•<  ;<  'i'.\ii'::i^\:<>cc  «>)'  ihr  -it 

.  .iml  BW.  ihm\  tlwi-M  ^,^< 
'ti'  <Xi>t  i>'  jt(ii>;r<i.  If  r>'   •; 
•jV  WW.  ttxlV  til 

/■>•»«  ■>)■  ii  I'rorn  (ui.: 
ffcf  Sand  Igland,  ■ 
fe,  fJH  ■?*<■•  two,  iiu-  .! 
iitJt;  t'-'  r!(k-(HJt  !i  J.' 

K'iS't|.»W?«)  lic«  Hound   i 

>■■''  tJip  fifi  ami  Ik!' 
Jix'tilvantDgp,  %vhi(.f 
«.>in  suiu'rv  i;la4'i<'i 

•■iiH.k)  Kv  I'.tty  III  .t;.^s,i-(.;5;; 

•A-t*'i'lv   v,!r,i_i    a(;{.   ,,:     ,    ..  . 

h  W"  ill IV  itiid  (iK"~; 

JVW.  t}im:l:i<  : 
itii'  im*  mt  , 
??i<»  anti  «1U 
i  4}^Vin<,-"ii!i.' 
'•'  -^ii  nrtiruU  !»v  \"   -. 


14 
1 1 


TAKTT  Hxnnon. 


169 


northwestern  point  of  the  bof'oro-moiitioned  opening  or  ontraiioc  wiiosc  inner  expansion  wns  nnme<l  l,y 
N'aiicouvcr  I'ort  .Sncttishani.  This  iiarlior  is  irrcjriiiarly  T-shapiil,  the  main  stem 
extciidinfi  from  the  prcvioii-ly  mentioned  hcadiaii<ls  fiur  and  a  half  miles  in  :i  N.  ■(  W.  Port  Snettisham. 
directicm  with  a  hreadlh  of  at)oiiMwo  miles,  wJiiK.  tiie  inner  or  transverse  poriidn  of  the 
port  extentls  six  miles  W.  I)y  N.  and  E.  l.y  3.  and  appear.-  to  !><■  not  miicli  over  a  miU'  in  widtii.  Kaeh 
of  tiiese  arms  or  Kast  and  West  branches  of  tlie  inner  portion  terminates  at  a  sandv  Iteaeh  where 
eomes  in  a  tine  run  of  fresii  water.  Just  north  from  and  witiiin  I'oint  Slvlenian  is  a  small  cove  with  a 
small  island  near  its  northern  point  of  entranec.  The  shores  are  liiyh  and  slee|>,  the  forest  is  compara- 
tively meajire,  hut  it  does  not  ajjpear  tliat  any  <ilaeiers  fall  into  this  harbor. 

From  I'oint  Stylemau  NW.  hy  W.  'j  W.  six  miles  lies  the  <ritranee  to  Limestone  Inlot,  named  hv 
.Meade  in  18()!),  a  small  aii^ndar  indentation  of  the  shore  extendini;  T"  .',  E.  ahont  tin-,  .miles  with  a 
width  of  a  mile  and  a  half  at  the  entrance.  No  (h^tails  ajjpear  on  llu  .  hart  except  that  on  the  western 
shore  are  .some  hiirh  "limestone  hluffs."* 

Ei},dit  and  a  half  miles  fnmi  I'oint  Slyleman,  ahout  W  NW.,  heyond  the  limestone  hlulfs  of  Meade, 
is  the  entrance  to  Taku  Harbor,  a  local  and  native  name  of  old  date,  first  apijlied  to  this  locality  hv 
Vasilietf  in  1848.t  '     ^ 

It  is  a  neatly  rounded  hasin  six  or  seven  cjihles  wide  E.  and  W.  and  eij;ht  or  nine  lonj;  N.  u:'d  8., 
and  is  entered  by  a  pa-sa^e  abotit  two  and  a  half  cables  wide  between  Stockade  Point  on  the  ea.siorn' 
side  of  the  pas"><reand  Grave  Point  on  the  opposite  or  western  shore.  IJoth  vre  woodi'd,  comparatively 
low  points,  from  which  hif;h  land  rises  rapidly  to  peaked,  often  snow-capped,  mountains. 

On  Stockade  I'oint  is  a  ruined  block-house  and  stockach',  built  by  the  Hudson  Hay  Coin  pan  v 
for  defense.  On  Grave  Toiiit  are  a  few  j^ravcs.  The  entranec  is  clear  of  all  obstructions,  and  within 
the  harbor  none  e.xi.st,  so  far  as  known,  except  the  mud  ll.it  in  front  of  the  Indian  village,  which  i.s 
formed  by  the  wiish  froiTi  a  stream  and  extends  southwar<l  from  the  head  of  the  harbor  le,s.s  than  three 
cables,  haviiifj  frimi  one  and  a  half  to  three  fathoms  upon  it.  The  depth  of  water  in  the  harbor  varies 
fiom  four  and  seven  fathoms  near  the  shore  to  nineteen  or  twenty  in  the  middle  of  the  harbor.  The 
anchora<:;e  is  indicated  by  Meade  to  be  in  ten  or  twelve  fathoms,  mudily  bottom,  in  the  middle  of  the 
Ijasin,  about  four  cables  north  from  Stoc^kade  Point. 

The  approximtite  geographical  position  of  the  anehorage  at  Taki:  Harbor  is 


Latitude 87°  59'5  N. 

Longitude 133°  o&B  W. 


and  the  variation  of  the  compass  is  about  00°  easterly. 

No  direeticms  arc  ueees.sary  for  entering  this  harbor,  which  is  one  of  the  best  and  snuggest  in 
.Alaska, and  which  has  l>een  surveyed  by  Meade,  who  pid)lishes  a  sketch  of  it  on  United  States  Hydro- 
grajihie  Chart  No.  2"25.  The  entrance  being  small  and  the  shores  high  and  densely  wo(Kletl,  it  is  as 
well  to  point  out  that  tiie  |)roximity  of  Grand  Island  (the  only  island  of  any  consequence  in  the  ea.st- 
ern  part  of  Stephens  l'as.<age)  marks  the  harbor;  .so  tliat  wiicu  the  middle  of  the  entrance  of  Taku 
bears  N.  one  mile.  Grand  Island  bears  WNW.  four  miles. 

Taku  Harbor,  under  ii  treaty  with  Ru.ssia,  was  formerly  the  sitc()f  a  Hudson  Hay  Company's  trad- 
ing post,  established  in  1810,  which  was  visited  by  Sir  (ieorgc  Simp.son  in  1811. 

Large  inimhers  of  deer  and  sliee]i  skins,  besides  the  continental  fin-s,  were  obtained  from  seven 
tribes  of  natives  who  were  said  to  visit  this  ])ost  for  trade.  The  fort  comprised  "good  houses,  lofty 
pickets  and  strong  bastions,"  and  was  occupied  l)y  twooflicei-s  and  twenty-two  servants  of  the  company. 
Meade  refers  to  the  natives  of  this  vicinity,  commonly  called  the  Takus,  as  "  wealthy,  warlike,  friendly," 
i"  1809.  Sir  George  Simpson  states  thiit  "oneof  the  liills,  near  the  fort,  terminates  in  the  form  of  a  (-anoe, 
which  .serves  as  a  barometer.  A  shroud  of  fog  indicates  rain,  but  the  clc.'ir  vision  of  the  canoe  itself  is 
ii  sign  of  fair  weather."  "The  big-horn  sheep  and  mountain  goat  are  very  numerous  in  this  neigh- 
liorhood."! 

Meade,  in  1869,  reported  tiiat  the  ]ilaee  had  been  deserted  for  .some  years.  It  is  uncertain  whether 
there  is  at  present  any  white  settlement  at  this  place.  .Meade  gives  a  vii.'wS  of  the  vicinity  of  the 
entrance  of  Taku  Harbor  where  Taku  Mountain  is  conspicuous  from  its  peaked  shape.  It  lies  NW. 
liy  N.  from  the  harbor  at  the  distance  of  a  mile.  Fr(mi  the  entrance  Grand  Island  lies  about  four 
iiiilcs  W  NW.,  in  th('  middle  of  Stephens  Passage.  This  islan<l  appears  to  be  about  three  miles  long 
NE.  and  8W.  and  less  than  two  miles  wide.     A  view  of  it  is  given  by  Meade.     It  .seems  high,  .steep- 


•"Froin  a  ri'nmrkniilf  Innkiin;  etreak  on  the  side  of  the  mountain  forming  tl"'  »esi  si.l.^  of  tiie  inl.'l  I  called  it  Limestone 
Inlet,  and  tlio  inoinilain  Limestone  Bluff," — Mbadk,  /.  r. 

fl'lie  people  livint;  herBalxints  are  the  TakOU  of  Meade,  Taco  of  Sir  Geo.  Sinipwin,  Imt  are  not  identical  with  the  "TaUtO 
u-\\„v,"  Bo-ealled,  id'  llie  interico',  llioiipli  often  confounded  with  them.  The  locality  i.«  Tacou  Harbor  of  United  SlateH  Hydro- 
Krai'liic  •  >Hice  Chart  No  aSJ'),  edition  of  18H0. 

!  Vol.  1,  p.  213  etieq. 

VV\w  distance  of  Grand  Island  on  this  view  in  evidently  inaccurately  stated,  vinoe  it  does  not  aj^ree  with  the  chart. 

P.  c.  P.— 22 


■#^*, 


170 


TAKU    INIiKT. 


P    (■ 


m 


t  "• 


fiidwl,  ratlipr  l)nrc  aliovc  and  \v(M)<I(i1  ul  llif  lnwi-  of  llic  lilnllk  'I'lic  Hiis-iiaii  tvwU  |)as.«cs  ra'^twnnl 
from  it,  liiit  tliiTc  is  no  ri'imrt  of  oliMtnii'lidii^  "ii  citluT  side  of  it.  It  seems  (o  liave  iieeii  named  liy 
Meaiie  in  IHfiit. 

From  (iiand  Island  NW.  by  N.  }.  N.  nliont  seven  niili s  is  the  onf rniu«  of  Taku  Inlet.*     This  inlet 

extends  aitout  eij^hteen  miles  in  a  N.  l)y  W.  •/  W.  ireneral  direction,  disrefrardiiifr  some 

Taku  Inlet.  minor  enrves,  with  an  aver;iLi:e  width  of  about   two  miles  exee|)t  at  its  head,  where  ii 

expands  into  a  rounded  i)asin  nearly  tl\('  miles  in  diameter,  which  receives  the  river  of 

the  snnie  mime. 

Vancouver  thus  deserihes  Taku  Inlet:  '' i'^rom  its  entrance  it  extended  N.  H'"  E.  (true)  ahoiit 
thirteen  miles,  where  the  shores  spread  to  the  east  and  west  and  formed  a  hii-son  alxait  n  leaj^ue  broad, 
and  two  leajrnes  across  in  a  NW.  and  SE.  (true)  direction,  with  a  small  island  lyintr  nearly  at  its  north- 
ea-st  extreniitv.  l''roni  the  shores  of  this  bason  (Aufjust,  I7!t4)  a  compact  body  of  ice  extended  some 
distance  nearly  all  naind;  and  the  adjacent  rcirion  was  composed  of  a  close  connected  continuation  of 
the  lofty  ranj;e  of  irozen  mountains,  whose  sides,  almost  perpendicular,  were  forme<l  entirely  of  rock, 
ex<'epting  c^lose  to  the  w.ter  side,  where  a  few  scattered  dwari'  pine  trees  found  suliicient  soil  to  vejj;e- 
tate  in;  abov(^  these  the  mountains  were  wrap|)ed  in  iMidiss<ilvin^f  fro.-t  and  snow.  From  the  rn}rjj;ed 
gtdlies  in  their  sides  were  projected  immense  bodies  of  ice  (glaciers)  that  reiiched  per|iendicularly  to 
the  surface  of  the  water  in  the  basin,  which  admitted  of  no  landin;;'  place  for  the  boats,  but  exhibited 
as  dreary  and  inhowpitable  an  aspect  as  the  imagination  can  ])ossiblv  .«ni^f;est."  (^N'ancouver,  vol. 
Ill,  p.  278.] 

In  cnterini.^  the  inlet  the  great  (piaiitity  of  ilo;iting  ice.  ili'/trin  tVoni  these  fi;laciers,  so  retarded 
Whidbey's  boat;!  that  "a  |)assage  was  with  dilTiculty  ctVeetcd"  in  the  ti'cth  of  a  strong;  northerly  wind. 
They  returned  alonp;  the  eastern  shore,  which  .ip|iearcd  to  be  "  a  continuation  of  the  sanu;  ranp!  of 
lofty  mountain^,  risinj;  alirujitly  from  the  water  side."  The  ris(^  and  fall  of  the  tide  appearetl  to 
them  "upwards  of  eifjliteen  feet;"  Tebienkolfalso  calls  it  eiffhteeii  feet.  The  name  of  River  Islet  i.s 
applied  by  Meade  to  the  solitary  islet  noticed  by  N'aneouver,  whos(^  account,  apparently  (pioted  from 
\Vhi<lbey's  reports,  seems  somewhat  overdrawn,  as  subse((Uenl  visitors  liavi'  not  en<ountcred  such 
serious  obstacles.  A  more  or  less  constant  trade  is  carried  on  with  the  interior  Indians  by  th<'  inlet 
and  river,  which  could  hardly  be  the  I'ase  it  the  ice  was  as  permanent  an  obstacle  as  would  be  supposed 
from  Whidbey's  experience.  Into  the  northern  anyle  ol'  tlie  basin  above  described  the  Taku  Biverf 
enters  from  the  northeastward.  At  a  distance  of  .-onie  forty-five  mihs  from  the  coast  it  receives  a 
branch  called  the  South  Fork  of  the  Taku,  which  has  its  source  in  Lake  Kenuicott,  a  small  sheet  of 
water  some  fifty  or  sixty  miles  E  SE.  from  the  junction  of  the  South  Fork  and  the  Taku  and  close  to 
the  headwaters  of  the  First  North  I'ork  of  the  Stikinc.  Not  many  miles  from  this  locality  Lake 
Ketchum,  another  smad  lake,  jrives  rise  to  a  somewhat  shorter  stream,  which  has  been  called  the 
Etsacuya  or  Etsakuga.  This,  flowiufr  parallel  with  the  South  Fork  and  separatecl  from  it  by  a  liijrh 
range  known  as  the  Bald  Mountains,  joins  the  Taku  some  ten  miles  north  of  the  mouth  of  the  South 
Fork.  At  the  same  point  the  North  Pork  of  the  Tuku  coaie.sees  with  the  Et.sd<uga  to  form  the  Taku 
pro|)er.  The  North  Fork  enters  the  junction  Irom  the  N  NW.,  its  headwaters  spreading  to  the  NE. 
and  N.  One  of  I'  ■  atlluenls  heads  in  a  small  spring-  or  pool  less  than  a  mik^  fmm  a  stream  which  feeds 
Vatehee  Lake  and  .lie  Ilotalinga  River  of  the  Yukon  watershed,  which  enters  the  ocean  nearly  a  thousand 
miles  in  a  direct  line  from  the  mouth  of  the  Taku.  The  Scaith  I'ork  and  Ftsakuga  How  through 
valleys  of  which  the  second  is  said  to  be  rather  wid(!  and  fertile.  ,\ll  these  Iranches  were  roughly 
ex|)lored  in  18()0-'(i()-'()7  by  parties  of  the  Western  Union  Teh  graph  Kxpedilioii  in  search  of  a  tele- 
gra|)li  route  toward  the  Yukon  valley.  All  the  details  are  thcr<  fore  merely  ap|)roximative.  In  regard 
to  the  character  ol'  the  main  stream  of  the  'i'akii,  according  to  Douglas,  of  the  Hudson  Hay  Company, 
who  ascended  it  for  thirty-five  miles,  it  pursues  ''a  serpentine  course  between  stupendous  mountains, 
which,  with  the  exce|)tion  of  a  t't'W  points  of  alluvial  soil,  rise  abru|)tly  from  the  water's  edge  "  and  im; 
largely  snow  covered.  The  current  is  reported  to  be  very  swift,  but  with  regard  to  the  depth  of  water 
in  the  river  nothing  is  known.  The  .same  may  be  said  of  the  inlet,  where  no  soundings  :»ppeiir  to  have 
been  taken. 

The  western  headland  of  Taku  Inlet  was  named  by  Vancouver  Point  Salisbury,  but  on  his  chart 
XII  the  name  was  transferred  to  the  western  angle  of  the  same  peninsula,  about  th'ee  iniics  SW.  liy 
W.  from  the  jioiiit  originally  so  named.  On  chart  XIV  the  name  is  indicated  in  its  eorre<'t  place,  and 
Tebienkoff  has  also  followed  Vancouver's  text  and  intention  on  his  chart  (  \' III)  of  liie  vicinity.  .VII 
other  charts  excc|)t  those  of  Tebienkoff  have  followed  the  inaccurate  chart  XII  of  Vancouver's  Atliis, 
and  thus  the  name  and  location  of  I'oint  Salisbury  have  become  fixcnl  in  geogiaphieal  literature.  He- 
garding  practical  unifonnity  as  much  more  important  than  mere  priority,  the  point  which  Vancouver 
intended  to  bear  the  name  of  Mishop  Salisbury  will  licic  be  considereil,  by  authority  of  the  Siiperin- 


"Tlie  Taco  Gulf  iif  Sir  (jc'(irf.'i'  Kiniiwnii.  in  1811  :  Icy  Arm  (Lohtlanol)  (iflVliiciikiitr.  (Cliiiil  \lll;)  nilHtniiislutfil  Glacier 
Ann  l).v  fimw  uiitlioiitics,  hikI  tliu  Takou  Inlet  nt'  .Mi'iiili'. 

tTliis  riviT  tiliuiild  not  lie  ooiilouiKkil  uilli  tliiit  Minu'tiiiies  ('alU'<l  llii'  Tabko,  i<f  tlii.'  iutciior,  iitlieiwiHc  tijv  HotallQga— a 
feeder  of  tlie  Lewta  and  Yukon  rivers.     Tlie  liendquarters  of  tlie  two  i\re  separiUed  \>y  lew  than  a  mile  of  watei'slied. 


li^<tnm«latell  Glacier 


iJASTINEAU    CHANNKL.  17^ 

liiiiltMit  of  the  IT.  S.  Cnaxt  Survey,  iiiulfr  (lie  iiiiiiic  nf  Bishop  Point.  It  is  liijrh  ami  wiMidnl,  situated 
ill  iatilude  68"  10'  N.  (iippfnximate),  and  has  W  SW.  iVuin  and  iiiinicdiately  adja.eiil  to  it  a  eove 
wliieli,  aceordinjr  t(t  Mi'ad<',  Mlliinis  aiicli(iia^;c.  On  llic  -lioic  of  lliis  cove  is  a  lar^e  native  seltleineDl 
ol   tile  Taiiii  tril)e  of  T'linkits,      While  J>isho|)   I'oini  loniis  the  western  point  of  entrance  to  Takn 

lidet  tiiere  does  not  seem  I'roin  the  <>liarls  to  i>c  any  puinl  cspei'iailv  r >;;iii/,al)h' as  an  eastern  headland. 

Ahoiit  SW.  /  W.  three  miles  troiii  liishop  I'oini  lies  Point  SaliHbury  of  the  jrreat  inajorilv  of 
charix,  forniiiif;-  a  somewhat  conspieuoiis  projection  of  the  siiore,  whose  approxiinato  position  in 

Latitude 68°  10'  N. 

Longitudo 134'^  12'  W. 

an<l  ininiediately  opposite  whieii,  on  the  sonthern  shore,  SE.   }.  S.  hetween  one  and  three  miles  frotii 

Point  Salishiiry,  lies  Point  Ardon  of  VaiK ver,  a  hroad  pidjeetion  of  Admiraily  Island,  which  in  not 

specially  reniarkahle  so  far  as  known, 

Aceordinn  to  Meade  the  tun  points  so  approach  each  other  as  to  contract  the  width  of  St<'plienM 
1'a.sfiafie  hctween  the  NW.  aii<rle  of  I'oint  .\rdeii  and  I'oini  Salishnry  to  lillle  more  than  a  mile.  Hut 
N'ancouver  and  others  indicate  no  such  contraction,  but,  on  ilie  eontrarv,  a  width  ol'  not  less  than  two 
miles  ill  this  vicinity.  .V  very  short  distance  west  iVom  these  narrows  Slepliens  Passage  is  divided  hy 
Douglas  Island,  named  by  N'aiieonver,  and  eonsistiiif;  of  an  extensive  and  rii;fj;ed  Irai't  of  land  twenty 
miles  loiiff  E.  and  W.  ami  alioiit  live  miles  broad.  It  is  siancwhat  spindle-shaiH'd,  taperiiij;  to  a  point 
at  ea<^h  end,  the  eastern  extremity  terminatiiisr  sharply  in  Tantiillon  Point,*  Iroin  which  Point  SaliH- 
bury bears  NE.  by  E.  ]  E.  between  one  and  two  miles.  About  e(|nidistant  from  both  proinoiitorieH,  in 
the  middle  of  tlie  entrance,  lies  Marmion  Islet,*  about  half  a  mile  in  extent. 

From  this  the  <'haniiel  separatini;  I)on<;las  Island  anil  the  main,  which  was  nameil  Oastinoau 
Channel,!  extt'iids  in  a  W  NW.  direction  about  ten  miles  to  a  |)oint  where  a  small  islet  is  situated, 
visible  I'roni  both  entrances  of  the  channel,  wheiiee  th('  direction  of  the  pa.ssaire  is  W  SW.  alxait  eleven 
miles  to  the  western  entrance.  The  width  of  the  channel  varies  from  less  than  a  mile  to  a  mile  and  a 
half,  and  at  the  western  entrance  there  is  an  islet  Just  within  and  another  just  without  the  passage. 

(jrastiiieau  Channel  was  found  by  N'aneonver's  party  to  be  rendered  impassable  by  floating  ice  from 
the  ghieiers  in  the  vicinity,  which  descended  I'rom  the  mountains  of  the  mainland  to  till!  sea.  No  one 
else  appears  to  have  examined  the  ])assage  until  about  1.S8I),  when  it  was  visited  by  prospectors,  who 
found  evidciKU's  of  mineral  veins  and  ])lacers  on  Douglas  Island  and  on  the  mainland,  and  returned  to 
Sitka  in  October  of  that  year  and  reported  their  tliscoveriijs.  The  result  was  that  in  January  and 
l''ebruary,  18H],  a  mining  camp  was  established  on  (Jastineaii  Channel  which  has  reaeluMi  at  present 
date  the  proportions  of  a  good-si/.ed  town,  which  is  known  as  Juneau,  after  one  of  the  original  pros- 
pectors of  the  district.]:  The  harbor  of  .Inneaii  is  formed  by  the  shores  of  Douglas  Island  on  the 
scaith,  the  mainhmd  on  the  north,  and  ulionli'  which  extend  clear  aiiross  the  passage  on  the  west,  leaving 
a  water  way  said,  at  low  water,  to  lie  practicable  only  for  boats. 

The  passage  leading  to  Juneau  from  Stephens  J^Lssage,  that  is,  the  eastern  half  of  Gastinean  ( 'haiinel, 
has  not  betai  reported  upon,  but  is  practicable  for  steamers,  which  now  leave  then'  (l<S8."})a  monthly  mail. 

The  harbor  itself  is  about  three-eighths  of  a  mile  in  extent,  extending  somewhat  farther  to  the 
east  and  west,  and  has  an  average  depth  of  about  nineteen  I'athoins  with  a  bottom  of  sticky  mud.  The 
tide  ranges  about  L'ighleun  feet.     A  wharf  has  been  built  which  is  believed  to  be  in  about 

r,utini.>   . -   58°  16'   N. 

:,r,nsit.  '\e 134"  20' W. 

The  v.ariatir.ii   >[■  tf,  compa.ss  is  about  30°  easterly. 

Up  to  the  ,v!rirt  the  nortliern  shore  is  bold-to,  bn't  S.  by  E.  }.  E.  frcm  the  end  of  the  wharf  on  the 
Douglas  Islam'  sho-e,  at  the  month  of  a  stream,  a  sjiit  makes  out,  dry  at  low  water,  nearly  a  quarter  of 
a  mile  in  a  Uwrtherly  direction.  Westward  from  the  wharf  and  NW.  by  N.  }.  N.  from  the  spit  is 
Miner's  Cove,  a  small  indeutjitioii,  mostly  dry  at  low  water,  the  western  point  of  which  is  formed  by 

'  Named  liy  tliH  I*.  8.  (.'uuHt  Siirvt'y. 

t  l!y  Unnil'ray,  in  lsr,7.  on  niinni«Ti|>n-|,„rtH  liiniisli.MJ  \Ur  Wiulrin  Tni"!!  ■|'cli'i:ni|ili  Kxpi'diiirMj.     Tl iinic  win.  inlnptwl 

l.y  till'  il.  S.  Cdu/t  Siii-VHV  (111  iU  eliiirt»  in  1S7!).  liy  lii.'  1'.  t<.  llyilrniiniplii''  Unn'iin  "f  tin'  Nnvy  D.^partiinMit  in  ISSd,  uinl  on  llie 
liiilisli  Ailininilly  cliarts'ii  few  nmiitli»  lalci-.  It  u|i|.eiirrt  tc.  Iiiive  Im'hii  deiiv.'cl  Ih.iii  cm,,  of  tin'  llmlson  Hay  (;niii|iHiiy',<  vi'swln 
wliicli  ti-.nl«l  ontln.  cniiHt  iiimI  wliiili  u:ih  nnii.wl  :iiici-  llic  Oastlncau  .n-  Cutlneau  Blver  nf  Qui-liw.  u  biaiicli  „(  tli.-  Ottawa.  It 
lias  uIkii  lifxii  calli'cl  Ca^oU  Straits  ami  Icy  Cbannel. 

}  It  lin»  liwii  Htateil  lliat  tlie  iiai'liuTM  in  tin'  wiM'li  nf  pinsi,,.,  liin.'  w.'i-.'  naniHcj  liams  ami  Jiiiieaii,  ami  nrigiiially  tliH  ciiinp 

waB  iininf.l  HarrlBburg  Hinl  tlm  ininiiiK  ili«tiiot  llic  Juneau  district,  in  coinm ration  of  tlin  iliKnoviTL-™.     Tin'  U.  S.  Navy 

eatalilisliixl  a  small  foix'i-  liuiT  and  mad.'  a  iwoniniissaii.'u  of  tlm  liailior  whirli  was  by  tlii'm  naiiird  RockweU,  alU'i-  on.'  of  tli» 
naval  ntlii'ers  eiigas'-'l  "■•  ''"'.v  tln-ie.  Tim  doiiliii'  iiaine.^  occasioning  Innilile,  HHjiueially  in  iiostat  niall.r.-.  lln-  ivsidi'iits  Imld  (no 
it  Is  Klated)  a  town  meeting  at  wliicli  tin-  name  nf  Juneau  or  Juneau  City  was  adopted  for  ilie  scltlumunt  and  aticrwairi  accepted 
by  the  Post  Office  Ueparlmeiit. 


.#mi 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


V] 


/] 


/: 


^\»v  *.^^ 


1.0 


2.5 


I.I 


■50     ■^~ 

■U  1^    |22 
2f  |ji4    ■■■ 

£    1^    12.0 


I 


1.8 


'•2^  III  '-^  ■' 

< 

6"     

► 

Hiotographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


'^"^V" 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  MSSO 

(716)  872-4SC3 


'^ 


'9>'- 


^ 


i> 


i  • 


* 


172 


JUNEAU   HAKBOB. 


a  hill  some  two  hundred  feet  liigh.  iieliind  the  cove  and  along  tlie  shore  toward  and  beyond  the  wharf 
is  situated  the  town  of  Juneau  on  a  narrow  strip  Ixsf  ween  very  steej)  mountains  and  the  wafer.  West- 
ward from  the  town  is  a  <1(h;|>  nivine  in  the  n:iiiintiiiiis,  tiiroufih  whieh  runs  Gold  Creek,  bringiiij; 
down  sediment  whieh  has  formed  tlie  siioals  whieh  have  elused  this  |)art  of  the  ehunnel  to  larwe  vcHseis. 
The  sides  of  the  mounttiins  are  steep  and  more  or  less  woodecl.  The  opjKwite  shore  of  Douglas  Island 
is  less  elevated  but  densely  wooded. 

The  population  of  the  town  is  now  (l«8.{j  stjitetl  at  stneral  hundre<ls.  It  is  a  |K)st  office  and  ii 
stopping  place  for  the  monthly  st^'aniei-s.  In  1881  tlie  express  companies  reportwl  the  shipment  oi' 
$160,0W)  in  gold  fnmi  the  mines  of  the  Juneau  district  and,  in  18812,  about  ?250,{K)0  was  sent  down 
in  this  way  l^ides  what  might  have  btnii  carried  i)y  private  liaiids.  The  mineral  veins  are  said  to 
be  auriferous  quartz  (airrying  much  |)yrite  and  galena;  tiie  rocks  arc  of  a  slaty  character;  the  mines 
extend  over  a  region  two  miles  wide,  six  or  eight  miles  long  and  1,500  to  2,000  feet  alxjve  the  sea,  their 
distance  from  the  town  being  four  to  eight  miles,  fjittle  or  nothing  of  a  precise  character  has  been 
put  on  record  a.s  to  this  vicinity  either  in  hydrography  or  gcogrsiphy. 

The  western  part  of  Gastineau  Channel  is  little  known. 

No  directions  for  the  navigation  of  tlie  channel  can  Ix;  given,  and  none  appear  to  be  nee<led  for 
Juneau  Harbor. 

A  sketch  of  this  harbor,  from  a  reconnaissance  nuule  in  1881  by  the  officers  of  the  U.  S.  S.  Wtushu- 
aett,  Commander  Henry  Glaas,  U.  S.  N.,  eonimanding,  was  published  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in 
1883  as  No.  737  of  its  preliminary  Harbor  Charts  of  Altiska. 

Southwanl  from  Douglas  Island  Stephens  Passage  is  wider  and  more  commodious.  From  the 
vicinity  of  Point  Ardcn,  in  mid-channel,  the  passiige  extends  sixteen  and  a  half  miles  W.  by  S.  \  8. 
with  an  average  width  of  more  than  two  miles. 

Four  or  five  miles  westward  from  Point  .\rden  an  o])ening  makes  into  the  shore  of  Admiralty 
Island  which  is  eontinue<l  southeastward  toward  the  head  of  Seymour  Canal,  with  whi(!li  it  is  said  to 
join.  One  of  the  missionaries  is  said  to  have  |tasse<l  through  it  in  a  canoe  and  no  mention  was  made 
of  any  portage.  But  further  and  more  explicit  information  is  neetletl  before  it  can  Ihj  said  with  t^onli- 
dence  that  a  water-way  exists  here. 

The  southern  shore  of  Douglas  Island  is  rather  irregular,  with  numerous  small  points  and  coves. 
The  opiwsite  shore  of  the  Admiralty  Group  is  dcscril>ed  by  \'ant»uver  as  moderately  elevated  and  pro- 
ducing au  uninterrupted  forest  of  very  fine  timi)cr  trees,  (chiefly  pines.  From  Point  Arden  about  seven 
and  a  half  miles  SW.  J  W.,  according  to  Meade,  a  stream  falls  into  the  passage  from  the  BE.,  at  whtise 
mouth  is  a  native  settlement.  WSW.  about  fourteen  miles  from  Point  Arden  is  AukeBay,  named  by 
Meade  in  1869.  No  sketch  of  it  has  been  publisliiHl.  It  is  asinall  harbor  exposwl  to  northerly  winds 
which  send  in  quite  a  heavy  sea,  and  atlbrds  .inchorage  in  about  ten  fathoms,  mialdy  bottom,  one  mile 
from  the  small  stwkaded  village  of  Auke  rndians  located  here.  The  l>oltom  rises  quite  abruptly  from 
ten  to  five  fathoms  and  less,  beyond  which  is  a  mud  flat;  the  holding-ground  is  gcKxI.  Kaeh  head  of  the 
harbor  is  rocky. 

A  mile  or  two  westward  from  Auke  Bay  is  Point  Young,  named  by  Vancouver,  and  forming  the 
eastern  point  of  entrance  of  Young  Bay,  about  three  miles  in  length  W  NW.  and  E  SE.  and  a  mile  in 
width.  At  the  head  of  this  bay  an  islet  orivK-k  exists,  and  another  nw'k  was  noticeil  by  Vancouver  in 
the  entrance  of  the  cove,  together  with  an  islet,  adled  by  Meade  Scull  Islet,  of  small  extent.  No  details 
appear  anywhere  in  regard  to  Yomig  Bay,  although  it  has  the  aspect  of  a  harbor.  Hence  westward, 
it  IS  understood  that  the  Indians  make  a  portage  two  or  tliret!  miles  in  length  to  the  head  of  a  deep 
bay  which  makes  in  to  the  eastward  from  the  vicinity  of  (ia  ne  Cove  north  of  Point  Marsden.  From 
Scull  Inland  the  shore  curves  more  and  more  toward  the  iu)r,!i,  terminating  in  that  direction  at  Barlow 
Point,  W.  by  N.  .J  N.  thirteen  miles  from  Point  Young.  This  projection,  oft'  which  are  some  small 
rocky  islets,  forms  the  eastern  point  of  entrance  of  Barlow  Cove,  iiamal  by  Whidbey,  and  in  which 
anchorage  may  Iks  obtained,  lie  remarks  that  it  I'orins  u  "very  snug  harbor^  of  goo<l  access  by  the 
passage  round  to  the  north  of  I'oint  U(!treat."  From  the  indications  on  the  general  chartt  it  would 
appear  that  this  (^>ve  is  thret;  or  four  miles  long  NW.  and  SE.  and  about  half  as  wide.  It  is  of  some- 
what triangular  sha|H^,  widest  at  the  entrance,  and  terminating  in  a  rather  acute  point  at  the  head.  It 
was  U8e<l  as  an  anchorage  by  the  Russians,  and  the  LT  S.  Coast  Survey  of  18(57  obtained  anuhorage  in 
sixteen  fathoms,  muddy  Iwttom,  near  the  head  of  the  i-ove.  The  shores  are  low,  well  woo<led,  and  com- 
posed of  mica  schists  dip|>ing  vertically,  cut  by  large  ijuart/  veins  (HiUtainiug  iron  pyrites. 

SE.  from,  this  vicinity  the  land  rises  to  rather  elevatiil  hills,  on  which,  about  the  |)eaks,  snow 
apparently  lingers  through  the  summer.  The  western  extreme  of  the  cove  extends  in  a  northwesterly 
direction  as  a  narrow  promont(jry,  namwl  by  Vancouvt-r  Point  Betreat,  and  by  the  Russians  Otstuple- 
nia,  which  forms  the  WW.  jwint  of  entranei'  to  Stephens  Passage.  From  its  western  angle  Retreat 
Reef  extends  half  a  mile  in  a  .vesterly  direction. 

It  appears  to  be  moderately  elevated,  with  rocky  shores,  covered  with  trees.  Ite  approximate 
position  is 

Latitude _.  68°  23'.6  N. 

Longitude 136°  Ol'.B  W. 


PBITZ  COVE. 


173 


o  be  newled  for 


8  approximate 


The  land  for  some  six  or  eight  miles  south-  jstwanl  from  it  \vw  found  l)y  tiie  U.  S.  Count  Survey  to 
he  low,  haiviiy  woode<l  and  nearly  level,  with  a  terraco<l  appearance  near  I  lie  |M)int. 

The  Houthcrn  shore  of  Douglas  Island  from  opposite  Seuli  Island  is  irretjniar  and  otiers  numy 
points  and  coves  of  which  nothing  is  known.  It  also  approaches  at  one  point  withii>  alM)ut  a  mile  di 
the  Admiralty  Island  shore,  rapidly  n-ei'ding  again  totlie  northwest  with  several  inden- 
tations to  Outer  Point,  named  by  the  V .  8.  Xavy,  which  is  the  wcstenniiost  extreme  Frlti  Cove. 
Ill'  Douglas  Island,  high,  rocky  and  well  wooded.  It  forms  tlie  south  western  angle  of 
the  land  which  here  curves  in  to  form  what  has  Ixmmi  named  l>y  the  IJ.  S.  Navy  Fritz  Cove,  of  which 
the  other  boundary  is  formed  by  Entrance  Point  in  approximate 

Latitude 68°  10'  N. 

Longitude 134°  47'  W. 

The  variation  of  the  com|)a)>s  is  about  30°  casterK . 

Entrance  Point  is  low,  flat  and  narrow,  with  a  marsh  In'hind  it  and  a  wooded  rocky  nub  seventy-five 
feet  high  at  its  extremity.  The  anchorage  is  includc<l  in  the  indentation  between  a  line  S.  by  £.  from 
Kntrance  Point  and  the  receding  shore  of  Douglas  Island.  Thei-e  ap|M'ai>i  to  be  room  for  only  one 
vessel.  The  land  to  the  southward  and  westward  of  the  anchoi-age  is  high  and  rises  from  the  low  part 
of  Entrance  Point  gradually  westward  to  an  altitude  of  some  fiftiH'n  hundre<l  feet,  well  wooded. 

The  extent  of  the  available  anchorage  is  about  a  (id)le,  with  a  bottop'  of  sticky  mud,  affording  gcKxl 
holding-ground.  The  rise  and  fall  of  tide  ol)sarvcd  was  fourteen  feet,  but  it  is  supposed  to  reach 
eighteen  feet  at  springs. 

The  following  sailing  directions  are  arranged  from  the  report  of  Lieutenant  Symond.'*: 

DIRECTIONS  FOR  THE  USE  OF  FRITZ  COVE. 

In  approaching  tlie  cove  keep  at  least  half  a  aible  from  the  shore,  and  when  opjKisite  the  middle 
of  the  cove  a  course  m>\y  l)e  taken  S  SE.  until  twelve  fathoms  are  reached,  which  is  the  anchomge. 
Entrance  Point  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  two  cables  when  intending  to  anchor. 

This  anchorage  was  forruerly  used  by  the  Hudson  Bay  Company's  vessels. 

N  NW.  thi^-e  cables  from  Entranw  Point  is  Hut  Point,  where  there  is  an  Indian  ti.-.hing  village, 
and  which  forms  the  soutiiern  point  of  entrance  to  the  western  part  of  Gitstineau  Channel. 

Fritz  Cove  has  been  represented  as  a  sub-sketch  on  U.  S.  Ilydrographic  Olliee  Chart  No.  MN.'i  of 
lS81,and,on  a  larger  scale  with  some  additions,  on  U.S.  Coast  Survey  Harbor  Chart  No.  7;{f)  of  ]H«a. 

The  retionnaissance  was  made  by  Lieut.  F.  AI.  Symonds,  U.  S.  N.,  of  the  U.  S.  S.  \ywlmxiit,Vmn- 
niauder  Henry  Glass,  U.  S.  N.,  commanding,  in  1881. 

It  is  proj>er  to  adl  attention  to  the  fact  that,  lioth  on  the  manuscript  chart  of  the  additions  fur- 
nished to  tiiis  office  on  U.  S.  Hvdrographic  Office  Chart  No.  883  and  on  the  revisinl  iKlition  of  U.  S. 
Hvdmgraphic  Office  Chart  No.'  2"25,  a  small  islet  is  laid  down  directly  olf  the  middle  (.f  Fritz  Co'c, 
apparently  about  half  a  mile  from  the  shore  and  nearly  midway  Ix'tween  Outer  and  Entrance  poims. 
fhis  islet  does  not  appear  on  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  883  on  the  sub-sketch  of  Fritz  Cove,  but 
nnly  on  the  general  sketch  of  Lynn  Canal,  nor  is  it  represented  on  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Harlnir  Chart 
N<i.  7.)6,  derive*!  from  the  same'datu  as  the  above-mentioned  sub-sketch. 

About  NW.  from  Hut  Point,  apparcntU'  about  half  a  mile,  lies  Spuhn  Point,*  the  southwestern 
extreme  of  Spuhn  Island,  which  is  separated  liom  the  main  land  by  a  narrow  and  olistrncUd  jMissiige, 
probably  not  navigable.  Spuhn  Point  mav  be  considered  as  forming  the  northern  point  of  entrance  to 
ihe  western  part  of  Gastineau  Channel.  It  is  bold-to  and  aliont  a  mile  eastward;  within  the  entrance 
is  a  narrow  island  ab«»ut  a  mile  in  length,  lying  about  in  the  middle  of  the  channel. 

The  northern  limitation  on  the  main  land  side  of  Stephens  Passage  is  a  point  named  by  tlie  U.  S. 
( 'oast  Survey  Point  Stephens,  which  bcai-s  from  Point  Retreat  about  NE.  I)y  N.  \  N.  lour  '"'d  ii  ha  t 
miles.  Midway  l)etween  the  two  points,  dividing  th"  strait  into  two  halves,  i*  the  western  end  ol  Shel- 
l.r  Island,  named  by  Meade  in  18(>9.  It  is  about  five  miles  long  ESE.  and  W  NW.,  and  nowhere 
c-inals  a  mile  in  width.     From  the  middle  of  its  western  end  a  /vr/  extends  halt  a  mile  in  the  same 


ndicatetl  by  the  U.  S.   Navy  about  three  tiibles  SW.  from  the  8W. 


direction,  while  u  mmken  rorl 

angle  of  the   vestern  en<l  of  the  is'and.  ,    ,    ,,.       ...  .     , 

From  the  western  angle  of  Point  Retnuit  the  IMirat  Href  vxU;kU  nearly  hall  a  mile  in  a  norther  y 
and  westerly  dira-tion  ami  is  g,-nerally  visible  to  one-thiid  of  a  mih  ,  he  point  slion  <l  not  Ik- 
approached  nearer  timn  half  a  mile.  Tlie  ro<-ks  off  Marlow  P,m.l  ared.y  ami  v.sih  e.  S..utheastwar.l 
IVom  Barlow  Point  is  another,  called  Symonds  Point,  with  what  looks  like  an  island  hut  is  really  a 
peninsula  at  its  end.     It  is  free  from  dangci-s.  ,i     i-ii    .i      i  : 

Three  quartei.,  of  a  mile  westward,  from  the  east..rn  .'iid  of  Saelter  Island,  south  of  that  islami,  is 
"  'langeroiia  reef,  covered  at  high  water  an<l  extending  well  out  into  the  eliannd. ^ 

*  Namwl  by  the  Unitwl  fJtaUi  Navy  ia  1881. 


(,: 


t; 


174 


WHITKWATEK   BAY. 


About  a  mile  E  SB.  from  SymoiulM  I'oint  iind  nearly  midway  between  Fritz  Cove  and  Siielter 
Island  is  Portland  Island,  named  by  the  U.  S.  Navy,  off  the  nortiiern  shore  of  wiiicii,  an  well  as  its 
southeiwtern  shore,  reefs  I'xtctul  a  thi/d  of  a  mile,  mostly  visible.  Midway  between  Portland  Island 
and  Fritz  Ci)ve  is  the  sunken  Geon/e  li-iM-k: 

From  S|)iihn  Island  to  Point  Stephens  the  shore  of  the  mainland  jircsi-nts  a  series  of  projefting 
pointH  with  ba3's  Itetweeu  them  in  whi<'li  are  s<'ver»l  islets,  nx-ks  and  shoals.  A  mile  and  a  half  west- 
ward from  Spnhn  Point  is  Point  Louisa,  nametl  by  the  U.  S.  Navy,  havinfj  a  narrow  island  at  its 
eastern  side  and  three  or  four  more  small  islets  or  roeks  Initween  it  and  Spuhn  Island.  Two  and  a 
third  miles  westward  from  Point  I^iuisa  i-  Point  Lena.  There  are  several  small  islets  near  the  head 
of  the  interveniii;;;  bij^lit.  About  a  mil<!  and  a  half  W  NW.  from  Point  l^na  is  Aaron  Island,  with 
two  islets  beyonil  it  in  the  same  trend,  ami  a  Muukni  rvel:  esjstward  from  it  about  midway  between  it 
and  the  point.  A  glacier  cohies  down  near  the  heail  of  the  bight  Ix'tween  Point  Lena  and  Point 
Stojihens. 

The  pa.s.sage  between  Shelter  Island  on  the  south  and  the  alwvc-named  points  and  islands  on  the 
north  has  Iwen  called  Favorite  Channel  by  the  U.  S.  Navy,  and  is  reported  to  Ik;  clear  and  unmistak- 
able. After  passing  I'oint  liouisii  fn>m  the  northward,  keep  the  northern  shore  well  alioard  until  up 
with  Spuhn  J'oint  to  avoid  Geon/e  Hock. 

The  pas.s;ige  Ix'twetMi  Shelter  and  Admir.ilty  Islands  was  named  Saginaw  Channel  by  Meade,  who 
passed  thnnigii  it  in  1869.  The  only  hidden  dang«.'r  known  in  this  ]>assiige  is  the  minken  rock  close  to 
the  shore  of  Shelter  Island,  three-quarters  of  a  mile  westwanl  fr<mi  the  eastern  end  of  the  island. 

In  going  through  this  pa«siige  from  t!ic  northwest,  after  passing  the  rm^ks  off  Barlow  Point, 
Symonds  Point  will  be  obs'-rved  t4i  extt-nd  well  to  the  eastward,  and  (iovering  what  aj)iM'ai"s  to  be  the 
SW.  end  of  an  island  close  in  to  that  point.  This  is,  however,  really  a  iM)rtion  of  the  |)o'nt  itself. 
Keep  Symonds  Point  well  aboard  until  past  the  sunken  rock  alnive  tnentioncHl,  when  the  channel  is 
clear.     Between  Shelter  and  Portland  Islands  Tebienkotl' indicates  continuoim  foul  ground. 

Before  talking  up  Ly  lui  Canal  it  will  he  nei-essary  to  consider  that  |)ortion  of  Chatham  Strait  north- 
wanl  from  Point  (iardner. 

I'OINT    GAUDNEU   TO    POINT    MAHSDEX. 

For  data  relating  to  this  part  of  Chatham  Strait  the  reconnaissance  sketciies  and  rejKirts  of  officers 
of  the  U.  S.  Navy  will  here  l>e  chicHy  relied  upon.  From  Point  Gardner  the  eastern  shore  of  CluithaiM 
Stniit  extends  in  a  general  way  NW.  by  N.  alniut  ten  miles — uniformly  Inild,  indentinl  by  a  nnmbt^r  oi' 
small  bays,  backed  by  com|)arativeIy  high  and  wooded  land — to  Point  Caution,  named 
Whitewater  Bay.  by  Meade,  and  forming  the  southern  jioint  of  entrance  to  a  large  Iwy  ailbrding 
anchoragi;  and  nametl  by  the  II.  S.  Navy  Whitewater  Bay.*  In  approaching  it  is 
retHm»mende<l  to  give  the  shore  of  Admiralty  Island  a  berth  of  two  miles,  as  it  is  reported  foul  and 
contains  mtmeroHM  ovtli/hi;/  rockj^,  some  of  them  only  visible  at  extreme  low  water. 

Whitewater  Bay  ext<'nds  alMint  three  mHcs  in  an  E.  by  S.  and  W.  by  N.  direction  with  .  n  aver- 
age width  of  a  mile.  Its  northern  point  of  entrance  was  called  Woody  Pointf  by  the  U.  S.  Navy, 
and  is  alwut  a  mile  and  a  half  northwani  from  Point  Caution.  Off  the  entrance  to  the  bay,  less  than 
a  mile  (ai-cording  to  Tebienkoff",  who  represents  the  entrance  as  2J  miles  wide)  SW.  from  Wotnly 
Point,  and  dirc<itly  in  front,  of  the  entnuice  according  to  others  (while  some  charts  omit  it  entirely),  is 
liuagiau  R-.ef,  named  bv  Meade,  upon  which  a  Russian  vessel  is  said  to  have  struck. 

Awording  to  Meade,  who  hit«  given  the  only  published  (but  not  very  clear)  description  of  it,  if  a 
line  were  <lrawn  from  i-*oint  Caution  to  Wotnly  Point  tl>e  reef  would  be  neai'ly  a  mile  outside  of  that 
line,  but  the  position  which  he  adopts  for  it  on  the  old  edition  of  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2431 
would  make  the  distance  less.  He  says  J  "  it  is  close  to  the  land,  and  (consists  of  eleven  very  ugly  rocks 
extending  about  NW.  and  SE.  along  the  land  for  two  miles.  The  distance  this  reef  is  from  the 
eastern  shore  of  C^h  itham  Strait  is  alKUit  two  and  a  half  miles,  Injing  right  opjKwite  a  bight."  The 
noU's  accompanyini'  the  riH-onnaissanw  of  the  bay  by  oftiwrs  of  the  U.  S.  Navy  in  1881,  relating  to 
its  approaches,  make  no  reference  to  liussian  Iteef,  between  which  and  the  shore  the  Saginaw  found  no 
l)ottom  in  many  place-t  at  ninety  fathoms. 

Point  Caution,  from  this  reconnaissance,  apptiars  to  have  a  narrow  rocky  tongue  extending  in  a 
NNW.  directitm  a  i|uarfer  of  a  mile  while  only  a  few  fathoms  wide.  Similar  but  smaller  tongues 
extend  from  projc'tions'  of  the  northern  shore  op|)o.<ite.  From  the  extremity  of  this  tongue  E.  by  S. 
J  S.  is  Flag  Point,  uainiHl  by  the  Navy,  bluff,  rocky  ami  wooded,  placed  by  them  in  approximate 

Latitude „7°  13'  N. 

Longitude 134°  30'  W. 

*  AIhu  ciiIM  Lower  Koutsnow  m-  Khadma,  IcmuIIv. 

tin  HK,  Ala»kn  nil  pnliitH  ai'ti  woody,  hikI  nlioiit  oiip  tlilnl  of  tliviii  have  been  named  so,  tu  tliv  great  cuntimiun  of  lirdru- 
graplier*.     It  is  lo  be  jiopi'il  timt  the  name  will  never  be  employed  again. 
t  U.  a.  Hydrographic  Notice  No.  13,  1HU9,  page  itO 


KOOTZWAHOO    ROADH. 


976 


vc  and  Shelter 


Variation  of  the  rompa««  Ir  alnnit  28°  30'  onstcrly.     Rise  and  fall  of  tide  aUiit  nixtceii  fe«>t. 

Two  and  a  quarter  eahies  N  NW.  from  Fhxfr  point  is  Hoaly  Rook,  n  sninll  hiiick  rtn'kv  islet,  «nr- 
roiindMl  hy  foti/ ground  toaraide  distant,  niostly  niarki'd  i)y  kelp,  at  \vi\M  in  Hnninu-r.  ThrVc-quiirtiTs 
of  a  mile  eastward  from  Fla^  l*oint  is  a  smaller  r<M'k,  dry,  with  three  fatliom.s  half  a  eaide  from  it  in 
ail  direetioiw. 

Close  to  the  shore  on  the  northern  side  of  the  bay,  N,  f  E.  from  tiie  ai>ove-mentioned  riH-k,  is 
North  Island,  of  small  extent.  Eastward  from  a  line  joinini;  the  two,  espfK-iallv  in  a  NE.  direction, 
the  Imttoin  is  nx-ky  and  iriT^nlar;  there  are  nhon/M  and  kelji  palelies  and  very  likelv  hiiliUn  lUttujir*.  A 
stream  empties  into  a  ronnchnl  eove  in  the  NE.  eorner,  where  salmon  are  caught  in  summer.  Thert!  is 
a  fishing  eamp  or  house  here,  but  the  villaj^c  is  nearly  a  mile  eastwarfl  from  the  north  head  of  the 
biiy,  on  the  northern  shore,  ott'  which  appars  to  Ik-  deep  water. 

Fnmi  the  alK)ve-mentione(l  reeonnais.san(V  this  bay  d<K's  not  appear  to  olfer  many  attraetions.  The 
following  directions  are  derived  from  the  notes  of  the  naval  party. 


ounfuuun  uf  liydiu- 


DIRECTIONS   FOR   KNTKRTNG   \VHrTKWATP:R   BAY. 

Oj)en  VVliitewater  Bay  well,  an<I  a  i-ourse  E.  ^  S.  midway  l)et\yeen  all  visible  dangers,  with  a  sugar- 
loiif  mountain  on  Baranott"  Island  directly  astern,  will  lead  in  clear.  After  passing  Healy  H<K'k  ke«'p 
the  northern  shore  aboard,  sound  as  yon  go,  aiul  anchor  when  fourteen  fathoms  are  obtained,  with  North 
Island  N.  by  B.  five  or  six  hundred  yai-ds. 

All  heavy  winds  draw  up  or  down  Chatham  Strait,  aii<l  hence  nei-d  not  l)e  feared  in  the  bay. 

A  few  miles  farther  northwestward  is  Becky  Point  of  Meade,  with  several  visible  rcH'ks  near 
it.  At  the  northern  part  of  the  bay  of  which  Rm'ky  Point  is  the  southern  headland  is  Letushkwin, 
s<mietimes  called  Old  Kootznahoo  (Khudanu),  formiM'ly  a  very  |)opulous  T'linkit  villnge. 

Westward,  a  mile  from  this  village,  is  Village  Point  of  Meailc,  in  IHH}),  with  an  islet  off  it  and 
from  which  Distant  Point  of  Meade,  a  mile  or  two  NW.,  is  se|)arate<l  by  a  narrow  deep  cove.  Dis- 
tant Point  is  situated  twenty-two  miles  NW.  by  N.  fron>  Point  (Jardncr.  At  its  western  angle  an? 
some  visible  rocks  and  a  couple  of  islets.  This  |)oint  forms  the  southern  headland  of  Hood  Bay, 
named  by  Vam-ouver,  but  by  no  i  cans  corresiwnding  to  Whidln-y's  description,  if  Meade's  chart  l)e 
trustworthy.  According  to  the  latter  the  bay  extends  £.  by  N.  1  N.  and  W.  by  S.  J  S.  about  six 
miles  with  a  width  not  ex(*e<ling  three  miles,  its  northwestern  extreme  Iwing  fornud  by  Kenasnow 
Island. 

The  original  compass  of  the  term  included  the  waters  northwest  of  Kenasnow  Island  as  far  as 
Point  Samuel,  which  liave  received  other  names  on  Meade's  chart.  The  inner  eastern  extreme  of 
IltKxl  Bay  bears  the  name  of  Ctaaqua  ^ay,  a  native  nauK'.*  Nodet4iils  are  at  hand  in  regard  to  sound- 
ings, anchorages  or  shelter,  in  this  hnndity. 

There  are  several  islets  in  HfMid  Bay,  one  namwl  Table  Island,  of  small  extent,  which  ajjpears  to 
Ik!  cut  in  two  in  a  N  NW.  and  S  SE.  direction,  lies  off  the  southern  entiiuice  of  the  iMiKsiige  U'tween 
the  ea.stern  end  of  Kenasnow  Island  and  the  main  shore.  This  islet  is  distant  a  mile  and  a  (piarter 
alwut  S.  by  W.  J  W.  from  a  high  |)romontory  of  the  main  shore,  mimed  by  .Meade  Bold  Cliff,  and  on 
thi.s  line  Ijetween  the  two  is  Lonf  RoLk,\n  the  channel,  bare  at  low  wii'er,  covered  at  a  ipiarier  H(hh1 
and  having  nine  feet  of  water  on  it  at  extreme  high  water.  There  is  a  ciciu-  passsige  nearly  two  cables 
wide  either  side  of  this  rtK-k.  Midway  between  it  and  the  shore  is  another  dry  nnk,  not  named, 
lietween  the  NW.  end  of  Table  Island  ami  the  SE.  shore  of  Kenasnow  Island  there  is  ai. 
clear  passage  two  cables  wide.  The  straits  k'twcen  Kena-now  and  the  main  ar.  '••dicat. 
as  clear.  They  are  alniut  six  miles  in  total  extent  and  somewhat  less  than  one-.,  i-d  of  i' 
in  the  narrowest  part. 

Kenasnowf  Island,  so  name<l  by  Meade,  forms  a  part  of  the  northern  shore  of  Hof...  .^ ,  and  it« 
wtstern  extremity  is  the  NW.  |)oint  of  entrance  of  that  bay.  The  island  is  somewhat  irregularly 
erescent-slmi)ed,  with  the  convexity  southward,  and  is  about  three  and  tlir(H'-<|uarters  miles  long  E.  and 
W.  and  ab<;ut  a  mile  broad.  The  western  end  is  prolonged  in  a  NW.  direction  as  h'niimiow  HeeJ, 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  long  and  drv  at  low  water.  The  ciistern  end  curves  to  the  N  NE.  with  a 
nhorl  reef  a  mble  or  two  in  length,  forming  Shelter  Point,  a  mile  west  from  which  Hood  Point  prfijei'ts 
from  the  northern  8ht)re  of  the  island  about  the  siune  distan.r.     The  shore  iM-twcen  tlicni  is  nn-kv. 

The  waters  Iwtween  the  northern  shore  of  Kenasnow  Island  ami  the  main  Admiralty  shore,  form- 
erly includet"  in  Ho(k1  Bay  by  Vanciniver  and  others,  were  named  by  Meade  Kootznahoo  Roads,  u 
siHjlling  which  is  here  adoptcil  because  published  by  the  origiiiiil  explorer,  and  certainly  In-tter  than  a 

•Menlionwl  in  ihr  voyage  of  ilie  Klita,  in  IWi.  a«  Cbaqua  Cove.     H  i.  ..Is..  Ohaqu.  Pay,  .■.r.,...-„.-lv  ».,  «,„»■  fliaru.. 

tC.uruniHd  f,,„„  K.n-a.-n'llU,  «n  In.li.u,  wor.l,  n.eanihK  "i.-.T  ll..>  I..11. "  ..•l.mi.K  >"  H-  •""i"  f"'-'iti''<  I'  »''•;  «"««»-"  l»« 
(..ll.«rwi«  Kootanahoo.  Kootsnu,  HooohUlOO.  etc.).  n.^nninB  ■B.ar  Fort. '  nnn-  Ly  ..n  U...  .h..r..  ..f  th.  n„.,n  A.lnnrally    nland^ 

Tl.iK  i«lan,l  was  calle.l  Bhaetkab  IilftBd  by  tl.«  iradera  in  I7!l!l,  »Im.  lefrr  I. villHgn  ,«.  Hootaenboo.     At  pr«««t  tliair.  ia 

quite  a  village  atill  mnaining. 


rently 
•'eral 
wide 


176 


K0TE080K    HARBOR. 


largo  proportion  of  the  forms  whii-li  hnvp  heen  use*!  to  driiotc  the  same  Indian  name*  (phonetically 
Khiitz-n'hii).  The  rondw  coniprisM'  a  IkmIv  of  water  tliri*  niilos  long  E.  and  W.  and  alxint  two  miles 
in  greatest  width,  surroundcil  iJiiiHy  by  liohl  and  rcM-ky  Mhores.  The  Houthern  jKHiit  of  cntramx  is 
formed  by  Krnamnw  HeeJ;  tlie  north'wiwtern  by  Danger  Point  of  Meade,  a  rounded,  bold,  rocky, 
dens«'ly  wmhIwI  promontory  alnait  five  hundred  feet  high,  from  which  toward  the  WNW.  u  reef  some- 
what leiss  than  a  mile  in  length  exten<ls.  The  south  and  southeast  shores  of  the  fwint  apwar  to  be 
tolerably  clear  and  Iwld-to.  EustwanI  the  ground  k't-om  s  lower  and  more  level,  and  at  a  distance  of 
somewhat  r)ver  a  mile  ejistward  from  the  end  of  J)aiiger  I'oint  is  the  large  native  settlement  of  Kootz- 
naluM),  containing  about  sixty  houses,  each  of  which  may  IfKlgc  a  nund)er  of  families.f  In  front  of  the 
village  the  shore  is  l)old-to, carrying  tive  to  seven  i'alhoms  close  in;  ancliorage  may  Ik>  hwl  here.  West 
from  this  there  is  a  narrow  rocky  Iwrder  to  llu!  shore.  I'jjst  from  the  village  lar-^c  rt'(/jt>/rt//o>WM  fringe 
the  shore  with  a  width  of  one  to  three  iiibles,  dry  at  low  water.  The  coast,  which  tren<!s  to  the  east- 
ward from  Danger  I'oint  to  the  vicinity  of  the  village,  then  curves  for  a  mile  and  a  half  SE.  and  E  8E., 
forming  a  bight  whose  southeastern  exlrcmity  has  lie<n  lalled  by  Meade  Saginaw  Point  fi-oni  which 
rocks  extend  seaward  two  cid)les  or  more.  Between  this  |)oint  and  Danger  Point  across  the  entrance 
to  the  bight  stret<'hes  a  shoal  known  as  the  Koolzimlinn  Rorhn.  This  is  a  mile  ami  a  quarter  in  length 
W.  by  N.  J  N.  and  E.  by  S.  J  S.  and  alH)ut  a  thiitl  of  a  mile  wide,  dry  or  awash  at  low  water.  It 
approaches  so  near  by  its  northern  e<lge  to  Saginaw  Point  as  to  leave  no  advistible  passage  for  vesiiels, 
but  the  we«t<'rii  end  and  northwestern  edge  are  se|>nr«ted  by  not  less  than  a  thin!  of  a  mile  from  the 
shore,  forming  a  snug  and  secure  but  contracted  anchorage  in  front  of  the  village  with  from  twelve  to 
twenty  fathoms  of  water.  In  this  vicinity,  according  to  Meade,  the  tide  rises  twelve  feet,  and  it  is  H. 
W.  P'.  and  C.  at  O''  20"". 

The  fl(M)d  tide  is  said  to  run  four  hours  and  a  half,  the  ebb  seven  hours,  and  there  is  half  an  hour 
of  slack  water.     The  geographical  position  jf  Danger  Point,  from  Meade's  observations,  is 

Latitude 67°  29'  N. 

Longitude 184°  37' W, 


\  .11 


and  the  variation  of  the  compass  about  twenty-nine  degrees  easterly  in  1869. 

Haifa  mile  eastward  from  Saginaw  Point  it  was  projKised  to  ere<it  a  United  States  military  post 
near  a  break  in  the  rocky  barrier  of  the  shore.  Haifa  mile  fartlier  east  at  Bluft'Point,  the  shore  suddenly 
recedes  northwar^l  about  half  a  mile  to  the  mouth  of  Koteosok  Creek,  a  stream  emptying  into  a  lagoon 
of  considerable  sixe.  Within  the  lagoon,  almut  a  mile  northward  from  the  mouth  of  the  creek,  ten 
fathoms  have  been  obtained.  Between  Bhift"  Point  and  Hootl  Point,  the  narrow  eastern  termination 
of  Kootznahoo  [toads,  the  clear  channel  is  only  a  quarter  of  a  mile  wi<le  with  four  or  five  fathoms 
water,  Meade's  chart  being  in  error  on  this  point.  In  the  main  channel  of  the  roads  fifteen  or  twenty 
fathoms  may  lie  had.  At  their  eastern  extremity  the  al)ove-inentioned  narrow  passage  leads  into 
Koteosok  Harbor  of  Meade,  which,  awonling  to  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Office  Chart  No.  882,  is  wider 
and  more  comm(Klious  than  indic4ittMl  on  Mende's  chart  of  18G9.  This  harlxjr  connects  with  HimkI 
Bay  by  the  passage  In'twcen  Shelter  Point  and  Bokl  Cliff,  previously  referre«l  to.  This  harlwr  is  rounde<l 
in  form  with  a  diameter  clear  of  obstructions  of  three-quarters  of  a  mile,  and  affortis  anchorage  in  ten 
or  fifteen  fathoms,  soft  Iwttom.  At  the  head  of  the  bight  l)etween  Hood  an<l  Shelter  points  is  the 
establishment  of  the  Wfstern  Fur  and  Trading  Conqtany. 

Several  sketches  of  this  locality  have  appeare<l ;  the  l)est  and  least  incorrect  is  that  on  U.  S.  Hydro- 
graphic  Office  Chart  No.  882  of  1881 . 

On  the  western  shore  of  Chatham  Strait,  about  W.  by  N.  \  N.  from  Point  Gardner,  the  charts 
indicate  a  projection  of  the  Baranoff  shore  with  a  cove  northwest  of  it,  in  re^rd  to  which  there  is  no 
further  information.  Thent«  the  coast  is  niap])ed  as  comjMict,  without  notable  indentations,  and  extend- 
ing in  a  direction  aliout  NW.  by  W.  an  uncirtain  distancej  to  the  southeastern  point  of  Kelp  Bay, 
named  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey,  a  large  unsurveyal  bay,§  of  which  the  hea«l  extended  in  a  west- 
northwesterly  direction  toward  the  inlets  previously  referred  to  (pages  166-7)  as  extending  in  a  south- 
easterly direction  from  the  southern  border  of  Peril  Stniit.  Tebienkoff  is  the  only  one  who  gives  aiiv 
details  in  regard  to  this  bay  and  he  indicates  (Chart  VIII,  1849)  the  upper  part  of  it  as  unexplored.    He 

*  It  lias  l)veii  ruiiiltirfd  Hoocblnoo,  Hudiunoo,  Hoaehnou,  KooUnoo,  Kntsnou,  Xoutinon,  Kontsnow,  Hoosnoff,  &c. 

tTlii*  '  illaffe  c-aii  \w  ilistiiiclly  bwii  fioin  tli«  WB.  point  of  entrance  In  IVril  Strait  and  is  supposed  to  be  as  large  or  larger 
than  ti.e  Indian  villnge  at  Sitka.  In  I88i  it  was  shelled  and  partly  destmyed  by  the  U.  8.  steamer  Corwin  on  account  of  unrnly 
demonstrations  by  ihe  natives  against  the  employes  of  the  tracllng  rtntion,  cannery,  Ac,  on  Kenasnow  Island.  Tli«  lives  of  scinu! 
of  them  were  threatened,  on  account  of  the  accidental  death  of  a  native  in  the  company's  employ,  in  accordunce  with  Indian  law. 
There  are  no  totem  poles  at  this  village  Potatoes  have  been  cultivated  here  by  the  Indians  for  many  years— each  year  mure  oi- 
less  are  sold  to  the  white*.  They  preserve  their  own  seed  potaUiea  but  substitute  new  ones  when  they  can.  All  the  land  in  the 
immadiate  vicinity  is  low. 

X  Eleven  milee  according  to  Tebienkoff,  but  the  naval  report  lui  Whitewater  Bay,  which  is  about  Ave  miles  fitrther  south, 
speaks  of  It  as  opposite  Kelp  Bay.    There  are  no  means  of  settling  the  question  at  band. 

J  Referred  to  on  various  charts  as  »  "  deep  inlet "  or  bay,  but  not  named.    There  are  two  other  deep  bays  in  oloeo  proximity. 


KOOTZNAHOO   INLET. 


177 


rc|)re«ent«  the  entrance  as  about  two  miles  wide.  OiT  the  northern  point  ft  (ilnster  of  nmks  projectn 
lialf  a  mile  castwuru  into  Chatham  Strait.  On  the  southern  siiorc  within  the  hny  "re  t'onr  or  more 
jsletM.  The  northern  shore  is  nnich  indentiMl.  Ac<'or(lin>;  to  'IVhiciikotl'tlH'  Imy  extentis  inhmd  alniut 
six  miles  to  a  two  and  a  half  mile  portaj^e.  Hence  to  Point  'riuUclu'r  the  shore  f  ivnds  in  a  northwesterly 
(iirectiim  with  several  coves  and  a(ro<Ki  many  nx-ks  alonj;  siiore  and  espccinliy  otfthe  projci-tintj;  iMiinls 
l)etwei!n  the  various  indentations.     It  should  not  lie  approiiclusl  within  half  a  mile. 

Iteturninc;  to  the  eastern  shore  of  Chiithah)  Strait,  in  coniiiif;  ciistwurd  ihrounh  Peril  Strait,  that 
part  of  the  Admiralty  Group  opposite  the  eastern  entriiuv  of  the  strait  n|)|)ei>rs  as  a  low  wwKled  plain 
of  threat  extent,  l>ehind  which  niav  l)e  seen  in  favorable  weather  the  hi^h  snow-cap|HMl  mountains  of  the 
iiiiiin  and  the  elevated  hills  of  the  eastern  portion  of  the  ^roup  itself.  This  plain  is  the  seat  of  an 
extensive  network  of  inland  waters  not  yet  fully  explored,  and  which,  from  the  observations  of  the  U. 
S.  Navy,  ap|ienr  to  wash  the  shores  of  islands  and  raniifyinj;  inlets  which  are  the  seat  <,*'extenHivecoal 
tiehls.  To  the  vhole  of  the  Admiralty  Group  Tcbij'nkoff  applies  the  name  Khuts-na  u,  and  to  the 
interior  system  of  canals  alntve  mentioned  Meade  has  n|)plied  the  term  KootBnahoo  Archipelago, 
hut  of  this  only  a  Bniall  |>ortion  has  yet  l)een  ex|)lored  by  him,  to  which  he  lii\s  j^iven 
the  name  of  KootBnahoo  Inlet.  It  has  also  lK>cn  referrtnl  to  under  the  name  of  Kootznahoo  Inlet. 
Mud  Bay.  The  southern  point  of  entranc(>  to  this  inlet  is  Dan^jcr  Point,  and  the 
northern  is  called  by  Meade  KootsnahC'^  Head,  a  hi^h,  roundetl  densely  wooded  dome,  n-achin^  an 
altitude  of  eight  hundred  feet  and  forming;  u  low  bliilf  (,r  stee|i  bank  near  the  water's  etige.  From  the 
western  extremity  of  Danger  Point  the  ajiex  of  the  head  Ix'iirs  N.  i  E.  a  mile  and  a  quarter,  but  the 
channel  l)etween  the  northern  tnlge  of  the  point  and  the  southern  (Hlge  of  the  head,  forming  the  entrance 
to  the  inlet,  is  only  four  cables  wide.  A  view  of  the  entrance,  of  the  Head,  and  of  Danger  Point,  is 
(^iven  on  U.  8.  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  225. 

Fro:.n  its  narrowness,  tortuosity  and  numerous  unexplorotl  ramifications,  the  inlet  cjm  l)e  described 
hut  poorly  at  best.  The  best  guide  is  the  chart,  a  ghuu^e  at  which  will  show  that  with  the  navigation 
of  these  chiuinels  a  sailing  vessel  <ran  have  nothing  to  do.  Their  only  importaiiw  at  present  is  iw  a  most 
promising  |)oiut  for  the  hydrographic  and  mining  explorers,  the  |tre.xcn<!e  of  a  navigable  channel  for 
steamers  and  of  g<K>d  coal  here  being  ascertaiiunl  fact*i. 

Tlie  general  course  of  the  explore<l  part  of  the  inlet  is  eastward  and  northeastwani  for  some  three 
miles,  then  northerly  about  six  miles,  when  it  agsiin  curves  to  the  eastward  for  several  miles  and  throws 
nut  a  number  of  arms;  beyond  which  it  is  unknown. 

In  mid-channel  at  the  entrance  Um  to  fifteen  fathoms  may  Iw  had.  Two  miles  eastward  within 
the  entrance  thedepth  diminishes  tosix  or  seven  and  the  inlet  curves  to  the  northward.  On  thesoiith- 
east  side  is  a  long  narrow  islet.  Village  Rock,  (•onnccte<l  with  the  southern  shore  by  a  nhml  where  tiiero 
is  an  overfall  at  certain  stages  of  the  tide.  From  Turn  Point,  which  is  on  the  western  shore,  half  a 
mile  northward  from  Village  Uock,  there  extend  ctTtain  roch  dvrclhj  tmnxvrise  to  t/ic  channel  and  two- 
thirds  of  the  way  across  it.  There  are  four  or  fiv.;  fathoms  in  the  cable  v,  de  pius-iage  between  these 
r(K'ks  and  the  SB.  shore.  Altout  the  nwks  the  str-  ig  tidal  curr(U)ts  pnKluce  a  race  and  ripples  which 
have  secured  from  Meade  for  this  pla**  the  expressive  name  of  "Hell's  Acre." 

E  NE.  from  this  two  unexplored  channels  ojhju  with  Home  ripplen  at  their  common  entrftnce;  the 
current  in  this  vicinity  sometimes  runs  at  a  rate  of  eight  or  ten  knots.  The  explored  channel  is  the 
most  western  of  the  three,  and  is  se|)arate<l  from  the  others  by  Channel  Point,  south  from  whose  end 
a  i-eef  extends  nearly  half  a  mile,  i  mile  or  so  northwanl  from  this  is  the  Stillwater  Anchorage,  in 
twenty  fathoms,  both  shores  c^lear  of  m-k.s.  A  mile  and  a  (|uarter  northward  the  channel  is  again 
obstructed  by  numerous  visible  rocks,  forming  a  strong  ripple.  To  ilie  westward  is  False  Channel 
Bay,  of  small  extent,  marked  at  its  northern  extreme  by  Point  Pillsbury.  Kastward  and  oi)|)<isite  is 
an  unexplored  oi>ening.  In  mid-channel  Ixitween  the  rocks  eight  or  ten  fathoms  are  had.  Thence 
t'-e  trend  bf  the  channel  is  N.  by  B.  .1  E.,  and  it  is  narrowed  to  nlxiut  a  seventh  of  a  nnle  m  the  dear, 
with  a  depth  of  six  to  ten  fathoms.  A  mile  and  a  half  northward  from  Point  I'illsbnry,  on  the  western 
side  of  the  passage,  is  Point  Bridge,  abreast  of  which  a  race  (Krurs.  (Beyond  this  the  southern  and 
eastern  shore  Ixjcomes  much  broken  into  islands,  and  in  the  course  (.C  three  or  four  miles  the  names  oi 
Long  Island,  Termination  Point,  Cedar  and  South  points  occur  on  the  southeastern  shore,  and  Hem- 
look  and  Worth  pointa  on  the  north we.st«>rn  shore,  details  not  sufficiently  iiii|K)rtant  to  warrant  par- 
ticular description  and  for  which  the  navigator  if  referred  to  the  chart.)  ,•  «     v  „  t>       *i. 

Northeastward  thence  is  an  expansion  or  bav  which  has  nxrived  the  .mine  of  Mitchell  Bay,  the 
southern  bounds  of  which  ore  forme<l  bv  Woo<h'hopper  Islan.l,  whose  north  shore  is  fringed  with 
formidable  rock  platforms  or  reefs  half  a  mile  in  width,  <-.lle.l  ^<«jhum  Mfje.  Unexp  ore<l  <^l^»]»f 
\.:m  north,  east  and  s;)iith,  and  Jinchorage  appeai-s  possible  alnuKst  anywhere.  At  or  near  the  NE. 
extremeofWoodchopper  Island  "a  mine  of  the  lx«t  bituminous  .cul  yet  found  iiimn  our  Iacific,«ast 
was  opened  by  the  U.  S.  S.  Saqinaw  in  1 868.  W'.kkI  of  course  al...uiul.s ;  fish  of  all  kinds  are  rc,H,rted ; 
abundantiand  fresh  water  mav  !«  found  falling  into  MiU'liell  I  Jay  from  the  north  war<l.  A  canoe  ,««H«ge 
is  said  to  exist  between  these' watera  and  tl.ose  of  S.ymour  Canal,  but  as  .f  frequeutlv  «"*PI'«"«  that 
natives  in  speaking  of  canoe  passages  do  not  distinguish  betw.-ei.  .,.nlinu..i.s  ^^«'' ■^«"''  *J«"^- 
rupted  only  V  a  short  and  easj^portoge-  it  is  doubtful  whether  a  continuous  passage  exists  even  for  canoes, 
P.  0.  p.— 23 


178 


TENAKEB   INLKT. 


I' .4;' I. 


Point  Samuel,  nanuKl  by  V^aiiprmver,  anil  erronnDUsly  piveii  Aa  Samuels  Point  l)y  Mt-ado,  i8,acmrcl- 
ing  t«  the  latter,  situatwl  two  and  a  hairniilm  NW.  I)y  W.  A  W.  from  the Houthern  extremity  of  K«K)tznahm) 
Head.  From  a  study  of  Mfade'ti  and  VanconvcrV  respective  ehiirls,  though  the  whole  eonforniation 
of  the  shore  is  in  each  diirerontly  rt"i»res(iit<'d,  the  identification  of  Point  8aniuel  by  Meade  woidd  ueeni 
to  be  erroneous.  Vancouver's  Point  Samuel  (-an  hardly  1m;  other  than  the  southern  and  western 
extreme  of  Keiiasnow,  which  he  aj)|)arently  did  not  recognize  as  an  island.  If  so,  as  a  |)art'of  the 
mainland  of  the  Adminilty  (irou|>,  it  woulil  then  form  the  northwest  extreme  of  HoimI  Bay,  and  the 
openings  representee!  on  his  chart  l)etween  it  and  I'oint  Parker  are  identifiable  with  Koocznahoo  Roads 
and  Inlet.  But  by  the  assumption  that  the  roads  form  a  part  of  Hw)d  liay,  Russian  and  English 
rartographers  have  tmnsferred  the  name  to  a  point  north  of  them,  apparently  the  same  as  Kootznahoo 
Heatl,  while  Meade  has  shifte«l  it  still  further  north  to  an  inconspicuous  projc<;tion  which  would  hardly 
have  attracted  notice  from  Vaneouvds  pin-til's  and  <«rniot  Ite  r»'concile<l  with  the  "projecting  point" 
of  his  text  and  chart.  Since,  however,  the  features  of  the  shore  as  iiidicate<I  by  Vancouver  are  merely 
approximate,  and  since  the  identification,  whether  correct  or  otherwise,  has  l)een  made  on  the  only  chart 
of  the  locality  which  can  claim  even  a|>proximate  accuracy,  or  exhibits  any  details,  it  is  perliajw  as 
well  to  leave  the  mmlern  application  of  the  old  name  undisturl>ed. 

From  Point  Samuel  as  thus  located,  Point  Craven  is  indicated  as  Itearing  SW.  J  S.  alwut  nine 
and  a  half  miles.  Northwest  from  Point  Craven,  which  forms  its  sotithwestern  extreme,  is  Sitkoh  Bay, 
unsurveyed,  apparently  four  or  five  miles  long  in  an  E.  and  W.  direction  and  half  as  wide.  U|H)n 
Point  Craven  are  some  Indian  houses  constituting  the  T'linkit  village  of  Sitkoh.  It  was  to  a  stock- 
ade behind  a  stc«>p  detached  roi^k  in  this  vicinity,  according  to  Lisianski,  that  the  natives  retreated 
after  their  defeat  at  Sitka  by  the  Russians  in  1804.  This  Indian  fort  was  visited  bv  Langsdorft'  in 
October,  1805. 

Off  Point  Hayes,  the  northeastern  extreme  of  the  bay,  an;  one  wooded  and  two  bare  iaiets,  and 
the  Morris  reef,  previously  described,  which  at  extreme  high  water  is  nearly  all  covere<l.  The  shore 
north  of  it  should  not  be  closely  approached.  About  three  miles  NW.  }  N.  from  Point  Hayes,  not 
far  from  the  shore,  is  a  high  conspicuous  rocky  islet,  called  White  (Bieloi)  Book  by  Tebienkoff. 
On  most  charts  it  is  placed  too  far  north. 

Twelve  or  fifteen  miles  in  a  northerly  direction  from  Point  Hayes  the  coast  of  the  Chichagolf 
group  extends,  more  or  less  broken  and  with  .several  unexplored  o|K'nings,  of  which  the 
Tenakee  Inlet.  most  northerly  is  willed  by  the  Indians  Kakagin,  to  South  Passage  Point,*  which  forms 
the  southeastern  extreme  of  Tenakee  Canal  or  Inlet.f 

Two  islets  lie  near  this  point. 

It  may  l)e  noted  here  that,  reganled  with  relation  tti  Point  Marsden,  a'l  this  part  of  the  Chicha- 
goff  Group  bordering.on  Chatham  Strait  is  farther  west  than  tlie  charts  in  common  use  indicate.  It  is 
probable  that  a  large  part  of  it,  together  with  part  of  the  Admiralty  Group,  is  represented  as  several 
miles  too  far  north  and  east.  But  until  some  continuous  surveys  have  been  made  it  is  impossible  to 
correct  the  charts. 

The  entrance  Ijears  about  SW.  J  W.  six  milt.s  from  Fishery  Point,  and  the  north  head  about  S. 
11°  E.  from  the  boat  anchorage  south  of  Point  Marsden. 

Tenakee  Inlet  is  only  known  from  verbal  rejjorts  by  Major  M.  P.  Berry,  of  Sitka,  and  by  natives 
who  constantly  traverse  it.  It  has  not  been  surveyed  in  any  part.  It  is  sup|)08«!d  to  extend  in  a 
west-northwesterly  direction  to  within  five  or  six  miles  of  I'ort  Frederick,  where  it  terminates  at  a 
portage  of  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  paces  in  width  at  high  water,  which  rises  alwut  fifteen  feet 
al)ove  the  sea.  Half  way  toward  the  portage  from  Chatham  Strait  on  the  north  shore  are  some  hot 
springs,  said  to  contain  sulphur,  near  which  is  a  native  .'settlement. 

Off  this  there  are  some  islands  in  the  inlet,  and  in  the  south  shore  there  is  an  opening  which  trends 
toward  Hooniuh  Sound,  Peril  Strait,  from  wluch  it  is  separated  by  an  isthmus  of  high  land  alwut 
five  miles  wide.  The  inlet  is  much  used  by  the  Indians  living  at  Port  Frederick  in  their  journeys 
to  the  more  southern  part  of  the  archipelago.  Major  Berry  was  the  first  or  one  of  the  first  ^vilite  men 
to  pass  through  this  inlet,  which  he  did  in  an  Indian  canoe,  and  his  sketch  has  been  transferred  to 
U.  S.  Hydrographic  Office  Chart  No.  225,  edition  of  1882. 

On  the  eastern  side  of  Chatham  Strait,  about  eight  miles  northward  from  White  Rock,  n  xjording 
to  Vancouver,  is  a  prominent  low  point  comi)osed  of  shingle,  and  named  by  Vancouver  Point  Parker. 
It  is  of  triangular  shape,  with  a  kelp  patch  off  its  extreme  end,  and  is  supposed  to  be  in  about 

Latitude 67°  37'   N. 

Longitude 134°  40'  W. 

Meade  places  it  somewhat  farther  north,  perhaps  by  an  oversight  in  lettering  the  chart. 

*lontll  Point  of  Meade'B  cli«rt,  first  edition.    Niinied  by  tlie  U.  8.  Navy. 

tTliia  inUt  has  alao  be«ii  called  Blind  Panace,  Berry  Paiiage,  and  Slwaib  Oanal.    Tlie  name  adopted  was  adoplr<l  )>; 
the  U.  S.  Coait  Survey  in  1869,  and  is  that  applied  to  it  by  tlie  iiativoB  who  live  upon  it.     It  ii  accented  on  the  last  ayllable. 


Hfl)B(l,ul,ilIpii 


CHATHAM  STIIAIT. 


179 


head  about  S. 


Hereabout,  Vancouver's  parties  iiotwl  that  the  Hood  tide  came  from  the  Houthwanl,  thoui;li  it 
only  ran  about  two  hours. 

The  large  opning  which  may  bt;  found  on  most  charts,  dividing  into  two  bnuioliw  as  it  enters, 
does  not  exist.  The  land  is  low  therenltoutj*,  and  a  salmon  stream'  eonips  apparently  from  a  lake  int/i 
the  strait,  but  there  is  no  inlet  or  bay  aw-ording  to  the  latest  authorities. 

However,  it  is  8t«te<l  that  alxMit  a  league  to  the  southward  and  eastward  of  Point  Parker  Van- 
louver's  party  found  in  one  of  thew;  bays  an  opening  an  eighth  of  a  mile  v.ido,  which  has  not  subse- 
(piently  been  explored.  At  the  entrance  five  fathoms  wat<'r  was  obtained,  but  after  advancing  almut 
Haifa  mile  it  proved  to  be  both  shallow  and  rocky — a  portion  of  its  southern  extreme  l)cing  cut  otl'at 
liigh  water,  forming  an  island.  An  Indian  settlement,  where  the  ground  was  cultivated,  Wiis  situated 
here,  and  the  natives  sent  off  to  Mr.  Whidl)ey  on  the  twenty-first  of  July  an  abundant  supply  of  fresh 
herring. 

From  Point  Parker  the  eastern  shore  of  Chatham  Strait  extends  alxiut  thirty  miles  in  a  NW.  ^  W. 
direction  to  Point  Marsden.  This  «)ast  has  not  IsHin  critimlly  surveyed,  but  is  descrilie<l  by  Van- 
couver* as  in  general  oidy  "  motlerately  high  and  lirminating  uniformly  in  a  Irald  shore  free  from 
shoais"  or  other  concealed  interr-iptions  to  navigation. 

He  found  the  northerly  AcmkI  tide  always  of  short  duration,  the  set  of  the  current  Iwing  usually 
toward  the  southeast.  The  surface  of  the  country  is  ruggiKl,  but  produces  an  abundance  of  very  fine 
timl)er,  chiefly  varieties  of  pine  and  ce<lar,  some  of  which  trcfss  measured  twenty-three  fwt  in  girth. 
The  opposite  or  western  shore  rises  more  rapidly  and  to  a  greater  height  and  ap|)earc<l  t*)  him  leta  fertile. 

Eight  miles  northwestwa.  d  from  Point  Parker,  according  to  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2431, 
a  small  bight  is  indicsited,  off  which  are  some  rocks  a  short  distance  from  the  shore  surroundeti  by  kelp 
in  two  to  five  fathoms.  According  to  the  chart  these  are  situated  in  latitude  87"  48',  and  May  22, 
1880,  the  mi^netic  dip  here  was  observeil  by  the  U.  S.  ("oast  Survey  to  Iw  78°  67'.3.  The  nxiks  as 
\v  '1  as  the  shore  were  okserved  to  be  composed  of  white  marble  streaked  with  green  and  dipping 
vertically.  The  shore  behind  the  beach  rises  to  a  considerable  height,  and  has  received  the  name  of 
the  Marble  Blu£h.  .'he  entrance  to  Freshwater  ]}ay  and  Pavloff  Harlwr  is  directly  op|K)sitc,  on  the 
western  shore  of  Chatham  Strait.  Two  or  three  miles  farther  north  a  point  known  as  Fishery  Point 
projects  int<i  the  strait,  near  which  a  stream  of  considerable  volume  enters  the  strait,  where  an  Indian 
fishery  for  salmon  is  established  in  the  seiLsoii  of  the  run.  From  this  vicinity  the  middle  of  the  entrance 
to  Tenakee  Inlet  Iwars  alwut  SW.  J  W.  About  a  <|uarter  of  a  mile  off  shore,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
stream,  is  a  bare  ro(!ky  ledge  or  islet,  rising  ten  or  fiftwn  feet  almve  the  water.  Almut  nine  miles 
northwestward  from  Fishery  Point  the  south  western  angle  of  abroad-faced  point  (-allwl  Point  Repburnf 
projects  into  the  strait  with  some  rocks  near  it.  The  shore  l)etween  them  is  more  or  less  indental  and 
there  are  inshore  ro(!ks  in  several  places.  From  Point  Hepburn  the  shore  trends  somewhat  more 
northerly  al)out  two  miles  and  a  half  to  Cube  Point,  the  northern  angle  of  the  same  projecting  mass  of 
land,  forming  an  in«!onspicur.us  bight  iKstween  the  two,  in  the  sands  at  the  head  of  which  pros|)ector8 
have  washed  out  particles  of  gold. 

Cube  Point  is  narrow,  bluff,  rocky,  densely  timlxsred  above.  At  its  northwestern  end  is  a  square 
bluff  mass  of  rock  connected  to  the  main  jwint  by  a  level  strip  of  dry  l)ea('h.  The  nwks  are  mica 
schists  seamed  witii  veins  of  quartz  containing  pyrites,  and  mucii  contorted. 

It  forms  the  western  point  of  entranc*  of  a  snug  little  anchorage  named  by  the  U.  8.  Coast  Sur- 
vey Square  Cove,  of  which  a  sketch  was  obtained  in  June,  1880.     This  cove  is  about 
three  cables  long  NW.  and  SE.  and  a  cable  and-a  half  in  width,  with  two  and  a  half        Square  Cov». 
fathoms  within  a  cable  of  the  fine  sand  beach  at  its  head  antl  deejwr  water  farther  out. 

The  cove  is  but  little  wider  at  its  entrance  than  at  its  head.  Its  sides  rise  in  bluff  walls  of  rock, 
heavily  tiral)ered  above.  There  are  no  dangers  or  olistructions.  The  broad  sand  beach  at  its  head  is 
abundantly  supplied  with  drift-wmxl,  and  a  stream  comes  in  at  each  end  of  it,  the  eastern  forming  a 
cascade.  From  the  northeastern  extreme  of  the  I)each  Cube  Point  and  Point  Augusta  are  in  one,  bear- 
ing west. 

The  latitude  of  Square  Cove  is  alwut  68°  N. 

Nc  observations  have  been  obtained  here. 

The  cove  will  afford  gowl  pro'cction  from  all  but  northwesterly  storms  for  a  single  vessel  of 
moderate  size  or  several  small  craft. 

In  this  vicinity  the  flootl  tides  meet  from  Chatham  Strait,  flooding  to  the  northward,  and  from  Icy 
Strait  flooding  to  the  southeastward. 

From  South  Passage  Point  NW.  by  N.  about  two  miles  lies  East  Point  of  Meade,  the  irregular 
rather  broad  eastern  extreme  of  a  portion  of  land  which  appears  to  separate  Teuakee  Inlet  from  the  open- 
ing north  from  the  latter.  There  is  a  reef,  bare  at  low  wahr,  extending  northwest  about  a  cable  from  it. 
Immediately  NW.  from  East  Point  is  an  opening  whose  opposite  extreme  is  formed  by  North  Pas- 
sage Point,  (North  Point  of  Meade,  t  which  is  situated  NW.  by  N.  J  N.  about  five  miles  from  South 

•Vmcouwr,  Tol.  Hi,  p.  268. 

tin  honor  of  Jmum  Hepburn,  ««|.,  of  Victoria,  V.  I.,  long  >  naturalUt  and  explorer  in  thi»  region,  who  <Ui,d  about  1806. 


■  t 


IKO 


FItKHHWATKK   BAY. 


Pawtage  I'oint.  lietwccii  Kiwt  Puiiit  niul  North  I'liMMuge  Point  is  tlic  eiitraucc  to  Freshwater  Bay. 

ThiH  Imy,  nuined  hv  Moadc,  Roimirttx  of  an  ciitrunra  aliout  three  miles  in  length  W. 
Fruhwattr  Bay.  l)y  s.  i  8.  iiiul  B.  by  N.  },  N.  and  half  a«  wide,  ix-yond  wlii<h  the  bay  is  prolongs! 
to  mi  extent  not  definitely  awt^rtained,  in  a  wc»terly  direction,  I'orniing  an  arm  or  inlet. 
On  the  Houtlicrn  shore,  itliont  two  miles  wet^twiird  from  Kast  Point,  is  Favloff  Harbor,  u  titve  lietween 
three  and  four  j-obles  in  extent,  of  wliic-h  Meade  hax  given  a  xketeli  on  U.  IS.  Ilydrogruphic  OfBee 
(.'hart  No,  225.* 

Between  East  Point,  or  an  angle  of  it  (iilled  Outer  Point  by  the  U.  8.  Navy  in  1881,  and  the 
eastern  point  of  entrance  of  I'avlott'  Uarlnir,  lies  Wachusett  Cove,  almut  half  a  mile  in  extent,  of 
which  two-tliirtls  arc  shoal,  extending  in  a  NE.  and  SW.  direction,  widening  within  from  the  entrance, 
which  is  about  ii  (fuarter  of  a  mile  wide  NW%  an<l  SE.  The  northwestern  point  of  entrance  is  Bluff 
Point,  narrow,  high,  bold-to  iind  wocnled.  Tiic  oppoHite  shore  is  wotMled,  lower  and  bold-to.  The 
head  of  the  cove  is  low,  marshy,  with  a  stream  coming  in,  an<l  a  broad  bcEi-h  ot-eupying  nearly  half 
the  oove  in  fropt  of  it,  dry  at  low  water.  The  range  of  the  tide  is  eight'-en  feet.  There  are  no  out- 
lying dangers  or  ol>structions.  Anchorage  may  be  had  SE.  from  Bluff  Point,  midway  between  it  and 
the  opposite  shore,  in  eight  or  nine  fathoms.  The  position  of  Bluff'  Point  approximately  indicated  by 
the  U.  8.  Navy  is 

Latitude 67°  80'  N. 

Longitude . 135°  02' W. 

No  directions  are  necessary  for  entering  it  except  to  kwp  the  lead  going  and  anchor  as  soon  as  seyen 
fathoms  are  hatl,  if  the  position  alK)ve  mentioned  is  not  scle<'te<l. 

A  skettOi  of  this  cove  has  Ikjcii  isHuc<l  by  the  IJ.  S.  Coast  Survey  as  Harbor  Chart  No.  734, 
1883. 
Pavlotr  Harbor.  The  eastern  pt)int  of  entrance?  of  Pavlott'  Harbor,t  according  to  the  U.  8.  Navy, 

should  l)e  about  two  miles  SW.  by  W.  \  W.  from  Bluff  Point. 

This  harbor  consists  of  a  rather  small  cove  alxiut  four  (^bles  in  extent  IT.  and  S.  and  E.  and  W., 
but  further  contracte<l  by  n  pointed  rock.  The;  eastern  and  western  points  of  the  twve  are  nearly  four 
cables  aj)art  about  W.  |  N.  and  E.  J  S.;  SW.  by  W.  .]  W.  from  the  eastern  point  three  and  a  half 
cables  and  two  and  a  half  cables  about  SE.  by  S.  J  S.  from  the  wi-stern  point,  lies  Pinnacle  Book, 
named  by  Meade,  two  feet  out  at  l.)W  water.  It  has  three  fathoms  close-to  on  all  sides  except  the 
southwest,  where  a  ledge  runs  oft"  a  short  distance.  This  is  the  only  obstruction,  the  shores  being 
bold-to,  especially  on  the  western  side;  three  to  st^ven  fathoms  may  Im)  had  close  in.  The  depth  in 
the  cove  varies  from  three  to  fifteen  fathoms,  rather  regniarly  increasing  toward  the  middle.  At  the 
southern  extreme  of  Pavloff  Harbor  a  good-sized  stream  comes  in,  which  at  a  little  distance  from  the 
harbor  forms  a  conspicuous  casca<lc.  This  stream  is  of  course  a  salmon  run  in  their  season,  and  an 
Indian  fishing  station  called  Sankeh  is  located  here.  The  shores  afford  wood;  on  the  southeast  is  a 
beach  and  small  stream  of  water. 

Meade,  who  made  a  plan  of  Pavloff  Harbor,  which  is  to  be  found  on  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Chart 
No.  225  under  the  name  of  Freshwater  Bay,  gives  the  following  directions  for  its  use:I 

"In  entering  this  [Freshwater  Bay]  bay  give  East  Point  a  berth  of  at  least  two  cables,  as  «  reef 
of  rooks,  bare  at  low  water,  extends  out  to  northwest  of  the  |K)int.  After  rounding  this  point  you  may 
haul  in  and  steer  S.  by  W.  into  the  bay  [Pavlolf  Harbor],  and  when  you  bring  West  Point  to  l)ear 
NW.  \  W.  and  Salmon  River  SW.  J  S.  you  will  have  an  anchorage  in  fourteen  fathoms  water,  sandy 
bottom,  tolerably  giKxl  holding-ground,  as  the  bay  is  sheltered  from  all  winds  and  no  sea  can  set  in 
toward  the  anchorage.  On  the  whole  [Pavloff  Harbor]  is  one  of  the  best  harbors  on  the  coast.  The 
scenery  is  very  picturesque  and  beantifid." 

The  approximate  geographical  position  of  the  east  point  of  entrance  of  the  harlwr  is,  according 
to  Meade, 

Latitude 67°  50'  N. 

Longitude 135°  04'  W. 


*There  la  somtt  contlict  of  names  in  tliis  localitr.  The  bar  was  named  Movala  or  R«w  Harbor  by  Vasilieff  on  Bussiaii 
Hydrographic  Chart  No.  139C,  in  1848,  and  Fresbwater  Bay  by  Mi-ade  in  liis  report  in  U.  S.  Navy  U'ept ,  Hydrograpbio  Notice 
No.  13,  1869.  The  anchorage  wu«  mimed  PaTloff  Harbor  by  I'ebienicuif,  (Chart  VIII,  1849,)  and  is  represented  by  a  sub-siietcli 
of  Meade  entitled  Freshwater  Bay.  A  cove  not  definitely  located  in  the  bay,  but  apparently  two  mileii  eastward  from  Pavlulf 
anchorage  on  t'lie  south  shore,  was  named  Wachtuett  OOTe  by  the  United  States  naval  officer*  who  surveyed  it  in  1S81.  In  tlii« 
description  Meade's  name  has  been  kept  for  the  whole  bay  and  Pavloff  Harbor  for  the  western  anchorage. 

t  Named  Bait  Point  by  Meade,  which  is  an  obnoxious  name,  since  there  is  another  East  Point  only  a^w  miles  east  of  this, 
at  the  entrance  of  the  outer  bay. 

t  Owing  to  the  presumed  misplacement,  on  the  sub-sketch  of  Chart  No.  !iS!i),  of  the  name  of  Kast  Point  above  alluded  to,  the 
above  directions  conflict  with  the  chart,  and  to  make  sense  the  words  in  brackets  have  been  inserted ;  for  it  is  to  be  noted  that  on 
the  sketQh  of  Pavloff  Harbor  no  rtef  it  <A«wn  stretching  off  two  cables  fintm  Last  Point.  If  the  reef  dot$  extend  two  cables 
nortbWMtward  from  this  particular  East  Point  then  the  8.  by  W.  course  would  carry  directly  on  to  the  reef. 


CHATHAM   HTKAIT. 


as  soon  as  seven 
CImrt  No.  734, 
the  U.  S.  Navy, 


IHl 


WHW.  about  three  miles  from  North  PasnaKt!  Poi  U  is  I-yo«A-een  Cove,  nam)")!  l)y  thi'  V.  H. 


tainous 


Survey  after  the  sumwHed  Indian  apptaiution.     L  c.nsit.tx  of  a  hijfht  {„  the  sl.ri.  and  mom 
IS  shore,  the  |)oiuts  of  which  Inar  from  each  otiier  nearly  8 BE.  ami  NNW.,  rf»<|K(tivt.|v.  mImi 


)un- 
iit 


(|  rill  I  I  •  **  "  —     —    ---»"-'-i-»«<'»»i»»HinFiii, 

<me  nide.  Ihe  cove  enters  the  shore  in  a  WSW.  dirc<'tion  uinrnt  n  (|iiiirU'r  of  a  iiiiii',  iiiul  i^  iii.mIJv 
pervadwl  by  deep  water.  In  the  8  SE.  oxtreme  of  the  wvf,  with  a  jx-al*  alxiul  ei(r|it  Immlml  tWt  Iiiiii 
iKiaring  8  8W.  and  at  a  distance  of  somewhat  less  than  a  wible  northward  from  tin-  xhorc,  iiriilioniirc 
may  be  had  in  twenty-three  fathoms.     A  litth-  to  the  westward  a  stream  eonies  in,  from  the  m<Mith  of 

which  in  a  northerly  dire<!tion  several  ree/ii  or  i>hm/n  apin-ar  to  cxUmuI.     The  Hiinimit  of  ilu rtliern 

point  is  about  fourteen  hundred  feet  high,  and  die  whole  is  deiis«>ly  wiMnled.  A  skeleli  of  ihi-  c.ve 
was  made  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  18«J9,  and  is  issiiwl  as  No.  T.'Jo  in  tin;  series  of  jiariior  charts 
of  Alaska.     The  geographi<«l  (losition  is  approximately 

Latitude .._  b7°  64'  N. 

lK>ngltude 134°  68' W. 

and  the  variation  of  the  compass  is  sup|)oscd  to  l)e  about  28°  30'  easterly. 

Seven  miles  northwestward  from  l-youl<-een  Cove  is  a  bight  miled  by  the  tradei-s  Fatae  Bay,  ami 
said  to  be  a  fair  an<^horage  in  summer,  but  Itad  in  blowy  weather. 

Twelve  and  a  half  miles  nearly  WW.  from  North  Pa-'sagt!  Point  lies  Point  Augusta,  name<l  by 
Vancouver,  and  forming  the  NB.  extreme  of  the  land  known  as  Chichagoff  Island.  It  is  represented 
in  a  view  by  Meade  as  a  high,  bold,  rocky  |)romontory,  its  fnei-  falling  as  a  clitt'  to  a  foot  wiwiicd  by 
breakers,  while  above  it  is  bare  of  trees,  and  l»eyond  it  extends  a  range  of  high,  snowy,  Iwirren 
mountains. 

Its  approximate  geographiral  |H>sition  is 
• 

Iiatitude , 88°  04'  N. 

Longitude 138°  04'  W. 


he  southeast  is  a 


ix>r  is,  according 


w  milea  cMt  of  this, 


In  this  vicinity  Chatham  Strait  is  contracted  by  the  proximity  to  each  other  of  points  Augusta 
and  Marsden,  the  distance  lietweeii  which  is  indicatinl  by  Vaiu-oiiver  and  Meade  to  Ih!  less  than  four 
miles.  Herealnrnts  Chatham  Strait,  as  deSned '  in  the  present  work,  has  its  northern  terniinatioii, 
though  the  great  valley  of  which  it  ixmiprises  a  part  is  continued  northwestward  as  Lvnii  ('anal. 
Chatham  Strait,  as  underst^xxl  by  Vancouver,  included  the  waters  se|)arating  his  (iitorge  Thinl  Archi- 
fKilago  from  the  lands  adjacent,  and  extended  from  the  |M)intH  Laviiiia  and  \Vind)le<lon  eastward  and 
southeastward  U*  Christian  Souud.  That  porticm  westwani  from  Point  Augusta  is  more  geiiendiv  con- 
sidered as  forming  a  part  of  Cross  Sound  or  Icy  Strait,  and  herein  will  \k\  so  treat^'d. 

Aca)rding  to  recent  advices  Point  Augusta  is  farther  snntli  by  several  miles  thai:  the  older  navi- 
gators sup|Kised  and  Point  Couverdtn  farther  north,  sti  that  the  ditference  <tf  latitude  betwwn  them  is 
considerably  greater  than  has  been  supposed.  The  point  is  more  rounded,  and  westwani  from  it  the 
shore  is  less  curved  southward  than  the  charts  indicate. 

From  Point  Augusta,  Cube  Point,  on  the  opiMwite  shore  of  Ciiatham  Strait,  licars  east,  eight  or 
nine  miles  distant,  aiui  a  projection  of  the  shore  on  the  south  side  of  Point  Marsdcn,  (which  is  al)out  a 
mile  in  width  WW.  and  SB.,)  where  observations  were  nmile  May  2'J,  1880,  bears  N.  42°  E.  about  Kve 
miles.  The  longitude  of  this  last  spot  was  determined  as  134°  48'  west  of  (Jrceiiwich,  approxiiiiat«'ly, 
or  about  two  miles  east  frem  its  position  on  the  charts.  The  nn-kn  here  are  much  miitorted  schists. 
If  bearings  on  mounts  Fairweather  and  Crillon  were  accurately  measnre<l,  chc  latitude  of  this  spot  should 
Ik;  about  five  miles  south  of  its  present  location  or  about  68°  N.  Jt  is  probable,  from  the  (act  that 
V^ancouver  considered  the  piece  of  water  now  known  as  Icy  Strait  to  l)e  a  a)iitiniiation  of  Chatham 
Strait,  that  the  northeastern  portion  of  the  Chichagoff  Group  sliould  be  represented  considerably  farther 
S.  and  W.  from  its  present  location. 

This  would  explain  Vancouver's  view  of  it,  and  reconcile  recent  observations  which  are  discrepant 
witli  all  the  existing  charts. 

Two  miles  N.  J  W.  from  Point  Augusta  Tebienkoff  places  a  patch  of  rocks  dire<;tly  in  mid-chan- 
nel. Other  charts  represent  various  rocks  extending  a  mile  8.  and  W.  from  the  8W.  ta'jc  of  P(>iiit 
Marsden.  No  further  information  has  been  found  regarding  them,  but  it  is  |)ossible  they  an'  identical 
with  Hantu  Rock»,  placed  by  the  Unite<l  States  Navy  some  distjiiice  farther  north,  Itciiig  about  three 
miles  SB.  by  B.  from  Point  Couverden. 

At  low  water  the  highest  point  of  this  reef  is  seven  or  eight  feet  out,  and  consists  of  several 
detached  rocks  extending  a  quarter  of  a  mile  eastward  from  the  jwsition  indicated.     A 
strong currentsets  across  these  rocks,  which  therefore  shouiti  not  Int  approached  within      Hanut  Rocks. 
a  mile  if  practicable.     Tliis  reef  is  probably  identical  with  that  indiejittd  by  Tebien- 
koff  in  a  different  position,  but  as  the  identity  is  not  yet  aseertaiued,asliarp  lookout  should  be  kept  for 
both  dangers. 


I   I 


183 


OCKAN    CJOAST. 


■I'ly  «•!' 
tiiiK  ut  till'  witter  xi<l<-  with  altcniato  Ht(H>|>  HK'ky  ulid'H  uiitl  f>mull  Rundy  Itays,  with  a  few  iletuchiil  nxrkN 


Point  Manden  wim  imnuil  hv  V'ancoiivur,  iiiid  in  <l(!!«Tili<4  hy  one  of  the  C«NWt  Hiirvey  offioi-rH 
OH  iMtin^;  only  iii<Hk-nii«'ly  liii^h,  tiniU>re<l,  with  moHtly  hoUl  riKiky  Mhore«.  The  land  in  the  vicinity  is 
low  and  well  tiiiilKTi-d  hut  frit;  troin  the  exix>KMively  d<'i)Ho  undoiyrnwth  which  issoiwiial  in  thit*  region. 
Vancouver  niivs,  in  npird  to  the  xhorc  of  Admiralty  Island,  which  extendH  hence  NW.  \  V.  eiglit4*en 
niih'H  to  I'oint  Helrent,  that  it  is  "very  m<Kleralcly  elevated, coven-d  with  fine  timber,"  ami  "t^'rmina 
ting  at  the  water  xid<-  wi 
and  iHlets  lyini;  near  it." 

Just  northward  of  Point  Marwlcn  and  from  its  northern  sngle  a  rc</extendH  a  cable  and  a  half, 
partly  viHiMc,  U^hind  which  is  a  cove  alntut  thret'  cable!*  in  extent,  known  aa  Oun*  Core.  A  atream 
of  mnaiderable  m/,c  conicri  in  from  the  ttoiithward  and  eastward  through  a  meatbw,  which  is  a  noted 
re«M>rt  for  wild  fowl,  deer  iind  other  game.  There  is  a  nvid  flat  at  the  mouth  of  the  stream,  and  a  few 
cullies  northwani  from  it  in  a  rocky  platform  or  assemblage  of  rottk  and  kelu  dist^iiinected  from  but 
close  to  the  Iteach.  The  (^>ve  has  not  Wmmi  surveyc<l,  but  ft  is  supposed  good,  though  <-ontracted  anchor- 
age may  lie  found  liere.  Inside  the  reef  and  pretty  near  it  the  U.  8  Navy  obtained  two  and  a  half 
fathoms.  A  little  farther  north  the  Admiralty  shore  is  i)enetrateil  by  Hawk  Inlet,  iinsurveyed,  but 
extensive,  and  reiu-hing  a  (XMisidcrable  dist4in(«  eastward.  Fmro  it^  hetvd  a  trail  used  by  the  Indians 
leads  to  the  Aiike  settlement  on  Stephens  Passage. 

Beyond  this,  nortliwestwa'^i,  on  the  same  shore  and  nearly  opposite  Point  Couvenlen,  is  Funte" 
Bay,*  a  capacitiiis  'lay  a  mile  or  two  deep,  sup|Hised  to  aftbni  auchoratre,  and  with  S4ime  islands  '  >• 
mouth.  It  has  not  lieeii  surveyeti.  Northward  from  the  bay  is  a  lofly  |)eak  called  Lone  Mountain  by 
the  II.  S.  fiavy. 

It  is  now  in  order  to  take  up  again  the  outer  coast,  as  Chatham  Strait  may  fairly  be  said  to  ter- 
niinati*  in  this  vicinity  between  Point  Couverdcn  and  the  southern  extreme  of  Funt^'r  Hay,  which  is 
represe.-iie<l  by  nearly  all  the  charts  as  projecting  to  the  southward  in  such  a  manner  as  to  wntract  the 
entrance  to  Lynn  (J'anal. 


MALI8BVRY    SOUND   TO    CROSS   SOUND. 

About  NW.  by  W.  six  miles  from  Point  Klokachelf,  ao(»nling  to  Tebienkoff,  on  the  oceanic  shore 
of  the  Chichagoir  Ciroiip,  is  found  the  entrance  of  ^has  Bay,  apparently  nametl  by  Tehienkof]',  and 
representtnl  by  him  as  extending  inland  in  a  NB.  direction  some  three  or  four  miles  with  a  width  of 
alxiut  a  mile  and  a  half,  with  iHild  high  p<iintH  of  entrance  adjacent  to  which  are  tmme  rocks.  Within 
.  the  shores  ap|iear  lower,  heavily  woode<l,  and  into  the  bay  fall  s(*veral  streams  of  fresh  water.  From 
its  position  it  must  receive  the  full  for(«  of  the  southwest  gniiindswell  and  be  an  uneasy  anchorage 
M^  even  if  it  affords  any  protection  whatever.     Hence  four  or  five  miles  northwestward  is  a  projeciting 

|x>int,  named  by  'i  ebienkoif  Point  Hiesman,  beyond  which  about  thirteen  miles  farther  to  the  west- 
ward and  northward  is  Cape  Edward  of  Vancouver,  the  C'a|>e  Elkugu  of  Tebienkoff;  a  promontory 
oif  which  lies  a  small  cluster  of  islets  and  rocks.  It  is  indicated  by  Tebienkofr  as  broea,  blutf  and 
rocky ;  from  other  observations  it  is  probably  of  no  great  height.  It  is  usually  laid  in  almut  latitude 
57°  38'  K.  and  longitude  136°  18'  W. 

The  coast  between  Cape  Edw»rd  and  Khaz  Bay  is  charted  as  bluff,  but  bordered  with  numer- 
ous small  <lensely-w<MMled  islands,  anu  rece<)es  somewhat  to  the  northward,  forming  a  wide  bight. 
The  land  liehind  these  islands  is  ]<iwer  than  that  of  Kruzoflf'  and  Baranoff  islands ;  its  coast  has  not 
been  surveyed,  but  it  is  known  to  be  more  or  less  indented  and  irregular,  rising  into  rugged  broken 
hills  and  densely  wimhIc*!  except  on  th.e  higher  {leaks.  It  does  not  appear  from  seaward  to  form  a  pre- 
cipitous continuous  bluff  as  represented  by  Tebienkoff.  La  Perouae  gives  a  good  general  view  of  it, 
but  from  a  (listan>«  of  several  miles  off  shore.  It  was  also  skirted  in  a  similar  manner  by  a  U.  S. 
Coast  Survey  |)arty  in  the  middle  of  June,  1874,  when  there  was  no  snow  visible  except  on  inland 
.  hill-tops.  In  the  mi<ldle  of  this  bight  Vancouver  indicates  an  opening  with  some  islands  in  tlie 
entrance,  and  La  Pemuse's  sketch  suggests  something  of  the  same  kind.  Anchorage  will  doubtless 
be  found  in  more  than  one  locality  wnen  this  region  is  surveyed.  From  Cape  Edward  the  coast  in 
general  trends  about  W  NW.  fifteen  miles  to  the  SW.  point  of  entrance  of  Lisianski  Strait  Off  the 
shore  a  great  number  of  low  wooded  islets  are  visible,  and  the  land  behind  them,  though  hilly  and 
irregular,  is  timbere<i  and,  for  the  most  part,  does  not  rise  to  any  great  height.  Nearly  NW,  by  W. 
about  eight  milen  from  Cape  Edward  Tebienkoff  indicates  a  group  of  three  islets,  which  lie  off  aliout 
two  or  three  miles  from  the  others  and  in  the  direct  line  between  Cape  Edward  and  Cape  Cross, 
These  islets  appear  to  mark  the  entrance  of  Ilina  Bay. 

The  numlier  and  position  of  the  anchorages  on  the  Chichagoff  shore  HW.  from  Cape  Edward  are 
not  yet  definitely  ascertained ;  it  is  known,  however,  that  there  are  several.  Of  these,  that  of  which 
wejhave  the  Itest  information  is  Ilina  Bay,  named  by  the  Russiatas  early  in  this  century  in  honor  of 
tbe  Russian  mate  or  pilot  liin,  who  made  a  reconnaissance  of  it.     The  bay,  from  Ilin's  ohar^  afqiears 

*  Namad  fur  CaptMn  Bobart  Kuntsr,  on*  of  the  aarliMt  Mploran  ud  rarrajrara  on  tba  northwaat  ooaal  of  Anariai. 


w«t  .Survey  oflficerH 
d  in  the  vicinity  is 
iiHiml  in  tliiH  ivgioii. 
NW.  \  v.  Mghtw'ii 
ler,"  and  "  ti-rminu- 
few  detttciied  nx^kH 

a  irabie  and  n  half, 
•  OoTe.  A  Htri'ttni 
w,  which  is  a  noted 
e  stream,  and  a  tew 
K)iin«cted  from  but 
I  contraoted  unohor- 
ti(>d  two  and  a  half 
St.  unHurveyod,  but 
letl  by  the  Indiuns 

uvenlen,  is  Fuiit«-* 
xome  islands  '  ■*• 
I»ne  Mountain  by 

lirly  be  said  to  tor- 
nter  Huy,  whi«'!i  is 
r  a«  to  i!ontiiict  the 


n  the  (i«!anic  sliore 
)y  Tei>ienkofl[",  and 
es  with  a  width  of 
me  rocht.  Within 
esh  water.  From 
uneasy  ancliorafrc 
ird  is  a  projecsting 
irthcr  to  the  west- 
off ;  a  promontory 
)  broaa,  blutf  and 
I  in  aiwut  iatitwle 

lered  with  numer- 
ing  a  wide  bight. 
;  its  coast  has  not 
to  rugged  broken 
ard  to  form  a  pre- 
^neral  view  of  it, 
nanner  by  a  U.  S. 
except  On  inland 
ne  islands  in  tlie 
ige  will  doubtless 
Iward  the  coast  in 
i  Strait     Off  the 

though  hilly  and 
jarlv  NW,  by  W. 
'hich  lie  off  alwut 

and  Cape  Cross. 

Cape  Edward  are 
ise,  that  of  which 
Dtory  in  honor  of 
n'g  char^  appears 

— *  — 

MiofAEMrisk 


1 


,.,„■■! 


# 


w 


CO; 
FROM  (AIM:   KDWAI 

WITH    CKOSS    SO  IN 


»s 


f 


■^ 


n 

I. 


T  •■ 


^>v 


i 

1 


iiHi 


1 


POBTIX)C'K   HARBOR. 


183 


to  lio  alnnit  a  mile  lonj?  in  a  nortii  and  soutii  direction  and  (our  cnblps  wide.  Aliont  tlie  entninee  are 
NUnieroiis  olwtmetionH ;  within,  on  the  western  liand,  rorki  and  iltiiif/rrn  are  friHuicntlv  indieated.  At 
tiie  iiead  of  the  l)ay  it  divides  into  a  nuiitipiicitv  of  .small  « lunmels  n.(.suital)le  for  navipition,  iait  where 
a  ve-isel  niiglit  Ik;,  as  it  were,  (looked  in  a  snrficient  depth  of  water.  The  water  in  tliese  ehannels  to 
the  N  NB.  ot  the  hay  diminishes  very  gradually  from  eiirht  fathoms  to  five.  There  i»  ((;!nuiuni<titiou 
with  a  lagcMm  in  this  vicinity,  and  a  T'linkit  villnj;e  and  tishery  existwl  there.  .\t  the  N  NW. 
extreme  of  the  bay  a  small  bight  makes  in  about  two  cables  ,iu  extent,  and  which  receives  a  small 
measure  of  protection  through  Fartennoi  Point,  a  smidl  proje(!tiou  of  the  western  shore,  ot!"  which  to 
the  ciistwaru  a  (able  and  a  half  extend  rorhi  and  nhonln.  Tliis  bight  js  indicated  by  llin  ;w  Constan- 
tine  Anchorage  or  iiarbor,  and  the  exa(^t  spot  marked  is  about  thirty  tiithoms  east  of  the  west(>rn  shore 
and  a  cable  NW.  by  N.  from  the  end  of  I'artenuoi  Point.  In  such  a  situiition  it  is  evident  that  moor- 
ing would  l>e  necessury.  The  depth  of  wati'r  in  the  bight  is  from  eight  to  !.!n(!  fathoms,  with  five  or 
six  fathoms  at  the  entraniHi  on  the  bar,  which  extends  from  the  largest  r(K'k  off  i'artennoi  I'oint  half 
a  cable  northward  to  a  sunhen  roek  or  shoal.  In  the  entiimce  of  the  outer  bay  the  soundings  are  from 
nine  to  fourteen  fathoms,  sand  and  shell.  It  appears  from  the  foregoing  that  this  bay  and  iiuchonigu 
are  of  very  little  importance.  Wiiile  they  might  be  of  some  use  to  ctKist((rs  auil  smiill  cnift,  it  is  emi- 
nently probalde  that  within  a  short  distance  much  better  harborage  can  he  found. 

The  open  nature  and  southern  iispwt  of  this  bay  render  it  (i^rtain  that  theSW.  gronudswell  enters 
it  with  hardly  diminished  fonie  and  makes  it  at  all  times  an  mieasy  IktiIi. 

The  latitude  of  the  entrance  is  alniut  67°  46'  N.  The  geographical  position  of  the  anchorage  in 
the  bight  l)ehind  Partennoi  Point  is,  ae(^)rding  to  llin, 

Latitude 57°  47'  N. 

Longitude 136°  16' W. 


The  variation,  reported  as  being  two  points  easterly  by  llin,  (1809?)  is  now  about  30°. 

Outside  and  eastward  from  the  e.-isteru  point  of  entrance  a  small  bight,  defended  bv  numerous 
rocks  and  shoals,  appears  on  the  chart,  within  which  the  "wreck  of  a  tend(!r"  and  a  boat  anchorage 
are  indieated. 

Not  far  from  this  vicinity,  but  with  its  exact  situation  undeUn  mined,  is  Portlock  Harbor,  named 
in  1787  by  that  navigator  after  himself.  Portloc^k  placi-s  the  entrance  of  his  harbor  on  his  general 
chart  in  latitude  67°  46'-47'  N.,  but  mentions  that  observations  were  taken  for  latitude  on  the  south 
point  of  entrance,  plaeing  that  in  latitude  67°  44'  and  his  anchorage  in  57°  46';  the  latter  is,  jiowever, 
tabulated  in  the  appendix  as  latitude  67°  48',  and  on  his  general  chart  is  plaml  in  57°  50'  N. 

The  i)osition  assumed  on  his  general  chart  is  erroneous,  as  it  would  make  lliiia  and  Portlock  har- 
bors identical,  which  seems  highly  improbable  when  th"  charts  and  Portlock's  account  are  com|>iirtKl. 
Vancouver  says  that  the  harbor,  "which  appeared  to  be  the  (usiest  of  access"  north  of  ("ape  Edward 
about  six  miles,  was  suppos',>d  to  be  Portlock  Harbor  and  to  be  in  latitude  57°  44',  but  the  weather  wits 
thick,  foggv  and  nuiiy  and  the  shores  not  well  seen.  Tebienkoff"  has  the  name  in  latitude  67°  45', 
but  liiM's  iiot  indiaite  anything  like  the  bay  described  by  Porthwk.  Indml  the  description  and  the 
chart  or  sketch  of  the  last-mentioned  navigator  are  so  disiTcpant  as  to  render  the  whole  of  little  use. 
The  sketch  is  evidently  less  reliable  than  the  description;  whikion  a  view  by  Joseph  Woodcock,  taken 
in  the  vicinity,  palm  trees  are  represented  in  large  numbers.  From  Porthx-k's  (lescripti(tii  the  follow- 
ing details  mav  be  gathered  : 

The  harbor  comprises  a  large  body  of  water  of  rounded  outline,  facing  to  the  SW.,  four  or  five 
miles  long  in  a  SW.  and  NE.  dire<'tion  and  three  or  four  miles  broiul.  It  is  dotted  with  numerous 
islets,  and  a  long  narrow  nei-k  of  land  in  the  NW.  portion  surrounds  a  completely  Iand-l(K'ked  basin 
("ailed  Qoulding  Harbor. 

The  chief  entrance  to  the  main  bay,  or  soumi  as  Portlock  terms  it,  is  Iwtween  two  points  lying 
NW.  and  SB.  from  each  other  some  three  or  four  mihw.  This  entrance  is  divided  into  three  passages 
bv  islands,  of  which  Hogan  Island  (Vincent  Island  on  Portlock's  general  chart)  is  the  southeasU>rn, 
aiid  is  represented  as  rouirhly  triangular  about  a  mile  in  eiu'h  direction,  bluff  and  rtM-ky,  with  nwks 


and  islets  about  each  of  ius'angles.  It  is  separated  from  the  suiilh  point  of  entrance  by  a  ('lenr  passage 
with  twenty  to  thirty  fathoms  water  ami  about  half  a  mile  wide.  This  jnussage  trends  for  a  mile  and 
a  half  in  a  N.  and  S.  dir«!ction.  N  W.  fnmi  Hogan  Island  about  three  f|uarters  of  a  mile  is  Hill  Island, 
of  alwut  the  same  size,  and  with  rocks  extendi ng  in  a  southeasterly  (lirecti(m  nearly  half  a  mile  fnmi 
its  SE.  point.  NE.  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  not  far  from  the  SB.  point,  I  orthxjk  anchored 
in  thirty-one  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  perfectly  land-locked,  and  with  a  small  wiKKled  island  near  by 
shut  on  with  the  rocks  off  tlie  SE.  |)oiut  bearings.  * 

The  passage  between  Hill  and  H(jgan  islands  is  about  a  mile  long  NE.  and  SW  wdcst  at  th^ 
outer  end,  whefe  it  reaches  about  a  mile,  and  narrowest  between  the  rocks  off  Hill  Islantl  and  those  of! 
the  N.  iK)int  of  Hogan  Island,  where  the  width  is  half  a  mile  and  the  deptl^only  ten  fathoms.  1  h(, 
rcmuimler  of  the  passage  has  from  thirty  to  forty-six  fathoms,  and  it  is  conspicuously  marketl  by  a  clus- 
ter t)f  high  bairen  rocks  at  the  west  end  of  Hogan  Island. 


184 


Ti.1HIANHKI   STRAIT. 


Hill  FslnnH  in  separated  from  the  main  shore  of  Porthxik'H  sketeh  by  a  narrow  passage  alioiit  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  in  length,  NW.  from  which  Ipsh  than  a  mile  lies  the  eiitninc«>  to  aoulding  Har- 
bor, nam(!<l  by  Portlwk,  and  the  mouth  r)f  whicli  in  ol)stnicte»l  bv  an  islet  leaving  only  a  passage  with 
a  depth  of  six  fathoms  and  a  width  of  two  or  three  cables.  'J  Jiis  harlM)r  or  basin  is  represented  on 
I*ortl(x;k's  sketch  to  hcof  elongated  form,  about  two  and  a  half  miles  long  NB.  and  8W.  and  not  more 
than  a  mile  wide.  It  is  much  olwtructed  by  islets  and  has  a  depth  of  water  varying  from  four  to  twelve 
fathoms  in  general.  Several  Indian, habitations  were  olwrved  here  by  Porthnik.  From  its  narrow 
entrance  and  numerous  rocky  islets  it  is  evident  thiit  this  Imsin  is  of  little  conseipiencv  tw  navigators. 
The  country  about  these  islets  alwunds  with  c«Kiar  of  g(KKl  (juality ;  Portlmik  obtained  also  some  lorries 
and  game. 

It  may  be  noted  that  from  his  description  it  would  ap|)ear  that  there  are  a  number  of  ))assl^^B  or 
inlets  citniaM^ting  with  Porthx-k  Harbor  which  arc  not  indicatetl  on  his  sketcli-chart  of  the  Iwy. 

The  coast  WW.  from  the  entrance  to  Portloek  Harbor  is  marked  by  breakers  in  numerous  places, 
mostly  not  far  from  the  shore.  Two  miles  olf  shore  NW.  from  the  entrance  Portl<x?k  had  twenty  to 
twenty-five  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 

About  NW.  by  N.  ten  miles  from  C'ajw  E<lward,  a(«onling  to  Tebienkoft"  (Chart  VIII),  lies  the 
woutheast^Tu  point  of  entrance  to  an  inlet  somewhat  resembling  Ilina  Bay  in  general  features,  and 
which  may  i)erhap8  be  the  Bahia  do  los  Islas  of  Galiano's  Atlas.  It  is  three  miles  long  NB.  by  N, 
and  SW.  by  S.  and  about  a  mile  wide.  It  is  jterfectly  open  to  the  south  and  h»s  some  islets  within 
near  its  hoiul.  In  the  hills  of  the  vicinity  Tebicnkoff  notes  hot  HprinrfH.  Oft"  the  points  of  entrance  of 
this  bay  are  several  islets — three  of  good  size  otf  the  SB.  |)oint  of  entrance,  distant  less  than  two  miles 
in  a  southerly  direction.  <)|f  the  NW.  point  of  entrant*,  which  has  lieen  named  by  the  Superintendent 
of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Point  Urey.  in  honor  of  Captain  Urey  Theodorovich  Lisianski,  who  was 
the  first  to  indicate  it,  lie  also  two  rather  large  islets  about  a  mile  a^d  a  half  from  the  shore  in  a  south- 
erly direction. 

Point  Urey  is  indicatetl  by  Tebienkoff  as  high,  bluff  and  sharply  pointed,  directed  toward  the 
SW.     It  is  situated  in  nearly 

Latitude 67°  B2'.6  N. 

Longitude 136°  aS'.O  W. 

and  forms  the  SB.  point  of  entrants  into  Lisianski  Strait,  the  passage  separating  Yakobi  Island  from 
the  Chichagoff  group,  and  which  was  first  indicated  on  the  chart  of  that  navigator  in  1814.* 
Singularly  enough,  with  the  exception  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  cliarts,  all  charts  examint^  of  later 
tlate  than  1849  have  ignored  the  work  of  half  a  century  ago  and  followed  the  still  older  work  of  Van- 
couver, who  made  no  special  examination  of  this  passiige  and  left  its  existence  in  doubt.  Since  Meade's 
chart  was  issued  several  U.  S.  naval  vessels  have  jwssetl  through  this  strait,  and  it  was  well  known 
to  the  Russians  as  early  as  1 804. 

According  to  Tebienkoff,  Lisianski  Striit  at  its  SW.  entrance  hits  a  width  of  a  mile  and  a  half, 
Point  Theodor,  the  SW.  extreme  of  Yakobi  Island,  forming  the  opjMwite  point  of  entrance  and  bearing 
nearly  due  W  from  Point  Urey.  From  a  point  about  four  miles  S.  \  W.  from  this  entrance  (where 
seventy-five  fathoms  water  was  found)  the  width  between  the  two  headlands  (seen,  however,  obliquely 
to  the  axis  of  the  strait)  was  two  and  a  half  degrees  of  arc.  A  black  bare  rocky  islet,  from  which 
extended  five  smaller  ones  apparently  in  a  westerly  direction,  lay  off  Point  Theodor.  Behind  it  the 
land  of  Yakobi  Island  rose  gradually  in  woodetl  rounded  hills,  the  most  distant  ones  l)eing  of  a  con- 
siderable height.  A  knoll  or  islet,  wooded  and  slightly  saddle-shaped,  marked  Point  Urey,  and  on 
each  side  of  it  appeared  a  bare  black  rock.  Farther  to  the  northeast  the  land  of  Chichagoff  Island 
rose  abruptly  from  the  strait  apparently  to  a  height  of  several  thousand  feet,  with  snow  on  its  upper 
jwrtions,  which  were  barren,  whde  the  lower  levels  were  covered  with  a  dense  gn)Wth  of  timber.  Hence 
the  strait  trends  N.  by  B.  |  B.  eight  miles,  forming  a  bight  to  the  B  NB.,  where  anchorage  may  be 
obtained.  From  this  point  the  direction  of  the  passage  is  nearly  NW.  |  W.  eight  miles  to  its  junction 
with  Cross  Sound.  Its  eastern  shore  is  composed  of  lofly  and  Imrren  mountains.  Throughout  it  does 
not  apiK'ar  to  exceed  t.o  miles  nor  be  much  less  than  one  mile  in  width,  and  is  clear  of  hidden  dangers. 
One  islet  is  indirated  in  the  northern  portion,  and  there  are  in-shore  rocks  near  the  northern  entrance 
on  both  shores.  Its  western  shores  are  formed  by  Yakobi  Island.f  The  island  is  irregularly  quadri- 
lateral, its  sides  fronting  NW.,  NB.,  SB.  and  SW.,  the  latter  i)eing  much  indented  while  the  others 
are  tolenibly  compact.  The  whole  averages  ten  miles  in  length  NW.  and  SB.  and  six  miles  in  width. 
It  is  densely  wotMled  and  of  a  decidedly  less  elevation  than  the  mljaoent  portions  of  Chichagoff  Island. 
The  southern  and  northwestern  parts  of  Yakobi  Island  are  low,  the  middle  high,  with  some  low 


*  Named  Viy  the  Su|i«rinteudeiit  of  the  U.  S.  CniRt  Survey  hi  1879.  1'he  iiBtne  Little  Orosl  Strait  has  been  BUggested  fur 
it,  but  dneo  not  occur  nn  ta\y  chart. 

{ Nameil  by  I^iHianaki  in  1804 :  tmmetimeK  written  Jacob,  Jakobleff  or  JaooM,  apparently  in  honor  of  General  Ivnii 
Yakobi,  afterward  the  head  of  the  Doloniat  Direction.  It  is  the  Kltaa  Iilanit  of  Vaitilieff.  The  name  Yakobi  ban  aim  hfi'n 
applied  to  the  land  of  the  Chichagoff  group,  of  which  the  present  island  has  frequently  been  suppoMd  to  form  th«  KW.  extreme. 


8  been  BUggested  for 


nmm 


Cape  Falrweaitier  timn  Llbiya  \}f,iuU. 

trr'tm  «  «*«*bA  iff  JIML  PmU  wt  JWKy 


■  fht    t\. 


VIII),  lies  the 
il  features,  and 
ong  NE.  l)y  N. 
ne  islets  within 
s  of  entrant*  of 
than  two  miles 
Superintendent 
anski,  who  was 
liore  in  a  south- 
ted  toward  the 


sbi  Island  from 
ator  in  1814.* 
amimHl  of  later 
r  work  of  Van- 
Since  Meaiie's 
iras  well  known 

nile  and  a  half, 
nee  and  bearing 
entrance  (where 
rever,  obliquely 
ilet,  from  whicn 
Behind  it  the 

l>eing  of  a  con- 
it  Urey,  and  on 
licht^oif  Island 
ow  on  its  upper 
timber.  Hence 
chorage  may  be 
s  to  its  junction 
roughout  it  does 
hidden  dangers, 
irthern  entrance 
Bgularly  quadri- 
while  the  othere 

miles  in  width, 
ichagoff  Island. 

with  some  low 


ii^\yt. 


Catpe  CrofiH  Rucks.  3  Miles. 

(rrmn  a    t»MA    »v  A411   I>mll  in.  KBO ) 


tlMif;:    li;i. 


iHl«»»t    v>'V 


\: 


:ivv--* 


E.k,«. 

Cape  Cross  Rocks,  2  Miles. 

(^mmt    ».    tkwteh    hr  Amu.  DhU  in  JgBO.I 


N.J  W. 


S.W.  Entnince,  Lisianski    Strait,   4  Miles. 


1 1 

H 


•siiifiK    u-^uJul    •ili.ll     1  >4l»:j|yiU)',<.'^t:, 


184  It.*Wt*t»HH,»    STRAfT 

bor,  i»«"  :  .  ;\nii  tt 

,11  i<fpttl  .  ,.    HTIfl   n 

thuji  a  miU,' wM*      ItUmii.  .  ••  -     .  •«. . 

fhi'WMditrv  .*fitwf'  *i\**it)  ifU'Xf  !»!• 
■ami  ^«ti»>»i, 

1 1  )i,«v  •».  i«*v!  t>^t  IVwn  ht#  <>■ 

i««<nf!iy  mu  f)nfW(mi  »!>■•  <rfM>r*.      Two  «»»}♦*«»?  ^hii**'  P 

^t»li{J.'  i^tt^J    fWtMt  (A 

aiirj  8W.  i)V  «. 

■tUilif   i(>.  Ul-itlJ.        I'     •  .     ,    -  1,   -        i . 

tlii^  bftji'  Aft:  M".\irni  -t««,tf  . .i.iiti'<-  i>K  >;<>.-(f  ^f*^ 
;.(  n  K-,tu Itcrl*'  <J;»  ••tktw.     *  !p'  tint  V  W.  f*.'^"  ' 
<•!'  iJi'  fJ.  S.'rvrt*»  *Hm'!'ii' IMw-  X?ie»y.  "»  M*w  «f  ^'oi»win  IJruy  TW"i 
ihr  first  io  iiivJir**^  i»,  !.tM  «^u-  iwo  tuth*ir  l»»lgp  ii>lt**#lj»Hti  tt  iiik!  '"  '  ■•■  ' 
•.<>riv  liif.-xiioif. 


SW,  iinU  not  t 
!ii-»i  fi'iir  UtJw 


iiir.iiKt', 'iisutm  i«'"i»  man 


l<  |i(!('(l  ti. 


.)..  s, 


i 
i 

[4* 


:  1  k 


i 
I. 


«f .  fro««  i" 


t  (W«s'rtt  ri[!«)Hf  Sburjuii 

..i  i,tr',    V.,. .-.,..«.,.    |5..     I  !■.  . 


ii-'i    r.iKDi 


■!i5    r  .li 


ii.i- 


■i|.- 


.1 


;•'  NS-,  ififhprv 


.Ik««»i    ,ir»,> 


■Hi 


OCRAN  €X)AST. 


18S 


Hadf^loH.  The  whole  island  is  farther  west  and  stoiith  than  representfd  on  most  clinrts.  I'oint  Theodor, 
Ijeing  low  and  iNxsky,  does  not  np|>cr.r  from  the  offing;  iw  ii  itmspicuons  fcuturc  of  the  wmst  From  it 
to  Takhftnla  Bay*  tlie  shrfre  is  iJold,  rocky,  biirc  for  a  short  distancv,  broken  into  knolw  and  hillocks, 
but  back  from  th«  shore  is  wooded  everywhere.  Takhnnis  Bay,  alH)nt  three  miles  northwestward 
from  Point  Theodor,  is  an  indentation  of  the  8W.  shore  of  Yukobi  Island  extendini^  some  thn-e  miles 
in  a  WB.  J  N.  direction  and  le.-s  than  a  mile  wide  at  its  entrnncc  But  for  its  small  si/.o  and  the 
alwence  of  the  two  islets  which  mark  the  southern  front  of  I'oint  IJrey  the  cntmnw'  to  this  Iwiy  might 
be  mistaken  for  that  of  Lisianski  Strait,  especially  in  foftity  weufhtT. 

This  bay,  as  representcil  by  Tehienkoff,  is  o|K!n  to  the  full  force  of  the  8W.  ^roundswcll,  and  is 
not  likely  to  afTord  a  desirable  anchorage.  Alwnt  two  miles  westward  from  its  western  |M)iiit  of  cntrantv, 
and  bearing  WW.  J  W.  eighteen  miles  from  (Ji\\h)  Edward,  is  Cross  Cape,  named  by  ('(M)k  in  177H, 
having  been  first  seen  on  Holy  Cross  day,  (May  M.)  It  is  low  and  woiHli-d,  (ruanh"!  by  rocks  extending 
nearly  a  mile  westwanl  from  it.  Thesj  rocks  are  mostly  lar^e  and  white.  The  outermost  of  the  large 
ones  l>ear8  a  patch  of  grass,  a  few  stubbv  trees,  and  one  hi;;li,  solitary,  Imre-stemmed  tree,  with  an 
umbrella-shaped  top,  which  forms  an  excellent  mark.  There  are  some  low  dry  nxiks  outside  of  this,  ana 
the  water  hereabouts  is  in  summer  discolored  by  glacial  nuid  from  Cross  Hound.  South  a  mile  and  a  half 
from  Cross  Capo  Rocks  the  IJ.  S.  Coast  Survey  sounded  in  thirty-five  fathoms,  June  18, 1H80.  AUmt 
the  same  distance  SE.  by  S.  from  the  rocks  twenty-five  fathoms  were  obtaine*!,  and  many  fine  rock-fish 
caught.  Cross  Cape  is  the  Cape  Kresta  of  the  Kussians.  From  supposing  Takhanis  litiv  to  be  the 
entrance  of  Lisianski  Strait  this  cape  has  lieen,  by  some  authorititw,  erroneously  referred  to  as  the 
southern  extreme  of  the  island.     It  was  placed  by  Cook  in  latitude  67°  67'  N. 

From  it  the  shore  trends  northwani  somewhat  over  three  miles  to  SurRe  Bay,  a  little  inlet 
extending  inland  in  a  NE.  by  E.  direction  alM)ut  n  mile  and  lt«s  than  half  a  mile  wide. 

From  this  entrance  the  coast  trends  three  n.ilcs  in  a  NW.  by  W.  direction  to  Point  Bingham. f 
It  is  a  rather  low,  rocky  headland,  decreasing  in  height  eastward,  lK)rdered  ly  small  islets,  oflF  which, 
ai'cording  to  Vancouver,  are  neither  rocks,  shoals,  nor  any  jwrmanent  ol)s»',tcle  to  navigation,  except 
such  as  are  near  the  shore,  above  water  and  plainly  visible. 

The  geographical  position  of  Point  Bingham  is  about 

Latitude... -. 68°  09'  N. 

Longitude 136°  34' W. 

From  Point  Bingham  the  shore  of  Yakobi  Islaud  trends  northward  and  eastward  about  five  miles 
to  Soapstone  Point,  the  NW.  point  of  entrance  to  Lisianski  Strait. 

There  is  a  small  bay  or  inlet  just  west  of  this  point.  The  track  of  the  Russian  traders  on  the 
chart  touches  at  this  bay,  which  would  indicate  that  anchorage  is  to  be  had  there.  The  bay  is  about 
a  mile  in  extent,  with  two  streams  falling  into  it,  but  the  chart  affonis  no  other  details.  From  a  mile 
northwani  this  bay  looks  shoal  and  inhospitable,  with  numerous  rocks  on  ea<!h  side  al)ove  water.  It 
is  also  quite  contracted. 

Ten  miles  N.  32°  W.  from  Point  Bingham  lies  Cape  8pencer,  named  by  Vancwuver  in  1794,t  a 
very  conspicuous  promontory,  which  forms  the  NW.  pint  of  entrance  into  Cross  Sound,  and  off  which 
lie  some  rooks  or  islets  which  extend  about  half  a  mile  BE.  The  cape  is  a  narrow,  high  tongue  of 
land,  declining  toward  its  southern  extreme,  and  with  a  narrow  eastern  border  of  low  land.  It  projects 
from  the  mainland  in  a  southeasterly  direction  three  or  four  times  its  own  width.  Its  geographical 
position  is  alwut 

^Latitude 88°  10'.8  N. 

Longitude 13«°'*0'   W. 

CROSS  SOUND  AND  ICY  STRAIT. 

The  western  entrance  of  this  opening  lies  between  Point  Bingham  and  Cape  Spencer,  a"d  the 
strait§  separates  the  coast  of  the  mainland  between  Cape  Si>encer  and  Pouit  Couvcrden  from  the  Chich- 
agoff  group  of  islands.  

•  Named  by  Tubiankoff  in  1849.  ,     ,,_  , .    .    _ 

t  Named  by  Vancouvr  in  1794.    Thie  >>  tlie  0«p«  Oroif  of  L«  Perous.,  but  not  of  C....k,  and  the  Cp.  TaUunl.  of  febienkoff. 

;  0»p»  Tilaiilklita  of  Tebieukoff,  1849,  and  Pnnto  de  ym*ltten«»  of  Di"  Mofrn*' Allai-.  ,     ,    ,•      .      . 

J  OrOH  Muild  wa.  nan.e,l  hy  C.mk  (Vol.  II,  p.  345),  in  1"8. !«,».  tl.e  day  on  wliieh  it  w«»  .ll....ver,d  ;  tl,.-  ,l«,ign«  ion  liM 
lK.e„  generally  pt^rved  a«  Kr.Sta  Strait  by  the  Ru.ai.na,  E.trad.  d.  la  Oru«  l.y  ll.e  S,>»uiani«,  an.    ,n  .ta  ""K.""!  torn,  by 

.noat  Engli.1,"  hyd.x«r«pbera.    Long  afu-r  Cook  it  waa  called  by  the  Uu.ai Lobtlanol  or  Icy  Strait,  fron,  ih..  «,...,»«  fm«- 

...H,ta  drop,««l  by  the  glacie™  whirl,  abut  on  ita  northern  iK.rden.      Tbi.  nan.,  in  in  n«.,  ),o>VHV..r,  n,  nuni-rou.  oIIum-  oca  .Iu». 
Vancouver  waa  the  «r.t  to  explore  the  aound,  which  he  limited  to  that  portion  «....  of  Point  Lav.nm.  r^ean  .ng  ..■  ,ja,    lH,t«... 

lN>inta  Lavinia  and  C««yerden  »>  part  of  Chatham  Strait.     If  the  Ru-.ian ,o  1,.,  pr..«.-rve.  at  all  .1 «-  iM  1-  '-  ''"  ^'TV 

I.,  thia  latter  portion,  ™bich  l.ydrographically  ia  alinoat  a.parat«<l  fron,  the  .onnd  a.  deHi.nl  by  V  anconv.,-.      1  Im^.v 
runsiderwd  together. 

P.  o.  P. — ^24 


1M6 


0IIO8H  MOUND. 


The  gi'iierul  crnme  of  the  Htrait  is  Ut  the  northward  and  outward,  in  all  about  fiflv-foiir  niilea, 
between  the  wcHtern  entrance  and  Chatham  Strait,  with  a  width  from  ahore  to  shore  varying  from  five 
U>  fifteen  milm  and  averaj^ng  about  eight  miles,  but  in  son*    places  much  obstructed  by  islands. 

The  southern  und  wcHtcrn  portions  of  Cross  Sound  arc  oharaeterinNl  by  a  great  depth  of  water, 
freedom  from  rocks,  slionln  or  other  obstacles  to  navigation,  exa-pt%uch  as  are  immediately  a«ljacent 
to  the  land  and  sufficiently  obvious  to  be  nwlily  avoideil.  The  chief  iuoonvenienoe  experienced  in 
navigation  hcrcaltouts  itrises  from  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  anchorage,  cx(«pt  close  to  the  shore. 
The  northern  and  northwestern  portions  of  the  passage,  though  yet  imperfe<'tly  known,  undoubtedly 
afTord  more  or  less  numerous  shoals  near  the  numerous  glaciers,  derive<l  from  the  material  brought 
down  by  the  glacial  streams.  During  a  considerable  portion  of  the  year  the  navigation  of  these 
passages  is  somewhat  interfered  with  by  small  pieces  of  floating  ice,  usually  discolored  by  mud 
or  gravel,  and  which  present  a  Mnmg  resemblance  to  sea-beaten  rocks  nearly  level  with  the  water; 
they  were  mintaken  for  much  by  Vancouver,  who  found  no  bottom  with  eighty  and  ninety  fathoms  of 
line  close  to  these  ap|)arent  obstructions.  In  the  main  sound  these  floating  fragments  do  not  affect  its 
navigation,  but  in  tne  bays  on  the  northwestern  side,  at  the  head  of  which  glaciers  come  down  to  the 
water,  the  fragmentH  arc  often  so  packed  as  to  interrupt  boat  navigation  or  the  passage  of  small  sailing 
vessels,  though  generally  constituting  no  serious  obstacle  to  the  motions  of  a  steamer.  The  north- 
western shores  are  mostly  high,  forn^  by  the  slopes  of  the  great  snowy  range  of  the  St.  Elias  Alps. 
The  ChichagoiT  ooast,  on  the  other  hand,  is  comparatively  low„  wooded,  and  sustains  a  moderate' popu- 
lation of  natives  of  the  T'linkit  stock.  From  (Jape  S|)enoer  the  shore  of  Cross  Sound  takes  a  generally 
northerly  course  about  seven  miles  to  a  low  pebbly  point,  and  thence  about  the  same  distance  IVW.  to 
a  point  where  a  small  stream  enters  tne  sound  from  the  westward.  ()n  the  northern  bank  of  this 
stream  Vancouver's  party  found  the  renutins  of  a  deserted  Indian  village.  The  shore-lines  of  this  arm 
of  the  bay,  which  has  been  named  Taylor  Bay*  by  the  Superintendent  of  the  U.  8.  Coast  Survey,  are 
so  encumliered  with  ice  that  th  ~"  have  not  yet  been  fully  traced.  This  ice  proceeds  from  a  glacier 
known  as  the  Brady  glacier,  a  few  miles  distant,  which  meets  the  sea  at  the  head  of  Tavlor  Bay  and 
has  been  supposed  to  originate  near  Mt.  Crillon.  The  width  of  the  bey  in  this  vicinity  is  about  three 
miles  and  tlie  shores  are  low  or  marshy,  divided  by  various  channels,  dry  at  low  water.  The  north- 
enstern  shore,  however,  though  low  and  broken,  trends  to  the  eastward  and  becomes  higher,  terminating 
at  the  sea  in  steep,  ruaxed,  rocky  cliifit,  off  which  a  little  distance  lie  three  small  rocky  islands  and  n 
number  of  rocks.  Tne  easternmost  extreme  of  this  bit  of  high  shore,  which  is  a  narrow  easterly- 
trending  (leninsula,  probably  broken  up  into  islands,  forms  Point  Wimbledon,t  named  by  Vancouver, 
and  bearing  from  Cape- Spencer  NE.  by  TS.  I  J(.  thirteen  miles.  This  point  forms  the  NW.  point  of 
entrance  to  the  eastern  branch  of  the  Sound  or  Icy  Strait.  The  opposite  point  of  entrance,  Point 
Lavinia  of  Vancouver,  is  distant  from  Point  Wimbledon  about  six  miles  in  a  SB.  by  B.  direction,  and 
from  Cape  Spencer  about  twelve  miles  NE.  by  E.  This  point  appears  to  form  a  little  blufF  at  its 
extremity,  with  rather  low  land  behind  it,  gradually  rising  to  a  greater  altitude  in  a  SB.  dirention. 
It  is  well  wooded  with  evergreen  trees,  and  also  forms  the  northeast  extreme  of  Port  Althorp. 

Obstructing  the  passage  between  Points  Lavinia  and  Wimbledon,  according  to  Vancouver  and 
the  Russian  charts,  are  the  Inian  Islands,  a  group  consisting  of  three  principal  islands,  one  low  and  two 
high,  and  a  few  rocks. 

The  most  eastern  of  the  group,  as  represented  by  these  authorities,  is  Bait  UUmd,  three  miles  long 
NW.  and  SB.  and  a  mile  and  a  half  broad,  apparently  bold-to,  rooky,  rather  high  and  wooded. 

Northwest  and  Southwest  islands  ore  separated  from  each  other  and  from  East  Island  by  pas- 
sages which  narrow  to  a  quarter  of  a  mile  and  appear  obstructed  by  numerous  rocks.  Between  South- 
west Island  and  Point  Jjavinia  a  channel  exists  close  to  the  island,  used  by  the  Russian  traders,  but 
subject  to  a  strong  tide-rip.  It  has  a  width  of  about  three  cables.  This  passes  northward  of  all  the  islets 
S  SB.  from  Southwest  Island.  Between  Point  W^imblcdon  and  Northwest  Island  there  is  a  broad  clear 
passive  over  a  mile  in  width.    The  channels  between  the  islands  are  inadvisable  until  more  is  known. 

From  Point  Tjavinia  about  six  miles  SB.  by  S.  |  S.  lies  Point  Lnosn,  named  by  Vancouver,^  and 
which  forms  the  northern  extreme  of  the  irregular  rocky  strip  of  shore  which  extends  northeastward 
from  the  northern  entrance  of  Lisianski  Strait.  Between  this  point  and  Point  Lavinia 
Port  AHko.  p.  \a  included  the  entrance  to  Port  Althorp,  named  by  Vancouver,  and  forming  the  best  port 
in  the  sound.  This  arm  of  the  sea  extends  about  ten  miles  in  a  W.  by  N.  j^  N.  ana  E. 
by  S.  I  S.  direction,  with  an  average  width  of  two  and  a  half  miles.  The  port  contains  two  anchor- 
ages, of  which  the  southeastern  is  situated  near  the  head  of  the  inlet,  protected  by  sundry  islets  and 
rocks,  affording  anchorage  in  eighteen  to  twenty-five  fathoms.     Lit '.1e  is  known  of  it. 

The  entrance  of  the  port  is  protected  by  islands  which  have  been  named  by  the  U.  S!  Coast  Survey. 
Its  shores  are  mostly  rocky  and  rise,  especially  the  eastern  shore,  densely  wooded,  to  tolerably  higli 
mountains.    Near  the  southeastern  extreme  of  the  port  it  is  somewhat  lower.    In  the  main  body  of 

*  In  honor  uf  Mr.  C.  H.  Tkylor,  of  Chioaf^,  who  viBited  thin  locality  while  exploring  in  this  region. 
t  WlaUsdoa  on  RuHHimi  Hydrographlc  Chart  No*.  1494  and  1396. 

t  Ou  British  Admimlty  Clinrt  No.  8431  aud  U.  S.  Hydrographic  OSce  Chart  No.  845  this  name  is  transimed  by  some  ori'i- 
sight  to  OolamB  Folvt,  the  NB.  point  of  entrmipe  (o  liloianski  Strait. 


S5''>S»f  If  ««■  ■ 


flfly-four  miles, 
urving  from  Ave 
y  islands. 

depth  of  water, 
ediatcly  adjacent 
t  experienced  in 
«c  to  the  shore. 
wn,  undoubtedly 
material  brought 
igation  of  these 
Diilored  by  mud 

with  the  water ; 
inety  fathoms  of 
I  do  not  affect  its 
)me  down  to  the 
i  of  small  sailing 
ler.  The  north- 
e  St.  Elias  Alps, 
k  moderate  popu- 
takcs  a  generally 
distance  WW.  to 
!rn  bank  of  this 
lines  of  this  arm 
)oa»t  Survey,  are 
b  from  a  glacier 
Taylor  Bay  and 
ty  IS  about  three 
ter.    The  north- 

iher,  terminating 
ly  islands  and  n 
narrow  easterly- 
d  by  Vancouver, 
he  NW.  point  of 
'  entrance,  Point 
E.  direction,  and 
little  bluff  at  its 
a  SB.  direction. 
Althorp. 
I  Vancouver  and 
one  low  and  two 

,  three  miles  long 
id  wooded, 
st  Island  l^  pas- 
Between  South- 
isian  traders,  but 
rtl  of  all  the  islets 
%  is  a  broad  clear 
I  more  is  known. 
Vancouver,!  and 
Js  northeastward 
id  Point  Lavinia 
ning  the  best  port 
r  N.  ^  K.  and  E. 
ains  two  anchor- 
sundry  islcits  and 

Si  Coast  Survey, 
to  tolerably  high 
the  main  body  of 


sterrad  by  Bomeovtr- 


■*?'. 


tt.- 


Noflh    Rniram-e.   Uiiianiilu    Stmil 


"l" 


Kntr&iit:r   to   Port    .Uthorp 


WMi 


■■■■■■ilgp*"* 


n 


»f^ 


*■ 


V 


.tmrnt^ 


'■.y&Tti.  It  fi!'ty-fi«;r  < 

Mini  iiiO,  tc  viiryiag  fVmi 

■  i%terizt!«f  *)y  4  pt-M  depth  of  w 


Vil  iat'wuwjtiv  ;>i!iowTi 


tint} 


i.)?i' 


*,  dc;rrviir?  frMat  tht:  mntoibl  Jfj-i 
,\  .frtiks  (M«»r{r  Jnv«l  with  Ih"  « 

.W^^,»tt\',VV-i'i«W>.1ll'*-  (to    11"' 


V 

'-u- 


->N 


X, 


■'     -^ly  in  irn,»  '.  1  ■'irs_v  if-  aUnm  '■ 

fPKl  Ivr'i'-  •  r,  ten»!!. 

•iirt*  wii  islaniU  4: 

*}v)«"iv  is  a  uarrrysv  oa^j 

j;fx«i»6  jh>tt«  of  Miirnnf-    '" 
>  liitif  biiul   . 


,n  i  bv  the  Russitin   >vf 
'  Hhw«w.<lo(  ill   ■ 


i:^m 


PORT  ALTHOIii>. 


187 


tlie  port  are  various  groups  of  rocks  above  water.  Its  southwestern  |X)int  of  entVanoe,  as  alwve  stated; 
is  formed  by  Point  Luca'i,  whence  the  shore,  nxjky  and  with  seveitd  small  coves  and  indentations, 
(extends  in  a  direction  SW.  by  S.  J  S.  about  four  miles  to  Column  I'oint,  the  northeastern  point  of 
entrance  to  Lisianski  Strait.  This  point  is  low  and  rocky,  with  several  rock  pinnacles  or  columns 
near  it,  and  the  land  eastward  from  it  rises  into  high  mountains,  bare  above,  with  ravines  full  of  snow 
and  wooded  near  their  bases,  which  approach  closeTj'  to  the  strait  and  border  it  with  small  ro«''  y  bluffs 
alternating  with  irregular  indentations.  A  small  islet  with  several  bare  rocks  alwut  it  lies  offshore 
about  a  mile  and  a  half  northward  from  Column  Point. 

The  islands  off"  the  entrance  of  Port  Althorp  are  Iwld,  conspieious  and  densely  woodetl.  From  a 
jwint  about  two  miles  to  t'.ie  southward  from  Point  Ijiiviniaa  grouj)  of  small  islands  and  rocks  extends 
to  a  distance  of  somewhat  over  two  miles  in  a  SW.  by  W.  J  W.  direction.  George  Island,  the  largest 
of  these  islands,  is  nearly  the  most  western,  and,  while  guarded  in  all  other  directions  by  numerous, 
mostly  visible  rocks,  has  on  its  S  SW.  side  a  tolerably  snug  cove,  in  which  Van- 
couver anchored,  knovn  as  Oranite  Cove.  George  Island  is  composed  of  tlm«  not  firanite  Cove. 
very  high  grauite  domet',  which  are  connected  by  low  isthmuses  to  which  coves  make 
in  from  each  side.  Eastward  from  it  is  another,  separated  by  an  unsurveyed  passage.  To  the  north 
and  west  from  George  Island  are  a  number  of  off-standing,  generally  high,  bare  rocla.  Beyond  these, 
half  a  mile  from  the  shore,  an  anchorage  is  indicated  by  some  authorities.  On  the  south  and  east  is 
Granite  Cove,  about  two  cables  in  extent,  with  anchorage  in  the  center  of  it  in  sixteen  to  eighteen 
fathoms,  soft  mud,  good  holding-ground,  and  well  protected  from  all  except  E  SE.  winds.  The  shores 
of  the  cove  are  m<)stly  rocky  and  should  not  be  closely  approached,  but  the  small  isthnmses  have  sandy 
beaches  on  which  boats  may  land.  The  northern  one  is  snugly  protected  by  a  rocky  point,  off  which 
is  a  sunken  rock  in  the  middle  of  the  openmg.  Several  Indian  huts  are  situated  here,  and  it  is  a  snug 
place  for  a  camp,  but  there  are  no  ~treams,  and,  in  a  dry  time,  fresh  water  is  not  eci^y  of  a^jess. 

A  reconnaissance  of  Granite  Jove,  of  which  the  entrance  is  perfectly  clesir  of  otetructions,  was  made 
by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  1880,  and  .ssued  as  Harbor  Chart  No,  741  in  1883.  The  position  of  the 
astronomical  station  on  the  southern  isthmus  was 


Latitude 68°  11'  82"  W. 

Z.ongitude 136°  23'  30"  W. 


The  magnetic  declination  in  1880  was  32°  15'  easterly  and  the  dip  72°  22'.  The  rise  and  fall  of  tide 
Dbserved  was  about  eighi  feet.  There  is  plenty  of  wood  but  no  stream  of  water.  No  directions  are 
iieoessary  for  entering  it. 

Southeastward  of  George  Island,  and  W  NW.  from  Point  Lucan  about  a  mile,  is  the  SE.  end  of 
Three  Hill  Island,  which  extends  over  two  miles  in  a  northwesterly  direction  with  a  width  not  exceeding 
Imlf  a  mile ;  comijosed  of  three  high  hills  united  by  iow  isthmuses.  Its  southerly  and  westerly  shores 
are  gmirded  by  rocks.  The  northern  hill  rises  seven  hundred  and  fifty  ind  the  middle  one  thirteen 
hiindrt<l  feet.  Between  this  island  and  Point  Lucan  are  two  small  islets  and  some  rocks;  a  pass^ 
exists,  but  narrow  and  incommodious.  Between  the  northwestern  end  of  Tlirec  Hill  Island  and  the 
western  extreme  of  George  Island  is  the  chief  entrance  to  Port  Althorp,  Jhese  two  points  forming  the 
a<  taal  points  of  entrance.  *  Neither  should  be  too  closely  approached,  since  there  are  a  •uiniber  of  visi- 
ble rocks  about  them,  extending  to  the  westward,  and  leaving  a  clear  passage  alwut  a  mile  wide,  hav- 
ing a  shoal  in  the  middle  consisting  of  a  rocky  ledge  csovered  with  not  less  than  nine  fathoms  water,  on 
each  side  of  which  the  depth  increases  to  thirty  or  forty  fathoms. 

Vancouver's  plan  of  the  jwrt  and  the  entrance  to  Cross  Sound  has  been  copied  by  Tebienkoff, 
(Chart  VIII,)  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey,  (Atlas  of  Harlwr  Charts,)  and  on  an  old  Ruft«ian  chart  pub- 
HsIuhI  without  date.  The  scale  on  the  latter  is  erroneous,  leagues  having  l)een  mistaken  for  mdes. 
Upon  it  the  longitude  of  the  anchorage  is  given  as  136»  26'  W.  and  several  of  the  modern  (iharts  make 

it  136°  16'  W.  I      rr   a   n 

A  sketch  of  Granite  Cove  and  part  of  Cross  Sound  was  published  in  1883  by  the  U.  S-  Coast 
Survey  as  No.  741  of  its  series  of  Alaska  harbor  charts.  On  the  sub-sketch  to  this  the  position  of 
Cape  Spencer  has  not  been  wrrecited,  owing  to  absence  of  the  data  at  the  time  of  publication. 

The  northern  extreme  of  Yakobi  Island,  southwestward  from  Column  Point  about  two  miles,  is 
low,  bluff  at  the  water,  fringed  with  rocks,  and  presents  a  northward  rocky  face  of  a  greenish  ap|war- 
ance  resembling  soapstone,  and  was  named  Soapstone  Point  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  1»»0. 
Behind  it  are  low  flattened  lulls  densely  wooded,  with  a  sno.  -clad  i^ak  (June)  in  the  far  d'«tan«-. 

•  It  has  not  been  possible  t»  corr«>t  the  {Kwitions  of  the  shores  of  Cross  Sound  on  the  chart  m  the 
present  work.  There  are  no  means  of  assorting  the  error  l«tween  the  eastern  an.l  western  portiojui 
of  Cross  Sound  .,n,l  Icy  Strait.  But  it  is  eminently  prol«ble  that  al  the  northern  ,«rt  of  the  Chici- 
agoff  group  requires  to  be  moved  farther  westward  on  the  charts.  An  attempt  has  been  made  on  the 
chart  Rer^withto  i  ...ially  «>rrect  the  northeastern  portion,  but  until  more  information  is  at  liami  (he  • 
result  cannot  be  satisfactory. 


i^imi^^ii^r:' 


id8 


GLACIER   BAY. 


From  Point  Wimbledon  NE.  about  two  miltss  lies  Point  Dundas,  named  by  Vancouver,  and 
which  is  a  narrow  tongue  of  high  land  trending  in  a  N.  and  S.  direction.  The  geogra[)hical  position 
of  Point  Dundiis  is,  approximately, 

Latitude 68°  21' N. 

Longitude 136°  18'  W. 

Between  it  and  Point  Wimbledon  is  the  entrance  to  a  branch  which  has  been  named  by  the  Superin- 
tendent of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Dundas  Bay,  extending  in  a  westerly  direction  some  eight  miles 
with  a  breadth  of  two  or  three  miles,  and  communicating  near  its  western  extreme  with  a  vory  shallow 
lagoon,  wiiich  appeared  to  Vancouver's  party  to  be  connected  with  Taylor  Bay  to  the  sfiuthward  and 
westward.  Dundiis  Bay  has  but  eigiiteen  fathoms  in  its  entrance — a  remarkable  circumstance  in  this 
region  of  great  depths  and  l)old  shores.  Within  it  shoals  extend  from  the  northern  shore  to  half  a 
mile  from  the  Wimbledon  shore.  Farther  west  the  branch  is  obstructed  by  slicals,  rocky  islets  and 
rocks  extending  across,  wiiile  the  whole  width  is  diminished  to  a  mile.  The  shores  of  Dundas  Bay 
have  not  yet  been  definitely  surveyed,  but  its  peculiarities  are  unquestionably  due  to  the  fact  that  it  is 
an  estuary  to  a  number  of  glaciers  which  descend  from  the  flanks  of  the  St.  Elias  Alj)s  and  here  meet 
the  sea.  Within  the  entrance  good  and  secure  anchorage  might  be  lia<l  in  moderate  and  regular 
soundings,  but  the  large  amount  of  floating  ice  forms  an  annoying  impediment  (o  motion  in  these 
waters. 

From  Point  Dundas  the  coast  takes  a  N  NE.  direction  for  six  or  seven  miles  to  a  low  point,  which 
was  named  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  1879  Point  Carolus,  off  which  a  sand-spit  extends  a  mile 
and  a  half  or  more.     Here  the  shore  suddenly  turns  toward  the  NW.,  tlie  point  itself  forming  the 

southwest  point  of  entrance  to  an  extensive  bay  which  has  been  named  by  the  U. 
Glacier  Bay.         S.  Navy  Olacier  Bay.     Whidb'      and  Lemesurier  reported  to  Vancouver  that  on 

reaching  Point  Carolus  they  wen.  visitetl  by  natives  who  came  out  from  a  small  shal- 
low creek  a  short  distance  westward  from  the  point.  To  the  north  and  east  from  their  station  "the 
shores  of  the  continent  form  two  large  open  bays  which  were  terminated  (July  12,  1794)  by  compact 
solid  mountains  of  ice  rising  perj)endi(!ularly  from  the  water's  edge,  and.  bounded  to  the  north  by  a 
continuation  of  the  united  lofty  frozen  mountains  that  extend  eastward  frjm  Mount  Fairweather. 
In  these  bays  also  were  great  quantities  of  broken  ice,  which,  having  been  put  in  motion  by  the  spring- 
ing up  of  a  northerly  wind,  were  drifted  to  the  southward,"*  and  consequently  obliged  them  to  give  up 
explorations  on  that  side  of  the  strait.  Up  to  a  very  recent  date,  no  explorations  of  this  vicinity  have 
been  made.  Tebienkofff  appears  simply  to  have  followed  Vancouver  in  his  representation  of  this 
vicinity,  and  on  other  charts  hydrographers  have  done  the  same.  It  would  seem,  therefore, 
that  there  was,  .it  the  time  of  Whidbey's  visit,  an  unusual  discharge  of  ia:  from  the  glaciers  about  the 
bay  which  had  accumulated  near  its  mouth.  The  bay  has  i-ot  been  surveyed,  and  all  that  we  know 
of  it  is  from  information  coll«!ted  by  Captain  L.  A.  Beardslee,  U.  S.  N.,  published  in  Hydrographic 
Notice  No.  97  of  1S80,  issued  by  the  Hydrographic  Office  of  the  Navy  Department,  and  some  noies 
communicated  to  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  by  Captain  W.  E.  George,  in  1883. 

From  the  last-mentioned  source  it  is  learned  that  the  projecting  po\nt,  charted  by  Vancouver, 
and  named  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  1879  Point  Ouatavus,  forms  the  southeastern  point  of  entrance 
to  Giacier  Bay,  though  situated  iartner  east  end  south  than  is  generally  represented  on  the  charts.  This 
point  is  situated  about  seven  miles  eastward  from  Point  Carolus  and  is  quite  low  and  destitute  of  trees, 
but  the  land  behind  it,  also  low,  is  studded  with  sand  dunes  or  moraine  mounds,  which  from  a  distance 
might  appear  like  islands  and  thus  explain  the  representation  of  the  point  on  the  U.S.  Naval  Hydro- 
graphic  Chart  No.  225  as  part  of  the  Beardslee  Islands.  Point  Gustavus  extends  SW.  beyond  the 
tangent  of  the  8W.  part  of  Pleasant  Island,  and  the  low  land  behind  it  stretches  to  the  foot  of  the 
mountains  in  a  northeasterly  direction  nearly  ten  miles  without  elevations,  except  the  dunes  or  mounds 
above  mentioned,  which  do  not  exceed  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  in  height.  The  point  is  thickly 
covered  in  summer  with  grass,  herbage  and  shrubbery  of  a  bright  green  hue,  very  different  from  the 
aspect  of  most  of  those  shores,  which  are  either  rocky  or  clothed  with  dark  green  coniferous  trees. 
Tlie  l)each  is  of  gravel  or  boulders  shoaling  gradually  off,  but  at  a  distance  of  three-quarters  of  a  mile 
there  is  n»ore  than  fifteen  fathoms  water.  The  western  shore  of  Point  Gustavus  curves  to  the  north- 
ward several  miles  to  a  bay  aljout  three  miles  ir  extent,  trending  in  a  N  NB.  direction,  which  has  been 
named  by  Captain  Goorgc  Bartlett  Bay.  It  is  open  to  BVf.  and  W.,  ami  on  its  .southern  shore  is  ii 
fishing  and  trading  station.  Off  this  a  quarter  of  a  mile  anchorage  may  be  had  in  sixteen  fathoms, 
muddy  bottom,  with  five  fathoms  half  a  cable  farther  in  shore.  Beyond  this  point  the  bay  extends 
inland  about  two  miles.  From  its  northern  point  of  entrance  the  shore  curves  to  the  N.  and  NB.  five 
or  six  miles  toward  the  foot  of  the  mountains. 


*  Vancouver,  Vol.  Ill,  pp.  S44-  5. 
tClmrtVIlI,  1849. 


ULAGISB  BAY. 


189 


From  near  ite  NW.  point  extends  a  group  of  islaiuls  kuowii  ns  the  Beardalee  Islands,*  uaniwl 
by  the  U.  S.  Navy,  alwut  ten  miles  in  a  W  NW.  and  E  8E.  dirw-tioii.  Thorc  aiv  siii<l  to  l)o  hmidmls 
of  them,  some  low  and  bare  and  soino  higher  and  woodeil.  JJtvond  tiieiu  tin'  .sjiorcs  of  (ilncier  Bay 
are  destitute  of  living  timber  and  almost  without  vegetation,  "y(!t  with  large  trunks  and  8tunij),s  of 
dead  timber  apparently  crushed  down  by  the  ice,  and  giving  eolor  to  tlu^  tradition  of  tiie  resident 
Indians,  who  say  that  many  years  ago  the  glaciers  extended  down  the  bay  as  far  aw  the  Marble  Islands. 

Glacier  Bay  appears  to  have  been  first  examine<l  by  an  explorer  named  Willougliby.  It  wan 
afterwani  entered  by  Rev.  S.  R.  Young  and  John  Muir,  >ind  still  lat<'r  by  the  aU'tumr' Fnrorite  with 
Captain  L.  A.  Beardslee,  U.  S.  N.,  a.  d  Lieutenant  G.  (".  Hanns,  from  whose  rejwrt  the  sket  li  and 
de»cription  of  the  bay  was  prepared  for  Chart  No.  225. 

From  Point  Carolus  the  bay  is  supposetl  to  extend  some  thirty  miles  in  a  west-northwesterly 
direction  with  a  width  of  ten  or  twelve  miles.     The  I'orthern  shore  is  only  known  by  re[M)rt. 

Twelve  or  thirteen  miles  from  the  entrance  is  Willouphljy  Island,  nac  .1  by  the  IJ.  S.  Xavy, 
high,  bare,  and  supposed  to  l)e  five  or  six  miles  long  W  NW.  ai.d  E  BE.  and  about  half  ax  wide. 

Eastward  and  northward  from  Willougliby  Island  an;  two  small  islands,  nametl  by  Captain  ( Jw.rge 
the  Mai-ble  Islanda,  from  the  rock  of  which  they  are  compose<i. 

Southward  from  Willoughby  Island  Eerg  Inlet  penetrates  the  shore  of  the  nii'-.iland  i'l  a  south- 
erly direction.  There  are  two  openings,  one  on  each  side  of  a  large  island  which  obstructs  the  mouth 
of  the  bay.  The  western  entrance  alone  has  l)een  examined.  This  is  nearly  closed  by  n  har  exti^nd- 
ing  across  it  with  a  breadth  of  half  a  cable,  over  which  there  are  not  less  than  three  and  a  half  fathoms 
at  high  water  with  deeper  water  inside.  'I'he  bar  and  island  have  the  appt>arance  of  being  of  glacial 
formation.  This  part  of  the  bay  is  state<l  to  be  destitute  of  timber.  .Several  miles  up  this  inlet  is  a 
fishing  village  of  Hooniah  Indians.  At  a  distimce  from  the  shore  of  three-q  larters  of  a  mile  to  one 
and  a  half  miles,  running  up  from  Point  Carolus  to  Berg  Inlet,  numerous  soundings  were  taken  by  Lieu- 
tenant Hanus  with  a  sixteen-fathom  lead-line,  but  no  bottom  was  obtained.  According 
to  the  reports  of  Willoughby  and  Muir,  the  upper  part  of  the  bay  receives  seven  glaciers.  filaolers. 

The  first  enters  through  a  small  bay  SW.  from  the  western  end  of  Willoughby  Island. 
Beyond  this  is  another  bay  with  a  glacier  about  half  a  mile  wide  at  its  mouih.  The  next,  which  jomes 
in  from  the  W  SW.,  is  three-quarters  of  a  mile  wide.  At  the  (>xtrenic  head  of  Glacier  Bay  is  a  gla- 
cier about  a  mile  and  a  half  wide,  called  by  the  natives  by  a  name  signifying  the  p,rt-at  glacier  The 
fifth  and  sixth,  on  the  northwestern  shore  of  the  bay,  are  each  about  half  a  mile  wide  at  the  foot,  and 
the  last  is  the  smallest  of  the  six.  On  the  north  shore  of  the  bay,  opfK)site  Willoughby  Island,  Muir 
Inlet  opens  to  the  northward,  about  three  miles  wide  at  its  entrance.  It  curves  about  five  miles  to  the 
northward  and  westward  to  the  foot  of  an  extremely  large  glacier,  called  the  Muir  (ilacier,  which 
extends  clear  across  the  head  of  the  inlet.  This  glacier  may  extend  fifteen  to  eighteen  miles  into  the 
interior  and  is  reported  by  Muir  to  have  sixteen  minor  branches. 

A  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  face  of  this  glacier  Captain  George  sounded  in  seventy-five  fathoms. 
Its  face  was  composed  of  a  very  high  perpendicular  wall  of  ice  a  mile  and  a  half  wid<',  but  the  breadth 
of  the  glacier  rapidly  increases  inland.  The  constant  and  trenie^idous  fall  of  ice  from  the  glacier  foot 
makes  it  dangerous  to  approacli  within  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  The  ice  seen  in  Glacier  Bay  is  derived  from 
these  glaciera.  A  little  of  it  even  reaches  the  Pacific  through  Cross  Sound,  but  it  is  said  that  most  of 
it  merely  drifts  to  and  fro  between  the  shores  of  I(y  Strait  until  it  ilccays  and  melts  away.  Much  of  it 
is  covered  with  mud  and  stones  and  resembles,  when  still,  reefs  or  rocks  awash. 

The  ice  apjiears  to  run  most  copiously  in  the  part  of  Glacier  Bay  and  Icy  Strait  northward  and 
eastward  from  Point  Carolus.  This  part  of  Cross  Sound  is  sjiid  to  be  dangerous  for  sailing  vessels,  it 
being  subject  to  heavy  fog,  much  floating  ice  in  large  pieces,  and  a  strong  tidal  current  estimatecl  to 
run  three  knots. 


DIRECTIONS  FOR   ENTERING  GLACIER  BAY. 

fVam  #*e  »>»#wai'd.— The  shore  between  joints  Dundas  and  Carolus  should  not  l)e  apjiroiu'liecl 
too  closely,  and  a  particular  lookout  should  be  kept  fi)r  Jio  sand-spit  off  Point  Carolus,  which  is  said 
to  extend  a  mile  and  a  half  eastward  from  the  point.  After  rounding  Point  Carolus  steer  about  W. 
by  N.  for  Willoughby  Island  at  a  distance  from  the  southern  shore  of  not  less  than  half  a  mile. 

JiV».ti  the  *!«i«ttr«rd.— When  about  two  miles  to  the  N  NE.  from  the  northeastern  extreme  of 
Lemesurier  Island  the  course  will  he  alwut  WNW.  until  the  bay  is  enlered,  after  which  prm-ei'd  as 
alxjve. 

From  the  eastern  point  of  entrance  of  Glacier  Bay  the  shore  extends  in  a  northeasUTly  direction, 
curving  so  as  to  form  a  bight  whose  northern  shore  is  the  margin  of  the  low  land  before  reiwrted, 
which  shoals  oft"  very  gradually  to  a  considerable  distance. 

*  Al8u  c'uIIhiI  Sand  lUudf . 


t 


^il 


\    .    i 


t 


190 


ICY  8TBAIT. 


TliJH  bight  contains  ii  liu-ire  iHland  ciiHeci  Pleasant  Island,'"  two  or  three  miles  in  length  and  about 
half  as  wide  N.  and  S.,  nioclcrately  elevated,  its  shores  plejisant  and  easy  of  access,  well  timbered, 
mostly  with  spruce  trees.  It  "presented  a  much  more  inviting  appearance  than  they  had  been 
accustomed  to  behold."t 

West  of  the  west(!rn  point  of  Pleasant  Island  Captain  George  obtained  no  bottom  at  fifteen 
fathoms  half  a  mile  off  shore.  The  passage  between  Pleasant  Island  and  the  low  shore  is  navigable 
and  from  one  to  two  miles  wide.  The  channel  is  near  the  island,  half  a  mile  or  more  from  the  low 
shore,  where  fifteen  to  eighteen  fathoms  may  Ix'  Imd.  Three  miles  northeastward  from  the  western 
entrance  of  the  channel  is  Noon  Point,  the  NE.  extreme  t)f  Pleasant  Island,  from  which  a  ledge  of 
rocks  makes  oft'  about  three  ctibles,  covered  at  high  water.  Here  the  passage  curves  to  the  eastward 
and  is  about  a  mile  and  a  half  wide^  the  fairway  in  mid-channel  E.  |  N.  and  W.  ^  S.  At  the  south- 
eastern end  of  Pleasant  Island  are  some  dry  rocks,  and  about  two  miles  from  it  is  a  group  of  small 
ro<;ky  islands,  calle<l  by  the  U.  S.  Navy  the  Porpoice  Islands.  The  passage  passes  northward  and 
eastward  from  them,  with  soundings  in  ten  and  fifteen  fath(mis,  sand  and  shell,  affording  a  fair  anchorage, 
though  somewhat  open  to  the  BE.  From  the  Porpoise  Islands  a  long  low  ledge  extends  half  a  mile  to 
the  southward,  and  from  the  largest  one  another  kdge  extends  an  equal  distance  in  a  northerly  direi^tion. 

NB.  by  N.  \  N.  from  the  Por|K>ise  Islands,  on  the  main  shore,  is  a  deep  narrow  inlet  trending  in 
that  direction,  it  is  supposed,  for  nearly  ten  miles.  Near  its  mouth  are  some  Indian  houses.  It  was 
named  Excursion  Inlet  by  Captain  George,  who  entered  it  in  1883  in  the  excursion  steamer  Idaho. 
From  the  entrance  of  this  inlet  the  ])assage  extends  in  a  soumerly  direction  a  short  distance  to  the 
main  strait.  From  the  ])oint  of  turning  the  shore  extends  in  a  nearly  E.  by  N.  direction  to  Point 
Couvenlen,  with  no  deep  indentations  or  foul  ground  extending  off,  such  as  appear  on  some  charts. 
The  statement  published  by  Vanmuver  is  to  the  eifcHit  that  it  was  found  to  be  compact  and  moderately 
elevated  by  Whidl)ey,  exhibits  several  small  ooves  and  streams,  and  was  at  that  time  inhabited  by* 
natives  of  the  T'linkit  race. 

SE.  by  E.  four  miles  from  Point  Dundas  and  two  miles  NE.  from  the  Inian  Islaiids  lies  the 
western  extreme  of  Lemesurier  Island,!  which  extends  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  strait  about  six  or 
seven  miles  in  a  N  NE.  and  8  SW.  direction  and  is  about  three,  miles  broad.  It  is  moderately  high 
and  timbered.  Near  its  southwest  end  there  appear  to  be  some  rocks,  and  it  is  stated  by  Hanus  that 
there  are  reefa  oft"  nearly  all  the  points  on  the  southeastern  shore  of  this  island. .  A  little  southward  of 
tlie  middle  of  the  southeastern  shore  of  the  island  is  a  bight,  moderately  indented,  and  having  a  small 
cove  penetrating  more  deeply  near  its  southern  end.  This  has  lieea  named  Willoughby 
Willoughby  Cove.  Cove  by  the  U.  S.  Navy,  and  is  about  a  cable  in  extent,  affording  anchorage  in  eight 
to  fourteen  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.  There  is  a  beach  at  its  head  with  an  Indian 
village.  The  holding-ground  is  excellent.  The  cove  is  open  from  SE.  to  NNE.  A  very  strong 
current  sets  by  outside  its  mouth,  (Teating  strong  eddies  and  bearing  fragments  of  ice.  It  is  said  that 
the  ice  never  enters  the  cove,  though  much  is  washed  ashore  in  the  bight  northeast  of  it.  It  is  evi- 
dently neticssary  to  go  well  in.  The  northeastern  extreme  of  this  bight  is  Iceberg  Point,  named  by 
tlie  U.  S.  Navy.  A  reef  extends  IjSE.  from  it,  uncovering  a  quarter  of  a  mile  at  low  water,  and 
breaking  in  rough  weather  nearly  an  equal  distance  farther  eastward.  This  locality  is  represented  by 
a  sketch  on  U.  S.  Hydrogrrphic  Office  Chart  No.  882  of  1880. 

CHICHAGOFF    SHORE    OP   ICY   8TBAIT. 

From  Point  Lavinia  the  southern  shore  of  Icy  Strait  takes  a  g<jneral  direction  E.  by  N.  J  N.  for 
some  eleven  miles,  having  numerous  small  open  bays,  near  the  shores  of  which  some  rocks  were  seen  by 
Vancouver's  party.  Immediately  eastward  from  Point  Lavinia  is  an  inlet,  nametl  by  Captain  George 
Idaho  Inlet,  which  he  supposes  to  be  seven  or  eight  miles  in  extent  in  a  southeasterly  direction,  with 
an  avei'agc  width  of  two-thirds  of  a  mile,  bold  shores  and  clear  na\igation  up  to  within  a  mile  of  the 
head.  Tiiere  two  large  streams  come  in  and  have  formed  a  hank,  on  which  the  Idaho  grounded.  It 
is  a  great  resort  of  the  natives  for  salmon  fishing,  and  considered  by  Captain  George  an  excellent  harbor. 
About  eleven  miles  from  Point  Lavinia  a  point  with  a  small  island  off"  it  projects  from  the  shore, 

which  is  indented,  forming  a  large  bay,  beyond  which  the  shore  changes  its  direction 
Mud  Bay.  f'^  one   about  W.  by  E.     This  bay  was  named  Mud  Bay  by  the  U.  8.  Navy  in 

1880.  The  point  fo'rmiug  the  western, extreme  of  the  bay  is  known  as  Quarts  Point. 
It  is  low  and  from  the  northeastward  appears  like  a  group  of  islands.  The  shore  of  its  NW.  portion, 
which  appears  like  an  outer  island,  is  marked  by  Large  masses  of  white  quarts,  which  resemble  ice.  A 
small  island,. calle<l  by  the  U.  S.  Navy  Qoose  Island,  lies  off  this  point,  and  at  low  water  a  nrf 
between  them  uncovers  nearly  its  whole  extent.    The  southern  shore  of  Mud  Bay  has  the  appear- 

*  Named  'jy  the  U.  8.  Cua»t  Survey  in  !H79. 
t  Vancouver,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  a+'i. 

(After  thu  officer  who  oomnmnded  one  of  the  boats  of  tb*  party  exploring  this  pneeage  under  Vancouver.    Named  by  tli<- 
U.  8.  Coast  Survey  in  1970. 


PORT   FUEOERICK. 


191 


iiiH-e  of  an  immense  Hand-Bpit  extending  from  the  eastern  to  tlie  w&stern  shore  of  tlic  l)i»v.  There  is  an 
ixten«ive  mud  flat,  with  so'indings  varying  from  four  to  seven  fathoms  water,  al)out  thri>e-<]uarters  of  a 
mile  eastward  from  the  west  shore  of  the  bay.  Six  fathdms  muddy  l)ottom  was  found  alxiut  three- 
(juartere  of  a  mile  east  ard  from  Goose  Island.  The  holding-ground  is  exeellent.  In  Atigust,  1880, 
a  number  of  small  ioeberia  in  Icy  Strait  were  in  sight  from  the  anchorage,  whieh  is  in  general  elear  of 
ice,  even  when  the  strait  >8  much  i!i(»mmoded. 

The  information  in  regard  to  Mud  Bay  is  derived  from  the  rep<irt  of  Lieutenant  Hanus.    Off  the 
eastern  point  of  entrance  of  Mud  Bay  pilots  report  a  rook,  uncovering  at  low  water, 
alM)ut  an  eighth  of  a  mile  westward  from  the  shore.     A  short  distance  to  the  eastward  Dangert. 

another  point   makes  out  about  a  cable  off,  which  is  a  rock  covered  at   iiigh  water. 
Off  the  middle  of  a  bight  of  which  the  last-mentionetl  point  is  tiie  western  extreme  is  a  sunken  rock 
about  one  hundred  and  fifty  yards  from  shore.     This  l)ight  is  the  second  westward  from  Point  Adol- 
phus,  the  first  being  a  mere  curve  hardly  indented  in  the  shore-line. 

From  the  head  of  Mud  Bay,  as  above  mentioned,  the  shore  changes  its  direction,  and  from  thence 
it  extends  in  a  N.  by  E.  direction  about  six  miles  to  Point  Adolphus  *  of  Vancouver.  This  is  the  NW. 
extreme  of  the  shore  of  the  Chicbagoff  group,  and  is  low,  well  woodetl  and  steepto.  Home  charts 
indicate  a  visible  rock  near  it«  extremity.     Ite  geographical  position  is  alK)ut 

Latitude— 68°  18'  N. 

Longitude 136°  41' W. 


There  is  a  large  Indian  village  a  short  distance  westward  from  Point  Adolphus. 

From  Point  Adolphus  the  shore  takes  an  easterly  and  east-southutisterly  curve  for  some  nine  miles, 
with  a  number  of  islets  near  it,  to  the  entrance  to  Port  Frederick  of  Vancouver.  This 
is  an  inlet  or  branch  of  some  importance,  but  which  has  hitherto  Ikhju  but  partially  Port  Frederick, 
explored.  The  entrance  faces  the  north  and  is  about  two  miles  wide.  Near  its  west- 
ern headland  are  several  good-sized  islets.  The  passage  used  by  traders  passes  to  the  eastward  of  all 
these  islands,  but  the  Russian  Hydrographic Chart  No.  1494  indiwites  that  the  northernmost  islet  may 
be  passed  on  either  side.  Within  the  entrance  and  .some  four  miles  southeastward  from  the  outer 
entrance  island  is  a  low  wooded  island  somewhat  less  tlian  two  cables  in  extent,  and  named  by  the  U. 
S.  Navy  Pitt  Island.f  Northward  from  it  is  a  pr>/tected  cove  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  long  W. 
bv  N.  and  E.  by  8.  and  two  cables  wide.  From  the  fa<!t  that  a  large  village  of  the  Hooniali  Indians, 
called  Kan-tu-kan,  exists  on  the  northern  shore,  this  cove  has  !'eceived  the  natue  of  Hooniah  HarborJ 
from  the  U.  S.  Navy. 

The  eastern  extreme  of  Port  Frederick  is  named  Entrance  Point,  which  is  a  high  bluff,  showing 
a  perpendicular  wall  of  brownish-red  rock  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  high.  The  end  of  this  jwint  is 
indented  by  a  small  bight,  chiefly  0(!cupied  by  a  rocky  pinnrcle  forty  feet  high,  with  a  few  stimted 
hendock  trees  upon  it.  Within  fifteen  yards  westward  from  its  base  there  is  six  fathoms  water.  The 
shore  to  the  eastward  of  Entrance  Point  shoals  off  nearly  a  cable,  then  drops  rather  suddenly  to  deep 
water. 

Between  the  eastern  end  of  Pitt  Island  and  the  shore  NB.  from  it  there  is  only  one  or  two  fathoms 
water,  and  the  island  itself  is  bordered  by  a  bank  like  that  on  the  opposite  shore,  wiiich  extends  off 
one  hundred  yards  or  less. 

The  anchorage  is  midway  Ijetween  the  shore  of  Pitt  Island  and  the  Indian  village,  in  eight  to 
fourteen  fathoms, sticky  mud.  The  holding-ground  is  excellent  and  there  are, no  dangere.^  No  direc- 
tions appear  necessary  except  to  keep  at  least  three-quarters  of  a  cable  from  the  shores.  The  range  of 
the  tide  is  about  thirteen  feet. 

The  general  appearance  of  the  land  is  high,  sloping  in  either  direction,  northwestward  and  south- 
ea.stward,  from  a  spot  near  Entrance  Point,  where  the  extreme  liciKht  is  alwut  three  hinidrc<l  feet. 

The  Northwest  Trading  Company  have  established  a  station  here. 

From  the  inner  island  on  the  western  side  of  the  entrance  to  Port  Frederick,  BE.  by  8.  J  8.  two- 
thirds  of  a  mile,  lies  Halibut  liock,  uncovered  at  low  water. 

The  southern  shores  of  Port  Frederick  are  much  broken.  Half  a  mile  E  8E.  from  Hooniah 
Harbor; between  Cliff  Point  on  the  north  and  False  Point  on  the  SW.,  is  a  shallow  unexjjlored  inden- 
taticm  with  an  Indian  fishitig  station  on  the  south  shore.  SW.  irom  False  Point  about  a  quarter  of  a 
mile  is  Green  Island,  from  which  Black  Rcvf  extentis  a  quarter  of  a  mile  westward.  Immediately 
SE.  from  Green  Island  and  the  reef  is  Long  Island,  half  a  mile  long  8W.  by  W.  and  NE.  by  N.  Ite 
western  extreme  is  called  Dome  Point.§    Between  Green  Island  aiul  False  Point  the  greatest  depth 


rer.    N»m»<i  by  tli<" 


•  Called  on  ■oin«RiMgi»n«cli»rtK  Point  Adolph. 

tU.  8.  Hydrogmphio  Office  Ch.rl  No.  88;}.    lii  U.  8.  llydr..gni,,liic  Notice,  No.  97  of  18«),  it  >.  .•«lle,l  Harbor  Iilaiid. 
t  Spelled  Boonikli,  HoOBlah  and  Hoonyah  liarLor.    ll  if  "I"-  iTf-nr,!  (o  in  V.  S.  Uy.lrographic  Notloi-,  No.  !t7  of  18H0,  ai  Port 
FiadT'itck  Harbor. 

^  TlieM  namaa  were  applied  li.v  tlie  U.  S.  Navy. 


192 


SPAS8KAIA   HARBOR. 


is  lesH  than  two  fathoms.  Southeast  of  the^c  islands  is  Be/ry  Arm,  which  extends  to  a  point  four  or 
five  miles  from  Hooniah  Harbor  to  a  portage  about  oi  e  hundred  and  fifty  steps  wide  at  high  water 
and  rising  fifteen  feet  above  the  sea.  On  the  otiier  side  of  this  [H>rtage  is  the  head  of  Tenakee  Inlet 
from  Chatham  Strait,  (s"-;  page  178.) 

South  westward  from  (ireen  Island  is  another  entrance,  unexplored,  but  which,  acconting  to  the 
Indians,  does  not  connect  by  portage  or  otherwise  with  Hooniah  Sound  and  Peril  Strait,  as  was  formerly 
supposed. 

Outside  of  Entrance  Point,  according  to  Lieutenant  Hanus,  and  near  it,  a  low  grassy  point  makes 
out  from  the  shore  from  which  a  bank  extends  off  half  a  cable. 

Thence  northward  and  eastward  to  Point  Sophia  the  Chichagoff  shore  may  be  approached  to  half 
a  cable.     At  a  distance  of  a  cable  and  a  half  no  bottom  could  he  had  with  sixteen  fathoms  of  line. 

The  arm  of  land  of  wliicli  the  westernmost  extreme  forms  the  eastern  point  of  entrance  to  Port 
Frederick,  at  its  northern  extreme  forms  a  point  to  which  Vancouver  applied  the  name  of  Point 
Sophia,*  about  three;  miles  NE.  by  N.  from  which  are  two  rocky  islets  (named  the  Sisters  by  the  U. 
S.  Navy)  in  the  strait,  bold-to  on  either  side. 

Eastward  from  Point  Sophia  the  shore  is  compact,  not  very  high,  but  well  wooded,  preseutmg 
chiefly  rocky  cliffs  with  islets  and  detached  rocks  lying  off  to  the  distance  of  nearly  two  miles.  This 
coast  trends  nearly  due  east,  with  minor  irregularities,  to  the  western  point  of  entrance  to  Spasskaiaf 
Harbor.  According  to  Russian  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1494,  which  has  been  copied  on  British 
Admiralty  Chart  No.  2431  and  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  225,  this  harbor  is  situated  to  the 
westward  of  the  first  and  only  very  pnmiinent  point  westward  on  this  shore  from  Point  Augusta. 
According  to  Tebienkoff,  (Chart  VIII,)  the  harbor  is  situatetl  to  the  eastward  and  southward  of  this 

f)rominent  point,  making  the  pi-ominent  point  aforesaid  eesentially  the  western  point  of  entrance  of  the 
larbor.  It  is  not  however  improbable  that  there  are  really  two  bays,  and  to  the  one  known  to  him, 
but  not  to  Vasilieff,  Tebienkoff  may  have  transferred  the  name  applied  by  Bubnoff  to  a  harbor  which 
Tebienkoff  himself  did  not  know.  In  that  jase  the  harbor  delineated  by  Tebienkoff'  would  have  to 
take  a  new  name. 

The  true  Spasskaia  Harbor  was  surveyed  in  the  early  part  of  this  century  by  Bubnoff,  teacher  of 
navigation  in  the  Colonial  Seminary,  who  gives  as  the  geographical  position  of  the  anchorage  in  the 
NE.  corner  of  the  bay 

Latitude '88°  06'  N. 

Longitude. __ 136°  17'  W. 

The  harbor  is  about  a  mile  long  NE.  by  N.  and  HW.  by  S.  and  a  little  less  than  half  a  mile  wide, 
at  the  entrance*  of  which  the  two  pomts  liear  about  W  NW.  and  E  SE.  from  each  other.  The  general 
direction  of  the  SE.  shore  is  NE.  and  SW.,  with  a  small  cove  just  witliin  the  eastern  point  of  entrance 
and  another,  very  shoal,  three-eighths  of  a  mile  within  the  point.  The  NW.  shore  trends  TS  NE.  and 
S  SW.,  with  an  open  cove  midway  from  the  western  point  of  entrance  to  the  head.  At  the  latter  point 
the  shores  form  a  rather  sharp  angle  where  two  streams  come  in,  creating  a  bank  and  shoaling  the 
water  of  the  SW.  third  of  the  harlM)r  to  less  than  three  fathoms.  Four  and  a  half  fathoms  is  the 
greatest  depth  in  the  SW.  half  of  the  harbor,  but  it  rapidly  increases  to  forty-two  fathoms  in  nearly 
the  middle  of  the  entrance.  The  harbor  is  wholly  open  from  NW.  by  N.  round  to  NE.,  but  in  the 
cove  under  the  E.  point  of  entrance  protection  may  be  had,  except  from  W  NW.  to  N.  This  cove  is 
less  than  a  cable  in  extent,  .shoal  toward  its  southern  shore,  but  having  twenty-eight  feet  of  water  near 
the  middle.  It  would  be  indispensable  to  moor.  The  E.  point  of  entrance  is  a  high  bluff,  bold-to. 
The  W.  point  foi  ms  a  low  bluff  with  some  rocks  running  off  half  a  cable  to  the  northward. 

The  above  is  derived  from  Bubnoff's  chart,  which  is  reproduced  on  a  reduced  scale,  with  Tebien- 
koff's  longitude,  in  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts  of  Alaska. 

Hence  to  Point  Augusta  the  shore  for  nine  miles  trends  in  a  generally  easterly  direction  according 
to  Vasilieff.  About  half  way  between  the  two  localities  would  be  f  and  the  bay  called  Spasskaia  Bay 
by  Tebienkoff,  if  it  exists. 

THE  CHICHAGOFF  GROITP, 

Otherwise  known  aa  ChiohagcfT  Island,  (but  probably  more  or  less  divided  by  water,  like  the 
Admiralty  group,)  was  first  known  to  the  Russians  as  Yakobi  or  Jakobia  Island,  a  name  restricted 
in  1805  by  Lisianski  to  the  island  herein  so  denominated,  while  the  name  of  Chichagoff,  which  had 
also  been  applied  to  the  whole,  from  Admiral  Chichagoff,  an  explorer  of  the  Polar  Sea,  he  set  aside  for 
the  present  group,  and  it  has  siibsetjuently  been  generally  so  called.     The  group  forms  the  northern 


*  Tbi8  IB  Poiat  ijopbla  of  Ruiwian  Hydrographic  Chart  Xo.  1494. 

t  "Of  the  rhurrli  of  our  Havioiir"  m  the  literal  nieiuiing  in  Knglinh,  but  thv  plnce  was  probably  named  after  (iregori  SpaKS- 
kaia,  a  Kii^siaii  liydrograph  -.  It  wns  imniMl  by  tliu  Itiiexinim  in  the  enrly  part  of  thia  century,  and  bai  been  written  Spuka, 
■pailwl  or  BpMkala  Bay,  Port  SpaaUa,  etc.,  by  vHriouB  authorv. 


SWANSOK   HABBOR. 


198 


ussy  point  makes 


lialf  of  Vancouver's  King  Gtoorge  Third's  Arobipelago,  and  is  tlic  Khunna  or  Hoonah  Island  of 
Tebienkoft".  It  is  the  least  known  zroup  north  of  Hiimner  Strait.  It  has  a  rather  niinurous  native 
|)opulation  of  the  T'linkit  nation.  It  contains  no  especially  hijrh  niotintaina,  and  its  fjeneral  features 
are  those  of  a  densely-wooded  country  of  mo<leratc  height  but  of  undulating  or  even  ruj^pcd  surface, 
Iwre  of  snow  in  summer,  and  abounding  with  fish  and  game.  The  timlHjr,  as  rentarkeil  by  Vancouver, 
is  in  many  places  v,*"  good  quality  and  large  growth. 

The  Chichagoff  group,  inclosed  between  Cross  Sound  and  Peril  Strait  NW.  and  SK.  and  Chatham 
Strait  and  the  ocean  NB.  and  8W.,  has  a  roughly  quadrilateral  form  almut  forty-five  miles  in  length 
NW.  and  SB.,  while  its  breadth  averages  about  thirty-eight  miles. 

From  Point  Augusta  nine  miles  NW.  J  N.,  according  to  TebienkoflF,  but  a  considerably  greater 
distance  if  later  reports  are  correct,  is  situated  Point  Couverden,*  a  moilerately  elevated  tongue  of 
land,  extending  from  its  southern  and  eastern  extreme  nearly  two  miles  in  a  westerly  direction,  being 
alM)ut  half  a  mile  wide,  and  separated  from  the  continental  short;  by  an  unexplored  imssage.  I3eliind 
the  point  the  immediate  shore  appears  low  and  <?  ly  wooded,  while  it  is  backcfi  by  steep,  rather 
barren,  high  mountains,  cupped  or  streaked  with  snotv.  A  view  of  the  high  land  as  seen  from  a  point 
twenty  miles  SB.  by  S.  from  Point  Augusta  is  given  on  U.  S.  Hydrographie  Chart  No.  225. 

The  strait  at  Point  Couverden  was,  in  1869,  estimated  by  an  officer  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  to 
l>e  seven  miles  in  width  in  a  direction  about  E  NB.  from  the  jraint  to  the  Admiralty  shore.  The 
impression  received  by  the  party  from  viewing  the  locality  was  to  the  effect  that  the  channel  Ixjtween 
latitude  87°  68'  and  88°  32'  is  really  wider  tnan  it  is  represental  on  any  of  the  charts.  With  an 
uncertainty  in  the  longitude  of  ±1'.8,  the  geographiml  position  of  Point  Couverden  is,  approximately, 

Latitude 88°  12'  N. 

Longitude 138°  08'  W. 

About  a  mile  southward  from  Point  Couverden  Vancouver  represents  a  high,  barren,  rocky  islet, 
while  a  clear  passage  between  it  and  the  shore  is  indicated  on  Russian  Hydrogra])hic  Chart  No.  1396. 
On  Russian  Hydrographie  Chart  No.  1494,  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2431,  and  others  derived 
from  them,  this  island  is  omitted.  On  the  other  hand,  U.  S.  Hydrographie  Office  Chart  No.  H82  indi- 
cates a  small  rocky  islet  one  and  a  quarter  miles  SB.  by  8.  from  the  eastern  extreme  of  Couverden, 
called  Booky  Island  on  Chart  No,  225,  and  to  the  south  and  southwest  two  larger  woode<l  islands, 
sheltering  the  entrance  to  Swanson  Harbor,  outside  and  to  the  southward  from  which  an'  a  numlwr  of 
rocks  or  rocky  isl<'ts  extending  nearly  a  mile  off  shore.  One  of  these  was  jjcrliaps  intended  <""r  the 
island  nearly  in  mid-channel  of  Icy  Stnwt,  about  five  miles  southwestward  of  Point  Couveruen,  of 
Russian  Hydrographie  Offi(«  Chart  No.  1494,  British  Admiralty  Chart  No.  2431,  (editions  })revions 
to  1882,)  named  Spasskaiaf  Island  on  Chart  No.  225  by  Meade.  This  island  is  not  found  on  Tebien- 
koff's  Chart  VIII,  and  according  to  the  reiwrt  of  liientenant  Hanus  does  not  exist  in  the  hKiility 
mentioned.  The  name  has  been  transferred  on  the  revised  edition  of  Chart  No.  225  to  a  small  island 
on  the  south  shore  of  Icy  Strait,  about  two  miles  westward  from  Spasskaia  Harbor. 

A  more  important  correction  to  the  charts  is  the  discovery  and  location  of  a  serious  danger,  named 
l)y  the  U.  S.  Navy  Hanm  Reef,  after  the  officer  who  reported  it.    The  rock  indicated 
by  TebienkofF  in  mid-channel  between  Point  Augusta  and  Point  Marsden  may  have       Hanus  Reef. 
been  intended  for  the  same  danger,  but  it  is  placed  by  Tebienkoff  much  farther  south.  ■ 

Hanm  See/  lies  three  miles  SB.  by  B.  J  B.  from  Point  Couverden.  At  low  water  the  highest 
jmrt  was  seven  or  eight  feet  out  of  wpter.  It  is  covered  at  one-third  floml.  It  consists  of  «  patch 
about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  extent  including  a  series  of  detached  rock.s.  At  certain  stages  of  the  tide 
a  two  or  three  knot  current  is  said  to  set  directly  upn  the  reef,  which  should  therefore  not  l)e  closely 
approttchetl.  From  the  reef  Point  Retreat  bore  N.  28°  W.,  Point  Couverden  N.  68°  W.,  I  oint  Augusta 
S.  81°  B.,  Point  Sophia  S.  61°  W.,  Point  Wlillbey  N.  39°  W.,  and  a  rocky  islet  near  Couverden  N. 
62°  W.  Until  these  points  are  correctly  locate*!  the  absolute  position  of  the  reef  must  remain  unknown, 
but  its  relative  iM>sition,  as  above,  will  enable  the  navigator  to  avoid  it.  •  ,     i  e 

West  from  the  southern  extreme  of  Couverden  Island  an  indentation  of  the  mainland  forms 
Swanson  Harbor  of  Meade.     It  is  alwut  seven  cables  long  W.  ^  N.  and  E.  J  S.  and 
five  cables  wide,  with  rocky  shores  and  a  stream  at  the  head.    It  is  sheltered  by  Cou-   Swanson  Htrnor. 
verden  Island  to  the  NB.  and  Astley  and  Entrance  islands  with  their  associate*! 
rock*  to  ihe  SB.     Between  theses  is  a  clear  channel  two  miles  long  in  an  B.  and  W.  .hrcction  and  Halt 

a  mile  wide.  ,  ^  .  .  •  i  i      i 

Between  the  mainland  and  Couverden  Island  is  an  unexplored  passage  containing  an  islet  and  a 

number  of  rocJfe*  which  uncover  at  low  water.    It  is  probably  not  navigable. 

Between  the  mainland  and  Astley  Island  and  Astley  and  Entrance  islands  are  passages  which  are 

obstructed  by  rocks  and  shoals  and  should  not  be  attempted.  ^     


*  Named  by  Vancouver  after  lii«  ancestral  seat. 
tKrrojieously  SpMlttl. 


P»  C.  P. — 25 


I 


194 


liYNN  CANAL. 


On  the  northwestern  shore  of  Swanson  Harbor  are  the  remains  of  a  deserted  Indian  village.  On 
the  soutliwost  part  of  Couverden  Island,  facing  the  dhannel,  is  a  village  of  T'linkit  Indians  which  is 
oMuipied  only  in  summer.  Wood  is  cut  here  for  steamers.  The  shores  of  the  islands  and  bay  are 
moderately  low  and  woo<le<l. 

The  entrance  to  Swanson  Harbor  's  marked  by  Rociky  Island  before  referred  to.  It  should  be 
pasHcd  to  the  southward.  From  the  eastern  part  of  Entrance  Island  rocks  make  ott'  three  cables.  The 
course  in  is  in  mid-channel  about  W.  }  N.  into  the  center  of  the  cove  at  the  head,  with  tlie  passage 
between  the  mainland  and  Astley-Island  bearing  about  SE.  by  S.,  where  anchoraii^e  in  eight  fathoms, 
soft  sti(!ky  bottom,  may  be  had.  This  harbor  is  repi-esentcd  by  a  sketch  on  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Office 
Chart  No.  882,  published  in  January,  1881. 

LYNN    CANAL. 

The  entrance  co  this  important  inlet  is  situated  between  Point  Couverden  and  the  rocks  oif  the 
pouthem  point  of  entrance  of  Funter  Bay.  The  islands  represented  near  tlie  middle  of  this  entrance  on 
most  of  the  charts  do  not  exist  in  that  position,  but  arc  much  closer  insho.e,  leaving  the  channel-way 
clear.  This  arm  was  named  by  Vancouver,  and  he  remarks  of  it,  "the  upixir  portion  of  this  arm 
approaches  nearer  to  those  interior  waters  of  the  continent  which  are  said  to  be  known  to  the  traders 
and  travelers  from  the  oppositt^!  side  of  America  than  we  had  found  the  waters  of  the  North  Pacific 
penetrate  in  any  former  instance." 

This  liiu>  body  of  water  extends  from  mid-channel  l)etween  Point  Couverden  and  the  Admiralty 
shore  in  a  NW.  direction  about  sixty  miles,  of  which  the  last  twelve  are  divided  into  two  nearly  paral- 
lel branches  by  Point  Seduction.  The  whole  has  a  greatest  width  of  about  twelve  miles  and  an  aver- 
age width  of  six.  Throughout  its  extent  it  is  nearly  free  from  impediments  to  navigation.  By  reason 
of  the  fact  that  the  glaciers  terminate  some  distance  inland  from  the  shore,  resulting  from  the  more 
gradual  nlope  of  the  Alps  on  the  southwest  and  the  coast  ranges  on  the  northeast  shores,  this  canal  is 
free  from  the  floating  miniature  bergs  which,  at  times,  otistruct  Cross  Sound  and  Gastineau  Channel, 
although  the  latter  are  a  degree  southwanl  of  the  head  of  I^ynn  Canal. 

The  vicinity  of  the  passag,e  is  in  many  places  densely  wooded  with  large  evergreen  trees.  Deposits 
of  minerals,  es|)ecially  iron,  have  l)een  observed  in  extraordinary  musses,  and  the  shores  and  river  tribu- 
taries are  inhabited  '.\v  a  large  population  of  very  warlike,  independent  and  untrustworthy  savages 
Iwlonging  to  the  T'linkit  stock. 

The  waters  of  the  northwestern  extreme  of  Lynn  Canal  are  brackish  or  almost  fresh,  and  Van- 
couver's parties  referred  to  a  "constant"  current  from  the  northward,  indicating  that,  at  the  surface  at 
least,  the  flood-tide  is  not  invariably  perceptible.  Except  ijpar  the  mouths  of  streams  tlie  depth  of 
water  is  very  great.  In  this  vicinity  the  marks  of  forest  fires  have  been  observed — a  certain  indication 
of  a  drier  summer  climate  than  at  Sitka.  When  rounding  Point  Retreat  from  the  SE.  a  large  glacier, 
called  Eagle  Qlacier,  is  visible  in  a  direction  N.  16°  E.,  proceeding  from  high  mountains  eastward 
from  Berners  Bay,  and  a  smaller  one  eastward  from  the  first.  Nineteen  others  of  various  sizes  may 
be  seen  in  various  parts  of  the  shore  throughout  the  length  of  the  canal,  and  no  more,  although  some 
exuberant  tourists  liave  claimed  as  many  as  two  hundred  for  the  borders  of  this  sheet  of  water. 

According  to  the  U.  S.  Navy  Point  Retreat  lies  N.  by  W.  ten  or  eleven  miles  from  Point  Cou- 
verden, and  a  reef  is  said  to  extend  a  third  of  a  mile  northward  and  westward,  so  that  it  is  advisable 
to  pitss  this  point  at  a  distance  of  not  less  than  half  a  mile. 

NE.  by  N.  I  N.  from  Point  Augusta  and  about  SE.  from  Point  Retreat  is  Lone  Mountain  of 
Meade,  who  si)eaks  of  it  as  resembling  a  volcano  and  forming  au  excellent  land-mark  for  entering 
Stephens  Passage. 

Two  miles  N.  by  W.  J  W.,  according  to  Meade,  from  Point  Retreat  is  the  southeastern  end  of  an 
island  named  by  him  Lincoln  Island,  „n  irregularly-shaped  long  narrow  island  six  and  a  half  miles 
long  in  a  W  NW.  and  E  SE.  direction  with  a  greatest  width  not  much  exceeding  a  mile,  from  the  north- 
ern end  of  which  a  line  of  islets  and  reefs  extends  nearly  five  miles  in  a  direction  nearly  NW.  by  N. 
Lincoln  Island  is  wooded  and  comparatively  low.  Its  southern  side  is  arched  to  the  northward,  and 
off  the  middle  of  this  bight,  about  a  mile,  lies  Hump  Islet,*  high  and  timbered,  of  elongated  form  and 
small  extent,  with  foul  ground  along  its  northern  and  soutliern  shores  extending  off  a  cable  or  two. 

The  Lynn  Sisters  f  are  a  group  of  three  small  islands  and  a  rock,  which  lie  about  N  NE.  from 
Dome  Peak  on  the  western  shore  of  Lynn  Canal,  close  to  the  shore,  with  a  small  narrow  bight  south- 
ward from  them.  The  northern  end  of  Ralston  Island  bears  about  N.  by  E.  J  E.  from  them.  Ralston 
Island  lie?  NW.  by  N.  about  a  mile  from  the  northern  extreme  of  Lincoln  Island,  with  a  rock  in  the 

Eassage  between,  which  should  not  be  attempted.    Several  rocks  and  an  islet,  called  Little  Island  by 
iieutenant  Symonds,  continue  the  series  which  terminates  in  Vanderbilt  Beef,    This  patch  was  discov- 
ered by  Captain  Vanderbilt  of  the  Northwest  Trading  Company's  steamer  Favorite.     It  is  NW.  by 

*  Kamed  by  Meade. 

t  Named  the  Uiten  by  Meade,  a  name  which  has  been  repeatedly  u*ed  within  a  short  distance  of  them  and  is  better  modi- 
fied as  alrave. 


PLATE  Ha  18J3 


1  village.  On 
idians  which  is 
Is  and  bay  ore 

It  should  be 
e  cablee.  The 
ith  the  passage 
eight  fathoms, 
}graphic  Office 


le  rocks  off  the 
his  entrance  on 
le  channel-way 
m  of  this  arm 
;  to  the  tradeni 
North  Pacific 

the  Admiralty 

0  nearly  paral- 
s  and  an  aver- 
in.  By  reason 
from  the  more 
V,  this  («nal  is 
ineau  Channel, 

rees.  Deposits 
nd  river  tribu- 
yorthy  savages 

•eah,  and  Van- 
;  the  surface  at 
i  tiie  depth  of 
tain  indication 

1  large  glacier, 
tains  eastward 
ious  sizes  may 
although  some 

water. 

m  Point  Cou- 
it  is  advisable 

Mountain  of 
c  for  entering 

tern  end  of  an 
d  a  half  miles 
'om  the  north- 
y  NW.  by  N. 
orthward,  and 
ated  form  and 
ble  or  two. 
t  N  NB.  from 
V  bight  south- 
lem.  Ralstou 
a  rock  in  the 
ttle  Island  by 
ell  was  discov- 
It  is  VW.  by 


nd  ii  better  modi- 


,,^ ,  _.  ,  ,ff.,p,^       I  pn^u^ijupu  |ii|w. 


WW^W  >iWi»»wm..»n*  ■iiwWfl^'.IMiii  .^iHM  l»  IfcWgm^WlB  «WMWWfMMlMll^«W 


:rK^'^ 


■v',t' 


*  ■      V*,-A.i.!*-^ 


-■     ."'  ,      * 


»  J  irt " 'li***^-,' "  »« ■* 


--itwasM.*Niw»ft'h 


WILLIAM  HEintT  BAT. 


IM 


N.  from  Little  Island  about  a  mile.  Some  of  the  rocka  uncover  at  linlf  tide  and  extend  Imlf  a  mile 
or  more  in  a  HW.  by  K.  direction.  Coming  from  the  southward  it  is  not  in  tlic  way,  lint  coming 
from  the  northward  bound  for  Favorite  Channel,  after  paiwing  Point  Uridget,  Little  Iwland  xlioiild  Ik- 
kept  well  open  westward  from  the  northern  end  of  Rjilston  Island  until  the  former  iK'urs  SW.,  which 
will  clear  the  reef.  If  bound  for  Chatham  Strait  steer  a  course  to  \rae»  alMml  a  mile  ea^twanl  of  the 
islets  near  Point  Whidlwy  (or  Grant)  until  Little  Island  l)ears  E  NE.,  which  will  clear  the  it-ef. 

•  This  i>art  of  Lynn  Canal  is  represented  in  a  most  erroneous  manner  on  all  charts  i)rior  to  1«81 ; 
it  is  still  imperfectly  known,  but  U.  8.  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  883  and  IJritish  Admiralty  Chart 
No.  2431  (edition  of  1882)  give  a  much  letter  idea  of  it  than  anything  previously  publishcil. 

Between  the  series  of  rocks  and  islands  extending  to  and  including  Lincoln  Island  an<l  the  shore 
of  the  mainland  northeastward  from  them  is  a  clear  passage,  forming  jwrt  of  Favorite  (Channel.  The 
main  shore  from  Point  Bridget  southeastward  to  Point  Stephens  is  nuieh  indented ;  the  largest  bight 
leading  toward  the  stream  from  the  Eagle  Glacier,  the  sediment  from  which  has  miule  it  entirely  shoal. 
This  bank  extends  SE.  by  8.  along  this  shore  nearly  to  Point  Stephens,  for  which  reason  it  should  not 
be  approached  except  with  great  i«ution  and  the  lead  kept  going.  Northwestward  along  this  shore 
from  the  bight  above  mentioned  lie  numerous  islets,  mostly  with  roi^ks  aliout  them,  and  extt^nding 
parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  passage.  The  most  westerly  of  these  is  Sentinel  Islet,  about  two  miles 
8W.  from  the  main  shore,  with  a  reef  extending  half  a  mile  northwestward  from  it.  The  others  arc 
Bird,  Gull,  Benjamin  and  North  islets,  (besides  others  not  named,)  named  by  the  U.  S.  Navy,  and 
whose  size  and  exact  position  can  only  be  said  to  be  approximately  determinc<l. 

Clearly  visible  from  Chatham  Strait,  and  projecting  from  the  western  shore  of  Lynn  Canal  alx)ut 
NW.  by  W.  five  to  seven  miles  from  the  NW.  end  of  Lincoln  Island,  is  Point  Whidbey.*  This 
iwint  forms  a  rather  remarkable  high,  steep,  wooded  promontory  whose  face  is  aliout  three  miles  in 
length  in  a  IT  NW.  and  8  8E.  direction,  and  which  projects  from  the  western  shore  of  the  canal  tc  the 
extent  of  about  three  miles  in  an  E  NE.  direction.  In  this  manner  are  formed  on  either  side  of  the 
promontory  open  coves,  in  the  southern  of  which  are  three  islets  of  small  extent,  which  have  received 
from  Meade  the  name  of  The  Brothers.  Oft'  the  SE.  extreme  of  the  promontory  is  an  islet  of  small 
extent,  and  there  are  three  or  four  more  close  in  to  its  northern  face.  In  this  vicinity  N'aiu'ouver's 
party  obtained  a  latitude  of  68°  38'  ST.  as  the  result  of  meridian  observations.  Three  miles  NE.  tcum 
the  point  above  indicated,  nearly  in  mi>\-channel,  no  bottom  was  obtained  with  one  hundred  and  fifty 
fathoms  of  line. 

Seven  and  a  lialf  miles  N  NW.  from  the  NW.  extreme  oi  Lincoln  Island,  according  to  Meade, 
lies  Point  Bridget,  named  by  Vancouver,  low  and  wooded,  and  forming  the  8E.  point  of  eiitnuice  to 
Bemers  Bay  of  Vancouver,  a  large  sheet  of  water  extending  about  nine  miles  from 
Point  Bridget  in  a  N.  by  W.  direction  with  an  average  width  of  three  miles.  A  Berners  Bay. 
stream  comes  in  at  the  head  of  the  bay ;  the  NW.  jwint  of  entrant-e,  named  by  Van- 
couver Point  St.  Mary's,  lies  NW.  |  N.  four  and  a  half  miles  from  Point  Bridget,  like  which  it  is  low 
and  wood^,  while  its  axis  rises  inland  to  mountains  covered  with  snow,  attaining  a  considerable  height, 
and  constituting  a  part  of  the  coast  ranges  which  have  been  repeatedly  alluded  to. 

From  this  point  about  five  miles  NW.  by  W.  lies  Point  Sherman,  named  by  Meade,  apparently 
low  and  wooded,  from  which  the  northeastern  shore  of  Lynn  Canal  extends,  high,  steep  and  rtx'ky, 
at  the  base  of  the  imposing  mountains  above  mentioned,  some  twenty  miles  in  a  NW.  by  N.  (lire<tion. 

From  Point  Whidbey  in  a  northwesterly  direction  the  shore  extends  compact,  firm,  and  chiefly 
composed  of  cliffs  with  a  few  small  coves  having  shingle  beaches— the  rwk  l)eing  a  fine  variety  of 
slate  and  the  shingle  suitable  for  paving-stone.  Behind  the  shore  the  land  rises  in  lofty  snow-capiKxi 
mountains,  forming  part  of  the  coast  ranges. 

About  seven  miles  NW.  from  Point  Whidbey  is  WiUiam  Henry  Bay,  named  by  the  traders. 
This  bay  is  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  long  and  four  cables  wide  N  NW.  and  8  SB.,  and  prottrted 
from  all  winds  except  those  between  N.  and  NE.,  affording  good  anchorage  in  thirteen  fathoms,  s<)ft 
bottom.  It  is  free  of  known  dangers,  has  a  plentiful  supply  of  fresh  water  on  the  west  side  of  the 
bay,  but  wood  is  only  procured  with  diflBculty.  Lieutenant  Hanus  sounded  out  the  bay  ami  made  a 
sketch  of  it  in  1880.  This  sketch  has  been  published  on  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Office  Chart  No.  882  of 
188L  The  point  east  from  this  bay  is  low;  the  opposite  shore  is  high  with  sevend  streams.  A  ^  ood- 
sized  stream,  called  Beardslee  Biver  by  the  IJ.  S.  Navy,  comes  in  at  the  head  of  the  bay.  1  he 
shores  are  reprewmted  as  rocky  throughout  The  following  directions  are  derived  from  the  U.  S.  Naval 
Hydrographic  Notice  No.  97  of  1880. 

DIRECTIONS 

IX)B,  WILLIAM  HENKY  BAY. 

Keep  from  one-half  to  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  western  shore  of  Lynn  Canal  until 
abreast  the  entrance,  which  otherwise  is  difficult  to  rewgnize.    The  higjicst  mountain  m  this  vicuuty, 

•  Named  by  the  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  in  1867,  and  which  is  Point  Grant  of  Mead*  in  1869. 


% 


;i 


196 


CHILKAT  DTLBT. 


which  has  n  rouiulc<l  buld  tup  without  trecH,  in  just  northward  and  wcfltward  from  the  entrance.  When 
the  buy  in  well  o|>cn  ke<;p  in  niid-<-hannel  of  it  until  the  eastern  point  of  entraniv  is  passed,  when 
anchorage  may  l)u  liu<l  in  nine  to  thirteen  futhonis  water,  .^oft  muddy  Imttum. 

There  are  coiivonient  fucilities  for  WHtcrinj?,  and  in  1880  wood  could  Iks  had  here. 

Nearly  four  niileH  wcstwunl  fn)m  this  hnv  Endioott  Biver,  nameil  by  tlio  V.  8.  Navy,  comes  in 
fn)m  the  wcntwanl,  fifty  feet  wide  at  its  mouth,  which  is  filled  witli  sand  l>i»n«.  This  small  stream 
is  only  worthy  of  notice  on  accnmnt  of  the  paucity  of  rivers  in  this  i»art  of  the  coast.  From  the  mouth 
of  the  river  the  xliore  trends  alwut  two  miles  in  a  northerly  dircetton,  from  which  in  a  NW.  by  H.  \ 
N.  ilirtH'tion  about  five  miles  lies  the  8B.  extreme  of  SulUvan  Island,*  which  extends  soino  four  or  five 
miles  hence  in  ii  NW.  direction  with  a  width  of  about  n  mile. 

Between  the  southeastern  extreme  of  Sullivan  Island  and  a  point  whi(!h  is  formed  by  a  delta  at 
the  mouth  of  u  stream  making  out  from  the  western  shoi-e  of  Lynn  Canal,  about  two  miles  8W.  from 
the  island,  is  the  southern  entrance  of  a  passikge  almnt  a  mile  wide  in  its  narrowest  part.  This  entnmce 
is  nearly  closed  from  side  to  side  by  a  shoal,  and  should  not  be  attempted  until  more  is  known.  The 
rcpres<;ntation  of  Sullivan  Island  on  most  charts  appears  to  be  too  long.  From  its  southern  end  in  a 
southeasterly  dirc<-tion  are  two  islets,  of  which  one  is  omitted  by  all  the  charts  ex<«pt  that  of  Vancouver. 
One  of  these  isletn,  according  to  meridian  ol)servations  by  Whi(H)ey,  is  in  latitude  68°  84'  IT.  The 
southernmost  islet  rei^ived  the  name  «)f  Sullivan  Book  from  the  U.  H.  Hydrographic  Office  in  1889.t 

Another  low  delta  point  is  formed  by  a  glacier  stream  SW.  from  the  northern  poiut  of  Sullivan 
Island,  while  about  three  miles  from  the  islet  at  the  southern  end  of  the  island,  in  a  IT  ITB.  direction, 
lies  Eldred  Rook,  about  four  miles  SB.  by  8.  from  the  southernmost  islet  oft"  the  end  of  Point  Seduc- 
tion. It  is  omitted  on  some  charts  an<i  misplaced  on  others.  It  is  a  bare  rocky  islet,  and  was  located 
and  named  during  tht;  U.  S.  naval  boat  expedition  to  Chilkat  in  1880. 

NE.  by  E.  il  E.  about  two  miles  from  the  nortliern  end  of  Sullivan  Island  is  Bednotion  Islet, 
above  referred  to,  of  small  extent,  low,  ro<'ky  and  wiKxied.  It  Was  occupied  for  magnetic  dip,  angles 
and  bearings,  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  1880.  lietween  this  and  the  end  of  Point  Seduction  are 
four  or  five  rocky  sparsely  wooded  islets,  making  a  group  more  than  two  miles  in  extent  N  NW.  and 
S  BE.,  which  has  been  nanie<l  the  Ohilkst  Islauda  by  the  U.  S.  Navy.  On  the  ea6tern  shore,  extending 
from  the  head  of  the  ciinal  southward  to  Point  St.  Mary's,  is  a  high  rugged  <!hain  of  precipitous  moun- 
tains, namr.  1  the  Chilkat  Mountains  by  the  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  in  1879.f  Those  of  the  opposite  shore 
have  l)een  called  by  the  U.  S.  Navy  the  White  Mountains.  From  the  station  on  Seduction  Islet  the 
middle  of  the  Davidson  Glacier  bears  W.  J  N.  and  a  smaller  one  »DUth  of  it  8W.  by  W. }  W.  Between 
the  expanded  foot  of  the  Davidson  Glacier  and  the  wrter's  edge,  NNE.  from  it,  is  situated  Olaoier 
Point,§  low  and  coni|K)se<l  of  debris,  covered  with  trees,  off  and  around  which  a  shoal  extends  along 
ttie  shore  having  an  extent  of  hai:  o.  mile  or  less  in  width.  This  is  due  to  debris  brought  down  by  a 
glacier  stream  proi-eeding  from  th^:  gl  »c  i  r  which  approaches  the  shore  within  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  This 
has  received  from  the  U.  S.  Coaj^l;  Survey  the  name  of  the  Davidson  Olaoier,  having  been  obsarvetl 
by  Assistant  Davidson  in  1869.  '"  om  Seduction  Islet  NW,  by  N.  J  N.  about  two  miles  lies  the  south- 
ern end  of  Point  Seduction  oi  \  !i;iv»uver.||  The  southern  part  of  this  point  is  composed  of  rather  low 
rounded  hills  covered  with  stunted  brown-looking  trees.  The  point  extends  about  twelve  miles  in  u 
northerly  and  westerly  direction,  <lividiug  the  head  of  Lynn  Canal  irfto  two  nearly  equal  inlets.  The 
northern  portion  of  the  jwint  is  low,  narrow  and  nearly  Hat,  affonling  an  easy  portage  from  the  head  of 
one  inlet  to  that  of  the  other.  Point  Setluction  is  quite  narrow,  probably  not  exceeding  two  miles  in 
width  anywhere. 

The  inlet  westward  from  Point  Seduction  has  been  named  by  Meade  Chilkat^  Inlet,  from  the 
river  of  that  name,  which  it  receives.  This  inlet  is  about  ttn  miles  long  in  a  northwesterly  and  south- 
esisterly  direction  and  averages  al>out  three  miles  in  width. 

According  to  Lindenlierg's  reconnaissance,**  northward  from  the  extremity  of  Glacier  Point  and 
on  the  shore  of  Point  Setluction  a  point,  called  by  him  Point  Bhketlina,  makes  out  with. rocks  about 
its  base,  but  with  ten  fathoms  close  to  them. 

*  Si)  named  by  Menile,  iiftt-r  (lie  inoftter  of  tlie  Americaa  Bchuoner  LouUa  Dovmt,  wreckwl  here  in  1^67.  Th«  roadatead  where 
she  anchored  mid  wiih  hist  wa»  uauied  by  Meade  Bcioue  Harbor,  in  remeinbrauce  ofUie  six  peraon*  rewued  by  the  Saginaw. 

t Directory  for  Heiing  Sea,  p.  43. 

{They  liiive  also  been  culled  tiie  Chilkoot  Moiintaina  by  Krause. 

$  Of  Meade ;  Lohtianol  or  Icy  Point  of  Lindenberg. 

II  Sobluna  of  Tebieiikulf ;  Beductlon  Toncne  of  Dtivid«on. 

H  This  name  h«»  i-ei'cived  viirioiis  spellings,  such  as  Obilluait,  ObUcat,  ToUUkat,  T'fllkat,  Ac,  river,  inlet,  mountain!, ishtndR, 
or  Indians.  A  careful  inquiry  made  in  1880,  by  Mr.  Marcus  Biilcer,  of  the  Coaat  Survey,  resulte<l  in  the  belief  that  OUlkat  was 
tlie  phonetic,  must  correct  and  simplest  spelling. 

••  It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  charts  of  Lynn  Caoul,  especially  the  northern  part  of  it,  are  still  very  imperfect.  The 
best  is  that  which  resulted  from  the  recoiinaissauce  of  the  U.  S.  Navy  in  1880,  published  as  U.  8.  Hydrographic  Chart  No.  883, 
which  has  since  been  copied  on  to  that  part  of  II.  S.  Hydrographic  Office  Chart  No.  285,  of  1882,  and  British  Admiralty  Chart 
No.  2431,  edition  of  1882.  Even  this,  however,  is  Icnown  to  be  considerably  in  error  about  the  mouth  of  the  Chilkat  River. 
Some  nseful  data  have  been  publislied  by  Dr.  Arthur  Krause,  who  explored  in  tliis  vicinity  reoently,  and  has  given  small  maps 
of  the  rivers  which  fall  into  both  these  inlets,  which  add  much  to  our  knowledge  of  them,  and  have  enabled  us  to  correct  to  a 
certain  extent  the  inlets  about  the  river  mouths. 


PYRAMID   ISTiAKn   HARHOIt.  j^y 

The  water  Dear  theeatttem  Hide  is  deeix-r  than  on  the  wwti'rn  '«lion',  wl«w,  in  fact,  it  in  fwiuontly 
Hliual  Home  difltan<«  oft",  and,  aoinrdin^  to  Lintlcnbt-rg,  even  hIkiwh  ilrv  upotn  at  low  water. 

2fW.  )  W.  from  thin  point  alwut  a  mile  in  the  Houthcrn  ciiil  nl'  Koohu  Island.*  It  in  a  iniKler- 
atcly  ftlevatod  wooded  inland  with  randy  shoreH,  a  small  IhIcI  iiortliwanl  tVoni  it  cJoHf-ii.,  and  wiiiic 
i(X!K»i  and  8mall  ialeta  near  it«  sonthern  extreme.  It  cxteniln  alxait  hall'  u  mile  NW.  and  SB.,  with  a 
width  of  a  nuartcr  of  a  mile.  On  Kuwian  Hydroumphic  Chart  .No.  13l)t;,  U.  S.  C'lwist  Survey  No. 
701,  and  Tchienkoif,  No.  VIII,  thia  iBland  w  <!orreetly  reprcHentinl  an  U-inj;  near  the  eastern  slmre  of 
the  Inlot,  which  is  about  half  a  mile  distant,  while  the  m^irmt  |M)int  «t'  the  weHl4-rn  slidre  is  nearly  two 
miles  away.  The  English  Admiralty  Charts,  Meade  and  others  previous  to  IHMl,  represent  the  islami 
incorrectly  pUwed  in  the  middle  of  the  inlet,  or  even  nearer  the  western  than  the  eastern  shore. 

Nl.  by  B.  ubout  seven  cahlett  from  the  northern  emi  of  K(Mhu  Island  Vim  the  entramr  to  Seal 
(Nerp)  Cove  of  Lindenbcr^s  "f  very  small  extent,  with  an  islet  and  some  hare  rotiUs  about  its  entrance 
and  no  BOundinKs  given. 

A  mile  and  a  quarter  NW.  from  this  cove  lies  Letnikoff  Cove,  with  an  islet  at  its  southern  iMiint 
of  entrance,  and  from  which  the  shore  of  Point  Seduction  trends  alhiut  W.  by  N.  nearly  four  miles  to 
the  :.  .ginning  of  the  flats  and  some  two  miles  farther  to  Portage  Point.  From  the  hea<l  of  lietnikott" 
Cove  a  flatexteuds  to  Flat  Bay  on  the  other  side  of  Point  S«'«luetion.  Tht-  Kransc  map  represents  two 
streams,  heading  close  together,  ime  of  which  falls  into  ench  bay,  so  that  they  are  nearly  connwted  bv 
water.  A  cannery  is  said  to  have  been  mtablished  here  rect^ntly.  In  this  vicinity  was  formerly  an 
Indian  settlement. 

NW.  by  W.  }  W.  aliout  two  railee  from  the  northern  end  of  Koehu  Island  lies  Pyramid  Island 
of  Meade,  Peatohani  or  Sandy  lalaod  of  the  Uussians.  The  latter  name  is  so  tmpient  in  this  re^rjon 
as  to  have  lost  all  distinctiveness,  and  therefore  the  name  pro)K)sed  by  MmuIc  has  liec'n  prcf'erriMl  for 
this  island,  which  is  of  some  importance  from  a  hydrograpliio'  stund-|)oint.t  It  is  of  |M'euiiarly 
pyramidal  profile  when  seen  from  8  SW.,  and  is  of  very  small  extent ;  it  is  a  sand  dune,  with  .some 
grass  upon  it,  about  two  hundred  feet  high,  somewhat  elongated  NE.  and  SW.,  w  ith  a  bank  about  it, 
so  that  over  three  fathoms  is  not  to  be  had  within  u  couple  of  mbles  from  it.  This  bank  is  somewhat 
extended  to  the  northward  toward  a  similar  shoal  making  ofl'  from  the  shore  in  an  o|)|)osite  <liixH'tion. 

Between  the  island  and  the  shore  in  this  direction  the  du(;|K«t  wat^-r  was  thirty-one  an<l  a  half 
feet  at  half  t*de  in  1838,  according  to  Lindenbcrg,  ami  at  pre.>tent  it  is  mostly  much  slioaler.  In  this 
vicinity  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  tides  is  about  sixteen  feet.  Pyramid  Island  is  situated  nearly  in  the 
center  of  the  rounded  termination  of  the  inlet,  being  just  about  a  mile  from  cither  shore  and  from  the 
bar.     The  beach  is  strewn  with  large  stones. 

The  geographical  position  of  Pyramid  Island  v/m  determined  bv  the  U.  !S.  Coast  Survey  in 
1869  to  be 

Latitude 68°  11'  43".0  W. 

Longitude  (in  are) 136°  27'  04".6W. 

Longitude  (in  time) 9"  01"  48".3   W. 

Sketch  charts  of  this  part  of  tlie  inlet  and  the  mouth  of  4^he  river  are  to  be  found  on  U.  S.  Hydro- 
graphic  Chart  No.  883  and  Russian  Hydrographic  Chi:rt  No.  1396;  Meade  gives  a  view  of  Pyramid 
Island  from  the  S  SW.  on  chart  No.  225. 

About  a  mile  southward  from  Pyramid  Island,  on  the  western  shore,  is  situated  Pyramid  Island 
Harbor,J  named  by  M^e,  and  forming  the  usual  anchorage.  It  is  hardly  a  cove,  but  consists  of  a 
concavity  in  the  general  shore-line  about  a  mile  long  NW.  and  SE.  and  indented  to  the  extent  of  a 
third  of  a  mile,  mostly  occupied  by  a  bank  on  which  may  be  had,  according  to  Meade,  seventeen  to 
twenty-five  fathoms  of  water  over 'a  bottom  of  stiff  blue  mud.  The  di.serepancics  between  Meade's 
."ketch,  which  is  evidently  crude,  and  Lindenberg's  delineation  of  the  same  vit    'ity  are  very  great. 

The  north  extreme  is  Green§  Point;  the  south  extreme  is  the  bed  of  an  old  glacier,  low  and  com- 
posed of  broken  stones  which  from  a  distance  api^ear  like  sand.     It  is  called  Anchorage  Point||  by  the 


lieiids  seven  fathoms  can  be  carried.  The  bottom  is  blue  mud  and  siuid.  The  land  about  the  harbor 
is  very  ru^ed  and  alpine  in  character,  with  considerable  timber,  but  much  less  wiKKled  than  the  lanil 
to  the  souSiward.     No  glaciers  are  in  sight  from  the  anchorage,  though  there  is  a  small  one  immtnliately 

•  Named  in  1838  by  Lindenberg.  .Thia  in  the  TeatOMi  Mand  of  Meade  in  1«69,  and  in  %,M  to  be  onlle.l  OU-Mta  l..v  the 
IiidUni. 

t  It  ku  alio  boen  oalled  FarawaU,  Stony  aiid  ObMrratory  WaA.    Tlif  Indian  name  h  ShU-hatoli. 

t  It  i«  . .ne  of  tlie  numeroua  anohoragee  oaUed  tabouohire  Bay  by  tiie  Hud«..n  Bay  Company's  triidri-H,  b,T«u«.  lb,-  nfanif r 
i'(  that  name  used  t<>  anchor  there. 

$  laloal  of  Lindenberg  or  bidUii  roint  of  Meade. 

II  Takoral  of  Lindenbcrg  and  Bandy  Folnt  of  Meade. 


198 


CHIMCAT  BIVRat. 


I)ack  in  the  mountains  whoee  waters  are  disoharge<l  over  c  moraine  Tiearly  a  mile  in  extent  0  short 
distance  E.  from  the  liarbor.  Mount  Labouchen;,  directly  back  from  the  harbor,  rises  so  abruiitiy  a« 
to  Hui)tend  an  anfrlo  of  more  than  30°  as  seen  from  the  shore  of  the  harbor.  It  is  doubtless  much 
hightr  than  the  fifteen  hundreil  feet  assij^ned  to  it  by  Meade. 

Anchoraj-e  may  be  had  off  the  bar  in  fifteen  fathoms  one  mile  M"W.  by  W.  from  Pyramid  Island, 
wliere  tiie  holding-ground  is  excellent,  but  the  vessel  tails  into  three  fathoms  with  flood  tide  or  southerly 
winds.  In  summer  the  water  here  is  perfectly  fresh.  In  this  vicinity  the  tfde  rises  about  sixteen  feet; 
it  is  H.  W.  P.  and  O.  at  O''  30°",  and  the  variation  of  the  (ompass,  as  reported  by  Meade,  is  thirty-one 
degrees  eiwt(!rly  in  18()S,  against  thir'y-five  d(^roes  in  183S  according  to  Lindenberg. 

Pyramid  Island  Harbor  may  l)e  recognized  by  Pyramid  Island,  which  is  bare  of  trees,  and  is  tiie 
only  island  away  from  the  shores  of  the  inlet  north  of  Kochu  Island,  (except  a  small  one  immediately 
adjacent  to  the  latter,)  and  which  bears  nlviut  due  north  from  the  harbor,  and  also  by  Anchorage  Point, 
which  looks  like  a  sand-spit.  The  shore  may  l)e  approached  and  the  liarbor  entered  without  appre- 
hension; after  passing  the  seven-fathom  bar  at  the  entrance  anchorage  may  be  had  in  fifteen  fathoms. 
The  grcac  height  and  steepness  of  Mount  Labouchere  will  make  the  shore  at  the  head  appear  nearer 
than  it  is  in  reality.     A  caiinery  has  lieen  established  here. 

Less  than  a  mile  al)ove  Pyramid  Island  the  McCiellan  flats  commence,  and  no  vessel  should  pro- 
ceed nortlnvestward  from  tlie  island  witliout  a  load  pilot.  Over  the  flats  ic  is  difficult  to  find  a  channel 
with  water  enough  to  float  an  ordinary  ship's  launch. 

No  quicksands  were  discovered  in  the  flats,  where  Indians  were  fearlessly  wading,  spearing  salmon, 
when  tlie  U.  6.  naval  exploring  party  visited  the  place  in  1880. 

From  Pyramitl  If  land  Harbor  about  W.  by  N.  is  Portage  Point,  which  is  about  a  mile  south- 
ward and  westwatxl  of  the  beginning  of  the  jwrtage  across  the  head  of  Seduction  Peninsula. 

About  two  mi'  ,  WNW.  from  Portage  Point  U  Banohe  Point,  where  the  first  Iniliau  village* 
is  situated  on  a  f^i'asK,y,  wide,  alluvial  flat,  having  in  the  back-ground  a 'wld  granite  j)eak,  which  is 
streak wl  above  by  landslides  and  wooded  l)elow.  The  village  contained  sixteen  houses  and  one  hun- 
dred and  seventy-one  people. 

Westward  I'rom  the  village  about  seven  miles  and  a  half  the  river  turns  more  to  the  northward 
around  Zimoviaf  Point,  where  the  river  is  a  mile  and  a  half  wide  with  not  over  two  feet  in  the 
channel,  and  two-thirds  of  the  distance  from  the  8W.  shore  composed  of  nearly  dry  flats. 

Two  .nijes  from  the  village  precipitous  mountains  rise  two  thousand  feet  on  either  side  of  the 
valley.  The  timber  gradually  changoe  f  s  the  river  is  ascended,  evergreens  giving  place  to  deciduous 
trees  and  these  to  shrubs  at  len  or  fifti^fn  miles  from  the  mouth.  On  the  southern  side  of  the  river 
8))ow-  .apijcd  rugged  mountain  crests  arc  noticeable.  About  five  miles  from  the  mouth,  on  the  southern 
side  of  the  river  valley  a  river,J  flowing  from  a  glacier  in  the  mountains  south  from  Pyramid  Island 
Harbor,  comes  into  the  Chiikat  througli  a  valley  six  miles  long.  A  little  farther  up  the  Takhin 
Biver  comes  in  from  the  WSW.  through  a  broad  valley.  It  receives  the  flow  from  several  glaciers 
in  the  mountain  range  south  of  the  vail  y,  of  which  the  easternmost  has  been  named  the  Bertha  Gla^ior 
by  the  V.  S.  Navy.     This  river  extends  westward  about  fifteen  miles. 

Beyond  Vanderbilt  l*oint  the  flats  and  sand-bars  which  hitherto  have  ol)structe<l  the  river  bed 
give  place  to  numerous  low,  flat,  wooded  "islands  with  shallow  channels  between  them.  The  current 
becomes  more  rajiid  as  the  channel  narrows  and  runs  at  times  five  or  six  miles  an  hour.  The  width 
of  the  river  becomes  less  and  its  direction  up  stream  more  northerly. 

The  nexi  Chiikat  village,  about  five  miles  from  Vanderbilt  Point,  is  called  Katkwaltu,  (or  Kut- 
kwut-lu,  meaning  place  of  gulls,)  contains  eleven  houses,  and  had  in  1880  a  population  of  one  hundred 
and  twenty-five.  Here  the  valley  of  the  river  is  about  two  miles  wide,  and  the  mountains  on  each  side 
are  very  steep  and  about  twenty-five  hundred  feet  high.  A  missionary  station  adled  Willard  is  now 
situate<i  at  this  village. 

About  three  miles  above  this  village  the  Tairku  Bivor  comes  in  from  the  south.  It  is  a  small 
stream,  draining  a  good-sifcd  lake  named  Chiikat  Lake,  which  I'es  in  the  mountains  between  the  Takhin 
River  and  the  ("iiilkat.  About  a  mile  farther  up  on  the  left  bai.k  is  the  main  Chiikat  village,  called 
by  its  inhabitants  Klu-kwan.  It  has  sixty-five  houses  and  some  Ive  hundred  and  sixty  inhabi  ints. 
N'early  west  from  the  village  is  a  fine  peak,  8uppose<l  to  1k>  about  Isur  thousand  feet  high,  and  callal 
Chiikat  i\'nk  i>y  iiie  U.  S.  Navy. 

Near  tiiis  vilhige  was  situated  the  observing  station  Eohklux,  at  which  ih*^  U.  k.  Coast  Survey 
observed  the  total  eclipse  of  the  sun  August  7,  1869. 

The  geographical  position  of  Kohklux  is 

Latitude 59°  23'  4l".l  N. 

Longitude  (in  arc) 136°  68' 30"    W. 

Longit'ide  (in  time)       I O*"  03"'34'      W. 

*  Known  ne.  Tondutak  or  TendeBte^a  j  pro{M!ily  Okii-te-ga»-tak-l»eli^th»t  is,  tlie  "  village  on  the  eait  bank  of  the  rivur. " 
t  Named  by  Lindi'iibeijf  in  1«38.    Spm;?'  Ptlnt  of  ihu  U.  8.  Nary  ui  11*80,  ui-t  Bpulu  Point  of  the  game  authoritieH  near 
th^"  Boiitli  end  ol'Lynn  Ciiuiil. 
t  Khnlzekahin  of  the  Indians. 


CHILKOOT  •'INLET. 


199 


g,  spearing  salmon, 


The  magretic  dip  was  determined  to  be  75°  44'  on  the  thirty-first  of  July,  1869. 

Large  dei  oeits  of  magnetic  iron  ore  were  discoveretl  in  this  vieinitv. 

A  short  d,  (tance  north  and  west  the  T'lehini  (or  Kluhini)  River  joins  the  Chilkat  from  tlio  wwt- 
ward.  Ihe  vil  age  may  be  considered  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  tlie  river,  oxo«'pt  for  cun.KW.  The 
river  is  supposed  by  Lieutenant  Symonas  not  to  rise  during  freslicl.^  more  tlian  two  fiet  over  it.s  Sor,- 
tfiinber  level,  which  gives  rareJv  over  three  feet  in  the  deepest  part  of  the  main  clu'nnel.  Unfortiuiatel' 
tlie  only  map  in  existence  which  gives  even  an  approximately  accurate  idea  of  these  rivcre  imd  tlic  head 
of  Lynn  Canal  is  the  small  sketch  which  is  due  to  Doctor  Arthur  Krause.  This  itself  makes  no  pre- 
tence to  be  more  thau  a  preliminary  sketch.  It  therefore  would  be  premature  to  attempt  to  dcscrib; 
tliese  streams  in  detail,  even  were  they  navigable,  for  want  of  sufficient  data.  A  few  general  remarks, 
liowever,  may  be  useful  to  prospectors  and  travelers. 

The  Chilkat  Biver*  is  a  shallow  stream  about  fifty  miles  in  length  W  NW.  and  E  SB.,  which  at 
its  mouth  is  indicated  to  be  about  two  miles  in  width.  It  enten  the  inlet  in  about  latitude  59°  13' 
according  to  oiiservations  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey.  This  niouth  is  so  choked  with  sand-iiai-s  as  to 
Ik!  practically  innavigable  for  anything  except  canoes,  and  the  bar  at  low  water  appears  as  if  dry  dear 
across.  The  rise  of  tide  in  the  inlet  is  sixteen  feet  at  springs ;  about  U'ree  miles  up  the  river,  at  Zimovia 
Point,  the  rise  is  reported  by  Lindenberg  to  be  five  feet,  and  two  miles  farther  up  only  one  foot,  at  the 
same  time  when  it  is  eight  feet  at  the  mouth;  so  it  may  be  supposed  that  the  straiiu  fiilis  seven  feet 
in  five  miles  and,  consequently,  when  not  filled  by  the  backwater  of  the  tide  must  (Uirry  !>ut  a  very  small 
amount  of  water.  This  idea  is  fully  confirmed  by  thn  latest  advices,  and,  in  fact,  from  a  glance  at  the 
Krause  map  it  is  evident  that  after  the  spring  freshets  the  river  must  depend  for  its  flow  on  the  surn- 
iner  melting  of  some  twenty  glaciers,  the  sinplus  of  four  or  five  small  lakes,  and  the  lociil  rain-fall  of 
its  ntrrow  valleys,  from  which  it  is  quit<)  eviden*^  n  large  amount  of  water  cannot  be  expcctal  in  this 
latitude. 

Above  tb"  T'lcliini  River  the  Chilhat  receives  the  Tahini,  and  seme  ten  miles  farther  up  diviilcs 
into  two  parts,  both  heading  to  the  wc-slward.  Here  they  neail  a;)pro.ich  branches  of  a  river  («lied 
Altsekh,  which  from  its  |K)sititm  majr  wdl  drain  the  northeastern  ,>art  of  the  Grand  Plateau  glacier,  the 
western  extreme  of  which  comes  to  tie  f«a-coast  near  Moun  'Airweather.  If  this  1m>  the  case  it  would 
tend  to  explain  a  singular  error  into  which  Tebienkoff'  has  fallen  in  representing  the  abovc-montioiied 
glacier  as  a  rivsr  delta  under  the  name  of  the  Alsekh  River.  The  real  Altstkh  of  the  interior  must 
form  part  of  the  southernmost  Yukon  water-shed,  and  perhaps  ( onnccts  with  the  White  River. 

From  tha  hesid-waters  of  the  Chilkat  a  jwrtage  a(Toss  a  w'de  valley  is  made  to  the  narrower 
valley  of  the  Frotahini  branch  of  the  Altsekh  which  is  ascended  to  Us  head,  where  the  Krotahini  Pass 
is  situated,  at  a  height  of  fifty-three  hundi-ed  feet  above  the  sea.  Descending  on  the  northorii  side  the 
head-waters  of  another  small  branch  of  the  Altsekh  are  crossefl.  and  hardly  a  mile  beyond  them  is 
SilvoP  Lako,  (Dana-aka  of  the  Indians,)  about  four  thousand  feet^tbove  the  sea.  From  this  the 
declivity  is  very  steep  in  a  short  distance,  and  the  stream  is  fed  by  many  glaciers  from  a  I'ango  east- 
wai-d  from  the  lake.  All  this  drains  into  the  West  Kussua  Lake,  a  large  shcH't  of  water  twenty-seven 
hundred  feet  above  the  sea.  From  this  the  West  Pork  of  the  Kussua  River  flows  until  it  joins  with 
the  East  Pork  to  *'orm  the  Lewis  River,  by  which,  in  TOnjunction  with  the  Pelly,  MacMillan  and 
other  rivers,  t^  j  great  Biver  Yukon  of  the  interior  is  formetl. 


J.  ^  Coast  Survey 


CHILKOOT   INLET. 

Northeastward  of  the  jieninsula  of  Point  Seduction  is  Chilkoot  Inlet,  somcwhii*  narrower  and 
longer  than  Chilkat  Inlet,  with  which  it  is  in  general  parallel.  It  derives  its  nan'-t  from  an  Indian 
village  at  its  head,  and  is  eleven  or  twelve  nii'?s  long  and  from  one  to  two  a'.d  a  half  miles  wide. 
About  three  miles  from  Point  Seduction  is  Plat  Bay  of  Krause's  chart,  callc<'.  bv  the  n.ntives  Nakh. 
It  is  a  shallow  cove  of  small  extent  from  which  low  land  extends  across  the  peninsula  in  a  westerly 
direction.  About  three  miles  farther  is  anothc  r  smaller  cove,  marked  at  the  north  liy  two  ].iiuiai'le<l 
points.  The  opposite  shore  is  comiwsed  of  lofty  stee])  mountains,  forming  the  Chilkat  Rang'',  with 
several  glaciers  in  their  gorges  and  one  at  the  head  of  a  nimlerately  long  narrow  valley.  The  moun- 
tains (fulminate  at  the  northwest  in  Mount  ViUard,  three  thousand  seven  hundred  feet  high  \>y  baro- 
metric measurement. 

About  two  and  a  half  miles  wts^vard  from  the  l!ist-raention„d  cove  is  Portage  Cove.t  a  .small 
liurdly  indent^^d  cove,  on  which  is  the  Indian  village  of  Desiiu  and  a  wlii'e  settlement  containing  a 
trading  post  and  miss-  mi  station,  named  Haines  by  i!ie  Presbyteriair  Board  of  Home  Missions. 

•Niiired  by  the  Iiullani  ii.lmbitiiig  it«  ImiikR;  v«iiou»l.v  Bpclle.1  Icliillknt,  TiWUU  Cliillfulii,  (,'liil<al,  We.,  l..v  .lim.r..„l 
iMllioriticg. 

t  It  is  t)i(!  Faltt  OUlkaht  or  TiichlUkat  Inlet  «t' Mcail.'. 

{Tl.iH  wni.  iiamp.l  Portave  Bay  hy  \],v  tn.de.'H,  a  u»a>!^  f»ll.)W«l  ly  ll.«  f.  S.  Nary  in  tli.ii-  dmil,  Imm  tl.at  i.Mni  ■  lian  l«.,.n 
»n  otUm  UHfid  ill  til.,  territory,  nntul.ly  tor  li.e  niucli  Hii^r  un.l  ivally  iinpoilnni  l.av  in  Kupivaiiolt  Maral,  iLat  H  ->-inH  '"-ll"-'^"-' 
'l.iM.iniimte  tl.i«  place  >b  a  cove,  wlii.li  a  hmiIIv  i.,  iiiul  iiotliiiig  more.  A  »k..teli  of  it  i»  tooM.l  on  I  .  8.  HvilroKhipliU'  OIH.o 
Cliiirt  No.  882. 


IS 


200 


TAIYA   INLET  AND  THE  YUKON  POBTAO?5. 


The  cove  derives  its  name  from  the  fact  that  there  is  an  excellent  trail  hence  to  the  lower  Chilkat 
village  over  which  the  Indians  transftort  their  small  canoes.  It  is  about  seven  cables  in  width,  clear 
of  rocks  about  the  shores,  in  a  NW.  and  BE.  direction,  and  indents  the  peninsula  about  a  quarter  of  a 
mile.  The  depth  is  from  six  to  twenty  fathoms  above  a  bottom  of  soft  mud.  The  anchorage  is  in 
ten  or  twelve  fathoms  about  the  middle  of  the  cove,  with  the  trading  post  bearing  west  about  four 
cables.  The  northwestern  part  of  the  cove  is  more  shoal  with  a  bottom  of  rock  and  sand.  No 
directions  api)ear  necesr-^ry.     The  tide  rises  and  falls  about  eighteen  feet. 

Northv  estward  from  Portage  Cove  is  a  small  settlement,  called  Tanani,  with  three  houses.  The 
inlet  here  expands  into  two  shallow  bays,  one  trending  in  a  westerly  direction  and  the  other  more  to 
the  northwest.  The  former  receives  a  short  stream,  navigable  only  for  canoes,  which  drains  the 
Chilkoot  or  Akha  Lake.  At  the  mouth  of  the  stream  is  the  Chilkoot  village  with  eight  houses  and 
one  hundred  and  twenty-seven  inhabitants.  The  lake,  of  glacial  origin,  is  alx)iit  three  miles  long  and 
one  mile  wide,  and  receives  through  a  valley  at  its  head  the  drainage. of  a  glacier  ivr>,  c?r  six  miles  to  the 
westward.  The  other  small  bay  receives  a  stream  from  the  Ferebee  ©  ■  ,'•«  "d  by  the  U.  ^. 
Navy,  which  lies  at  the  head  of  a  valley  six  or  eight  miles  long  in  a  norll  jotion. 

N.  by  W.  two  miles  from  Portage  Cove  is  the  entrance  to  Taiya"'  Inle:.  In  is  is  about  thirteen 
miles  long  N  NW.  and  S  S£.  find  a  mile  and  a  half  wide,  which  received  the  drainage  of  ,a  number  of 
glaciers  through  the  Taiya  Bi.ver.  There  is  reported  to  be  plenty  of  water  and  good  holding-ground 
up  to  the  mouth  of  the  river,  which  is  navigable  for  canoes  a  distance  of  fieveral  miles.  The  valley  of 
the  Taiya  rec-eives  the  drainage  of  ten  or  twelve  glaciers.  It  is  about  fifteen  miles  long.  At  this 
distance  is  a  high  hut  short  pass  called  Shasheki,  beyond  which  a  stream,  spreading  into  a  number  of 
little  lakes  and  called  the  Kotaska,  discharges  into  the  East  Kuasua  Iiake,  the  latter  forming  the 
source  of  the  East  Fo^k  of  the  Kussua  Biver,  which,  joining  with  the  western  fork,  forms  the  Lewis 
River,  a  principal  affluent  of  the  Yukon. 

The  natives  at  the  head  of  Lynn  Canal  belong  to  the  T'linkit  race,  who  are  said  to  call  the  region 
KunfinA.  Tliose  of  the  interior  belong  to  the  Tinneh  race,  and  in  time  past  have  not,  except  h  few 
individuals,  l)een  jiermittad  to  reach  the  sea-ooast  by  the  T'linkit,  who,  possessing  their  trade,  o^upy 
the  profitable  position  of  middle  men  between  the  Tinneh  and  the  whites. 

The  first  exjieilition  of  which  any  record  is  accessible,  and  which  crossed  the  divide  from  the  head 
of  Lynn  Canal  to  the  headwaters  of  the  Yukon,  was  that  of  George  Holt  in  August  and  September, 
1875.  His  report  was  ])ublishecl  in  some  of  the  western  daily  papers,  but  has  net  been  aecer^hle  to 
the  compiler.  He  debirmined  the  essential  correctness  of  the  Indian  accounts  of  the  coun'  -li  cl. 
ihey  passed  through  on  their  annual  trading  parties  to  the  vicinity  of  Fort  Selkirk.  Tho  f*'  j^  v.t, 
dition,  under  the  protection  of  a  naval  party  from  Sitka,  started  in  the  spring  of  1880,  an<'  >t  >  ...KXinf 
of  it  may  lie  found  in  the  report  of  Captain  L.  A,  Beardslee,  U.  S.  N.,  (47th  Congrest  l5i  s/  .'-r  , 
Senate  Ex.  Doc.  No.  71,  pp.  69-'65,)  to  the  Seeretjiry  of  the  Navy.  It  was  led  by  Ectmuuu  I;-  '  .lu 
comprised  nineteen  individmils.  No  published  report  of  their  explorations  has  come  to  hand.  A  I  "1 
ex|)e<lition,  including  George  G.  liangtry,  Patrick  McGlinchey  and  two  others,  went  out ' .  188'  a 
report  of  the  cxperienct's  of  this  party,  including  some  data  in  regard  to  the  expe^'ition  of  .^  -ZO,  it  V  '^" 
lislied  in  the  New  York  Herald,  issueofDecem&r  21,  ^  881,  dated  at  Sitka,  November  10, 1881.  liore 
lately  Lieutenant  F.  Schwatka  has  passed  over  the  same  portage  and  descended  the  Yukon  to  its  month. 

It  ap|)ear3  that  of  the  party  of'  1 880  only  three  had  the  nerve  to  run  the  Grand  Caflon,  terrowl 
by  Sciiwr.tka  the  Miles  Canon,  the  others  making  a  portage  around  it  to  the  lake  below  it.  Tb"  l-- 
five  miles  l)eIow  the  end  of  this  lake  the  party  entered  the  Nas-a-thaoe  or  No-Salmon  River,  lich 
comes  in  from  ttie  soutli  and  east.  They  identified  this  with  the  Hotalingqua  of  earlier  charts,  w[  ' 
heads  near  the  Tiikii  River  and  has  been  mistakenly  calietl  the  Tahko.  This  they  ►'■^"•nded  some 
thirty-five  miltw.  In  1M81  the  party  descendetl  the  Lewis  River  about  thirty  miles  hcVv  tfc;^  mouth 
of  the  Nas-a-tliune,  and  ascended  another  which  extends  nearly  parallel  with  the  lafr  r  r;  '■  This 
river  is  caiipd  by  tiieni  the  lyon.  and  they  traced  it  some  two  hundred  miles,  finding  it  .\  :;  ...  i  <- 
light-draught  steamers  at)out  eighty  miles.  A  little  gold  was  obtained  along  the  jrhole  leiim  .  &f  ihis 
i-,tream.  Tliis  party  i-cturned  to  the  Chilkoot  Pass  late  in  September  without  serious  accident  of  anv 
kind.    The  published  ri'port  of  the  expedition  is  8np|K)sec'  to  '.<i  di'e  to  McGlinrftey. 

Tlie  otticiai  report  of  the  Schwatka  expeditic  -i  has  not  yov  hcci*  lereived,  but  will  doubtless  add 
much  to  our  kiio\vl(Hlge. 

The  Yukon  has  Iweii  renohed  from  the  interior  of  'iritish  Coh  .abia  byscera!  paities  by  ascend- 
ing the  North  Fork  of  the  Tukn  Biver  and  descending  the  Ilot-ilipgouu  lo  its  junction  wJtI.  t""  Lewis, 
supiwsed  to  be  not  far  from  Fort  Selkirk.  This  fort  was  situated  at  the  junction  of  the  Lewis  and  Felly 
rivers,  near  tlif  iiead  of  navigation  on  the  Yukon,  which,  according  to  the  names  in  use,  properly  begins 
at  this  junction.  Fort  Selkirk  was  establish'xl  by  ilu-  Hudson  Bay  Company,  but  it  interfered  with  the 
trade  between  the  Tinneh  and  T'linkit,  and  the  latt«ir,  enragtid  at  the  loss  of  their  profits,  boldly  crossed 
the  mountains  in  1851,att)ickwi  and  <«j)tured  the  ibrt  by  stratagem,  leaving  its  garrison  uninjured,  and 
plundered  and  burneil  tiie  establishment.  In  1867  the  explorers  of  the  Western  Union  Tclegniph 
Expedition,  ascending  the  river,  found  the  blackened  chimneys  of  the  fort  ptill  marking  the  spot 


"Nninwl  by  tli-  IiiiliuiiK.     Vnrii)ii»l_v  h|m>II«i1  Tayay,  Ttte,  XM^ah,  etc. 


THE   COAST  OF  ALASKA. 


THE  MAINLAND  NORTHWARD  FROM  THE  ALEXANDER 

ARCHIPELAGO. 


vil'.  doubtless  add 


II.   CAPE  SPENCER  TO  YAKUTAT  BAY. 

Northward  from  Cape  Spencer*  the  shore  trend  j  in  a  generally  W  NW.  direction  about  twenty- 
two  milrt  to  Falma  f  Bay  of  Malaspina.  These  sh'^  -es  are  bold,  rocky,  and  with  a  few  islets  close  in. 
The  shore-line  appears  rather  compact,  but  presents  several  projecting  knobby  points  with  slight  open 
indentations  of  the  coast  between  them.  The  first  of  thfise  is  Astrolabe  Point,  about  eleven  miles 
NW.  by  W.  from  Cape  S{)encer.  About  six  miles  farther  in  the  8)»me  general  direction  is  another 
point,  while  W.  by  N.  J  N.  from  C  ;pe  Spencer  is  Icy  Point,|  the  western  extreme  of  Palnm  Bay. 
Icy  Point  is  rather  low,  wooded,  rising  to  a  rounded  dome  toward  its  summit,  which  is  formed  by  the 
termination  of  a  ridge  which  extends  to  the  southward  from  Mount  1^  Perouse,  east  of  the  La  Perouse 
glacier.  The  bay  i=  'insurveyed  From  six  to  ten  miles  off  shore  it  appears  quite  o|)en  witli  a  small 
i^nob  or  islet  in  its  northern  |)art.  An  islei  is  located  here  by  Tebienkoff,  and  also  one  off  the  point, 
but  none  was  observed  in  the  latter  position  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  party  in  1874.  Seven  and  a 
quarter  iniles  SW.  from  Icy  Point  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  sounded  in  one  hundred  and  ten  fathoms, 
sofi' muddy  bottom.  May  14,  1874.  The  temjierature  of  the  surface  of  the  sea  at  the  same  locality 
averaged  48°  F.,  but  at  a  few  fathoms  below  the  surfaoe  was  much  colder,  and  about  32°  F.  at  the 
')ottom. 

Immediately  behind  the  coast  line  u  >  to  this  point  is  the  southern  portion  of  the  range  of  ilie  St. 
Eliaa  Alpa,  which  extends  wes'iward  net  riy  to  the  Co|>per  or  Atna  Iliver  and  includes  the  lighest 
uplifts  yet  known  on  the  North  America  i  continent.  The  sides  of  these  alps  bear  numerous  glaciers, 
some  of  great  extent,  and  a  few  reaching  to  the  sca-beacb  itself.  Among  these  is  the  La  Perouse  Olaoier, 
named  by  the  U.  S.  Coa&t  Siirvev  in  187  ).  This  glacier  has  its  n€v6  situated  on  a  saddle  of  the  range 
some  eight  thos'sand  feet  above  tuv,  :^a,  nearly  due  north  from  Icy  Point,  from  which  it  (It«(«nd8  very 
rapidly  during  the  first  three  miles,  forming  a  veritable  ice  cascade  at  one  s[)ot,  w!  crea  black  island  of 
rock  projects  through  it.  For  the  remaining  five  or  six  miles  of  its  length  the  slope  is  much  more 
gi  idual,  and  a  number  of  branches  are  received,  from  which  are  derived  a  number  of  lateral  moraines. 
Near  the  sea  it  becomes  confluent  with  the  foot  of  the  Crillon  Glacier  and  ceases  just  at  the  beach, 
behind  which  its  foot  is  seen  black  with  mud,  covered  with  stones  and  large  fragments  of  nn-k  and 
about  two  miles  in  width.  The  hills  on  either  side  near  its  foot  are  wooded ;  the  alps  themselves  are 
snow  coveretl  or  exhibit  bare  rock  faces  without  vegetation,  and  present  a  spectacle  of  great  grandeur. 
Mount  La  Perouse,  on  the  flanks  of  which  this  glacier  is  situated,§  is,  approximately,  in 

Latitude 88"  **'  N. 

Longitude — 187°  00' W., 

and  from  observations  taken  in  J  871  ix  believed  to  reach  a  height  of  alwut  eleven  thousand  feet.     Its 
a|)ex  inclinee  somewhat  toward  the  soutJieti^t  and  is  the  highest  crag  of  a  massive  and  irregular  uplift 

*  PnnU  d*  VUtelMBf  a  of  De  Mofru'  general  ohui. 

tBata  d*  la  Pataui  on  Clmrt  No.  3,  A   as  to  AlckU  0»ll»no'.  Toym«,  publiibed  in  18«;  alio  called  ley  B»y  by  aoin* 

aiithoritiea,  a  name  probably  not  found  on  any  chart. 

{  Namad  by  Tcbi.nkoff  in  1849,  Chart  VHI;  In  Kutaian  Lohttuol  Fotat.  Thia  haa  b«»n  calle.l  loi  Cape  ..n  ^vral  ctn 
phHita ;  a  name  alao  uaed  •  ahort  diatanee  weatwanl  nfar  Mrunt  St.  Eliaa.    It  hax  also  \mi,  ™11.mI  Cape  Porreit. 

«  Named  by  the  U.  S.  (^aat  Survey  in  1874,  after  .Tea'-  Kranv^l.  d«  Oall»up  de  la  P<Sr«».e,  the  celebrated  ni.il  iinfurtunate 
Krcnch  navigator  who  explored  these  eoaata  In  1786. 

P.  0.  P.— 26  ^^^^' 


'*    :5 


m 


202 


LITU¥A  BAY. 


■a 


rather  than  an  isolated  peak.  It  a  distiuctly  visible  from  Granite  Cove,  Cross  Sound,  and  from  many 
miles  away  at  sea  to  the  SE.  The  ridge,  of  which  it  is  one  of  the  more  conspicuous  elevations,  here 
.  trends  NW.  for  more  than  six  miles.  On  the  WW.  side  of  the  saddle  irom  which  the  La  Perouse 
Glacier  takes  its  start  is  Mount  D'Agelet,'*  a  small,  sharp,  conical  ragged  crag  about  nine  thousand  feet 
in  height,  four  miles  NW.  from  which  is  Mount  Orillon,t  rising  nearly  sixteen  thousand  feet,  (the 
mean  of  many  observations  being  fifteen  thousand  nine  hundred  feet,)  and  presenting  from  some  points 
of  view  a  shar{)  and  pretty  regular  cone,  while  from  others  it  appears  merely  as  the  most  elevated  part 
of  a  long  sharp  ridge  or  sierra.  The  foot  of  this  ridge  is  buried  beneath  an  immense  glacier,  whose 
foot  extends  in  a  direction  directly  transverse  to  the  main  axis  of  the  glacier.  One  part  exteivis  ji  BE. 
and  raerires  with  the  foot  of  the  La  Perouse  Glacier ;  the  other  in  a  westerly  direction  to  the  NE. 
extreme  '  >  littiya  Bay.  South  from  it,  between  Lituya  Bay  and  -he  foot  of  La  Perouse  Glacier,  is  a 
range  of  i    >  y  wooded  hills  with  some  level  lana  seaward  from  them.     This  low  land  increasef 

in  width,  K.  1  S SW.,  westward  from  I^ Perouse  Glacier, tlie shore-line  trending  in  a  generally 

W.  }  S.  directiv^^  i:teen  miles  to  Harbor  Point  at  the  entrance  of  Lituya  Bay.  Harbor  Point,  named 
by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  1 874,  is  the  most  southward  port  of  the  low  land  above  mi^ntioned,  which 
from  the  east  and  southeast  appears  like  a  long  low  point  with  some  small  elevations  upon  it.  In  this 
way  it  is  very  liable  to  be  mistaken  for  Cape  Fairweather,  which,  on  Tebienkoff's  chart,  is  shown 
erroneously  as  \'isible  from  E.  by  B.  |  S.  from  Harbor  Point,  whereas  it  is  really  not  visible  until  it 
bears  BE.  by  E.  |  E.  Ija  Perouse  correctly  represents  the  shore  in  the  vicinity  of  Harbor  Point  as  pro- 
jecting southward,  while  Tebienkofl*  indicates  an  indentation  here.  The  latter  has  unfortunately  b^n 
followed  on  most  charts.  From  the  southward  Harbor  Point  is  very  inconspicuous,  but  may  be  recog- 
nized by  two  small  miimmillated  hills,  densely  wooded,  which  lie  behind  it,  IT.  by  E.  and  IT  TSTB.,  and 
have  been  called  The  Papa.  Mount  Crillon  bearing  HE.,  Cape  Fairweather  W  KW.,  and  the  entrance 
of  the  harbor  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  sounded  in  1874  in  twenty-five  fathoms.  Codfish 
were  abundant  on  this  bank. 

Harbor  Point  forms  the  eastern  point  of  entrance  to  a  remarkable  bay  named  by  the  Russians 

Lituya  I  Bay  from  the  name  in  use  by  the  natives.     The  bay  had  been  visited  by  Russian  hunting 

parties  before  La  Perouse,  who*found  the  frame  of  one  of  their  baidars  there,  (though 

Lttaya  Bay.  lie  did  not  reoi^nize  the  fact,)  but  to  him  is  due  moet  of  our  knowledge  in  regard  to  it. 

Since  then  the  bay  has  been  entered  by  a  whale  ship  commanded  by  Capt.  E.  P. 

Herendeen  and  by  the  U  ">.  Coast  Survey  schooner  Yulmti  in  1874. 

Lituya  Bay  extends  from  its  entrance  about  six  miles  in  a  NB.  by  V.  i  H.  and  BW.  by  8.  \  8.  direc- 
tion, with  a  width  varying  from  two-thirds  of  a  mile  to  two  miles  and  an  average  of  a  mile  and  a  quarter. 
At  the  point  above  mentioned  two  arms  averaging  less  than  a  mile  wide  are  given  off,  of  which  the  north- 
ern one  trends  about  N  W.  by  W.  ^  W.  about  tour  miles  and  the  southern  one  about  E.  ^  8.  about  four  and 
a  half  miles.  The  bay  therefore  is  roughly  T-shaped.  The  entrance  to  the  bay  would  naturally  be  about 
a  mile  wide,  but  is  nearly  cloued  by  :;pitB  extending  from  the  original  shores.  From  the  western  angle  of 
Harbor  Point,  forming  the  eastern  point  of  entrance,  and  called  Bouth  or  luihnoi  Point  by  Tebienkofi*, 
the  spit  is  short,  composed  of  shingle,  large  boulders  and  rocks,  probably  originally  brought  down  by 
floating  ice  from  the  u{)per  part  of  the  bay.  The  spit  extends  south  from  the  extreme  end  of  the  point 
one  cable,  and  is  nearly  all  bare  at  low  water  and  bold-to  except  in  one  spot.  There  are  several  large 
high  rocks,  which  must  be  bare  at  all  tides.  The  largest  one  of  these,  nearly  on  the  extreme  southern 
edge  of  the  spit,  was  named  Cormorant  Rook  by  La  Perouse,  whose  representation  cf  the  entrance,  how- 
ever, very  imperfectly  represents  the  present  condition  of  things.  From  Cormorant  Rock  W.  by  V.  }  V. 
thTee  hundred  yards,  and  in  one  with  the  west  shore  of  Harbor  Point  at  the  top  of  the  beach  bearing 
N.  ,  }  N.,  is  Pasmge  Rock,  a  siU/inerged  rook,  the  only  one  noticed  by  the  Coast  Survey  party  of  1874  on 
th>s  side  of  the  passage  at  low  water.  It  is  a  single  boulder  with  six  fathoms  alongside  of  it.  Between 
this  and  the  danger  line  SW.  from  it  is  die  narrowest  part  of  the  entrance,  which  here  does  not 
exceed  three  hundred  yards  and  carries  four  to  six  fathoms  water,  shoaling  gradually  from  thi6  sub- 
merged rock  south  westward.  The  southwest  margin  of  the  channel,  unlike  that  of  the  one  abo^'o 
described,  has  no  distinct  boundary,  but  rapidly  shoals  to  six  feet  at  low  water  over  a  bottom  strewn 
with  large  boulders,  mostly  visible  from  aloft  at  low  water  though  not  dry.  It  is  evident  that  the 
eastern  margin  of  the  channel  should  be  kept  aboard.  The  bank  of  boulders  and  shingle  extends 
clear  around  this  point  with  an  average  width  of  a  cable,  but  is  narrower  just  within  the  entrance  north 
and  northwest  from  the  point. 

From  the  northwestern  headland  of  the  bay  extends  a  long  spit,  called  by  La  Perouse  La  Ohauaaee, 
first  about  a  qjuarter  of  a  mile  in  a  SB.  by  B.  }  8.  direction,  then  curving  half  a  mile  to  the  B  BE.  high- 
water  mark  is  reached,  from  which  to  low-water  ma;-k  a  stretch  of  boulders  and  shingle  extends  two 
cables  BE.  by  S. 

*Mani«d  hj  the  IT.  S.  Cout  Snrvty,  alUr  th«  Mtrouom«r  of  Lft  PirauM't  axpadltion. 

tNMn«d  by  La  PtrouM  in  17fl8,  aftwr  *  French  lOaistar  o.'tho  Marin*. 

t  The  original  form  ig  b*l!«v«d  to  ba  mt-t«-y«h,  aooantcd  on  the  list  lylUble,  whioL.  j  been  Kpvliwi  Unya,  Altajra,  AUtuya 
and  Attoiw.  It  waa  called  Fort  dM  Fnwoata  by  La  Peronse,  Attaa  Baala by  Orewiogk,  Uaa  lay  by  Ghilianu,  and  ia  lcllll^^M 
to  (oniv  of  the  wbalerR  a*  rrfilffeaHUl's  lay.    The  name  tkcetor  haa  alao  been  a(>pliad  to  it  uiidar  a  niaapprehenaion. 


and  from  inanv 
elevations,  here 
the  La  Peroiisc 
ne  thousand  feet 
>U8and  feet,  (the 
■om  some  points 
>Bfc  elevated  part 
e  glacier,  whose 
textev.'iH  jSSK 
kion  to  the  NE. 
use  Glacier,  is  a 
land  increases 
g  in  a  generally 
>r  Point,  named 
i^ntioned,  which 
pon  it.     In  this 
chart,  is  shown 
;  visible  until  it 
or  Point  as  pro- 
brtunately  been 
it  may  be  recog- 
ind  N  NS.,  and 
ud  the  entrance 
lonw.    Codfish 

>y  the  Russians 
Russian  hunting 
9  there,  (though 
in  regard  to  it. 
>y  Capt.  E.  P. 

>y  S.  J  S.  direc- 
e  and  a  quarter, 
rhichtheuorth- 
.  about  four  and 
;urally  be  about 
vestern  angle  of 
by  Tebienkoff, 
Jught  down  bv 
nd  of  the  point 
r«  several  large 
breme  southern 
entrance,  how- 
W.  bv  N.  }  N. 
beach  bearing 
rtyof  1874on 
r  it.     Between 
here  does  not 
from  this  sub- 
the  one  at  .">'•? 
l)ottom  strewn 
ident  that  the 
ingle  extends 
ntoanoe  north 

Ia  Obauasee, 

'■  X  8B.  high- 
B  extends  two 


s., . 


--:<?^vt-it 


^■!,-i 


^*r 


ft  3 


■.i'/.,«M' 


!«S.bjrH.jj( 


f 


^ 


Altnya,  AUtuya 
0,  Mill  ta  kiiiiw  ji 
imion. 


tIE.bvN  )N 


Mount  Fairweather    N  K.  4  N. 

/tyam  II   ilinrli  hr  AaLjIaU  i,i  IDTi  I 


NRWE. 


Kniram-c,  Liliiva  BiV. 

f  Frion  a   ikrU-h  hjt  Alut  ItitU  in   /37i 


-      tA'a 


.:      ? 


'  ■'/» 


V'v.4 


^  ■-■■ 


* 
.'*' 


.sr*^:'' 


I.'  in  \,  ^  . 

r  PoiXH. 

..    ■  ■...!, 


.  t  ■  •  •:.vr<>*1   >n«(oM. 


.     -■  E.  an.J  ^ 
W  TSfW.,  ami '.  . 


I 

i 
! 

i 


A. 


Vv^^.f  v.>^*^' 


/y^f;^-T';77'?^'r1 


f:? 


H.  i  8,.  ftb( 


Oil  tiie  *■: 


^"'^t^ft, 


^m^^i 


f^-'.y 


m 


i 


.;,:li.  nvi' 


i^  : 


.,*«W.??1B«BW'^w^P^-- 


LITUYA  BAY. 


203 


Beyond  this  m  an  area  covered  with  otie  to  three  fathoms  at  low  water,  which  extends  a  little  east- 
ward from  the  sonth— north  tangent  of  the  eastern  spit,  and  is  8trewe<l  here  and  there  with  lanre 
boulden  of  which  the  tops  in  a  few  cases  dry  out  at  low  water. 

This  spit,  rising  two  to  twelve  feet  above  high-water  mark,  is  nearly  level.  Alwut  half  of  it  is 
grassy,  the  remainder  composed  of  bare  boulders.  On  the  grassy  part  are  two  small  eluni|w  of  low 
spruce  trees.  Near  and  B  NX.  from  the  southeastern  clump  was  situated  the  astranomical  station  of 
the  IJ.  8.  Coast  Survey  in  1874,  thirty  metres  from  the  north  heacli  and  eighty-six  metres  from  the 
south  beach  of  the  spit  at  high-water  mark.  From  it  the  two  ends  of  Cenotaph  Island  boir,  re»pe<*i  vely, 
W.  a»°  ■.  and  H.  48°  ■.     The  astronomical  position  of  the  station  was  determinetl  to  be 

Ziatitade 68°  36' 67"  N. 

ZK>ngltude 187"  40'  08"  w. 

The  variation  of  the  coraiutss  was  80°  18'  easterly  in  1874,  with  a  presumed  annual  deereate  of 
about  1'. 

The  variation  in  1786  was  38°  easterly  and  the  dip  74°. 

The  range  of  the  tides  observed  here  was  about  six  feet,  May  15-19, 1874,  La  Peroiise  obst-rved 
seven  and  a  half  feet  range  at  full  and  change,  and  it  was  high  water  at  one  hour  after  the  moon's 
pfissage. 

The  entrance  of  Lituya  Bay  and  a  reduced  sketch  of  the  whole  Imy  are  represented  on  V.  S.  Coast 
Survey  Harbor  Chart  No.  742. 

Northward  from  the  middle  of  the  spit  and  E.  }  S.  from  the  little  hill  at  the  NW.  end  of  it  is 
Anohorage  Cove,  about  three  cables  in  extent,  and  a  convenient  anchorage  in  five  to  seven  fatlioms 
water  over  a  hard  sandy  bottom.  Between  this  anchorage  and  the  entrance  the  depth  is  from  five  to 
seven  fatlioms  at  low  water. 

On  the  opposite  shore  just  within  the  entrance  is  another  much  smaller  indentation  with  a  sand 
beach,  behind  which  is  a  small  fresh-water  pond.  This  cove  is  shoal  and  has  only  about  fourteen  feet 
of  water  in  it  some  distance  from  the  beach.  Formerly  there  was  a  settlement,  or  at  least  some  houses 
hereabouts,  beyond  which  in  the  woods  La  Perouse  observed  a  sort  of  cemetery  or  T'linkit  place  for 
the  ashes  of  the  dead.  In  1874  there  was  nothing  visible  except  a  few  tomla  of  wootl  near  the  beach. 
There  were  a  few  temporary  huts  on  the  WW.  shore  of  Anchorage  Cove.  From  outside  the  entrance 
of  the  bay,  looking  north  into  it,  there  are  visible  a  flat  spit  in  front ;  to  the  N  NE.  the  Paps  rising 
out  of  densely  wooded  lowlands;  similar  lowlands  with  small  irregular  hills  gradually  rising  inland 
N  NW.;  at  a  distance  of  four  or  five  miles  on  the  NW.  shore  rises  a  pretupitous  rocky  face  to  the 
height  of  several  thousand  feet,  the  mountain  of  which  it  is  an  exposure  declining  to  the  northward 
and  westward.  This  is  marked  by  a  curious  line  or  break  in  the  rock,  also  visible  in  the  to|)ography 
westward  from  the  precipice,  which  from  the  middle  of  the  rocky  wall  dips  to  the  W  SW.  at  an  angle 
of  about  five  degrees.  Behind  this  mountain,  and  dwarfing  it,  rises,  beyond  the  arras  at  the  head  of 
the  hay,  the  magnificent  sierra-wall  of  alps  which  culminates  elsewhere  in  the  j)eaks  of  Crillon  and 
Litnya.  Down  its  precipitous  slope  five  or  six  glaciers  fall  in  true  i«!  cascades  to  the  water's  edge. 
The  syenitio  rocks  of  which  it  is  composed  are  bare  of  vegetation  and  indescribably  ragged  and  broken. 
Opposite  the  rocky  precipice  previously  described  is  another  mountain,  but  more  rounded  and  less 
high.  Between  these  two  is  the  gate  to  the  two  arms  forming  the  upjier  bay,  through  which  two  of 
the  ice  cascades  are  visible  from  the  sea  outside  the  bay.    (See  view.) 

Northward  from  the  coves  at  the  entrance  the  bay  is  diminished  in  width  to  three-<iuart*rs  of  a 
mile,  northward  of  which  it  expands  again  to  a  width  pf  about  two  miles,  the  water  dee|>ening  at  the 
same  time  to  about  one  hundred  fathoms,  hard  sandy  bottom.  Northward  it  slowly  contracts  until 
at  its  inner  termination  from  which  the  two  arms  branch  off  it  is  again  ulwut  a  mile  wide  and  verv 
deep.  Close  to  the  shore  La  Perouse  obtainetl  seventv-nine  fathoms.  The  shores  of  the  arms  are  Iwld, 
the  topography  precipitous,  a  large  glacier  occupies  the  head  of  each  arm— that  to  the  westward  is  the 
foot  of  the  Crillon  Glacier.  The  water  is  extremely  deep  and  frequently  coveretl  with  small  In-rgs 
detached  from  the  glacial  cascades.  This  ice  floats  down  the  bay  with  the  tide,  and  with  a  favonilile 
wind  fragments  reacii  the  Pacific.  There  is  some  reason  to  belie\T  that  in  winter  the  bay  freezes  over, 
and  when  this  iw  breaks  up  ice  gorges  occasionally  form  in  the  contracted  portion  near  the  entrance, 
backing  up  the  waters  of  the  bay  behind  them,  as  drift  and  evidences  of  flootling  and  wii«hing  were 
observed  along  the  shores  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Sur\'ey  party  in  1874  to  a  height  of  at  least  ten  feet  above 
liigh-water  mark.  The  ravines  show  evidences  of  freshets  when  the  snow  melts,  but  in  May  wc^re 
mostly  dnr,  and  little  running  water  was  observe<l,  though  there  are  a  good  many  little  ponds  or 
lagoons  of  fresh  water  a  short  distance  in  from  the  beach  in  low  places.  Brushwood  extends  up  to  the 
snow  line,  and  all  the  lower  hills  and  levels  are  densely  wooded  with  spruce,  hemlock,  willow,  alder 
and  birch.  The  water  of  the  bay  is  discolored  by  melting  i(«  mixed  with  mud  derived  from  the 
Klaciers.  ,    «. .    1.  1 

On  the  northwest  shore  of  the  lay  above  the  coves  La  Perouse  and  Tebienkoff  indicate  aiichorage 
in  several  places  with  six  to  eighteen  fathoms  water.    A  mile  and  three-<iuarters  almut  NNB.  trom 


!   *::1 


204 


LITUYA   BAY. 


Ancliorage  Cove  Russian  authoritio8  indicate  a  small  buat  harbor  with  two  and  a  half  fathoms  water. 
Ah  a  rule  the  Hhores  appear  to  lie  free  from  hidden  dan^re  except  very  close  in  toward  the  beaoh. 

Two  and  three-quarters  miles  TH  NE.  from  the  entrance  and  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  bey  is 
Cenotaph  *  Island,  nametl  by  La  I'eruuse,  who  erected  thereon  a  monument  or  cenotaph  in  memory 
of  his  officers  and  men  who  were  lost  in  the  Irare  or  tidal  wave  at  the  entrance  of  this  bey.  Thin 
monument  was  situated  on  the  southeastern  point  of  the  islaml,  which  has  been  termed  Cenotaph  Point 
on  that  account.  This  island  is  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  long  W  NW.  and  ■  SI.  and  half  a 
mile  wide.  It  is  composed  of  a  soft  sandstone  rock,  depressed  in  the  middle  and  risine  somewhat  less 
than  one  hundred  feet  to  two  knobs,  one  at  each  end.  Its  northern  shore  is  marked  by  large  rocks 
and  rocky  platforms  extending  two  or  three  cables  from  the  beach.  The  other  shores  are  l)older  without 
off-lying  rocks.  There  are  no  boulders,  erratic  blocks  or  glacial  markings  on  the  rocks  of  this  island, 
which  is  densely  wooded.     No  trace  of  the  wooden  cenotaph  remained  in  1874. 

At  the  narrow  entrance  in  rough  weather  the  breakers,  except  at  slack  water,  extend  clear  across, 
and  in  moderate  weather  there  are  breakers  on  Itoth  spits.  Slack  water  varies  in  length  from  twenty 
minutes  to  two  hours,  occording  to  the  character  of  the  tide  (which  is  complex)  and  the  direction  of  the 
wind.  In  perfectly  calm  weather  the  iiooming  tide  show-  «  'joref  of  considerable  magnitude,  ami  the 
same  is  true  with  the  first  part  of  the  ebb,  especially  when  the  wind  is  from  the  southward.  It  is  only 
practicable  to  pass  through  the  entrance  at  slack  water.  Once  in  the  tide-way,  the  vessel  is  carried 
through  instantly  and  as  if  sailing  down  hill.  The  narrow  part  of  the  entrance  is  only  about  a  cable 
in  length,  beyond  which  there  is  no  danger. 

Q  he  entrance  to  this  bay,  inconspicuous  in  itself,  ia  easily  recognised  by  the  vicinity  of  Mount 
Crillon,  Lituya  Peak];  at  tlie  head  of  the  northwest  arm  of  the  bay,  and  Mount  F^iirweather,  Cane 
Pairweather  from  the  southeastward  has  the  appearance  of  a  low-cut  slipper  seen  in  profile;  on  tiie 
cast  side  of  the  entrance  the  tsvo  Paps  form  an  excellent  mark. 

SAILING  DIRECTIONS 

FOR    UTUYA  BAY. 

T»  Bnter. — When  off  the  entrance  bring  the  top  of  the  easternmost  rounded  low  woody  hill,  on 
the  west  side  of  the  entrance  of  the  bay,  to  bear  N  VW.  and  keep  on  that  course  until  within  the 
entrance  about  two  cables,  when  the  oourse  will  be  about  W ITW.  for  Anchorage  Cove,  where  anchorage 
will  be  had  in  the  middle  of  the  cove  in  five  and  a  half  or  six  fathoms,  the  eastern  clump  of  spruce 
trees  on  the  spit  bearing  about  SW.  by  W.  No  attempt  should  be  niade  to  enter  with  a  steamer  except 
at  slack  water,  and  sailing  vessels  are  advised  to  wait  for  slack  water  of  ebb  tide. 

The  least  depth  on  the  above  course  in  the  narrow  part  of  the  entrance  is  six  fathoms  at  low  water, 
and  it  lies  at  about  the  eastern  third  of  the  width  of  the  passage. 

IV  £en«e  (he  Bav. — Take  the  end  of  an  ebb,  or  the  slack  water  immediately  after  high  water,  and 
steer  S8E.  to  pass  one-third  of  the  way  from  Cormorant  Rock  toward  the  breakers  off  the  long  spit. 

A  course  S.  |  E.  in  the  western  third  of  the  passage,  as  recommended  formerly,  carries  nearer  to 
the  most  dangerous  breakers  and  clears  only  four  and  a  half  fathoms  water.§ 

This  bay,  as  described  by  La  Perouse,  is  one  of  the  n-c^t  extraordinary  places  in  the  world.  It  is 
in  facta  sort  of  Yosemite  Valley,  retaining  its  glaciers  and  with  its  floor  fubmerged  six  or  eight  hun- 
dred feei.  The  upper  part  ha<<  been  only  approximately  surveyed,  but  from  the  cursory  olwervations 
made  in  1874  it  is  evident  his  chart  is  in  the  main  correct. 

There  are  few  fish,  except  halibut,  in  Lituya  Bay,  but  wild  animals,  birds  and  seal  appeared  quite 
abundant  in  1874.  There  is  no  permanent  village  here,  and  perhaps  never  has  been,  but  parties  of 
natives  going  north  or  south  put  in  here  to  camp  quite  frequently.  Strawl)erries  and  numerous  other 
kinds  of  berries  are  plenty  in  their  season,  and  in  June  wild  flowers  are  abundant. 

NW.  J  W.  about  two  and  a  half  miles  from  the  outermost  projection  of  the  western  Lituya  spit 
is  the  mouth  of  the  Huagin  River,  a  small  stream  called  Riviere  aux  Saumons  by  Ijbl  Perouse.  During 
the  fishing  season  there  is  an  Indian  camp  here. 

About  sixteen  miles  NW.  by  W.  ^'W.  from  Harbor  Point  is  Cape  Fairweather;||  between  the 
two  the  coast  curves  inward  slightly,  forming  a  shallow  bight  with  a  shore  composed  of  boulders, 
the  Oaatilla  Bay  of  Malaspina  and  De  Mofrar  atlas ;  the  narrow  strip  of  low  land  netween  it  and  tlie 

*  Yalolinol  or  Bs(  Iilaal  of  Tebienkoff. 

t  On  the  13tb  of  July,  1786,  two  boats  of  La  Perouse  containing  six  oiBcera  and  Ktteen  men  were  overtaken  by  the  bore  in 
tb«  punge-way  with  the  ebb  tide  and  lo«t.    Another  boat  passed  safeljr  through  the  breakers. 

t  Wrongly  marked  Mount  Crillon  on  Ai  early  edition  uf  U.  8.  Coaat  Survey  Chart  No.  701. 

$8ee  U.  8.  Coast  Surrey  Harbor  Chart  Mo.  742,  Litnya  Bay  and  Entrance. 

g  Named  by  Cook  in  1778,  (vol.  ii,  p.  346;)  L'taya  Oav*  of  Tebienkoff;  Oap«  d«  BMWWmps  of  Oe  Moftaa;  OatWttlwOap 
of  Orewingk,  and  Xhorotlil-pagodl  of  tiie  Russians. 


'^^^9 


nd  clear  acrosH, 
th  from  twenty 
direction  of  the 
initude,  ami  the 
ard.  It  is  only 
vessel  is  carried 
[y  abont  a  cable 


woody  hill,  on 
intil  within  the 
rhere  anchorage 
Jump  of  spruce 
I  steamer  except 

ns  at  low  water, 


srries  nearer  to 

le  world.  It  is 
X  or  eight  hun- 
>ry  observations 

I  appeared  quite 
I,  but  parties  of 
numerous  other 


r;||  between  thfi 
\ed  of  boulders, 
ween  it  and  tlie 


aken  by  the  bore  in 


nw;  OatwtttwOftP 


COAST 

lrUYAT3AY  TO  YAK  (IT  AT  liAY 

II 

I 

!    (l<ti«iii(«ti  authiiritifH  wilji  i-nrrft-Uuusi 
by  Uii)  U.  S.CoajiL  Survpy) 


.^.W 


ibh;; 


•OUNOINftt  IN  rATHOMt 


/ 
A^ 


,f'\<f 


,.\"'  •>' 


____J82!1 


r      ,«.^»«* 

'^5"^ 

.l^.^^!^ 


..n 


T"!,*  rt*   M-^  I'*''I4 


<"nAsr 
PMVOMlJTrYA  BAY  TO  YAK H TAT  liAY 


MuNNiiui  mil  hofitii'fi  with  fiirt-citiitiiH 
hv  thn  U.  S    r*n*«l    Survi«y) 


NfnitiujU  MileB 


T 
I 


,■■\■,•..yti•.'^r>.^■■{y^ft^•,  i•»W^.«»rtM*5!^*'--.^^••-!■■**•i■^■«"  •"'•'■;■ 


vT-wji^ifPpiipS?' 


,-.v  c-v!^-j,....->?>);*;'  ■^'/.T^rjtt^te*'^^?'*!:^'^?^"* 


r»  I'! 


■A 


■■s^M-ti»W-HW^->-.:it<yv4rt»<^«»-»^«>/^«»T*W^ffyVW  " 


■tj"!?!!?;- 


MOUNT  FAIBWEATHEK. 


205 


.■4 


foot  of  the  mountains  being  densely  wooded.  Cape  Fairweather  is  an  evenly  rounded  point,  with  tin 
elevation  behind  it  sloping  gently  to  the  sea  and  abruptly  to  the  mountains,  which,  v.ith  the  low  land 
behind  it  in  profile,  resembles  the  front  part  of  a  low  slipper.  The  summit  of  tiie  cajx'  is  bare  of 
vegetation,  and  indicates  the  presenct  ^here  at  some  previous  time  of  a  glacier,  which  has  left  its  tracks 
in  large  heaps  of  glacial  drift  piled  irregularly,  some  '>f  it  of  a  bright  iron-rust  r«l  color.  Water 
runs  through  the  beach  in  sevtial  places,  and  it  is  not  improbable  that,  underneath  all  the  glacial  debris 
and  protected  by  it  from  the  sun,  there  may  still  exist  large  masses  of  ice. 

From  Cape  Fairweather  NE.  i  N.  al)out  thirteen  miles  is  Mwnt  Fairweather,*  one  of  the  most 
.•emerkable  of  the  Saint  Elias  Alps,  This  mouiit»in  seen  from  the  SW.  shows  a  middle  angular  summit 
with  a  high  shoulder  on  each  side  of  it.  Tl..  se  send  down  three  high  ridges  with  glaciers  l)etween 
them.  SE.  from  the  mountain  is  a  deep  ain'ious  valley,  which  appears  to  divide  the  la.ige  and  is  quite 
filled  by  a  large  glacier.  Westward  the  range  is  much  broken  and  considerably  lower.  Mount  Fair- 
•  weather  is  wooded  to  the  height  of  about  four  thousand  feet.  The  SW.  foot  of  the  mountain  with  its 
glaciers  comes  down  into  a  valley  which  is  lower  than  the  wooded  low  lands  between  it  and  the  sea. 

Accordins  to  the  observations  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  iu  1874.  Mount  Fairweather  is  fifteen 
thousand  fiv-.  '-.undred  feet  high  (with  an  uncertainty  of  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet)  and  situated  in 

Latitude 58°  54'  24"  N. 

Longitude il37°  30'  59"  W. 

It  is  believed  to  be  slightly  lower  than  Mount  Crillon,  but  being  more  isolated  presents  a  grander 
spectacle.  Between  it  and  Cape  Spencer  the  peaks  of  the  Saint  Elias  Alps  are  i\»  follows :  First,  a  small 
double  peak;  second,  Lituya  Peak;  third,  a  small  single  peak;  fourth.  Mount  Crillon;  fifth,  Mount 
Ija  Perouse,  liigh  and  '■r>!ii  at  the  top;  sixth  and  last,  a  small  single  peak.  There  are  numerous  other 
summits  of  courf,e,  but  the  above  mentioned  are  those  which  rise  alwv  i  the  general  level  of  the  range. 
Northward  fror.i  Fairweather  to  Yakutat  Bay  there  are  no  remarkable  peaks,  the  range  averaging  five 
to  eight  thousand  feet,  with  nearly  uniform  summits  and  rugged  surface. 

From  Cui>e  Fairweather  the  coiist  turns  to  t!ie  northward  for  some  four  miles  to  a  point  where 
the  Fairweatner  group  sends  a  spur  to  the  wator's  edge.  Just  beyond  this,  NW.,  is  a  valley  filed  by  a 
good-sized  glacier,t  separatetl  from  the  sea  by  a  wooded  bank  about  forty  feet  high  tjjrough  which  sev- 
eral streams  cut  their  way.  There  is  a  smaller  glacier  in  the  same  valley  a  good  way  farther  up. 
West  from  this  "alley  another  spur  comes  down  to  the  beach.  These  ridges  are  all  woodetl.  Fn)m 
the  first  mentioned  the  shore  trends  westward  for  tw.enty  miles,  forming  a  bay  with  soundings  in  twenty 
to  fifty  fathoms  over  a  smooth  muddy  bottom.  Beyond  the  second  spur  is  the  seaward  face  of  an 
immense  glacier,  called  by  La  Perouse  La  Grand  Plateau,  and  referred  to  in  the  voyages  of  Cook  and 
Vancouver,  who,  however,  did  not  realize  its  character.  From  the  mast-head  of  the  IJ.  S.  Coast  Sur- 
vey schooner  Yukon  in  1874,  seventy-five  feet  above  the  water,  no  end  could  be  seen  inlaud  to  this 
vast  plain  of  ice,  nor  could  any  high  land  be  seen  north  from  it.  Near  the  l)each  the  Grand  Plateau 
glacier  is  four  or  five  miles  wide  and  bounded  on  the  west  by  a  spur  of  the  mountains.  In  front  of 
the  glacier  is  a  narrow  woodetl  bank  about  fifty  feet  high  with  no  low  land  in  front  of  it.  The  mid- 
die  part  of  this  bank  opiK)site  the  axis  of  the  glacier  is  grassy  but  bare  of  t/ees.  Several  small  streams 
cut  through  it.  The  highest  part  o  he  Grand  Plateau  glacier  (which  appears  to  the  eye  almost  level) 
visible  from  the  vessel  was  estimnt°a  to  rise  about  two  hundred  feet  above  the  sea.  The  spur  of  the 
mountains  west  from  it  rises  abo  i,  tliree  thousand  feet,  with  rounded  outlines,  bare  of  snow,  (in  May,) 
well  wooded  below  and  grassy  aoove.  Near  the  beach  there  are  some  abrupt  cliffs  intersec^ted  by  a  deej) 
gorge  with  a  stream  in  it  and  a  higher  rocky  and  partly  snow-covered  mountain  behind  the  head  of  the 
gorge.  From  this  spur,  which  trends  iu  a  generally  nortlierly  direction  from  the  sea,  a  low  ridgt  makes 
out  in  a  westerly  direction  two  or  three  miles  with  gradual  slope  to  the  level  of  a  low,  flat,  wooded 
plain,  a  strip  of  which,  about  a  mile  wide,  intervenes  between  this  ridge  and  tlie  sea. 

Northward  a-id  westward  from  the  ridge  is  Dry  BBy,J  named  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  18<)9. 

Xnmed  by  Cook  iii  1778,  ivul.  ii,  p.  34r).)     Oora  Kboroshl-pagodl    f  tht  RiiPHiiiii  ll^ilrnirropliic  Office  Cliart  No.  1:178. 

tThiF  glaci*r  is  the  KokbTiiglni.  River  of  Ti'liienkoff'ii  CImrl  VII  of  1.'  '9.  TliiTe  ix  no  river  except  the  water  from  the  gliicier, 
whiih  refihes  ivitliin  a  very  nhort  <li9liiiice  of  the  sen. 

,  ,U  a  coiiip«riitivel3  ithciri  dijitpiiva  off  shore  the  phihi  ir.  below  the  horizon,  the  spur  east  from  it  nppeam  like  ii  projecl'.ng 
point,  Ii.- Bolimrv  knob  like  -.ii  ishmd,  nbile  the  mountain  range  beliiml  fullills  the  KJniililude  of  a  hay  with  an  inlanil  in  It. 
Cook  saw  t.'lis  in  177M,  and  (wippoving  it  to  he  the  bay  with  an  inland  in  it  in  which  licrinjr  anchored  on  the  tiOth  of  Jnly,  l*ll) 
named  it  Baling  Bay.  Yhis  name  van  adopted  bv  Malnspina,  Di.fim  and  olherH,  ami  fonnd  a  p'.we  upon  their  charts  at  lleering'a 
or  Buhring'«  Bay.  It  is  now  kn.Hvn  that  Bering  ancliored  west  from  Kayak  or  Kaye  Island,  near  the  nninth  of  the  (Nipper  or 
.^Ina  Kiver,  but  Iheso  IiM-igatori  were  unaware  of  it.  I.n  I'eronse  was  the  lirst  to  apprnanh  the  coast  near  enongli  to  see  that  there 
is  really  no  bay  in  whicli  a  vosnet  nould  enter.  He  put  it  on  liis  chart  with  tolerable  accuracy  and  called  it  BabrlliK'i  RlTer.  The 
map  of  Tebiunkoff  for  this  region  a  asti  liisl.iiigly  ina-'curate,  and  represents  a  triangular  flat  traverseil  l)y  five  rivers,  the  Tl«f an, 
Taaltnus,  KimaltaKl,  Vankar^ia  «'"•  lakanjUia,  wbicli  are  represented  as  mouths  of  a  sixih,  the  Alukli  RlT«r.  'J  his  seeina 
to  have  been  drawn  from  reports,  in  which  the  (irand  I'lateau  glacier  and  the  lagoon  of  Dry  Day  with  its  nmnuriMis  nioulhs  had 
been  confmiiided  or  confused  together.  It  iius  already  been  noticed  (page  !!«•)  llial  an  .\lsekh  or  Alisekh  Kiver  does  riie  on  the 
opposit..  aide  or  <li*Be  moiintf'.ns  and  f\inv  tow,irdthe  Yukon  basin,  and  it  is  not  improbable  uat  some  Indian  report  of  this  may 
have  added  to  the  coiifosiun  of  the  aiUbor  and  occasioned  the  use  of  thename  here.  Dry  Hay,  by  some  typographical  ernir,  wai  aUo 
caUel  fitaUowBay  iu  the  jld  Alaska  Cuast  I'ilot  of  1869.    Thia  region  Is  represented  on  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  Harbor  Chart  No  7.5! , 


*•) 


20G 


DRY  BAY. 


It  is  an  irref^ularly-shaped  lagoon  varying  in  size  according  to  the  season,  in  parts  very  shallow  and 
discharging  by  a  number  of  mouths  into  the  se^.  The  bay  is  ten  or  twelve  miles  long  E.  and  W.  and 
half  as  wide,  with  numerous  isiands  and  banks  in  it  which  have  not  been  surveyed,  one  of  which  has  in 
its  middle  a  black  knob  or  butte  with  rocky  precipitous  sides  and  timbered  above.  It  is  entirely 
separated  from  the  high  land  in  the  vicinity  and  appears  several  hundred  feet  high.  The  streams  which 
flow  from  Dry  Bay  are  navigable  for  boats  and  canoes,  but  have  bars  at  their  mouths  which  require 
great  care  to  pass  over,  as  the  sea  generally  breaks  on  them.  The  Indians,  however,  get  their  large 
canoes,  forty  to  sixty  feet  long,  in  and  out  by  selecting  their  time,  and  it'  is  rejwrted  that  once  inside 
there  is  continuous  or  nearly  continuous  navigation  by  these  streams  »nd  lagoons  behind  the  sea  beach 
all  the  way  to  Yakutat. 

The  sea  in  this  vicinity  is  usually  discolored  by  milky  water  from  the  glacial  streams,  which, 
in  1874,  covered  the  surface  to  ten  miles  off  Cape  Fairweather  with  a  thin  stratum  through  which 
the  blue  water  boiled  up  in  the  vessel's  wake.  About  twenty-eight  miles  westward  from  Cape  * 
Fairweather  a  rather  large  stream  enters  the  sea  over  a  well-mark  id  bar.  This  entrance  is.  indi- 
cated by  a  small  bluff  or  dune  on  the  right  bank  at  I'.ie  mouth  of  the  stream,  which  is  higher  than 
any  other  elevation  on  the  shore  of  this  flat  and  even  plain.  The  soundings  are  very  even.  At 
twenty-two  miles  off  the  coast  on  the  parallel  of  Cape  Fairweather  the  depth  is  only  seventy-three  . 
fathoms. 

From  the  dune  or  bank  above  mentioned  the  shore  extends  in  a  westerly  direction  forty-five  miles 
to  Ocean  Cape.  This  shore  recedes  slightly  northward  ut  about  half  that  distance,  and  hereabouts 
Meares  anchored  in  1787,  in  twenty-seven  fathom^',  while  the  natives  came  off  in  canoes  to  trade. 
Meares  named  the  locality  Tianna*  Beads.  This  stretch  of  shore  is  thickly  wooded  near  the  sea,  with 
more  open  spaces  inland.  The  alps  which  bound  it  to  the  north  at  a  distance  of  seven  to  ten  miles 
from  the  sea  carry  humerous  glaciers.  A  very  large  one  N  NE.  from  Dry  Bay  lias  five  affluents. 
Westward  from  these  there  are  six  others  within  a  distance  of  thirty  miles,  several  of  which  have 
branches;  one  is  quite  large  and  reaches  to  the  summit  of  a  saddle  in  the  range.  These  glaciers  spread 
out  fan-like  near  the  foot  of  Uie  parent  range,  and  from  them  is  derived  the  water  which  fills  the 
numerous  lakes  and  streams  previously  referred  to. 

It  is  stated  that  these  waters  are  very  rich  in  salmon  in  their  season,  and  there  are  several  T'linkit 
villages  at  favorable  localities.  One  of  these  was  visited  about  ten  years  since  by  the  master  of  a 
whaling  vessel  at  anchor  in  Port  Mulgrave,  and  by  him  reported  to  be  the  largest,  finest  and  most  clean 
Indian  village  he  had  seen  in  all  his  experience  of  the  coast.  The  population  was  large,  the  houses 
well  built,  solid,  adorned  with  paintings  and  carvings  of  wood,  and  expressly  adapted  for  defense. 
Most  of  these  people  remain  in  their  villages,  small  parties  going  out  on  hunting  and  trading  expedi- 
tions or  to  kill  seal  near  the  glaciers  of  Disenchantment  Bay.  They  are  treacherous  and  warlike 
and  have  committed  a  number  of  murders  merely  for  plunder.  Navigators  in  small  trading  vessels 
who  may  be  visited  by  them  should  therefore  be  on  their  guard  and  never  allow  them  to  spend  the 
night  on  board.  What  is  known  of  this  r^ion  is  represented  on  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  Harbor  Chart 
No.  767. 

Ocean  Cape,t  which  terminates  the  southwestern  extreme  of  the  low  land  above  referred  to,  is  the 
southern  angle  of  Cape  Phipps,  and  is  composed  of  a  low  bank  or  gravel  bluff  thirty  to  fifty  feet  high, 
nearly  perpendicular  toward  the  sea  and  sloping  rapidly  northward.  In  front  of  it  is  a  shingle  beach 
and  several  rocks  extending  off  southward  and  marked  by  kelp.  In  rough  weather  there  are  heavy 
breakers  extending  half  a  mile  off  shore  on  l)oth  sides  of  Ocean  Ca{)e,  and  at  a  distance  of  two  diiles 
there  is  only  thirteen  fathoms  of  water  over  a  sandy  bottom.  The  land  behind  the  cape  is  quite  thickly 
wooded  with  spruce  trees  of  moderate  size. 

About  twenty  miles  westward  from  Ocean  Caiie  is  Point  Manby  of  Vancouver,  the  exact  position 
of  which  is  doubtful,  since  Vancouver's  position  has  been  shown  to  be  inaccurate  by  observations  made 
by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  ISSO.J  This  point  ap^Ksars  low  at  the  water's  edge,  with  a  few  willows 
near  the  shore,  immediately  behind  which  is  a  hill  or  bluff,  flat  on  top,  rising  abruptly,  and  apparently 
composed  of  glacial  debris. 


*  After  tlie  Sandwich  iBlaiid  chief  wlio  wu  a  pii*8enger  with  him.  Tlie  name  ban  b«en  misprinle*!  DUuui  1 
tNaoKHl  l).r  TebienkdIT' Morakoi  (Omui  or  Bea)  C«p«  in  1649,  Originall^r  the  uaine  of  Cape  Pliipps,  given  in  17H6in 
lionor  of  the  Honorable  INniatuiiline  Julni  Pliipps,  Baron  Mulgrave,  appeiire  to  have  been  intended  \>y  Dixon  for  the  whole  of 
that  arm  of  land  south  from  tlie  entrance  of  Port  Mu.grave.  Tu  the  northern  angle  of  it  he  gave  the  name  of  Pelat  Ouraw. 
There  can  be  no  doubt  that  liy  moat  of  the  older  hydi  ographerc  the  name  of  Phipps  Was  applied  to  whatia  here  callml  Ocean 
Cape.  B,v  Kromchenko,  in  1833,  the  name  uf  Cape  Phippn  whs  applied  to  the  p()int  called  Carrew  by  Dixon.  The  usage  of  the 
Coaxt  Surve/'chartR  since  IHfltt  will  be  followed  here,  making  I'oint  Carrew  the  northern,  Cape  Phippn  the  westeni,  and  Ocean 
Cape  tne  southern  angle  of  titis  point  of  land. 

This  is  Peiat  6»  te  Bonaaol*  of  I  <i'  Perquse,  Bolahol  (Orsat)  Point  of  Tebienkoff,  Oabo  Saa  XUas  of  Oallano's  AiIsh 
and  Russian  Hydrographio  Office  Chart  No.  1378.  The  observittiunn  of  the  I'.  S.  Coast  Surrey,  while  InHuffloient  to  correct 
the  chart,  give  reason  to  believe  that  the  western  shore  of  YakutuI  Day  is  farther  west  and  Disenchantment  Bajr  farther  north 
lian  any  of  the  charts  show,  but  as  the  observations  were  chiefly  oompuss  bearings  Ibey  need  to  be  uonUrmed  with  h  more  ex<Ml 
'mstruineot.  ^ 


YAKUTAT   BAY. 


207 


Between  Ocean  Cape  and  Point  Manby  is  the  entrance  to  the  Bay  of  Yakutat,  a  deep  indenta- 
tion of  the  shore,  named  simply  Yakutat  by  the  T'linkit  tribe  whicli  inhabits  its  shores.*  Tiiis  Iwy  is 
about  twenty  miles  long  in  a  N.  and  S.  direction  and  ten  ur  twelve  miles  wide,  with  a  greatest  depth 
probably  not  much  exceeding  one  hundred  fathoms. 

The  land  on  both  sides  of  the  bay  for  two-thinls  its  length  is  moderately  low ;  the  flanks  of  the 
mountains  are  only  reached  near  its  northern  jwrt.  The  western  shore  is  compact,  and  as  far  as  known 
has  not  more  than  one  small  island  near  the  mouth  of  a  considerable  stream  which  Aows  at  the  base  of 
iu".  foot-hills  of  the  Saint  Elias  Alps.  The  eastern  shore  is  lower,  with  a  number  of  island"  (^ordering 
it,  among  which  are  several  anchorages. 

Beginning  r.t  Ocean  Cape  the  shore  rounds  to  the  northward  a'ud  northwestward  about  two  miles 
and  a  half  to  Cape  Phipp,  comjjosed  of  the  gravel  bluff  before  refcrn^d  t^,  off  which  rocky  shoal*  and 
rocks  extend  at  least  a  mile,  marked  by  breakers  in  most  weather.  Thence  to  Point  Carrsw  of  Dixon 
the  direction  is  more  to  the  eastward,  and  the/o»t/  yronnd,  if  anything,  extends  even  farther  westward. 
Fron\  Point  Carrew  the  SW.  point  of  Khsiitaak  Islandf  bears  about  N.  |  E.  about  a  mile  and  a  quarter. 
Between  the  two  is  the  entrance  to  De  Monti  Bay  of  Galiano,]:  a  passage  ieuding.  between  the  islands 
and  the  mainland,  and  trending  hereabouts  two  or  three  miles  in  an  ensV-rly  irection  with  an  average 
width  of  a  mile.  In  mid-channel  betwe?n  Southwest  Point  and  Point  Carrew  the  U.  8.  Coast  Survey 
sounded  in  eighty  fathoms. 

From  Point  Carrew  N£.  by  E.  about  two  miles  is  the  SE.  point  of  Khantaak  Island,  named  Point 
Turner  by  Dixon  §  in  1787. 

This  is  a  low  narrow  gravel  spit  half  a  mile  in  length,  of  which  the  eastern  part  is  grassy  and  bare 
of  trees.  South  from  it  the  water  is  shoal  and  only  reaches  three  fathoms  at  low  water  at  a  distance  of 
two  and  a  half  cables  8.  from  the  shore. 

*  The  south  shore  of  Khantaak  Island  between  Point  Turner  and  Southwest  Point  is  nearly  straight, 
with  a  low  wooded  bank  behind  it,  tli<  beach  of  boulders  or  shingle,  and  shoaling  off  very  gradually 
lo  the  distance  of  a  cable.  The  material  of  the  beach  is  doubtless  of  glacial  origin  and  includes  some 
very  large  erratic  boulders  of  pure  white  marble,  whioli  from  a  little  distance  look  like  large  blocks  of 
ice  on  the  strand.     As  far  n  \mi  there  are  no  off-lying  dangers. 

The  southern  shore  of  ^  '  i  Ray  extends  in  an  easterly  direction  from  Point  Carrew  about  a 

mile  to  the  entrance  of  Ankau  (.       k. 

'  This  part  of  the  shore  is  mostly  lompo-  1  of  a  wooded,  perp  iw!  ular,  gravel  bluff  of  no  great 
height,  with  a  shingle  beach  at  its  foot,  v.'  ,,  h  ohould  not  be  .ippoa<iied  within  a  cable  and  a  half, 
Ankau  Creek  is  about  two  cables  wide  at  its  mon^li,  with  a  dej>  '^  n;  »r  the  entrance  variously  stated  at 
from  one  and  a  half  to  three  fathoms  at  low  water.  Its  eastern  point  of  entrance  was  nanuKi  Point 
Gtorda  by  Malaspina  in  1791 .  Within,  the  creek  is  very  tortuous  with  mimerfxis  islands,  passigcs  and 
ramifications,  quite  differently  represented  on  different  charts.  The  .  a\\  is  (rom  one  to  six  fathoms. 
In  many  places  there  are  overfalls,  whirls  and  dangerou  M\^  at  certain  stages  of  the  tide.  The 
creek  extends  nearly  to  the  ocean  beach  on  the  SE.  (  ilie  nairow  neck  .separating  them,  in  the 
beginning  of  the  century,  the  Russians  established  the  No*  arassi  (New  Bussia)  trading  post  or  settle- 
ment, which  about  1803  was  destroyed  by  the  T'linkit  and  the  iniuibitants  murdered.  This  settlement 
contained  seven  buildings  defended' by  a  stockade,  and  five  .others  outside.  Even  the  site  has  not  been 
seen  by  white  men  for  half  a  century.  .      . 

At  its  southeastern  extreme  Ankau  Creek  connectr    ^  e  ndand  navigation  which  extends 

behind  the  oceanic  shore,  as  previously  described,  as  fat  as  i       iJay,  still  unexplored. 

The  principal  island  on  the  east  side  of  Yakutat  Bay  is  Khantaak  Island,  adopted  by  Tebienkoff 
from  the  native  name,!  and  is  about  seven  miles  long  in  a  N.  and  S.  direction  and  m  general  not  over 
a  mile  in  width,  but  very  irregular  on  its  eastern  and  rather  compact  on  its  western  side.  The  latter  is 
more  or  leas  curved  and  indented  with  a  few  visible  rocks  near  it,  and  shoals  off  gradually  with  a 
boulder  bottfjm  to  the  depth  of  three  to  five  fathoms  one-quarter  to  half  a  mile  westward  from  the  beach . 

•  ThiB  bay  was  diMov.red  and  named  Bala  dt  Monti,  after  one  of  hia  offlcera,  by  La  Peroua.,  but  only  partly  explored  by 
bin  in  1786;  Dlxou  in  the  followiuB  year  name.i  it  Admiralty  Bay.    C.nk  did  not  .e.-  it,  but  Vancourer,  finding  Coolt .  nan.,  of 

Bering  Bay  Inapplicable  to  Dry  Bay  and  .uppoaing  Yakutat  t«  have  b ,  the  place  where  Berng  anrlmred,  rejected  Dixon  a 

name  and  call«d  it  Brtirliig  Bay.  On  Malaaplnaa  chart  Gallano  calla  It  BaUa  Almlralty  after  Dixon.  Khromchenko,  in  1883, 
adopted  the  native  n«ne  of  Takutat,  and  ha.  been  followed  by  other  Ru«.laa  autl.oritie..    It  appear,  alao  on  rar.ou.  chart,  a. 

Bahrlag,  Amlranta,  and  JaknUt  Bay. 

t  OaboM«no«  of  Malaapina;  B.W.  Point  of  Tebienkoff.  ,    ,     .    .. 

{Thi.  modified  .pf\\J.,n  of  La  PerouaeV  nan,.,  adopted  by  Oaliano  on  the  chart,  of  Ma  «plna.  roya«e  and  al.0  m  the 
AtlJ  of  D.  Mofh»,  hL^he  advantageof  pre«,rvi„g.n  hiatoricnan,e  and  aUorfnammg  apart  of  thebay  wbi^^^^^^ 

have  requinrd  a  new  name,  .inc.  no  other  ha.  been  applied  to  it.    The  form  u«d  by  «»''»''"  ;"•  "'.^X-.^fnl  on  Ru-ian 
.  «  After  hi.  mate  June.  Turner.    It  Ik  curiou.ly  mi-trandated  into  Ru..mn  a.  Tumin,  (PoTWOtnol)  PoUit  on  Ru».an 

HydroipraDbic  Chart  No.  1378,  in  Khromchenko'.  plan.  ,    .  ,  , ,  ,        ,  ui      .i 

KLi  .yMalaapinain  i7m.for  the  TMinkit  chief  i^kauorAnoaa  who  ...^^^^ 

.urve, ; .  EaUro  ««1  An«»  on  the  chart,  and  Antan  iu  the  text,  of  the  Viage  But.l  y  Mex.oan.  h,  Ouiano,  in  1808,  p.  oxfl. 
*I  "B"^-«fc  If  Uuid  of  uiin<>  charts. 


■  •    i,- 


208 


PORT  MULfeRAVE. 


This  shore  should  not  be  approached  without  oaution,  as  there  may  be  off4ying  rocks.  Khantaak  Island 
is  generally  low  and  nearly  level,  rising  forty  or  fifty  feet  above  the  sea,  highest  to  the  SW.  and  grad- 
ually falling  in  the  opposite  dirjctioi  it  is  composed  of  mixed  boulders,  gravel  and  cliy,  doubtless 
glacial  detritus,  and  is  densf-Iy  wooded  with  a  growth  of  Sitka  spruce  of  moderate  size.  On  the  clay 
forming  its  surface  are  numerous  pools  of  water. 

The  waters  between  Fhantaak  Island  and  the  main  shore  eastward  from  it  are  much  obstructed 
by  shoals  and  rocks.  Among  these  are  several  snug  harbors.  The  most  accessible  of  these  lies  north 
of  Point  Turner  and  was  named  by  Dixon  Port  liulgrave."'  It  is  about  three- 
Port  Mulgrave.  quarters  of  a  mile  long  WW.  by  W.  J  W.  and  SE.  by  E.  J  E.  and  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
wide.  It  is  easy  of  entrance,  though  the  passage  is  extremely  narrow,  and  on  all  charts 
previous  to  1875  is  represented  in  a  daiv/eroiisly  inaccurate  manner. 

The  harbor  is  formed  by  the  peninsula  of  Point  Turner  an  the  south,  and  on  the  north  by  a  series 
of  shoals  or  boulder  rcej's  extending  nearly  parallel  with  that  peninausa  an''  of  which  three  distmct  parts 
are  visible  at  extreme  low  water.  The  Northwestern  Skoal  at  low  water  is  composed  of  a  flat  bank  of 
jjrqy^with  a  few  large  boulders  rising  above  the  geneps'  surface.  The  head  of  Port 
Shoals.  Mulgin 'c  is  composed  of  a  narrow  shallow  bight,  N  NE.  from  which  is  a  projection 

of  Khantaak  Island,  the  end  of  which  is  about  two  cables  wide  and  faces  SE.  From 
the  whole  front  of  this  the  aforesiiid  shoal  extends  nearly  half  a  mile  in  a  SE.  by  E.  direction,  narww- 
ing  as  it  goes.  Most  of  this  is  out  at  ordinary  '  ^w  tides,  and  the  highest  portions  are  only  awash,  with 
a  few  dry  points,  at  the  highest  tides.  Separated  from  the  eastern  extreme  of  Point  Turner  by  less 
than  three  hundred  yards  at  low  water  is  the  Middle  Shoal,  about  a  table  long  NW.  and  SE.  and  .lalf 
as  wide.  It  is  entirely  covered  at  high  water  and  is  much  nearer  Point  Turner  than  most  charts  indi- 
cate. Both  the  southern  edge  of  this  shoal  and  the  northern  edge  of  Point  Turn-  r  opposite  are  steej)-to, 
so  that  with  reasonable  care  the  narrowness  of  the  passagf,  does  net  constitute  a  serious  danger.  The 
Middle  Shoal  is  8e[>arated  from  the  Northwestern  Shotil  at  low  water  by  an  area  covered  with  about  three 
feet  of  water. 

The  third  or  Eastern  Shoal  lies  about  E.  J  N.  from  the  extreme  end  of  Point  Turner.  Except  at 
the  very  highest  tides,  the  triangular  part  which  dries  out,  about  a  cable  long,  is  marked  at  its  northern 
and  southern  angles  by  some  small  stones  above  water,  which  in  calm  weathe:  look  like  duoko  sitting 
in  the  water,  i  rom  the  dry  triangular  bank,  however,  a  long  narrow  submerged  ridge  extends  in  an 
easterly  direction  from  the  southern  angle  of  the  bank  direr*ly  toward  the  eastern  end  of  .^oint  Turner, 
from  which  it  is  separated  by  about  two  hundred  and  fifty  yards  at  lo\*  water.  The  extreme  western 
end  of  this  ridge  is  only  a  few  yards  wide  and  has  eleven  ieet  on  it  at  low  water.  At  high  water  it 
may  be  disregarded  by  vessels  drawing  less  than  eighteen  feet.  Between  the  Eastern  and  Middle  shoals 
is  a  rather  crooked,  narrow  passage  with  from  four  to  eight  fathoms  water,  through  which  Puget 
passed  with  the  Chatham  in  1 704,  but  between  the  Eastern  Shoal  and  Punta  de  Arrecifes  of  Melaspina, 
a  projection  of  the  mainland  opiiositc,  is  a  broad  passage  with  ten  to  twenty  fathoms  water. 

North  and  west  of  Point  I  inner.  Port  Mulgrave  lies  as  a  narrow  elongated  basin  with  muddy 
bottom,  six  to  twelve  fathoni:-  water,  good  holding-ground  and  [)erfectly  protected.  The  only  chart 
sufficiently  accurate  to  depend  upon  in  entering  is  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Harbor  Chart  No.  762. 


DIRECTIONS 


FOB   ENTERING    I'OHT   MDIXIRAVE. 

Round  Point  Turner  not  closer  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  until  its  extreme  eastern  end  bears  north,' 
when  the  vessel  may  be  headed  up  gradually  until  the  eastern  end  bears  northwest  a  cable  distant. 
The  vessel  may  then  be  headed  up  NW.  by  N  |  N.  to  j)ass  a  few  yards  clear  of  the  eastern  extreme 
of  the  point  (with  perfect  safety,  as  the  beach  i.«  of  pure  sand  a  id  so  steep  that  it  is  impossible  to 
ground)  until  the  latter  bears  SW.  by  S.,  wlion  a  W.  by  N.  J  M.  course  leads  to  the  middle  of  the 
basin,  where  anchorage  may  be  had  in  nine  or  ten  fathoms  muddy  bottom,  the  eastern  edge  of  Point 
Turner  bearing  about  E  SE. 

At  low  water  is  the  most  convenient  lime  for  entering,  as  the  shoals  are  all  out  at  that  time,  but 
with  ordinary  care  the  port  can  be  entered  or  left  at  any  t'me. 

The  astronomical  station  of  the  U.  S.  Coa.st  Survey  on  Point  Turner  was  situatetl  on  the  south 
.edge  of  the  graeis  near  the  eastern  extreme  of  the  point,  at  or  about  high-water  mark.     It  was  deter- 
mined to  be  in 

Latitude 69°  33'  42"  "N. 

Longitude 139°  46'  63"  W. 

*  After  CunMautine  .Tohii  Pliipps,  Baron  Mulgmvi',  well  kiiowii  for  IiIh  Voyage  to  Spilzbi-rgen      Tliip>  harbor  was  included 
with  the  one  next  north  from  it  and  adjiicent  waters  under  the  nnnix  of  Rtirtk  Eixbor  by  Khromchenk^n  1833. 


YAKUTAT  HAY. 


209 


The  variation  of  the  compass  in  1874  wm  30°  02'  easterly  and  in  1880  was  29°  Be'  easterly,  showing 
a  probable  decrease  of  easterly  variation  at  the  rate  of  l'  annually 

o  .   ^S  •*''%' u""f  "iiJ^  "^"l^  * •  ®  tides  range  about  eight  feet.     According  to  an  unconfirmed  report  of 
Petroff  in  Tebienkoff  8  notes,  in  October  and  November  it  ranges  or  did  on  oile  occasion  range  over 

Belcher  gives  the  range  Mount  Fairweather  over  Point  Turner  E.  2°  N.  as  a  range  for  recogniz- 
ing the  entrance  to  Port  Mulgrave,  through  De  Monti  Bay,  from  Yakutat  Bay:  but  it  often  hapiiens 
that  the  mountain  is  not  visible  and  the  entrance  is  perfectly  recognizable  without  it. 

On  the  main  shore  opposite  Point  Turner  water  comes  down  in  several  places;  "that  on  the  island 
near  the  anchorage  is  less  clear  and  pure,  i^  bout  the  middle  of  I'oint  Turner  jieninsula  is  a  narrow 
lagoun  of  half  stagnant  water.  Between  this  and  the  beae-h  north  of  it  is  a  collection  of  rather  inferior 
Indian  houses,  occupied  during  the  time  of  their  halibut  fishery  or  when  vessels  are  there  for  trade, 
but  usually  vacant.  In  the  woods  NW.  of  the  port  are  the  relies  of  a  whale  boat,  hidden  there  by  the 
natives  after  they  had  murderwl  the  crew  for  their  outfit— having  enticed  them  away  from  their  vessel 
by  stories  of  gold  in  the  (granite)  mountains  near  by 

Immediately  northward  from  the  shoals  which  bound  Port  Mulgrave  is  the  entrance  to  a  similar 
high,  situated  somewhat  more  northwesterly,  and  for  which  the  name  of  Burik  Harbor  is  reserved. 
This  was  originally  explored  by  Khromcihenko  in  1823,  whose  sketeli  indicates  an  entronce  about  two 
cables  wide  between  the  Northwestern  Shoal  of  I'ort  Mulgrave  and  Fiedras  Fjint,  from  which  a  reef 
of  rocks  borders  a  similar  shoal  or  bank  on  the  north  side  of  the  sa.ne  entrance.  The  water  deepens 
from  three  and  a  half  fathoms  on  the  south  side  to  ten  fathoms  close  to  the  rooks  oppixsite,  with  about 
eight  fathoms  in  raid-channel.  Thence  the  harbor  indents  Khantaak  Island  about  three-quarters  of  a 
mile  in  a  NW.  by  W.  direction,  with  a  width  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile  and  a  depth  of  ten  to  twenty-four 
fathoms.  It  has  not  been  carefully  surveyed,  and  is  less  convenient  than  Port  Mulgrave  both  as  to 
situation  and  supposed  depth  of  water,  for  which  reasons  sailing  directions  are  hardly  required. 

The  area  includetl  between  the  Port  Mulgrave  shoals  on  the  south,  the  mainland  on  the  east, 
Khantaak  and  other  islands  on  the  west  and  north,  ranges  from  six  to  forty  fathoms  over  a  rocky  bot- 
tom, with  several  rocks  and  shoals  about  its  shores.  To  the  northwestward  it  indents  Khantaak  Island 
with  a  bight  similar  to  and  nearly  parallel  with  Rurik  Harbor,  with  a  patch  of  rocks  off  Pie<lra8  Point 
on  the  southern  side  of  its  entrance.  Northward  several  shoai  unnavigable  passages  "Separate  narrow 
strips  of  land  from  Khantaak  Island,  while  eastward  from  its  northern  part  a  very  narrow  channel 
leads  l)etween  the  two  northern  of  three  small  islands  to  the  brosider  i)assage  which  separates  the 
Khantaak  group  frora  the  mainland.  The  shoalest  part  of  this  passage  has  three  and  a  half  fathoms 
in  it.  The  channels  southward  and  eastward  have  only  from  six  to  eighteen  feet  of  water,  and  in  one 
of  them  Puget,  of  Vancouver's  party,  grounded  with  the  Chatham  in  1794. 

South  and  southeast  from  these  channels  an  arm  of  t\<  j  main  shore  projects  with  two  islets  off  its 
NW.  extreme.  One  is  quite  close  in,  and  shoal  water  extends  from  the  main  shore  out'  to  and  a  little 
outside  of  this  islet.  The  out  ■"  islet  is  surrounded  by  a  shoal  whi(-h  extends  chiefly  in  a  E  NE.  direc- 
tion. Between  this  and  the  o  just  previously  mentioned  is  a  narrow  channel  with  fourteen  feet  of 
water  in  it. 

Eastward  from  the  above-mentioned  arm  of  the  main  shore  is  Fuget  Cove,  about  half  a  mile  long 
in  an  easterly  and  westerly  direction  and  about  three  cables  wide.  This  cove  is  snugly  sheltered  and 
affords  four  and  a  half  to  eight  fathoms  water.  It  is  mentioned  in  Puget's  report,  sounded  by 
Khromchenko,  and  named  by  the  Superintendent  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in  1879. 

From  the  entrance  of  this  cove  Johnstone*  Fassage,  between  the  main  jliore  and  the  Khantaak 
group  of  islands,  trends  in  a  generally  NNW.  direction  with  a  width  of  more  than  half  a  mile  almost 
four  miles,  when  it  turns  more  to  the  westward,  contracts  and  then  expands  into  a  basin  about  a  mile 
in  extent,  its  eastern  boundary  being  a  narrow  irregular  projection  of  the  mainland,  named  by  Tebien- 
koff  Taper  or  Hatchet  Point.  The  end  of  this  point  is  low  and  separated  by  a  narrow  fourteen-foot 
channel  from  a  group  of  islets  and  rocks,  of  which  the  largest,  nearly  two  miles  long,  half-moon  shaped 
and  convex  to  the  N  NE.,  was  named  Dolgoi  Islandl  by  Tebienkoff.  It  is  bold-to  on  its  eastern  and 
northern  ahor      >ff  which  are  two  low  unnamed  islets. 

On  the  wr.^iern  side  of  the  Dolgoi  group  and  between  it  and  the  northern  part  of  the  Khantaak 
groui)  Jo.  nstone  Passage  continues  three  miles  in  a  gcnci ally  NNW.  direction,  its  width  varying  from 
two  cables  to  over  a  mile.  The  lea.st  water  in  the  channel  is  about  four  fathoms.  Northward  and 
eastward  from  its  termination  are  Kriwoi,' Otmeloi' and  Krutoi' islands  of  Tebienkoff;  from  Otmeloi 
(1  »/ioa/ or  rw/ extends  nearly  a  mile  in  a  W.  l)y  ix.  direction. 

Eastward  from  Hatchet  Point  is  a  bay  almut  a  mile  in  extent,  unsurveyed,  NE.  by  E.;  about 
three  miles  from  Do'--oi  Island  is  another  less  protecte<l  ha;-  nito  which  several  streams  fall,  and 


•  Named  by  the  U.  6.  CoMt  Surrey  for  J«in,-  Jolmetone,  K.  ff.,  Pugefe  li.uten.nt,  who  ...rveyed  on  thii  coMt  from  1787 
to  1795. 

'  OTMktd  Ulaad.    »Blio»H  Iitand.    '  Steep  Uland,  n.iaprinted  Kru.tol  in  the  Conet  Pilot  "f  l«6». 

P.  c.  P. — 27 


210 


DISENCHANTMENT  BAT. 


whose  northern  and  northeastern  shores  are  represented  as  foul  by  Tebienkoff,  who,  however,  gives  no 
soundings. 

^  bout  VW.  by  W.  }  W.,  according  to  Tebienkoff,  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  northwestern  end 
of  Lo  :  i  Island,  lies  Northeast  Point,  the  inner  extreme  of  Khantaak  Island,  with  from  four  to 
thirty-iir    fathoms  about  it  and  no  off-lying  dangers. 

The  main  shore  from  the  northwestern  point  of  entrance  of  the  small  bay  above  mentioned 
extends  five  and  a  half  miles  in  a  N.  ^  W.  direction  to  the  SB.  point  of  entrance  to  Bleanor  Cove, 
named  by  Puget  in  1794.  The  opposite  point  of  entrance  is  Southeast  Point,  named  by  Tebienkoff, 
and  forming  the  southern  extreme  of  Knight  Island.*  This  island  is  about  two  miles  in  length 
N  NW.  and  S  SE.  and  about  a  mile  broad.  It  lies  about  half  a  mile  off  the  main  shore,  protecting 
Eleanor  Cove  from  the  westward.  According  to  Vancouver  there  are  some  rooks  lying  about  half  a 
mile  westward  from  its  western  point  and  an  islet  between  it  and  the  main  shore  northward  and  east- 
ward. The  passage  around  the  island  is  navigable,  the  main  shore  receding  eastward,  forming  a  small 
bay  in  whose  SE.  corner  lies  the  cove  which,  according  to  Puget,  is  in  latitude  09°  44'.  On  Van- 
couver's chart  there  is  an  islet  in  it.  No  soundings  are  given  on  any  of  the  charts.  According  to 
Tebienkoff  (Chart  VII)  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  SB.  from  Southeast  Point  is  the  northwestern 
end  of  a  long  ithoal  making  ont  a  mile  from  the  main  shore,  with  which  it  is  connected.  This  shoal  is 
shown  by  all  authorities,  but  they  differ  as  to  its  direction  and  extent;  Russian  Hydrographic  Oilice 
Chart  No.  1378,  following  Vancouver's  chart,  makes  it  project  to  the  westward  beyond  a  line  joining 
Krutoi  Island  and  Southeast  Point,  which  is  probably  an  error  or  it  would  have  received  notice  from 
Puget  in  his  report  to  Vancouver,  and  is  not  confirmed  by  Tebienkoff,  who  also  omits  the  islet  in 
Eleanor  Cove. 

From  tho  northern  and  western  part  of  the  bay  eastward  from  Knight  Island  the  coast  extends 
about  seven  miles  NW.  to  a  bluff  point  named  by  Puget  Point  Latouohe.f  Up  to  this  point  the  shore 
was  low  and  flat,  with  forty-five  fathoms  less  than  a  mile  from  it. 

Opposite  and  "W,  from  Point  Latouche  about  a  mile  and  a  half  is  another  sharp  bluff  which,  north 
from  Point  Latouche  nearly  two  miles,  terminates  in  a  somewhat  lower  point,  named  by  Malaspina 
Funta  de  las  Banoas.  The  entrance  between  these  two  was  named  Ferrer  Faaaage  by  Tebienkoff, 
and  leads  to  Disenchantment  Bay.| 

This  bay,  including  the  entrance,  is  about  six  miles  in  length  N.  from  Point  Latouche  and  two  and 
a  quarter  miles  wide.  Directly  eastward  of  the  entrance  is  a  bight  of  no  great  extent  with  a  sand 
beach,  affording  grx)d  anchorage,  but  which,  according  to  Puget,  had  in  July,  1794,  a  most  dreary 
aspect  from  its  vicinity  to  the  ice,  notwithstanding  which  vegetation  was  in  an  advanced  state  of  forward- 
ness. The  water  both  in  the  entrance  and  the  bay  is  extremely  deep ;  Malaspina  anchort  }  in  twenty 
fathoms  about  two  cables  from  the  shore,  near  the  SW.  end  of  the  sand  beach  above  menti  )ned,  where 
his  observaton^  was  set  up.  A  stream  of  fresh  water  comes  in  here  and  there  is  a  little  lowl  md,  behind 
the  beach.  Elsewhere  in  the  bay  steep  mountains  covered  with  snow,  between  which  three  large 
glaciers  come  down,  rise  directly  from  the  water  or  the  ice  which  generally  covers  it,  and  prevents 
navigation  except  near  the  entrant.  There  is  a  small  island  near  the  middle  of  the  bay  close  to  the 
eastern  shore,  named  Haenke§  Island  by  Malaspina.  One  hur  dred  and  twenty  fathoms  without  bot- 
tom was  found  by  the  launches  of  the  Spanish  ships  among  the  pieces  of  ice  in  the  outer  part  of  the  bsy. 

According  to  Malaspina's  observations  {|  the  observation  spot  was  situated  in 


Latitude 69°  61'  10"  ;N. 

Longitude .139°  48' 30"  W. 

The  variation  of  the  compass  in  1791  was  32°  34'  easterly;  it  is  now  believed  to  be  about  80°  16'. 

In  Disenchantment  Bay  during  the  summer  hair  seal  are  abundant  around  the  fragments  of  ice, 
and  the  Yakutat  natives  go  up  there  and  spend  several  weeks  hunting  them. 


*Nuned  hj  Puget  in  1794;  Dalai  Ulantf  of  Tebienkoff  in  1849. 

t  Pnnta  de  la  Bsperania  of  Malaspina  In  1791,  according  to  Galiano'i  Atlas,  Chart  No.  9, 1802. 

tTebienkofT,  in  his  "Notes,"  is  said  to  ascribe  tliis  name  of  Ferrar  to  Malaspina,  but  the  compiler  has  only  had  access  to  a 
wretched  manuscript  translation  of  the  Notes  and  this  may  be  a  misconception.  The  name  does  not  appear  in  Galiano's  text  or 
on  the  chart  of  Malaspina  in  the  atlas  accompanying  Oaliano's  description  of  these  voyages.  Moreover,  the  statement  tliat 
Malaspina  named  the  bay  "Anurance  Bay"  resting  upon  the  same  autliority,  has  not  been  confirmed  by  any  investigslimw 
which  the  compiler  liaH  been  able  to  make  ond  does  not  appear  on  any  chart  known  to  him.  Malaspina,  in  1791,  named  lire 
anchorage  Puerto  del  DeienBallo,  best  rendered  into  English  by  Dliencluuitmeiit,  in  reference  to  the  Northeast  Passage  wliich 
the  explorers  sought  here  and  did  not  find ;  in  Russian  Baiubirenle.  The  bay  was  named  by  Malaspina  Babla  de  Ul  Bancai, 
in  allusion  to  the  ice ;  it  is  the  DlCBes  Sound  of  Puget,  bu'  the  name  applied  to  the  port  or  anchorage  has  generally,  aa  here,  been 
applied  to  the  whole  bay. 

$  After  Thiiddeus  Haenke,  botanist  and  naturalist  of  the  expedition. 

U  Theeo  are  taken  from  the  chart.  In  the  text  the  latitude  h  given  (p.  cxvl)  as  B»°  B»'  80,"  the  variation  of  the  oompasn  at 
i%°  49'  easterly,  and  nothing  is  said  about  the  longitude. 


YAKUTAT   BAY. 


211 


wever,  givee  no 


In  1880  observations  by  the  IT.  S.  Coast  Snrvey  indicated  that  Discnchnntinent  Bay  is  situated 
larther  northward  than  Tebienkoff  places  it  on  Clmrt  VII  of  liis  atiiw,  and  tiiat  Uie  low  land  south  and 
west  from  it  is  nearer  to  the  foot  of  the  mountains  than  has  been  supixwed.  The  observations  how- 
ever were  not  extensive  enoueh  to  correct  the  chart  bv. 

South  and  west  from  the  western  point  of  entrance  to  Disencliantmcnt  Bay  the  NW.  shore  of 
Yakutat  Bay  stretches  along  in  the  form  of  abrupt  fluffs  which  appeared  from  u  dJp.taKce  to  be  com- 
])08ed  of  stratified  rock.  The  flanks  of  the  mountains  behind  the  level  top  of  this  serias  of  bluffs  Imar 
several  glaciers.  Aa  nearly  us  could  l)e  observed  from  the  vessel  these  bluffs  cea'<c  at  the  NE.  side  of 
a  valley  through  which  runs  a  river  called  by  Tebienkoff'  the  Kwik  Eiver.*  From  the  S  SB.  there 
appears  to  be  a  bight  near  this  riv»r-mouth,  with  what  appears  like  an  island,  quite  low  and  wooded,  in 
it.  From  aloft,  however,  it  was  reported  that  this  island  was  connectetl  with  the  shore  SW.  from  it  by 
a  low  dry  sand  bar. 

Owing  to  the  uncertainty  in  position  of  the  shore-line  SW.  from  the  mouth  of  this  river  the 
identification  of  any  points  of  land  here  is  very  unsatisfactory.  About  half  way  between  the  river  and 
I'oint  Manby  Tebienkoff  has  a  poin*  called  Nearer  (Blizhni)  Point.  He  also  erroneously  represents 
.\11  this  shore  behind  the  beach  as  sandy  a  -d  wootled.  In  this  vicinity  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  in 
1880  observed  that  the  immediate  shore  was  hvr  and  largely  composed  of  granite  and  boulders.  It 
shoals  off  quite  gradually,  with  a  bottom  of  large  stones  and  a  little  sand  between  them.  On  the  stones 
giant  kelp  grew  profusely.  At  more  than  a  mile  from  the  shore  the  depth  was  only  ten  fathoms,  and  an 
occasional  heavy  swell  showed  that  in  places  it  was  even  less. 

At  Point  Manby  and  eastward  t)  the  K.vik  River  the  shore  was  bordered  by  trees,  a|)parcntly 
willows  and  alders,  with  a  somewhat  denser  belt  a  little  farther  back.  Behind  this  rises  a  bluff"  or 
bank  of  high  land  as  described  by  various  navigators.  About  the  vi<inity  of  Tebienkoff  "s  Nearer  Point 
the  trees  cease,  but  begin  again  near  the  river.  The  bluff  or  table-land  behind  rises  higher  than  the 
river  valley  and  completely  hides  it  from  the  southward,  and  is  in  summer  bare  of  vegetation  (except 
a  few  rare  patches  on  its  face)  and  aj)parently  is  composed  of  glacial  d6bris  much  of  which  is  of  a  red- 
dish color.  In  May,  1874,  when  observed  by  the  U.  F.  Coast  Survey  party  of  that  year,  the  extensive 
flattened  top  of  this  table-land  or  pi  iteau  was  covered  '.vith  a  smooth  and  even  shii  tof  pure  white  snow. 
In  the  latter  part  of  June,  1880,  however,  this  snow  hiid  melttul  and  for  the  first  time  the  real  and  most 
extraordinary  charactei-  of  this  plateau  was  revealed ,  Within  the  beach  and  extending  in  a  NW.  direc- 
tion to  the  valley  behind  it,  at  the  foot  of  the  Sai'u  Elias  Alps,  an  undetermined  distance,  this  plateau, 
or  a  large  part  of  it,  is  one  great  field  of  buried  ice.  Almost  everywhere  nothing  -s  visible  but  bould- 
ers, dirt  and  gravel;  but  at  the  time  mentioned,  back  of  the  bight  between  Point  Manby  and  Nearer 
Point  for  a  space  of  several  square  >  iles  the  coverlid  of  dirt  had  fallen  in,  owing  to  the  melting  of  the 
ice  beneath,  and  revealed  a  surface  of  broken  pinnacles  of  ice,  each  crown wl  by  a  jiatch  of  dirt,  stand- 
ing close  to  one  another  like  a  forest  of  prisms,  these  decreasing  in  height  from  the  summit  of  t.  e 
plateau  gradually  in  a  sort  of  semicircular  sweep  toward  the  beach,  near  which,  however,  tlu!  dirt  and 
debris  again  prcuo7iinate,  forming  a  sortof  terminal  moraine  to  this  immen,se  buried  immovable  glacier, 
for  it  is  nothing  else.  Trains  of  large  bouldei-s  were  visible  here  and  there  and  the  general  trend  of 
the  glacier  seemed  to  be  NW.  and  SB. 

Betv/een  Disenchantment  Bay  and  the  foot  of  Mount  Saint  Elias,  on  the  flanks  of  the  Alps,  seven- 
teen glaciers  were  countetl,  of  which  about  ten  were  '-Mnd  this  plateau,  but  none  are  of  very  large  si/x', 
and  the  sum  total  of  them  all  seemed  far  too  little  to  supply  the  waste  of  the  plateau  if  it  weTe  to  possess 
motion.  The  lower  ends  of  these  small  glaciere  come  down  into  the  river  viiUey  before  mentioned  and 
at  right  angles  in  general  to  the  trend  of  the  plateau.  To  the  buried  ^]m\^v  the;  U.  S.  Coast  Survey 
has  applied  the  name  of  Malaspina  in  honor  of  that  distinguished  and  unfortunate  explorer.f  No 
(!onne<!tion  could  be  seen  between  the  small  glaciers  and  the  Malaspina  Plateau,  as  the  former  dip 
below  the  level  of  the  summit  of  the  latter.  The  Malaspina  glacier  had  i.o  n6v6,  nor  was  there  any 
high  land  in  the  direction  of  its  axis  as  far  as  the  eye  could  reach.  Everywhere,  except  wheve  the  pin- 
nacles protruded  and  a  few  spots  on  the  face  of  the  bluff,  it  was  covered  with  a  thuik  stratum  of  soil, 
gravel  and  stones,  here  and  there  showing  small  patches  of  bright  green  herbage.  The  b.aff^  westwanl 
from  Point  Manby  may  probably  prove  of  the  same  character.  Unfavorable  weather  and  the  exigencies 
of  the  season's  plan  of  work  prevented  a  more  thorough  investigation  of  this  unparalleled  phenomenon. 

From  Port  Mulgraveand  thejce  toti^a  westward  the  most  conspicuous  spectacle  in  clear  weather  is 
that  part  of  the  uplift  of  the  Sair.c  Elias  Alj-s  which  extends  in  a  westerly  direction  from  a  point  inland 
some  eighteen  miles  NNW.  from  Disencha.  tment  Bay.  This  forms  a  broken  range  ten  or  twelve 
thousand  feet  m  height  with  its  sides  and  mai.v  of  its  peaks  covered  with  eternal  snow.  It  terminates 
westward  in  the  magnificen'.  i)eak  of  Saint  Elias.  Out  of  the  range,  about  N  W.  by  N.  J  N.  from  1  ort 
Mulgrave,  rises  a^ak  a'xiut  thirteen  thousand  feet  in  height  with  three  glaciei^  oii  its  flanks,  named 
by  the  U.  8.  Coast  Survey,  in  1874,  Mount  Vancouver.    Farther  westward  NW.  i  W.  from  1  ort 


on  of  the  oompasa  at 


•  Kwik  means  river  in  the  dialect  of  Prince  William  Soun.l,  lience  tl.ie  nmne  n,ny  l.u  .iu.  to  u  ,n,-.,,|.r«l,..n«.on 
tFaUing  into  disgrace  with  the  court  soon  after  his  return  ,o  Spain,  Malaspina  was  Ion,  >n,pr..o„..d,  and  .„  the  report  of 
his  expedition  given  by  Oaliano  his  name  does  not  appear  m  a  smgle  instance. 


mi 


m 


212 


MOUNT   8A1NT   ELTAS. 


Mulgrave  is  another,  named  at  the  same  time  Mount  Cook,  believed  to  be  sixteen  thousand  feet  in 
height.  Careful  observations  made  in  1874  on  Mount  Saint  Eiiaa  result  in  giving  it  a  height  of 
nineteen  thousand  five  hundred  feet,  with  a  probable  error  in  the  determination  of  less  than  five  hun- 
dred feet. 

Behind  and  apparently  distinct  from  this  range  is  another  peak,  ob8erve<l  for  the  first  time  in  1880, 
apparently  as  high  as  Mount  Cook,  and  which  has  been  named  Mount  Malaapina.  This  may  be  the 
companion  peak  (Piton)  indicated  near  Mount  Saint  Elias  on  the  chart  of  Lu  Perouse.  Saint  Elias 
for  the  upper  five  thousand  feet  of  its  height  is  so  ragH;ed  and  precipitous  as  to  be  bare  of  snow.  Part  of 
itshowea  on  a  precipitous  rook  face  an  appearance  of  bedded  or  stratified  rock  dipping  slightly  to  the 
northeastward.  The  rock,  judging  from  fragi  lents  brought  down  to  the  shores,  is  of  a  syenite  or 
granite  destitute  of  mica  and  of  a  whitish  gray  loior.  Nothing  in  its  appearance  indicated  a  volcanic 
origin,  though  it  is  probable  there  are  some  sm.al.  low  volcanic  cones  on  the  sides  of  the, range,  which 
as  a  whole,  in  this  and  other  respects,  is  believed  to  much  resemble  the  Sierra  Nevada.  It  was  named 
by  Bering  in  July,  1741.    The  position  of  Mount  Saint  Elias  is  in 

Latitude 60°  20'4B"  N. 

Longitude 141°  00' 12"  W. 


according  to  observations  by  the  U.  8.  Coast  Survey. 
than  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles. 


It  is  often  distinctly  visible  at  a  distance  of  more 


PAMPLONA   BANK. 

An  off-shore  danger,  reported  in  the  last  century  but  never  since  olwerved,  is  retained  on  most 
oharta  under  the  name  Pamplona  Rock.  This  was  discovered  or  reported  by  Don  Ignaoio  Arteaga  in 
1779.  Extracts  from  the  log*  and  journal  of  the  voyage  contain  the  only  information  at  first  hand  in 
regard  to  this  supposed  danger. 

Galiano,  in  a  synopsis  of  the  voyage  of  Arteaga,  states  that  "having  obtained  no  observations  they 
estimated  their  position."  The  log-book  makes  no  reference  to  any  observation  being  taken,  but  begins 
jm  follows  * 

"July  16,  1779,  |  69  22  |  35  57t  |  26°  var.  | 

"The  dark  clouds  which  covered  the  coast  disappeared  on  the  sixteenth  and  we  descried  it  at  the 
distance  of  ten  leagues,  and  also  rediscovered  the  high  promontories  which  bore  in  part  northeast^  at 
the  28th  degree  of  the  first  quadrant,  and  in  part  more  to  the  southeast,  which  was  lower  and  at  the 
45th  degree  of  the  same,  whereof  an  adjacent  point  l)ore  NE.  J  E.;  and  also  appearances  which,  at  the 
distance  of  a  mile,  indicated  a  bank,  (bajo,)  which  was  not  examined  on  account  of  the  fresh  and 
favorable  wind  for  continuing  upon  our  course." — [Extract  from  the  log  J]  On  the  chart  accompanying 
it  the  Bajo  Pamplona  is  placed  in  north  latitude  50°  10'  and  west  longitude  41°  11'  from  San  Bias, 
equivalent  to  146°  24'  west  of  Greenwich,  which  is  quite  erroneous. 

The  remarks  in  the  journal  (p.  .307)  referring  to  this  subject  are  as  follows: 

"As  in  this  latitude  when  the  sky  is  clear  it  is  hardly  dark  at  night,  we  saw  on  the  16th,  at  one 
o'clock  in  the  morning,  the  land  which  some  days  before  we  had  discovered,  and  also  discovered  our- 
selves at  five  in  the  morning  to  be  in  the  vicinity  of  a  l)ank  (bajo)  which  we  considered  to  be  in  nortli 
latitude  59°  02'  and  in  west  longitude  35°  40'  from  [cape]  St.  I  iicas,  [l46°  32'  W.  Or.]  On  the 
16th,  at  two  in  the  afternoon,  we  observed  at  the  distance  of  a  league  Cape  Lc.  Elias  [Cape  Suckling  of 
Vancouver]  with  the  point  of  the  island  near  it  named  Carmen,  [Kaye  Island,]  and  sounded  in  forty 
fathoms  water  in  the  bay  between  the  island  and  the  cape." 

It  is  evident  at  once  that  nothing  can  be  done  with  the  positions,  which  Galiano  says  were 
estimated,  and  which  were  apparently  estimated  differently  by  the  author  of  the  journal,  the  writer  of 
the  log  and  the  constructor  of  the  map,  for  no  two  of  1  hem  agree. 

The  only  certain  thing  is  that  when  the  appearance  (of  what  kind  is  not  stated)  which  was  taken 
to  indicate  a  shoal  was  seen  at  a  distance  of  a  mile.  Mount  Saint  Elias  and  the  high  land  in  front  of  it 
bore  N.  28°  E.  by  compass,  the  Alps  eastward  from  it  N.  46°  E.  and  a  point  or  spur  from  these  last  NB.  J 
E,,  and  the  nearest  land  northward  was  about  thirty  miles  away.  Platting  these  bearings  as  above 
interpreted,  with  the  assumed  variation  of  26°  easterly  taken  from  the  log-book,  and  the  intersections 
fall  in  about  latitude  60°  36'  N.  and  longitude  143°  W.  of  Greenwich,  which  places  the  vessel  about 

*  Arteaga's  royngu  nu  never  yiabliahod.  K  copy  of  the  inaiiuBcript  log-linok,  journal  and  a  map  from  the  Spaniah  archireK, 
certified  to  be  correct  oopiea  by  Navarret^,  are  in  the  library  of  the  State  Department  at  Wasbiogton,  O.  C,  firom  wbioli  the 
above  extraota  liave  been  made. 

tThia  longitude  ii  weat  from  Cape  St.  Lucai,  which  ia  109°  62'  W.  Or. 

{The  original  reads,  "el  mna  norueete  i  los  88°  del  ler  eiiadrante  y  el  maa  aiieale  qne  era  el  menor  i  la«  46°  del  miemo,  en 
onya  inmediacian  habia  una  puiita(|uele«  veniaal  MB.  1  B."  The  "norueste"  however,  from  the  context,  from  the  map,  and  from 
the  known  facta,  should  have  been  "  nordeote,"  an  error  of  the  original  recorder.  The  high  proniontoriee  were  Mount  Saint  Eliaa 
•nd  the  peaks  near  it,  and  the  lower  that  part  of  the  range  about  Mounts  Cook  and  Vancouver. 


l'\MI'M»i.\ 


[ousand  feet  in 
it  a  height  of 
than  five  hun- 

9t  time  in  1880, 
his  may  be  the 
e.  Saint  £lia.s 
snow.  Part  of 
slightly  to. the 
of  a  syenite  or 
ated  a  volcanic 
e  range,  which 
It  was  named 


istanoe  of  more 


tained  on  most 
acio  Arteaga  in 
at  first  hand  in 

tservatiou^  they 
ken,  but  begins 


escried  it  at  the 
rt  northeast  I  at 
wer  and  at  the 
;s  which,  at  the 
the  fresh  and 
accompanying 
from  San  Bias, 


he  16th,  at  one 
discovered  our- 
to  be  in  nortii 
Or.]  On  the 
ipe  Suckling  of 
muded  in  forty 

iano  says  were 
,  the  writer  of 

hich  was  taken 
d  in  front  of  it 
hese  last  NE.  i 
rings  as  above 
le  intersections 
le  vessel  about 

Spanish  archiren, 
!).,  from  wbioli  the 


4B°  del  miamo,  en 
the  map,  and  from 
Mount  Saint  Eliu 


ms  fnun 


i.i(lt;V 


'tioA  by 


«•  JN.nii.t  ;«■ 

'■n  HDiii''  1)1'    ■ 

'■ulU'U    >.i, 

•*■■•    • 
Hwapwl  iij  «; 

thUt  tm  bJHVtiUi    !,r 

ros'k  ^'xisffld  in  this  |if 
h*d  frtiiad  itti>  Vm  S  41 
isilit'd  l>v  tlifw  H'!'-;!  ]'•:• 


biiitvnf  it- 


•tt. 


word  tifi  "  u! 


■k'-.1  "fiti  wlti 


■  !>'<ta-«nalA'  bv  l'n<.!t  w 
i  afcoiisidtraWc;  <;xu 
■  -u,  Ixttwften  «h'-    •• 
.l»)d  til  be  d(*' 


iuiot-  i^wtway 


M-  sndtbern  mv\ 


**'^i**, . 


^-^!L_^^..^ 


^  \-    -  -  ■» 


■■% 


\ 


'l«,uwiii.w,i   I  i,iiii|im<aaB<wi«i^«ipp 


Mount  Sl.Eli»p  N.bj-  vV.  43  Mile« 

(*h.;n   «    .*««'.    ftv    Aiur    rial/,   m    M'H 


iMHn 


Mi;«»»i»  Hiirti.  VA'tm  Ti*ii]i  in  (iivu»»?  k  a  .1 

•'<"  irt  *'»■  i^i    P<»rf>aw.     >*(« 

■       lijijiiug.O  . 
ct>i«  »n  «M5i-l(f  (town  u>  il»»t  «httfw*,  m  "<  »  ■> 
|j„.      V   .1    . .  1.,  ii,  ajip  •••-"■'■.-  :.'.tii      ,1 1, 

.....».,..    ..-,_«:.  90-  90' is"  ft. 


^^z 


'^;j!;« 


v/ittjiiiit  ()i«4>n{y,  iufvrniatiim  at  iivM 


,„..., 


\M\n    infill  ibM  \ 


...ij^llti 


'«ijrt)  wiikh  WB  ftwisitlered- .    : 

:  m,  lAwemy  [14*"*  aa'  w,  ( 
•,  )•  .TffiK'  (^ip  St,  Eliw  ;  ■ ' . 
•cu.  flvaye  Iplaud,]  iiu. 

:  author  w  tb«  joarnAi . 

•r  .iylitw  Tind  tft^  litRh  land  in  ( 
;.  and  it  point  ot  .«uMr irum  thexe  K 

■  .■!«,>  hrarii 
■• ,  Hiui  tii 

[>ll-t<!ti^    til- 


I'fu^  (t  (st  4! 


i'ampijOna  dank. 


213 


X 


ini  IcnRiKw  from  the  glioro  northwarJ  from  it  and  n«arlv  midway  betww'n  Horiiif;  Hay  aiic)  Mi(l<lle«"on 
IhIiukI.  Ill  the  former  rosrv  t  it  agrew  with  the  rwordaml  in  thcscoiid  with  the  chart  an-ompmiyiiiK 
ilie  record.  The  whole  (iiiestion  as  to  whether  this  apparunre  wa»t  really  due  t<>  a  shoal  or  hank  still 
rctiiftins  open. 

In  the  "  Notea"  aeconipanyinfi;  Tohienkoff'H  Atlaa,  aft*\r  rcff.  inj;  to  the  diHcovcry  of  the  expc<li- 
lion  under  ArteuRa,  it  in  Raid  Talin,  a  mate  of  the  Ruiwian  vctwel  OrW,  saw  it  in  17!'»l  and  named  it 
Orel  (Eagle)  Book,  after  the  veHsel,  hut  did  not  determine  its  powition.  No  publication  of  TalinV 
report,  except  this  mention  by  Tehienkoff,  ia  known  to  have  Inicn  made. 

Galiano  gives  a  Hynopsis*  of  Arteaga's  voyage  hut  sayn  nothing  of  the  discovery  of  the  hIiohI. 
( )n  chart  No.  3  of  tlie  Atlas  awompanving  his  work  a  "  Pamplona  Hank  "  is  placwl  ("according  to  the 
testimony  (presencia)  of  five  cartographers  of  the  Dcj)artnient  of  San  Bliw,"  Mexico)  in  latitude  60" 
07'  N.  and  about  longitude  142°  41'  W.  of  Greenwich.  No  reference  is  made  to  Arttinga  on  the  chart, 
but  it  is  said  that  it  is  8upj)ose<l  to  be  the  same  bank  as  that  reported  by  Russians  to  Vimmuver. 

On  none  of  the  Spanish  charts  is  the  danger  referre<l  to  as  a  rock;  it  is  always  called  a  bank  or 
shoal  (bajo). 

Vancouver's  paraphrase  of  Puget's  report  to  him  in  regard  to  the  vicinity  of  Port  Mulgravo  a)n- 
tains  the  following  remarks  in  regard  to  it: 

"  Portoff  said  that  a  very  dangerftus  rocky  slioal  about  fifteen  miles  in  length  lies,  by  compass,  in 
II  direction  S.  by  W.  sixty-three  miles  from  a  place  called  by  them  licda-uurtla.  This  Mr.  Pugct  i!on- 
ccivcd  to  be  near  the  point  that  T  had  called  Point  Riou.  I'ufioff  himself  ha<l  been  on  this  shoal 
taking  sea  otters,  and  st^itcd  that  the  first  discovery  of  it  was  owing  to  a  Russian  galiot  having  had 
the  misfortune  some  years  l)efore  to  be  wret!ke<l  upon  it.  Two  of  the  crew  were  drowne<l  and  the  rest 
is(tii|)cd  in  their  boats.  Since  that  |)eri(Kl  an  annual  visit  had  l)een  made  to  it  for  the  purpose  of  killing 
sou  ottcra,  whi<;h  are  there  met  with,  and,  ns  it  generally  proves  advantageous,  Portoff  meant  to  stop 
there  on  his  return. f  From  the  Spanianls  also  I  afterward  became  acquainted  that  a  very  dangerous 
rock  existed  in  this  neighlxirhood,  the  situation  of  which  they  had  taken  great  pains  to  ascertain,  and 
iiad  found  it  to  lie  S.  41°  E.  from  ('a|)e  Suck  ling,  at  the  distance  of  twenty-six  leagues,  and  which  was 
(villcd  by  them  Roca  Pamplona;  when  this  was  delincate<l  on  our  charts  itappearetl  to  lie  in  a  direction 
S.  77°  E.,  distant  eight  miles  from  the  rocky  shoal  described  by  Portoff;  hence  it  may  be  inferred  that 
Portoff  and  the  Spaniards  intend  the  same  shoal,  though  it  is  not  stated  by  the  latter  to  l)e  so  extensive 
us  by  the  former. 

"The  Russians,  it  seems,  in  navigating  this  coast  make  but  little  use  of  the  compass,  even  in 
steering  for  the  above  shoal;  on  such  occasions  they  depart  from  some  particular  point  on  the  coast, 
shape  a  course  by  the  land  and  never  fail  to  hit  upon  some  part  of  the  shoal,  and  hence  arises  the  proba- 
bility of  its  l)eing  extensive,  as  has  been  already  mentioned."     (Vol.  Ill,  pp.  226-6.) 

In  connection  with  this  account  of  Vancouver,  which  he  had  from  second  hand,  it  must  be  borne 
in  mind  that  Portoff  spoke  no  English,  Puget  no  Russian;  that,  as  above  noted  by  Vancouver,  the 
Russians  made  little  use  of  the  compass,  and  hence  a  mistake  in  stating  or  understanding  a  bearing 
might  most  easily  occur.  That  Portoff  with  his  little  fleet  of  skin  canoes  intended  to  touch  at  this 
shoal  on  his  return  to  hunt  sea  otters,  which,  if  the  shoal  was  sixty  miles  from  shore,  he  could  not 
possibly  have  done;  nor  could  a  course  for  so  distant  a  shoal  have  been  shaped,  as  Vancouver  says, 
"by  the  land"  without  a  compass. 

The  bay  near  Point  Riou  is  called  on  Russian  charts  "  Ijcdi-anoi,"  (meaning  icy,)  and  the  identifi- 
cation of  it  with  Portoff 's  "Leda-unala"  by  Puget  is  doubtless  correct,  though  there  is  no  such  Rus- 
sian word  as  "  unala."  A  shoal  of  considerable  extent,  upon  wl;ich  otters  were  formerly  taken,  lies  by 
compass  WSW.  from  Point  Riou,  between  sixty  and  seventy  miles  distant.  There  is  much  prol>a- 
bility  that  this  is  the  shoal  intended  to  be  de8cribe<l  by  Portou. 

It  is  quite  improbable  that  any  shoal  fifteen  miles  in  extent,  upon  which  a  Russian  vessel  had  been 
wrecked  and  which  was  annually  visited  for  sea  otters,  slioiild  Ik;  omitted  from  all  charts  and  become 


Island,  on  which  the  natives  of  Prince  William  Sou-id  assert  that  the  sea  otters  breed. 

At  all  events  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  believe  that  any  shoal  near  enough  to  the  surface  to  bear 
kelp,  upon  which  sea  otters  breed,  and  fifteen  miles  in  extent,  can  exist  in  the  position  assigned  to  the 
Pamplona  Rock  on  charts  which  follow  Tebienkoff  or  Vancouver.  The  reasons  for  skepticism  will 
appear  in  the  evidence  which  follows.  ,      .,■  •    .i  ■ 

There  is  no  authentic  evidence  of  the  existence  of  either  shoal  or  rock  within  this  century. 

A  Russian  navigator  is  reported  as  having  declared  he  had  seer  it  as  a  three-pointed  rock,  but 
as  no  position  or  details  accompany  this  tradition  it  cannot,  in  view  of  other  facts,  be  considered  as 
cntitlf  d  to  credit.     On  the  other  hand,  one  of  the  navigators  of  the  Russian  A  raencan  Company  states 


•Kelacinii,  etc.,  pp.  c-ciii,  1802. 

tit  should  be  remembered  that  Portoff  bid  only  omall  skin  canoe*. 


214 


PAMPL>0.^«A   BANK. 


that  ho  "sailed  over  the  h)ngitude  !aid  down  by  TebierikofF  and  did  not  see  it,  although  the  day  was 
clear  and  a  man  aloft  on  the  lookout."  In  August,  1867,  the  Unital  States  revenue  steamer  Li'tieolv 
int«nd(;d  to  search  for  it,  and  when  about  twenty  miles  S.  eo'^  T..  -f  its  supposed  position  hove  to  and 
sounded  with  one  hundred  and  eighty  fathoms  of  line  Dn(  founc.'  no  bottom.  She  drifted  to  the 
asciitod  latitude  about  three  o'clock  in  the  morning,  l)nt  a  dozen  riiies  to  the  eastward,  then  steered  a 
course  that  passed  four  miles  north  of  its  ascril)ed  position  at  five  ( 'clock  a.  m.  with  a  clear  horizon. 
At  7''  45""  a.  m.,  in  latitude  59°  12'  and  longitude  143^  05'  W.,  no  soundings  could  be  had  with  one  hun- 
dred and  eighty  f  thorns  of  line.* 

Whf  the  International  Telegraph  lilxpedition  visited  Sitka  in  1865,  inquiry  was  made  in  njgard 
to  this  rock  or  shoal,  and  it  was  state<l  by  the  Russian  authorities  that  the  company's  ste  imer  had  been 
sent  out  a  year  or  tvvo  before  on  a  cruise  of  several  weeks  to  investigate  the  question,  and  found  no 
r(x;k  or  shoal  or  even  bottou)  within  one  hundred  fathoms  of  the  surface  and  a  radius  of  thirty  miles 
of  the  alleged  position  .-is  laid  down  by  'I'ebii'nkoff 

The  opinion  was  expressed,  by  those  cons(dt«d,  that  no  &ach  rook  or  shoal  exist*  in  the  assigned 
position  or  very  near  tliat  position. 

In  1874  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  schooner  Yukon  rciiched  this  vicinity  in  clear  weather  and  with 
a  PKKlerate  sea,  an<l  with  a  lookout  aloft  savir  no  signs  of  any  rock  or  shoal.  About  twenty  miles  SE. 
by  compass  IVom  iis  assigned  position  .sounded,  May  27th,  at  five  in  the  afternooD,  getting  five  hun- 
dred and  sevenly-fivo  fathoms  of  line  out  without  touching  bottom. 

That  part  of  the  I*acifie  Ocean  included  between  the  meridians  of  Yakutat  Bay  and  Middleton 
Island  and  extending  about  one  hundred  miles  ofl" shore  was  formerly  a  favorite  report  of  the  right- 
whale  fishers,  who  named  it  the  Fairweather  QroTiud.  Every  mile  of  it  has  been  repeatedly  sailed 
over  while  standing  off  and  on  for  whales;  so  that  it  is  in  the  highest  degree  improbable  that  any 
bank  or  shoal  suflieiently  noHr  the  surface  to  break  in  ordinary  weather  should  have  remained  unseen. 
A  dry  rock  or  islet  is  out  of  the  r^  estion. 

It  is  not  impoi^ible  '  .it  there  may  be  a  bank  in  this  vicinity,  as  Captain  Alonzo  Fisher,  of  the 
whale  ship  WilliaM  Gilford,  reports  that  he  sunk  and  recovere<l  a  right  whale  on  the  locality  aasigned 
to  the  reef,  in  seventy-B  ve  fathoms.  There  js  no  evideucfi,  however,  that  the  whale  toutihed  bottom.  If 
the  position  of  tiie  shoal  be  removed  northward  to  within  thirty  mile.s  of  the  mainland,  as  Arteaga 
supj)osed  himself  to  be  when  the  "appearance  of  a  bank"  was  noticwi,  the  probability  of  its  existence 
is  much  increased,  as  it  would  then  1»  much  nearer  water  koown  to  be  of  motlerate  depth  and  on  a  line, 
parallel  with  the  main  shore,  on  which  several  oth-^-  dangers  are  supposed  to  be  situated. 


*8ee  Coast  Pilot  of  Alaska,  by  Amt.  QiMirge  UividBoii,  U.  S.  Coast  Survey,  i3to.,  IVaBhington, 


pp. 


i48-!t. 


if!    ;4fc: 


Wm 


\m:\ 


I  !> 


h  the  day  was 
;ainer  Liiuioln 
n  hove  to  and 
1  rifted  to  the 
then  steered  a 
clear  liorizon. 
witli  onchun- 

jade  in  ntigard 
imer  had.  been 
and  found  no 
if  thirty  miles 


ither  and  with 
snty  miles  SE. 
ting  five  hun- 


Fisher,  of  the 
t'ality  assigned 
d  bottom.  If 
nd,  af  Arteaga 
Df  its  existence 
and  on  u  line, 


LIST  or-  CHARTS  USHFU).  POR  NAVIGATION 


IN  THE  i^HGlON  COVKRl-;!)  BY  PART  I 


OF  THE  ALASKA  COAST  PILOT. 


(216) 


r' 


'I 


.1 


if 


if' 


1]  I'      «!, 


i'W 


A  LIST  OF  USEFUL  CHARTS. 


PRELIMINARY   NOTE. 

It  was  thought  that  navigators  might  derive  benefit  from  the  preparation  of  a  list  of  cluirtH  which 
are  actually  available  and  can  be  purchased  or  ordered  from  dealers,  and  by  the  posscsHJon  of  which 
the  master  of  a  vessel  may  feel  that  he  has,  up  to  the  date  of  this  list,  the  lattwt  information  in  regard 
to  the  region  where  he  is  bound.  The  names  of  a  few  Russian  charts  of  particiular  value  and  for 
which  there  are  no  satisfactory  English  equivalents  are  included,  since  dealers  can  obtain  them  from  the 
Hydrographic  OflBce  of  the  Russian  Admiralty  if  they  choose  to  take  the  trouble. 

Tebienkoff's  charts,  though  mentioned,  are  Iwlieved  to  be  out  of  print  and  only  obtainable  at 
seoond-hjmd.  V^rties  engaged  in  the  trade  to  the  northwest  coast  have  printed  several  charts  derived 
from  Tebienkoff  and  other  sources,  for  the  private  use  of  the  masters  of  vessels  cmployiul  in  their 
trade.  These  charts  also  are  unattainable  except  by  favor.  Most  of  them,  while  containing  some  new 
data  in  particular  localities,  are,  on  the  whole,  inferior  to  the  origlnalft  from  which  they  were  derived. 
It  will  naturally  be  some  time  before  the  United  States  Coast  Survey  cjin  surviy,  even  in  a  wi.|)erficial 
maimer,  the  sixteen  thousand  miles  of  shore-line  presented  by  the  territory  of  Alaska,  and  (o  repro- 
duce under  its  authority  old  charts  known  to  be  erroneous  is  not  desirable.  For  some  years,  therefore, 
the  navigator  must  rely  on  charts  of»a  merely  approximate  character  for  a  coasi  whose  dangers  may 
well  call  out  all  his  wat^'hfulness,  prudence  and  seamanship. 

The  charts  in  the  list  are  givjn,  first,  by  locality  in  geographical  order,  second,  by  number  under 
the  authorities  by  whom  they  are  published. 

Only  useful  and  obtainable  charts  are  included. 

LIST  OF  CHARTS  RELATING  TO  THE  NORTHWEST  COAST  OF  AMERICA  HRTWEKN 

FUCA  STRAIT  AND  YAKUTAT  BAY. 

Specially  important  charts  are  marked  with  an  asterisk.    P.  0.  S.  means  Pivcific  Ocean  series. 
Subsketehes  on  larger  charts  are  marked  ss. 


Title. 


ALASKA,  Oulf  of. 

Mercator  chart  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  between  Baranoff 
Island  and  Kadiak.  [In  Russian.]  (Merkatorskaia 
karta  vostochnakho  okeana  mezhdu  ostrovami  Hara- 
novim  i  Kadiakskom.)    Cape  Ommaney  to  Kadiak. 

Chart  of  the  northwest  coast  of  America,  east  and  west 
from  Yakutat  Bay.  [In  Russian.]  (Karta  sievero 
zapadnakho  berega  Ameriki  k'zapadu  i  vostoku  ot 
zalifa  lakutat.)  Lituya  Bay  to  liaida  Reef;  Tebien- 
koff's Atlas. 

[See  also  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  list.] 

ALEBT  BAY,  Vancouver  Island. 
A  lert  Bay,  Vancouver  Island.    G.  H.  Richards,  R.N. 

ALKXANDEB  ABCHIPELAOO. 

Mercator  chart  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  northwest 
coast  of  America,  ete.*  [In  Russian.]  (Merka- 
torskaia karta  vostochnakho  okeana  s'sievero-zapad- 
nim  beregora  Ameriki  i  pridcgaiustohim  k'nemu 
Koloshenskim  arkhipelagom,  etc.,  1848.)  General 
Chi.rt  of;  north  end  Vancouver  Island  to  Lituya 
Lay. 

p.  c.  p.— 28 


AlTHOBITY. 


Russian  Hydrogniphii' 
Department. 


Tebicnkotf. 


l?riti>li  Adiiiiraity, 


Russian  Hydrographic 
Department. 


NUMKEH. 

Date. 

P    O.S.  !t 

1847 

1:578 

VII 

184!) 

2067 

!8fi(MJ7 

i;}90 

1848 

(217) 


218 


LIST   OF    CHARTS. 


TiTLK. 


Authority. 


-L 


Chart  of  the  northern  inlete  on  the  northwest  (oaat  of 
America,  etc.  [In  Russian.]  (Karta  sievemih 
prolifoff  NW.  berega  Ameriki  s'opiai  Vankuvera 
ispravlien  kolioni  morekhod,  Novo  Arkhangelsk, 
1849.)  North  part;  Cape  Ommaney  to  Cape  Fair- 
weather.     From  Tebienkoff's  Atlas. 

Chart  of  the  inlets  on  the  northwest  coast  of  America, 
etc.     [In  Russian.]     (Karta  prolifoff  NW.  berega 
Ameruci.ot  shiroti  54°  do  56°  s'opisi  Vankuvera,  j 
etc.)    Same  source  as  preceding ;  middle  part ;  Cape  \ 
Knox  to  Cape  Ommaney. 

Chart  of  the  inlets  on  the  northwest  coast  of  America, 

etc.     [In  Rureian.]    ( shiroti  51  °  do  64°, 

etc.)    Same;  southern  part;   Cape  Scott  to  Cape 
Knox. 

Mercator  chart  of  the  southern  half  of  the  Archipelago, 
etc.  [In  Russian.]  (Merkatorskaia  karta  iuzhnoi 
polovmi  Koloshenskakhoarchipclaga,  etc.)  Middle 
part;  Banks  Island  to  Stikikit.  xiiver. 

Mercator  chart  of  the  northern  half  of  the  Archipelago, 
ete.  ^In  Russian.]  (Merkatorskaia  karta sievernoi 
polovmi,  ete.)  Like  preceding,  but  north  part; 
Coronation  Island  to  Chilkat  River. 

(Cordova  Bay  to  Cross  Sound,  including  the  Kolo- 
shensk  Archipelago;  chiefly  from  Vancouver's 
survey  in  1792.  Corrected  from  a  Russian  chart 
published  in  1853.; 

(Port  Simpson  to  Cross  Sound,  etcj  Same,  with 
fly-leaf  attaclied  showing  survey  of  rortland  Canal. 
Revised  edition  of  preceding. 

(Southeast  Coast  of  Alaska.  Alexander  Archipelago 
•  *  *  Corrected  from  surveys  by  Commander 
R.  W.  Meade,  jr.,  ete.)  Important  corrections,  but 
poorly  executed  chart  in  photolithography.  Later 
copies  of  this  chart  have  a  fly-leaf  attached  con- 
taining Pender's  survey  of  Portland  Canal. 

Same,  with  considerable  additions  in  the  northern  part 
of  the  Archipelago  from  surveys  by  U.  S.  Naval 
officers. 

(Dixon  entrance  to  Cape  St.  Elias.)  Sheet  2  of  "  north- 
west coast  of  America"  series,  scale  riif  Jyinr>  <"*  *'i^ 
polvconic  projectic.!.;  editions  in  1870, 1875,  1879, 
and  a  new  edition  in  preparation;  price  fifty  cents, 
outline  copper  plate  25.6  X  34.0  inchrs. 


Tebienkofl". 


Tebienkoff". 


Tebienkoff. 


Russian  Hydrographic 
■Department. 


Russian  Hydrographic 
Department. 


British  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 


United  States  Hydro- 
graphic  Office. 


United  States  Hydro- 
graphic  Office. 

United    States  Coast 
Survey. 


NUMBBK. 


VIII 


IX 


No.l0,8h.d 
1493 


No.lO,sh.c, 
1494 


2431 


2431 


226 


Date. 


1849 


▲LIASKA  PENINSULA. 

(Part  of  Aliaska  Peninsula  and  adjacent  islands  from     United    States    Coast 
Coal  Cape  to  Issannakh  Strait.)  Survey. 

ALPHA  BAT.  | 

(Alpha  Bay,  British  Columbia.)     D.  Pender,  R.  N.     i  British  Admiralty. 

ALTHORP,  PORT,  AWD  SNTRANCE  TO  CROSS 
SOUND. 

Entrance  to  Cross  Sotind  and  Icy  Strait.     [In  Rus-  Tebienkoff. 

sian.J    (Whwl  v'prolif  Ijohtianoi.)     In  Atlas. 

(Entrance  to  Cross  Sound  from  Vancouver's  Survey.)  United    States   Coast 

In  U.  2.  Coast  Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  charts.  Survey. 


225 


701 


806 


1849 

1849 

1853 

1853 

1865 

1882 
1869 


1880 
1879 


1882 


1901  SB.     1868-7R 


VIII 88.  !  1849 
3         1869 


LIST   OF  CHAllTS. 


219 


IBR. 

Date. 

[I 

1849 

I 

1849 

1849 

Title. 


[II 88.      184!) 


(Granite  Cove,  Port  Althorp,)  with  a  subsketch  of  Croa's 
Sound  with  important  corrections.  Harbor  charts 
of  Alaska,  issued  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey. 

ALTUTA.     See  LITUYA  BAY. 

AMAK  ISLAND.    See  Aliaaka  Feninaula. 

ANOHOB  COVE,  British  Columbia. 
(Anchor  Cove,  Skidegate  Inlet,  from  observations  by 
Staff  Commander  D.  Pender,  R.  N.) 

AKM8TBONO,  FORT.    See  Conolusion,  Port. 

AUOUSTA,  PORT,  British  Columbia. 
(Port  Augusta,  Vancouver  Island.)     From  observa- 
tions by  G.  H.  Riciiards,  R.  N. 

BANKS,  PORT,  Baranoff  Island. 

Anchoring  place  in  Whale  Bay  or  Port  Hanks.  [In 
Russian.]  (lakorniia  miesta  v'bukiiti  Kitovoi 
[Por  Benakj.)     Tebienkoff's  Atlas,  1849. 

(Whale  Bay,  from  Tebienkoff's  Atlas.)  U.  S.  Coast 
Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts. 

BARCLAY  SOUND,  V.  I.     See  also  Sydnc.  Inlet. 
(Barclay  Sound,  Vancouver  Island.)     F"oni  observa- 
tions by  G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

BAZAN,  POBT,  Prince  of  Wales  Archipelago, 
Alaska. 
Kazan   Harbor,    from   a  skekih    by    Zarenibo.     [In 

Russian.]  (Gavan  Bazan  *  *  *  ocherk  Zareml)o.) 

Tebienkoff's  Atlas. 
(Port  Bazan,  from  Tebienkoff's  Atlas.)     U.  S.  Coast 

Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts. 

BEAVEB  CBEBK,  British  Columbia. 
(Beaver  Creek,  Loughborough  Inlet.)     G.  H.  Rich- 
ards, R.  N. 

BEAVEB  HABBOR,  British  Columbia. 
Beaver  Harbor,  Vancouver  Island. 

BECHEB  AND  PEDDEB  BAYS,  B.  C. 
(Becher  and  Peilder  Bays,  Vancouver  Kslaud.)    From 

observations  by  H.  Kellett,  it.  N. 
Plan  on  Imray's' chart  of  NW.  Amerii^. 

BELLA  KULA,  British  Columbia. 
(Bela  Kula  Anchorage,  Burke  Channel.)     D.  Pender, 
R.  N. 

BEBING    BAY.     See    Dischantment    Bay;    Mul- 
grave  Port,  and  St.  Elias  Alps. 

BLAKENEY,  PORT,  British  Columbia. 
(Port  Blakeney,  Morris  Bay  and  adjacent  (•llatlIU'l^', 
Milbank  Round.)     D.  Pender,  R.  .N. 


Authority. 

Number. 

Date. 

United    States    Coast 
Survey. 

741 

1883 

British  Admiralty. 

48  S8. 

1872 

British  Admiralty. 

685 

1860-80 

Tebienkoff. 

VIII  ss. 

1849 

Tebienkoff. 

;5 

1869 

British  Admiralty. 

592 

1861-74 

Tebienkiiff. 

IX  ss. 

1849 

Tebienkoff 

1 

1869 

Briti.sh  Admiralty. 

58068. 

1860-80 

British  Aiiiiralty. 

2067 

1860-67 

British  .\<lniiralty. 

1906 

1846-72 

Imray  ik  Son. 

88. 

1863 

British  Ailiuinilty 

1462 

IK72 

Kritish  AdMiralty. 

1462 

1872 

220 


LIST  OF  CHAllTS. 


Title. 


Si     i. 


'nM 


BLUNDEN  HABBOB,  British  Columbia. 
(Blundcn    Harbor,  Queen  Charlof  ,  Sound.)     From 
observations  by  D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

BBOUOHTON  AND  JOHNSTONE  STBAITS, 
British  Columbia. 
(Johnstone  an'1  Broughtoii  Straits.)    G.  H,  Richards, 
R.N. 

BBOWN  AND  EDTE  PASSAGES,  British 
Columbia. 
(Brown  and  Exlye  Passages.)     D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

i 
BUCCANEEB  BAT,  British  Columbia.  { 

(Buccaneer  Bay,  Malaspina  Strait,  Thorraanby  Islands.) 

BUCABELI  BAT  OR  FOBT. 

Entrance,  etc.,   to    the   Port  of  Bucareli,    from  tlie 


Authority. 


NUHBEB. 


Date. 


chart  of  La   Perouse.     [In  Russian.]  (W'hod  ot 
iuga  v'  zalif  Bukarelli      *     ♦     *     g'karti 
rusa.)     In  Tebionkoff's  Atlas. 


Lape- 


(Bucareli  Bay,  from  a  Russian  chart.)     U.  S.  Coast 
Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts. 

BULL  HABBOB,  British  Columbia. 
Bull  Harbor,  Goletas  Channel. 

BUBBARD  INLET,  British  Columbia. 
Fraser  River  and  Burrard  Inlet,  (Georgia  Gulf.)  G. 
H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

BUTE  INLET.    See  Georgia,  Strait  of,  Sheet  2. 

CAMELEON  HARBOR,  British  Columbia. 
(Cameleon  Harbor,  Nodales  Channel.)     G.  H.  Rich- 
ards, R.  N. 

CANAVERAL,  PORT,  British  Columbia. 
(Port  Canaveral,  Principe  Channel.)     D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

CABTER  BAT,  British  Columbia. 
(Carter  Bay,  Finlayson  Channel.)     D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

CHBSLOKNU  BAT.     See  Kaohekmak  Bay. 

CHILKAT  RIVER.     See  Lynn  Canal. 

CLATOQUOT  SOUND.     See  Sydney  Inlet. 

COAL  BAT.     See  Kachekmak. 

COGHLAN  ANCHORAGE,  British  Columbia. 
(Coghlan  Anchorage,  Greuville  Island.)     D.  Pender. 
R.  N. 

COLUMBIAN  ARCHIPELAGO,  British 
Columbia. 
(Capo  Caution  to  Port  Simpson,  including  Hecate 
Strait  and  part  of  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.)  From 
observations  by  D.  Pender  and  other  offii'erg  of  the 
Royal  Navy.  There  are  two  ef'itions,  of  which  the 
later  (1881)  is  much  improved  and  greatly  corrected 
and  changed. 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 
Tebienkoff. 

United    States    Coast 
Survey. 

British  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


571    '  H63 


581 

2453 
579  ( 
IX  M 

1 

2067 
1922 


580  ss. 

2189 
1901  SB. 


2189 


1923  A 


1860-72 

1879 

1860-65 

1849 

1869 

1860-67 
1860-81 

1860-80 

1868-81 
1868-7 


1868-81 


1867-81 


LIST  OF  CUAUT8. 


221 


Title. 


Authority. 


Number.  '    Date. 


Southarn  half;  forming  the  complementary  part  of 
the  preceding. 

(Cape  Flattery  to  Dixon  Entrance.)  No.  1  of  "  North- 
west Coast  of  America  "  series.  Outline  copj)er  plate ; 
scale  tao^Biii),  26.6  X  34  inches;  price,  fifty  cents. 

COlTCLUBIOir,  FOBT,  Alaska. 

(Port  Conclusion,  from  Vancouver's  Chart.  [In  Rus- 
sian.] (^Port  Konkliuzion  ♦  *  »  s'kart  Van- 
kuvera.)    TebienkoflF's  Atlas. 

(Port  Conclusion,  from  Vancouver's  Survey.)  U.  S. 
Coast  Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts. 

COITSTANCE  COVE,  Vanoouver  Island. 
(Constance  Cove.)   G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

COOK'S  INLET.     See  Kachekmak  Bay. 

CBOSS  HABBOB,  Krusoff  Island  near  Sitka. 
Cross  Harbor.   [In  Russian.]   (Gravan  Krestoffskaia.) 

TebienkoflF's  Atlas. 
(Cross  Harbor,  from  TebienkoflF's  Atlas.)    U.  S.  Coast 

Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts. 

CBOSS  SOUND  OB  ICY  STRAIT.     See  Althorp, 
Port. 

CULLEN  HABBOB,  British  Columbia. 
(Cullen  Harbor,  Queen  Charlotte  Sound.)    D.  Pen- 
der, R.  N. 

CTTMSHEWAS  HABBOB. 
(Plans  of  Ports,  etc.,  in  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.)  lu- 
skip  and  others,  R.  N. 

CTFBESB  HABBOB,'" British  Columbia. 
(Cypress  Harbor,  Queen  Charlotte  Sound.)    D  Ten- 
der, R.  N. 

DE  FUCA,  DB  FOHTE,  DE  FUENTES.    See  Fuoa. 

DISENCHANTMENT  BAY.     -See  Mulgrave,  Port. 

DEFABTUBE  BAY.     See  Nanaimo  Harbor  and 
Departure  Bay. 

DOUOLA8  HABBOB. 
(Flans  of  Ports,  etc.,  in  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.) 
Itiskip  and  others,  R.  N. 

DREW  HABBOB,  British  Columbia. 
(Drew  Harbor,  Valdes  Island.)     D.  Pender,  R.  N. 
DBAYTON  HABBOB.     .See  Semiahmoo  Bay. 
DUNCAN  BAY.     See  Metlakatla  Bay. 

DUNOENESS,  Washington  Territory. 
(False  Dungeness  and  New  Dungenciw.)     U.  S.  Coa-st 
Survey  Harbor  Charts ;  sketch, scale  inrbo' ' ' ' "  '^- 
inches ;  price  fifteen  (!ent8. 

EDYE  PASSAGE.     See  Brown  Passage. 


British  Admiralty. 

United    States    Coast 
Survey. 


TebienkoflF. 
Vancouver. 

British  Admiralty. 

Tcbienkott'. 
Tebienkofl". 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


llnilcd     States    Const 
Survey. 


1923  B     1867-79 
700         1869 


IX  ss.  I  1849 


672 


671 


2168 


671 


2168 


1869 


1858-82 


VIII  ss.      1819 

! 

3         1869 


1863 


1852-81 


1863 


1852-81 


680  ss.  I  1860-80 


646 


1866 


^'i 


222 


LIST  OP   CUAKTH. 


Title. 


ENOLISH  BAT.     See  Kachekmak  Bay  nnil  Ora- 
ham,  Port. 

BITTBAirCE  ANCHORAQE. 
(Sydney  Inlet  to  Natinat.)     G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

ESFERANZA  INLET,  British  Columbia. 
(Eaperanza  and  Nuchatlitz  Inlets.)     G.  H.  Richards, 

R.N. 
(Esperanza  to  C'layuquot.)     G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

ESQITIICALT  HABBOB,  Bntish  Columbia. 
E^equiraalt  Harbor,  Vanmuver  Island. 
Same.     G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 
Sanje,  and  Victoria  Harbor.     G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

ETOLIN  HABBOB,  Wrangell  laland,  Alaska. 
Etolin   Harbor,   Wrangell    Island.     [In    Russian  ] 

(Gavan    Etolin    na  ostrovie  Vrangelia     *     *     « 

s'karti   Kapitana    Zarembo,    1834   goda.)      From 

Zarembo's  chart  of  1834. 
(Bay  of  Etholine.)     Derived  in  part  from  observations 

by  the  U.  S.  Navy. 
(Etoline  Harbor,  Wrangell  Island    *    *    *)     From 

observations   by  G.  Davidson  and  party.     U.  S. 

Coast  Survey  Harbor  Charts  of  Alaska. 

FITZHUQH  SOUITI).     See  alto  Bellakula     Jlake- 

ney,  Fort;    Klemtoo    Passage;    Nowish    Cove; 

and  Welcome  Harbor. 
(Fitzhugh  and  Smith  Sounds.)  Approaches  to.    From 

observations  by  D.  Pender,  R.  N. 
(Fitzhugh  and  Alilbank  Sounds) ;  anchorages  adjacent 

to.     D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

FONTE.     .S'ee  PUCA. 

POBWARD  HABBOB,  British  Columbia. 
(Forward  Harbor.)     D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

FBAN9AIS,  POBT  DE.     See  Lituya  Bay. 

FBASER  BIVER. 
(Eraser   River  and   Burrard   Inlet,  Georgia  Gulf.) 
G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

FRESHWATER  BAY,  Chatham  Strait.     .S'ee  alao 

Wachusett  Cove. 
(Freshwater  Bay.)     R.  W.  Meade,  jr.,  U.  S.  N.,  com- 
manding U.  o.  S.  Sayinaw. 

FRIBNDLY  OOVE,  Nutka  Sound,  British  Columbia. 

PlanofNutka.    [In  Russian.]    (Plan  zalif  Nutka.) 
Same.     G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

FRITZ  OOVB,  Alaska. 

(Fritz  Cove,  Stephens  Passage.)     Surveyed  by  Lieut. 

F.  M.  Symonds,  1880. 
(Fritz  Cove,  Stephens  Passage,  Alaska.) 


Adtiiobitv. 


British  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


Imray  and  Son. 
British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


Number. 


Date. 


684  88.     1861-74 


639 
569 


1862 
1862-71 


1863 
1897  a.     1860-80 
576       I  1862-82 


Rusisian  Hydrcgraphie  i  P.  O.  S.  10  j  1848 
Dei>artment.  1396  ss. 


United  States  Hydro- 
graphic  Office. 

United  States  Coast 
Survey. 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


225  ss.  '  1869 
706    1869 


2448 
1462 


British  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 


1922 


Old  Russian. 
British  Admiralty. 


XXI  88. 

1916  .ss. 


United    Stat^-.s    Coast 
Survey. 


736 


1878 
1872 


630  S8.      1860 


1860-81 


United  States  Hydro-  '       225  ss.    \  1869 
graphic  Office. 


(u.  d.) 
1862-G6 


United  States  Hydro-  88389.       1881 

graphic  Office. 


1883 


LIST  OF  CHAUT8. 


223 


:r. 

Date. 

lB8. 

1861-74 

) 

1862 

9 

1862-7] 

185S 

Title. 


7  a.  i  1860-80 
6       !  1862-82 


i.  10     1848 

68S. 


5ss.  I  1869 
i6         1869 


1878 
1872 


88.      1860 


IBS. 


.SB. 


1860-81 


1869 


(u.  d.) 
1862-U(J 


88.     '   1881 
1883 


Authority'. 


NUUBEB. 


FUOA,  STRAITS  OF.  (Fonte,  Fuentes,  de  Fuoa,  etc.)' 

(Strait   of  Juan  de  Fuca,  surveyed  by  Cant.  Hi-nry     British  Admiralty. 

Kellett,  R.  N.,  1847.     Haro  and  Rosario  Straits, 

by  Capt.  G.  H.  Ridiards,  R.  N.,  1858.     Admiralty 

Inlet  and  Puget  Sound,  by  the  U.  8.  Explorinir  i 

Expedition,  1841     •    •    ♦.) 
(Juan  de  Fuca  Strait.)     From  observations  by  'j.  H. 

Richards,  R.  N. 
(Same.)     Compiled  in  the   Hydroj^raphic  Bureau  of 

the  U.  8.  Navy  Department  from  the  preceding,  on 

a  scale  of  two  miles  to  the  inch,  30x44  inches;  i 

price  seventy-five  cents.  j 


ilritish  Admiralty. 

Unitwl  States  Hydro- 
graphic  Office. 


OBOROIA,  Ouir  of. 

(Georgia  Strait,  Sheet  1 ;  Georgia  Strait  t«)  the  NE. 
point  of  Texada  Island.)  G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N., 
and  others. 

( Sheet  2 ;  NE.  point  Texada  Island  to  John- 
stone Strait.)  Continuation  of  the  prcwdiiig.  G. 
H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

aOLDSTRBAM  HARBOR,  B  O. 

(Goldstreani  Harbor.)     D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

OOLBTAS  OHANNBL. 
(Goletas  Channel,  with  passages  leading  into  Queen 

Charlotte  Sound     *    *    *.) 
(Goletas  Channel  to  Quatsino  Sound  *   *•) 

I 

OOROB  HARBOR,  British  Oolumbla.  j 

(Gorge  Harbor,  Cortes  Island.)   G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N.  | 

GK>WLLAND  HARBOR,  British  Oolumbla. 
(Gowlland  Harbor  and  Ciuathiaski  Cove.)     G.  H. 
Richards,  R.  N. 

ORAHAM,  PORT.    See  Kaobekmak  Bay. 

GRANITE  OOVE.    AV  ^Ithorp,  Port. 

ORAVES,  PORT,  British  Columbia. 
( I'ort  Graves,  Gambler  Island,  Howe  Sound.)     G. 
H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

ORIFFIN  BAT,  British  Oolumbla. 
(Griffin  Bay,  Haro  Archipelago.)     G.  H.  Richards, 
R.  N. 

OULF  OF  ALASKA.    See  Alaska,  Oulf  of. 

HARO  STRAIT.    See  nltn  Fuca  Strait. 
(Hai  >  and  Rosario  Straits.)     G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 
(Haio  Strait  and  Middle  Channel.)     G.  H.  Richards, 
R.N. 

HARVEY,  PORT,  British  Columbia. 
(Port  Harvey,  Johnstone  Strait.)    G.  H.  Rioliardf, 
R.  N. 

HBOATB  COVE.    *'  Quatslno  Sound. 

HELENA  BAY,  Ohiohagoff  Island.    See  iiina  Bay. 

HERRING  BAY.    See  Kaobekmak  Bay. 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 
Uritish  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


Britisii  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 


1911 


Date. 


1847-81 


577    ,  1862-81 

i 

•It)        '  1873 


579     1869-81 


I 


580 


1869-80 


1901  88.   1868-79 


655 
582 

580  88. 

2067 


1863-81 
1860--81 

1860-80 

1860-67 


585    :  1860-80 


611     1858-81 


2689     1859-81 
2840    i  1860-82 


6.34     1860 


224 


LIHT  OI<'   CHARTS. 


Title. 


HXSQUIAT  HARBOR. 
(Eeperanza  to  Clayiuiuot,  et<;.)    G.  H.  Kicliards,  R.  N. 

HIOHFIELD,    POINT;   Anohorsge   at;    Wransell 

Island,  Alaska. 
(Anchorage  off  Point  Iliplifiuld,  by  F.  ().  Simpson, 

master  H.  M.  H.  Devadntion,  18»)2.) 
(Anchorage  off  I'oint    Ilightield,  from  British  Ad- 
mirahy  Chart  No.  24;{1.)     U.  S.  Coast  Survey 
Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts. 

HOLMES  BAT,  British  Columbia. 
(Holmes  Bay,  Princess  lioyal   Island.)     D.  Pender, 
R.  N. 


HOOCHINOO.     Set  Kootz- 


hoo. 


HOONIAH  HARBOR,  Icy  Strait. 
(Hoonyah  Harbor,  Ooss  Sound.)    Surveyed  by  I^ieut. 
F.  M.  Symonds,  1880. 

HOUSTON  STEWART  CHANNEL. 
(Plans  of  Porta,  etc.,  in  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.) 
Inskip  and  others,  R.  N. 

HOWE  SOUND.    See  Oeorgia  Strait,  Sheet  I. , 

ILIMA  BAY,  Chiohairoff  Island,  Alaska. 
Chart  of  Ilina  Bay.     [In  Russian.]     (Karta  zaiiva 
Ilina  nahodiaat-chagosia   na  ostrovie  lakobie  pri 
ostrovie  Sitkhi    *    *     s'karti   shturniana   Ilina.) 
From  the  chart  of  Mate  Ilina. 

INLAND  PABBAOB,  British  Columbia.    See  aUo 
Columbian  Arohipelagro. 

Note. — The  following  charts  cover  the  Inland  Pas- 
sage from  Victoria  to  Port  Simpson  in  their  order 
northward:  Numbers  1911,  1917,  1923 B,  and 
1923  A  cover  the  ground,  in  general,  on  a  mode- 
rate scale;  numbers  2689,  577,  579, 680,  638,  581, 
682,  565,  2448, 2449,  2453,  and  2426  refer  to  por- 
tions of  the  same  passage  on  a  larger  scale.  There  are 
numerous  harl)or  charts  and  charts  of  adjacent  pas- 
sages to  be  found  under  their  names  elsewhere  in 
this  list,  but  not  admitte<l  under  this  head.  Those 
here  are  separately  mentioned  elsewhere.  These  are 
the  latest  editions. 

Fuca  Strait,  etc. 

Vancouver  Island. 

Fuca  Strait. 

Hare  and  Rosario  Straits. 

Gulf  of  Georgia,  SE.  sheet. 
"  "        NW.  " 

Seymour  Narrows.     (See  chart  in  this  volume.) 

Johnstone  Strait. 

Goletas  Channel,  etc. 

"  "        (local,  enlarged). 

Vicinity  of  Cape  Caution  (local,  enlarged). 

Inland  Passage,  Cape  Caution  to  Port  Simpson,  south 
half. 

Lama  and  Seaforth  Cliannels. 


AtlTIIOBITy. 


British  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 
Sim|)son. 

British  Admiralty. 


United  States  Hydro- 
graphic  Office. 


British  Admiralty. 


Russian  Hydrographic 
Office. 


NuMHEB.  i  Date. 


569  ss. 

2431  ss. 
3 

1901  88.. 

883  ss. 
2168 


British  Admiralty. 


(( 

« 

(( 

« 

<l 

II 

II 

« 

II 

II 

II 

« 

It 

« 

II 

« 

(( 

« 

« 

« 

1862-74 

1853-82 
J  869 

1868-79 


XVIII 


1911 

1881 

1917 

1879 

577 

1881 

2689 

1881 

679 

1881 

580 

1880 

638 

1867 

681 

1872 

682 

1881 

555 

1881 

2448 

1878 

1923  B 

1879 

2449 


1881 


1862-81 


(n.  d.) 


1872 


LIST  OK  GHAUTS. 


235 


TlTUD, 


Inland  Pauage,  Cape  Caution  to  Port  Binipfioii,  north 

half. 
Browu  and  Edyo  Paswi^e. 
Port  Simpson  and  vicinity. 

ISLAND  HARBOR,  Barclay  Bound,  British 
Columbia. 
(Island  Harbor,  1861.)   O.  H.  Uichards  U.  N. 

lYOUKBBN  OOVB. 
(lyoukeen   Cove,   from  a  sketch   hy   G.  Davidson 

♦  *     ♦   .)     Harbor  Chartn  of  Aluslsa. 

JBRVI8  INLBT.    8eeOeoTgio,BtrB.it,SI(etti. 

TOHNSTONB  STRAIT,  British  Oolumbla. 
(Johnstone  and  Broughton  Straits);  Vancouver  Island. 

JUAN  DB  PUOA.    See  Fuoa. 

JXTNBAU  HARBOR. 
(.Tuneftu  Harbor,)  Gastineau  Channel,  Stephens  Pas- 
sage.    U.  8.  naval  oiRcers. 

•  KAOHWKMAK  BAY,  Cook's  Inlet.  • 
(Kachekmak   Bay,   Cook'«   Inlet.)     From    Russian 

sources  with  corrections. 

KAIOAHNBB  HARBORS  and  STRAIT,  Cordova 

Bay.    See  alto  Tlevak  Strait. 
Kaigahnee   Harbors,  Prince  of  Wales  Archipelago. " 

[In    Russian.]      fGavan    Kaigan    v'arkhiiwiagic 

Prints  Vallieskakho     *     ♦     ♦     s'karti  Kapitana  j 

Etolina  1833  goda.)     From  observations  by  Etolin  i 

in  1833. 
Kaigahnee,  etc.,  from  Etolin's  Chart.     [In  Russian.] 

(Kaigani  muis     *     *     *     s'karti  Etoli-ia.)    Te- 

bienkoff's  Atlas. 
(Kaigan  Harbor,  from  Tebeukoff's  Atlas.)  U.  8.  Coast 

Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts. 

KLASKINO  INLET,  British  Columbia. 
(Klaskinoand  Klaskish  Inlets  and  Anchorages,  Van- 
(couver  Island.)    D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

KLASKISH  INLET.    See  KlasWno  Inlet. 

KLBIMTOO  PASSAGE,  British  Columbia. 
(Klemtoo  Passage  and  Anchorage.)    D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

KLOKAOHEFF.    See  Salisbury  Sound. 

KLEWNX700IT  INLET,  British  Cglumbia. 
(Klewnuggit  Inlet,  Grenville  Channel.)    G.  H.  Rich- 
ards, B.  N. 

EOOTZNAHOO  INLET. 
(Kootsnoo  Rapids,  from  a  sketch  by  G.  Davidson.) 
Harbor  Charts  of  Alaska.  ,    tt    u     \ 

(Plan  of  Kootznahoo  Roads  and  Koteosok  Harbor.)  | 
From  observations  by  R.  W.  Meade,  jr.,  U.  b,  JN , 
P.  0.  P.— 29 


AtrrHORiTT, 


British  Aiimiraily. 


British  Admiralty. 


United    States    Coast 
Survey. 


British  Admiralty. 


United  States    Coast 
Survey. 

Unite<l    States    Coast 
Survey. 


Russian  Tlydrographic 
Department. 


Number. 


Tebienkofl'. 
Tebienkoff. 

British  Atlniiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


United  States  Coast 
Survey. 

United  States  Hydro- 
graphic  Office. 


1923  A 

2463 
2426 


584  88. 
707 

681 

737 
766 


P.O.S. 

139()ss. 


IX  ss. 

1 

590 


1462 


2189 


Datb. 


1881 

1870 
1872 


1861-74 
1869 

1860-72 

1883 
1883 

18^4 

1849 
1869 

1862 


706 
22586. 


1872 

1868-81 

1869 
1869 


226 


L18T  OF  OHAKT8. 


TlTlA 


(KtM)tximh(M)   liotuls  tind   KoteoHok  Marbor.)     Cor- 
recUKl  U.  1880  by  U.  8.  N.  officers. 

KRBSTOFF,  PORT.    Ste  Orosa  Harbor. 

KOPRmO  HARBOR. 

(Quntfliiiu  Huuud,  etc.)    G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

KXTPBR,  PORT. 
(Plans  of  Porta,  etc.,  in  Queeu  Charlotte  Islands.) 
Inskip  and  others,  R.  N. 

KWATHIASKI  OOVB.    Se,  Quatbiaskl  Oove. 

KYNXTMPT  HARBOR,  British  Columbia. 
(Kvnuinpt  Harbor,  Seaforth  Ciiannol.)    D.  Pender, 


'"S 


KTUQUOT  SOtTND,  Britlah  Columbia.    Ste  alio 
Quataino  to  Bsperanaa. 
uatiot  Sound,  W.  side  Vuiioouver  Island.)    0.  H. 
ichards,  R.  N. 


IkAMA  PASSAOB,  Britlah  Columbia. 
(Lama  Passage  and  Seaforth  Channel.)    D.  Pender, 
R.  N. 

lilNDBNBBRO  HARBOR,  Peril  Strait,  Alaska. 
(Lindenberg  Harbor,  from  a  sketch  by  G.  Davidson.) 
Harbor  Charts  of  Alaska. 

LITUTA  BAY  or  PORT  DBS  FRAN9AIS,  Alaska. 

Chart  of  Lituya  Bay,  from  La  Perouse.  [In  Russian.] 
(Karta  w'hoda  v  zalif  L'tuya  *  •  *  s'karti 
Laperuza.)    Tebienkoff's  Atlas,  from  Ija  Perouse. 

(Altuya  Bay,  from  La  Perouse's  Survey.)  U.  8. 
Coast  Survey  Atlas  of  Harl)or  Charts. 

(Sketch  of  liituya  Bay,  Alaska,  1876.)  From  obser- 
vations by  W.  H.  Dall  and  party,  and  from  La 
Perouse.     Harbor  Charts  of  Alaska. 

(Sketch  of  entrance  to  Lituya  Bay,  Alaska,  1875.) 
From  observations  by  W.  H.  Dall  and  party  in 
1874.)     Harbor  Charts  of  Alaska. 

LOUOHBOROnOH  INLET.    Ste  Oeorgia  Strait, 
Sheet  2. 

LOWB  INIiBT,  British  Columbia. 
(Lowe  Inlet,  Grenville  Channel.)    D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

LYNN  CANAL,  Alaska. 
(Lynn  Canal,  Chilkat  River  and  Chilkoot  Inlet.)     F. 
M.  Symonds,  U.  S.  N. 

Mclaughlin,  port,  British  Columbia. 
(McLaughlin  Bay,  Lama  Passage.)  D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

MAPLB  BAY. 
(Maple  Bay.)    G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 


AUTIIOUITY. 


Unitetl  States  Hydro- 
grnpio  Office. 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 

Britmh  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


United    States  Coast 
Survey. 

Tebienkoff. 

La  Perouse. 

United    States   Coast 
Survey. 

United    States   Coast 
Survey. 


NUMHER. 


British  Admiralty. 

2189 

1868-81 

United  States  Hydro- 
graphic  Office. 

883 

1881 

British  Admiralty. 

1901  ss. 

1868-79 

British  Admiralty. 

714 

1869-81 

88288. 


670 1 
2168 


Datb. 


1881 


1862 

1862-81 


1901 88.  !  1868-79 


717 

2449 

707 

VII  86. 

4 
710 

710 


l86»-80 

1872 

1869 

1849 

1869 
1876 

1875 


LIST  OF  CHARTS. 


227 


i. 


Date. 


1881 


Title. 


38. 


1862 

1862-81 


88.     1868-79 


I86a-80 


1872 
1869 

1849 

1869 
1876 

1875 


1868-81 
1881 

1868-79 
1859-81 


ArTIIOHITY. 


MARY,  PORT;  w«at  ooaat  of  Kruioff  Island,  Alaska. 

Sh'.  likoff  Bay  or  Port  Mary,  etc.  [In  Rumiaii.]  (V'za- 
hfie  Shehkhova  ili  Port  Mcri  nelmlshoi  /jilifete 
udobnii  dtia  iakornoi  8toianki,  opiiiannii  licitenaiit 
Rikordom  i  shturman  Khiiebnikovjni  v'  1810 
*  *  *.)  A  Bmnll  cove  in  Port  Marv,  conven- 
ient for  anchorage,  from  observations  by  Rikord 
and  Khliebnikoff  in  1810. 

MASSOT  HARBOR. 
(Plans  of  Ports,  etc.,  in  Queen  Charlotte   Islands.) 
Inskip  and  others,  R.  N. 

MBNZnOS  BAT,  British  Columbia. 
(Menzies  Bay,  Discovery  PasHuge.)    O.  H.  Richards, 
R.  N. 

MBTLA-KATLA  BAT,  British  Oolumbia. 
(Metla-Katla  Bay.)     Copied  from  British  Admiralty 

Chart  No.  364. 
(Duncan  Bay  and  Metlah-Catlah  Bay,  surveye*!  by 
Capt.  G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N.,  etc.)    Correctetl  to 
1880. 

MIDDLB  OHANNBIi. 
(Haro  Strait  and  Middle  Channel.)    G.  H.  Richards, 
R.  N. 

MITOHmiL  HARBOR. 
(Plans  of  Porte,  etc.,  in  Queen   Charlotte  Islands.) 
Inskip  and  others,  R.  N. 

-  MOIjUBR,  port.    Ste  Aliaska  Peninsula. 

MORRIS  BAT.    See  Klemtoo  Passage. 

MUIiORAVB,  PORT,  Takutat  Bay,  Alaska;  and 
vicinity. 

Rurik  Harbor  in  Yakutat  Bay,  etc.  [In  Russian.] 
(Gavan  Riurika  v'zalif  lakutat  s'opisi  leitenanta 
Khromchenko,  1823.  *  *  *.)  From  observa- 
tions by  Khromchenko  in  1823. 

Chart  of  anchorage,  Yakutat  Bay,  etc.  [In  Russian.] 
(Kartu  iakornih  miest  zalifa  lakutat,  et«'.)  Tebien- 
koff's  Atlas. 

(I'ort  Mulgrave,  from  Russian  charts.)  U.  S.  Coast 
Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts. 

(Port  Mulgrave,  Yakutat  Bay,  Alaska,  1875.)  From 
observations  by  W.  H.  Dall  and  party  in  1874, 
with  a  subsketch  of  the  bay  included.  Harbor 
Charts  of  Alaska. 

NAAB  BAT  AND  RIVER,  British  Oolumbia. 
(Xass  Bay,  etc.)    D.  Pender,  R.  N. 
(Sketch  of  the  Nass  River,  etc.) 

NAMU  HARBOR,  British  Oolumbia. 
(Namu  Harbor,  Fitzhugh  Sound.)    D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

NANAIMO  HARBOR,  British  Oolumbia. 
(Xanaimo  Harbor,  etc.)    G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 
(Nanaimo  Harbor  and  Departure  Bay,  etc.)    t..  n. 
Richards,  B.  N. 


RusHian  Hydrogniphic 
Department. 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


Unite<l  States  Hydro- 
graphic  Office. 
British  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


NUMHBK. 


Date. 


P.O.  8.9, 

i;i7«sM. 


Russian  Hydrographic 
Department. 


Tebieniroff. 


Tebienkoff. 

United    Ptates 
Survey. 


Coast 


British  Admiralty. 
WAxb'..   ulmiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 


BritLsh  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


2168 

580  ss. 

269 
364 

2840 
2168 


P.  O.  S.  9, 
1378  88. 


VII  ss. 

4 
711 


1847 


2190 
2190  8S. 


1901  88. 


573 

2.'512 


1862-81 

1860-80 

1870 
1862-80 

1860-82 
1862-81 


1847 

1849 

1869 
1875 


1872 
1872 


1868-79 


1862-81 
1859-81 


228 


LIST  OF   (3HABTS. 


if 


m 


Title. 

AUTHOBtTY. 

NUMUER. 

Date. 

NANOOSF,  HARBOR,  British  Columbia. 

(Nanooso  HarUor,)     («.  11.  Richanls,  R.  N. 

British  Admiralty, 

685 

1860-80 

NA3PABTI  INLET.',  British  Columbia. 

(Naimrti  amlOii-ijii-kinsli  Inlet*;.)    G.  H.  RichardB, 

Britisli  Admiralty. 

716 

1863 

R.N. 

NA83  BAY  AND  RI VWR.    See  Naas  Bay. 

J 

NAVAIj  KlflSBBVB,  Vancouver  Island. 

(."^aval  Reserve.)     G.  H.  Richards-,  R.  N. 

British  Admiralty. 

572  A. 

1863-82 

NHBAH  bay,  Waehingrtoii  Territory.    Set  u!eu  Ran 

Juan  Port, 

(CajK)  FlatUiry  and  Xeeaii  Jlarbors.)     ('hart  14  x  17 

United    States    Coast 

045 

1853-79 

inches,  scale  .xj^^g-o,  jn'ice  20  cents,  ,sc vera!  editions. 

Survey. 

•."fBVILLH,  PORT,  British  Columbia. 

(Port  I,eville,)     G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

British  Admiralty 

630 

1860 

NIMPKISH  RIVER,  British  Oolumbia. 

* 

(Entrance t«  Ninipkisli  River  )  G.  H.  Richards,  R.  1;'. 

British  Admiralty. 

2067 

1860-67 

NOOTKA.    **■  Nutka  and  nho  Bsporanza  Inlet. 

NORI-'OLK  SOUND.   Sec  Sitlia. 

NORTHWEST   COAST  OP  AMERICA.    See  Alex- 

ander "iirf  Columbian  Archipelagos, 

(Queen  Ghurlotte  Island  to  Cape  Mendocino.) 

Imray  &  S.. ;. 

1853 

(Cftte  nord-ouest  de  1' Am6rique,  etc.)    Covers  Queen 

Frenci)  Admiudty. 

11)79 

1862 

Charlotte.  Islands  to  California, 

(Cape  Fairweatlior  to  I^ake  Nicaragua.) 

Spanish  .ulmiralty. 
Unitefl    States   Coast 

470 

1863 

(Northwest  Coa.st  of  ;Vinerica.  Sheet  No.  1 ,  Cape  Flat- 

700 

1870 

tery  to  Di.\on  Entrant.) 

Survey. 

(Same,  Sheet  No.  2,  Dixon  Entrance  to  C.i[)c  St.  Elias.) 

United"  States   Coast 
Survey. 

701 

1870 

(Same,  Sheet  N-  .  J.  Icy  Bi;y  to  Seven  Islands.) 

United    States  Coat;t 
Survey. 

702 

1870 

NOWL'JH  COVE,  British Ooliimb:.!,. 

(NoAvish  Cove,  Finlayson  Channel.)  D.  Pendei,  R.  N. 

British  Admiralty, 

1462 

1872 

NUCHATLITZ  INL,ET.    S,e  Esperanza. 

NUTKA  SOUND,  Vancouver  Island,  British 

Oolumbia. 

(Nootka  Sonnd,  <;t<\)     Con)j>iled  from  Cook,  Vancou- 

British Admiralty. 

1916 

1849-i)() 

ver,  and  a  S[)iinisli  MS.,  svitli  ii  plan  of   Friendly 

Co\'e  by  Belcher. 

(Nootka  Sound      *       *'     *.)      On    larj^c   sheet    of 

Imray  &  Son. 

ss. 

1863 

"Northw(s(,  Coast  of  Amerioi,"  hy  Iniray. 

(Nootk-. , Sound     *     *     *.)   G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

British  Admiralty. 

1916 

1862-66 

OaOEN  CHANNEL,  Britifih  Columbia. 

/ 

(Ogden  Channel,  with  anchora^tn  Ijetween  Cape  Cau- 

British AdminiUy. 

1901 

1868-71) 

tion  nn(t  Port,  Simpson.)     From  observations  by 

Daniel  Pender,  R.  N. 

^_    Or..a-A  BTRAIT.    A>i' Salisbury  Sound. 

.        .: 

08B0RN  BAY. 

(Osborn  Bay.)     G.  U.  lUchardd,  R.  N. 

British  Admiralty. 

714 

1869-81 

LIST  OP   CHARTS. 


iEB. 

Date. 

55 

1860-80 

16 

18«3 

TiTLB. 


45 

1853-7!) 

30 

1860 

)67 

1860-67 

162         1872 


Authority. 


Number, 


OTTBR  OOVB.    British  Columbia. 
(Otter  Cove,  Discovery  Pas.sage.) 

OU-OU-Kn-'SH.    Sff  Nasparti. 

OYSTER  HABBOjI.    British  Columbia. 
(Oyster  and  Telegraph  Harbor),  Vancouver  Island. 
G.  H.  Ricl..irds,  R.  N. 

FABRY  PASSAGE. 
(Plans  of  Ports,  etc.,  ir  Queen  Charlotte  Islands.) 
Inskip  and  othere,  R.  N. 

PBDDBR  BAY.    See  Bfioher  and  Pedder  Bays. 

PENDER  HARBOR,  British  Columbia. 
(Pender  Harbor,  Strait  of  Georgia.)    North  shore.    G. 
H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

PERIL  STRAIT,  Alaska.    See  alio  Sitka. 
(Pogibshi  Channel  or  Peril  Strait.)     G.  C.  Hanus, 
U.  S.  N. 

PHIPPS  OAPB.    S<e  Mulgrrave,  Port. 

PLUMPER  OOVB.    See  Shoal  Channel. 

PORTAGE  OOVB,  Lynn  Canal. 
(Portage  Bay,  Chilkoot  Inlet.)    G.  C.  Hanus,  U.  S.  N. 

PORT  DBS  FRANQAIS.    See  Lituya  Bay. 

PRIDHAUX  HAVEN,  British  Columbia. 
(Prideaux  Haven,  Desolation  Sound.)     G.  H.  IMoh- 
ards,  R.  N. 

PROTECTION,  PORT,  Alaska. 
(Port  Protection,  from  Vancouver's  Survey.)     U.  S. 
Coast  Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts. 

PYRAMID  ISLAND  HARBOR,  Lynn  Canal. 
(Pyramid  Island  Harbor.)    Mouth  of  Chilkat  River. 
From  observations  by  R.  W.  Meade,  jr.,  U.  S.  N. 

QLAWDZBET  ANCHORAGE,  British  Columbia. 
(Qlawdzeet  Anchorage,  Brown  Pas.sage.)    D.  Pender, 
R.N. 

QUATHIASKI  COVE,  British  Columbia. 
(Quathiaski  Cove    and    Gowliand   Harbor),  Valdes 
Island.     G.  H.  Ricliai-ds,  R.  N. 

QUATSINO  SOUND,  British  Columbia. 
(Quatsino  to  Esix^ranza,  including  Kynquot  Sound.) 

G.  H.  Richanls,  R.  N. 
(Quatwino  Sound.)     G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

QUEEN  CHARLOT^iS  ISLANDS,  British  Colum- 
bia. See  iiltu  Skidegate  Inlet. 
Chart  of  the  channels,  etc.,  iK^twcen  latitudes  51°  ^nd 
54°  30',  from  Vancouver.  [1  n  Russian.]  (KarUi 
prolivoff  N.  W.  Iwrega  An.eriki  ot  Hhiroti  5  uo 
54°30'opi.siVankuvera  *  *  *.)  leb.eni<..)l  s 
Atlas.     Includes  the  adjiuxsnt  i)art«  of  the  nianiliuul. 


Piitish  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 

Biitish  Admiralty. 


United  States  Hydro- 
graphic  0"lcc. 


Uniled  States  Hydro- 
graphic  Office. 


British  Admiralty. 

i 

Vancouver. 

United  State,s  Hydro- 
graphic  Offi<«. 

British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 

Tebienkoff. 


Date. 


580  ss.'  1862-80 


714 


2168 


1859-81 


1852-18 


585         1860-80 


882  88. 


1881 


882  ss.    1881 


580  88. 


1860-80 

^   .  ■  '  ■ 

1869 


225  .ss.!  1869 


2453  88.;  1872-79 


2067         1860-67 


58:? 
.')70 


1863-80 
1862 

1849 


lilST  OF   CHARTS. 


! 


V'.  -S      ■' 


TtTI.E. 


(America,  N  W.  Coast.  Plans  of  Ports,  etc.,  in  Queen 
Charlotte  Islaiids.)  Surveys  by  tlie  Virago,  etc.), 
1852-.3,  with  correotioiis  ill  later  editions  from  new 
information. 

(Vancouver  Island  to  Cordova  Bay,  etc.)  Includes 
coast  adjacent.  Early  editions  of  this  chart  exceed- 
ingly imperfect  and  noted  as  unreliable  on  later 
editions. 

(Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  Hecate  Strait  and  Dixon 
Entrance.)  From  British  and  United  States  sur- 
veys to  1881. 

QUBBN'fc;  '^OVB,  British  Columbia. 
(Queen's  Cove,  Esi)eranza  Inlet.)     G.  H,  Richards, 
R.  N. 

RBPUGB  BAY,  British  Columbia. 
(Refuge  Bay,  Edye  Passage.)    D.  Pender,  R.  N.,  etc. 
(Sydney  Inlet  to  Natinat.)     G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

BEVHiLAGIGEDO  OHANljIBL. 
(Revillagigedo  Channel  or  Tongass  Narrows,  Alaska), 
and  Ward  Cove.     From  a  sketch  by  Pilot  W.  E. 
George,  etc. 

BOOHE  HARBOR,  British  Columbia. 
(Roche  Harbor,  HarovStrait.)    G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

ROSABIO  STRAIT.     Ste  Haro  und  Fuca  Straits. 

ROSE  HARBOR. 
(Plans  of  Ports,  etc.,  in   (iuecn  Charlotte  Islands.) 
Inakip  and  others,  R.  N, 

RTJRIK  HARBOR.    See  Mulgrave,  Port. 

SAFETY  COVE,  British  Columbia. 
(Safety  Cove,  Fitzhugh  Sound.)     D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

SAINT  ELIAS,  MOUNT,  and  vicinity. 
(Sketch  of  the  Saint  Elias  Alpine    region,   Alaskii, 
1 875.)  From  obstTvations  by  W.  IT.  Dall  and  party 
in  1874.     Harbor  ("liarts  of  Alaska. 

SALISBURY  SOUND,  Alexander  Archipelago, 
Alaska. 

Pas-snge  to  Olga  Strait,  etc.  [In  Russian.]  (W'liod 
v'prolif  S.  Olgi.i  Tcbienkoff's  Atla*.  Appc-are 
under  the  name  of  Olga  Strait  erroneously. 

(Olga  Gulf,  from  Tebienltors  Atlas.)  U.  S.  Coast 
Survey  Atlas  of  Harlwr  Charts. 

SAN  JUAN,  PORT,  Vancouver  Island,  British 
Columbia. 

(Port  S(in  Juan     *     *     *.)  On  Imray  and  Son's  large 

chart ;  derived  from  Wmxl  ? 

(Port  San  Juan     *     *     '.)     J.  Wood,  R.  N. 

SANNAKH  ISLAND.    Sr<-  Allaska  Peninsula. 

SCHOONER  RETREAT,  British  Oolumbl».. 
(Schooner Retrwvt,Fitzhugh  Sound.)  D.  Pender,  R.  N. 


Authority. 


British  Adnuralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


United  States  Hydro- 
graphic  OfiBce. 


Britii^h  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 


United    States    Coast 
Survey. 


British  Admiralty. 


British  y\dmiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 

United    States   Coast 
Survey. 


Tebienkoff. 
Tebienkoff. 

Immyand  Ton. 
Flritish  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 


Number. 


Date. 


2168 


2430 


904 


&89b8. 


2453  ss. 

584  ss. 


712 


602 


2168 


1901 1 

700 


Villi 

3 


1910 


1901 


1856-81 


1860-81 


1881 


1862 


1872-79 
1861-74 


1883 

1857-69 
1852-81 

1868-79 
1875 


1849 
1869 

1853 

1847-64 

1868-79 


LIST  OF   CHARTS. 


2S1 


B. 


Date. 


1866-81 


1860-81 


9ss. 


1881 


1862 


,3  88.    1872-79 
14  88.    1861-74 

,2         1883 


J2 


158 


1857-69 


1852-xl 


)1  88.    1808-7'J 
|)!t         1875 


111  88. 


1849 


3         1869 


185;$ 
lo       1  1K47-64 


H8. 


TlTI,E. 


Authority. 


NUMUGB. 


SOHTTLZB  OOVB,  Pish  Bay. 
(Schulze  Cove,  Rubia  Bay.)    From  observation.^  by     United  Sfaites  liylro- 
Lieut.  F.  M.  Syraonds,  U.  S.  N.  graphic  Office. 

SBAFOBTH  CHANNEL.    See  Lama  Passage. 

i 

SECURITY  BAY,  Alaska. 

(Seeurity  Bay),  Kuiu  Island,  Alexander  Archiitelago.  United  States  Ilydro- 

11.  W.  Meade,  jr.,  U.  S.  N.  graphic  Office. 

(Security  Bay,  Kuiu  Island,  Chatham  Strait,  Alaska.)  Unitetl    States    Coast 

From  obserN'ations  by  the  U.  S,  Navy.  I      Survey. 

SBimAHMOO  BAY. 
(Semiahmoo  Bay  and  Drayton  Harbor.)    G.  H.  Rich-     British  Admiralty, 
ards,  R.  N.  |  .  >  . 


British  Admiralty. 
Britisii  Admiralty. 


Rii»<iaM  Ilydrographic 
Depurtrac-nt. 


1868-7!) 


SBYMOTTR  NARROWS,  British  Columbia. 
(Seymour  Narrows,  Discovery  Passage.)    G.  H.  Rich- 
ards, R.  N. 

SHOAL  CHANNEL,  British  Columbia. 
(Shoal  Channel  and  Plumper  Cove,  Howe  Sound.) 
G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

SH0MAGIN  ISLANDS.    Sw  Aliaaka  Peninsula. 

SHUSHARTIB  BAY  or  PORT,  British  Columbia. 
(Shucartie   Bay,  Vancouver  Island.)    G.  H.  Rich- 
ards, R.  N. 

SIMPSON,  PORT,  British  Columbia. 
(Port  Simpson,  and  adjacent  anchorages.)     D.Pender,  i  British  Admiralty. 
R.  N.     Later  editions  much  improved.  i 

SITKA,  BARANOFP  ISLAND.  Alaska,  and       | 
vicinity, 
(.'hart  showing  the  entrana.'s  to  New  Archangel,  Sitka 
Sound,   Salisbury  Sound,   and    Peril    Straits,   by 
Vasilicff,  senior,  in   1809,  and  N'asilieff,  junior,  ui 
1833.     [In  Rusaian.]     (Kirta  w'hwiof  k'Novo- 
Arkhangelskomu  portu  ch'res  zundi  Sitkhu,  Kloka- 
cheva  i  prolif  Pogibshii.     Sostaviena  s'opisi  shtur- 
manoff   Va.*ilieva  T  v'  Um  i  Vasilleva  2°  v 
1833     *     *     *     1848.)    The  best  char!;  of  this 
i)art  of  Ali\ska. 
(*tka  Sound   [the   Norfolk  Sound  of  Vancouver], 
from  the  Russian  chart  of  1848.)      With  additi-.ns 
from   English   tources,   nearly  all   of  which   a-e 
erroneous;  otherwise  (up  to  1 882)  the  same  as  Rus- 
sian Hydrographic  Chart  No.  1M97,  which  i.s  de- 
cidedly preferable   to  the  earlier  editions  of  this 
chart.     The  last  (1882)  edition,  however,  iiu-or- 
poratw  the  U.  S.  naval  data  for  Sitka  and  vicinity 
witii  subskotch  of  Symonds  Bay. 
(Sitka  or  New  Arkl.angel,  from  a  Ruseian  plan  by 
(;apta'n  Yiissiliett;  1850.)    Bad;  now  sufierseded, 
as  notefl  IhsIow.  ,    ,     v     o  i 

(Sitka  Harbor  and  Approaches,  Alaska.)  Survey  Dy 
Lieut.  F.  M.  Symonds  and  Master  (t.  (  .  Hanus, 
U  8  N.  ct*-.,  1879.  Mest  chart  of  the  harlw.r  ot 
Sitka  and  interior  approaches;  17y23  inciies,  scale 
nhs>  pbotolithog'.  I  ,  price  twemy-hve  cents. 
Same;  reproduced  on  coppsr. 


226  S8. 
723 

2627 

638 

585 


Date. 


883  ss.       1881 


1869 

1883 

1857 

1864-67 

1860-80 


British  Adminilty.        j    2067        j  1851-67 


2426 


P.O.S.  lOj 
i;{97 


1868-72 


1848 


British  Admiralty. 


2337 


Britisii  Admiralty. 


Unitetl   "Mat*.    Coaat 
Siirv.,^ . 


Britisii  Admiralty. 


1854-82 


2348 
708 

2348 


1850 
1881 

1882 


LIST  OF   CHARTS. 


Title. 


pfV^ 


,1 


Authority. 


SKIDBOATB  INLBT,  Britiah  Columbia. 
(Skidegate    Inlet,    Queen    Charlutte    Islands.)     D. 
Pender,  R.  N. 

SKINOinTUil  rNLBT,  B.  O. 
(Skincuttle  Inlet.) 

SMITH  SOUND.    See  Fitzhugh  Sound. 

800KB  INIiET,  British  Columbia. 
(Sooke  Inlet,  Vancouver  Island.)     D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

SPASSKIA,  PORT,  Chlchaffoff  Island,  Alaska. 
(Port  Spa.skia,  surveyed   by  Mate  Bunoff.)     TJ.  S. 
Coast  Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts,  1869. 

SQUIBBEL  COVE,  Britiah  Columbia. 
(Squirrel  Cove,  Cortes  Island. J    G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

STAKHIN.    See  StiUne. 

STBPHBNS,  PORT,  British  Columbia. 
(Stephens,  Port,  Prindpe  Island.)     D.  Pender,  R.  N. 

STEWART,  PORT,  Alajka. 
(Port  Stewart,  from  Vancouver's  survey.)  U.  S.  Coast 
Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts. 

STUART  ANCHORAGE. 
(Stuart  Anchorage.)     I).  Pender,  R.  N. 

STUART  CHANNEL. 
(Stuart  Channel,  etc.)     G.  H.  Richanls,  Iv.  N. 

SUQUASH  ANOHORAv>a,  «^ueen  Charlotte  Sound, 

British  Oolvimbia. 
(Johnstone  and  BroUjfhtou  Straits.) 

SW ANSON  BAY,  Chatham  Strait 
(Swanson's  HarU.r.)     G.  C.  Hanus,  U.  S.  N. 

SYDNEY  INLET   a-itlsh  Columbia. 
(Sydney  Inlet    to  Natiiiat.  jitiluding  ClayoquiM  and 
Barclay  Sounds.)     G.  H  Richards,  R.  N. 

SYMOKD8  BAT      See  ./..  Sitjm,. 
(Symonds  Bay,  Sitka  Sound.;     F.  M.  Svmonds  iin«i 
G.  C.  Hanus,  U.  S.  N. 

TAKU  HARBOR,  SteTiheaa  PasBa^re  j^oaaln 
(Takou  Harbor.)     R.  W .  Meade,  jr.,  H.  S.  N. 

TAKU8H    EABBOR,    3mltb    Sound    Britl-sh 
Columbia. 
(Takush  Hariwur,  Smith  Sound.)     D.    i'eudor,  R. 
N.,  t'te.  j 

TAMGA8  HARBOR,  Oravlna  IslandH,  Alaska.     ' 
Tani^w  HarlK»r,  Gravitia  TulamtH,  etc.     j  In  Russian.]  ; 
(Gavan  Tanigas   na  ostnivie  Gravii)nn     *      ♦      * 
s'karti  Ka)>itana  Etoliua  1  HiV3  goda.)     From  ob-  ' 
eervatioufj  by  Etoliu. 


British  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 


Bunoff. 


British  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 

United    States  Coast 
Survey. 

British  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 


Unitwl  States  Hydro- 
^h«thic  Office. 

TWteih  Admiralty. 


T.  S.  Coast  and  Geo- 
detic Survey. 


United  Staties  Hydro- 
graph  io  Office. 


British  Adnurik^tv. 


Number. 


48 


2168 


1907 


580  ss. 


2189 


1901  ss. 


714 


581  ss. 


882  ss. 


584 


724 


Date. 


2448  fis. 


1868-72 
1881 

1864 
1869 

1860-80 

1868-81 
1869 

1868-79 
1859-81 

1872 
1881 
1861-74 

1880 


225  ss.    1869 


1878 


R'!i»*MM.  Hytlrogmpfcir    P.  Q,  8.  10  j  184K 
IVjMutmeui,  I       13MaH.{ 


R.     Date. 


1868-72 


1881 


1864 
t      I  1869 


)ss. 

9 
1 

4 

II  8S. 
(2  88. 


!4 


1860-80 

1868-81 
1869 

1868-79 
1859-«1 

1872 
1881 
1861-74 

1880 


25  8s.    1869 

18  ».«.  1  1878 

1 
I 

iOj  184H 


)\ 


LIST  OF   CHAKTS, 


283 


Title. 


AUTIIOUITY. 


Tamgaa  Harbor,  Gnivinn  Islands,  etc.  [In  Riissiau.] 
(GavanTamgas  *  *  *  a't-i  Etoliua.)  Te- 
bienkoff's  Atlas. 

(Tomgas  Harbor,  from  Ti.N;nkoff'8  Atlas.)  U.  S. 
Coast  Sur-.  ay  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts. 

TBLHQRAPH  HABBOR.    See  Oyster  Harbor. 

TLBVAK  STilAIT.     See  alto  Kalgahnee  Strait. 
(Tlevak  and  connecting  straits  from  Cape  Muzon  to 
Tlevak  Narrows,  with  subsketch  of  Howkan  Straits, 
including  American  Bay.)     H.  E.  Nichols,  U.  S. 
N.,  etc. 

TOMOAS.     See  Ton;,asa  <ii>r/  Tamgraa. 

TONQASS  HARBOR,  Alaska. 
( Passages  t«  Fort  Tomgas.)   Showing  harlxir  and  fort. 
From    obaervatious  by  G.  Davidson  and   party. 
Harbor  Charts  of  Atlas. 

TONO-ASS  NARROWS.  See  ReH  ilaglgedo  Channel. 

TOVrNSHND,  PORT,  Washington  Territory. 
(Port  Towusend,  etc.)    Scale  ^J^mf*  H  Xl4  inches, 
price  15  cents. 

TRAOY  HABBOR,  British  Columbia. 
(Tracy  Harbor,  Queen  Clmrlottc  Islands.)    D.  Pen- 
der, R.  N. 

TBIBUNB  BAY,  British  Columbia. 
(Tribune  Bay,  Hornby  Island .)    G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

TRINOOMALIB  CHANNEL 
(Trinoomalie  Channel.)    G.  H.  Richards, R.  N. 

TUCKER  BAY,  British  Columbia. 
(Tucker  Bay,  I^asqueti  Island.)    G.  H.  Richards,  R.  N. 

UOHUOKLBBIT,  British  Columbia. 
(Uchucklosit  and  Refuge  Cove,  Sy<lney  Inlet.)    G. 
H.  Riclmids,  R.  N. 

VANCOUVER  ISLAND.    See  ,iho  British  Columbia 
and  NW.  Coast  of  America. 

Chart  of  the  Quadra  and  Vancouver  Isiaiuls.  'In 
Russian.]  (Karta  ostrova  Kwudra  i  VunkuvTn, 
a'opisi  Vankuvera  *  *  *  1«4!».)  Tebioi- 
koff'B  Atlas.     Cape  Flattery  to  Scott  Islands. 

( Es{)eranai  to  Claycxjuot,  etc.)    G.  H.  Richanls.  R.N. 

(Vancouver  Island  end  :Mr)!i.«nt  shores  of  Hriti.sh 
Columbia.)    G.  II.  Richards,  R.  N. 

( Vancouver  Island, SeuiichniooBay  and  Druyton  Har- 
bour.)   G.  IT.  Richards,  II.  N. 
VICTORIA,  VANCOUVER  ISLAKD,  Brit.  CW. 

:  Victoria  Harbour.)  Siibskctcii  on  hirge  genera!  cliari. 
,    (Kstiuiraalt   and   Victoria    Harbours,  etc.)     (r.  11. 
RuhanlM,  K.  N.  ,     ,    „  x^ 

(Victorio  Harbour,  etc.)    (x.  H,  Richards,  B.  >. 

VIBAGO  SOUND. 
(Plans  of  Tort/'    etc.,  in  Queen  Charlotte-  Islands.) 
luf^kfp  ftud  otJiers,  R.  N. 
p,  c.  r.— 30 


Tebienkoff. 
Tebienkoff. 


United    States   Coast 
Survey. 


NUMHER. 


Date. 


Unitwl    States  Coast 
Survey. 


United    States    Coast  | 
Survey. 

British  Admiralty. 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admiralty. 
British  Admimlty. 
Ikitish  Admiral  ly. 

Tebienkoff. 


British  Admiralty. 
British  Admimlty. 

British  Admiralty. 


Iniray  it  S>n. 
Uritish  Admiralty. 

British  Admiralty. 
British  Admimlty. 


IX I 
i 

713 


707 


1849 
1869 

1883 


1869 


647 

671 

680  as. 

714 

679 

584  88. 

XI 


669 
1917 

2627 


88. 

576 

1897  6. 


1879 

1863 

1860-80 
1869-41 
1860-81 
1861-74 

1849 


1862-71 

lH.W-79 

lM-7 


rii5:5 
1861-82 

1860-82 


216S      i  1862-&1 


•-il 


li  I 


i'l; 


SJ 


234 


LIST  OF   CHAUTS. 


Title. 


•WAOHUSBTT  OOVE,  Alaska. 
fWaoliiisett  Ciivc,   Kresliwatcr  iJay),  Chatlmin  Strait. 
liy  U.  S.  naval  officers. 

WADDINGTON  HARBOB,  Bute  Inlet,  British 
Columbia. 
(Waildington  ]Iarl)()r  at  head  of  Mute  Inlet.)     G.  H. 
Richards,  R.  N. 

•WALSH  OOVE,  British  Columbia. 
(Walsh  Cove,  A'^ancoiiver  Island.)     G.  H.  Richards, 
R.N. 

■WA.BD  COVE.  Alaska. 
(Wanl  Cove,  Tcngass  Narrows.)    T.  Dix  BoUes,  U. 
S.N. 

WASHINGTON  ISLANDS.  See  Que«n  Charlotte 
Islands. 

WELCOME  HARBOR.  British  Columbia. 
(Welcome  Harbor,   Fitzhugh  Sound.)     D.  Pender, 
R.N. 

WHALE  BAY.    See  Banks.  Port. 

WHITESTONE  NARROWS,  Neva  Strait,  Alaska. 
(Whitestonc  Narrows,  Nevski  Strait.)     G.  C.  Haiiu.s, 

U.  S.  N. 

WHITEWATER  BAY,  Alaska. 

(Whitewater  Tiav,  ( 'lia^iiam  Strait.)     Officers  U.  S.  N. 

WILLIAM  HBl'RY  BAY,  Lynn  Oanal. 
(William  Henrv  Harbo  •,  Lynn  Canal.)     G.  C.  Hanus, 

U.  S.  N.       ' 

WILLOUOHBY  OOVE,  Crosa  Smind. 
(Willoughbv  Cove,  licmesurier  Island,  Cross  So;>nd.) 
G.  C.  Hanus,  U.  S.  N. 

WOEWODSKI  HARBOR,  Admiralty  leland, 

Alaska. 

V/oewodski    Harbor,  etc.       [In   Ru,s.sian,]     (Gavan  • 

'Voewodskaklio  naostrovie  Adniiralteistva    *    *    * 

s'karti    Kapitana    Zarcnibo   18;i8    gwla.)       From 

observations  by  ('ii])tiiin  Zariniibo. 

WRANGELL  STRAIT,  Alexander  ArchipelasfO, 
Alaska. 

Morcator  Chart  of  Wrangcll  Strait,  etc.  [I:-  Hii.s- 
sian.]  (Merkatoi-skaiii  kai  ta  prolifa  Wrangelia 
v'siovernih  Koloslienskili  prolivah.  Sniata  s'karti 
G.  Lindenberga  igravinovana  v'hydrograficheskom 
departainontie  nioi-skakho  niinisterstva,  1X50.) 
From  observations  by  Lindcnberg.  Chart  on  large 
scale. 

(I Man  of  Wrangcll  Strcits.)  From  observations  by 
R.  W.  Mendc,  jr..  V  S.  N.,  etc. 

(Reconnaissmct  of  Wriingell  vStraits,  Alaska,  by  the 
party  under  the  command  of  Lieut.  Com'd'r  H.  E. 
Nichols,  U.  S.  X.,  .A^wistant  Coast  and  Geodetic 
Survey,  i88L) 

YAKUTAT.    S,f  Mulgrave,  Port. 


AUTIIOUITY. 


United    States  Coast 
Survey. 


Uritish  Admiralty. 


Rritish  Admiralty. 


United    States    Coast 
Survey. 


British  Admiralty. 


United  States  Hydro- 
graphic  Office. 


United    States    Coast 
Survey. 

Unite<l  States  Hydro- 
graphic  Office. 

United  States  Hydro- 
graphic  Offi<x;. 


NuMBEit. 


734 


680  8s. 


580  88. 


712  88. 


1462 

882  ss. 

726 

882  ss. 

882  Bs. 


Russian  Hydrographic    P.  O.  8. 10 
Department.  1396 


Russian  Hydrograjjhic 
Department. 


P.O.  S.  106 
1441 


United  States  Hydro- 
drographic  Office. 

Uniteil  States  Coast 
Survey. 


226  ss. 
722 


Date. 


1883 


1860-80 


1860-80 


1883 


1872 

1881 

1883 
1881 

1881 
1848 


1850 


1869-80 
1883 


m 


^r. 


,>.»■*  ,- 


tEU. 

Date. 

4 

1883 

)0b8. 

1860-80 

$0S8. 

1860-80 

L2sB. 

1883 

52 

1872 

B2  8,s. 

1881 

CHARTS  ISSUED  BY  THE  (JNrTEI)  STATES  COAST 
AND  GEODETIC  SUIIN  EY. 


NOTE. 

All  the  Alaskan  cha'ts  of  the  survey  are  incliulwl. 

The  charts  embrace<l  in  the  following  rafalo^jjuc  are  classed  as  "FinJHhod"  and  "Preliminary." 

The  "Finished"  charts  are  printed  from  eiij,'raved  plates  and  embody  all  information  furnished 
by  the  survey,  to  the  minutest  details. 

The  "Preliminary"  charts  are  Miose  issuwl  as  soon  as  possible  alter  the  surveys,  in  whole  or  in 
|)art,  have  been  made,  and  are  used  to  supply  the  pressing  <leman(ls  of  navigation  pending  the  publica- 
tion of  the  "Finished"  charts.  They  are  either  engraved  or  pliotolitliographed.  The  latter  are 
marked  L. 

The  charts  in  this  list  are  various  in  character,  according  to  the  object^  which  they  are  designed 
to  subserve  and  the  amount  of  information  acc-^sible.  The  most  important  distinctions  are  the 
follfywing: 

1.  Sailing  Chahth,  on  a  scale  of  ,2m,m>  which  exhil)it  the  ap])roaclies  to  a  large  extent  of  coast, 
and  enable  the  navigator  to  identify  his  position  as  he  approaches  IVoni  I  lie  open  sea. 

2.  Hakuor  Chauts,  on  large  8<'ales,  intend'Hl  to  meet  the  needs  of  local  navigation,  and 
frequently  derived  from  sciuity  data. 

In  the  present  Catalogue  the  charts  are  arranged  in  regular  geographical  sequence,  the  reader 
licing  supfwsed  to  follow  the  shore  westward  and  northward  along  the  I'aridc  coast. 

A  list  is  also  given  of  the  sketclKs  eompilcil  from  foreign  sources  for  immediate  u.sc  and  pub- 
lished in  1869  Jis  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Atlas  of  Harbor  Charts  of  Alaska.  Many  of  these  liave 
been  superseded  by  better  and  larger  reconnaissiimii  charts  or  sketches  in  the  regidar  series  of  ITarl)P/ 
('harts.  Xavigatoi"s  will  «)nfer  a  favor  by -•i>iiiHunii('ating  to  tiie  Survey  any  new  inforniation  i)y 
which  the  charts  can  be  improved,  since  it  will  be  many  yeiu's  liefore  even  a  reconnaissance  can  he  com- 
|ileted  of  the  coasts  and  harbors  of  Alaska.  In  tli(!  list  asepanitc  immlier  is  given  to  ea<'li  chart,  even 
when  there  are  .several  on  one  sheet,  the  names  heing  rejwatcd  in  each  case,  but  oidy  lunnbered  once 
when  in  their  proper  geograjihical  sequence. 

In  the  Catiilogue  of  charts  published  in  IHS.T  the  numbers  of  the  IFarbdr  Charts  were  changed 
;ind  arranged  in  geographii'al  sequence  in  accordance  witii  :i  pcrniani'iit  scliemc.  These  nntnln'rs  are 
tiiose  hei-e  published,  while  the  numbers  which  have  appeai'cd  in  |)nvioii,s  catalogues  are  ho  longer  in 
use.     The  sequence  is  intended  to  l>e  as  geographical  as  the  iiatun  of  the  <'iisc  will  admit. 

(2;]5) 


!  Pi 


LIST  OP  COAST  SURVEY  CHARTS. 


TABLE  OF  SCALE  EQUIVALENTS. 

The  following  table  gives  the  length  of  nautical  and  statute  miles  on  the  several  scales  named, 
these  scales  being  the  proportionate  size  of  the  chart  to  nature.  That  is,  in  the  scale  ,  ^(q,  the  chart  is 
lauo  f^^^  °^  ^^^  actual  linear  dimensions  in  nature,  (or  100  feet  to  the  inch,)  etfual  tu  60.8  inches  to  a 
nautical  mile,  and  62.8  inches  to  a  statute  mile,  and  so  on. 

A  nautical  mile  is  a  minute  of  an  average  great  circle  of  the  earth,  and  its  length  is  6,080  feet, 
or  1863.2  meters.  A  statute  mile  is  5,280  feet,  or  1609.8  meters.  One  meter  is  39.3704  inches  and 
one  centimeter  is  0.3937  inches. 


SCALE. 

Nautical  Milb. 

Statuth  Mils. 

Inohea. 

Centimeten. 

Inches. 

CentiineUira. 

1 

60.603 
.30. 401 
16.301 

14.593 
7.296 
4.864 
3.648 

3.433 
1.824 
1.459 
1.316 

0.912 
0.730 
0.365 
0.183 

0.073 
0.061 

154.44 
77.22 
38.61 

37.06 

18.53 

12.36 

9.27 

6.18 
4.03 
3.71 
3.09 

2.32 

1.85 
0.93 
0.46 

0.18 
0.15 

52.800 
26.400 
13.200 

12. 672 
6.336 
4.224 
3.168 

2.112 
1.584 
1.267 
1.0i)6 

0.792 
0.634 
0.317 
0. 158 

o.oa3 

0.053 

134.11 

67.06 
33.53 

32.19 

16.09 

10.73 

8.05 

5.36 
4.03 
3.22 

2.68 

3.01 
1.61 

0.80 
0.40 

0.16 
O.IS 

1,200 
1 

2,400 

4,800 

1 

8,000 

10,000 

1 
15,000 

i»,00O 
1 

1111,000 
1 

40,000 
1 

60,000 

60,000 
1 

80,000 

100,000 

am.cijo 

400,000 

1 

1,000,000 

1,200,000 

LIST  OF  COAST  SUUVEY  CHARTS. 


th  is  6,080  feet, 
1704  inohee  and 


LIST  OF  CHARTS  ISSUED  BY  THE  UNITED  STATES  COAST  AND  GEODETIC  SURVEY 
RELATING  TO  ALASKA  AND  ADJACENT  REGION.         ; 

ABBRKViATlONg.— F.,  Finiihcd ;  Pr.,  Preliminarj ;  L.,  PhotolUhograpbio. 


IMS. 

OktalogiM 
Nnir.btr. 


700 
701 
708 
703 

64S 
646 
647 


TITLl. 


SAILmO  CHARTS. 

Norlhwft  Coait  of  Amtrica. 
No.  1,  Cape  FUttery  to  Dixon  Enlnno*  . 

No.  3,  Dtzon  Entranoe  to  Cape  St.  Eliai . 

No.  3,  ley  Bay  to  Seven  lalandi 

[No.  4,  Chlrikoiriiland  to  Nunivak.r  .. 


HARBOR  0BLART8. 
Cape  Flattery  and  Neeah  Harbore,  Waah.  Ter. 


AlaRka . 


iKootsnoo 


Rapids  .  J 


>  Alaaka  . 


722 
723 
724 
725 
796 


Tlerak  and  cunneoting  Straits 


,iu...  1 


I.  Wrangell  Strait J 

Security  Bay, Frederick  Sound,  Alaska... 

Symonde  Bay,  Sitka  Sound,  AlsskaJ 

Sitka  Harbor  and  Approaches,  Alaska 

Whilewatfr  Bay,  Chatham  Strait,  Alaska 


Pr. 

Pr. 
Pr. 


False  Dungenera  and  New  Dungeness,  Wash.  Ter {  Pr, 


Port  Towneend,  Wash.  Ter 

711    I  f  Fort  Tongaaa " 

Iiindenberg  Harbor  .  >  Alaska 

.  I-you-koen  Cove 

718       Eevillagigedo  Channel  and  Ward  Core,  Alaska 

713      ("Tlevak  and  connecting  StraiU 

I  Wrangell  Stnut 

721      fEtoliu  Harbor...."! 


Pr. 


Alaska  .  - 


l,2oa,iiCK) 


1 

"l,2(10,000" 


1,200,  Mb 


1 

40,000 
1 

SO, nob 
_i 

40,000 

1_ 

40,000' 


133,000 

1 
It,  000 

1_ 

Ifi.SUO 

l_ 

e,oob 


aoo.ooo 
1 


1 

67,000 


Siis  or  Boasss. 


Inchei, 


2*,:  X  34 
85ix34 

85ix:i4 


W.  X  86 
6r>  X  86 
65  X  86 


Dale  or  Data  of 

Ual        tnt 
•dIMuo.  tdltlon. 


[  »o,e 


200,00(1 

i      1 


I 

18,000 

_    1     _ 
7,200 


20,100 


1 

16^  1)00 


14  X  17 

10  X  82 
U  X  14 

9  X  lU 

18  X  82 


36  X  43 
25  X  56 
38  X  3« 

23  X  8» 

46  X  58 


1880 
1880 
1880 


1879 


1869 
1870 
1870 


Piiri. 


1868 


1879 


mx   88f  47  X  57 


9  X  111 

18iX  22i 

18iX  15 

14  X  14 
17  X  22i 

15  X  16 


23  X  29 

47  X  57 

32  X  38 
36  X  36 
43  X  67 

38  X  40 


1&83 
1883 

18C9 

1883 

1883 
1880 
1881 
1883 


10.60 
.60 
.60 


1853 

^1853j 
|l856' 
1858 


1869 

188;) 
1883 

1869 

1883 

1883 
1880 
1869 
1883 


.20 
.16 
.IB 

.10 

.16 
.16 

.10 

.16 

.15 
.10 
.K 
.15 


.TitI- glT.„  tn  [.»«.«.]  .nd  onderlln«i,  indio...  oh.rt.  Ib  pr,p.r.tlo„  b«t  no.  ,irt  publUhl. 


LIST  OP  COAST?  SURVEY  OHARTS. 


ill  ; 


•  .i; 


l^'i  i 


IMS. 

i<f.flir  « 

OLAiS. 

BOAU. 

■in  or  BoBDia. 

Dal*  of 

llMt 

•dlllon. 

Data  of 

ant 

•dlllon. 

PaiciK. 

OtItJoiiii 
NnnlMr. 

loehM. 

0«aUBt«MS. 

Harbor  Charts— Continued. 

'  Fort  TniigtMi 

1 

139,000 

731 

LindunbvrK  Harbor.. 

Alaeka 

L. 

1 

16,000 

9  X  m 

33  X  39 

1869 

1869 

|0.10 

I-you-kMn  Cove 

1«,0(IO 

rEtolin  Hnrbor 1 

r      1 

J                                     Ixiuka. 
(.Koounoo  Rapida  ...  J 

L. 

67,000 

I 

I   SIO,000 

9  X  m 

as  X  99 

1869 

1809 

.10 

738 

734 

'  Waohuautt  Cove,  Freahwater  Bay . . 

1 

10,800 

Frita  Cove,  Duuglaa  liland 

Alaska 

L. 

1 

10,600 

18iX  23 

47  X  69 

1883 

1883 

.16 

.1  uiieau  Harbor 

1 

10, too 

1 . 

■  Fort  Tungaas " 

1 

13'i,000 

Liiideiiberg  Hnrbor . . 

^Alaska 

L. 

1 

18,000 

9  X  m 

83  X  89 

1669 

1869 

.10 

736 

l-yoii-kecn  Cova 

16,000 

Waehiiaett  Cove,  Freahwater  Bay . . 

1 

10, 800 

736 

Fritz  Cove,  DoiiKlaa  Tfiland 

Alaska 

h. 

10,800 
1 

18JX  23 

47  X  59 

1883 

188:1 

.15 

737 

10,800 
1 

741 

firaiiitd  Covi',  I'ort  Altliorp,  and  approacbea,  Alaaks. 

L. 

14  X  18 

36  X  46 

1883 

1883 

3,000 

74'2 

Iiitiiy a  Kay  and  Entraiicn,  Mnaka 

L. 

-i-il 

8  X  12 

20  X  !» 

1876 

1875 

.111 

751 

L. 

1 

10  X  12 

25  X  30 

1876 

1875 

.10 

751! 

Port  Miilgrave  and  Kntrance,  Alaska 

L. 

100,000 

1 

80,000 

1 

I    8,000    J 

r     1 

10  X   13 

25  X  33 

1875 

1875 

.10 

756 

Mlddreton  Island ' 

130,000 

N.  W.  Harbor,  Sliiimagina  . . . 

1 

^Alaska 

L. 

64,000 

10  X  13 

85  X  33 

1876 

1875 

.111 

8annak)i  Inland 

■  i 

1 

400,000 

1 

706 

Kacliekniak  Bay,  Cook'g  Inlet,  AlaHkn 

L. 

1 

128,000 

18  X  30 

45  X  51 

1883 

1883 

.1.1 

776 

St.  Paul  Harbor,  Kadiak  Island,  Alaska 

L. 

1 

lliX  14i 
9  X  13 

89  X  37 

1881 

1869 

.111 

786 

Seniidi  Islands,  Alaska 

L. 

1 
400,000 

23  X  33 

1875 

1875 

.10 

795 

[Trinity  Islands  to  Coal 

Caiii'1 

ir  "^^  -.iv-    if 


LI8T  or  UOAHT  8U11VKY  CIlAltrM. 


«t   I   ant 
Uoo.jadlllon. 


IMS. 

IVlUlo|U< 
Nuuit>*r. 

TITLI. 

[)UM. 

8011.1.     1 

1 

Nils  ot  H 
IlnhM.       1 

i<ni>iH.         [ 
VinUnwUn. 

hilmir   IKUiif 

iMt         flml 

dlUoil.  •dllluli. 

raiva. 

Hakboh  CIIAHT8— Cuiitlnucd. 

796 
71>7 

4  W  Aiioli(iriun)  L'ljirikiitr  lalnnil   AlaiikH 

L. 

1 

10  X    U 

25   X  28  1 

Itl75 

1 
1876 

ID.IO 
.10 

Chignik  Bay,  AUaBkii  IViiiiiHula,  AlaakA 

L. 

its,  (WO 

10  X  vn 

1 
ii6  X  34 

lab 

1875 

708 
806 

L.      - 

1 

Hx  131 

24  X  34 

18(6 

1875 

.10 

Part  of  Aliiwkn  I'miinHiiln  hikI  ndjnGout  iaUnd*  fVom 
Co«l  ('h|i«  to  iHannnkh  8lmit,  Alaakt 

L. 

17,  OM 

1 
6M,(I00 

15  X  18 

38  X  46  i 

1888 

j 
1882  , 

.15 

807 

1 

L.      - 

1 
~i47,'0W 

lOiX  12 

27  X  30 

1875  1 

1 
1872 

.10 

808 

SlnieoBoff  Harbor,  Bhuiunciiii ... 

1       1 
90,001) 

809 

Northeast  Harbor,  SliuiiiagiiiB.. . 

1 

1 

Alaska 

L. 

m,ooo 

10  X  12 

25  X  30 

1875 

1875 

.10 

Falmoutli  Harbor,  Shumagiin  ... 

1 

.Eagle  Harbor,  Shumagiim 

1 
du.iioo 

Middletoii  Iiland 

1 

136,1100 

810 

Northwest  Harbor,  Shuinagins  .. 

Samiakli  Island 

Acherk  Harbor 

^  Alaska 

L. 

1 

64,U(X) 
1 

1 

St,<«)0' 

10  X  la 

25  X  :i:t 

1875 

1876 

.10 

■  Simeonoff  Haibor,  Sbumagins  . . . 

f    J    1 

90,000 

Northeast  Harbor,  Sbumagins... 

'  Alaska 

L. 

1 

liuTiioo 
1 

10  X  12 

25  X  30 

1875 

1876 

.10 

811 

Falmouth  Harbor,  Sbumagins.. 

lisTooo" 

818 

[  Eagio  Harbor,  Sliumagins 

90,000 

813 

Sanborn  Harbor,  Sbumagins,  Alaska 

L. 

j 

1 

40,000 

9  X  11 

23  X  88 

'  1878 

j 

1878 

.10                             i 

814 

Popoif    Strait    and    Humboldt    Harbor,    Sbumagin 

L. 

1 

9  X   11 

23  X  88 

1874 

1878 

.10 

Coal  Harbor,  Uuga  Islaud,  Alaska 

•  IB 

1     1 

100,000 

I 

I'w.'ooo 

i    9  X   11 

23  X  28 

1872 

1872 

.10 

815 

1 

130,000 

Northwest  Harbor,  Sbumagins.. 

V  Alaska    

L. 

1 
M,dbo 

1 

1 10  X  i;t 

1 

25  X  33 

1875 

1875 

.10 

816 

490,000 

1 

1 

["31,000 

-■'•'■' 

817 

i  Acherk  Harbor,  Sannakh  Island 

821 

Captain's  Bay,  Unalashka,  Aleutian  Islands 

.   L. 

1 

63,000 

-   13  X  17 

i  33  X  44 

1875 

1  1809 

.10 

i 

.!  L. 

1 

1           1 

9  X  14 

23  X  36     1875 

1875 

;    .10 

i 

822 

niuUuk  Harbor,  Unalashka,  Aleut 

an  Islands 

9,400 

i 

IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0  !ii^  U£ 

1.1  i.-^KS 

^       IJ& 

1 

I'-^^i'-^li^ 

6"     ■ 

'/; 


y 


^m 


PliDtographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WIST  MAIN  STREIT 

WI»STW,N.Y.  14510 

(716)172-4503 


■^V'^, 
V%^ 


^<- 

'^ 


<$- 


fW 


LIST  OF  0OA8T  SUBVET  OHABTS. 


UN. 

Ottklonil 
HanMr. 


841 
851 

8G8 
871 

887 
888 
801 
896 


TITLI. 


HA.RBOR  Charts.— Continued. 

r  Bajr  of  blandi,  Adskh  bland ^ 

i  IxieatUnrda 

vConitantine  Harbor,  Amobitka  bland  J 


Kyika  Harbor,  Kjrika  bland,  Aleutian  blanda 

Port  MAllef,  Aliaaka  Peninsula,  Bering  Sea,  Alaaka.. 

Priblloir  blandi,  Bering  Sea,  Alaska 

St.  Qeorge  bland,  Bering  Sea,  Alaaka 

St.  Paul  bland,  Bering  Sea,  Alaaka 

St.  Mathew  bland,  Bering  Sea,  Alaska 

Cape  Etolin,  Nunivak  bland,  Bering  Sea,  Alaska. . .. 


Glam. 


960    1  Alaska  and  adjoining  territory,  (ohromo-|ithographio 
n>«P) 


L. 
L. 
L. 
h. 
L. 
L. 
L. 


BOALS. 


33, 


27. 


000 


100, 


IM, 


W, 


000 


3,000,000 


Bill  or  BosD». 


Inchea.       Cantlmeton, 


Six  18 

8*X  13 
10  X  14 
9  X  13 
8  X  12 
10  X  IS 
10  X  13i 
10  X  13* 

88  X  36 


89  X  30 

88  X  33 

55  X  36 
83  X  33 
20  X  30 
85  X  30 

56  X  34 
85  X  38 

70  X  90 


Date  of 

bat 
•ditluB. 


1875 

1875 
1875 
1875 
1875 
1875 
1075 
1875 

1884 


DoUof 

fint 
adition. 


1875 

1875 
1875 
1876 
1875 
1876 
1876 
1875 

1800 


Paica. 


to.  10 

.10 
.10 
.10 
.10 
.10 
.10 
.10 

.&0 


■I 


U.  S.  COAST  SURVEY  [ATLAS  OF  CHARTS  OF]  HARBORS  IN  ALASKA,  1869. 

Sheet  No.  1. — Kaigani  Harbor. 

Tamgas  Harbor.  ', 

Bucareli  Bay. 
Port  Bazan. 
Port  Stewart. 
Port  Conclusion. 

No.  2.— Sitka  Hirbor. 

No.  3. — Port  Protection, 

Highfield  Anchorage. 
Whale  Bay. 
Cross  Harbor. 
Salisbury  Sound. 
Entrance  to  Cross  Sound. 
I  >rt  Spasskia. 

No.  4. — Lituya  Bay. 

•  Port  Mulgrave. 
Port  Etches. 
Port  Chalmers. 
«  Port  Chatham. 

Entrance  to  Kaknu  River. 
Kukak  Bay. 

No.  5.— St.  Paul  Harbor,  Kadiak  Island. 


IjIST  of  coart  survky  charts. 


341 


U.  8.  Coast  Sdhvey  :  Atlas— Continued. 


No.  6. 


P.tr.  iP.^-8i 


-Port  Graham. 
Port  Wrangell. 

Delarcff  and  Coal  Harbors,  Unga  Island. 
Kiluluk  and  Chemofi&ki  Bays,  Unalashka  Island. 

No.  7. — Iliuliuk  and  Captains  Harbors,  Unaloshka  Island. 

No.  8. — Sviechnikoff  Bay,  Aralia  Island. 

Nazan  and  Korovinski  Bays,  Atka  Island. 

Bay  of  Waterfalls,  Adakh  Island. 

Constantino  and  Kiriloff  Harbors,  Amcliitka  Island. 

Chichagoff  Harbor,  Attn  Island. 

No.  9. — Plover  Bay,  Eastern  Siberia. 


342 


USEFUL  CHARTS  NOT  I88UEU  BY  THE  COAST  SURVEY. 


LIST  OF  CHARTS  ISSUED  BY  THE  U.  S.  HYDROGRAPHIO  OFFICE. 
(North  to  latitude  60°  and  wcat  to  longitude  140°  W.  Or.) 


No. 


26 
226 


226 


883 


904 


TiTLB. 


Juan  de  Fuca  Strait 

SE.  Coast  of  Alaska,  Alexander  Archipelago 

With  subsketcheb:  Bay  of  Etholine 

Freshwater  Bay 

Plan  of  Kootznahoo  Roads  and  Koteosok  Harbor . 

Pyramid  Island  Harbor . 

Security  Bay 

Takou  Harbor 

Plan  of  Wrangell  Straits^ 

Seme,  with  additions  on  the  N.  part  of  the  archipelago 

Metlakatla  Bay - 

Contains :  Kootznalioo  lloads  and  Koteosok  Harbor . 

Pogibshi  Channel  or  Peril  Strait 

Portage  Bay,  Chilkoot  Inlet 

SwansonBay 

Whitestone  Narrows 

Willoughbv  Cove 

William  Henry  Harbor 

Lynn  Canal,  Chilkat  River  and  Chilkoot  Inlet 

With  sulKsketches:  Fritz  Cove,  Stephens  Passage 

Hooniah  Harbor,  Cross  Sound 

Schuize  Cove,  Fish  Bay 

Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  Hecate  Strait  and  Dixon  Entrance 


Date. 


1873 
1869 
1869 
1869 
1869 
1869 
1869 
1869 
1869 
1880 
1870 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 


LIST  OF  CHARTS  ISSUED  BY  THE  BRITISH  ADMIRALTY. 

(Nortli  to  and  including  the  Alexander  Archipelago.) 


No. 


48 

3f4 

666 
669 

670 


671 


Title. 


Skidcgate  Inlet,  Queen  Charlotte  Islands 

With  subsketch:  Anchor  Oove 

Duncan  Bay  and  Metlah-Catlah  Bay 

Seymour  Narrows,  Discovery  Passage 

Golctas  Channel,  etc 

Esperanza  to  Clayuquot,  including  Nootka  Sound.. 

With  subsketch:  Hesquiat  Harbour 

Quateiuu  Sound 

Withsubsketches:  Hecate  Cove 

Kropino  Harlxiur 

Contains:  Blunder  Harbor,  Queen  Charlotte  Soui.d 
Cullen         "  •'  "  " 

Cypress       "  "  "  " 

Tracy  "  "  "  " 


Date. 


1872 
1872 
1880 
1867 
1881 
1871 
1871 
1862 
1862 
1862 
1863 
1863 
1863 
1863 


LIST  OF  FOttElON  CIIARTH. 


248 


Datk. 

1873 

*•■*«• 

1869 

._•_■>_ 

1869 

KM__ 

1869 



1869 

1869 

—  —  —  » 

1869 

vai« 

1869 



1869 



1880 



1870 

.■•■•aaa 

1881 



1881 



1881 



1881 

1881 

<■■__■■ 

1881 



1881 

— ~— •■ 

1881 

*Kww 

1881 



1881 

1881 

1881 

Dai<e. 

1872 

1872 

1880 



1867 



1881 

1871 



1871 

1862 



1862 

18(i2 

1863 

1863 

■  1863 



1863 

672 
673 
676 
677 
679 


680 


681 
682 

m 
m 


686 


689 

690 
693 
602 
611 
630 

634 
714 


716 

717 

1462 


1897  a 
18976 


Constanoe  Cove 
Nwtaimo  Harbour,  eta 
Esquimau  and  Victoria  Harbouni 

Jiwui  de  Fuca  Strait 

Cfeorgia,  Strait  of,  Sheet  1 


Withsubsketohea:  Buccaneer  Buy 

Tucker  Bay,  Losqueti  Island  . 


Qeoreia,  Strait  of,  Sheet  2 . 

Withsubeketchvfl:  Beaver  Creek,  Loughborough  Inlet 

Cnmeleon  Harbour,  Nodales  Channel 

Drew  Harlx»ur,  ValJcs  luland 

/  Gorge  Harbour,  Cortes  Island 

Mcnzics  Bay,  Discovery  Passage 

Otter  Cove,  Discovery  Passage 

Prideaux  Harbour,  Desolation  Sound 

Squirrel  Cove,  Cortes  Island 

Tribune  Bay,  Hornby  Island 

Waddington  Harbour,  etc 

Walsh  Cove,  Vancouver  Island 

Johnstone  and  Broughton  Straits 

With  subekctch:  Suquash  Anchorage 

Qoletas  Channel  to  Quatsino  Sound 

Quatsiuo  to  Esperanza,  including  Kyuquot  Sound 

Sydney  Inlot  to  Natinat,  including  Clayoqnot  and  Barclay  Sounds 

With8'''fj8ketclie8:  Entrance  Anchorage 

Island  Harbour 

Refuge  Cove 

Uohuoklesit 

Contains:  Augusta,  Port,  Vancouver  Island 

Graves,  Port,  Gainbier  Island 

Nanoose  Harbour 

Pender  Harbour,  Strait  of  Georgia 

Shoal  Channel  and  Plumper  Cove 

Esperanza  and  Nuchatlitz  Inlets 

Withsabsketch:  Queen's  Cove 

Klaskinoand  Klaskish  Inlets,  ete 

Barclay  Sfiond,  Vancouver  Island.. 

Roche  Hurbour,Haro  Strait.— 

Griffin  Boy,  Horo  Archipelago ■ 

Port  Neville 

With  snbskctch:  Forward  Harbour - 

Harvey,  Port,  Johnstone  Strait 

Contains:  Maple  Bay 

Osborn  Bay 

Oyster  and  Telegraph  Harbours 

-Stuart  Channel 

Trincomalie  Channel 

Nasparti  and  Ou-ou-kinsh  Inlets 

Kyuquot  Sound,  Van&mver  Island 

Contains:  Belakula  Anchorage,  Burke  Channel 

Blakoney,  Port,  etc 

KlemtxK)  Passage  ami  Anchorage 

Morris  Bay 

Nowish  Cove,  Finlayson  Cliannel 

Welcome  Harbour,  Fitzhugh  Sound 

Esquimau  Harbour,  Vancouver  Island 

Victoria  Harbour,  ete 


1882 

1881 

1882 

1881 

1881 

1866 

1866 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1872 

1869 

1881 

1880 

1874 

1874 

1874 

1874 

1874 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1880 

1862 

1862 

1862 

1874 

1869 

1881 

1860 

1860 

1860 

1881 

1881 

1881 

1881 

1881 

1863 

1880 

1872 

1872 

1872 

1872 

1872 

1872 

1880 

1882 


S44 


U8T  OF  FOUUION  CHABT8. 


No. 


1901 


1906 
1907 
1910 
1911 
1916 
1916 

1917 
1922 
1923  A 
1923  B 
2067 


2163 
2168 


Title. 


2189 


3190 

2337 
2348 

2426 
3430 
2431 
3431 

8448 


Bbitihh  Admibalty  Chabth — Continued. 

Ogden  Channel  and  adjacent  paaar,^ 

With  Bubeketehes:  Alpha BajjFblayaon Channel.— 

Carter  Bay— 

Qoldstream  Harbour 

Holmes  Bay,  Prinoees  Royal  Island 

Kynumpt  Harbour,  SeafOTth  Channel  — 

McLaut^inBay 

Namu  Harbour . . 

Safety  Cove 

Schooner  B«treat 

Stuart  Anchorage 

Becker  and  Pedder  Bays 

Booke  Inlet,  Vancouver  Ishmd 

Port  San  Juan,  Duncan  Rook  and  Neeoh  Bay.— 

Btait  of  Juan  de  Fuca,  with  Admiralty  Inlet  and  Puget  Souml. 

Nootka  Sound,  etc '— 

Nootka  Sound,  etc 

WithsubAetch:  Plan  of  Friendly  Cove — - 

Vanoouvcr  Island  and  adjacent  shores  of  British  Columbia 

Fraser  River  and  Burrara  Inlet,  (Geotsta  Gulf) 

Cape  Caution  to  Port  Simpson,  (North  half ) 

Cape  Caution  to  Port  Simpson,  (South  half.) 

Contains:  Alert  Bay,  Vancouver  Island 

Beaver  Harbour,  Vancouver  Island 

Bull  Harbour,  Goletos  Channel 

Gowlland  Harbour  and  Quathiaski  Cove 

Nimpkish  River,  Entrance  to 

Shucartie  Bay,  Vancouver  Island 

Beaver  Harbour,  Vamnuver  Island 

Plans  of  Ports,  etc.,  in  «^ueen  Charlotte  Islands 

Contains:  Cumshe^^  durbour _ 

Douglas  Harbour . 

Houston  Stewart  Channel 

Kuper  Port 

Masset  Harbour ........ 

Mitchell  Harbour 

Parry  Passage 

Rose  Harbour 

Skinouttle  Inlet . 

Virago  Sound 

Contains:  Port  Canaveral,  Prindpe  Channel 

Coghlan  Anchorage,  Qrenville  Island ^_. 

KlewnugKit  Inlet,  Orenville  Channel 

Lowe  luMt,  Qrenville  Channel _. 

Stephens,  Port,  Principe  Island 

NassBay,  etc 

With  subsketch:  Nass  River, etc 

Sitka  Sound,  etc 

With  subsketch:  Symonds  Bay : 

Sitka  Harbour  and  approaches 

Port  Simpson  and  acyacent  anchorages 

Vancouver  Island  to  Cordova  Bay , 

Cordova  Bay  to  Cross  Sound . 

Port  Simpson  to  Cross  Sound 

With  subek'>*'3h':  Anchorage  oflF  Point  Highfield— ... 

Fitiehugh  and  bmith  Sounds 

With  subsketch :  Takush  Harbour 


Date. 


1879 
1879 
1879 
1879 
1879 
1879 
1879 
1879 
1879 
1879 
1879 
1872 
1864 
1864 
1881 
1879 
1866 
1366 
1879 
1881 
1881 
1$79 
W67 
1867 
1867 
1867 
1867 
1867 
1862 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1881 
1872 
1872 
1880 
1880 
1882 
1872 
1881 
1866 
1882 
1882 
1878 
1878 


LIST  OF  FOKKIUN  CUAUT8. 


246 


Date. 

1879 

>  — .- 

1879 

.  — .* 

1879 

>—  •■» 

1879 

>  -  « 

1879 

-  — »» 

1879 

.-.— • 

1879 

■  —  M» 

1879 

■>  — MK 

1879 

B  •»<»•■ 

1879 

-~^-. 

1879 

—  —■■«• 

1872 

—  — M» 

18G4 



1864 



1881 

^. 

1879 

V  — >»M 

1866 

a>»WM 

1366 

MflsMs 

1879 



1881 



1881 

--.^» 

U79 

»-.-. 

1167 

1867 

•  -  W- 

1867 

W«Mw 

1867 

___,_ 

1867 

-•*^  — 

1867 

«^-. 

1862 

vMaas 

1881 

1881 



1881 

1881 



1881 



1881 

~~a*w 

1881 



1881 



1881 

1881 

1881 



1881 



1881 

1881 

1881 

1881 



1872 

1872 

1880 

1880 

■ 

1882 

1872 

1881 

.     1865 

.     1882 

.     1882 

.     1878 



.     1878 

No. 


2449 
2463 


2612 
2627 
2689 
2840 


Title. 


Bbitibh  Admibalty  Charts — Cioutiiiiicd. 

Lanut  Paasatie  and  Seaforth  Channel 

Brown  and  Edye  Paewes 

With  subakotches :  Qlawdzeet  Anchorage,  etc 

Riefuge  llay 

Nanaimo  Harbor  and  Departure  Bay •... 

Vancouver  Islam'  Sjniiannioo  Bay  and  Drayttm  narlmur. 

Haro  and  Rosarh  Straits 

Haro  Strait  and  Middle  Cliannel 


Data 

1872 

1879 

1879 

1879 
1881 

1867 

1874 

1882 

■  i 

1    • 

LIST  OF  CHARTS  ISSUED  BY  THR  RUSSIAN  HYDROGIUl'HIC  DEPARTMENT. 

(North  to  and  including  the  Alexander  Archipelago.) 


No. 

Serus. 

Title. 

Date. 

1378 

P.  0.8.  9. 
P.  0.  8.  10. 

P.O.  8.  10  b. 
No.  10  sh.  d. 
No.  10  sh.  c. 

Pacific  Ocean  between  BaraiiofF  Island  and  Kadiak 

1847 

With  subeketches:  Shelikoff  Hay,  etc  -.  ... 

1847 

Rurik  Harbor _ 

1847 

1396 

Pacific  Ocean  on  the  NW.  Coast  of  Ameri(» 

1848 

With  sulisketches :  Etolin  Harbor 

1848 

Kaigahnee  Harbors. _ 

1848 

Tamgas  HarlK)r .  : 

1848 

Woewodski  Hurlwr,  etc 

1848 

12197 

Chart  of  entrance  to  Sitka  Sound,  New  Archangel,  etc 

1848 

1441 

Chart  of  Wrangell  Strait ..       -   . ._ 

i860 

1493 

Alexander  Arc  lipelago.    South  half  -     _-   

1863 

1494 

Alexander  Artihipelairo.    North  iialf 

1863 

LIST  OF  CHARTS  ISSUED  BY  TEBIENKOFF. 

(North  to  and  including  the  Alexander  Archi|)elago.) 


VII 


VIII 


IX 


X 
XXXVIII 


NW.  Coast  of  America  near  Yakutat  Bay 

With  subsketches:  Lituya  Bay 

Anchorage,  Yakutat  Bay 

Passage  toOlga  Strait 

Inlets  on  the  NW.  Coast  of  America:  North  part 

With  subsketches:  Entrance  to  Cross  Sound  and  Icy  Strait 

Anchorage  in  Whale  Bay 

Cross  Harbor 

Inlets  on  the  NW.  Coast  of  America:  Middle  jmrt 

With  subsketches:  Bazan  Harbor 

Entrance,  etc.,  to  the  Port  of  Bucareli  . 

Port  Conclusion 

Kaigahnee,  etc ^ 

Inlets  on  the  NW.  Coast  of  America:  Soutli  part 

Chart  of  Sitka  Bay..- .--—r--.-"Va'S 

With  subsketch :  Entrance  to  mner  harbor  ot  Sitka 


1849 
1849 
1849 
1849 
1849 
1849 
1849 
1849 
1849 
1849 
1849 
1849 
1849 
1849 
1860 
1860 


246 


No. 


XVIII 
XXI 


1979 


470 


LIST  OF  FOBBIGN  CUABT8. 

LIST  OF  CHARTS  ISSUED  BY  OTHER  AUTHORITIES, 
(North  to  and  inolading  the  Alexander  Arahipelago.) 

TiTLB. 

Old  Russian  Sekibb. 

Iliua  Bay - 

Plan  of  Nutka  (subek'etoh) 

Fbbnoh  Aomibalty. 
NW.  Coast  of  America,  etc 

Spanish  Admiralty. 
Gape  Fairweathcr  to  Lake  Nicaragua 


Date. 


1862 


1863 


T'iPSPiBPiPIP"'"™!  II, l.iurail»|lt_i,«J,W 


Coast  <!!.  Oeodedc  Survey  Report   for  1882 


40P 


33 


■%^^^lw-'%  " 


No   '■«' 


/         S      O      G     O   N   I   C 


C  H  A 


CHART 


ii  s 


LIST    OP 


ASTRONOMICAL  POSITIONS  AND  VARIATION  OF  THE  COMPASS 


POB  TBB 


CdST  PILOT  OF  ALASKA 


DP^RT  I 


TABLE   OF 
GEOGRAPHICAL  POSITIONS  IN  ALASKA  AND  ADJACENT  RBGION, 

ALPHABBTIOALLT  ARRANOED. 

The  following  table  contains  the  geographical  pceitions  cited  in  the  preceding  text  and  the  nug- 
netio  variation  and  dip  at  the  same  localities;  together  with  similar  elements  for  all  other  localities  in 
Alaska  which  have  been  determined  with  precision  by  tlio  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  tlie  U.  S. 
Revenoe  Marine,  the  U.  S.  Navy,  etc.,  during  the  twelve  yeum  ending  with  1 882,  and  a  few  othen  of 
importance. 

The  latitades  are  all  north,  the  longitudes  all  ved  from  Greenwich ;  the  doolinations  all  to  the  etut- 
vard  of  true  north. 

An  asterisk  denotes  that  the  oba* .  vations  are  referred  to  a  particular  astronomical  station  at  the 
general  locality  mentioned. 

Those  positions  which  are  supposed  to  be  merely  approximately  determined  are  marked  with  a 


Those  posifio-^e  determined  by  officers  of  the  U.  8.  Coast  Survey  are  referred  to  the  U,  S.  C.  8. ; 
those  by  offioers  of  the  U.  S.  Navy  to  the  U.  S.  N.,  etc. 

The  poge-number  refers  to  the  page  in  the  preceding  text  on  which  the  locality  is  referred  to. 

British  Admiralty  Charts  are  referred  to  by  number,  as  "B.  A.,  2431,"  etc,    Kussian  Hydro- 
graphic  Charts  as  "R.  H.,"etc. 

(247) 


248 


ASTBONOMIOAIi  POSITIONS. 


Locality. 


Adakh  Island,  Bay  of  Islands* 

Adams,  Fort,  Tosikakat,  Yukon  Riverf. 

Adolphus  Point,  8E.  Alaskaf— - 

Alexandw  Point,  Wrangell  Strait  f 

Alexander  Point,  Wrangell  Straitf 

Alice  Ann,  Head  off 

Alice  >jin.  Head  off 

Alpha  Bay,  North  Point  f 

Althorp,  Port.    See  Oranite  Cove. 
Amchitka  Island,  Constantine  Harbor  *__ 

Anvik  Village,  Yukon  River 

Atka  Island,  Nazan  Bay* 

Attn  Island,  Chichagoff  Harbor* 

Augusta  Point,  Chatham  Straitf 

Bailey  Harbor,  Aliaska  Peninsula  *., 

Baker  Point  f, — 

Banks,  Port,  Anohoraget 

Barrow  Point,  N.  extreme  of  Alaskaf  — 

Bartolom^  Capef 

Bay  of  Islands.  See  Adakh  Island. 

Bazan,  Port,  Anchoragt^f 

.Beaver  Cove,  Lewis  Point,  B.  C 

Beaver  Harbor,  B.  C,  Shell  Islet* 

Belcher  Point,  Arctic  Coast  t 

Belkoffiiki  Village,  Aliaska  Peninsula*. 

Bering  Island,  village  f 

Big  Bay,  British  Col.,  South  Island  *... 

Bingham  Point,  Yakobi  Island  t 

Blakeney,  Port,  B.  C* 

Booade  Quadra,  entranoef 

Bogosloff,  Volcano  Island  f 

Boundary  Ibe,  Bering  Strait .  _. 

Broad  Cape,  Kadiak  Islandf 

Brumei  Pointf 

Bull  Harbor,  B.  C* 

Caamano  Cape,  Clarence  Strait  f 

Oaamano  Cape,  Clarence  Strait  f 


Paob. 


191 

107 

107 

60 

60 

37 


181 


102 
133 


96 

94 

9 

12 


Latitudb  N. 


42 

186 

28 

71 


70 
16 
75 
76 


o  t  n 

61  49  18 

63  08  11 

68  18  00 

66  34  30 

66  28  46 

66  26  00 

66  29  00 

63  62  01 


61  23 

62  37 
62  10 

62  66 
68  04 
66  08 
52  20 
66  39 
71  20 

66  12 

64  60 
50  32 
60  42 

(70  48 

65  06 
65  14 
64  29 
68  02 
52  18 
55  04 

63  68 

64  45 

67  34 
64  54 
60  64 
55  29 


LONOTTITDB  W. 


39 
24 
30 
01 
00 
48 
05 
00 
00 
06 

05 
47 
36 

00)  I 
13  ! 
00  I 
06  ; 
00  ; 

47  ' 

30  i 

30 

00 

36 

30 

47 

00 


o  /  // 

176  61  58 

162  30  11 

136  41  00 

182  62  00 

132  68  36 

129  24  00 

129  aO  00 

130  17  34 

180  47  56 

160  07  11 

174  15  18 

186  47  36 

136  04  00 

162  07  22 

136  31  06 

136  00  00 

166  14  46 


132  47 

126  62 

127  26 
169  40 
162  00 
194  08 

130  28 
136  34 

128  22 

131  00 
168  00 
168  68 
162  06 

130  49 
127  66 
181  64 

131  68 


02 
12 
07 
22 
16 
00 
24 
00 
42 
00 
00 
05 
00 
00 
03 
00 
00 


DKCLINATIOM   AND  DIP. 


'249 


I 


TDDB  W. 

61  58 
30  11 
41  00 

62  00 
68  36 
24  00 
30  00 
17  34 

I  47  66 

»  07  11 

[     16  18 

i    47  36 

i    04  00 

3  07  22 

6  31  06 

6  00  00 

6  14  46 


a 

47 

02 

6 

62 

12 

7 

26 

07 

9 

40 

22 

2 

00 

16 

4 

08 

00 

0 

28 

24 

6 

34 

<K) 

8 

22 

43 

1 

00 

00 

8 

00 

00 

8 

68 

05 

2 

06 

00 

0 

49 

00 

7 

66 

03 

1 

64 

00 

1 

68 

00 

Date. 


Authority. 


1882 
1K81 
1793 
1868 
1879 

1873 
1869 
1873 
1873 


1879 


1847 
1881 
1793 

1834 
1«67 

im 

1880 

1H80 

1879 

1872 

1880 

1872 

1881 

1880 

1880 

1869 

1793 

1867 

1848 

1882 


Decl.  E.    Dip.   '  Date. 


1873    U.8.C.8— }  13  52 

1869    U.S.  A 


B.  A.,  2431 . 

U.S.N.... 
Vancouver.. 

Pender 

B.  A.,  1901 


1873 


U.S.C.8..— 

U.S.  A-.. 

U.S.C.S -. 

U.S.C.S.— .— 


U.S.  R.M 

Various  authorities . 

R.  H. 1494 

U.S.R.M 

Vancouver 


27     26 


7     17 


16    57 
7    43 


21  08 

26  30 

27  45 
37  18 


65     11 


1868 


1873 


1873 
1873 


Zarembo 

B.  A.,  2067 

Vancouver  Id.  Pilot  . 

U.8.C.8 

U.S.C.S— 

Nordenskiold 

B.  A.,  2426 -. 

U.8.C.8 

B.  A.,  1462 

U.8.C.S 

U.S.C.S -  — 

U.S.C.S— 

U.S.C.S.- 

Vancouver 

B.  A.,  2067 -■ 

R.  H.,  1493 

U.8.C.S — 


26    00 


24    10 


81     18 


1879 
1793 
1847 
1881 


21 
3 


21 
66 


80 
69 
66 


53 
16 


1862 
1880 
1880 
1879 


24     20 


1862 


Authority. 


U.  8.  C.  8. 


B.  A.,  1901. 

U.  8.  C.  8. 

U.  8.  C.  8. 
U.  8. 0. 8. 

U.  S.  R.  M. 
Vancouver. 
R.  H.,  1494. 
U.  8.  R.  M. 


1834         Zarembo. 


Vancouver  Id.  Pilot. 
U.  8.  C.  8. 
v.  8.  C.  8. 
Nonlcnsitioid. 


B.  A.,  2067. 


P.  c.  p. — 32 


3to 


ASTROyOMIOAIi  POSITIONS. 


Locality. 


Calvert  Cape,  Fi'tehugh  Sound* 

Carter  Bay,  B.  C*. 

Caution  Cape,  B.  C.f 

Chamisso  Island* 

ChamisBO  Island ;  beacon  center  of  island . 

Chasina  Point,  Clarence  Strait  t 

Chemoflski  Village,  Unalashka* 

Chiachi  Island  ♦ 

Chichagoff  Harbor.   See  Attn. 

Chignik  Hay,*  Aliaska  Peninsula 

Chirikoff  Island  * 

Clarence,  Port,  Point  Spencer  f 

Clarence  Port* 

Cloak  Bay,  Q.  C.  Islands,  cntmncet 

Coal  Harbor,  Unga  Island  * 

Coal  Point,  Eachekmak  Bay* 

Coghlan  Anchorage,  B.  C* 

Conclusion,  Port*  f 

Constantine  Harbor.     8e«  Amcliitka. 

Cook,  Mount  t 

Coronation  Islandf 

Couverden  Pointf 

Craven  Point,  Peril  Strait  t 

Crillon,  Mount  f 

Danger  Point,  Kootznahoot 

Dangerous  Cape.    See  Graham  Port. 

December  Point,  Wrangell  Strait  f 

Decision  Capef 

Devil  Rock,  East;  Dixon  Entrance  f 

Diomede  Island,  Big;  Bering  Strait* 

Disenchantment  Bay,  Yakutat* 

Disenchantment  Bay,  Yakut)<t  * 

Dolgoi  Cape,*  Dolgoi  Island 

Dundas  Pointf 

Edward  Capet — • 

Eleanor  Cove,  south  hernl  f .^^ 

Ellis  Point,  TebienkofiF  Bay  f — . 


Page. 

21 
82 
19 


86 


53 


34 
120 

212 
100 
193 
166 
202 
176 

113 

100 
66 


210 
210 


188 


210 
120 


Latitudb  N. 


o  /  // 

61  24  40 

62  49  41 
61  09  36 
66  13  21 
66  13  17 

65  17  00 

63  23  67 
55  61  58 

66  19  20 
66  48  22 
66  17  00 
66  16  07 

64  12  00 
66  20  46 
69  36  08 
53  22  44 
66  14  66 

60  15  00 

66  53  30 

68  13  00 

67  29  30 

68  40  00 
57  29  00 

66  32  31 

66  02  00 

64  40  46 

66  44  61 

69  61  10 

69  69  30 

66  03  21 

68  21  00 

67  39  00 

69  44  00 
66  31  00 


LoyorruDB  W. 


o  I  n 

127  66  63 

128  24  S4 
127  48  12 
161  48  46 
161  60  14 

131  56  00 

167  29  66 
169  06  26 

168  24  26 

165  42  61 

166  60  64 
166  60  64 

132  68  00 

160  38  39 

161  23  37 

129  16  16 
134  22  30 

140  00  00 

134  10  00 

136  08  00 
134  67  00 

137  02  07 
134  37  00 

132  67  06 


131  08  16 
169  04  26 
139  48  06 


161  43  19 

136  18  00 

13C  16  00 

(139  32  00) 

134  14  00 


DECLINATION  AND  DI1». 


261 


TDDB 

W. 

1 

// 

66 

63 

24 

S4 

48 

12 

48 

45 

60 

14 

65 

00 

29 

66 

05 

26 

24 

25 

42 

61 

50 

54 

50 

54 

68 

00 

38 

39 

23 

37 

16 

16 

22. 

30 

00 

00 

10 

00 

08 

00 

57 

00 

02 

07 

37 

00 

67 

06 

08 

16 

04 

26 

48 

05 

43 

19 

18 

00 

15 

00 

32 

00) 

14 

00 

Date. 

Authority. 

Dsfiu  E. 

Dip. 

DaT£. 

AUTIIOBITY. 

1873 

B.  A.,  2448 

0             / 

o            / 

/ 

J  879 

B.  A.,  1901 

26     20 

1868 

B.  A.,  1901. 

1872 

B.  A.,  2448-.. 

1880 
1880 

U.S.  €.8 

U.S.C.S 

26     45 

77     17 

1880 

U.S.C.S. 

1793 

Vancouver 

1880 

U.8.C.8 

16     14 

21  56 

22  02 

23  Ci 

67     14 

1880 
1874 

1874 
1874 

U.S.C.S. 

uses 

1874 

u.ac.s 

U.S.C.8 

1874 

U.S.C.S. 
U.S.C.S. 

1874 

U.S.C.S 

1880 

U.S.C.S 

1880 
1880 

U.S.C.8 

DawBon 

22    45 

76    04 

1880 

U.S.C.S. 

1872 

U.S.C.8.._. 

1880 
1872 

U.S.C.8 

B.  A.,  2189 

25    50 

74    00 

1880 

U.S.C.S. 

1792 

Vancouver 

29    00 

1792 

Vancouver. 

1874 

U.S.C.8.. 

1848 

R.H.,  1493 

1881 

U.8.N 

1881 

U.S.N 

1 

1874 

U.S.C.S                

1868 

U.S.N - 

U  S  N 

2<J    00 

1868 

U.S.  N. 

1881 

1793 

iTfiiuvkii  vAr 

1879 

Ttnini'lims 

1880 

U.S.C.S        — 

21     48 
m     16 

i 

76     16 

1 

1880 
1791 

U.S.C.S. 

1791 

Malaxpiua. 

1802 
1880 

1 

1 

U.S.C.8 

17    59 

i 

1880    j 

t 

U.S.C.S. 

1 

r 

1794 
1793 

X^tttnA 

----------i 

ruget 

j 

L 

1         .         ' 

262 


A8TUONOMI0AL  POSITIONS. 


IXKiALITY. 


EBsington,  Port,  R.  C.f 

Etches,  Port,  Prince  William  Sound  *  _... 
Etolin  Cape,  Nunivak  Island  * 

Fairweather  Cape  t 

Fairweatfaer,  Mount 

Fogg7,  tee  Brumez  Point. 

Forrester  Island,  8E.  end  f 

Fox  Cape,  Dixon  Entrance  f 

Fox  Cape,  Dixon  Entrance  f 

Fox  Cape,  Dixon  Entrance  f 

Freshwater  Bay,  Pavloff  Harbor  f 

Fri}  ite  Bay, Center  Islet* 

Fritz  Cove,  Douglass  Island  t 

Qardner  Harbor,  Clarence  Strait  f 

Churdner,  Pointt 

Qeorgiana,  Capef 

Goldstream  Harbor,  B.  0  * 

Gowlland  Harbor,  B.  C*  - 

Graham,  Port,  Dangerous  Cape  * 

Qranite  Cove,  Port  Althorp  * 

Grenville  Cape,  Kadiakf 

Hagemeister  Island,  Bering  Sea* 

Hamilton  Harborf 

Harris  Point,  Kuiu  Island  t 

Haasler  Harbor,  Bevillagigedo  Channel  * . 

Hastings  Arm,  Head  of,  B.  C 

Hastings  Arm,  Head  of,  B.  C 

Highfield,  Anchorage  at  Point 

Holmes  Bay,*  B.  C  - 

Hood  Pointt-— 

Howkan  Village,*  Kaigahnee  Strait 

Humboldt  Harbor.    See  Popoff  Strait. 

Icy  Cape,  Arctic  Coast  f 

Icy  Cape,*  Station  near 

Ilina  Bay,  Anchoragef 

Invisible  Point,  Dixon  Entrancef 

Islands,  Bay  of.    See  Adakh. 


Page. 


38 


204 
206 

96 
62 
62 
62 

180 
21 

173 
84 

131 

168 

22 

3 


LATironB  N. 


187 


118 
119 
78 
60 
60 
91 
33 
114 
67 


182 


O  I  It 

64  09  00 

60  20  43 

60  26  22 

88  60  00 

68  64  24 


64  48 

64  46 

64  46 

64  46 

67  60 
61  28 

68  19 
64  60 
67  01 

67  18 
61  '43 
60  06 

69  23 

68  11 
66  36 
68  48 
66  62 
64  17 
66  13 
66  32 
66  39 
66  29 

63  16 
66  44 

64  49 


00 
30 
30 
25 
00 
10 
00 
00 
00 
00 
19 
02 
63 
32 
47 
31 

42 

01 
00 
00 
16 
26 
00 
30 


70  20  00 

70  13  10 

64  47  06 

64  10  30 


LONOITDDE   W. 


o  /  // 

129  67  •  00 

146  37  38 

166  08  28 

137  66  00 

137  30  69 

133  30  00 


130  60 

130  43 
136  04 

127  44 
134  47 

131  46 
134  28 
136  46 

128  00 
125  16 

151  63 
136  23 

152  07 
160  60 

133  36 

134  14 

131  26 

129  44 
129  48 

132  22 
129  05 


00 

18 

00 

38 

00 

00 

00 

00 

34 

06 

00 

30 

00 

03 

00 

00 

39 

00 

00 

40 

19 


132  60  12 

161  56  00 

162  16  12 
136  16  00 
131  37  30 


DECUNATION  AND  DIP. 


253 


/ 

II 

67- 

00 

37 

38 

08 

28 

65 

00 

30 

69 

30 

00 

50 

00 

43 

18 

04 

00 

44 

38 

47 

00 

46 

00 

28 

00 

45 

00 

00 

34 

16 

06 

63 

00 

23 

30 

07 

00 

50 

03 

36 

00 

14 

00 

2(t 

39 

44 

00 

48 

m 

22 

40 

05 

19 

44 

00 

48 

m 

22 

40 

05 

19 

50 

12 

56 

00 

15 

12 

16 

00 

37 

30 

Datb. 

Authority, 

Dbol,E. 

Dip. 

Datb. 

Authority. 

1881 

Geol,  Survey  of  Canada.  _. 

0         / 

o          / 

U.S.  C.8. 
U.8.C.S. 

B.  A.,  1901. 

U.  8.  N. 

Vasilieff. 
B.  A.,  1901. 
B.  A.,  2067. 
U.S.  C.8. 
U.8.C.S. 

U.  8.  C.  8. 

H.  A.,  100). 
NiolioJs, 

U.  S.  C.  8. 

1874 

U.S.C.8_.. 

U.8.C.8 

U.8.C.8 

29    10 
21    34 

1874 
1874 

1874 

■ 

1874 

1874 

U.S.C.8 

■ 

Various  authorities 

1793 

Vancouver 

1868 

Pender .. 

1883 

U.S.C.S 

1869  ' 

U.  8.  N 

1879 
1881 

B.  A.,  1901 

U.S.  N 

25    00 
30    00 



1868 
1881 

1848 

R.  H.,1396 

1793 

Vancouver ...  _  _. 

1833 

Vasilieff 

30    00 
25     15 

23  35 

24  33 
32     14 

1833 
18G6 
1866 
1880 
1880 

1879 

B.  A.,  1901 

1867 

B.  A.,  2067.. 

1880 

U.S.C.S ... 

1880 

U.S.C.8 

75    22 

1869 

U.8.C.8 

1874 

U.S.  C.8 

■  U.S.N 

22    63 

1874 

1868 

1848 

R.  H.,  1494 

1882 

U.  S.  C.  8        

1793 

Vancouver                     _  _ 

1868 

Pender 

1869 

U  8.  C.  8 

1879 

B.  A.,  1901... 

26    40 

1 

1868 

1793 

1881 

U.  8.  N-.        

27    03 

74    21     1 

1881 

1880 

uses 

;           1 

1880 

U.S.C.S       

30    03        80    08 

1880 

1809 
1880 

Tlin 

i 

1 

264 


ASTRONOMICAL   POSITIONS. 


LOOAMTY. 


Page. 


lyoukeen  Covcf 1     181 

i 

Juneau  Har!x)rt I     171 

Kwliak,  Chagafka  Cove,  St.  Paul  Harbor* | 

Kaigahnee  Harlwr,  Prisoner's  Cove  * j       66 

Kasa-an  Bay,  Anchorage  f i       86 

30 
51 
51 


201 


Kleintoo  Passage,  Observation  Islet* 

Knox  Cape,  Queen  Charlotte  Islands 

Knox  Cape,  Queen  Charlotte  Islands 

Kodiak.    See  Kadiak. 

Kohklux,  Chilkat  River* 198 

Kresta  Bay,  Guide  Isletf 154 

Kriisenstern  Cape,  Kotzebue  Soundf 

Kynumpt  Harbor,  Berry  Point* ._       26 

Kyska  Harbor,  Aleutian  Islands* 

La  Perouse,  Mountf 

Lauder  Pointf !     133 

Lighthouse:  Rocks 

Lindenberg  Harbor,  East  Point 1 

Lisburne  Cape,  Arctic  Coast* 

Lisburne  end  of  the  cape  itselff 

Lituya  Bay  ♦ 202 

Marsden,  Point,  Chatham  Strait 182 

Mary  Island  Anchorage  t - 76 

Mary,  Portf- 158 

Maskelyne  Point,  Portland  Inlet  f 57 

Masktiyne  Point,  Portland  Inlet  f 57 

Mclaughlin  Bay,  B.  C* 25 

Metlakatla  Bay,  B.  C* 41 

Middleton  Island* _ 213 

Mitchell  Pointf - —      105 

Moira  Soundf —       85 

MtUer,  Port,  Aliaska  Peninsula* 

Morris  Bay*— 28 

Mosman  Island,  B.  C'_ _ 20 

Modge  Cape,  Discovery  Passage,  B.  C. 1 

Mulgrave  Port,  Yakutat* ___     208 

MuMU  Cape,  Dixon  Entrance  f 65 


Latitude  N. 

O  f  ft 

57  54  00 

58  16  00 
57  47  67 

56  46  00 
55  30  30 
62  34  22 

54  16  00 
64  10  48 

69  23  41 

57  08  00 
(67  08  00) 

62  12  20 

51  69  04 

68  34  00 
66  36  00 

55  46  23 

69  29  00 
68  52  62 

68  63  00 

58  36  67 
(58  06  00) 

55  06  16 

57  07  00 

64  42  30 

54  38  42 

62  08  37 

64  20  10 

59  27  22 
66  29  00 
66  02  00 

65  64  69 
62  21  00 
61  24  30 
50  00  00 

69  S3  42 
64  42  16 


LONOITUDE.  W. 


134  68  00  I 

134  20  00  ! 

162  21  21  I 

132  46  30  I 

132  27  00  i 
128  32  09  j 

133  03  00  i 
132  68  00 


136  63 

135  28 
1G3  60 
128  11 
182  30 

137  00 

136  06 
167  27 

136  02 
166  06 
166  10 

137  40 
134  48 
131  10 
136  40 


30 
00 
18 
37 
00 
00 
00 
04 
00 
31 
00 
06 
46 
30 
00 


130  27  00 

128  10  18 

130  27  30 

146  18  46 


131  56  00 
160  34  66 
128  28  30 
127  65  63 
125  13  30 
139  46  63 

132  40  30 


i 


^  ^iilii 


DECLINATION  AND  DIP. 


286 


27 

00 

10 

18 

1  27 

30 

18 

45 

56 

00 

J  12 

30 

)  45 

53 

2  40 

30 

Datb. 


1869 
1881 
1867 
1849 
1880 
1872 


1880 

1869 
1849 
1880 
1879 
187a 
1874 

._i 

1874 
1869 
1880 
1880 
1874 
1880 
1882 
1810 
1793 
1874 
1879 
1880 
1874 
1793 

1874 
1872 
1872 
1880 
1874 
1879 


AimiOBlTY. 


Dbcu  E.    Dip.   i  Date. 


AUTIIOUITY. 


o  / 

U.8.C8 29  30  :     1869 

U.  8.  N {  30  00  I ,     1881 

U.  8.  C.  a I  25  07  '     72    35     '     1880 

Etolin  26  00  \ '     1833 

U.  S.  C.  8... I  27  60  i ,     1880 

B.  A.,  1462 ..... 

B.  A.,  2168 

Dawson 


U.S.  C.8 

Tebienkoff 

U.S.  c.s 

B.  A.,  1901 

U.S.  C.S 

U.  s.  c.  &.. 

Variows  autliorities 

U.S.  C.S 

U.S.  c.s. 

U.S.  C.S 

U.S.  c.s 

U.S.  C.S 

U.S.  c.s. 

U.S.  C.S 

Rikord 

Vancouver -. 

B.  A.,  1923  A. 

B.  A.,  1901 

B.  A.,  364 

U.S.  C.S 

Vancomar 

Vancouver 

U.S.  C.S... -- 

B.  A.,  1462 

B.  A.,  2448 

B.  A.,  580 

U.S.  C.S 

Brundige 


75    44 


1869 


11     06 


65    01 


1873 


29 
25 


15 
46 


78    63 


1869 
1880 


30    03 


76    02 


28 
30 


16 
66 


1874 
1880 
1882 
1810 


26 

27 


43 

40 


1881 
1866 


21 
25 


22 

20 


1874 
1872 


29    56    I    76    18    !    1880 


U.  8.  C.  8. 
U.  S.  N. 
U.  8.  C.  8. 
Ktolin. 
U.S.  C.  8. 


U.  S.  C.  8. 


U.  8.  C.  S. 


U.  8.  C.  8. 
U.  8.  C.  8. 

U.  8.  C.  8. 
U.  H.  ('.  8. 
U.  8.  C.  8. 
Rikord  &  KliliebnikoiT. 


U.  8.  (J.  H. 
B.  A.,  364 


U.  8.  C.  8. 
B.  A.,  1462. 


U.S.  C.S. 


ASTBONOMIGAIi   POSITIONS. 


Locality. 


Paoii 


Mnzon  Cajjc,  Dixon  Entranoef 

Naas  Bay,  Kincolith  Mission* 

Naas  River,  near  village* 

Nabannah  Bay,  B.C.* 

Nakat  Inlet*t - 

Naain  Bay.    See  Atka  iBland. 

Nelson  Point 

Nettle  Basin,  B.  C* _ 

New  Eddystone  Rook,  Behm  Canal 

Nimpkish  River,  Green  Islet,  B.  C* 

Northeast  Harbor,  Little  Koniiishi  Island  *  _ 

North  Point,  Dixon  Entrance 

North  Point,  Dixon  Entrance 

Northwest  Harbor,  Little  Koniushi  Island  *. 

Nowish  Cove,  B.C.*... 

Nuchek.    See  Etches,  Port. 

Nulato,  Yukon  River 

Nunivak.    See  Etolin  Cape. 

Oohek.    See  Middleton  Island. 

Ocean  Cape,  Yakutatf 

Omraaney  Capet 

Ounalashka.    See  Unalashka. 

Pamplona  Bank '. 

Pamplona  Bank 

Pamplona  Bank 

Parker  Point  __• 

Pitlekai,  Eastern  Siberia* 

Pikmiktalik  River,  Norton  Sound* 

Plover  Bay,  Eastern  Siberia* 

Popoff  Strait,  Shumagins* 

Porpoise  Harbor,  Nagai  Island* 

Portage  Bay,  Frederick  Sound J. 

Portland  Canal,  head  of 

Portland  Canal,  head  of 

Prolewy.    See  Straits  Point. 
Providence,  Port.    See  Plover  Bay. 
Pyramid  Island,  Lynn  Canal  * 


ttS 
68 
69 
36 
62 

72 
.S6 
72 
10 


Latitude  N. 


62 
62 


30 


206 
119 

212 
213 
213 

178 


125 
87 
67 


197 


o  I  n 

64  41  24 

64  69  26 

66  03  64 

63  39  24 

64  48  66 

66  16  00 

63  32  30 
66  29  00 
60  34  12 

64  68  26 
64  16  00 
64  16  00 
66  03  17 
62  31  26 


IjONGITUDE   W. 


132  44  42 

129  67  36 

129  31  64 

129  44  61 

130  36  00 


69  30 

66  10 

69  36 

69  07 

69  02 

67  37 
67  04 

63  13 

64  22 
66  19 
66  46 
66  66 

66  08 

67  00 


00 
30 

00 
00 
00 
00 
42 
41 
00 
17 
00 
00 
08 
10 


69  11  43 


129  36  48 

130  46  00 
126  68  37 
169  22  18 

132  66  30 

133  08  30 
169  23  32 
128  27  16 


64  40  23  i  (158  13  00) 


139  54  00 

134  28  30 

143  00  00 

142  41  00 

141  62  00 

134  40  00 

173  30  16 

(162  26  00) 

173  21  32 

160  30  68 

129  64  00 

130  06  00 
169  5d  11 
133  20  03 


136  27  04 


DECLINATION  AND  DI1>. 


S57 


35 

48 

45 

00 

68 

37 

22 

18 

56 

30 

08 

30 

23 

32 

27 

15 

13    00) 


54 

00 

28 

30 

00 

00 

41 

00 

52 

00 

40 

00 

30 

15 

26 

00) 

21 

32 

30 

58 

51 

00 

05 

00 

58 

11 

20 

03 

27    04 


Datb. 


1793 
1872 
1793 
1867 
1872 
1880 
1849 
1880 
1872 

1869 


1874 
1849 

1779 
1802 
17^4 


1878 
1869 
1880 
1880 
1872 
1882 
1793 
1868 


1869 


Authority. 


Dbcl.  E. 


o  / 

1881         U.  8.  N 27    03 

1872  ;     B.  A.,  2190 '    27    25 

1872  j     B.  A.,  2190 

1872  I    B.  A.,  2189 

1883         U.S.  0.8 


Dip. 


Dati. 


Authority. 


26    00    , 1872 


Vancouver 

B.  A.,  1462- ;    26    00 

Vancouver 

B.  A.,  2067 

U.  8.  C.  8— 

Dawson 

Tebienkoff- 


23    65 


1872 


1862 


U.  8.C.  8 

B.  A.,  1462 


U.  8.  A 


21    '^3 


69    30 


1880 


U.  8.  C.  8. 
Tebieukoff- 


26    00 


Arteaga 

Galiano 

Vancouver 1 

Various  authorities 1 

Nordenskiold '     ^^    '»'* 

U.S.  A , - 

U.S.C.8 \    1«    26 

U.8.C.S I    20    18 


1779 


77    01 


1878 


74    46 
69    29 


1880 
1880 


U.S.C.  S , 

U.S.C.8 •'^0    '"'1 

Vancouver 

Pender 


?.•)    08 


1882 


U.8.C.8. 


1881         U.  S.  C.  S. 
1868    !     B.  A.,  2190. 


B.  A.,  2189. 


B.  .*.,  1462. 
B.  A.,  2067. 


U.  8.  C.  S. 


Artcnga. 


Nordenskiold. 

U.  8.  C.  8. 

^T.  8.  C.  8. 

U.  S.  C.  S.    ' 


p.  o.  p.— 33 


258 


ASTRONOMICAL   POH1TIOM8. 


lAiCAUVtY. 


Pyramid  I^lantl  llarltor,  Lynn  ('aiml*t 

Itat/.  Ilarbort 

Retreat  Pointf 

R<xlgor8  Flarlwr,  Wranj^cll  Iiiui<l* 

Roflc.     Sec  Mitldluton  aiul  Invisihlu. 

Safety  Cove,*  H.  0 

Saginaw  Hay,  villagt't 

Saint  Allnns,  Point 

Saint  Elias,  Mount 


IPaob. 

11)7 
172 


Saint  George  Island,  PribilofT  Group,*  soutliwest  1 
landing-place.  j 

Saint  Matliew  Island.    See  Upright  Cape. 

Saint  Michael's,  Norton  Sound  •■ 

Saint  Michael's,  Norton  Sound* 

Saint  MichaerH,  Norton  Sound* 

Saint  Paul  Island,  Pribiloff  Group  * , 

Saint  Paul,  Kodiak.    See  Kadiak. 

Salisbury  Pointf 

Salmon  Cove,  Observatory  Inlet 

Salmon  (!ove,  ObsiTvatory  Inlet 

Sanborn  Harbor,  Nagai  Island  * 

Sannakh  Island,  Peak  off 

Semidi  Islands,  Anowik  Island* 

Seuati's  Village,  Yukon  River 

Shakan  Village  *t 

Shushartie  Bay,  Halstead  Islet* 

Simconoft'  Harbor,  Shumagins*^ 

Simpson,  Port,  British  Columbia  * 

Simpson,  Port,  British  Columbia* 

Sitka,  Parade  Ground  Station  * 

Sitka,  Japonski  Island  Station  * 

South  Point,  Security  Bay  f 


Latitude  N. 


22 
124 
103 
211 


170 
69 
69 


101 
14 


45 

45 

160 

150 

12.5 

Sound  Point,  Hecate  Channel j       27 

192 
185 


Spasskaia  Anchorage  f 

Spencer  Cape,  Cross  Sound  f 

Spenoer  Point.     See  Clarenoo,  P«)rt. 
Stewart..    See  Stuart. 


o  .  ;  // 

69  10  m 
66  62  00 
5M  23  :K) 

70  57  00 

61  31  49 

66  66  30 

67  07  00 
60  20  46 

63  34  23 

63  28  17 

63  29  60 

63  28  00 

57^  07  19 


68  10 

65  16 

55  16 

66  .07 
64  26 

56  05 

66  20 
59  09 
50  51 
64  65 
54  33 
54  33 

57  02 

67  02 
66  62 
62  14 

68  06 
68  10 


00 

34 

40 

36 

20 

13 

54 

24 

22 

30 

30 

28 

61.8 

62.6 

00 

20 

00 

30 


Ix>NUITUOB  W. 


o  /  tt 

136  28  30 

132  30  00 

136  01  30 

178  10  00 

127  66  23 

134  10  30 


141  00  12 

169  39  50 

162  04  46 

162  06  46 

161  62  28 

170  19  00 

134  12  00 
129  43  30 

129  61  45 
159  56  06 

162  44  00 
156  39  20 

(161  10  00) 

133  38  24 

127  61  20 
159  15  03 

130  26  11 
130  26  19 
136  19  46 

135  20  19.8 

134  20  00 

128  27  45 

135  17  00 

136  40  00 


rruDB 

W. 

1 

n 

>  28 

30 

I    30 

00 

)  01 

30 

<  10 

00 

J    66 

23 

t  10 

30 

I  00 

12 

)  39 

60 

2  04 

46 

2  05 

45 

1  52 

28 

)  10 

00 

1  12 

00 

9    43 

30 

)  51 

46 

)    66 

06 

i    44 

00 

(  39 

20 

I  10 

00) 

)  38 

24 

r  51 

20 

)    16 

03 

)  26 

11 

)  26 

19 

>  19 

46 

>  20 

19.8 

[  20 

00 

1  27 

46 

►  17 

00 

1  40 

00 

DROLINATION  ANI>  DIP. 


Data 


1880 
1840 
1703 
1881 

1879 
1860 
1703 
1874 
1874 

1879 
1879 
1860 
1880 

1793 

i793 

1868 

1872 

1874 

1874, 

1869 

1881 

1867 

1872 

1872 

1881 

1867 

1880 

1869 

1879 

1849 

1880 


SA9 


,  AuTuoRiry. 


DErr,,  K.    Dn-.    Datk. 


Al'TIIOlllTY. 


0  I 


70    3f)         IHHO     i     U.  8.  C.  8. 


U.S.  C.S... 

Tebienkoff'.. 

Vancouver 

U.8.N 20    00    i 1881         U.S.  N. 


B.  A.,  1901 

U.S.  N_... 
Vancouver-. 
U.S.C.8-.. 
U.8.C.8._. 


U.  S.  N— - ;    21    40 

U.8.R.M. J    22    n? 

U.  8.  A 

U.S.C.8.. ;    17    ;{5 


1870         U.S.N. 

76    Oli        \HVJ         II.H.  U.  M. 


68    ;{6        1880    I     U.S.C.H. 


1793 


Vancouver. 


Vancouver i 

Vancouver i    25     18    ' 

Pender ...! 

U.S.C.8 ;  — 

U.  S.C.  8 ' 

U.S.C.8 i    22    57     1874    \    U.S.C.H. 

U.S.  A ! 

U.  S;  N .'10    03         74     4!)         1881         Nichols. 

B.  A.,  2067 < -. 

U.S.C.S -.-- 

B.  A.,  24-26 27    50     1HC5    !    iJ.A.,  2426. 


1881 


U.S.N !    27     54     

U.S.C.S 

U.S.C.8 1 29    04         75     12        1880 

U.S.N 

B.  A.,  1901 

Buhnoff 

U.  S.  C.  S.  -. , 


Nichols. 


u.  s.  c;.  8. 


M 


ASTUOMUMlCAIi  PUMTIOMH. 


LUOAI^ITY. 


Strait! Point,  Wrnngell  Straitt 

Stripe  Mountain,  B.  C.f 

Stout  Anohoroge,  Pitt  iHlund,  B.  C* 

Stuart  Port,  Behm  Canal  t 

SulUvui  Point,  Kuiu  Island 

Suquash  Anchorage,  B.  C* 

Taku  Harborf 

* 

Tamgaa  Harbor,  Grsvina  Islands  f  at  entranoe- 
Tolatoi.    &e  Broad  Cape. 

Tongaaa,  Fort,  8E.  Alaskaf - 

Trinoomalee  Harbor,  Cape  Edeusaw 

TrinAomalee  Harbor,  Cape  Edensaw 

Ugolnoi.    AtCoal  Point. 
Ukamok.   iSteChirikoff  Island. 

Unalashka  Island,  Ulakhta  Spit  *. 

Unalashka  Island,  lUuliuk  Harbor  * 

Unalashka  Island,  Priest  Rook 

Unalashka.    See  also  Chemoffski. 

Upright  Cape,  St.  Mathew  Island  f 

Urey  Point  f 

Vanoonver  Mount  t 

Village  Island,  Cunningham  Passage* 

Waohiisett  Cove,  Bluff  Point  f — 

Ward  Cove,  Peninsula  Point  * 

Whirlwind  Bay,  B.C.* _. 

Whitewater  Bay,  Flag  Point  f 

Witdham  Point  t - — 

Woewodski  Harbor  t 

Woewodski  Harborf 

Wrangell,  Port,  Astronomioal  Station 

Yukon,  Fort,  Yukon  River , 


Page. 


116 
29 
36 
74 

120 
11 

169 
83 

61 
54 
64 


184 
211 

44 
180 

81 

23 
174 
129 
130 
130 

93 


Latitdub  N. 


O  I  H 

6(1  60  00 

52  26  40 

63  62  06 
66  38  16 

66  38  00 
60  38  30 

67  69  30 

66  03  36  I 

1 

I 

64  46  00  i 

64  04  00 

64  04  SO 


63  63  67 

63  62  63.7 

64  00  36.6 

60  17  30 

67  62  30 

60  13  42 
64  33  61 
67  60  00 

66  22  43 

61  61  44 

67  IS  00 
67  30  00 
67  12  30 
67  10  00 
66  28  18 
66  33  47 


I»MOITUI>S  W. 

o 

1 

II 

132 

64 

00 

128 

26 

00 

130 

06 

11 

131 

44 

(10 

134 

16 

30    1 

127 
inn 

14 

4S    1 

i 
on    ' 

131  29  46 

130  41  00 

132  14  00 
132  23  UO 


166  SO  21 

166  31  44.2 

166  22  04 

172  14  06 

136  28  00 

139  43  00  j 

130  26  36 
136  02  00 

131  43  33 
127  62  23 
134  30  UO 

133  32  00 

134  06  00 
133  66  00 

132  23  30 
145  17  47 


UEt'LINATION  AND  l>lt>. 


Ml 


ITUDB  W. 


1 

If 

54 

00 

26 

00 

06 

n  1 

44 

(10 

16 

30 

14 

49 

66 

30  • 

20 

46 

41 

00 

14 

00 

23 

00 

30  21 

31  44.2 
22  04 

14  00 

28  00 

43  00 

>  26  36 
I  02  00 

43  33 

62  23 

[     30  00 

I  32  00 

I  06  00 

I  66  00 

i  23  30 

►  17  47 


Datb. 


1881 

1879 
1849 


1872 
1868 
1883 

1869 
1881 
1880 


186V 
1874 
1873 

1880 
1880 
1874 
1872 
1881 
1882 
1879 
1869 


1838 
1799 
1881 
1869 


Au'raoaiTY. 


U.8.N ...:. 

B.  A.  Chart.. 

B.  A.,  1901.. 

TebienkoflT 

Various  initiioritica.. 

B.  A.,681 

U.8.N 

U.8.C.H. 


U.8.C.8.-. 
B.  A..  2108. 
Dav.  ji«  — 


u.8.as 

U.S.C.8 . 

U.8.C.8 


U.8.C.8 

U.8.C.8 

U.S.C.8- 

B.  A.,  2426 

U.8.N 

U.8.C.8 

B.A.,190l' 

U.8.N -. 

Various  authorities . 

Zai^mbo — _ 

Ship  Eliza 

Nichols 

U.8.A -. 


Dkcl.  E. 


1)1!'.        Datb. 


o  / 

28    30    j I     I860    I    U.S.  N. 


AUTUOJUTY. 


27     26 


1868        B.  A.,  1901. 


28    ;K)    i 1703        Vancouver. 


I 


..30    00    :.„_ 1868        U.S.N. 

II  • 

28    ;W    I    74     40         188;j         U.8.C.S 


1«    38    i    67    .SO    .     IHHO         II.H.C.H. 


28  17 
28  30 
27    00 


74    :S6    I     1882         Niuhols. 


29     17 


75     19 


36    33    ,    79    50 


1869 
1838 


1881 
1809 


U.  8.  N. 

Zarembo. 

U.  S.  C.  S. 
U.  8.  A. 


282 


TABLE  OF  DISTANCES. 


TABLE  OF  APPROXIMATE  SAILING  DISTANCES  FOR  THE  ALASKAN  REGION. 


Note. — Tliese  distances  are  taken  off"  to  represent  not  the  least  distance  between  two  [wints,  but 
the  distance  over  wliicii  a  vessel  would  sail  to  |)ass  from  cue  to  the  otlier.  They  arc  subject  to  the 
errors  of  the  charts.  ' 


From- 


San  Francisco  direct,  by  see 

Do.  do.        

Do.  do.        

Do.  do.        

Do.        via  Akutan  Pass 

Portland,  Oregon,  inside  passjigc 

Do.  do.  

Do.  do.  

Port  Townsend,  inside  passage 

Wrangell,  Alaska,  via  interior  channels 

Do,  do. 

Do.  do.  

Do.  do. 

Wrangell,  via  Sumner  Strait  and  the  Pacific 

Sitka,  via  Peril  Strait 

Do.  do.  

Sitka  direct,  by  sea 

Do.  do.     

Do.  do.     

Do.  do.     

Do.  do.      

Do.  do.     

Dc.  do.     

llinliuk,  Unalashka 

Do.         do.         

Do.        do.        _  — 

Do.        do.        

Do.       do,       

Do.        do.        

Do.        do.        

Do.         do.         

St.  Michael's,  Norton  Sound 

Do.  do.  

Diomede  Islands,  Bering  Strait 

Do.  do.         

Do.  do.         : 

Do.  do 

Point  Barrow,  Alaska 

Do.  do.     

Do.  do.     __ 

Shore  Mk.  of  coast  and  islands,  S.  Boundary 

Shore  line  thence  to  the  NE.  boundary  at  ._ 


To— 


Portland ,  Oregon .  _ . 

Sitka,  Alaska 

Kadiak  Island 

Shumagin  Islands 

Iliuliuk,  Unalashkn 

Port  Townsend,  Wash.  Ter_ 

Fort  Tongass,  Alaska 

Wrangell,  Alaska 

Fort  Tongass,  Alaska 

Sitka,  Alaska 

JunCiiu,  Alaska 

Chilkat,  Alaska 

Chilkoot,  Alaska 

Sitka,  Alaska 

Chilkat,  Alaska 

Chilkoot,  Alaska 

Port  Mulgrave 

St.  Paul,  Kadiak  Island  ._. 

Shumagin  Islands 

Iliuliuk,  Unalashka 

Chichagoff  Harbor,  Atfu  Id. 
8t.  George,  Pribiloff  Is  In  i  ids 
St.  Paul,  Pribiloff  Islands.. 
St.  George,  Pribiloff  Is'auds 
St.  Paul,  Pribiloff  Islaids- 
Ft.  Alexander,  Nushagik  R. 
Kuskokwini  River,  at  Kus- 
kokwak  village,  Lat.  60°. 
St.  Michael's,  Norton  Sound- 
Port  Clarence,  Alaska 

Plover  Bay,  E.  Siberia 

Diome^le  Ids.,  Bering  Strait- 
Yukon  River,  north  mouth. 

I'lover  Bay,  E.  Siberia 

Point  Hoj)e,  Arctic  coast 

Cape  Lisburne,  Arctic  coast. 

Icy  Cape,  Arctic  coast 

Point  Barrow,  Arctic  coast— 

>'outh  Colville  River 

British  American  boundary. 

Mackenzie  River,  mouth 

Cape  Spencer,  Alaska 

Demarkation  Point 


MlL£ti — 


Nautical. 

Statute. 

647 

745 

1, 296 

1,492 

1,685 

1,940 

1,825 

2,102 

2,100 

2,418 

314 

362 

880 

1,01.? 

1,016 

1,170 

566 

662 

200 

230 

145 

167 

220 

263 

222 

266 

166 

90 

170 

96 
99 

17-: 

230 

S65 

550 

633 

855 

985 

1,110 

1,278 

1,816 

2, 090 

1,260 

1,451 

1,296 

1,491 

19;i 

222 

236 

271 

420 
4()r> 

484 

400 

461 

736 

846 

690 

795 

675 

777 

715 

823 

60 

69 

335 

;W6 

152 

175 

186 

213 

315 

363 

440 

607 

128 

147 

326 

374 

440 

507 

7,115 

8,193* 

8,700 

10,018 

*Tb«  total  shore  line  of  the  Ter^u.jr  thiu  apptara  to  b»  approximately  15,815  naatioal  or  18,311  atatute  miles. 


8TEAMEK  ROUTES. 


263 


[LEU — 

1.   Statute. 

r           745 

5       1, 492 

j       1, 940 

5       2, 102 

[)       2,418 

4          362 

D       1,013 

6       1,170 

6          652 

0          230 

5           167 

0          253 

2          256 

5           190 

0           196 

•>           199 

0           265 

0  !         (533 

5  i         1)86 

Oi     1,278 

5       2, 090 

0       1,461 

5       1,491 

;j           222 

6           271 

SO           484 

K)           461 

!6  !         846 

(0  i         795 

'5           777 

.5           823 

;o          69 

}5           386 

)2           175 

\n           213 

16           363 

10           507 

J8  1         147 

J5           374 

iO          507 

15       8,193* 

X)     10, 018 

TABLE 

OF  ROUTES  BETWEEN  THE  OUI.F  OF  GEORGIA  AND  YAKUTAT  BAY. 

Note. — Since  the  intritwiy  of  <hc  clmniielw  on  the  const  trcatiHl  of,  iiiid  the  jjeoj^raphirtil  sequence 
which  it  was  found  newssary  to  follow,  rcnderwl  it  iinpriU'liciible  Id  di  I'rilii'  the  viirioiw  steiiiner  mutes 
consecutively — espeiMally  as  the  liittcrare  siihjcct  to  succossivo  cliaiijrcs  as  thi^  diffoi-cnt  channels  l)cconie 
l)etter  known — it  was  thought  best  lo  jireparc  a  scheduio  of  routes  hy  \viii(^li  tiic  suciicssive  portions 
might  more  readily  be  referred  to.  This  will  render  unnece><sary  constant  rcfen>n(«  to  the  general  in- 
do::  for  that  pur|K)se,  though  special  harbors  and  ]>oints  amy  still  be  nio-t  readily  foinid  from  the 
index.  The  pages  referrcnl  to  contain  the  rccpiired  description  in  one  order;  when  the  route  is  in  the 
reverse  order  the  numeration  of  the  pages  is  reversed,  and  the  rea<ler  will  refer  to  the  later  page  first 
and  trace  the  routo  in  its  proper  order.  To  save  time  for  the  in(|uirer  the  routes  north  and  south  over 
the  same  bodies  of  water  are  recapitulated  in  full  under  their  respective  headings. 

NORTHWARD    ROUTES. 
INLAND  PASSAfJES. 

Route  A, — (iulf  of  Georgia  to  Dixon  Eiilranee  at  Port  Simpson;  pp.  1-47.  . 
Route  B. — Port  Simpson  to  Sitka  via  Wrangell  and  Peril  Straits. 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 
"5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 
iO. 
li. 
12. 


1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
6. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 
10. 


1. 

2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 


1. 
2. 
3. 


Dixin  Entrance  to  Point  A  lava;  pp.  61-63,  70-'' 1. 

lit  lilagigedo  Channel  and  Tonga.s8  Narrows;  pp.  75-82. 

Kasa-au  l"ay ;  pp.  85-86. 

Clarence  Strait  from  Kasa-an  Bay  to  Point  Harrington ;  pp.  87-89. 

Stikine  Strait ;  pp.  93-94. 

Point  Highfield  anchorage  and  Wrangell ;  pp.  91-93. 

Sumner  Strait  from  Wrangell  to  Wrangell  Strait ;  p.  108. 

Wrangell  Strait  to  Frederick  Sonnd;  pp.  112-117. 

Frederick  Sound  to  Chatham  Strait;  pp.  127-122. 

Chatham  Strait  from  Point  <iardner  txj  Kootznahoo  and  Peril  Strait;  pp.  174-177. 

Peril  Strait  to  Salisbury  Sound  ;  pp.  167-160. 

Salisbury  Sound  to  Sitka  Harbor ;  pp.  156-157. 

Route  0.— Port  Simpson  to  Sitka,  via  Sumner  Strait  and  the  Pacific. 

Dixon  Entrance  to  Point  Alava;  pp.  61-63,  70-71. 
Revillagigedo  Channel  and  Tongass  Narrows :  p|).  7o-82. 
Kasa-an  Bay  ;  pp.  85-86.  ,..,,.,  u-?  qo 

Clarence  Strait  from  Kiis.i-an  Bay  to  Point  Harrington  ;  j)p.  H7-S.t. 
Stikine  Strait ;  pp.  93-94. 

Point  Highfield  Anchorage  and  W  raiigell ;  pj).  91-.»-{. 
Sumner  Strait  from  Wrangell  to  Cape  Decision  ;  pp.  i(l8-IOi>. 
Vicinity  of  Cape  Decision  ;  pp.  99-100.  ,.,.)io- 

Outer  coast  from  Cape  Oramaney  to  Sitka  Sound  ;  pp.  Lii-l..-.       , 
Sitka  Sound  and  Harbors  ;  pp.  148-151 

Route  D.— Wrangell  to  .Iiinean  and  Chilkat;  e.^ster1l  route. 

Sumner  Strait  from  Wrangell  to  W.-augell  Stri.it  ;  p.  1  OH. 

Wrangell  Strait  to  Frederick  Sound;  pp.  1  'f:'  /■ 

Fre^lerick  Sound  to  Stephens  Passage  ;  pp.  l-'-'-'^'.   -^  :;,\ „  ,,..  ,-., 

Stephens  Pa.ss;ige  to  (Jastin.au  Chaunel  hu<  Juueau    I  a  I  <       P  >_    '.7-   <  - 

Stephens  Passage  fmm  Point  Salisbury  to  P.m.    Ke<K  t     p..      --1 ,  1. 

Lym,  Canal  fr.mi  Point  Retreat  to  I'"'';t  ^i;"""  '  W'  »"'^-'  •^^• 

Point  Se<luction  to  Cliilkoot,  etc.;  I'!'- li*"-;^''^-  '   ' 

Point  Se<luetion  to  Chilkat,  etc  •-  pp.  196-1J.». 

Route  E.-Wrangell  to  ( 'hilkat  and  .lunean  ;  western  route 
Sumner  Strait  from  Wn.ngell  to  Wrangell  Slrait;  p.  108. 


264 


STBAMEB  BOUTES. 


NoBTHWAED  ROUTES — Continued. 

4.  Chatham  Strait  from  Point  Gardner  to  Kootznahoo;  pp.  174-177. 

5.  Chatham  Strait,  Kootznahoo  to  Point  Couverdcn;  pp.  177-182. 

6.  Lynn  Canal,  Point  Couvcrden  to  Point  Seduction  ;  pp.  193-196.       * 

7.  Point  Seduction  to  Chilkat ;  pp.  196-199. 

8.  Point  Seduction  to  Chilkoot;  pp.  199-200. 

9.  Lynn  Canal,  Point  Seduction  to  Point  Retreat;  pp.  196-194. 

10.  Stephens  Passage,  Point  Retreat  to  Point  Salisbury;  pp.  174-172. 

11.  Gastineou  Channel  to  Juneau;  pp.  171-172. 

Route  F. — Sitka  to  Glacier  Bay ;  inside  route. 

1.  Sitka  Harbor  to  Salisbury  Sound ;  pp.  156-157. 

2.  Salisbury  Sound  via  Peril  Strait  to  Chatham  Strait;  pp.  160-167. 

3.  Chatham  Strait  from  Peril  Strait  to  Point  Couverden;  pp.  178-181. 

4.  Point  Couverden  ria  Icy  Strait  to  Hooniah  Harbor  and  Glacier  Bay;  pp.  193-185 

Route  Q. — Sitka  to  Glacier  Bay ;  outside  route. 

1.  Sitka  Sound  to  Salisbury  Sound ;  pp.  157-158. 

2.  Salisbury  Sound  to  Cross  Sound ;  pp.  182-185. 

3.  Cross  Sound  to  Glacier  Bay  ;  pp.  185-189. 

OUTSIDE   PASSAGE. 

Route  H.— Sitka  to  Yakutat  Bay 

1 .  Sitka  Sound  to  Cape  Spencer ;  pp.  1 57-1 68, 1 82-1 85. 

2.  Cape  Spencer  to  Yaku'    ;  Bay;,  pp.  201-208. 


SOUTHWARD    ROUTES. 
OUTSIDE  PASSAGE. 

Route  A.— Yakutat  Bay  to  Sitka. 

1.  YakutatBay  to  Cape  Spencer;  pp.  208-201. 

2.  Coast  from  Cross  Sound  to  Sitka  Sound;  pp.  185-182, 158-157. 

3.  Sitka  Sound  and  Harbor;  pp.  148-151. 

INLAND   PASSAGES. 

Route  B. — Glacier  Bay  to  Sitka ;  western  route. 

1.  Glacier  Bay  via  Icy  Strait  to  Cross  Sound;  pp.  188-185. 

2.  Port  Althoip;  pp.  186. 

3.  CrossSound  to  Sitka  Sound;  pp.  185-182,  158-157. 

4.  Sitka  Sound  and  Harbor;  pp.  148-151. 

Route  0. — Glacier  Bay  to  Sitka ;  eastern  route. 

1.  GlaoierBaywa  Icy  Strait  to  Chatham  Strait;  pp.  189-190. 

2.  Chatham  Strait  from  Point  Couverden  to  I^eril  Strait;  pp.  182-177. 

3.  PcrilStraittoSalisbury  Sound;  pp.  1.67-160. 

4.  Salisbury  Sound  to  Sitka  Harbor;  pp.  166-157. 

Route  D. — Chilkat  or  Chilkoot  to  Juneau,  Wrangell,  Kasa-an,  Tongass  and  Port  Simjison. 

1  Chilkat  to  Point  Seduction;  pp.  199-196. 

2.  Chilkoot  to  Point  Seduction ;  pp.  200-1 99. 

3.  Point  Seduction  to  P:)int  Retm-.t;  pp.  196-194. 

4.  Stephens  Passage,  Point  Retreat  to  Point  Salisbuiv  and  Juneau  Harbor;  pp.  174-171. 
6.  Stephens  Passage,  Point  Salisbury  to  Point  Windham;  pp.  170-168. 

6.  Frederick  Sountl,  Point  Windham  to  Wrangell  Strait;  pp.  129-126. 

7.  Wrangell  Strait  to  Sumner  Strait ;  pp.  1 1 7-1 1 2. 

8.  8umner*8trait  from  Wrangell  Strait  to  Port  Wrangell ;  p.  108. 

9.  Port  Wrangell  and  Stikine  Strait;  pp.  94-93. 


8TKAMER  llOUTES. 


265 


10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 


SuuTHWAKD  Routes— C'ontinuwI. 

Clarence  Strait,  Point  Harrington  to  Kasi-an  Uiy;  pp.  ,Sfl-87. 

Kasa-au  Bay;  pp.  85-8(5. 

Kasa-nn  Bay  to  Point  Higgins;  p.  X2. 

Reviliagigctlo  Channel  and  Tongass  Narrows ;  pp.  X'i-Tr). 

Port  Alava  to  Dixon  Entrance  and  Tongass;  jip.  71-70,  63-61. 

Port  Simpson ;  pp.  45-47. 

Route  E. — Chilkat  to  Kootznalioo  and  Sliakan. 

Chjlkat  .0  Point  Seduction;  pp.  199-196. 
■  Poiint  Seduction,  Lynn  Canal  to  Point  Retreat;  pp.  196-194. 
eiihthani  Strait,  Point  Couvcrden  to  Peril  Strait;  pp.  182-177. 
Chathttni  Strait,  Peril  Strait  to  Point  (iardner;  pp.  177-174  . 
Cb'athani  Strait,  Point  Gardner  to  Cape  Oniniane;  ;  pp.  12:i-119. 
Cape  Decision  tia  Sumner  Strait  t(  Sliakan;  pp.  100-101. 
Shflflan  Harbor  and  Inlet;  pp.  10i-102. 


1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 


1. 
2. 


'*  Route  P. — Sitka  to  Port  Wrangcll  via  Peiii  Strait;  inside  passage. 

Sitki  Harbor  to  Salisbury  Sound ;  pp.  '56-157. 

SaUfibiiry  Sound  via  Peril  Strait  to  Chatham  Strait;  pp.  160-167. 

Chjitham  Strait  fiom  Peril  Strait  to  Point  Gardner;  \ip.  177-174. 

Frederick  Sound  from  Point  Gardner  to  Wrangcll  Strait;  pp.  122-127. 

WiUflgell  Strait  to  Sumner  Strait;  pp.  1 17-1 12. 

Sumuer  Strait,  Wnmgell  Strait  to  Port  Wrangcll;  pp.  107-108. 

Port  Wr^ngeli  Harbor;  pp.  92-93. 

Route  G. — Sitka  to  Port  Wrangcll;  outer  pa.s8age. 

Sitka  Sound  to  Cape  Ommaney ;  pp.  137-132. 
Cape.Oranmney  to  Sumner  Strait;  pi>.  99-100. 
Sumner  Strait  to  Port  Wrangell;  pp.  1(M)-108. 

Route  H.— Wrangcll  to  Sliakan. 

Port  Wrangell  via  Sumner  Strait  to  Wrangcll  Strait;  p.  108. 
Sumner  Strait  from  Wrangell  Strait  to  Shakan;  pp.  100-101. 

Route  I.— Tlevak  and  Kaigahncc  Straits. 

Port  Bucareli;  pp.  99-97. 

Tlevak  and  Kaigiihnte  Strait;  pp  7(^-65.  >         ^  <  ;  • 

Route  J.— Dixon  Entrance!  to  tlit!  Gulf  of  Georgia. 

Port  Sinipson  to  Cape  Mudgc;  pp.  47-1. 
P.  c.  P. — 34 


NOTE  ON  PRONUNCIATION  OP  .NAMES. 


Tlie  present  work  l>cing  tlie  first  in  which  any  uniform  phonetic  sp^lHne  of  native  and  BoflBiau 
geographical  names  in  Alaslta  has  been  attempted,  it  is  proper  that  a  few  words  be  said  oii  the  sabject 
to  assist  in  the  proper  pronunciation  of  unfamiliar  names.  No  system  which  could  be  adopted  would 
give  universal  satisfaction,  but  uniformity  and  the  utmost  attainable  simplicity,  whatever  arstem  be 
adopted,  are  highly  important. 

The  sounds  adopted  fur  native  and  Russian  words  are  essentially  tliose  in  use  among jphilologisis, 
and  which  were  made  familiar  to  those  engaged  in  such  studies  in  America  by  Gleorge  (iib^  raider 
the  auspices  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  many  years  since,  and  have  been  almost  universally  adopted 
in  writing  and  spelling  Indian  names. 

Some  exceptions,  in  the  interest  of  simplicity,  have  been  mode  to  this  rule.  Names  which  have 
attaineil  a  wide  currency  in  the  daily  press  and  on  charts  in  a  corrupted  form  have  rarely  been  Reformed, 
and  no  attempt  has  been  made  to  restoi'e  exact  equivalents  of  the  original  word.  ExampUf:  Stikine 
River  (instead  of  Stakhin  River)  has  been  adopted. 

Where  the  name  has  appeared  fre(|uently  on  charts  and  in  geographical  literature  in  one  form, 
and  hiu  been  only  during  the  last  few  years  commonly  used  in  a  corrupted  form,  the  prepei^  pro- 
nunciation has  been  adopted  in  the  Pilot.  Example:  Unalashka  Island,  and  not  Onalaska  or  Ofonfttaska, 
has  been  adopted ;  Kadiak  Island,  and  not  Kodiac  or  Codiak  Island. 

In  such  cases  the  best  judgment  of  the  compiler  has  been  used,  in  conformity  with  the  nomencla- 
ture of  the  Co:ist  Survey  charts,  but,  as  a  matter  of  course,  infallibility  is  not  attainable,  apd  errors 
doubtless  remain  to  be  corrected  in  future. 

Russian  names,  as  a  general  rule,  areaocente<l  on  the  syllable  before  the  last,  as  Wrang'eH,  Ba-fan'- 
oif,  Ya-ko'bi,  Ku-pre-an'oif.  To  this  rule  (here  are  a  good  many  exceptions  when  the  preceding  syllable 
is  accented,  as  Chich'a-goif,  Shu'ma-gin,  etc.     These  must  be  learned  by  experience. 

Indian  or  native  names  are  generally  accented  on  tliu  last  syllable  when  it  does  not  end  with  a 
vowel,  and  on  the  preceding  syllable  when  it  docs.  Exampka:  Kad-iak',  Ton-gass',  A-dakh',  Yak-u- 
tat',  Chil-kat' ;  and  Sit'ka,  Un-a-Iash'ka,  Nu-la'to,  etc. 

The  values  of  vowels  and  consonants  used  in  transliterating  these  names  are  much  as  ifi  English, 
with  the  following  invariable  limits: 

The  sounds  of  a  in  paOi,  part,  etc.,  and  short  a  as  in  cat,  rat,  etc.,  are  represented  by  a  only. 

The  sound  of  e  in  whey  (n  in  hay,  etc.)  is  represented  by  e  only. 

The  sounds  of  i  in  ill  and  long  i  as  in  Columbia  (like  ee  in  feel)  are  represented  by  i  only. 

The  sound  of  i  in  bridle,  uy  in  buy,  y  in  spy,  etc.  is  rcprcsente<i  by  of  only. 

The  sound  of  o  as  usual  in  English.     The  sound  of  ow  as  in  emo  by  ou  only. 

The  sound  of  u  in  ruk  {oo,  ou)  is  rcpresentc<l  by  u  only;  short  u,  as  in  dwik,  is  almost  unknown 
in  Russian  or  aboriginal  Alaskan  names. 

The  sound  of  y  before  a  vowel  is  represented  by  t,  us  in  Kad-iak'  (A'otZ-yoJl'),  Tcreat-ieff  (y^, 
Iliuliuk  {Il-yool-yook'),  etc. 

The  sound  of  y  final  by  t. 

Thtt  consonants  in  general  as  in  English. 

The  Russian  B  is  pronounced  by  that  nation  as  equivalent  sometimes  to  jf,  sometimes  to  a  sound 
between  v  and  w,  and,  generally,  like  v.  It  is  much  llie  same  as  the  German  w.  It  is  rendered  here, 
according  to  the  sound  intended,  either  by  v,  w,  or  Jf'.  The  /  is  doubled  at  the  end  of  words  like  Petroff 
to  distinguish  the  sound  from  that  of/  in  of..  * 

The  sound  of  cA  in  German,  not  represcnte<l  by  any  English  character,  has  been  rendered  by  Vh  in 
this  work. 

The  sound  of  cA  as  in  churcii  is  rejtresentcd  by  ch  only. 

The  spelling  of  ])crsonal  projier  names,  such  as  Iie.nn<f,  Wraiigdl,  etc.,  has  been  carefully  conformed 
to  the  practice  of'  the  individuals  who  l)orc  them,  as  indicatid  by  their  autographs. 

(266) 


i^ 


METEOROLOGICAL    TABLES. 


NOTE. 

Ill  1879,  when  the  first  pages  of  the  Coast  Pilot  were  in  tlic  htuuls  of  tlic  printer,  an  ^|)pen(lix 
waa  separately  printed  in  advmice  to  tho  mimljer  of  two  hiiiKlntI  and  fifty  copiiw,  under  the  title: 

U.  8.  Coast  and  Oeodetio  Survey,  Oarlile  V.  Patterson  Sii|M!rintenili'Mt;  Pacific  Coast  Pilot,  Coiwfs 
and  Islandd  of  Alaska.  Second  Series.  Ap|)endix  I.  Meteorology.  37()  pages,  13  plates,  28  niajw, 
4  to.     Wa$kinffton:  Government  priiUiny  office,  1879. 

CONTKNTS. 

Letter  of  transmission,  pp.  5-6. 

Meteorological  discussions  and  taMes,  ])p.  ]5-l(i(). 

Partial  list  of  charts  and  niajw  on  the  region,  |)p.  lG'2-2'23. 

Partial  list  of  books  a.  i  other  publications  on  the  region,  pp.  225-.'576. 

Maps  and  plates. 

This  appendix  is  not  reprinted.  The  nietcorologicjil  tables  which  follow  arc  essentially  the  syn- 
optical tables  printed  in  the  Api)endix  of  1879,  with  revisions  and  addition  of  a  good  deal  of  new 
matter  which  has  since  been  made  available. 

8YNOPTICAI.  TABLES. 

A. — Atmospheric  pressure. 

B.— Temperature  of  the  air. 

t)._  I "empcrature  of  the  sea  water. 

D. — Precipitation. 

E. — Direction  of  winds. 

Notes  on  tiie  tables. 

(267) 


TABLE  OF  ATMOMPHEKIC  PBESHUItE. 


fi 


I 


Hi 


9 


r<  ('.  t^  • 


l§fsiS 


mm^^ 


S^g) 


s 


s 


§S 


S3 
99 


lis 


li 


8 


iSllsl! 


%m 


I 


g 

►» 


ilis 


sts 


gHS 


$isg) 


bsSI^ 


lifsg 


H 


l^li^ii 


gSssBslSSi 


^ 


g§§§ggg 


9>r*N  R  t*0)fi^ 


eilSlBBS 


51- wr» 


s 


sjilSii:«S 


i?S§ 


s 


Ig^igg 


I 


!38St8i8igi^s^ 


SS^S<e 


ci&dBo  nusSe! 


9  V  kA  S  lA  1^ 


8 


TABI.K  OF  TEMPEBATUKK  OF  AIB. 


268 


8 

n 

>> 

i 

iM 

.a 

si 

» 

1 

d 

S 

la 

;;9Si 


aO  •-•      ■  O  QD  r*  91  r4 

sis  i-^'s'ssls 


o 


•  M   .n?i^e>o   ■m'*io«   •  i»o   •(»-" 


5  'J  iC 


^  5i     .   •*  W  M  b.  »- 


to  bi  CO  COM 


•  V     tOtOOiAt*     •^(N^^Lnb-O)     •OtaOtOOtOaOiOXC*Q00  07034COr*aO 


:^  :?Si5"'      :S8£?I'"'"§  ;"'53S3S'"S'»''«''2='SS"  S 


M I 


> 
o 


I 


H 

00 


a 


p 


I X    ^  w  X  i-o  r»  "^"O    ■  00  -*  c  ^ 
OKI*    '  CD  IS  r;  50 

^  ^  <J»     ■  T  T  7»  i.*; 


o    > 


.  V  rS  o  ITS  ^    . ..-,  m  CO  w 


5! 


^  1(5  r»  H   OD  c- 

'•i 


o  wo 


9  to  o  1^ 

.«■  r;  a 


:s 


ffVO     i   t»  tj  00  1.' 


00  J»h.« 


00^  ^  O     I   |>  i;^  uu  •;.  .  »     •  vjj  ^»  I-  •» 


lO     I  »»     I    S  I)   O  00  f     .  irt  K  WB 


£00 

o'cj 


$:^  :3tS 


o*  -'    .  o  irt 


01  5i    ;  X  c 


CD  t^     •  O  O 

MM     ■  CO  ^ 


•f  ^  wco 


to  d  o»  (?» 'T*  r^  CO  ift 
71^  f*      o*ioif:6i 


.  o  to^   ,  c»t-a>c  lo 


^f5  oS 


838  i  \SS  \^4i^9 


-"^■♦neo  •* 


^gjs??;^' 


t«ao«>HM  00 


Se^SSS 


^oS 


Iff  uS  O  ^  4 


X  t^  ^00  »ft  CO 


tf3  -J  ifl  ift  ^l* 
CO  td  «-^  o  oi  (^ 


1.0  r:    I  If:  o  J)  *■•  I*  *^    •  r-<  o»  ^  o  '^  "-o  i^  « ift 


I 


is    linuoc-iSiNOXOiStooi^xi-oei 

„  .7  I*-,   |____|   I |^__^ 


5 


I    ;  I    ;  I    ;  I J  .„__l   I  _  J       !   -'     J   J-V  .   .  '   - 


ia  3  •/- '5  j<  •»; -ij 

1 1.  >:*  «  _  I 


:  -  :.S 


OXNOODO) 


''asa' 


i.<3  S 


£  .^ 


•  ja 


a  a  9 


M 
c 

Jd  9.:: 


.sc  e'er 

9000c 


•'3*' 
0  o  J  J  ^  .s  2 


IP 


TABUS  OF  TBlU*EItA'ri;JUfi  OF  TUB  SEA. 


V.  m 


I 


g 


y 

"n 


s 


5i 


iSS 


i39 


35 


$S 


9 


in  nnto 
55  ^  *o  US 


n  n  n 


c« 


SiS9 


ooo> 
tn  10 10 


!^4S^ 


(oooaxom 


C^  P3  rs  CT  C*  P*  v3 


91  W 

'it: 
Via 


^ 


ots«tau30<0i><o>o 


•  ^  CT  CO 


lO  O  O  lO  «<- 


7?  n  ot  n  n 


CO  ncQ 


eo«co 


CO  n  CO 


cS' 


il 
^J  S<2(S 


<o  X  a>  3)  et  o  It: 


64: 
31^ 


0>O 

3S 


o>n>o 


O  kO  O  O  X  ir.  lA 
PJ  CS  W  CO  W  OT  CO 


OtOkOiAiAOO 

nn  n  n  n  p5  n 


0000^00 
CO  n  CO  CO  9?  99  CO 


.  WP  3. =  .='.3  s  s 


■  a  *j  ■  ■  a 


TABLE  OP  KAINPAU.. 


m 


o 

M 

H 

5J 


o 


>1 


in  91 

<0  CJ 


SS5 

to  lA 


•sn 


S!^S$ 


StO  M  « 
(^  H  O 


3 

•-9 


as 


ii5o  noSS 


2  *■*  W  '0  »-<  (?{  O  »  O  C^  (O  TO 


"T  3J  «  tlT  O  Oi  O  00*  "J  ^  t^  *-«' 


^OU  T  ^  W 


jj  .-<  Tli  rf  -T  «  O 


3!jl2S?g5 

^  rj « <-l  1-J 


w  'r»cor-t 


.if 


r*  T'  o  —t  m  *c 
»'  1"  (? .'  CO  iri  oi 


d  w  rf  rf  ri  (C 


CO  ;0 
d  €0  fH  r-i  irj  c4 


#C  M  H  0*  tJ  d  d  ifi  d  1-1  lO  ■^ 


o>  lO  ?» «  ^  d  d  to  d  -H  ifj  lO 


2^2i5;?S''3!3assa 

ot5i-5'?i«d<?idi*d'?*dtrf 


0>  T  w)  -^  -^  * 


S  3 

o.i: 

'  si's 

3   3    M 

-  o 


3    - 


T3  c-oU 


n  S  3 

.S'3  C   a)  »  «  w 


go  ^ 


•«  i 


u 


I  Set 

-  3  O  O 


2  I*  ■ 
S)S.- 

o  o  * 


3.;: 

"as     ■  O 
►-1  .00    - 


'    1  M  c  a. 
•    .  -  aaj    . 

!      .    ,^    OQ    d    3 

*T  *       ■ 
■«  S'S'3'3   ■ 

1^  s  J  J  j3 

iOOiO 


oo  OS  CO  CO 


TAIILE  OP  IBVINDB. 


I 


I 


k 


ir-, 


«9 


i 


dS^ 


.00 


^^oi 


00 


«&|  i   MWS 


^^  i 


^«*:J 


^^l« 


0 


I 


% 


goo. 


S  ^ 
-«   ^ 


gB^ 


g 


g 


«0  CO 


gag  ^'  "M 


;>;  2 


^i 


«gg  ts"  wEs>"g 


»■« 


wgw  ^'  «^e^» 


;     «  :    WW  w5 


t;^'i«ia5^|«  WW« 

CO     |> 


>fe-«»|St-^|uiaw 


gisi:j-i«|^|"igi 


^«i*i, 


I    t\i'^^ 


g 


w 


^ 


aj  »5 


.       .w 


'^f.'if, 


m 


aJW»£  '•WgW 


£  ?so 


«  as 


w  &    • 

H   ^   I 
»   fc   S 


»5  25 


» 


.•   b3    is 


!««  r 


i«   !^ 


S«&  « 


g«  &=  w 


S»^  ??  w 


WW  .1  . 

««  S  «0 

•    "'  a  tJ 

*    ^  w  * 

00  "" 

^ot!^'  (£  Be 

iO     ^  ao  CO 


■W&j 

^K^J   W   ES 

»ao 


W  4         H>J    .    •►jW 

p^»     w""  '^K.a 


.u     .     . 
W^   W    ^ 

is 


gco 


g 


00  85 


f^^ 


^"'«l   S»^''^'^   S'i    !^   |« 


.W  'a- 
00   ^ 


w 


5 

1-9 


00    00 


00  ^ 


-H    ■  .         ■ 

gKg   S5   WW^»   I   si   6>;   95S5 


H  W 
ODW  t<;  ^ 


J 


•rr  .5  CO 


^■5 


•s  .2  CO  « •«  J  (2 


wsg 
«ll 

a'3  S 
■<■«)-< 


li^ 


3  Td  .£ ." 
.£•3  =c>  •? 


•a 


J3   _ 


•sees  I  -3 


■Ml 


I 


i\^ 


«  §7313 

joo  cS  3 


iS«i  9  3  8  ISIGj  j  -3 


NOTES   ON  THE  PRECEDINO   TABLES. 


SOUBOHS  OF   INFORMATION  OOMPRISBD  IN  THB  STNOPTIOAL  TABLB  OF  MBAN 

ATMOSPHBRIO   PRB88URB. 

The  reeults  at  Adnkh  Island,  Aleutians;  Aian,  Okliotok  Sea;  Amohitka  Island,  Aleutians- 
Anadyr  River  mouth.  Eastern  Siberia;  Duo  Light-house,  Sakhalin  Island;  E«iuimalt,  British  Co-' 
iumbia;  Fort  TonRnsH,  Fort  Wrnngell,  and  Fort  Yukon,  Alaska;  HaktKladi,  Japan ;  lliuliuk,  Una- 
laahka  Island,  Aleutians;  Kotzebue Sound,  Alaska;  Kusunui,  Sakhalin  Island ;  Kyska  Island,  Aleutians; 
Moller  Islands,  Port  Molit-r,  Aliiiska  Peninsula;  Xew  Westminster,  British  Columbia;  Nikolaieflsk,' 
Amur  River,  Siberia;  Nulato,  Yukon  River,  Alaska;  Okhotsk,  Sil)eria;  Petroiwvlovsk,  Kanidiatka; 
Portland,  Orej^on;  St.  Miclmel's,  Norton  Sound,  Alaska;  St.  Paul  Island,  Pribilott"  Islands,  Bering 
Sea;  Sitka,  Alaska;  Udsk  Village,  SilMjriu;  and  Unalakiik,  Norton  S<;ind,  Alaska;  are  i-opieil  from 
the  Synoptical  Table  ot'.meun  Atmospheric  Pressure,  Apjiendix  I,  1879,  page  24. 

riiose  at  Attu  Island  (Cliicliagofi"  MarlM)r,)  Aleutians;  Bering  Islund;  Fort  Alexander,  Nush- 
agak  River,  Alaska;  Hazelton  on  the  Skoena  River,  British  Columbia;  Pitlekui,  Eastern  Siberia; 
Queen  Charlotte  Islands;  and  St.  Paul,  Kadiak;  are  taken  from  ol)servations  at  those  loualities,  which 
have  Iteen  since  made  available. 

The  observations  additional  to  those  use<l  in  1879  are  derived  from  the  reconis  of  the  IT.  8.  Sig- 
nal Service,  from  Wild's  ^i-eat  work  on  the  Climate  of  Russia,  from  the  publirations  of  the  Pacific 
Railway  commission  and  Geological  Survey  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  from  the  observations  of  the 
Vera  Expedition  and  from  private  manusciipt  records,  especially  a  nmru  than  ten  years'  rc<»r«l  kept  at 
St.  Paul,  Kadiak,  by  the  agent  of  the  Aiucrioiu  Russian  Commercial  Company  from  1868  to  1880,  of 
which  one  year  (observed  by  Hebnkeii)  waM  iucludtd  in  Appendix  I,  1879,  |>p.  72-73.  To  Mr.  W. 
J.  Fisher,  Mr.  H.  P.  Cope,  Mr.  Nikolai  Pavloft",  Mr.  Wagner  of  Chernolfski  Village,  Unalashka,  and 
Capt.  E.  P.  Herendeen,  the  Survey  is  indebte<l  for  valuable  meteorological  material  which  will  be 
published  more  in  full  hereafter. 

All  the  figures  are  for  new  ityle  except  those  for  Udsk  Village,  which  are  uncertain.  The  barom- 
eter is  taken  at  32° .0  F.,  (0°.0  Cent.,)  and  all  data  in  the  table  are  retluced  to  this  temperature,  corrected 
for  instrumental  error  as  far  as  known  and  reiluoed  to  sea-level,  unless  otlK^wise  here  stated.  Figures 
in  black-faced  tyjie  indicate  a  break  in  the  series  which  was  supplied  by  interpolation  to  obtain  a  mean 

value. 

At  Due  Light-house,  Kusunai,  and  Udsk  Village,  the  height  aljove  the  sea  is  unknown  and  the 
correction  to  sea-level  is  believed  to  have  been  applim  by  the  observer.  It  will  not  exceed  in  either 
case  -f-0.38  inch. 

The  observations  about  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands  are  uncorrected  for  temperature  and  instru- 
mental error. 
SOURCES  OF   INFORMATION  OOMPRISBD   IN  THB   SYNOPTICAL  TABLB   OF  MBAN 

TBMPHRATURB   OF  THB   AIR. 
The  means  at  the  following  stations  are  coi)ied  from  the  Synoptical  Table,  Api)endix  I,  1879, 

page  26. 

Ala  River,  Siberia. 

Anadyr  River  mouth,  Eastern  Siberia. 

Due  Light-house,  Sakhalin  Island. 

Fort  Franklin,  Hudson  Bay  Territory. 

Fort  Ke;i?.?,  Cook's  Inlet,  Alaska. 

Fort  Tongass,  Alaska.  '.       ' 

Fort  Wrangell,  Alaska. 

Fort  Yukon,  Alaska.  ,  '^/ '['.''■'■" 

Hakodadi,  Japan. 

Ikogmut,  Yukon  River,  Alaska. 

Kolmakoff  Redoubt,  Kuskokwim  River,  Alaska. 

Kusunai,  Sakhalin  Island.  ,     „    .      ,     .  •    i 

Moller  Islands,  Port  Moller,  Aliaska  Penmsula,  Alaska. 

Muravieff  Post,  Sakhalin  Island. 

New  Westminster,  British  Columbia. 

Nulato,  Yukon  River,  Alaska. 

Port  Clarence,  Bering  Strait,  Alaska.  .  . 

Portland,  Oregon.  „  ^  ,     ,    „    •      e^ 

St.  Paul  Island,  Pribilotf  Islands,  Bering  Sea. 

Sitka,  Alaska.  ,    .,    , 

Unalakiik,  Norton  Sound,  Alaska,  ^^^^^ 

p.  c.  P.— 35 


i'l 


974 


MOTES  ON  THR  TABLES. 


Notes  on  the  Prf/'edino  Taiii,eh — €(>ntiiiiie<l. 

Those  lit  thn  following  ntations  are  from  ulMervations  auhHequontly  received. 

Aian,  Okliotek  St-a,  HilM-riii. 

Atkn  Inland,  (Nazaii  Hn)0  AleutiatiR. 

Attn  Islam),  at  Chuthneoff  Harbor,  Aleiitiana. 

Bering  Island,  HerinKSiia. 

Fort  Alexander,  Nushogak  River,  Alaska. 

Hozelton,  Forks  of  the  Sk(«ua  River,  British  Columbia. 

NikolaiefTsk,  Amur  River,  8iberio. 

North  Foreland,  Cook's  Inlet,  Alaska. 

Okhotsk,  Eastern  Sil)eria. 

Petropavlovsk,  Kamchatka. 

Pitlckai,  Eastern  Hil)eria,  Arctic  Coast. 

Point  Barrow,  Alaska. 

Port  Graham,  Cook's  Inlet,  Alaska. 

Port  Providence,  Plover  Bay,  Eastern  Hil)eria. 

Port  Simjwon,  British  Columbia. 

Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  British  Columbia. 

St.  Paul,  Kadiuk  Island,  Alaska. 
Those  at  the  folloi).  ing  stations  are  derived  from  the  combination  of  the  means  in  Syuv'ptical 
Table,  Appendix  I,  1879,  page  25,  with  those  at  corresponding  stations  subsequently  received,  each 
having  weight  according  to  the  number  of  months  represented. 

Iliuliuk,  UnaTashka  Island,  Aleutians. 

Kotzebuo  Bound,  (Clioris  Peninsula  or  its  vicinity,)  Alaska. 

8t.  Michael's,  Norton  Hound,  Alaska. 

Udsk  Village,  Udi  ]{iver,  Siberia. 
It  is  uncertain  whether  tiic  ol^ervations  at  Ala  River,  Siberia,  are  new  or  old  Hyle.     Figures  in 
black-faced  ty|)e  denote  that  th..  scries  was  incomplete. 

The  degrees  are  of  Fahrenheit  scale.     When  no  sign  is  affixed  they  are  to  be  taken  as  above  Kero. 

BOURCmS  OF    IMFOBMATION    OONTAINXD    IK  THB    SYKOPTIOAIi  TABLB  OF    THB 

tumpbratubb  of  smuAca  sba  watbr. 

All  the  temperatures  in  this  table  are  copied  from  the  Hynoptioal  Table,  Appendix  I,  1879,  page 
26,  except  those  at  Queen  Charlotte  Islands  and  Sitka,  which  are  taken  from  observations  at  taupe 
loodities  subsequently  received. 

The  oK^rvations  are  chiefly  contained  in  the  records  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey 
parties  in  Aia3k:<,  1871-1880,  taken  with  standani  instruments  graduate<l  to  Fahrenheit's  scale. 

TLe  values    i  brackets  are  interpolated,  or  for  incomplete  months  completed  by  interpolation. 

BaUBC'.'j&  OF  INFORMATION   OOMPRIBBD   IN  THB   STNOPTIOAL  TABLB  OF   MBAN 

PBBOIPITATION. 

The  amounts  given  opposite  the  following  stations  were  copied  from  the  Synoptical  Tn'i't  if  mean 
Precipitation  contained  in  Appendix  I,  1879,  page  26. 

Aian,  Okhotsk  Sea,  Sil)eria. 

Buruaby  Island,  Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  British  Columbia. 

Fort  Kenai,  Cook's  Inlet,  Alasko. 

Fort  Tongass,  Alaska. 

Fort  Wrangell,  Alaska. 

Hakodadi,  Japan. 

Nikolnieflsk,  Amur  River,  Siberia. 

Nulato,  Yukon  River,  Alaska. 

Okhotsk,  Eastern  Siberia. 

Petropavlovsk,  Kamchatka.     * 

St.  Michael's,  Norton  Sound,  Alaska. 

St.  Paul  Island,  Pribiloff  Islands,  Bering  Sea. 

St.  Paul,  Kadiak  Island,  Alaska. 

Sitka,  Alaska. 
Those  at  the  following  stations  are  taken  from  observations  subsequently  received  from  the  U.  S. 
Signal  Service. 

Atka  Island,  (Nazan  Bay,)  Aleutians. 

Attu  Island,  at  Chichagoff  Harbor,  Aleutians, 

Bering  Island,  Bering  Sea. 

Fort  Alexander,  Nusnagak  River,  Alaska. 


KOTKH  ON  TIlK  TAtlLGH. 


276 


Notch  on  the  Prkckding  Tahm-x— C'lmtinuwl. 

The  amounts  opposit^i  Iliuliuk,  Uiinhislika  Isliiiul,  Aleiitiaiw,  ar«  taken  from  rc.«nt  ohMrvatlon^ 
of  the  U.  8.  Signal  Servi<'c  fxct'pt  tliow  for  June  and  July,  wliich  arc  topiwi  from  .Synoptical  Table 
Appendix  I,  1S79,  |iu^v  26. 

The  amounts  are  of  ruin  and  mt!lt4»l  Hnow,  given  in  EngliHl)  in<>li(«. 

Figures  in  black-faocd  ty|M>  d(>uot4>  that  th<4  m'.rm  was  inc-^uuplote. 

aOXJBOaS  of  information  OONTAINBD  in  BTNOPTIOAI.  TABLB  of  PRSVAlLmC^ 

DIRECTIONS   OF   WIND. 

The  directions  at  the  following  stationH  are  copied  from  the  Synoptical  Table,  Appendix  I,  1879| 
page  27. 

Aian,  Okhotsk  Sea,  Enstern  Hilwria. 

Anadyr  River  mouth,  Eiwtern  Sil)eria. 

Du6  Light-house,  Sakhalin  iHland. 

Fort  Kenai,  Cook's  Inlet,  Alaska. 

Fort  Tongass,  Alaska. 

Fort  Wrangell,  Alaska. 

Ikogmut,  Yukon  River,  Alaska. 

Iliuliuk,  Unalashka  Island,  Aleutians. 

Kusunai,  Sakhalin  Island. 

Muravieff  Post,  Sakhalin  Island. 

Nikolaieffak,  Amur  River,  Hiboria. 

Nulato,  Yukon  River,  Alaska. 

Okhotsk,  Ea&tern  Sitieiia. 

Petropavlovsk,  Kamchatka. 

St.  Michaers,  Norton  Sound,  Alaska. 

St.  Paul  Island,  Pribiloff  Isiands,  IJering  Sea. 

St.  Paul,  Kadiak  Island,  Alaska. 

Sitka,  Alaska. 
Those  at  the  following  stations  are  taken  from  later  observations. 

Atka  Island,  (Nazau  Bay,)  Aleutians. 

Attu  Island,  at  Chichagoff  Harboi,  Aleutians. 

North  Foreland,  Cook's  Inlet,  Alaska. 

Port  Simpson,  British  Columbia. 

Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  British  Columbia, 
lietters  in  italics  indicate  that  the  series  was  iu(«mplet«. ,   ,.       ,       ,         .„,.,. 
The  directions  in  most  cases  are  known  t..  Iw  tnw  and  ..elieved  tx.  l)c  so  m  all,  though  m  some 
cases  the  source  of  information  does  not  spocifi^illy  state  whether  the  olwervations  are  Irue  or  by  «otn. 
^.    The  new  observations  are  taken  directly  from  the  tables  without  being  reduced  to  a  mean 
direction. 


. 


m 


ADDENDA  AND  ERRATA. 


The  reader  i»  requpflted  to  make  these  changes  with  jwn  and  ink. 

Page  3.  The  first  three  words  of  line  22  from  top  have  droj)ped  from  the  beginning  of  the  line  above. 

Page  4.  Seymour  Narrows.     For  amended  establishment  and  depth  of  water  on  the  reef,  received 

too  late  for  insertion  in  the  text,  see  chart  of  Seymour  Narrows. 
Page  77.  Line  19  from  top:  for  "sixteen  cables"  read  "sixteen  fathoms." 
Pago  99.  Liiie9  from  top:  omit  the  word  "eastern,"  and  after  "Noyes  Island"  add  "and  Baker 

Islnnd." 
Page  143.  Line  26  from  top:  for  "Beardsley"  read  "Beardslee." 
Pagp  155.  Line  24  from  top:  for  "Pribieli"  read  "Pribilie." 
Page  158.  Line  15  from  top:  for  "Khlebuikoff"  read  '•  KhliebnikoflF." 

DANGERS  IN   DIXON   ENTRANCE  AND   VICINITV. 

The  observations  of  Lieut.  Com.  H.  E.  Nichols,  U.  S.  N.,  Assistant  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey, 
during  1883,  havp  been  received  since  the  text  was  printed.  Several  important  additions  to  the  know- 
ledge of  that  region  »t«  comprised  in  the  report,  wliicli  has  not  yet  received  final  revision  but  covers  the 
region  from  the  entrance  of  Portland  Inlet  to  Point  V'allenar,  including  the  whole  of  Revillagigedo 
Channel  and  the  G.nvin::  Group  with  their  intersecting  passages.  Soma  of  these  facts  are  of  sufficient 
importance  (:o  be  indicated  here  in  advance  of  tlieir  final  revision  and  official  announcement. 

Gravir^%  Mmianua. — The  eastern  shores  of  Duke  and  Annette  islands  were  shown  by  the  work  of 
1882  to  'je  considerably  farther  west  ib.an  the  chart*,  had  up  to  that  time  indicated,  fhcir  western 
shores  ht  ve  now  been  shown  to  i)ai":ake  of  the  same  old  error,  and  to  require  a  similar  correction. 
Point  Percy  and  Point  Davisf):i  ^re  situated,  the  former  a  mile  anil  two-thirds  SSW.,  and  the  latter 
a  somewhat  greater  distance  S  and  W.  from  their  position  on  the  older  charts  as  shown  on  the  chart 
of  Dixon  Entrance  in  this  volume.  A  similar  change  will  l)e  requiretl  to  correct  the  position  of  Cape 
North amberland  and  the  adjacent  shores  and  islets. 

Tamgam  Harbor. — The  depth  oi  water  in  this  harlwr  appears  by  this  investigation  to  be  only 
about  half  what  is  called  for  by  the  P.ussi<in  survey ;  that  is  to  say,  five  or  six  fathoms  at  the  uiichorage 
instead  of  ten  or  twelve. 

Point  i»at*J»on. — Besides  the  above-iuontioned  difference  of  position,  ihe  reef  or  shoal  off  this  jwint 
is  legs  extensive  than  formerly  supposed. 

Httomter  Bee/f — June  6,  1883,  Lieut.  Cora.  Nichols  came  upon  a  bed  of  growing  kelp  in  Clar- 
ence Strait  in  about 

Latitude — - - 64^5a;.6N. 

Longitude 131°  31'  W.. 

doubtless  containing  dangerous  rocks.  A  sounding  near  it  (^ave  ten  fathoms,  rockv  liottom.  In  this 
position  Mount  'faragas  bore  N.  |  E..  Mount  «t.  Lazaro  NE.  J  E  .and  the  southern  part  of  Point 
Pct3V  about  N  f  W.,  four  railc^  distant.  The  high  h-ixd  on  the  south  part  of  Dundas  Island  showed 
well  to  tie  westwara  of  the  westernmost  bare  rock.  Tbis  daiiger  may  be  llie  Jirmdwelioch,  though 
considerably  north  of  Brundige's  position  for  the--..  In  consequence  of  the  doubt  both  are  indicated 
nil  the  accomuanyi-iK  chart  of  Dixon  Entrance.  ,    ,.  „         t  ,     .  . 

»«»«  sLk.-hc  name  having  been  retaincl  for  the  danger  north  ami  wt«  of  Ws  Isla!id  in 

the  text,  (page  56),  and  another  danger.  detonni.;cd  m>->^!^ }!y^f:i^Z)\:^;^t::^T'^^ 


"•^"IC"        r"J„ll"n^  i«i.llv  •iiul  iienw  may  not  i)e  vcrv  precise,)  when  the  rock  or  reef  bore  8.  42°  W. 
with  the  vessel  ••°.  ''"8    '«,'^^^  g  jj  7"  E.,  Harry  Saddle  N.  61°  E.,  and  the  south  exti-erae 

Tp'"*^  ^wl"^  ?3°  7    At  th^nS  hJad  wis.  48°  E.  and  U.e  deviation  on  thatlH-ar- 

ingwS^  6°  W    Platting  iV.'*^  Uevil  Hook  by  the  three-point  methwl,  it  would  k-  situated  approxi- 

■"•"^^y  ■'"  64°  41'.6  K. 


^»***"^V- IlIIIlIIllI]l31°  a7''.5  w! 

Longitude 


(5i77) 


278 


ADDENDA  4ND  EBR4.TA. 


choeoM  Breaker. — Captain  Carroll,  with  the  Idaho,  April  13,  1883,  sighted  a  breaker  abont  SE. 
I  iS.  seven  miles  off  Cape  Chacon  and  about  four  miles  from  the  vessel. 

XuHe»  Beefs. — A  little  !at«r  on  the  same  day  Captain  Carroll  rejwrts  the  Nuflez  Reef  as  two  miles 
on  his  |>ort  beam,  which  would  place  it  about  S.  by  E.  \  E.  six  miles  from  Cupe  Chacon,  considerably 
douthward  of  its  suppose<l  position.  Unverified  reports  are  current  among  the  navigators  of  this  r^iou 
to  the  effect  that  there  is  another  breaker  alwut  three  miles  S.  by  W.  from  Point  Nuflez. 

Mauut  St.  Lamaro. — According  to  Nichols'  observations  (subject  to  final  revision)  the  position  of 
thi"  peak  is  about 

Latitude 64°  83'.8  N. 

Longitude 181°  IS'.O  W. 

ChUkoot  Portage. — A  note  from  Captain  James  C.  Carroll  in  regard  to  the  earliest  transit  of  the 
Lewis  River  and  this  j)ortage  by  white  men,  states  that  tl  i'rst  authentic  passage  over  this  route  was 
performed  about  1864  or  1865  by  an  employ^  of  the  Ru  *  >i  fJ-iy  Company  who  started  from  Fort 
Selkirk  and  was  delivered  by  the  Chilkoot  Indians  ..:     '^ .  ■'•anson,  then  In  command  of  one  of 

the  company's  steamers  and  for  whom  the  anchorage  i  i>jt  i.  ,  n.  Couverden  was  named,  (page  193.) 
It  was  from  reports  of  this  exploration  doubtless  tliat  infbrraiition  as  to  the  existence  and  approximate 
location  of  LakeLebarge  was  derived  and  communicated  in  1866  to  the  Tel^rapb  Expedition  explor- 
ers by  the  servants  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company. 

In  a  report  to  the  Coramissiouer  of  Lands  and  Works  of  British  Columbia,  dated  February  15, 
1880,  John  McKenzie  recounts  explorations  of  the  previous  reason,  made  by  himself  and  Alexander 
McLellan  in  the  country  between  Dease  Lake  and  the  Lewis  River.  He  quotes  a  large  part  of  the 
Report  of  George  Holt,  by  which  it  appears  that  that  explorer  first  crossed  the  Chilkoot  Portage  June 
1,  1872,  and  descended  as  far  as  the  northern  end  of  Lake  M^rsh,  returning  October  18th.  He  heard 
the  story  of  the  burning  of  Fort  Selkirk  from  the  Indians  who  were  friendly.  Holt  made  several 
subsequent  journeys. 

Captain  Carroll  also  states  that  George  Holt  (see  page  200)  crossed  the  Chilkoot  Pass  in  1874, 
and  went  down  the  Yukon  to  about  longitude  160°  W.,  where  he  crossed  the  portage  to  the  Euskokwim, 
which  he  descended  to  tiie  sea.  Of  the  members  of  the  expedition  of  1880,  some  descended  the  Yukon 
to  Fort  Yukon,  others  went  up  the  Pelly  River  to  Fort  Pelly-banka.  Here  they  divided  again,  some 
going  to  the  Pelly  Lakes,  others  to  Port  Frances  and  Frmnoes  Lake,  whe""^  they  met  other  prospectors 
who  had  come  up  by  tlie  way  of  the  Stikine  River  and  over  the  Blue  ^;  iti  ti^ias  to  the  Doase  Lake 
country.     In  1883  a  party  of  ten  prospectors  wintered  on  the  Copper  ^  ivy  exploring  for  mil  erals. 

A  letter  from  Commander  J.  B.  Coghlan,  U.  S.  N.,  commandiu;   i.    r. 
dated  April  15,  1884,  contains  the  following  information:  ,    5j 

nangerti  near  the  Kane  iaietg,  Xet-a  Strait.     (See  ptige  157.) — .' 
ward  of  the  cliaimel  Ixjtween  tlu'  Kane  Islets  and  the  Baranoff  shore,  at 
shore  and  bearing  alwut  XW.  ^  W.  from  the  islets.     The  ledge  'v>  "bout 
two  always  dry  lumps  alx)ve  water.     It  is  lK)ld-to. 

Mureka  Roek,  M'erii  Strait. — An  unsuccessful  attempt  was  made  to  locate  Eureka  Rock  at  slack 
water.  It  apjjears  that  the  shoal  water  extends  nearer  to  the  Chichagoff  shore  than  previous  informa- 
tion denoted,  and  that,  to  avoid  it,  the  navigatt)r  should,  when  half  way  fro»r»  Liesnoi  Island  toward 
Poroga  Island,  iiooj)  the  Chichagoff  shore  aboard  distant  less  than  one  hundr;  ',  'nstead  of  three  hundred 
yards  as  statrti  in  the  directions  on  page  162  of  thin  volume. 

sehutxe  ftore,  »v«ft  ««.v. — According  to  Commander  Coghlan,  this  cove  .  .aeutical  with  the  cove 
indicated  by  Tebienkoff  and  described  on  pag''  161  of  this  volun)c,  d  the  position  ikjsigned  to  Schulze 
Cove  on  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Office  charts  225  and  883  is  erro;  •  ■  .^  With  the  exception  of  the  rela- 
tive position  the  description  on  page  161  is  correct.  The  head  oi  .■ :  •  is  separated  by  an  isthmus 
fifty  feet  high  and  only  about  four  hundred  yards  wide  frc  m  Perii    •    ail,  isfu  from  Poroga  Island. 

Haieu  Auehoraae. — A  small  anchorage  on  the  opposite  side  of  FIsn  Bay  was  discovered  by  a  local 
pilot  named  Haley  and  exaiuinal  by  the  officers  of  the  Adarw.  It  lies  about  south  from  Schulze 
Cove  and  is  protectctl  by  a  small  r.oini  i!,  ii-t  eoi'tward.  it  has  from  six  to  t'.venty  fathoms  water  over 
a  bottom  of  mud  and  sliell  but  ii  i.iiic  .small  '  ^  "xtent.     ^.Page  161.) 

Anchorage  at  the  itead  of  'ink  Bav —  Ii-  !\ead  o  Fish  Bay  to  the  eastwaixl,  seems  to  shoal  up 
gradually  to  a  bank,  dry  iit  low  water,  »'uu.sed  ')y  sevc'ral  giKxl-s'^ed  streams  which  uome  in  here. 
From  the  edge  of  tlu;  bank  westward  theri!  is  anchorage  in  five  to  twenty  fathoms  clear  across  the 
head  of  the  bay,  with  a  width  east  mid  west  of  two  or  three  cables.  This  discovery  is  also  due  to  the 
ofiicei's  of  the  Adams.     (Page  161.) 


idamfi,  at  Sitka,  Alask?., 

ov  rocks  exter.ds  east- 
'  ■■  ble  off  the  Baranoff 
/  vjables  in  lerrgtli,  with 


IITIDEIX: 


A, 

Page. 

Aaltanhuh  Inlet,  Oraham  Reach _„ 33 

Aaron  laland,  Stephens  Passage 174 

Ahat^nan  'lahi^ry,  Kennedy  Island 39 

Adamson  Capo,  Baker  Island _ 96,98 

Adams  Bivor,  Vancouvei'  Island 8 

AdiUiu,  V.  S.  8.,  Addenda _ 27» 

AddenbrooHe  Point,  Fitzhugh  Sound 22 

Addenbrook  Island,  Fitzhugh  Sound 23,23 

Addenbrook  Point,  Fitzhugh  Sound 22 

Addlngton  Cape,  Noyes  Island,  Alaska _..99,  lOO.liB,  119 

described 9g 

Admiralty  Bay,  Alaska .._ 207 

Admiralty  Group,  Alaska,  separate^  Int^t  two  divisions V^9 

north  Hhoresof 172 

appears  from  Peril  Strait 177 

out  of  place  on  tho  charts 178 

divided  by  water 192 

Admiralty  Island,  Alaska no.  122, 128, 171,  nr-,  174 

unexplored  gponlng  in 172 

NW.  shore  of 182 

Adolph  Point,  Icy  Strait - 191 

Adolphus  Point,  Icy  Strait - .'. 191 

Affleck  Canal,  K;llu  Island,  Alaska 100,103 

Agaasii  Point,  Frederick  Sound 116 

described 127 

Aglak  Met,  K  sstoff  Strait 166 

Akhal,ake,  Alaska 200 

,4la<io,  (J.  8.  S 142 

Alaska  Territory -- 1 

boundary  line  of 57 

Alava  Point,  Bevlllagigedo  Channel, 72,77 

described 71 

Albans,  Point  Saint,  Snmr.er  Strait - ' 103, 104 

Alert  Bay,  Ooriaorant  Island 10 

Aleutian  Islands,  Alaska,  explored  by  Samolloff 167 

explored  by  Slnltsin _— 169 

Aleutkina  Bay,  Baranoir  Island - 144 

Alentskt  Istand,  Sitka  Sound 142 

Alexander  Arohipe)  .go,  Alaska -. 61,70,83,100,118 

described 49 

oceanic  shores  of 134 

Alexander  Bay,  Bai  inoff  Island - - 121 

Alexander  Point,  W  .■angoll  Strait 113,110 

de  cribed- 107 

AleXk-ter  Port  "..ilano  Island - 14 

Alexander  Bock,  Sitka  Sound 148 

itluaiidsr.  Steamer. - l"* 

Alexandra  Passage,  Milbank  Sound '^ 

Alexandra  Patch,  Chatham  Hound 41 

Alfbrd  Beefs,  Metla-katia  Hay. 41 

Allaska  Peninsula,  Alaska. '" 

Alice  Arm,  Observatorj'  Inlet 60 

Alice  Island,  SltkaSound - '** 

Alituya  Bay,  Alaska.... - '"^ 

Almlralty,  Bahia,  Alaska ^O^ 

Alpha  Bay,  Pitt  Island - '■'"' 

AUekh  Blver,  Alaska -— - l^" 

described - 206 

Althorp  Port,  Chichagolf  laland,  dpscribsd. IS' 

islands  off  the  entrance  of '*'' 

Altona  r«y,  Alaska - -  -  ^"'^ 

Alteek'j  Blver,  Alaska,  described l'".'"''* 

Al^.»  !iia.i.,  .Maeka - '"^ 

».;«uy.a  Bay,  AlaskN *^ 

Amelia  Point,  Kmzoft  Island ~ '" 

d.Kribed -  "" 

Amellna  Point,  SnmnerS.ralt - 

American)  >y,  Dall  Island — 

Amlrante  Bale,  Alaska — 

Ancau,  ninklt  Chief . 


104 

86,07 

207 

S07 


A  man,  Katcro  del,  Alaska 

Anchorage; 

Alert  Bay 

Alpha  Hay 

.\U)Qrlnin  Hay 

Anchoratfe  Cove,  Auiericitii  Hay. 

AiichoniKe  t'ovo,  Lihiyii  Itay 

.\uuotte  Hay 

Baht  llu-uor 

Heaver  Cove 

Hig  Bay 

HltnkinHop  Buy 

Hruiii  Baj' 

Carroll,  I'rinee  <if  Wales  Island.. 

'Virtor  Hay 

CaHcadp  Inlet  . . 

Cliaiuiei-s  Hay,  H.  V. 

Ctiisniiiio  Pasi^ago 

Cholmondeley  .Sound ' 

Clarence  Strait 

Cloak  Hay 

Clothes  Bay 

Coghlan,  Wright  Sound 

Constautine,  lliun  Hay 

Cooper  Inlet 

Disenchantment  Hay 

Dry  Strait 

Duncan  Bay 

I)iincla<t  llay 

Eastern,  Sitka 

False  Hay 

Famrite,  Peril  Strait 

Fish  Bay,  Aiiilenda 

Fdiwani  Bjiy . 

Frafer  Heiicli 

FrftHliwater  Hay 

Frigate  Hay 

Fritz  C-ove 

Oil  Wand 

(Jranite  Core 

Haley,  Adde.  da 

Half  M.wn 

Hoik  ham  Hay 

HelliK-s  Bay 

leotterg  Bay 

llilmHi.y 

1-yinik.oen  Cove 

Jan-'  t'reek 

Ka«ann,  Kasa-au  Bay  

Klemtiio  rasaage 

Klennnggit  Inlet .. 

Knox  Hay 

Kiiotznahoo  Roads 

Kreeloir  Strait 

Kivalhiaaki  Cove 

LalMmeliere 

Lama  Passage 

Lareh  Hay -. 

Lowe  Inlet 

McLaughlin  Bay 

Mary  Cove 

Blaty  Itiatiil  .. 

Menzles  Hay  .   --- 

Metlakatla  Hay. 

Morris  Bay 

Mud  Hay 

Mtii;dor  Cove —   ... 

Naas  Bay 

North  Inlst 

Oona  Blvsr  — 


I'sge 
07 

0 

r« 

6T 

67 

,i03 

80 

loe 

« 

a 

7 

A3 

log 
as 
77 

30 

ai 

85 
88 
68 

ai 

.14 

m 

iM 
ilO 
119 

41 
188 
ISO 
181 
IM 
8T8 
8 


17» 
34 
187 
278 
114 
188 
33 
60 
189 
181 
9« 
86 

ao 
ae 

6 
176 
IM 

9 

61 

96,26 

tag 

66 
96 
80 
76 
4 
41 
98 

m 
lai 

60 

33 

88 


(279) 


280 


INDKX:. 


A. 

Pig*. 
Anohorftgft— ^Dt'd ; 

Open  B«y M 

Ott«r  Core 8 

Otter,  Pe«rl  Harbor 43 

Peril  Strait - - __-.l(li,198 

Plumper  B«y . 6 

Point  Htfhtleli) M 

Portage  B»jr 128 

Portage  Coie 200 

Port  Aleiander .. 14 

Port  Althorp I8« 

Port  Danki 133,134 

Port  Baun.. 98 

Port  rieming _  38 

Pott  Frederick -  IM 

Port  llarToy ! 

Port  Houghton 123 

Port  Laliouchere 102 

PortMoNelll 10 

Port  lIulgraTo 208 

PortNeTllle 7 

Port  Protection 102 

Port  Slmpeon 48,47 

Port  Stewart 74 

Puerto  de  loe  Doloree 97 

Red  Bay - 108 

Bough  Bay 11 

Bynda,  Sumner  Strait- 109 

Safety  Core . —  22 

81.  John  Baptlut  Bay _ 187 

Salmon  Ouve„ (Kl 

SchulieCoTo — 161,278 

Seafortb  Channel _ 27 

Security  Bay 123 

Security  Hoads - 128 

Bhadweil  Paesage — 16 

BhakuD  luliit- - -101, 102 

Shakan,  Shakan  Bay _ 102 

Shrimp  CoTe 37 

Shuihartie  Bay.— 18 

Sitka - - 148, 149 

Sitka  Sound 139 

South  Inlet _ 33 

Square  CoTe 179 

Steamer  Bay - 189 

Steamer  Pawage . 88 

Stewart,  GrenTille  Channel  _ 36 

Stiklne  Flats - 108 

Sliilwa* ,.,  KiKitinahoi)  Inlet 177 

Stuart,  OrenviilM  Channel 36 

Suloia  Bay 161 

Suquaeh,  Queen  Charlotte  Bound . 11 

Swaneon  Bay . 83 

Bwaniou  Harbor 194 

Symondi  Boy ^... 137 

Taku  Inlet i _. 170 

Tolitol  Bay _ 87 

Venn  Crook 41 

Weetorn,  Sitka 141,149 

We»t  Inlet 86 

Whfcle  Bay 133 

Whltawatei' Bay 176 

William  Henry  Bay  _ _ 196 

Willoughby  Core IPO 

Wolf  Bock : 96 

Wrangell  Strait 113,116 

Wrangell.Wrangell  Strait— 108,109 

Anchorage  OoTe,  American  Bay 67 

Anchorage  Cove,  Lituya  Bay,  delcrilwd 203,204 

Anchorage  Point,  Chllkat  Inlot _ 187,198 

Anchorage  Point,  Shakan  Bay,  deecrilied. 101,102 

Anchor  Point,  Wrangell  Strait 112, 118, 117 

deocribed 114 

Angle  Point,  ReTlllaglgedo  Channel, 79,82 

deecribed 78 

Angle  Point,  Beaforth  Channel 26 

deecribed 27 

Ankau,  T  I'nkit  Chief 207 

Ankau  Creek,  Takutat  Bay 207 

Aakan,  Eitero  del,  Alaska __.  go7 

Aamer  Point,  Stephens  Passage 168 

ABBCtt*  Bay,  Annette  Island 79 

denribed "s 


Page. 

Annette  Island,  Oravina  Group ....... 63,76,78,79,84 

north  shore  of 77 

described . 83 

AnTll  Head,  Annette  Bay 80 

«,ple  Island,  Sitka  Sound 140 

Apple  Islands,  Sitka  Bound 140 

JraHsaiv  ship 1.  96 

Archangel  Qabriel,  Fort,  Bannoff  Island . — . 140 

Archibald  Point,  HcLaughllD  Bay 26 

Arden  Point,  Stephens  Passage 129,168,172 

describwl 171 

Armstrong  Bay,  Baranoff  Island 121 

Armstrong  Port,  Bannoff  IsUnd..,  .«. 121 

Arrecifrs,  Punta  de,  Yakutat  Bay 208 

Arriaga,  Bocas  de,  Alaska,  d'voribail ... 96,99 

Arloaga,  Don  Ignaclo .... 96,212,218 

Arthur  Passage,  B.  C 87,88,40 

described _.....„ 39 

Aspid  Islets,  Crawfish  Inlet,  Alaska . 136 

Assurance  Bay,  Yakutat  Bay . . 210 

Aslley  Island,  Icy  Stmit 194 

described 19:i 

Aatley  Point,  Stephens  Passage 168 

Aston,  Ralph 69 

Aston  Island,  Kai-gah-nee  Strait ee 

Astrolabe  Point,  Alaska. 201 

Aiumclon,  Puerto  de  noetn  Senom  de  U,  Alaska 97 

ittnAluiljta,  ship 88,110 

Atakn  Island,  Necker  Oruup,  AUuka _ 136 

Atkritol  Bock,  Bllka  Bound 140 

Atkrol-glau  Rock,  Sumner  Strait 106 

Atli  Island,  Quren  Charlotte  IsUoda ._ 

Atll  Inlet,  Qu^u  Charlotte  islands 82 

Atna  Hirer,  Alaska, 141, 144, 201, 206 

Augusta  Point,  Chatham  SIrait 179, 192, 193, 194 

described . 181 

Augustine  Bay,  Quadra  Island .. 96 

Augustine  Cape,  Alaska 98 

Auke  Bay,  Admiralty  Island 172 


B. 


106 
106 
103 
73 


Baht,  Engineer 

Baht  Harbor,  Zarembo  IsUnd „. 

Bailey,  Oapt.  Geo.  W 

Bailey  Bay,  Behm  Canal 

Baker,  Lieut.  Joseph 102 

Baker,  Marcus.- - 88, 98, 198 

Baker  Inlet,  GrenTille  Channel 86 

Baker  Inlet,  Kasa-an  Bay...- '__.         86 

Baker  Island,  Alaska 96 

Baker  Point,  Sumner  Strait 103,106 


deecribed 

BalaklaTa  Island,  Queen  Charlotte  Sound.. 

deecribed 

Bald  Cape,  Dixon  Entrance 

Bald  Mountelns,  B.f' 

Ball  Group,  Sitka  Sound 


102 

13 

14 

64 

170 

143 

BamdoroshnI  Island,  Sitka  Sound,  described 142, 148 

BamSeld  Islets,  Arthur  Passage .. . M 

Bancas,  Bahia  de  las,  Alsaka 210 

Bancas,  Punto  de  las,  Yakutat  Bay 210 

Band  Cove,  Security  Bay. 122 

Banks  Island,  B.C 87 

Banks  Port,  Whale  Bay,  deecribed 138, 184 

Baptists  Bay,  Baranoff  Island 166 

Barani  Island,  Sitka  Sound 143 

Baranoff,  Alexander  AudreleTich 187,140,160,164 

Baranoff  Archipelago,  Alaska 122 

Baranoff  Island,  Alaska 80, 119, 122, 181, 136, 141, 162, 167, 182 


western  coast  described 

northwestern  shores  of 

bonndlng  Salisbury  Sound. 

bordering  Peril  Strait 

sugarloaf  mountain  on 

BaranoTitch,  Philip , 

BannoTlich  Fishery,  Kasa^^n  Bay 

Bare  Hill,  Pitt  Island..  


132 

166 

169 

161 

)76 

86 

84 

36 

Bare  Island,  Salltbury  Sound 160 

Bare  Islands,  Sitka  Bound 142 

Bare  Islet,  Klewnuggit  Inlet 96 

described 36 

Bare  Islet,  Wrangell  Bttait 114 


INDEX. 


281 


Bar©  Point,  Klcmloo  VtMMgo-,. ___  311 

Bare  Bock,  MlltMnk  Hound .^k 

Bare  nock,  8itk>  Sound ]  14,, 

Barlu«r  Cove,  Adnilnlty  liland n^ 

Barlow  Point,  Kft'iihenM  Passage,  descrilted 172 

DN-ks  off |7;j 

'■'"X' 174 

Bamelt  Cape,  Niiyei  Island _ tut  gg 

Bar  Point,  Tongan  Narrows wi 

Barren  Bock,  Dixon  Kntranco,  descrlbud _,. 63,64 

Banie  Island,  Sumner  Strult __ 104 

BarrlePulnl,  Hnmncr  Strait io,-> 

Barrier  Island,  Sumner  Strait IU1,1U4 

described 

Harrington,  Hun.  Dallies . 

BartlettBa7,  Alaska 

Bartolomfi,  OabodeSan 

Bartolomi  I'ape,  Baker  Island.- 

described 

high  laud  near 

Basargin,  t'omniander 

Base  Point,  Kleiiitoo  Passage 

Basil  Lump,  Chlm-sy-an  Peninsula 

Batarefnoi  Island,  Sitka  Sound 

Bate  Passage,  Qneen  Chsrlutte  Houiid. 

descrilted 

Bath  Harbor,  Xarembo  Ishind 

Bath  Point,  Port  Simpaiin 

Battery  Uand,  Sitka  Sound 

described  - 

Battery  Islets,  Wrangell  Strait 

described 

Bau]»<Vve,  Vancouver  Island 

Bay  Islets,  Amirlcan  Bay. 


102 

W 
I8« 

9*1 
117, 98 

»6 

90 

109 

30,31 

44 

141 

16,18 

15 
IIS) 

4-1 
149 
141 
116 
11.1 
!l 

97 


126 

94 
94 
94 
94 

!« 
,.i)l,66,9."i 

m 


94 

141 

53 

.._. 6'i 

_ 200 

66 

.136,145,146,188,189,2911 


II. 

Di'li'liiT,  l'n|il.  ^<lr  Mwiinl ;...._„..  209 

, 143 

i» 

15 

_ as 

ri 

ail 

w 

311 

, 124 


Hi'lkiiap  Isli'tn,  xiikii  Soiinil 

llelirt  llellii  lliillsns..      

IVIlii  IV'llu  Islsiida,  Unm  I'shmik'',  B.  C 

lli'lla  Ik'llii  Vllluiti'.  ('iiiii|ibi'll  Isliuid 

llt'll  Arm.  Il<. lull  c'uniil 

Itollcniic  Itlnnil,  KiiiliiyMin  Channel 

llell  Inland,  fk\m  (^n«l 

Ilt'll  ri.|ik,  4*oiie  Island.. 

Hfiidol,  Itenibnnl 

RndelCapi',  Kndtiitk  .••iiiiuii,  described 124,185 

IVii  mil,  lblnniy-«ii  IViilimila 4A 

llt'iijiinilii  Islel.  l.ynu  Canal 185 

IIitkIiiiiii,  l>r.  Heruiann . IR 

Itirg  Inlrl,Alsska . IIW 

Ikrliig,  Cimimanilor  Vituii _„ |:18, 2ck\2ll7 

lleHiiB  lliiy,  Alaska,  hlHtory  nf  the  nami'. .2CI6,  ■.'07,213 


Bayou  Point,  Wrangi'll  Mljralt 116 

Bay  Point,  Fri'derick  Sound 

Baian  Bay,  Dull  Island 

Baian,Baylio — 

Baian  Harbor,  Dall  Is'    .d- 

Baiaa  Point,  IHxon  En  .jnce 

Basan  Point,  Port  Pswn 

Bann  Port,  Dall  island 

described — 

Basan,  Puerto  del  Baylio  . 

Beacon  Bock,  Sitka  Sound. 

Beal  Harbor,  Oiabam  lahtnd 

Bsan,  Dr.  T.  H 

Bean,  Edmund  ._ 

Bean  Island,  Alaski — 

Beardslae,  L.  A.,  Commander  U.  S.  N 

Beanltle«  Group,  titka  Sound. 143 

Beardsle*  Islands,  Glacier  Bay 1»S 

described WD 

Beardslee  Blver,  Alaska 196 

Bear  Kort,  KootinaluJ  Village,  Adminlty  Island 176 

B<'ar  Island,  Alaska •"' 

Bnaton  Island,  Bchm  Canal '6 

Beaiiclero  Island,  Sumner  Strait — 102 

dcscribi  J 10* 

Beauolerc  Port,  Kulu  island '"2.  i'" 

described I'** 

dangi-rs  in '•** 

Beautemps,  Cupi'  de,  Alaska 201 

Beaver  Oove,  Vancouver  Island - —    10,11 

described " 

Beaver  Harbor,  Vancouver  Island,  ileicrlbed... 12 

tides-. " 

sailing  directions  for. l* 

■  Ited - W.«».« 

Boaver  Passage,  Ugdcn  Channel -         '" 

Bwiver  Point,  Shi'llkoff  Bay -. - -       "'^ 

Ij<<aver  Kock,  IMscovnry  PaMigi! '' 

Beck  Point,  llasslcr  Hartior " 

Bedounol  IsUnds,  Sitka  Sound - ^*" 

Bedford  Island,  Telegra|ih  Passage •■'' 

Beehln  Ishind,  Olga  Strait,  described 1W,I6^I 

Beering'sBay,  Alaska - -       *"''• 

Beta  Canal,  Al^ika 62.71,73,76,79,82 

described -.« 

Behring  Bay,  Ahuka     

Oehring's  Bay,  Alaska. 

Behring's  Blver,  Alaska 

r.  0.  r.— 3« 


72 

207 
■J)X> 
2tkS 


IkTlni:  »•■»,  lidi'K  ( oniiniid  with  those  of  Sitka.. 

lleriMTM  liay,  Aliiska 

itescrllteii 

Ikiry,  Mn).  M.  1' 

Birry  Arm,  I'nrt  Kn'di'rick 

Berry  Iiliinil,  Sitka  .Sound 

Ht-rry  I'SMtige,  i  'liicbagntr  Island. 
Ilerr.v  I'oint,  Kli'liitiHt  PassaKS 


161 

194 

I»5 

178 

192 

144 

178 

.HI 

Bcrrj  Pniiit,  Seafiirth  Channel 26,27 

198 

76 

7» 

78 

IM 

1411 

178 

13' 

42 

43 

132 

139 


llertlia  (i)acier,  Alaska. 

llcie.m,  lliiberl 

lletlon  Inland,  IV>lim  U«nal 

doscrilKd 

Bibb  Shoal,  Security  Buy    . 

Blille  R.ick,  Sitka  Sound •— . 

Bii'lol  Reck,  Chatham  Strait 

1)1(5  Amiw  Kay,  llaniniiir  Inland 

Ilig  Bay,  Chini'Sy-Hii  I'eiiiiiBuIn,  lienrrilied 

Bailing  dln'i'tious  fur. 

Big  llraiicli  Hay,  Baniniilf  Island 

Illg  llavaiiaki  IhIiI,  Sitka  .Sound 

Ilig  laialid,  llei'P  Hay,  Southwest  Peril  Strait,  described 162, 163 

Bingham  Point,  I  nwi  Sound IMS 

Blorka  Island,  Sitka  s<.und 135, 1.37, 146 

desoriliijil     136 

riwkNW.from 146 

sunken  ro<-k  NW.from 148 

Biorka  Hock,  Sitka  S.iuml      146 

Bird  Wet,  l.ynn  Canal I»6 

nirnio  Island,  Chatluini  Sonnd 45,46 

ilpsrrilifii 44 

llishop  I'oiiit,  Stephens  i'assiigi'.  di'scribeil .170,171 

Blugam  Island,  Clf  -.rn  .sire't "It 

lliack  Mountain,  Hc'vlllagigi*  Island 78 

llliick  Hwf,  Piirt  Krcdirick 191 

lliack  Hock,  llivlliaglgi'do  Channel 71 

Itlark  ll"ck.  Sitka  Sound...   140 

Hlacklii'y  l'a.«Mgo,  B.C — 9 

Blukc,  I'n.f.  W.  P 01,110,111 

HIake  Cluiniiel,  Alimka — *' 

duscrllHd 91 

llhikenr.v  I'orl,  l>on  IViM'k - 2* 

Blaciulori'  I'nint,  Sumnor  Slmlt.-. — 108,112 

di*Tibi«l "T 

Blanhki-,  Ur.  Eduard  1.... — •» 

Blanhk.!  Island,  Clarince  Stmit 89 

mind  lilaiid,  Wrangill  SIniH   "■'• 

IliiiiJ  Passage,  Chlcliugoir  Island  .- •- — l'" 

Blind  Piu«age,  Mltkufl  Island,  Alaska 112,115, 118, 1» 

descrilied- 

Blinkliorn  Island,  .loliiistonc  Strait 

lllliiklnsop  Hay,  B.  c... 

llll/hni  l'"inl,  Vukulal  Bay 

111,1.  k  Island,  Tli'vak  Narrows,  di«ribi!d 

lllMsliko  Island,  Clarcuci'  SIniil 

llloxliani  I'swuee,  Clilsni.ire  Paswige 
lllii' 


107 

U 

T 

211 

',70 
8» 
30 


Islaml.  Sitka  Siiilid - '^ 


lllui'  Mipunlains,  Aildi  ndii 

l;hin  islaiiil  Arm.  Sumori  Strait  - 

lllnIT  Island,  .Sunn.  rSlrail 

HIiiH  l'"inl,  Knshwalir  Hay 

niiilT  l''inl,  KiHiUnah.K.  Rcails 

Hlundin  IKv.  H.  c.  

Ulunl  l'"liil,  Wniiigidl  Strails.... 
Il..al  llnrlHir.  CnoTc.n  Island,  B.C 


«» 
101 
lOU 
IN 
176 
19 
116 
9 


282 


INDEX. 


B. 

P»go. 

Boat  HarlRir  Point,  IMxon  Kntrancr 70,T1,82 

ileK-ribed "a 

IkibnivlB  Point,  Slicllknff  Hay -  188 

Bubniyol  I'l.Int,  Haninnir  laliina 132 

Bot'ii  do  Quadra 71,72 

Dora  Flna,  Port  llueart'll,  Alaaku 8H 

noddy  Cnek,  Wright  Urrnip - -  27 

B(ide(?a  y  Quodre,  Spaiilali  t^inniandnr J>1,137,13H,1.VI 

Boldark*  Group,  Sitka  ftnind 144 

Holdarkin  lalaiid,  Hllka  Sound--- 144 

Bold  Cliff,  Hood  llay - - 17«,17n 

Bold  Illand,  RrTiliugigvdo  (.liannel 79, 82 

di'ncribcd 78 

BidlTnoi  Bocka,  Sitka  Hound - - -  148 

Hidlea,  T.  Dii,  UeuL  U.8.N. l»,81 

Bollea  Inlet,  Kal-gHli-Doe  Strait..- — tIT 

Bollea  Ledge,  Ward  CVive 81 

Bolahol  laland,  Deep  Bay,  Southwi'at  Peril  Strait 1B2 

Bolahoi  Point,  Yakulat  Bay - 206 

Bolahol  Bukav,  Whale  Bay l:« 

B<dahoi  Strtdka  Bay,  Bntanoff  laland 132 

Bonlla  laland,  Hecate  Strait-- -- 37 

Bonilla  laland,  Hocato  Strait -  18 

Donwick  Point,  Stuart  Anchorage 3«,37 

Border  Bocka,  Sitka  Sound,  deacrlbed 139,14(1 

Boreaa  Point,  BreeiyBay - - 69 

Borhiaa  Point,  Warri'n  laland 09 

Biimahkl  Bay, UaranolT laland- 144 

B<«ton  lalanda,  Portland  Canal - »7 

Boulder  Klat,  Wrangell  Strait - -»- 1!S 

Boulder  Point,  Portage  Bay — 126 

Bonlder  Point,  Tleyak  Narrovfa - 69 

Borndary  BlulT,  Gulf  of  Georgia — 1 

Boundary  Stialt - - 51 

BouninoT  Cape,  Slika  Sound 146 

Bouaiole,  Point  de  la,  Takutat  Bay 206 

Boxer  Point,  Browning  Paaaage 17 

deacribed - .' J4 

Boyle  lalet,  (|ttcen  Charlotte  Sound 17 

Bradfield  Canal,  Alaaka 90.02,109 

deacribed- — 91 

Brady  Glacier,  Taylor  Bay,  Alaaka 186 

Breakera  Capo,  Sitka  Sound - - 146 

Brcaknra  Point,  Diion  Knttanre _ 66 

deacribed 62 

Breaat  Inland,  .MItka  Sound.. 143 

Breezy  Hay,  Ball  laland 69 

Bridge,  Mr IW 

Bridge  Point,  Kootinalioo  Inlet— 177 

Bridget  Point,  Lynn  Canal 196 

Broad  Cape,  Sitka  Sound 148 

Broad  laland.  Peril  Strait „ - - 168 

Bnwd  Point,  Tolatol  Bay _ _  87 

Broken  laland,  Johnatone  Strait 8 

Brooke  laland,  Obaervatory  Inlet (to 

Brothera,  The,  Frederick  Sound- 129 

Brothera,  The,  Lynn  Canal. ^ 198 

Broughton  Strait,  B.  C,  deacribed 9 

tidea 9 

general  diroctiona  for 11 

cited 10, 12, 13 

Brown,  George,  Capt.  U.  S.  N.- 40 

Brown  Paaaage,  Chatham  Sound 40 

Browning  Knttanre,  HecateStralt D7 

Browning  Paaaage,  Queen  Charii>tte  Sound H 

Bmin  Bay,  Graham  laUnd J".  ftjj 

Brumes  Point,  Revlllagigedo  I'hannel 70 

Brundigc,  J.  C.  ('apt.,  I'JxpI.initlona  and  n'port  of-. .37,38, 39, 41, 46, 47,62, 

M,  66, 66, 68, 63, 64, 66  84 

Brundige  Hock,  Diion  Kntrance,  deacribed.. 64,84,87 

Addenda 277 

Biibnoir,  Mate ._  192 

Hucart'll  y  Unraa,  Don  Antonio  Maria oc, 

Bucareli  Bay,  Alaaka 96,98 

Bucarell  Port,  Alaaka 62,66,89,80,95,99 

deacribed tHj 

tidea  In... 97 

Bncarell,  Puerto  del  Bayllo 96 

Buctu«li  Sound,  Alaaka _ ._ „ 96 

Buccleugh  Sound 63,04 

deacrilied 51 

Bnoclagh  Sound. 81 


Page. 

Buck  Point,  Queen  Charlotte  lalanda. 62 

Bnck'a  Bar,  Stiklne  Kl»er.. - 112 

Bull  Harbor,  Hope  laland 18,17 

deacribed - 10 

dlrectlona  for..«. 16 

Bunutead,  MaU' liW 

Hurke  Canal,  B,  C _ 23 

Burnt  Cliff  laland,  Chatham  Souu(i. 42,4;i 

'  Burnt  lalet,  WrmngeH  Strait 116 

deacribed 114 

Burnt  lalet  Bwf,  Wrangell  Strait 114 

Burning  Bay,  Behm  Canal j.^ . : 7!l 

Bnrrongha  Bay,  Behm  ('anal 78 

Bnmuoff  Cape,  Sitka  Sound,  lalata  north  from 14:i 

deacribed 146 

dangera  near * 14A 

itad 144,140 

Bunin  Rocki,  Stika  Sound 142 

Buah  laland,  Tievak  Stnit,  deacribed 69,70 

Buab  lalet,  Korwani  Bay 8 

Buah  Top  lalet,  Wrangell  Strait 115,116 

deacribed 114 

Bualiy  Ldand,  (Clarence  Strait,  deacribed 89,90 

Bualiy  laland,  Kal-gab-nee  Strait 68 

Bnahy  lalet,  Holkham  Bay 168 

Bntterworth  Rocka,  Hecate  Strait 18 


Gaamano,  Don  Jaelnto,  Spanlah  explortT 33,62,56,66,64, 

66, 67, 71, 76, 84, 94, 90 

OMmAno  i^pe,  Behm  Canal 7f, 

Caf^aiiee  Ope,  Olxon  Entrance 65 

Calderm  Port,  Malaaplna  laland 97 

CWIdera,  Puerto  de  la,  Alaaka ■    97 

(^Ider,  Mount,  Prince  of  Walea  Archipehiga loo,  101, 102, 104, 105 

peak  reaembling « h6 

deacribed . 103 

(Uder  Bocka,  Sumner  Strslt._ 101 

deacribed 102 

OaHfania,  Steamer .7, 32, 4:1, 77, 79, 8(1, 88, 105, 136 

105 

- 9(1 

711 

^ m 


California  Bay,  Sumner  Strait, 

deacrilMtd 

(iallfomla  Head,  Revlllaglgedo  Channel 

(WlfomlaBoek,Tongaaa  Marrowa 

C!ell  Creek  Inlet,  B.C h 

IVilTertC^pe,  ntzhugh  Sound 19,20 

deacribed 21 

Calvert  laland,  B.C 21,22 

deacribed . 20 

limbic,  H.J - ^ 38 

(^milen  Port,  Kulu  lahud,  deacribed _._., 117,118 

portage  «>        i. 120 

Cameleon  Harbor,  Valdt-  laland 6 

Cani;>Mll  laland, B.C., . 24,26,27 

doaf-ribed 20 

Campbell  River,  B.C _ 2 

Camp  laland.  Lama  Paaaage 25 

Camp  Point,  Johnatone  Strait „,—-. .  7 

Camp  Point,  Klewnuggit  Inlet 34,38 

deacribed 30 

Camp  Point,  Lama  Paaaage _ 25 

(*mr  Point,  Wright  Sound 34 

Ctemp  Point  Peak,  Vancouver  laland ^„_  7 

Candle  laland,  Behm  Cianal 72 

Onnon  laland,  Jameatown  Bay — — — «,  144 

(.!anoe  Bight,  Denny  laland . 26 

Canoe  laland.  Peril  Strait ^ 163 

Canoe  Rucka,  Fltihugli  Sound 20 

Cape: 

Atlamaon 96,98 


Addlngton  ... 

Augoatlne 

Bald 

BartoIom4 

BeautemiM 

Bendel 

Bonrunov 

Breakera 

Bniad 

Buninofl 

(^aamanti,  Behm  Canal 

Caamano,  Dixon  Kntrance. 


98 
98 
M 
90 
2IM 
124 
146 
145 
145 
14.-1 
76 
66 


IKDEX. 


283 


pk«. 
« 

119 

.    18,17 

10 

10 

190 

£1 

.    42,  «l 

116 

114 

114 

n 

7» 

1411 

14A 

14fi 

144,14V 

14st 

59,70 

8 

118,110 

114 

80,9(1 

08 

168 

18 


...33, 52, 66,86, 64, 
67,71,78,84,04,90 

78 

68 

VI 

07 

JO,  101, 102, 104, 108 

88 

109 

104 

loa 

r,  79, 80, 88, 108,136 
105 

mi 

7!l 

81) 

8 

19,  ai 

— 21 

21,« 

-, 211 

. 30 

117,118 

. — 1.-.  120 

6 

24.26,«7 

20 

- 1! 

26 

7 

;I4,3S 

30 

25 

34 

7 

72 

144 

26 

163 

20 

-  00,08 

08 

08 

IH 

00 

124 

145 

145 

..1 146 

14.1 

76 

66 


Vng», 

21 

19 

- 04 

_ 278 

110 

18 

— - 186 

- -  04 

PecUloD 100 

I'VUmiHw ^ 

Kdward . |j(2 

Klkiigu 182 

Kalrweatlier _ 201,206 

Panilmw ]26 


( 'Hpfl — Coiit*d : 

<lKlvert. 

Cautlun 

riiRcon 

Adflflndii-. 

Chirikoir. 

Cominerfll 

Onwt 

l>e  Chacon 


Karewnll. 
Fanner 
Fnllx.. 
ForrMt 
Vnx  ... 

(l«orKl>ni> 168 

Grlntlall 86 

i«y - - — 201 

InUnktNin 04 

Irvlnu 04,05 

.IiimfH _        15 

Januw,  St ... 
Kal'gnli-iiee. 

Kalgan 

Kalgnneo .  ^. 
Kalgsni  .... 


KhoroHhl-iiAgotli ,. _ 204 

Knc* 

Knwnot 

KrainolRIM 

Kreala 

lAujra 

Magdalena 

MenxicH :. 

Monkol „. 

Moaniun 

Mudg« 

Murray _« 

Muzon 

Nation 

North 

Northumberland 


Addenda. 

Ocean — 

Ommaney 

Phippa 

Pllt 

lUzrlihenia — 

Red _. 

Hedllih "2. '■'•■' 

Blihenia - 1"" 

«t.  Augintln - "■'' 

St.  Aii([intlno - -- "■■' 

St.  Bartoloinf - >* 


St.  KHu. _ -  lil2 

St.JanieB '*.'*■■' 

ao. 

137 


186 
120 


28 


a-a 

Sllka 

Houth.  Kai-gnh. nee  Strait 

!*outh,  WhiilK  Hay - 

S|)encer 

Straita,  of  Ihi' 

Suckling  .  — -212,213 

Swair  — .  - - ''■* 

Hwaino  _ — 

Tohtol - l''; 

Tnibitaln:i    - 

TachlrikoM'  

Tllaniklila -- 

<'«|te  Island,  Sltkn  Sound - - 

I'apeOrford  Rockw,  Oregon — 

Oviata  Qx*,  Snow - 

i'«ptaina  Inland,  Wrangell  Strait 

Cardena  Bay,  B.C. 

Carllle  Bay,  Aladu •— 

deacribed "" 

''amien  bland,  Alaak*....._. - 


137 
119 
185 
130 

i:i5 

18,00 
114 
.19 
116 
127 
212 


61 

1.12 

132 

186 

204 

05 

no 

2IK! 

20 

1 

64,05 

06 

54 

i:n,i34,l35 

_ _.  02 

277 

200 
110 

200 

05 

100 

132 


C. 

Page. 

Camlui  Point,  Icy  Strait,  devribail Im,  |M 

<'ar|iciiler  llay.  Quwn  Charlolte  lulandii 62 

t'arrew  I'olnl,  Yakniat  Bay _ kki 

ilt'WTlb«<l  __.   207 

t'arr  Ulnl,  Mnllii-katla  Uy,  dearrilieil 41,42 

<'arn>ll,  ra|it..luuii!i('.,  I'iteil 7,32,70,106 

Addenda 277,278 

Carroll  Anchonwe,  Prlnri>  of  Wulea  Inland 106 

Cartnll  Ami  or  rhannel,  Alaaka 73,82 

dp»<rllie<l  .._ 70 

Carroll  lilet,  (iraliani  Rrai  h 32 

Carroll  Polol,  lloTlllaglg)»lo  CImonol 70 

Carndl  SIraila,  Alwka 171 

Carter  Huy,  Fiiilayiioii  Channel ..... 20 

deecrilied ... 32 

Canaan  llay,  Prliire  of  Wnlen  Island 86 

Caaaile  Inlet,  Annette  Iiihiiid,  deairilied _ 77.80 

Cn.»llll«  llaj,  Al«»ha 204 

Cat  lelaiid.RrvlllaKlge<lo  Channel 70 

Cattle  Islands,  Beaver  Harbor,  deivrilwd 12,13 

I'anllon,  Ca|ie,  B.C 11,18,20 

descrlbeil 10 

Caution  I'olnt.chathaniatnilt..- 174 

Cayman  ■■eiiit,  TIevak  .•'Irait - 00 

C«il  Patch,  Arthur  Passage 39 

c»l»r  IIJKht,  SiHOrlly  liny,  deH<Tlb<il.._ 122,  li'l 

Citliir  Island,  Het-urity  llay 123 

Cpdar  Point,  Kootxnahoo  Inlet 177 

Cedar  Point,  SdUrity  Itay,  dcnillwl 122,124 

Cenotaph  Island,  l.itnya  Hay 203 

dew^ribod 204 

Cenotaph  Point,  Utuya  liny __ 204 

Center  Island,  Slindwell  PiisMiKe.  dosortheil 16, 10 

Center  'slet.  Frigate  Hoy „ 21 

Chacol.  Breaker.  Addenda 278 

Clia<on, Cape,  IHxon  Enlrame _ 57, 02, tO, 06, 84 

dest-riheil 04 

reefs  near 04 

lUngers  near,  Addenda 278 

Ciial.hel  Island, Sitka  dound 140 

Chttiniers  Anchorage,  B.  C ;10 

Ghana),  (^pt.  Pnmper 52 

Chamellor Channel, B.C.- 7 

Channel  Island,  Kai-gah-nee  Strait 70 

dosiriheil 08 

Channel  Islami,  TouKass  Narn>M-s,deHcrlli«l 81,82 

Channel  Point.  Kootzuslioo  Iniot 177 

Chaunil  Reof,  Hecate  Slniit I'l 

Ciiannel  Hoik,  Hassler  Harbor 78 

Channel  Ihsk.  Port  NoTilie 7 

Channel  Hock,  Sitka  Sound 149 

Cliaimian,  Ilev.  .1.  F. _ 00   . 

Chai|Ma  llav.  Admiralty  Island 175 

Chsqiia  Cove,  Admiralty  Island 175 

Cliaiue  Bay,  Admiralty  Island 175 

Charcoal  Islami,  Sitka  S<mnd_ 142 

(Charles  Point,  Lama  Passage 24 

descrilHHt 28 

Charlie  Islets,  Beaver  llarlur - 12 

Chann  Point,  I  ■larent-e  Strait 86 

Chascu  Pidnl,  Clarence  Strait - 88 

Chaslna  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island 85 

Clissina  Point,  CInroiice  Strait-- 86 

Cluislna  Sctllemont,  Cholmondcley  Sound .- 86 

C5la«,..,„,,><Wp - 32,208,200 

Chatham  Clianoel,  B.  C - 0 

Chnllinm  I'oinI,  Dlsiovery  Passage — 1,0 

descrilied 5 

Chatham  Sound,  II.  <'- 18,:W.3li,42,4r..40,.'^^1,.'.7,M 

descrii«d - 40 

Chatham  Strait,  Alaska 83,107, 117, 122, 128. 1.To,  1.31, 

147, 1110,  liM.  182. 180, 1112, 10:1, 105 

dewiribed.. 118, 11» 

western  shore  of 1^" 

.     ;'   :;  tides  In - Vl\ 

mythical  iiaasnge  to,  from  Deep  Bay _ 145 

:       "  tides  fnun  in  Peril  Strait..- - 16.1 

isirt  I  ■■'■Ml  from  Point  Ganlnerdescrilietl 174 

winds  in - *'*'' 

west  shore  of. "" 

eastern  ahore  of ''^ 

northern  shores  of 1''8 


284 


l^/ttv-r-'  .../.-Uj    C^-j-^  t^ 

DTDBX. 


) 


•n   Co.>»j^ 


»vv 


■"•(^  ! 

OhithwiHtnlt,  Aluk»— Oont'cl:  I 

eutorn  ihore  of >  nv 

lideamMt  in 17B 

'                          northern  «iul  of .  181 

Vancouvwr'n  view  of.- 181 

Icy  stmlt  couildereil  uj*  |«rt  of 185 

ChulibMhaw  Inlet,  B.  0 »» 

Chnrikorr  Point,  Itaker  Msnd 96 

Ohcalakna  Vlllune,  Nliiipkish  Bl»«r -  10 

Chichigoff,  Admlntl - _ IW 

I'hMiaRoir  ArehllH'Ugo,  AlKlV*  -  - 169,160 

dt.i.-rllH.d 192 

CliichagolT  B«jr,('liir«nii'  Stmlt ---. _ M 

t'lili'bKCoir  (Ironp,  too  far  «ut  on  the  rliarta -  178 

Inii'  pc»IUon  i>f  Ita  NK.  imrt IHl 

m'Minlc  Mhorec  uf ISii 

geogniphicAl  potUlon  of 187 

dem-rlbnl —  1H2 

cited ._184,188,191,193 

OhlchltKoir  HurlKir,  Claronci-  Mralt 84 

fhlrhngiitr  Inliind,  Alaflkii ...... TiO 

■hiiK'  on  I'crll  Strait 1(12 

NK.  oxtrcmiiof 181 

tojKigmphy  of 184 

iloecrllwd 193 

I'hichngoir  PMwigis  AlukR 113,94 

denrlbod 92 

Chief  I«Urul,  Hitka  Sound 140 

f'hilcat  Uiver,  AlaekK 1!X!,1»» 

Chllkaht.     Set  Chllkat. 

Ohilkabt  Kiver,  Alaaka _ 100 

l^hllkahtlnh-t 196 

Ohllkat  Intel,  AlMka „  199 

deicriU'd llifl 

Chllkat  I»laud»,  Ljrnn  (anal 196 

(4illkat  Lake,  Alaaka 198 

(Hiiikat  Mountaiiu,  Alaa'M „ 196 

Chllkat  Peak,  Alaaka  ..   ..    _ 198 

Chllkat  Kangu,  Alaaka       IMI 

Chllkat  River,  Alaaka 101,196 

descrilM'd 198,199 

Chilkoot  Inlet,  Alaaka , 199 

l!hilkiiot  Ijake,  Alaaka 200 

Chilkoot  Moiintalua,  Alaaka . 196 

Ohilkiwt  Paaa  or  Portage,  Ahiaka 200 

Addenda 277,278 

Chilkoot  Village,  Chilkoot  Inlet 200 

Chlm-Min  Penlnaula,  B.  C 40 

Chlm-aymn  Indian  Village,  Fort  SImpatin 46 

Chlm-ay-an  Peulnaula,  B.  C _ 40,68 

Chlrlkoir,  CapUIn  Al.xie,  Rnrwiail  explorer 137,138,139 

Chirikoir  Bay,  Alaaka - 118 

Chirlkotr  Cape,  Chatham  Strait. L„ 119 

Chirikoir  Point,  Baker  laland g« 

dilnniorePaiaage,  B.  C 39 

Choked  Faaaage,  Chatham  Sound 46 

Cholmondeley  Sound,  Alaska 66 

deMrthKi 86 

Chiipnian  lV>lnt,  Chatluiui  Sound 42 

dearrlbed .. 40 

Chrialiaii  .Sound,  Alaaka ... 181 

deacrllied 118 

Ohristle  I^assaKe,  Queeu  ('harlotte  Hound 18 

deai'rihetl 13 

Obrlltmaa  laland,  Security  Bay 123 

Chriatoval,  Canal  de  San,  AUaka . 98 

Circle  laland,  Kevlllaglgedo  Cliaunel . 71) 

Clam  Islet,  Namu  llarlair 23 

Glareni-e  Sound,  Alaska 83 

Clarence  Strait,  Alaaka 76,70,84.87 

extent  of 62 

danger*  at  south  entrance  of 63, 277, 278 

t^tpe  Chacon  appears  from 64 

directions  to  enter  from  Tongnas  Narrows 82 

describsi* 8J1 

northetaand  eastern  shores  of 88 

dangers  in 89,277 

strong  currenta  In .       .  oo 

mountain  visible  from ^  ,_  94 

Sumner  Strait  iiml^ised  with 100 

Joins  Humiter  Strait i^yj 

(Mark  Island,  Sitka  Sound ujs 


t'IsTehind,  Captain  Bichard  J 110 

Cliir  Island,  Fitihugh  Sound .         23 

Cliff  Point,  Port  rredsriok _ 191 

Cloak  Bay,  Omham  Island 62 

described „. 63 

Close  Bay,  Raranoir  Island I:i3 

Closed  Bay,  Whale  Bay 133 

<^k>theBBay,KlBmt<io  Passage 31 

(Vxst  Islet,  ChathamSonnd 40 

Cobb  Islet,  Sitka  Sound 144 

OockatUne  Bay,  Portland  InUt 68 

Co<tked  Hat,  KInlayson  Channel.. 30 

Collin,  F.  W : •» 

Coghlan  Anchorage,  Wright  Sound,  described 34 

sailing  directions  for . . 34 

Coghlan,  Commander  J.  B.,  U.  8.  N.,  Addenda 278 

Coke  Point,  Stephens  Paaiago 168 

C(denuin  Point,  Peril  SInIt __. 1117 

Culenian  Reef  or  Shoal,  Peril  Stntt : 167 

Colnen,  Captain  James _ 118,119 

Colpoys  Point,  Clarenre  Strait — 90 

described 106 

,    Columbian  Archipelago,  R  0 18. 51,  I0«,  138 

I    Oolunin  Point,  Lialanskl  Stmlt 186 

i  dsacribed _ 187 

ConimervU  Cape,  (Juean  Charlotte  Sound 13, 16, 17, 18 

described IB 

Oompton  Island,  PortUnd  Inlst .„ _..        68 

Courliwion  laland,  Kekn  Strait 117 

de«:ribed 104 

I    t!onclnslon  Port,  Baranoff  Island 121,122,132 

described . 120 

:    Cone  Island,  Finlayaon  Channel,  desrrlbol . _„.    30,31 

i    Cone  Inland,  RevlllaglgedoCliannel 77 

'    Onne  Honntain,  Priuceas  Boyal  laland,  B.  C .10 

Cone  Mountain,  Htlklne  Rivsr  Valley,  Alaska. 112 

Cone  Point,  Clarence  Strait,  Alaska : 8.1 

tV>ne  Point,  FInlayaon  ClianosI,  B.  C 30 

Cone  Point,  Wrangell  Strait,  Alaaka 116 

Oonia  Roi^k,  Dixon  Kntranee 67,68 

Gonnel  Islet,  Brown  Paasa(e . 40 

Connia  Bork,  Chatham  Sound 57,68 

descritwl . 46 

Oonstantine  Anchorage,  Illiu  Bay 183 

Cook,  Capt.  James 137, 138, 168, 16!t,  186,  '."04, 206, 207 

f'ook,  Mount,  Alaska. 212 

Cooper  Inlet,  Lama  Faasags, described 24,26 

Copiier  Biver,  Alaaka . .141,201,206 

Adilenda 278 

Cordova  Bay,  Alaaka : 62,  M,  68, 84, 86, 97 

deseribeil 66 

OonloTa,  Puerta  (k>rdova  y,  Alaska 66 

Cork  Island,  .Security  Bay 123 

forties.  Dr.  W.  II.  B 69 

iv>rlies  Islanits,  TIevak  Strait Ii» 

Corinorant  Island,  Bniughton  Strait,  deseribeil 10, 11 

('ormorant  lUtck,  Bearer  Harbor . 12 

Cormorant  Bock,  Litnya  Bay 204 

iv>rnwalli8  Point,  rrederiek  Sound 118,124 

described 122 

CornwalUs  Poln' ,  Liscoms  Bay . .        94 

Coronation  Istend,  Alaska 98, 90, 118, 128 

described 100 

Couverden  Island,  Icy  Strait 193,194 

Coaverden  Point,  Chatham  Strait 118,181,182,186,190,194 

described 19:1 

Addenda 277 

Cove  Point,  Revlllagigeilo  l^haanel 71 

Cove  Point,  Wrangell  Strait 116 

Ciix'a  lliannel,  Dixon  Enlmnce 62,63 

3ox  Strait,  B.  t : 61, 62, 64 

deacrilied 53 

tides 63 

(Joslau  Bock,  Peril  Strait 166 

Cracroft  laland,  D.  C 9 

(!ral»e  Port,  Graham  Island . 64 

Craig,  Lisntenant,  0. 8.  N „ ._.. 142 

Craig  Point,  Stiklne  Stialt 10«,l(/r,108 

deaeribed „ „ 94 

Crane  Islets,  (Jueen  Chariotta  Sonnil ._... „ 17 


1-^ 


IKDBX. 


286 


C'ninitown  Point,  iltihiigh  Houml ^D 

i1eHrib«d ,._ 21 

C'ntTan  Point,  ('h«thun  Stnlt,  clewribx] im 

iil«ta  near _ u^ 

«'««• - I7« 

Crawflih  Inl«t,  Bcnnuir  MmiiI,  dtKribMl m  \3t 

rriilge  Ulata,  Metbk-katl*  B»jr '  41 

Crldfd  PaawgK,  B.0 3^1 

f'rtlliin  OkM-lor,  Aluki 201,2(11 

<'rillun,  Miinnt,  Aluk* ..._ 18fl,a«,S04,ai6 

Tliible  (Ironi  Point  Manxlen.. _ ini 

d«w'rlb«d. ._ -nn 

<'rouk«l  Itlanil,  Yakulat  Bay gou 

Crooxe  Iiland,  AlaHka . 138 

CroMrape  Horki,  Alaaka ijs 

rrnwCafs,  Vaknbl  bland 182 

daacribed . igfi 

('ron  llarlmr,  Krunofflalanil IM 

latltudaof ir,6 

■kelrh  of  by  Tablankoff im 

f'roai  laland,  Mttka  Sound,  Alaaka l.V) 

I'nm  Point,  Mllbank  Hound 28 

t'roni  Point,  HItka  Konnd 130 

Cnm  Port,  Krnioff  Iiland,  Aiaaka , HO 

(!roii  Hound,  AUaka «0, 122, 134,  IM,  193. 194 


rappoeed  Inland  paMaKA  to . 

Ilmitf  of. 

ocean  roaat  H.  IVoni 

d«M-rib«d 

HHith  and  WMt  partof .. 
Vancouver's  plan  of 

Ice  in 


in4 

Ml 

1112 

I8« 

IKO 

187 

189 

high  mountainiiTlaibloiyoin 202 

164 

153 

140 

54 

100 

185 

181 

179 

52 

52 

;i3,3* 

5« 

52 


(Mw  Strait,  AlMka 

('rowwiH  Iilel,  Olga  Mralt 

*'n)w  Islanu,  HItka  Sound 

Growoll,  Captain 

Cmytn,  Idea  de  la,  Alaika - 

rma,  Srtradadela,  Alaaka -  - 

("nhe  Point,  (lutliam  Htrait 

dearribed 

Oufflmaahawaa'e  Bay,  Queen  Oliarlatte  Iilanda 

(.'nmmaalwwaa'i  Harbor,  Queen  (Charlotte  laUnda 

Onmniing  Point,  McKay  Bearh — - 

Onmahewa  Harbor,  Graham  Island 

Onmshewa  Inlet,  Queen  Charlotte  Islands 

Onnneyah'a  Strait,  t^nean  Charlotte  Islands 51, 52 

Cnnningham  Island.   See  Maares  laland,  p.  20,  and  Chart  3. 

Cnnnlngham  Fnsaage,  (Chatham  Sound 411,45 

44 

_ 44 

7 

18 


deeerlbed  . 

sailing  directionn  for  . 

Current  Passage,  Juhnatone  Strait 

Current  In  Hei-ate  Strait.. 


Currents,  Sitka  Sound. ''* 

Cutter  Rocks,  BeTillaglgodo  Channel ^ 82 

deacribeti ''■' 

C.Tprasa  Island,  I«m«  Passage -  '-'(I 


100    I 


1). 

;*i«A.la»,li.M.8- - - '*'" 

llaedalus  l>asa«Ke,  Beaver  Harbor -- -—        '^ 

D'Agelat,  LapauU ^ 

D'AgBlet  Island,  Filihugh  Sound 23 

dawribed ''* 

D'Agalet  Mount,  Alaaka - ^ 

I)«ll,<^t.l^C 

Dall,W.H 

Dall  Head,  Clarencp  Strait _ — -^  ^^  ^ 

IWl  Island,  Alaska 

dMcrllHHl — 

Uall  P»tfh,'8«aforth  Clumnnl,  diwrllHxi 

Dalnl  Island,  Yakutat  Hay - 

Duii-ymide,  Alexander -— 

Dana-aka  Lake,  Alaska -- 

Danger  Island,  Tong»«e  Karruwa 

tleacrilHsd - — 

Ranger  Island  Reef,  Toagaea  Narrowa.. 

Danger  Point,  Chatham  Strait, dM.rllic.1  ■ 

Banger  Point,  WrangeHStn.lt '  ^^ 

Danger  Baei;  Tongass  Narrowa—- ^^^^ 

DangerRork,  Wiangell  Strait - ^^ 

Dangen,  Big  Bay — ■ 


l>. 

I'uxe, 

Kalinera,  IMnctivery  Psasage ; 2 

Dangera,  DIxmi  Knlraure 03 

Addenda 277,278 

llannert,  E«»!orn  Chauu«l.  Silka  Sound _ 1411 

DaiiKera,  Oolatas  Channel „ 13 

Dangen",  Ilorale  Strait _ ii) 

Dahgem,  ley  gtrail nd 

Dangers,  Kal-Kah-nan  SIralt 711 

Dangemni'ar  Kami  lalela,  Addenda gjn 

nangeni,  Mlddln  Clianiipl,  Sitka  Sound . ,  140 

Dangera,  Mllliank  Sound 28 

Dnngora,  Xi'va  SIrolt,  Addenihi... a7jt 


.,07,08,97 
60 
21, 27 
210 
14 
199 
81 
82 
82 


Danger,  near  Otstola  laland,  Pi>rll  SIralta.. 

Dangers,  Peril  Stnill,  Addenda 

Dangers,  Port  Harvey  .    

Dangiira,  llevlllagigedo  Cliannel 

Danger,  Heaforth  Channel 

Dangers,  Seymour  Narrowa . 

See  alau  Addenila 

Dangera,  Sitka  Sound 

Dangers,  Western  (Imnnel,  Sitka  Sound... 

David  Point,  Ijiwi'  inlet 

Davidwin,  George,  Aaat.  V.  S.  C.  S 

Davltlatin  Glacier,  Alaska 


IW 

ars 

,- 8 

.- na 

, 28 

4 

»77 

14S 

14» 

:w 

..,'12,101.1911,214 
lOfl 


Davidson  Inlet,  Alaska 9»,  UHl 

descrllieil .,,.        loi 

l>avl8on  Point,  Clarence  Strait «t 

Addenda „        277 

Dnwes  Point,  Chatham  Sound -      .    40,41' 

Dawaiin,  Dr.  Oenrge  H 18, 40, 61, 62,  SI,  .54, 55, 60, «« 

28 

1(15 

...  - - 70 

-- (18 

24 

27 

112 

278 

- 113 

11:1 

108, 104, 118, 119 

100 


Day  Point,  Mllbank  Sound 

Deadmau's  Bay,  Peril  Strait 

Dead  Pine  Island,  Kal-gah-nec  Sliidl. 

deacrilietl 

Dean  Canal,  Flaher  Channel .. 

Dearth  lalandx,  Scaforth  Cliannel 

Deaae  Uke,  B.  C 

Addenda 

Dcccmlicr  Point,  Wrangcll  Strait 

Deception  Point,  Wraiigell  Strait 

De  Chacon  Cape,  Dixon  Kntraocc 

Decision  Ca|H',  Sumner  Strait 

deacribed 


131 
12 

2(1 
27 


Deep  Itay.chlchagoir  laland 1(12 

Deep  Inlet,  llaranoff  laland 144 

described 146 

))ortagc  at  head  of 145 

Deep  Lake,  Baraiioff  laland liMl,144 

dcairllied - - 147 

Deep  Water  lla.v,  Valdoe  Wend -. 6 

Doppwaler  Point,  t'n'derlck  Sound — l.W 

deacrllMHl 

Deer  laland,  (Jucen  Charlotte  .Son ml 

Deer  I'aaaage,  Seaforth  Channel - 

deacrib^Hl 

Defeat  Point,  Smforlh  Channel — -- 28 

Dehjah  Inlet,  Alaska 20(1 

De  Horsey  laland,  Skeena  Inlet 38 

De  Lcing  laland,  IlerlllagiKedo  Channel 71 

De  Miiftna,  .lean  I'ienc  KiiK«.nc  DuUoL - IS.".,  201, 204,207 

lie  MiintI,  ilallla,  Alaako - 807 

De  Monll,  Hole,  Alaaka — 207 

De  Monti  ftiy,  VakuWt  Bay - MB 

deacribed - 207 

Denny  laland,  B.  C - 24,25 

dcmTllH-il ■ 20 

Denny  Rock,  Hecate  Strait lH 

Ilerliy  Soniul,  B.  C — ^.-.  40 

DeaeninOn,  Puerto  del 210 

DcaiTt,  The,  Stikino  Blver,  Alaaka —  K'-' 

Dosliu  Vlllaxf,  Portage  Cove. 19» 

DetiutalioH  H.  M.  S -  1*1 

Devaatalion  Island,  Meila-katla  Bay - 41 

Devil  Bank,  Dlxim  Entrance -- -  1^' 

llevll  llo<:k,  Dixon  Knirancc - <f\,M 

de«.:i1lied "« 

Addenda - *" 

Devil  Hock,  fliat,  Addenda - 2T7 

Devil  Bock,  West,  Addenda 277 

Devil  ll.ick,  Hecate  SIralt - "' 

DcvH'i  Ridge,  Dixon  Kntmncc - '•' 

Dcvila  Tlonnli.  .Moaka 12' 


286 


INDEX. 


li 


DIhii*  IIihuIi,  AUaks - *« 

plrkfliMui)  Point,  Itrouxhton  Strait... . 11 

DlKliy  luliiiiil,  D.(! 40,41 

lllviii"' «.,uiiil,  Yilkulul  lliiy,  Aliukn 210 

■lllliin.  W.  W.,  Mmtiir,  II.  N _ U 

I>llli>;i  I'liint,  giiwn  rharhitte  Sound,  clmrrilwil 12,  M 

IHIIuii  llpck,  Slimlmrtln  llay,  ij.'«crlb«l M,  in 

niriM'ttiry  "f  ItBiinK  Si'ii .._■>. 117 

Plurnvfry  I'mwHtce,  H.  fl.,  iImitIIn-iI 1 

liili'iln -i 

HaiUnK  illrei-ttons  for 2 

g<-ni>nil  dirii-tlouii  Fur.... . Ti 

ll(li'« n 

lliaillrlmlllliiiilil  Buy.  Aliuku 200.211 

(Icicrllml 210 

DIMlinl  Isliiiiil,  Peril  Slnilt -  104 

Dlitiiiit  P..|nt,('liBtli«m  Strait IW 

DixoM,  ('Bpt.  (iwirge-- i8,r.i,ft'Aaa,»ri,9fl,  iM.lw.iae,  OT,  i;w,  i:iii, 

100, 205, 200. 2(17, 20N 

PlKun  Knlmnio -18, 40, 42, 4», 60, f.2, 76, »a, »4, no 

current  in 40 

ilcwrilieil »l 

liitituilM  In. - Ml 

fttrttern  iiart 01 

itiinfferHln 02-4 

liuiKfrH  in,  Adilenilti 277, 27H 


P»g«. 

70 


nitrth  HitoreR  of 

wlilthof 

*  liiml  nortli  of 

orot:n»i.*iir  rlnirarter  . 

DIxun  Sound 

Dixon  Strain ^ 

Dlx  Point,  .Vna-rican  Ikiy 


- lift 

.-- 00 

84 

122 

61 

61 

- 07 

llmid  PawMiKe,  Port  Sinipwon,  dexcrllied 44,46 

l>o<)d  Itock,  ('nnnliit(l»ini  Piismige • .. 4.1 

DiiK  Piiint,  Olitii  Stmit 162 

Doglliili  Bank,  llociitp  Strait,  diwcrlbod 18 

iliingers  on 66 

Doigol  iKliind,  I'onlovu  Itay 07 

Dolgol  Island,  Port  Haain 114,116 

lh)lK"i"l»l»ud,  Sltkii  Sound 14.1 

Dolltoi  Uliiuil,  Yitknlal  Hay,  docrutnl 209,210 

Uolon'R,  Puerto  de  loH,  AliiHka 97 

Dome  Peak,  Aiaaka _ 104 

Dome  Pcdnt,  Port  Krmlerick 101 

Domvllle  Point,  Iltivannal)  Channel 8 

Donegal  Head,  HrouKhton  Strait 11 

Den  Island,  II.  (J 20.27.211 

Diui  Point,  Lowe  Inlet :(6 

D*>rokliovtt  Way,  Biiranoft' Island 144 

Doroachln,  Paul 16;l 

Double  Islet  Point,  Niuui  Bay _ mi 

ItauKliul'Iml I,  B.  (' ._ , ;t3,:l4 

Dougliu  t'ovo,  (Iraliam  Island !t& 

l)ouglas  Kntnince,  B.  ('. ,',1 

DiiukIiui  Island.  NtepliciiH  Passage 96,172 

described 171 

wintli  shore  of 17a 

DouglasH,  .lames,  explor'-s  the  Taku  River 170 

Douglas,  William 52, 6.1,  W,  03, 04, 116, 00, 0.1,  (HI,  UK 

iiiuishnai  Buy,  Hamnoif  Island ISI 

Dove  Islets,  Sitka  Sound U4 

Dowager  Island,  B.  r. 28,29,:HI 

Doyle  IslautI,  (iordon  <Jroui>,  B.  ('. 13 

/Mi^mi,  sloop :._.        110 

Dranislinikoll'  Peak,  BaranoO  Island 147 

Ilnmishnikoir  Settlement,  Ilaninnir  Islond.. 140,147 

Dry  \\ny.  Alaska 200,201 

describeil 205 

Dly  Passage,  Mitkofl  Island 115,128 

Dry  Stmlt,  Sitka  Sound i.ijfl 

Dry  Strait,  Stikiue  deltjt 100,108,122 

deserilied 112 

Duek  Island,  Kevillaglgeilo  Channel 70 

Dulferin  Islanil.    tSet  llorifest  Island,  {wge  27,  and  al»o  Chart  :t. 

Duke  Hill,  Duke  Island, ..'._ 75 

deserP'ed 70,70 

Duke  Inland,  Alaska 76,83,84 

dest-rtbed 70,277 

Duke  of  Clarence  SIralt,  Alaska _ 83 

Dnke  of  Vork  Islands,  Alaska 88 

ile«'ril>e*l* . 90 


08 


D.ikj#  Point,  Revlllaglgedo  Channel *..... 

deserlbwl 

DuDiaji  Point,  H<?aforth  Channel 

DunUr,  Miss  M..( . 

Unnliar  Inlet,  TIevak  StnUI 

Diinean,  Capl.  Charles „,.. 20,811, 2)« 

Ihincan  Bay,  Chlin-sy-«n  Peninsula 41 

sailing  dlrei-tlonsfor ...' . 42 

Duncan  lk»y.  Discovery  Passage .  3 

Diinean  Canal,  Alaska .. ..100.114 

descrllieil .... . (07 

iwrtage  from . — „ 120 

Duncan  Islanil,  Ihdetas  diannel ... „ 13 

Duncan  IhuMOge,  AliMka 114,116 

tlewrihed 107 

Dundas  Bay,  Aliuika . . |K8 

llniidaa  Islands,  B.C 40,42,40,61.04 

ilescrllieil .         50 

Duiulaa  Point,  l.y  Strait _I8»  190 


dcBcrlbwl 

Duiidlvan  Inlet,  Duflerln  Island 

DuntKe  Head,  Rsqulmolt  Harbor 

Diishnalu  Ikiy.  Baranoff  Islanil 

Duval  Point,  liolotos  Chanuel,  describeil. 

Dvulnl-braleir  Island,  Sitka  Siuind 

Dwlnid  Islet.  KrestolT  Strait 


188 
27 
41 
1X1 
13.14 
14:1 


Kagla  niacler,  Alaska 194,195 

Kngle  RiK-k,  Alaska 213 

Earl  lieilge,  Johnstone  Strait 7 

tlast  Beacon,  Middle  Gikliolm  Ishind,  descrllieil 143,149 

tlast  Devil  Roik,  AddenHa 277 

Fasten)  Channel,  Hltka  llarlsir 142 

to  enter  dear  of  /enobia  Bwk ... 143 

pilot  advisable  in 148 

dlrei'tlons  for 149 

dangers  In 14« 

Kastern  Passage,  .Alaska 90, 112,  Kill 

diwribeil 91 

visible  from  Wrangell 113 

Kasteni  IViint,  Olga Strait,  desiribeil 162, 15.1 

ilastern  Shoal,  Port  Mulgravs 208 

Kust  Inlet,  (Iri'nvllle  Channel 30 

Knat  Island,  Cross  Sound ISO 

East  Island,  Tongass  Narrows HI 

East  KussuH  Lake,  Alaska 21NI 

f^ist  Point,  Chatham  Strait,  describeil 170,  I8I1 

Ki-khnlms  Islands,  The,  Sitka  Hound 140 

describeil ,       143 

fs-stal  Inlet,  Skeelib  Inlet .         38 

l-^leii  Point,  .lohnstone  Strait 7 

Eileiisjiw  Cspe,  Virago  Sound 54 

Edgcumlie,  Kdgecombe.    8m  f^gecunibe. 

KilgiNUmlie  Cape,  Sitka  Sound 130, 137, 139, 157,  l.W 

describeil 1.18 

shoals  and  currents  near 148 

Eilgi-cumbe  Island,  Alaska 138 

Kdgecumbe  Mount,  KruxofT  Island,  Alaska 137, 139 

desiTllsHl 138 

luisliflea  wind  In  .Sitka  Sound 148 

Edmund  Point,  Fltuhugh  Sound 23 

Gilwnnl,  Cape,  Chiiiiagoir  Island 183,184,185 

desiribeil 182 

Kilye  Posjage,  diatham  Sound 40 

Kel  Beef,  Port  McNeil,  Broughton  Strait ...■ 10 

Egg  Island,  Hecate  Strait,  describeil 19,20 

Egg  Island,  I.ltuya  Bay 204 

Egg  Islaiiils,  Neiker  Bay,  Alaska li'i 

Egg  Hocks,  Hecate  Strait _         lil 

Eighteen  Mile  Ann,  Kasa-an  Bay .' 80 

Kk-gKllt-tcli  Islands,  Sitka  Sound 14;t 

Eldon  Mount,  Thurlow  Islands 0 

Eldreil  Boi'k,  Lynn  l^anal . 190 

Eleanor  Cove,  Yakutat  Bay , 210 

Elgolm  Islet,  Sitka  Sound 144 

Ellas  Alps,  St.,  Alaska . 180 

Ellaa,  Mount  St,  Aiaaka 109 

Elirjtbeth  Island,  B.C . 39,40 

«/feii.  Ship 68, 68, 04, 60, 110, 130 

vo.vage  of .„        175 

EIlM  Point,  Chatham  Strait,  ile(iprll*<l.__ 120,121 


INDEX. 


•287 


r,. 


I'«KI-. 


mi 

6,0 


niM'n  Harbor,  Aclmlrallj  lalanil 

KIk  Bay,  VanruOTer  [ilnnil 

Klkiigu  ('a,ip,  rlilihacoir  IkUiiiI 

Klla  Point.  John*tutiii  .'•trail 

KIHott  Islaiiil,  Arthur  I'auaga 

Kill!  I'nint,  Trhlankoir  llay 

Rllnurth  Cut,  HllkaHiiunil „ _ 144 

Klimil  lalantl,  I'erll  NIralt _„, 104 

K^miayliin  liland,  NItka  Hoiinil „.. 14;) 

RmKaylon  Iilantl,81tkn  H4)mni __^ 14^1 

IbiiRataD  hianil.  HItka  Hoiiiul,  daacrlM 143. 144 

Kmht-linl  UUnd,  Bllka  Huuiid- 14:1 

Kmpty  Ulaml,  Nllka  Hnuiid ni\ 

KndlcotI  Klver,  Alaaka . , ^       ij^; 

Knganno,  Cabo  del,  8ltka  Mounil 1^7 

BtiKano,  Cabo  dal,  Sitka  H<imid ,.„ ,,. 137 

Kngaylen  Jaland,  Hitka  ^iintl __..._       lil 

Entrance  Dank,  (Iciwlland  llnrbor :i 

Kntraiiro  lelaiid,  ley  Htrall lwt,lM 

Rutranre  lalel,  HymunilH  Itay _ i:t7 

Knttmnce  Point,  Port  Frederick , liu 

lialik  off - lllj 

Entrance  Point,  Naw-mlll  Cove ..„ ok 

Kntranre  Polnl,  Htrpheiii  Paanga I7;i 

Knlranre  Ro4>k,  liaeeler  Hartior. .., 7h 

f]oliiH  Point,  Breery  B«y.._ fi!l 

Krnnt  Sound,  Alaakn 62.87,88,01 

deecrlhed . -.__ „ W) 

Error  liland,  Hlika  Hound )44 

Karape  Point,  ilehni  Canal „ 74 

(leacrlbed 7.'^ 

Earapa  Reef,  Johnstone  Htralt, deerritie<l 8,» 

Eirapa  Reefl,  Big  Bay 42 

Eeprranu,  Punta  de  la,  Yakulat  llay 210 

Eequlbel,(iuiror,  Alaika 118 

Eeqnimalt  Harbor,  U.C 41 

Kialngton  Port,  B.C.,  deaorlbod S8,:iU,.'>8 

btrada,  Port,  Oraham  laland M 

Kitrella  Port,  Port  llucarell 117 

Gatrella,  Puerto  da  la,  Alaaka ii" 

Ktolln,  Adolf  KarloTlch,  Kuiainn  explorer 0«,  83,84.  ml 

Ktollu  Harbor,  Wrangt>ll  Island,  doacrlbcd. 92 

tides Kl 

Custom  housa  at lit) 

Etolln  bland,  Alaska 5«,82,8:i,8)<.ai,!fc!,iH 

deaorljed 1"* 

EtW'uya  BiTer,  B.  C - — - 170 

RtMkaga  RlTor,  B.C -       K" 

Eureka  Bock,  Southwest  Peril  Slmll,  duscribod.. 162,278 

directions  for  avoiding 102.278 


Addi'nda 

Rvenlng  Point,  Orenrllle  Chaniii'l- 
BTonlng  Kock,  Fluhugh  Sound.... 

Excnrilan  Inlet,  Alaska 

Kipedltlon  Point,  Security  Bay 

Exposed  Anu,  Klewnnggit  Inlet. 


r. 

Falrvay  Island,  Peril  Strait - - 

Fairway  Island,  Suninor  Strait - -• 

Fairway  Beefs,  Sumner  Strait,  directions  for  clearing 

fWrway  Rocka,  Wrangell  Strait- 

Palrweather  Cape,  Alaska 

descrlbeil 2U4' 

muddy  water  near - -- 

Fairweather  Ground,  Alaska - 

Fairweather  Honnt,  Alaaka,  visible  from  Point  Harsilen 

described - 

citod I8(.,::'!>2i4, 

Falsa  Bay,  Oblchagoff  Island. - -- 

Falsa  Channel  Bay,  Kootinahoo  Inlet. 

FalM  Chllkaht  Inlet,  Alaska -  

False  Oreen  Point,  Suuiiier  Strait - 

False  Lead,  Kal-gah-nec  Strait,  dearrlbed 

cile*l 

Falae  Monnt  Calder,  Prince  of  Walee  Iiland - 

described - - 

False  Passage,  Seymour  Narmwa... — 

False  Point,  Port  Frederick.... - 

Falsa  Point  Pybus,  Frwierirk  Sound - 

False  Rock,  Sitka  S..und.- — 


K»l»i'  /.•'l.iiiiil  I'liini,  siiinnir  HIrall  .. 

Faniiy  ll.if..li.bli»tolie  Hlrall , 

Fansliaw,  Capo,  Kreilerlrk  Miiuhrt 

d»i«  rllnil .,, 

Farewell  Cape,  Wright  Sound 

Fari'iiHI  lalanil.  Chllkul  Inlet 

Kiirmer  c 'a|M-.  |lli.,n  Kiilniniv 

Karrsnt  l.laiid,  II.  c  

ilearrlbttd .-— 

Fiii«ctl  Miind,  .silka  Sound 

t^imrilH,  81ilp. 


278 
:is 
22 
IMI 
122 
96 


Eya^pener  Rock,  The,  Sunnier  Strait I"6 


KKI 
KII 
11,^ 
2(12 
■HV, 
200 
214 
181 
2ft"i 
200 

181 

177 
IflU 
III 


Ill 

iiir,i« 

1M 

- I«T 

~ a4 

u 

\u 

_ M 

Kavorili'  Am  horagv.  Peril  Sirell,  daarribxl 104,  lw 

KnToriti'  I'liatinel.  S(cphi*lifl  Pnaaago  _ . IM 

ilo«'rltM»l ^        174 

K»»u  Point.  Kliilaynm  Clianiii'l ..... ......         :I8 

I'ellri'  Piiaaaiie,  Alaska ..... — 1..-«..«..........    70,  US 

r<IMI.i.l,  .Ship \ N 

FeliiCap.',  I'lirt  Itu.arell u7,nM 

flescrih«-d  ... _J         oti 

Fill  I'l.lut,  Nowlih  Oov« :|o 

Feruliei'  lliak,  Sitka  s«utid 14:1 

KiirotH'C  lilai^jor,  Alaaka ., ....... WO 

Ferrer  Paaaage,  Yakiitat  llay .....        810 

Kliiar,  Itoi-aaile,  .Maskii.- OS 

Flngiir  liilelM,  SiminiT  HInlt.- inl 

Hiiger  I'.iliit,  Wrangpll  Stnit llft,IIH 

Finlnvniii  CImiiiiiiI,  II.  c ._.. ...l(,S8,:in,;il,:i2 

iU<ticrilHiil «...-... 211 

Kliilayaiin  Inlanil,  I'liadiani  Sound «..«,.«.. 4;i, 4.'i, 40 


ileacritwil 

Fired  Piiliil,  Sumner  Strait 

Firat  KekiKir  Rock,  ItiintlliilT  Inland.. 

First  North  Fork.  Stikliie  lllvii 

Flr.1  I'lilnl,  .sllka  Siiunil    — 


44 

_ Ill 

ia.1 

lOD 

las 

Klml  Rapid, Smthwiat  Peril  Strait 163, »7« 

1119 

104 

«l 

278 

811 

214 

-■. 24,20 

_ ;i3 


Kir»t,s..iilhKorh,Stihlno  Klver 

KIrtri'e  lalillnl,  Peril  Strait 

Flab  Hay.  Ilaraii.in  laland 

iilirliuragea  In 

Flih  ('rt'ek,  llcvilli.  'land , 

Kialior,  ('iiplaln  Aloi.  .. 

riahcr  <'liiinnel,  U.  I  ■... 

Fishi-rniiui  Ciivt',  Krai  i-h,  B.  C — _.... — 

FlaliiTy  Point,  Chalhaji  S'rail 178,170 


101 

101 

a(),ai 

161 

7.t 

.18,19.20,22,211 

21 

- 24 

4« 

120 

lUO 

174 

17.1 


Fi»li  liuir  llaranoll  laluiid 

Klaliitig  Itay,  llunitii'ff  lalaii'l.. 

FiHil  iHliiriil,  KicniliMi  PimNigi!. 

Kiah  Point.  Soulhweat  I'liril  Strait.. 

Kit/gihlain  Point,  Huhm  Canal 

FillibughSonnd,n.  C _ 

ileacrllHil . 

liiloa 

Five  Fingi'ra  lainiiils,  Clmthani  Sound 

Klvo  Klngiim  laiaiida.  Freili-rick  Sound 

Fivi'  Mill'  lalanil.  Si lur  SIniil 

Flag  Point,  Chiitliuiii  Strait,  dcacribeil 

nickrt  nt'Hr —  — .— . 

Flat  llay.  .'Si'ducllon  Peninsula - - lOT 

■iiicrilnd. 100 

Flat  laland,  Aliiaka - - 0 

Flat  laland,  .Sei'iirily  llay — ,..-        12a 

Flat  Top  labia.  I'eurl  Ilarlair,  U.  C,  deecribed.. 43,44 

FleminK  Pint,  II.  C - —    :I7,»1I 

,i,wriiK.Ki - :w 

Klenrieii,  Clmrlea  Pierre  Claret .— 13T 

Kloi'iila  Hlani-a,  Camil  ile 

Florida  lllaiiin,  laia  do,  II.  C 

Florida  lllama,  Puerto,  (irahain  Island - 

Foggy  liny,  Hivilloillgedo  Clianiiel - 

Fi'tW  I'oiiH,  l(evill«gi|tedo<'bannel 7l,7ri 

duacrilHil 7" 

Fog  lliaka,  KitzbOKh  Sound '•!< 

Format  Cape,  Alaakn - - ^' 

Fornalpr  laland,  A iiiaka - m.M.M 

ilosi-rilieil — "•'' 

Fort  Fmnioa,  .\il  Ifinla.. - f* 

Pelljlainka.  Addioiila - *"• 

Point,  Naiw  Bay.-- - - *• 

Point,  I'ort  Sinipaon *• 

.., 18 

son 

«7« 


m 

18 

n.t 
7(1 


Rupert.  Ili'avi'r  llarlajr,  B.  C. 


Selkirk,  Viikoii  Ulver.. 
Aildenda  . 


INDEX. 


r. 

flirt  Mnirwii,  II.  !■ 

Hliuiwn  Tovf,  (Uilniiiy-*M  Ponliioulft.., 

Ht.  Dtonyntiiii,  WrmiiKsll  liUml .... 

flt>«<r,  Nwa  Klrar,  II.  O.. ..... 

TtiiiiKM*.  .Miulia — ...  ......-«, 

Tiiiigaiw,  .SlMka ..... 

Yukun,  .Nililenilu ...... .m.. 


Wnngi'll. 


Page. 

411 

W 

, „ «l 

:» 

ai 

«« 

llii  lilmid M,»;i,  III 

'  Kiirtiin»t'h»Miiel,  .MmkB- -. IW 

Ifnrtun*  lilaiul,  Alukii — - ItJ 

fiirtiiiiii  ruwKii,  .MankH - .._... IW 

ronuDci  Slimll.  I'hliiingon  (Iniup,  AlHlw IHO 

rortuM  rnliil,  ruiiiiiiiKliHiii  I'lUMtgi'         ..„ 44, 4A 

ili*Krn>«<l  -  - . .         . ............. — _....—.         43 

Curwird  IWi.v,<:r>crnn  laUiid,  ilewribod ....... n 

Mllliig  (llrtictioiii  fur  ..._.. H.O 

ro«  (hiM.UItuii  Knlmnct — A«, «1, 63, M, 70 

dcwrltwd A'J 

rnnra'li,  I'ortdef.,  Aluka ad 

Kranroa,  Vort,  .\ddand« —  ............  ....—. '/78 

Kmnraa,  L«ka,  AddeniU ..v;» .— .       tlTH 

rranraa  RIvar,  .\luk« lOB 

Addandu ;. !I78 

Kiwr  BmMh,  B.  I' Sa 

rmdariok  liUnd,  ll.c - M,M 

li'n'darick  I'oliil,  Qu«en  ('Imrliitta  lalanda !t\,!H 

Kreilerick  I'urt,  t'lilcliufCulT  laUiid,  Ahutka,  pHMago  tuwanh 17H 

daarrilml    HH,  IW 

Kradorick  Bound,  AlMka 112,  lia,  117, 118, 136, 187, 12H 


tldp  fr<ini , . ...... 

ili'NOlibed . . ..; 

Iwr  at  entrnnca  of  ... 

NW.  lieaiMHiidiif 

Krfdarkk  MIrnll,  Aliaka — 

Krinihman '«  Bajr,  Alaaka.. 

Knahwatar  Ray,  Dhlcliapiir  laUnd,  t'litrani'a  lo 

ilew-rlbwl 

dIrvi-tiiiiM  for  eutariiig 

Kriclidly  Covf,  Nutka  Sound  -_ 

Kritcnto  Bay,  Si-liuoner  Retr«tit.  aallinK  diracllona  fur.. 

Frltx  t'ova,  Doiiglaa  Island,  doicribed 

millitg  diroctlona  fur 

rltud.. 

rrltn  lalaiid,  Mlka  Suund 

Fn>g  Unuka.  ItavlllHgigedo  Chainiel 

rriiil  Island,  HlikaH<innd 

►"ui-a,  atrall  of 

Funlor  Bay,  Adnilmlty  Island 

dfw-riliail 

Finilar,  < 'a|il.  Bobfrt 

uti'ount  of ., . 


lie 
in 

124 
131 
122 
Mi 
I7» 
180 
180 
ft2 
21 

m 

173 
174 
142 
77 
142 

IM 
181 
14 

IH2 


(i. 

(inbrlola  ll<»fl,(julf  of  CiiwrKlu - 1 

(iagarl  laland.Sltka  Hound... 140 

llagarl'i  Inland,  Sitka  Sound 140 

(ialsnuln  (Jronp,  Bllkii  tionnd. H3, 140 

diarribed 142 

(iHlHnkln  IrtUnd,  Sitka  Sound,  dewrribed 142 

liuieCrci^k,  Wright  llroup _.         27 

(iaiiano,  Don  Diiininiu  AloiiU,  clltHl.  _ .63,66,117,100, 168,  l&U, 

IK4,2U1, 202, 200, 207, 210, 212, 213 
llaliano  island,  Quvoii  fbarlotta  Sound 16, 17 

dew  ribed..„ _ 14 

tiallows  Point,  UoletHS  Clmunul 10 

liaoibier  Point,  Kredurick  Sound  .-- 122,1:10 

di>M-ribed 120 

Oamat'oTo,  Adndmlty  Island,  portiigp  towiinl 172 

dwcriliad 182 

(ten-tii-gas-tak-lieh  Village,  Ihiikat  Klver - 108 

•  Jardcn  Islet,  Sitka  Sound 142 

ttanlntir  llarlior,  Clari'ltco  Strait 84 

Oardnor  Point,  Chatliani  Strait 122,174, 17A 

discribcd 131 

fove  near . no 

tiarduor  I'u,*.  Clarence  Strait 84 

Cams  Point,  C'lik^tiani  Strait , uj 

Oastinaaa  Channel,  Stephens  Passage,  dew-ribed 171 

■  lUagi'  at  wostom  entrano- 173 

cited _ .._ 173,194 

Uaatlneau  Point,  Frederick  Sound. 128 

Gaalinaau  Bl«r,  tjaabec,  l^nnd* j7i 


n. 

Paga. 

tl4tiniwi  Hlvar,  guebac,  lianada 171 

tiavaniki  lalets,  Sllka  Mound __ .....UW,140 

lla>anakl  "tdnt,  Sllka  Hound 140 

llavaiiskol  laUi,.l,  Mllka  Sound „ I4tl 

llenn  Ulala,  Malacca  Paaaage .....„......—. :<» 

llaorga,  W.  K.,  pilot,  cllad _ 1 8, 14, :!»,!»,  4a,  76,711, 

77,  71,  HO,  HM,  m,  IHI,  188, 1M»,  MO 

.\ddalHl»...   - «7 

llaorx*  Arm  or  Inlet,  RaTillaglgadu  Island,  ilaaerlliad .«. 71) 

tide  IVoni -  82 

(lanrga  Island.OnaB  Sound .«.. 187 

llaorge  Islet,  Christie  Paanga 13 

George  Point,  Cuopsr  Inlet 26 

IhKirge  Point,  Saaforlh  Channel .... 27 

llaorga  Point,  Trlnconialae  Harlwr.... .....................  64 

lleorge  Reef,  Kasantn  Bay .» ............... ......  81 

Oaorga  Haick,  Stophans  Passage ................._..  174 

OHorgi'  Third  Anhlpalago,  linltiuf .« 1*1 

Georgia,  Gulf  of t 

ll«jrglajia  t^pa,  Kruaoff  taland,  deai-rlbad  .. 168 

Islet  near 160 

Olliaon  Islanils,  Granfllle  Channel M.38 

dsaorlbwi ~.  W 

till  Island,  B.C.,  dMcrlbeil .* _ M,»4 

fill  Mount, (III  Island.. - 33,34 

Dill  Mount,  Gil  Island 1 iB 

Ollmii     'niup,  Sitka  Sound H'l 

lllael'           .  Stapnans  Paaaage 170 

Gla                \Uuka,  deaoribed l«8 

Ming  diracllona  fi  r 1»U 

Ola,.            ...lallia,  Alaska.... Ill 

(llacler  Point,  I.ynn  Canal 106 

Gla-hnta  Island,  Chllkal  Inlet ~ I«7 

Glasa,  Henry,  I'ommandar,  U.S.N 122,172,173 

GlaiB  Peninsula,  Admlrslty  IsUud,  Cluirt  II. 

Gleiiora,  Great  Cadon,  Stiklna  Bl»ar ««• 

Glonbokala  Inlet,  Baranolf  Ishuid 144 

Ulubokoi  Bay,  Peril  Stialt 1<H 

aiulmkol  Uke,  Baranolf  Uland 147 

Olubokol  Point,  Frederick  Hound 130 

Uiutrled  laland,  Dixon  Gotrance 67 

Gnarled  Islebi,  Dlxun  Kiilrance 60 

Goat  r^oye,  Roderick  Island 31 

Gold  Creek,  Juneau  Harbor 172 

Gold  IsUnd,  HItkaS.und 142 

aoldslrsam  Harbor,  Hecate  Ishnd,  dewiribed 22,23 

Goletaa  Channel,  B.C.,  described 13 

Udea - 13 

;  cited 14,16,16,17.18,111 

Golol  Island,  Nacker  Group _ 13« 

Golol  Island,  Hallsbury  Sound 160 

Golol  Islands,  Sitka  Suaud _ 142 

;    Golol  Islet,  Wrangell  Strait 114 

:    Gulo-kanennoi  Rock,  Sitka  Hound 140 

Golunil  Island,  Necker  Group . 136 

'    Golomlannoi  Island,  Necker  Group 136 

'    Gooch  Island.    Sfe  Campbell  IsUnd. 

Gooae  (.'ove.  Peril  Strait - IW 

Goose  Cove,  Portago  Bay 126 

Gooee  Crook,  Peril  SIralt. 164 

Goose  Island,  Muil  Hay  ., l»l 

described 1*> 

(tonta  Point,  Yakutat  Bay 207 

Gonlon  Gniup,  tjueen  Clutrlotta  Sound 17 

deacribed - 13 

Gordon  Point,  Rrvnghtun  Strait 1» 

Gordon  Point,  Chatham  Sound 46,40 

deKribail 44 

Oornol  Island,  Necker  Group .. I3H 

GnuMing  Harbor,  Chlchagotf  Harbor 183,184 

Gould,  Rev.  J.  li... »■> 

i    Gowlland  Harbor,  Discovery  Passage - 

deacribed.... •' 

tides  at— ■' 

'    GfmllaniMsl-^nd,  DIscoTery  Padaage '' 

:    Grace  Islet,  Hahuca  Passage. _ <" 

,    Graham  Ishnd,  gneen  Charlotte  Islanda 61,6S,63,6.'> 

:    Gralutm  Reach,  B.  C •'' 

:    Grand  CaBun,  Lewis  River  .„ _ 200 

!    Grand  Island,  Kai-gah-ne*  Sliall •*' 

Grand  Island,  Stephens  FMsage — '•' 

I    ann4  Plaiefiu  Ojaiier,  Ml** "* 


INORX. 


Wfl 


m 

Wt,l*) 

I4U 

>«i 

„ :» 

H,as,3»,«a,7a,ln, 
i,iiil,iMi.  iiw,  imi 

m 

v> 

M 

w 

._.  13 

, » 

« 

M 

M 

174 

IW 

1 

IM 

IM 

M,:» 

:i7 

33,34 

33,34 

:a 

HI 

no 

IM 

IW 

Ill 

Km 

_ I«7 

lM,l7!i,173 

m> 

144 

lea 

147 

13(1 

r.7 

m 

31 

17a 

142 

w,ia 

13 

13 

14,  IS,  10. 17,  IS,  lu 

138 

WO 

\ti 

lU 

. 14« 

136 

,. laii 

lei 

„ 14'. 

164 

1»1 

IWt 

207 

17 

13 

1(1 

48,4(i 

44 

13ci 

183,1*1 

B:l 

:i 
;i 

:i 

~" 40 

6l,6S,e3,6.'' 

32 

200 

(I» 

1«» 

199 


<). 

OnuilU  Cmm,  (;mir|(i.  liUiiil,  ('ran  lloumi jns 

<l»it.'rllN>tl  . --.„-.-. IKT 

Oruiil*  Point,  l>l(M-iivery  INuNfi.. ._ g 

Oranltn  Ntnill „ "]  u 

Oraul  Polm,  Ljrnii  ('mial .._..„ tig 

arm  Knoll  UIhI,  Wninmill  Htrnll.. 1)7 

ilcwrlbtil      , , ... ,..-....„  114 

Onwx  Iilanil,  S«»forlh  Ch>im<l,  doKriM 86,  .-f 

(Invt  Iibinil,  Silk*  Huund 142 

(limral  Iil«t,  Silk*  H<iunil 144 

Ont*  IMnt,  Mi'Luughlln  llnjt  „ |g 

OniTii  Piilnl,  Ktvlllimlgeilu  I'IikiiikI n 

Oimve  INiInt,  Htepheiia  I'himkv loy 

Ormvlna (Iroup,  AlMka . ^_  63,H2 

Onvliw  InUnd,  Aluka .... 7S,70,RA 

ilMcrltwd M 

OnTln*  IiUodi,  AUak* 6i,7.'i,H4 

dMcritwd Hji 

lii*w  mirvtjr  of,  Addundft ., _. 277 

OnHlna  Point,  KnilUclgnlu  Ohsnnnl,  diwrllml. 70,  «i 

Or»jr,  0«pt.  Kohart H,li(,M 

Onat  Arm,  WhHl<  B*y _  |:ti 

arMtOifton,  Htlklna  Hlvor,  Alwka. 109,110,112 

IN 

Hw 

Ill 

M 

110 

3S 


II. 


OrHtlildUd,  B.  0 

OrMt  Point,  Ttkntat  h>\   

OrMtBlMTt,  Whalo  It       

Orwt  Bound,  QnMn  1  imrloltelilanda 

Greanhow,  Bubart 

Or«an  Inlat,  Oralmm  Raacli 

Onan  Iilnnd,  Port  Frailarick 1»l,l!rj 

Oraan  lalat,  Bmuiihton  Strait 10 

Oraan  Iilot,  Forward  Dsjr _ « 

Onan  lalat,  Nsmu  Harbor... , 83 

Oraan  Hound  lalat,  Paul  Harbor 4:1,44 

Oraan  Point,  C^illkat  Inlal W 

Oraan  Point,  Xiimnar  Btrall 109 

Oraan  Point,  Wranfall  Strait I!!,  117 

daarrlbed lift 

llrMn  Rocka,  Wrangall  Strait _ —  m 

Oraan  Rocka,  Southarn,  WniiKell  Slmit 117 

Oraatinf  Point,  Quean  Charlotte  Suiind IS 

Orauvllla  Ohannal,  B.  C .H,  33, 3.\  36, 37,  ;IH 

daacrlbad —  34 

Or«wln(k,  Dr.  ConaUntlna: — 138,140,20^,204 

Oraj/alata,  Schoonar  Ratrut 21 

Oray  Bock,  New  Channel 17 

Orajr'a  latand,  Humnar  Strait 108 

Ortada  Rocka,  8Uk»  Sound - .-  ™ 

Orlbball  laknd,  B.  C 33 

Orlaf  Bajr,  Sorrow  lalanda... - *> 

Orifln  Mount,  Chlm-ey-an  Ppninaula 43,44 

Orlndall  Capa,  Oaranca  Strait -- i"i 

Oriudall  laland,  Clarence  Strait ".'7 

Orindall  Point,  CUr«n<»Mrait -76,86,87 

deacrlbed.- «6 

Orouaa-Ialand,  Kwathlajkl  Core -  2 

Ouadalnpe,  Puerto  de,  of  Oallano,  Rniioir  hiand I'M 

Onard  laland,  Bahm  Canal " 

Guartln  laleta,  Sitka  Bound l** 

Onlbert  laleta.  Meeker  Bay "* 

Onlbart,  Port,  Baraiioir  laland,  deacribed 1:13,134 

Oulde  lalat,  Kraatoff  Strait 
Guide  iMat,  Sitka  Sound.. 


164 
139 

OuU  laland,  Sitka  Sound --       l** 

Gull  lalet,  Lynn  Canal "" 

Gunboat  I'aaMge,  Seaforth  Channnl -        " 

Oualnala  Creek,  llaranolT  laland —       "* 

OualaTUB  Point,  Icy  Strait "" 

Outwattar  Cap,  Alaaka '''* 

II. 

Haddington  laland,  Broughton  Strait,  deac  rlln  il —    10.  H 

Baenke,Thaddeua  '■"" 


Haanke  laland,  Diaenchantmeiit  Itay "" 

Haida  Indian  Vlllaise - - "' 

Hainaa  OoTa,  Clarence  Strait ^ 

110 

Balnea  MMon,  Portage  CoTe -  '■" 

Hakal  Sttmit,  Fltihugh  Sound ^ 

deacribed -  -  ^ 

Half  Moon  Anchorage,  Wrangell  Strait ''* 

Halibut  Point,  SUrrl-OaTan  Bay  — [*' 

deaiTibed  - * 

p.  c.  I". 37 


l>agr. 

in 

It4 
IN 

in 


llalllMii  II..  k.  I'.iri  Krcdarick „. .... 

llniliik.  Malm  (I ml,  U  H.  A.  ..„„ ...„„.....„,. 

llallK'k  iliirl«,r,  SiiuliMW  llay 

Hnlink  laliiiiil. ,s|iiia  H.111111I.  >l«a'rlliad 

^iiiikati  r(M'ka  rmar ................ in 

raai'aile  nn —.——..-«..-......,.-....,..  in 

flalll  B,«  k,  ((Ilk.  Snilul 140 

Hall  lliK-k,siik«s..uiid      „.... , uo 

liaUlvail  Mol.  .xiMi'liarllK  Itay    _..„  H 

iiaUtpail  l"..lnt,  KliiiiiliartlK  luy  -......_...„...................  U 

iIbmC  t'ilHtl ...............................  14 

Hanillt.in  Itay.  Kuiinmnoir  l«liind ._. (!■ 

Ilnniillnri  lliirlHir,  Kuiirmlwir  Inland IW 

llaiiilltiiii  laluiid.  Shakati  Itay ..._... 101 

Hani  UIhimI.  lti<vlllHglgi><l.,  cliannal . .-«.....,. .  Tf 

llaiiliilry  I'lilnl.  t'lKliliKll  Sound .._,......,.....  H 

llaiiciMk  Hivor.draliani  laland M 

Hand,  Miilliil,  Oaiii|ilu'll  laliiiid It 

llaiiilyrdde  lii|aiid.  s««riinli  chmnal .•.„.  M 

llaiikln  llaiif.  I.'liatliaiii  Sound _ 44 

d.>iH'rltNNl . .... 44 

llanmar  lUn  ka.  Ilniwn  I'aaaaga 40 

llaiiiin,  ('apt.  .lainta ..11,14,18, 10,90,21 

llnniiii  RiKka,  lleiatr  MInilt • . . _.  It 

llannuh  ll<ii!ka,  UiM-ata  Strait U 

IUna<ii,  laland,  llnxighlon  Stmlt,  B.  C _. 10 

deacrllxMl . t 

Hantiik  lalaiul.  Yakutat  Itay m 

llnnua,  (I.  ('..  I'.  S.  N l:tfl.  16(1, 161, 162,  I6A,  189, 190, 1«1, 142, ln,IIA 

llanUH  Iiilnt.  Baraliufr  laland . .. lifl 

llaniia  lalal.  Symonda  llay 1S7 

Hiiiiiia  ll<>«f.  Icy  SImll IM 

llnniia  lti«ka,  cliatliani  Strait Ul 

lliirl».r  UUnrl.  Ilolkham  Bay , IM 

HitrlHir  lalaiiil,  Ijilua  i'aawige    n,n 

llarN.r  laliinil,  Port  KradiTlik 111 

Harlmr  laland,  Security  Hay „ 1(1 

llarbiir  laland.  Sllka  Siiund— 142 

Harlmr  lahta.  Sitka  Smind m 

HArlK>miaat4-r  Point,  Jjimn  hiaaage . M 

IlarLor  Point,  Wtiifa  lUy Wt 

deacrllwd 201 

Harbor  Point,  RcvllliiglKodo  Channel . 74,  TC 

llarla>r  Reifa,  Port  Slui|>aon .._ .._.  M,tt 

HiirlHir  Hock.  Coghiaii  .V nchorage... . ......  M 

Harl".r  Hoik,  Slik»S..iind M» 

Hanlwli  ko  lalaiul.  B.  (' «,» 

dfw-rllK-^l 7 

Hardy  Bay,  Vaufoufcr  laland- U 

IlarlriiulM  llaain,  Namu  Harbor - . 41 

Harrington  Point,  Clarem-e  .Strait,  daa<  rilied 88. 89 

RarrlngUiii  Ri"  k,  I'urtago  Itay 116 

Harria,  pioneer  nduer 171 

Harrialiurg,  town  of,  Alaaka - — ITl 

Harria  lBlel,Sltka  Sound _ 144 

Harria  Point.  Chatliam  Stmlt. — 119 

Harry  Saildle.  Alaaka 62 

Hartay  I'ort,  n.  C _ - - -  7,9 

liaacribed 8 

aiiilngdlrertloiiafor -- 8 

HoMlar.  r.S.C.S.S  - 26. 32.  .lO,  62. 117, 69, 7.1. 78. 78. 81. 89. 90, 

101.  KM.  KMI.  107. 108, 113,  lid,  I2A,  126, 127, 128, »1 

Haaaler  Harbor,  Aiinelle  laland- - T8 

Haaalar  laland,  Aliiaka - - TH 

daacrlbfd - T« 

Haaaler  Heef.  Addenda ,- 2T7 

Haaalar  Point,  Tlarak  Strait — - •> 

llaalinga  Arm,  Obaerxatory  liiiot - ~ 90 

Hatchit  Point,  Vnkulat  itay 20» 

Ilnraiinah  Clianiiel,  11.  C - - — • 

lUwk  Inlet,  Admiralty  Island 1*2 

Hawner  Point,  Hakiil  .ttralt ** 

llayca  Point,  ihallmm  Strait,  .leacribed IM 

reef  near - ""•  ITi 

llaywanl,  the  explorer - 1  St,  154 

eiplorea  Sallabory  Sound,  etc IM 

Hayward  Point,  llayward  Strait IW 

daacribod - 1** 

Bayard  Strait.  Abuka —"0.  "»•  •«.  '»»•  '«•' 

deacribed "■•* 


I    Uazy  lalanda.  Alaaka 


.60. 101,103.118 


deacribed  — - '"0 


2«0 


INDEX. 


B. 

Pi>g»- 

Hultton,  «koeii«  Blver 39 

HmJj  Bock,  Vhll«w»t«r  B»y 176 

Hutb  Poiiir,  Ooi.-'M  Channd _■. 16,17 

dMcrii  v) 16 

H«   !<,  H.H.H 18 

HrT»t«  Ohiinnel,  B.  C  ..  «I,27 

Hauio  W«iid,  B.  C - 22 

H«c.i:;  Buck,  Duncan  B^v - M 

IIoc»t«  Simlt,  B.('.,d«Kri>  A 18 

■illingdl:MU  nifor 10 

tIdM... » 

cited.. 22, 23, 24, 2U,  3T,  40, 61, 68 

Hwete,  Don  Bruno . . 96 

Hwel*  Illand,  AlHiks •» 

H«U'«  Acre,  Kinil/rishoo  Inltt— 17T 

Helmtknn  Iilaiiil,  Johnalona  Stmlt. «,» 

daacribed - - 7 

Hemlock  Point,  Kootiuahoo  Inlet 177 

Heniilung  (/ove,  OnliMU  Island 63 

Hepburn,  Jamea . 179 

Hepburn  I^>lu^  Chatham  Strait 179 

Hepburn  Point,  OrauTllle  Channel 36 

Ilerandeen,  Capt.  I.  P *» 

Berandeen,  Capt.  L.  M •«, »» 

Hergeet,  Lieut 27 

Hargeat  Island,  Wright  Qronp  (proparl;   DnBkrI:!   Island.    8m 

Charts; ««,27 

Hermanoe,  Lot  (Islands),  Alaska 100 

Herring  Bay,  Admii^ltj  Island 131 

Hewitt  Bock,  Oimham  Baaoh 81 

described 32 

Hicks  Point,  Wnngell  Strait J •- 114, 118 

describwl 118 

Hiehlsh  Narrows,  Oraham  Beach 32 

Hleklsh  Narrows,  Onham  Beach . 32 

Hlessaan  Point,  ChichagolT  Island 1 182 

HIgglns  Point,  Behm  Oanal 76,82 

Highlleld  Point,  Sumner  Stmit,  anchorage  off 91, 92, 93, 100, 109, 110 

deacrilicd _ -  91 

High  Island,  Kaaa^n  Bay 8« 

Higlihuid  Point,  Frederick  Hound 126,127 

deecribed -™  I'A'i 

High  Peak,  Wnngell  Strait UV 

High  I'oint, Kai-gah-nee Stimit 68,70 

High  Bock  Islet,  Sitka  Sound .-  148 

Hill  IsUnd, Ooulding  Harbor - 1»3,'«4 

37 

,  62 

201 

1.29 

,_ 128 

42 

1 183 

82 

77 

10 


Hill  Point,  Ogden  Channel 

Ilippa  Island,  Queen  Charlotte  Islands 

iriit-tu-yuh  Bay,  Alaska _. 

Hobart  Puinl,  Fratlerick  Sound 

described , 

Hodgson  Beeh,  ChaU>ani  Hound .. 

Uogau  I:  tnd,  Portlcck  Hartmr 1 

Kug  Bocks,  HsTillagik^o  Cliannel.. 

de,Kribed 

HuldHWorth  Hrunt,  VancouTer  Island .. 

Holkham  Bay  Alaska 168 

Bolmee  Ba,',  P.incaas  Boyal  Islands 33 

Holt,  «eorgs „ .,        200 

Addenda 278 

Hnr-j  Bay,  Princess  Boyal  Islands 33 

Homfray,  cattogiapher J28, 166, 167, 171 

Hoochinoo  Village,  Aiiuiiralty  Island 176, 178 

Hood  Bay,  Admiralty  IsLpd 176 

desoribed :....        176 

NW.  eitrems  of. 178 

Hood  Point,  Duncan  Canal - 107,114 


Hooa  Point,  Hood  Bay ,   

deeciiiMd . 

Hood  Point,  Wntngell  Strait 

deecribed. ........ 

Hoou<1i  Harbor,  Port  Pr«l».<tek.-. 

Iloonah  Island,  Alaska 

Hoonab  Sound,  Peril  Strait.. 

Ilooulah  Harbor,  I'ori  Frederick,  described  . 

portage  from 

Hoonlah  Sound,  Peril  Strait,  deenribed 

portage  fiwni 

Hoonyah  Harbor,  Port  ITre^teriok 

Hoop  Beef,  Hecate  Strait 

Houenoff  Village,  (Latham  Strait.. 

Huotaanbou  Village,  Admiralty  Islai.'l 


176 
176 

lot 

114 
191 
193 
164 
191 
192 
164 
178 
191 
19 
1T« 
176 


Page. 

Hopt,  Brig 16,  M 

Hope  Island,  Queen  Charlotte  Sound 16,17 

_ 16 

- _ 1S5 

61 

1 

- 127 

- 33 

US 


described 

Hopelaleta,  Krasloff  Strait. _ 

Hope  Point,  Graham  Island 

Hornby  Island,  Wull  of  Georgia 

Horn  Cliflk,  Frederick  Sound... 

Home  Bay,  Princess  Boyal  Islands 

Horn  Island,  Sitka  Sound..     

Hotalinga  r.i»er,  B.  C 170,200 

Hotalingqua  Hirer,  Alaska 170,200 

Hot  Springs  Bay,  Ihranoff  I.„aua 138,147 


described 

Hotspur  Island,  Clarence  Strait . 

Honcbnon,  Chatham  Strait 

Houghton  Port,  Alaska 

tieLjrlbed 

Honrigan  Point,  Security  Buy  ... 


136 

83 

176 

129 

128 

122 

Houston  Stewari  Channel,  Queen  Charlotte  Inlands 61  62 

Howe  Point,  Sumner  Strait 107 

.'.lowkan  Narrows,  Sumner  Strait 68,70 

deaoribeil .  67 

Howkan  Point,  Huwkan  Narrc^-  70 

Howkan  Strait,  Kai-gah-neo  Strait 67 

Howkan  Village,  Kai-gah-nee  Strati . 6^,fie,  b9 

described 67 

Hoyt  Point,  Chatham  Strait J22 

Huagin  Birer,  Alaska 204 

Hudson  Bay  Company  poet  at  Bella  Bella.. 26 

Hudsnnoo  Village,  Chatham  Strait 176 

Hugh  Point,  Frederick  Sound 168 

deecrilwd ViJ 

Humbug  Point,  Wnngi'll  Strait... 114 

Hump  Ialet,Lynn  Canal 104 

Hunter,  B _ 108,110,111 

Hunter  Island,  B.  C.  . 23, 24.  !o 

_..  40 

13 

M 

173 

, 13S 

2'f 


Hunt  Point,  Chatham  Sound 

Hnnt  laland,  Gordon  Group . 

Hnssan  Bay,  Virago  Sound 

Hut  Point,  Frita  Cove ._. 

Hyacinth,  Mount  St,  KruBoff  Inland  . 
Hyndman  Beefs,  Statorth  Clianntl... 


I. 

labliKbni  Island,  Sitka  Bound 140 

lahloshnl  iBlam",  Sitka  Siiund "    H(i 

Iceberg  Bay,  Naaa  Hey 89 

described Hi 

Icelvrg  Pjint,  Wlllougliby  Cote 190 

loewater  Kiter,  Alaiikn 111 

Icy  Arm,  Stephens  1*ueeage ...  170 

Icy  Bay,  Alaska _ 201 

Icy  Cape,  Palma  Bay 201 

Icy  Cliannol,  Staphons  Passage 171 

Icy  Point,  Lynn  Canal __  IW 

Icy  Point,  Palnia  Hay 801 

ley  Strait,  .\J|fkn : 118 

Talieyof lis 

tides  from 170,181 

relations  with  Ornes  Sound 136 

vestsrn  ouirsncc  of lfr6 

error  in  rnape  of 18^ 

Ice  in ie« 

Chlchagoff  shore  of 160 

floating  ice  in 101 

Islsndsin 19:1 

Idaho  Inlst,  Chichagoff  IgUnd ino 

Idol  Point,  Ssetuith  Clit.nnel _  27 

IKna  Bay,  Chlcbagoir  Island _ 183,1*1 

describud 182 

Ilin,  pilot ..IB2, 13.1 

Ilpit  Islet,  SUltkSound 147 

Ilput  Islet,  Silka  SoMud... 147 

ImpasaabU'  I«b-t,  NecKer  Group . I'W 

Imray,  cartogrupher . 6;i 

Index  Islet,  Krestoff  Strait 1M 

Indian  Cove,  Bluiidon  Hey W 

Indian  Island,  Bull  Harbor W 

Indian  Island,  Finlays(.>n  Channel ....... 3^' 

Indian  Point,  Cbilkat  Inlet 197 

Indian  lIlTcr,  Baranntr  laland '49 

Indian  BiH^k.afcurily  Bay 124 


km 


INDEX. 


291 


p«g«. 

. 18,  M 

. 16,17 

16 
1S6 
51 
1 
187 
83 
US 

. 170,200 

. 170,200 

IM,  147 

136 

83 

....        176 

129 

128 
122 

81  62 

107 

. 61,70 

67 

70 
67 

O'*,  li»,D» 

67 

122 

204 

26 

176 

168 

1211 
114 

194 

108,110,111 

2a,  24.  in 

40 

13 

64 

173 

138 

11 

140 

•  140 

69 

5f 

190 

111 

170 

201 

201 

171 

196 

301 

118 

122 

170,181 

186 

lk6 

181 

1811 

160 

181 

19;! 

100 

27 

183,1*1 

182 

182, 18.1 

147 

147 

i;m 

6,1 

IM 

111 

16 

SO 

197 

149 

124 


IndlHii  Villligo,  AliTt  Buy 

Boftvcr  llarlHir 

Chih^  Coilliner&ll 

Kali-Sliaki'fl  Cove- 
Konii'M)'  luliiiid  _:. 

i    rk  iHlaiiil 

Mnsavt  llarijur 

KiMteiuBkoIotand.. 


Page. 
.' 10 

12 

15 

71 

31) 

71 

56 

- — - 101 

llaniiucgah  trllm.  Prince  of  Wales  Islanil '(|2 

f^af^lnaw  llay 124 

SliuHliartli)  Hay , 

Ijkowl  Bay 

8((utli  11art)i)r 

Triliciiiiialet!  IIartH)r 

TuiigHSfl  Uni-lHir 

VlllBrff  IiUi.J ""][^I 

Zlniovla  «tniit __ 

tngnihaiu  11a;',  rlansiicf  .Strait 

Illgmliaill,  Caiit.  Joh|iIu 18  37, 40, 51,62,63, 64,66,66, 84,94, 97, 

Ingrahani  Port,  Graham  jHlaiicI tf\  ^.^ 

Iniaii  lalniulfi,  OrtiM  Hitiiiui igo 

deMribeil iHg 

Inlet  Point,  Wrangell  Strait ..114,116 

Innei  Polutof  Hhoals,  Hitka  Sound — lajj 

Inner  Point,  Sitka  Sonnd _  139 

Inikip,  0.  H - 64 

liisklp  Paasago,  1 'hathani  Sutnul 46,46 

Inoki)  IVjlnt,  Trlncoinalee  Iliirlior 54 

IntAiA  '»i  Oipe,  Plxon  Kntrancp 64 

InrerneM  Fisliory,  Kennedy  Inland,  B.  C. .• __  39 

Invisible  Point,  Dixon  Kiitrancc 18,66 

deserilNMl _. 55 

T|>Ai0«Nirf,  sliip 66 

Ipliigenla  Bay,  Alaska _  119,100 

Iron  Roi^ks,  Hecate  Strait 19 

Ironside  Island,  Schooner  Ki-treat _.  21 

Irving  Cape,  Dixon  Kntnince 04,65 

Ishe,  Mr _ 86 

llkoot  Kiver,  Alaska „_ ..110,111 

Island  Point,  Clarence  Strait,  described 85,86 

Islands,  Bay  of,  of  f'ook__ 158,169 

Islands,  Hoy  of,  of  Tolilenkoff. 182 

Islaa,  Dahla  de  lew,  of  Oallano 184 

Islet  Point,  KIcDitoo  Passage 30 

luahnol  Point,  Lituya  Bay_ 202 

Ivory  Island,  Sei-fo-lh  Channel 28,29 

lyon  Blvcr,  Alaska 200 

l-7onk-een  Cove,  Chlchagoff  Island —  181 


J. 

.lacinto.  Mount  San,  Knisolf  Island 

Jackson,  Rev.  Sheldon- 67, 

Jaoksot^  Island,  Kai-giih.r  '    Strait 

Jackson  Blission,  llov  .s   .1  Narrows 

JacobieO  Island,  Ale*-'  .i 

Jacolil  Island,  .Alask.' •- 

Jac4)li  Island,  Alaska . 

Jahcbla  Island,  Ahiska  

Jskntat  Bay,  Alaska 

Jalun  River,  Ornhain  Island 

.lames  (ls|>e,  Shadwell  Pnssegc 

.liiuMs,  ('«ite  St.,  Ilecati!  Strait 

Jimos  Point,  Gronvllle  Channel .- 

Jmnies  Rflef,  Horate  Strait 

.laniestcwn  Bay,  Baranolf  Island 

JntMi^omi,  I'.S  S 136,142, 

Jane  f!n'*k,  Ctitustr  Inlet 

Jane  Island,  Flnta>son  Channel 

Jsfsin'W  Tslan'l,  Sitka  Llonnd 

.laiHiuskl  ilnmp,  Sitka  Sound 

Japoiuki  Island,  Sitka  Sound,  ilescrtlied 

ol'servat.on  spot  on - 

tlt«l - 1«,1W 

.lai.-)nskol  Islanil,  Sitka  Sound --• 

Jesse  l.^land,  .toliitstntre  Strait 

.let  Islaiol,  SItliu  .Sound-.  

.foannn  P.viltochi  llsy,  Baranoff  iHlantI — 

John  llapilsl  Bay,  St.,  Haranoff  NIand 

John  Hfir'Ntr,  St., /MienilNi  [sltmd 

u'otin,  Pfiiit  It.,  Supu  lerStfiiit - — — 

•■•hn  iieer,'llei'ateSlmlt... 

.John's  Hay,  8t.,Il*riiuAfflilan'l. __.--..-- — --.....--...r-- 


J. 

!■*«•■ 

John's  otilf,  St ,  B»...no(r  Island _ im 

Johnstone,  Jamei,  l.ienl.,  B.N 128,800 

Johnsiolio  Passage,  YakuUt  Bay goo 

Johnstone  Strait,  B.C.,dcsrrilie.l d 

Udes e 

general  dirertions  for 9 

cited. 7^(j 

Jorey  Point,  Dixon  Kntrance tA 

Jorkins  Point,  Finlayson  Channel 29,30 

Juan  Pores  Inlet,  Queen  Charlotte  Islands ftg 

Jumble  Islands,  ."eaforth  Channel _ 87 

Juneau  City,  Alaska-  .   171 

Juneau  llarlwr,  Alaska,  described |7| 

cbart  of J78 

Juneau  Mining  District,  Alaska 171 

Juneau,  pioneer  miner 171 

Juneau,  town  of,  Alaska 172 

K. 

Kach-khanna  Island,  Alaska ^9 

Kaillak  Cove,  HaranolT  Island 144 

Kadln,  M.M ""  \m 

Kadln  IsUnd,  Sumner  Strait \vn 

described 106 

Kah^Shakea  Harbor  or  Cove,  Revillaglgedo  Channel 71 

Kalchali  Island,  Necker  Group _ |36 

Kal'gah-nee  <'ape,  Dixon  Entrance 66 

Kai-gali-nee  Harbors,  Dall  Island 66 

Kal.gah-ne«  Indian  Village,  Alaska 67, 69 

Kal-gah-iiee  Point,  Kal-gah-nee  Strait 87 

Kal-gah-nee  Strait,  .Maaka 66 

described 67 

sailing  directions  for 70 

Kaigan  Cape,  Kal-gah-nee  Stmll 67 

Kalganee  Cape,  Dixon  Entrance 6S 

KaiganlCai^    Dixon  Kntrance - OS 

Kaigan  Portage,  Prince  of  Wales  Archipelago — '. 66, 86 

Kaiuchali  Island,  Necker  (Iroup- \3» 

Kakagin  Inlet,  Chlchagolf  Island 173 

Kakangina  River,  Alaska 206 

Kake  Indians— 118 

Hake  Strait,  Alaska - 117 

Kakhvegina  River,  Alaska Wt 

Kakovo  Islet,  Whale  Hay - 138 

Kakul  Point.  Salisbury  Sound,  descrilied 167 

Vicinity  of,  descrilied 160, 1«l 

Kalabrl  Islet,  llayvrBt\l  Strait 166 

KaHbri  lilet,  llayward  Strait 166 

Kalinlna  Bay,  'lru»)IT  Island,  descrilied 169 

Liounlain  east  from 160 

Kalotblan  Indians HI 

Kal-whlsn  River,  HaranolT  liland — 149 

Kanienaia  Hey,  Itoranolf  Island 186 

KanienisUls  Hay,  HaninolflsUnd - 136 

Kamenistl  Point,  Peril  Strait 164 

Knnien-I«un,  Sitka  Sound 148 

Kamennie  Point,  Sltka.Sound 138 

Kamennoi  Island,  Sitka  Sonnd 140 

Kanienoi  Point,  Sitka  Souni! 182 

described 188 

Kane,  Ci.pUin '»' 

Kane  Islets,  Neva  Strait 167 

locks  near 278 

Kaiiga  Hay,  Itoranolf  Island 147 

K«nK«  l«lel.  Sitka  Sound — — - 147 

Kan  l.lels.  Neva  Strait _ 187 

Kanskeeni'ii  Point,  Queen  Cliarlotis  Islands 811 

Kanskeenl's  Sound,  Queen  I  harlotte  Islands 62 

Ksntu-kan  Village,  Chlchagolf  Island 191 

Ka|iillsh  Hay,  Penrose  Island •21 

Ksnblln  Islet,  lauigas  Harbor 83 

K»nmits.n  Uke.  Vamonver  Island- '" 

Ksrslake  Point,  Kitihugh  Sound 21, «» 

Karta  Hny,  I'rinrs  of  Wales  Island M 

Kasa-an  Anchorage,  KaM-en  Hay «• 

Kaaa-ao  Hay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island "'.,87 

descrilied --    "• 

Kaitlievartiff ■ — " 

Kiislievaroil  l»land»,  Clarence  Strait --  "» 

Kiish.   nro(n'n«««ge,<larence  Strait 8(1 

Kn«be»ar»itr  Strait,  Clarel'ice  Strait - •"' 

Kashevarow  strait,  Clarence  Strait.... — -— — . r  *  • 


292 


JNDKX. 


u  ■■ 


K. 

KmIiiuii  iHli'ta,  Silka  ScmiiJ — 140,141 

Ki.tkwiiltu  Villago, '  liilkat  HWcr -        108 

KiUiana  Ilaj-,  Itamimir  fulaiiil - 140,  IM 

dMiTilMJil 139 

Katlian,  ludlRii  Chief. _ - 139 

Kallianiifa  (iulf,  Ilannioff  Island - 139 

KuU  Island,  iSltkii  Sound - 149 

diacriliid - 143 

Kayaik  Island,  Sitka  Sound - - -        143 

Kajak  Island,  Alaska - '206 

Kayak  Islets,  Sitka  Sound - 142,  M9 

des<MUifd _ - 143 

Kayaktch  Islanil,  Sitka  Sound, 143 

Kayatchl  Island,  Sitka  Sound 148 

Kay-e-ghlen  l^ay,  lli»ninolT  Island 133 

Kuje  Island,  Alaska... - — 205,212,213 

Kazarn  IJay,  I'rince  of  Wales  Island ^ 86 

Keene  Channel,  Alaslia 114 

Keeue  Island,  Wiangill  Strait 114,116 

Keeno,  i.  W.,  yllot. 142 

Keene  Bock,  Sitka  Sound,  desurllje<l 142 

directions  for  avoiding 142,149 

'Keetovala  Hay,  llaranolf  Island 133 

Ketik  Indians.... 123 

Kokon  Strait,  Alaska —        117 

Keku  Indians .118,123 

Keku  Islets,  Keku  Strait 118 

Kekul  Point,  Salisbury  Sound 157 

Kekuri  Itocks,  BaranolT  Island 1.T3 

Keku  Strait,  Alaska - - 100, 104, 122, 124, 128 

described 117 

dangers 118 

Kellogg,  Miss  Fanny 89 

Kellogg  I'olnl,  TIevak  Strait 68 

Kelp  llay,  BaranolT  iBlatui 166,167 

described 176 

Kelp  Point.  Ilnkai  Strait 22 

Ken-as-n'hu  (slaiul.  Hood  Hay 176 

Kunaiuuw  Island,  Chatham  Strait,  deacrllv'.d 176 

trailing-statiou  on 176 

8W.  oxtrenn'  of 178 

Keuasnoiv  Iteef,  Chatham  Strait 176 

described 176 

Kendrick  Hay,  Clarence  Strait 84 

Kendrirk,  Capt.  John 1, 84 

Kennedy  Island,  B.C 37,38 

described 39 

KennlcottLake,  H.C - 170 

Ketchum  Lake,  B,  C... 170 

KhalMkahln  Blver,  Alaska 198 

Khantaak  Island,  Yakulat  Hay 208, '«)9, 210 

descril>od 2»7 

KhazBaj,  ChlchagolT  Island 182 

Khar.  Island,  Alaska _ 184 

Klillchuikolf,  the  explorer 168 

Klioroshl-pagixll  Cnpi',  Alaska 204 

Khoroshi-pagodi,  Gora ^ . 206 

Khrouictieuko,  cartographer 206,207,208,209 

Khrushchoff,  explorer 66 

Khunna  Island,  Alaska 103 

KhutS'Ua-ri  Islands,  Alaska 177 

Khuts-n'hu  Village,  Admiralty  Island 176 

Khutxe  Inlet,  fjrahnm  Reach 33 

Khut/eymateeu  Inlet,  Portland  Inlet 68 

Kid  Bay,  HiMlerlck  Island.. 31 

Kikn  Strait,  Alaska 117 

Klllisnoo,    8s«  Kcnuntiow. 

Killik  Creek,  Hunter  Inland 24 

KIncollth  Mission,  Naas  Hay 69 

Khlgctilne  Point,  FrarK  r  Uejicb 29,33 

KIngenill  I'ldnt,  Clmthun  Strait 122 

King  Oeurge  Thinl's  Arclilpclago,  Alaska 118,193 

King  Island,  B.  C _ 24 

Kingsmlll  Pidnt,  Chatbain  Strait 119,123,124,131 

descrllied 122 

Kinnabau  Islau'ls,  Chatham  Sound ._         40 

Kirk  Island,  Bevillaglgi^lo  Channel. 71 

JCIrushkin  Island,  Sitk-  sound 142 

Klspaloks  Village,  II.  C 30 

Kit*  Islet,  Sitka  Sound ...146,147 

Kit-lak-a-laks  Village,  Naan  Itivcr ,_         60 

KItovei  Iilanil,  Sitka  Sound „— .. *„ 142 


K. 

Page. 

Klteumgalluin  Hiver,  ll.C... 39 

Kltsumgallum  Village,  Skeena  Klver... 39 

Kiwitah  Island,  Fitzbugh  Sound 23 

I     Klahwak  Settlement,  Alaska 69,98 

Klaakwun  Point,  Dixon  Entrance 64 

I    Klawak  Harbor,  Port  Hucan-li,  portage  to 86 

I                                  described 98 

Klawak  .Settlement,  Port  Bucareli ._ 69,98 

Klelw's  Point,  Ijueen  Charlotte  Sound 62 

Klckane  Bay,  Graham  Reach 33 

Klemtoo  Pitssage,  ITinlayson  Channel,  des(Tibe<l 30 

tidek 31 

Klewnuggft  Inlet,  Qrenville  Channel 34,36 

described 36 

Kliarkoir  Island,  Sitka  Sound '. 162 

Kl  k-tso-at-ll  Harbor,  Denny  Island 96 

K  luchelTBay,  Bamnoff  Island 147 

Kliucheff  Mountain,  BaranofT  Island 147 

Klokachelt  Gulf,  Alaska —  189 

Klokacheff  Islauil,  Alaska ..168, 169 

described 160 

Klokacheff  Point,  Salisbury  Sound 182 

described 169 

Klokacheir  Sound,  Alaska 169 

Klokacheff  Strait,  Alaska 169 

Klomdiman  Cation,  Stikine  River 112 

Klucliev  Bay,  Baranoff  Island 1,16,136 

Klucheroi  Bay,  Baranoff  Island 135 

Kluhlnl  River,  Alaska 100 

Klu-kwan  Village,  ChlUat  River 198 

Klutcbeff  Ilay,Baranofr  Island 136 

Knight  Inlet,  B.  C 8 

Knight  Island,  Yakutaf  Bay 210 

Knight  Islet,  Metla-kalla  Bay 41 

Knox  Bay,  Thurlow  Islands,  described 6 

sailing  directions  for 6, 7 

Knox  Cape,  Dixon  Kntrance 52,63 

described i 61 

Kochil  Island,  Chilkat  Inlet 198 

described L  197 

Kobklux  Station,  <;hllkat  River  -. 198 

Koka  Islet,  Sltka.Sound 147 

Kokaydal  Point,  Stikine  Rivir 111 

Kohishenkin  Island,  Sitka  Sound 162 

Kootsnoo,  Chatham  Strait 176 

Kootsnu  Village,  Admiralty  Island 176 

Kootznahoo,  .Xlnska 124 

Kootznahuo  .\rchlpelago,  Alaska 177 

Kootznahoo  Head,  Kootznahoo  Inlet,  doflcrll>ed 177, 178 

Kootznahoo  Inlet,  Admiralty  Island,  described 177,178 

Kootznahoo  Roads,  Chatham  Strait 176, 178 

described ^ 175 

Kootznahoo  Itocks,  Kootznahm*  Itoails 17il 

Kootznahoo  Village,  Admiralty  Island '  175 

dcscrlbiHl , 176 

Kosciusko  Island,  Alaska , lol 

Kotaska  River,  Alaska 200 

KoteoHok  Creek,  A'^niiralty  Island 176 

Koteosok  IlarlKir,  Admiralty  Island 176 

Kotleana  Bay,  Baranoff  Islnnd . 130 

Kotlean,  Indian  Chief 130 

Konlitcbkow  Bay,  Baranoff  Island- 133 

KouHlzkoff  Riak,  Sitka  Sound 146 

Koutsnon,  Chatham  Strait 170 

Kontsuow,  Chatham  Strait 176 

Koyah's  Strait,  Queen  Charlotte  Sound. 62 

Koilan,  George,  pilot ...167,100 

Kozian  Rock.    A'eCozian  Rock. 

Krasnala  Ray,  P.rince  of  Walea  Island 105 

Krasnol  Bay,  Baranoff  Island 132' 

Kraanol  Cape,  Hedflsh  Bay 132 

Krasnoi  Itlbl  llay,  Baranoff  Island 132 

Krasnul  RIbl  Cape,  ReilAsh  Bay 132 

Krause,  Dr.  Arthur 190,199 

Kresta  (%|)e,  TakobI  Island , l^'.'t 

Kresta  Point,  Sitka  ScMiud 16*,  l-W 

dcBcrilwd l;W 

Kresta  Strait,  Aluaka,  synonym  of  CmsB  Sound 186 

Kn'StnIT  IlarlMir,  Kruaoff  Island . 154 

Kr.«toff  Island,  Alaska 152,164 

dsicribml 1.^3 

NW.extroDie. 159 


INDEX. 


2»3 


Pago. 
3« 
30 

6»,  'J8 
M 
80 
1)8 

69,98 
K 

aa 

30 

31 

34,36 

36 

102 

26 

14? 

147 

169 

168, 160 

160 

182 

169 

169 

169 

112 

136,138 

136 

109 

198 

136 

8 

210 

41 

6 

0,7 

62,63 

61 

198 

197 

198 

147 

111 

162 

176 

176 

124 

177 

177,178 

,177, 178 

,176,178 

176 

nil 

:    176 

176 
101 
200 
176 
17(1 
139 
139 
133 
146 
170 
176 
62 
.167, 100 

106 
132' 
132 
132 
132 
196, 10!l 

isr> 

18*,  163 
1311 
186 
164 

162,  W 

16:1 

169 


K. 

Pai^u. 

Krwloir  Strait,  Alnaka   _ 152,  if'i,  I66, 166 

(learrlhint 154 

aunkeu  rock  111 J54 

trail  from  to  Port  Marjr 168 

KmtoMul  Met,  8Uka  8ouud 539 

Kriwol  lalRnd,  Takiitat  Bay 209 

KnitiUilnl  Paaa,  Aluka ' iqq 

Krotahini  RiTer,  Alukit igo 

Kniglol  bland,  Parll  8tn>lt (66 

Kniglol  lalaud,  Halltbiiry  Sound,  deacrltied leo  101 

Knigloi  Point,  Olim  Strait,  doKTlbed 162,16:1 

Krufle,  Admiral '_ 13^ 

KrUHe  Island,  Ali'ska 138 

KniHeiiritem,  Admim  Adam  Johann  Ton 166 

Anistol  Illand,  Yattutat  Bay  __ 20O 

Krntol  Island,  Yakntat  Hay 209,110 

Kniaitr  Island,  Alaaka 139, 140, 162,  If-,  164, 166, 167, 182 

descritK>d 138 

bonnds  Halisbury  Sound 16t 

Kiirlikali  Islft,  Sitka  Sound 142 

Killn  Island,  Alaaka 60,  lOO,  10:i,  104, 117, 118, 110, 120, 122 

doHrrlbed 128 

Knkhkan  Islet,  Sitka  Sound _ 142 

Knilcbek  Rock,  Sitka  Sound 146 

Kill ichkotr  Bay,  BaranofT  lalniid _ ___ 133 

Kullcbkoir  Rock,  Sitka  Sound __ 146,148 

146 

146 

36 

206 

200 

62 


described 

Kullih  Rock,  Sitka  Sound 

Kum-ea-luli  Inlet,  GrenTilte  ('lianiiol 

KnnakagI  RiTer,  Alaaka 

KOiiAnt - 

Kuper  Port,  Queen  Pharlotte  Nlauds 

Kupi«anoff,  Captain  iTan  Ah  Inevirh  ,„ 67,84 

Kupreanutr  Island,  Alaska        .  _90, 100, 106, 107,117.  II)'.  122, 126, 126, 190 

ilmiTlb.-.! 128 

Uushtl  Island.  •         Siiiu.l 162 

Kuskokniin  I'  -tiid  KiTer,  Addenda - 278 

KOssfia  KiTer,  1      ,         i     Alanha 200 

■  :      ri6«.d  ._ 190 

KfisBua  RiTer,  West  Fork,  Alaaltii  —  

Kutcbliima  Group,  Sitka  Sound  

Kutchuma  Group,  Sitka  Sound 

Kutkan  Island,  Sitka  Sound 

desciibml -- 

Kut-kwut-lu  Village,  Chilkat  RiTer - 

KutEiiou,  Chatham  Strait 

Kwakahua  Oliening,  CalTert  Island 

Kwathlaaki  CoTe,  DiscoTery  I*assage,  doacribeil 

Kwik  RiTer,  Yakutet  Bay - - 

Kxn-geal  Inlet,  GreDTllie  Cliaiinei 

Ky-gah-ni  Stralt,B.C 

Kygane  Capo,  Dixon  Entrance 

Kyuunipt  Harbor,  Caniplwll  Island - 

described . 


10!) 
144 
144 

149 

142 
IHH 
176 

n 
2,3 
mi 

:|6 
61 
66 
27 


li. 

Labouchere  Anchorage,  Etoliii  Island «1 

Laboucbere  Ba.T,  Cbilkat  Inlet. - Iii7 

Labouchere  Bay,  Ktolin  Island ---         01 

Labouchere  Mount,  Alaska - 108 

Laboucbere,  Port,  Prime  of  Wales  Island 103 

described - - 102 

Z,aboiicAere,  steamer I*'^ 

La  Chaiias«e  Spit,  Litnya  Bay 202 

Lacy  Islet,  Cloak  Bay - <*•' 

Lady  Island,  B.(^ - *» 

La  Grand  Plateau  Glacier,  Alaska - 2ci5 

Lake  Bay,  Bannoff  Island..- - -- 146,147 

Lake  Island,  Mathleson  Channel - 28 

Iiake  Redoubt,  Baranoff  Island -       U7 

Lak-hou  Bay,  Chlm-sy-an  Peninsula - -        *2 

La  labandera  Reef,  Puerto  d«  '«  Santa  ('run -         "7 

Lama  Paaage,  B.  C— - - I»,26,2« 

descritwl- — - ^* 

Lai.»  Met,  RaTillaglgedo  Channel - "' 

Lane's  Bay,  B.C " 

Langaro  Island,  Dixon  Entrance  „ -    <*-.  ■''•'' 

Langsdorir,  Georg  Holnrich  von — ...16:),  178 

Laiigtry,  George  0 — '•"' 

La  Peroiise,  .lean  rranvois  de  Oaliaup  de...62,  iv\  06,  II6, !«),  117,  i«),  Iml,  11", 
119,  r.a.  i:i4,  v.v<.  nr,.  i.-io,  i.w,  i.vi.  w. 

186, 201 ,  202, 203, 204,  art,  21  »1, 207, 21 -' 


L. 

t'aoi'. 

lA  Penuise  Glacier,  Alaska ^y^ 

described 201 

La  Prrouse  Mount,  Alaska . a)6 

described 201 

Larch  Bay,  Baranoll  Island 12I 

describeil 132 

Lamim  Island,  ObserTalory  Inlet „ 6fl 

Laredo  Channel,  B.  C 31 

Larger  Arm,  Whale  Bay 133 

LasqueU  Island,  Gulf  01' Georgia 1 

Latouche  Point,  Yakutat  Bay.. Jlo 

Under  Point,  Whale  Bay,  described 13.3,134 

LaTinia  Point,  Cross  Sound 181, 186, 187, 190 

described igy 

Lawyer  Islets,  Malacca  Passage 39,40 

l.azaria  Island,  St.,  Sllki  Sound ..14i,  146, 148 

described .•. 130 

Laiaria,  Mount  St.,  Kruioff  Island 138 

Uiarla  Point,  Sitka  Sound 137 

Laiaro,  Mi    nt  St.,  Duke  bland 64,83 

de  ;ri))ed 63 

Addenda 277,278 

Lszanis,  Mount  St.,  Kruioir  Island 137, 1:18 

LararuB,  Point  .St.,  Sitka  Sotind 1S7 

Leading  Island,  GrenTllie  C*hannel :16,36 

Leading  Peak,  <,'hlm-«y-an  Peninsnla . ,  44 

Leading  Point,  Naas  Bay 69 

League  Point,  Stephens  Passage 168 

Lebarge  Lake,  Addenda 278 

Leda-unala ,.  213 

Ledge  Point,  Brougblon  Strait,  described 10,11 

Ledi-anol  Bay,  Alaaka 213 

Lecsia  Bay,  BaranofT  Island 144 

LeesofTskala  Bay,  BaranofT  Island 144 

Lees  Point,  Behni  Canal 7:t 

Ijeggo  Point,  Kleuitoo  I^tssage . 31 

Legnia  Island,  Necker  Group 136 

Lerot-.-tirlur,  the  explorer .,  188 

i    ,,.M..r  Island,  Icy  Strait .  180 

described 100 

l.<mi>aur|pr  Point,  ('lareiice  Strait 00,91 

descrilfed 87 

Lemoti  Mount,  Galiano  Island 17 

described 14 

I on  Point,  (taliano  Island — . 17 

Lena  i'ninr,  Stephens  Passage-.           174 

,ti>iiHr'l  I'ldiit,  I)r"iighton  Strait 10 

i,.'liiw  iSBj.  firslmni  Island 61 

LiwiiT  Arm,  Wliaie  Bay _ 133 

LstnlkolT  Cove,  Chilkat  Inlet 197 

Letushkwln  Village,  Admiralty  Island 176 

Livol  Island,  .Sumner  Strait.,  descrilied 100,107 

Lewis  Island,  Discovery  Passage 6 

Uni«  Island,  Hevillaglgedo  Channel 77 

Lewis  Passage,  II.  ''. .'13 

Lewis  Point,  Beaver  Cove _ 0,10 

Lewis  Point,  Toiigass  Narrows - - 80 

Lewis  River,  B.  C 170 

described 109 

explored 200 

explorations  of.  Addenda 278 

Lewis  Rucks,  Tongass  Narrows 80 

Llards  Itiver,  Hudson  Bay  Territory 110 

Liar  Rock,  Sitka  Sound.. iO 

described .^..  i43 

directions  for  avoiding , 140 

l.lesriui  Island,  Frederick  Sound 1:)0,1SI 

Llisnol  Island, Necker Group... 136 

Llesmil  Island,  Sitka  Sound - 141 

Llesnoi  Island,  Southwest  Peril  Strait 162 

l.lesnol  Island,  Sumner  Strait - - 108 

Lima  Point,  Chatham  Sound.. 40 

Limi'slone  BiulT,  Slophena  Passage 189 

Limestone  Inlet,  Alaska 169 

LImi'Stone  Iiland,  Discovery  Faaaage _  6 

l,ln»  lloy,  Alaska 202 

Lincoln  Channel,  Alaska .  61 

l.luccOn  Island,  Lynn  Canal,  described — 104, 106 

l.mnAi,  r.  S.  U.S... -. 214 

l.iniiinlierg  Harlmr.  ChlcliaitolT  Island- I6« 

l.indeulierg  Peninsula,  Kupraanotf  Island ._... 107  ■ 

descrlhifd . . —  IM 


294 


INDEX. 


Pugt. 

ItitiilunlKTR  .Shiire,  Kupi-eaiiofT  lilaiid 128 

UnilcMlKTu,  tlie  mir»ojor _ln7, 113, 114, 1I»,  110,  lUfl,  107, 198,  IW 

l.lii.'  iHlanili,  Hilka  Siiund 142 

Llwi  inn  liny,  Dull  IbUii'I M 

l,i«riiii«  I'lirt,  Uall  Inland 04 

l.lsiaiiHki,  Captain  (Jrv;  "  lieuddroTlch 06, 9T,  08, 119, 13«,  138,  MS,  146, 

IM,  163,  IM,  IM,  166, 160, 160, 178, 184, 192 

[.iRiaimki  PeniiiHiiIa   DarannlT  lalaud 162 

Lislaillki  I'uiul,  8ltkB  duuild - 140,162 

daicrlbod . i        ISO 

MsiaiiakI  Strait,  (Jhichagnff  Oruup .182, 188, 186, 187 

dew-Tibed .__ 184 

LIstvlnlclinHia  llay,  BaraiiiilT  lalaud 132 

LItllB  Uraiirh  Itiiy,  IlaranofflBland 132 

Mill.'  Cafiuii,  Slikliie  Bivcr 110,111,112 

l.illli' tnxa  Strait,  Alaaka — 184 

Littlu  tJavaMBkl  Islet,  Sitka  Sound 1 130 

Llttlo  Island,  Dwp  llay,  Snuthweat  Terll  Strait  „ ._        182 

Llttlo  Inland,  Lynn  Canal - 194,196 

Lltlln  Noqnaahlniikl  Bay,  Sitka  Sound 162 

Llttlo  Rep',  ite\  lllaglgedo  Channel —         76 

Lltuya  Bay,  Alaska,  descrllwd _ ..202,203 

flailing  directions  for 204 

Litnya  Mount,  Alaska ..204,206 

located 2011 

Lively  Island*,  Tlevak  Strait 69 

LiMie  Hill,  Chlm-sy-an  PeubisnU 46 

Ixjckwood  Point,  Wrangell  Strait.- 114,116 


descrilied 

Log  Point,  Revillaiflgedo  Channel  . 
IxihtlatK'i  Arm,  Stephens  Passage.. 

Luhtluii»l  Point,  Lynn  Canal 

Lohtlauol  Point,  Palina  Bay 

Lohtlanol  Strait,  Alaska. 

Ijone  Mountain,  Admiralty  Island.- 

a  landmark  ft>r  Stephens  Pasaage. 
Lone  Rock,  H.hhI  Bay 


113 
76 
170 
196 
201 
186 
182 
194 
178 

Long  Island,  Cordova  Hay 67.68 

LouK  Island,  Johnstone  Passage 209 

IxmK  Island,  Kasji-an  Bay 86 

Long  Island,  Kontznahoo  Inlet .        177 

Long  Island,  Port  Frederick 191 

I,ong  Island,  Sitka  Sound 143 

Long  Island,  Vakutat  llay 209 

Lookout  Point,  Security  Bay.   .-_ 122,123 

Lookout  Point,  SteplioiiH  Passage 168 

Loon  Island,  Sitka  Sound 140 

Loo  Bock,  Ro'k  Ciwk 23 

Ixird  Islands,  l>ixon  Entranri>  62 

Louisa  Point,  Sti'pliens  Paiwime 174 

Lovi-  Island,  Sllka  Sound-       142 

Low  Inlet,  GrenvlUe  Channel,  described 36,36 

Lowt-r  Khudsiiu  Bay,  Ailmiralty  Island 174 

Lower  Kontsnow  Bay,  Admiralty  Island 174 

Low  Island,  Seaforth  Channel 26 

Low  Islets,  Sitka  Sound 138,139 

Lowlylng  I'oint,  Peril  Strait  .., 164 

Low  Point,  Mlllienk  Sound SO 

f«w  Point,  Naa«  Bay. 89 

Uw  Point,  Sitka  Souml 138 

Lowrie,  CapUIn,  R.  N _ 18,96 

Lowrle  Island,  Alaska. 06 

Ltnyi  Hay,  Alaska 202 

L*tuya  Caiie,  Alaska 21M 

Lucan  Point,  Cross  Sound ...       187 

des<rlbcd IBd 

Luce  Island,  .Sitka  Sound 144 

Lucy  Island,  Cox  Strait 63 

Lury  Islands,  Chatham  Sound 40,41 

Lull,  K,l'.,CBpt.,  U.S.  N-. 127 

Lull  Point,  Kelp  Bay.    Chart  11. 

Lynn  Canal,  Alaska .1 18,1  HI,  182,  ton,  108, 'uo, 2(10 

general  rhart  of 173 

descrilwd 1114 

Iniperfactionaof  the  chart  of 106 

Lynn  Siatere,  Lynn  I%nal 104 


Page. 

McClelhui  Croup,  Sitka  8oun(< 14.1 

McClellnu  Rock,  LIndenberg  Harbor 166 

MoCuUough,  Captain .  64 

HcCullough  Rock,  DIxun  Enln.n<  ■ 64 

McDonald  Bay,  Behm  Canal 78 

McFariand  Islands,  Tlevak  Strait 60 

Mcrarland,  Mrs.  A.  R 60 

HcOllnchey,  Patriik _ aoo 

McOiBth  Mount,  Smith  Island 38 

Maihin  Island,  Krestolf  Strait 164 

M'lntipj'i  Bay,  Graham  Island 54 

McKay  Reach,  Wright  Sound 33 

McLaughlin  Bay,  Campbell  Island 26 

Mcl<au<l.  John , no 

.MacMlllan  River,  Alaska 199 

Marn' jiara  Point,  Clarence  Stlait 90 

Mn^elll  ''^rt,  Vancouver  Island,  deflcrlbed . V} 

sailing  dlrectloiu  for 10 

McNeil  Jlonni,  B.C U 

Hadap  Point,  Eastern  Paasag^ 91 

Madden,  Captain 38 

Hagdalena  t^pe,  Port  Ramn 96 

Magee,  Captain 18,68 

Magee  Sound,  Queen  Charlotte  Iala«i<la 62 

Maginn  Saddle,  Qallano  Island 16 

described.  '. 14 

Haguun,  Captain 164 

Magoun  tiruup,  Krestoff  Strait 166 

dncribed 164 

UagouQ  Island,  Kr^..rn'' alralt 184 

Magoun  Islete,  Krestoff  Strait. 164 

Magoun  Shoals,  KreatolT  Stimlt 164 

MalacbTiol  Island,  Sitka  Sound ■. 141 

Maid  Island,  Neoker  Group 136 

Main  Passage,  Chatham  Sound 46 

Makhnak  Roik,  Sitka  Sonud, 140 

Makhnati  Island,  Sitka  Sound,  deacribeil 141 

1.  Hco^i  on . . 1*1 

sunken  rucks  near 149 

lited 142, 143, 146 

Makhnatol  Island,  Wliale  Bay 133 

Malacca  Passage,  B.  C 37,41 

directions  Sir 39 

dasrribed 40 

Malasplna,  Don  Aleasandro 118,119,201,204,206,207,208,210,212 

report  of,  suppressed 211 

Malasplna  (Jhuiler,  Alaska 211 

Malaspliia  Island,  Alaska 97 

Malasplna  Mount,  Alaska 212 

Halnipina  Plateau,  Ahiaka 211 

Malcolm  Island,  B.  C 9,10 

deacrilied 11 

Halle  Island,  Deep  Bay,  Southwest  Peril  Strait 162 

Malmeebury  Port,  Kuin  Island 119 

Malol  Bukav,  Whale  Bay 133 

Maloi  SIrelka  Bay,  Baranoff  Island 132 

Manby  Point,  YakuUt  Bay, .......107,211 

dencribed ...  206 

Marble  Blnns,  Admiralty  Island 179 

Marble  Islands,  Glacier  Bay _. 180 

Marchand,  Capt.  Etieniie 61, 62, 63, 137 

Margaret  Rock,  Dogfish  Bank,  Hecate  Strait L 18,66 

jrargarel.  Ship 18,66 

Marina,  Puerto  de  la  Real 97 

Srmlon  Islet,  Stephens  Passage 171 

Marrack  Island,  Telegraph  Passage 38 

Marsden  Point,  Chatham  Strait 118, 179, 193 


deep  bay  near 

relative  position  of.. 

contracted 'Kt 

rocks  near 

described.. 


172 
178 
181 

18t 
182 


Macartney  Point,  Precleriok  Sound  . 

Macartney  Point,  Keku  Strait 

McCarty,  Dr.R.H... 

HcClellan  Flats,  (^hllkat  Inlet 


124 
118 

no 

198 


Mamhai:  Islet, Sltkn  Sound 141,142 

described 144 

Martin  Island,  Sitka  Sound 144 

Mary  llay,  KrurofT  Island .  188 

Mary  Oi)ve,  Hoderiik  Island 31 

descriliod 3(1 

Mary  Island  Anclionige,  Revillaglgi'do  Channel 70,77 

Mary  Island,  Matlili>Non  r?hanneL 28 

Mary  Island,  RevHlaglgo<lo  Channel... 83,77 

descrllMd „.— ™ T6 


^4»i! 


IXDEX. 


296 


M. 


Page. 
M 
IS8 
M 


Mary  Point,  TrlDconialm  Ilubor 

M»ry  Port,  ShelikoirBs;. '""" 

Mnurado  Port,  Onliaiu  Idiiid 

ICakaljrna  Point,  Portland  ftinal,  ileacribad 57,6« 

Maakejrler.e  Point,  Portland  Canal _    57,(18 

Maaaet  Uarbo/,  (Jniliain  Island M,f»fi 

Maaaet  Inlst,  Onham  Island m 

Maaaet  Hound,  Qrmhani  Island m 

Maaatt  Spit,  DIzon  flntranca 55 

Maatannan  blands,  (Jnaen  Cbarlotta  Sound 13 

Maatick  Bock,  BaTllla(l(Mlo  Channel 7g 

MaaUcJifS.  L.,  Schooner 78 

Mathleson  Channal,  B.C 29 

dascribed M 

Maude  laland,  DlaooTary  Paaaage 4 

Mauda  laland,  Nanooae  Harbor 4 

Mand  Island,  DiscaTr.7  Paaaage. „ fi 

daacrlbed 4 

Manrelle,  Don  frwiclaco,  cited 95,9B,II7, 137,  IM,  IM 

Maurelle  ialands,  Iphlganla  Bay 0i» 

Mayastechnol  Island,  Sllka  Mound 141 

Maxarreilo,  Don  Josef  da,  cited $4 

Maiarrwio  Port,  (Iraham  laland 54 

Meade,  R,  W.,  Jr.,  Capt.,  U.  8.  N.,  oita<l 46,  (2,  111,  107,  IM,  112, 113, 114, 

116, 116, 117, 122, 123, 124,  IW,  1211, 120,  IM,  169, 166, 161, 
163,  IM,  166,  Ibl,  168, 160, 170, 171,  r  '  173, 174, 176, 176, 
m,  178,  179, 1  «,  181, 184, 1»3, 1114, 106, 196, 107, 118, 190 

Meadow  laland.  Lama  Paaaage 21 

Maaraa,  Capt.  John,  citad 14, 18, 26, 61, 64, 55,  KJ.  96,  m,  08, 9»,  206 

Mearea  Bay,  Alaska __ 66 

Meaiea  laland,  B.C. (properly  Cuunlngliam  laland.    S«  Chnrt  3)..    26,27 

Mearea  Passage,  Alacka _    07, 98 

Mearea  Port,  Contota  Bay «4,il6 


Metlvlezhl  laland,  Altwka 

Hell  Point,  Wrangell  Strait 

Henzlea  Bay,  Piacovery  Passage,  tlescrlbetl  , 

sailing  directions  for 

Menilea  Cape,  Chatham  Strait 

Manaiea  Strait,  Alaska 

Merta  Island,  Sitka  Sound 

Mesnrler  Point,  Clarence  Strait 

Metlah-Catlah  Bay,  Chlm-ay-an  Peninsula  . 


107 

_. 116 

4 

4 

no 
us.  Km 

143 

87 

41 

HetU-kalla  Day,  B.C 30,40,42 

dMcribed - 41 

sailing  diret'tlona  for 41 

Metla-katU  Village,  Metla-ketla  Bay 41 

Marfcowi,  Mpanlah  gallot 1 

Mexicana  P.>int,  Goletas  Channel 16,17 

Middle  C  ian'.ial,  :41tka  Sound 141, 142, 148 

-'-iigers  In 140 

^tions  for 140 

an-horage  abreaat  of —  160 

Middle  Dnndas  laland,  Dixon  Kntrance 00 

Middle  Harbor,  K«i-gah-nee  HarUiii 60 

Middle  Island,  Sitka  Sound 140, 141 

Mldille  Islawb,  Sitka  Sound 146 

Middle  Pasaaga,  Skeena  Inlet 38 

Middle  Point,  Southwest  Peril  Strait '*> 

Middle  Bock,  Wrangell  8tn..t - 11" 

Middle  Shoal,  Port  HnlgntTe 2'" 

Mlddleton  Island,  Alaaka—. - ~ 213,214 

Middy  Point,  BaTlllnglgedo  Clinnnel - "' 

Midway  lalanila,  Slephena  Passage "» 

Midway  Beef,  Peril  Strait '"' 

Midway  Hock,  Southweat  Peril  Strait 182 

Midway  Book,  Wrangell  Stjait - -- -  "* 

deacrtbed - "' 

Mielkoi  Bay,  Krealoff  Island ^■'* 

Mllbank  Sound,  B.  C "•  *"•  ^ 

described -—  *' 

aalllng  directions  for *' 

Mllea  Canon,  Lewla  Biver '^ 

MlleeCone,  boyle  Island-. — 

Milkle  Point,  Wrangell  Strait....  

Milly  Island,  I'ortNPTilie 

Miner's  Cove,  Oastlneau  C'liannal - '" 

MInett  !•'.,«,  Sitka  Sound ^** 

M'wuii,  Alert  Bay — - 

Obilkat  Blver - 

Hoonlah  Hartmr — 

llowkan  Narrows— - - 

Maaaet  Harbor 


13 

116 

7 


M. 

i'ag(<. 

Mission,  Molla-kalla  lliiy ,.__. . .  41 

Niuw  llny_._ _^ g^ 

Ptirtnge  tV)ve „._- ___, -.,..„„.  11*9 

Wrangell- ,m 

Misaioii  (Jovo,  Ixing  Inland.. 118 

Mission  Point,  Melia-kalla  Bay 41 

Mint  lidands,  Port  ilurv»y 8 

Mitchell  Bay,  Koottcnahoo  Inlet . 177 

Mitolii'll  I'ulut.SuniMor  Strait..- KK,  107 

Mitchell  Rock,  Sitka  Sound,  duacribaci '  142 

directions  for 143 

iHeii _ 149 

Mitgoir.    Ste  MitkolT. 

MilkolT  Island,  Alaska .511,  KKl.Kn,  I(i6, 112 

described 128 

Mogilnui  Islaiiii,  Sitka  Sound |4g 

.Moira  Sound,  Alaska.- fyj,  84 

duscrlbeil 86 

Moknatoi  Islanil,  Sitka  Sound HI 

Montgomery  Port,  Queen  Cbariotle  Islanils 52 

Monti,  Bale  da 2(t7 

Monument  i'oint,  Sitka  Sound 139 

Monument  Rocks,  SltkaSouud ^. 130 

Moraine  Island,  Frederick  %iiuil 127 

Morning  l*o'  ,1,  Orenville  Cbannel 35,;M1 

Morning  V-  Hjfs,  Granville  Cbniinel 35,36 

Morri'-,  Wi'..  QouTertu'ur 107 

Morris  Hay,  Ijidy  Island 28 

Morrill  Reef,  Cliutbani  Slniit 178 

described ib7 

MorHkoi  (!ape,  .Muska 2(16 

Monkoi  KiicK 158 

Mosmim  Cuiw,  Fitzliugb  Sounil 20 

Mosnian  Inlet,  .Xlaska 88 

Mosninii  Isliind,  Fitsbugb  Sound 20,21 

3IoBa  i'iissiige,  Milbank  Sound ^•...-  28 

Honntain  Point,  llevllliigiKe<lo  Channel 80,82 

describe«l 70 

Mouse  Itock,  Sciiforth  Clmnnol 28 

Mud  Hay,  .Vdmlmlty  Island - 177 

Mud  Iky,  CblchagolT  Island,  dascribc<l 100 

rock  off 101 

MiiilKt'  Ca|)e, Discovery  I'usnaKt' '.i,3,5 

described 1 

iMuil  Irilaiuis,  Noas  Ikiy 50 

Muir  Glacier,  (JIacier  Hay 180 

.Mnir  Inlet,  Alaska 180 

.Muir,  Jobn 180 

Muiaollski  laliiud,  Sitka  Sound 130 

Mulgrave,  Constantine  Jobn  Plilpps,  Imroii 206,208 

Mulgrava  Port,  Yskntat  Bay 2l«l,2<Jtl,21l,2l;l 

described 808 

sailing  dircrllons  for 20H 

Mu6ox,  Cabo  de,  Dixon  Entrance 06 

Munoi,  CalH),  Vakutut  Hiiy . 207 

Mubo/.  (Joosens,  Cabo  de,  Dixnu  Rntmnce • n't 

MurderCove,  .\dmiriilty  Island 131 

Murray  Cap*',  Dixim  Eiitntnce fl4,66 

Mussel  Inlet,  I'urtliK'k  Channel 32 

Mu/on,  ('abode,  Dixon  Entrance (16 

Muion  (Jape,  lUxou  Kntrance 62,  (14, 66,  (17, 7o,  04, 06 

lii'scribetl 66 

Myliir  Peninsula,  I'orttand  Inlet 68 

N. 

Niias  Hay,  Observiitory  Inlet 58 

sailing  ttlreelions  for 60 

titles - 60 

Niius  Chiiunel,  H.  (; 46 

Niias  River,  II. C 30, 58, 1(10, 110,  111 

described 60 

Naas  Villages,  Naas  River 60 

Nubiiiinab  Hay,  Urenvllle  cbunncl 3ft 

Nachlosbnia  Cove,  Haranoff  Island 144 

Nacblelbnol  Island,  SItku  .•<onMil 140 

Niiden  llurtior,  Cniliani  Island . M 

Nadel^  Point,  Dixon  Kntrance 64 

Nadellulii  IslsK,  Kr.clofr  Strait „ 166 

Nadiiii  Ciiiie,  Triucirtnalee  Harbor 64 

Niigd.m  Hill,  (iniliam  Island U' 

NhIiu  Hiiy.  Heliln  Catml 76 

NabwblttI  liar,  (lolelae  Clianttel - - 17 


296 


INDEX. 


H. 

Nahwltll  Bur,  OolatM  Ohwnel 17, 18 

■ailing  directions  for 17 

Nil-kuou  Point,  IHion  Entrance 86 

Nakat  Inlet,  Alaika M 

Naked  bland,  Sallibury  Sound IM 

Nakh  Bajr,  Sedactlon  PenlnroU m 

Nakwailna  PaaHi(e,  Alaska,  deaeribed Ift2,isa 

Nakwaainakaia  Paaiaga,  Sitka  Sound 1S2 

Nnkwaalnikol  Island,  Sitka  Sound 168 

Naliiu  Strait,  Kitzhugk  Honnd,  described 23, 24 

Nanni  Harbor,  B.  C,  described 21 

sailing  directions  for . 23 

Nanoose  Harbor,  B.  (! 4 

Napaan  Point,  Frederick  Sound 124,131 

dMcribed ISO 

Napier  Point,  Lama  Passage 2t 

Narrow  Point,  Clarence  Strait 87,88 

Narrows  Island,  McLaughlin  Bax . 16 

Narrows,  First,  Peril  Strait K? 

Narrows,  Second,  Peril  Strait t&t,278 

Naa-a-than»  BlTer,  B.  C. 200 

Nasogn  Quif,  Portland  Inlet 68 

Naaoka  Gulf,  Portland  Inlit 68 

Naas  Itay,  B.  C .' 6« 

Naaee  Bay,  B.  C 68 

Navarret«,  cited 66,2K 

211 

18 

138 

136 

136 

ISO 

136 

168 

31 

33 

72 

130 

130 

130 

142 


Nearer  Point,  YakuUt  Bay 

Nivk  Point,  lane  Bay,  B.  C.  ._■ 

Necker  Archipelago,  Alaaka 

Necker  Bay,  Baranoff  Island 

Nejker  Isles,  Alaaka 

tlcscribed 

Nn^ker  Port,  Baranolf  Island 

Nedoatatka  Iilels,  KreatolT  Strait 

Needlii  Koqji,  Klemtoo  I'aasage 

Nelly  Point,  McKay  Beach 

Nelson  Point,  Behm  Canal 

Nepeai  Point,  Frederick  Hound 

Nepen  Point,  Frc<lerirk  Hound 

Nepkan  Point,  Frederick  Hound 

Nepoverotnoi  Bock,  Sitka  Honnd , 

Neprop  Isl&nd,  Necker  Group 136 

Nepropuskuol  Island,  Necker  Group 136 

Nerpttove,    liilkat  Inlet 1»T 

Nerplrhl  Islands,  Hitka  Sound 140 

Ncsbitt  Point,  Clarence  Strait —  90,94 

described 8»- 

Nettle  Basin,  Lowe  Inlet 36 

Neva  Bay,  KrusolT  Island : 167 

NsTa  Chaunel,  Alaaka ! 16:) 

deacribad 166 

NeTa  Passage,  Alaska 163 

Neva  Point,  Neta  Strait 166 

deacribad 163 

Neva  Strait,  Alaaka 162, 188, 167,  lft» 

deacribed 166 

tidsa  in 166 

north  entrance 160 

Dangers,  Addenda 278 

Nevay  Island,  Seaforth  Channel 26 

Nevl  Island,  Sitka  Sound 140 

Niivlllo  Port,  1).  C,  described 7, 8 

NemkI  Island,  Hitka  Sound 142 

New  Archangel,  Sitka  Hound.. 138, 140, 141 

derivation  of  nanie _— » 160 

Mew  Channel,  Queen  Charlotte  Sound 13, 14, 18 

described 17 

sailing  directions  for » 17 

New  Gddyatone  Islands,  Behm  Canal 72 

New  Wdystone  Point,  Behm  Canal 72,73 

Now  Eildystoue  Bock,  Behm  Canal 72 

Now  Hurbnr,  ChirhagulT  lalund 180 

New  Knssin  Trading  Post,  Yakutat  Bay 207 

Nichols  Bay,  Alaska,  dow'ribed 64,  ATi 

Nichols,  H.  B.,  Lieut.  Com.  U.S.N,, cited 31, 39, 46, 4«, 56, 62, 

6.3,  64,  66, 67, 60, 7r>,  T9, 87, 88, 89, 0«,  96, 102, 106, 
106,  107,  113,  114,  118, 116, 117, 126,127, 118, 119 

.    Addenda 277 

Nichols  Islands,  Tlevak  Strait 69 

Nichols  Pass,  GravlDa  Islaoda 79, 81, 84 

Nicholson  Rocks,  Sitka  Sound 142 

Nicolaa  Islands,  3.  C.    «ss  also  Nikolas 16 


Page. 

rntoM,  ship.. 89 

Nikolas  Bock,  Peril  Htialt 106 

Nimpklsh  Bank,  Hronghton  Btralt II 

Nimpkish  River,  Vancouver  Island 9 

deacribad —-._-; . „  10 

Nin-kun^aw  Blver,  Alaaka 111 

Nipple  Peaks,  Prince  of  Wales  Archipelago 100 

Niprohodnl  Bay,  Baranoff  laland 144 

Nismeni  Point,  Peril  Strait,  described 164,166 

Nismenna  Point,  Peril  Strait 164 

Nlsmeula  Point,  Sitka  Sound 138 

Noble  lalata,  Qoletaa  Channel , 18 

Nodales  Channel,  B.  C e 

Noon  Point,  ley  Strait 190 

Noquaahlnski  Passage,  Sitka  Sound 182 

Norfolk  Sound,  Alaaka 138, 137 

North  Battery  Islet,  WrangeB  Strait 114 

North  Bay,  Ball  IsUnd 69 

North  Cape,  Whale  Bay 134,136 

deacribed l."M 

North  Dundaa  Island,  Dixon  Kntranca 86,8^ 

Northeaal  Peril  Strait,  Alraka,  described 169 

eastern  entrance  of ...  16T 

Northeast  Point,  Takntat  Bay llo 

Northern  Rapid,  Sonthweat  Peril  Htralt 163 

North  Harbor,  Kai-gah-nae  Harbora 66 

North  Inlet,  Graham  Beach 33 

North  Iron  Rock,  Hecate  Strait 19 

North  Island,  Dixon  Intrance,  deacribad 62,68,66,66 

North  Island,  Whltewter  Bay 176 

North  Islet,  Lynn  Canal It» 

North  Islet,  Milbank  Sound 29 

North  I.edge  Point,  Wrangell  Htralt 117 

North  Ledge,  Wrangell  Stialt 114 

North  Paasage,  Finlayson  Channel 31 

North  Paasage  Point,  Chatham  Htralt,  deacribed 179,180,181 

North  Passage,  SkMua  Inlet . 38 

North  Point,  Alpha  Bay 38 

North  Point  Baker,  Sumner  Strait 106 

North  Point,  Dixon  Entrance 81,66,66 

described 62 

North  Point,  Kootinahoo  Inlet 177 

North  Point,  Naaa  Bay 68, 89 

North  Point,  Tenakee  Inlet 170 

North  Point,  Wrangell  Strait 114 

North  Skeena  Passage,  B.  C 30,40,41 

described.. 38 

Northuiuberbtnd  Cape,  Dixon  Intnuice . 63, 64, 83 

deacribed 62 

Addenda 177 

NorthweaMrn  Shoal,  Port  Hulgrave 208,209 

Northweat  Island,  Cross  Sound 186 

No-Salmon  River,  B.  C 200 

No  Thoroughfare  Bay,  Baranoff  IsUind 144 

No-thoronghfara  Point,  Wrangell  Strait 114 

Nova  Ilibernia,  B.  C 18 

Novala  Harbor,  Chichagoff  IsUnd 180 

Novaraasl  Trading  Post,  Takutat  Bay 207 

Nowiah  Cove,  Susan  IsUnd SO 

Noyes,  W.  M 99 

Noyes  Island,  Alaska 99 

Numaa  Island,  B.  C 11 

Nunet  Point,  Dixon  Intrance,  described 64,66 

Dangers  off.  Addenda .... 278 

Nuflex,  Punta  de,  Dixon  Entrance 68 

NuBea  Realk,  Addenda t 278 


Obaeehkl  Island,  Sitka  Sound,  breaken  near.. 

deacribed 

Observation  Islet,  Klemtoo  Passage 

Observation  Islet,  Sumner  Strait 

Observation  Point,  Coghlan  Anchorage 


146 

, 146 

31 

,.. 91 

34 

Oliaervation  Point,  Hetla-kalla  Bay 40,41 

13 

, 88 

141 

. .in.. ',9 

.')7 

197 

, 74 


OI]asrvation  Point,  Namn  Harbor 

Observation  Rock,  McLaughlin  Bay  . 

Observatory  at  Sitka 

Obaervatory  Inlet,  B.  C 1 

deacribed.  J 

Obeervatory  laland,  Chilkat  Inlet 

Observatory  Islet,  Port  Stewart.. 


Obaervatory  Islet,  Sumner  Strait 109 


i-.U 


.WDEX. 


297 


P«ge. 

89 

105 

U 

9 

10 

Ill 

100 

144 

164,  nn 

IM 

138 

18 

« 

190 

IM 

136,187 

114 

69 

134,136 

133 

st,y, 

163 

ICT 

—  aio 

163 

66 

33 

19 

.82,  A3,  BS,  66 

ITS 

11!6 

—  ao 

117 

114 

31 

.179, 180, 181 

38 

38 

105 

. (11,66,66 

62 

177 

68,69 

170 

114 

39,40,41 

38 

. 63,64,83 

62 

277 

208,209 

186 

20O 

144 

114 

18 

180 

207 

30 

99 

99 

11 

64,68 

278 

66 

278 

....  146 
146 
31 
91 
34 

40,41 

JS 
26 

. 141 

.■>«,  59 

57 
197 
74 
109 


0. 


Ocoan  Cap*,  AlMkk,  dMcribed 2011  Wl 

Off-lying  Iiland  Peril  8tr»ll _: '-,84 

Ogden  niiannal,  B.  C.,deMrlb«d 37  3g 

OliMiskee  Vill«g«,  Nimplilili  RItw '  10 

Oht-w-alil  Goto,  Calvert  Island _ 22 

OldHeld  Buin,  B.  C,  deiorlbed 40  41 

Oldlleld  Itlaud,  B.  C ]""'."         40 

OldAeld  Mount,  B.  0 40 

Old  Harlwr  Baj,  BaranolT  laland _ 140 

Old  Ku.;-"u  Village,  Admiralty  Iiland _._.        175 

Old  Kootsnahi')  Village,  Admiralty  Iiland 175 

01g*aulforTeV.'enkolT 159 

Olga  Point,  Kloka>lielT Inland 159 

Olga  Point,  Kr«atoir;Mand 166,166 

deicrlbed _ 153 

Olga  Point,  KruKoff  lel  ind _       I68 

Olga  Sound,  Alaska 159 

Olga  Strait,  Alaska ..162, 164 


'leecribed  . 
tides  meet  .u.. 
not  Olga  Stnu; 
of  Vasllief..... 
ofTebienkoir.^ 


-ff.t.i.nkoff. 


163 
163 
163 
156 
169 


119 


43 


Ommauey  Cape,  BaranofT  Island 100, 12;v  132, 136 

deacriljed 

Onelow  Point,  Clarence  Ltrait 

One  Tree  Islet,  Chatham  round 

One  Tree  Islet,  Shadwell  I  sssage,  deo/*' il>«d 15,16 

Onslow  Point,  Clarence  St.  >it 88 

described , 

Oona  River,  Porcher  Island 

Opasn^  Islets,  Southwest  Peril  Strait. _ 

described 

Open  Bay,  Lane  Bay,  B.  0 _ 

Open  Bay,  Dowager  Island 

Open  Bock,  Sitka  Sound ___ 

Orange  Point,  Discovery  Passage 

Orel  Rock,  Alaska __ ._ __ 

Ore',  ship _ 

0;;iflamme  Passage,  Chatham  Sound 

Onuidale  Harbor,  Campbell  Island,  described 2C,27 

Oscar  Passage,  FInlayson  Channel 29,30 

Oserski  Bay,  Bantnoll  Island. 144 

OsarakI  Redoubt,  BaranolT  Island 147 

Oshibki  Islet,  Sitka  6  ■  id IM 

Osblpkl  Islet,  Sitka  Sound _ —       144 

Oatovia  Island,  Peril  Strait 164 

Otmeloi  Island,  Yakutat  hay - 209 

Otmelol  Point,  Sitka  Sound 138,131) 

Otatola  Island,  Peril  Strait IM 

described 164 

Otatola  Shoal,  Peril  Strait 166 

Otstnplenla  Point,  Stephens  PassaKC- 172 

Otter  Anchorage,  Pearl  Harbor 

OtterOove,  Vancouver  Island,  described 

directions  for 

Ottsr,  H,  B.  Company's  Steamer 

Otter  Point, Discovery  Passage... 

Otter  Sound,  Meares  Passafce 

in  Noyes  Island 

in  Davidson  Inlet !"'iWl 

Ouiardie  Point,  Neva  Strait 1™ 

Outer  Point,  Freshwater  Bay — "" 

Outer  Point,  Frita  Cove "' 


P. 

Pagoobnoy  Strait,  Alaska - - 

Palma,  Bale  de  la,  Alaska - 

Palniallay,  Alaska - 

Palonot  Poinf,  Suran-,  s:;«i,' - 

Paltoose  Point,  St» .  rl  Qavan  b  y 

Pamarakotr,  piloi- 

Pamplona  Bfljr. --- 

Pamplona  B".ok,  discussed - - --. — ''^ 

Pamplona  doca 

Pamplo-.a  Rock ~ — - "  ' 

Paps,  Vhe,  tituya  Bay - - m,2M 

Parsihotnia  Bay,  Etolln  Island 

Parilysls  Point,  Security  Bay,  dcsirlbed '■^- 

Parker  Group,  Sitka  Sound 

Packer  Point,  Chatham  Strait 

Parker  Point,  Finlayson  Channel 

I,  0.  p.— 38 


160 

201 
201  , 
111 
140 

KKl 
212 
21:1 
21:1 
213 
204 

no 

123 
140 
178 
SO 


1^«.  . 

Parkin  Island,  I'orl  Slmjuon,  B.C 46,67 

desiTilml 4A 

I'anjihki  Bay,  llarsnoir  Island 144 

I'arry  Passage,  Dixon  Kntrance 61,61 

Partounol  I'ohit,  Ilina  ilay... ]83 

i'anoffs-chikoir  lilumi,  Alaska lu 

descrilted 105 

Partoffsblkolr  Islami,  Alaska... 166 

Psbsage  Islands,  NicKii  Suunil,  doaGribml 149 

TiKky  patch  near 143 

cited. 149 

Possiige  Ro<k,  Lituya  Hay jm 

Paiterson,  Carlllo  P.,  Supt.  U.  8.  Ooaat  Survey 187 

Patterson  Qlacler,  Alaska 116 

descrlbu<l 197 

Pavloflf  Harbor.  Freshwater  Hay 179 

descrlbi'il 180 

Pearl  Harbor,  Clilmsy-an  Peninsula,  descrllied 48 

sailing  illroctlons  for 43 

Pearl  Hocks,  Hecate  Htnit 19 

I'earse  Island,  Alnska t 00,61 

Pcanie  Isluuda,  llroughlon  Strait 10 

Peel  Island,  Heaver  Harbor 12 

Pelsar  Island,  .lltka  Sound 137,147 

descrllied .._ 148 

Pellybankn,  Fort,  B.C.    Addenda 278 

Pillj-  Hiver,  H.  C 109,20(1 

described 199 

Addenda 278 

Pender,  D.,  Staff  Com.,  H.  N 21, 22, 24, 26, 27, 37, 57, 60, 61, 62 

Peinler  Islands,  Johnstiilie  .Strait -  9 

ilcscribeii , 6 

IViiiiisiilii  Point,  OKden  Channel 38 

Peninsula  Piiint,  Tuligass  Narrows - 80,81 

Penniick  Island,  Tun^ass  Narrows 81,82 

doBCrllwl 80 

Peunock  p  ;e^  runttasH  Narmws 80 

Penrose  Island,  B.C 21,22 

>  ercy  Islets,  Clarence  Strait 83 

Peri:y  Point,  Clarence  Strait 88 

Addenda 277 

Perenusnala  Hiiy,  Kuprcanolf  Inland 1S6 

PcrenuHnaie  ...cck,  Kiiprcanoff  Island .. 126 

PercMio^naiu  IslutK,  Frederick  Sound 186 

Perenoanayu  Creek,  Kiiproiinoff  Island 186 

Veronofiiiayii  Islands,  Frederick  Hound 126 

Perez.  Encign  Don  .fuan.  cited 18,61,62 

Perea  Inlet 61 

Peril  Islets,  Southwest  Peril  Strait - 169 

descrllied 103 

Peril  Point,  Peril  SIrail,  descrlbeil  183 

cove  behind 164 

Peril  SIrsils.  Alaska. - ..125,169,101,192,198 

SW.  extn'iiie  of- - 167 

dcsi'ribed 160 

anchorage  on  north  shore  of 166 

eantern  entrance  of 187 

view  from .- 177 

r:;':'MB,  Port,  (Jueen  Charlotte  Islands 69  ■ 

Punijcious  Striiit,  Alaska 160 

IVnchaimiH  Hay,  Itaninoff  Island 133 

I'eschanI  Inland,  Sitka  Sound 148 

Pe.:ak  Islet,  Sllka  .Sound 144 

Pciitchanay  Hay,  Haranoff  Island 133 

Pestctiaula  Cove.  Haranoff  Inland 144 

Pestrhanl  Island,  Cliilkat  Inlet. 197 

Pcsldmni  I'ninl,  Peril  .■•. alt -. 186 

PcBtchani  iVdnt,  StarriOavan  Bay 140,141 

Petrel  Channel,  H  C 36 

Petrles  Wand,  DIxiin  Kntrance 64 

PotrolV,  the  explnrer 2t)9 

I'hlpiis,  Connlahline  .lohn,  Hanm  Mulgrave 206,208 

I'lilpps  Cape,  Yakutat  Day  -- 206 

breakers  off —  207 

l'istl->lllui  Island,  .Sunnier  Strait - 108 

I'leilran  Point,  VakulatBay 209 

I'iko  Island,  .Mella-Katla  Bay 41 

Pillar,  The.Hixon  Entrance - —  64 

Pillar  Ha),  (Juecu   "liarlotte  Islands 64 

Pillars,  Bay  of,  Kuiu  Island — - - 120 

lilli'iury,  Mr - - 11» 

Pillsbury  Point,  Kootsnahoo  Inlet 177 


298 


INDEX. 


Pllliliiiry  Settltnunt    8m  Juhmu. 

Pine  IiUnd,  Que«n  Churlott*  Bound 17 

Ptnnaolt  Bock,  Dixon  Entrance. M 

PInntcIa  Hook,  Parloff  llarbor — IM 

PInUrd,  J.  M - » 

PInUrd'i  Sound,  B.  0 H 

Pl|wr  IlUnd,  Bchulje  Cove 161 

PIton,  of  I*  P«rou«e,  Alaaka - 813 

Pitt  t'ajie,  Dixon  Kntrance Of' 

Pin  Iilond,  B.  C  — - .34,3»,.18,37 

Pitt  Iiland,  KninoirOroiip las 

Pitt  Itland,  Port  Frederick 191 

PIcaiant  Iiland,  Icy  Strait IM 

described - IW 

Florer  Island,  Fitihngh  Sound - J3 

Plumper  Bay,  Valdee  Island fi 

Plumper  Channel,  B.  0 84 

Phmper,  H.  B.  M.  8 — 0 

PoglbshI  Point,  Soulliwoat  I'orll  Strait IM 

Poglbihl  Strait,  Alaska IM 

Point:  •  • 

Addenbrook. - -— M 

Addenlirooke - W 

Adolph - - IBl 

Adolphns IM 

Agassis _ IW 

Alata  71 

Albans,  St 108,104 

Alexander - 107 

Amelia - 168 

Amellus - - 10* 

Anchorage,  Ohilkat  Inlet - 197,198 

Anchorage,  Shakan  Bay 161 

Anchor 114 

Angle,  Beyillaglgedo  Channel 78 

Angle,  Seaforth  Channel 26,27 

Anmer 168 

Archibald  - - 2» 

Ardcn - — 171 

Astley - 168 

Augusta 181 

Baker - 102 

Baker,  North - 108 

Bar 80 

Bare - - SO 

Barrie — - 105 

Base - 30,31 

Bay - — -^ —  126 

Bayou .- - 116 

Baian,  Dixon  Entrance 94 

Bazan,  Port  Bazan 96 

Beaver 168 

Beck -  78 

Berry,  Klemtoo  Passage 31 

Berry,  Seaforth  Channel  __ 26,27 

Bingham - 186 

Bishop- - 170 

Blaquiere - 107 

BllzhnI . 

Bluff,  Freshwater  Bay  - 

Bluff,  Kootxnahoo  Koads.. 

Blunt. 

Boat  Uarbur  . 

BobroTle. 

Bobrovoi. 

Bolihoi . 

Bonwick  - 

Boreas - 

fiorlsse  . 

Boulder,  Portage  Bay. 

Boulder,  TIevak  Narrows  . 

BoUBSole,  de  la  . 

Boxer  . 

Br«ak6rs- 

Brldge. 

Bridget. 

Broad. 

Brumex.. 

Buck. 

Camp,  Johnstone  Strait . 

Camp.  Klewnnggit  Inlet. 

Camp,  Lama  Passage 


Hf. 


Point: 


Camp,  Wright  Sound M 

CaiolMs. 188,189 

Camw 207 

Otrroll 79 

Oration 174 

Cayman... . . 69 

t-edar,  Kootxnahoo  Inlet 177 

Cedar,  Security  Bay 122 

Cenotaph ..,._ 204 

Channel „ 177 

Charle* 26 

Charm „ 80 

Ohasen 86 

Chaslna 86 

Chatham - ^ 0 

Cheerlkoir 96 

Chlrikoff 96 

Chopman . 40 

Cliff _ 191 

Coke 168 

Coleman 167 

Colpoys  - - •  108 

Column ! 187 

Cone,  Clarence  Strait 86 

Cone,  Finlayson  Channel 30 

Cone,  Wrangell  Strait 116 

Cornwallls,  Frederick  Sound _  122 

Cornwallls,  LiscomeBay 04 

Gonverden 193 

Addenda 278 

CoTe,  Reflllagtgedo  Channel 71 

Core,  Wrangell  Strait 116 

Craig 94 

Cranstown ai 

Craren 166 

Cross,  Mllbank  Sound... _ 28 

Cross,  Sitka  Sound 139 

Cube 179 

Cumming 33,34 

Danger,  Chatham  Strait 170 

Danger,  Wrangell  Strait , 116,117 

David 36 

DATtson ; 83 

Addenda J77 

Dawea — _ 40,41 

Day _  28 

December 113 

Deception 113 

Deepwater I3l 

Defeat 26 

Dickenson XI 

Dillon 12 

Distant 178 

Dix ....  67 

Dog - 182 

Dome 191 

Domville 8 

Don 36 

Duke _ 70 

Dumas 27 

Dundae : ..188,189,190 

Duval *13 

Eastern 162,163 

East- _ 179' 

Eden 7 

Edmunds 23 

Bllxa 121 

Ella _. , 6,9 

Ellis 120 

Entrance,  Port  Frederick iff* 

Entrance,  Saw-Mill  Cove 68 

Entrance,  Stephens  Passage 173 

Eolus 69 

Escape 76 

Evening 35 

Expedition _ 122 

False 191 

False  Green Ill 

False  Pybus 130 

False  Zelonol .    Ill 

Fawn . 32 


IN1>EX. 


209 


Point 


P. 

P*g«. 

*•■>» - 30 

"''"f" - 115,116 

Fired j,j 

FInt _. j,y| 

"■••"■•y -'.""'"'"""l78,l'7» 

"•"   101 

Fitzglbbon _,_; ,j 

"•« --- ""!-"i!""i];i;  174 

'"gg)  — - - 70 

Fort,  Nua  Bay _ ,g 

Furt,  Purt  Sinipdon ^_  ^^ 

Fortiino ^y 

Frederick  gj  52 

Gitlluwfl  jg 

Gambler ^22 

Gardner i3j 

darns Hy 

Gaatiueau  ]28 

flavauski _ I4U 

George, Cooper  Inlet ,_„_ _,_ , 2A 

George,  Heaforth  Channel „ 27 

George,  Trlncomalee  |]arlH)r : 64 

Glacier igg 

Glubokul 130 

Oorda , 207 

GonJon,  Bruuglitun  Strait 10 

Gordon,  Cliatliani  Huund 44 

Granite 5 

Grant 195 

Grave,  McLaughlin  Ray  _.L 25 

Grave,  ReTillaglgedo  Channel  76 

Grave,  Stophona  Paungu Kjg 

Gravina 77 

Great 206 

Green,  Chllkat  Inlet 107 

Green,  Sumner  Strait 109 

Green,  Wrangell  Strait 116 

Greeting 18 

Grindall ; 86 

Guatavua 188 

Halibut - .- 140 

Halatead 14 

llanbury 22 

Harbormaster 24 

Harl-or,  LItuya  Bay 202 

Harbor,  Kevlllaglgedo  Channel 78,79 

Harrington 80 

Harris- - 119 

Hassler — -  (19 

llHtchet  - 209 

Hawser —  M 

Hayes - 166 

Hayward  165 

Heath - -  -- 16 

Hemlock. — 177 

Hepburn,  Chatham  Strait 1"B 

Hepburn,  Grenvillo  Oiannel 35 

Hicks,... - "3 

Hlesnian  ^^'^ 

Uiggins - 76,82 

High - 68.70 

lUghleld - - -- 'Jl 

Highland -- •'■28 

Hill 37 

llobart 128 

Hood,  Duncan  Canal - - — 107,114 

Houd,  Hood  Bay 175 

Hood,  Wrongell  Strait "•' 

Hope '1 

Hourigah - - - 1^    : 

Howe -  l*"    ' 

Howkan.. '" 

Hoyt. - : - —  '2^ 

Hugh.. '- -  -  '29 

114 

Humbug... - "* 

Hunt - — -    --  ■"' 

Hut...... - - —  -  I'' 

-    .                                                                                         190 

Iceberg -- 

Icy,  Lyun  Canal - - 

Icy,  PalmaBay - - ^, 

Idol - " 


Point: 

Indian m^ 

•"'•' - 114,118 

Inner — .„-- _.••.. _..__ . __,  13D 

iDBkip M 

Invlilblu ftfl 

'•lanJ - aa 

lilet  _ _ ._ _  30 

luztmoi ijitil 

J"r«y M 

Jorhina _ 20,30 

KHl-gali-nett ^_ _„_„ „ 67 

KftlKRii  - fi7 

Ktikul 157 

KamonUtl 154 

Kamuiiuie  _. _ „._ „ (39 

Kiitiionol fc— _, ...,-, . — ™.  IM 

Kiin/ikoHiii'd _ -.-„.  62 

Kiirslakt'  — .-_,_ ,^ '21,38 

Kekul  -.- ; 167 

Kollogg  _. CH 

KHj. - _ 'i'i 

KlgauH 87 

Kliigcome i;9,;j3 

KiiiguDiii.. ^__ laa 

Kingdmill , 122 

KlHskwun - __.. ™-_- &i 

KItiw'a fly 

KlukacliefT Ifto 

Kokayiiai .,. Ul 

Kresta  ._. ,\ 189 

Kruglui lfl2 

Kygauf «7 

lAtouclie \m 

LnKaria— 137 

Laxarus,  8t _ , .,  137 

Lt>iul{ng _ _ fiO 

Li-aguu 168 

Lt'ilgo 10 

Lei'8 73 

U'ggo. , 31 

LeniuBuriur - „. .,_ 87 

Leinim 17 

I.(Jii» — 174 

Louiinni 10 

Lewis,  Heaver  Covo - -  9,10 

Lewis,  ToiigaM  Narn»WH . 80 

Lima 40 

LiflJHiiftki - 139 

I*ockw'0(Ml _-.. 113 

Log - -- 7« 

Lohtlaiiui,  Lynn  Canal-— IM 

Lohtianoi,  I'alum  Kay _ 201 

Lmikout, Security  Way— - - 1:^2,123 

I^Mfkoiit,  Stephens  PaaitafEo - — 168 

Louina - 174 

Lowlying - 104 

Luw,  MilUnk  Sound -  29 

Low,  Naa«  Bay fi9 

Luw,  SItkttSonnd --  HiB 

Lucun IM 

Lull,  chart  11. 

Macartney,  Fn-dorick  Sound 124 

Macartney,  Keku  Strait 118 

Miu-naniara 90 

Mudan-,- - 01 

Manby 206 

Manden IM 

Mary - - 04 

aicskclyne — ft7 

Uaffkeylone — 67 

ViM Hft 

Mesnrler - - .3' 

Mexiuana - lfi|17 

Middle ^ - l»a 

Middy 77 

Mllkie 116 

Mlsitinn - - ** 

Mitchell - 106,107 

Monument — — — —  130 

Morning 36,36 

Mountain "** 


800 


INDEX. 


ragi'. 


Point  I 


Nnden M 

N»l-kofiii.. .„-_..„.....•. , M 

NapMn 1.10 

Ntplor !» 

N«»r»r - an 

NMk 10 

Nelly _ 33 

N«lion 72 

Nipwn VM 

Naptn .' 180 

N«pku ,- 130 

NetblU »» 

N«»» - 1M,1M 

Nbw  Kdilyitona 78,73 

Nlimanl 164 

Nlun»nn« IM 

Nltmcnl* 1!W 

Noun -  100 

llortheut 210 

North  Ledge ^ 117 

North  Punge 170 

North,  Alph*  Bay 3« 

North,  Dixon  Entrance 62 

North,  Kootlnahoo  Inlet.. — 177 

North,  N«M  Bey S8,M 

North,  Ten«k«,  Inlet 170 

North,  Wrangell  Strait 114 

No'thutvughAire 114 

Nunei M 

Addenda 278 

Otieenratlun,  Coghlan  Anchorage ,..- 34 

Oheenratlon,  Metla-kalla  Bay 40,41 

Ohaervatlon,  Naniu  Harbor . .„ 23 

Olga,  Kloka<:ln-(r  Inland. 159 

Olga,  Knisoirieland _ IM 

Onelow as 

Oulow SO 

Orange  — - 3 

Otmelol  138,130 

OUtnplenIa 172 

Otter - — (I 

OiiMrdie .- 168 

Outer,  Freahwater  Bay _ 180 

Outer,  FrltiCove 173 

Paiouoi _ :'    in 

Paltooeo - 40 

Panlysla 122 

Parker,  Chatham  Strait __ 178 

Parker,  FInlayaon  Channel 30 

Partennut _ 183 

Penlniula,  Ogden  Channel 38 

Peniuiula,  Tongaea  Narruwa 80,81 

Percy 83 

Addenda —  277 

Peril 163 

Peatchani,  Peril  Strait 168 

PeatchanI,  Starrl-Oavan  Bay — 140,141 

Piedraa 209 

Pilbbury - —  177 

Poglbahi - 163 

PorUge 1 197 

Porerotnl. 113 

Porerotnol,  Sitka  Sound 146,147 

Porerotnoi,  YaknUt  Bay - -  207 

Prolewy .- - 116 

Prollra 116 

Pi'lBn - - 132 

Py,>na 130 

Quarti - — .—  190 

Quilmaaa _ _ —  40 

Race,  BeTlllaglitedo  Channel 70 

Bace,  Vanconver  laland 3 

Baiuden — - — 67 

Ilanche - 108 

Bankin - 28 

Baplda_ J3 

Ked  Cllir,  Chatham  Sound 44 

Bad  CTIir,  Graham  Reach 33 

BaechDol - 111 

Reef,  Kai-Kah-n~<  Strait 68 

Kaef,  R.<illa(igedo  Channel ,. 79 


Point: 


Hciallatlon „ 122, 1J3 

Retreat 172 

Rlhnl 161 

»lou., 219 

Ripple 6, 7 

Hl»er _ Ill 

Kobcrta  1 

BiK-k,  Peril  Strait IM 

HiM'k,  KovlllaglgiMlu  Chniinel  ._ 81,82 

Hock,  Wrringidl  Slmtt _ 116 

II  %  ky,  Cliatliuui  Strait „ „ 176 

B<Kky,  Hilka  Sound iL.—...  130 

Knee 66 

Boaa 66 

Bothiaj Ill 

Round - 161 

Bulna : 101 

Ryan 4li 

SahachI ._ 161 

Saginaw m 

St.  Albana IDS 

St.John ,„' lOe 

St.  Uzariia 187 

St.  Mary'n 106 

SalUbnry.. ..t...  170 

Samuel . 178 

Saninola .    178 

Sandy,  Chllkat  Inlet _ 1»7 

Sandy,  Peril  Strait 166 

Sandy,  Queou  Charlnlte  lalanda _ 62,66 

.Sandy,  Slarrl-Gavan  Ilay 140 

Sarah ._ 44,45 

Schkaliukh 167 

Schroedor 1 114 

Scott 12a 

Scudder.. _  62 

SeaUon 188 

Sea  Oiler 133 

Second 130 

Seduction 106 

Shallow 118 

ShekeatI - «2 

Sheir 2« 

Shelter ...176,176 

Sherman 196 

Shingle 16, 17 

Ship _ 28 

Ship  Island 87 

Shkallakh 187 

Sbketllna 106 

Shoola 138 

Sliver.. 144 

Single  Tree n 

SIrol 162 

Sitka 137,138,139 

Sluchl 168 

Skowl 86 

Soapatoiie 187 

Soblaina... , 106 

Sophia 192 

Sophia 198 

Sound 27,20 

South,  Chriallan  Sound... 119 

Sjutheaat 210 

South  Green .__  m 

South,  Kal-gah-nee  Strait . 66, 67 

South,  Kootznalioo  Inlet. 177 

South,  LltuyaBay 202 

South,  Security  Bay 122,123 

South,  Tonakee  Inlet 178 

iSouthweet ,. 207 

South  7.elunoi m 

Spruce _ 114,117 

Spuhn,  Chllkat  River.. 108 

Spuhn,  Stephens  Paaeage 173 

.Stednl _ ._  163 

Stanhope 88 

Start 26 

Stepheiu _ 1 173 

Stockade 169 

Stony 166 


INOKX. 


301 


.— im,  113 

—  m 
m 

SIS 

- —     111 
1 

-—       IM 

81, 8a 

116 

—  nn 
i»o 

N> 

M 

—  m 

181 

101 

411 

—  m 

—  m 
io» 

106 

1»T 

—  iw 

.»--  170 

178 

178 

1»7 

.—  lOA 

6S,M 

HO 

-—  «,« 

167 

lU 

.—     m 

u 

—  -       168 

133 
18» 
198 

116 

92 

26 

—  .176,176 

196 

-—    16,17 

26 

87 

167 

196 

138 

H4 

11 

162 

137,138,139 

16f 

8(1 

187 

— .        196 

192 

192 

27,29 

119 

210 

Ill 

6«,67 

177 

202 

122,123 

178 

207 

111 

114,117 

198 

178 

163 

88 

25 

173 

169 

166 


r. 

I: 

Wralih 41 

KtimlU „ ".;"  lis 

Htylemmi  —.,_ , _,_ iqk 

SiilUvftn ..„. , i;jo 

Htiliila . _  iQi 

Hynioixli . i7;j 

TanUllon  . ,.„ ...,.,._  171 

T«l>or „ M 

TchMent .„ urt 

TprnilnAtlon . 177 

Thatcher 107 

Theoflor . ^__  ]g4 

Thonuui  ,_,,..„ —_.....,.. 12 

Thorn „, .„ :i4 

TUklnlknt lu 

T'ltakhlnlkut  _ m 

T'llaklnlkut im 

Tolilot  87 

ToDkny 87 

Tonkl 87 

Topi-rkoff 132 

TowDihend .  131 

Transit „_.  h 

Trm,  North  Bkeenn  Panage __„ 40 

Tree,  Portland  Canal 60,111 

Trenhaoi - 4'2,4.1 

Trollop 72 

Tuna 7 

Tnpol.. 116 

Tamabont 146 

Tnmar - 207,  Son,  209 

Turning,  WraoKoll  Strait 113 

Turning,  Yakutat  Bajr 207 

Turn,  Kootznalioo  liilet 117 

Turn,  Hhadwtfll  Paunge .. ... )'>.  16 

Turn,  Tlavak  Narrow* 611,70 

Turn,  Wrangell  Strait 116,117 

Turtle.. M 

Urey .1 184 

UKrdle 168 

Uihnol ^ 67 

Vallenar,  Clarence  Strait ~ 76,84 

Vallenar,  Rerlllaglgndo  Channel 82 

Vandeput IStl 

'.•:"^-rbllt 198 

Vertical  -  ''2 

VexaUon IH.Ub 

Vigilant - - :> 

\ii:.r»— - "' 

Walee «' 

Walker j - ** 

Walpole - VU.no 

Wardi -  - " 

Wedge - •" 

Weetnilnetor --    -  ^* 

West,  Freehwater  ll«y - ""' 

Weet,  KeTiliagigedo  Ciiannoi. '" ■" 

Wet "'« 

Whaley " 

Whidbey .- -— — - -  '»* 

Whitee - - "* 

WhItoAone - - - '"* 

Whltty - - " 

Wllford— - ■' 

Wilfred - - —  * 

Wiliianis "* 

Willow j^|, 

Wimbledon - "  ' 

WInbledun 

Windham " .^  ^j 

Wlnilow ^ '  '„, 

IJb 
Wodehouie 

Woodhouse — '  '  * 

Woody— - '  ,jj 

Woronkolfcki  — ^^. 

YakornI  . "  ,;,.; 

'"•«<" - " 34,3.'. 

*«* - ..  172 

Toung ]5j 

'■«• - 113 

Zelenol "" 


P. 

Point : 

Zeliiul _ 197 

^•loiiy ia» 

/IicjIII _ Ill 

/lliiuvia .....  m 

Polhl  llukir  Ulanil. MmnnprSlmlt 101 

Polhlor  lali'l.  ritihiiuli  S..iiliii    ,...„ M 

Polnli.m,  Thi',  Challmin  NoiiikI _ .„ 46,67,129 

'liMcribetl .  ....................  46 

Point  lllgliflnlii  Aiichiinige,  Snmuer  Hlra'..._ 91 

Point  llliiliflKM  llnrlKir,  Huriiner  Strait , g| 

Poimm  ('»)»(»,  ('liU'lin(D>)T  IiIaikI.. ,_.  103 

PoiMin  lUH-liR,  IVrll  Htriilti ............. 104 

Piikiliiiala  lliiy,  Klollo  lilurid     ... „ 14 

Poktilniiy  llHrlHir.  KluDn  Ulnncl . .,_ ^ 

Polr>  t'Hjw,  Siiiiiiii<r  Hlrnll  ^ 100  to2 

tlewrili4><l .__. . ....... , 99 

Pulivnol  Inlet,  Kreiltrlrk  Sound |g| 

Puliviiol  H<hk,  Wtmwodiki  IlHrbur |ao 

Pollvmil  Hc«  k,  WniiigBll  Strait HJ 

■"olivnol  ll(»  kn.  Silkii  Siiund )41 

Pohml  Inlet,  Krt»t'.'~  -Inttt .......... . 166 

Pond,  ('.  K _ _^  ID 

I'oh'l  lUy,  liong  Inland .._ _  17 

Pi'iiii  Itoef,  ItuvlllngJKedo  C'liannel 81 

I'otiil  lltM'k,  Kii1-|!hIi-ii(>u  Stmit.- . 70 

drm-rlbwi  -.    . . |g 

PopiTpi-htil  liltiiiil,  i'urli  Hlrait . . (Qft 

Pn)>t>rei-liiM>i  Itlol,  OlKaSlrnlt ifla 

Pu|)olT  Ivlft,  .silkaSounil 14a 

Porcher  Island,  B.C 37  ;io  40 


Poniga  lalaiid,  Soutliwelt  Peril  Ntlalt.. 

dcii'-rilKMl . ... 

Adili.ii.ia _ , 

PurpoiM'  Iniaiitif*,  Icy  Stnilt .... 

Portage  Ilay,  KiiprehiiittT  Inland,  deicribefl. 


162 

161 

288 

190 

126 

RuiliiiK  dlrcctlunn  for 126, 120 

199 

200 

199 

126 

12ii 

._ 126 

198 

197 


Portage  Itay,  HtMiiiction  Peiiiiiniila.! 

PorlaKH  ''ttVH,  Seitll(;li<in  I'iMlillrtilla .... ._ .._, 

ili'wriljpd... . .._.__,.., 

Portage  llarlKir,  Kuiircnnofl  inland . 

Portage  Inletn,  Kr«dcrirk  Houmi ..... . 

dencrllwd ..«. ... 

I'u.tagi'  Pnllit,  Chllkat  Hirer 

dencrilreil 

i'ot: 

Alexander ;.  14 

Aitiiorp - 186 

Arnintnnig lal 

Bankn 133 

Itazan 94 

lleaiiclerc _%. 104 

iltakciify 28 

Hunircli 96 

I'aldiTa 97 

Camden 117 

Clielter 7 

(k)ncluiir»n - 120 

Crane -  64 

Cronn _ 140 

Enntrigton . .. 38 

Kntri'ila 97 

riiining - 38 

FmuvaU,  dee 202 

Frederick - - 191 

Hardncr 84 

(iilli.ert. - 133 

Harvey 8 

lloilglitiwi - 128 

Ingralmni 81,69 

Kupcr 82 

LalHiucbcre - 102 

Halnieebtiry . 119 


Mary 

MoMrvdo  .. 
Mazarrc  10  . 

5!eare'   

Montgomery . 


168 
64 
64 

64,66 
82 


Mtiigrave 206 


302 


INDEX. 


p. 

Port: 

Nofkw IM 

Xivllla 7 

I'arkllia . . „„. . ... M 

rililei'lluu lOS 

RofuKlu .„ .„..       n 

Rjrilitll _ 10» 

(tafuty- _. M 

Hhiii!«rll« - U 

HIllklMHill ' 4fi 

HiioltUham 1(I8-IN 

XlHUklii IW 

HiBWurt 74 

Murult M 

Uo«h »« 

York M 

Port  lta»lhKt.iii  VIIUu'',  Xki'i'lm  Inlet M 

I'ort  Kri'dorlok  ll«rl«ir-,  ChlrliaKoir  laUnd l»l 

I'.irtlllii,  Cttlial  *•,  Aliiaka M 

fnrtlaml  ('•iial.  II,  C 6I,M,M,M 

(learrllH'd . ...         ft7 

I'nrllaiicl  Cluimial,  II.  V, »7 

PiirlUiid  llihit,  II.  C   A7,M,«1 

Piirtlanil  laluiul,  Htu|>lii>iia  Paaaaffe 174 

Purllmk,  Cuplulli  Niithailli'l,  uiUd 311, 138, 1311,  Iftl, 

IM,1M,1M,160,   00,183,184 

hiitlink  Cliaimel,  H.  i!. sa 

ilmnrlliad - au 

I'orlluck  Harbor,  OhlcliaKofr  liland, — 184 

cl(.«<Tll«-(l 18S 

I'orliifr «t» 

I'overo  Iilanil,  Torll  Mtralt 183 

Fuven'ttil  lalund,  Kredurtck  Soniid  .... ISA 

Ponroliil  NIand,  IVrll  .Strait 161, 104, 166    ' 

dBiHrlliwl 163 

I'livarotill  r.iliit,  WraiiK'11  Strait - 113     ; 

lN)V«rolnui  laU't,  Hitku  H»jiiild 141 

Fororotiud  Point,  Sltka  Sound ..146,147 

I'ovo.otnol  Point,  Yakniut  lliiy _- 807 

I'ow  laland,  lt('vinaglKO<lo  (liannal — - 78    i 

I'rlbicli  iKlota,  Kn^aloll  Strait ,- - 166     ' 

|irlbllio  laland,  Krnatuir  Strait ,       166     ! 

I'ricf  Uland,  II.  C 88,M 

Prince  Kdward  Iilanila,  II.  C 18 

Princo  Froilyrlck  Sound,  AliMka 122    . 

I'rlnci! uf  Waira  Anhiiiidago,  Alaaka... 04, 82, 83, 84, M,  100    ! 

Prime  of  Walea  Hand,  Ahuka__ 60,64,66,86,86,90,     I 

100, 101, 102, 103, 104,  im 

deai.'ribcd 84 

iH-uan  coaat  of. 94 

f*riiicc«(,  ahip W 

PrlmeiM  Royallalanda,  H.  (; 29,38    | 

Prime  William  Sound,  Alaaka - 213    | 

PrinciiMs  Enaonadudal,  Alaaka 118 

Princlpi',  Puntn  Oi'ata  do  In  Kutrada  dal,  IJhathani  Strait.. 119 

Prflomjr'a  Cove,  Middle  Harbor 66     ' 

Priaonor'a  Harbor,  Middia  Harbor 66    ' 

Protltalde  Uland,  K  riwtoir  Strait 166    ! 

Vrokhoda  Islandi,  Sltka  Sound 142     • 

I'rokodl  lalands,  Sltka  Sound - 142    ; 

Ihwlewy  Point, Frederick  aound_._ 116,126     i 

deacrlbad . 116    i 

ProliTB  Point,  Wrangcll  Strait — 116    ■ 

Promise  laland,  Wright  Sound — 34    ! 

I>romlala  Day,  KreatolT  laladd 162    i 

I'rotection  Port,  Pri nee  of  Wales  Island 101 

■  described 102    ' 

Pmvidance  Bay,  Krestoff  Island — 162     ■ 

PuWn  Bay,  Baranoff  Island — 132 

Puffin  I>olnt,  Baranoir  laland — 132 

Puget,  Peter,  B.  N.,  the  explorer 208,209,810,213 

Paget  Cove,  Yakutat  Bay- 209 

Puget  Sound,  W.T - 60,84    ■ 

Pulley  Oulf,  Chlm-sy-an  Peninaula 42 

I'ulteney  Point,  Bronghhm  Strait _.         11 

Pushki  Island,  Jamestown  B«y  . - 144    ! 

Piistiia  Island,  Sitka  Sound - 140    ' 

PybuB  Point,  Frederick  Sound ^    130    , 

Pyramid  Island,  Cliilkat  Inlet - - — 1  .198 

described 197     i 

Pyniold  IlUnd  Harbor,  Alaska 198     ' 

described 197     , 


Quadra,  Dun  Juan  de  la  H«Hleg»  y .......................  94 

QuadmBay,  Alaaka ._.. ........ 71 

Quwira,  Hoca  da,  Alaska „.....„. ..........  71 

dwrrlbwl ..... .. ........ . 71 

Uuadn  Uliaunel,  Alaska 71 

Quart!  Mountain,  Dowager  Island  ...... .....................  29 

Qauta  Pulnl,  Mud  Bay— ...... . 190 

Quathlaakl  Coire,  l)iaco«sry  PasMft 2 

Qnalhlasky  (love,  DIacoTery  PaMaga . 2 

Quaao  Charlotte  Ulanda,  U.  ('. U,&'<,o4,66,66,9« 

described 18 

lugraliam's  aiiploratloiia  I'l 61 

Queen  Charlotte  Sound,  B.C.. 9,13,16,17,111,20.22 

d»  .  rliwl _ U 

•a  l.ii ,  dlnwUana  Ibr 18 

Queau  Hound,  B.C 27 

Tjulel  Bay,  Klollu  Island 94 

Quiet  Ilarlior,  Ktollii  Island 94 

Quilniaaa  Point,  Malaeca  Paasafe 40 

Quiloway  Island,  HItka  Sound 142 

Quoin  Hill,  PenroM  laland n 


BacaCaiw,  Dlacofary  Paaaaga 4 

Race  Passage,  Bniughtim  Stiait ".. 7,9 

deacrilwd 10 

Bace  Point,  lUvillaglgedo  Channel 79 

BacePoint,  Vancouver  Isluml,  descrllwd- 3,4 

Baca  Rear,  Nichols  Pass 79 

Rachael  Islands,  Chaiha'    Sound „  40 

Raft  Cove,  Vancouver  fat.  '                 14 

Rakoir  Bay,  BuramW  Island 136 

Rakovul  Bay,  Baranolf  Island 136 

BakoTui  Bay,  Whale  Bay  _ _ 133 

Halston  ItlamI,  Lynn  Canal 194,196 

Raniiden  Point,  Portland  Inlet 68,C0 

desorlbeil  67 

Ranche  Point,  Chilkat  Inlet _ 198 

Rankin  Point,  Soaforth  Channel 28 

Baplda  Island,  Southwest  Peril  Strait 162 

descrilied  . 161 

'                       Addenda 278 

Rapids  Point,  Southwest  Peril  Strait 163 

Raaa,  Isla,  Alaaka 96 

Rat  Bock,  Seaforth  Channel 28 

Rati  Harbor,  Clarvnce  .Itralt 88 

Bairlshtnia  Cape,  Sumner  Strait _ 100 

Ruubirenie  Bay,  YakuUt  Bay 210 

Baal  Uarlna,  Puerto  da  la,  Alaaka. . 97 

Bed  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island 90,106 

described _ 106 

Bad  Cape,  Redflsb  Bay J 132 

RadCllir  Point,  Cliatham  Sound 44 

Bed  Cliff  Point,  Graham  Roach 33 

Redfern  laland.  Queen  Charlotte  Sound . 17 

Redfllh  Bay,  llaranoff  Island 132 

HedOali  Caiw,  BadSah  Bay ; 132, 133 

BadBsh  Islets,  Kedflsh  Bay 132 

Bad  Mountain,  Etulln  Island m 

Redoubt,  Tlie,  Kedunbt  Bay,  Baranoff  laland 147 

described * 146 

Rolonbt  Bay,  llaranoff  Island 14(1 

described 147 

Redoubt  Lake,  Baranoff  Island 147 

Redoubt  Rapids,  Hedoubt  Bay 147 

Beechnol  Point,  Stiklne  River 111 

Beef  Harbor,  Duke  Island 70 

Beef  Islands,  Kal-goh-ue*  Strait 70 

described 6H 

Beef  Point,  Kni-gah-nee  Strait 70, 69 

described 68 

Beef  Point,  Revlllaglgeilo  Channel 82 

described 79 

Reels,  Clarence  Strait 89 

Addeuda 277 

Raftiglo  Port,  I-urt  Bu  sr«ll _  98 

described 07 

Befuglo,  Puerto  del,  Alaaka 97 

Regatta  Rocka,  Seaforth  Channel 26,27 

Remedlus,  Puerto  de  loa,  Kruioff  Islands 169 

Bennell  Sound,  Queen  l^harlolte  lalauihi 62 

Baacne  Hartwr,  Lynn  l^nol 190 


INDEX. 


nos 


R. 

PaC. 

n«ahlm<«<ll  tulanil,  HItkrt  fdiiinil ,.„...„._.. 149 

K«li>lli>tl<'ii  I'oliit,  Hociirlljr  B«y .IW,  U:l 

Relruit  r "1  It,  IjjriiiH'tnal, ilurribMl...... 17a 

diingeni  nMr .« -..-.......-... nil 

ciiwi ~ ma,  101,  iM 

Rptr»l  Rt'«f,  Lynn  r«n»l...... .—...,., ...^..... .........  173 

tlflflt-rllieil  -....„._....,.....,.. „. .„..  172 

R»turn  Cliiinnjl,  II.  r _„ an,  in 

Rvtiirn  laUliil,  I'orll  Htr»U .„_ 1113 

Kn»lll»Kl««l",  <'on(l<iil« Ti 

RKVIIIaKlKwIii  ClMnnol,  Aluka .....aii,«l,T»,7l,7!l,T3,78,T),MI,ll 

iloTCrUwl . 7ft 

direction!  fur 79 

wiling  illrecUijhi  for H'i 

RdtIIIiicIKmIu  laUnil,  Alanka TS, 73, 70, «) 

flMurllieil . . 7ft 

RKvlllm(i||«lo  lilamla,  Aliukii,. »0,70 

Hllwchl  Cri'nk,  FruMr  llefcli 38" 

Rlhniilit  Ikiy,  Itaraniill  Inland 161 

Rllinl  Pulnl,  Soillliwent  I'erll  Stlmlt 161 

Rlkurd,  RumIhh  axplurAr .«... Ifta 

RlUK  l»lali,  Sitka  Honml 144 

Hlon  Point,  Alaaka ilS 

Hl|i|ile  Kink,  BIk  Bay  .  4a,4» 

Hlpiilo  Point,  Julinatona  Strait 0,7 

Rlpitl**  Roek,  HayuiiMir  Narrowa 4 

Brrata 871 

Rlp|il«  Ulioal,  Juhnalono  Htmll 7,» 

RIahanIa  Oapp,  Mnmniir  Strait lO" 

River  lalat,  Taku  Inlet _ I'D 

River  Point,  Htlkino  River '" 

Rivera  t'anal,  B.O M 

Rivera  lnl«t,  11.  C 21.22 

Roailitoail  liland,  Seiiirlly  liny 123 

Robert  liland,  Kre<lerlik  Sonnd 12» 

Rol>erti  Point,  (lulf  uf  tiiHirula 1 

Robin  lalaiid,  Sitka  Honnd  _„ l'l» 

Robaon  Bight,  Vauoouver  Uland — • 

Rock  Creek,  Naniu  llarbiir  _ 23 

Boclut,  H  M.B 2S 

Rjok  Point,  Poril  Strait -  !*• 

Rock  Point,  Uevlllaglgedo  Olianoel -  •'."2 

Rock  Point,  Wrangell  Strait —  '16 

Rockwull,  town  of,  Alaaka - 1'" 

Rockwell  liland,  Sltkii  Sound W 

Rocky  Bay,  llaralioff  liland - '•'* 

Rocky  liland,  Iiy  Strait IM.IM 

Rocky  Point,  Chatham  Strait "^ 

R-wky  Point,  Sitka  Sound '*' 

Ro<lerick  liland,  II.  0 -  29,31,32 

deacrlbed - ^ 

Rogovalaland.Sllka  Sound 1*' 

Rukliova  laland,  Sitka  Sound — ■« 

Rokovoy  Bay,  Huranoir  lalaud "* 

Roller  Bay,  Hoiw  laland " 

Ruee  Inlet,  Dall  laland - ™ 

Row  Point,  IHxon  F.ntrance - - "''" 

deacriled - --  '^ 

Roae  Rock  Sitka  f.und - -.- '»•"" 

Roae  Spit,  Dixon  iintnime,  d(>..crlbed -  '"'"» 

Roae  Spit  Point,  Dixon  Entrance *^ 

Rou,  ateanier - 

"«•.  w.  I> ^ 

Roaa  Point,  Dixon  Entrance - 

Rolhiay  Point,  Stiklne  River.  J™ 

dex.  rilx'd _....- 

Bough  Bay,  Maliolul  liland,  B.  C. - '' 

Bough  liland.  Sitka  Sound 

Round  laland,  Beaver  Harb-ir ■- 

Round  laland,  Kaaa.i;  !lay 

Round  laland,  Peril  Strait - 

Ronnd  laland,  Revillaglgedo  Ohanuel - 

Round  ieland,  SallaUiry  S.iund - - ^^ 

Bound  lalet,  Hoik  ham  Bay ^^^^ 

Bound  lalet.  Security  Bay - '  ' ^.^ 

H„u..d  Point,  Olg.  Strait 'i^i^t^:' .la.m 

Rowan,  Captain. - - ^^^ 

Rnbia  Bay,  Baranoff  laland ^^ 

Rudyerd  Bay,  Behm  Canal - ^^ 

Budyerd  laland.Behui  Canal ^^^ 

Rugged  liland,  Sitka  Sound - - — ^^^ 

Rugged  Peril,  Wrangell  Strait - 


■ulna  Point.  Illulf  laland  Ar«.... 

Hupi.rt,  Fort,  Heavar  llailKir 

Hurlk  llarlmr,  Vukutal  llay 

di*acrllied .... 

ffaaA,  V.  S.  Hovrnu..  •Iianinr 

Ituaainn  Reef,  clialliaiii  Strait  .... 

Ryan  I'cilnl,  lluncnu  llay    

Hynda  AnihimKr.  Sun rStrmll.. 

daarrllied 

Hlftif/n,  Corvette      . 

Rynda  IbIhiiiI,  Siiniiu*r  Strait 

HyniU  Port,  Sunnier  Strait 


Phk<>> 

inl 
It 


iU 
41 

11(1 

lot) 

llu,llt 

KM 
l(» 


Sabachl  Point,  01|n  Strait IU 

Sarhlni'  strait,  Alaaka- M 

Safe  Kntrauri',  KriKuli'  llay ..._„ II 

SafetytWe,  Culv..rt  laland Ill 

di.arrllml          „ „.„  n 

Hafply  Purl,  Calvert  laland M 

Saginaw  Ila.v,  Kuhi  laland,  dearrlbad IM 

aalllnic  diri'.'tlnna  for -.„ .......  IM 

tiangrra  in              ., ,._  IM 

Iteglnaw  CKanni'l,  Slephflui  ruaauge,  deaiTlbed  .... .........  174 

anllhlK  dlrerllona  fur _ 174 

Saginaw  Ledge,  Mltihell  llay 177 

Saginaw  Point,  KiHilinahiHi  lloaili , 176 

«ti„(a.M<',  I'.S.S 11.1,  HI),  l£l.  lit.  IMl 

Ml.  Allniia  Pi.lnl.  Sn r  Strait III4 

d.airlU.d          , 1(0 

St.  AllKUHtln  CajH>,  Ailguatlne  llay  .. . IM 

St.  Auguatlna  CaiM',  AuguathM-  llay ........ ....  05 

,8t.  Barlolunu.  Ch|><-.  llnkt'r  laland .. ... 06 

St.  IJIiuoalui  Kiirl,  Hrangidl  laland 03 

St.  Kllaa  All*.  Alaaka   ISfl,  Km,  SOI, 2117, 211 

pralkaiif soft 

St.  Kllaa  Ca|«'.  Alaaka 212 

81.  Kllaa  Munnl.  Alaaka    ...lOO.MIt 

ai'airllHd Ill 

l«i«lllonof  til 

SI.  Hynclrilli  .Moiinl,  Knp/.irrliland 131 

St.  .laniia  Cape.  Il...ali' Strait lg,A!l 

St.  Jidin  Ilarluir, /jirenilx*  liland lOA 

St.  Juliii  I'.ilhl,  Sunini'r  Strait    -._ 10(1 

81.  John  lluptlat  llay,  llaraiwIT  laland IM 

St.  John'rt  llay,  llaranotr  laland ', IA6 

81.  Jnlinaliuir,  llaraiiulT  laland IM 

St.  U/arIa  liland,  Alaaka I M,  1  tit,  14(1, 1411 

dcicrlbml 139 

St.  I.a'/ irla  Mount.  Kruzoff  liland... 188 

81.  Lnutni  M'liiiit,  Iluki'  lalninl . .. A4,n 

dMt-rlbi>il . ....... .  68 

Addenda .-977,878 

.St.  taiarui  Mount,  Kruiolf  lalnnd 137,138 


St.  Lazarua  I'.ihil.  Sllkii  Sound 

St.  Margarita,  CalaMle,  DIxnn  Kotnince 

ol.  fllh<->-  lalitlKl,  K'-villagigedol-hannel 

St.  Mniv'a  I'olnt,  llirncra  llay 

dea.Tilied 

Saliibury,  lllabiip..-- - 

Saliibury  Point,  Sti.|doi.   Piuwage- 

doacrilHKl -'-. 

Ralialiury  Sound,  Aluaka,  itaaangpe  to 

Ileal  chart  of 

explored  by  llaywani 

Irtiundarli'i  of 

deacrlbed 

dangurain 

tidi'8  friin:,  In  Peril  .Strait, 
oi'fnii  c<iaat  N.  from  


137 


171 

170 

in 

lAil 
IM 
l»7 
180 
180 
108 

lis 


cileil... ISfl.IM 


Salmon  Bay,  Vanmnver  lalund 

Salmon  I* ry.  Alert  Bay 

llarllelt  llay      

BocHjIe  (Juadra  

Keiiaatiow  Nlund 

,         I.etnlkolT  Cove 

Nalia  Bay 

Pyraniid  laland,  Harbor . 
,s|tka 

Salmon  (>  «p,  Olnervatory  Inbt,  wnnigly  placed. 


7 

10 
188 

71 
176 
197 

78 
188 
140 

88 


deiCribed  .-. - - OH.flO 


304 


INDEX. 


I    ,,.i 


Hnlmoii  Fishery,  Ku»«-an  Bfcy 86 

Nalia  B»}' 76 

Htdoubt,  fitka 147 

Salm.in  Island,  II.  C .-. ^ - ,_  C:  27 

Sallitiiti  Hiver,  FrMhuaterBay IW 

SiiluiiiJi  Kivur.  l.lMija  Itaj  ._   B.( 

Siimcii  UlctK.  Ncvn  Strait   1»V 

HftliiollolT  Inli'tH,  Sallslfurv  Suiinil 16' 

SnDiuel  Pclnl,  rhtttlniiii  Strait,  watera  SE.  front 17J 

iiiontifleti  and  dewribed 178 

Siinniols  I'.ilnt,  Cliatliuni  dtmlt— 178 

Sail  Alvurlo,  S.M10  de,  Alaalta 98 

S.in  At'toulD,  I'norlo  de,  Ahifiltk - --. 97 

Sun  Anj,-n«tin,  tJalKi  de,  Aii)£Uttint«  Hay 96 

Si.u  ilarlnldinf',  Calw  di",  llaVpr  I&land 90 

SanCariiis  Inland,  Alaaica 95,96 

.Siilv  i'hrl«loval,Canal  de 98 

Siind  Islandd,  Oincler  llay ^— 189 

Sinil  l»U-t,  Il.dUlmm  Bay--     - IW 

Sjmdy  llay,  HaraniifT  Island .-  13!* 

Sandy  <'i;vc,  llararidlT  Island H4 

.■ianiiy  Wand,  (  lillkat  Inlet 197 

Handy  Island,  Sitka  Suuud 142 

Snndy  Viint,  CliilWat  Inlot _ 197 

Sal.dy  IV.Iul,  Peril  Mrait - -'--  166 

Sandy  INdiil,  Ijufen  Chiirltitte  Island* 62,65 

Saridy  I'olnl,  8larrl-GH»an  Bay  140 

S^jii  Kilns,  ('al»i,  VakutBt  llay. — -  200 

Siin  Kfli/.,  Cnbudo,  Bueuwz  Island 98 

."^aiv  Fernanda  Wlmiil,  Alaska Za 

Siui  Ja';lntu  Island,  Alaska  -. 138 

S«n  Js(  into  Mi/uiit,  Kruawff -Island 138 

Sun  Juan  Ilui'tlstii  Ii._.  d.  Purl  lincarall ^ 97,98 

Sarj  Nicola'      itniil  df,  Alaska 

Santa  Vim,  Pnnrtu  do  la.  Pert  Bucareli 

Santa  Mni-ia  MaKtlalena  Capi),  Dixon  Entrance 

Siiiiiidifi,  alii)) ,.— — — 

flnruh  Inland,  yinUywii  Chauuel 

dusiTibod 


^1 


dc-icribtxi 

suiliiiK  directiona  fur  .. 

Smil  Cdvc,  (liilk  .!  Inl.'t.,- 

Seal  Inlands,  Sitka  Snnnd_ 

Sea  l.lon  t'ovp,  KiMUitl' Island 

Sea  Lion  Culf,  Krnr.un*  Island 

S«a  Idon  Islids,  Kni/.n4T  Island 

dBH*Tibed 

oea  liion  Point,  Knizuil' Island 

Sea  /ilon  Kisk,  Pi.llin  Hay 

SeaOtlHt  Hank,  Alaska 

Sen  ()t*sr  lijy.  Siiemo/  Island,,. 


98 

_.  97 

„  96 

,     9« 

'     IH 

31 

Sitrali  Point,  Cinininghaiu  Passage 44,46 

93 

4,9:1 

IIU 

142 

149 

1 

204 

68 

»S 

1B7 

2» 

3,' 


Snraniu'  Il<Kk,  ISmuner  Strait 

fl'urimar,  t.'.S.  S , 

Saryclu'iT,  Admiral , — 

Hasoiini  Island,  Sitka  Sound . —. 

shoal  W.  from 

Satnrna  Iclaixi,  (Jnlf  of  Gootffia 

Simmons,  ItiviiTo  anx,  Litiiya  fla.v,  Alaaka 

Saw-Mill  fovf,  Dall  Island 

:^liakiiin  .Strait   .llafVa 

(Kliliiliskii  Point,  IVril  btrait 

tJi'-'JufOnor  I'asBapt*.  .^liiliank  Sonud 

Schooner  Paasagi^,  Ogdaii  l.'hamiel 

Etehooner  Hetr'"tt,  Penrose  Island *22 

d?§ci1bivl 21 

Srliiiitder.  >>r.. - lIH 

Stlin.ediir  ( liaiin.i,  Wrungoll  Stmit 114 

Wcbreedor  Point,  AVfangell  Strait 114 

Schulte,  Paul 161 

Si'hnlro  (!ove,  )t.ti-anon"  Island . Ifil 

Schwslhtt,  F.,  I.ieul.,  U.S.  A 200 

S.;olt  IslaildM,  Horate  Strait., 18 

Scott  P.jii.i    I'halh'iio  SlraU.. ._        12? 

Hcra^tty  I-lHud,  Mipiin  r  strait  ..-      . 1(18 

Hcrottn  .Island,  t'lari  ii;e  .straH     18 

Hc'lddtil  Point,  tlufen  Charlotte  Ulanda ,'»2 

S«iill  li'mid,  Vouili?  Hay- 172,173 

■"en  lIlMll,  Scbooinr  Itelreat - -—         21 

Si'ii  (ujH-,  VakiiMI  Hay.. _. 80R 

Seal'ortb  (  hannnl.  H.i' ,...18,24,27,28,20 


,,. i» 

20 

197 

140 

168 

laa 

159 

., 168 

168 

132 

_ 213 

97 

8e«0U.'r  Hai Wr,  A iaska  .  97,98 


S. 

Page. 

Sea  Otter  Point,  Wliale  Bay 133 

S«a  Otter  Sound,  Alaaka 98,99 

Sea  Hock 168,169 

Seat  Isliind,  Toiigass  Narrowa 80 

Set-ohd  KekoorlWck,  Huranotf  Island 133 

Second  Point,  Sitka  Sfiund '■» 

Second  llapid,  .s.iulhwest  Peril  Sirait 191 

directions  for IBS 

.Addenda 278 

Security  Bay,  Kuiii  Island,  dcflcribed,.- , 122 

tides  in - -  123 

sailinK  diniftlons  for 12,1,124 

Isocnrity  Roads,  Socnrity  Bay 123 

Seduction  Islet,  Lynn  Canal 196 

Seduction  Peninsula,  Lyuu  Oaual 198 

Seduction  Point.  Lynn  Canal *M,199 

deacrilK'd  ., _. 198 

west  ebore  of .__, ^* . 197 

Seduction  Tongue,  Lynn  Canal . 196 

SeldoTalr  flay,  Admiralty  Island ISl 

Selkirk    ort,  H.  B.  Territory  ,„.. , 200 

Addenda iWS 

Sentli'ol  Islet.,  Lynn  Canal 195 

Sentinel  lock,  Silka  Sound 141 

discriljod 140 

sunken  r,icks  near 149 

Sent' ^ele/rlie,  Tie t»k  Strait 09 

S'jiarBtion  Keod,  Discovery  Passage 4,5 

SevebrnnlAoir,  Uufua 141 

Sorebrchuikolf  Arm,  Uaranoff  Island 1!<1 

descrllioil... 144 

pot  tage  f{t)m  l)ee.p  Bay  to 146 

winds  from ,  \6i) 

Sol  cbrennikolT  Kufus,  Kussiau  explolt'r ,.,141,144 

fr'eiidirennikov,  Kufus 144 

Herela-inlkov  Cove,  Baranotf  Tsland 141 

8^'rebrinikov,  Kufus 141 

SorgiefT  lelsiid,  Dry  Strait Ill 

desciiliod _ vl08 

SergieU  lUpid,  .Stikiiie  Hiver 112 

Seward  Island,  Alaska 90 

dest'ribod , 91 

Seymour  i^iial,  Adiniialty  Island,  deiicrilied  ., 129 

not  a  cnl.de-:.ac  .     . 172 

liassHge  toward,  from  Ktwtzualico 177 

Seymour  Kariows,  Discovery  Pasaaga, 1,3 

■iescribcd „ 4,m7 

tiles... _. 4 

general  dlrcf:tf0u,4  ibr . ,,. 5.277 

Krrata 277 

Slisdwcll  Jassi.gi'.  yueen  fliailotte  Sonnd 13.14,17,18 

dcci-ibed 16 

tides 15 

un.-liora^e  in 16 

jnilicg  directions  for 16 

'•liag  UiH'k.lhx.m  Kntmnce . 64 

Slmkaii  Atic>i;jiagti,  Sloikan  Uiiy. ltl2 

Sliakuli  Hay.  i'rincn  ,tf  Wales  Island 101 

Shdkan  liiVl,  IVi of  Walk's  Island 101 

Shakan  Island,  Alaska 101 

SioikfiTi  .\lpi.li-s,  Shaktm  Island 101,102 

ShBk.in  Mllaite,  .-"hakan  Isl  .nd 100,101 

.^haktiine  I'awuK''.  Alaska 98 

Shakbi.K  Strait,  .\lask;i „1<7,98,99 

Slialhm  lin..,  Maska _ 206 

Shallow  I'oini,  Vrangcll  Strait.. 116 

.SbnaheUl  Pass,  Alaska  .. 2("0 

Sheep  Island.  .Hilka  Sound 143 

Sheep  PdHifftg..,  F'inluy«-.,ii  Channel 32 

Shoelksh  Island.  Iloc.l  lUy Hn 

fhckali  Simn.l,  Aloaka IM 

ShHkeslI  P.il.,1,  Ktolin  Harbor.... , 92 

SholtPoiiK,  Soahirlh  Channel ill 

ShellkolTBay,  Krumff  Island 168 

Bhellkoff.  Ollsorl  lvanovitcb._ 168 

SholiV'TB  Gulf.  Ki.ir.oir  Island 1.^8 

Shell  Island.  Heaver  >I»rb€ir 13,22,27 

descrihed _ 12 

Shell  Ishiid,  Sitka  Sound.. „ 142 

Shelter  Island,  Stephens  Passage,  dangera  near . .  173 

describwi.. 173 

cited _ ,-  174 


T 


INDEX. 


306 


Puge. 
183 

,.    U8,99 
..158,161) 

133 

•IB 

101 

102 

27B 

122 

IM 

..183,124 

123 

106 

198 

...  ')4,1»9 

19« 

197 

196 

131 

...        »» 

...        278 

.-.       195 

141 

140 

149 

69 

...        4,6 

141 

la 

.  .       144 

14S 
...  160, 
...141,144 
144 

141 
....       141 

....     in 

....  vlOS 
IW 
90 
91 
129 
....  172 
....       177 

!,» 

....    4,277 

4 

....    5.277 

277 

13.14,17,18 

16 

15 

to 

10 

64 

HI2 

im 

101 

101 

101,102 

100,101 

98 

!17,98,9!l 

206 

116 

21K) 

143 

a 

176 

16* 

92 

26 

168 

168 

l.'^8 

13,8»,27 

12 

142 

173 

173 

11* 


8. 

Vtft. 

gbolKr  Point,  Hood  Bay 176,176 

9h«rmaa  Point,  LynnCnnkl 1B5 

Shingl*  Point,  (loletu  Chnnnel 16, 17 

ShipOoTe,  Port  0*niclUBion . 120 

Ship  Iil»nd,  CUrenco  8lr»it.. 82,88 

87 

13(1 

87 


dtiicribKd ..__ 

Ship  Illani*    Frederlclt  Sound . 

Hhip  laUnd  Point,  rirnvnce  Strait... 

Ship  THlet,  TanigAB  Harbor 

Ship  Point,  Tjama  Piusagf 

Ship  Kock,  Olarenra  Strait 

Shkallakh  Point,  t'erii  Strait 

ahketlina  Point,  Cliilliat  Inlet 

Shla-hatch  Ir'and,  Cliilkat  lulet 

Shoai  Bav,  KreHtoff  Island 

Shtiala,  rhriptie  Paaaagp 

Shoaln.  lunar  Point  of,  8ltlia9oun'<  . 
Shoali  leland,  Yakiitat  Bay  . 


26 
87 
167 

im 

107 
164 
18 
139 
209 


ShoaU,  Outer  Point  of.  Sitka  S<:und 138 

ahoala,  Point  of,  SitKa  ['•und 

deacritwd .. 

Shoali  Point,  8ltka  8onu(l 

.Shoalu,  Sitka  ."ound 

Slionlnater  (Channel,  Dehm  Canal.. 
Hhoalwater  Passage,  Kslim  Canal... 
SlHte  Inland,  Kai-gaii-nee  Strijit  .... 

81u'i>-fly  Bock,  Cumner  Strait 

Short  Inlet,  Ml  Arni 


139 
138 
138 
138 
72 
72 
68 
106 
13 


8hrimp  C«jve,  Orpntille  Ciinnnul —         37 

fhrnblty  Island,  Claretx-w  l:*lrait,. 

Shrub  Islet,  Mstlakalia  Hay 

Hhucartle  Bay,  ''anrourer  Isinml. 

Shncartla  Port,  VancoHTer  Island 

Sbukan.    &-«3hakait. 

Shiikan  Village,  SItakan  Island  .. 

ahnlaoCove,  Baranoff  Islsiid .- 101 

Shuslmrtle  Day,  Van' ouYfr  Island 13,16 

descrlliwl 

tides 

sailing  directions  for. 
Shnsbarlia  Saddle.  Vancouver  Island. 
Side  Island,  KeTilln((igodo  Clisnncl... 

Slfinaka  IslM.ds,  Sitka  Sound '*2 

Siginak  Islands,  Sllka  Sound - '3'.  ^'''^ 

Signal  Island,  Sitka  Sound - '" 

Signal-light  Island,  Sllka  Sound. - -•-■        •*' 

StlkBa.T,Krnkolf  Island ]*^ 

Silver  bay,  Bar»Doff  Island 


90 
41 
14 
14 

101 


described ]** 

SllTerLake,  Alaska - 

gllver  Point,  Silka  Sound - — 

SImonoS  Island,  Snniner  Strait- 

described  . .  — . 

«lmp«>n  Fort,  B.  C,  portage  to -- 

Stmpson  I'ort,  I>.  C - --•«. ^- "•  "•  "■  '"'•  '*'  ''^^ 

deecrilMMl  .„ 

sailing  directions 

Hlmpian  Kock,  Sitka  Sound 

described. - 

Slmpaon,  Sit  George 

Single  Tree  Point,  yueen  Charlolte  Sound 

filnlUlE  Island,  Salisbury  Sound 

describfd    .-   

Slltits  Island,  Salisliury  Sound - 

Blrol  Point,  Southwest  Perl!  Strait ' 

describetl 

Stltat,  The,  FlnlnyiKn  Channel - 

glsteia.  The,  Icy  Strait - j^^ 

Sisters,  The,  l.enn  Cr.nnl 

Sisters,  The.  Revillaglgedo  Channel j 

Sisters  Rocks.  The,  iJulf  of  (iforgin '"''::„",','.', ,k  i«s 

Sllka,  Alaska -««. M, "9, 13«. '»«. 'W.  '«• '". '«. JJJ 

observstory  at ,. 

new  astronomical  station  of  1862  st - - ^^ 

eitatlel  at ^^y 

western  anchorage  not  good... ^^^^ 

goTernor's  house  St,  describeJ  ' 

•astern  anchorage  prefeiable ^^ 

hlsl-iry  of  •-  '"'^       ,^,| 

mooring  at 

name  lerived  from -"     '',"II,i 

astronomical  and  nmgr.etic  statluns  of  18117.  1»74  and  IIWO- 


199 
144 

.  92,1119 
91 
111 


46 

4;. 

149 
143 

ion, 170 
11 

lOO 
169 
169 
163 
162 
30 
192 


160 
160 


8. 

Page. 
Silka,  Alaska— Contd: 

tides  at 160 

tide  tables  for Jll 

Indian  retreat  from „ 178 

Sitka  Iluy,  Alaska.... 187 

lUtka  Cnpe,  Sllka  Sound 1S7 

Sllka  Island.  Alaska IM 

Sit.  a  Point,  Sllka  Sound... 1.17, 138,139 

Sitka  Sound,  Alaska 132, 136, 146, 147, 166, 161 

dsscrlbed 137-149 

currents  in ___  138 

danger*  In 148-8 

hydrographic  characteristics 148 

sailing  direct!.... „ :_ _ 148 

passages  northward  h-om . 168 

tides  of,  in  (llga  Strait IBS 

most  reliable  chart  of .- 188 

eitkoh  Bay,  CbichagolT  Island ".78 

described 168,178 

Sitkoh  Vlllsge,  Chichagoff  Island _ 178 

Siurhia  Cuba,  KruzolT  Island 198 

Siurhi  Islets,  Kruioir  Islands 188 

Sluchi  Islets,  jialisbury  Sound 189 

Siurhi  Kanien,  Puffin  Bay . 181 

Sluchi  Point,  KruiolT  Island IBB 

Siwssh  Canal,  Chlchagoirlsland  178 

Skerter 802 

Skeens  Forks,  B.  C 89 

Skeena  Inlet,  B.  0 3»,40 

described  38 

Skeena  River,  B.C. 38,38 

Skldegata  Inlet,  guecn  Charlotte  Islands 18,81,61 

Skincultie  Inlet,  Qusen  I'harlotte  Islands .' Bl 

Skin  Island,  Clarence  Htralt Bj 

Skip  lllver,  B.  C 88 

Skltklts  Inlet,  Queen  Charlotte  Islanda 81 

i<kooi  Ritsr,  B.  C_ _ Ill 

Skoal  Bay.  Kaaaan  Bay 88 

Skowl  Inland,  Kasa-an  Bay 88 

Skowl  Point,  Kasa-an  Bay 86 

Skull.    Sn  Scull. 

Slate  Islet,  BeTlllagigedo  Channel 71 

Slate  Islets,  Alaska 186,138 

Slave  Islet,  Sh»dwell  Passage 1» 

j    Slimpson  llscf,  Johnstono  Strait - 9 

i                              ilsscribed - — . — -.— —  8 

I    Small  Ann,  Whale  Hay  .- -'-  >S8 

i    Small  Sleev,-,  Whale  Itey 188 

I    Snieatun  Hay,  Hphni  Cai.al .'8 

Smealon  Island,  Bchm  Canal — '* 

Smith  Inlet,  n.  C !».*> 

Smith  Island,  B.  C »• 

;    Sroltli  IsL.nd,  Silka  Sound - M* 

Smoke  Bay,  (Jueeu  Charlotte  Islands 81 

!    Snag  ll.rt,  inter  Cove- • 

!    Suali  lleef,  Itevlllaglgcdo  Channel -  7I|T8 

;    Snail  Ilork,  Keviniigigedii  Channel  71,78 

;    Snutllsliain  I'url,  SIcpbeiw  Passage,  dewirllied 168,188 

Snitie  Bay,  BarsiiofT  Island - ^" 

j    Snipe  Hock,  Sllka  S.iuud - '•• 

i    Snug  Harbor,  Simrlty  Bay l" 

i    goapstone  Point,  l.isianski  Strait >88 

de«'ribed *•' 

Soblazna  Point,  I.yin  Canal !•• 

Sokolc.lT,  Aleiander - "• 

SokoiolT  Island,  Sumner  Strait *<• 

HoMr,  ship •  - •* 

Someiville  Island.  Portland  Inlet •• 

j    Sophia  Island,  Johnstone  Strait - • 

Sophia  Point,  Icy  Strait. '•* 

j                          descrllK-d - *•* 

,    Bophle  Point,  IcySlrait '^ 

Borrow  Islsnds,  ile'-ate  Strait '" 

Soukb.d  Inlet,  Sllka  Sound ••• 

goukhol  Islets,  Frederick  Sound '*• 

R.mkiioi  Slrail,  Sitka  Sound... |~ 

Soukbol  Strsll,SliVliie  region ^ .« 

Soundon  Islsnd,  ilolkham  Bay ™ 

S.mu.l  l'..liit.  Mllbai.k  S..und "•'' 

South  'laMery  l.lel,  Wrangell  Strait "* 

South  Bay,  Hail  Island 

i    S.uth  Calie,  Kalgah-neo  »U»U " 


p.  C.  F  - 


30ti 


IKDEX. 


s. 

SoBthCap*,  Wb»l«T1«y- IS» 

8ouU>Crelg  IslsnJ,  Alukft 9* 

(touth  nandu  IsUad,  Dixon  Butrance ..-1 68 

Hoathnu  Voiut,  TtkuUt  B«y HO 

8otttli»ra  lUpid,  SuiilliwMt  Vttii  Strslt - 161 

Ad<lei]d5 878 

South  OrMn  Potut,  Sumiwr  Sliuit 111 

South  Hubor,  K»l-g>li-nw>  Hirbon -.  08 

South  Inltt^  Orabam  K«Mh - M 

South  Iron  Kooki,  htr.e  Bny - 19 

South  laUnd,  OhKham  Sound <2.« 

South  ItUnd,  Hltk«  Hound _ 130 

South  Ledjpi,  Wrangoll  Stmit .-  118 

doncrihod lU 

South  rwHg«,Finli>y«>a  Ch*nn«l .— -  31 

South  PM»«g»  Point,  Ctathttiu  Stmit 179 

dcMcrlbed - ITS 

South  Point,  rhrintlm.  Sound _. - 119 

South  Point,  Kat-gah-nee  8tr»K 60,  «7 

South  Point,  Koot«n«hoo  Inlet 177 

South  Point,  Lituj*  ht , 202 

South  Point,  S«urlty«y 129,123 

South  Point,  Ten«ko«  Inlet 178 

Southwett  leUud,  Or  m  Sonnd 188 

SoBthwMt  Peril  Stre  .-,  AlMks 163 

docrlbed 161 

SouthweM  Point,  Yakut*!  Day - 207 

South  /elonoi  Point,  Sumner  Strait 111 

Soynal  Hirer,  Alagka — — .  Ill 

Spacious  Bay,  Bohm  Canal 7,1 

Spaniih  lelaude,  Aia>k> -- 99 

Sparrow-hawk  Bock,  Chatham  Sound  ._ 43,44 

Spaaka  Bay,  OhichagotT  Inland 192 

Bpaakala  Bay,  OhichagolT  laiand 192 

SpaakaiBay,  Chichagoiri«land 192 

Spaakai  bland.  Icy  Strait 193 

Spaakia  Port,  Chlchagoff  Inland 192 

Spaaakala,  Origori lb2 

Spaaakala  Harbor,  CblchagolT  laiand — IBS 

deacrlbed 192 

Spaaakala  laiand,  Icy  Strait 193 

Speaker  Bock,  Johnatone  Strait 7 

Spancar  Capo,  Croea  Sound BO,  188, 187, 201,  W> 

deacrlbed _ 185 

Sphynx  Island,    6e«Spubn  laiand. 

Spicer  laiand,  Ogden  Channel 37 

Spike  Roi'k,  Wrangell  Strait,  doacribed lU 

range  t ;  clear 114 

cited 116 

Splller  C;  annel,  B.C.... 27 

deaoribed 26 

Spire  laiand,  Reriilagigedo  Channel 82 

deacrlbed _ ._ 79 

Spire  Inland  Keof,  Reriilagigedo  Channel - 88 

deacrlbed 79 

Sprioga  Bay,  Baranoff  Island 147 

Bprl.-ga  Mountain,  Baraui  IT  Island 147 

Spruce  lelanc',  Frederick  .  onn  ' .„-. 130 

Spruce  Island,  Necker  Group 136 

Spruce  laiand.  Peril  Strait _ 168 

deacrlbed 1114 

Spruce  Point,  WranKcli  Strait 117 

dearrilied 114' 

Spnhn  Inland,  Stephens  Panaago 174 

deaorlbett 173 

Spuhn  Point,  Chll  at  niier _ 198 

Spuhn  Point,  Stepheua  Paaaage 174,198 

deacrlbed... 173 

Spftk-aat  Village,  Skeena  Inlet 38 

Souaily  Channel,  II.  C 33 

Square  Cove,  Admiralty  Island.. 179 

Square  Island,  Kai-gaii-nee  Strait .... 69,70 

deacrlbed . 68 

Sredni  Ular.d,  Sitka  Sonnd  _. 140 

Rradni  Point,  HoHthwest  Peril  SIrail.. 16.1 

Sredni  Bock,  Southwest  Peril  Strait 16 

Stachtn  HW<ir.  Aiuika 109 

Staohloski  8  rait,  Alaska ._ 93 

Stager  Fort,  B.  C ID 

Stag  Rock,  Rtewa.t  Anchorage „ 38,37 

Btihkkin.    SeaStiklna. 

Mahkin  Rlrar,  Alaaka 100 


S. 


Page. 
109 
88 


8t«k««n  RiTer,  Alaska 

Htsnhope  Island,  Clarence  Strait 

gUnhopa  Fenlnaula,  A  task  , 88 

SUuhope  Point,  Clarence  Strait ._8«,87,80 

deairribed 88 

SuiioTol  Islet,  Sitka  So  nd „ 142 

Starfish  Islets,  Hakal  Strait .^ 23 

Star  Island,  Klomtoo  Fasnago 31 

Starri-Gavan  Bay,  Baranoff  Inland,  dencribed 140 

sektlemant  at 180 

cited ;. 184 

SUrt  Point,  Ijuiia  Paaaaga ^ ._ ...  H 

Station  laiand,  Sumner  Strait 106 

(li-criljad. 107 

Steamer  Bay,  Etolin  laiand , 89 

Steamer  Paaaage,  Portland  Inlet 88 

Steep  laiand,  (lowlland  Harbor 5 

Steep  laiand,  Takutat  Bay 209 

Sttnhouse  Shoal,  Brown  Paaaage 40 

Stephana  laiand,  B.  C 40 

Stepbena  Paaaage,  Alaaka _ 129,171,172,194 

doacribed 187 

aouthweatern  ahoraof 168 

*                  northern  limit  of 178 

trail  to,  ft-om  Hawk  Inlet 182 

Stephana  Point,  Stephena  Passage 199,174 

described..,. 173 

Stewart  Anchorage,  Gronriile  Channel 36 

Stewart  laiand,  Hltka  Sound 142 

Stewart  Narrowa,  C4>gblan  Anchorage 34 

Stewart  Port,  Bohm  Canal,  deecribad 74 

directlona  for '4 

Stlckeen  Bi»er,  Alaaka 109 

Sllkine  Channel,  Alaska  .-_ 108 

Slikine  Flala,  Dry  Strait 112 

Btlklne  Indiana _.  HI 

Stiklne  Mountains,  Alaaka 94 

f   .ine  River 60,S9,8l,03,10R,in8,tll 

deacrlbed... I09 

Itinerary  for - 110 

maps  of  the 110 

Addenda 278 

Stiklne  Blvar,  rirat  North  rork - 170 

Stiklne  Sound,  Alaaka I'T 

Stiklne  Strait,  Alaaka 89,90,92,94,100,108,107 

deacrlbed 93 

Still  Harbor,  Whale  Bay 134 

Stillwater  Anchorage,  Kootxnahoo  Inlet 177 

Stockade  Islet,  Klemtoo  Passage  — 31 

Stockade  Point,  Stephens  Passage - 189 

Stone  Bay,  Baranoff  Island 186 

Stony  Island,  Cbiikat  Inlet Ia7 

Stony  Inland,  Sitka  Sound 140 

Stony  Point.  Peril  SIrail- „  168 

Stop  Island,  Portage  Bay 125 

Straith  Point,  Mella-katia  Bay... — 41 

SIraita,  (ape  of  the,  Frederick  Sound 126 

Straits  Point,  Wrangell  Strait _ 118 

Striae  Islet,  DiX'on  F.ntranre  .     64 

Stripe  Mountain,  Dowager  Island 29 

Stuart  Anchorage,  GreuTllie  (Thannel . 36 

directions  for 87 

Sturgis  Port,  Queen  Charlotte  Islands 62 

Styleman  Point,  Stephens  Passage— 169 

described 168 

Suckling  Cape,  Alaska — -.212,213 

Buemri  Island,  Alaska 96,97,98 

described  ... 96 

Sukhoi  Strait,  Alaska-- _ 108,112 

Sullivan  Island,  I.ynn  Canal 196 

Sullivan  Point,  Mialhain  Strait _ 122 

deecrlbed-- 120 

Snllivan  Rock,  Lynn  Canal 196 

SulolaBay,  ChlohaKoff  Island 162 

deacrlbed ...... 161 

Bolola  Point,  Southwest  Peril  Btr  it 162 

dearrihed- 161 

Aumdum  Bay,  Alaska ...     168 

Sumdum  Island,  llolkham  P.y 168 

Bnmnar  Strait,  Alaaka 60, 62, 83, 88, 90,  HI, 94, 99, 101, 104, 106, 

lOH,  109, 112,117, 119,  m,  126, 193 

deaoribed 100 


INDEX. 


307 


pig«. 

—        10* 

H 
m 

M,87,8» 

88 

142 

as 

SI 

140 

180 

IM 
«» 

10« 

107 

89 

is 

s 

so* 

40 

40 

129,171,172,194 

187 

168 

ns 

181 

_i95,n4 

17;« 

88 

142 

34 

.....  74 

'4 

109 

101 

11« 

Ill 

»4 

l,<H,10A,in«,tlI 

IU9 

110 

no 

L 278 

170 

li'7 

94,100,106.107 

93 

134 

177 

81 

169 

ISH 

1j7 

140 

les 

125 

41 

126 

116 

M 

29 

S6 

»7 

82 

169 

168 

^212, 21» 

96,97,98 

96 

_-108,ll2 

196 

m 

120 

196 

162 

161 

Hi 

161 

168 

188 

99, 101, 104, 106, 
119,  in,  128, 193 
100 


8  I 

pmi«. 

Bnmnar  Strait,  AImIu— Cont'd: 

tWe-rip ..^ 103 

danger*  In _ io7 

tide  from.ln  Wnrigell  Stniit..  116 

Sunday  laland,  B.  (! 26,27 

9undaj  lalet,  Xamn  Hartxir _ _.._  23 

Sunderland  Channel,  B.  0 7 

Snnkan  Ledge,  Bniughton  Strait 10 

Sunken  Rock,  North  I'auage,  11.11 31 

Siiuken  BiK'k,  South  PaMage,  B.  C 31 

Sutiaet  Island,  Frederick  Sutind  ,._ _ _  129 

8n-quaah  Attohurage,  t^ueen  Charlotte  Sound 11 

SnrrBocki,  Sitka  Sound _U3,I49 

dMcrllMd 142 

Snrgo  Jtay,  Takobl  Island _ _ 186 

Surprise  Harbor,  Admiralty  liiand 131 

Susan  Island,  Roderick  Uruup 30 

Snsto,  Ensenada  del,  Alaska 137 

Snwanee  Rock,  Shadwell  Passage 15 

Siuoann,  V.  8.  S --  16 

Swain  (^pe,  Mllbank  Sound 28 

Bwaine  Cape,  Hilbauk  Sound - 28 

Swallow  Islet,  Bli  Bay 4i 

Swallow  Islet,  Metia-katia  Bay  43 

Swaneon  Bay,  Graham  Beach,  B.  O 32,33 

Swanson,  Captain,  Addenda 278 

Swanson  Harbor,  Alaska,  described - 193 

Tillage  at IM 

named  for,  addenda 278 

8wlni!e  Island,  B.  C - 2«,29,:)0 

8yax  Haruor,  Hecate  Strait -  37 

Symonds  Bay,  Blorka  Island,  Sitka  Sound 148 

deacrllwd  »6 

sailing  dii-^cllouB  for 13*^ 

Symonds,  T.  M.,  !.ie«f.,  V.  S.  N 136,137,101,173,194,109 

Symonds  Point,  Stephens  Passage -  l'* 

described -  1" 

Sykes  Point,  RsTillagigedo  Channel ".  '2 

T. 

7aalUug  Kirer,  Alaska - *<* 

Table  Island,  Ileoate  Strait - - ^ 

deaorihed '^ 

Table  r^land.  Hood  Bay,  Alaska.... '■"■ 

Taco.    8i4  Takn. 

TacoQulf,  Alaska - "" 

Taco  Tribes,  Alaska - '"' 

Tacou  Harbor,  Alaska ""' 

Taddlakey  Harbor,  Kal-g»h-nee  Strait - -  »« 

Taddy'sOore.  Kal-gah-nee  Strait "' 

Tahlnl  Rlrer,  Alaska - - '"'' 

Tahko  Blrer,  B.  C ""•f ;' 

Tahku  Tribes,  Alaska '"" 

Talya  Inlet,  Alaska '^"j 

Talya  r.iiar,  Alaska '  ™ 

Takh;i:il«  Bay,  Yakohl  Island ''^ 

Takhauis  Cape,  Yakobllsland "* 

Takhin  BlTsr,  Alaska - —  '™ 

Takou  Inlat,  Stephens  I'assagi. .--- -  ''' 

Takou  Tribes,  Alaska - -  ™ 

Takn  Harbor,  Stephens  Passage '" 

Taku  Inlet,  Alaska ' 

■••"rihed - ™ 

Taku  Mountain,  Alaska - 

Taku  KtT.r,  Alaska — •"»'*''J 

described 

North  rork - -  -""■■f." 

Sooth  Fork ^'^^ 

Taku  Trlbaa,  Alaska - - .^^.^ 

Talln,  mata - ^.^ 

Tamgaa  Harbor,  Annette  lelani) ' 

Addenda.. ^^ 

Tananl  Village,  Ohilkoot  Inlet ^.^ 

TaoUllon  Point,  Stephens  Passage J^ 

Tapot  Point,  Yskuut  Bay ^,^ 

laaoo  Harbor,  Qneen  Charlotte  Islands _ -  '^^ 

Tatnall  Beefk,  Goletas  Channel j, 

deecribed 

Ta»a  IsUnd,  Necker  Group j^ 

Tayakhonaltl  Harb-ir.  Alaska ^^^ 

Tayay  Inlet,  Alaska „, 

Taylor,  C.  H 


T. 

Pag.. 

Taylor  Bay,  Cross  Sound 188 

described 18« 

TrhaaenI  Point,  Clarence  Strait 95 

Tchillkat.    SnChilkat. 

T  hlllkat  River,  Alaska 196,199 

Tchitchagoff  Harbor,  Clarence  Strait 84 

Trhitoliakoff  Strait,  Alaska 94 

Tdiliikllanay  Bay,  Alaska 1S7 

Tebeiikoir.    8tt  TebienkolT. 

TeWenlioff  Bay,  Kuiu  Island 12(1 

Toblenkors  Atlas  ongrared  at  Sitka 108 

TflaitMas  Bay,  Caitert  Island 20 

Telegraph  Passage,  B.  «'.,  ducribed 38,40 

Tenakse  Canal,  (Silchagoff  Island 178 

Tenakee  Inlet,  Ohlchagoff  Island 178 

'entrance  to 179 

portage  from 1 1911 

Terenlleff,  K.  Gregorleff 108 

Termination  Point,  Koolxnahoo  Inlet 17T 

Terrors,  Bay  of,  Alaska. 137 

Thatcher  Channel,  Peril  Strait—" 167 

Thatcher  Passage,  Peril  Strait 187 

Tlistcher  Point,  Peril  Strait,  described 197 

shore  near . 177 

The.dor  Point,  Lisianski  Strait ItS 

described 184 

Third  Kekoor  Rock,  Baranoff  Island ISS 

Thomas  Point,  (jueen  Charlotte  Sound 11,13 

descrtUa 12 

TliomPoInt,  Wright  Sound 34 

Thorbnri'.e  Island,  Seaforth  Channel 26 

Thorne  Arm,  Berillagigedo  Channel 77,79 

Thorne,  Cajit.  Charles  B _ 77 

Throe  Hill  Island,  Cross  Sound 187 

Thrumb  Cap  Island,  Queen  Charlotte  Islands 52 

Tliurlow  Islands,  B.  C 7,9 

described . 6 

TIanna  Roads,  Alaska 206 

Tichal  Harbor,  Whale  Bay 134 

Tide  tables  for  Sitka  Harbor 161 

Tiedeman  Islan'*,  Scysioor  Canp! . 129 

Tlkhala  Hdrbor,  Whale  Bay 134 

Tlnneh  /ndlin  Village,  Stiklne  BlTer Ill 

T!«klnikut  Point,  Peril  Strait 1(16 

TIechoiiil)  Harbor,  AIaska._ 61 

Tlsekh  liUnd,  Alaska    138 

Tlegaii  lifer,  Alaska 106 

Tlehlnl  liver,  Alaska -• 199 

Tlekhonsiti  Hartior 61 

Tlevsck  Slrall 69 

Tlavsk  Nairows,  Tlevak  Strait,  sailing  directions  for 69,70 

Tli.»sk  Stral*,  Cordova  Day 62, 68, 66, 67, 69, 88, 97 

deecrlbwi  '       68 

saitlug  directions  for... 70 

TlB»«klian  Gi  If,  Alaska. 69 

Tllaka-ek  Bay,  described 66 

portage  to ..... .. . — ..  85 

T'liakhinikut  I'olut,  Peril  Strait 166 

TllsklnlkutPilnl,  Chatham  Strait 166 

T'llnkit  Indians,  on  the  Stiklne  Bifar Ill 

Tolmie  Channel,  I).  C - —  30,32 

described 11 

tides 31 

ToMoi  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island g7 

Tolstoi  Cape,  Sitka  Sound 148 

Tolstoi  Point,  Tidstoi  Baj —  87 

Tom  Islet,  firenville  Channel 84 

Tonigass  Fort,  Alaska — 61 

Tomfiass  Harbor,  Annette  Island... 88 

Tumi  Ranrhe,  Kuiu  Island  128 

Tmiduitek  Village,  Chilkat  River - 1*8 

Tongss  Harbor,  Annette  Island 88 

Toiigass,  Alaska  - -  6» 

Tongase,  U.S.  Fort,  Alaska 62,88 

described ~ 61 

Tongass  Harbor,  Alaska —  61 

Tongass  Indians 7* 

Timgasi,  Mount,  Annette  IsUnd 6;),77 

Tongass  Narrows,  Beiillaglgedo  Channel 62,76,77,79 

described -  60 

directions  for . — 82 

Tonkey  Point,  Clarence  Strait ,„,...,,.., — ,..,. ,-  87 


HA 


308 


INDEX. 


T. 

P»ge. 

IodW  Point,  OUrano*  8tnlt « 

ToBowak  B»)r,  Shkktaina  8lr»ll »8,M 

Toporkoff  Bay,  Buanoff  Island . 132 

Toporkoir  Point,  Bannoff  laUnd 13« 

Tomr  laland,  Nacker  Group - — 130 

Tow  Hill,  Onhani  IiUnd M 

Townihaud  Point,  Fradarick  Sound 131 

Tuyon'a  Bay,  Baranoff  laland H6 

Tradara  Iiland,  Peril  Strait - 187 

Traltor'a  Coia,  RaTlllaglgedo  laland -  73,74 

Tnltor'a  liland.  Peril  Strait 167 

Tnnilt  Point,  Port  Harfey,  B.  C  — - 8 

Trap,  The,  Hunter  Island,  B.  C — i* 

Trap  lalel,  RaTlllaglgedo  cniannel rt,79 

tree  Bluff,  ChathRm  Sound —  42 

Tree  Island,  Browning  Entrance -  37 

Tree  Point,  North  Skeena  Paaaage 40 

T*ee  Point,  Portland  Canal - -  60,111 

Trenhant  Point,  Chatham  Sound 42,  43 

Trlneomalee  Harbor,  Graham  Island •''4 

Trollop  Point,  Behm  Canal - 72 

Trout  Bay,  Princeaa  Royal  Islands — SI 

Trubitslna  Cape,  Sitka  Sound - —  137 

Trubluin,  Boatswain 137 

68 

„ ....  14» 

143 

10» 

118 

11» 

186 


Truro  Island,  Portland  Inlet 

Taaritu  Rock,  Sitka  Sound — . 

described 

Tschlllkat  Inlet,  Alaska 

Tschlrikow  Bay,  Alaska 

Tschirlkow  Cape,  Chatham  Strait 

Tiianikhta  Cape,  Cross  St..  :    . 

T'silkat  Kirer,  Alaska 108,1W 

Talmpsean  Penlnfluia,  B.  C. 40 

Tslrka  RI»or,  Chilkat  Valley,  Alaska 198 

Tugwell  Bar,  Dletla-katla  Bay - - 41 

Tugwell  Island,  Chatham  Sound, 41,42 

deecrlbed 40 

Tumannol  Islands,  Alaska 100 

Tuna  Point,  Johnstone  Strait 7 

Tupol  Point,  Wrangell  Strait US 

Turnabout  Island,  Frederick  Sound 12fi 

Turnabout  Island,  Peril  Strait - 161,163 

Turnabout  Point,  Sitka  Sound 146 

Turner,  James , 207 

Turner  Point,  YakuUt  Bay ii08,21i9 

described 207 

Turning  Island,  Sitka  Sound —  143 

Turning  Islet,  Sitka  Sound —  141 

Turning  Point,  Wrangell  Strait 113 

Turning  Point,  Yakulat  Bay 207 

Turn  Point,  Kootrnahmi  Inlet „  177 

Turn  Point,  Shadwell  Passage lft,16 

Turn  Ppint,  Tlevak  Narrows 60,70 

Turn  Point,  Wrangell  Strait i 118,117 

Turtle  Point,  Wright  S<iuud - 34 

Twin  Islands,  RevilUgigedn  Channel 82 

described 77 

Twins,  The,  Frederick  Souad 120 

Twins,  The,  Sitka  Sound.. 142,140 

rocky  patch  enst  from 143 

Two-fsthou  PMch,  Sitka  Sound. - 148 

Two-tree  Islet,  Sumner  Strait 108 

Tyya  Inlet,  Alaska 200 


V. 


Ubilol  Islet,  Krestoir  Strait 

Ucah,  Port,  Queen  Charli>tte  Islands  . 

Ugoluoi  Island,  Sitka  Sound 

Ukautel  Islet,  Sitka  Sound 

Ullkon  Ash 

mioB  Canal,  Alaska 

Ulloa,  Isla,  Alaska 

Ulloa,  Canal  Ylas  Je 

Union  Bay,  Clarence  Strait 

Union  Passage,  GreQTiiie  Channel-.. 


18» 

- 52 

142 

139 

89 

07 

97 

_ 97 

- 87 

35 

Uray  Point,  Ltsianski  Strait,  described 184,185 

(Inula  (/hannel.  Kraser  Reach S3 

Userdlo  P.ilnt,  Nera  Strait JBB 

Usher  Bock,  Sitka  Sound 140,141 

Ut-tl-waa,  Village,  Masset  lUflwr 68 

Uihnol  Point,  Kai-gah-nee  Strait 67 


T. 

Page. 

Taldea,  Don  Ca^eUno — - 1,58,68 

Valdes  Island,  B.C.. 1 2,3,4,6,6 

described 1 

Taldel  Island,  B.C.. 1 

Vallenar,  Sellor  Higglns  de 82 

Vallensr  I'6lul,  Clarence  Strait 76.84 

described . 89 

Vallenar  Point,  Be»illBglgedo  Channel 82 

Valley  (\mo,  Vancourer  Island . 7 

VancouTsr,  Captain  George,  R.  N.    Sn  Supplementary  Index. 

VancuUTer  Island,  B.  C I 

shores  bordering  on  the  Inland  Passage 6,11,15,20,84 

Varicourer  Island  Pilot .   1,10,16 

Vanc<mTor  Mount,  Alaska 211 

VancouTcr  Bock,  Mllhank  Sound —  28 

Vancoutor  Strait,  B.  () 18 

Vandeput  Point,  Frederick  Sound 127 

described — 126 

Vanderbilt,  Captain 104 

Vanderbilt  Point,  Chilkat  Rirer 108 

Vanderbilt  Reef,  I,ynn  Canal,  described 194 

directions  lul  avoiding 196 

Vankagina  Blier,  Alaska.. , 206 

Vank  Island,  Sumner  Strait . 112,115 

described 108 

Vanslttart  Island,  Shadwell  Passage 16,18 

describeil 15 

Varonle  IsLind,  Sitka  Sound 140 

Vasiiova  Rock,  Sitka  Sound 136 

Vaailerka  Hank,  Sllka  Sound 146 

Vaallleff,  Aitmlral  Mikhail  NIkolaterich  . 130, 140, 141, 142, 14:1, 144, 152, 

*  153, 154, 156, 157, 158, 169, 180, 

161,  162, 166, 109, 180, 184,  IM 

Vaallleff  Bank,  Sitka  Sound,  near  Cape  Burunoff ...',148 

deBcrll>ed 146 

Vasilieff  Shoal     .<nr  Blorka  Island 137,146 

deecrilied 136 

Vatchee  Lake,  B.  C 170 

Venn  Creek,  Metla-katla  Bay _.    39,40 

described  41 

Ventosa  Island,  Chilkat  Inlet 197 

Verney  PaHsHge,  B.  0 33 

VerstoTaia  Mount,  Baranoff  Island 145,146 

Vertical  Point,  Queen  CliRrl(ptte  Islands 62 

Vexation  Point,  Wrangell  Strait... .114,116 

Visge  Sutil  y  Moilcana 207 

VIchneffskI  Rock,  Sumner  Strait 107 

described 106 

Vledrin  Island,  Sllka  Sound l'62 

Viesokol  Islet,  Sitka  Sound 148 

Vigilant  Point,  Gowlland  Island 3 

Village  Islanil,  (Latham  Sound L _  44 

Village  Islnnii,  Kal-gah-nee  Strait . 68,70 

Village  Island,  Itcvillagigeilo  CImitnei .... „„. .. 76 

VillaRo  Point,  Uliatlmm  Strait 176 

Village  Rock,  Kootznahou  Inlet 177 

Villaluenga,  Punta  de,  Croa»  Sound 186, 201 

Villard  Mount,  Alaska  _ 109 

Vincent  iHiaud,  Salisbury  Sound , 160 

Viuirent  Istunii,  Porllock  Harbor 180 

Virago  Stinnd,  Graham  Island 62,64 

virgin  Rocks,  Hecate  Strait 19 

Vlruolonnoi  Island,  Sitka  Sound 142 

Vltskari  Beacon,  Sitka  S<mnd 1,19,149 

Vltskari  Rock,  Sitka  Sound 143,148,149 

described 145 

bearings  fn>m 146 

sunken  rock  NK.  by  N.  from 146 

VoeTodskngn  Island,  .\la#ka . , 107 

Volga  Island  Shoal,  Sitka  8<mnd 149 

Volga  Island,  Sitka  Sound 143,149 

described 142 

Voronkowsky  Island,  Alaska _.         93 

W. 

Wach'isett  C-ove,  Freshwater  Bay ISO 

Wachiimtl,  V.  S.  » 106,122,123 

Walea  Island,  Portland  Inlet,  Alaska  - 58, 61 

described 67 

Walea  Point,  Portland  Canal 5(,61,65 

described -— „. 57 

Walker  Coie,  Behm  Oaiial , .... 73 


rWDEX. 


900 


p»g«. 

l.BS.M 

2,3,4,S,« 

— 1 

1 

82 

76.  M 

8S 

»t 

7 

lax. 

—  1 

..«,»,  18, 80,  »* 

1,10,16 

211 

28 

18 

121 

126 

IM 

— -         108 

IM 

196 

206 

112,116 

108 

16,18 

16 

140 

— 136 

146 

142,14^1,144,162, 
167, 168, 160, 160, 
109,180,184,102 

--.•,148 

- -         148 

137,146 

136 

170 

—    39,40 

41 

— 197 

33 

-146,146 

62 

-114,116 

207 

107 

106 

162 

148 

3 

44 

— 68, 70 

.— 76 

176 

177 

186, 201 

109 

180 

180 

82,84 

1» 

142 

13B,  149 

-..143,148,149 
146 

146 

146 

107 

149 

143,149 

142 

93 

ISO 

. 108, 122, 123 

68,61 

67 

86,61,66 

67 

73 


W.  I 
P»g.. 

Walker  Group,  Queen  Chnrlutte  Sound 17 

Walker  lalHid,  B<«lllaKlReila Cliannel 78,70,82 

<lefl:rit>ed  77 

Walker  Point,  Fltihngh  Sound. 24 

Walpole  Point,  Frederick  Suuml 128,120 

Walter  leland,  Port  Houghton 128 

Ward  Cove,  BevillaglKedu  Island _ 76 

delcribed ai 

directions  for 81 

Warde  Point,  Krneet  Sound ,, fll 

Wark  Uianuel,  B.  C .40,48,58 

Warke  liland,  Qralmm  Kearh... iw 

Warren  Island,  Alaska 00,100 

Waehlngton  Islands,  I).  C... 18 

WaMitgttiH^  sloop 1 

Watch  Islands,  Sitka  Sinind 140 

Wataon  Bay,  Roderick  Island 31 

Watson  Bock,  Grontllle  Channel 37 

Wau-ku-haa  Village,  ('ani]iliell  Island 26 

Wajanda  Kock,  Southwest  rerll  Strait 162 

described - _ 161 

Wayanda  Bock,  Tongaaa  Narrows 

Wadgborough,  S 11 

Wedge  Island,  Clarence  Strait 64 

deBcrll>ed 85 

Wedge  Point,  Klenitoo  Passage __ 31 

Welcome  Harbor,  Ilakal  Strait,  B.  C 23 

Weser  Islet,  Golelua  Cliannel 15 

West  Beacon,  Makhnati  Island,  Sitka  Sound ..143,149 

described 141 

Kuliclikoir  Bocks  bear  frimi 145 

WeetDerll  Rock,  addenda— 277 

Western  Anchorage,  Sitka,  not  good 149 

Weitern  Channel,  Sitka  Sound. 141,142 

daqgcre  in — —  149 

directions  for -. 149 

Weat  Inlet,  OrenTille  Channel 36 

West  KfusOaUke,  Alaska 199 

West  Mill  Rock,  Kal-gnh-nee  Strait . 68,70 

Westminster  Point,  Lama  "onsnge 24 

West  Point,  Freshwater  Bay   -'- 1*0 

West  Point,  Revillaglgedo  (  hannel 76,77 

West  Sentinel  Island,  Tlevak  Strait ...  69 

Wet  Point,  Southwest  Peril  Strait 162 

Weynton  Passage,  Broughlou  Strait - 9,10 

Whale  Bay,  Baranoff  Island.. - U* 

described ^^ 

Whalebone  Island,  Sitka  Sound H2 

Whalo  Channel,  B.  C " 

Whale  Island,  Sitka  Sound. '<3 

described »2 

Whale  Islet,  SllkaSuund  ..-' - -  'J^ 

Whale  Beef,  Revlllaijigedii  Channel "^ 

Whaley   Point,  Bcbm  Canal '>• 

Wheelock  Pass,  Lama  Passage —       86 

Whldbey,  Joseph,  the  hydrographer,  cited  —.39, 73, 104, 126, 127, 130, 17», 

172,175,179,188,100.196 

Whldbey  Point,  Lynn  Canal "' 

described.. "" 

Whirlwind  Bay,  Namn  Harlwr—  *' 

White  CUB  IslsMd,  Arthur  Passage 'I' 

White  Islands,  Dixon  i'ntrance - - " 

White  Mountains,  Alaska '"' 

White  Reef,  He»illaglgedi  Channel " 

White  RlTor,  Alaska - |°" 

White  Rock,  Chut'     uStnilt - ''* 

While  Bock,  Mllbaiik  Sound.. - - ^* 

White  Rock,  Sitka  Sound 

White  Rocks,  Browning  Knt^ice - »' 

White  Rocks,  Hecate  Strait . -. - - - 

White  Bocks,  Mllbank  Sound - ^"'*" 

Willie's  Point,  Sitka  ».,und - " 

Whileatone  Islet,  Nova  Strait - 

Whiteatone  Narrows,  Neva  Strait,  sailing  directions  for 1™ 

Whitestone  Point,  Neva.Stialt ' 

Whltestone  Bock,  Seaforlli  CliBrniH -  ' 

Whitewater  Bay,  Admiralty  Island,  described .- 

sailing  dlriKtlorm  for "_' 

opjiosile  Ktlpllay — ''' 

Whiting  Bank,  Gronvllle  Channel. 

Whiting  Harbor,  Sitka  Sound ^^ 

Wtaittr  Point,  DlWJn  Kntrance 


Wild,  Captain 68,110 

Wllford  Point,  Discovery  Passage 4 

Wilfred  I'olnl,  Vaucouv,r  Island 4 

WillHclaKh  mining  camp,  North  Hkeena  Passage 39 

Wiilanl  Missionary  Station,  Chllkat  Bivir... 198 

Wllles  Island,  Shadwell  I'assage,  described 16,16 

H'iHium  (iifml,  whale  ship ^ 214 

William  Henry  Bay,  Alaska,  sailing  directions  for 196 

WillianiB  I'olnt.  Peril  Strait *. 166 

WlUoughby,  the  explorer 189 

Wiiinughliy  Cove,  Lenieeurier  Islantl lOO 

Willougliby  Inland,  liiacier  Bay 180 

Willow  Point,  Discovery  Passage,  described 1,2 

Wimbledon  Point,  Cross  Sound 181,188 

described 186 

Winbledon  Point,  CrossSound 186 

Windham  Bay,  Alaska 120 

Wljdhnm  Mount,  Alaska —120,168 

Windham  Point,  Frederick  S<iund 122 

described 120,1(18 

Winslow  Point,  Revillaglgpdo  Channel 76,77 

Winstaulcy  Island,  Hehm  Canal... 72 

Winter  Strait,  Alaska - 02 

Wodehonse  Point,  Iliorka  Island,  Sitka  Sound. 136 

Woewodski  Harbor,  Adudrally  Island,  described 130 

sailing  directions  for 131 

Woewodski  Island,  Alaska - 113,128 

described -        107 

Wolf  Rock,  Alaska... - 96 

describeil 96 

Wood  Hay,  I'arnplirll  Island —  27 

Woodclui|i|ier  Island,  Mitchell  Bay _ 177 

WoodctK;k,  Joseph 183 

WiHidrock  Landing,  North  Skeenn  Passage 40 

Wooded  Island,  Sitka  Sound - - 141 

Wooden  Ishind.  Clintham  Strait 110,120 

Woodhoiise,  I'olnt,  Blorka  Island 136,137 

Woody  Island,  Sitka  Sound 141 

Woody  Island,  Wrangcll  Strait 114 

WiH>dy  Islet,  Southwest  Peril  Strait 192 

WiKidy  I'olnl,  Whitewater  Bay 174 

Work  Cliannel,  B.  C 40,68 

Work  Inlul,  B.C 68 

Woroukoff.kl  Island,  Alaska 90, 02, 94,108 

described 93 

WoroDkoffskl,  Lieutenant - - - 93 

WoronkolTski  I'(dnt,  Sumner  St.-ail 93 

Wrong.ll,  Alaska 49,94,108,1111,111,112 

described 92,93 

Wraugell  Anchorage,  Wrangell  Island 108,109 

Wrangcll,  Baron  Ferdinand  von. 93 

WtJngoll  Blind  Passage,  Ahiska 106 

Wrangcll  Fort,  WniUKell  Island - — 92,93.111 

Wrangell  Island,  Alaska.... — 00,01,108,110 

ilescrilioil 92 

Wrangell  Islet,  Neiker  (Jroup - —       136 

Wrangcll  Narrows,  '.Vrangell  Strait 114 

Wrangell  Strait,  Alaska ..100, 107, 108, 117, 126, 126, 127, 128 

deB.;ribed ^ 112 

dangera  in 114 

tides  in 118 

sailing  directions  for 116 

Wrangle  Islet,  Necker  Group - — -       136 

Wrluhl  Group,  B.O 20,27,28.29 

Wright  Sound,  B.C "* 

dcHcrilped 33 

Wyanda  Rock,  .touthwest  Peril  Strait --        161 

Wyarida  Hock,  Tongass  Narrows  _ M 


Taculla  Village,  Discovery  Panaaga « 

Vagorlnoi  Island,  Silka  Sound... 14* 

Yalchoia  Wandj,  Necker  Bay - 138 

Yalchnoi  Island,  l.lluya  Bay - 204 

Yakolii,  Gen.  Ivan - "4 

Vakolii  Island,  Alaska ia\192 

described 1*4 

northern  eitremeof 11*7 

Yakorni  Poin;,  Chllkat  Inlet - 1" 

YakuPii  Village,  Discovery  Pasaage « 

Takntat  nay,  Alaska - 201,206,209,214 

inland  navigation  to...... ...—... . •       206 


310 


INDEX. 


T. 

Pugt. 
TiknUt  Bhj,  Alukt— Cont'd: 

deicrlbed 207 

NW.  thore         211 

Tamanl  Mali,  Ncckar  Bay _ 1S» 

Y»pon»kol  Iiliind,  Sltkn  Sour  ' _ 141 

Yuha  Iilknd,  Frederick  8o'    d 131 

detcrlbol 124 

Y»t»a  Indian  Vlllag. M 

Tallow  Bluff,  Alert  B»y,  doeoribAI 10,11 

Yellow  lalet,  DlKovery  Pustige 4 

Yellow  Point,  8outliwMtrorll  Strait 1«3 

Yelowoi  XsUnd,  Necker  Group , 136 

Telowol  bUnd,  Peril  Strait - tM 

Yelowy  laland,  Frederick  Sound _ 130,131 

YendeaUka  Village,  Chllkat  RWer .  IM 

Ylaa  de  Ulloa  Canal,  Port  Bacarall «7 

Ymbialble,  Punta. M 

Yolk  Point,  Wright  Soujd.- 34,3* 

Yongaa,  Alaaka 68 

York  laland,  Johnatone  Strait -  7 

York  lalanda,  Aluka 100 

deacrllMd W 

York  Port,  Queen  Charlotte  lalanda Ai 

Young,  Ker.  8.  Hall M,»9,199,18» 

Young  Bay,  Admirally  laland 172 

Young  laland,  Kal-gah-nee  Strait 68 

Young  Point,  Stephana  Paaaaga 172 

Young  Bock,  ZlmoTla  Strait ^l»2 

Yukon  Fort.    Addenda ._ 278 


Y. 

P»(*- 

Yukon  RiTer,  Alaaka,  haadwatera  of 170,  IM 

eiplored 200 

eiploration*  of.    Addenda 278 

Jukon,  U.  8.  C.  8. 8 _ 214 

Ynkon  Valley,  telegraph  route  towardN 170 

Z. 

Zakritoi  Bay,  Whale  Bay 133 

Zareniho,  Ca«t.-Lleat.  DIonyalua.J'eodoroTitoh 93,  M,  M,  130, 131 

^uambo  laUnd,  Alaaka SO,  82, 83,  ao,  »4, 106 

deacribed 83 

Zayaa,  lala  de,  Dixon  Entfm&ce , 36 

Zayaa  laland,  Dtxon  Entrance 18,67,63,64 

deacribed 66 

Zeal  Point - 167 

deacribed 166 

Zelenul  Point,  Wmngell  Strait 113 

Zelonl  Point,  Chllkat  Inlet 1»7 

Zelonol  Point,  Sumner  Strait 111 

Zalony  Point,  Sumner  Strait 10* 

Zenohia  Bock,  Sllka  Sound . 148,148 

deeeribed 1 143 

direcliona  to  arold 143 

Zboltl  Point,  Peril  Strait 163 

ZlmoTla  Joint,  Chllkat  RiTer IM 

deacribed IM 

ZImoTia  Strait,  Ahuka 60, 61,  *4, 100 

detcrilwd M 

tidee S3 


S 


no,iw 

200 
278 
214 
170 

las 

131 
106 

as 

M 
,64 

56 
1»7 
1S6 

lis 

1«7 
111 
108 

— 148,149 

143 

143 

—   163 

m 

1«8 

— 90, 21, 04,100 

M 

S3 


INDEX  TO  AUTHORITIES. 

To  avoid  an  excessive  number  of  foot-notes  the  references  to  the  chief  geograpliical  nuthoritles  on  the 
Alaskan  region  are  made  merely  by  name  in  many  cases.  The  names  referred  to  are  here,  with  the 
other  geographical  names  contained  in  those  works,  indexed  by  themselves.  As  most  of  these  books 
are  without  indices,  those  here  given  will  be  usei'ul  to  any  one  desiring  to  follow  the  course  of  explora- 
tion and  discovery  on  the  roast  of  Northwest  America  during  the  last  quarter  of  the  last  and  the  rarly 
years  of  the  present  century.  They  also  afford  a  ready  means  of  checking  the  accuracy  of  the  cita- 
tions in  the  text  of  the  present  work. 


BEECUEY'S   VOYAGE.' 


A. 


Page. 


Admlraltjr  Qtiir,  Track  Chul. 

Illand,  Track  Chart. 
Aleontlan  Arch(p«lago,  Track  Chart. 

Alautlaii  Illandl 32J,  339,  S40, 6M,  681 

Amnnk  lilaud , 583 

Amtatka  liland,  Track  Chart. 

Andanon  Illand  __ _.. _ ., fios 

Atcha  liland,  Track  Cliart. 
Allan  Illand,  Track  Chart. 

AwatakaPuit _ 238 

Ajrak  .Illand 291 

B. 

Barrow  Point !t49, 302, 307, 308, 309, 312, 637, 5M,  667, 878, 678, 679, 680 

Baanfort  Bajr,  Track  Chart. 

Cape, _. .__Sei>,  570,276, 279, 281, »»7 

BMchrj  Caiw,  Track  Cliarl. 

Baarlbg'i  Illand 240,242 

Baaring'l  Strait „ 28.1,327, 3.16, 632, 634,  M8, 643, 646, 661, 

662, 6M,  667,  .671, 676, 677, 680, 681 
Belcher  Point,  Track  Chart. 

Bloaam  Cape 646 

Blonom  Shoal 331 

Bnckland  Rinr 3S3 

C. 
Camden  Bay,  Track  Chart. 

OhamiHO  Illand 248, 260, 264, 266, 260, 269, 283, 284. 286, 313, 321, 3.14, 336, 

317, 339,  .'>32, 6.13, 636, 638, 639, 
643, 648, 649, 661 ,  665, 6(11, 674, 

Gbefoonikui  Non -. 2:18, 239 

Choonowuck  Tillage - -       642 

Chorll  Peniniola - 264, 294, 324, 642, 648, 661, 680 

Clarence  Port 643,644, 646,640, ,681, 662,690 

Collie  C»pe,  chart  p 328 

Coogalga  bland - ~ 341,664 

Oook'i  Inlet,  Track  Chart. 

1). 

Darby  Point 291 

Deceit  Cape - - -       '^6 

Deflation  Peak,  chart  p ''* 

Dertl'i  Mount,  chart  p -  - '28 

Dlomede  Illandl 246, 246, 291,337, 640, 646, 646 

Donglai  Cape,  chart  p -        ''■" 

Djer  Cape,  Chart  p - - ^" 


E. 


246,34G,292 
540 


EaetCape..- - - -— 

BIdannoo  Village. 

■lephanl  Point 267,268,322,323 

KIwn'iBajr - - - '"' 

Bacholtt  Bay 264, 267, 2e«,  292, 294,  .122, 32(1, 329, 330,  .133, 666, 666, 6C0 

■•chKholll  Bay,  Track  Chart. 

Eipenburg  Cape - 2-10,  m,  326, 327,  m.  3.12, 633, 640, 680 

F. 

Fairway  Hock - - - '"•"' 

r»nkl.nCape - 301,306,317.318 

rrauklln  Point - - - " 


Oarnet  Point 

OararM  Cape 

Good  Hope,  Bay  of.. 
Oore'i  liland 


6,^2 

238,239 

.292. 326,  .127 
.139 


0. 


Page. 

Orantley  Harliour 643,644 

Gull  Head 316 

Owydyr  Bay,  Track  Chart. 

H. 

Harborongh  Inlet,  Track  Chart. 
HerKhel  liland.  Track  Chart. 

Hope  Point 266, 269, 320, 639, 838, 649, 661, 667,677,678 

Hothara  Inlet _ 26(1,2(10,321,331,642,646 

I. 

I-art-io-rook  Bay 291 

Icy  Cape 270, 271, 876, 277, 278, 879, 302, 304, 338, 

636, 636, 637, 649, 660, 561, 666, 666, 667, 673, 678, 679 

Idennoo  Village 291 

iKnarltMik  Illand 291 

Iniau-rook  Baiin 291 

Imou-rook,  chart  p. 328 


Jackiou  Point.. 


KIng-a-ghe  Village _ 640,642,843 

King'l  Illand 244, 246, 337, 339, 631, 632, 6.33 

King  Oenrge  Illand,  Track  Chart. 

Kodisk  Illand,  Track  Chart. 

Kollebiif  Sound 239, 247,  I'm,  2.14, 256, 262, 

26.1, 269, 276, 313, 321 ,  :122,  .1.18, 3.39,  .',;|2, 634, 636, 
630,  538,  641, 644, 546, 649, 660, 666,  .674, 676, 680 

Kow-e-rok,  chart  p 328 

Kruienilern  (*p« 261,283,291,.121,:i31,;);i6, 

337, 6:i6, 638, 649, 661,  .677, 578, 680 

lay  Point,  Track  Chart. 

I.BwIi  Cape,  chart  p 328 

I.llburne  Cape 269,  270, 306, 319, 320, 637, 649, 678, 679, 680 

Lowenatern  Cape,  chart  p 328 


M. 


649 
328 


Marryat  <.'ove 

Inlet,  chart  p 

Matwi  Illand,  Track  Chart. 

Medjuil  Illand,  Track  Chart. 

Mulgraye  Cape 262,321 

Hilll,  chart  p. 328 

Karige 262 

X. 

Needle  Rock — 664 

Nooke  HarlHiur . 843 

N.xiiiar-biiok  Iilaud 291 

Norton  Sound 244,291,563,671,676 

Nuuecvak  liland.  Track  Chart. 

Nuni»Tak - -  339 

0. 
Ooagalga  Iilanil,  Track  (;batt. 

Oo-ghe-alMM)k  Inland,  chart  p 328 

Go-Khe-oyak  Illeiid  „ 291 

Ouimluhka  Illand. - 341,676 

Oonemak  Illand 340,341,664,877 

Htrall .- _ 339 


.  Bnoin  (Ctap<.  Fr»lerick  Willlan,,  K.  S.).    Nirratitf  ,.f  .  v,,,.,.  to 
the  yean  1M8-28.    Two  parti  in  1  »ol,,  4».    toadon,  O*.™  an,l  «»«»»,  1831. 


the  I'ailBc  and  Hearing'!  Strait  (ntc),  performed  in  H.  M.  S.  llhiMom  In 

(311) 


312 


INDEX  TO  AUTUORITIBS. 


p. 

pm*. 

Pe«rd  Bitj,  chkrtp. SliD 

Petroptulikl  Harbour  ._. _.. 83),  2.1k 

Princaor  WiluOtp* li4A,  247, 291, 337,838,  MO,  5M,  Ml,  Mi,  M« 

Ti«w  oh>rt,  p 323 

Iiluid,  Trmck  Chut. 
PrincMi  Rojcl  lalandi,  TrMk  Chart. 

Prince  Wlllluii'i  Sound Sai),«71 

Pumn  Iiltnd SU,33« 

Kuck 2U 

Q. 
Quadra  and  Vanoouver  laland.  Track  Chart. 
QuMu  Charlolta  Itlanda,  Track  Chart. 

*  B. 

Ratmanoff  Uland . 247 

Hafuft  Inlet 837 

BeturuBeer. MS,S7S 

Blourd  Capa 281 

Rodnaj  Point _ Ml,t32, MO 

Romanioff  Cape,  Trmck  Chart. 

8. 

Sabine  Capa,  chart  p 8tB 

St.  Qeorta  Inland - 3S«,S40,A8t 

St.  Jamea  Cape,  Track  Chart. 

St.  Lawrence  Bay j. 246 

Island 141, 243, 246, 24«,  24»,  3:lS,  (31, 683, 577,  B7B,  680 

StPaulIiland 3»»,  340,663 


& 

Pace. 

flarltoheff  leland __. 247 

Schlimanir  Inlet 247, 248, 260, 262, 284,886, 2U,  .127,  HSU,  634, 640, 648 

^hiimaritr  Inlat „. 677 

Sea  lionn  lalanda - 306,311 

Seal  B<ick ..„ 240 

Sea  Otter  laland . , „,..83»,S4<i 

Srplnge  Oapa,  Track  Chart. 

Sledge  Itland ;. i... ..-.i:.'-t»t,8Sl 

Smyth  Cap* .,30(1,307,1108 

Bpafarleir  Bay . , 1  ' '   300 

Spencer  Point _ ., 643, 644, 646, 680 

T. 

ThompaonCapa 262, 284, 286, 638, 648 

Tokihook  Strait 641 

Turnacain  Point 686 

U. 
Unlmak  letend.  Track  Chart. 

W. 

Walnright  Inlal 278,306,67! 

Waatern  High  Mount 331 

T. 

TorkCape 641 

Tlaw  chart,  p 328 

Toup-nut  Birar 201,  MO 


BILLINGS'  VOYAQB.* 


A. 


Page. 
232 
227 
162 
.186,187 
.218,218 


Acutan  laland 

Adaoh  leland 

Adak  Island 

Afognak  Island 

Agattoo  laland 

AknonalaUnd 232 

Akutan  Island '. 1U3 

Alaksa,  Strallaof. 161 

Alcha  Island 287 

Aleulan  Islands 181, 811, 231, 236, 882, 263, 271, 878 

Amatignaa  Island,  chart 

Amil  Island 162,163 

AnoknakBay _. 128,231 

laland 277 

Amtshltka  Island - 161,207,220 

Amuchta  Island,  chart. 

Anadirsk  Bay 267 

Anayacbulak  Island 188 

Anchor  Point,  chart. 

Anderson  Island 241 

Anlniak  Island 166 

Ataksa  Capa 168, 168 

Atchka  Island,  chart,  p _ 227 

Attoo  Island IIS 


Bald  Head,  chart. 

Banks  Point 186 

BarnabaaCapo - 170 

Barren  Isles,  chart. 
Botshavinskol  Island,  chart. 

Boring  Island ■. 200,814,818,818 

Baring's  Island.. - 263 

Straits 288 

Beaborough  Island,  chart. 
Btythe's  Sound,  chart. 

BobroToi  Island 126 

Bristol  Bay,  chart. 

BiTer,  chart. 
Buldyr  Island 819 


0. 


Calm  point,  chart. 
Oampbell  Point,  chart. 


Chackloola  Bay,  chart 
Chalmers,  Port,  ohai- 
Cbamll  Island,  chart 
Chatham,  Port,  chart. 
Chlswell  Islands,  chart. 

Clarke's  Island 

Comptroller's  Bay,  chart 
Cook's  Inlet,  chart 

Blrer 

Copper  laland ..... 

Culroas  Point,  chart. 

Darby  Oapa,  chart 
Denbigh  Capa,  chart. 


Page. 


.237,841,242,867,868 


.173,184,188,197,801,888 
209, 217, 818, 263 


Egichteltk  Island 

Sgilka  Island,  chart. 
Kvdokeeff  Island 


189 
188 


Toggy  Cape,  chart 

Island,  chart 
Framantla  Point,  chart. 


818 


Oaveria  Caps.. 

Qeminam  Island,  cliart. 

Oorellol  Illand 287 

Volcano .220,221,226 

Gore's  Island._ 234, 838, 269 

OreTilleCapa J ...183,188 


H. 


Halibut  Island 

Hamond  Cape,  chart. 
Hawkins  Island,  chart. 
Bery  Point,  chart. 

Icy  Cape,  chart. 

Bi»er  

Illuk  Island 

Iluluk  Basin 

Iroagru  Bay 


186 
226 
228 
868 


•  Biuiiiai(Cbin.Joaeph).    An  account  of  a  geographical  and  astronomical  expadition  (ate.)  performed  In  tha  year*  17)6  to  1784.    By  Kartln  Saurr, 
aauatary  to  the  axpadiUon.    4°.  loiidoa:  T.  Oi(<«II,/m.,  and  IT.  Daf<N,18oa. 


Vtgt. 
847 

877 

300,311 

240 


.27g,3W,S72 
331 


Ml 

Silt 

.3«1,S40 


PtC*. 


i«g 

IM 


»16 

tm 

234,83S,2&g 
.....183, 186 

186  ■ 


18C 
226 
228 
2»8 


INDEX  TO  AUTHORITIKS. 


»IS 


K. 

Pftgo* 

Kiuilak  blind 16»,  100. 170, 174, 181,  W,  2«2, 2«»,  S6fl,  278 

Kugal  IiUnd ^^.^ 

KuiRs  IiUud  — _ ™Il'jJ3,22"l 

Kwulslu  Uinil „ , ""™       222 

Kuv«nn  Blver,  chart 

Kk-ooTenn  BWar . jjg 

Kaj'iblMid .-.'.Vl"w,"200,202 

KIng'a  laUnd j4g  288 

Krifwy  laland _i22oi  221 

Kronotikol  Cnpo —.—...„„ 210 

KoImu  IiUnd .„ 170 

Kunakan  liland no 

Kjraka  laland 210 


Uaburna  Uape,  chart. 

IkokeDilo  Pulut,  chart 
MIddlaton'a  Iiland,  chart. 
Moatactna  bUud  „ 


L. 

H. 


.187,108,200 


Magal  laUnd 

Naalkan  IiUnd 

Noweuham  Oape,  chart 
Nonell  Point,  chart. 


108 
170 


0. 


Okamok  lalandi _.._ , 188 

Olanol  laland 1 168 

Ooolga  Island,  chart 

Oomnak  Uland L_ „ 164,227,22(1,277 

Oonalaahka  laland 18.1, 170. 180. 107, 201, 211. 212. 214. 222. 

223. 227, 228, 233, 234. 234, 280. 207 

Oonalgl  laUnd 232 

Oonlmak  laland 163.164 

Ottan,  Bay  of 184 

P. 
PIgot  Folut,  chart. 

Pinnacle  IiUnd 234.136 

Point,  chart 
Poaaaadon  Point,  chart 

Prince  of  MTalee  Cape .267, 288 

Prince  William's  Sound 186. 187. 107 

PrtjTtdence  Cape,  chart 
Paget  Gape,  chart. 


Bocka  Point,  chart. 

Boduay  Cape 

B3und  laland,  chari. 


.243,244,288 


I. 

Ht  AuKUitlne  Mount,  chart. 

Dahlt  Ellas  rape i8g_  ^  ibb,  jpj 

Mouiit, ._..„... —..-....... ......... 200, 208 

m.  Klltabeth  Ca|ie ..\»li,  109 

8t  George's  Island . ^||  23s 

Bt.  Ilermogeni's  Island,  chart 

8t  Laiironcti  Day 220,232,248,240 

8t  Paul  Island ^ . . ...... 211  B3 

8«gula  Island,  chart. 

Honiitah  Island ^19 

Heven  Peaks  lalnliil i.. ajo 

Shallow-water  Point  chart 

Shepouakul  Cape ..... . . ^ 2I6 

Ship  Island,  chart. 
Shoal  Nsss,  chart. 

Shumagln  IsUnds 188, 187, 170, 181, 276 

Hbuyiich  Ishind .,_ . .,_„ 188 

.SIchlunaoli  Island ..__._.._......._ lOB 

Slgoola  Island ..... 220 

HImedan  laland . . .__       mg 

HInda  bland,  chart. 

tfllhanah  Island 184,271 

Sledge  Island 242, 243, 288 

Stephen  Cape,  chart. 

Stuart's  Island,  chart  

Suckling  Capo,  chart 

T. 
TagHdak  Island,  chart 

Tanaga  IsUnd , 220,211,228 

Tanogunl  Island,  chart. 

Tuogedach  Island ...... . 108,  tSti 

Treik  Svatllcloy  Bay . .... .„ 17o,  182 

Trinity  Caiw l«o 

Island 114,189 

Tscherlkuw  Islanil,  chart. 

Tshugagan  Island,  chart 

Tshugldl  Island,  chart. 

Tshugulla  Island,  chart 

Turnagain  Arm,  chart 

Two-headed  Point _. ....... .,        170 

U. 

Unaska  Island,  cliart. 

■ 
V. 

vniultaht'Bkoi  I'wik 31« 

Volcuuo  MuuuUiiit  chart. 

W. 
Wi'Bt  Fureland,  chart 
Whitoet  Cn{H>,  chart. 
WhitfluutUy  l'a|>o,  clurt. 
WingbaDrit  iHlaod,  chart. 


COOK  -AND  KING;  VOYAGE  TO  THE  PACIFIC  OCEAN.* 


Aohachlnska  Bay,  Track  Chart. 

Aoootou  Island,  Vol.  II 

Alaachka  bUnd,  Vol.  II 

Alaaka,  Track  Chart 
Ainlac  blanda,  Trac':  Chart. 

Amluk  Island,  Vol.  II.. 

Amoghta  bland.  Vol.  II 

AmnckU  bland.  Vol  II 


Pago. 


425,420 

..474,476,498 


603 

..625,626 
020 


Anadir  Oolf,  Vol.  II *" 

Vol.  in , 260 

Anadir  Bl«r,  Vol-  II "" 

Anadlrek  Ouba,  Track  Chart. 

Anchor  Point,  Vol.  II ™ 

Anderwn  Idwid,  Vol.  U «0.<«'.  '*' 

Vol.  lU 242, 280 

Atako  laland.  Track  Chart 

Atakoti  laland.  Vol.  II.. _ ^; 

Alghka  bland.  Vol.  11 


A. 

Pago. 

Awolska  Bay,  Vol.  II 600,602,608 

view  platu  84. 

Vol.  Ill 182, 183, 230, 260,  WO,  310, 311, 812, 313, 

16, 316, 326, 329, 346, 860, 370 

view  of  entrance,  plate  88. 
Awaleku  llivor.  Vol.  Ill 184, 197, 108, 222, 228, 302, 826, 326 

B. 

Uald  Head,  Vol.  II 486,470,479,482 

Banks  Point  Vol.  II 388,404 

Bai  iioliaii  Ca|)i',  Vol.  II *"* 

llarreu  Wee,  Vol.  II 383, 8**.  *» 

Ucdo  Point,  Vol.  II 383,3«7 

Uooriiig's  H»y.  Vol.  II 347 

Beoriug's  Island,  Vol.  II 802 

Vol.  HI W9.M9 

Do.rllig's8traltVul.III 243,262,270 


''  ~  ,        ,     .       .„,,„  ,h„  Pudfli- (Veen  (etc.),  performed  under  the  directions  of  Captains  Cook,  CUrke,  and 

•COOk  (Cap,.  James)  ANO  K>K„  (0.pl.  J.m.«).    A  v„).gc  to  'h^P'  '«;;';^    '   ,  j^  ^  and  «tl«,  folio.    IWo.,  /or  O.  Mcol  ««l  T.  Cb*ll,  1TS4-B- 
(lore.  In  His  Mnjesty's  ships  the  ««o).^w.i  and  D«m:^.  Io  tho  year.  1770-1780. 
flMxnd  AdmlraUi  edUim. 
I.  0.  P.— 40 


314 


UrUKX  TO  AUTUQ1UTU2H. 


u. 

Iliiliiii  ll>rlHiiir,  Vol.  Ill 208 

Ikuborough  IiUikI,  Vol.  II  ..     «««,  477, 4117, 4M 

llhortng'i  Uiiy,  Tnuik  ('hnrl. 
Uhiirlnii  liluuil,  Tmck  Cliul. 
Ilherlnc  Htnita,  Track  Chart. 

Ilreakiir'l  Fulnl,  Vul.  II , 164, 2X8 

UriBtuI  Uay,  Vol.  II , 433,(103 

Vol.  Ill «1 

Uriilol  Blver,  Vol.  II 429, 43S 

Uuriiuy'i  lalud,  Vul.  II , , 4«7 

0. 

Ottim  VuUit,  Vol.  II 481 

OliKktuole  ll»y,  Vol.  II 485 

C'httcktpolo  llay,  Vol.11 48« 

Uhooiioomkol  Mount,  Vol.  Ill «7» 

ChiwiwuiMkol  Now  view  plalii  H4,  Vol.  Ill 23«,283,gSU,310,311 

t'lvrko'a  InUiiil,  Vol.  II 40«,4»0,41I7 

Vol.  Ill 278,880 

Oomptrullor'a  Buy,  Vol.  II 383 

Cook'i  llWcsr,  cli»rt.  Vol.  II J83,306,621 

Oopiwr  Iikml,  Vol.  II 802 

Croiiulakol  Now,  Track  Chart. 

Crow  Oop«,  Vol.  II : 346 

CrowHouud,  Vol.  II 348,346 


Piiriiy  Cup*,  Vol.  II 476 

I)«rliy  II««<I,  Vol.  II 466 

Dunbigh  C»pu,  Vol.  II 406,477,479,482,488 

Donglu  Ciipo,  Vol.  II . 386, 386, 587 

Eaat  Cope,  Vol.  II 406,470 

viow  plHta  84. 

Vol.  Ill 243,244,201,262,283,264,268,200,207,268,209,277 


Bilgacnmlw  Cuiw,  Vol.  II 344,348 

KilgncululM  Uoulit,  Vol.  II 344,346 

Elliubeth  Capii,  Vol.  II 382,383,888,386,887 

F. 

Fuirwottlior  Qiiw,  Vol.  II 340 

Fulrwoothor  Mount,  Vol.  II 848,34(1,847,348,383 

Foggy  Ciipo,  Vol.  II 400,411 

Foggy  Inland,  Vol.  II ..407,410 

view  plate  87. 
Fox  Islanda,  Vol.  II 380 

a. 

QuTureH  Point,  Track  Chart. 

Oayaroea  Cape,  Vol.  Ill 311,384,388,386 

Oirowfira  Bay,  Track  Chart. 

Ooivj'b  Island,  Vol.  II . 491 

viuw  pUte  87. 

Oroen  lalands.  Vol.  II , 353,304,368 

UtvTlllo  Ctopo,  Vol.  II 406 

If. 
Uallbut  Uead,  Vol.  II 416 

vlow  plate  87. 

Halibut  Iihind,  Vol.  II , 410,803 

Ilinchiubrook  Cap«,  Vol.  II 353,354 

Hope  Hay,  Vol.  II 364,288 


Icy  Capo,  Vol.  II „ 453 

Vol.  Ill 262, 271 

Ilpinakoi  Now,  Tnu'k  Chert. 

lalandi.  Bay  of.  Vol.  II . 346 

K. 

Kauitacbatko,  Vol.  II 206,829,361,380,441,408, 

400, 4B9, 600, 607, 518, 624, 828 

Vol.  UI 182, 187, 101, 192, 2(^,206,209,224, 225, 

227, 228, 2:11, 232, 2;i0, 238, 272, 270, 289, 294, 304, 
.124,  336,  .-MS,  362,  •.tS3, 368, 300, 301 ,  362, 306, 370 

KanitachHtkii  Noaa,  Vol.  Ill 238,326,320 

KamtKliatkii  Bivor,  Vol.  Ill —324,325,320,304,370,396 

Kaiiatou  lalunil,  Tmck  Chart.  * 

KurogHlnakol  Island,  Track  ('hurt. 
Katirka  Kirer,  Track  Chart. 

Kaye'a  laland.  Vol.  II 

King's  laland.  Vol.  II , 

Vol.  Ill 


King  Oeorge'i  Hound,  Vol.  U 288, 356,387, 388, 4(J(> 

Vol.  Ill 

Kuillac  laUnd,  Vol.  II ...._.... ..................... 

Kodlak  Island,  Vol.  |I.,....,.,..„. . . ....._.»..... 

KorlakI,  Vol.  Ill 

Korlaka,  Track  Clwrt.  * 

Kovynia  Blver,  Vol.  II 4lie,  49* 

.      Vol.  Ill 263, 267, 268,  MO,  880 

Kronolakul  Now,  Vol.  Ill 286,288 


I-af.. 

188,  ua 

Ml 

411 

504 

mo 

288 


LUburn  (k|>e,  Vol.  II  .. 
Ln|iatka  Oape,  Vol.  III. 


.^ 324,888,380 


Maldeuol  Island,  Track  Chart. 

Haldcnol  Oatroff,  Vol.  II 

Mwlnol  Island,  Vol.  Ill 

Montagu  laland.  Vol.  II ..» .... — i... 

Mnlgraro  Capo,  Vol.  II 


801 

m 

.364,866 
.       488 


Newenhani  Oa|>e,  Vol.  II 432,483,437,486,493 

NIsrIini  Oatrog,  Truck  Cliart. 

Noolka  Sound,  Vol.  II,  skelch.:  270, 388, 288, 307, 312, 314,321, 331, 383, 387, 
382, 886, 308, 860, 373, 374, 876, 376, 877, 378, 4U0, 833 

Vol.  Ill 810, 821, 84« 

North  Capo,  Vol.  II 468,469 

Vol.  Ill 1...IOI,  86»,  271 

Norton  Hound,  Vol.  il,  chart 460,488,816,810,681 

0. 
Oljutorakol  Now,  Track  Chart 
OUutorakul  (MIrog,  Track  Chart. 

Olutora  Bl»er,  Vol.  II 800 

Olutorakoi  Noaa,  Vol.  Ill e8,339 

Oomanak  laland,  Vol.11 604,606 

Oonalaskka  laUnd,  Vol.11 431,434,426,492,400,498,603,607,808, 

600, 810, 611, 613, 618, 618, 520, 628, 620, 627 

Vol.  HI 188, 187, 104, 868, 296,335, 844,870 

OonoDiak  Oiipc,  Vol.  II ; 433 

Ooneniak  lahind.  Vol.  11 ....._.».. . 426,603,604,819 

Ounidia  IsUnd,  Vol.11 436,827 

Opuko  Bl»or,  Vol.  Ill  .... 240 

P. 
Paratounka,  Vol.111 184 

Paurimtchin  laland.  Track  Chart. 

Petroiiauluwskl  Harbour,  Vol.  II 486,802,606,828 

Vol.111 184 

Pinnacle  Island,  Vul.  II .._. 491 

view  plate  87. 

Plniuiclo  Point,  Vol  II 410 

view  plate  87. 

Poaaewlon  Point,  Vol.  H .' . 307 

Prince  of  Wales  Cape,  Vol.  II 443,481,471,631 

Vol.  HI 344, 261, 289 

Prince  Wales  Capo,  Vol.  II 406 

Prince  William's  Sound,  Vol.  II 360, 380, 382, 390, 302, 398, 400, 417, 830 

Providence  Cape,  Vol.  II 827 


350,;i63 

.442, 40fl 

280 


Bokoweona  Horlwur,  Vol.  HI 184,2*6,818 

Rakowlna  Harbour,  Vol.  HI «» 

Buck  Point,  Vol.  II 418,416 

Rodney  Point,  Vol.11 441,466 

Bound  Island,  Vol.  II 431 


8. 


St.  Abraham  Island,  Vol.  II.. 


601 

Vol.  HI 370 

St.  AugusUne  Mount,  Vol.  II 383, 386, 887, 400 

St.  Daroabaa  Cape,  Vol.  II 407 

St.Dlomede  Island,  Vol.  HI 248,244 

St.  Ellas  Cape,  Vol.  11 384 

St.  F,lias  Mount,  VoUlI - 347,348,384 

St.  Ilerniogonea  Ca|ie,  Vol.  II 383, 384, 409, 406, 406, 411 

St.  llemioBoncB  Island,  Vol.11 383,384,404 

St.  John's  Mount,  Vol.11 602 

St.  liiiuronco  Bay,  Vol.11 471,472,427 

Vol.111 247,201 

St.  Laurence  bland.  Vol  H «S 


Vol.  in. 


,..242,277,278,289 


1>HI*. 

iiM,4(iii  t<ia,ui 

asi 

4ia 

....       MM 

no 

ua 

409 

460 

a24,38S,3M 


501 

.904,  aw 
.        iS8 


IM 


410 

397 
621 
289 
466 
820 
S2T 

313 
220 

416, 41« 

441,466 

431 

601 

3T0 

63,886,387,400 

4OT 

243,244 

384 

347,348,384 

<n,  406, 406, 411 

363,384,404 

603 

—471, 472, 497 

247,261 

473 

42,277,278,280 


INDEX  TO  AUTHOBITIKH. 


S16 


s. 

Piitii. 

M.  Uwnnro,  Biijr  nf,  Vol.  II ^^ 

St.  Uiwrenrn  Iilnnil,  Vol.  II „ 445 

m.  MwariiM  lalanil,  Vol.11 joi 

St.  Piilur  kiMl  (M.  Pmil  lUrboar,  Vol.  II tm 

Vol.  Ill  _ nil,  IIM, 204,228,229, ail, 

232, 272, 282, 2K3, 284, 2U5, 2»T.  ;iin 
310,  ;il.1,  3M,;lI6,320,Sa2,3M,S7(i 

Pl»n 184 

Ht.fltofilMn'ii  hlniHl,  Vol.11 coi 

HI.  Thrulsni  Nom,  Vol.111 '"!...       241 

8t.Tlioo.lore  Inland,  Vol.  II '.'....'...... IWl 

MuiWllluaakK  llMbour,  Vol.11 42(1, 482, 488, 401, 402,408, 

n<12,ri21,62a,W4.627 

Rk«t(!h . . 424 

Vol.  Ill 320 

flohiin»Kln  IiUndi,  Vol.  II 367, aso, 412, 6(14 

8MlncUon  hlnnd,  Vol.11 noI 

Vol.  Ill ;i70 

Hoellon  lalsiid,  Tnuk  (lurt. 

Hcrdu  Kunon  <!iipe,  Vol.  II _.4M,400,47fl 

view  plate  84. 

Vol.  Ill 261,263 

ShalBM  liland.  Track  (^liart. 

Bhallow-wator  Point,  Vol.11 460.180 

Btaelalikol  Nona,  Vol.  Ill 268, 2(10, 270 

Bbml  NoM,  Vol.  11 43fl,48!i 

Shooni  laland,  Tmck  Chart. 

.Shnmagln  lalandi.  Vol.  Ill 370 

Sledgo  lalands.  Vol.  II 441,442,444,474,475 

amokjr  Bay,  Vol.  it ;IA3,,W> 

Smoofthun  laland.  Track  Oliart. 

Snug  Oorner  Bay,  Vol.  II 361 


Pif*. 

8ii»f  Uinicr  Cotk,  Vol.  II ..^....^ ...._,       M 

Starlilaii  Nliiiila,Vc,l.  II 4N 

NtiipliKn  ('«i»i  or  Poliil,  Vol.  II 466, 4U 

Hlimit  Waiid,  Vol.  It 466,488,4*0 

Sockling  Uaiw,  Vol.  II 84* 

T. 

Tarelnaka  llarlxiur.  Vol,  II , 184,313 

Tliw  Nm«11o  Rocka,  Vol.  Ill , , „ 2:1.1, 2:14, 2.16. 1114 

TIkU  lllviir,  Vol.  Ill „ ;i24,32ll,:tll<l 

Trinity  Coiw,  Vol.  II j„ 4(18 

Trinity  laland.  Vol.  II 407,408,411 

Taihilkolakol  <'«|w.  Vol.  II 473 

TachukoUkol  Noaa,  Vol.  II 466,47(1,497 

Vol.  Ill ......242,243,262,266,266,267,272,36(1 

TachnUkI,  Vol.  II __ 471,473 

TurnaKBin  Itlvor,  Vol.  II 31in,:i«6 

Two-heailwl  Point,  Vol.  II 406,4(11,40* 

U. 
Dprlghl  Cap*  or  Point,  Vol.  II.-.V.-....-..::... 4.18,491 

view  plato  87, 

"v. 

Verchnol  Oatrog,  Track  Chart. 

Vidcano  Mount,  Vol.tl ,,., 400 

view  plato  87. 

W. 

Whltannday  Capo,  Vol.  II 863,404 

Whltaunlldo  Itay,  Vol.  II. . :I83, 4(H,  406 

Woody  Point,  Vol  II 264 


DIXON'S  VOYAGE  ABOUND  THE  WORLD." 


Page. 
Admiralty  Bay,  Track  Chart. 
Anchor  Point 68,66 


Banka  Port,  akotch 

dflKribe<l  . 
Appendix  . 

Barren  blanda. 


io;i 

196 

28 

68,07,60,168 


B«]e  Point _ I>0,67 

BaerlDg'a  Day,  Track  Clinrt. 
Berkley'!  Sound,  Track  Chart. 

Benerfottl  lale >»» 

Brsakera  Point. »«"." 

C, 

Oarrew  Point,  Port  Mulgrave •" 

Chatham  Capo,  Track  Chart. 

Cloak  Bay »)2.  ^>*'  '■'•"'■  2".  22« 

Coal  Harbour -.«.-t 


1)0,67 


Appendix. 


13 


Codlao  '*■' 

Oompmller  Bay,  Tmck  Chart. 

Oookl  BlTer xlii,  xvl,  xyll,  xxl,  xxll,  .'.S,  ,'.0,  m,  61 ,  OS,  07, 82, 8^  HO, 

166, 150, 172, 180, 187, 105, 232, 2:17, 210, 240, 241 

Appendix " 

Oox,  Capo. "" 

C«,i  Sound ".".•« 


Page. 
Foggy  laland,  Track  Clinrt. 
Foot  Iilnud : 71,144 

Forroflter  Isle,  viown 214 

O. 

Oreon  I»lond ~ 146,140 

Orovlllo  aijie.  Track  Chart. 

II. 
Uoiy  lalanda,  Track  Chart, 

Appondix 26 

Hinchlnbrooke  ('«|W _ 72, 152,  Wl,  104, 240 

Api>endlx  . 23 

Ulnchlnhnioke  Cove 162, 103 

Hlppiih  laland - 207,200  ' 

view a« 

I. 
Ibbortaon  Bound,  Track  Chart. 
lalandH,  Day  of. '*. '«.  '9. "«,  186 


Kuyoe  lalaniL. 


I). 


Dalrymple  Cape,  Track  Chart. 

D«  Fonte  Strait 

Donglai  Oapo 


.-xiv,  xvl 
xxl.xxii 


K. 
xvl,  78, 104 

Apiieudix 21 

King  Oeorgc'i.  SouikI xli,  xv,  xvli,  xvlll,  76, 77,78, 82, 84, 160, 220, 23(1, 

231, 232, 23.1, 234, 236, 2:<fl,  240, 241 

Appendix ~ 16,28 

Kodinc  Island  of  Cook,  Track  Chart. 

Kwlloc  laland "»' 


L. 

Ij>  M»«o  Island — —       *'' 

108 


E. 


Kdgecomb.  Cape "1, 75, 170, 18,5  192  2.15 

Appendix "'^^j^* 

Bdgecombe  Mount  . 

Kliznbeth  Oape,  Appendix. - 


Fkir  Weather  Oape,  Track  Clinrt. 
ftoggy  Cnpe,  Track  Chart. 

•DIXOK  (dipt.  Oeorgo).    A  voyage  im- 
a.  OimUmil,  1789.     Hrrf  e.Wmi. 


71 

llv 
21(1 


Lander  Point  .- - — — 

Log  Island 

Los  M^loa  Island »'^ 

Lim  Rny's  Ilivor ' 

M. 

Montague  laland TO,  71, 72, 73, 144, 146, 149. 

.   162,163,168,163,164,171,368 
14 


Appendix. 


,„nd  the  world,  ho.  more  ,«.lrnl»rly  •"  H...  northw...  .0...  of  America;  perform»l  In  1786-1788  (etc.),  i". 


aiu 


IS1I>WIX  XU  AVTHOBITIBS. 


p*««. 

Hnlinta  l>i>rt IM,  170, ITT, III, IM, U7, IM,  lul, KM, !l«n 

■kalch  .....».......,..•..«•.•.•.....•......»..       ITl 

ApiMnitlx  . . ... „ t3,M 

M. 

Niiotkri .........................  ...ivlll,  III,  iz,  III,  uti,  140 

Nootkn  Point 7B 

NwrtkB  Hoiinil »v,  81,  •!!,  311,92* 

Noritilk  Minind IM,  lOil,  arw,  «7, 240, 241,  MS 

•kolrll IM 

Appandlz M 

North  Iilund,  Truck  Chsrt. 


O. 


Ilmluka 

ttoniUJulikii.. 


00 
IM 


P. 


Phl|i|>>  (VqM,  Truk  Chul. 
Plnnncla  Point,  Trark  Chart. 
Pllt  0>|ie,  Track  Ohart. 

Portlockt  iUrbonr »ll 

PniMMlon  Point,  Truk  Rhi>rt. 

I'rinco  WlllUmli  f*»iin<l xvl,  xtII,  iIi,  »I,  00,70, 72, 79,112, 

144,  I4«,  HS,  ISA,  IA7,  IM,  ISO,  IAS, 

1117,  IIM,  172, 1*7, 233, 238,240, 241 

Apptndlx 22 

I). 

qoMn  Charlotte  btowb xIt,  100,  MO,  210, 224,  t2t,  234, 23S,  237, 240,  M« 

Appendix 28 


Bonntll  Hounil,  Tnck  (Ihurt. 
Bom  Port,  Track  Chut. 

•. 
it.  Anpistlno  Mount  ...„....«...«..„...«..„....„........„    A0,ff7 

St.  Wlu  Mount _ „ IM,I7H 

8t.  Ilcrmogi'iimi  IiImmI  ............ . .._.,„. 80 

8t.  JkniM  Oip*,  f  Im 214, 222, 223, 224 

ApptndIx ...    27,98 

St.  Uuonu  ArchipcUffo . __..„xlll,  xIt 

8chuma(lni  IiUnd*,  Track  Chart. 
Hcntt  Capo,  Track  Chart. 

Hm  t)tt»r  Point,  Port  Ranki 103 

8nii(  Corner  Baj,  Track  Chart. 

SniiK  Ciimar  Cotk '. „_... . in2, 183,100 

Split  llock : ...„ 77, 78 

Snekling  Cape,  Track  Chart. 

Sugar  Loaf  leland . ....... ............         00 

T. 
Trinltjr  Iila,  Track  Chan. 
Turnagaln  Point,  Track  Chart. 
Turner  Point,  Port  MnlgraTo „_ 171 


Volcano  MonnI,  Tie* . .,_....,.. 09,07 

W. 

Whita'a  Point,  Norfolk  gonnd,  iketoh IM 

Whilninday  Hay xxl 

Whitauntlila  ila; 14A 

Woody  Point xxll,  77,129 

Appendix  10,28 


LANOSDORFF'S  TRAVELS.* 


A. 

Page. 

Achalk  bland M 

Admlntlty  laland 180 

Agattu  laland . . 13,247 

Akun  laland ^ 28 

Akutanleland 28,  M,  238 

Alakaaliland 68, 68 

Penlnnila 231 

Aleutian  lalanda 13, 17, 21, 30, 80, 67, 73, 77, 81, 108, 248, 222 

Alexamltr,  ship _ 83, 88, 91 

Amagnl  Creek 28 

Anuiwack  Promontory . .... 238 

Andreanolf  laland _ 14, 82 

Aphoknak  laUnd 231, 232 

Appoknak  laland..*... ». 80 

Attn  Uland 18, 14, 248 

AwaUnok  liland —    28,M 

AwalMha  Bay 11 

B. 

Bander, 60,88, 80, 09, 78, 70, 01 

Behring,  Captain M,8fl 

Bay 06,221 

Bering'!  Strait,  map. 

Billing!, 66 

Botlnikl  Iiland - 64 

Bnlrtlr  Wand — 247 


Charlolto  laland 88 

Oliatham  Strait 118, 117, 118, 124, 128, 222 

Cook,  CupUIn 28, 80 

Oook'«  Blvor 68, 60, 74, 81, 222, 227 

Oroe!  Sound 8,1, 222 

D. 

DaTldoff,  Lieut.  Qarrlla  IvanoWoh 11, 28, 04,  M,  01, 02, 04, 06,118, 137 

Dolarotr, 80 

Dwolf,  J 88, 00, 96, 101, 118, 117, 118, 122, 128, 128, 127, 198, 131 

E. 

Kdgecumbe  Gape . 80 

Rdgecnmbo  Mount 118,110,220,226 

Kgg  laland - o3 


CiiKfrtea,  ihip 

ObalnOt,  ahip 

Kwdok(Jnfllilrlan  bland! . 


Page. 

83,88 

88,08 

M 


Fox  lalandi... 


.14,  .12, 38 


OInlak  bUnd „        86 

GrcTllleCapo 8«,23l 


IlermcgeneaOape.. 


H. 
I. 


Ikalak  bland 

Ikatok  bland 

Ilak  bland 

Iluluk  Harbour 

laannoch,  Htraltaof 

laannuk  bland ..... 

Streita  of 


88 

68,237 

234 

28, 29, 60, 62,  «3S 

237 

AS 

88 


blanda,  Bay  of 118, 110 

Jalt!chnol  bland .. . „..._... 


Jakatat  Bay 

Jellowa  bland  . 


63 
221 
231,232 


/iw»,  ship : 88,80,00,01,118,128 


Kadjak  bland. 
Kamachatka 


.11, 12, 13, 14, 18, 17, 21, 34, 76, 77 


Karluk  Harbour 

King  George  Archipelago,  map. 
King  Ooorgo  the  Tlilnl  Archipelago  . 

King  Ocorgo  the  Third  blanda 

Kiska  bland 


130,220 

117,118 

947 


Kodiak  bland .%),  S6, 43, 68,  A6,  S8,  SO,  60, 61, 63, 68, 66, 73, 

76, 77, 70,80, 82, 83,  M,  88, 01, 98, 104, 118,  ISO,  210, 
221,  922,  223,  224,  227,  998,  220,230,181,232,937 

Konikln, 02 


•  LAXoaDonrr  (Oeorg  Ilelnrlch  rUltr  Ton).    Voyngee  and  traTeU  in  rarlouB  pnrta  of  the  world,  1803-1808.    2  Tola.  4°.    lomlm :  B.  CbAwn,  U1S-41> 


INDBX  TO  AUTHORITIEM. 


817 


M,«T 

IM,  ITU 

M 

iu,m,n3,nt 
...  «,«« 

xlll.xlir 


IM 

W) 
7§ 

60 

1T1 

(U,nT 

IM 

ixl 

1« 

....xxll,  77,  ua 
111,88 


Page. 

88,88 

88,08 

M 

....14,  AS,  98 

M 

88,131 

H 

ft6 

M,«)7 

2M 

2fl,80,A2,MS 

237 

M 

M 

118,119 

B3 

221 

«ni,232 

0O,0i,llK,128 


I'M*. 

KnuiMtorn,  0^>taln....„ _..™.....i.    68,73 

KukkliBkr 983 

llwhniir 293 

UnkUk  hUnil M 

L, 
I«ri««l«ir, 2»,M,M 

l,M*Mk]r,  (^ptaln M.mi.TH 


MMohln,  Andnw  Wa«llllKh  . 
lloiirM(k,»i|italii 


II. M 

Ml 


MKtMcMii,  ahip Nt.Td 

VtKni  inUnd..  M 

Mn,  ihlp ......._ lin,<l«,7".7'',»''.M."i' 

Now  ArolMngol 84,  M,  811, 117,  «0, 08,  DO,  U».  117,  l:U,  '.ffil,  tit, 

NiKilU  Hiraiul M 

Kortilk  ftinnil M.  7H,  so,  W,  Kl,  8n,  01,  'Hi,  101, 

1(14,  Km,  107,  llfl,  117, 118, 12K,  I^Vi.  23» 
Niin*k  MmkI M 

0, 
OmmMc;  Ckpc — 220 

OonalMhklt  blMliI 14,W,28,,«),32,3fl,30,42,r.«,B7,(!2, 

ra,  77,  nn,  2:1",  241,242, 24:1, 244,  w> 


Rohaohlllok  lilimil  ._............„....„......„......._..         88 

Hch«llkull, ..._„....__...........3I,  M,  M,  80 

lUrlHinr 88,01 

Htraiu t3l,i39,cn,m 

Hohtllkotli  Hlnlti,  miip, 

Hchliclut 82 

H<linJ«k  W«llcl....„. ............ . . 60 

Nchiilnuhin, ......_..„.. ...............         M 

liiUnitit ........ .........................         M 

HchnnmclilnikBU  UIaoiI 84 

HrhwoMoff,  Ui-llt.  NInilM  Ali>llkn<l«r....ll,28,O4,n«,0n,01,Ol,ft4,  1111,137 

Men  fllttni  Itajr 2'.,«<l,ft2,W 

SomlliKh  Iilund __„. 18 

Slohlniikk  IkUiiiI . 80 

Hlkliiiiuk  liUnil M 

HItcIo „ 4.1,6ll.n7,«n,H2,M,»4,W,WI,OI,l(», 

117, 128. 138, 1:10,211, 224, 228,828,230 
Hluhtn«k  IilanA „.... 88 

mtki ^ 118 

Hllkliink  hUnil M 

Hl.lUr,  (1.  M 10 


Hiitchum  IiUnd ..... ......... M,2S7 


PIMinll  Ortrow* 

Popoff,  — 

Prihilloff, 

Prince  Fntdnrlck  Honiul 


13 

112 

20 

, 117 

Prince  WmUm'i  Hoiinil 08,74,81,222 

Queen  duulotto  Inland 210 

R. 


BmnWimd,  ihlp . 


Kachlldok  IiUnd 

Hedlldiik  laland 

St.  Oeorge  Uland „ 

tit.  Jamca  Cape 

8t.  Paul  Iiland 

St.  Peter  and  St.  Paul  liarinnr,  map. 

Sannak  Iiland 

Sarjftcheir... 

Sarytachoff — ~ — 

Sauer — 


SO 

(10 

14, 11, 17,  SO,  27. 2«,  3.1, 74 

210 

..14, 10, 20, 21, 23, 27, :«,  3.1, 87, 74, 77 


55 

,.2»,;i2,W 
,.6B,  .'16,71 


■riKalda  laland M 

TuiiJalak  Vlllaito 238 

Tai;lilrlkoir,  Oaplnin M 

nape 84,920 

Tiichldok  laland „ M,m 

TiiKodak  laland ._.... . ....  M 

TiiKUak  laland .... .......  '-I 


V. 


Ugadachan  ('reek . 

Ugak  laland 

UKalcImn  laland  .. 

UKamok  laland 

rknmnk  laland  ... 
Umnak  lalnnd  — 
Untia  laland.. 


IS 

83 

84 

84 

.242,143 

M 


Unlmak  laland »»,  237, 2S8, 843 

V. 
Vancouvpr,  ('a|italn 117 

Vi.M  naniiii.fl 80, 00, Oft, 07, 78, HO, 82, 8.1,84, »»,!«,  100,  lnl,tO» 

Von  IliiKent'-laliT,  Liflnt -.         W) 

Viin  UoaanolT ll,l4,2»,27,9',ftfl,0<',"7,K(l,«7,»«,liO,lfln,ll7 

Y. 
1     r«rm.l<-»,  ahip «.1,88,8» 


LA  PKllOUSE -VOYAGE  KOJND  THE  WORLD. 


,  U13-41> 


AbrenilHiJn  Reef,  Atlai.  chart  20. 
Acaponeta;  P"  d',  chart  20. 
Aguada ;  It.  do  la,  chart  20. 
Agulrre;  P"  do,  chart  20. 
Alamoej  P"  de  loe,  chart  20. 
AlargatoHilla,  chart  20. 

Aleutian  Iilandt — 

Almeiaa;  P<*,  chart  20. 
Almlnnle;  Boca»do,chort  20. 
Alonaa;  P^de,  chart  20. 
Amargnrai  V  de  la,  chart  20. 
Animae ;  Y-  y  P»  do  la«,  chart  26.       , 
Arboleda;  P*  de,  chart  20. 
Arbolee ,  Y'  de  loa,  chart  20. 
Arreclfo;  P»  del,  chart  20. 
Arreeiro;  El,  chart  20. 
Arrlaita;  Bocaa  do,  chart  26. 
Arroyo  bianco,  chart  20. 
Amcenaa;  P»  de,  chart  20. 
A«imclon ;  V  do,  N"  8'  de  la,  chart  20. 
.  Angullla;  Iila,  chart  26. 

eLA  PBBorai  (Jean  Fmntoia  d"  ni'llaiil 
jtoWiiam,  1790.    The  drat  ipiorlo  f^g"'''  "'"'»"• 


Pafte. 


. in,*m 


Itaglnl ;  P",  chart  26. 
Ballnna,  la,  rhart  26. 

Bank*,  I'nrt 

Barca,  P<'cli)la,  chart  26. 
IliirlgiMi ;  El,  chart  '26. 
llBtnn,  I"*  do,  chart  20. 
nrautcnia,  Oiih',  charta  10, 17. 
Bcaulcnia,  Mt.,  charta  10, 17. 

Bohring  Day - 

chart  10. 

Behring  River 

charta  10, 17. 
Bentera,  la,  chart  20. 

Bcn^aford  lalanda 

Bllxira,  la,  chart  20. 
Blnnqulrjil  1  P*  del,  chart  20. 
Bocaj* ;  P*"  do  laa,  chart  26. 
Bola#o;  P",  chart  iO. 
Bolasi'c ;  V^,  charta  IS,  10. 

Breal:cn  Point . 

Drlaanta  1  P",  chart  17. 


418 


..a«'i,88i 

383 


,1,.).    V,.>aRC  nmTi.1  the  «"r1.l  In  tho  yean-  17(«i-n8«.    2  vol..,  4°, and  allaa  folio;  loado,.- 
Tho  charts  roforrml  to  at«  all  In  tho  AOaa. 


O.  a.  md  J. 


8}8 


INDEX  TO  AUTHORITIES. 


B. 

Page. 

kluuheCaiw 42tl 

churta  111,20. 

Buoarelll  Port 4I» 

rh»rls  IT),  10,  iT. 

). 
C'-Ahr&i;  y«  do.  chart  20. 
(Mdtra;  P<  iIk  la,  chart  26. 
<J«mlHin ;  f'.,  chart  2*^. 
CVina) :  P*"  iln  la,  chart. 
Cnnas ;  Y-  (In,  chart  td. 
Oa|»onca ;  1*^  ilo,  rhart  -<•. 
('MTtr/A ;  I"  ilel,  chart  2(1. 
CarrlzalM :  l^'  (Ui,  chart  20. 
CasUgo;  |x*  ihi,  chart  28. 
Catalina  ;  ¥*,  chart  26. 

Conotayh  Idand 887,417 

chart  19. 
Clprw ;  P"  ds,  uhort  20. 
rjlouanl ;  It'  du,  charta  IS,  16, 17,  2». 
OiKOd ;  P"  de,  chart  26. 
Oougrojo ;  P*»,  chart  20. 

Owk'd  ZUrer SM 

Copga,-* ;  Vslfl,  cliart  26. 
r<tronitdiia ;  loa,  chart  20. 
Cf«hia8 ;  P*'  do.,  chftrf  'iO. 

Cvj.  t'aio 424 

Olllon,  Mounl 41ft,  416, 417, 4111 

charts  ie,  17. 
Crlatlnn;  Y';  chart  26. 

OtimVAft 416 

charts  tO,'T. 

Cro«  8onnd.. -36«,  4I»,  416, 419, 424 

chart*  16,16,17. 

Croyftro  lalaudfl ;  la 410 

charts  16,17. 
(-ni7 ;  Arniyo  do  U,  chart  20. 
CrnB  i  Canofi  y  Y»  do  \n.  chart  26. 
CiicrH);  I'l' del,  chart  26. 
Oul<ibr» ;  la,  chai  t  26, 
(hiloHloa;  chart  20. 

II. 
Uelgada  \  P»,  chart  2G. 
UMConocida  ,  ?■•  do  la,  chart  26. 
l>«Rgrnclatla;  la.  chBrt26, 
Dlau>Bnt« ;  P^  do,  chtu  .  26. 
Dolonw  i  P"  d»  lo«,  o'.i«rt  26. 

B. 

EdKonimboOapv - 414,417 

Bdi'      mlwMonn' 417 

ICn        j»dn ;  P**  di,  la,  chart  26. 
K.-i|>ii>ailo ,'  0.,  chart  26. 

KiiiinnnoCaiw _. ..414,416,417,411' 

charts  16, 17. 
'.'spaila;  1""  do,  chart  28. 
Eepoguolos ;  !■  df -s  chortA  16, 17. 
EAp<<rance  b«iv,  chort  16. 
Kaquilicl ;  Oolfd  do,  chart  26. 
Ettrolla;  pu  do  la,  chort  26. 

F. 

IWIr  Weathor  Oapfi 864 

Fair  Weather  Moiint 364,374,41(1 

Kelsan  ;  l>"  do,  chart  20. 
ff'lna^:  IV<aa  dc,  chart  2C. 

Flouriiwi.'npo 124,428,426 

churtii  16, 20. 
ngnrtoii,  1.,  charts  15, 16, 2s>. 
Flourlcu  Moiiut,  charts  16, 2f>. 
I'loTW ;  0.  do,  chart  26. 
Fiirlalcua,  .■••  do  lo,  chart  26. 

fmi  InlomlB... 402 

Fr-iinMlB;  Pert  diK 3fl7,»02,4<«,4n6,4()7,411,412,413,41S,416,422,42« 

chartal5,16,17,10. 
ir«ln;   I""  d,i,  chart  20. 

O. 
<J«l«n. ;  la,  chart  2(i. 
tluiTli ;  T'  r  V"  do,  chart  20. 
fkii-ilai  P",  chart  Mi. 

Qliadaliiiie  Hay .; 416 

GiiiulaliitM  Port,  charta  16, 17. 

OiiilHirt  Pi>rt „.       418 

chart*  lit,  17. 


Haay  laloa . 

Hoctor  f^pe 

charta  ift,  l«,t«. 
llomianofl ;  loa,  rtiart  26. 
Ilormigita;  chart  26. 

Ulpiiali  Is)^Dd 

Huiw  halo,  chart  16. 

Indlada;  I.dc  la,  chart  26. 

Islands;  nay  of 

laleta ;  P<-  do  la,  chart  26. 


JoouR  Maria ;  P**  do,  chart  26. 


Kerouard,  I»,  chart  29 

Kemiiart  Islands 

chart  16. 


Page. 
418 

..410,423,424 


«H 


Iiabandara;  la,  'jtt,  chart  20. 
Ladronl ;  Y*  do,  chart  20. 
haS» ;  la,  chart  26. 
liar/atltjt,  chart  26. 
Lira;  Pt'do.ohu.'.  26. 
Loinaa ;  0.  la  loa,  chart  26. 


Madro  dt)  Dioa ;  T*  da  lo,  chart  20. 
Harabllla;  Y'  t  !"•  do  la,  chart  26. 
Maria  Jomb ,  I"  do,  chart  26. 
Mayoral  P"",  chart  26. 
Mays)'  :."  ■,  ihart  26. 
Milllloi  «< ;  >^>  do  lo«,  chart  26. 
Mineral  •  »-<■  i, .,  chart  26 
Ml-aho',--:  !>»  do,  chart  86. 

Monti,  Bay  da _. 

charts  la,  17. 
Monty ;  Bay  do,  chart  16. 
Huorta;  T*  del,  chart  80. 
Hulgraro  Port „,-,- 


.J60,361 


!l«l,30(!,4O2 


N. 


Necker  Port 

chart  10, 
Nsgrci ;  CalKi,  chart  26. 
Naker;  Port,  char.  17. 
Nocadoro  <'ah.'M  I'.ol,  chart  26. 

Nootka  Sound 

chartf  15,16,27. 

Norfolk  Sound 

Norloja;  P",  chsrt  28. 
Norton  Sound ... 


.366,400,411,418,414,427 

402,417 

408,411 


Oonolashka ..... 


Pi\lmoto;  P<*dol,  chart  26. 
P  .lo  ClDo ;  l**'  de,  chart  26. 
Palfimaa;  '."'  do,  chart  26, 
Pt.rlda;  la,  chart  ?6. 
Piirccboa,  1^'  do.  chart  26. 
Porlos ;  r*  do,  chart  26. 
l'l<i<lrft«  hlancns;  chart  »S. 
Piednui;  Y'dc,  cliart26. 
I'iRiliinta ;  I""  do  In,  chart  2(i. 
Plnpl;  l'»dol,  chart  26. 
Pino;  P"  y  Y"  del,  cViart  26. 
Ponila  ;  C.  dp  la,  chart.  26, 
Portlllo;  Oiinal  do,  chart  26. 

Princo  Willianrs  B4>und 

ProTldencIa ;  \  •  y  V>-  ,ie  la,  chart  26. 
Piipn'.tui;  las,  chart  26. 
Puortczuolo ;  pl,  ch.vrt  26. 


.367 


Ul«U,8«7,4at 


Qncon  Charlotte  Islands  . 
Qucmadi),  chart  20 
(iiilto  .Snonn,  chart  26. 


«tt 


INDEX  TO  AUTUOKITIES. 


Pugc. 
418 

.410, 423,  M4 

402 

418 


360,  .161 


— !*61,3«;,40i 


418 


111,41.1,414,427 

402,417 

403,411 

M7 


.3««,MT,4(M 


4M 


Bana;  l«a,ob*rt2e. 

Ifauicherla ;  la,  chart  28. 

Beal  Marina;  Puurto  do  la,ilinrt  20, 

Behigio  1  Puerto  do,  tliart  20. 

Komedlua;  Pert  loi 

chartH  1,5, 10, 17. 
BcDiodliM ;  If  Ub  liM,  chart  20. 
Illoho ;  P",  chart  26. 
Bomar  ,  •  l><«  do,  chart  26. 
Bo«r'.,  1  .'»  dol.  chart  26. 
Bonuio,  »'•  do,  chart  20. 

8. 

8»  Adrian  ]  y«  do,  chart  20. 

S"  Aguedi ;  p«  do,  chart  26. 
.    8»  ADtoaio ;  I'l'  do,  chart  86. 

8*Antor,to;  P*  do,  chart  26. 

8t.  Angjitlne ;  Oapo,  charts  15, 10, 17,  i  0. 

B»  Oartolou^ ;  Cabo  do,  chart  26. 

S«  Bituriano ;  pi«  do,  chart  26. 

8"  UoDifacIo ;  P<"  do,  chart  26. 

8i«  Buonahonturai  1"'  do,  chart  20. 

8"  Oanoa;  P"  dola,  chart  20. 

■8t.  Carina  Itlaiida 

charts  IS,  16. 

8»  ChriituTal ;  Caoal  do,  chart  2(i. 

8»  Clomoiit«;  ¥•  do,  chart  26. 

8"  Ciimo ;  .*•■  do,  chart  26. 
8'' C'ru« ;  I""  do  la,  chart  26, 
81"  BDgenla;  P"  do,  chart  20. 

Si.  Rllaa  Mount 

8t.  nio  Ht.;  charts  19, 10, 17. 

St.  Sugonia;  F<*  do,  chart  26. 

8"  Faulting  j  V-  do,  chart  26. 

8>relip«;  y  do,  chart  28. 

8"  FoUi ;  Oabo  do,  chart  20. 

S'FranciMo;  P"  do,  chart  28. 

a"  Oertnideo ;  P«  do,  chart  26. 

8t.  Hyacinth  Mount ;  charts  16, 16, 17. 

S.Inea;  P»  do,  chart  26. 

San  Jacinto  Mount  , 

St.  Jaiuoa  Capo 

8"  Jmoj  po  do,  chart  26. 

S»  Juaep;  T*  do,  chart  28. 

8*  Juan  BsptlaU ;  Y'  do,  chart  26. 

8>  Juanlto ;  chart  20. 

St.  Laaaraa  Archipelago 

8'  Loonatdo ;  F<*,  chart  26. 
8*  Lorouzo ;  Y*  do,  chart  20. 
St.  LouU;  B*,  charto  16, 18, 2U. 


Pago. 


-41;,  110 


.'.10,420,421 


•  319 

8"   bucia;  ri.y  Y.Iiisd..,  chartai.  .  "■*" 

St.  Nlnihw ;  I'lirjiil  .1,.,  rimrt  2tl. 

S"  NIroluii ;  |-»  do,  rharl  20. 

STi.hl..;  I'<.d,.,  chart  20.  "  ■'■ 

8"l'ii*iuul;  l-"  do,  rliurt  20. 

8"  I'.'dro;  V  do,  cimrtao  ■  ■■    •  ^ 

8"  ItufucI ;  P>.  d..,  ,  Mart  »,. 

S.  Rita ;  Y"  do,  chart  HO. 

S«ll<),|oo;  P<' dc,  chiirt  2<i.        ' 

8"Ilu«i;  I'Uiic,  chlirl2U. 

8«  Ilosallu ;  P"  do,  chart  20, 

8-  Sobaallan ;  I'u  do,  chart  'iO.  ,      ' 

8"  Sllhcslro;  |H.  ,|o,  chart  'JO, 

S»8<im;  I"", chart  20.  ' 

S^Thorosii;  l""dc,ihn-li,;, 

8-Thimias;  l">d.-,chiirtl!«.  ;,,      . 

8"  Vldof(inH(t;  P""  do,  chart  26, 

8"  Yildcro;  I'l-  lie,  chart  iO. 

Hartlnti  Islands .„. 

. , — ...„. — .___ — ,       fm 

charts  10, 211. 
ShuniUKln  Islands ^^ 

Sola ;  la,  chart  20. 

H«nd)ruro:  chart  20,  "  ,  \- 

Sosli'go;  l""  dol,  chart  20, 

Susplni,  C,  chart  20,  ';    ., 


,-3fi8,a02,300,aUI,4a7 


417 
42:1 


Tosllgos;  h«,  chart  20. 
Toto,  chart  20. 

Toncho;  Ualodola 

charts  16, 16, 20. 
Touchi';  Mount  ilc  la,  charts  10,2'J. 
Trlste ;  Y',  ihart  20. 
TltM(idei\i,  He  NoTjuiuro. 
Tschirlkiiff  Caiio,  rimrt  10, 

Tschlrlkuw  Day 

Tschlrlkow  t'a|io 

charts  10, 17. 


4'i> 


416 
.4IH,4III 


Ubl;  Y',  chart  20. 

Vordu;  ix- y  Y',  chart  2l 
VIeJo;  Y>  dol,  chart  20. 


Woody  I'Miiit 4.^7 


Yslola,  chart  20. 

Yslotlllos,  P"  do  loB,  chart  'i/i. 


Y. 


LISIANSKI'S  VOYAGK 


A. 

Pago. 

Ac«i  Paasago , 14'.J 

Acoo  Settlanont,  cliartp 221 

Adnilrolty  Maud. : 167 

Afugnack  Island .. 180 

Alaoca _ 163 

Alaska ■. 11)0,197 

Aleutian  Islands,  Track  Chart. 

.liej-narfer,  roasol H8, 147 

Allhack  Sottlement,  chart  p 109 

Alllack  »<  tinnicnt l'J3 

Alyaska,  Track  Chart. 

Arehangol  Bay,  chart  p - 236 

Archangel  Fort,  chart  p .. 236 

ATaisclika  Bay,  Tra>'k  Chart. 

B. 
Baranoir  Island '"!•■"> 

Borren  Island,  chart "* 

Beorlng  HIraits,  Track  Chart 

BohrlngBay H0,IM,242 

Broad  Point - >™ 


Pm.. 

Caillark  Wand 141, 146,  im,  IBd, 

172,174, 166, 189, 101),  191, 1112,  IN,  197. 
198, 202, 21 1, 217, 219,2211, 226, 234, 247 

<:>""' - lAV 

Capo  Hiy igi 

CajH-  Inland .. 2S6 

Captiilns  Harbour .... 17B 

Carhmk  f<ottlcmont iho,  193 

(^Imllmiji  Strait 149, .!»,  235, 2;i0, 2:17 

(■hoorlcofr  Ciiiic,  chart  p 221 

Chcurlcoir  IhlaiicI 140 

Chlclmgoir's  Islariil ,_. 238,237 

cb«rt  p „ JSI 

(lilnlatskoy  Hay „ 144 

Chlnlatskoy  Cuik. 141,  ;i.'  170,173,186 

Chllkat  Mvltlumcnt 223 

ChoohacV  w -. lu 

t'h>H4>  Irthuid,  rhui'tp . .. ... 144 

(Vdoshonskoy  I'idnt tlR 

IXiiupnny's  .Moltlcniciit,  chart  p 100 

(•«jk'«Blvor — 168,187 


•I,HUIt«I(Oi|>lUreyTh«odoroTlch).    A  Toyago  round  the  world  In  tho  yo«»  lIKB-iaoB  (otc),  in  the  rtilp  M«f«.    4°.  loMtn;  J.HkiM,  lUi 


320 


1MD£X  TO  AUTUORITIfiS. 


u: 


c. 

Psgo. 

(kipiwr  River.. _.'. 160,188 

Cttqiiontjui  S()ttloniftut,  cliurt  p 221 

Oroulii's  InUlul— V — 221, 23A 

OnuMllay MB,  H«,  148,  IM,  22(1 

CruM  Sound 149,228,242 

D. 

PullgoruuM  I'utut,  chart  ]i . IGO 

Unillkard'a  Bay 178 

E. 

Kilgociiiitli<<  Capo 1(10,217 

Wgocunibo  Mount 146, 217,  ?.2(l,  221, 225, 228 

KvrMboclioy  Island 169, 180 

r. 

ITttlr  Weathor  Mount —        217 

r\nl  Point,  chart  p 236 

Kugltlvo  Settlemout 178,184 

O. 
OuU't  Point,  ijlirt  p 169 

11. 

lIougnolT. 166,  WJ,  1'':.,  220 

Hoonnoff  Strait - - 149 

llorboon  Ilock 142, 172 

I. 

ItoUck  Holtlomout,  chart  p 169 

Ihack  ray - 173, 170 

Ihack  acttlcmont - 172,177,178,186,193 

iHlandH,  Bay  uf,  chart  p — -        221 

J. 

Jacobl  Island 236,237 

Jiicootat  Bay -  -       242 

K. 

Kamchatka 173 

Kanitcliatl.o,  Track  Chart. 

Karloock  Settlomont,  chart  p — 109 

Kecow  Settlement,  chart  p 221 

Kfnoy  Bay 187, 188, 180, 197,242 

Ktnay  BiTcr - - - 163 

Klludon - 178 

Klluden  Bay -176, 177, 18S 

King  Oeorge  III  Archipelago,  chart  p— 221 

Kucnow  Settlomont,  chart  p 221 

Koloock  Settlement,  chort  p 189 

Korlakea,  Track  Chart. 

Kutleau'B  Bay,  chart  p 238 

h. 

LtiKM  Bay,  chart  p 221 

LyuB  Canal 223 

M. 

Middle  bluud 145, 24« 

Mocooehln'e  Settlement 175 

N. 

Naliihniood,  c'lart  p - 189 

NoqHMlii'n  Bay,  chart  p 23i 

Narniw  Point,  chart  p . . 160 

Naumliack  Bay 180 

Naumllack  Heltlemonl - 213 

NovaClianncI 236 

Now  AlxhaiiRKl - 166, 103, 167, 217, 218, 233 

view 218 

New  Archangel  Hartiuur 238,246,246 


Nooecha  Settlement 

Nootka,  Track  Chart. 
Norfolk  Soiinil,  Track  Chart. 

North  Inland,  chart  p 

North  Pantage,  chartp 


Pago. 
IH 


1«9 
144 


Onihlmk  Settlement,  chart  p loo 

Oohack  Island 142,170,172,186 


Oohalack,  chart  p  . 

Oohanick  Inland,  chn'tp 

Oohanick  Settlement,  chart  p- 

OuhaHkock,  chart  p 

Oobtack  Boy,  ctiart  p 

Oolat«k  Settlement,  chart  p-.. 
Oonalashca  Island-. 
Ounalashka  Island  . 


109 

169 

160 

189 

169 

169 

.175,232,234 
211 


Pubgoobnoy  Channel 

Perntclons  Channel 

Pine  Island,  chart  p 

Prince  Frederick  Sound,  chart  p., 
Prince  William's  Sound  


236 
...236,236 
169 
221 
163 


Bock  Island,  chart  p.. 


St.  Bartolome,  Co.  do,  chart  p 221 

St.  Qoorge  Island 192 

St.  Paul  Harbour 142, 144, 170, 172, 173, 183, 180, 101 ,  211, 216, 210 

chart  p 144 

view 190 

St.  Paul  Island 192 

St  Stephen's  Passage,  chart  p . 221 

Solthldack  Island 141, 181, 183 

Salthldack  Strait 186 

Sea  Otter  Bay,  chart  p in 

ShasbgatBay -        186 

Shollkofl'i  Bay,  chart  p 238 

Sboolack  Island,  chart  p 169 

Silca - 160, 108, 180, 216, 220, 234 

Sltca  Islands 236,230 

Sltca  Sound 143, 146, 100, 211, 217, 228, 231,  UO 

Slthoonack  Island . 141 

South  Islands 132 

South  Passage,  chart  p 144 

South  Point,  charts  pp - la*.*" 

Southwest  Point,  chartp .''- 

Stahln - 167 

Stephens  Passage 149 

T. 

Three  Saints  Ilarlwur 141, 142, 178, 170, 181, 183, 186, 193 

Toobldack  Island 141 

Toyon'H  Day,  chart  p . 236 

Tschouktscbls,  Track  Chart. 


U. 


Ucomude  Settlement,  chartp  . 


W. 

West  Point,  chart  p _...  109 

Wint<r  IlarlHmr,  chart  p .  144 

Wooii  laluuil  Settlement 193 

Woody  Island,  chart  p 144 

V. 
YiicooUt  Bay 140, 168 


litTK^;  VOY.  SfiNIAVINE,  PABTIK  NAUTIQUE.* 

A. 


Page. 

Aamok  lie 282 

Alxdocbdr  bale 207,208,214 

Aliraham  lie 328 

Adakh  lie 320,321 

Adamagan 272 

Adougskh  lie 303 

AoBUik  lie — - - 890 


.'fogoak  lie 

Agattou  He 

Agripplno  tiale 

Akoun  lie 

Akounskoi  dotrolt.. 

Akuntan  detrolt 

Akoutnn  lie 


Flfo. 
, ITB 

jHi.aaD 

877 

..28»,2U0,a(XI 

3e() 

..304.  ** 

*».i»n 


*  htink  (IMiil.  Veudor  Petiwvicb).  Voyage  aiitourdumonde  (etc.)  siir  Ucari'olle  legdnlavlne;  PartleNauUi|Ueavec  cii  (ttlsa.  4°.  *,  Pw.r«6<Hi»»  ; 

/.  i«iiiss,i8sa. 


INDEX  TO  AUTHORITIES. 


321 


IH 

109 
1«4 

1U9 

m 

109 
lOD 
16» 
Ifill 
16U 


236 

-.236,236 

169 

221 
163 

144 

221 

192 

191,211,216,216 

144 

190 

192 

221 

141,181,183 

186 

2n 

186 

236 

- 169 

180, 216, 220, 2S4 

236,  230 

217,228,232,230 

Ml 

232 

144 

169.2?' 

167 

149 


109 
144 
193 
144 

146, 163 


Pago. 

.        877 

1, 29(),  3<«l 

290 


Allaksa. 
Allaktkha 
Aliukb 


A. 

Pa({o. 
Akoutanakol  dotroit _ _ jjj 

Aleontionnefi  lleM 19.^  300 

2."i7 

2.17 

- — IM,  243, 267, 268, 200, 2(a,  204,  aOB,  200, 

207, 208, 269, 270, 272, 273, 274, 276, 297 

AUaaka  cap - 272 

Amagadak  ilot 272 

Amak  llo 202, 203, 264 

Amakhnak  ile 281,282,286,287 

Ainutignak  lie 32.1 

Aniatygnak  ilo .". 323 

Amlla  ilo 307,  DOS,  300, 310, 311, 312, 313, 316, 317, 334 

Amlinakoi  peninsula , 311 

Amoukhta  detroit .„ 307 

Amonklita  lio , ^ 304  307 

Amoukhtou  ile 304 

Amtcllitka  ilo 279,324,326,320 

Anadjrr  golfo 210, 218, 219, 220 

Anadyr  golfo 210,218,219,220 

Anadyr  riviere 226 

Anangoulir.k  ilot 299 

Andreianoviky  Isloe  _.._„ 279, 307, 325 

Anglalae  bale 284 

Animatchoutcbkok  cap 272 

Amkamtohetelieu  ile _ „ 200, 2i)«,  205  211 

Arcliange  Gabriel  uaie 220,221 

Arli  roche 3:j3 

Asiaklle.. 248 

Aalatcbak  cap 263 

Attaoa  montagne 209, 212, 214 

Atkha  llo .107, 308, 309, 310, 312, 313, 314, 310, 317, 318, 320 

Atnilbik  ilo 267 

Atouchagvik  cap _       275 

Attcbeuncap 217,218 

AUouilo SM,  329, 330 

AuxOeilfsllo 288,289,291 

Aux  Sept  Montagne  ilo 326, 326 

Avatanok  detroit 300 

Aratauokile 290,291 

Avatcbabaie 190,228,2:11,233,242 

Avatobinakol  golfo 2.10 

Avatcbinskoi  volcan 230 

AvinofTcap 264 

Ayougadakh  lio 329, 327 

Aaiakile 210,247 

A4lak  ile 247 

Aiktiie.... 321 

B. 

Babonohkine  rocbo 231 

Pud  Hoaii  Cop  ..  S62 

Uannorekniatviie 314,317 

Boliring  cap... 217,218 

Behring  dotroit 190,211,215,262 

Bah  ring  ile ill,  TO,  334, 330 

B<!brlng  m  )r 196, 100, 200, 220, 243, 251 ,  279, 304 

BelkoVBkak  lale 27i,272 

Boeljorough  ilo ^ 249,250 

BetchovinBki.la  bnic 233 

Botciioviniikol  cap _;II6,310,317 

Betchevinskui  poit 296 

Blorka  v.  Borka. 

BIUbI  Group 327 

Bl|jni(«  iiee. 279, 327, 3.10 

BobroTBialMie 209, 270, 284, 28.5, 28'!,  ;in 

Bobrotio  ilo 3.1S,  340 

BobroToio  mor - ^^ 

Bobrovoi  port . -'^'^ 

Bobrovgkoi  montagne 280 

Bobtovyilo 322,  ;«3 

Bonnes  Nouvclloe  bale - 264,  J,M 

Boika  ilo 284 

Bouidyrilo - !»«.^ 

Biialnl  lialo "* 

RrlMfol  riviern . 1"''-  '^"■-  '■'■ 

Driimounx  cap ^ 

0. 

OanwJa,  ll«t  dos -       276 

Oapltalno.  j,nr»  dd ..281, 284,285, 2«« 

a       .)ii.i(p>irt *" 

C    ■  ,.i  dn  b»«l-f..nd m,-isii,m 

V.f.v 41 


a 


PaCK. 


(''hftktoliniont  ijaio... .—._.,. 249 

«i61Ak..lT  .Iclr.ilt --"""""-"[!!]^"™rjj7r.,l!7l'. 

OhiciiRMiuRkoi  vuiciin ., 292  2lI7 

ciiiclikofrciip __^__ 29:1294 

Chlihmirpff  hale _^___ ^^__^ .^^^  ^7 

Chifhmnrofr  ilo ^  j^g 

ChilRa  ilo 3JJI 

Ch,,«.uii»koi.ap _ 228, 2.12, 23.1,  «;14 

Cbopkhiid  r'vicre 234 

C'hciuyak  llo 275 

Cliouinaghln  llos 206,  W?,  200 

Civoutiliy  ro(ln' 27I 

Ciaronco  jHirt _     _  244 

ConilnaiiilourilcB 328  331 

Conntantln  4'ftp 26O 


(Vwk  liaio. 


287 


n. 


Pavldolt  llo 277 

Docoptloii  lies 328 

Delnroff  lies . ,123 

Dmibigh  lap 248,249,264 

Doriiln  dutrolt 30^ 

PorMiiskoi  clotniit goo  291 

Derby  cap... 213,248,248,262 

ll<t|gol  ilo 271 

Doagliwcnp _ _ 214,274,277 

Drovliihaia  rap 298 


Egvekinot  tiale 22:1,226 

Eldannoo  Capo _       262 

Ellailkilo 271 

Elpynghyii  mniilagno 208,209,216 

Kiignougliln  halo . 221,220,227 

Eumo lian  cap 217 

Escarp6  cap 240 

Eetliaio _ 313 

Etolknulum  ImIo "23,224,225,220 

EvdokfiovokioH  lies . 277 


FlSches  lie-. 
Foggy  Qi|io . 


34t 

277 


Qelser  d'lslaudo . 301 

Olnofolmlo..". 208 

Qlae^iimpp  rado St0,2l4 

Ulatonapcap MS 

OInzonapcap 802 

Oloubokala 298,314 

OolonltchtolicIT  cap. 288, 230 

Bolovnlim  heio -  246,  tW,  247 

Qoly  ilo 200 

Gore  cap 341,841 

Oorollo 341 

Oorelylio 1 322,323,328 

aoitsovaia  bale .129 

Oovcnskoicap — —        248 

Orantli.ybalo 244,247 

OrolKli  cap 2W 

II. 

Halgancap 217 

Halllmt  Ilcail 873 

Halibut  Id - 273 

Ilnut-fond  cap 262 

Ifeidca  nioutagno 221 

lloilagbyn  iMlo 2(V..20fi 


Initehnaia  l«il'> —       31* 

Miehnol  cap 'M,  314, 316 

Igogiiakcap 8W 

Ikatanile- _ «>• 

Ikalokilo.. — 27«,896,2I» 

illlakilo — - --       -lai 

iliamna  lac '-'•'' 

[ildlgl, . 281,28'i,  208,.102,.KI4 

lilulukporl 287 

nplnlkcap .. 227,228 

Upinakul  cap - - 237,  i'W,  ■." 


322 


INDEJC  TO  ACTUOBITIES. 


P't 


I. 

Iniaglln  il» 188 

Imttgn*  Imlo ....       282 

Imaoii-rotik  iRc 24ft,  247 

Ilnllk  lie 198 

Ingakuudak  hale 209 

Ingllkhakli  lie 267 

lamnnnkh  detrolt 202, 263, 272, 273, 296 

Isrannnkh  lie 292 

Iseaiinftkh  iiiontagnu .. . 293 

Iltygmnile 20ti,2O8,21l 

Ivanovsky  cap 269 

iKonbock  golfo  ... .... .— .       262 

limonol  bttlo .« ............ 231 

iBmenoi  cap . .„.»...m..^.». 232 

Izmonoi  ilo . ..... ...^. ..M... .^.....       231 


Jonpaiioff  volcan „ 230,233,234 

•lonpanoTa  rWlere . .— ^34 

K. 

KnhnkoTBkAla  bale .... ..... . 316 

Kachlfslmkala  bale — 288,286 

Kadiak  Mo 268, 876, 276 

Kafla  golfo 278 

KagftI  llo 267 

KagalAkn  llo 321 

Kalajrak  riylore WS 

Knkhldogonk  cap 272 

Kakhvalgn  lie .  323 

Kalakhlyrka  riviere 231, 232, 233 

Kaleklita  bale 284 

Kalekhtacap , 281,283,306 

Kamonnol  cap 246, 247 

Kanitchaika . 227, 228, 237,318, 331, 336 

Kamtchatka  mer.... . .... .       196 

Knmtchatka  rtvlore 234, 236 

Kamtchawkol  cap 234,236 

Kamycliatiikol  bale 2S7 

Kaimgalle 321,322 

KangalUlouk  lie 267 

Kunghyiiiu  bale . 223 

Knmga  riylore .237, 238, 239, 241 

Karaghlunkala  Iwlo 237 

Karaglilraky  llo« 238, 289, 24<1, 241 

Karloutekol  cup .«. 276 

Ka««at/>tchy  lie 310,316,320 

Kamlkili-- -^ 2«7 

Katnuil  gulfo 27' 

Kntmal  rivlore „. ^ 

Kivtmfli«kol  gnl* — W( 

Kavlayak  l»il» 244.»46,247 

Kavuakiitn  ll« 267 

KenaiikaU  li^e 267 

Konalnki.l  gi>lfc _        276 

Klinbiuilotw  >1H) 206, DM 

Khalnillakh  lie WO 

Khalnctkiu  i-ap. ilTs  |M 

Klmtvrka  kivHire . . ._..-        Wir 

Kliitkhoukh  <->(i „ll|,«ii 

Khitroffcnp IMfc,«l 

Khogamll  ll» »H 

Khomllakoil ■•»» 

Khoudobitw .... . -,„,.,     . 


KlirmmtcheDko  tie. 

Khviielii.l  llo 

KiKatKH  ilo 

KiKniiill  Me 


. .        W3 

sm 

291,30!) 

30* 


KlKanilllKkh  lie :(03 

Klf9UH|liyl»>  ile ..____ Wi 

King  lfc>  - 248 

Klng-o-klii_ 258 

KlrilovBkftiH  liaio 3M,326 

KlintitchovNkni  volcan -.,. .„,. . U8.31» 

Klntchoff  mche  „., . ;KM 

Klutohoviikiii  volcao IM,  ll»,  236, 310 

Kwhiglilnitknl  imiiitagne . ^— ,        WO 

Konloiijli  ile... _„ tKl.tm 

KonlouJI  ilo 316,!ll«,.Mr) 

Koniilaga  tlo , , Ml 

K»>oHroT(»kalR  Itftto 316 

KnriiitMkot  Tolcnii . 81u 

Korrvlntkala  bale iP9,3M,  Ml,  all  319, 314,331 


KorovlDakoi  cap..... 

KoroTlnakol  golfe 

KoroTliukol  Ile 


Pago. 
.310,311,313 

318 

267,268 


KoiBvlMkoJ  port 312, 315, 317 

Koroviiukoi  volcan 310, 311, 318, 819 

iCotxebue  golfe ..... , . . 246 

Konbougakhll  cap . ... ._.„......._„__.„. 274,276 

Kougonan  cap .....„..„„.._„. ......206, 207, 200 

Kanlvaem  riviere „ . 217 

Koukak  golfe __. 276 

Konkhat  cap ,.«.-. ..... . . .«... ,       274 

Konlagayakh  lie  ... ....... . .. ....... ......       267 

KonlUliak  bale 286 

Kualngmnt  cap ........................ . 276 

t'.  ulutcblnakol  bale......._.._.„...,..„..„„_„... 218 

it  >amlona  cap . .„..„_..._ .„ 274, 277 

ixanskokTlm  rivien  ...... ...... „.. 264, 266 

Kontoniofr  cap . „_..._..„ .. 260, 266 

Kouamlchcheff  cap  -«...... .................. 237, 23D 

Xoutuilitcheff  cap .. .„... . „ 287 

KoMlakol  volcan ... ........ „, ..230,233 

KrachenlDDlkoff  cap.._ ...... .... _... 234, 238, 289 

KrenlUyn  cap .._.__._ ...„.„„„ .       263 

Krenjtain  cap .__.........„ „.. _. 296 

Krenytain,  Ilea  de 290,306 


.J261,264 


Krilakoi  lie 

Krieougonn  cap 199, 203, 204, 212 

KrDuotskol  cap . 234 

Kronotakol  golfe ... .... ..._.... . 230, 234 

Kronolakol  Tolcan.„„. ........__...._....... 234 

Kronglol  lie .....„.„..__ _.__.„_„.„..._ 320 

Krycl  ilea g»4, 328 

Kannyon-Tanany  lie  ._ „ ......_.„._ 267 

Kvikbpak  riviere  ... .. . ... . 286, 287 

Kvltohak  riviere ...... 106 

Xjrgbynlncap . 209,211 

Kynkai  ile . . 211 

Kyaka  ile ate 

Kyeka  Ile  grande...„._..._._._..„....„.„.. 387 

Kyeka  lie,  petite ™._ 326,327 

Kytanamagan  Hot .__.__ 296 

Kytiek  ilo 877 

L. 

LnaarelTcap «.. 296 


LebedevBki  lies .. 

Ledlanaya  rlvloro 

L6oDtovltch  cap ... 

Levachefr  baio 

Levacheff  port 

Lingllngal  cap 

Lopatka  cap 

Loutroa,  Her  fuix  ..., 
Loutree,  Tort  mix  .„ 


336 
217 
261 


190 

277 


Makouchtnskala  bale...... 

Makouchlnekol  golfo ... 

Makotichlnakoi  volcan .. 


..283,286,286 

280 

.280,284 


ymati  cap . ... 831 

Marltth  riviere . „ . ... . JOG,  207, 214 

Ma«more  bale . .„. . 329 

Ka'atobingai  n     itagne .. . 22.') 

fdayatcbnol  Cip . „. 229 

Medny  llo _ 334, 330 

ModvednikoVRkala  ba»e . ?7l 

Moetcheli  I'aji 219,220.222,223,226,227 

Melnghyii,.iu  awnuigne , . 210,211 

MenchlkotI  iitii _.. 269 

M«rtf.M  cap 207, 209, 21 1 ,  2IB 

Mi'lohlgmentk  bata .100, 10i,iBr> 

MolchigmeiialM  «ita. _.. ._..  J13, 218 

Moifetcap ... . ...„_.««........_        162 

MnkrovakM*  »«il» __.__        IM 

Mullet  bai*  ,- «.^ .. .... ..._._..««        MO 

Mi.ller  gnM* 8M 

■■•it^ect. le»,tTO 

llMt*C«<i«  Ita*  am  ^mr* . . «W 

MordvtiK'ff  Mj»-. 
Xorj»v>*a.yabale. 

Moc^virihti  bale 

Nwj^nkol  volcan.. 
■•^ovt  Ue 


29a 

27;i 

272 

ire 

8W,  MO.  141 


INDEX  TO  AUTHORITIES. 


323 


PagB. 

31(l,Sn,»13 

818 

267,268 

312,318,317 

.310,311,318,319 

246 

274,270 

206,207,200 

217 

276 

274 

267 

286 

276 

218 

274, 277 

264,266 

260, 266 

237,230 

237 

230,233 

234,288,230 

263 

296 

280,306 

261,264 

.190,203,204,212 

234 

230,234 

234 

329 

M4,325 

267 

266,267 

196 

. 209,211 

211 

aw 

327 

326,327 

206 

277 

196 

330 

217 

261 

286 

282 

223 

228 

190 

277 

,..283, 2W),  286 

280 

280,284 

331 

-.206,207,214 

320 

22.") 

229 

334,338 

?71 

222,229,226,227 

210,211 

269 

207,200,211,216 
190,10i.iOf, 

213, 21« 

202 

280 

MO 

2«4 

269,270 

sot 

293 

na 

272 

.     2-72 

..838. 940.  Ml 


MoiJOTjr  lie 342 

UoroKovitkala  bftli) ... 272 

MoroEoTBkaya . 373 

N. 

Nadoutcba  ilo 273 

Nacai  lie 267, 868, 269 

Kagalrocha..  „ ._ pj 

Nagounalaf  .A  11?-. 28O 

Maknok  riiri    1 257, 268, 266, 266, 276 

MataktobTak ™ _„       277 

Nalatcheffcap .... ...       233 

MalchlMiukoi 236 


Manrin  cap 

Mavire  rocba.. 


Neogtchan  cap . 

Nerpltcby  Itot 

Newonhaoi  cap 

MlnlrUoun 

Minonau-Tougat  lac  „ 

Noir  cap .__ 

Noisak  cap ...... 


Murton  bate . 

Norton  jolfe 

"oucliagak  riTtero . 


220,221 

302 

, 206,207,209 

-.        320 

.262, 264, 261.,  2S« 

217 

276 

266 

293 

243,  «W 

249 

266 

212 

. IfO,  212 

212 


Nounaaugan  Hot ,~~ 

Nounlagmocap — .... 

Nosntagmo  moatagne 

Nonniogmo  rivlare — — 212 

VoTO-Archaiigelsk 278 

KoTjr  ilea 336 

HoTy  nwhe 333 

MoaoTikol  Tolc&n 293 

Nantak  Ha M7 

Njgtcbygan  cap 206,212 

Njkhto  cap IM 


Obetaraonata  bale. 


314 


OMqi  cap *** 

Oouh,  Ilea  anx ^^ 

Ogloga  He '23 

Ogloitak  He 820, 321 

Okbolak  mer ««,  228 

OkiTaU  He "' 

Oleany  lie '" 

Olenyil..- 272,873,291 

Oltoutor  ritiere *" 

OKoutonk  cap ~ •** 

Olotonkol  golfe **' 

Oriental  c^p IW.  l".  ■^-  *».*"■  ?^ 

OatroTkl  Ilea - 

Ooblonnala  balu ■ 

Oudagakb  canal — 

OudakbUbaie 

OnegakbHe 

Ougadakhbale 

Ou^nk  ri»l.re..- ^-  «»•  J^ 

Ongalgan  Hot - 

Ougamok  He 

Ottlmnowikaia  ritiere "• 

Ouka  riTlare 

Oukamok  He 

Onklnikol  cap - — 

OnklTok  He — 

OnltnadokHc 

OuUad^Ul  He 

Oul!igt  Ue 

Oullakbpen  cap. - 

OuUlags  He  - 

OuUlaghiu  He 

Ouninak  dctrolt 


..291. 90C 
242 
237 

_. 27H 

.,    336,237,238 

248 

._ 283 

" 321 

_] 303 

"" 216 

'_'_ 303 

303 

28«,?)e,  299, 3(12, 306 

...  "?9e,30O,3()l,3O2,:!U3,3O4 

ou^bkanj""r_":::::.':::^".w«".«*.^v^,«M«.2»T, 

OunalttCbkalle ^^^    »,.  aoj.  304, 306,  .M,  310, .!.%,  340 

■i83,««7,2«8,3(«; 

.jUi,  287,  !SS.  280,  :t06,  Sia 

' 267, 26«,  269, 290, 297 

304,305 


OunitJga  delroll  — — 

Ounatga  tie 

Onnga  ll>' 

Onnlmak  nwutnunc 

Ounimak  volcan-.-- — .....«.—— 

Onlinui  Hot — " 

Onrnol  can  .~. — -" — — 


Paghollancap  — 210.211,114 

Pain  (laHUcrp  cap 341 

Pavlovikala  bale 201, 269, 270, 271, 207 

PavIoTflkK>ii  i\m . a7i>.  271 

Pavlorakol  volcau „ 209,271 

PaTloTiky  port . . 278 

Pechtchanala  auK .313.314 

Pci\jlnik  bale , „ „ 227 

Pcnkegnel  halo jUT.JOii 

Perpendlculalre  cap , 34l.;<42,343 

Pntriikullcap itl 

Peetaovaia  bale . .... 314 

Potrof  lie ._       201 

PetroparloTBky  port 220, 230, 232. 2.13, 310, 331 

Pbarecap 220,2:11, 232, 2il;i 

Pinnacle  He 342 

Pnaongonn  cap 199,200,2111,2112 

Podsupotchnol  cap . 31.', 

Pogromnol  »olcan 293, 294. 2'.«i,  297 

PolovlDCbaty  rocbe , 33;t 

Poperotcbuy  Ho  .... . 271 

Popovskoi  lip . ,. 267,268 

Puetel  cap 211 

Potalnlkoff  cap 311 

Povorotnol  cap . 228 

Premier  cap , 2(»H 

Pribyloll  Ilea ;iOi),3:)(i 

Prince  de  Oalloa  cap 190, 197, 243,  «W,  240, 282, 26n 

Providence  cap -,—.... . . ,—...,.._-       277 

PtltcbnyUo . 267 

Piltovallo 277 

R. 

Bakovabalo.  231,232 

HakoTolbale 229 

Ratmauoir  port 209. 210, 214 

Bata,  Ilea  aux 27'.l 

Benarda,  Uei  anx 279,290,304 

Bocheuxcap .. . «... — ~- 240 

Bodney  cap 246, 247 

Bojiloff  cap 261, 204 

Boumlantioff  cap 262, 263, 284 


8te  Croll  golfe -218, 216, 219,  SM,  224, 228. 

81.  DlomMe  Ilea 

St.  Etienne  lie 

St.  George  lie 337,338,339. 

St.  Jean  DogoelolTHe — :««l, 

St.  Laurent  bale 197, 198, 109, 201, 202, 20:t,  206,  M2. 213, 214, 218, 

St.  Laurent  lie 196, 

8t.  Mattbleu  lie HI. 

Rl.  Paul  lie 3S7, 338,  ;U9, 

Pt.  Thaddto  cap 210,220, 

-amalga  Ilo ... — ..__._—_— — — — 


Sa.m^«Qouda  bale.. .... 

joz.xganoudba  bale . — 

Saultakb  lie ». ... 

flarannala  nnae 

SaranniilA  ^ale  .. 

Sarytchenf  cap  .„..—...- 
Satanna  <  ap...         ....... 


.282. 284, 


.272, 173, 274, 291 ,  :92, 296. 29«.  WT 


SIS, 

J!93. 194, 


ganluktouclkh  lie _... 

Seccad  cap 

Se|;onani  He — — 

S^meuolT  c-»v 


84m#iiovaky  lie.. — — — 

,8emldlu  lie «- ■ 

flemltchl  ile..«.». — «"■  ■  ■  '■ 


.        272 
.       278 


8,iuilBopotcbny  He — '*' 

Seniarlne  cap  — .— __.. - 

SSnlavlne  detrolt 206,  tOf.  lOT,  209, 211, 213, 214, 216, 218, 

geutln'''Ie  rocbe — . —„_... 

Scrdtae  Kanien  cn|i 

Senlzo  Kamen  cap « .....-..- — 

^ri;eeTiky 

SergbelelT ..«,-—«- 

f,»Terny  lie . 

ShalloW'WaUr  cape ..._...——— 

Hhiial  Noie  cape — 

glgah  cup — — 

8lgnalnul  cap „___.._——— 

Slgnaax  cap—...  ■.■■■■■ .~-... 


..311, 


.262, 


198 
328 
340 

lot 

826 
200 
342 
340 
221 
302 
887 
274 
306 
314 
SIK 
297 
.384 
267 

307 
239 

le'j 

277 

■if 

260 
226 
230 
196 
It. 
U3 
313 
336 
S62 
266 
SttH 
220 
3211 


324 


1NI>]3X  TO  AVTUOBITIE8. 


h-i 


Pago. 

SlguuDln  Jetrolt 308 

HlKiiimm  111) ,07,308,317 

Sltkhlll  llo 321, 323, 320 


Hllkhino,  La  I'oUU),  llo 

Hltkliiiic,  Occlileutale,  ilo  . 

Uitymkan  ilu .».- 

SIvtiuchi  rocbo  .._.. 

Hlvuutclil  rocho ».»... 

Mlvuutchy  roclio 

Sknkhiml  llo 

Soloiil  ilo 

Soliiijr  lie 

Bolinurlklia  llo 

Huiilinitt  rivlaro 

SuutkhTlk  llo 

Sfiuvoruff  cap. . 

HiHinborg  cap . — 

SpeQcor  cap 

Splrkino  llo 

StarltfllikolT  llo 

StcpaituvHkala  auso 

Stoptiena  cap 

Stolliovol  car 

HtolbuvKkali  rlvlore 

Stul^tiu  cap  -. 

Btrogouoff  cai 


326 

326 

. 267 

338 

.  308 

..890,320,327,333 


310 
..314,317 

873 
..269,266 
.-  877 
..        2W 

217 

244 


284,286,287,288 

229,230,2.11 

301 

..248.249,260,262,266 

236, 236 

2S6 

21B 

260 


Stiiart  llo 240,260,261,262,283 

Svotchiilkoll  i«rt . 308 

Svikbcbak  golfe _. . . .......  876 

T. 

Tagalak  llo 320 

Tagaiimk  llo  — - 273 

Tagliliiuk  llo .«.. 269 

Tagtookon  montagno 208 

Takli-Kliilakh  llo 267 

Tana  llo 308 

■- 322 


Taniif^ 

Tauakh- \ngouiiakli  llo . .       303 

Tanghliiakli  Hot - 209 

TaugUlnakh  rocho 302 

Tniiiaga  llo 322,323 

Taiiiuulakh  ile_. . 327 

Tatchik  halo J46,247 

Tcbagoan  b.ilo  ---  266 

Tchaltchl  ilos 306,306 

T(  iMipUli  cap 209, 212, 213, 216 

Tcliastio  His     Sft),321 

Tchogoulak  ilo . 303 

TclioruiilK'Urjr  llo 267,273 

Tckorovskala  balo 2H6 

Tcblarliouii  dotrult 209 

Tcblgliiiiok  llo 303 

Tcblng-an  cap 216,217 

Tchlrlkoir  cap 218 

IVhlrlknir  llo _ 2T» 

TcbltcbagofT  cap 268,  SM 


Page. 

Tchltcba«i>ff  port 32(1,389 

Tohougatakoi  golfo 876 

TcboiigblgbyUk  llo _ 304 

Tcbougblniulokb  llo 3(13 

Tobougoul  lie X)i,S80,a86 

Tcbougoubtk  lie _... . . . 820 

Tcboagoulok  lie ...._._ ._ ..       90J 


Tcboukotskot  cap .... 

TcbonuDok  cap ..■■■ 

TIgalda  tie 

VIkhlnlak  lie 

Tolatol  cap «.~.. » 

Toukot  cap . . ...... 

Toporkoff  ilo 

ToporkofT  rocho . 

Tougoumak  golfe ....._......» 

Tougamak  golfe .~........_. 

Toullkakoi  Tolcan —..,■■. 

Toulouliaga  cap. . _.... 

Touiiak  ile .. 

Toniighimllc  ilo ._ 

Toutigoulik . 

TontK,  llo  Uoa ...,,,—. ..,,. 

Tralnoauz,  llo  doe ..,.„. 


..197, 809, 216, 816, 817, 218 

263, 898, 296, 296 

200, 801, 306, 306 


..840,310,316,310 
267,869 


333 
..  296 
..  896 
..898,301 


Trauflguratlon  bale _. .._.. 

Trolfl  Frdrea  rocher.. 
Trolaidiue  cap 


807 

807 

8«T 

342 

847 

816,217 

231,232 

208 


Ulaklle 

Up-Nut  rlTlore  . 


Vakhllikala  tirloro.. 

Vcevldovikiee  ilea 

VcevidoTskol  volcaD.. 
VdcdloTskoi  cap 


V. 


323 
844 


233 

208 


Vteilonkot  montagne.. 

Vorkbotounky  lie 

TUutchlnakot  volcan ... 
Vouten  rlxiera 


Wazell  oap.._.... . 

Wrangell  cap .„ 


298,80; 

..881,28,1,302,306 


W. 


Wtangcll  golfe.. 


..888,139 
130 
216 

898 
..       388 

..876,  jrn 


Y. 


Yaitcblnll  llo 889,891 

Yallcblliy  Hot £87 

Taltchiil  cap „ 810 

Yakboua  cap •  H6 

Yorghlncap . 210,811 

Youcbin  .~ap 3.12, 334 

Youkolny  llo 871 

V  ii««ka  Ile soa.aoi 


ZakhaTOTsks  [a  llo 

ZoubofT  Ilea 


887 


MEABES'  VOYAGE  TO  THE  XvlBTHWEST  COAST  OF  AMERICA.* 


Pnro. 
Adauiaoii,  *^apo •*j,327 

Api)«n(lix 17 

Admiralty  Bay,  Track  (^hart. 

chart  p 1 

AtlclKii  Point 307, 308, 312 

Aulan,  StraltH  of Ixili 

Aratha|icsc-ow  I.ako— x\ix,  Ixlil,  Ixlv,  liv 

ArgotumI,  bIiIji 106,217 


D. 


Baukii  Island,  Ttncl.  Chart. 

thai'  |i 

I  hat   p 

Uankii.   IN.rt 


xli 

1 

llv 

Baixia.v  !)<iund . Iv,  172 

Appendix (1^46 

Harnett  tiapc .WC,327 

Appendix 17 


B. 

Pago. 

Barren  Islauda . 307, 313 

Appondix 10^11 

Barwoll  Point,  chart  p . 1 

Dealo  Cape ..       171 

Bi-  .lo'fl  Harbour,  Appendix  .. . 27 

Bodo  Point — ...J0fr,SlI,312 

_ 12 

XlYl 


Bocring'B  Bay,  Appendiz. 

Btihrlng  Bay .. 

Bi'bring  Strait 

Berkley's  Sounii,  Track  Chart. 

chart  p 

cliart  p 

Bchring  Bay,  Track  Chart. 

chart  p 

chart  p ... 

Biflhup  Irtland,  chart  p ... 

Dreaken  Point 

A|>pendlx 


xli 

- 1 

xll 

1 

184, 186, 181 

B,  7 


•  Mkabis  (UtuI,  John  B.  N.).    Voyages  made  in  the  yeai^  1788-1789  from  (3hln»  to  the  ourthwoel    <a*t  of  America,    4°.  Lmtdon :  Jf.  Watte,  noo. 


Page. 

32(1, 3W 

876 

3M 

3(13 

. — W4, 320, 320 

820 

30J 

21S,  816, 217,118 
M3, 292,  SOS,  200 
200,201,306,300 
269 
310 
269 
232 
333 
~  SOS 
..  296 
..2«e,301 
895 
267 

-  267 
J«7 

-  342 
.  »»T 
-816,217 
.231,838 

808 


844 

233 

208 

298, 30; 

381, 283, 302, 30S 

280 

238,189 

130 

210 


..   388 

-276,  an 

-889,291 
.-  287 
..  310 
.-  216 
-210,811 
.338,334 
871 
-3019,304 

207 
..   336 


P«go. 

307,313 

10,11 

1 

171 

27 

—307,311,312 

12 

llv 

»lvl 

xll 

I 

xll 

1 

1 

-134,135,181 
8,7 

il.V.  '700. 


INDEX   TO  AUTHOttlTlUH. 


8Sfi 


Brooks  Point,  Trauk  Chart. 

Port,  cbart  p 

Bucclugh'l  Bound,  Track  Chart. 

chart  p 

chart  p 


Paifo. 


OaUort'a  bland,  chart  p  - 
chart  p  . 

Oiplaiii  Cbok,  nhlp 

Ohalffet  rlllago 

Charlotte  Iiland 


xll 

1 

.1111, 1.11 

230 

338 


Appendix 87,28 

Charlotte  Iilea llll 

Chliwoll  laland,  chart  p 1 

Churchill  Fort xllv,  Irl 

Clerk's  laland,  chart  p 1 

Cleoquott 203 

Co(a>iiii<a,ahlp Iv,81» 

Uomptrollor  Baj :>18 

Cook'a  Hirer x,  xl,  xxrl,  xlv,  ilvll,  ilvlll,  xllx,  llv,  Ivli,  Irlll,  lli,  lil, 

Ixxll,  IxxXT,  133, 208, 200, 211, 240, 3U»,  31)0, 307, 300, 31.1, 311), 

Apprdd  X 10, 46,52, 53, 06 

Cool  Bay,  chart  j - 1 

Copper  lalaud.  Appendix 00 

Copper  Mine  BI»or xllv,  Ivll 

Cox  Chaanel,  Appendix -        '^^ 

Cox,Iort 162,16B,169,171,n.'>, !«'. 

187,101,196,202,2:10,234,2:17 

■ketch (W 

Appendix 0 

OrunCape _ 322,323 

Appendix 17 

Croaadound —       323 

\ppendlx 17,40,63,66 

I). 
Olck'a  Harbor,  Track  Chart. 

chart  p  -- • — -  ' 

DiKoiwry,  ihlp ^ — 101,116 

Dubaunt  Lake  — - ---       ''" 

DouglaaCapo »l,307,308,:«2 

Douglas  Island,  sketch 30f.,  327,  :128, 332 

Appendix 1' 

DougloaaSntrmnce,  Track  (aiort. 

chart  p I 

Uuillue  Point,  chart  p.. — - ' 


E. 


Barl  of  Chothom  Islands,  chart  p — - I 

Edgeonmbe,  Cajw "'  "» 

Appendix ♦"." 

Edgecnmbo  Mount 


Efflnghoni,  l*ort 

•keteh 

Appendix 

Blefiiilt  Viltago 

Bllsabeth  Cape 

Appendix. 

lHoltb-lt  village 

Bquolett  village 

Etfhoa,  Port— 

gxptrimaO,  ship 


xli 

1    I 


326 

Appendix ^7 

180, 184,  IDS,  230, 234, 237 

m 

, 6,50 

230,231 

.' 113 

II 


Kll,73l 

"_ 210 

..xxvil,  III,  IXXi,  XXXV,  xixvl,  xxxvlll 
llll,  131 


322 

17 

27 

xmi,I,ll,lv,lvi.lx,  lilt 
lli 


Fair  Weather  Capo 

Appendix 

Farmer  Cape,  Appendix 

iVHcs,  ship 

FItshugh  Sound ^^ 

Foggy  iBlend ijji^ 

Fonte,  Lake  do " j 

Fonoftor  Island,  chart  p "^  ^^^^^ 

sketch 


Appendix.. 


107 
..8, 0,7, 18, 10, 30, 14, 53, 07 


Gllw""  Island,  chart  p 

chart  p  — 

Oors  Puitt,  Track  Chart. 

chart  p 


Qranipus  Isles „. „ .. ...         U 

Great  IslamI,  Appendix 64,08,66 

Oruen  Islands . . sift 

Appendix .. _...—         11 

(lrovllloCa|w , 304,300 

Apptindlx._ — - :         10 


II. 


UainuH  Cuvu,  Appendix 

Iltilfwuy  Piiint 

ilawksbury  I'url,  chart  p 

llaywurd  .^trulls.  Truck  iliart. 

cbart  p 

chart  p 

llazoy  Islands,  Track  Chart. 

L'hart  p 


27 

134 

I 

xll 
1 


IlluihlnbrokeCape xx*l,xxx,  31 6, 317,318 

Appendix 

lllpjH)  Island, cbart  p.- 

ling  Island 

Apiiendix— 

llullings  Capo 

Appendix 

Hostility  Day,  Track  Chart.  * 

chart  p  — 

IIow*fchuc-fo-lett  Tillage . . 


11 
1 

248 
87 

304 
III 

1 

23U 


I. 

Ibbertwin  t<*iund,  chart  p . . i 

/lajxrtol  KiyKslilp Iv,  124, 132, 100. 172 

Iphi^emi,  ship xllll,  xlv,  II,  llll.  Iv,  Ivl,  Ix 

Irving  Cape,  Appendix 27 


.lohn  de  Fuca  Slralta xlix,  I,  iv,  Ivl,  Ivll,  1x1,  l.'i.\  150, 170, 

171, 173, 171, 178, 170, 188,2:10, 2:11, 232 
Appendix 0,56 

K. 

Kuye  Island — 318,310 

chart  p . . xll 

chart  p -., 1 

Appendix . 12 

Knviw  Isli'iil,  Track  Chart. 

KunoumaLafat  village — 23U 

King  Georgv'a  Hound  -.xl,  xilil,  xxlv,  xxvl,  xxvll,  xxx,  xxil,  ixxll,  xiiv, 
xxxvi,  xllll,  xlv,  11.  lil,  llll,  llv,  Iv,  88, 103, 104, 107, 
100, 115, 124, 12U,  132, 133, 134, 136, 130, 144, 145, 147, 
148, 140,  l.'>6, 15U,  17U,  171, 179, 181, 184,  lUl,  100, 2U0, 
208,  211,  218, 210, 22<.l,  230, 231, 234, 230, 240, 248, 804 

Apttendix 6,6,07 

Klscuchttwau  Hlver —      xllv 

Kodlak  Island -Ix,x,xl,304 

sketch 3(ji> 

ApiHindIx - 10 


L. 


Ladrone  Islands 

Liinio  Islands 

.\|i|icndlx  — 
Lauder  Point,  Track  Clinrt. 

chart  p 

t<ir<r,  ship 

L«.o-cha-etl  village) 


102 
lli 
20 

1 

111 

2:i(i 


M. 

M'lntlre  Uoy,  Appendix 27 

Milntyro  llay,(liarl  p 1 

Moaros,  Port.skilih— 329,  :i;iO,  332 

AppiMldll 18,27 

Modnul  Island,  Ap|iendlx - 60 

Milihell  Island, chart  p . 1 

MontA{.;uu  Irtlt! xxlil,  xxvl 

MonlaijUi!  Island - 315, 310, 317, 318 

Appendix 11 

Hnlgrave,  Port. llv 

Murray  Capo,  Appendix — 27 

N. 

No|«aii  Sound,  Tiork  Chart,  chart  p - I 

New  Caroliui'  Islnntis I02 

Nitta-nolt  vilisge - 230,231 

New  Trinity  bland,  Trocl-.  Chart,  chart  p . .. I 


326 


ilTDEX   TO  AUTHOBITIB8. 


P>ca. 

NouUit.. Ixll,  liT,  Ux,  Uxl,  IxxUl,  104, 107,  111,  114,  lie,  IIT,  128, 18S, 

133, 137, 143, 144,  Hfl,  148, 170, 17.1, 180, 181, 188, 189, 191, 199, 10«, 
1U8, 206, 208, 910, 21«,  217, 118, 219, 229, 232, 234, 240, 244,  249, 2S1 

Appoudix 6, 26, 4«,  47, 48,  S3, 68, 66 

Nuotk*  Sound lUI,  Iv,  Ivl,  Ixx,  Ixxxlll,  126, 132, 133, 169, 184, 

226, 228, 229, 268, 271, 306, 332, 333, 334 

Appendix J,  6, 26, 83, 46, 63 

Nurtli  bland,  Track  Chut. 

Norfolk  Sound,  Track  Cliarl. 

chart  p . — . .«...-... 1 

Northern  Archipelago xlv,  xllx.  111,  It,  M,  If  II,  llx,  Ixl,  106, 212, 232 


Oualaithka ..... 

Oonalaahka 

Otter  Sound,  akotch 

Appendix  . 


tl 

101 

304 

66 

Ouualatchka «.. . It.vI.Ix 


PetrlM  bland,  Appendix  ... . 

Pe'Hea  Strait 

Pitt,  Fort,  Appendix 

ritt  bland,  Track  Chart 

oliart  p..... 

chart  p . . 

Pitt,  Port,  Track  Chart. 

chart  p 

Porilock  Harbour  . . 

PoiewMlon  Point ... .. 

PriKct  of  Wala,  ihlp 

Prince  Williaui'i  bhiud.  Appendix  . 


27 
xl 

27 

xll 
1 


1 

W 

310 

. It,  106 

Prince  Wllllam'a  Sound xl,  xll  xxiT,  xxtI,  xxx,  xxxil,  xxxt,  xxxvII, 

xxxTlli,  xl,  xlili,  xlTt,  xlTll,  111,  llT,  ItII,  IIx,  208, 232, 240 

Appendix 46, 62, 63, 66, 66 

Princcn  Bojal  bhwds,  Track  Chart. 

chart  p xll 

chart  p ....._  1 

PritKWM  Boial,  ahip It,  Ixll,  103, 100, 196, 190, 200, 201, 202 

Appendix . ..... . ... ......  6 

Pyo'd  bland,  Track  Chart. 

chart  p ...» ---  1 

Q. 

QuetH  OurloUe,  ahlp xl,  xxlll,  xxIt,  lUI,  IIt,  It,  201 

Queen  Charlotte  blee ^ « „. . ... 282 

Appendix 27, 46, 63 

Qu-qnaet  Tillage . _.._„.......... 230 


B. 


Baft  CoTe,  akutch 

Bennell  bland,  chart  p_„ 

Retolution,  ship 

Boie  bUnd,  Track  Chart, 

chart  p 

chart  p 

Boso  Point 

lloae  Port . 

Bow  Point,  Appendix 

Boyal  Port,  A^jpoudlx 


372 

1 

101,146 


St.  Eliua  Mount 

Apjwndlx  . 


xU 

1 

231 

XXTl 


321 
17 


Page. 

St.  Augustine  Mount 307,308,(11 

St.  Oeurge'ii  Bound . .___. 191, 261 

St.  Ilermogeneii  Gape,  chart  p ._..__.... „...  1 

St.  IlerniL,  mm  Island .. . .................. 300,818 

Appendix 10,11 

St.  Jamet  Cape 233, 234 

Appendix „ . 26, 64, 66 

St  buarui  Archipelago ........ „.„.. ixl 

St.  Laiaio,  Mount,  Appendix  ............... ..._..._... 27 

at.  Patrick'!  Bay,  tketsh 316 

Salbbury  Sound,  Track  Chart. 

chart  p. ...... ....... .. 1 

Soott  Cape,  chart  p 1 

chart  p xll 

Sea  Otter'i  Harbour 111,320 

•ketch SM 

Appendix 17 

Sea  Otter  Sound __. . 332 

Shumagln  blanda...-...»........ ._«._..«....„..... Ix,  xl 

Smokjr  Bay S12 

Snug  Comer  Ootc xl,  xxIt,  till,  316 


Appendix 

Stephana  Sound,  Track  Chart, 
chart  p  ._.._ 
chart  p  ...„_ 

Stephent  Port,  chart  p ...._ 

Suckling  Cape 

Appendix....... 

Sntberland  CoTe 1.... 


II 


xll 

1 

1 

318,319 

12 

.XXTl,  XXXTll 


Tlannal  Bay 

Tlanna  Boade,  Appendix... 
Trinity  Cape 

App«ndix._., 


312 

17 

801,303 

.... .  10 

Trinity  Inlet,  chart  p 1 

Trinity  bland 802, 308, 304, 306, 806 


Appendix ... 

Trinity  Point,  Appendix 

Trollop  BiTer,  chart  p _. 

TurnagaiD  Point,  Track  Chart 

chart  p .. 

chart  p  ...... 

Two-Headed  Point  ... 

sketch 

Appendix.... 


Unamah. 


Ctb-u-wU-ett  Tillage . 


10 

10 

1 

xll 

I 

803 

306 

10 


Tl 
230 


V. 


Vincent  bland.  Track  Chart, 
chart  p ... 


W. 


ITaaMii^im,  (loop . 
Wlcanaulah 


Wicananlah  Harbour 

Wlcanaulah  Port,  Appendix.. 
Whitaunday  Cape  ... 


Appendix  ... 

Wbimntlde  Cape,  chart  p 

Woody  Point,  Appendix 


.  Jt,  iTl,  Ixxil,  219, 220, 226, 236 
It,  132, 136, 137, 149, 161 

6 

306 

1 

16 


POBTIiOCK'S  VOYAGE  AAOUND  THE  WORLD.* 


Page. 
Admiralty  Bay,  Track  Cliart. 
Anchor  Piiliit 93,  no,  111 

Andrews,  Port,  Track  Chart. 

B. 

Bauka  Point ... , 123 

Barber  Point,  Port  Etcliea . 226 

Barron  lalos U7^  Og^  jjU 

Appendix ,i|,  xm 

Barwull  Point,  T.ack  Chart. 


Page. 

Bode  Cape,  or  Point '. 93, 98, 99, 110, 234 

Behrlng'a  Bay,  Track  Chart. 

Breakers  Point,  Appendix . . .« xt 

Brooks  Harbor,  sketch ..._.... .... ......_..       220 

Bryant  Point,  McLA>d'a  Harbour.:. .,..........._ 106 


Cbiaweirs  Islands,  Track  Cliart. 

Chalmers  Harbour,  plan 

Cleare,  Cape,  T.'-ck  Chart. 


0, 


216 


•PoETiocK,  (Oapl.  Nnthanlcl).    A  voyage  round  the  world,  but  more  particularly  to  the  northwoat  coast  of  Amertcs,  performed  in  1786-1788  (etc.) 
4°.    tmdm :  J.  8loci:<lale  and  U.  OotlMing,  1789, 


INDEX  TO  AUTHOBITtE8. 


32f 


0. 


OoolB«y 

Oo»l  Harbour . ^    "' 

Oomptrollor  B«y jj^  ggj 

Cook'i  Bay 

Oook'l  KI»or aa,  06,  M,  101, 1(12, 116, 118, 207, 2lV, 

223,  234,  236,  240, 2V>,  260, 262, 200, 


Appendix  . 


OroM,  Capo.-, 
OroM  Sound., 


I'Ugl'. 

102 
111,122 
260, 2M 
220 
220,222, 
202, 2M 

— xll 

267,2116 

127.120, 130, 131, 1112, 260 


Dajr'i  Harbour,  Track  Chan. 
Diok'a  Harbour,  Track  Chari. 
nonglaa,  Cap«... . 


Wgccombe,  Capo 12'),  133, 134, 136, 267, 260, 202, 272, 273, 274, 276 

■dgocombe,  Mount 266,276 

Oliabeth,  Capo 0fl,07,123 

Appendix xlll 

Ktehoa,  Port, 244, 26(1, 266 

■ketch . ..„■ 226 

F. 

Fain  Island,  Blockdale'a  Harbonr . .._,       316 

Talr  Weather,  Gape,  Track  Chart. 

Fair  Weather,  Mount . 130, 230, 267 

Appendix.... xxlv 

Foot  bland 246,247 

Q. 

Garden  Idand,  Port  Etches 220, 232, 233, 243 

Oaorglana  Cape,  Track  Chart. 

Ollmoar  Point,  Chalmers  Harbour.... . ...       215 

Gora  Point,  Track  Chart, 

Goi'Uing's  Harbonr,  sketch .       268 

Oraham  Harbour,  plan I(I2 

Oreen  Islands 124,211,212 

OreTllle,  Cape 203 

H. 

HannlngsBay 211,212,846 

Harman  Point,  Track  Chart. 
Haywatd  Straits,  Track  Chart. 

Hill's  Isknd,  Portlock's  Harbonr 2,W 

BInchtnbrooke  Capo 120, 12H,  218, 227, 230, 231, 233, 244 

Hinchlnbrooke  Core 220,224 

Hogan's  Island,  Portlock  Harbour 268 

I. 
bUnda,  Bayof 127.134 

K. 

Kayes  Island 128,231 

King  Gei'rge  s  Sonnd 127, 120, 134, 136, 130, 137, 130, 

14(1,141,142,220,260,260,276 

Appendix xv 

Kodiao  bland 09,100,104,221,223 


Moljt^l's  Harlmur,  plan .. . ^_ jjM 

Mitchell  Inland,  Track  Chart. 

Mmilanue  ImUiiiI 123, 124, 11'.,  20:1, 2(14,2(16, 200,200,  211, 

212, 2l:i,  132, 2.17, 240, 244, 246, 247, 264 

Appendix xlll,  xill 

MnlgTOTo,  Port,  Track  Chart. 

O. 

Ounalnitkn ^f^  ^^ 

Ounanka ^  223 

P. 

Passage  Island,  Oraluim  llarUiur Ina.llR 

Phlps,  Cape,  Track  Chart. 

Pitt  Island j|7g 

Portlock  Harbour,  aketch gM 

Appe'i'lli xxil 

Possexslnn  Point,  Track  Clinrt. 

Prince  of  Wales  i'lunmo , 24(1^  240^  247 

Prince  William's  Sound lln,  123, 124, 120, 128, 204,  iW7,210, 212, 

218, 220, 224, 248, 266, 2611, 260, 20),  270, 287, 288 

AppMiillx xxll 

Pye's  bland,  Track  Chart. 

."•  • 

Hose  Inland,  Track  Chart. 

Russian  Point,  Graham  Harbour .        loj 

8. 

St.  Augustine,  Mount ..... 102, 224 

St.  Ellas,  Mount .,. . i,to,  26fl 

St.  Hermogenos,  Caiio ...  . ._......,.... ...    ofl,  PV 

St.  Horniogeiies  Island , . 07,08,203  223 

Salisbury  Sound,  Track  (^lart 

Sliumagin  Islands . 00,238 

Smoky  Pay . 233 

Snug  Corner  '.'eve 218,231,240 

South  Foreland,  Track  Chart. 
Steele  Point,  Track  Chart. 

.Stockdale's  IlarlNiur,  plan ...... 816 

Suckling,  (Tape,  Track  Chart. 

Sutherland  Cove . 233, 238 


Trading  Boy 1 10, 120, 123 

Turnagain  Bivor 240 


Vincent  Island,  Track  Chart. 
Volcano  Mount 


.102,110,111 


W. 
Whitsunday  f^pe.  Track  Chart. 

Wliltelintlcle  Bay 228 

Wiiliy'n  Island,  chart 316 

W.HMleock  Point,  McLeod's  llarlKiur - ^  800 

Woody  Point l.w,  137, 143 

Appendix XT 


VANCOUVER'S  VOYAGE." 


Page. 

Addenbrook,  Point I.''W 

Addlngton,  Cape 111,200,. 

Admiralty  Bay - 111,173,205,214 

Inlot  I,28ll,?i(S,289;  111,282 

bland"'...- I".  270, 277, 293 

Adolplms,  Point "'.  «»■  2«9 

AiBeck's  Canal - I'.  *" 

Atova  Point "■'*' 

Albenil,  Canal  de,  chart  6. 

Alexander  Point "•"" 

AllavlaUon  Island —    ''^'^ 

Althon.  Pert.. I",  213, 24 J,  243, 2«M2 

7_.,..  n„... ni,  SB.'! 

n,m 


Amelia  Point 

Amellus  Point 

Anchor  Point,  chart  10. 
Andrews  Port . 


.III,  147, 182 


Pago. 

«inmor  Point Ut,t79 

Anvil  Island 1, 30»,  308 

April  Fw,l Ill,  285 

Arat'iapoHCow  Luke 111,240 

Anloii  Mnt 111,276 

ArffOHOUtf  TCHSel 1,387 

Arlstiaible,  Y"  d',  cliart  7. 

Arms  north  of  Miibank  Sound . 11,281-83 

Armstrong  Port,  chart  12. 
Arro,  (Janal  do,  cliart  6. 

ArUmr,  brig 111,230,240 

Ashton  Point 11,30,'!, 312 

Astley  Point 111,280 

Astronomical  olworvations,  Ac,  about  Port  Di«covory  . 1,246-47 

Atkinson  Point 1,303 

Augusta  Point Ill,  269 


•  VAMcoaVBR  (Oavl  Qcorge)  A  voyage  of  diK-ovcry  to  the  North  PaciHc  Ocean  and  round  the  world  (eit.),  performed  in  the  yesra  ^^OC^■M. 
3  TOls.  4°,  and  atla.  folio  Lmdm,  fm-  (t.  0.  ««l  J.  UM^m,  179S.  Oficml  tMum.  The  nnmlKira  In  itnllc  Indicate  the  place  in  the  text  where  the  name 
ta  llnrt  applied  to  the  object  deslRnated,  as  In  the  preceding  indices. 


mm  .*??\| 


328 


INDEX   'HO  AUTHOItlTIES. 


V  '.<  I 


B. 

Italnlirlilne  Port Ill,  170, 177 

llnkiT,  Mount ..... ™ I,2SB,2:iS,li01,l»3 

Folilt II, 410-12,  «1,4W 

llttlluainn,  AniiiUK  Hlcnonarvltoh HI,  1«),  lAI,  174,101 

Oankii'H  iKlamI _ II,iW« 

I'olnt _ 111,01,187,132, 178 

llAmimfr.    Am  Borronoff. 

I)(irl«r,  Mr III,«S» 

Itarrlny,  Mr 1, 412 

ftirlow'H  Co?« „ 111,877 

llnrnuUw  ('apo 111,00,1)1 

Ditrren  I»lni_._ 111,1)2,127,144,181 

Itarrlo  Point 11,411,41* 

llauin,  P"  dn,  cliRrt  7. 

IVull  Point Ill,  lee 

BoKrlngH,  liow  exprMNod 1,80 

Beaton'H  lMlHn(l,rhnrt  7. 

Rmuclorc  Port 11,413 

IMe  Point 111,14.1,144,161 

nw'rinK ~ 111,208 

Ikierlng'i  l)«y III, 2H, 218, 222,230, 237 

Ilohm'M  Canal I1,380-R6,S88 

Dell'ii  Wand II,38B 

nalllngham'H  Day .'. I,S14 

Bentlnck  Point .—Ill,  170, 171, 218 

nontinck's  Arn)« II,  273-78 

Dontlnlck'x  ArmH,  chart  7. 

Borner'a  Bay_.. .111,283 

llorronofr,  Mr.  Alexandor  [DamnnlT] Ill,  W,  143, 144, 147, 172, 173, 238 

Uollon,  Mr.  Rolnrt 11,381 

Iletton'n  Iiland II,!)fl6 

nkcarcll 1, 398 

Bllllnipi _ 111,127 

Dlngham  Point 111,261,202 

nirtli  Bay 1, 318, 316 

lllanrho  Rio 1, 314 

lllaqnloio  Point II, WO, 410 

BlIgh'M  laland .Ill,  162,  IM,  186, 187 

niylnn  Sounil Ill,  147, 148, 182, 173,223 

a.cas  do  Qnadra II,348-.M,868 

Donllln  laland II,  323 

Dorlano  Point - _ II,  4*4 

Bourillon'i  Bay,  chart  10. 

Boylo'8  Point I,  SSI,  862 

Bradfleld  CannI 11,308 

Broakors  Point II, 280. 281 

nridgamnn,  Mr.  Ooorge 11,362 

Bridget  Point 111,283 

■Broughton'B  Arclili«dugo 1,368 

Brown,  Mr 1 1, 324,  .128, 320, 332, 367;  111,207,208,240,282,204 

Brown'H  Passogo .. II,  326 

Bucaroli,  Puerto  del  Bayllo . 111,299 

Buck  Point 11,420 

Biiona  E»pi'ranz)i,  Porto 11,282,286 

Burko'B  Canal II,  261, 264 

Burrard'H  Canal I,  SOO-SOS,  317 

Burrongh's  Pay II,s;;e,387 

Bniihy  Island II,  m,  407 

Bute's  Canal 1,326 

Butterworth II,  324-26, 320, 367 ;  III,  207 

0. 

Caamano,  Cape II,  307, 381, 383, 308-07, 402, 403 

Oaamano,  Ben'. 1,308,403;  11, 207, 320, 32.^ 340, 367-70, ;)70, 380, 381, 428 

Calamity  Harbour,  chart  7. 

Caldor  Mount.. II,4»J,424 

CallVi Canal I,SM 

Calvert  Cajw 1,370;  1 1, 267, 268 

CaWertri  Wanda 1, 360, 381-83 

Camden  Port . III,  JOT 

Campbell  Point III.  IJ8 

Canaveral,  Port  del— 71,322 

(^rraeco,  chart  8. 

Carter's  Bay II,  186, 287 

Cartwright's  Sound II,  4» 

Cascade  Canal II,l'««,269 

Caution  (iipe _ II,  tm 

Chacon,  Cape  de.j .  11,370 

Chalmers'  Harbour III,  186, 187, 176 

Port III,  127, 187-00,  lOr),  294 

Chatham 1,365,360 

Point , I,.14J 

Port II,  120, 1.10,  l.M,  133, 161 


0. 

Page. 

Chatham's  Sound II,ail,3I7,a7»,«l«,4I» 

Strait Ill,  204 

Chwiakeea..: . 1, 346, 347, 848,361,383 

Chllkal  Blver,  mouth  of 111,841 

Chlswell's  Islet. III,  162, 18.3, 188 

Cholnondeley's  Sound ......... ,.._............_...._ II,3«1 

Christian's  Sound . „ „... 111,907 

CluMt.    8tt  Flattery  capo. 

Clayoquot,  sm  Port  C()X II,  240 

Coi'hrana  Point ..Ill,  ISO 

Coke  Point _ 1I1,«7» 

Colnett,  Capt 1,887,388,391  ;lll,8e7 

fWomonee,  Mr.  Peter 111,146,172-74,198 

Colpoys'  Point II,  40»,  408 

0>l«mji(a,  ship,  of  BoatoD 1, 21;),  816, 387, 406, 40«;  11,427 

Oompania  Island ... . . , II,  898 

Comptroller  Bay,  chart  11. 

Conelnalon  Island 11,41*,  413, 419 

Port Ill,  268, 2«0,«7«,«77,288, 206, 207,299 

Controller  Bay 111,216,217,219-21,226 

Cook,  Capt.  Jamea...lII,  87, 88, 91, 92, 06,  ON,  Ilia,  104, 120, 148, 184, 178, 186, 
192, 104, 197, 198, 202, 208, 2O0, 318, 214, 318, 249, 266 

Cook's  Inlet  (or  arm  or  rlror) III,  87, 02,  /««,  148, 181, 169, 

172, 181, 187, 188, 192, 190, 814, 294 
Cordova  P",  chart  11. 
Cordova  y  Cordova,  Puerto,  chart  7. 

Cornwallis  Point III,  181 

Coronation  Island . 11,416,41.1;  111,899 

Countess  Point Ill,  17* 

Coiivsrden  Point III,*4<,t4« 

Cox  Channel  (<ra  Mearea,  p.  368). 

(V>x  bland I,S8S 

Cox  Port  or  Clayoquot 1,816,401,408,416 

Crnlg  Point II,4«) 

<'ranatoun,  Mr 1, 898 

CroaaCape 111,861,864 

Bound 111,178,207,211-13,237,241, 

268, 868-61 ,  266, 370, 278, 282, 286, 894 

Cnlroaa  Point HI,17»,180 

Cnmming  Point II,«>«,a08 

Cyproaa  laland 1,804,297 

D. 

J^erlnlaa,  storoshlp „ 1,376,876,884 

Dalrymplo 1,818,917 

Davison  Point II,»89 

Day  Point 11,291 

Dean's  Canal II,  *67 

Deception  Bay 1,910 

Passage _ 1, 808, 298 

Decision, Capt  .II, 416, 4a), 423, 424;  III, 241, '288, 267,282, 284,1>86, 898,899 

Deep  Sea  Blutr. !,.««,  367,868 

Deep  Water  Bluff. 11,287 

De  Fonto I,224,.318;  11,367,373,380,406,418-20;  111,288 

Do  Fuca,  John  ... 1, 213, 218,  sn,  210, 224,318 ;  III,  288 

Strait!  of 1, 2211, 223, 280 ;  II,  418, 420 

Desolation  Sound 1, 321-SJ9, 336, 337 ;  II.  41!) 

Destruction  Island ...._.    J,  S.U 

Dick  Port 1  (1, 181 

Diggea's  Sound III,  I  X,  226 

DIsappolntmentCape «.. ...»«.     ^  2^<'- 

Discovery  on  the  rocks  in  New  Channel 1, 3.13  *".*> 

Passage 1, 334,  .340, 34' .  hO 

Port I,  *eS,  231, 232, 233, 243.  iP:  OO 

Dixon,  Mr.  George II,  428-27 ;  III;  138, 106, !  0,-,,  SM, 

216,221,829,231,266,2.^ 

Dobaon.Mr 1,386,387 

Douglaa  Capo III,  92-04, 96, 126, 127, 130, 131, 

133, 134, 136, 137, 144,  148, 148, 178 

DoQglaa's  Island «.. .... .J„.III,^77 

Duff  Point I,SM,S01 

Duncan  Canal II,  V>1 !  Ill,  292 

Duncan,  Mr.  Jamea 1,210,309-71,370;  11,200,891,297,321,418 

Duncan  Bock. I,«7 

Dunlae  laland U,S«r,S79,3^ 

Point 1II,S44 

Duke  of  Clarence's  Strait 11,419,381,423;  111,288,299 

York'a  lahinds II,  403, 407, 410 


Kast  Foreland 

Edgecumlw,  Cape.. 


Mount 


.III,  too,  101, 112, 118, 120, 121, 140, 148 

III,  206,  !»6 

111,266 


INDKX   TO  AUTIIOltlTIKH. 


m 


,»n,ST»,«1«,418 
III.SM 

,»4T,SM,3fti,aft:t 
ni,»47 

.lII,lfi2,IB,1,lM 

II.Ml 

III.MT 

II.  MB 

III.JSO 

Ill.tW 

3811,301  ;ni,MT 
t,14S, 172-74,101 

II,  to*,  408 

,40S,40«;II,4» 
II, »» 


BiIbiiiiiiI  Ptiint . 


.11 


I,S8S 

81A,  401, 401, 418 

II, «» 

1,8»8 

. 111,181,184 

211-13,137,241, 
278, 288, 28A, 104 

III,17!>,180 

II,5I)«,a08 

1,204,207 

..1,378,378,184 

I,2U,11T 

11,  «W 

- 11,281 

II,»J7 

.    1,110 

I,80B,2«« 

284,?88,20f),2«0 
I,.«t<,387,388 
II,  287 

418-20;  111,880 

24,:iI8;  111,285 
;  11,418,420 

336,337;  11.411) 

.'.SI;* 

UI.l'il 

...III, I  i, 288 
I,  111' 

i,&.a  '., 

134,  .140, 34'.  Vl 
,243,  24>'..ISO 

M,ion,;o.-,,si4, 

20,  23),286,2.'>0 

388,387 

26,127,130,131, 

44,  14fi,  148, 178 

_-...III,U?7 

i,sce,aei 

J,U>l!  111,202 
iOl, 287,321, 418 
I,«7 
U,S«7, 370, 3^0 

»;  III,288,2fO 
II,i(»,40T,41D 


RilwHnI,  ('ii|M . III 

Pcillll '..S..'.'."."JJ.'........ll, 

Kli'iinor'ii  Oiv<^ ... .... .—...„.,.  ||| 

Rloaiior  Point,  rhiirt,  II. 
Rliu  Poliil,  cliarl,  12. 

niulwth  (!it|« Ill, 02,128, 138,  1;II,1:M1,  141,1.'.!,  1(12,10:1, 

Klllll  Point _ 

■Irlngton  Point „ 

RiiKleflfilil  Day !""~™!~! 

Kphiiimiii,  Porttl(01<*<' l>ri|t . 

RrtcaiKi  Point „ . . ... , ^ II 

KMlnKtoll  Purl __, n 

Killiiir  laUuil """.'."'.J 

KatriMla,  !»•  ilo,  chait  14. 

Kiti^'4lio  de  Allntnuito  Kunnloii if^ 

Ktih<«I'ort IIi,liri,l«2,ir.l(,  171.171,1111 

■viinliig  Point 

RwenNuK U,3fl,:tm,XU; 

Rxpelimont . 


Ph|>. 

»;<,80H 

288,287 


104,808 
111,1117 
III,  IK 
ll,i»l 
I, .187 
.WJ,:«8 
310,  ,1/7 
.111,184 

32r.,M7 

1117, 100 

II,:il3 

111,282 

1,:va 


rtlrwnithor,  (Japo 111,210,215 

Mount Ill,  2ll8-ln,  245, 247, 277 

FRnihiiw  Oupo . HI,?.*) 

FftTldtt  iHlanil I,:ji;( 

Fmbiaut  Bt.  JoMtph,  hr\g _ 1, 403 

Fetmn,  Y*  de,  cliart  5. 

Ferron  Point II,840,2rja 

FeT<lda,M<Fiivlda. 1,318 

FoToda,  Y>  do,  chart  5. 

FIdalgoPort Ill,  J«J,  165,187 

ridalgo,  8en' Don  Salvador n,'ai,ZV\;  111,163,171,1(15,186 

Flfa'i  INuaage 1,356 

FlnlayaoD  Cliannel 11,21)0 

Flaherman  Creek  (?) ; 11,200 

FMiennan's  Cove II,  311, 3»),  321 

Flliller'ii  Canal II,3fi/,268,27S 

north  iMrt  of 11,270-72 

Flaliinongor'8  Cove 11,326 

FitiKiblun  Point n,.7M,3«7 

Flt«t|ngh  Sound 1,360,370;  II, 250-IW, 418,410 

FUttory,  0«|)e  or  Claaaot 1,216-18,826,416;  11,420 

Flom,  Y*  de,  chart  5. 

Foggy  Cape HI,  87 

Inland 111,87 

Point _ II,W,350 

Fogniak  Uland 111,176 

Fornntor'alaland.-: 111,290 

Foulweather  Bluff.. I,  W7, 243, 268 

Fox  Capo II,  346, 370, 379 

IMjnlnsulaof 11,348 

Francla  Point,  chart  5. 

Fnuorllwich 11,292,298 

Frederick  Point II, «« 

Port„ lll.lC'J 

Froniantle  Point HI,  ISO 

Friendly  Cove H,  255 

Frocadoro,  Cunos  dp,  chart  7. 


U. 

Oaliano  Island I'l 

Oaliano,  Son'  Don  D 1, 312, 320,  xa,  3'il,  387,393, 391, 

Qanibler  Point HI.  27».  274, 

Oardnor  Point Ill,  *W, 259, 

Port !• 

Oardner'n  Canal I'.  301,  .«M, 

Georgia,  Oulf  of. '.  -■*'.  ™. 

Olbaon  lalands - "• 

Oil  Wand,  Me  do.. 11,290,297,310, 

Ooooh,  Mr.  William '.^'O. 

(lordon  Point '' 

Gore  Point "'' 

Qowor  Point . '' 

Oowlland  Harbor .. — . *' 

Gratiam  lieach.... — — *'» 

Graham'b  Harbor ^"' 

Ora Vina,  Wand  do 11,360,367-60, 

Port  or  Pucno -111,166, 

Gray,  Mr.  Bobcrt 1,213-10,218.2-^2.223,318,389,391,400;  H, 

Green  Ulanda 111.1.57, 

Grevlllo  Capo '".  »!•  '«• 

r.cp,— 42 


Vtgr. 
(Ir»n\llli' t'l.liii .„„.  I  III 

Or..nvlll..»  Canal Il,91l[,il«,.1«()',41» 

""'>''*"'■" l,,inn,3li,sn 

Grlnclall  Point _ .„ ||  ggj 

""""wi"'!'"-" lZ''^V""^'.".'Z.lu.^m 

II. 

Ilaiiiniiil,  l'a|H'  _ lll,W?,880 

llniina,  Mr.  ,lnnM<ii . . , ....1,380  370  383 

HnnlwIrkii'N  lulnuil ■«...„„„...„„... I  ,t«I 

Cllaunal  north  of ,...,... I,  Mil 

Ilarrl.l  IV.hit,  iliurt  10. 

llarrlriKlnii  I'l.lnt , I|^  ya 

llarria  l',,liit lU,tm 

llarwiKKln  Ulnnd „ i^tmi 

llawkiitii'H  Uland . ...... .. . III,  171 

lluwknl.ury'n  Mand II,  SOS,  SOB 

IIhipI  Puim .. „, 1^  ftfp 

lla«y  UlMor  iHlanih „ 11,417;  111.208 

Hiinry  Caixi 1I,42« 

lIorKi'M,  l.lent 1,378,381,388 

IlKy  I'olnl,  clii>rt  11. 

IIIxkIii"  Point Il,.'»l«,3fl7 

lllghfleld  Point _ .  1 1,. TOO 

lllmhliilir.wk  CaiHi Ill,  148, 167, 17((,  101. 192, 103, 

202, 800, 215, 818, 81 H,  2211, 888 

Wand 111,170,171 

Hippa  Inland 11,426.486 

Hol«rt  Point Ill,»'« 

ilolkhani  Itay Ill,»7»' 

Hood  Point „. „....„ ._ U,U>I 

HoiHraBay 111,867 

Canal _ I,  JM 

I/.-jB,  hrlit,  of  lloaloh _ 1,400 

Hopklnn  Point II,  SOS,  308 

Houghton  Port III,**) 

Howe  Point II,4nO 

llowe'j  Hound .. 1,301,8(18,3(10 

Hugh  Point nl,J7S-76 

llunnlngn'H  Day III, '76 

Hunt  Point 1I,.1W,310,B86 

Hunter  Point lI,«iW 

I. 

IbboOuui  Capo II,  318 

Icy  nay,  near  Mt.  Ht.  Klta 111.81)4,200,810,825 

ley  Itay,  Prince  William's  Sound Ill,  178, 170 

Icy  rape Ill,  204 

lllamna  Volcano 111,06,100,101,104,137 

WandH,  nay  of  (Cook) 111,26(1 


J<Kkalt  or  ./(iriol,  K'hooner. 11,384;  111,207,236,230,140,281,804 

.Iervl»'»  Canal _ I,.1H 

.Mm  Port n.a;* 

Johnntono'B  Htralt I,  MI,  ;132, 3.W,  342-44 

.lonoa  Point II,  W> 

K. 

Kalgin  Inland 111,07 

Kayu'n  Wand 1 1 1, 115, 192, 19:1, 202, 215,  !il7, 218, 210, 221 

Ki'iineily  I»lanil - II,  315 

Khigdoorgi'  Iho  Thinl'ii  ArchliR'lago II  I,  W^ 

KliiK'»I"ln"<l— - II.  2B/, 

Klng»"i  11  Point 111,887 

Knight's  Canal 1,364 

Wund Ill,  JW;,  227 

Klilk  Illvcr,  mouth  of HI,  131, 132, 144, 176, 100 


Ijimlicrt  Point . 


II,  »M 


Lungani,  Isla  do II,  426 

Laro4lo,  ( 'anal  de,  chart  7. 
Latouche  Inlaiil,  chart  11. 

Point III,SJ4,226 

Lavlnla  Point 111,24.1,26(1,261 

Lee's  P.ilut II,.1.W 

Ln  Me«urior  Point ",  W7, 406 

l«,koutCaiK> - 1,209,211 

Loughtjorough'w  Conal • I.  '"Wf' 

Low  Point - I,'-"' 

Lu.an  Po'.nt lll,»;/,2«2 

Lyun  Canal " ",  2",  2<", «»,  2«2 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


^ 


/. 


:/. 


^ 


K*  12    |22 

^      lU   -36     Mil 

1.1  r-^"^ 

1.25   11.4     ||.6 

^                                       6"     

► 

V 


Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WIST  MAIN  STRKT 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  USSO 

(716)  873-4503 


Jm 


^ 


tm 


INTEX  TO  AVTHOBITIBS. 


Pige. 

Ikcvtney  Point 1II,«« 

MoKayBeoch II,»4,aOT 

Macksntle  Pulnt III,  118, 123 

M'liWd'i  Hwbor III,  1T6 

Maonunsni  Point II,  MW 

Hadan  Point II,S99 

HalMpina,  Ben' I,M» 

MalmMbarr  Pott. III,  MB 

Manby  Poiat ,_.III,  «W,  JM,  W8,  MS,  186 

Marrow  Stone  Point I,«M,2M,m 

Mandra  Point Ill.ftW 

Manhall  Point 1 I,»M 

Martin  Point III,fI7,«l8 


Marttnei,  Don  B.  Joeeph . 

Mary  Point 

Port _„.. 

Maaando,  F<*  de,  chart  7. 

Maakelyne  Point .. .... 

Mean*,  Oapt.  Jol>g.„ 


1, 8OT-W 

I,»« 

, III,  m 


.II,  397-29, 3S2 


.1, 208, 90»,  111,  213, 214,217,  SU,  t8»-81. 


Meinlea,  Mr,  ArotailiaM. 
Point 


399, 402, 404, 400, 408 ;  III,  lU,  17B,  107, 198, 220 

1,308 

1,330;  II, 288, 264-66, 273 


Mlddletoa'a  Iiland,  chart  14. 

Mllbank  8oand 

Mitchell  Point 


Molia'a  8oand.-....„._.. 
Monlagn  Iiland  ........... 

Madge  Point 

MnlgraTe  Point . 


n,  283, 288-01 

, 11,  m,  400, 411 

n,«S9,«81 

.III,  184-«6, 188, 176, 190, 101, 108, 104, 107 

1,328 

. 111,227 


Port III,  m,  192, 205, 206, 200, 215, 228-32, 236, 237, 240 

Mnacle  Canal II,«88,2«7 

Mnion,  0*  de,  chart  7. 


N. 


Mapeaa  Point . 
HamkaOnir.. 


in,l7»,2»2 

,. 11,876 

,.  11,361 


Nelaon  Point...........— ...~.. 

Meiiean  Point,  chart  7. 

Kepwn't  Bonnd n,  306, 207, 317.410 

Nert>ttt  Point U,  U)3, 407 

KerlUe  Port . I.S» 

Rew  Albion II.  420 

Mew  Cornwall . II,W9,420;  111,286 

Mew  DnngeneM I,  *»»,  224, 226, 236, 201 

Mow  Kddyitone  Rook lI,Se» 


Mew  Oeorgla.. ._.... 
New  nanoTer 


..l,t89;  11,419,420;  111,286 
II,  410, 420 


Mow  Norfolk III,  286 

Mlmpklih  Biter,  month  of. 1,361,862 

Mltlnat,  chart  6. 

Noocheckitn  Port  Gtohea 111,160 

^Nootka . 1,218,226,313,336,887,412;  11,266;  11,208 

Norfolk  Sound III,  266 

North  PoreUnd III,  100, 104, 112, 116, 121, 123, 140 

Nrtrth  Paawge  Bnck 1 III,  167, 100 

NorthPoint 11.426,496 

Northnmbertand  Cape II,  M»,  370, 380 

Mowell  Point 111,170 

Mnllea,  P»  de,  chart  7. 


1,838,238,268,201 

II,»«,379 


Oak  Cove  ._................_.......—... 

Ohaerratory  Inlet  ..„.__»._...„....„.. 

Iihuid III,  246 

Ogden  Channel. 11,314,316 

Ulympu  Monnt 1,314 

Ommaney  Oupe III,  267, 268, 294, 207-90 

Oniiiaw  Point II,  W7,40R 

Oonalaahka III,  190, 216 

Orchard  Port I,«« 

P. 

Pakenham  Point . .._ III,  ma 

Pamplona  Itock 111,026 

Paikar  Mat..—..—.. _.._ 


Parry  Point ... 

Partridite  Point . 

tftmte  Oenal .. 

UUad.. 

Peane  Point—.. 

Peart  Bocki 

Pellew  Point 

Penn'e  Oore.— 


-lU,iei 

11.316 

1,281,2»4 

.......III,  181, 182, 184, 180, 102 

i.aos 

11,318 

1.870 

in,  m 


1,287 


PenyPolut , - .^  ...,.-  II,M9 

Philip  Point . — l,$» 

Phippa  Capo III.  206, 210^230 

Point in,  236 

Pice  blanda ni.UI 

Ptgot  Point III.1« 

Pinnacle  Bock _.I,2n,tI« 

Pitta  Atchipe'diio __._ n,«J» 

rolion  CoT«_.._ _„._„.._„.„_. ,.n,2M,2W 

Pole  0»p« . „.._ n,in 

PortUnd'e  Canal II,  322. 380, 8«.  831-40;  «71 

Portlock  Channel . »>.n,  21^224 

Portlock,  Mr.  Nathanlel.III,  138, 147. 161,162,166,  Ut,  168, 17«,  1*6^  126,214 

Pttrtlock-e  Harbor »".««* 

Portoir,  Mr.  Oeorge HI,  127, 132, 144,141, 908, 

224, 22^  9n,  230. 221, 234^  910 
Poeieeiion  Point HI,  Itt,  11» 

Sonnd , 1, 220;  280, 220 

Prince  Emeat'a  Sonnd  .. ..... „ „__ .__..__.  U,  JW 

Prince  Frederick'!  Bonnd ___..__ni,f*6 

tHmx  iM  Boo.aoap 11,824,326-22;  111,207 

Prince  of  Waiea  Arohlpelago.„.— ..„ _. _...  n,4ie 

Pr*K»ti/  iralM,  Tenel -JII.19T 

Princcn  Boyal  IiUada ..._ __..„ '..  n,*J» 

Prince  WiUiam'i  Bonnd '. HI,  116, 127, 146, 147, 184, 18ft, 

181, 102-208, 216, 292, 226, 2^^  904 

Principe,  Canal  del ™__.._II,  890-92 

ProtecHon  Iiland !^ ._„.I,Mg,231,244,2tl 

Port 11,410,421-23;  HI, 222 

Pnget  Qqie , ni,  m 

Pngefi  Sonnd .; ._,^ I,  m-n 

Pybni  Point . _. ..._J .__  111,271 

PyeabUnd,  chart  11. 

Pyy«  Point . „__^_.._..;.,_ni,17«,m 

Q. 

Quadra,  Sen'— . . 1,313,338,361,878,384-88 

382-409;  11,367;  in,22«,922 

Qnadra  and  Vanconrer'a  lataind . __.!,  897;  11,242, 287 

Qneen  Ohariotte  Idandi n,  323, 418, 490, 426 ;  III,  929 

Sound.. 1,368,367,360;  11,28* 

B. 

Baawden Point . . . —._ ,,  ^    11, 828 

Banler  Mount 1, ««,  261, 268, 262, 223 

Haphoe  Point ■„__. . It,i(7 

Baapberry  laland-.., , n,»» 

Bennell'* Hound .-.     ,,.       ,,..   ,  11,428,491 

Beeloration  Bay,  chart  6. 

Core II,  280;  278,329 

Point 1,279,280 

Betreat  Point 01,284,276,277 

Bereda,  I.  de,  chart  14. 

Bevllla  Oigado  Canal 11,360,367,810 

Bevilla  Oigedo,  Count  de . II,268,S<8 

BeTina  aigedo  laland ,„ . . __,  11,388 

BeTlUaGlgado,  Puerto . . ._ 111,126 

Beyea,  Blode  loe 11,378 

Blon  Point 111,201,208,202,925 

BiTer'aOinal „ . I,377,S7« 

Boberta  Point 1,  fw,  817 

Boaario,  Canal  del  Nueatra  Signoia.. „ .—.1,313,318 

Boae'a  Harbour,  chart  7. 

Bothiay  Point .— . . .,.,...11, 3W,  i\9 

S. 

SwTcdra,  Sen'  Don  Bamon . — ___.._„_—..  11,282 

Bocade,  chart  6. 

Safety  Core I,3n,&78,87» 

Port : I,210,8n,SI2 

St.  AlbMia  Point . II,ttt-ll,49B 

St.  AuguaUn  Mount in,ir«,  28, 184-26 

St.  aartolon,  Cabo  de _._, .  ,  tn^a^ 

8*  BonlAusio,  Bocaa  de,  chart  6. 

8L  Oarht,  uow  ...1. . II,  229, 268 

St  BUaa  Mount... — ._ .—„.,—„in,  204,20240;  220 

8*  Brtaran,  Y*  de,  chart  7. 
8«  Oonaalaa,  P<*  de,  chart  5. 

81.  Helen'a  Mount'. mu 

8t.  Hamogenea,  Cape ............... — ..— ...—in,  n,  I9T 

laland ' III,22,lU,m 

StJameiOape „w— __JI,499,4*I 

81.  John  Polat,  Toife  Ida.,  ctan  No.  7. 


nrDBX  TO  AUTHORITIES. 


asi 


II,  aw 

...  1.1 

nobuo 

|_.in,u« 
..Jii,j« 
i,m,n9 

II,U» 

In,  I 
n,«H 

|HkU«,ll« 

.in,i 

l.J«,M», 
HMtllt 

ua.Mo 

...  n,«97 

.ni,a»5 

111,107 

—  n,4i< 
.jn,i« 

—  n,u» 
tr,iM,i«, 
m,m,iH 

.II,S1IHB 
BI,1M,»1 

;ni,iM 
-ni,m 
„.i,WT-n 
m,t» 


.  n,! 


8>JuaFk,elMriS. 
n.llH7-tMnt.. 


8t  HMhIh  BtaooM 

».  BirfM  Polat 

hlWianr  PoiBt 

■  Ons  _.____, 

I  Point 

Bank  MM 

Umn't  Idud .__. 

■eot  [«]<>«• 

goott'i  Idud* 


I^ 


Ill,  Ml 

..III.lJCMi 
,  11,890 


I  Fir  Foliit._., 

Stdaettim  FolBt 

■•TBoar  (kwl 

I  bhnd 


■Mphwd,  Ifr _. 

Bhtehta,  Mr 

SUpliOinra^oliMtU. 

BbMdHM 

SbcKlmltr  Iktjr . 


1II,2T8 

II,  SM,  37t.  3TO 

in,f«7 

I,5I« 

i.iw 

l,a°3;  II,2M,S6T 

i,3n,a83:  ii,4!8 

l,31/,318 

III,M8,M9 

inn* 

111,133,134 

.1,379,371) 


III,  147,  ITS,  m,  ns,  m 


oh^. 


UI,176 

I,  ill 

I,  Ml 


ghMOilnOook'ilBM. 
ShtablM 


III,  OT-IM,  101^ 

1I,«90 


IBlT«r,cbutU. 

Sattk'ilDlet 

lw)lqrB*r 

tarlof,  Mr- 


Port.. 


I,3e9,370,3T«;U,>97 

iII,B7,91,in 

..Ill,173,191,19(l,al9,«« 

mm 


Banc  OoTMr  Btjr,  obtrt  11. 

Saof  Conur  Goto III,  198,  Ida,  164,  IDS,  WtM 

Bophte  Point m. ««» 

Sonth  PHnca  Bock HI,  M? 

Bponor  C^ HI, «»,  «14. «",  Ma,  843,  MI,  886 

SIninfiirUi  Point,  ohutT. 

Btuhopo  Point H.  WJ 


Btullbrth  Point., 
Blatau  liud 


BtatmerBv._~ 
BMphaH  Mount. 


Foit. 


MtpbanlUud. 


..lI,«W,aol,3(«,41« 

iH,ai»T 

U,406 

I,  M9, 360,373 

11,821 

11,319 


Btowatt  Port ....... 

■tDokdnloli  Harbor. 


Ill,»77,fl8,280 

.U,383,a84,3M,39A 
UI,1\8,19S 


.  8tn»lwn7  Bajr ._ — 

Stnait'iUand 

8lar(*0BBaak._ 

Wf  laaaa  Point 

BaoUIng  Oa|M 

Baiwn,  T*  do,  obart  7. 

SBlUna  Point 

AdUraa  bland 

■  Port 


I,»«,»6,297 

I,W» 

I,29««4.,3I4 

HI,  279 


.111, 198, 173,  am,  203, 819, 218-22, 224, 229 


SwilneOapo. 
Syke*  Point.. 


Hl.fW 

HI,  247 

I,«8» 

II, »; 

II,  MO 


latooeh*  bland. 
Tolagiapli  Phh«*.. 


TlrwIMtan^brlg.. 
Thnrlew^  bland — 
Towubend  Point — 


P  n 

Traitor'!  Ooto — .. 

Trinity  Capo 

bip.. 

Trocadtro.    SMrrocadero. 


1,217 

11,314 

1,384 

1,«« 

I1I,«« 

I,M4 

II,W«,3M 

111,87,88.179 

I1I,87.«0,»1 


Trollop  Polut .._... „.„ II.MI 

Twiierikow'a  laluid 111,  86, «,  88 

Tornagalu  .\r,„,  clit.  .  Id. 

Illnild Ill,  IIH,  lUB,  117, 118,  IM 

RlTor II  I,  ItM,  tl2, 119, 117-10,  IM,  169, 174, 180 

TunurFotnl. lII,228-ai,2»2-M,24<i 

Turt la  Point 11,290,311 

Two-hewlad  IiUiiil 111,89 

Point 111,88 

U. 
Upward  Point l.SU.iXt 

V. 

ValdMliUnd _ 11,297 

Valdm,  PoBrto  do Ill,  180 

VaklM,  8cu'  Dun  0 1, 312, 318, 320, 323, 3:19, 387, 393 

VallonirPoInt IL.tS? 

Tandiipol  Point . „ III,HI,28.t 

VMhou'ibland . I,»M 

Vnm,  brig I,  ;f(ft 

Virgin  Boeka 1,370 

Volcano  Honnt,  chart  10. 


Walw  IiUnd .. II,  343, 344 

Walker'iOuTo 11,3811 

Walkw  Point I1,MI,102 

Walpole  Point .—...».....................» ........     ..Ill,  S90 

Wardo  Point . II,3a» 

Warko  bland 11,292 

Wamn'n  bland II,  W,  429, 424 ;  III,  299 

(fiutiK^loa,  tlcop 1, 214,  Sn,  400 

W»t«n  Point III,  177 

Wedgborougli,  Mr.8... _.. 1,309 

Wedge  bbnd II,«»,3(ll 

WelU  Port III,  123 

Welli'i Pueage I,*» 

Wert  Panland U,  100, 101, 112, 121, 137, 138, 140 

Whaley  Point... ..... .................. .....  II,3S6 

Whidbejr  Point 111,240 

Whldbey'i  bland —... _ —    1,299 

Wliitshed  Ck|ie,  chart  II.   8m  ntu  Wllahed. 
Whltonnday  Cape,  chut  lu. 

WlUtmnUda  Bay — HI,  IW 

Wtlllun  Point,  ell  irt  9. 

Wileou  Point 1. 281 


Wlmblndon  Point 

Windham  Point  .................... 

Wingham  Island  . 


HI,  m,  100, 261 

111,  ISO 

HI,  f /7-12 


WlUllod  Point .III,JS»,170 

Wolf  Bock in,  «* 

Wooded  lihuidi III,  194, 199" 

Woodeu's  Inland,  chart  7. 

Bock lU,  KM 

Woodhousa  Point .~ —— HI.  »W 

Woody  Point I.»»«:  11.291,260 

Work  Channel ~ ..— _  11,373 

Woroniow  Point ..«......«..-.-.."..«..«.......-«..«...— IH,li« 


Ymbiaible  P»,  ch».-«  7. 

Tonng  Point .- 

TilM  de  Ulloa,  Canal,  chart  7. 


Zaya«,  Wo  d« 

Zikoir,  Mr.  ataphcu... 


.III,  n6 


11,379,380 

.IH,  141, 141, 140, 172 


VOYAGE  OF  THE  SUTIL  AND  MEXICANA.* 


Aoatan,  I*,  3. 
AllMml,  Oan>  de.  2. 
AU-PonaniL  In*^  de,  2. 
AlBliallyBay.S. 
AlTa,  I.  d^  3. 
Ancan,  Mora  del,  8. 


Auclagu,  V"  del,  2. 
Antra,  P"  del,  3. 
Area,  Oanal  del,  2. 
Ariitiubal,  I*  de,  3. 
Arwcifei,  P"  do,  8. 
Area,  I*  da,  9. 


" ^  „  ,    .      ,     ,  „.  ,,  „.i„,  ,„r  lu,  Kolclal  SuUl  y  Mellcaua  ej  cl  aflo  do  1792  (etc.),  ranonymoui)  8°,  and  ( 

.Oaua.o,I.o^Ui™i..oA.«,.,^I.U.o^^ 


■iiliililPMH 


332 


IMDBX  TO  AUTROmTIES. 


t 


Bia<i»,2. 

Baddiut,  l]~  de,  2. 
BumtU,  Pluer  de  b,  8. 
Bwiw,  P^  de,  2 
Bering,  B>,  S. 
Dertolbnl,  bU  de,  2. 
Boiiill*,I«de,2. 
l]onUI*,I>de,2. 
Bouaole,  P.  de  la,  a. 
Bruka,  F^  de,  2. 
Bncuell,  P*  de,  3. 
BoenrUempo,  0, 3. 
Bnen-Uempo,  M**,  3. 
Buetamisnte,  B»  de,  2. 


OaaoM,2. 

Oeunftno,  0, 8. 

CUunldKl,  I*  de  Benka  6  de  I*,  3. 

Oenonlgo  t  ^  lone,  B*  del,  2. 

Oumelo,  BoCM  del,  2. 

Oardenaa,  B»  de,  2. 

CWlota,  Ide.  Is  Beyna,  3. 

Ourrew,  P",  8. 

OaaUlU,  Kot*  da,  3. 

OataU,  I*,  2. 

Geii«U,Pk,  a 

GhMon,  P^  S. 

Olenega,  Booaa  do,  3. 

Olonard,  fr  de,  3. 

Oonoba,  I*  de,  2. 

Oontrollear,  B.  3. 

Ooidova,  P*,  2. 

Oraaa8oand,3. 


DeacMuo,  Gala  de,  2, 
DeaengaDo,  P*del,3. 

Piano  del,  0. 
Doaglaa,  O,  3. 


Kli>al)«tb,0.,S. 
BngaSo,  0.,  8. 
XngaBo,Ina'*dol,2. 
bperanaa,  ?•  do  la,  9. 
laplnoaa,  B»  de,  2. 
Saterilaa,  I>,  3. 

Ferrer,  Sna"  de,  2. 
ridalgo,  Voloan  de,  3. 
riorea,  Oanal  do,  3. 
fegol,  I«,  3. 
rnincalB,P<dea3. 
Freiaa,  I»e  de  laa,  8. 
rnndoa,  Oabo,S,8. 


Oanun,  Sna^  de,  2. 
Oaaton,  Seno  de,  2. 
ainber»,P««,8. 
C  Ktda,  P.,  8. 
Ooroatlia,  P*,  2. 
OrBTiua,  I*  de,  8. 
GreTille,  0>,S. 
anillaa,»de,2. 
Ooadalnpe,  F^  dc,  3, 
anaqnlnaiili,  Braac  de,  2. 
Onemea,  2, 
Oneaua,  P**  de,  2. 
OnUlenno  Int^  del  Vtiuff,  3, 

menke,  I*,i>. 
Ban>,  Oanal  de,  2. 
Bennanoa,  Iiaa,S. 
BinehlBbrook,  0.,  3. 
Honda,  Oala.,9. 

Indloa,  Banc*  do,  8. 
InvUble,  P.,  3. 
lalsa,  B>  do  la,  3. 


Joan  Is  TUca,  lotrada  de,  2. 


Kayea  lala,  8. 
Kodlao  lala,  3. 


Langara  1*,  2. 
I«n«,lBlade,  2. 
I«a  ■oa'*  de,  2. 
I«ndo,Ohiial  de,3. 
Laaeano,  I*  de,  8. 
Laaqaetl,Yabde,2. 
LaTerlnto,  2. 
Lua,Pkda,2. 
Laonaido,  Pi*  de,  2. 


Maonlna,  i'*  de,  2. 
Macdalena,I.dela,3. 
I(acdaleiia,P«dela,2. 
Ma«allanaa,Pkde,2. 
MaJoa,2. 

lUaaptno,  B"  de,  2. 
Maaaredo,  Booaa  de,  2. 
Menendea,  Bni^de,  8. 
Hezloana,  F«>,  8. 
Hler,IV>nd*de,l. 
IIoniDO,^,8. 
.Montags  L,  8. 
MoBtl,  Babia  de,  8. 
Horano,  P<*  de,  2. 
HclgraTO,  P>de,8. 

Piano  del,  T. 
Mofioa,  C,  8. 

Manaai,?,  S. 
Naker,  P>,  8. 
Mntka,  1. 

Nntka,Intnidade,l. 
Nn«ka,lBlade,S. 

OUTlde,  Oanal  de,  2. 

Pacbeoo,  S. 
Palnia,B*de,S. 
Aunplona,  Bido,  8. 
PellgTO  I*,  8. 
Poroa  Sntrada  de,  8. 
Pbipi»,  0.,  3. 
Fblnia,  P*.  8. 
Pledna,F«delaa,8. 
Flton,3. 
PUo*,I>dea,3. 
Porller,  Booaa  de,  2. 
Prlnoipe,  Sna,  del,  3. 
Providenola,  0.,  3. 

<)aliaper,F>de,  3. 
Qnintano,  Braio  de,  2. 

Beme<Moa,Fkdekia,S. 
Bemolino  0>  de,  8. 
BaTlUaglcado,  Oanal  de,  3. 
BerlUagigedo,  Fkde,2. 
Be«amal,B-de,2. 
Blaohueh)  de  Aqja  dnlce,  9. 
Bodiao,3. 

Ba»,I..«- 
Boaario,0naldal,'2. 

galaauuioa,  Biua  de,2. 
8*  Agmttne,  M«,  3. 
8.  BaitohHne,  0*,  3. 
8.  Oarka,  L,8. 
8.IUaB,a,S. 
B.BIaa,If,8. 
8>  MavMi,  L,  8. 
8'MaTan,P^de,2. 
8.  HanBiiteiiaa,I%S. 


O. 
P. 


wm 


pwppppf 


"'i!!«P!P»fiiii,i^".ijynji  Jijj, 


8.jMlntq,M«il*,S. 

a*j(M»,B>iiis<i*,  a. 

8>Jitta,U*d*,2. 
0>Jau,Fkde,l. 
8.llM«ulte,0,S- 
8>Mi«wl.I*<I^T. 

ning»n-**i  "■*"  ***-  *■ 
BlikOnn,OkM»d<i,T. 
.  teminto,  Pnalii,  *■ 
gUMMtiCkiMlde,!. 
8(!ban«liu.l'.S- 
8«i<it,«>,«,S. 
ggott,  V,  a. 

BaailOonar,  1^,9. 

BoUBO,F**d*,2- 

8o»»,I',*>>»- 

BnUI,  l», «. 

Ikata,  Ouul  Au,  O. 
THb,Ficode,S. 
Twnn,  P"  de,  *. 
TezwU,  Tate  de,  S. 
•Tl»ptonnlj,B«'d(i,  2. 


UfVEX  TO  AITTHOBITIES. 


TulM,  Bnuoide,  i. 
TiHlBO,  B"  d^  2. 
Trinidad,  I>,  3. 
Trirts,  I',  3. 
Ttehirtkow,  0.,  3. 
Tunuctlii,  Il>,  3. 
Tanwr,  P«,  8. 

inia*,I*,3. 
Unsluhlu,  I.,  3. 
UnlBUdi  fata,  t. 

ViMin,  I*  de  (teltano  y,  S. 
VeaeouTer,  fate  do  Qiudn  y,  2. 
VerwKcl,  Bniw  de,  2. 
VteM.Cde.S. 
Vlrgenee,  Lw  OnceaUl,  3. 
Volcw,  3. 

WlntulMD,  Boade,  2. 


338 


V. 


TnlUmU,  Arohlp  d»  Otawiud,  2. 

ZelMU<ia,B"de,S. 
ZeliaUoe,  F^,  2. 


T. 


